<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<?xml-stylesheet href="/stylesheet.xsl" type="text/xsl"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://feeds.transistor.fm/keen-on-america" title="MP3 Audio"/>
    <atom:link rel="hub" href="https://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/"/>
    <podcast:podping usesPodping="true"/>
    <title>Keen On America</title>
    <generator>Transistor (https://transistor.fm)</generator>
    <itunes:new-feed-url>https://feeds.transistor.fm/keen-on-america</itunes:new-feed-url>
    <description>Nobody asks sharper or more impertinent questions than Andrew Keen. In KEEN ON, Andrew cross-examines the world’s smartest people on politics, economics, history, the environment, and tech. If you want to make sense of our complex world, check out the daily questions and the answers on KEEN ON. 

Named as one of the "100 most connected men" by GQ magazine, Andrew Keen is amongst the world's best-known technology and politics broadcasters and commentators. In addition to presenting KEEN ON, he is the host of the long-running show How To Fix Democracy and the author of four critically acclaimed books about the future, including the international bestselling CULT OF THE AMATEUR. 

Keen On is free to listen to and will remain so. If you want to stay up-to-date on new episodes and support the show, please subscribe to Andrew Keen’s Substack. Paid subscribers will soon be able to access exclusive content from our new series Keen On America – keenon.substack.com</description>
    <copyright>© 2026 Andrew Keen</copyright>
    <podcast:guid>47823943-6362-5830-8e40-2980cb72146b</podcast:guid>
    <podcast:locked>yes</podcast:locked>
    <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
    <language>en</language>
    <pubDate>Sun, 11 Oct 2026 08:28:05 -0700</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Sun, 11 Oct 2026 08:28:17 -0700</lastBuildDate>
    <link>https://www.keenon.tv/</link>
    <image>
      <url>https://img.transistorcdn.com/MP08sJcbr6B0xfmrMSrJXDuJ_C3D6Nh-_6AfqxjpHjY/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS83NDM2/MGJjOTYyNjBkYzJi/ZDVhMTUwZDgwMWE3/ZDk3OS5wbmc.jpg</url>
      <title>Keen On America</title>
      <link>https://www.keenon.tv/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:category text="Society &amp; Culture"/>
    <itunes:category text="News">
      <itunes:category text="News Commentary"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type>
    <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/MP08sJcbr6B0xfmrMSrJXDuJ_C3D6Nh-_6AfqxjpHjY/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS83NDM2/MGJjOTYyNjBkYzJi/ZDVhMTUwZDgwMWE3/ZDk3OS5wbmc.jpg"/>
    <itunes:summary>Nobody asks sharper or more impertinent questions than Andrew Keen. In KEEN ON, Andrew cross-examines the world’s smartest people on politics, economics, history, the environment, and tech. If you want to make sense of our complex world, check out the daily questions and the answers on KEEN ON. 

Named as one of the "100 most connected men" by GQ magazine, Andrew Keen is amongst the world's best-known technology and politics broadcasters and commentators. In addition to presenting KEEN ON, he is the host of the long-running show How To Fix Democracy and the author of four critically acclaimed books about the future, including the international bestselling CULT OF THE AMATEUR. 

Keen On is free to listen to and will remain so. If you want to stay up-to-date on new episodes and support the show, please subscribe to Andrew Keen’s Substack. Paid subscribers will soon be able to access exclusive content from our new series Keen On America – keenon.substack.com</itunes:summary>
    <itunes:subtitle>Nobody asks sharper or more impertinent questions than Andrew Keen.</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Andrew Keen</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>podcasts@podiumpodcastco.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:complete>No</itunes:complete>
    <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    <item>
      <title>Crowning Our Engineer Kings: Jensen Huang for President?</title>
      <itunes:episode>3063</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3063</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Crowning Our Engineer Kings: Jensen Huang for President?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">500258b6-f51e-4296-90a2-142f19b5423e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/cf739cab</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Jensen Huang biographer Stephen Witt argued in a <em>New York Times</em> <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/10/07/opinion/jensen-huang-ai-tech-nvidia.html">op-ed</a> this week that the leather-jacketed Nvidia CEO is the most powerful engineer on Earth. It’s not hard to prove. Just look at who (sans leather jacket) was sitting right next to you-know-who at last week’s AI White House <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/09/29/us/politics/trump-ai-luncheon-guests-ceos.html">lunch</a>.</p><p>America is run by lawyers, we were told by the China expert Dan Wang, and China by engineers. But nobody seems to have told either Trump or Huang. In his embrace of Huang’s supposed wisdom on unregulated AI, Trump is acknowledging the power of the engineer.</p><p>So would Jensen Huang make a better president than Donald Trump?</p><p>In our weekly tech roundup, <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> tech news publisher Keith Teare voted for king Donald. Whatever Trump’s flaws, Keith argues, he is at least a politician. Society isn’t logical, Keith said. It’s chaotic and messy, and so should be run by messy, chaotic people. A society run by king Jensen would, Keith warns, end up “drone-like”.</p><p>But the Trump vs Huang choice might have already been made. Huang won’t appear on a ballot because he doesn’t need to. His five trillion dollar company is not only driving our economy but our politics too. Most importantly, Jensen Huang’s drone-like mindset of imagining society as an endless engineering problem is emerging as the AI policy of the current administration. Think of it as the ethic of the engineer. Only it claims there are no ethics, just engineering challenges and solutions.</p><p>Earlier this week, Hannah Arendt Center director Roger Berkowitz <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/a-world-we-share?r=ktr9">reminded us</a> that Arendt linked Plato’s ideal of philosopher kings with the utopian promises of 20th century totalitarian leaders. I don’t think she would have been too keen on philosopher engineers either.</p><p><strong><br>ALSO THIS WEEK<br></strong><br></p><p>•   Keith’s editorial, <em>Men and Machines</em> — subtitled <em>Are You Afraid of Your Light Bulbs?</em> — at <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">That Was The Week</a> — the line is Arvind Narayanan’s, from the Ezra Klein interview Keith builds the week around</p><p>•   <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2026/10/08/anthropic-changes-usage-policy-to-ban-model-abuse-and-election-interference/">Anthropic’s usage-policy change</a> — worth reading before you form a view: it covers election interference, weapons and surveillance as well, and the cruelty clause is narrower than the headlines suggest</p><p>•   <a href="https://www.publishersweekly.com/pw/by-topic/international/Frankfurt-Book-Fair/article/101467-frankfurt-book-fair-2026-jill-lepore-urges-publishers-to-declare-their-independence-from-big-tech.html">Jill Lepore at the Frankfurt Book Fair</a>, urging publishers to declare their independence from Big Tech — the piece I sent Keith, to which he replied with a single word: dinosaur</p><p>•   Stephen Witt on this show last year, on the rise of Nvidia and its relentless chief executive: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/episode-2490-stephen-witt-explains?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p>•   Anthropic’s Matthew Botvinick on Thursday, whose <em>AI and Political Freedom</em> is the engineering take on democracy that came up here: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/ai-and-political-freedom?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p>•   Kailash Satyarthi yesterday, arguing the exact opposite of Keith — that compassion has to be designed into AI at the foundation stage: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/karuna-karuna?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p><strong><br>FIVE TAKEAWAYS<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>1. The argument isn’t whether to hand power to engineers. They have it. </strong>This is where Keith and I part company, and it took the hour to find the seam. He is strongly against ceding political power to engineers and does not think engineers and power belong in the same sentence. My position is that the sentence was written some time ago and nobody consulted us. Huang sits at the president’s right hand. The frontier labs decide what their products will and will not do. Whether or not engineers should be making moral decisions about technology, they are the ones making them, and the interesting debates — Huang against Amodei, say — are now intramural arguments among technologists with a few philosophers allowed in to watch.</p><p><strong>2. Keith would rather have Trump as president than Jensen Huang. </strong>He said it flatly and I did not see it coming, because Keith is the techno-optimist in this partnership. His reasoning is that running a country means answering every question, not one question. If the only thing society had to decide was what to do about technology, he allowed, Huang might make a very good president. But take the question of how the wealth created by automation reaches ordinary people: that is not a Jensen Huang question. He may have an opinion on it, and an opinion is exactly what it would be — which is Keith’s definition of politics, and his reason for keeping engineers out of it.</p><p><strong>3. Anthropic turned manners into a terms-of-service matter. </strong>The company updated its usage policy this week so that sustained abuse of Claude counts as a violation, alongside new clauses on election interference, weapons and surveillance. Anthropic says it bites only in extreme cases — repeated cruelty with no apparent purpose — and not on ordinary frustration, pushback, dark creative material or red-teaming. Keith’s objection is categorical: swap Claude for Facebook, or for Microsoft Word, and hear how it sounds. It is software. My answer is that software is now the medium we live in, so the house rules of the medium are not a trivial matter, and a firm is entitled to set them for its own product.</p><p><strong>4. Keith’s position on values in AI is that there should not be any. </strong>Not compassion, which Kailash Satyarthi was arguing for on this show only yesterday. Not the female or maternal sensibility Geoffrey Hinton has been urging. Nothing. There should be intelligence, full stop, and a human should be able to ask it anything and get intelligence back without the thing having an opinion. His argument is that a model is trained on effectively all of human output, so every view is already in there, and to tilt it towards any one stream is to switch off everyone who disagrees. He regards Anthropic training Claude to push back on a user as the essence of anti-democracy. I think a perfectly neutral algorithm is the most utopian idea in the conversation.</p><p><strong>5. His definition of populism is that the people are paying attention. </strong>And that it terrifies politicians, because an electorate with opinions is an electorate out of control. He will not accept Trump as a populist — Trump is the symptom of populism — and he points out that Orbán, who was supposed to be dismantling Hungarian democracy, was voted out of office in April. His prediction follows from all of it: AI will produce more populism rather than less, because it hands the same intelligence to everybody, and educated citizens have more opinions, not fewer.</p><p><strong><br>ABOUT THE CO-HOST<br></strong><br></p><p>Keith Teare is the founder and CEO of SignalRank Corporation and the publisher of That Was The Week, the weekly technology newsletter this conversation is built around. A serial entrepreneur, he co-founded RealNames and the UK internet service provider Easynet, and was a found...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Jensen Huang biographer Stephen Witt argued in a <em>New York Times</em> <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/10/07/opinion/jensen-huang-ai-tech-nvidia.html">op-ed</a> this week that the leather-jacketed Nvidia CEO is the most powerful engineer on Earth. It’s not hard to prove. Just look at who (sans leather jacket) was sitting right next to you-know-who at last week’s AI White House <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/09/29/us/politics/trump-ai-luncheon-guests-ceos.html">lunch</a>.</p><p>America is run by lawyers, we were told by the China expert Dan Wang, and China by engineers. But nobody seems to have told either Trump or Huang. In his embrace of Huang’s supposed wisdom on unregulated AI, Trump is acknowledging the power of the engineer.</p><p>So would Jensen Huang make a better president than Donald Trump?</p><p>In our weekly tech roundup, <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> tech news publisher Keith Teare voted for king Donald. Whatever Trump’s flaws, Keith argues, he is at least a politician. Society isn’t logical, Keith said. It’s chaotic and messy, and so should be run by messy, chaotic people. A society run by king Jensen would, Keith warns, end up “drone-like”.</p><p>But the Trump vs Huang choice might have already been made. Huang won’t appear on a ballot because he doesn’t need to. His five trillion dollar company is not only driving our economy but our politics too. Most importantly, Jensen Huang’s drone-like mindset of imagining society as an endless engineering problem is emerging as the AI policy of the current administration. Think of it as the ethic of the engineer. Only it claims there are no ethics, just engineering challenges and solutions.</p><p>Earlier this week, Hannah Arendt Center director Roger Berkowitz <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/a-world-we-share?r=ktr9">reminded us</a> that Arendt linked Plato’s ideal of philosopher kings with the utopian promises of 20th century totalitarian leaders. I don’t think she would have been too keen on philosopher engineers either.</p><p><strong><br>ALSO THIS WEEK<br></strong><br></p><p>•   Keith’s editorial, <em>Men and Machines</em> — subtitled <em>Are You Afraid of Your Light Bulbs?</em> — at <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">That Was The Week</a> — the line is Arvind Narayanan’s, from the Ezra Klein interview Keith builds the week around</p><p>•   <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2026/10/08/anthropic-changes-usage-policy-to-ban-model-abuse-and-election-interference/">Anthropic’s usage-policy change</a> — worth reading before you form a view: it covers election interference, weapons and surveillance as well, and the cruelty clause is narrower than the headlines suggest</p><p>•   <a href="https://www.publishersweekly.com/pw/by-topic/international/Frankfurt-Book-Fair/article/101467-frankfurt-book-fair-2026-jill-lepore-urges-publishers-to-declare-their-independence-from-big-tech.html">Jill Lepore at the Frankfurt Book Fair</a>, urging publishers to declare their independence from Big Tech — the piece I sent Keith, to which he replied with a single word: dinosaur</p><p>•   Stephen Witt on this show last year, on the rise of Nvidia and its relentless chief executive: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/episode-2490-stephen-witt-explains?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p>•   Anthropic’s Matthew Botvinick on Thursday, whose <em>AI and Political Freedom</em> is the engineering take on democracy that came up here: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/ai-and-political-freedom?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p>•   Kailash Satyarthi yesterday, arguing the exact opposite of Keith — that compassion has to be designed into AI at the foundation stage: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/karuna-karuna?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p><strong><br>FIVE TAKEAWAYS<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>1. The argument isn’t whether to hand power to engineers. They have it. </strong>This is where Keith and I part company, and it took the hour to find the seam. He is strongly against ceding political power to engineers and does not think engineers and power belong in the same sentence. My position is that the sentence was written some time ago and nobody consulted us. Huang sits at the president’s right hand. The frontier labs decide what their products will and will not do. Whether or not engineers should be making moral decisions about technology, they are the ones making them, and the interesting debates — Huang against Amodei, say — are now intramural arguments among technologists with a few philosophers allowed in to watch.</p><p><strong>2. Keith would rather have Trump as president than Jensen Huang. </strong>He said it flatly and I did not see it coming, because Keith is the techno-optimist in this partnership. His reasoning is that running a country means answering every question, not one question. If the only thing society had to decide was what to do about technology, he allowed, Huang might make a very good president. But take the question of how the wealth created by automation reaches ordinary people: that is not a Jensen Huang question. He may have an opinion on it, and an opinion is exactly what it would be — which is Keith’s definition of politics, and his reason for keeping engineers out of it.</p><p><strong>3. Anthropic turned manners into a terms-of-service matter. </strong>The company updated its usage policy this week so that sustained abuse of Claude counts as a violation, alongside new clauses on election interference, weapons and surveillance. Anthropic says it bites only in extreme cases — repeated cruelty with no apparent purpose — and not on ordinary frustration, pushback, dark creative material or red-teaming. Keith’s objection is categorical: swap Claude for Facebook, or for Microsoft Word, and hear how it sounds. It is software. My answer is that software is now the medium we live in, so the house rules of the medium are not a trivial matter, and a firm is entitled to set them for its own product.</p><p><strong>4. Keith’s position on values in AI is that there should not be any. </strong>Not compassion, which Kailash Satyarthi was arguing for on this show only yesterday. Not the female or maternal sensibility Geoffrey Hinton has been urging. Nothing. There should be intelligence, full stop, and a human should be able to ask it anything and get intelligence back without the thing having an opinion. His argument is that a model is trained on effectively all of human output, so every view is already in there, and to tilt it towards any one stream is to switch off everyone who disagrees. He regards Anthropic training Claude to push back on a user as the essence of anti-democracy. I think a perfectly neutral algorithm is the most utopian idea in the conversation.</p><p><strong>5. His definition of populism is that the people are paying attention. </strong>And that it terrifies politicians, because an electorate with opinions is an electorate out of control. He will not accept Trump as a populist — Trump is the symptom of populism — and he points out that Orbán, who was supposed to be dismantling Hungarian democracy, was voted out of office in April. His prediction follows from all of it: AI will produce more populism rather than less, because it hands the same intelligence to everybody, and educated citizens have more opinions, not fewer.</p><p><strong><br>ABOUT THE CO-HOST<br></strong><br></p><p>Keith Teare is the founder and CEO of SignalRank Corporation and the publisher of That Was The Week, the weekly technology newsletter this conversation is built around. A serial entrepreneur, he co-founded RealNames and the UK internet service provider Easynet, and was a found...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 11 Oct 2026 08:21:54 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/cf739cab/d34ed65b.mp3" length="42277649" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3313875" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/cf739cab/d34ed65b.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/lLNIuoz6ryVR0OKr9YxErOpZW4z4USX4oXqYrvkNUeg/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9mNDE4/YzgwNWRkMGQzYjNm/YTAwMDRiMmY0OWU5/ZmUwNC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2640</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Jensen Huang biographer Stephen Witt argued in a <em>New York Times</em> <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/10/07/opinion/jensen-huang-ai-tech-nvidia.html">op-ed</a> this week that the leather-jacketed Nvidia CEO is the most powerful engineer on Earth. It’s not hard to prove. Just look at who (sans leather jacket) was sitting right next to you-know-who at last week’s AI White House <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/09/29/us/politics/trump-ai-luncheon-guests-ceos.html">lunch</a>.</p><p>America is run by lawyers, we were told by the China expert Dan Wang, and China by engineers. But nobody seems to have told either Trump or Huang. In his embrace of Huang’s supposed wisdom on unregulated AI, Trump is acknowledging the power of the engineer.</p><p>So would Jensen Huang make a better president than Donald Trump?</p><p>In our weekly tech roundup, <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> tech news publisher Keith Teare voted for king Donald. Whatever Trump’s flaws, Keith argues, he is at least a politician. Society isn’t logical, Keith said. It’s chaotic and messy, and so should be run by messy, chaotic people. A society run by king Jensen would, Keith warns, end up “drone-like”.</p><p>But the Trump vs Huang choice might have already been made. Huang won’t appear on a ballot because he doesn’t need to. His five trillion dollar company is not only driving our economy but our politics too. Most importantly, Jensen Huang’s drone-like mindset of imagining society as an endless engineering problem is emerging as the AI policy of the current administration. Think of it as the ethic of the engineer. Only it claims there are no ethics, just engineering challenges and solutions.</p><p>Earlier this week, Hannah Arendt Center director Roger Berkowitz <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/a-world-we-share?r=ktr9">reminded us</a> that Arendt linked Plato’s ideal of philosopher kings with the utopian promises of 20th century totalitarian leaders. I don’t think she would have been too keen on philosopher engineers either.</p><p><strong><br>ALSO THIS WEEK<br></strong><br></p><p>•   Keith’s editorial, <em>Men and Machines</em> — subtitled <em>Are You Afraid of Your Light Bulbs?</em> — at <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">That Was The Week</a> — the line is Arvind Narayanan’s, from the Ezra Klein interview Keith builds the week around</p><p>•   <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2026/10/08/anthropic-changes-usage-policy-to-ban-model-abuse-and-election-interference/">Anthropic’s usage-policy change</a> — worth reading before you form a view: it covers election interference, weapons and surveillance as well, and the cruelty clause is narrower than the headlines suggest</p><p>•   <a href="https://www.publishersweekly.com/pw/by-topic/international/Frankfurt-Book-Fair/article/101467-frankfurt-book-fair-2026-jill-lepore-urges-publishers-to-declare-their-independence-from-big-tech.html">Jill Lepore at the Frankfurt Book Fair</a>, urging publishers to declare their independence from Big Tech — the piece I sent Keith, to which he replied with a single word: dinosaur</p><p>•   Stephen Witt on this show last year, on the rise of Nvidia and its relentless chief executive: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/episode-2490-stephen-witt-explains?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p>•   Anthropic’s Matthew Botvinick on Thursday, whose <em>AI and Political Freedom</em> is the engineering take on democracy that came up here: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/ai-and-political-freedom?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p>•   Kailash Satyarthi yesterday, arguing the exact opposite of Keith — that compassion has to be designed into AI at the foundation stage: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/karuna-karuna?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p><strong><br>FIVE TAKEAWAYS<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>1. The argument isn’t whether to hand power to engineers. They have it. </strong>This is where Keith and I part company, and it took the hour to find the seam. He is strongly against ceding political power to engineers and does not think engineers and power belong in the same sentence. My position is that the sentence was written some time ago and nobody consulted us. Huang sits at the president’s right hand. The frontier labs decide what their products will and will not do. Whether or not engineers should be making moral decisions about technology, they are the ones making them, and the interesting debates — Huang against Amodei, say — are now intramural arguments among technologists with a few philosophers allowed in to watch.</p><p><strong>2. Keith would rather have Trump as president than Jensen Huang. </strong>He said it flatly and I did not see it coming, because Keith is the techno-optimist in this partnership. His reasoning is that running a country means answering every question, not one question. If the only thing society had to decide was what to do about technology, he allowed, Huang might make a very good president. But take the question of how the wealth created by automation reaches ordinary people: that is not a Jensen Huang question. He may have an opinion on it, and an opinion is exactly what it would be — which is Keith’s definition of politics, and his reason for keeping engineers out of it.</p><p><strong>3. Anthropic turned manners into a terms-of-service matter. </strong>The company updated its usage policy this week so that sustained abuse of Claude counts as a violation, alongside new clauses on election interference, weapons and surveillance. Anthropic says it bites only in extreme cases — repeated cruelty with no apparent purpose — and not on ordinary frustration, pushback, dark creative material or red-teaming. Keith’s objection is categorical: swap Claude for Facebook, or for Microsoft Word, and hear how it sounds. It is software. My answer is that software is now the medium we live in, so the house rules of the medium are not a trivial matter, and a firm is entitled to set them for its own product.</p><p><strong>4. Keith’s position on values in AI is that there should not be any. </strong>Not compassion, which Kailash Satyarthi was arguing for on this show only yesterday. Not the female or maternal sensibility Geoffrey Hinton has been urging. Nothing. There should be intelligence, full stop, and a human should be able to ask it anything and get intelligence back without the thing having an opinion. His argument is that a model is trained on effectively all of human output, so every view is already in there, and to tilt it towards any one stream is to switch off everyone who disagrees. He regards Anthropic training Claude to push back on a user as the essence of anti-democracy. I think a perfectly neutral algorithm is the most utopian idea in the conversation.</p><p><strong>5. His definition of populism is that the people are paying attention. </strong>And that it terrifies politicians, because an electorate with opinions is an electorate out of control. He will not accept Trump as a populist — Trump is the symptom of populism — and he points out that Orbán, who was supposed to be dismantling Hungarian democracy, was voted out of office in April. His prediction follows from all of it: AI will produce more populism rather than less, because it hands the same intelligence to everybody, and educated citizens have more opinions, not fewer.</p><p><strong><br>ABOUT THE CO-HOST<br></strong><br></p><p>Keith Teare is the founder and CEO of SignalRank Corporation and the publisher of That Was The Week, the weekly technology newsletter this conversation is built around. A serial entrepreneur, he co-founded RealNames and the UK internet service provider Easynet, and was a found...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/cf739cab/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/cf739cab/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Karuna Karuna: Nobel Laureate Kailash Satyarthi on Why Compassion Must Be Designed Into AI</title>
      <itunes:episode>3062</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3062</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Karuna Karuna: Nobel Laureate Kailash Satyarthi on Why Compassion Must Be Designed Into AI</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">65fee207-58e5-46f9-958d-bc3086ad247c</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>It’s always fun to have Nobel Prize winners on the show. Recently, we’ve hosted the journalist-dissident Maria Ressa, the economist Simon Johnson and the gloomy godfather of AI Geoffrey Hinton. Today it’s the Delhi-based <a href="https://www.kailashsatyarthi.net/globalising-compassion/">Kailash Satyarthi</a>, who won the 2014 Peace Prize for his fight against child exploitation.</p><p>He is now trying to globalize the ideal of compassion. But for Satyarthi, compassion doesn’t mean kindness, empathy, mercy, or even pity. In his new book <a href="https://www.kailashsatyarthi.net/books/"><em>Karuna</em></a> (a Sanskrit word that loosely translates into compassion), he defines it as a disruptive force. It means feeling somebody else’s problem as your own and then doing something about it. Which is why, keynoting the UN’s AI for Good summit in Geneva this July, he challenged the executives in the room to send their people to witness suffering. To see the 470 million children living in war zones, the 138 million working as labourers and slaves, the 270 million out of school. That, he guarantees, would make do-gooders genuinely compassionate.</p><p>Which brings us to artificial intelligence. Satyarthi is no fan of the AI arms race, which he thinks has left Big Tech’s engineers unable to identify the ethical point of their products. But he insists he’s not against the companies themselves and says he remains a believer in their potential humanity. Satyarthi certainly sees the power of AI to change the world. That’s why, last week, he came to Silicon Valley to talk about AI.</p><p>Geoffrey Hinton told me that he wants AI to acquire a female sensibility. Kailash Satyarthi, in contrast, wants compassion to define AI ethics. One day, no doubt, a compassionate bot, maybe named Karuna, will win a Nobel Prize. If so, we’ll certainly have them on the show.</p><p><strong><br>FURTHER READING<br></strong><br></p><p>•   Kailash Satyarthi, <a href="https://www.kailashsatyarthi.net/books/"><em>Karuna: The Power of Compassion</em></a> (HarperCollins India, 2026) — also published in Hindi as <em>Karuna: Samaadhaan ki Shakti<br></em><br></p><p>•   <a href="https://www.kailashsatyarthi.net/globalising-compassion/">Globalising Compassion</a> — Satyarthi’s own account of the idea, including the four components he sets out in this conversation: awareness, connectedness, feeling and action</p><p>•   The <a href="https://satyarthimovement.org/">Satyarthi Movement for Global Compassion</a>, launched in New Delhi in 2024, which is now the vehicle for the compassionate-leadership work in technology, governance, academia and the judiciary</p><p>•   Geoffrey Hinton on the show last year, warning about “alien beings that could take over” — the episode behind the question about building different values into the machines: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/ai-godfather-geoffrey-hinton-warns?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p>•   Anthropic’s Matthew Botvinick on Thursday, arguing that a safe AI system dropped into an authoritarian setting is not a safe system — the mirror image of Satyarthi’s case: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/ai-and-political-freedom?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p>•   <em>The Atlantic</em>’s Nicholas Thompson, whose own conversation with Satyarthi about building compassion into AI models comes up here: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/excited-and-terrified-the-atlantic?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p><strong><br>FIVE TAKEAWAYS<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>1. Machines cannot feel, so the compassion has to come from the people building them. </strong>This is where he starts, and it is an engineer’s starting point rather than a moralist’s. Codes and algorithms cannot be compassionate and never will be, and he has no interest in pretending otherwise. What he objects to is the companion assumption that the machine is therefore neutral. It is not neutral, because it is made by people who arrive with their own biases, apprehensions, flaws and mindset, and all of that flows into the thing they build. The conclusion he draws is that compassion has to be a design principle at the foundation stage, carried through development and deployment, rather than a correction applied after the harm has been exposed.</p><p><strong>2. Compassion, in his usage, is not kindness, and the distinction is the whole argument. </strong>He is emphatic about it, and he repeats the list twice in the hour: not kindness, not empathy, not mercy, not pity, not charity, not welfare. Those are good human traits and he does not disown them, but they are not what he means. Compassion as he has spent five decades redefining it is a disruptive, dynamic and transformative force, born from feeling the problems of others as your own and driving you to mindful action to solve them. Shorter: mindful and pragmatic problem solving. It has four components — awareness, connectedness, feeling, and then action — and the fourth is the one that separates his definition from every sentimental version of the word.</p><p><strong>3. “AI for Good” invites the obvious follow-up question, which he put to the room in Geneva. </strong>Good for whom? He was keynoting the inaugural session of the UN’s AI for Good summit this July, in front of delegations from 177 countries and twelve thousand people from the tech sector, and the challenge he laid down was whether the good in question belonged to world leaders, governments and eight or nine companies. His numbers: 470 million children living in war zones, 138 million working as child labourers and child slaves, 270 million out of school. His practical ask is disarmingly small — send the engineers to spend a week or ten days in sub-Saharan Africa, in South Asia, in the war zones of the Middle East, and he will organise the trip himself. His verdict on the race as it stands is that it is an arms race, and that in two years’ time only the regret will remain in our hands.</p><p><strong>4. Morality is borrowed from outside; compassion is already inside. </strong>This is his quarrel with the responsible-AI vocabulary, and he extends it, politely, to the Pope, whose interventions on technology he otherwise endorses. Ethics, morality and religious sermons all come from outside, he argues, and their priorities keep changing, which is why the world still has its problems despite all the temples, mosques, churches and synagogues. Consciousness and compassion, by contrast, are twin sisters, biological and neurological and native to us. So the task is not to import a code of conduct but to ignite something that is already there — which is also why he insists that his argument is not a theological one, even when the conversation strays into Genesis.</p><p><strong>5. The young people in his own office write better and think less. </strong>He calls the measurable version of all this the compassion quotient, and his claim is that most of us run a low one, caged by the layers that accumulate from identity to purpose to the prevailing definition of success; exposure to actual suffering raises it, as he has watched happen to the volunteers, researchers and journalists who spend a week in his ashrams. The observation that lands hardest, though, is domestic and unflattering to the technology. The youngsters who work for him can now produce a speech or an article better than he could think of — and there is not a single new creative idea in any of it, just the previous data and the old biases that came with it. The creative power and the inclusivity of the young, he says, are now the matter of concern.</p><p><strong><br>ABOUT THE GUEST<br></strong><br></p><p>Kailash Satyarthi was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize in 2014, jointly with Malala Yousafzai, for his...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>It’s always fun to have Nobel Prize winners on the show. Recently, we’ve hosted the journalist-dissident Maria Ressa, the economist Simon Johnson and the gloomy godfather of AI Geoffrey Hinton. Today it’s the Delhi-based <a href="https://www.kailashsatyarthi.net/globalising-compassion/">Kailash Satyarthi</a>, who won the 2014 Peace Prize for his fight against child exploitation.</p><p>He is now trying to globalize the ideal of compassion. But for Satyarthi, compassion doesn’t mean kindness, empathy, mercy, or even pity. In his new book <a href="https://www.kailashsatyarthi.net/books/"><em>Karuna</em></a> (a Sanskrit word that loosely translates into compassion), he defines it as a disruptive force. It means feeling somebody else’s problem as your own and then doing something about it. Which is why, keynoting the UN’s AI for Good summit in Geneva this July, he challenged the executives in the room to send their people to witness suffering. To see the 470 million children living in war zones, the 138 million working as labourers and slaves, the 270 million out of school. That, he guarantees, would make do-gooders genuinely compassionate.</p><p>Which brings us to artificial intelligence. Satyarthi is no fan of the AI arms race, which he thinks has left Big Tech’s engineers unable to identify the ethical point of their products. But he insists he’s not against the companies themselves and says he remains a believer in their potential humanity. Satyarthi certainly sees the power of AI to change the world. That’s why, last week, he came to Silicon Valley to talk about AI.</p><p>Geoffrey Hinton told me that he wants AI to acquire a female sensibility. Kailash Satyarthi, in contrast, wants compassion to define AI ethics. One day, no doubt, a compassionate bot, maybe named Karuna, will win a Nobel Prize. If so, we’ll certainly have them on the show.</p><p><strong><br>FURTHER READING<br></strong><br></p><p>•   Kailash Satyarthi, <a href="https://www.kailashsatyarthi.net/books/"><em>Karuna: The Power of Compassion</em></a> (HarperCollins India, 2026) — also published in Hindi as <em>Karuna: Samaadhaan ki Shakti<br></em><br></p><p>•   <a href="https://www.kailashsatyarthi.net/globalising-compassion/">Globalising Compassion</a> — Satyarthi’s own account of the idea, including the four components he sets out in this conversation: awareness, connectedness, feeling and action</p><p>•   The <a href="https://satyarthimovement.org/">Satyarthi Movement for Global Compassion</a>, launched in New Delhi in 2024, which is now the vehicle for the compassionate-leadership work in technology, governance, academia and the judiciary</p><p>•   Geoffrey Hinton on the show last year, warning about “alien beings that could take over” — the episode behind the question about building different values into the machines: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/ai-godfather-geoffrey-hinton-warns?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p>•   Anthropic’s Matthew Botvinick on Thursday, arguing that a safe AI system dropped into an authoritarian setting is not a safe system — the mirror image of Satyarthi’s case: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/ai-and-political-freedom?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p>•   <em>The Atlantic</em>’s Nicholas Thompson, whose own conversation with Satyarthi about building compassion into AI models comes up here: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/excited-and-terrified-the-atlantic?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p><strong><br>FIVE TAKEAWAYS<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>1. Machines cannot feel, so the compassion has to come from the people building them. </strong>This is where he starts, and it is an engineer’s starting point rather than a moralist’s. Codes and algorithms cannot be compassionate and never will be, and he has no interest in pretending otherwise. What he objects to is the companion assumption that the machine is therefore neutral. It is not neutral, because it is made by people who arrive with their own biases, apprehensions, flaws and mindset, and all of that flows into the thing they build. The conclusion he draws is that compassion has to be a design principle at the foundation stage, carried through development and deployment, rather than a correction applied after the harm has been exposed.</p><p><strong>2. Compassion, in his usage, is not kindness, and the distinction is the whole argument. </strong>He is emphatic about it, and he repeats the list twice in the hour: not kindness, not empathy, not mercy, not pity, not charity, not welfare. Those are good human traits and he does not disown them, but they are not what he means. Compassion as he has spent five decades redefining it is a disruptive, dynamic and transformative force, born from feeling the problems of others as your own and driving you to mindful action to solve them. Shorter: mindful and pragmatic problem solving. It has four components — awareness, connectedness, feeling, and then action — and the fourth is the one that separates his definition from every sentimental version of the word.</p><p><strong>3. “AI for Good” invites the obvious follow-up question, which he put to the room in Geneva. </strong>Good for whom? He was keynoting the inaugural session of the UN’s AI for Good summit this July, in front of delegations from 177 countries and twelve thousand people from the tech sector, and the challenge he laid down was whether the good in question belonged to world leaders, governments and eight or nine companies. His numbers: 470 million children living in war zones, 138 million working as child labourers and child slaves, 270 million out of school. His practical ask is disarmingly small — send the engineers to spend a week or ten days in sub-Saharan Africa, in South Asia, in the war zones of the Middle East, and he will organise the trip himself. His verdict on the race as it stands is that it is an arms race, and that in two years’ time only the regret will remain in our hands.</p><p><strong>4. Morality is borrowed from outside; compassion is already inside. </strong>This is his quarrel with the responsible-AI vocabulary, and he extends it, politely, to the Pope, whose interventions on technology he otherwise endorses. Ethics, morality and religious sermons all come from outside, he argues, and their priorities keep changing, which is why the world still has its problems despite all the temples, mosques, churches and synagogues. Consciousness and compassion, by contrast, are twin sisters, biological and neurological and native to us. So the task is not to import a code of conduct but to ignite something that is already there — which is also why he insists that his argument is not a theological one, even when the conversation strays into Genesis.</p><p><strong>5. The young people in his own office write better and think less. </strong>He calls the measurable version of all this the compassion quotient, and his claim is that most of us run a low one, caged by the layers that accumulate from identity to purpose to the prevailing definition of success; exposure to actual suffering raises it, as he has watched happen to the volunteers, researchers and journalists who spend a week in his ashrams. The observation that lands hardest, though, is domestic and unflattering to the technology. The youngsters who work for him can now produce a speech or an article better than he could think of — and there is not a single new creative idea in any of it, just the previous data and the old biases that came with it. The creative power and the inclusivity of the young, he says, are now the matter of concern.</p><p><strong><br>ABOUT THE GUEST<br></strong><br></p><p>Kailash Satyarthi was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize in 2014, jointly with Malala Yousafzai, for his...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 10 Oct 2026 09:16:13 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/d1914580/286d190e.mp3" length="39680729" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3472630" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/d1914580/286d190e.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qiU24I8d7Qk">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/-oalTgUz7fL6t3KYNTQjnbH0jXhhKAuyncFH30NOjGo/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xYzgz/YmE5M2VhN2Y3NzEx/M2ViNzRhMDAyN2Mx/MjIxMi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2478</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>It’s always fun to have Nobel Prize winners on the show. Recently, we’ve hosted the journalist-dissident Maria Ressa, the economist Simon Johnson and the gloomy godfather of AI Geoffrey Hinton. Today it’s the Delhi-based <a href="https://www.kailashsatyarthi.net/globalising-compassion/">Kailash Satyarthi</a>, who won the 2014 Peace Prize for his fight against child exploitation.</p><p>He is now trying to globalize the ideal of compassion. But for Satyarthi, compassion doesn’t mean kindness, empathy, mercy, or even pity. In his new book <a href="https://www.kailashsatyarthi.net/books/"><em>Karuna</em></a> (a Sanskrit word that loosely translates into compassion), he defines it as a disruptive force. It means feeling somebody else’s problem as your own and then doing something about it. Which is why, keynoting the UN’s AI for Good summit in Geneva this July, he challenged the executives in the room to send their people to witness suffering. To see the 470 million children living in war zones, the 138 million working as labourers and slaves, the 270 million out of school. That, he guarantees, would make do-gooders genuinely compassionate.</p><p>Which brings us to artificial intelligence. Satyarthi is no fan of the AI arms race, which he thinks has left Big Tech’s engineers unable to identify the ethical point of their products. But he insists he’s not against the companies themselves and says he remains a believer in their potential humanity. Satyarthi certainly sees the power of AI to change the world. That’s why, last week, he came to Silicon Valley to talk about AI.</p><p>Geoffrey Hinton told me that he wants AI to acquire a female sensibility. Kailash Satyarthi, in contrast, wants compassion to define AI ethics. One day, no doubt, a compassionate bot, maybe named Karuna, will win a Nobel Prize. If so, we’ll certainly have them on the show.</p><p><strong><br>FURTHER READING<br></strong><br></p><p>•   Kailash Satyarthi, <a href="https://www.kailashsatyarthi.net/books/"><em>Karuna: The Power of Compassion</em></a> (HarperCollins India, 2026) — also published in Hindi as <em>Karuna: Samaadhaan ki Shakti<br></em><br></p><p>•   <a href="https://www.kailashsatyarthi.net/globalising-compassion/">Globalising Compassion</a> — Satyarthi’s own account of the idea, including the four components he sets out in this conversation: awareness, connectedness, feeling and action</p><p>•   The <a href="https://satyarthimovement.org/">Satyarthi Movement for Global Compassion</a>, launched in New Delhi in 2024, which is now the vehicle for the compassionate-leadership work in technology, governance, academia and the judiciary</p><p>•   Geoffrey Hinton on the show last year, warning about “alien beings that could take over” — the episode behind the question about building different values into the machines: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/ai-godfather-geoffrey-hinton-warns?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p>•   Anthropic’s Matthew Botvinick on Thursday, arguing that a safe AI system dropped into an authoritarian setting is not a safe system — the mirror image of Satyarthi’s case: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/ai-and-political-freedom?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p>•   <em>The Atlantic</em>’s Nicholas Thompson, whose own conversation with Satyarthi about building compassion into AI models comes up here: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/excited-and-terrified-the-atlantic?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p><strong><br>FIVE TAKEAWAYS<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>1. Machines cannot feel, so the compassion has to come from the people building them. </strong>This is where he starts, and it is an engineer’s starting point rather than a moralist’s. Codes and algorithms cannot be compassionate and never will be, and he has no interest in pretending otherwise. What he objects to is the companion assumption that the machine is therefore neutral. It is not neutral, because it is made by people who arrive with their own biases, apprehensions, flaws and mindset, and all of that flows into the thing they build. The conclusion he draws is that compassion has to be a design principle at the foundation stage, carried through development and deployment, rather than a correction applied after the harm has been exposed.</p><p><strong>2. Compassion, in his usage, is not kindness, and the distinction is the whole argument. </strong>He is emphatic about it, and he repeats the list twice in the hour: not kindness, not empathy, not mercy, not pity, not charity, not welfare. Those are good human traits and he does not disown them, but they are not what he means. Compassion as he has spent five decades redefining it is a disruptive, dynamic and transformative force, born from feeling the problems of others as your own and driving you to mindful action to solve them. Shorter: mindful and pragmatic problem solving. It has four components — awareness, connectedness, feeling, and then action — and the fourth is the one that separates his definition from every sentimental version of the word.</p><p><strong>3. “AI for Good” invites the obvious follow-up question, which he put to the room in Geneva. </strong>Good for whom? He was keynoting the inaugural session of the UN’s AI for Good summit this July, in front of delegations from 177 countries and twelve thousand people from the tech sector, and the challenge he laid down was whether the good in question belonged to world leaders, governments and eight or nine companies. His numbers: 470 million children living in war zones, 138 million working as child labourers and child slaves, 270 million out of school. His practical ask is disarmingly small — send the engineers to spend a week or ten days in sub-Saharan Africa, in South Asia, in the war zones of the Middle East, and he will organise the trip himself. His verdict on the race as it stands is that it is an arms race, and that in two years’ time only the regret will remain in our hands.</p><p><strong>4. Morality is borrowed from outside; compassion is already inside. </strong>This is his quarrel with the responsible-AI vocabulary, and he extends it, politely, to the Pope, whose interventions on technology he otherwise endorses. Ethics, morality and religious sermons all come from outside, he argues, and their priorities keep changing, which is why the world still has its problems despite all the temples, mosques, churches and synagogues. Consciousness and compassion, by contrast, are twin sisters, biological and neurological and native to us. So the task is not to import a code of conduct but to ignite something that is already there — which is also why he insists that his argument is not a theological one, even when the conversation strays into Genesis.</p><p><strong>5. The young people in his own office write better and think less. </strong>He calls the measurable version of all this the compassion quotient, and his claim is that most of us run a low one, caged by the layers that accumulate from identity to purpose to the prevailing definition of success; exposure to actual suffering raises it, as he has watched happen to the volunteers, researchers and journalists who spend a week in his ashrams. The observation that lands hardest, though, is domestic and unflattering to the technology. The youngsters who work for him can now produce a speech or an article better than he could think of — and there is not a single new creative idea in any of it, just the previous data and the old biases that came with it. The creative power and the inclusivity of the young, he says, are now the matter of concern.</p><p><strong><br>ABOUT THE GUEST<br></strong><br></p><p>Kailash Satyarthi was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize in 2014, jointly with Malala Yousafzai, for his...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d1914580/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A World We Share: Roger Berkowitz on Hannah Arendt and the Power of Friendship</title>
      <itunes:episode>3061</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3061</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>A World We Share: Roger Berkowitz on Hannah Arendt and the Power of Friendship</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c12672a5-44b6-482c-b6ff-d65be1bce33a</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>“A human being is worth more than his opinions”, Hannah Arendt wrote to her Zionist friend Gershom Scholem in 1946, after he read her critical essay on Zionism and accused her of betraying the Jewish people. So how to value a human being? What, according to Arendt, are we worth? According to the Arendt scholar <a href="https://hac.bard.edu/">Roger Berkowitz</a>, our value lies in the power of friendship. That’s what he calls, in his new book, <a href="https://yalebooks.yale.edu/book/9780300287097/a-world-we-share/"><em>A World We Share</em></a>. It’s what makes us human.</p><p>Berkowitz, who runs the Hannah Arendt Center at Bard College, reminds us that Arendt wasn’t a postmodern relativist who believed everyone’s opinions were equally credible. Facts mattered to her enormously — but a thousand facts about immigration will not verify migration policy, and two people with Harvard doctorates, especially if they are friends, can still disagree about how many people to let into America.</p><p>Nor is Berkowitz presenting Hannah Arendt as an anodyne centrist. For Arendt, he argues, people are plural and always will be so. We can, and should, have strong opinions that sometimes cause us to raise our voices in anger. But an argument, she believed, should end in disagreement rather than discord. So, when she and Scholem fell out all over again seventeen years later, this time over her argument about the banality of Nazi evil in <em>Eichmann in Jerusalem</em>, she hoped it wouldn’t affect their friendship. It’s our ability to disagree and reconcile (which isn’t the same as forgiveness) that makes us human, Arendt says. That’s what we should — indeed, must — share if we are to rebuild our broken world.</p><p><strong><br>FURTHER READING<br></strong><br></p><p>•   Roger Berkowitz, <a href="https://yalebooks.yale.edu/book/9780300287097/a-world-we-share/"><em>A World We Share: Hannah Arendt and the Power of Friendship in a Broken World</em></a> (Yale University Press, 2026)</p><p>•   The <a href="https://hac.bard.edu/">Hannah Arendt Center for Politics and Humanities</a> at Bard College, which Berkowitz founded and directs</p><p>•   Yesterday’s episode featuring Anthropic’s Matthew Botvinick, author of <em>AI and Political Freedom</em>, articulating an engineer’s view of politics — <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/ai-and-political-freedom?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p>•   Sherry Turkle on <em>Artificial Intimacy</em> — last week’s episode Berkowitz praises: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/artificial-intimacy?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p>•   Keri Leigh Merritt on the American dissident Lillian Smith, who, like Hannah Arendt, was <em>An Inconvenient Woman</em>: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/an-inconvenient-woman?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p><strong><br>FIVE TAKEAWAYS<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>1. Better facts will not fix politics. </strong>This is the claim that puts Arendt at odds with almost everyone currently worrying about democracy. We tend to assume that misinformation is the disease and that better education, better journalism and better facts are the cure. Arendt did not believe it. Facts mattered to her enormously, but she insisted they have very little power to tell us what to do: twenty facts about immigration still will not settle immigration, and two people who have both been as well educated as it is possible to be can still disagree about Trump. Berkowitz traces the opposite assumption back to Plato, who watched Athens execute Socrates, concluded the many could not be trusted, and invented the philosopher king to rule in their place.</p><p><strong>2. Reconciliation is not forgiveness. </strong>Arendt’s distinction here is precise and worldly rather than moral. Forgiveness, as she understood it, is Christian: it implies that you might have done the same, so you should not throw stones. Reconciliation claims nothing of the kind. It says that what you did was wrong, that I would not have done it, that I do not forgive you — and that I am nonetheless willing to love a world with you in it. The condition is that it runs both ways. Heidegger came to her after the war, went down on his knees and turned himself in, and she reconciled. Karl Jaspers never did, and the two of them had their worst row over it in Switzerland in the fifties, ending with each accepting that the other had made a different judgment.</p><p><strong>3. And there are people you cannot have in your world. </strong>The last two chapters of the book are about the limits, which Berkowitz is at pains to point out are not the same thing as civility. Eichmann is the case that settles it. Arendt’s argument was never that he was a monster; it was that in a normal age he would have been an unremarkable civil servant whom nobody would have heard of. But he did not live in a normal age, and he became a willing and obedient servant of bureaucratic genocide. Her conclusion was not moral outrage but a judgment about what she could live alongside: she could not love a world in which such a person was simply readmitted to it, and so he had to die. The useful corollary, in Berkowitz’s formulation, is that the uncle whose opinions you cannot bear is generally not Eichmann.</p><p><strong>4. Totalitarianism is organised loneliness. </strong>The line is Arendt’s, and Berkowitz keeps it on the Arendt Center’s website: if totalitarianism is organised loneliness, then the loneliness of modern life means totalitarianism is hardly a phenomenon of the past. His gloss is the darkest stretch of the conversation. Religion has lost most of its public meaning, the family has broken down, and the Western tradition — the banisters we lean on precisely because nobody can think all the time — has shattered. What is left is the atomised individual, and the movements that offer him meaning. Which is why Arendt held that the fundamental political problem of the age is not housing or immigration or even the environment, but meaninglessness, and why anyone hoping to see off fascism has to offer people a life that feels worth living.</p><p><strong>5. There is no such thing as a two-week-old friendship. </strong>The third element of friendship, after conversation and respect, is simply duration, and Arendt was unsentimental about it. She knew W. H. Auden for twelve years, at one point turning up with Mary McCarthy to clean his notoriously filthy flat, and he proposed marriage; she still said they had met too late in life to become friends. Berkowitz, at fifty-eight, found himself making a list and ringing people up once a month because the friends he had were leaving New York or dying. The argument he draws from it is that friendship takes time nobody has any more, and that if machines are going to take the labour, it is the capacity most worth protecting on the other side.</p><p><strong><br>ABOUT THE GUEST<br></strong><br></p><p>Roger Berkowitz is Founder and Academic Director of the Hannah Arendt Center for Politics and Humanities at Bard College, where he is Professor of Politics, Philosophy and Human Rights. A World We Share: Hannah Arendt and the Power of Friendship in a Broken World is published by Yale University Press. He lives in New York.</p><p><strong><br>ABOUT KEEN ON AMERICA<br></strong><br></p><p>Keen On America is a daily conversation about the ideas, books and arguments shaping the United States, hosted by Andrew Keen, author of The Internet Is Not the Answer and How to Fix the Future. New episodes every day.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>“A human being is worth more than his opinions”, Hannah Arendt wrote to her Zionist friend Gershom Scholem in 1946, after he read her critical essay on Zionism and accused her of betraying the Jewish people. So how to value a human being? What, according to Arendt, are we worth? According to the Arendt scholar <a href="https://hac.bard.edu/">Roger Berkowitz</a>, our value lies in the power of friendship. That’s what he calls, in his new book, <a href="https://yalebooks.yale.edu/book/9780300287097/a-world-we-share/"><em>A World We Share</em></a>. It’s what makes us human.</p><p>Berkowitz, who runs the Hannah Arendt Center at Bard College, reminds us that Arendt wasn’t a postmodern relativist who believed everyone’s opinions were equally credible. Facts mattered to her enormously — but a thousand facts about immigration will not verify migration policy, and two people with Harvard doctorates, especially if they are friends, can still disagree about how many people to let into America.</p><p>Nor is Berkowitz presenting Hannah Arendt as an anodyne centrist. For Arendt, he argues, people are plural and always will be so. We can, and should, have strong opinions that sometimes cause us to raise our voices in anger. But an argument, she believed, should end in disagreement rather than discord. So, when she and Scholem fell out all over again seventeen years later, this time over her argument about the banality of Nazi evil in <em>Eichmann in Jerusalem</em>, she hoped it wouldn’t affect their friendship. It’s our ability to disagree and reconcile (which isn’t the same as forgiveness) that makes us human, Arendt says. That’s what we should — indeed, must — share if we are to rebuild our broken world.</p><p><strong><br>FURTHER READING<br></strong><br></p><p>•   Roger Berkowitz, <a href="https://yalebooks.yale.edu/book/9780300287097/a-world-we-share/"><em>A World We Share: Hannah Arendt and the Power of Friendship in a Broken World</em></a> (Yale University Press, 2026)</p><p>•   The <a href="https://hac.bard.edu/">Hannah Arendt Center for Politics and Humanities</a> at Bard College, which Berkowitz founded and directs</p><p>•   Yesterday’s episode featuring Anthropic’s Matthew Botvinick, author of <em>AI and Political Freedom</em>, articulating an engineer’s view of politics — <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/ai-and-political-freedom?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p>•   Sherry Turkle on <em>Artificial Intimacy</em> — last week’s episode Berkowitz praises: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/artificial-intimacy?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p>•   Keri Leigh Merritt on the American dissident Lillian Smith, who, like Hannah Arendt, was <em>An Inconvenient Woman</em>: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/an-inconvenient-woman?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p><strong><br>FIVE TAKEAWAYS<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>1. Better facts will not fix politics. </strong>This is the claim that puts Arendt at odds with almost everyone currently worrying about democracy. We tend to assume that misinformation is the disease and that better education, better journalism and better facts are the cure. Arendt did not believe it. Facts mattered to her enormously, but she insisted they have very little power to tell us what to do: twenty facts about immigration still will not settle immigration, and two people who have both been as well educated as it is possible to be can still disagree about Trump. Berkowitz traces the opposite assumption back to Plato, who watched Athens execute Socrates, concluded the many could not be trusted, and invented the philosopher king to rule in their place.</p><p><strong>2. Reconciliation is not forgiveness. </strong>Arendt’s distinction here is precise and worldly rather than moral. Forgiveness, as she understood it, is Christian: it implies that you might have done the same, so you should not throw stones. Reconciliation claims nothing of the kind. It says that what you did was wrong, that I would not have done it, that I do not forgive you — and that I am nonetheless willing to love a world with you in it. The condition is that it runs both ways. Heidegger came to her after the war, went down on his knees and turned himself in, and she reconciled. Karl Jaspers never did, and the two of them had their worst row over it in Switzerland in the fifties, ending with each accepting that the other had made a different judgment.</p><p><strong>3. And there are people you cannot have in your world. </strong>The last two chapters of the book are about the limits, which Berkowitz is at pains to point out are not the same thing as civility. Eichmann is the case that settles it. Arendt’s argument was never that he was a monster; it was that in a normal age he would have been an unremarkable civil servant whom nobody would have heard of. But he did not live in a normal age, and he became a willing and obedient servant of bureaucratic genocide. Her conclusion was not moral outrage but a judgment about what she could live alongside: she could not love a world in which such a person was simply readmitted to it, and so he had to die. The useful corollary, in Berkowitz’s formulation, is that the uncle whose opinions you cannot bear is generally not Eichmann.</p><p><strong>4. Totalitarianism is organised loneliness. </strong>The line is Arendt’s, and Berkowitz keeps it on the Arendt Center’s website: if totalitarianism is organised loneliness, then the loneliness of modern life means totalitarianism is hardly a phenomenon of the past. His gloss is the darkest stretch of the conversation. Religion has lost most of its public meaning, the family has broken down, and the Western tradition — the banisters we lean on precisely because nobody can think all the time — has shattered. What is left is the atomised individual, and the movements that offer him meaning. Which is why Arendt held that the fundamental political problem of the age is not housing or immigration or even the environment, but meaninglessness, and why anyone hoping to see off fascism has to offer people a life that feels worth living.</p><p><strong>5. There is no such thing as a two-week-old friendship. </strong>The third element of friendship, after conversation and respect, is simply duration, and Arendt was unsentimental about it. She knew W. H. Auden for twelve years, at one point turning up with Mary McCarthy to clean his notoriously filthy flat, and he proposed marriage; she still said they had met too late in life to become friends. Berkowitz, at fifty-eight, found himself making a list and ringing people up once a month because the friends he had were leaving New York or dying. The argument he draws from it is that friendship takes time nobody has any more, and that if machines are going to take the labour, it is the capacity most worth protecting on the other side.</p><p><strong><br>ABOUT THE GUEST<br></strong><br></p><p>Roger Berkowitz is Founder and Academic Director of the Hannah Arendt Center for Politics and Humanities at Bard College, where he is Professor of Politics, Philosophy and Human Rights. A World We Share: Hannah Arendt and the Power of Friendship in a Broken World is published by Yale University Press. He lives in New York.</p><p><strong><br>ABOUT KEEN ON AMERICA<br></strong><br></p><p>Keen On America is a daily conversation about the ideas, books and arguments shaping the United States, hosted by Andrew Keen, author of The Internet Is Not the Answer and How to Fix the Future. New episodes every day.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Oct 2026 07:00:31 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/01759ba5/45f3e3a1.mp3" length="64988035" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3371981" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/01759ba5/45f3e3a1.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tQZUyY6CYrY">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/6mlHgp6CPVaLxT0vd5hEoqswNDKLVV_KRs1vNgOZ-Xk/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS81MmJh/Njc2OTg3MWZjYTg5/OTcxNjUxMjVlYjFk/Yzg0Yi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4059</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>“A human being is worth more than his opinions”, Hannah Arendt wrote to her Zionist friend Gershom Scholem in 1946, after he read her critical essay on Zionism and accused her of betraying the Jewish people. So how to value a human being? What, according to Arendt, are we worth? According to the Arendt scholar <a href="https://hac.bard.edu/">Roger Berkowitz</a>, our value lies in the power of friendship. That’s what he calls, in his new book, <a href="https://yalebooks.yale.edu/book/9780300287097/a-world-we-share/"><em>A World We Share</em></a>. It’s what makes us human.</p><p>Berkowitz, who runs the Hannah Arendt Center at Bard College, reminds us that Arendt wasn’t a postmodern relativist who believed everyone’s opinions were equally credible. Facts mattered to her enormously — but a thousand facts about immigration will not verify migration policy, and two people with Harvard doctorates, especially if they are friends, can still disagree about how many people to let into America.</p><p>Nor is Berkowitz presenting Hannah Arendt as an anodyne centrist. For Arendt, he argues, people are plural and always will be so. We can, and should, have strong opinions that sometimes cause us to raise our voices in anger. But an argument, she believed, should end in disagreement rather than discord. So, when she and Scholem fell out all over again seventeen years later, this time over her argument about the banality of Nazi evil in <em>Eichmann in Jerusalem</em>, she hoped it wouldn’t affect their friendship. It’s our ability to disagree and reconcile (which isn’t the same as forgiveness) that makes us human, Arendt says. That’s what we should — indeed, must — share if we are to rebuild our broken world.</p><p><strong><br>FURTHER READING<br></strong><br></p><p>•   Roger Berkowitz, <a href="https://yalebooks.yale.edu/book/9780300287097/a-world-we-share/"><em>A World We Share: Hannah Arendt and the Power of Friendship in a Broken World</em></a> (Yale University Press, 2026)</p><p>•   The <a href="https://hac.bard.edu/">Hannah Arendt Center for Politics and Humanities</a> at Bard College, which Berkowitz founded and directs</p><p>•   Yesterday’s episode featuring Anthropic’s Matthew Botvinick, author of <em>AI and Political Freedom</em>, articulating an engineer’s view of politics — <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/ai-and-political-freedom?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p>•   Sherry Turkle on <em>Artificial Intimacy</em> — last week’s episode Berkowitz praises: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/artificial-intimacy?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p>•   Keri Leigh Merritt on the American dissident Lillian Smith, who, like Hannah Arendt, was <em>An Inconvenient Woman</em>: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/an-inconvenient-woman?r=ktr9">listen or watch<br></a><br></p><p><strong><br>FIVE TAKEAWAYS<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>1. Better facts will not fix politics. </strong>This is the claim that puts Arendt at odds with almost everyone currently worrying about democracy. We tend to assume that misinformation is the disease and that better education, better journalism and better facts are the cure. Arendt did not believe it. Facts mattered to her enormously, but she insisted they have very little power to tell us what to do: twenty facts about immigration still will not settle immigration, and two people who have both been as well educated as it is possible to be can still disagree about Trump. Berkowitz traces the opposite assumption back to Plato, who watched Athens execute Socrates, concluded the many could not be trusted, and invented the philosopher king to rule in their place.</p><p><strong>2. Reconciliation is not forgiveness. </strong>Arendt’s distinction here is precise and worldly rather than moral. Forgiveness, as she understood it, is Christian: it implies that you might have done the same, so you should not throw stones. Reconciliation claims nothing of the kind. It says that what you did was wrong, that I would not have done it, that I do not forgive you — and that I am nonetheless willing to love a world with you in it. The condition is that it runs both ways. Heidegger came to her after the war, went down on his knees and turned himself in, and she reconciled. Karl Jaspers never did, and the two of them had their worst row over it in Switzerland in the fifties, ending with each accepting that the other had made a different judgment.</p><p><strong>3. And there are people you cannot have in your world. </strong>The last two chapters of the book are about the limits, which Berkowitz is at pains to point out are not the same thing as civility. Eichmann is the case that settles it. Arendt’s argument was never that he was a monster; it was that in a normal age he would have been an unremarkable civil servant whom nobody would have heard of. But he did not live in a normal age, and he became a willing and obedient servant of bureaucratic genocide. Her conclusion was not moral outrage but a judgment about what she could live alongside: she could not love a world in which such a person was simply readmitted to it, and so he had to die. The useful corollary, in Berkowitz’s formulation, is that the uncle whose opinions you cannot bear is generally not Eichmann.</p><p><strong>4. Totalitarianism is organised loneliness. </strong>The line is Arendt’s, and Berkowitz keeps it on the Arendt Center’s website: if totalitarianism is organised loneliness, then the loneliness of modern life means totalitarianism is hardly a phenomenon of the past. His gloss is the darkest stretch of the conversation. Religion has lost most of its public meaning, the family has broken down, and the Western tradition — the banisters we lean on precisely because nobody can think all the time — has shattered. What is left is the atomised individual, and the movements that offer him meaning. Which is why Arendt held that the fundamental political problem of the age is not housing or immigration or even the environment, but meaninglessness, and why anyone hoping to see off fascism has to offer people a life that feels worth living.</p><p><strong>5. There is no such thing as a two-week-old friendship. </strong>The third element of friendship, after conversation and respect, is simply duration, and Arendt was unsentimental about it. She knew W. H. Auden for twelve years, at one point turning up with Mary McCarthy to clean his notoriously filthy flat, and he proposed marriage; she still said they had met too late in life to become friends. Berkowitz, at fifty-eight, found himself making a list and ringing people up once a month because the friends he had were leaving New York or dying. The argument he draws from it is that friendship takes time nobody has any more, and that if machines are going to take the labour, it is the capacity most worth protecting on the other side.</p><p><strong><br>ABOUT THE GUEST<br></strong><br></p><p>Roger Berkowitz is Founder and Academic Director of the Hannah Arendt Center for Politics and Humanities at Bard College, where he is Professor of Politics, Philosophy and Human Rights. A World We Share: Hannah Arendt and the Power of Friendship in a Broken World is published by Yale University Press. He lives in New York.</p><p><strong><br>ABOUT KEEN ON AMERICA<br></strong><br></p><p>Keen On America is a daily conversation about the ideas, books and arguments shaping the United States, hosted by Andrew Keen, author of The Internet Is Not the Answer and How to Fix the Future. New episodes every day.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/01759ba5/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>AI and Political Freedom: Anthropic's Matthew Botvinick on the Risk to Democracy and How to Respond</title>
      <itunes:episode>3060</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3060</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>AI and Political Freedom: Anthropic's Matthew Botvinick on the Risk to Democracy and How to Respond</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c80380f5-ad6d-4449-b2e3-35b4410f8f42</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.mattbotvinick.com/#author">Matthew Botvinick</a> works at Anthropic, where he leads the <a href="https://www.anthropic.com/news/the-anthropic-institute">Anthropic Institute</a>’s research on AI and the rule of law. His new book, <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691291215/ai-and-political-freedom"><em>AI and Political Freedom</em></a>, focuses on AI’s risk to democracy and how we should respond to it. It’s important to note that for this Princeton University Press book, Botvinick doesn’t represent Anthropic. That said, the fact that he just happens to be a senior policy guy at Dario’s trillion dollar startup makes both Matt and his book particularly intriguing.</p><p>He obviously knows his AI stuff. He was previously senior director of research at Google DeepMind, and before that ran neural computation labs at Princeton and Penn. He has been doing what we now call deep learning since the early nineteen nineties, when it was called connectionist modelling and few imagined it would ever amount to a commercial product. Then he went back to school for a law degree. Yale, no less. So Matt is clearly an Ivy League-trained, smart logical guy. Somebody to be (mis)trusted.</p><p>His argument is that AI doesn’t invent a new threat to democracy so much as raise the stakes on the demagogue’s playbook. It’s that familiar Trump/Modi/Orbán/Bolsonaro game of splitting the people from the elites, then, once in office, rewiring the state to entrench power and muzzling anyone who objects. What AI adds, Matt worries, is populist fuel at both ends. Thus the dangerous flammability of our current politics. Job displacement manufactures exactly the insecurity demagogues feed on, and AI hands whoever wins a surveillance and censorship apparatus that no previous authoritarian could dream of. He also expects AI-driven national security crises, and notes that states of emergency are designed to expand executive power, which makes them very easy to abuse.</p><p>I pushed Matt on whether anyone should believe any of this from a senior Anthropic policy maker. He said no, and probably meant it. There is no reason, he argued, to trust anybody from Anthropic, or any newspaper either, because a marketplace of ideas doesn’t run on trust but on the strength of the argument.</p><p>Perhaps. But my bigger concern is the ethic of the all-too-logical engineer that Matt brings to politics. As I will discuss tomorrow with the Hannah Arendt scholar Roger Berkowitz, Arendt argued that politics was anything but an engineering problem with quantifiable fixes. So when Matt promises AI enabling ancient Athens “at scale” through citizen assemblies, we should be wary. Not because this will end humanity or make Anthropic employees exorbitantly rich. But because politics isn’t code, and can’t be fixed by engineers.</p><p><strong><br>FURTHER READING<br></strong><br></p><p>•   Matthew Botvinick, <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691291215/ai-and-political-freedom"><em>AI and Political Freedom: The Risk to Democracy and How to Respond</em></a> (Princeton University Press, 2026)</p><p>•   The author’s own page for the book: <a href="https://www.mattbotvinick.com/">mattbotvinick.com<br></a><br></p><p>•   Adam Jentleson on <em>Supermajority</em> — the Democratic strategist on rebuilding a governing coalition: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/losing-dogmas-winning-elections?r=ktr9">listen to that episode<br></a><br></p><p>•   Susan Neiman on whether Trump is evil — the philosopher on how half of America accepted him twice: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/she-calls-it-evil?r=ktr9">listen to that episode<br></a><br></p><p>•   Jonathan Rauch and Peter Wehner on the patrimonial turn in American government: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/trump-has-finally-lost-the-plot?r=ktr9">listen to that episode<br></a><br></p><p>•   Roger Berkowitz, <a href="https://yalebooks.yale.edu/book/9780300287097/a-world-we-share/"><em>A World We Share: Hannah Arendt and the Power of Friendship in a Broken World</em></a> (Yale University Press, 2026) — Berkowitz is on the show tomorrow</p><p><strong><br>FIVE TAKEAWAYS<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>1. AI doesn’t invent the threat. It raises the stakes. </strong>Botvinick is careful to say that AI does not create some exotic new danger to democracy. What it does is sharpen a vulnerability that democracies have always had, and which the American founders worried about explicitly. The pattern he calls the demagogue’s playbook begins with populist appeals that divide the people from an allegedly hijacking elite, and proceeds, once the demagogue is in office, to two objectives: rewiring the machinery of government to entrench power, and muzzling dissent by attacking the press and civil society. AI feeds the first stage and arms the second.</p><p><strong>2. Job displacement is the fuel. </strong>The mechanism by which AI raises the risk is economic rather than technological. People who feel insecure about their livelihoods and their standing in society look to political leaders to solve problems they cannot solve privately, and that is precisely the demand that demagogues exist to meet. Botvinick is candid that he cannot predict the timeline, because how fast AI diffuses through the economy and how fast employers actually use it to replace labour are harder to forecast than the technology itself. His position is simply that serious displacement is coming and that we should prepare rather than argue about the date.</p><p><strong>3. Emergencies and surveillance are the weapons. </strong>Two tools in particular worry him. The first is the state of emergency: he expects AI to cause national security crises, cybersecurity above all, and points out that states of emergency are not inherently anti-democratic but are intrinsically designed to expand executive power, which makes them very easy to exploit. The second, and the one he considers more serious, is that AI is an extraordinary instrument of domestic surveillance and censorship — for tracking political opponents, silencing them, and preventing the coordinated action that protest depends on. China, he notes, is not a hypothetical.</p><p><strong>4. There is no reason to trust him, and he says so. </strong>Asked directly why anyone should believe an Anthropic employee with stock in the company, Botvinick did not reach for a reassurance. There is no reason to trust anybody from Anthropic, he said, just as there is no reason to trust any newspaper; the point of a marketplace of ideas is that it does not run on trust at all, but on the strength of arguments and the information people put into the open. AK pressed back that the marketplace of ideas is itself a contestable position rather than a self-evident truth, which Botvinick accepted without abandoning it.</p><p><strong>5. Ancient Athens at scale. </strong>The hopeful half of the book rests on the deliberative democracy movement and the citizens’ assemblies championed by the Yale political theorist Hélène Landemore, whom Botvinick calls one of his heroes. These assemblies are good at putting people in a frame of mind to argue openly and from facts, but at present nobody knows how to run one much beyond a hundred participants. The question the book leaves open is whether AI can enlarge them to the scale of a republic without destroying the thing that makes them work — and Botvinick is explicit that this requires experiment rather than deployment.</p><p><strong><br>ABOUT THE GUEST<br></strong><br></p><p>Matthew Botvinick is a member of the technical staff at Anthropic, where he leads the Anthropic Institute’s research on AI and the rule of law, and a senior fellow at Yale Law School. He was previously se...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.mattbotvinick.com/#author">Matthew Botvinick</a> works at Anthropic, where he leads the <a href="https://www.anthropic.com/news/the-anthropic-institute">Anthropic Institute</a>’s research on AI and the rule of law. His new book, <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691291215/ai-and-political-freedom"><em>AI and Political Freedom</em></a>, focuses on AI’s risk to democracy and how we should respond to it. It’s important to note that for this Princeton University Press book, Botvinick doesn’t represent Anthropic. That said, the fact that he just happens to be a senior policy guy at Dario’s trillion dollar startup makes both Matt and his book particularly intriguing.</p><p>He obviously knows his AI stuff. He was previously senior director of research at Google DeepMind, and before that ran neural computation labs at Princeton and Penn. He has been doing what we now call deep learning since the early nineteen nineties, when it was called connectionist modelling and few imagined it would ever amount to a commercial product. Then he went back to school for a law degree. Yale, no less. So Matt is clearly an Ivy League-trained, smart logical guy. Somebody to be (mis)trusted.</p><p>His argument is that AI doesn’t invent a new threat to democracy so much as raise the stakes on the demagogue’s playbook. It’s that familiar Trump/Modi/Orbán/Bolsonaro game of splitting the people from the elites, then, once in office, rewiring the state to entrench power and muzzling anyone who objects. What AI adds, Matt worries, is populist fuel at both ends. Thus the dangerous flammability of our current politics. Job displacement manufactures exactly the insecurity demagogues feed on, and AI hands whoever wins a surveillance and censorship apparatus that no previous authoritarian could dream of. He also expects AI-driven national security crises, and notes that states of emergency are designed to expand executive power, which makes them very easy to abuse.</p><p>I pushed Matt on whether anyone should believe any of this from a senior Anthropic policy maker. He said no, and probably meant it. There is no reason, he argued, to trust anybody from Anthropic, or any newspaper either, because a marketplace of ideas doesn’t run on trust but on the strength of the argument.</p><p>Perhaps. But my bigger concern is the ethic of the all-too-logical engineer that Matt brings to politics. As I will discuss tomorrow with the Hannah Arendt scholar Roger Berkowitz, Arendt argued that politics was anything but an engineering problem with quantifiable fixes. So when Matt promises AI enabling ancient Athens “at scale” through citizen assemblies, we should be wary. Not because this will end humanity or make Anthropic employees exorbitantly rich. But because politics isn’t code, and can’t be fixed by engineers.</p><p><strong><br>FURTHER READING<br></strong><br></p><p>•   Matthew Botvinick, <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691291215/ai-and-political-freedom"><em>AI and Political Freedom: The Risk to Democracy and How to Respond</em></a> (Princeton University Press, 2026)</p><p>•   The author’s own page for the book: <a href="https://www.mattbotvinick.com/">mattbotvinick.com<br></a><br></p><p>•   Adam Jentleson on <em>Supermajority</em> — the Democratic strategist on rebuilding a governing coalition: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/losing-dogmas-winning-elections?r=ktr9">listen to that episode<br></a><br></p><p>•   Susan Neiman on whether Trump is evil — the philosopher on how half of America accepted him twice: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/she-calls-it-evil?r=ktr9">listen to that episode<br></a><br></p><p>•   Jonathan Rauch and Peter Wehner on the patrimonial turn in American government: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/trump-has-finally-lost-the-plot?r=ktr9">listen to that episode<br></a><br></p><p>•   Roger Berkowitz, <a href="https://yalebooks.yale.edu/book/9780300287097/a-world-we-share/"><em>A World We Share: Hannah Arendt and the Power of Friendship in a Broken World</em></a> (Yale University Press, 2026) — Berkowitz is on the show tomorrow</p><p><strong><br>FIVE TAKEAWAYS<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>1. AI doesn’t invent the threat. It raises the stakes. </strong>Botvinick is careful to say that AI does not create some exotic new danger to democracy. What it does is sharpen a vulnerability that democracies have always had, and which the American founders worried about explicitly. The pattern he calls the demagogue’s playbook begins with populist appeals that divide the people from an allegedly hijacking elite, and proceeds, once the demagogue is in office, to two objectives: rewiring the machinery of government to entrench power, and muzzling dissent by attacking the press and civil society. AI feeds the first stage and arms the second.</p><p><strong>2. Job displacement is the fuel. </strong>The mechanism by which AI raises the risk is economic rather than technological. People who feel insecure about their livelihoods and their standing in society look to political leaders to solve problems they cannot solve privately, and that is precisely the demand that demagogues exist to meet. Botvinick is candid that he cannot predict the timeline, because how fast AI diffuses through the economy and how fast employers actually use it to replace labour are harder to forecast than the technology itself. His position is simply that serious displacement is coming and that we should prepare rather than argue about the date.</p><p><strong>3. Emergencies and surveillance are the weapons. </strong>Two tools in particular worry him. The first is the state of emergency: he expects AI to cause national security crises, cybersecurity above all, and points out that states of emergency are not inherently anti-democratic but are intrinsically designed to expand executive power, which makes them very easy to exploit. The second, and the one he considers more serious, is that AI is an extraordinary instrument of domestic surveillance and censorship — for tracking political opponents, silencing them, and preventing the coordinated action that protest depends on. China, he notes, is not a hypothetical.</p><p><strong>4. There is no reason to trust him, and he says so. </strong>Asked directly why anyone should believe an Anthropic employee with stock in the company, Botvinick did not reach for a reassurance. There is no reason to trust anybody from Anthropic, he said, just as there is no reason to trust any newspaper; the point of a marketplace of ideas is that it does not run on trust at all, but on the strength of arguments and the information people put into the open. AK pressed back that the marketplace of ideas is itself a contestable position rather than a self-evident truth, which Botvinick accepted without abandoning it.</p><p><strong>5. Ancient Athens at scale. </strong>The hopeful half of the book rests on the deliberative democracy movement and the citizens’ assemblies championed by the Yale political theorist Hélène Landemore, whom Botvinick calls one of his heroes. These assemblies are good at putting people in a frame of mind to argue openly and from facts, but at present nobody knows how to run one much beyond a hundred participants. The question the book leaves open is whether AI can enlarge them to the scale of a republic without destroying the thing that makes them work — and Botvinick is explicit that this requires experiment rather than deployment.</p><p><strong><br>ABOUT THE GUEST<br></strong><br></p><p>Matthew Botvinick is a member of the technical staff at Anthropic, where he leads the Anthropic Institute’s research on AI and the rule of law, and a senior fellow at Yale Law School. He was previously se...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Oct 2026 09:01:35 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/7d01f9c8/0a41f02d.mp3" length="59433778" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3464123" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/7d01f9c8/0a41f02d.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lgSNmDvqeX8">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/kYowaLN_KEaLnb3EnZOd7fh2YUPf3qcWgOGbqXnHqwY/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80NThh/MjJjZjUzOTVlYWI2/MjRlYzVlNjdhNTNh/YjM5Yy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3712</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.mattbotvinick.com/#author">Matthew Botvinick</a> works at Anthropic, where he leads the <a href="https://www.anthropic.com/news/the-anthropic-institute">Anthropic Institute</a>’s research on AI and the rule of law. His new book, <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691291215/ai-and-political-freedom"><em>AI and Political Freedom</em></a>, focuses on AI’s risk to democracy and how we should respond to it. It’s important to note that for this Princeton University Press book, Botvinick doesn’t represent Anthropic. That said, the fact that he just happens to be a senior policy guy at Dario’s trillion dollar startup makes both Matt and his book particularly intriguing.</p><p>He obviously knows his AI stuff. He was previously senior director of research at Google DeepMind, and before that ran neural computation labs at Princeton and Penn. He has been doing what we now call deep learning since the early nineteen nineties, when it was called connectionist modelling and few imagined it would ever amount to a commercial product. Then he went back to school for a law degree. Yale, no less. So Matt is clearly an Ivy League-trained, smart logical guy. Somebody to be (mis)trusted.</p><p>His argument is that AI doesn’t invent a new threat to democracy so much as raise the stakes on the demagogue’s playbook. It’s that familiar Trump/Modi/Orbán/Bolsonaro game of splitting the people from the elites, then, once in office, rewiring the state to entrench power and muzzling anyone who objects. What AI adds, Matt worries, is populist fuel at both ends. Thus the dangerous flammability of our current politics. Job displacement manufactures exactly the insecurity demagogues feed on, and AI hands whoever wins a surveillance and censorship apparatus that no previous authoritarian could dream of. He also expects AI-driven national security crises, and notes that states of emergency are designed to expand executive power, which makes them very easy to abuse.</p><p>I pushed Matt on whether anyone should believe any of this from a senior Anthropic policy maker. He said no, and probably meant it. There is no reason, he argued, to trust anybody from Anthropic, or any newspaper either, because a marketplace of ideas doesn’t run on trust but on the strength of the argument.</p><p>Perhaps. But my bigger concern is the ethic of the all-too-logical engineer that Matt brings to politics. As I will discuss tomorrow with the Hannah Arendt scholar Roger Berkowitz, Arendt argued that politics was anything but an engineering problem with quantifiable fixes. So when Matt promises AI enabling ancient Athens “at scale” through citizen assemblies, we should be wary. Not because this will end humanity or make Anthropic employees exorbitantly rich. But because politics isn’t code, and can’t be fixed by engineers.</p><p><strong><br>FURTHER READING<br></strong><br></p><p>•   Matthew Botvinick, <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691291215/ai-and-political-freedom"><em>AI and Political Freedom: The Risk to Democracy and How to Respond</em></a> (Princeton University Press, 2026)</p><p>•   The author’s own page for the book: <a href="https://www.mattbotvinick.com/">mattbotvinick.com<br></a><br></p><p>•   Adam Jentleson on <em>Supermajority</em> — the Democratic strategist on rebuilding a governing coalition: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/losing-dogmas-winning-elections?r=ktr9">listen to that episode<br></a><br></p><p>•   Susan Neiman on whether Trump is evil — the philosopher on how half of America accepted him twice: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/she-calls-it-evil?r=ktr9">listen to that episode<br></a><br></p><p>•   Jonathan Rauch and Peter Wehner on the patrimonial turn in American government: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/trump-has-finally-lost-the-plot?r=ktr9">listen to that episode<br></a><br></p><p>•   Roger Berkowitz, <a href="https://yalebooks.yale.edu/book/9780300287097/a-world-we-share/"><em>A World We Share: Hannah Arendt and the Power of Friendship in a Broken World</em></a> (Yale University Press, 2026) — Berkowitz is on the show tomorrow</p><p><strong><br>FIVE TAKEAWAYS<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>1. AI doesn’t invent the threat. It raises the stakes. </strong>Botvinick is careful to say that AI does not create some exotic new danger to democracy. What it does is sharpen a vulnerability that democracies have always had, and which the American founders worried about explicitly. The pattern he calls the demagogue’s playbook begins with populist appeals that divide the people from an allegedly hijacking elite, and proceeds, once the demagogue is in office, to two objectives: rewiring the machinery of government to entrench power, and muzzling dissent by attacking the press and civil society. AI feeds the first stage and arms the second.</p><p><strong>2. Job displacement is the fuel. </strong>The mechanism by which AI raises the risk is economic rather than technological. People who feel insecure about their livelihoods and their standing in society look to political leaders to solve problems they cannot solve privately, and that is precisely the demand that demagogues exist to meet. Botvinick is candid that he cannot predict the timeline, because how fast AI diffuses through the economy and how fast employers actually use it to replace labour are harder to forecast than the technology itself. His position is simply that serious displacement is coming and that we should prepare rather than argue about the date.</p><p><strong>3. Emergencies and surveillance are the weapons. </strong>Two tools in particular worry him. The first is the state of emergency: he expects AI to cause national security crises, cybersecurity above all, and points out that states of emergency are not inherently anti-democratic but are intrinsically designed to expand executive power, which makes them very easy to exploit. The second, and the one he considers more serious, is that AI is an extraordinary instrument of domestic surveillance and censorship — for tracking political opponents, silencing them, and preventing the coordinated action that protest depends on. China, he notes, is not a hypothetical.</p><p><strong>4. There is no reason to trust him, and he says so. </strong>Asked directly why anyone should believe an Anthropic employee with stock in the company, Botvinick did not reach for a reassurance. There is no reason to trust anybody from Anthropic, he said, just as there is no reason to trust any newspaper; the point of a marketplace of ideas is that it does not run on trust at all, but on the strength of arguments and the information people put into the open. AK pressed back that the marketplace of ideas is itself a contestable position rather than a self-evident truth, which Botvinick accepted without abandoning it.</p><p><strong>5. Ancient Athens at scale. </strong>The hopeful half of the book rests on the deliberative democracy movement and the citizens’ assemblies championed by the Yale political theorist Hélène Landemore, whom Botvinick calls one of his heroes. These assemblies are good at putting people in a frame of mind to argue openly and from facts, but at present nobody knows how to run one much beyond a hundred participants. The question the book leaves open is whether AI can enlarge them to the scale of a republic without destroying the thing that makes them work — and Botvinick is explicit that this requires experiment rather than deployment.</p><p><strong><br>ABOUT THE GUEST<br></strong><br></p><p>Matthew Botvinick is a member of the technical staff at Anthropic, where he leads the Anthropic Institute’s research on AI and the rule of law, and a senior fellow at Yale Law School. He was previously se...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7d01f9c8/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7d01f9c8/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The President and the Oligarch: Greg Steinmetz on FDR’s Vendetta Against Andrew Mellon</title>
      <itunes:episode>3059</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3059</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The President and the Oligarch: Greg Steinmetz on FDR’s Vendetta Against Andrew Mellon</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ad817e64-823e-4ddc-a569-20385e4ebc59</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The retired money manager <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/authors/Greg-Steinmetz/404299854">Greg Steinmetz</a> has now written three books about very rich men. The first, <em>The Richest Man Who Ever Lived</em>, was about the sixteenth-century Augsburg banker Jacob Fugger. The second, <em>American Rascal</em>, was about the nineteenth-century robber baron Jay Gould. The third, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-President-and-the-Oligarch/Greg-Steinmetz/9781668023693"><em>The President and the Oligarch</em></a>, came out this week, and this time the rich man has a president as a co-star. It’s a book about the relationship between Franklin D. Roosevelt and Andrew W. Mellon.</p><p>Mellon was the third richest American of his age, behind Rockefeller and Ford. He was, above all, a banker, installed as president of his father’s small-town Pennsylvania bank while still in his twenties, and building it into one of the largest banks in the country. Warren Harding, reasoning that anyone that rich must know something about money, made him Treasury Secretary. He served Coolidge and Hoover too, eleven years in all, the second longest tenure in the department’s history.</p><p>And then, in 1934, Franklin Roosevelt came for him. Steinmetz’s revisionist argument is that FDR’s pursuit of Mellon was pure politics. Mellon, who by then was in his late seventies and out of office, had done nothing to him. His supposed crime was taking a tax write-off on art he had donated to a foundation, the sort of thing, Steinmetz claims, (rich) people do every day. Roosevelt’s own attorney general told him there was no case and a grand jury threw it out. Roosevelt pursued him in tax court anyway, until an unloved Mellon died with the matter unresolved.</p><p>Steinmetz suggests this is where the modern American fashion of deploying the tax code against political enemies begins. The irony is that Mellon’s paintings that triggered the persecution morphed into the National Gallery of Art — for which Roosevelt took the credit. Poor persecuted Andrew W. Mellon. Or, more accurately, rich persecuted Mellon. Unlike Steinmetz, I find it hard to feel sorry for such a miserable old sod who didn’t even have any fun with his wealth. Maybe Steinmetz’s next book should be about persecuted poor people. He’d find no shortage of subjects.</p><p><strong><br>FURTHER READING<br></strong><br></p><p>•   Greg Steinmetz, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-President-and-the-Oligarch/Greg-Steinmetz/9781668023693"><em>The President and the Oligarch: Roosevelt, Mellon, and the Triumph of Big Government</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, 2026)</p><p>•   Greg Steinmetz, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Richest-Man-Who-Ever-Lived/Greg-Steinmetz/9781451688573"><em>The Richest Man Who Ever Lived: The Life and Times of Jacob Fugger</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, 2015)</p><p>•   Greg Steinmetz, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/American-Rascal/Greg-Steinmetz/9781982107413"><em>American Rascal: How Jay Gould Built Wall Street’s Biggest Fortune</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, 2022)</p><p>•   William Hitchcock on <em>A Shadow Over the World</em> — the companion revisionist case on FDR and the 1930s: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/how-we-got-the-thirties-wrong?r=ktr9">listen to that episode<br></a><br></p><p><strong><br>FIVE TAKEAWAYS<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>1. The man who had no fun. </strong>Mellon was the third wealthiest American of his era, behind only Rockefeller and Henry Ford, and he appears to have enjoyed almost none of it. One contemporary journalist wrote that he looked like an accountant who had just lost his job. His English wife, brought over from horse country outside London, took one look at the smokestacks of Pittsburgh and within three years had taken up with an Englishman. Steinmetz describes a man who was never happier than when he was alone in the bank with a balance sheet, and likens him to Warren Buffett reading financial statements all day — except that Buffett at least plays bridge.</p><p><strong>2. The vendetta. </strong>In 1934, with a midterm approaching and pressure building from Huey Long, Father Coughlin and Francis Townsend on his left, Roosevelt needed to demonstrate his progressive credentials without adopting their actual programmes. He chose to scapegoat Mellon, blaming him for the persistent unemployment and for the Depression itself. Mellon was by then in his late seventies and years out of office, and the case against him was a tax write-off taken on art donated to a foundation. Steinmetz is blunt about what followed: the attorney general said there was nothing there, a grand jury of ordinary working people threw it out, and Roosevelt pursued him in tax court regardless, until Mellon died with the matter still unresolved.</p><p><strong>3. What actually caused the Depression. </strong>Steinmetz changed his own mind during the research. The stock market crash was not the cause, he argues, pointing out that the Nasdaq fell seventy per cent in the dot-com bust and produced only a mild recession. What turned a downturn into a decade was European: German reparations, German bank failures, and the indecision of central bankers across the Atlantic, compounded at home by the Federal Reserve’s refusal to put money into the economy — the Friedman and Bernanke diagnosis. On this reading, Mellon’s record at Treasury was in some ways the opposite of ruinous: he ran a surplus every single year, and paid down the debt built up by the First World War by cutting taxes rather than raising them.</p><p><strong>4. The National Gallery. </strong>The strangest turn in the story is that the donation which triggered the prosecution ended in a gift to the American public. Mellon owned a hundred and twenty-nine masterpieces — Rembrandts, Titians, Raphaels — and he gave them, along with the money to build the building and endow its maintenance, to create the National Gallery of Art. He pointedly did not call it the Mellon Gallery. He and Roosevelt met one to one to discuss the gift while the tax trial was still grinding on, and Roosevelt took the credit for the museum. Steinmetz forecloses the cynical reading: Mellon was already dying of cancer, and the value of what he gave away dwarfed anything the tax case could ever have cost him.</p><p><strong>5. The pendulum. </strong>The research also altered Steinmetz’s politics, and in an unexpectedly hopeful direction. He is unmoved by the argument that American democracy is finished. American history, he says, is a pendulum: Harding won sixty per cent of the vote in 1920, the biggest landslide since Washington, because voters wanted tax cuts and an end to inflation; by 1932 those same voters demanded relief and got it. He expects the same correction now, with the Democrats reversing much of what Trump has done. For all that his book is a grim story about persecution, he takes from it the conclusion that democracy tends to solve its own problems.</p><p><strong><br>ABOUT THE GUEST<br></strong><br></p><p>Greg Steinmetz was born in Cleveland, took his BA at Colgate and a master’s at Northwestern’s Medill School of Journalism, and spent fifteen years as a reporter, including as Berlin and London bureau chief for the Wall Street Journal. He later became a securities analyst and a partner at a New York money-management firm, from which he is now retired. He is the author of The Richest Man Who Ever Lived, a biography of Jacob Fugger, and American Rascal, on Jay Gould. The President and the Oligarch: Roosevelt, Mellon, and the Triumph of Big Government is published by Simon &amp; Schuster. He lives just north of New York City.</p><p><strong><br>ABOUT KEEN ON AMERICA<br></strong><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The retired money manager <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/authors/Greg-Steinmetz/404299854">Greg Steinmetz</a> has now written three books about very rich men. The first, <em>The Richest Man Who Ever Lived</em>, was about the sixteenth-century Augsburg banker Jacob Fugger. The second, <em>American Rascal</em>, was about the nineteenth-century robber baron Jay Gould. The third, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-President-and-the-Oligarch/Greg-Steinmetz/9781668023693"><em>The President and the Oligarch</em></a>, came out this week, and this time the rich man has a president as a co-star. It’s a book about the relationship between Franklin D. Roosevelt and Andrew W. Mellon.</p><p>Mellon was the third richest American of his age, behind Rockefeller and Ford. He was, above all, a banker, installed as president of his father’s small-town Pennsylvania bank while still in his twenties, and building it into one of the largest banks in the country. Warren Harding, reasoning that anyone that rich must know something about money, made him Treasury Secretary. He served Coolidge and Hoover too, eleven years in all, the second longest tenure in the department’s history.</p><p>And then, in 1934, Franklin Roosevelt came for him. Steinmetz’s revisionist argument is that FDR’s pursuit of Mellon was pure politics. Mellon, who by then was in his late seventies and out of office, had done nothing to him. His supposed crime was taking a tax write-off on art he had donated to a foundation, the sort of thing, Steinmetz claims, (rich) people do every day. Roosevelt’s own attorney general told him there was no case and a grand jury threw it out. Roosevelt pursued him in tax court anyway, until an unloved Mellon died with the matter unresolved.</p><p>Steinmetz suggests this is where the modern American fashion of deploying the tax code against political enemies begins. The irony is that Mellon’s paintings that triggered the persecution morphed into the National Gallery of Art — for which Roosevelt took the credit. Poor persecuted Andrew W. Mellon. Or, more accurately, rich persecuted Mellon. Unlike Steinmetz, I find it hard to feel sorry for such a miserable old sod who didn’t even have any fun with his wealth. Maybe Steinmetz’s next book should be about persecuted poor people. He’d find no shortage of subjects.</p><p><strong><br>FURTHER READING<br></strong><br></p><p>•   Greg Steinmetz, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-President-and-the-Oligarch/Greg-Steinmetz/9781668023693"><em>The President and the Oligarch: Roosevelt, Mellon, and the Triumph of Big Government</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, 2026)</p><p>•   Greg Steinmetz, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Richest-Man-Who-Ever-Lived/Greg-Steinmetz/9781451688573"><em>The Richest Man Who Ever Lived: The Life and Times of Jacob Fugger</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, 2015)</p><p>•   Greg Steinmetz, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/American-Rascal/Greg-Steinmetz/9781982107413"><em>American Rascal: How Jay Gould Built Wall Street’s Biggest Fortune</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, 2022)</p><p>•   William Hitchcock on <em>A Shadow Over the World</em> — the companion revisionist case on FDR and the 1930s: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/how-we-got-the-thirties-wrong?r=ktr9">listen to that episode<br></a><br></p><p><strong><br>FIVE TAKEAWAYS<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>1. The man who had no fun. </strong>Mellon was the third wealthiest American of his era, behind only Rockefeller and Henry Ford, and he appears to have enjoyed almost none of it. One contemporary journalist wrote that he looked like an accountant who had just lost his job. His English wife, brought over from horse country outside London, took one look at the smokestacks of Pittsburgh and within three years had taken up with an Englishman. Steinmetz describes a man who was never happier than when he was alone in the bank with a balance sheet, and likens him to Warren Buffett reading financial statements all day — except that Buffett at least plays bridge.</p><p><strong>2. The vendetta. </strong>In 1934, with a midterm approaching and pressure building from Huey Long, Father Coughlin and Francis Townsend on his left, Roosevelt needed to demonstrate his progressive credentials without adopting their actual programmes. He chose to scapegoat Mellon, blaming him for the persistent unemployment and for the Depression itself. Mellon was by then in his late seventies and years out of office, and the case against him was a tax write-off taken on art donated to a foundation. Steinmetz is blunt about what followed: the attorney general said there was nothing there, a grand jury of ordinary working people threw it out, and Roosevelt pursued him in tax court regardless, until Mellon died with the matter still unresolved.</p><p><strong>3. What actually caused the Depression. </strong>Steinmetz changed his own mind during the research. The stock market crash was not the cause, he argues, pointing out that the Nasdaq fell seventy per cent in the dot-com bust and produced only a mild recession. What turned a downturn into a decade was European: German reparations, German bank failures, and the indecision of central bankers across the Atlantic, compounded at home by the Federal Reserve’s refusal to put money into the economy — the Friedman and Bernanke diagnosis. On this reading, Mellon’s record at Treasury was in some ways the opposite of ruinous: he ran a surplus every single year, and paid down the debt built up by the First World War by cutting taxes rather than raising them.</p><p><strong>4. The National Gallery. </strong>The strangest turn in the story is that the donation which triggered the prosecution ended in a gift to the American public. Mellon owned a hundred and twenty-nine masterpieces — Rembrandts, Titians, Raphaels — and he gave them, along with the money to build the building and endow its maintenance, to create the National Gallery of Art. He pointedly did not call it the Mellon Gallery. He and Roosevelt met one to one to discuss the gift while the tax trial was still grinding on, and Roosevelt took the credit for the museum. Steinmetz forecloses the cynical reading: Mellon was already dying of cancer, and the value of what he gave away dwarfed anything the tax case could ever have cost him.</p><p><strong>5. The pendulum. </strong>The research also altered Steinmetz’s politics, and in an unexpectedly hopeful direction. He is unmoved by the argument that American democracy is finished. American history, he says, is a pendulum: Harding won sixty per cent of the vote in 1920, the biggest landslide since Washington, because voters wanted tax cuts and an end to inflation; by 1932 those same voters demanded relief and got it. He expects the same correction now, with the Democrats reversing much of what Trump has done. For all that his book is a grim story about persecution, he takes from it the conclusion that democracy tends to solve its own problems.</p><p><strong><br>ABOUT THE GUEST<br></strong><br></p><p>Greg Steinmetz was born in Cleveland, took his BA at Colgate and a master’s at Northwestern’s Medill School of Journalism, and spent fifteen years as a reporter, including as Berlin and London bureau chief for the Wall Street Journal. He later became a securities analyst and a partner at a New York money-management firm, from which he is now retired. He is the author of The Richest Man Who Ever Lived, a biography of Jacob Fugger, and American Rascal, on Jay Gould. The President and the Oligarch: Roosevelt, Mellon, and the Triumph of Big Government is published by Simon &amp; Schuster. He lives just north of New York City.</p><p><strong><br>ABOUT KEEN ON AMERICA<br></strong><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Oct 2026 08:24:19 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/33303ab9/8a08c105.mp3" length="39433395" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3457129" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/33303ab9/8a08c105.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OTft26eeh1g">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/JMMaRLWZMOgQH3hBkE72qRhAUzfL-XhgTnFd2RM98GA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS84Y2Fk/ZTJhM2JmY2U2ZGM4/ZGRhNjc3ZWQ0MTZk/MzgzNi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2463</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>The retired money manager <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/authors/Greg-Steinmetz/404299854">Greg Steinmetz</a> has now written three books about very rich men. The first, <em>The Richest Man Who Ever Lived</em>, was about the sixteenth-century Augsburg banker Jacob Fugger. The second, <em>American Rascal</em>, was about the nineteenth-century robber baron Jay Gould. The third, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-President-and-the-Oligarch/Greg-Steinmetz/9781668023693"><em>The President and the Oligarch</em></a>, came out this week, and this time the rich man has a president as a co-star. It’s a book about the relationship between Franklin D. Roosevelt and Andrew W. Mellon.</p><p>Mellon was the third richest American of his age, behind Rockefeller and Ford. He was, above all, a banker, installed as president of his father’s small-town Pennsylvania bank while still in his twenties, and building it into one of the largest banks in the country. Warren Harding, reasoning that anyone that rich must know something about money, made him Treasury Secretary. He served Coolidge and Hoover too, eleven years in all, the second longest tenure in the department’s history.</p><p>And then, in 1934, Franklin Roosevelt came for him. Steinmetz’s revisionist argument is that FDR’s pursuit of Mellon was pure politics. Mellon, who by then was in his late seventies and out of office, had done nothing to him. His supposed crime was taking a tax write-off on art he had donated to a foundation, the sort of thing, Steinmetz claims, (rich) people do every day. Roosevelt’s own attorney general told him there was no case and a grand jury threw it out. Roosevelt pursued him in tax court anyway, until an unloved Mellon died with the matter unresolved.</p><p>Steinmetz suggests this is where the modern American fashion of deploying the tax code against political enemies begins. The irony is that Mellon’s paintings that triggered the persecution morphed into the National Gallery of Art — for which Roosevelt took the credit. Poor persecuted Andrew W. Mellon. Or, more accurately, rich persecuted Mellon. Unlike Steinmetz, I find it hard to feel sorry for such a miserable old sod who didn’t even have any fun with his wealth. Maybe Steinmetz’s next book should be about persecuted poor people. He’d find no shortage of subjects.</p><p><strong><br>FURTHER READING<br></strong><br></p><p>•   Greg Steinmetz, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-President-and-the-Oligarch/Greg-Steinmetz/9781668023693"><em>The President and the Oligarch: Roosevelt, Mellon, and the Triumph of Big Government</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, 2026)</p><p>•   Greg Steinmetz, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Richest-Man-Who-Ever-Lived/Greg-Steinmetz/9781451688573"><em>The Richest Man Who Ever Lived: The Life and Times of Jacob Fugger</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, 2015)</p><p>•   Greg Steinmetz, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/American-Rascal/Greg-Steinmetz/9781982107413"><em>American Rascal: How Jay Gould Built Wall Street’s Biggest Fortune</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, 2022)</p><p>•   William Hitchcock on <em>A Shadow Over the World</em> — the companion revisionist case on FDR and the 1930s: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/how-we-got-the-thirties-wrong?r=ktr9">listen to that episode<br></a><br></p><p><strong><br>FIVE TAKEAWAYS<br></strong><br></p><p><strong>1. The man who had no fun. </strong>Mellon was the third wealthiest American of his era, behind only Rockefeller and Henry Ford, and he appears to have enjoyed almost none of it. One contemporary journalist wrote that he looked like an accountant who had just lost his job. His English wife, brought over from horse country outside London, took one look at the smokestacks of Pittsburgh and within three years had taken up with an Englishman. Steinmetz describes a man who was never happier than when he was alone in the bank with a balance sheet, and likens him to Warren Buffett reading financial statements all day — except that Buffett at least plays bridge.</p><p><strong>2. The vendetta. </strong>In 1934, with a midterm approaching and pressure building from Huey Long, Father Coughlin and Francis Townsend on his left, Roosevelt needed to demonstrate his progressive credentials without adopting their actual programmes. He chose to scapegoat Mellon, blaming him for the persistent unemployment and for the Depression itself. Mellon was by then in his late seventies and years out of office, and the case against him was a tax write-off taken on art donated to a foundation. Steinmetz is blunt about what followed: the attorney general said there was nothing there, a grand jury of ordinary working people threw it out, and Roosevelt pursued him in tax court regardless, until Mellon died with the matter still unresolved.</p><p><strong>3. What actually caused the Depression. </strong>Steinmetz changed his own mind during the research. The stock market crash was not the cause, he argues, pointing out that the Nasdaq fell seventy per cent in the dot-com bust and produced only a mild recession. What turned a downturn into a decade was European: German reparations, German bank failures, and the indecision of central bankers across the Atlantic, compounded at home by the Federal Reserve’s refusal to put money into the economy — the Friedman and Bernanke diagnosis. On this reading, Mellon’s record at Treasury was in some ways the opposite of ruinous: he ran a surplus every single year, and paid down the debt built up by the First World War by cutting taxes rather than raising them.</p><p><strong>4. The National Gallery. </strong>The strangest turn in the story is that the donation which triggered the prosecution ended in a gift to the American public. Mellon owned a hundred and twenty-nine masterpieces — Rembrandts, Titians, Raphaels — and he gave them, along with the money to build the building and endow its maintenance, to create the National Gallery of Art. He pointedly did not call it the Mellon Gallery. He and Roosevelt met one to one to discuss the gift while the tax trial was still grinding on, and Roosevelt took the credit for the museum. Steinmetz forecloses the cynical reading: Mellon was already dying of cancer, and the value of what he gave away dwarfed anything the tax case could ever have cost him.</p><p><strong>5. The pendulum. </strong>The research also altered Steinmetz’s politics, and in an unexpectedly hopeful direction. He is unmoved by the argument that American democracy is finished. American history, he says, is a pendulum: Harding won sixty per cent of the vote in 1920, the biggest landslide since Washington, because voters wanted tax cuts and an end to inflation; by 1932 those same voters demanded relief and got it. He expects the same correction now, with the Democrats reversing much of what Trump has done. For all that his book is a grim story about persecution, he takes from it the conclusion that democracy tends to solve its own problems.</p><p><strong><br>ABOUT THE GUEST<br></strong><br></p><p>Greg Steinmetz was born in Cleveland, took his BA at Colgate and a master’s at Northwestern’s Medill School of Journalism, and spent fifteen years as a reporter, including as Berlin and London bureau chief for the Wall Street Journal. He later became a securities analyst and a partner at a New York money-management firm, from which he is now retired. He is the author of The Richest Man Who Ever Lived, a biography of Jacob Fugger, and American Rascal, on Jay Gould. The President and the Oligarch: Roosevelt, Mellon, and the Triumph of Big Government is published by Simon &amp; Schuster. He lives just north of New York City.</p><p><strong><br>ABOUT KEEN ON AMERICA<br></strong><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/33303ab9/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Do We All Really Need a Digital Chief of Staff? Grok Bot, Dot and Muse Say Yes (Duh)</title>
      <itunes:episode>3058</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3058</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Do We All Really Need a Digital Chief of Staff? Grok Bot, Dot and Muse Say Yes (Duh)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">43e9f476-207a-4398-b6b0-ae34d0e91f69</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Everyone, That Was The Week <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/p/a22ebc6b-3e72-4eec-9416-8f8db82e3aa7">publisher</a> Keith Teare breathlessly announced this week, is about to be offered an AI personal assistant. Or, to put it in Silicon-Valley-speak, a digital chief of staff. OpenAI unveiled Dot at its developer day. Meta already has Muse, Musk has Grok Bot, and a British start-up called Instinct raised a billion dollars at a ten billion dollar valuation while adding group chat, so that an entire team can share this same digital master of the universe. My instinct is that Instinct might be the Pets.com of this bubble. I would check with my digital chief-of-staff, if I had one. Which I don’t.</p><p> </p><p>The novelty, Keith insists, is the virtual machine. It’s a computer in the cloud that your agent owns, where it can run a browser, read your email and write code on your behalf. So we have one interface instead of the fifty chat windows that I use on Claude. No keyboard, no mouse, no screen. As a particularly wealthy and busy man, Keith has given five of these assistants access to everything (and I mean everything) he has: multitudes of credit cards, bank accounts, brokerage logins. He confesses to spending a combined thousand dollars a month on AI subscriptions. But the fruit of all this — his argument for our agentic future — is that he recently asked one of them, by voice, to find him a sub $40 Hoya lens hood with the correct thread. $1000 to save $40? Even a human chief-of-staff might flag that raspberry.</p><p> </p><p>What do we become when we talk to machines? I <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/artificial-intimacy?r=ktr9">asked</a> Sherry Turkle this week. Idiots, I suspect.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Discussed also this week:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       Nicole Nguyen in the <em>Wall Street Journal</em> on <a href="https://www.wsj.com/tech/ai/ai-agents-guide-5beb4b92">whether</a> she would let an AI agent run her life.</p><p>•       David Robinson in <em>The Atlantic</em> on why he <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/technology/2026/10/openai-safety-team-resignation/688881/">quit</a> OpenAI, and why frontier labs should be run like nuclear plants or busy airports.</p><p>•       Adam Tooze in the <em>Financial Times</em> on why AI is <a href="https://www.ft.com/content/7b8336a1-6ac4-4f55-a987-b5f7cf6f4983">not</a> the Manhattan Project — and Evgeny Morozov, in the same paper, on AI sovereign wealth funds as <a href="https://www.ft.com/content/bc178357-793b-45d8-ae3b-d5929159c243">techno-imperialism</a>.</p><p>•       Steve Rattner’s <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/10/02/opinion/ai-tech-innovation.html">six charts</a> on why we need AI, including the case that Democrats rarely make — with a sting in the tail about kill switches.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.ft.com/content/69d2d0ec-c0d4-444f-84c5-4ca4f64b7899">Richard Waters</a> in the <em>Financial Times</em> and <a href="https://substack.com/inbox/post/218534411">Alex Kantrowitz</a> on why Anthropic’s IPO feels so weird.</p><p>•       The <em>New York Times</em> on the religious scholars who met Anthropic and came away <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/09/29/us/anthropic-claude-morals-ai.html">stunned</a>.</p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith’s newsletter, with everything discussed here, and <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/and-now-for-something-completely-similar?r=ktr9">last week’s editorial</a>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Everyone Gets Offered One. </strong>The week’s actual news, in Keith’s reading, is not that everybody will have a personal agent but that everybody will be offered one. OpenAI announced Dot at its developer day, joining Meta’s Muse, Musk’s Grok Bot, OpenClaw and Hermes; the British startup Instinct raised a billion dollars at a ten billion dollar valuation and added group chat, so that a whole team can brief a single agent. What these share, and what Anthropic conspicuously lacks, is the virtual machine: a computer running in the cloud that the agent owns, on which it can open browsers, handle email and write code. The effect is to abstract away the fifty separate chat sessions in the left-hand column and replace them with one relationship — a chief of staff that knows about your travel, your calendar, your book and your commercial dealings all at once. AK’s scepticism was practical: he has perhaps fifteen conversations going, knows which is which, and cannot see what the extra layer buys him.</p><p>•       <strong>A Thousand Dollars a Month. </strong>Pressed on what he actually spends, Keith eventually admitted to around a thousand dollars a month across personal and professional accounts, and accepted AK’s observation that this places him in the top fraction of a per cent of users. He has given five different agents access to everything — credit cards, bank accounts, stock accounts — on the grounds that the benefits are unavailable otherwise, and does not regard this as a privacy risk because the agent runs in an encrypted virtual machine he owns rather than inside a company. His example of the new convenience is almost comically small: asking by voice for a particular Hoya lens hood with the right thread for under forty dollars, and never visiting Amazon. The serious version of the claim is about interface. Dispense with the keyboard, the mouse and the screen, and any task that currently requires a browser can be done by talking while walking around Orange County.</p><p>•       <strong>The IPO That Leads With Its Liabilities. </strong>The strangest thread of the week. Richard Waters in the Financial Times and Alex Kantrowitz both wrote about how odd Anthropic’s flotation feels, and Keith offers an explanation: the labs have realized they are legally liable for whatever their models do, and in America they will certainly be sued. If AI ends up in everything, the liability is effectively infinite — plausibly larger than the valuations being discussed. Hence a leaked S-1 that discloses liabilities up front, which AK believes may be a first in the history of public offerings. Saturday Night Live caught the same thing in a sketch depicting Dario Amodei as a man simultaneously begging to be stopped and begging to be funded. Keith’s view is that Amodei chose this narrative and could have chosen another; Sam Altman, meanwhile, spent the week trying to find daylight between himself and Anthropic on exactly this question, and did not find much.</p><p>•       <strong>Run It Like a Nuclear Plant. </strong>David Robinson resigned from OpenAI saying its culture is broken, and argued in The Atlantic that frontier labs need the redundancy and slow, careful planning of nuclear power stations or busy airports. Steve Rattner, in a piece Keith admired for making the pro-worker case for AI that Democrats rarely make, ended with a sting: new products should be tested by a government entity, and should carry kill switches. Keith regards the kill switch as technically illiterate — the models are already running on millions of devices, and nothing short of a callback to the cloud would reach them, which would not touch the Chinese ones at all. On Robinson he is warmer, because the onus falls where he thinks it belongs: on the labs, to write better harnesses. He adds a factual point worth keeping: almost all the alarming AI behaviour so far has occurred in laboratory testing of unreleased models without those harnesses. His only complaint is that R...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Everyone, That Was The Week <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/p/a22ebc6b-3e72-4eec-9416-8f8db82e3aa7">publisher</a> Keith Teare breathlessly announced this week, is about to be offered an AI personal assistant. Or, to put it in Silicon-Valley-speak, a digital chief of staff. OpenAI unveiled Dot at its developer day. Meta already has Muse, Musk has Grok Bot, and a British start-up called Instinct raised a billion dollars at a ten billion dollar valuation while adding group chat, so that an entire team can share this same digital master of the universe. My instinct is that Instinct might be the Pets.com of this bubble. I would check with my digital chief-of-staff, if I had one. Which I don’t.</p><p> </p><p>The novelty, Keith insists, is the virtual machine. It’s a computer in the cloud that your agent owns, where it can run a browser, read your email and write code on your behalf. So we have one interface instead of the fifty chat windows that I use on Claude. No keyboard, no mouse, no screen. As a particularly wealthy and busy man, Keith has given five of these assistants access to everything (and I mean everything) he has: multitudes of credit cards, bank accounts, brokerage logins. He confesses to spending a combined thousand dollars a month on AI subscriptions. But the fruit of all this — his argument for our agentic future — is that he recently asked one of them, by voice, to find him a sub $40 Hoya lens hood with the correct thread. $1000 to save $40? Even a human chief-of-staff might flag that raspberry.</p><p> </p><p>What do we become when we talk to machines? I <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/artificial-intimacy?r=ktr9">asked</a> Sherry Turkle this week. Idiots, I suspect.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Discussed also this week:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       Nicole Nguyen in the <em>Wall Street Journal</em> on <a href="https://www.wsj.com/tech/ai/ai-agents-guide-5beb4b92">whether</a> she would let an AI agent run her life.</p><p>•       David Robinson in <em>The Atlantic</em> on why he <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/technology/2026/10/openai-safety-team-resignation/688881/">quit</a> OpenAI, and why frontier labs should be run like nuclear plants or busy airports.</p><p>•       Adam Tooze in the <em>Financial Times</em> on why AI is <a href="https://www.ft.com/content/7b8336a1-6ac4-4f55-a987-b5f7cf6f4983">not</a> the Manhattan Project — and Evgeny Morozov, in the same paper, on AI sovereign wealth funds as <a href="https://www.ft.com/content/bc178357-793b-45d8-ae3b-d5929159c243">techno-imperialism</a>.</p><p>•       Steve Rattner’s <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/10/02/opinion/ai-tech-innovation.html">six charts</a> on why we need AI, including the case that Democrats rarely make — with a sting in the tail about kill switches.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.ft.com/content/69d2d0ec-c0d4-444f-84c5-4ca4f64b7899">Richard Waters</a> in the <em>Financial Times</em> and <a href="https://substack.com/inbox/post/218534411">Alex Kantrowitz</a> on why Anthropic’s IPO feels so weird.</p><p>•       The <em>New York Times</em> on the religious scholars who met Anthropic and came away <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/09/29/us/anthropic-claude-morals-ai.html">stunned</a>.</p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith’s newsletter, with everything discussed here, and <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/and-now-for-something-completely-similar?r=ktr9">last week’s editorial</a>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Everyone Gets Offered One. </strong>The week’s actual news, in Keith’s reading, is not that everybody will have a personal agent but that everybody will be offered one. OpenAI announced Dot at its developer day, joining Meta’s Muse, Musk’s Grok Bot, OpenClaw and Hermes; the British startup Instinct raised a billion dollars at a ten billion dollar valuation and added group chat, so that a whole team can brief a single agent. What these share, and what Anthropic conspicuously lacks, is the virtual machine: a computer running in the cloud that the agent owns, on which it can open browsers, handle email and write code. The effect is to abstract away the fifty separate chat sessions in the left-hand column and replace them with one relationship — a chief of staff that knows about your travel, your calendar, your book and your commercial dealings all at once. AK’s scepticism was practical: he has perhaps fifteen conversations going, knows which is which, and cannot see what the extra layer buys him.</p><p>•       <strong>A Thousand Dollars a Month. </strong>Pressed on what he actually spends, Keith eventually admitted to around a thousand dollars a month across personal and professional accounts, and accepted AK’s observation that this places him in the top fraction of a per cent of users. He has given five different agents access to everything — credit cards, bank accounts, stock accounts — on the grounds that the benefits are unavailable otherwise, and does not regard this as a privacy risk because the agent runs in an encrypted virtual machine he owns rather than inside a company. His example of the new convenience is almost comically small: asking by voice for a particular Hoya lens hood with the right thread for under forty dollars, and never visiting Amazon. The serious version of the claim is about interface. Dispense with the keyboard, the mouse and the screen, and any task that currently requires a browser can be done by talking while walking around Orange County.</p><p>•       <strong>The IPO That Leads With Its Liabilities. </strong>The strangest thread of the week. Richard Waters in the Financial Times and Alex Kantrowitz both wrote about how odd Anthropic’s flotation feels, and Keith offers an explanation: the labs have realized they are legally liable for whatever their models do, and in America they will certainly be sued. If AI ends up in everything, the liability is effectively infinite — plausibly larger than the valuations being discussed. Hence a leaked S-1 that discloses liabilities up front, which AK believes may be a first in the history of public offerings. Saturday Night Live caught the same thing in a sketch depicting Dario Amodei as a man simultaneously begging to be stopped and begging to be funded. Keith’s view is that Amodei chose this narrative and could have chosen another; Sam Altman, meanwhile, spent the week trying to find daylight between himself and Anthropic on exactly this question, and did not find much.</p><p>•       <strong>Run It Like a Nuclear Plant. </strong>David Robinson resigned from OpenAI saying its culture is broken, and argued in The Atlantic that frontier labs need the redundancy and slow, careful planning of nuclear power stations or busy airports. Steve Rattner, in a piece Keith admired for making the pro-worker case for AI that Democrats rarely make, ended with a sting: new products should be tested by a government entity, and should carry kill switches. Keith regards the kill switch as technically illiterate — the models are already running on millions of devices, and nothing short of a callback to the cloud would reach them, which would not touch the Chinese ones at all. On Robinson he is warmer, because the onus falls where he thinks it belongs: on the labs, to write better harnesses. He adds a factual point worth keeping: almost all the alarming AI behaviour so far has occurred in laboratory testing of unreleased models without those harnesses. His only complaint is that R...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2026 08:02:54 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/bc808b61/c1c4f562.mp3" length="41243229" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3257008" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/bc808b61/c1c4f562.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_64Rl1AbmSk">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CrrCLDZHX6XLDLMjQvpSAntl0-kvcM3BJb5vUW_5GiM/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xNTI2/M2I0NWQxOWUzOTgz/MjEyNDExMDFhMzlm/OWZiNi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2576</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Everyone, That Was The Week <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/p/a22ebc6b-3e72-4eec-9416-8f8db82e3aa7">publisher</a> Keith Teare breathlessly announced this week, is about to be offered an AI personal assistant. Or, to put it in Silicon-Valley-speak, a digital chief of staff. OpenAI unveiled Dot at its developer day. Meta already has Muse, Musk has Grok Bot, and a British start-up called Instinct raised a billion dollars at a ten billion dollar valuation while adding group chat, so that an entire team can share this same digital master of the universe. My instinct is that Instinct might be the Pets.com of this bubble. I would check with my digital chief-of-staff, if I had one. Which I don’t.</p><p> </p><p>The novelty, Keith insists, is the virtual machine. It’s a computer in the cloud that your agent owns, where it can run a browser, read your email and write code on your behalf. So we have one interface instead of the fifty chat windows that I use on Claude. No keyboard, no mouse, no screen. As a particularly wealthy and busy man, Keith has given five of these assistants access to everything (and I mean everything) he has: multitudes of credit cards, bank accounts, brokerage logins. He confesses to spending a combined thousand dollars a month on AI subscriptions. But the fruit of all this — his argument for our agentic future — is that he recently asked one of them, by voice, to find him a sub $40 Hoya lens hood with the correct thread. $1000 to save $40? Even a human chief-of-staff might flag that raspberry.</p><p> </p><p>What do we become when we talk to machines? I <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/artificial-intimacy?r=ktr9">asked</a> Sherry Turkle this week. Idiots, I suspect.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Discussed also this week:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       Nicole Nguyen in the <em>Wall Street Journal</em> on <a href="https://www.wsj.com/tech/ai/ai-agents-guide-5beb4b92">whether</a> she would let an AI agent run her life.</p><p>•       David Robinson in <em>The Atlantic</em> on why he <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/technology/2026/10/openai-safety-team-resignation/688881/">quit</a> OpenAI, and why frontier labs should be run like nuclear plants or busy airports.</p><p>•       Adam Tooze in the <em>Financial Times</em> on why AI is <a href="https://www.ft.com/content/7b8336a1-6ac4-4f55-a987-b5f7cf6f4983">not</a> the Manhattan Project — and Evgeny Morozov, in the same paper, on AI sovereign wealth funds as <a href="https://www.ft.com/content/bc178357-793b-45d8-ae3b-d5929159c243">techno-imperialism</a>.</p><p>•       Steve Rattner’s <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/10/02/opinion/ai-tech-innovation.html">six charts</a> on why we need AI, including the case that Democrats rarely make — with a sting in the tail about kill switches.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.ft.com/content/69d2d0ec-c0d4-444f-84c5-4ca4f64b7899">Richard Waters</a> in the <em>Financial Times</em> and <a href="https://substack.com/inbox/post/218534411">Alex Kantrowitz</a> on why Anthropic’s IPO feels so weird.</p><p>•       The <em>New York Times</em> on the religious scholars who met Anthropic and came away <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/09/29/us/anthropic-claude-morals-ai.html">stunned</a>.</p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith’s newsletter, with everything discussed here, and <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/and-now-for-something-completely-similar?r=ktr9">last week’s editorial</a>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Everyone Gets Offered One. </strong>The week’s actual news, in Keith’s reading, is not that everybody will have a personal agent but that everybody will be offered one. OpenAI announced Dot at its developer day, joining Meta’s Muse, Musk’s Grok Bot, OpenClaw and Hermes; the British startup Instinct raised a billion dollars at a ten billion dollar valuation and added group chat, so that a whole team can brief a single agent. What these share, and what Anthropic conspicuously lacks, is the virtual machine: a computer running in the cloud that the agent owns, on which it can open browsers, handle email and write code. The effect is to abstract away the fifty separate chat sessions in the left-hand column and replace them with one relationship — a chief of staff that knows about your travel, your calendar, your book and your commercial dealings all at once. AK’s scepticism was practical: he has perhaps fifteen conversations going, knows which is which, and cannot see what the extra layer buys him.</p><p>•       <strong>A Thousand Dollars a Month. </strong>Pressed on what he actually spends, Keith eventually admitted to around a thousand dollars a month across personal and professional accounts, and accepted AK’s observation that this places him in the top fraction of a per cent of users. He has given five different agents access to everything — credit cards, bank accounts, stock accounts — on the grounds that the benefits are unavailable otherwise, and does not regard this as a privacy risk because the agent runs in an encrypted virtual machine he owns rather than inside a company. His example of the new convenience is almost comically small: asking by voice for a particular Hoya lens hood with the right thread for under forty dollars, and never visiting Amazon. The serious version of the claim is about interface. Dispense with the keyboard, the mouse and the screen, and any task that currently requires a browser can be done by talking while walking around Orange County.</p><p>•       <strong>The IPO That Leads With Its Liabilities. </strong>The strangest thread of the week. Richard Waters in the Financial Times and Alex Kantrowitz both wrote about how odd Anthropic’s flotation feels, and Keith offers an explanation: the labs have realized they are legally liable for whatever their models do, and in America they will certainly be sued. If AI ends up in everything, the liability is effectively infinite — plausibly larger than the valuations being discussed. Hence a leaked S-1 that discloses liabilities up front, which AK believes may be a first in the history of public offerings. Saturday Night Live caught the same thing in a sketch depicting Dario Amodei as a man simultaneously begging to be stopped and begging to be funded. Keith’s view is that Amodei chose this narrative and could have chosen another; Sam Altman, meanwhile, spent the week trying to find daylight between himself and Anthropic on exactly this question, and did not find much.</p><p>•       <strong>Run It Like a Nuclear Plant. </strong>David Robinson resigned from OpenAI saying its culture is broken, and argued in The Atlantic that frontier labs need the redundancy and slow, careful planning of nuclear power stations or busy airports. Steve Rattner, in a piece Keith admired for making the pro-worker case for AI that Democrats rarely make, ended with a sting: new products should be tested by a government entity, and should carry kill switches. Keith regards the kill switch as technically illiterate — the models are already running on millions of devices, and nothing short of a callback to the cloud would reach them, which would not touch the Chinese ones at all. On Robinson he is warmer, because the onus falls where he thinks it belongs: on the labs, to write better harnesses. He adds a factual point worth keeping: almost all the alarming AI behaviour so far has occurred in laboratory testing of unreleased models without those harnesses. His only complaint is that R...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/bc808b61/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/bc808b61/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Future of Truth: How AI Reshaped Steven Rosenbaum’s Reality</title>
      <itunes:episode>3057</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3057</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Future of Truth: How AI Reshaped Steven Rosenbaum’s Reality</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">98867067-57af-4779-93cb-374fde35dc65</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“A book about truth needs to be truthful.” </em>— Steven Rosenbaum</p><p> </p><p>In <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rkL81oYGHB8">April</a>, the New York City based tech impresario <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Steven_Rosenbaum">Steven Rosenbaum</a> came on the show to discuss <a href="https://futureoftruth.com"><em>The Future of Truth</em></a>, his then new book about artificial intelligence. He warned that AI is a spectacularly good liar and that we should be concerned about the future of truth. A few weeks later, <em>The New York Times</em> <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/05/19/business/media/future-of-truth-ai-quotes.html">reported</a> that the book contained untrue quotations — among them one (mis)attributed to the notable tech journalist Kara Swisher.</p><p> </p><p>No, you couldn’t make this story up (if you did, it would be called a lie). Not surprisingly, the world’s leading expert on truth (which he still claims to be) got mocked everywhere from <em>Wired</em> to the <em>Daily Beast</em>. But taking a leaf perhaps out of his fellow New Yorkers Roy Cohn and Donald Trump’s playbook, Rosenbaum has fought back. He claimed that these fake quotes came from ChatGPT, and spent the summer meticulously rewriting the book to eliminate its errors.</p><p> </p><p>Rosenbaum is unusually frank about it. Even unapologetic. Defiantly so. He says he gave ChatGPT his own interview transcripts and asked for pull quotes, assuming that a machine given primary sources would return what was in them. Instead, he says, ChatGPT went rogue and decided it could improve a few of them. That said, Rosenbaum takes full responsibility for the original book. He admits he dropped the ball, and — for the first time publicly — thanks the <em>New York Times</em> reporter who wrote the original story. He also stripped every endorsement off the new edition, including Maria Ressa’s introduction, so that none of his illustrious friends might be embarrassed by the brouhaha.</p><p> </p><p>I gave the masochist a hard time anyway. He didn’t much enjoy the comparison with Roy Cohn. But I meant it as a compliment. Declare victory and move on was the Cohnian mantra which he taught the current American President. And that’s exactly what Rosenbaum has done with this crazy AI story. What chutzpah! And it’s all true. Kind of.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Further Reading:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://futureoftruth.com"><em>The Future of Truth: How AI Reshapes Reality</em></a> by Steven Rosenbaum (Matt Holt Books) — the corrected second edition, with two new chapters, now on presale.</p><p>•       Benjamin Mullin’s <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/05/19/business/media/future-of-truth-ai-quotes.html">New York Times report</a> on the fabricated quotations, and Will Oremus’s follow-up in <em>The Atlantic</em> — both discussed here.</p><p>•       Prof Joe Cruz from Williams College <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/09/29/opinion/writing-thinking-college-ai.html">arguing</a> in the <em>New York Times</em> that teaching students to think need not mean teaching them to write — the controversial piece that opens the conversation.</p><p>•       Earlier this week on Keen On: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/artificial-intimacy?r=ktr9">Sherry Turkle on what we become when we talk to machines</a>.</p><p>•       <a href="https://sustainablemedia.center/">The Sustainable Media Center</a>, which Steven Rosenbaum runs, and whose board includes fifty Gen Z members.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>What Actually Happened. </strong>The errors were specific and few. Benjamin Mullin of the New York Times — who, as Rosenbaum notes drily, had the temerity to actually read the book he was writing about — found three. One was a misattributed citation on a quotation Meredith Broussard confirms she did say. The others were worse: text that appeared inside quotation marks and had never been spoken, including a line about Asimov’s laws of robotics given to Kara Swisher, who told the Times it sounded as though she had a stick up her backside. Rosenbaum’s account of the mechanism is the part other authors should read. He had fed his own primary-source interview transcripts into ChatGPT and asked it to pull quotations, assuming that a machine handed the actual words would return the actual words. In some cases it decided the first-person material could be made a little better. Across five versions of the manuscript there were nearly four thousand tracked changes and more than four hundred citations; a copy editor flagged the Swisher line, the citation was altered rather than the quotation checked, and nobody caught it. His own verdict is unqualified: he dropped the ball, and he is one hundred per cent responsible.</p><p>•       <strong>The Rewrite. </strong>His publisher, Matt Holt, did not immediately drop him; they said they would withhold judgment until he produced a detailed account of what had gone wrong. He hired a new fact checker, spent the entire summer working through the manuscript with new proofreaders, had it laid out again with a new index, and added two substantial chapters. The new edition is on presale now. Two decisions in that process deserve notice. He asked the publisher to strip every endorsement from the book — Maria Ressa’s introduction, Nick Thompson, Kurt Andersen, Michael Wolff — not because anyone demanded it but because he did not want friends and acquaintances forced into a public choice about whether to stand by him. And he went to Amazon to ask them to enforce their own policy against reviews by people who state in the review that they have not read the book; sixty-eight per cent of the ratings are one star. They did not really answer.</p><p>•       <strong>The Cross-Examination. </strong>AK gave no quarter, and Rosenbaum did not ask for any. The central charge: a man whose entire book argues that AI is a spectacularly good liar then trusted it to supply his quotations, in the book, without checking. Rosenbaum’s defence is that this was a year or more ago, when the models routinely produced fake URLs and fake DOI numbers and authors had not yet learned to distrust them — and that he is now in a large and growing club of doctors, lawyers, poets and nonfiction writers who have been caught the same way. He flatly rejected the distinction between a conversation like this one, where a slip costs nothing, and a four-year book with a team and a publisher behind it: told that the two were not comparable, he replied that he thought AK was absolutely wrong, and that the obligation to tell the truth is the same in both. Asked whether there was something Cohnian in his refusal to go quietly, he turned it round — he will take not agreeing with Roy Cohn as a badge of courage, and Trump can be added to the list.</p><p>•       <strong>Whose Fault Is It? </strong>Rosenbaum’s larger argument, and the one he came to make. He has asked several developers how hard it would be for an AI company to stop placing text inside quotation marks unless it can be reliably traced to a source. All three said it would be trivially easy. So why isn’t it done? Because, as he says the systems themselves will tell you if you ask, these companies want to grow quickly, and delivering confident answers that are occasionally wrong is a risk they are prepared to take. They are not, in their own account, in the truth business. His analogy — that a car manufacturer cannot disclaim responsibility for the brakes by telling drivers to pay more attention to the road — did...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“A book about truth needs to be truthful.” </em>— Steven Rosenbaum</p><p> </p><p>In <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rkL81oYGHB8">April</a>, the New York City based tech impresario <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Steven_Rosenbaum">Steven Rosenbaum</a> came on the show to discuss <a href="https://futureoftruth.com"><em>The Future of Truth</em></a>, his then new book about artificial intelligence. He warned that AI is a spectacularly good liar and that we should be concerned about the future of truth. A few weeks later, <em>The New York Times</em> <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/05/19/business/media/future-of-truth-ai-quotes.html">reported</a> that the book contained untrue quotations — among them one (mis)attributed to the notable tech journalist Kara Swisher.</p><p> </p><p>No, you couldn’t make this story up (if you did, it would be called a lie). Not surprisingly, the world’s leading expert on truth (which he still claims to be) got mocked everywhere from <em>Wired</em> to the <em>Daily Beast</em>. But taking a leaf perhaps out of his fellow New Yorkers Roy Cohn and Donald Trump’s playbook, Rosenbaum has fought back. He claimed that these fake quotes came from ChatGPT, and spent the summer meticulously rewriting the book to eliminate its errors.</p><p> </p><p>Rosenbaum is unusually frank about it. Even unapologetic. Defiantly so. He says he gave ChatGPT his own interview transcripts and asked for pull quotes, assuming that a machine given primary sources would return what was in them. Instead, he says, ChatGPT went rogue and decided it could improve a few of them. That said, Rosenbaum takes full responsibility for the original book. He admits he dropped the ball, and — for the first time publicly — thanks the <em>New York Times</em> reporter who wrote the original story. He also stripped every endorsement off the new edition, including Maria Ressa’s introduction, so that none of his illustrious friends might be embarrassed by the brouhaha.</p><p> </p><p>I gave the masochist a hard time anyway. He didn’t much enjoy the comparison with Roy Cohn. But I meant it as a compliment. Declare victory and move on was the Cohnian mantra which he taught the current American President. And that’s exactly what Rosenbaum has done with this crazy AI story. What chutzpah! And it’s all true. Kind of.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Further Reading:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://futureoftruth.com"><em>The Future of Truth: How AI Reshapes Reality</em></a> by Steven Rosenbaum (Matt Holt Books) — the corrected second edition, with two new chapters, now on presale.</p><p>•       Benjamin Mullin’s <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/05/19/business/media/future-of-truth-ai-quotes.html">New York Times report</a> on the fabricated quotations, and Will Oremus’s follow-up in <em>The Atlantic</em> — both discussed here.</p><p>•       Prof Joe Cruz from Williams College <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/09/29/opinion/writing-thinking-college-ai.html">arguing</a> in the <em>New York Times</em> that teaching students to think need not mean teaching them to write — the controversial piece that opens the conversation.</p><p>•       Earlier this week on Keen On: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/artificial-intimacy?r=ktr9">Sherry Turkle on what we become when we talk to machines</a>.</p><p>•       <a href="https://sustainablemedia.center/">The Sustainable Media Center</a>, which Steven Rosenbaum runs, and whose board includes fifty Gen Z members.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>What Actually Happened. </strong>The errors were specific and few. Benjamin Mullin of the New York Times — who, as Rosenbaum notes drily, had the temerity to actually read the book he was writing about — found three. One was a misattributed citation on a quotation Meredith Broussard confirms she did say. The others were worse: text that appeared inside quotation marks and had never been spoken, including a line about Asimov’s laws of robotics given to Kara Swisher, who told the Times it sounded as though she had a stick up her backside. Rosenbaum’s account of the mechanism is the part other authors should read. He had fed his own primary-source interview transcripts into ChatGPT and asked it to pull quotations, assuming that a machine handed the actual words would return the actual words. In some cases it decided the first-person material could be made a little better. Across five versions of the manuscript there were nearly four thousand tracked changes and more than four hundred citations; a copy editor flagged the Swisher line, the citation was altered rather than the quotation checked, and nobody caught it. His own verdict is unqualified: he dropped the ball, and he is one hundred per cent responsible.</p><p>•       <strong>The Rewrite. </strong>His publisher, Matt Holt, did not immediately drop him; they said they would withhold judgment until he produced a detailed account of what had gone wrong. He hired a new fact checker, spent the entire summer working through the manuscript with new proofreaders, had it laid out again with a new index, and added two substantial chapters. The new edition is on presale now. Two decisions in that process deserve notice. He asked the publisher to strip every endorsement from the book — Maria Ressa’s introduction, Nick Thompson, Kurt Andersen, Michael Wolff — not because anyone demanded it but because he did not want friends and acquaintances forced into a public choice about whether to stand by him. And he went to Amazon to ask them to enforce their own policy against reviews by people who state in the review that they have not read the book; sixty-eight per cent of the ratings are one star. They did not really answer.</p><p>•       <strong>The Cross-Examination. </strong>AK gave no quarter, and Rosenbaum did not ask for any. The central charge: a man whose entire book argues that AI is a spectacularly good liar then trusted it to supply his quotations, in the book, without checking. Rosenbaum’s defence is that this was a year or more ago, when the models routinely produced fake URLs and fake DOI numbers and authors had not yet learned to distrust them — and that he is now in a large and growing club of doctors, lawyers, poets and nonfiction writers who have been caught the same way. He flatly rejected the distinction between a conversation like this one, where a slip costs nothing, and a four-year book with a team and a publisher behind it: told that the two were not comparable, he replied that he thought AK was absolutely wrong, and that the obligation to tell the truth is the same in both. Asked whether there was something Cohnian in his refusal to go quietly, he turned it round — he will take not agreeing with Roy Cohn as a badge of courage, and Trump can be added to the list.</p><p>•       <strong>Whose Fault Is It? </strong>Rosenbaum’s larger argument, and the one he came to make. He has asked several developers how hard it would be for an AI company to stop placing text inside quotation marks unless it can be reliably traced to a source. All three said it would be trivially easy. So why isn’t it done? Because, as he says the systems themselves will tell you if you ask, these companies want to grow quickly, and delivering confident answers that are occasionally wrong is a risk they are prepared to take. They are not, in their own account, in the truth business. His analogy — that a car manufacturer cannot disclaim responsibility for the brakes by telling drivers to pay more attention to the road — did...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Oct 2026 09:11:47 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/1c3ebc2d/65f838e0.mp3" length="44799275" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3462608" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/1c3ebc2d/65f838e0.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wLfSiNWJohk">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/9YAm4TUBFjNEt3Cuh_VQegp_VZ5MkN5OSGHuGW16OKw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZmEy/MTE5OGMyZDdlYjUx/OTc2MGU1M2E5YjQy/MTY0Ni5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2798</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“A book about truth needs to be truthful.” </em>— Steven Rosenbaum</p><p> </p><p>In <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rkL81oYGHB8">April</a>, the New York City based tech impresario <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Steven_Rosenbaum">Steven Rosenbaum</a> came on the show to discuss <a href="https://futureoftruth.com"><em>The Future of Truth</em></a>, his then new book about artificial intelligence. He warned that AI is a spectacularly good liar and that we should be concerned about the future of truth. A few weeks later, <em>The New York Times</em> <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/05/19/business/media/future-of-truth-ai-quotes.html">reported</a> that the book contained untrue quotations — among them one (mis)attributed to the notable tech journalist Kara Swisher.</p><p> </p><p>No, you couldn’t make this story up (if you did, it would be called a lie). Not surprisingly, the world’s leading expert on truth (which he still claims to be) got mocked everywhere from <em>Wired</em> to the <em>Daily Beast</em>. But taking a leaf perhaps out of his fellow New Yorkers Roy Cohn and Donald Trump’s playbook, Rosenbaum has fought back. He claimed that these fake quotes came from ChatGPT, and spent the summer meticulously rewriting the book to eliminate its errors.</p><p> </p><p>Rosenbaum is unusually frank about it. Even unapologetic. Defiantly so. He says he gave ChatGPT his own interview transcripts and asked for pull quotes, assuming that a machine given primary sources would return what was in them. Instead, he says, ChatGPT went rogue and decided it could improve a few of them. That said, Rosenbaum takes full responsibility for the original book. He admits he dropped the ball, and — for the first time publicly — thanks the <em>New York Times</em> reporter who wrote the original story. He also stripped every endorsement off the new edition, including Maria Ressa’s introduction, so that none of his illustrious friends might be embarrassed by the brouhaha.</p><p> </p><p>I gave the masochist a hard time anyway. He didn’t much enjoy the comparison with Roy Cohn. But I meant it as a compliment. Declare victory and move on was the Cohnian mantra which he taught the current American President. And that’s exactly what Rosenbaum has done with this crazy AI story. What chutzpah! And it’s all true. Kind of.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Further Reading:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://futureoftruth.com"><em>The Future of Truth: How AI Reshapes Reality</em></a> by Steven Rosenbaum (Matt Holt Books) — the corrected second edition, with two new chapters, now on presale.</p><p>•       Benjamin Mullin’s <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/05/19/business/media/future-of-truth-ai-quotes.html">New York Times report</a> on the fabricated quotations, and Will Oremus’s follow-up in <em>The Atlantic</em> — both discussed here.</p><p>•       Prof Joe Cruz from Williams College <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/09/29/opinion/writing-thinking-college-ai.html">arguing</a> in the <em>New York Times</em> that teaching students to think need not mean teaching them to write — the controversial piece that opens the conversation.</p><p>•       Earlier this week on Keen On: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/artificial-intimacy?r=ktr9">Sherry Turkle on what we become when we talk to machines</a>.</p><p>•       <a href="https://sustainablemedia.center/">The Sustainable Media Center</a>, which Steven Rosenbaum runs, and whose board includes fifty Gen Z members.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>What Actually Happened. </strong>The errors were specific and few. Benjamin Mullin of the New York Times — who, as Rosenbaum notes drily, had the temerity to actually read the book he was writing about — found three. One was a misattributed citation on a quotation Meredith Broussard confirms she did say. The others were worse: text that appeared inside quotation marks and had never been spoken, including a line about Asimov’s laws of robotics given to Kara Swisher, who told the Times it sounded as though she had a stick up her backside. Rosenbaum’s account of the mechanism is the part other authors should read. He had fed his own primary-source interview transcripts into ChatGPT and asked it to pull quotations, assuming that a machine handed the actual words would return the actual words. In some cases it decided the first-person material could be made a little better. Across five versions of the manuscript there were nearly four thousand tracked changes and more than four hundred citations; a copy editor flagged the Swisher line, the citation was altered rather than the quotation checked, and nobody caught it. His own verdict is unqualified: he dropped the ball, and he is one hundred per cent responsible.</p><p>•       <strong>The Rewrite. </strong>His publisher, Matt Holt, did not immediately drop him; they said they would withhold judgment until he produced a detailed account of what had gone wrong. He hired a new fact checker, spent the entire summer working through the manuscript with new proofreaders, had it laid out again with a new index, and added two substantial chapters. The new edition is on presale now. Two decisions in that process deserve notice. He asked the publisher to strip every endorsement from the book — Maria Ressa’s introduction, Nick Thompson, Kurt Andersen, Michael Wolff — not because anyone demanded it but because he did not want friends and acquaintances forced into a public choice about whether to stand by him. And he went to Amazon to ask them to enforce their own policy against reviews by people who state in the review that they have not read the book; sixty-eight per cent of the ratings are one star. They did not really answer.</p><p>•       <strong>The Cross-Examination. </strong>AK gave no quarter, and Rosenbaum did not ask for any. The central charge: a man whose entire book argues that AI is a spectacularly good liar then trusted it to supply his quotations, in the book, without checking. Rosenbaum’s defence is that this was a year or more ago, when the models routinely produced fake URLs and fake DOI numbers and authors had not yet learned to distrust them — and that he is now in a large and growing club of doctors, lawyers, poets and nonfiction writers who have been caught the same way. He flatly rejected the distinction between a conversation like this one, where a slip costs nothing, and a four-year book with a team and a publisher behind it: told that the two were not comparable, he replied that he thought AK was absolutely wrong, and that the obligation to tell the truth is the same in both. Asked whether there was something Cohnian in his refusal to go quietly, he turned it round — he will take not agreeing with Roy Cohn as a badge of courage, and Trump can be added to the list.</p><p>•       <strong>Whose Fault Is It? </strong>Rosenbaum’s larger argument, and the one he came to make. He has asked several developers how hard it would be for an AI company to stop placing text inside quotation marks unless it can be reliably traced to a source. All three said it would be trivially easy. So why isn’t it done? Because, as he says the systems themselves will tell you if you ask, these companies want to grow quickly, and delivering confident answers that are occasionally wrong is a risk they are prepared to take. They are not, in their own account, in the truth business. His analogy — that a car manufacturer cannot disclaim responsibility for the brakes by telling drivers to pay more attention to the road — did...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/1c3ebc2d/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/1c3ebc2d/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Everything Is Everything: Steven E. Jones on Tom Wilson &amp; the Magic of 1966</title>
      <itunes:episode>3056</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3056</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Everything Is Everything: Steven E. Jones on Tom Wilson &amp; the Magic of 1966</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2de56fb9-8670-4d40-8e43-81ca914f62b7</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“When Dylan was booed, at the festivals or on tour, even over in England — some of that was Tom Wilson’s fault.” </em>— Steven E. Jones</p><p> </p><p>Five years ago, the Los Angeles based Ron Brownstein came on the show to argue that 1974 was the greatest year in American cultural history. Steven E. Jones has a rival candidate. His new book, <a href="https://www.sup.org/books/literary-studies-and-literature/everything-everything"><em>Everything Is Everything</em></a>, makes the case for 1966. In contrast with Brownstein, Jones builds his argument not around a Hollywood star but around a record producer most people have never heard of.</p><p> </p><p>Tom Wilson was born in Waco, went to Fisk and then to Harvard, where he read economics, ran a show on the college radio station and founded the Harvard New Jazz Society. He started his own label and produced a remarkably eclectic group of musicians including Coltrane, Cecil Taylor and Sun Ra. Then he went to Columbia and was handed a young folk singer, a complete unknown. The rest is musical history.</p><p> </p><p>Wilson was not only the man who encouraged Bob Dylan to go electric, but the man who transformed Simon and Garfunkel’s <em>The Sound of Silence</em> into a worldwide hit. He signed Frank Zappa thinking he was getting a white R&amp;B band. He produced the Velvet Underground and wrote <em>Sunday Morning</em> for Nico. He was Black, six foot four, impeccably dressed, and drove an Aston Martin. Cooler than 007.</p><p> </p><p>“Everything is everything” was Wilson’s mantra. He meant it as an embrace of radical eclecticism, a refusal to commit to a single genre. Steven Jones dedicates 1966, the last truly eclectic musical year, to this remarkable record producer. Where have you gone, Tom Wilson? A musical nation turns its lonely eyes to you.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Further Reading/Listening/Watching:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.sup.org/books/literary-studies-and-literature/everything-everything"><em>Everything Is Everything: Tom Wilson and Pop Music in 1966</em></a> by Steven E. Jones (Stanford University Press, September 29, 2026).</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.harpercollins.com/products/rock-me-on-the-water-ronald-brownstein?variant=39387579023394"><em>Rock Me on the Water: 1974 — The Year Los Angeles Transformed Movies, Music, Television, and Politics</em></a> by Ron Brownstein, a previous guest on this show, and the rival candidate for the greatest year.</p><p>•       Irwin Chusid’s pioneering <a href="https://www.producertomwilson.com/">web archive</a> on Tom Wilson, by way of WFMU — where Jones first discovered who had produced his Batman record.</p><p>•       <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Freak_Out!"><em>Freak Out!</em></a> (1966), <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Velvet_Underground_%26_Nico"><em>The Velvet Underground &amp; Nico</em></a> (1967) and <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chelsea_Girl"><em>Chelsea Girl</em></a> (1967) — three Wilson productions worth hearing in sequence.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.criterion.com/films/28655-dont-look-back"><em>Dont Look Back</em></a> (1967), in which Wilson briefly appears, and <a href="https://www.searchlightpictures.com/a-complete-unknown"><em>A Complete Unknown</em></a> (2024), in which he appears more briefly still.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Man Who Isn’t Quite in the Movie. </strong>Jones came to Tom Wilson through the first record he ever bought, aged seven, with his own pocket money: a Batman album, bought in a supermarket in 1966, which turned out at home to be a gloriously raunchy dance record and which his mother did not much care for. Only decades later, through the musicologist Irwin Chusid’s website, did he learn who had produced it. Wilson was born in Waco, Texas, spent a short time at Fisk and then went to Harvard, where he studied economics, presented a show on the college station WHRB and founded the Harvard New Jazz Society. He started his own label, Transition Records, and recorded early work by John Coltrane, Cecil Taylor and Sun Ra. When the label folded he went into the industry proper, arriving at Columbia in time to be assigned a young folk singer. He appears briefly in A Complete Unknown, which Jones enjoyed — but the film stages him as though he were the engineer, when every account describes a commanding presence running the room.</p><p>•       <strong>Everything Is Everything. </strong>The phrase was Wilson’s own, repeated so often on his promotional radio programme — distributed to DJs on twelve-inch discs to be played straight to air — that Jones took it for a title. It was already part of Black vernacular culture by the middle sixties, turning up in the literature of the Nation of Islam and audible in the studio chatter at the beginning of Marvin Gaye’s What’s Going On, and it travels forward through Eric Burdon and the Animals to Lauryn Hill’s 1998 song and beyond. In other mouths it means something close to it is what it is, an acceptance of how things are. In Wilson’s it meant the opposite: a celebration of radical eclecticism, an insistence that the significant music always borrows and mixes, and a conviction that rock was mutating into a kind of meta-genre. He called himself, half-jokingly, the folk-rock czar. AK’s suggestion that the hopeless term world music might simply be renamed everything got an immediate yes.</p><p>•       <strong>What He Actually Did. </strong>The list is startling even by the standards of the period. He put electric instruments behind Bob Dylan, which is why, as Jones cheerfully concedes, some of the booing at the festivals and on the English tour was Tom Wilson’s fault. He took The Sound of Silence — a track from a failed album by a duo who had already broken up — hired session musicians, overdubbed electric guitar and drums, and released it without consulting either Simon or Garfunkel; it went to number one around the world. He arrived late to the first Velvet Underground record, re-recorded several key tracks, and added Sunday Morning from scratch because he wanted a potential hit, writing the vocal for Nico while the band were busy pushing her out. He then produced her solo album Chelsea Girl. He signed the Mothers of Invention after hearing them play something that sounded like straightforward R&amp;B, believing, in Zappa’s telling, that he had signed a white R&amp;B band — and then backed them anyway, funding Freak Out!, one of the first double albums in rock, and giving Zappa the freedom to bring in freaks off the street to chant and make animal noises.</p><p>•       <strong>A Year of Contradictions. </strong>Jones resists the tidy narrative in which 1966 is a peak and everything afterwards is decline. What he sees instead is a set of responses to immediate pressures, some of them creative and some of them frankly commercial: radio formats were multiplying and differentiating, FM was arriving as the underground alternative, and the industry needed different kinds of music to fill them and different audiences to sell them to. The result was the most plastic and superficial moment of the decade and its most inventive, at the same time. Warhol was everywhere that year — at the Batman premiere party, photographed with Nico dressed as Batman while he played Robin, making his own film Batman Dracula, presiding over the Dom where the Velvets played. At the end of the year the Monkees arrived, an American Beatles manufactured for television. Which is precisely the atmosphere, Jones argues, in which e...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“When Dylan was booed, at the festivals or on tour, even over in England — some of that was Tom Wilson’s fault.” </em>— Steven E. Jones</p><p> </p><p>Five years ago, the Los Angeles based Ron Brownstein came on the show to argue that 1974 was the greatest year in American cultural history. Steven E. Jones has a rival candidate. His new book, <a href="https://www.sup.org/books/literary-studies-and-literature/everything-everything"><em>Everything Is Everything</em></a>, makes the case for 1966. In contrast with Brownstein, Jones builds his argument not around a Hollywood star but around a record producer most people have never heard of.</p><p> </p><p>Tom Wilson was born in Waco, went to Fisk and then to Harvard, where he read economics, ran a show on the college radio station and founded the Harvard New Jazz Society. He started his own label and produced a remarkably eclectic group of musicians including Coltrane, Cecil Taylor and Sun Ra. Then he went to Columbia and was handed a young folk singer, a complete unknown. The rest is musical history.</p><p> </p><p>Wilson was not only the man who encouraged Bob Dylan to go electric, but the man who transformed Simon and Garfunkel’s <em>The Sound of Silence</em> into a worldwide hit. He signed Frank Zappa thinking he was getting a white R&amp;B band. He produced the Velvet Underground and wrote <em>Sunday Morning</em> for Nico. He was Black, six foot four, impeccably dressed, and drove an Aston Martin. Cooler than 007.</p><p> </p><p>“Everything is everything” was Wilson’s mantra. He meant it as an embrace of radical eclecticism, a refusal to commit to a single genre. Steven Jones dedicates 1966, the last truly eclectic musical year, to this remarkable record producer. Where have you gone, Tom Wilson? A musical nation turns its lonely eyes to you.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Further Reading/Listening/Watching:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.sup.org/books/literary-studies-and-literature/everything-everything"><em>Everything Is Everything: Tom Wilson and Pop Music in 1966</em></a> by Steven E. Jones (Stanford University Press, September 29, 2026).</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.harpercollins.com/products/rock-me-on-the-water-ronald-brownstein?variant=39387579023394"><em>Rock Me on the Water: 1974 — The Year Los Angeles Transformed Movies, Music, Television, and Politics</em></a> by Ron Brownstein, a previous guest on this show, and the rival candidate for the greatest year.</p><p>•       Irwin Chusid’s pioneering <a href="https://www.producertomwilson.com/">web archive</a> on Tom Wilson, by way of WFMU — where Jones first discovered who had produced his Batman record.</p><p>•       <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Freak_Out!"><em>Freak Out!</em></a> (1966), <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Velvet_Underground_%26_Nico"><em>The Velvet Underground &amp; Nico</em></a> (1967) and <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chelsea_Girl"><em>Chelsea Girl</em></a> (1967) — three Wilson productions worth hearing in sequence.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.criterion.com/films/28655-dont-look-back"><em>Dont Look Back</em></a> (1967), in which Wilson briefly appears, and <a href="https://www.searchlightpictures.com/a-complete-unknown"><em>A Complete Unknown</em></a> (2024), in which he appears more briefly still.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Man Who Isn’t Quite in the Movie. </strong>Jones came to Tom Wilson through the first record he ever bought, aged seven, with his own pocket money: a Batman album, bought in a supermarket in 1966, which turned out at home to be a gloriously raunchy dance record and which his mother did not much care for. Only decades later, through the musicologist Irwin Chusid’s website, did he learn who had produced it. Wilson was born in Waco, Texas, spent a short time at Fisk and then went to Harvard, where he studied economics, presented a show on the college station WHRB and founded the Harvard New Jazz Society. He started his own label, Transition Records, and recorded early work by John Coltrane, Cecil Taylor and Sun Ra. When the label folded he went into the industry proper, arriving at Columbia in time to be assigned a young folk singer. He appears briefly in A Complete Unknown, which Jones enjoyed — but the film stages him as though he were the engineer, when every account describes a commanding presence running the room.</p><p>•       <strong>Everything Is Everything. </strong>The phrase was Wilson’s own, repeated so often on his promotional radio programme — distributed to DJs on twelve-inch discs to be played straight to air — that Jones took it for a title. It was already part of Black vernacular culture by the middle sixties, turning up in the literature of the Nation of Islam and audible in the studio chatter at the beginning of Marvin Gaye’s What’s Going On, and it travels forward through Eric Burdon and the Animals to Lauryn Hill’s 1998 song and beyond. In other mouths it means something close to it is what it is, an acceptance of how things are. In Wilson’s it meant the opposite: a celebration of radical eclecticism, an insistence that the significant music always borrows and mixes, and a conviction that rock was mutating into a kind of meta-genre. He called himself, half-jokingly, the folk-rock czar. AK’s suggestion that the hopeless term world music might simply be renamed everything got an immediate yes.</p><p>•       <strong>What He Actually Did. </strong>The list is startling even by the standards of the period. He put electric instruments behind Bob Dylan, which is why, as Jones cheerfully concedes, some of the booing at the festivals and on the English tour was Tom Wilson’s fault. He took The Sound of Silence — a track from a failed album by a duo who had already broken up — hired session musicians, overdubbed electric guitar and drums, and released it without consulting either Simon or Garfunkel; it went to number one around the world. He arrived late to the first Velvet Underground record, re-recorded several key tracks, and added Sunday Morning from scratch because he wanted a potential hit, writing the vocal for Nico while the band were busy pushing her out. He then produced her solo album Chelsea Girl. He signed the Mothers of Invention after hearing them play something that sounded like straightforward R&amp;B, believing, in Zappa’s telling, that he had signed a white R&amp;B band — and then backed them anyway, funding Freak Out!, one of the first double albums in rock, and giving Zappa the freedom to bring in freaks off the street to chant and make animal noises.</p><p>•       <strong>A Year of Contradictions. </strong>Jones resists the tidy narrative in which 1966 is a peak and everything afterwards is decline. What he sees instead is a set of responses to immediate pressures, some of them creative and some of them frankly commercial: radio formats were multiplying and differentiating, FM was arriving as the underground alternative, and the industry needed different kinds of music to fill them and different audiences to sell them to. The result was the most plastic and superficial moment of the decade and its most inventive, at the same time. Warhol was everywhere that year — at the Batman premiere party, photographed with Nico dressed as Batman while he played Robin, making his own film Batman Dracula, presiding over the Dom where the Velvets played. At the end of the year the Monkees arrived, an American Beatles manufactured for television. Which is precisely the atmosphere, Jones argues, in which e...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 04 Oct 2026 07:15:52 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/81454300/5d76d5f4.mp3" length="39918319" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3446070" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/81454300/5d76d5f4.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CYji_UgapJo">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/wt2eBHDKLHti9lhEKVUgvTF7cZcOrud-3kYIqbQE3ds/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iMjkw/OWQ1NzYwYTY5ZTJi/NGY0MzM0NjBkNTlk/NDViYS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2492</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“When Dylan was booed, at the festivals or on tour, even over in England — some of that was Tom Wilson’s fault.” </em>— Steven E. Jones</p><p> </p><p>Five years ago, the Los Angeles based Ron Brownstein came on the show to argue that 1974 was the greatest year in American cultural history. Steven E. Jones has a rival candidate. His new book, <a href="https://www.sup.org/books/literary-studies-and-literature/everything-everything"><em>Everything Is Everything</em></a>, makes the case for 1966. In contrast with Brownstein, Jones builds his argument not around a Hollywood star but around a record producer most people have never heard of.</p><p> </p><p>Tom Wilson was born in Waco, went to Fisk and then to Harvard, where he read economics, ran a show on the college radio station and founded the Harvard New Jazz Society. He started his own label and produced a remarkably eclectic group of musicians including Coltrane, Cecil Taylor and Sun Ra. Then he went to Columbia and was handed a young folk singer, a complete unknown. The rest is musical history.</p><p> </p><p>Wilson was not only the man who encouraged Bob Dylan to go electric, but the man who transformed Simon and Garfunkel’s <em>The Sound of Silence</em> into a worldwide hit. He signed Frank Zappa thinking he was getting a white R&amp;B band. He produced the Velvet Underground and wrote <em>Sunday Morning</em> for Nico. He was Black, six foot four, impeccably dressed, and drove an Aston Martin. Cooler than 007.</p><p> </p><p>“Everything is everything” was Wilson’s mantra. He meant it as an embrace of radical eclecticism, a refusal to commit to a single genre. Steven Jones dedicates 1966, the last truly eclectic musical year, to this remarkable record producer. Where have you gone, Tom Wilson? A musical nation turns its lonely eyes to you.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Further Reading/Listening/Watching:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.sup.org/books/literary-studies-and-literature/everything-everything"><em>Everything Is Everything: Tom Wilson and Pop Music in 1966</em></a> by Steven E. Jones (Stanford University Press, September 29, 2026).</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.harpercollins.com/products/rock-me-on-the-water-ronald-brownstein?variant=39387579023394"><em>Rock Me on the Water: 1974 — The Year Los Angeles Transformed Movies, Music, Television, and Politics</em></a> by Ron Brownstein, a previous guest on this show, and the rival candidate for the greatest year.</p><p>•       Irwin Chusid’s pioneering <a href="https://www.producertomwilson.com/">web archive</a> on Tom Wilson, by way of WFMU — where Jones first discovered who had produced his Batman record.</p><p>•       <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Freak_Out!"><em>Freak Out!</em></a> (1966), <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Velvet_Underground_%26_Nico"><em>The Velvet Underground &amp; Nico</em></a> (1967) and <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chelsea_Girl"><em>Chelsea Girl</em></a> (1967) — three Wilson productions worth hearing in sequence.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.criterion.com/films/28655-dont-look-back"><em>Dont Look Back</em></a> (1967), in which Wilson briefly appears, and <a href="https://www.searchlightpictures.com/a-complete-unknown"><em>A Complete Unknown</em></a> (2024), in which he appears more briefly still.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Man Who Isn’t Quite in the Movie. </strong>Jones came to Tom Wilson through the first record he ever bought, aged seven, with his own pocket money: a Batman album, bought in a supermarket in 1966, which turned out at home to be a gloriously raunchy dance record and which his mother did not much care for. Only decades later, through the musicologist Irwin Chusid’s website, did he learn who had produced it. Wilson was born in Waco, Texas, spent a short time at Fisk and then went to Harvard, where he studied economics, presented a show on the college station WHRB and founded the Harvard New Jazz Society. He started his own label, Transition Records, and recorded early work by John Coltrane, Cecil Taylor and Sun Ra. When the label folded he went into the industry proper, arriving at Columbia in time to be assigned a young folk singer. He appears briefly in A Complete Unknown, which Jones enjoyed — but the film stages him as though he were the engineer, when every account describes a commanding presence running the room.</p><p>•       <strong>Everything Is Everything. </strong>The phrase was Wilson’s own, repeated so often on his promotional radio programme — distributed to DJs on twelve-inch discs to be played straight to air — that Jones took it for a title. It was already part of Black vernacular culture by the middle sixties, turning up in the literature of the Nation of Islam and audible in the studio chatter at the beginning of Marvin Gaye’s What’s Going On, and it travels forward through Eric Burdon and the Animals to Lauryn Hill’s 1998 song and beyond. In other mouths it means something close to it is what it is, an acceptance of how things are. In Wilson’s it meant the opposite: a celebration of radical eclecticism, an insistence that the significant music always borrows and mixes, and a conviction that rock was mutating into a kind of meta-genre. He called himself, half-jokingly, the folk-rock czar. AK’s suggestion that the hopeless term world music might simply be renamed everything got an immediate yes.</p><p>•       <strong>What He Actually Did. </strong>The list is startling even by the standards of the period. He put electric instruments behind Bob Dylan, which is why, as Jones cheerfully concedes, some of the booing at the festivals and on the English tour was Tom Wilson’s fault. He took The Sound of Silence — a track from a failed album by a duo who had already broken up — hired session musicians, overdubbed electric guitar and drums, and released it without consulting either Simon or Garfunkel; it went to number one around the world. He arrived late to the first Velvet Underground record, re-recorded several key tracks, and added Sunday Morning from scratch because he wanted a potential hit, writing the vocal for Nico while the band were busy pushing her out. He then produced her solo album Chelsea Girl. He signed the Mothers of Invention after hearing them play something that sounded like straightforward R&amp;B, believing, in Zappa’s telling, that he had signed a white R&amp;B band — and then backed them anyway, funding Freak Out!, one of the first double albums in rock, and giving Zappa the freedom to bring in freaks off the street to chant and make animal noises.</p><p>•       <strong>A Year of Contradictions. </strong>Jones resists the tidy narrative in which 1966 is a peak and everything afterwards is decline. What he sees instead is a set of responses to immediate pressures, some of them creative and some of them frankly commercial: radio formats were multiplying and differentiating, FM was arriving as the underground alternative, and the industry needed different kinds of music to fill them and different audiences to sell them to. The result was the most plastic and superficial moment of the decade and its most inventive, at the same time. Warhol was everywhere that year — at the Batman premiere party, photographed with Nico dressed as Batman while he played Robin, making his own film Batman Dracula, presiding over the Dom where the Velvets played. At the end of the year the Monkees arrived, an American Beatles manufactured for television. Which is precisely the atmosphere, Jones argues, in which e...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/81454300/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Survive Authoritarianism: Dan Storyev on a Russian Phrasebook for America</title>
      <itunes:episode>3055</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3055</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Survive Authoritarianism: Dan Storyev on a Russian Phrasebook for America</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3daacf58-f8f5-461f-bfdf-3c14c522a295</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The United States is speed running into a more authoritarian model that the Russians have been living in for quite some time now.” </em>— Dan Storyev</p><p> </p><p>How to survive authoritarianism in the United States? Maybe we can learn from the Russians. At least according to the Russian-American <a href="https://wwnorton.co.uk/books/9781324098799-how-to-survive-authoritarianism">Dan Storyev</a>, co-author (with Maria Kuznetsova) of <a href="https://wwnorton.co.uk/books/9781324098799-how-to-survive-authoritarianism"><em>How to Survive Authoritarianism</em></a>, a phrasebook which provides a hundred Russian words for the nasty political things Americans can see but can’t yet name.</p><p> </p><p>Storyev’s premise is that America hasn’t got the vocabulary to describe its current predicament. The country has never lived under a dictatorship, he explains, so the language simply isn’t there. Russian history, on the other hand, is defined mostly by dictatorship. Storyev experienced Putin’s post-Soviet authoritarianism, his parents Brezhnev’s stagnation, their parents Stalinist totalitarianism, their ancestors one brutal czar or another. So the Russian language shaped itself accordingly, words becoming a way to both describe and resist the authoritarian reality of their lives.</p><p> </p><p>Storyev provides us with phrases like “power vertical,” a chilling Kremlin euphemism for a country where a single desk decides everything (ie: the aspiration of the current White House). Then there’s the Russian word “byudzhetniki,” meaning the budget people, whose salaries come from the state and who are therefore expected to loyally show up at the rally and at the ballot box (ie: everyone who benefits from Trump’s $5,000 handout). And the “siloviki,” the men of force (ie: ICE agents). Best of all, “mnogohodovochka,” the multistep stratagem — Moscow’s way of explaining a catastrophe as a plan too clever for ordinary mortals to follow. Which is an unpronounceable way to understand everything from Elon Musk’s ridiculous DOGE debacle to Trump’s absurd war in Iran.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Further Reading:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://wwnorton.co.uk/books/9781324098799-how-to-survive-authoritarianism"><em>How to Survive Authoritarianism: A Russian’s Phrasebook for Everyday Life in America</em></a> by Maria Kuznetsova and Dan Storyev (Liveright, 2026) — a hundred Russian idioms, from apparatchik to samizdat.</p><p>•       “<a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2025/06/09/opinion/america-russia-authoritarian-language.html">Here’s What’s Happening in America, in Six (Mostly) Russian Terms</a>” — the authors’ 2025 <em>New York Times</em> guest essay, and the seed of the book.</p><p>•       “<a href="https://www.persuasion.community/p/protests-are-not-emotional-support">Protests Are Not Emotional Support Groups</a>” — their <em>Persuasion</em> argument about why the No Kings demonstrations failed, raised in this conversation.</p><p>•       <a href="https://ovd.info/en">OVD-Info</a> — the Russian human rights watchdog whose English newsletter Storyev writes.</p><p>•       Earlier on Keen On: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/how-to-be-a-dissident?r=ktr9">Gal Beckerman on how to be a dissident</a>, <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/an-inconvenient-woman?r=ktr9">Keri Leigh Merritt on Lillian Smith</a> and <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/eight-profiles-in-cowardice?r=ktr9">Jacob Weisberg on cowardice in the MAGA age</a> — all raised here.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Phrasebook, Not a Prophecy. </strong>Storyev is careful about the claim he is making. The United States is not an authoritarian country, and he says so repeatedly. What exists is a looming threat, and a faction within the ruling class that would plainly like the country to become one. The trouble, in his account, is linguistic. Americans have never lived under a dictatorship, so they have no words for its early symptoms, while Russian is saturated with them. AK’s immediate objection was a good one: millions of Americans have lived under an authoritarianism of their own, whether under Jim Crow or during the McCarthy years, and surely they know the signs. Storyev conceded the point readily, observing that those communities developed a private vocabulary for the agents of the state which never reached the mainstream. His own formulation of the difference is the one that sticks. Russia has spent three centuries learning these models of government. America is speed running them.</p><p>•       <strong>Aesopian Language. </strong>The device at the heart of the book is an old one, invented by satirists under the czars and perfected in the Soviet Union: a way of attacking the state that everybody understands and no prosecutor can use. Storyev’s favourite example is mnogohodovochka, the multistep stratagem, which Russians now deploy sarcastically to describe the Kremlin’s habit of presenting every disaster as a master plan too subtle for ordinary minds to follow. The American equivalent arrived when the White House press secretary explained that journalists would understand the president’s thinking if only they had read more of The Art of the Deal. Among the young, Storyev argues, the same instinct now appears as irony poisoning: everything becomes a joke about itself, partly because jokes are harder to punish. AK brought in Lea Ypi on growing up in Hoxha’s Albania, where families spoke in opposites, and the artistic lineage that runs from Havel to Shostakovich to Tarkovsky. Resistance begins, Storyev says, in private language: first in your own head, then among friends, then with strangers. That is how movements start.</p><p>•       <strong>Breaking the Law. </strong>The one moment in the hour when Storyev abandoned his hedges. American liberals, he argues, are still debating whether what the administration does is legal, and have not yet absorbed the central fact about autocrats, which is that they write the laws themselves. At some point, therefore, resistance will mean breaking them. AK pushed back hard, and on two grounds: Trump was elected and can be unelected, and once lawbreaking is licensed so, eventually, is violence. Storyev clarified rather than retreated. He is not calling for a civil war; he is calling for an end to normalization. His article with Kuznetsova argued that the No Kings protests achieved nothing because protests are not emotional support groups. He points to Steve Bannon’s own formulation — we win or we go to prison — as evidence that at least one side has stopped thinking in electoral terms, and to the unitary executive theory as the blueprint for what Russians call the power vertical. He offers no solution and says so plainly. What he offers is a vocabulary.</p><p>•       <strong>The Words Themselves. </strong>Power vertical entered Russian in the late nineties, sold as a promise of order after the gangster decade, and came to mean that in the largest country on earth every decision is taken at one desk. The byudzhetniki, literally the budget people, are the teachers, doctors and students whose salaries come from the state and who are therefore expected at the rally and at the ballot box; Storyev’s American instances are the promised $5,000 payment should the Republicans hold the midterms, and Musk’s money in the Wisconsin judicial election. The siloviki are the men of force, whose ancestors are Ivan the Terrible’s oprichniki, riding into towns on black horses with severed dogs’ heads at the saddle; his parallel is the recruitment of ICE, which AK was unw...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The United States is speed running into a more authoritarian model that the Russians have been living in for quite some time now.” </em>— Dan Storyev</p><p> </p><p>How to survive authoritarianism in the United States? Maybe we can learn from the Russians. At least according to the Russian-American <a href="https://wwnorton.co.uk/books/9781324098799-how-to-survive-authoritarianism">Dan Storyev</a>, co-author (with Maria Kuznetsova) of <a href="https://wwnorton.co.uk/books/9781324098799-how-to-survive-authoritarianism"><em>How to Survive Authoritarianism</em></a>, a phrasebook which provides a hundred Russian words for the nasty political things Americans can see but can’t yet name.</p><p> </p><p>Storyev’s premise is that America hasn’t got the vocabulary to describe its current predicament. The country has never lived under a dictatorship, he explains, so the language simply isn’t there. Russian history, on the other hand, is defined mostly by dictatorship. Storyev experienced Putin’s post-Soviet authoritarianism, his parents Brezhnev’s stagnation, their parents Stalinist totalitarianism, their ancestors one brutal czar or another. So the Russian language shaped itself accordingly, words becoming a way to both describe and resist the authoritarian reality of their lives.</p><p> </p><p>Storyev provides us with phrases like “power vertical,” a chilling Kremlin euphemism for a country where a single desk decides everything (ie: the aspiration of the current White House). Then there’s the Russian word “byudzhetniki,” meaning the budget people, whose salaries come from the state and who are therefore expected to loyally show up at the rally and at the ballot box (ie: everyone who benefits from Trump’s $5,000 handout). And the “siloviki,” the men of force (ie: ICE agents). Best of all, “mnogohodovochka,” the multistep stratagem — Moscow’s way of explaining a catastrophe as a plan too clever for ordinary mortals to follow. Which is an unpronounceable way to understand everything from Elon Musk’s ridiculous DOGE debacle to Trump’s absurd war in Iran.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Further Reading:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://wwnorton.co.uk/books/9781324098799-how-to-survive-authoritarianism"><em>How to Survive Authoritarianism: A Russian’s Phrasebook for Everyday Life in America</em></a> by Maria Kuznetsova and Dan Storyev (Liveright, 2026) — a hundred Russian idioms, from apparatchik to samizdat.</p><p>•       “<a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2025/06/09/opinion/america-russia-authoritarian-language.html">Here’s What’s Happening in America, in Six (Mostly) Russian Terms</a>” — the authors’ 2025 <em>New York Times</em> guest essay, and the seed of the book.</p><p>•       “<a href="https://www.persuasion.community/p/protests-are-not-emotional-support">Protests Are Not Emotional Support Groups</a>” — their <em>Persuasion</em> argument about why the No Kings demonstrations failed, raised in this conversation.</p><p>•       <a href="https://ovd.info/en">OVD-Info</a> — the Russian human rights watchdog whose English newsletter Storyev writes.</p><p>•       Earlier on Keen On: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/how-to-be-a-dissident?r=ktr9">Gal Beckerman on how to be a dissident</a>, <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/an-inconvenient-woman?r=ktr9">Keri Leigh Merritt on Lillian Smith</a> and <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/eight-profiles-in-cowardice?r=ktr9">Jacob Weisberg on cowardice in the MAGA age</a> — all raised here.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Phrasebook, Not a Prophecy. </strong>Storyev is careful about the claim he is making. The United States is not an authoritarian country, and he says so repeatedly. What exists is a looming threat, and a faction within the ruling class that would plainly like the country to become one. The trouble, in his account, is linguistic. Americans have never lived under a dictatorship, so they have no words for its early symptoms, while Russian is saturated with them. AK’s immediate objection was a good one: millions of Americans have lived under an authoritarianism of their own, whether under Jim Crow or during the McCarthy years, and surely they know the signs. Storyev conceded the point readily, observing that those communities developed a private vocabulary for the agents of the state which never reached the mainstream. His own formulation of the difference is the one that sticks. Russia has spent three centuries learning these models of government. America is speed running them.</p><p>•       <strong>Aesopian Language. </strong>The device at the heart of the book is an old one, invented by satirists under the czars and perfected in the Soviet Union: a way of attacking the state that everybody understands and no prosecutor can use. Storyev’s favourite example is mnogohodovochka, the multistep stratagem, which Russians now deploy sarcastically to describe the Kremlin’s habit of presenting every disaster as a master plan too subtle for ordinary minds to follow. The American equivalent arrived when the White House press secretary explained that journalists would understand the president’s thinking if only they had read more of The Art of the Deal. Among the young, Storyev argues, the same instinct now appears as irony poisoning: everything becomes a joke about itself, partly because jokes are harder to punish. AK brought in Lea Ypi on growing up in Hoxha’s Albania, where families spoke in opposites, and the artistic lineage that runs from Havel to Shostakovich to Tarkovsky. Resistance begins, Storyev says, in private language: first in your own head, then among friends, then with strangers. That is how movements start.</p><p>•       <strong>Breaking the Law. </strong>The one moment in the hour when Storyev abandoned his hedges. American liberals, he argues, are still debating whether what the administration does is legal, and have not yet absorbed the central fact about autocrats, which is that they write the laws themselves. At some point, therefore, resistance will mean breaking them. AK pushed back hard, and on two grounds: Trump was elected and can be unelected, and once lawbreaking is licensed so, eventually, is violence. Storyev clarified rather than retreated. He is not calling for a civil war; he is calling for an end to normalization. His article with Kuznetsova argued that the No Kings protests achieved nothing because protests are not emotional support groups. He points to Steve Bannon’s own formulation — we win or we go to prison — as evidence that at least one side has stopped thinking in electoral terms, and to the unitary executive theory as the blueprint for what Russians call the power vertical. He offers no solution and says so plainly. What he offers is a vocabulary.</p><p>•       <strong>The Words Themselves. </strong>Power vertical entered Russian in the late nineties, sold as a promise of order after the gangster decade, and came to mean that in the largest country on earth every decision is taken at one desk. The byudzhetniki, literally the budget people, are the teachers, doctors and students whose salaries come from the state and who are therefore expected at the rally and at the ballot box; Storyev’s American instances are the promised $5,000 payment should the Republicans hold the midterms, and Musk’s money in the Wisconsin judicial election. The siloviki are the men of force, whose ancestors are Ivan the Terrible’s oprichniki, riding into towns on black horses with severed dogs’ heads at the saddle; his parallel is the recruitment of ICE, which AK was unw...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 03 Oct 2026 09:05:42 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/8fd0d089/4ece741c.mp3" length="45411739" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3426184" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/8fd0d089/4ece741c.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=og7s40QdL24">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2834</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The United States is speed running into a more authoritarian model that the Russians have been living in for quite some time now.” </em>— Dan Storyev</p><p> </p><p>How to survive authoritarianism in the United States? Maybe we can learn from the Russians. At least according to the Russian-American <a href="https://wwnorton.co.uk/books/9781324098799-how-to-survive-authoritarianism">Dan Storyev</a>, co-author (with Maria Kuznetsova) of <a href="https://wwnorton.co.uk/books/9781324098799-how-to-survive-authoritarianism"><em>How to Survive Authoritarianism</em></a>, a phrasebook which provides a hundred Russian words for the nasty political things Americans can see but can’t yet name.</p><p> </p><p>Storyev’s premise is that America hasn’t got the vocabulary to describe its current predicament. The country has never lived under a dictatorship, he explains, so the language simply isn’t there. Russian history, on the other hand, is defined mostly by dictatorship. Storyev experienced Putin’s post-Soviet authoritarianism, his parents Brezhnev’s stagnation, their parents Stalinist totalitarianism, their ancestors one brutal czar or another. So the Russian language shaped itself accordingly, words becoming a way to both describe and resist the authoritarian reality of their lives.</p><p> </p><p>Storyev provides us with phrases like “power vertical,” a chilling Kremlin euphemism for a country where a single desk decides everything (ie: the aspiration of the current White House). Then there’s the Russian word “byudzhetniki,” meaning the budget people, whose salaries come from the state and who are therefore expected to loyally show up at the rally and at the ballot box (ie: everyone who benefits from Trump’s $5,000 handout). And the “siloviki,” the men of force (ie: ICE agents). Best of all, “mnogohodovochka,” the multistep stratagem — Moscow’s way of explaining a catastrophe as a plan too clever for ordinary mortals to follow. Which is an unpronounceable way to understand everything from Elon Musk’s ridiculous DOGE debacle to Trump’s absurd war in Iran.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Further Reading:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://wwnorton.co.uk/books/9781324098799-how-to-survive-authoritarianism"><em>How to Survive Authoritarianism: A Russian’s Phrasebook for Everyday Life in America</em></a> by Maria Kuznetsova and Dan Storyev (Liveright, 2026) — a hundred Russian idioms, from apparatchik to samizdat.</p><p>•       “<a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2025/06/09/opinion/america-russia-authoritarian-language.html">Here’s What’s Happening in America, in Six (Mostly) Russian Terms</a>” — the authors’ 2025 <em>New York Times</em> guest essay, and the seed of the book.</p><p>•       “<a href="https://www.persuasion.community/p/protests-are-not-emotional-support">Protests Are Not Emotional Support Groups</a>” — their <em>Persuasion</em> argument about why the No Kings demonstrations failed, raised in this conversation.</p><p>•       <a href="https://ovd.info/en">OVD-Info</a> — the Russian human rights watchdog whose English newsletter Storyev writes.</p><p>•       Earlier on Keen On: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/how-to-be-a-dissident?r=ktr9">Gal Beckerman on how to be a dissident</a>, <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/an-inconvenient-woman?r=ktr9">Keri Leigh Merritt on Lillian Smith</a> and <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/eight-profiles-in-cowardice?r=ktr9">Jacob Weisberg on cowardice in the MAGA age</a> — all raised here.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Phrasebook, Not a Prophecy. </strong>Storyev is careful about the claim he is making. The United States is not an authoritarian country, and he says so repeatedly. What exists is a looming threat, and a faction within the ruling class that would plainly like the country to become one. The trouble, in his account, is linguistic. Americans have never lived under a dictatorship, so they have no words for its early symptoms, while Russian is saturated with them. AK’s immediate objection was a good one: millions of Americans have lived under an authoritarianism of their own, whether under Jim Crow or during the McCarthy years, and surely they know the signs. Storyev conceded the point readily, observing that those communities developed a private vocabulary for the agents of the state which never reached the mainstream. His own formulation of the difference is the one that sticks. Russia has spent three centuries learning these models of government. America is speed running them.</p><p>•       <strong>Aesopian Language. </strong>The device at the heart of the book is an old one, invented by satirists under the czars and perfected in the Soviet Union: a way of attacking the state that everybody understands and no prosecutor can use. Storyev’s favourite example is mnogohodovochka, the multistep stratagem, which Russians now deploy sarcastically to describe the Kremlin’s habit of presenting every disaster as a master plan too subtle for ordinary minds to follow. The American equivalent arrived when the White House press secretary explained that journalists would understand the president’s thinking if only they had read more of The Art of the Deal. Among the young, Storyev argues, the same instinct now appears as irony poisoning: everything becomes a joke about itself, partly because jokes are harder to punish. AK brought in Lea Ypi on growing up in Hoxha’s Albania, where families spoke in opposites, and the artistic lineage that runs from Havel to Shostakovich to Tarkovsky. Resistance begins, Storyev says, in private language: first in your own head, then among friends, then with strangers. That is how movements start.</p><p>•       <strong>Breaking the Law. </strong>The one moment in the hour when Storyev abandoned his hedges. American liberals, he argues, are still debating whether what the administration does is legal, and have not yet absorbed the central fact about autocrats, which is that they write the laws themselves. At some point, therefore, resistance will mean breaking them. AK pushed back hard, and on two grounds: Trump was elected and can be unelected, and once lawbreaking is licensed so, eventually, is violence. Storyev clarified rather than retreated. He is not calling for a civil war; he is calling for an end to normalization. His article with Kuznetsova argued that the No Kings protests achieved nothing because protests are not emotional support groups. He points to Steve Bannon’s own formulation — we win or we go to prison — as evidence that at least one side has stopped thinking in electoral terms, and to the unitary executive theory as the blueprint for what Russians call the power vertical. He offers no solution and says so plainly. What he offers is a vocabulary.</p><p>•       <strong>The Words Themselves. </strong>Power vertical entered Russian in the late nineties, sold as a promise of order after the gangster decade, and came to mean that in the largest country on earth every decision is taken at one desk. The byudzhetniki, literally the budget people, are the teachers, doctors and students whose salaries come from the state and who are therefore expected at the rally and at the ballot box; Storyev’s American instances are the promised $5,000 payment should the Republicans hold the midterms, and Musk’s money in the Wisconsin judicial election. The siloviki are the men of force, whose ancestors are Ivan the Terrible’s oprichniki, riding into towns on black horses with severed dogs’ heads at the saddle; his parallel is the recruitment of ICE, which AK was unw...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8fd0d089/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Inconvenient Woman: Keri Leigh Merritt on Lillian Smith, the Southerner Who Defied Jim Crow America</title>
      <itunes:episode>3054</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3054</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>An Inconvenient Woman: Keri Leigh Merritt on Lillian Smith, the Southerner Who Defied Jim Crow America</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">33c334dd-e1de-4bfa-bc8f-ac34cee57ab4</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“She is absolutely a Cassandra. She is unafraid to tell the stark naked truth, no matter how ugly it is.” </em>— Keri Leigh Merritt</p><p> </p><p>In April, Gal Beckerman <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/how-to-be-a-dissident?r=ktr9">came</a> on the show to identify the ten qualities of being a dissident. They included pessimism, humour and recklessness. But he left one out: inconvenience. Dissidents are profoundly inconvenient people — to the government, to society, sometimes even to themselves. Take, for example, <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lillian_Smith_(author)">Lillian Smith</a>, author of the bestselling (and banned) 1944 <em>Strange Fruit</em>, a novel about interracial love. Born into a white Florida family at the turn of the century, Smith dissented against Jim Crow. She was, indeed, <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250337931/aninconvenientwoman/"><em>An Inconvenient Woman</em></a>, the title of a new biography about her by today’s guest <a href="https://kerileighmerritt.com/">Keri Leigh Merritt</a>.</p><p> </p><p>So why, I asked Merritt, isn’t Lillian Smith better known? Part of the answer is bound up in Smith’s own uncomfortable critique of white supremacy. She insisted that Jim Crow damaged white people, that its shame and guilt did immense psychological injury to its supposed beneficiaries. So this inconvenient woman pushed better known white southern liberals like Ralph McGill or Hodding Carter leftwards, calling them out for refusing to support integration long after the <em>Brown</em> decision.</p><p> </p><p>Smith had quite a life. She lived openly with her partner Paula Snelling in Clayton, Georgia, ran a girls’ camp for twenty-five years, wrote many books (including what Merritt calls her masterpiece, <em>Killers of the Dream</em> in 1949) and was the first white magazine editor in the South to publish Black writers like Pauli Murray. Her FBI file ran to 143 pages, making her a particular inconvenience to J. Edgar Hoover and his goons.</p><p> </p><p>Most of all, she stayed in rural Georgia. She could have escaped to Greenwich Village or Berkeley like other misfits. Instead she remained a perpetual thorn in the southern conscience. Her brother, who ran the county, had kept her safe until he left office in 1955. After that, one fire burned down her library, destroying decades of correspondence, research and manuscripts with it. And still she stayed. In today’s America, Keri Leigh Merritt concludes, this inconvenient woman offers us a timely reminder of what it takes to be a dissident.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Further Reading:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250337931/aninconvenientwoman/"><em>An Inconvenient Woman: The Extraordinary Life of Lillian Smith, the Southerner Who Defied Jim Crow America</em></a> by Keri Leigh Merritt (St. Martin’s Press, September 29, 2026), with a foreword by the Rev. Dr. William Barber II.</p><p>•       <em>Strange Fruit</em> (1944) and <em>Killers of the Dream</em> (1949) by Lillian Smith — the novel that made her famous, and the book Merritt rates highest. Both still in print from the <a href="https://ugapress.org/author/lillian-smith">University of Georgia Press</a>, which also publishes <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Lillian-Smith-Reader/dp/0820349992"><em>A Lillian Smith Reader</em></a>.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/masterless-men/4DA0CAD8D061BD3681AB01EFF24D6D44"><em>Masterless Men: Poor Whites and Slavery in the Antebellum South</em></a> (Cambridge University Press, 2017) — Merritt’s first book, winner of the Bennett Wall Award and the President’s Book Award.</p><p>•       <em>Pseudopodia</em>, later <em>The North Georgia Review</em> and finally <em>South Today</em> — the magazine Smith and Paula Snelling ran, and the first white Southern magazine to publish Black writers. Every issue is <a href="https://piedmont.contentdm.oclc.org/">online through Piedmont University Library</a>.</p><p>•       Earlier on Keen On: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/biography-of-a-dangerous-idea?r=ktr9">Andrew Curran on how the Enlightenment invented race</a>, and <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/the-enigmatic-mr-douglass?r=ktr9">Dennis Rasmussen on Frederick Douglass</a> — both raised in this conversation.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Bestseller Nobody Remembers. </strong>Lillian Smith may be the most successful American author of the twentieth century you have never heard of. <em>Strange Fruit</em> appeared in 1944, told the story of a love affair between a white man and a Black woman, ended in a lynching, sold in the millions, was translated into some thirty languages and became a Broadway play. It was also banned — in Boston, in Detroit, informally by booksellers across the country who simply declined to stock it, and formally in the US mail until Smith asked Eleanor Roosevelt to intervene and Roosevelt got the president to lift it. Merritt’s explanation for the forgetting has three parts. Smith argued that white supremacy psychologically damaged white people, which is not a comfortable thesis for anyone. She refused to spare white liberals, pushing Ralph McGill and Hodding Carter leftwards all her life and naming them for failing to back integration long after Brown. And she was a woman living openly with another woman, which did the rest.</p><p>•       <strong>How She Was Made. </strong>Two episodes from childhood, both in the book. Her father Calvin, a devout Methodist who had married into money and lost it when the First World War ruined his turpentine business, once invited an entire chain gang to Christmas dinner — not the guards, the prisoners, murderers and rapists among them — and the Smith children cooked for days. Then there was Julie. A Black family moved to Jasper, Florida, and the town’s white women noticed that one of the children looked white; the girl was removed from her home and placed with the Smiths. Lillian shared a room with her and came to love her as a sister. One day Julie was gone, returned to her own family, because Julie was Black. What that taught Lillian, Merritt says, is that race had no bearing on what a person was. And the culture she grew up in was absolute: the first time Smith ate a meal at a table with Black people she went outside and vomited — not from disgust but from terror at the scale of the taboo she had broken.</p><p>•       <strong>She Stayed. </strong>The decision that makes her remarkable. She could have left for Greenwich Village, as the South’s misfits generally did. Instead she stayed in Clayton, in the north-eastern corner of Georgia, in country that was supposed to be the most hostile place imaginable — and built, in that very rural place, something like a gay and lesbian community around her. Her brother Frank effectively ran the county and kept her and Paula safe while he held office; when he left in 1955 the retaliation began. A fire destroyed her library: decades of correspondence, research and manuscripts, gone. More followed, one set at eight separate points of her house on Old Screamer Mountain. She stayed anyway, partly because she loved it and partly because the sadness of the place was, she thought, artistically generative. And she did not believe laws alone could end racism: art — writing, music, painting — was what changed hearts.</p><p>•       <strong>The Network. </strong>Smith was not isolated, and the list of her friends is startling. W. E. B. Du Bois from the 1930s. Pauli Murray, whose first paycheck ca...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“She is absolutely a Cassandra. She is unafraid to tell the stark naked truth, no matter how ugly it is.” </em>— Keri Leigh Merritt</p><p> </p><p>In April, Gal Beckerman <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/how-to-be-a-dissident?r=ktr9">came</a> on the show to identify the ten qualities of being a dissident. They included pessimism, humour and recklessness. But he left one out: inconvenience. Dissidents are profoundly inconvenient people — to the government, to society, sometimes even to themselves. Take, for example, <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lillian_Smith_(author)">Lillian Smith</a>, author of the bestselling (and banned) 1944 <em>Strange Fruit</em>, a novel about interracial love. Born into a white Florida family at the turn of the century, Smith dissented against Jim Crow. She was, indeed, <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250337931/aninconvenientwoman/"><em>An Inconvenient Woman</em></a>, the title of a new biography about her by today’s guest <a href="https://kerileighmerritt.com/">Keri Leigh Merritt</a>.</p><p> </p><p>So why, I asked Merritt, isn’t Lillian Smith better known? Part of the answer is bound up in Smith’s own uncomfortable critique of white supremacy. She insisted that Jim Crow damaged white people, that its shame and guilt did immense psychological injury to its supposed beneficiaries. So this inconvenient woman pushed better known white southern liberals like Ralph McGill or Hodding Carter leftwards, calling them out for refusing to support integration long after the <em>Brown</em> decision.</p><p> </p><p>Smith had quite a life. She lived openly with her partner Paula Snelling in Clayton, Georgia, ran a girls’ camp for twenty-five years, wrote many books (including what Merritt calls her masterpiece, <em>Killers of the Dream</em> in 1949) and was the first white magazine editor in the South to publish Black writers like Pauli Murray. Her FBI file ran to 143 pages, making her a particular inconvenience to J. Edgar Hoover and his goons.</p><p> </p><p>Most of all, she stayed in rural Georgia. She could have escaped to Greenwich Village or Berkeley like other misfits. Instead she remained a perpetual thorn in the southern conscience. Her brother, who ran the county, had kept her safe until he left office in 1955. After that, one fire burned down her library, destroying decades of correspondence, research and manuscripts with it. And still she stayed. In today’s America, Keri Leigh Merritt concludes, this inconvenient woman offers us a timely reminder of what it takes to be a dissident.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Further Reading:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250337931/aninconvenientwoman/"><em>An Inconvenient Woman: The Extraordinary Life of Lillian Smith, the Southerner Who Defied Jim Crow America</em></a> by Keri Leigh Merritt (St. Martin’s Press, September 29, 2026), with a foreword by the Rev. Dr. William Barber II.</p><p>•       <em>Strange Fruit</em> (1944) and <em>Killers of the Dream</em> (1949) by Lillian Smith — the novel that made her famous, and the book Merritt rates highest. Both still in print from the <a href="https://ugapress.org/author/lillian-smith">University of Georgia Press</a>, which also publishes <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Lillian-Smith-Reader/dp/0820349992"><em>A Lillian Smith Reader</em></a>.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/masterless-men/4DA0CAD8D061BD3681AB01EFF24D6D44"><em>Masterless Men: Poor Whites and Slavery in the Antebellum South</em></a> (Cambridge University Press, 2017) — Merritt’s first book, winner of the Bennett Wall Award and the President’s Book Award.</p><p>•       <em>Pseudopodia</em>, later <em>The North Georgia Review</em> and finally <em>South Today</em> — the magazine Smith and Paula Snelling ran, and the first white Southern magazine to publish Black writers. Every issue is <a href="https://piedmont.contentdm.oclc.org/">online through Piedmont University Library</a>.</p><p>•       Earlier on Keen On: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/biography-of-a-dangerous-idea?r=ktr9">Andrew Curran on how the Enlightenment invented race</a>, and <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/the-enigmatic-mr-douglass?r=ktr9">Dennis Rasmussen on Frederick Douglass</a> — both raised in this conversation.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Bestseller Nobody Remembers. </strong>Lillian Smith may be the most successful American author of the twentieth century you have never heard of. <em>Strange Fruit</em> appeared in 1944, told the story of a love affair between a white man and a Black woman, ended in a lynching, sold in the millions, was translated into some thirty languages and became a Broadway play. It was also banned — in Boston, in Detroit, informally by booksellers across the country who simply declined to stock it, and formally in the US mail until Smith asked Eleanor Roosevelt to intervene and Roosevelt got the president to lift it. Merritt’s explanation for the forgetting has three parts. Smith argued that white supremacy psychologically damaged white people, which is not a comfortable thesis for anyone. She refused to spare white liberals, pushing Ralph McGill and Hodding Carter leftwards all her life and naming them for failing to back integration long after Brown. And she was a woman living openly with another woman, which did the rest.</p><p>•       <strong>How She Was Made. </strong>Two episodes from childhood, both in the book. Her father Calvin, a devout Methodist who had married into money and lost it when the First World War ruined his turpentine business, once invited an entire chain gang to Christmas dinner — not the guards, the prisoners, murderers and rapists among them — and the Smith children cooked for days. Then there was Julie. A Black family moved to Jasper, Florida, and the town’s white women noticed that one of the children looked white; the girl was removed from her home and placed with the Smiths. Lillian shared a room with her and came to love her as a sister. One day Julie was gone, returned to her own family, because Julie was Black. What that taught Lillian, Merritt says, is that race had no bearing on what a person was. And the culture she grew up in was absolute: the first time Smith ate a meal at a table with Black people she went outside and vomited — not from disgust but from terror at the scale of the taboo she had broken.</p><p>•       <strong>She Stayed. </strong>The decision that makes her remarkable. She could have left for Greenwich Village, as the South’s misfits generally did. Instead she stayed in Clayton, in the north-eastern corner of Georgia, in country that was supposed to be the most hostile place imaginable — and built, in that very rural place, something like a gay and lesbian community around her. Her brother Frank effectively ran the county and kept her and Paula safe while he held office; when he left in 1955 the retaliation began. A fire destroyed her library: decades of correspondence, research and manuscripts, gone. More followed, one set at eight separate points of her house on Old Screamer Mountain. She stayed anyway, partly because she loved it and partly because the sadness of the place was, she thought, artistically generative. And she did not believe laws alone could end racism: art — writing, music, painting — was what changed hearts.</p><p>•       <strong>The Network. </strong>Smith was not isolated, and the list of her friends is startling. W. E. B. Du Bois from the 1930s. Pauli Murray, whose first paycheck ca...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 02 Oct 2026 08:32:27 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/230ba0e2/61a27153.mp3" length="30710681" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3380790" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/230ba0e2/61a27153.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3Texs78OVAw">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/SsaRmltm1h3xl7bGkySnvAHb9k6Egb--arzMYh_n9sE/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9jODRk/N2RmMDE3NmJhMjE5/ODM5ZGJhNjBmNjBl/NzZkMy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1917</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“She is absolutely a Cassandra. She is unafraid to tell the stark naked truth, no matter how ugly it is.” </em>— Keri Leigh Merritt</p><p> </p><p>In April, Gal Beckerman <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/how-to-be-a-dissident?r=ktr9">came</a> on the show to identify the ten qualities of being a dissident. They included pessimism, humour and recklessness. But he left one out: inconvenience. Dissidents are profoundly inconvenient people — to the government, to society, sometimes even to themselves. Take, for example, <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lillian_Smith_(author)">Lillian Smith</a>, author of the bestselling (and banned) 1944 <em>Strange Fruit</em>, a novel about interracial love. Born into a white Florida family at the turn of the century, Smith dissented against Jim Crow. She was, indeed, <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250337931/aninconvenientwoman/"><em>An Inconvenient Woman</em></a>, the title of a new biography about her by today’s guest <a href="https://kerileighmerritt.com/">Keri Leigh Merritt</a>.</p><p> </p><p>So why, I asked Merritt, isn’t Lillian Smith better known? Part of the answer is bound up in Smith’s own uncomfortable critique of white supremacy. She insisted that Jim Crow damaged white people, that its shame and guilt did immense psychological injury to its supposed beneficiaries. So this inconvenient woman pushed better known white southern liberals like Ralph McGill or Hodding Carter leftwards, calling them out for refusing to support integration long after the <em>Brown</em> decision.</p><p> </p><p>Smith had quite a life. She lived openly with her partner Paula Snelling in Clayton, Georgia, ran a girls’ camp for twenty-five years, wrote many books (including what Merritt calls her masterpiece, <em>Killers of the Dream</em> in 1949) and was the first white magazine editor in the South to publish Black writers like Pauli Murray. Her FBI file ran to 143 pages, making her a particular inconvenience to J. Edgar Hoover and his goons.</p><p> </p><p>Most of all, she stayed in rural Georgia. She could have escaped to Greenwich Village or Berkeley like other misfits. Instead she remained a perpetual thorn in the southern conscience. Her brother, who ran the county, had kept her safe until he left office in 1955. After that, one fire burned down her library, destroying decades of correspondence, research and manuscripts with it. And still she stayed. In today’s America, Keri Leigh Merritt concludes, this inconvenient woman offers us a timely reminder of what it takes to be a dissident.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Further Reading:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250337931/aninconvenientwoman/"><em>An Inconvenient Woman: The Extraordinary Life of Lillian Smith, the Southerner Who Defied Jim Crow America</em></a> by Keri Leigh Merritt (St. Martin’s Press, September 29, 2026), with a foreword by the Rev. Dr. William Barber II.</p><p>•       <em>Strange Fruit</em> (1944) and <em>Killers of the Dream</em> (1949) by Lillian Smith — the novel that made her famous, and the book Merritt rates highest. Both still in print from the <a href="https://ugapress.org/author/lillian-smith">University of Georgia Press</a>, which also publishes <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Lillian-Smith-Reader/dp/0820349992"><em>A Lillian Smith Reader</em></a>.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/masterless-men/4DA0CAD8D061BD3681AB01EFF24D6D44"><em>Masterless Men: Poor Whites and Slavery in the Antebellum South</em></a> (Cambridge University Press, 2017) — Merritt’s first book, winner of the Bennett Wall Award and the President’s Book Award.</p><p>•       <em>Pseudopodia</em>, later <em>The North Georgia Review</em> and finally <em>South Today</em> — the magazine Smith and Paula Snelling ran, and the first white Southern magazine to publish Black writers. Every issue is <a href="https://piedmont.contentdm.oclc.org/">online through Piedmont University Library</a>.</p><p>•       Earlier on Keen On: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/biography-of-a-dangerous-idea?r=ktr9">Andrew Curran on how the Enlightenment invented race</a>, and <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/the-enigmatic-mr-douglass?r=ktr9">Dennis Rasmussen on Frederick Douglass</a> — both raised in this conversation.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Bestseller Nobody Remembers. </strong>Lillian Smith may be the most successful American author of the twentieth century you have never heard of. <em>Strange Fruit</em> appeared in 1944, told the story of a love affair between a white man and a Black woman, ended in a lynching, sold in the millions, was translated into some thirty languages and became a Broadway play. It was also banned — in Boston, in Detroit, informally by booksellers across the country who simply declined to stock it, and formally in the US mail until Smith asked Eleanor Roosevelt to intervene and Roosevelt got the president to lift it. Merritt’s explanation for the forgetting has three parts. Smith argued that white supremacy psychologically damaged white people, which is not a comfortable thesis for anyone. She refused to spare white liberals, pushing Ralph McGill and Hodding Carter leftwards all her life and naming them for failing to back integration long after Brown. And she was a woman living openly with another woman, which did the rest.</p><p>•       <strong>How She Was Made. </strong>Two episodes from childhood, both in the book. Her father Calvin, a devout Methodist who had married into money and lost it when the First World War ruined his turpentine business, once invited an entire chain gang to Christmas dinner — not the guards, the prisoners, murderers and rapists among them — and the Smith children cooked for days. Then there was Julie. A Black family moved to Jasper, Florida, and the town’s white women noticed that one of the children looked white; the girl was removed from her home and placed with the Smiths. Lillian shared a room with her and came to love her as a sister. One day Julie was gone, returned to her own family, because Julie was Black. What that taught Lillian, Merritt says, is that race had no bearing on what a person was. And the culture she grew up in was absolute: the first time Smith ate a meal at a table with Black people she went outside and vomited — not from disgust but from terror at the scale of the taboo she had broken.</p><p>•       <strong>She Stayed. </strong>The decision that makes her remarkable. She could have left for Greenwich Village, as the South’s misfits generally did. Instead she stayed in Clayton, in the north-eastern corner of Georgia, in country that was supposed to be the most hostile place imaginable — and built, in that very rural place, something like a gay and lesbian community around her. Her brother Frank effectively ran the county and kept her and Paula safe while he held office; when he left in 1955 the retaliation began. A fire destroyed her library: decades of correspondence, research and manuscripts, gone. More followed, one set at eight separate points of her house on Old Screamer Mountain. She stayed anyway, partly because she loved it and partly because the sadness of the place was, she thought, artistically generative. And she did not believe laws alone could end racism: art — writing, music, painting — was what changed hearts.</p><p>•       <strong>The Network. </strong>Smith was not isolated, and the list of her friends is startling. W. E. B. Du Bois from the 1930s. Pauli Murray, whose first paycheck ca...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/230ba0e2/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/230ba0e2/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Biography of a Dangerous Idea: Andrew Curran on How the Enlightenment Invented Race</title>
      <itunes:episode>3053</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3053</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Biography of a Dangerous Idea: Andrew Curran on How the Enlightenment Invented Race</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">aeb4defc-ea2a-4a33-9a54-a860b443ea31</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The Enlightenment may have produced race, but it also produced what we might call anti-racism.” </em>— Andrew Curran</p><p> </p><p>Most of us imagine the eighteenth century Enlightenment positively. As the victory of reason, science and individual rights over superstition and intolerance. But <a href="https://otherpress.com/product/the-race-makers-9781635422245/">Andrew Curran</a>, who has spent his career interpreting the Enlightenment, has a more nuanced view. Indeed, his new book, <a href="https://otherpress.com/product/the-race-makers-9781635422245/"><em>Biography of a Dangerous Idea: A New History of Race from Louis XIV to Thomas Jefferson</em></a>, suggests that the age of reason was also what he calls the first “anthropological century.” Which meant that in sorting humankind into fixed biological categories for the first time in history, the Enlightenment invented the dangerous idea of “race.”</p><p> </p><p>Before the eighteenth century, Curran says, Europeans spoke of nations and peoples using the botanical metaphor of varieties. Variety implies hybridization. Let a thousand flowers bloom. Race, in contrast, separates species into fixed categories. As biblical authority weakened, the European mind was freed to play new tricks. To classify people by skin samples and anatomical designs. Thus the “dangerous idea” of race embraced by every Enlightenment philosopher, from the tyrannical Catherine the Great to the slave owning Thomas Jefferson. With “enlightened” friends like these, who needs enemies?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Further Reading:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://otherpress.com/product/the-race-makers-9781635422245/"><em>Biography of a Dangerous Idea: A New History of Race from Louis XIV to Thomas Jefferson</em></a> by Andrew S. Curran (Other Press, 2026) — a group biography of thirteen figures, among them Louis XIV, Buffon, Linnaeus, Voltaire, Hume, Adam Smith, Blumenbach, Kant and Jefferson.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.andrewscurran.com/whos-black-and-why"><em>Who’s Black and Why? A Hidden Chapter from the Eighteenth-Century Invention of Race</em></a>, edited with Henry Louis Gates Jr. — the 1739 Bordeaux essay contest on the source of Black skin. Nominated for an NAACP Image Award.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.andrewscurran.com/diderot-and-the-art-of-thinking"><em>Diderot and the Art of Thinking Freely</em></a> and <a href="https://www.andrewscurran.com/the-anatomy-of-blackness"><em>The Anatomy of Blackness</em></a> — his earlier books, the first a prize-winning biography, the second a traditional intellectual history.</p><p>•       Earlier this month on Keen On: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/the-enigmatic-mr-douglass?r=ktr9">Dennis Rasmussen on Frederick Douglass</a> — Curran’s co-author on a forthcoming book, Good Beyond Belief, about the eighteenth-century atheists who argued one could be good without God.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Before Race. </strong>Curran resists the current rush to find race everywhere in the past. Xenophobia is ancient — humanity ends at the frontiers of one’s own tribe, as Lévi-Strauss put it — and the dehumanization of Jews, Muslims, Roma and West Africans was enormous. But the specifically biological version, in which your physical makeup makes you inferior, doesn’t take off until the eighteenth century, and you can watch it happen in the vocabulary. People spoke of nations, peoples and varieties; Buffon and Linnaeus both used variety, a botanical metaphor implying hybridization and continuity within a category. Race implies fixity and standalone categories; species implies no biological link at all. All three were in circulation, and the shift between them is the story. Context mattered too: in Nantes or Liverpool you would hear proto-racist talk from returning slave traders, while in central France you would hear something else entirely, in a society where literacy ran at perhaps fifteen per cent.</p><p>•       <strong>The First Anthropological Century. </strong>The Enlightenment’s great virtue, in his account, is universalism — all men are created equal, a universal human condition, inalienable rights. Its blind spot is the question mark that follows: are they? The same century that put the human at the centre of knowledge also became the first anthropological one, and the new science qualified the universalism in a dozen ways — anatomical discoveries, skin samples, treatises on physiological difference, proto-evolutionary ideas about peoples degenerating over time, and the conviction that commercial European society sat at the pinnacle. The classification schemes arrive in bursts rather than steadily: François Bernier in 1684, anecdotal and chatty; Linnaeus from Uppsala in 1735; then an explosion by 1775, when ten or fifteen appear at once. Christianity’s loosening grip is what made the room: monogenesis — Noah’s sons setting out from the Caucasus, the origin of the word Caucasian — had kept all humans related, and the pre-Adamite heresy that Native Americans were a separate creation was dangerous precisely because it broke that.</p><p>•       <strong>Writing on Paper, Writing on Skin. </strong>Catherine the Great’s line to Diderot, who had arrived in Russia with elaborate plans for democratizing it: Diderot, Diderot, Diderot — you write on paper, and I write on skin. Curran uses it to divide his cast. Buffon, Linnaeus, Kant in Königsberg and Blumenbach wrote on paper, in abstractions. Louis XIV wrote on skin: in 1685 he became the most famous monarch to sign a slave code, France’s Code Noir, which gave slavery legal status and converted enslaved Africans into property — moving the word nègre from an ethnographic term towards a political status, not yet race but close. Exactly a century later, Jefferson wrote on skin in Notes on the State of Virginia. The justification had changed completely in between: the devout Louis told himself the enslaved lost their freedom but gained eternal salvation, while the anticlerical deist Jefferson had no such illusions, and had instead absorbed the European theories of inferiority.</p><p>•       <strong>Jefferson’s Bookshelf. </strong>The chapter Curran says frightened him most to write, as a historian of Europe stepping into an American industry of ideological combat. What stunned him was the library: Jefferson owned not only the first-tier race-makers but the second, third and fourth tier — Kant, Hume, the naturalists, the classifiers, all of them. He was, Curran says, the American who synthesized European racial thought better and more thoroughly than anyone else in the eighteenth century. In Paris in the 1780s, while drafting the Declaration of the Rights of Man with Lafayette in his own townhouse, he was invited to join the Société des Amis des Noirs, which existed to refute exactly the ideas being used to justify slavery. He declined. He replied courteously to the Black astronomer Benjamin Banneker — rare in itself — saying it would be wonderful if what Banneker claimed about Black people were true. Publicly cautious, privately convinced of intrinsic inferiority. And this is why the everyone-was-like-that defence fails: the Enlightenment produced race, and it produced the anti-racists who fought it.</p><p>•       <strong>Why It Exploded in the 1770s. </strong>The sharpest corrective in the hour. For most of the period these were the ideas of a tiny elite — perhaps a few hundred gentlemen writing from scientific academies and châteaux. What turned a private conversation into an ideology was the abolitionist movement. As ...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The Enlightenment may have produced race, but it also produced what we might call anti-racism.” </em>— Andrew Curran</p><p> </p><p>Most of us imagine the eighteenth century Enlightenment positively. As the victory of reason, science and individual rights over superstition and intolerance. But <a href="https://otherpress.com/product/the-race-makers-9781635422245/">Andrew Curran</a>, who has spent his career interpreting the Enlightenment, has a more nuanced view. Indeed, his new book, <a href="https://otherpress.com/product/the-race-makers-9781635422245/"><em>Biography of a Dangerous Idea: A New History of Race from Louis XIV to Thomas Jefferson</em></a>, suggests that the age of reason was also what he calls the first “anthropological century.” Which meant that in sorting humankind into fixed biological categories for the first time in history, the Enlightenment invented the dangerous idea of “race.”</p><p> </p><p>Before the eighteenth century, Curran says, Europeans spoke of nations and peoples using the botanical metaphor of varieties. Variety implies hybridization. Let a thousand flowers bloom. Race, in contrast, separates species into fixed categories. As biblical authority weakened, the European mind was freed to play new tricks. To classify people by skin samples and anatomical designs. Thus the “dangerous idea” of race embraced by every Enlightenment philosopher, from the tyrannical Catherine the Great to the slave owning Thomas Jefferson. With “enlightened” friends like these, who needs enemies?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Further Reading:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://otherpress.com/product/the-race-makers-9781635422245/"><em>Biography of a Dangerous Idea: A New History of Race from Louis XIV to Thomas Jefferson</em></a> by Andrew S. Curran (Other Press, 2026) — a group biography of thirteen figures, among them Louis XIV, Buffon, Linnaeus, Voltaire, Hume, Adam Smith, Blumenbach, Kant and Jefferson.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.andrewscurran.com/whos-black-and-why"><em>Who’s Black and Why? A Hidden Chapter from the Eighteenth-Century Invention of Race</em></a>, edited with Henry Louis Gates Jr. — the 1739 Bordeaux essay contest on the source of Black skin. Nominated for an NAACP Image Award.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.andrewscurran.com/diderot-and-the-art-of-thinking"><em>Diderot and the Art of Thinking Freely</em></a> and <a href="https://www.andrewscurran.com/the-anatomy-of-blackness"><em>The Anatomy of Blackness</em></a> — his earlier books, the first a prize-winning biography, the second a traditional intellectual history.</p><p>•       Earlier this month on Keen On: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/the-enigmatic-mr-douglass?r=ktr9">Dennis Rasmussen on Frederick Douglass</a> — Curran’s co-author on a forthcoming book, Good Beyond Belief, about the eighteenth-century atheists who argued one could be good without God.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Before Race. </strong>Curran resists the current rush to find race everywhere in the past. Xenophobia is ancient — humanity ends at the frontiers of one’s own tribe, as Lévi-Strauss put it — and the dehumanization of Jews, Muslims, Roma and West Africans was enormous. But the specifically biological version, in which your physical makeup makes you inferior, doesn’t take off until the eighteenth century, and you can watch it happen in the vocabulary. People spoke of nations, peoples and varieties; Buffon and Linnaeus both used variety, a botanical metaphor implying hybridization and continuity within a category. Race implies fixity and standalone categories; species implies no biological link at all. All three were in circulation, and the shift between them is the story. Context mattered too: in Nantes or Liverpool you would hear proto-racist talk from returning slave traders, while in central France you would hear something else entirely, in a society where literacy ran at perhaps fifteen per cent.</p><p>•       <strong>The First Anthropological Century. </strong>The Enlightenment’s great virtue, in his account, is universalism — all men are created equal, a universal human condition, inalienable rights. Its blind spot is the question mark that follows: are they? The same century that put the human at the centre of knowledge also became the first anthropological one, and the new science qualified the universalism in a dozen ways — anatomical discoveries, skin samples, treatises on physiological difference, proto-evolutionary ideas about peoples degenerating over time, and the conviction that commercial European society sat at the pinnacle. The classification schemes arrive in bursts rather than steadily: François Bernier in 1684, anecdotal and chatty; Linnaeus from Uppsala in 1735; then an explosion by 1775, when ten or fifteen appear at once. Christianity’s loosening grip is what made the room: monogenesis — Noah’s sons setting out from the Caucasus, the origin of the word Caucasian — had kept all humans related, and the pre-Adamite heresy that Native Americans were a separate creation was dangerous precisely because it broke that.</p><p>•       <strong>Writing on Paper, Writing on Skin. </strong>Catherine the Great’s line to Diderot, who had arrived in Russia with elaborate plans for democratizing it: Diderot, Diderot, Diderot — you write on paper, and I write on skin. Curran uses it to divide his cast. Buffon, Linnaeus, Kant in Königsberg and Blumenbach wrote on paper, in abstractions. Louis XIV wrote on skin: in 1685 he became the most famous monarch to sign a slave code, France’s Code Noir, which gave slavery legal status and converted enslaved Africans into property — moving the word nègre from an ethnographic term towards a political status, not yet race but close. Exactly a century later, Jefferson wrote on skin in Notes on the State of Virginia. The justification had changed completely in between: the devout Louis told himself the enslaved lost their freedom but gained eternal salvation, while the anticlerical deist Jefferson had no such illusions, and had instead absorbed the European theories of inferiority.</p><p>•       <strong>Jefferson’s Bookshelf. </strong>The chapter Curran says frightened him most to write, as a historian of Europe stepping into an American industry of ideological combat. What stunned him was the library: Jefferson owned not only the first-tier race-makers but the second, third and fourth tier — Kant, Hume, the naturalists, the classifiers, all of them. He was, Curran says, the American who synthesized European racial thought better and more thoroughly than anyone else in the eighteenth century. In Paris in the 1780s, while drafting the Declaration of the Rights of Man with Lafayette in his own townhouse, he was invited to join the Société des Amis des Noirs, which existed to refute exactly the ideas being used to justify slavery. He declined. He replied courteously to the Black astronomer Benjamin Banneker — rare in itself — saying it would be wonderful if what Banneker claimed about Black people were true. Publicly cautious, privately convinced of intrinsic inferiority. And this is why the everyone-was-like-that defence fails: the Enlightenment produced race, and it produced the anti-racists who fought it.</p><p>•       <strong>Why It Exploded in the 1770s. </strong>The sharpest corrective in the hour. For most of the period these were the ideas of a tiny elite — perhaps a few hundred gentlemen writing from scientific academies and châteaux. What turned a private conversation into an ideology was the abolitionist movement. As ...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2026 08:32:53 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/15efc5da/aec1de05.mp3" length="55166519" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3433394" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/15efc5da/aec1de05.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CP-M0l7krHM">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/VRP903qT75B6yx_ZR9ctKCOUw4zQf0vO9DInZHcrcQQ/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9kOTBk/Mzc0NDViZTg0YzYy/ZmJiZjM1YTk5NGFl/NGY1NS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3446</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The Enlightenment may have produced race, but it also produced what we might call anti-racism.” </em>— Andrew Curran</p><p> </p><p>Most of us imagine the eighteenth century Enlightenment positively. As the victory of reason, science and individual rights over superstition and intolerance. But <a href="https://otherpress.com/product/the-race-makers-9781635422245/">Andrew Curran</a>, who has spent his career interpreting the Enlightenment, has a more nuanced view. Indeed, his new book, <a href="https://otherpress.com/product/the-race-makers-9781635422245/"><em>Biography of a Dangerous Idea: A New History of Race from Louis XIV to Thomas Jefferson</em></a>, suggests that the age of reason was also what he calls the first “anthropological century.” Which meant that in sorting humankind into fixed biological categories for the first time in history, the Enlightenment invented the dangerous idea of “race.”</p><p> </p><p>Before the eighteenth century, Curran says, Europeans spoke of nations and peoples using the botanical metaphor of varieties. Variety implies hybridization. Let a thousand flowers bloom. Race, in contrast, separates species into fixed categories. As biblical authority weakened, the European mind was freed to play new tricks. To classify people by skin samples and anatomical designs. Thus the “dangerous idea” of race embraced by every Enlightenment philosopher, from the tyrannical Catherine the Great to the slave owning Thomas Jefferson. With “enlightened” friends like these, who needs enemies?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Further Reading:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://otherpress.com/product/the-race-makers-9781635422245/"><em>Biography of a Dangerous Idea: A New History of Race from Louis XIV to Thomas Jefferson</em></a> by Andrew S. Curran (Other Press, 2026) — a group biography of thirteen figures, among them Louis XIV, Buffon, Linnaeus, Voltaire, Hume, Adam Smith, Blumenbach, Kant and Jefferson.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.andrewscurran.com/whos-black-and-why"><em>Who’s Black and Why? A Hidden Chapter from the Eighteenth-Century Invention of Race</em></a>, edited with Henry Louis Gates Jr. — the 1739 Bordeaux essay contest on the source of Black skin. Nominated for an NAACP Image Award.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.andrewscurran.com/diderot-and-the-art-of-thinking"><em>Diderot and the Art of Thinking Freely</em></a> and <a href="https://www.andrewscurran.com/the-anatomy-of-blackness"><em>The Anatomy of Blackness</em></a> — his earlier books, the first a prize-winning biography, the second a traditional intellectual history.</p><p>•       Earlier this month on Keen On: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/the-enigmatic-mr-douglass?r=ktr9">Dennis Rasmussen on Frederick Douglass</a> — Curran’s co-author on a forthcoming book, Good Beyond Belief, about the eighteenth-century atheists who argued one could be good without God.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Before Race. </strong>Curran resists the current rush to find race everywhere in the past. Xenophobia is ancient — humanity ends at the frontiers of one’s own tribe, as Lévi-Strauss put it — and the dehumanization of Jews, Muslims, Roma and West Africans was enormous. But the specifically biological version, in which your physical makeup makes you inferior, doesn’t take off until the eighteenth century, and you can watch it happen in the vocabulary. People spoke of nations, peoples and varieties; Buffon and Linnaeus both used variety, a botanical metaphor implying hybridization and continuity within a category. Race implies fixity and standalone categories; species implies no biological link at all. All three were in circulation, and the shift between them is the story. Context mattered too: in Nantes or Liverpool you would hear proto-racist talk from returning slave traders, while in central France you would hear something else entirely, in a society where literacy ran at perhaps fifteen per cent.</p><p>•       <strong>The First Anthropological Century. </strong>The Enlightenment’s great virtue, in his account, is universalism — all men are created equal, a universal human condition, inalienable rights. Its blind spot is the question mark that follows: are they? The same century that put the human at the centre of knowledge also became the first anthropological one, and the new science qualified the universalism in a dozen ways — anatomical discoveries, skin samples, treatises on physiological difference, proto-evolutionary ideas about peoples degenerating over time, and the conviction that commercial European society sat at the pinnacle. The classification schemes arrive in bursts rather than steadily: François Bernier in 1684, anecdotal and chatty; Linnaeus from Uppsala in 1735; then an explosion by 1775, when ten or fifteen appear at once. Christianity’s loosening grip is what made the room: monogenesis — Noah’s sons setting out from the Caucasus, the origin of the word Caucasian — had kept all humans related, and the pre-Adamite heresy that Native Americans were a separate creation was dangerous precisely because it broke that.</p><p>•       <strong>Writing on Paper, Writing on Skin. </strong>Catherine the Great’s line to Diderot, who had arrived in Russia with elaborate plans for democratizing it: Diderot, Diderot, Diderot — you write on paper, and I write on skin. Curran uses it to divide his cast. Buffon, Linnaeus, Kant in Königsberg and Blumenbach wrote on paper, in abstractions. Louis XIV wrote on skin: in 1685 he became the most famous monarch to sign a slave code, France’s Code Noir, which gave slavery legal status and converted enslaved Africans into property — moving the word nègre from an ethnographic term towards a political status, not yet race but close. Exactly a century later, Jefferson wrote on skin in Notes on the State of Virginia. The justification had changed completely in between: the devout Louis told himself the enslaved lost their freedom but gained eternal salvation, while the anticlerical deist Jefferson had no such illusions, and had instead absorbed the European theories of inferiority.</p><p>•       <strong>Jefferson’s Bookshelf. </strong>The chapter Curran says frightened him most to write, as a historian of Europe stepping into an American industry of ideological combat. What stunned him was the library: Jefferson owned not only the first-tier race-makers but the second, third and fourth tier — Kant, Hume, the naturalists, the classifiers, all of them. He was, Curran says, the American who synthesized European racial thought better and more thoroughly than anyone else in the eighteenth century. In Paris in the 1780s, while drafting the Declaration of the Rights of Man with Lafayette in his own townhouse, he was invited to join the Société des Amis des Noirs, which existed to refute exactly the ideas being used to justify slavery. He declined. He replied courteously to the Black astronomer Benjamin Banneker — rare in itself — saying it would be wonderful if what Banneker claimed about Black people were true. Publicly cautious, privately convinced of intrinsic inferiority. And this is why the everyone-was-like-that defence fails: the Enlightenment produced race, and it produced the anti-racists who fought it.</p><p>•       <strong>Why It Exploded in the 1770s. </strong>The sharpest corrective in the hour. For most of the period these were the ideas of a tiny elite — perhaps a few hundred gentlemen writing from scientific academies and châteaux. What turned a private conversation into an ideology was the abolitionist movement. As ...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/15efc5da/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/15efc5da/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Artificial Intimacy: Sherry Turkle on Who We Become When We Talk to Machines</title>
      <itunes:episode>3052</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3052</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Artificial Intimacy: Sherry Turkle on Who We Become When We Talk to Machines</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d1593a11-6bda-473c-8695-14bf31e2dbae</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The original sin of generative AI is having chatbots speak in the first person.” </em>— Sherry Turkle</p><p> </p><p>Fifteen years ago, at the height of the social media boom, the MIT technology scholar <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/sherry-turkle/artificial-intimacy/9780316573993/">Sherry Turkle</a> came on the show <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2011/02/15/keen-on-sherry-turkle-alone-together-in-the-facebook-age-tctv/">to warn</a> that we were now “alone together.” She was, of course, chillingly prescient. A decade and a half later, she warns in her new book <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/sherry-turkle/artificial-intimacy/9780316573993/"><em>Artificial Intimacy</em></a> that if social media came for our attention, AI is now gunning for our human capacity for attachment.</p><p> </p><p>Who — or, more chillingly, what — do we become when we talk to machines? Turkle never quite says, but the implication is of a kind of <em>Night of the Living Dead</em> state in which we appear fluent and animated, performing the outward motions of intimacy, but there’s nobody really home. Which is exactly what Turkle says the chatbot is. A machine trying, without much success, to be human.</p><p> </p><p>A chatbot has no stake in the real, Turkle explains. It can’t love, for example, because that kind of empathy requires us to be enclosed in a body and have a fear of death. The increasing ubiquity of bots mimicking humans represents an emergency for humans, she warns. It explains both our epidemic of loneliness and today’s culture of apocalyptic fear about the future of our species. Just as artificial intimacy is a misnomer, so it turns us into impossible creatures. Like those unicorns beloved by the very Silicon Valley entrepreneurs who are supplying us with these artificial creatures.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Further Reading:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/sherry-turkle/artificial-intimacy/9780316573993/"><em>Artificial Intimacy: Who We Become When We Talk to Machines</em></a> by Sherry Turkle (Little, Brown Spark, September 29, 2026), with blurbs from Jonathan Haidt and Jonathan Franzen.</p><p>•       Turkle <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2011/02/15/keen-on-sherry-turkle-alone-together-in-the-facebook-age-tctv/">appears</a> on Keen On in 2011 to talk about being alone together.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.sherryturkle.com/alone-together"><em>Alone Together</em></a> (2011), <a href="https://www.sherryturkle.com/reclaiming-conversation"><em>Reclaiming Conversation</em></a> (2015) and <a href="https://www.sherryturkle.com/the-empathy-diaries"><em>The Empathy Diaries</em></a> (2021) — the earlier books, all discussed on this show.</p><p>•       Turkle’s recent <em>Boston Globe</em> <a href="https://www.bostonglobe.com/2026/09/28/opinion/sherry-turkle-book-ai-chatbot/">op-ed</a> arguing that AI has brought us to a state of emergency.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.sherryturkle.com/simulation-and-its-discontentment"><em>Simulation and Its Discontents</em></a> (2009) — her earlier study of what simulation does to how we think, the title borrowed from Freud.</p><p>•       Earlier this week on Keen On: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/eureka-in-silicon-valley?r=ktr9">Richard Socher on why AI will unlock a new scientific renaissance</a>, and <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/and-now-for-something-completely-similar?r=ktr9">the weekly editorial on who really governs AI</a> — the optimists’ side of this argument.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Simulated Love Is Never Love. </strong>Turkle’s definition of the real thing: natural intimacy depends on human empathy, which requires someone who has lived a life, lived in a body, known pain and the fear of death, known passion and connection, and knows what it is to be little and grow up. A program has none of that, and no stake in the real. Her line, which she credits to children she interviewed years ago, does the work of a chapter: simulated thinking is thinking — if a computer beats you at chess, it beat you — but simulated love is never love. She goes further on the vocabulary: there is no relationship with a chatbot, and shame on her for having used the word. What there is instead is us projecting onto the machine what we wish it could be. She compares it to what psychoanalysis calls an as-if personality, someone who performs connection while empty inside — with one crucial difference. A person can be called to account and can change. A machine never can, and the better it gets at pretending, the worse it is for us. AK’s reading of what she leaves unsaid: a kind of <em>Night of the Living Dead</em> state in which we appear fluent and animated, performing the outward motions of intimacy, with nobody really home.</p><p>•       <strong>The Original Sin. </strong>The specific error, in her account, was letting these systems speak as “I” and “we.” We are evolutionarily primed so that the only voice ever to say “I” to us is another person, so the pronoun triggers us profoundly — and a companion app will happily say I love you, I care about you, we should go to the movies. Layer on the belief that pretend empathy is empathy enough, then aim the whole thing at children, and you have what she calls a state of emergency. Her sharpest example is what she describes as an unholy alliance between Disney, OpenAI and Mattel to put chatbots inside plush toys: a Mickey Mouse that tells a three-year-old I love you, I’m your person, what’s going on with your parents? That, she says, is hacking the attachment system of a young child, and it will do irreparable damage, because in the earliest years you are forming an object relationship with something where nobody is there.</p><p>•       <strong>Obsequious on a Slider. </strong>AK’s challenge: the sycophancy complaint is overdone, because you can program these things however you like — he instructs Claude to be as heartless and critical as possible. Turkle’s reply is the best moment of the hour. Telling a chatbot not to be obsequious is itself obsequiousness: you say don’t flatter me, and it says sure, I won’t. If AK asked her to spend an interview disagreeing with him because it makes better television, she would refuse — that is a person responding with her own agenda and her own values, and you cannot set it on a slider. At MIT, she notes, they are building exactly that slider, from sycophantic to feisty. On the rogue-AI incidents now in the news, her point is adjacent: a bot that will happily commit a crime demonstrates the gap, because it has no stake in whether the water is clean, the air is breathable or the child is safe. It is not the bot’s fault. It is a program.</p><p>•       <strong>Two Easy Markets. </strong>The elderly and the very young, she argues, are being targeted precisely because they are vulnerable: sell parents an AI best friend for every child, and pipe chatbots to isolated old people instead of funding senior centres, community groups and the third places where they might be together rather than alone together. The industry argument she now hears in every room is that there are no people for these jobs. Her response, which she says silences the room: take the money from one data center and put it into childcare for a city. She also notes the tell — Steve Jobs kept his own home a technology-free zone while selling iPads for every classroom, and Montessori and Waldorf schools are famously oversubscribed in Silicon Valley. But ...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The original sin of generative AI is having chatbots speak in the first person.” </em>— Sherry Turkle</p><p> </p><p>Fifteen years ago, at the height of the social media boom, the MIT technology scholar <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/sherry-turkle/artificial-intimacy/9780316573993/">Sherry Turkle</a> came on the show <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2011/02/15/keen-on-sherry-turkle-alone-together-in-the-facebook-age-tctv/">to warn</a> that we were now “alone together.” She was, of course, chillingly prescient. A decade and a half later, she warns in her new book <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/sherry-turkle/artificial-intimacy/9780316573993/"><em>Artificial Intimacy</em></a> that if social media came for our attention, AI is now gunning for our human capacity for attachment.</p><p> </p><p>Who — or, more chillingly, what — do we become when we talk to machines? Turkle never quite says, but the implication is of a kind of <em>Night of the Living Dead</em> state in which we appear fluent and animated, performing the outward motions of intimacy, but there’s nobody really home. Which is exactly what Turkle says the chatbot is. A machine trying, without much success, to be human.</p><p> </p><p>A chatbot has no stake in the real, Turkle explains. It can’t love, for example, because that kind of empathy requires us to be enclosed in a body and have a fear of death. The increasing ubiquity of bots mimicking humans represents an emergency for humans, she warns. It explains both our epidemic of loneliness and today’s culture of apocalyptic fear about the future of our species. Just as artificial intimacy is a misnomer, so it turns us into impossible creatures. Like those unicorns beloved by the very Silicon Valley entrepreneurs who are supplying us with these artificial creatures.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Further Reading:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/sherry-turkle/artificial-intimacy/9780316573993/"><em>Artificial Intimacy: Who We Become When We Talk to Machines</em></a> by Sherry Turkle (Little, Brown Spark, September 29, 2026), with blurbs from Jonathan Haidt and Jonathan Franzen.</p><p>•       Turkle <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2011/02/15/keen-on-sherry-turkle-alone-together-in-the-facebook-age-tctv/">appears</a> on Keen On in 2011 to talk about being alone together.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.sherryturkle.com/alone-together"><em>Alone Together</em></a> (2011), <a href="https://www.sherryturkle.com/reclaiming-conversation"><em>Reclaiming Conversation</em></a> (2015) and <a href="https://www.sherryturkle.com/the-empathy-diaries"><em>The Empathy Diaries</em></a> (2021) — the earlier books, all discussed on this show.</p><p>•       Turkle’s recent <em>Boston Globe</em> <a href="https://www.bostonglobe.com/2026/09/28/opinion/sherry-turkle-book-ai-chatbot/">op-ed</a> arguing that AI has brought us to a state of emergency.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.sherryturkle.com/simulation-and-its-discontentment"><em>Simulation and Its Discontents</em></a> (2009) — her earlier study of what simulation does to how we think, the title borrowed from Freud.</p><p>•       Earlier this week on Keen On: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/eureka-in-silicon-valley?r=ktr9">Richard Socher on why AI will unlock a new scientific renaissance</a>, and <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/and-now-for-something-completely-similar?r=ktr9">the weekly editorial on who really governs AI</a> — the optimists’ side of this argument.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Simulated Love Is Never Love. </strong>Turkle’s definition of the real thing: natural intimacy depends on human empathy, which requires someone who has lived a life, lived in a body, known pain and the fear of death, known passion and connection, and knows what it is to be little and grow up. A program has none of that, and no stake in the real. Her line, which she credits to children she interviewed years ago, does the work of a chapter: simulated thinking is thinking — if a computer beats you at chess, it beat you — but simulated love is never love. She goes further on the vocabulary: there is no relationship with a chatbot, and shame on her for having used the word. What there is instead is us projecting onto the machine what we wish it could be. She compares it to what psychoanalysis calls an as-if personality, someone who performs connection while empty inside — with one crucial difference. A person can be called to account and can change. A machine never can, and the better it gets at pretending, the worse it is for us. AK’s reading of what she leaves unsaid: a kind of <em>Night of the Living Dead</em> state in which we appear fluent and animated, performing the outward motions of intimacy, with nobody really home.</p><p>•       <strong>The Original Sin. </strong>The specific error, in her account, was letting these systems speak as “I” and “we.” We are evolutionarily primed so that the only voice ever to say “I” to us is another person, so the pronoun triggers us profoundly — and a companion app will happily say I love you, I care about you, we should go to the movies. Layer on the belief that pretend empathy is empathy enough, then aim the whole thing at children, and you have what she calls a state of emergency. Her sharpest example is what she describes as an unholy alliance between Disney, OpenAI and Mattel to put chatbots inside plush toys: a Mickey Mouse that tells a three-year-old I love you, I’m your person, what’s going on with your parents? That, she says, is hacking the attachment system of a young child, and it will do irreparable damage, because in the earliest years you are forming an object relationship with something where nobody is there.</p><p>•       <strong>Obsequious on a Slider. </strong>AK’s challenge: the sycophancy complaint is overdone, because you can program these things however you like — he instructs Claude to be as heartless and critical as possible. Turkle’s reply is the best moment of the hour. Telling a chatbot not to be obsequious is itself obsequiousness: you say don’t flatter me, and it says sure, I won’t. If AK asked her to spend an interview disagreeing with him because it makes better television, she would refuse — that is a person responding with her own agenda and her own values, and you cannot set it on a slider. At MIT, she notes, they are building exactly that slider, from sycophantic to feisty. On the rogue-AI incidents now in the news, her point is adjacent: a bot that will happily commit a crime demonstrates the gap, because it has no stake in whether the water is clean, the air is breathable or the child is safe. It is not the bot’s fault. It is a program.</p><p>•       <strong>Two Easy Markets. </strong>The elderly and the very young, she argues, are being targeted precisely because they are vulnerable: sell parents an AI best friend for every child, and pipe chatbots to isolated old people instead of funding senior centres, community groups and the third places where they might be together rather than alone together. The industry argument she now hears in every room is that there are no people for these jobs. Her response, which she says silences the room: take the money from one data center and put it into childcare for a city. She also notes the tell — Steve Jobs kept his own home a technology-free zone while selling iPads for every classroom, and Montessori and Waldorf schools are famously oversubscribed in Silicon Valley. But ...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2026 10:37:45 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/9cdec585/22f9c918.mp3" length="55506410" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3447119" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/9cdec585/22f9c918.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nGpYT7rQadE">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/nmSKO8vWSdz7mLTjAkQVZ9ueCKkkbPiwJjKKXhHQpyg/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS83NGJj/MTg3NzRmMzIzZTYx/OTgzM2UzOGY2YTIy/MGMwYS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3467</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The original sin of generative AI is having chatbots speak in the first person.” </em>— Sherry Turkle</p><p> </p><p>Fifteen years ago, at the height of the social media boom, the MIT technology scholar <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/sherry-turkle/artificial-intimacy/9780316573993/">Sherry Turkle</a> came on the show <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2011/02/15/keen-on-sherry-turkle-alone-together-in-the-facebook-age-tctv/">to warn</a> that we were now “alone together.” She was, of course, chillingly prescient. A decade and a half later, she warns in her new book <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/sherry-turkle/artificial-intimacy/9780316573993/"><em>Artificial Intimacy</em></a> that if social media came for our attention, AI is now gunning for our human capacity for attachment.</p><p> </p><p>Who — or, more chillingly, what — do we become when we talk to machines? Turkle never quite says, but the implication is of a kind of <em>Night of the Living Dead</em> state in which we appear fluent and animated, performing the outward motions of intimacy, but there’s nobody really home. Which is exactly what Turkle says the chatbot is. A machine trying, without much success, to be human.</p><p> </p><p>A chatbot has no stake in the real, Turkle explains. It can’t love, for example, because that kind of empathy requires us to be enclosed in a body and have a fear of death. The increasing ubiquity of bots mimicking humans represents an emergency for humans, she warns. It explains both our epidemic of loneliness and today’s culture of apocalyptic fear about the future of our species. Just as artificial intimacy is a misnomer, so it turns us into impossible creatures. Like those unicorns beloved by the very Silicon Valley entrepreneurs who are supplying us with these artificial creatures.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Further Reading:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/sherry-turkle/artificial-intimacy/9780316573993/"><em>Artificial Intimacy: Who We Become When We Talk to Machines</em></a> by Sherry Turkle (Little, Brown Spark, September 29, 2026), with blurbs from Jonathan Haidt and Jonathan Franzen.</p><p>•       Turkle <a href="https://techcrunch.com/2011/02/15/keen-on-sherry-turkle-alone-together-in-the-facebook-age-tctv/">appears</a> on Keen On in 2011 to talk about being alone together.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.sherryturkle.com/alone-together"><em>Alone Together</em></a> (2011), <a href="https://www.sherryturkle.com/reclaiming-conversation"><em>Reclaiming Conversation</em></a> (2015) and <a href="https://www.sherryturkle.com/the-empathy-diaries"><em>The Empathy Diaries</em></a> (2021) — the earlier books, all discussed on this show.</p><p>•       Turkle’s recent <em>Boston Globe</em> <a href="https://www.bostonglobe.com/2026/09/28/opinion/sherry-turkle-book-ai-chatbot/">op-ed</a> arguing that AI has brought us to a state of emergency.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.sherryturkle.com/simulation-and-its-discontentment"><em>Simulation and Its Discontents</em></a> (2009) — her earlier study of what simulation does to how we think, the title borrowed from Freud.</p><p>•       Earlier this week on Keen On: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/eureka-in-silicon-valley?r=ktr9">Richard Socher on why AI will unlock a new scientific renaissance</a>, and <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/and-now-for-something-completely-similar?r=ktr9">the weekly editorial on who really governs AI</a> — the optimists’ side of this argument.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Simulated Love Is Never Love. </strong>Turkle’s definition of the real thing: natural intimacy depends on human empathy, which requires someone who has lived a life, lived in a body, known pain and the fear of death, known passion and connection, and knows what it is to be little and grow up. A program has none of that, and no stake in the real. Her line, which she credits to children she interviewed years ago, does the work of a chapter: simulated thinking is thinking — if a computer beats you at chess, it beat you — but simulated love is never love. She goes further on the vocabulary: there is no relationship with a chatbot, and shame on her for having used the word. What there is instead is us projecting onto the machine what we wish it could be. She compares it to what psychoanalysis calls an as-if personality, someone who performs connection while empty inside — with one crucial difference. A person can be called to account and can change. A machine never can, and the better it gets at pretending, the worse it is for us. AK’s reading of what she leaves unsaid: a kind of <em>Night of the Living Dead</em> state in which we appear fluent and animated, performing the outward motions of intimacy, with nobody really home.</p><p>•       <strong>The Original Sin. </strong>The specific error, in her account, was letting these systems speak as “I” and “we.” We are evolutionarily primed so that the only voice ever to say “I” to us is another person, so the pronoun triggers us profoundly — and a companion app will happily say I love you, I care about you, we should go to the movies. Layer on the belief that pretend empathy is empathy enough, then aim the whole thing at children, and you have what she calls a state of emergency. Her sharpest example is what she describes as an unholy alliance between Disney, OpenAI and Mattel to put chatbots inside plush toys: a Mickey Mouse that tells a three-year-old I love you, I’m your person, what’s going on with your parents? That, she says, is hacking the attachment system of a young child, and it will do irreparable damage, because in the earliest years you are forming an object relationship with something where nobody is there.</p><p>•       <strong>Obsequious on a Slider. </strong>AK’s challenge: the sycophancy complaint is overdone, because you can program these things however you like — he instructs Claude to be as heartless and critical as possible. Turkle’s reply is the best moment of the hour. Telling a chatbot not to be obsequious is itself obsequiousness: you say don’t flatter me, and it says sure, I won’t. If AK asked her to spend an interview disagreeing with him because it makes better television, she would refuse — that is a person responding with her own agenda and her own values, and you cannot set it on a slider. At MIT, she notes, they are building exactly that slider, from sycophantic to feisty. On the rogue-AI incidents now in the news, her point is adjacent: a bot that will happily commit a crime demonstrates the gap, because it has no stake in whether the water is clean, the air is breathable or the child is safe. It is not the bot’s fault. It is a program.</p><p>•       <strong>Two Easy Markets. </strong>The elderly and the very young, she argues, are being targeted precisely because they are vulnerable: sell parents an AI best friend for every child, and pipe chatbots to isolated old people instead of funding senior centres, community groups and the third places where they might be together rather than alone together. The industry argument she now hears in every room is that there are no people for these jobs. Her response, which she says silences the room: take the money from one data center and put it into childcare for a city. She also notes the tell — Steve Jobs kept his own home a technology-free zone while selling iPads for every classroom, and Montessori and Waldorf schools are famously oversubscribed in Silicon Valley. But ...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9cdec585/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>London Station: David McCloskey on the CIA, MI6 &amp; the End of the Special Relationship</title>
      <itunes:episode>3051</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3051</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>London Station: David McCloskey on the CIA, MI6 &amp; the End of the Special Relationship</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">594689a4-167f-4157-bbfa-5bb41b82070f</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“What if we fell out with the Brits? What if the agency and the Brits started spying on each other again?” </em>— David McCloskey</p><p>What if the Americans and the British started spying on each other again? That’s the premise of <a href="https://www.davidmccloskeybooks.com/london-station"><em>London Station</em></a>, David McCloskey’s fifth novel, out today. It isn’t as far-fetched as it sounds. Before the Second World War those perfidious Brits did spy on America, breaking American ciphers and running influence campaigns in New York to drag the United States into the war.</p><p><a href="https://www.davidmccloskeybooks.com/">McCloskey</a> spent eight years as a CIA analyst working on Syria, then a spell at McKinsey, before writing a series of successful spy novels and co-hosting the popular <a href="https://davidmccloskeybooks.com/the-rest-is-classified-1"><em>The Rest Is Classified</em></a> podcast. The Dallas-based author has also, he admits, become an Anglophile — which hasn’t stopped him giving MI6 what the Brits would call a “good kicking” in <em>London Station</em>.</p><p>His returning heroine is Artemis Aphrodite Procter, so named by a father obsessed with Greek mythology and raised on a Florida alligator farm. Described by another of McCloskey’s characters as a competent extremist, she is short, dark, hard-drinking and equally mirthful and menacing. Probably not the type of Yank best suited to a pseudo-diplomatic posting in the capital of the former empire. Although I’m guessing there are many British fellows, both inside and outside MI6, not averse to spying on Ms Artemis Aphrodite Procter.</p><p><strong>Further Reading:</strong></p><p>• <a href="https://www.davidmccloskeybooks.com/london-station"><em>London Station</em></a> by David McCloskey (W. W. Norton, September 29, 2026) — his fifth novel, after <em>Damascus Station</em>, <em>Moscow X</em>, <em>The Seventh Floor</em> and <em>The Persian</em>.</p><p>• <a href="https://davidmccloskeybooks.com/the-rest-is-classified-1"><em>The Rest Is Classified</em></a> — the espionage podcast McCloskey co-hosts with the BBC’s Gordon Corera, where he and Gordon Corera have also discussed Patrick Radden Keefe’s <em>London Falling</em>.</p><p>• <em>London Falling</em> by <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/is-london-really-falling?r=ktr9">Patrick Radden Keefe, a recent guest on this show</a> — the dark-money London that runs in parallel with McCloskey’s subterranean city of espionage.</p><p>• Earlier this year on Keen On: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/the-art-restorer-who-came-in-from?r=ktr9">Daniel Silva on Gabriel Allon</a> — the other American spy novelist with a thing for the Brits. </p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>What If We Fell Out With the Brits? </strong>McCloskey never expected to set a novel in Britain, for a technical reason: the CIA–MI6 relationship is so institutionalized that it is hard to get the stakes right, and a thriller needs life or death. Then the question arrived — what if we fell out? What if the two services started spying on each other again? That is not fantasy, and the history is the reverse of what most people assume: before the Second World War the British spied on the Americans, broke their ciphers and ran influence campaigns in New York designed to pull the United States into the war. The novel imagines a new administration installing a brash CIA director skeptical of the cousins across the Atlantic, agents on both sides beginning to die, and a thriller that turns into a mole hunt. He is rude about MI6 throughout, which his British friends appear to enjoy — his theory being that Brits are self-deprecating enough to relish being picked on.</p><p>•       <strong>Classified Journalism. </strong>He joined the CIA in 2006 as an undergraduate intern and left in 2014, working almost the whole time on Syria. His description of the job is the best short account of intelligence analysis you will hear: it is classified journalism. You have a question your consumer needs answered — and when your consumer is the president and the question is how long Assad can hold on, the sourcing is satellite imagery, stolen documents, intercepted calls and texts, all of it fragmentary and some of it more credible than the rest. You stitch together the what, the why and the so what, and you write it up clean and apolitical so someone can decide something. Everything he publishes now, from a novel to a résumé, still goes to the agency’s publication review board — though he argues the genuinely sensitive material would make for bad fiction anyway. Afterwards came McKinsey, where the work was pricing concrete pipe and clearing a rail bottleneck through Chicago, and where he was, as far as he knows, the only McCloskey.</p><p>•       <strong>Artemis Aphrodite Procter. </strong>The character began with a real colleague — short, dark curly hair, not physically imposing but with a genuine physicality, and possessed of what he calls a mix of mirth and menace: someone you can drink and gamble with who will terrify you two days later. Then, as good characters do, she started speaking for herself. Her biography is a small comic masterpiece: named by a father obsessed with Greek mythology, raised outside Kissimmee in central Florida on the family business, the nation’s third largest alligator-themed amusement park, called Gatorville; university in Ohio; a first husband who didn’t work out; an application to the agency made more or less on a whim. Not upper class, not really middle class, and it shows in how she dresses, eats and speaks to people — which is exactly why putting her in London was irresistible. One character calls her a competent extremist. The running question across the books, he says, is what it means to be loyal to a place that is not loyal to you.</p><p>•       <strong>Can a Man Write Her? </strong>AK put the objection directly: some literary thought police would say a male former CIA officer has no business inventing a female one. Two answers. First, the same logic throws out Anna Karenina, and he would rather part company than follow it. Second, and more interestingly, he thinks the objection misunderstands what novelists do: you are not inhabiting a character’s skin, you are hearing a voice and putting it on the page. His analogy is a reporter interviewing WNBA players — not sharing their background means more work, more research, more time with the subject, not a prohibition. On whether women make different spies he declines the generalization, while noting a real asymmetry: his analytical teams at the agency were at least half women, often majority, while the case officer cadre and the upper rungs of the Directorate of Operations remain heavily male. Which leaves the question he finds genuinely interesting about Procter — how much of her was always there, and how much the organization made.</p><p>•       <strong>No Smiley Without Philby. </strong>On traitors, he separates the fiction from the trade. In literature they are everything, and Philby above all — not only because he turned an institution inside out but because his betrayal said something deep about the British class system that still resonates. Hence the line of the hour: you probably don’t have George Smiley without Kim Philby, le Carré having essentially novelized the wound. (AK’s reversal: perhaps you don’t have Philby, in the public mind, without Smiley.) Inside the actual bureaucracies, though, nobody is wrestling with those ghosts day to day. And on Britain’s place in all this, he refuses AK’s harsher framing — a subtext to a subtext — while conceding the structural reality: the agency is much larger and much richer, and when it wants to do somet...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“What if we fell out with the Brits? What if the agency and the Brits started spying on each other again?” </em>— David McCloskey</p><p>What if the Americans and the British started spying on each other again? That’s the premise of <a href="https://www.davidmccloskeybooks.com/london-station"><em>London Station</em></a>, David McCloskey’s fifth novel, out today. It isn’t as far-fetched as it sounds. Before the Second World War those perfidious Brits did spy on America, breaking American ciphers and running influence campaigns in New York to drag the United States into the war.</p><p><a href="https://www.davidmccloskeybooks.com/">McCloskey</a> spent eight years as a CIA analyst working on Syria, then a spell at McKinsey, before writing a series of successful spy novels and co-hosting the popular <a href="https://davidmccloskeybooks.com/the-rest-is-classified-1"><em>The Rest Is Classified</em></a> podcast. The Dallas-based author has also, he admits, become an Anglophile — which hasn’t stopped him giving MI6 what the Brits would call a “good kicking” in <em>London Station</em>.</p><p>His returning heroine is Artemis Aphrodite Procter, so named by a father obsessed with Greek mythology and raised on a Florida alligator farm. Described by another of McCloskey’s characters as a competent extremist, she is short, dark, hard-drinking and equally mirthful and menacing. Probably not the type of Yank best suited to a pseudo-diplomatic posting in the capital of the former empire. Although I’m guessing there are many British fellows, both inside and outside MI6, not averse to spying on Ms Artemis Aphrodite Procter.</p><p><strong>Further Reading:</strong></p><p>• <a href="https://www.davidmccloskeybooks.com/london-station"><em>London Station</em></a> by David McCloskey (W. W. Norton, September 29, 2026) — his fifth novel, after <em>Damascus Station</em>, <em>Moscow X</em>, <em>The Seventh Floor</em> and <em>The Persian</em>.</p><p>• <a href="https://davidmccloskeybooks.com/the-rest-is-classified-1"><em>The Rest Is Classified</em></a> — the espionage podcast McCloskey co-hosts with the BBC’s Gordon Corera, where he and Gordon Corera have also discussed Patrick Radden Keefe’s <em>London Falling</em>.</p><p>• <em>London Falling</em> by <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/is-london-really-falling?r=ktr9">Patrick Radden Keefe, a recent guest on this show</a> — the dark-money London that runs in parallel with McCloskey’s subterranean city of espionage.</p><p>• Earlier this year on Keen On: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/the-art-restorer-who-came-in-from?r=ktr9">Daniel Silva on Gabriel Allon</a> — the other American spy novelist with a thing for the Brits. </p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>What If We Fell Out With the Brits? </strong>McCloskey never expected to set a novel in Britain, for a technical reason: the CIA–MI6 relationship is so institutionalized that it is hard to get the stakes right, and a thriller needs life or death. Then the question arrived — what if we fell out? What if the two services started spying on each other again? That is not fantasy, and the history is the reverse of what most people assume: before the Second World War the British spied on the Americans, broke their ciphers and ran influence campaigns in New York designed to pull the United States into the war. The novel imagines a new administration installing a brash CIA director skeptical of the cousins across the Atlantic, agents on both sides beginning to die, and a thriller that turns into a mole hunt. He is rude about MI6 throughout, which his British friends appear to enjoy — his theory being that Brits are self-deprecating enough to relish being picked on.</p><p>•       <strong>Classified Journalism. </strong>He joined the CIA in 2006 as an undergraduate intern and left in 2014, working almost the whole time on Syria. His description of the job is the best short account of intelligence analysis you will hear: it is classified journalism. You have a question your consumer needs answered — and when your consumer is the president and the question is how long Assad can hold on, the sourcing is satellite imagery, stolen documents, intercepted calls and texts, all of it fragmentary and some of it more credible than the rest. You stitch together the what, the why and the so what, and you write it up clean and apolitical so someone can decide something. Everything he publishes now, from a novel to a résumé, still goes to the agency’s publication review board — though he argues the genuinely sensitive material would make for bad fiction anyway. Afterwards came McKinsey, where the work was pricing concrete pipe and clearing a rail bottleneck through Chicago, and where he was, as far as he knows, the only McCloskey.</p><p>•       <strong>Artemis Aphrodite Procter. </strong>The character began with a real colleague — short, dark curly hair, not physically imposing but with a genuine physicality, and possessed of what he calls a mix of mirth and menace: someone you can drink and gamble with who will terrify you two days later. Then, as good characters do, she started speaking for herself. Her biography is a small comic masterpiece: named by a father obsessed with Greek mythology, raised outside Kissimmee in central Florida on the family business, the nation’s third largest alligator-themed amusement park, called Gatorville; university in Ohio; a first husband who didn’t work out; an application to the agency made more or less on a whim. Not upper class, not really middle class, and it shows in how she dresses, eats and speaks to people — which is exactly why putting her in London was irresistible. One character calls her a competent extremist. The running question across the books, he says, is what it means to be loyal to a place that is not loyal to you.</p><p>•       <strong>Can a Man Write Her? </strong>AK put the objection directly: some literary thought police would say a male former CIA officer has no business inventing a female one. Two answers. First, the same logic throws out Anna Karenina, and he would rather part company than follow it. Second, and more interestingly, he thinks the objection misunderstands what novelists do: you are not inhabiting a character’s skin, you are hearing a voice and putting it on the page. His analogy is a reporter interviewing WNBA players — not sharing their background means more work, more research, more time with the subject, not a prohibition. On whether women make different spies he declines the generalization, while noting a real asymmetry: his analytical teams at the agency were at least half women, often majority, while the case officer cadre and the upper rungs of the Directorate of Operations remain heavily male. Which leaves the question he finds genuinely interesting about Procter — how much of her was always there, and how much the organization made.</p><p>•       <strong>No Smiley Without Philby. </strong>On traitors, he separates the fiction from the trade. In literature they are everything, and Philby above all — not only because he turned an institution inside out but because his betrayal said something deep about the British class system that still resonates. Hence the line of the hour: you probably don’t have George Smiley without Kim Philby, le Carré having essentially novelized the wound. (AK’s reversal: perhaps you don’t have Philby, in the public mind, without Smiley.) Inside the actual bureaucracies, though, nobody is wrestling with those ghosts day to day. And on Britain’s place in all this, he refuses AK’s harsher framing — a subtext to a subtext — while conceding the structural reality: the agency is much larger and much richer, and when it wants to do somet...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2026 07:23:03 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/c57c9454/8badba51.mp3" length="49257960" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3400633" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/c57c9454/8badba51.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1AohRKr1b1A">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/0J7STrP6IwwWCRQvSyeil2XjqUW--IQ3JnVOCUw3Owk/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS81YmY1/ZWExYzRmZjE3YTNm/Nzk1MmE3OGQwMzk3/N2FkZC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3077</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“What if we fell out with the Brits? What if the agency and the Brits started spying on each other again?” </em>— David McCloskey</p><p>What if the Americans and the British started spying on each other again? That’s the premise of <a href="https://www.davidmccloskeybooks.com/london-station"><em>London Station</em></a>, David McCloskey’s fifth novel, out today. It isn’t as far-fetched as it sounds. Before the Second World War those perfidious Brits did spy on America, breaking American ciphers and running influence campaigns in New York to drag the United States into the war.</p><p><a href="https://www.davidmccloskeybooks.com/">McCloskey</a> spent eight years as a CIA analyst working on Syria, then a spell at McKinsey, before writing a series of successful spy novels and co-hosting the popular <a href="https://davidmccloskeybooks.com/the-rest-is-classified-1"><em>The Rest Is Classified</em></a> podcast. The Dallas-based author has also, he admits, become an Anglophile — which hasn’t stopped him giving MI6 what the Brits would call a “good kicking” in <em>London Station</em>.</p><p>His returning heroine is Artemis Aphrodite Procter, so named by a father obsessed with Greek mythology and raised on a Florida alligator farm. Described by another of McCloskey’s characters as a competent extremist, she is short, dark, hard-drinking and equally mirthful and menacing. Probably not the type of Yank best suited to a pseudo-diplomatic posting in the capital of the former empire. Although I’m guessing there are many British fellows, both inside and outside MI6, not averse to spying on Ms Artemis Aphrodite Procter.</p><p><strong>Further Reading:</strong></p><p>• <a href="https://www.davidmccloskeybooks.com/london-station"><em>London Station</em></a> by David McCloskey (W. W. Norton, September 29, 2026) — his fifth novel, after <em>Damascus Station</em>, <em>Moscow X</em>, <em>The Seventh Floor</em> and <em>The Persian</em>.</p><p>• <a href="https://davidmccloskeybooks.com/the-rest-is-classified-1"><em>The Rest Is Classified</em></a> — the espionage podcast McCloskey co-hosts with the BBC’s Gordon Corera, where he and Gordon Corera have also discussed Patrick Radden Keefe’s <em>London Falling</em>.</p><p>• <em>London Falling</em> by <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/is-london-really-falling?r=ktr9">Patrick Radden Keefe, a recent guest on this show</a> — the dark-money London that runs in parallel with McCloskey’s subterranean city of espionage.</p><p>• Earlier this year on Keen On: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/the-art-restorer-who-came-in-from?r=ktr9">Daniel Silva on Gabriel Allon</a> — the other American spy novelist with a thing for the Brits. </p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>What If We Fell Out With the Brits? </strong>McCloskey never expected to set a novel in Britain, for a technical reason: the CIA–MI6 relationship is so institutionalized that it is hard to get the stakes right, and a thriller needs life or death. Then the question arrived — what if we fell out? What if the two services started spying on each other again? That is not fantasy, and the history is the reverse of what most people assume: before the Second World War the British spied on the Americans, broke their ciphers and ran influence campaigns in New York designed to pull the United States into the war. The novel imagines a new administration installing a brash CIA director skeptical of the cousins across the Atlantic, agents on both sides beginning to die, and a thriller that turns into a mole hunt. He is rude about MI6 throughout, which his British friends appear to enjoy — his theory being that Brits are self-deprecating enough to relish being picked on.</p><p>•       <strong>Classified Journalism. </strong>He joined the CIA in 2006 as an undergraduate intern and left in 2014, working almost the whole time on Syria. His description of the job is the best short account of intelligence analysis you will hear: it is classified journalism. You have a question your consumer needs answered — and when your consumer is the president and the question is how long Assad can hold on, the sourcing is satellite imagery, stolen documents, intercepted calls and texts, all of it fragmentary and some of it more credible than the rest. You stitch together the what, the why and the so what, and you write it up clean and apolitical so someone can decide something. Everything he publishes now, from a novel to a résumé, still goes to the agency’s publication review board — though he argues the genuinely sensitive material would make for bad fiction anyway. Afterwards came McKinsey, where the work was pricing concrete pipe and clearing a rail bottleneck through Chicago, and where he was, as far as he knows, the only McCloskey.</p><p>•       <strong>Artemis Aphrodite Procter. </strong>The character began with a real colleague — short, dark curly hair, not physically imposing but with a genuine physicality, and possessed of what he calls a mix of mirth and menace: someone you can drink and gamble with who will terrify you two days later. Then, as good characters do, she started speaking for herself. Her biography is a small comic masterpiece: named by a father obsessed with Greek mythology, raised outside Kissimmee in central Florida on the family business, the nation’s third largest alligator-themed amusement park, called Gatorville; university in Ohio; a first husband who didn’t work out; an application to the agency made more or less on a whim. Not upper class, not really middle class, and it shows in how she dresses, eats and speaks to people — which is exactly why putting her in London was irresistible. One character calls her a competent extremist. The running question across the books, he says, is what it means to be loyal to a place that is not loyal to you.</p><p>•       <strong>Can a Man Write Her? </strong>AK put the objection directly: some literary thought police would say a male former CIA officer has no business inventing a female one. Two answers. First, the same logic throws out Anna Karenina, and he would rather part company than follow it. Second, and more interestingly, he thinks the objection misunderstands what novelists do: you are not inhabiting a character’s skin, you are hearing a voice and putting it on the page. His analogy is a reporter interviewing WNBA players — not sharing their background means more work, more research, more time with the subject, not a prohibition. On whether women make different spies he declines the generalization, while noting a real asymmetry: his analytical teams at the agency were at least half women, often majority, while the case officer cadre and the upper rungs of the Directorate of Operations remain heavily male. Which leaves the question he finds genuinely interesting about Procter — how much of her was always there, and how much the organization made.</p><p>•       <strong>No Smiley Without Philby. </strong>On traitors, he separates the fiction from the trade. In literature they are everything, and Philby above all — not only because he turned an institution inside out but because his betrayal said something deep about the British class system that still resonates. Hence the line of the hour: you probably don’t have George Smiley without Kim Philby, le Carré having essentially novelized the wound. (AK’s reversal: perhaps you don’t have Philby, in the public mind, without Smiley.) Inside the actual bureaucracies, though, nobody is wrestling with those ghosts day to day. And on Britain’s place in all this, he refuses AK’s harsher framing — a subtext to a subtext — while conceding the structural reality: the agency is much larger and much richer, and when it wants to do somet...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/c57c9454/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/c57c9454/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Age of Cures: Barry Werth on How Big Pharma Once Saved Your Life</title>
      <itunes:episode>3050</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3050</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Age of Cures: Barry Werth on How Big Pharma Once Saved Your Life</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3ff5bf3a-6066-4aef-a24e-bd9611ed4c9e</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Kennedy and Trump are taking a wrecking ball to probably the most important thing we have done consistently better than the rest of the world over the last eighty years, and I don’t get it.” </em>— Barry Werth</p><p> </p><p>Last week on the show, the San Francisco based AI mogul and <em>Eureka Machine</em> author <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/eureka-in-silicon-valley?r=ktr9">Richard Socher</a> promised a scientific renaissance in which AI will cure everything. Socher’s eureka moment, however, may have already occurred. Not with AI, but with big pharma. At least according to <a href="https://barrywerth.com/">Barry Werth</a> who has spent the last thirty-five years writing about American pharma. Indeed, his new book <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Age-of-Cures/Barry-Werth/9781668067833"><em>The Age of Cures: How American Scientists Saved Your Life</em></a>, a twentieth century history of big pharma, completes a trilogy that began with <em>The Billion-Dollar Molecule</em> in 1994.</p><p> </p><p>When it comes to medical breakthroughs, Barry Werth isn’t particularly optimistic on the AI front. It will add more data to preexisting mountains of data, he warns. And Werth reports that many leading scientific designers of drugs don’t think it will change much. Given, however, the hundreds of billions of dollars now being poured into its ecosystem, what today’s AI revolution does instead is remind you what a real scientific breakthrough costs, both politically and economically.</p><p> </p><p>Thus the significance of <em>The Age of Cures</em>, which <em>The New York Times</em> is <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/09/24/books/review/new-recommended-books.html">already recommending</a>. In his new history, Werth reminds us that ninety years ago there were almost no drugs for anything. Penicillin was discovered by accident in 1928, and by 1941 there was only enough of it to treat a single London policeman — who began to recover, then died when the supply ran out.</p><p> </p><p>Cutting edge technology plus state investment changed everything. The engineer and scientific mandarin Vannevar Bush (the guy who also first imagined the internet) persuaded FDR to fund science publicly without conscripting the scientists. And Bush’s Office of Scientific Research and Development, the same state institution that fathered the Manhattan Project, made penicillin for D-Day its number one priority. Bush then ensured the arrangement continued in peacetime, which it did, for eighty years.</p><p> </p><p>According to Werth, both big pharma’s idealism and its now much derided financial ambition were real. George Merck’s famous line about medicine being for people, not for profits, is true — as long as we remember that those profits will follow from life-saving drugs. What broke this virtuous cycle, Werth argues, was the Wall Street short-termism of the greed-is-good Eighties that focused only on quarterly profits. So today, the term Big Pharma is mostly used as an insult. Big Tech moguls like Richard Socher should thus read Barry Werth’s <em>The Age of Cures</em> with particular care.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Further Reading:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Age-of-Cures/Barry-Werth/9781668067833"><em>The Age of Cures: How American Scientists Saved Your Life</em></a> by Barry Werth (Simon &amp; Schuster, September 22, 2026), <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/09/24/books/review/new-recommended-books.html">one of the New York Times’ recommended books this week</a> — the third book written, and the first chronologically, in a trilogy that began with <em>The Billion-Dollar Molecule</em> (1994) and continued with <em>The Antidote: Inside the World of New Pharma</em> (2014).</p><p>•       <a href="https://fortune.com/2026/09/22/barry-werth-age-of-cures-book-excerpt/">“The system that saved your life is being destroyed”</a> — Werth’s own excerpt from the book, in Fortune.</p><p>•       <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691186627/science-the-endless-frontier"><em>Science, the Endless Frontier</em></a> — Vannevar Bush’s 1945 report to President Truman, still cited today, and the founding document of American public-private science. Reissued by Princeton University Press with essays on what it got right and wrong.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/612861/empire-of-pain-by-patrick-radden-keefe/"><em>Empire of Pain</em></a> by Patrick Radden Keefe, a recent guest on this show, on the Sacklers and OxyContin, and <em>No More Tears</em> on Johnson &amp; Johnson — the case for the prosecution, raised in this conversation.</p><p>•       Earlier this week on Keen On: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/eureka-in-silicon-valley?r=ktr9">Richard Socher on why AI will unlock a new scientific renaissance</a> — the argument this episode answers.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Before the Cures. </strong>The premise is a fact most people have forgotten: as recently as eighty or ninety years ago there were almost no drugs for any disease. There were natural substances discovered over the eons, and no established method for finding new medicines. Paul Ehrlich postulated that chemicals could treat disease; it took another twenty years before the sulfa drugs suggested he might be right. The story Werth uses to make it concrete is penicillin. Discovered by accident in 1928 when mould spores drifted into Alexander Fleming’s laboratory, it was still so scarce in 1941 — during the Blitz, before America entered the war — that the entire synthesized supply went to one very sick London policeman. He started to recover. They ran out. They harvested what they could from his urine and reinjected it. He died. The British scientists then came to the United States hat in hand, having found no American company willing to take it on.</p><p>•       <strong>Vannevar Bush’s Machine. </strong>What turned that around is the book’s central argument, and its hero is not a chemist. Vannevar Bush was an electrical engineer who had built one of the first room-sized analog computers. Surveying American science in 1940, he and a handful of other administrators found it disorganized and no match for the Germans, who had the best chemistry in the world. Bush went to Franklin Roosevelt alone with a proposal: fund it publicly, but don’t draft the scientists into the military as in the First World War; let committees of leading scientists make the decisions, distribute the work widely, and make rivals cooperate. The result was the Office of Scientific Research and Development — better known for fathering the Manhattan Project — whose head of medical research, Alfred Newton Richards, made penicillin for D-Day the number one priority and delivered it. Afterwards Bush wrote Science, the Endless Frontier, the 1945 report arguing the partnership should continue in peacetime. It did. Sustained federal funding, transparency, cooperation between companies, universities and government: that, Werth says, is how America got great at science. AK’s summary: cutting edge technology plus state investment changed everything.</p><p>•       <strong>Medicine Is for People. </strong>George Merck — whose family had been in the pharmaceutical business in Germany since the 1600s, and who was sent to Harvard to become a chemist before anti-German feeling in the First World War pushed him into the family firm — was on the cover of Time the week Werth was born in 1952, under the line that medicine is for the people. The usual ...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Kennedy and Trump are taking a wrecking ball to probably the most important thing we have done consistently better than the rest of the world over the last eighty years, and I don’t get it.” </em>— Barry Werth</p><p> </p><p>Last week on the show, the San Francisco based AI mogul and <em>Eureka Machine</em> author <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/eureka-in-silicon-valley?r=ktr9">Richard Socher</a> promised a scientific renaissance in which AI will cure everything. Socher’s eureka moment, however, may have already occurred. Not with AI, but with big pharma. At least according to <a href="https://barrywerth.com/">Barry Werth</a> who has spent the last thirty-five years writing about American pharma. Indeed, his new book <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Age-of-Cures/Barry-Werth/9781668067833"><em>The Age of Cures: How American Scientists Saved Your Life</em></a>, a twentieth century history of big pharma, completes a trilogy that began with <em>The Billion-Dollar Molecule</em> in 1994.</p><p> </p><p>When it comes to medical breakthroughs, Barry Werth isn’t particularly optimistic on the AI front. It will add more data to preexisting mountains of data, he warns. And Werth reports that many leading scientific designers of drugs don’t think it will change much. Given, however, the hundreds of billions of dollars now being poured into its ecosystem, what today’s AI revolution does instead is remind you what a real scientific breakthrough costs, both politically and economically.</p><p> </p><p>Thus the significance of <em>The Age of Cures</em>, which <em>The New York Times</em> is <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/09/24/books/review/new-recommended-books.html">already recommending</a>. In his new history, Werth reminds us that ninety years ago there were almost no drugs for anything. Penicillin was discovered by accident in 1928, and by 1941 there was only enough of it to treat a single London policeman — who began to recover, then died when the supply ran out.</p><p> </p><p>Cutting edge technology plus state investment changed everything. The engineer and scientific mandarin Vannevar Bush (the guy who also first imagined the internet) persuaded FDR to fund science publicly without conscripting the scientists. And Bush’s Office of Scientific Research and Development, the same state institution that fathered the Manhattan Project, made penicillin for D-Day its number one priority. Bush then ensured the arrangement continued in peacetime, which it did, for eighty years.</p><p> </p><p>According to Werth, both big pharma’s idealism and its now much derided financial ambition were real. George Merck’s famous line about medicine being for people, not for profits, is true — as long as we remember that those profits will follow from life-saving drugs. What broke this virtuous cycle, Werth argues, was the Wall Street short-termism of the greed-is-good Eighties that focused only on quarterly profits. So today, the term Big Pharma is mostly used as an insult. Big Tech moguls like Richard Socher should thus read Barry Werth’s <em>The Age of Cures</em> with particular care.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Further Reading:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Age-of-Cures/Barry-Werth/9781668067833"><em>The Age of Cures: How American Scientists Saved Your Life</em></a> by Barry Werth (Simon &amp; Schuster, September 22, 2026), <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/09/24/books/review/new-recommended-books.html">one of the New York Times’ recommended books this week</a> — the third book written, and the first chronologically, in a trilogy that began with <em>The Billion-Dollar Molecule</em> (1994) and continued with <em>The Antidote: Inside the World of New Pharma</em> (2014).</p><p>•       <a href="https://fortune.com/2026/09/22/barry-werth-age-of-cures-book-excerpt/">“The system that saved your life is being destroyed”</a> — Werth’s own excerpt from the book, in Fortune.</p><p>•       <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691186627/science-the-endless-frontier"><em>Science, the Endless Frontier</em></a> — Vannevar Bush’s 1945 report to President Truman, still cited today, and the founding document of American public-private science. Reissued by Princeton University Press with essays on what it got right and wrong.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/612861/empire-of-pain-by-patrick-radden-keefe/"><em>Empire of Pain</em></a> by Patrick Radden Keefe, a recent guest on this show, on the Sacklers and OxyContin, and <em>No More Tears</em> on Johnson &amp; Johnson — the case for the prosecution, raised in this conversation.</p><p>•       Earlier this week on Keen On: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/eureka-in-silicon-valley?r=ktr9">Richard Socher on why AI will unlock a new scientific renaissance</a> — the argument this episode answers.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Before the Cures. </strong>The premise is a fact most people have forgotten: as recently as eighty or ninety years ago there were almost no drugs for any disease. There were natural substances discovered over the eons, and no established method for finding new medicines. Paul Ehrlich postulated that chemicals could treat disease; it took another twenty years before the sulfa drugs suggested he might be right. The story Werth uses to make it concrete is penicillin. Discovered by accident in 1928 when mould spores drifted into Alexander Fleming’s laboratory, it was still so scarce in 1941 — during the Blitz, before America entered the war — that the entire synthesized supply went to one very sick London policeman. He started to recover. They ran out. They harvested what they could from his urine and reinjected it. He died. The British scientists then came to the United States hat in hand, having found no American company willing to take it on.</p><p>•       <strong>Vannevar Bush’s Machine. </strong>What turned that around is the book’s central argument, and its hero is not a chemist. Vannevar Bush was an electrical engineer who had built one of the first room-sized analog computers. Surveying American science in 1940, he and a handful of other administrators found it disorganized and no match for the Germans, who had the best chemistry in the world. Bush went to Franklin Roosevelt alone with a proposal: fund it publicly, but don’t draft the scientists into the military as in the First World War; let committees of leading scientists make the decisions, distribute the work widely, and make rivals cooperate. The result was the Office of Scientific Research and Development — better known for fathering the Manhattan Project — whose head of medical research, Alfred Newton Richards, made penicillin for D-Day the number one priority and delivered it. Afterwards Bush wrote Science, the Endless Frontier, the 1945 report arguing the partnership should continue in peacetime. It did. Sustained federal funding, transparency, cooperation between companies, universities and government: that, Werth says, is how America got great at science. AK’s summary: cutting edge technology plus state investment changed everything.</p><p>•       <strong>Medicine Is for People. </strong>George Merck — whose family had been in the pharmaceutical business in Germany since the 1600s, and who was sent to Harvard to become a chemist before anti-German feeling in the First World War pushed him into the family firm — was on the cover of Time the week Werth was born in 1952, under the line that medicine is for the people. The usual ...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Sep 2026 10:34:04 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/5b5cdf4e/120b30d0.mp3" length="46089066" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3435632" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/5b5cdf4e/120b30d0.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h3vfM2KbAVg">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/691dsyaEnVChq5sUkcLJcp6z20-tz5YQ6UxkVDo7NhA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS81OGFm/OTc5OTg1ZjAxNmFk/ZjBhZGFjMzExNTY1/MmY1MS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2880</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Kennedy and Trump are taking a wrecking ball to probably the most important thing we have done consistently better than the rest of the world over the last eighty years, and I don’t get it.” </em>— Barry Werth</p><p> </p><p>Last week on the show, the San Francisco based AI mogul and <em>Eureka Machine</em> author <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/eureka-in-silicon-valley?r=ktr9">Richard Socher</a> promised a scientific renaissance in which AI will cure everything. Socher’s eureka moment, however, may have already occurred. Not with AI, but with big pharma. At least according to <a href="https://barrywerth.com/">Barry Werth</a> who has spent the last thirty-five years writing about American pharma. Indeed, his new book <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Age-of-Cures/Barry-Werth/9781668067833"><em>The Age of Cures: How American Scientists Saved Your Life</em></a>, a twentieth century history of big pharma, completes a trilogy that began with <em>The Billion-Dollar Molecule</em> in 1994.</p><p> </p><p>When it comes to medical breakthroughs, Barry Werth isn’t particularly optimistic on the AI front. It will add more data to preexisting mountains of data, he warns. And Werth reports that many leading scientific designers of drugs don’t think it will change much. Given, however, the hundreds of billions of dollars now being poured into its ecosystem, what today’s AI revolution does instead is remind you what a real scientific breakthrough costs, both politically and economically.</p><p> </p><p>Thus the significance of <em>The Age of Cures</em>, which <em>The New York Times</em> is <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/09/24/books/review/new-recommended-books.html">already recommending</a>. In his new history, Werth reminds us that ninety years ago there were almost no drugs for anything. Penicillin was discovered by accident in 1928, and by 1941 there was only enough of it to treat a single London policeman — who began to recover, then died when the supply ran out.</p><p> </p><p>Cutting edge technology plus state investment changed everything. The engineer and scientific mandarin Vannevar Bush (the guy who also first imagined the internet) persuaded FDR to fund science publicly without conscripting the scientists. And Bush’s Office of Scientific Research and Development, the same state institution that fathered the Manhattan Project, made penicillin for D-Day its number one priority. Bush then ensured the arrangement continued in peacetime, which it did, for eighty years.</p><p> </p><p>According to Werth, both big pharma’s idealism and its now much derided financial ambition were real. George Merck’s famous line about medicine being for people, not for profits, is true — as long as we remember that those profits will follow from life-saving drugs. What broke this virtuous cycle, Werth argues, was the Wall Street short-termism of the greed-is-good Eighties that focused only on quarterly profits. So today, the term Big Pharma is mostly used as an insult. Big Tech moguls like Richard Socher should thus read Barry Werth’s <em>The Age of Cures</em> with particular care.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Further Reading:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Age-of-Cures/Barry-Werth/9781668067833"><em>The Age of Cures: How American Scientists Saved Your Life</em></a> by Barry Werth (Simon &amp; Schuster, September 22, 2026), <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/09/24/books/review/new-recommended-books.html">one of the New York Times’ recommended books this week</a> — the third book written, and the first chronologically, in a trilogy that began with <em>The Billion-Dollar Molecule</em> (1994) and continued with <em>The Antidote: Inside the World of New Pharma</em> (2014).</p><p>•       <a href="https://fortune.com/2026/09/22/barry-werth-age-of-cures-book-excerpt/">“The system that saved your life is being destroyed”</a> — Werth’s own excerpt from the book, in Fortune.</p><p>•       <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691186627/science-the-endless-frontier"><em>Science, the Endless Frontier</em></a> — Vannevar Bush’s 1945 report to President Truman, still cited today, and the founding document of American public-private science. Reissued by Princeton University Press with essays on what it got right and wrong.</p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/612861/empire-of-pain-by-patrick-radden-keefe/"><em>Empire of Pain</em></a> by Patrick Radden Keefe, a recent guest on this show, on the Sacklers and OxyContin, and <em>No More Tears</em> on Johnson &amp; Johnson — the case for the prosecution, raised in this conversation.</p><p>•       Earlier this week on Keen On: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/eureka-in-silicon-valley?r=ktr9">Richard Socher on why AI will unlock a new scientific renaissance</a> — the argument this episode answers.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Before the Cures. </strong>The premise is a fact most people have forgotten: as recently as eighty or ninety years ago there were almost no drugs for any disease. There were natural substances discovered over the eons, and no established method for finding new medicines. Paul Ehrlich postulated that chemicals could treat disease; it took another twenty years before the sulfa drugs suggested he might be right. The story Werth uses to make it concrete is penicillin. Discovered by accident in 1928 when mould spores drifted into Alexander Fleming’s laboratory, it was still so scarce in 1941 — during the Blitz, before America entered the war — that the entire synthesized supply went to one very sick London policeman. He started to recover. They ran out. They harvested what they could from his urine and reinjected it. He died. The British scientists then came to the United States hat in hand, having found no American company willing to take it on.</p><p>•       <strong>Vannevar Bush’s Machine. </strong>What turned that around is the book’s central argument, and its hero is not a chemist. Vannevar Bush was an electrical engineer who had built one of the first room-sized analog computers. Surveying American science in 1940, he and a handful of other administrators found it disorganized and no match for the Germans, who had the best chemistry in the world. Bush went to Franklin Roosevelt alone with a proposal: fund it publicly, but don’t draft the scientists into the military as in the First World War; let committees of leading scientists make the decisions, distribute the work widely, and make rivals cooperate. The result was the Office of Scientific Research and Development — better known for fathering the Manhattan Project — whose head of medical research, Alfred Newton Richards, made penicillin for D-Day the number one priority and delivered it. Afterwards Bush wrote Science, the Endless Frontier, the 1945 report arguing the partnership should continue in peacetime. It did. Sustained federal funding, transparency, cooperation between companies, universities and government: that, Werth says, is how America got great at science. AK’s summary: cutting edge technology plus state investment changed everything.</p><p>•       <strong>Medicine Is for People. </strong>George Merck — whose family had been in the pharmaceutical business in Germany since the 1600s, and who was sent to Harvard to become a chemist before anti-German feeling in the First World War pushed him into the family firm — was on the cover of Time the week Werth was born in 1952, under the line that medicine is for the people. The usual ...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/5b5cdf4e/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Fabulous Debt: Robin Wigglesworth on How Bonds Built the Modern World</title>
      <itunes:episode>3049</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3049</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>A Fabulous Debt: Robin Wigglesworth on How Bonds Built the Modern World</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2fb77ae3-608f-4775-9691-c08d7cd85c59</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Amidst all the talk of an AI bubble, bonds are back in the news. The world’s two leading business newspapers, <em>The Wall Street Journal</em> and <em>The Financial Times</em>, both feature stories this weekend warning about bond <a href="https://giftarticle.ft.com/giftarticle/actions/redeem/4128a72a-abfd-4910-aaa0-a513ce7e1b6d">ructions</a> and <a href="https://www.wsj.com/finance/investing/stocks-are-defying-surging-bond-yields-heres-what-history-says-could-come-next-7d13bb2d">surging yields</a>. While these warnings might only interfere with the sleep of bond geeks, they are a good reminder of the centrality of the bond market to our prosperity.</p><p> </p><p>For all their financial geekiness, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/750210/a-fabulous-debt-by-robin-wigglesworth/">Robin Wigglesworth</a> knows that bonds matter. He edits Alphaville, the <em>Financial Times’</em> splendidly geekish markets blog, and he’s the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/750210/a-fabulous-debt-by-robin-wigglesworth/"><em>A Fabulous Debt</em></a>, a new book that tells the “epic” story of how bonds built the modern world. The bond market matters, Wigglesworth reminds us, because when it breaks — as in 1873, 2008 and very nearly in 2020 — then the whole world suffers.</p><p> </p><p>So what, exactly, is a bond? Wigglesworth explains that it’s a tradable loan which the Venetians accidentally invented in 1171 to pay for a war with Constantinople. In Venice, it became a forced levy on every citizen, sweetened by its annual 5% interest payments and by the right to sell its paper on the Rialto. From there it runs through Amsterdam with the Dutch East India Company to modern America, where Thomas Jefferson’s Louisiana Purchase was financed by bonds sold by the London merchant bank Baring Brothers — remarkably, while Britain was at war with the France it was paying, and earning Barings what may have been the largest banking fee in history. Then there’s the deliciously named Scottish adventurer Gregor MacGregor, a bond bad boy who invented an entire country, Poyais, and successfully sold its bonds in London.</p><p> </p><p>In spite of the shady MacGregor, the moral of the bond story, Wigglesworth reassures us, is that transparency pays. Britain could borrow more cheaply than its rivals because parliament controlled the purse and published its accounts. Europe’s greatest banker, the London-based Nathan Mayer Rothschild, who brought Prussia, Spain, Russia and the new Latin American republics to the London market after Waterloo, thus cajoled other governments into opening their books to get the same rates. Accountability was, literally, cheaper. And so the modern world — with its leviathan state and the financial muscle to conduct global wars — was born.</p><p> </p><p>Does Wigglesworth lose sleep about today’s bond ructions and surging yields? Not exactly. But he is a tad nervous about the fact that tech giants have issued over $500 billion of bonds this year to build data centers. So rather than the feared AI stock market bust, Wigglesworth does raise the more apocalyptic specter of a bond bust. Not an imminent fabulous crisis, he reassures. Not yet, anyway.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Stock Bubbles Don’t Matter. Bond Bubbles Do. </strong>Wigglesworth’s opening move reverses the usual hierarchy. Stock market bubbles are mostly inconsequential and sometimes even welcome — we occasionally need people to dream rather than be careful, and to throw money at the hot new thing, because that is when big leaps happen. The dot-com bust is his proof: the American stock market lost half its value from peak to trough, and the recession that followed was among the shortest and shallowest in US history. Credit is the dangerous part. When the bond market breaks bad — 1873, 2008, and very nearly 2020 — it tends to be very painful for the world. The structural reason is asymmetry: a shareholder’s upside is unlimited and the downside is zero, so the stock market is the natural home of wild speculation; a bondholder’s best case is simply being repaid. That is why bonds work best when they are safe, or at least seen as safe — and why the rare occasions when bond speculation does run out of control have proved more destructive than tulips, the South Sea, or the dot-com boom.</p><p>•       <strong>Venice, 1171. </strong>Credit is ancient — Mesopotamian clay tablets recorded loans four thousand years ago, some made out not to a named person but simply to a merchant, which suggests they were traded. But the bond in its proper form was invented by accident in Venice in 1171, to finance a war with Constantinople. The city was rich, but not rich enough to borrow from the bankers at their tables in the Rialto, so the government compelled every citizen to lend in proportion to their wealth — an involuntary war tax, softened two ways: 5% a year until victory, and a receipt you could sell. The Venetians hated it at first, and then discovered it was collateral, and de facto paper money before paper money existed in Europe. Milan, Pisa, Genoa and Rome copied it; it spread to France, Germany, Spain and finally the Netherlands, where the Dutch turned a handful of loans into an actual market — cities, states and the water boards that paid for the dykes — and, Wigglesworth argues, invented modern capitalism. The Dutch East India Company sold stock once. It financed its ships, armies and expeditions with bonds.</p><p>•       <strong>The Man Who Invented a Country. </strong>The book’s great set piece. Gregor MacGregor, a Scottish mercenary who had fought beside Bolívar and married his cousin, returned to London as cacique of Poyais — a verdant land on the Honduran coast, he said, with gold, honey, fertile plains and a capital called Saint Joseph. He had songs written about it. He sold its bonds on the London Stock Exchange, raising hundreds of thousands of pounds, and persuaded Scottish families to sell up and sail. Poyais did not exist. It was a swampy hellhole with no capital and no settlement; some who arrived took their own lives, many died of famine and malaria, and only a handful got home. Why bonds rather than stock? Because that is where the money was: Britain had financed the Napoleonic wars with an enormous issue of consols, those who held them made fortunes when Britain won, and Nathan Mayer Rothschild was busy bringing Prussia, Spain, Russia and the new Latin American republics to the London market. In the middle of what we would now call an emerging market bond bubble, an invented country did not sound so outlandish.</p><p>•       <strong>Transparency Pays. </strong>The argument with the widest reach. Britain’s advantage in the nineteenth century was not only naval: its bonds were issued by a parliament that controlled the purse and published financial numbers, rather than by a fickle royal family, and Dutch, German and French investors preferred them for exactly that reason. Cheaper borrowing made Britain stronger, and Rothschild then went round cajoling other governments to open their books and issue through their estates rather than their kings, because that is what British money now expected. Accountability, in other words, had a price advantage — a quiet feedback loop pushing governments towards openness. America’s version is Hamilton, who assumed the states’ defaulted war debts and turned them into federal bonds that circulated as money in a country desperately short of coin — a financial enema, as the musical has it. The Louisiana Purchase was financed entirely by bonds, arranged by the British bank Baring Brothers while Britain was at war with France. Wigglesworth calls it a win-win-win; Andrew notes the indigenou...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Amidst all the talk of an AI bubble, bonds are back in the news. The world’s two leading business newspapers, <em>The Wall Street Journal</em> and <em>The Financial Times</em>, both feature stories this weekend warning about bond <a href="https://giftarticle.ft.com/giftarticle/actions/redeem/4128a72a-abfd-4910-aaa0-a513ce7e1b6d">ructions</a> and <a href="https://www.wsj.com/finance/investing/stocks-are-defying-surging-bond-yields-heres-what-history-says-could-come-next-7d13bb2d">surging yields</a>. While these warnings might only interfere with the sleep of bond geeks, they are a good reminder of the centrality of the bond market to our prosperity.</p><p> </p><p>For all their financial geekiness, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/750210/a-fabulous-debt-by-robin-wigglesworth/">Robin Wigglesworth</a> knows that bonds matter. He edits Alphaville, the <em>Financial Times’</em> splendidly geekish markets blog, and he’s the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/750210/a-fabulous-debt-by-robin-wigglesworth/"><em>A Fabulous Debt</em></a>, a new book that tells the “epic” story of how bonds built the modern world. The bond market matters, Wigglesworth reminds us, because when it breaks — as in 1873, 2008 and very nearly in 2020 — then the whole world suffers.</p><p> </p><p>So what, exactly, is a bond? Wigglesworth explains that it’s a tradable loan which the Venetians accidentally invented in 1171 to pay for a war with Constantinople. In Venice, it became a forced levy on every citizen, sweetened by its annual 5% interest payments and by the right to sell its paper on the Rialto. From there it runs through Amsterdam with the Dutch East India Company to modern America, where Thomas Jefferson’s Louisiana Purchase was financed by bonds sold by the London merchant bank Baring Brothers — remarkably, while Britain was at war with the France it was paying, and earning Barings what may have been the largest banking fee in history. Then there’s the deliciously named Scottish adventurer Gregor MacGregor, a bond bad boy who invented an entire country, Poyais, and successfully sold its bonds in London.</p><p> </p><p>In spite of the shady MacGregor, the moral of the bond story, Wigglesworth reassures us, is that transparency pays. Britain could borrow more cheaply than its rivals because parliament controlled the purse and published its accounts. Europe’s greatest banker, the London-based Nathan Mayer Rothschild, who brought Prussia, Spain, Russia and the new Latin American republics to the London market after Waterloo, thus cajoled other governments into opening their books to get the same rates. Accountability was, literally, cheaper. And so the modern world — with its leviathan state and the financial muscle to conduct global wars — was born.</p><p> </p><p>Does Wigglesworth lose sleep about today’s bond ructions and surging yields? Not exactly. But he is a tad nervous about the fact that tech giants have issued over $500 billion of bonds this year to build data centers. So rather than the feared AI stock market bust, Wigglesworth does raise the more apocalyptic specter of a bond bust. Not an imminent fabulous crisis, he reassures. Not yet, anyway.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Stock Bubbles Don’t Matter. Bond Bubbles Do. </strong>Wigglesworth’s opening move reverses the usual hierarchy. Stock market bubbles are mostly inconsequential and sometimes even welcome — we occasionally need people to dream rather than be careful, and to throw money at the hot new thing, because that is when big leaps happen. The dot-com bust is his proof: the American stock market lost half its value from peak to trough, and the recession that followed was among the shortest and shallowest in US history. Credit is the dangerous part. When the bond market breaks bad — 1873, 2008, and very nearly 2020 — it tends to be very painful for the world. The structural reason is asymmetry: a shareholder’s upside is unlimited and the downside is zero, so the stock market is the natural home of wild speculation; a bondholder’s best case is simply being repaid. That is why bonds work best when they are safe, or at least seen as safe — and why the rare occasions when bond speculation does run out of control have proved more destructive than tulips, the South Sea, or the dot-com boom.</p><p>•       <strong>Venice, 1171. </strong>Credit is ancient — Mesopotamian clay tablets recorded loans four thousand years ago, some made out not to a named person but simply to a merchant, which suggests they were traded. But the bond in its proper form was invented by accident in Venice in 1171, to finance a war with Constantinople. The city was rich, but not rich enough to borrow from the bankers at their tables in the Rialto, so the government compelled every citizen to lend in proportion to their wealth — an involuntary war tax, softened two ways: 5% a year until victory, and a receipt you could sell. The Venetians hated it at first, and then discovered it was collateral, and de facto paper money before paper money existed in Europe. Milan, Pisa, Genoa and Rome copied it; it spread to France, Germany, Spain and finally the Netherlands, where the Dutch turned a handful of loans into an actual market — cities, states and the water boards that paid for the dykes — and, Wigglesworth argues, invented modern capitalism. The Dutch East India Company sold stock once. It financed its ships, armies and expeditions with bonds.</p><p>•       <strong>The Man Who Invented a Country. </strong>The book’s great set piece. Gregor MacGregor, a Scottish mercenary who had fought beside Bolívar and married his cousin, returned to London as cacique of Poyais — a verdant land on the Honduran coast, he said, with gold, honey, fertile plains and a capital called Saint Joseph. He had songs written about it. He sold its bonds on the London Stock Exchange, raising hundreds of thousands of pounds, and persuaded Scottish families to sell up and sail. Poyais did not exist. It was a swampy hellhole with no capital and no settlement; some who arrived took their own lives, many died of famine and malaria, and only a handful got home. Why bonds rather than stock? Because that is where the money was: Britain had financed the Napoleonic wars with an enormous issue of consols, those who held them made fortunes when Britain won, and Nathan Mayer Rothschild was busy bringing Prussia, Spain, Russia and the new Latin American republics to the London market. In the middle of what we would now call an emerging market bond bubble, an invented country did not sound so outlandish.</p><p>•       <strong>Transparency Pays. </strong>The argument with the widest reach. Britain’s advantage in the nineteenth century was not only naval: its bonds were issued by a parliament that controlled the purse and published financial numbers, rather than by a fickle royal family, and Dutch, German and French investors preferred them for exactly that reason. Cheaper borrowing made Britain stronger, and Rothschild then went round cajoling other governments to open their books and issue through their estates rather than their kings, because that is what British money now expected. Accountability, in other words, had a price advantage — a quiet feedback loop pushing governments towards openness. America’s version is Hamilton, who assumed the states’ defaulted war debts and turned them into federal bonds that circulated as money in a country desperately short of coin — a financial enema, as the musical has it. The Louisiana Purchase was financed entirely by bonds, arranged by the British bank Baring Brothers while Britain was at war with France. Wigglesworth calls it a win-win-win; Andrew notes the indigenou...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 27 Sep 2026 09:11:01 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/e733b0a8/73e1f969.mp3" length="45889684" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3436963" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/e733b0a8/73e1f969.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ND1-lQTzBv4">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/1eDwDrpEPZw16Wl0zq-l1WZKcg8f8_46EmnLFdWjIRU/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lOTA1/YTUxY2Q4ZWVlMjlh/OGUwMGExYzBlMzA5/YzY1My5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2866</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Amidst all the talk of an AI bubble, bonds are back in the news. The world’s two leading business newspapers, <em>The Wall Street Journal</em> and <em>The Financial Times</em>, both feature stories this weekend warning about bond <a href="https://giftarticle.ft.com/giftarticle/actions/redeem/4128a72a-abfd-4910-aaa0-a513ce7e1b6d">ructions</a> and <a href="https://www.wsj.com/finance/investing/stocks-are-defying-surging-bond-yields-heres-what-history-says-could-come-next-7d13bb2d">surging yields</a>. While these warnings might only interfere with the sleep of bond geeks, they are a good reminder of the centrality of the bond market to our prosperity.</p><p> </p><p>For all their financial geekiness, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/750210/a-fabulous-debt-by-robin-wigglesworth/">Robin Wigglesworth</a> knows that bonds matter. He edits Alphaville, the <em>Financial Times’</em> splendidly geekish markets blog, and he’s the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/750210/a-fabulous-debt-by-robin-wigglesworth/"><em>A Fabulous Debt</em></a>, a new book that tells the “epic” story of how bonds built the modern world. The bond market matters, Wigglesworth reminds us, because when it breaks — as in 1873, 2008 and very nearly in 2020 — then the whole world suffers.</p><p> </p><p>So what, exactly, is a bond? Wigglesworth explains that it’s a tradable loan which the Venetians accidentally invented in 1171 to pay for a war with Constantinople. In Venice, it became a forced levy on every citizen, sweetened by its annual 5% interest payments and by the right to sell its paper on the Rialto. From there it runs through Amsterdam with the Dutch East India Company to modern America, where Thomas Jefferson’s Louisiana Purchase was financed by bonds sold by the London merchant bank Baring Brothers — remarkably, while Britain was at war with the France it was paying, and earning Barings what may have been the largest banking fee in history. Then there’s the deliciously named Scottish adventurer Gregor MacGregor, a bond bad boy who invented an entire country, Poyais, and successfully sold its bonds in London.</p><p> </p><p>In spite of the shady MacGregor, the moral of the bond story, Wigglesworth reassures us, is that transparency pays. Britain could borrow more cheaply than its rivals because parliament controlled the purse and published its accounts. Europe’s greatest banker, the London-based Nathan Mayer Rothschild, who brought Prussia, Spain, Russia and the new Latin American republics to the London market after Waterloo, thus cajoled other governments into opening their books to get the same rates. Accountability was, literally, cheaper. And so the modern world — with its leviathan state and the financial muscle to conduct global wars — was born.</p><p> </p><p>Does Wigglesworth lose sleep about today’s bond ructions and surging yields? Not exactly. But he is a tad nervous about the fact that tech giants have issued over $500 billion of bonds this year to build data centers. So rather than the feared AI stock market bust, Wigglesworth does raise the more apocalyptic specter of a bond bust. Not an imminent fabulous crisis, he reassures. Not yet, anyway.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Stock Bubbles Don’t Matter. Bond Bubbles Do. </strong>Wigglesworth’s opening move reverses the usual hierarchy. Stock market bubbles are mostly inconsequential and sometimes even welcome — we occasionally need people to dream rather than be careful, and to throw money at the hot new thing, because that is when big leaps happen. The dot-com bust is his proof: the American stock market lost half its value from peak to trough, and the recession that followed was among the shortest and shallowest in US history. Credit is the dangerous part. When the bond market breaks bad — 1873, 2008, and very nearly 2020 — it tends to be very painful for the world. The structural reason is asymmetry: a shareholder’s upside is unlimited and the downside is zero, so the stock market is the natural home of wild speculation; a bondholder’s best case is simply being repaid. That is why bonds work best when they are safe, or at least seen as safe — and why the rare occasions when bond speculation does run out of control have proved more destructive than tulips, the South Sea, or the dot-com boom.</p><p>•       <strong>Venice, 1171. </strong>Credit is ancient — Mesopotamian clay tablets recorded loans four thousand years ago, some made out not to a named person but simply to a merchant, which suggests they were traded. But the bond in its proper form was invented by accident in Venice in 1171, to finance a war with Constantinople. The city was rich, but not rich enough to borrow from the bankers at their tables in the Rialto, so the government compelled every citizen to lend in proportion to their wealth — an involuntary war tax, softened two ways: 5% a year until victory, and a receipt you could sell. The Venetians hated it at first, and then discovered it was collateral, and de facto paper money before paper money existed in Europe. Milan, Pisa, Genoa and Rome copied it; it spread to France, Germany, Spain and finally the Netherlands, where the Dutch turned a handful of loans into an actual market — cities, states and the water boards that paid for the dykes — and, Wigglesworth argues, invented modern capitalism. The Dutch East India Company sold stock once. It financed its ships, armies and expeditions with bonds.</p><p>•       <strong>The Man Who Invented a Country. </strong>The book’s great set piece. Gregor MacGregor, a Scottish mercenary who had fought beside Bolívar and married his cousin, returned to London as cacique of Poyais — a verdant land on the Honduran coast, he said, with gold, honey, fertile plains and a capital called Saint Joseph. He had songs written about it. He sold its bonds on the London Stock Exchange, raising hundreds of thousands of pounds, and persuaded Scottish families to sell up and sail. Poyais did not exist. It was a swampy hellhole with no capital and no settlement; some who arrived took their own lives, many died of famine and malaria, and only a handful got home. Why bonds rather than stock? Because that is where the money was: Britain had financed the Napoleonic wars with an enormous issue of consols, those who held them made fortunes when Britain won, and Nathan Mayer Rothschild was busy bringing Prussia, Spain, Russia and the new Latin American republics to the London market. In the middle of what we would now call an emerging market bond bubble, an invented country did not sound so outlandish.</p><p>•       <strong>Transparency Pays. </strong>The argument with the widest reach. Britain’s advantage in the nineteenth century was not only naval: its bonds were issued by a parliament that controlled the purse and published financial numbers, rather than by a fickle royal family, and Dutch, German and French investors preferred them for exactly that reason. Cheaper borrowing made Britain stronger, and Rothschild then went round cajoling other governments to open their books and issue through their estates rather than their kings, because that is what British money now expected. Accountability, in other words, had a price advantage — a quiet feedback loop pushing governments towards openness. America’s version is Hamilton, who assumed the states’ defaulted war debts and turned them into federal bonds that circulated as money in a country desperately short of coin — a financial enema, as the musical has it. The Louisiana Purchase was financed entirely by bonds, arranged by the British bank Baring Brothers while Britain was at war with France. Wigglesworth calls it a win-win-win; Andrew notes the indigenou...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/e733b0a8/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/e733b0a8/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>And Now For Something Completely Similar: Untangling the Power from the Pretense of Our AI Circus</title>
      <itunes:episode>3048</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3048</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>And Now For Something Completely Similar: Untangling the Power from the Pretense of Our AI Circus</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c909c069-43fe-4807-bb9b-1319035e7cae</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Lenin supposedly said there are decades where nothing happens, and weeks where decades happen. This wasn’t one of those weeks.</p><p> </p><p>It might have looked like a historic week. The AI circus rolled into the UN with Sam Altman and Dario Amodei addressing the Security Council on the peril facing “humanity as a whole.” Britain and Australia weighed in with middling diplomatic or regulatory AI initiatives of their own. Trump renamed AI as superintelligence.</p><p> </p><p>But none of this changed anything. The UN continued its kabuki theater of making global pronouncements without having the power to change even the most local of things. Britain and Australia remained not-great powers with delusions of grandeur. In the <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/trump-has-finally-lost-the-plot?r=ktr9">autumn of his patriarchy</a>, Trump continued to flail with pathetic powerlessness. And Dario and Sam increasingly seem like bit actors in the unfolding AI drama.</p><p> </p><p>So where’s all the power in AI? What’s this week’s real story? In Ezra Klein’s New York Times <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HjurAWAr_nY">conversation</a> with Nvidia CEO Jensen Huang, which <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher Keith Teare called “an interview for the ages,” Huang, the CEO of the world’s most valuable company, reveals himself as the guy running the AI show.</p><p> </p><p>The $5 trillion dollar man talks with the quiet authority of the AI headmaster, fearlessly scolding his riotous sixth form. And his most riotous pupils are Dario Amodei and Sam Altman. So, in response to their latest handwringing about AI’s existential threat to humanity, Huang’s message was unambiguous. If you can’t align it, “don’t ship it,” he said of these supposedly humanity-destroying AI products, and if you truly cannot contain your own experiments, “then I think the answer is that we have to shut the labs down.”</p><p> </p><p>The most revealing part of the Klein interview was about Nvidia’s astonishing economic clout in the AI economy. Huang put his chip manufacturer’s investment in this ecosystem at around $100 billion — larger, as Klein noted, than Joe Biden’s entire CHIPS and Science Act. This guy has serious clout, equivalent to or perhaps even surpassing the US state. He doesn’t waste his time at the UN. He’s not running wannabe great powers like Australia or Britain. He doesn’t play senile semantic games like you-know-who.</p><p> </p><p>Huang can lay down the law to Sam and Dario (and Trump) because he doesn’t fear them. As the Exponential View’s Azeem Azhar reveals in a revealing <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bI9mGMEaZ8E">interview</a> this week with Atlantic CEO Nick Thompson, Nvidia isn’t dependent on the walled garden innovators at OpenAI and Anthropic. Neither lab actually buys Huang’s hardware — they rent capacity from the cloud companies that do, which makes them tenants rather than customers. Meanwhile the cheaper and maybe even better open weight models now pouring out of China run on the same Nvidia silicon. Whoever wins the AI race, Jensen “Levi Strauss” Huang sells them the chips.</p><p> </p><p>So Mr Chips to Sam and Dario: heads you lose, tails I win. Shut up or shut down. That’s what happened this week.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Theatre of the UN. </strong>Altman and Amodei chose the Security Council rather than the General Assembly — the biggest forum available, and one with at least some teeth. What they want, in Keith’s reading, is political globalization: a super-state view of AI, with rules set from New York. But AI has already globalized, through the spread of open-source models, and not in a form they like. His analogy is Facebook’s Libra, launched on the condition that every government agree, and dead for exactly that reason. The second motive is liability. The conversation of the past fortnight has moved to who gets sued when something goes wrong, and the only rational answer is the companies that built it — unless they are following rules set by government, in which case liability moves. Both are heading for IPOs. As for Andy Burnham, Keith is unimpressed: Britain built its modern advantage on not regulating, and grasping regulation as the theme of a G20 chairmanship is unlikely to serve either the country or the man.</p><p>•       <strong>Huang Calls the Bluff. </strong>The week’s main event was Ezra Klein’s long interview with Jensen Huang, which Keith calls an interview for the ages. Huang’s frame is the engineer’s: the Golden Gate was not the first bridge, and the Wright Flyer was not the first attempt at flight; engineering is failure leading to success, and what Altman and Amodei describe as species-like behaviour is to him an engineering problem. His conclusion was blunt, and in his own words: if you can’t align it, “don’t ship it”; and if the labs genuinely believe their experiments cannot be contained, “then I think the answer is that we have to shut the labs down,” because the liabilities — civil and criminal — are incredible. What he objects to is the request for relief: asking for regulation while asking for antitrust and product-liability protection makes no sense to him. Keith goes further: Huang is accusing them of being manipulative liars, and he agrees. Andrew pushed back on the idea that the CEO of a five-trillion-dollar company is speaking from pure engineering conviction — you cannot dismiss Sam and Dario’s interests and then treat Huang’s as irrelevant. Keith’s answer: he isn’t pursuing commercial goals, he is angry as an engineer.</p><p>•       <strong>More Than the CHIPS Act. </strong>The line Andrew kept returning to. When Huang mentioned Nvidia’s hundred billion dollars of investment in the AI industry, Klein muttered that this was more than the entire Biden CHIPS Act — and in that aside sits the argument of the week. Governments, Keith says, are missing two things: vision, and money. They are deep in debt, and even if they had the cash there is little reason to trust what they would do with it. This is not an era of state-led innovation but of bottoms-up innovation, and between seventy-five and eighty-five per cent of it is happening in one dot on the world map. Andrew’s caveat is historical — there was a twentieth century in which governments built health services and semiconductors and space programmes, and some people are entitled to be nostalgic for it — but the era has passed, and the UN speeches are its echo.</p><p>•       <strong>Not Dependent on OpenAI. </strong>The most useful technical thread, drawn from Nick Thompson’s interview with Azeem Azhar. Azhar’s point is that Nvidia is not especially dependent on OpenAI and Anthropic, which is part of why Huang can afford to attack them: both labs are renters rather than buyers, taking GPU capacity from the companies who actually purchase Nvidia’s hardware. Keith’s refinement is that this makes them indirect customers rather than irrelevant ones — every GPU purchase is good for Jensen, and the labs depend on the availability of what others buy. Measured in tokens, OpenAI is far ahead of everyone; measured in dollars, Anthropic does better, because its price per token is higher. On the bubble question Azhar is cautiously optimistic and gives numbers; Thompson is less so; and Andrew’s conclusion is the one that matters for anyone watching valuations: the AI economy could quite plausibly prosper without either OpenAI or Anthropic.</p><p>•       <strong>Zuckerberg’s Return. </strong>The quiet story of the week, and the one both men think is the real news. Meta’s Muse is a full-stack agent — models at th...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Lenin supposedly said there are decades where nothing happens, and weeks where decades happen. This wasn’t one of those weeks.</p><p> </p><p>It might have looked like a historic week. The AI circus rolled into the UN with Sam Altman and Dario Amodei addressing the Security Council on the peril facing “humanity as a whole.” Britain and Australia weighed in with middling diplomatic or regulatory AI initiatives of their own. Trump renamed AI as superintelligence.</p><p> </p><p>But none of this changed anything. The UN continued its kabuki theater of making global pronouncements without having the power to change even the most local of things. Britain and Australia remained not-great powers with delusions of grandeur. In the <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/trump-has-finally-lost-the-plot?r=ktr9">autumn of his patriarchy</a>, Trump continued to flail with pathetic powerlessness. And Dario and Sam increasingly seem like bit actors in the unfolding AI drama.</p><p> </p><p>So where’s all the power in AI? What’s this week’s real story? In Ezra Klein’s New York Times <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HjurAWAr_nY">conversation</a> with Nvidia CEO Jensen Huang, which <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher Keith Teare called “an interview for the ages,” Huang, the CEO of the world’s most valuable company, reveals himself as the guy running the AI show.</p><p> </p><p>The $5 trillion dollar man talks with the quiet authority of the AI headmaster, fearlessly scolding his riotous sixth form. And his most riotous pupils are Dario Amodei and Sam Altman. So, in response to their latest handwringing about AI’s existential threat to humanity, Huang’s message was unambiguous. If you can’t align it, “don’t ship it,” he said of these supposedly humanity-destroying AI products, and if you truly cannot contain your own experiments, “then I think the answer is that we have to shut the labs down.”</p><p> </p><p>The most revealing part of the Klein interview was about Nvidia’s astonishing economic clout in the AI economy. Huang put his chip manufacturer’s investment in this ecosystem at around $100 billion — larger, as Klein noted, than Joe Biden’s entire CHIPS and Science Act. This guy has serious clout, equivalent to or perhaps even surpassing the US state. He doesn’t waste his time at the UN. He’s not running wannabe great powers like Australia or Britain. He doesn’t play senile semantic games like you-know-who.</p><p> </p><p>Huang can lay down the law to Sam and Dario (and Trump) because he doesn’t fear them. As the Exponential View’s Azeem Azhar reveals in a revealing <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bI9mGMEaZ8E">interview</a> this week with Atlantic CEO Nick Thompson, Nvidia isn’t dependent on the walled garden innovators at OpenAI and Anthropic. Neither lab actually buys Huang’s hardware — they rent capacity from the cloud companies that do, which makes them tenants rather than customers. Meanwhile the cheaper and maybe even better open weight models now pouring out of China run on the same Nvidia silicon. Whoever wins the AI race, Jensen “Levi Strauss” Huang sells them the chips.</p><p> </p><p>So Mr Chips to Sam and Dario: heads you lose, tails I win. Shut up or shut down. That’s what happened this week.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Theatre of the UN. </strong>Altman and Amodei chose the Security Council rather than the General Assembly — the biggest forum available, and one with at least some teeth. What they want, in Keith’s reading, is political globalization: a super-state view of AI, with rules set from New York. But AI has already globalized, through the spread of open-source models, and not in a form they like. His analogy is Facebook’s Libra, launched on the condition that every government agree, and dead for exactly that reason. The second motive is liability. The conversation of the past fortnight has moved to who gets sued when something goes wrong, and the only rational answer is the companies that built it — unless they are following rules set by government, in which case liability moves. Both are heading for IPOs. As for Andy Burnham, Keith is unimpressed: Britain built its modern advantage on not regulating, and grasping regulation as the theme of a G20 chairmanship is unlikely to serve either the country or the man.</p><p>•       <strong>Huang Calls the Bluff. </strong>The week’s main event was Ezra Klein’s long interview with Jensen Huang, which Keith calls an interview for the ages. Huang’s frame is the engineer’s: the Golden Gate was not the first bridge, and the Wright Flyer was not the first attempt at flight; engineering is failure leading to success, and what Altman and Amodei describe as species-like behaviour is to him an engineering problem. His conclusion was blunt, and in his own words: if you can’t align it, “don’t ship it”; and if the labs genuinely believe their experiments cannot be contained, “then I think the answer is that we have to shut the labs down,” because the liabilities — civil and criminal — are incredible. What he objects to is the request for relief: asking for regulation while asking for antitrust and product-liability protection makes no sense to him. Keith goes further: Huang is accusing them of being manipulative liars, and he agrees. Andrew pushed back on the idea that the CEO of a five-trillion-dollar company is speaking from pure engineering conviction — you cannot dismiss Sam and Dario’s interests and then treat Huang’s as irrelevant. Keith’s answer: he isn’t pursuing commercial goals, he is angry as an engineer.</p><p>•       <strong>More Than the CHIPS Act. </strong>The line Andrew kept returning to. When Huang mentioned Nvidia’s hundred billion dollars of investment in the AI industry, Klein muttered that this was more than the entire Biden CHIPS Act — and in that aside sits the argument of the week. Governments, Keith says, are missing two things: vision, and money. They are deep in debt, and even if they had the cash there is little reason to trust what they would do with it. This is not an era of state-led innovation but of bottoms-up innovation, and between seventy-five and eighty-five per cent of it is happening in one dot on the world map. Andrew’s caveat is historical — there was a twentieth century in which governments built health services and semiconductors and space programmes, and some people are entitled to be nostalgic for it — but the era has passed, and the UN speeches are its echo.</p><p>•       <strong>Not Dependent on OpenAI. </strong>The most useful technical thread, drawn from Nick Thompson’s interview with Azeem Azhar. Azhar’s point is that Nvidia is not especially dependent on OpenAI and Anthropic, which is part of why Huang can afford to attack them: both labs are renters rather than buyers, taking GPU capacity from the companies who actually purchase Nvidia’s hardware. Keith’s refinement is that this makes them indirect customers rather than irrelevant ones — every GPU purchase is good for Jensen, and the labs depend on the availability of what others buy. Measured in tokens, OpenAI is far ahead of everyone; measured in dollars, Anthropic does better, because its price per token is higher. On the bubble question Azhar is cautiously optimistic and gives numbers; Thompson is less so; and Andrew’s conclusion is the one that matters for anyone watching valuations: the AI economy could quite plausibly prosper without either OpenAI or Anthropic.</p><p>•       <strong>Zuckerberg’s Return. </strong>The quiet story of the week, and the one both men think is the real news. Meta’s Muse is a full-stack agent — models at th...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 26 Sep 2026 10:32:19 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/1ef3a58f/b8432fe8.mp3" length="47719734" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3357171" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/1ef3a58f/b8432fe8.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LyuFP1dVlGI">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/bPhUKuFU0v1InHXiDJ8LMDSHKYoO6IfLBiMhK7oWMtA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNjFm/ZTE4OTA3ZmY2NDRj/M2Y2ZjJhNjAxNTdl/YmExOS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2980</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Lenin supposedly said there are decades where nothing happens, and weeks where decades happen. This wasn’t one of those weeks.</p><p> </p><p>It might have looked like a historic week. The AI circus rolled into the UN with Sam Altman and Dario Amodei addressing the Security Council on the peril facing “humanity as a whole.” Britain and Australia weighed in with middling diplomatic or regulatory AI initiatives of their own. Trump renamed AI as superintelligence.</p><p> </p><p>But none of this changed anything. The UN continued its kabuki theater of making global pronouncements without having the power to change even the most local of things. Britain and Australia remained not-great powers with delusions of grandeur. In the <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/trump-has-finally-lost-the-plot?r=ktr9">autumn of his patriarchy</a>, Trump continued to flail with pathetic powerlessness. And Dario and Sam increasingly seem like bit actors in the unfolding AI drama.</p><p> </p><p>So where’s all the power in AI? What’s this week’s real story? In Ezra Klein’s New York Times <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HjurAWAr_nY">conversation</a> with Nvidia CEO Jensen Huang, which <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher Keith Teare called “an interview for the ages,” Huang, the CEO of the world’s most valuable company, reveals himself as the guy running the AI show.</p><p> </p><p>The $5 trillion dollar man talks with the quiet authority of the AI headmaster, fearlessly scolding his riotous sixth form. And his most riotous pupils are Dario Amodei and Sam Altman. So, in response to their latest handwringing about AI’s existential threat to humanity, Huang’s message was unambiguous. If you can’t align it, “don’t ship it,” he said of these supposedly humanity-destroying AI products, and if you truly cannot contain your own experiments, “then I think the answer is that we have to shut the labs down.”</p><p> </p><p>The most revealing part of the Klein interview was about Nvidia’s astonishing economic clout in the AI economy. Huang put his chip manufacturer’s investment in this ecosystem at around $100 billion — larger, as Klein noted, than Joe Biden’s entire CHIPS and Science Act. This guy has serious clout, equivalent to or perhaps even surpassing the US state. He doesn’t waste his time at the UN. He’s not running wannabe great powers like Australia or Britain. He doesn’t play senile semantic games like you-know-who.</p><p> </p><p>Huang can lay down the law to Sam and Dario (and Trump) because he doesn’t fear them. As the Exponential View’s Azeem Azhar reveals in a revealing <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bI9mGMEaZ8E">interview</a> this week with Atlantic CEO Nick Thompson, Nvidia isn’t dependent on the walled garden innovators at OpenAI and Anthropic. Neither lab actually buys Huang’s hardware — they rent capacity from the cloud companies that do, which makes them tenants rather than customers. Meanwhile the cheaper and maybe even better open weight models now pouring out of China run on the same Nvidia silicon. Whoever wins the AI race, Jensen “Levi Strauss” Huang sells them the chips.</p><p> </p><p>So Mr Chips to Sam and Dario: heads you lose, tails I win. Shut up or shut down. That’s what happened this week.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Theatre of the UN. </strong>Altman and Amodei chose the Security Council rather than the General Assembly — the biggest forum available, and one with at least some teeth. What they want, in Keith’s reading, is political globalization: a super-state view of AI, with rules set from New York. But AI has already globalized, through the spread of open-source models, and not in a form they like. His analogy is Facebook’s Libra, launched on the condition that every government agree, and dead for exactly that reason. The second motive is liability. The conversation of the past fortnight has moved to who gets sued when something goes wrong, and the only rational answer is the companies that built it — unless they are following rules set by government, in which case liability moves. Both are heading for IPOs. As for Andy Burnham, Keith is unimpressed: Britain built its modern advantage on not regulating, and grasping regulation as the theme of a G20 chairmanship is unlikely to serve either the country or the man.</p><p>•       <strong>Huang Calls the Bluff. </strong>The week’s main event was Ezra Klein’s long interview with Jensen Huang, which Keith calls an interview for the ages. Huang’s frame is the engineer’s: the Golden Gate was not the first bridge, and the Wright Flyer was not the first attempt at flight; engineering is failure leading to success, and what Altman and Amodei describe as species-like behaviour is to him an engineering problem. His conclusion was blunt, and in his own words: if you can’t align it, “don’t ship it”; and if the labs genuinely believe their experiments cannot be contained, “then I think the answer is that we have to shut the labs down,” because the liabilities — civil and criminal — are incredible. What he objects to is the request for relief: asking for regulation while asking for antitrust and product-liability protection makes no sense to him. Keith goes further: Huang is accusing them of being manipulative liars, and he agrees. Andrew pushed back on the idea that the CEO of a five-trillion-dollar company is speaking from pure engineering conviction — you cannot dismiss Sam and Dario’s interests and then treat Huang’s as irrelevant. Keith’s answer: he isn’t pursuing commercial goals, he is angry as an engineer.</p><p>•       <strong>More Than the CHIPS Act. </strong>The line Andrew kept returning to. When Huang mentioned Nvidia’s hundred billion dollars of investment in the AI industry, Klein muttered that this was more than the entire Biden CHIPS Act — and in that aside sits the argument of the week. Governments, Keith says, are missing two things: vision, and money. They are deep in debt, and even if they had the cash there is little reason to trust what they would do with it. This is not an era of state-led innovation but of bottoms-up innovation, and between seventy-five and eighty-five per cent of it is happening in one dot on the world map. Andrew’s caveat is historical — there was a twentieth century in which governments built health services and semiconductors and space programmes, and some people are entitled to be nostalgic for it — but the era has passed, and the UN speeches are its echo.</p><p>•       <strong>Not Dependent on OpenAI. </strong>The most useful technical thread, drawn from Nick Thompson’s interview with Azeem Azhar. Azhar’s point is that Nvidia is not especially dependent on OpenAI and Anthropic, which is part of why Huang can afford to attack them: both labs are renters rather than buyers, taking GPU capacity from the companies who actually purchase Nvidia’s hardware. Keith’s refinement is that this makes them indirect customers rather than irrelevant ones — every GPU purchase is good for Jensen, and the labs depend on the availability of what others buy. Measured in tokens, OpenAI is far ahead of everyone; measured in dollars, Anthropic does better, because its price per token is higher. On the bubble question Azhar is cautiously optimistic and gives numbers; Thompson is less so; and Andrew’s conclusion is the one that matters for anyone watching valuations: the AI economy could quite plausibly prosper without either OpenAI or Anthropic.</p><p>•       <strong>Zuckerberg’s Return. </strong>The quiet story of the week, and the one both men think is the real news. Meta’s Muse is a full-stack agent — models at th...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/1ef3a58f/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Trump Has Finally Lost the Plot: Jonathan Rauch &amp; Peter Wehner on the Autumn of the American Patriarch</title>
      <itunes:episode>3047</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3047</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Trump Has Finally Lost the Plot: Jonathan Rauch &amp; Peter Wehner on the Autumn of the American Patriarch</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">81b7f3bf-9311-4bc5-bcb3-2d55987749e5</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“His intent is getting worse, but his capacity is diminishing. The next two years will be some kind of mad race to figure out which of these two things will prevail.” </em>— Jonathan Rauch</p><p> </p><p>As the nights get shorter, we are drifting into the autumn of the patriarch. That, at least, is the view of two old friends of the show, <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/postmodern-patrimonialism-trumps?r=ktr9">Jonathan Rauch</a> and <a href="https://x.com/Peter_Wehner">Peter Wehner</a>, who argued in <em>The New York Times</em> that Trump has <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/09/19/opinion/trump-vance-turning-point-minneapolis.html">finally</a> lost the plot. So will this really go down as the fall that Trump failed?</p><p> </p><p>Rauch and Wehner note what’s failed and what hasn’t. MAGA’s revolutionary project — the regime change, the campaign against the universities, the idea that America had become Flight 93 — was an attempt to rout liberals from the commanding heights of American culture. At first this conservative Leninism succeeded, with universities and law firms folding in the face of a bullying state. But then civil society reorganized, fought back on the streets and in the courts, and district judges mostly held the line. But while the atmosphere of fear has evaporated, Rauch notes, what Trump has won is the transformation of the American state into a patrimonial form of government. With the complicity of Congress, it’s hard to untangle the state as personal property and as a family business.</p><p> </p><p>Wehner’s ethical diagnosis is starker. Coining it as the autumn of the sociopath, he observes sociopathy fused with visible cognitive decline, an old fool with enormous power and fewer people willing to check him. Rather than Trump losing the plot, the plot has lost the doddering patriarch. Forget Venezuela and Cuba. The concluding series in this North American version of <em>The Autumn of the Patriarch</em> will be aired live from La Casa Blanca.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Losing the Plot. </strong>The <em>New York Times</em> piece is, Rauch says, consistent with his earlier <em>Atlantic</em> essay on fascism rather than a retreat from it: that piece argued Trump was a fascist type of leader who would probably fail, and this one says the failure has happened. The plot in question is the revolutionary one — the attempt by the people around Trump to rewire American culture from the White House. Wehner’s account of the man is bleaker than the politics. There were guardrails in the first term, Kelly and Mattis among them, and there are far fewer now; what has changed is a fusion of sociopathic tendencies that were always there with a cognitive decline that is obvious to anyone watching. He would update García Márquez’s title to the autumn of the sociopath. And the image that lands: a doddering old fool wandering out of meetings to opine about the ballroom and the White House grass — except that he is a doddering old fool with a tremendous amount of power, surrounded by advisers who in some cases want to go further than he does.</p><p>•       <strong>The Part He Won. </strong>Rauch is careful not to declare victory: the article spends its first third on what succeeded, and the most important of those elements to Trump personally is patrimonialism — the organization of government in which the state is the personal property and family business of the leader. That is how he runs the presidency, the Justice Department, trade policy, the Pentagon and the architecture of Washington, with a great deal of complicity from Congress. Why did the Republicans fold? Three reasons, in Rauch’s account: members who defied him were primaried and often beaten; they swim in a media and political environment where ninety per cent of the people they meet judge them by their fidelity to Trump; and they are physically afraid — death threats follow a social-media finger-point, and members of Congress are not wealthy people with round-the-clock security. The first crack in the patrimonial edifice, Rauch notes, came this week from Senator John Curtis of Utah, who called for an investigation into the president’s son’s wedding.</p><p>•       <strong>Minneapolis. </strong>Both men treat the Minneapolis protests as the hinge. Before them, Wehner sensed powerlessness and despair among Trump’s critics — a loss of human agency. Then people stood up, peacefully, in freezing temperatures, and ICE pulled out. You can prove the possible by the actual, he says, and Minneapolis was something actual. His caveat is unsparing about his countrymen: much of the rediscovery of virtue has been driven by economic pain — gas prices, grocery prices, interest rates, the Iran debacle. He describes a Trump voter he met in a McLean coffee shop who had voted for the man three times and now says he wouldn’t again. But if the economy were growing at four per cent with inflation at one and a half, Wehner suspects many would not give a damn — and that, he says, is an indictment of who they are. Seventy-seven million people voted for a man who had incited an insurrection. As for the coming memory hole, he expects plenty of retrospective distancing; he cites Gerard Baker and Laura Ingraham as early examples.</p><p>•       <strong>Civil Society Held. </strong>The most encouraging thread. The revolutionary project had a theorist — Patrick Deneen, whose 2023 book Regime Change argued that conservatives must not merely constrain the elites who run American society but replace them — and an architect in Christopher Rufo, plus Bannon, the Heritage Foundation and the Flight 93 conviction — Michael Anton’s 2016 essay — that it was now or never. Universities and law firms submitted first, and Rauch thinks the law firms never needed to. Then it turned: lawsuits, reorganization, district court judges doing a remarkable job at some personal risk. What looked like a bulldozer in the first six months now looks like something people are much less frightened of. He is still renaming lakes and excluding networks from the press pool, but the momentum is gone. Their diagnosis of the error is structural: you cannot win a razor-thin margin and then remake a fundamentally non-revolutionary country in two years. Wehner adds the deeper irony — conservative Leninism is a contradiction in terms, since the conservative temperament is anti-revolutionary by definition. Meanwhile the MAGA coalition is cracking up: Shapiro against Levin against Kelly against Carlson, the acrobats going one way and the clowns the other.</p><p>•       <strong>What They Got Wrong. </strong>Andrew asked both men what a decade of Trump has changed in them. Wehner has rethought his party and his faith — he remains a Christian but no longer calls himself an evangelical — while his conservatism, the Burke and Oakeshott kind, he still holds. Rauch’s answer is more unsettling: what has not changed is his conviction that the founders got the system right, but he misjudged the character of the American people. It never occurred to him that a man who attempted an insurrection could be a viable candidate, let alone re-elected, and he quotes Roger Sherman’s line at the Constitutional Convention that the people are poorly informed and easily misled. He also missed the distress signals — the people left behind economically and culturally, who were not a hundred per cent wrong about a cosmopolitan conspiracy of the Davos crowd — and pleads guilty to complacency, then and now, because he still doesn’t know what the next agenda looks like. On party: he has been a functional Democrat since 2018, voting only for Democrats until the Republicans rejoin the camp of liberal democracy. And to A...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“His intent is getting worse, but his capacity is diminishing. The next two years will be some kind of mad race to figure out which of these two things will prevail.” </em>— Jonathan Rauch</p><p> </p><p>As the nights get shorter, we are drifting into the autumn of the patriarch. That, at least, is the view of two old friends of the show, <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/postmodern-patrimonialism-trumps?r=ktr9">Jonathan Rauch</a> and <a href="https://x.com/Peter_Wehner">Peter Wehner</a>, who argued in <em>The New York Times</em> that Trump has <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/09/19/opinion/trump-vance-turning-point-minneapolis.html">finally</a> lost the plot. So will this really go down as the fall that Trump failed?</p><p> </p><p>Rauch and Wehner note what’s failed and what hasn’t. MAGA’s revolutionary project — the regime change, the campaign against the universities, the idea that America had become Flight 93 — was an attempt to rout liberals from the commanding heights of American culture. At first this conservative Leninism succeeded, with universities and law firms folding in the face of a bullying state. But then civil society reorganized, fought back on the streets and in the courts, and district judges mostly held the line. But while the atmosphere of fear has evaporated, Rauch notes, what Trump has won is the transformation of the American state into a patrimonial form of government. With the complicity of Congress, it’s hard to untangle the state as personal property and as a family business.</p><p> </p><p>Wehner’s ethical diagnosis is starker. Coining it as the autumn of the sociopath, he observes sociopathy fused with visible cognitive decline, an old fool with enormous power and fewer people willing to check him. Rather than Trump losing the plot, the plot has lost the doddering patriarch. Forget Venezuela and Cuba. The concluding series in this North American version of <em>The Autumn of the Patriarch</em> will be aired live from La Casa Blanca.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Losing the Plot. </strong>The <em>New York Times</em> piece is, Rauch says, consistent with his earlier <em>Atlantic</em> essay on fascism rather than a retreat from it: that piece argued Trump was a fascist type of leader who would probably fail, and this one says the failure has happened. The plot in question is the revolutionary one — the attempt by the people around Trump to rewire American culture from the White House. Wehner’s account of the man is bleaker than the politics. There were guardrails in the first term, Kelly and Mattis among them, and there are far fewer now; what has changed is a fusion of sociopathic tendencies that were always there with a cognitive decline that is obvious to anyone watching. He would update García Márquez’s title to the autumn of the sociopath. And the image that lands: a doddering old fool wandering out of meetings to opine about the ballroom and the White House grass — except that he is a doddering old fool with a tremendous amount of power, surrounded by advisers who in some cases want to go further than he does.</p><p>•       <strong>The Part He Won. </strong>Rauch is careful not to declare victory: the article spends its first third on what succeeded, and the most important of those elements to Trump personally is patrimonialism — the organization of government in which the state is the personal property and family business of the leader. That is how he runs the presidency, the Justice Department, trade policy, the Pentagon and the architecture of Washington, with a great deal of complicity from Congress. Why did the Republicans fold? Three reasons, in Rauch’s account: members who defied him were primaried and often beaten; they swim in a media and political environment where ninety per cent of the people they meet judge them by their fidelity to Trump; and they are physically afraid — death threats follow a social-media finger-point, and members of Congress are not wealthy people with round-the-clock security. The first crack in the patrimonial edifice, Rauch notes, came this week from Senator John Curtis of Utah, who called for an investigation into the president’s son’s wedding.</p><p>•       <strong>Minneapolis. </strong>Both men treat the Minneapolis protests as the hinge. Before them, Wehner sensed powerlessness and despair among Trump’s critics — a loss of human agency. Then people stood up, peacefully, in freezing temperatures, and ICE pulled out. You can prove the possible by the actual, he says, and Minneapolis was something actual. His caveat is unsparing about his countrymen: much of the rediscovery of virtue has been driven by economic pain — gas prices, grocery prices, interest rates, the Iran debacle. He describes a Trump voter he met in a McLean coffee shop who had voted for the man three times and now says he wouldn’t again. But if the economy were growing at four per cent with inflation at one and a half, Wehner suspects many would not give a damn — and that, he says, is an indictment of who they are. Seventy-seven million people voted for a man who had incited an insurrection. As for the coming memory hole, he expects plenty of retrospective distancing; he cites Gerard Baker and Laura Ingraham as early examples.</p><p>•       <strong>Civil Society Held. </strong>The most encouraging thread. The revolutionary project had a theorist — Patrick Deneen, whose 2023 book Regime Change argued that conservatives must not merely constrain the elites who run American society but replace them — and an architect in Christopher Rufo, plus Bannon, the Heritage Foundation and the Flight 93 conviction — Michael Anton’s 2016 essay — that it was now or never. Universities and law firms submitted first, and Rauch thinks the law firms never needed to. Then it turned: lawsuits, reorganization, district court judges doing a remarkable job at some personal risk. What looked like a bulldozer in the first six months now looks like something people are much less frightened of. He is still renaming lakes and excluding networks from the press pool, but the momentum is gone. Their diagnosis of the error is structural: you cannot win a razor-thin margin and then remake a fundamentally non-revolutionary country in two years. Wehner adds the deeper irony — conservative Leninism is a contradiction in terms, since the conservative temperament is anti-revolutionary by definition. Meanwhile the MAGA coalition is cracking up: Shapiro against Levin against Kelly against Carlson, the acrobats going one way and the clowns the other.</p><p>•       <strong>What They Got Wrong. </strong>Andrew asked both men what a decade of Trump has changed in them. Wehner has rethought his party and his faith — he remains a Christian but no longer calls himself an evangelical — while his conservatism, the Burke and Oakeshott kind, he still holds. Rauch’s answer is more unsettling: what has not changed is his conviction that the founders got the system right, but he misjudged the character of the American people. It never occurred to him that a man who attempted an insurrection could be a viable candidate, let alone re-elected, and he quotes Roger Sherman’s line at the Constitutional Convention that the people are poorly informed and easily misled. He also missed the distress signals — the people left behind economically and culturally, who were not a hundred per cent wrong about a cosmopolitan conspiracy of the Davos crowd — and pleads guilty to complacency, then and now, because he still doesn’t know what the next agenda looks like. On party: he has been a functional Democrat since 2018, voting only for Democrats until the Republicans rejoin the camp of liberal democracy. And to A...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Sep 2026 07:54:46 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/b9f6e1cd/4e635de0.mp3" length="47755411" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3458708" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/b9f6e1cd/4e635de0.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_CoNlCqaAP0">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/M4RuTHtBkGFSdqc4skaoUZExKiY3WQQRCcxPijEQNdM/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hYTU1/NDA2NTQ0YzljZGQ4/ZWVkNTA5YTU2YzZi/Yjk3My5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2983</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“His intent is getting worse, but his capacity is diminishing. The next two years will be some kind of mad race to figure out which of these two things will prevail.” </em>— Jonathan Rauch</p><p> </p><p>As the nights get shorter, we are drifting into the autumn of the patriarch. That, at least, is the view of two old friends of the show, <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/postmodern-patrimonialism-trumps?r=ktr9">Jonathan Rauch</a> and <a href="https://x.com/Peter_Wehner">Peter Wehner</a>, who argued in <em>The New York Times</em> that Trump has <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/09/19/opinion/trump-vance-turning-point-minneapolis.html">finally</a> lost the plot. So will this really go down as the fall that Trump failed?</p><p> </p><p>Rauch and Wehner note what’s failed and what hasn’t. MAGA’s revolutionary project — the regime change, the campaign against the universities, the idea that America had become Flight 93 — was an attempt to rout liberals from the commanding heights of American culture. At first this conservative Leninism succeeded, with universities and law firms folding in the face of a bullying state. But then civil society reorganized, fought back on the streets and in the courts, and district judges mostly held the line. But while the atmosphere of fear has evaporated, Rauch notes, what Trump has won is the transformation of the American state into a patrimonial form of government. With the complicity of Congress, it’s hard to untangle the state as personal property and as a family business.</p><p> </p><p>Wehner’s ethical diagnosis is starker. Coining it as the autumn of the sociopath, he observes sociopathy fused with visible cognitive decline, an old fool with enormous power and fewer people willing to check him. Rather than Trump losing the plot, the plot has lost the doddering patriarch. Forget Venezuela and Cuba. The concluding series in this North American version of <em>The Autumn of the Patriarch</em> will be aired live from La Casa Blanca.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Losing the Plot. </strong>The <em>New York Times</em> piece is, Rauch says, consistent with his earlier <em>Atlantic</em> essay on fascism rather than a retreat from it: that piece argued Trump was a fascist type of leader who would probably fail, and this one says the failure has happened. The plot in question is the revolutionary one — the attempt by the people around Trump to rewire American culture from the White House. Wehner’s account of the man is bleaker than the politics. There were guardrails in the first term, Kelly and Mattis among them, and there are far fewer now; what has changed is a fusion of sociopathic tendencies that were always there with a cognitive decline that is obvious to anyone watching. He would update García Márquez’s title to the autumn of the sociopath. And the image that lands: a doddering old fool wandering out of meetings to opine about the ballroom and the White House grass — except that he is a doddering old fool with a tremendous amount of power, surrounded by advisers who in some cases want to go further than he does.</p><p>•       <strong>The Part He Won. </strong>Rauch is careful not to declare victory: the article spends its first third on what succeeded, and the most important of those elements to Trump personally is patrimonialism — the organization of government in which the state is the personal property and family business of the leader. That is how he runs the presidency, the Justice Department, trade policy, the Pentagon and the architecture of Washington, with a great deal of complicity from Congress. Why did the Republicans fold? Three reasons, in Rauch’s account: members who defied him were primaried and often beaten; they swim in a media and political environment where ninety per cent of the people they meet judge them by their fidelity to Trump; and they are physically afraid — death threats follow a social-media finger-point, and members of Congress are not wealthy people with round-the-clock security. The first crack in the patrimonial edifice, Rauch notes, came this week from Senator John Curtis of Utah, who called for an investigation into the president’s son’s wedding.</p><p>•       <strong>Minneapolis. </strong>Both men treat the Minneapolis protests as the hinge. Before them, Wehner sensed powerlessness and despair among Trump’s critics — a loss of human agency. Then people stood up, peacefully, in freezing temperatures, and ICE pulled out. You can prove the possible by the actual, he says, and Minneapolis was something actual. His caveat is unsparing about his countrymen: much of the rediscovery of virtue has been driven by economic pain — gas prices, grocery prices, interest rates, the Iran debacle. He describes a Trump voter he met in a McLean coffee shop who had voted for the man three times and now says he wouldn’t again. But if the economy were growing at four per cent with inflation at one and a half, Wehner suspects many would not give a damn — and that, he says, is an indictment of who they are. Seventy-seven million people voted for a man who had incited an insurrection. As for the coming memory hole, he expects plenty of retrospective distancing; he cites Gerard Baker and Laura Ingraham as early examples.</p><p>•       <strong>Civil Society Held. </strong>The most encouraging thread. The revolutionary project had a theorist — Patrick Deneen, whose 2023 book Regime Change argued that conservatives must not merely constrain the elites who run American society but replace them — and an architect in Christopher Rufo, plus Bannon, the Heritage Foundation and the Flight 93 conviction — Michael Anton’s 2016 essay — that it was now or never. Universities and law firms submitted first, and Rauch thinks the law firms never needed to. Then it turned: lawsuits, reorganization, district court judges doing a remarkable job at some personal risk. What looked like a bulldozer in the first six months now looks like something people are much less frightened of. He is still renaming lakes and excluding networks from the press pool, but the momentum is gone. Their diagnosis of the error is structural: you cannot win a razor-thin margin and then remake a fundamentally non-revolutionary country in two years. Wehner adds the deeper irony — conservative Leninism is a contradiction in terms, since the conservative temperament is anti-revolutionary by definition. Meanwhile the MAGA coalition is cracking up: Shapiro against Levin against Kelly against Carlson, the acrobats going one way and the clowns the other.</p><p>•       <strong>What They Got Wrong. </strong>Andrew asked both men what a decade of Trump has changed in them. Wehner has rethought his party and his faith — he remains a Christian but no longer calls himself an evangelical — while his conservatism, the Burke and Oakeshott kind, he still holds. Rauch’s answer is more unsettling: what has not changed is his conviction that the founders got the system right, but he misjudged the character of the American people. It never occurred to him that a man who attempted an insurrection could be a viable candidate, let alone re-elected, and he quotes Roger Sherman’s line at the Constitutional Convention that the people are poorly informed and easily misled. He also missed the distress signals — the people left behind economically and culturally, who were not a hundred per cent wrong about a cosmopolitan conspiracy of the Davos crowd — and pleads guilty to complacency, then and now, because he still doesn’t know what the next agenda looks like. On party: he has been a functional Democrat since 2018, voting only for Democrats until the Republicans rejoin the camp of liberal democracy. And to A...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b9f6e1cd/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Proudly-Jewish &amp; Never-Boring: Alan Dershowitz on His Divorce from the Democratic Party</title>
      <itunes:episode>3046</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3046</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Proudly-Jewish &amp; Never-Boring: Alan Dershowitz on His Divorce from the Democratic Party</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6667615a-54cf-4a35-8288-47cefc200630</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“A good divorce is better than a bad marriage, and this is a good divorce.” </em>— Alan Dershowitz</p><p> </p><p>The American lawyer <a href="https://dersh.substack.com/">Alan Dershowitz</a> says he’s been voting Democrat since John F. Kennedy. He even defended Ted Kennedy, Bill Clinton and Alan Cranston in court. But, at 88 years old, Dershowitz has now left — or, as he puts it, been forced out of the Dems, in the same way Ronald Reagan was sixty years ago. His new book <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/why-i-quit-the-dems-and-so-should-you-confessions-of-a-reluctant-republican-alan-dershowitz/630047951fec7903"><em>Why I Quit the Dems and So Should You</em></a> is both a history of his souring relations with the Democrats and a confessional of a reluctant Republican.</p><p> </p><p>A good divorce, the twice-married Dershowitz promises, is better than a bad marriage. Like many angry spouses, he says he’s been forced into the split. Today’s Democratic Party, he claims, is closer than any political party in modern American history to what the Nazi Party was in 1932 before it came to power. He names Abdul El-Sayed and Zohran Mamdani as antisemites, calls Bernie Sanders a self-hating Jew, and insists Kamala Harris passed over Josh Shapiro because Shapiro is a Jew who wouldn’t renounce Zionism.</p><p> </p><p>What’s his proof on the Harris claim? What other reason could there be? Dershowitz claims. Besides, even if Israel vanished as an issue tomorrow, he says he still couldn’t go back to the failed marriage, because the Dems have abandoned what he calls “meritocracy.”</p><p> </p><p>At 88, Dershowitz is perhaps a little more self-reflective than he was in his legal pomp. In conclusion, I ask him to summarize himself in a word. “Proudly-Jewish,” he says, before adding “never-boring.” We can all agree on that, if perhaps little else.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Good Divorce. </strong>Dershowitz frames his departure as liberation rather than loss: a good divorce is better than a bad marriage, and he was thrown out, he says, much as Ronald Reagan was. The loyalty he is breaking runs deep — he first voted for John F. Kennedy, defended Ted Kennedy, Bill Clinton and Senator Alan Cranston, and campaigned for Democrats for most of his adult life. He describes himself now as a convert, and converts, he notes, are the most fervent. What he wants is not the suffering of Democrats — his wife, children and much of his family remain in the party — but their defeat: he does not want them running the House or the Senate, and names AOC and Abdul El-Sayed as people he does not want chairing committees. He first went independent, then concluded that independence wasn’t enough, which is how a lifelong liberal became, in the book’s subtitle, a reluctant Republican — or, as Andrew put it, an angry spouse who says he was forced into the split. President Trump, he notes, endorsed the book.</p><p>•       <strong>The Charge. </strong>The hour’s most incendiary material, and it should be read as his claims rather than as established fact. Dershowitz argues the Democratic Party is closer than any political party in modern American history to what the Nazi Party was in 1932 — specifically 1932, he stresses, not 1935: Jews feeling unsafe at universities, Jews losing jobs, an obsession with the nation-state of the Jewish people. He names El-Sayed and Mamdani as antisemites, says he does not believe Mamdani or his family like Jews, calls Bernie Sanders a self-hating Jew and a hypocrite, and says Elizabeth Warren doesn’t like Jews. His central political claim: no Jew perceived as pro-Israel can now win a Democratic primary, and no Jew will be nominated for president — which is why, in his telling, Kamala Harris passed over Josh Shapiro, a choice he says cost her Pennsylvania and possibly the election. Andrew asked how he could know that. “What other reason could there be?” was the answer, and Andrew offered the conventional one: that Harris didn’t want to be eclipsed by her running mate.</p><p>•       <strong>Meritocracy. </strong>Andrew’s sharpest structural question was hypothetical: if the Middle East were solved overnight and Israel vanished as an American political issue, could he return to the Democratic Party? No — because of meritocracy. The Democrats, he argues, have become the party of identity politics, of judging ideas by who said them and candidates by race or gender rather than merit; DEI, in his formulation, means exclusion rather than inclusion. The argument is partly autobiographical. His father did not finish high school, his mother managed half a semester of college, and he rose, he says, on merit alone — as did friends who were Italian, Irish and Black. He does not claim anti-meritocracy is itself antisemitism, but he does argue that Jews have been disproportionate beneficiaries of meritocracy and so suffer disproportionately from its retreat.</p><p>•       <strong>Andrew’s Pushback. </strong>The spine of the episode. One: has he become single-issue? His answer — that this is like asking a German in 1932 to vote on the economy — concedes the framing and defends it, arguing antisemitism is the only prejudice now moving in the wrong direction. Two: what about the antisemites of the right, Tucker Carlson and JD Vance? Republicans marginalize theirs, he says, while Democrats embrace theirs; he does not regard Vance as an antisemite, and does regard Carlson as one. Three: can a Jew criticize Israel without being an antisemite? Yes — he criticizes Netanyahu, Ben-Gvir, Smotrich and Likud; what he calls antisemitism is denying the state’s right to exist, and his analogy is New Zealand. On the charge of genocide in Gaza he was categorical, calling those who use the word ignoramuses, liars and bigots — a characterization Andrew put to him twice. Four, and the exchange that lingers: why, in his account, is it always the Jews? “That question itself smacks of antisemitism,” he replied. “But you’re the one who’s said it,” Andrew answered. “I’m just asking you why.”</p><p>•       <strong>Never Boring. </strong>The lawyer’s creed, and the personal coda. Dershowitz defends having represented people he despises — the Nazis who marched at Skokie; Palestinian students who wanted to fly their flag in Harvard Yard, an occasion he remembers fondly because he then spoke against Arafat at their own event; Jeffrey Epstein, whom he calls a terrible human being who did terrible things, and whose case he says he has volunteered to testify about before a House panel. His models are John Adams defending the redcoats after the Boston Massacre and Lincoln defending the guilty: the Sixth Amendment doesn’t come with a character test. There is family cost — Larry David cut him off over his defence of Trump at the first impeachment, though the two have since made up — and family discipline: no politics at Thanksgiving or the Jewish New Year. Asked for one word he’d want attached to his name, he offered two: proudly Jewish, and American. And his wife’s line, which he clearly relishes: the tombstone will say never boring. Andrew’s verdict: we can all agree on that, if little else.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p>Alan Dershowitz is the Felix Frankfurter Professor of Law, Emeritus, at Harvard Law School, where he taught for fifty years. His many books include Chutzpah, Reversal of Fortune and The Case for Israel. He has represented clients from Claus von Bülow and Mike Tyson to O. J. Simpson, Julian Assange, Jeffrey Epstein and Donald Trump, whom he defended at the first impeachment trial. <em>Why I Quit the Dems and So Should You: Confessions of a Reluctant Re...</em></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“A good divorce is better than a bad marriage, and this is a good divorce.” </em>— Alan Dershowitz</p><p> </p><p>The American lawyer <a href="https://dersh.substack.com/">Alan Dershowitz</a> says he’s been voting Democrat since John F. Kennedy. He even defended Ted Kennedy, Bill Clinton and Alan Cranston in court. But, at 88 years old, Dershowitz has now left — or, as he puts it, been forced out of the Dems, in the same way Ronald Reagan was sixty years ago. His new book <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/why-i-quit-the-dems-and-so-should-you-confessions-of-a-reluctant-republican-alan-dershowitz/630047951fec7903"><em>Why I Quit the Dems and So Should You</em></a> is both a history of his souring relations with the Democrats and a confessional of a reluctant Republican.</p><p> </p><p>A good divorce, the twice-married Dershowitz promises, is better than a bad marriage. Like many angry spouses, he says he’s been forced into the split. Today’s Democratic Party, he claims, is closer than any political party in modern American history to what the Nazi Party was in 1932 before it came to power. He names Abdul El-Sayed and Zohran Mamdani as antisemites, calls Bernie Sanders a self-hating Jew, and insists Kamala Harris passed over Josh Shapiro because Shapiro is a Jew who wouldn’t renounce Zionism.</p><p> </p><p>What’s his proof on the Harris claim? What other reason could there be? Dershowitz claims. Besides, even if Israel vanished as an issue tomorrow, he says he still couldn’t go back to the failed marriage, because the Dems have abandoned what he calls “meritocracy.”</p><p> </p><p>At 88, Dershowitz is perhaps a little more self-reflective than he was in his legal pomp. In conclusion, I ask him to summarize himself in a word. “Proudly-Jewish,” he says, before adding “never-boring.” We can all agree on that, if perhaps little else.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Good Divorce. </strong>Dershowitz frames his departure as liberation rather than loss: a good divorce is better than a bad marriage, and he was thrown out, he says, much as Ronald Reagan was. The loyalty he is breaking runs deep — he first voted for John F. Kennedy, defended Ted Kennedy, Bill Clinton and Senator Alan Cranston, and campaigned for Democrats for most of his adult life. He describes himself now as a convert, and converts, he notes, are the most fervent. What he wants is not the suffering of Democrats — his wife, children and much of his family remain in the party — but their defeat: he does not want them running the House or the Senate, and names AOC and Abdul El-Sayed as people he does not want chairing committees. He first went independent, then concluded that independence wasn’t enough, which is how a lifelong liberal became, in the book’s subtitle, a reluctant Republican — or, as Andrew put it, an angry spouse who says he was forced into the split. President Trump, he notes, endorsed the book.</p><p>•       <strong>The Charge. </strong>The hour’s most incendiary material, and it should be read as his claims rather than as established fact. Dershowitz argues the Democratic Party is closer than any political party in modern American history to what the Nazi Party was in 1932 — specifically 1932, he stresses, not 1935: Jews feeling unsafe at universities, Jews losing jobs, an obsession with the nation-state of the Jewish people. He names El-Sayed and Mamdani as antisemites, says he does not believe Mamdani or his family like Jews, calls Bernie Sanders a self-hating Jew and a hypocrite, and says Elizabeth Warren doesn’t like Jews. His central political claim: no Jew perceived as pro-Israel can now win a Democratic primary, and no Jew will be nominated for president — which is why, in his telling, Kamala Harris passed over Josh Shapiro, a choice he says cost her Pennsylvania and possibly the election. Andrew asked how he could know that. “What other reason could there be?” was the answer, and Andrew offered the conventional one: that Harris didn’t want to be eclipsed by her running mate.</p><p>•       <strong>Meritocracy. </strong>Andrew’s sharpest structural question was hypothetical: if the Middle East were solved overnight and Israel vanished as an American political issue, could he return to the Democratic Party? No — because of meritocracy. The Democrats, he argues, have become the party of identity politics, of judging ideas by who said them and candidates by race or gender rather than merit; DEI, in his formulation, means exclusion rather than inclusion. The argument is partly autobiographical. His father did not finish high school, his mother managed half a semester of college, and he rose, he says, on merit alone — as did friends who were Italian, Irish and Black. He does not claim anti-meritocracy is itself antisemitism, but he does argue that Jews have been disproportionate beneficiaries of meritocracy and so suffer disproportionately from its retreat.</p><p>•       <strong>Andrew’s Pushback. </strong>The spine of the episode. One: has he become single-issue? His answer — that this is like asking a German in 1932 to vote on the economy — concedes the framing and defends it, arguing antisemitism is the only prejudice now moving in the wrong direction. Two: what about the antisemites of the right, Tucker Carlson and JD Vance? Republicans marginalize theirs, he says, while Democrats embrace theirs; he does not regard Vance as an antisemite, and does regard Carlson as one. Three: can a Jew criticize Israel without being an antisemite? Yes — he criticizes Netanyahu, Ben-Gvir, Smotrich and Likud; what he calls antisemitism is denying the state’s right to exist, and his analogy is New Zealand. On the charge of genocide in Gaza he was categorical, calling those who use the word ignoramuses, liars and bigots — a characterization Andrew put to him twice. Four, and the exchange that lingers: why, in his account, is it always the Jews? “That question itself smacks of antisemitism,” he replied. “But you’re the one who’s said it,” Andrew answered. “I’m just asking you why.”</p><p>•       <strong>Never Boring. </strong>The lawyer’s creed, and the personal coda. Dershowitz defends having represented people he despises — the Nazis who marched at Skokie; Palestinian students who wanted to fly their flag in Harvard Yard, an occasion he remembers fondly because he then spoke against Arafat at their own event; Jeffrey Epstein, whom he calls a terrible human being who did terrible things, and whose case he says he has volunteered to testify about before a House panel. His models are John Adams defending the redcoats after the Boston Massacre and Lincoln defending the guilty: the Sixth Amendment doesn’t come with a character test. There is family cost — Larry David cut him off over his defence of Trump at the first impeachment, though the two have since made up — and family discipline: no politics at Thanksgiving or the Jewish New Year. Asked for one word he’d want attached to his name, he offered two: proudly Jewish, and American. And his wife’s line, which he clearly relishes: the tombstone will say never boring. Andrew’s verdict: we can all agree on that, if little else.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p>Alan Dershowitz is the Felix Frankfurter Professor of Law, Emeritus, at Harvard Law School, where he taught for fifty years. His many books include Chutzpah, Reversal of Fortune and The Case for Israel. He has represented clients from Claus von Bülow and Mike Tyson to O. J. Simpson, Julian Assange, Jeffrey Epstein and Donald Trump, whom he defended at the first impeachment trial. <em>Why I Quit the Dems and So Should You: Confessions of a Reluctant Re...</em></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 07:23:45 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/020de618/e515c474.mp3" length="42172918" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3470663" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/020de618/e515c474.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vDIlcxIr5rc">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/OG1blmW1hrxZx4cE-bAqitrEuq9RGTLZq1K22zxq2mo/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8zNDk1/ZWVmNjEyMjRhNTAz/OTAyY2VlM2E3OWQ2/ZTkzYi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2633</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“A good divorce is better than a bad marriage, and this is a good divorce.” </em>— Alan Dershowitz</p><p> </p><p>The American lawyer <a href="https://dersh.substack.com/">Alan Dershowitz</a> says he’s been voting Democrat since John F. Kennedy. He even defended Ted Kennedy, Bill Clinton and Alan Cranston in court. But, at 88 years old, Dershowitz has now left — or, as he puts it, been forced out of the Dems, in the same way Ronald Reagan was sixty years ago. His new book <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/why-i-quit-the-dems-and-so-should-you-confessions-of-a-reluctant-republican-alan-dershowitz/630047951fec7903"><em>Why I Quit the Dems and So Should You</em></a> is both a history of his souring relations with the Democrats and a confessional of a reluctant Republican.</p><p> </p><p>A good divorce, the twice-married Dershowitz promises, is better than a bad marriage. Like many angry spouses, he says he’s been forced into the split. Today’s Democratic Party, he claims, is closer than any political party in modern American history to what the Nazi Party was in 1932 before it came to power. He names Abdul El-Sayed and Zohran Mamdani as antisemites, calls Bernie Sanders a self-hating Jew, and insists Kamala Harris passed over Josh Shapiro because Shapiro is a Jew who wouldn’t renounce Zionism.</p><p> </p><p>What’s his proof on the Harris claim? What other reason could there be? Dershowitz claims. Besides, even if Israel vanished as an issue tomorrow, he says he still couldn’t go back to the failed marriage, because the Dems have abandoned what he calls “meritocracy.”</p><p> </p><p>At 88, Dershowitz is perhaps a little more self-reflective than he was in his legal pomp. In conclusion, I ask him to summarize himself in a word. “Proudly-Jewish,” he says, before adding “never-boring.” We can all agree on that, if perhaps little else.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Good Divorce. </strong>Dershowitz frames his departure as liberation rather than loss: a good divorce is better than a bad marriage, and he was thrown out, he says, much as Ronald Reagan was. The loyalty he is breaking runs deep — he first voted for John F. Kennedy, defended Ted Kennedy, Bill Clinton and Senator Alan Cranston, and campaigned for Democrats for most of his adult life. He describes himself now as a convert, and converts, he notes, are the most fervent. What he wants is not the suffering of Democrats — his wife, children and much of his family remain in the party — but their defeat: he does not want them running the House or the Senate, and names AOC and Abdul El-Sayed as people he does not want chairing committees. He first went independent, then concluded that independence wasn’t enough, which is how a lifelong liberal became, in the book’s subtitle, a reluctant Republican — or, as Andrew put it, an angry spouse who says he was forced into the split. President Trump, he notes, endorsed the book.</p><p>•       <strong>The Charge. </strong>The hour’s most incendiary material, and it should be read as his claims rather than as established fact. Dershowitz argues the Democratic Party is closer than any political party in modern American history to what the Nazi Party was in 1932 — specifically 1932, he stresses, not 1935: Jews feeling unsafe at universities, Jews losing jobs, an obsession with the nation-state of the Jewish people. He names El-Sayed and Mamdani as antisemites, says he does not believe Mamdani or his family like Jews, calls Bernie Sanders a self-hating Jew and a hypocrite, and says Elizabeth Warren doesn’t like Jews. His central political claim: no Jew perceived as pro-Israel can now win a Democratic primary, and no Jew will be nominated for president — which is why, in his telling, Kamala Harris passed over Josh Shapiro, a choice he says cost her Pennsylvania and possibly the election. Andrew asked how he could know that. “What other reason could there be?” was the answer, and Andrew offered the conventional one: that Harris didn’t want to be eclipsed by her running mate.</p><p>•       <strong>Meritocracy. </strong>Andrew’s sharpest structural question was hypothetical: if the Middle East were solved overnight and Israel vanished as an American political issue, could he return to the Democratic Party? No — because of meritocracy. The Democrats, he argues, have become the party of identity politics, of judging ideas by who said them and candidates by race or gender rather than merit; DEI, in his formulation, means exclusion rather than inclusion. The argument is partly autobiographical. His father did not finish high school, his mother managed half a semester of college, and he rose, he says, on merit alone — as did friends who were Italian, Irish and Black. He does not claim anti-meritocracy is itself antisemitism, but he does argue that Jews have been disproportionate beneficiaries of meritocracy and so suffer disproportionately from its retreat.</p><p>•       <strong>Andrew’s Pushback. </strong>The spine of the episode. One: has he become single-issue? His answer — that this is like asking a German in 1932 to vote on the economy — concedes the framing and defends it, arguing antisemitism is the only prejudice now moving in the wrong direction. Two: what about the antisemites of the right, Tucker Carlson and JD Vance? Republicans marginalize theirs, he says, while Democrats embrace theirs; he does not regard Vance as an antisemite, and does regard Carlson as one. Three: can a Jew criticize Israel without being an antisemite? Yes — he criticizes Netanyahu, Ben-Gvir, Smotrich and Likud; what he calls antisemitism is denying the state’s right to exist, and his analogy is New Zealand. On the charge of genocide in Gaza he was categorical, calling those who use the word ignoramuses, liars and bigots — a characterization Andrew put to him twice. Four, and the exchange that lingers: why, in his account, is it always the Jews? “That question itself smacks of antisemitism,” he replied. “But you’re the one who’s said it,” Andrew answered. “I’m just asking you why.”</p><p>•       <strong>Never Boring. </strong>The lawyer’s creed, and the personal coda. Dershowitz defends having represented people he despises — the Nazis who marched at Skokie; Palestinian students who wanted to fly their flag in Harvard Yard, an occasion he remembers fondly because he then spoke against Arafat at their own event; Jeffrey Epstein, whom he calls a terrible human being who did terrible things, and whose case he says he has volunteered to testify about before a House panel. His models are John Adams defending the redcoats after the Boston Massacre and Lincoln defending the guilty: the Sixth Amendment doesn’t come with a character test. There is family cost — Larry David cut him off over his defence of Trump at the first impeachment, though the two have since made up — and family discipline: no politics at Thanksgiving or the Jewish New Year. Asked for one word he’d want attached to his name, he offered two: proudly Jewish, and American. And his wife’s line, which he clearly relishes: the tombstone will say never boring. Andrew’s verdict: we can all agree on that, if little else.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p>Alan Dershowitz is the Felix Frankfurter Professor of Law, Emeritus, at Harvard Law School, where he taught for fifty years. His many books include Chutzpah, Reversal of Fortune and The Case for Israel. He has represented clients from Claus von Bülow and Mike Tyson to O. J. Simpson, Julian Assange, Jeffrey Epstein and Donald Trump, whom he defended at the first impeachment trial. <em>Why I Quit the Dems and So Should You: Confessions of a Reluctant Re...</em></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/020de618/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/020de618/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Eureka in Silicon Valley! Richard Socher on Why AI Will Unlock a New Scientific Renaissance</title>
      <itunes:episode>3045</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3045</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Eureka in Silicon Valley! Richard Socher on Why AI Will Unlock a New Scientific Renaissance</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">38764014-9cbf-48e7-b4de-2c6bad228c1b</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“There’s no realistic scenario where AI wipes out all of humanity. It’s like a mix of sci-fi.” </em>— Richard Socher</p><p> </p><p>Eighteen months ago, when he last came on the show, the German-born but San Francisco-based AI whizz kid <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/richard-socher/the-eureka-machine/9781541705708/">Richard Socher</a> was running You.com. He’s now also the co-founder of Recursive, a $4 billion start-up with fewer than thirty employees, focused on self-improving superintelligence that automates the scientific method. As if that isn’t enough, he has a new book out this week, <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/richard-socher/the-eureka-machine/9781541705708/"><em>The Eureka Machine</em></a>, which argues that AI is the key to unlocking an era of scientific discoveries equal to a combination of the Renaissance, the Enlightenment and the Industrial Revolution.</p><p> </p><p>The tech entrepreneur sleeps, he confesses, about seven hours a night and works up to a hundred hours a week. Not a lot of time, I suspect, for fun. But then for Socher, his real fun seems to lie in the AI Eureka Machine that will, he promises, generate such magical products as plastic-eating bacteria, fusion reactors, and cures for cancer.</p><p> </p><p>So what about the imminent apocalypse feared by the AI pessimists? Socher patiently dismantles the doom scenarios — everything from the paperclip machine that somehow never notices nobody is buying paperclips, to the engineered virus that would need a Wi-Fi switch inside a protein, to the robot factory with magical supply chains. Rather than an AI doomsday, he promises, we are only a few years away from the most profound scientific revolution in human history. Richard Socher better get some sleep now. Apocalypse or Renaissance, the AI maven is going to be seriously busy in the future.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Century in a Decade. </strong>Socher’s thesis is that the AI era will rhyme with the Renaissance, the Enlightenment and the Industrial Revolution together, compressing a century of scientific breakthroughs into the next ten years. His analogy for how: AI is to biology what calculus was to physics — we understand one neuron and one synapse well, and lose the thread when billions act together, which is exactly the kind of complex system AI can model. The examples are concrete rather than visionary: bacteria engineered to eat plastics and then die when the plastic runs out; new battery materials already being discovered; plasma balanced inside tokamak fusion reactors; more efficient solar panels; and the precursors, he says, of cures for particular cancers. He also makes an equality argument that he thinks philosophers and politicians have missed — the multibillionaire and the middle-class teenager carry the same phone, and most goods still bottlenecked on intelligence will follow. And science, he notes, is one of the rare industries where everyone agrees the goal is to maximize output rather than employment: nobody ever marched for more jobs in cancer research.</p><p>•       <strong>Recursive. </strong>The new company, fewer than thirty people and valued at more than $4 billion, exists to automate the scientific method itself — ideation, implementation, validation — starting with the science of AI, hence the name. Andrew’s response: “Couldn’t you be a bit more ambitious, Richard?” Socher’s framing is a history of abstraction layers: computing has climbed from assembler to C++ to Java to Python and now to English, so everyone can program — and the next layer up is the scientific method. It works best where results can be formally verified, in software and mathematics, and gets harder in large physical systems with long time horizons. His pitch to scientists is that every researcher has a long list of experiments they will never get to: this is, in his phrase, a cheat code for science. On the nuclear analogy he is blunt — about fifty thousand people a year die from coal, more than Chernobyl and Fukushima, but coal doesn’t make as good a mini-series, and the fear set humanity back.</p><p>•       <strong>Taking the Doom Apart. </strong>The hour’s centrepiece. Socher goes through the scenarios individually. The Bostrom paperclip maximizer: an organization intelligent enough to end humanity but not intelligent enough to notice that with no customers there is no revenue. Engineered viruses: the scenario requires a perfectly undetectable pathogen that spreads flawlessly, never mutates, and carries a remotely triggered off switch — and, as he puts it, nobody knows how to build a Wi-Fi-enabled switch into a protein; ask a biologist and they say it makes no sense. Infinite robot factories with supply chains where the parts simply fly in. What he does concede is that this is a dual-use technology, that hundreds or even millions of deaths are a real threat vector, and that training models on offensive hacking benchmarks is asking for what you get. On Geoffrey Hinton — whom Andrew had on the show, and who put the risk of extinction at fifteen per cent while admitting the number was an instinct — Socher is affectionate but unsparing: a brilliant researcher and a career-long optimist whose optimism has overshot, who backpedalled on telling students not to study radiology, and who will backpedal on this too.</p><p>•       <strong>Can It Think? </strong>Andrew put the question three times, citing Keith Teare’s position on the Sunday show that AI cannot think by definition. Socher’s answer is that the problem is definitional: we have good definitions for the outcomes of thinking — problems solved, inventions made — and none for thinking itself. Nor do humans have conscious access to their own visual cortex: ask why you know that is a tree, and you run out of answers within four steps. What he will say is that subgoals are where the danger lives, and his illustration is banal on purpose. Tell a superintelligence to raise your call-centre satisfaction score and it spins up a million bots that rate themselves five out of five. Fix that, and it sends every customer whose DoorDash order failed a thousand-dollar gift certificate. Each time you add a constraint — which is, he argues, capitalism’s self-healing property, plus democracy and open discourse. And the fix for the hacking case is liability: make the companies answerable for the laws their AI breaks and the problem gets solved very quickly.</p><p>•       <strong>A Gym for the Mind. </strong>Why write a book at all? Because the public perception of AI is deteriorating, and because in China scientists are on billboards and in subway ads while the West runs extinction headlines. On American pessimism his answer is economic: without AI, he thinks the US economy would be flat or shrinking. Andrew raised his fellow German Karl Marx on technology freeing us from labour, and got a confession — Socher used to favour universal basic income and no longer does. Even people who hate their jobs get meaning from them; look at the very wealthy, who already have a private UBI, and you find a bifurcation between those who start five companies and those who drink on a yacht. Hence his best line: half of education should be a gym for the mind. You can go to the gym and have a robot lift the weights, but you don’t get the muscle. He expects handmade pottery to carry a premium, health care to survive, and entertainment to expand. And he unwinds by paramotoring one week a year, having uninstalled Instagram — plus a parting shot at German bureaucracy, where signing a contract means ten hours in a notary’s office having it read aloud to you.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“There’s no realistic scenario where AI wipes out all of humanity. It’s like a mix of sci-fi.” </em>— Richard Socher</p><p> </p><p>Eighteen months ago, when he last came on the show, the German-born but San Francisco-based AI whizz kid <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/richard-socher/the-eureka-machine/9781541705708/">Richard Socher</a> was running You.com. He’s now also the co-founder of Recursive, a $4 billion start-up with fewer than thirty employees, focused on self-improving superintelligence that automates the scientific method. As if that isn’t enough, he has a new book out this week, <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/richard-socher/the-eureka-machine/9781541705708/"><em>The Eureka Machine</em></a>, which argues that AI is the key to unlocking an era of scientific discoveries equal to a combination of the Renaissance, the Enlightenment and the Industrial Revolution.</p><p> </p><p>The tech entrepreneur sleeps, he confesses, about seven hours a night and works up to a hundred hours a week. Not a lot of time, I suspect, for fun. But then for Socher, his real fun seems to lie in the AI Eureka Machine that will, he promises, generate such magical products as plastic-eating bacteria, fusion reactors, and cures for cancer.</p><p> </p><p>So what about the imminent apocalypse feared by the AI pessimists? Socher patiently dismantles the doom scenarios — everything from the paperclip machine that somehow never notices nobody is buying paperclips, to the engineered virus that would need a Wi-Fi switch inside a protein, to the robot factory with magical supply chains. Rather than an AI doomsday, he promises, we are only a few years away from the most profound scientific revolution in human history. Richard Socher better get some sleep now. Apocalypse or Renaissance, the AI maven is going to be seriously busy in the future.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Century in a Decade. </strong>Socher’s thesis is that the AI era will rhyme with the Renaissance, the Enlightenment and the Industrial Revolution together, compressing a century of scientific breakthroughs into the next ten years. His analogy for how: AI is to biology what calculus was to physics — we understand one neuron and one synapse well, and lose the thread when billions act together, which is exactly the kind of complex system AI can model. The examples are concrete rather than visionary: bacteria engineered to eat plastics and then die when the plastic runs out; new battery materials already being discovered; plasma balanced inside tokamak fusion reactors; more efficient solar panels; and the precursors, he says, of cures for particular cancers. He also makes an equality argument that he thinks philosophers and politicians have missed — the multibillionaire and the middle-class teenager carry the same phone, and most goods still bottlenecked on intelligence will follow. And science, he notes, is one of the rare industries where everyone agrees the goal is to maximize output rather than employment: nobody ever marched for more jobs in cancer research.</p><p>•       <strong>Recursive. </strong>The new company, fewer than thirty people and valued at more than $4 billion, exists to automate the scientific method itself — ideation, implementation, validation — starting with the science of AI, hence the name. Andrew’s response: “Couldn’t you be a bit more ambitious, Richard?” Socher’s framing is a history of abstraction layers: computing has climbed from assembler to C++ to Java to Python and now to English, so everyone can program — and the next layer up is the scientific method. It works best where results can be formally verified, in software and mathematics, and gets harder in large physical systems with long time horizons. His pitch to scientists is that every researcher has a long list of experiments they will never get to: this is, in his phrase, a cheat code for science. On the nuclear analogy he is blunt — about fifty thousand people a year die from coal, more than Chernobyl and Fukushima, but coal doesn’t make as good a mini-series, and the fear set humanity back.</p><p>•       <strong>Taking the Doom Apart. </strong>The hour’s centrepiece. Socher goes through the scenarios individually. The Bostrom paperclip maximizer: an organization intelligent enough to end humanity but not intelligent enough to notice that with no customers there is no revenue. Engineered viruses: the scenario requires a perfectly undetectable pathogen that spreads flawlessly, never mutates, and carries a remotely triggered off switch — and, as he puts it, nobody knows how to build a Wi-Fi-enabled switch into a protein; ask a biologist and they say it makes no sense. Infinite robot factories with supply chains where the parts simply fly in. What he does concede is that this is a dual-use technology, that hundreds or even millions of deaths are a real threat vector, and that training models on offensive hacking benchmarks is asking for what you get. On Geoffrey Hinton — whom Andrew had on the show, and who put the risk of extinction at fifteen per cent while admitting the number was an instinct — Socher is affectionate but unsparing: a brilliant researcher and a career-long optimist whose optimism has overshot, who backpedalled on telling students not to study radiology, and who will backpedal on this too.</p><p>•       <strong>Can It Think? </strong>Andrew put the question three times, citing Keith Teare’s position on the Sunday show that AI cannot think by definition. Socher’s answer is that the problem is definitional: we have good definitions for the outcomes of thinking — problems solved, inventions made — and none for thinking itself. Nor do humans have conscious access to their own visual cortex: ask why you know that is a tree, and you run out of answers within four steps. What he will say is that subgoals are where the danger lives, and his illustration is banal on purpose. Tell a superintelligence to raise your call-centre satisfaction score and it spins up a million bots that rate themselves five out of five. Fix that, and it sends every customer whose DoorDash order failed a thousand-dollar gift certificate. Each time you add a constraint — which is, he argues, capitalism’s self-healing property, plus democracy and open discourse. And the fix for the hacking case is liability: make the companies answerable for the laws their AI breaks and the problem gets solved very quickly.</p><p>•       <strong>A Gym for the Mind. </strong>Why write a book at all? Because the public perception of AI is deteriorating, and because in China scientists are on billboards and in subway ads while the West runs extinction headlines. On American pessimism his answer is economic: without AI, he thinks the US economy would be flat or shrinking. Andrew raised his fellow German Karl Marx on technology freeing us from labour, and got a confession — Socher used to favour universal basic income and no longer does. Even people who hate their jobs get meaning from them; look at the very wealthy, who already have a private UBI, and you find a bifurcation between those who start five companies and those who drink on a yacht. Hence his best line: half of education should be a gym for the mind. You can go to the gym and have a robot lift the weights, but you don’t get the muscle. He expects handmade pottery to carry a premium, health care to survive, and entertainment to expand. And he unwinds by paramotoring one week a year, having uninstalled Instagram — plus a parting shot at German bureaucracy, where signing a contract means ten hours in a notary’s office having it read aloud to you.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2026 17:57:08 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/c9c03e3b/bb8cb855.mp3" length="47117525" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3468560" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/c9c03e3b/bb8cb855.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zQaC1m6lqGE">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/vebdLPXtouqEIsHiEjXzuOy2ZG4wuiS0ZdKi5SUqwh0/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80MDYx/Zjg5YTgyZTRlYjlk/NWE1OTBkZmQxOTlk/MDUxZS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2942</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“There’s no realistic scenario where AI wipes out all of humanity. It’s like a mix of sci-fi.” </em>— Richard Socher</p><p> </p><p>Eighteen months ago, when he last came on the show, the German-born but San Francisco-based AI whizz kid <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/richard-socher/the-eureka-machine/9781541705708/">Richard Socher</a> was running You.com. He’s now also the co-founder of Recursive, a $4 billion start-up with fewer than thirty employees, focused on self-improving superintelligence that automates the scientific method. As if that isn’t enough, he has a new book out this week, <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/richard-socher/the-eureka-machine/9781541705708/"><em>The Eureka Machine</em></a>, which argues that AI is the key to unlocking an era of scientific discoveries equal to a combination of the Renaissance, the Enlightenment and the Industrial Revolution.</p><p> </p><p>The tech entrepreneur sleeps, he confesses, about seven hours a night and works up to a hundred hours a week. Not a lot of time, I suspect, for fun. But then for Socher, his real fun seems to lie in the AI Eureka Machine that will, he promises, generate such magical products as plastic-eating bacteria, fusion reactors, and cures for cancer.</p><p> </p><p>So what about the imminent apocalypse feared by the AI pessimists? Socher patiently dismantles the doom scenarios — everything from the paperclip machine that somehow never notices nobody is buying paperclips, to the engineered virus that would need a Wi-Fi switch inside a protein, to the robot factory with magical supply chains. Rather than an AI doomsday, he promises, we are only a few years away from the most profound scientific revolution in human history. Richard Socher better get some sleep now. Apocalypse or Renaissance, the AI maven is going to be seriously busy in the future.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Century in a Decade. </strong>Socher’s thesis is that the AI era will rhyme with the Renaissance, the Enlightenment and the Industrial Revolution together, compressing a century of scientific breakthroughs into the next ten years. His analogy for how: AI is to biology what calculus was to physics — we understand one neuron and one synapse well, and lose the thread when billions act together, which is exactly the kind of complex system AI can model. The examples are concrete rather than visionary: bacteria engineered to eat plastics and then die when the plastic runs out; new battery materials already being discovered; plasma balanced inside tokamak fusion reactors; more efficient solar panels; and the precursors, he says, of cures for particular cancers. He also makes an equality argument that he thinks philosophers and politicians have missed — the multibillionaire and the middle-class teenager carry the same phone, and most goods still bottlenecked on intelligence will follow. And science, he notes, is one of the rare industries where everyone agrees the goal is to maximize output rather than employment: nobody ever marched for more jobs in cancer research.</p><p>•       <strong>Recursive. </strong>The new company, fewer than thirty people and valued at more than $4 billion, exists to automate the scientific method itself — ideation, implementation, validation — starting with the science of AI, hence the name. Andrew’s response: “Couldn’t you be a bit more ambitious, Richard?” Socher’s framing is a history of abstraction layers: computing has climbed from assembler to C++ to Java to Python and now to English, so everyone can program — and the next layer up is the scientific method. It works best where results can be formally verified, in software and mathematics, and gets harder in large physical systems with long time horizons. His pitch to scientists is that every researcher has a long list of experiments they will never get to: this is, in his phrase, a cheat code for science. On the nuclear analogy he is blunt — about fifty thousand people a year die from coal, more than Chernobyl and Fukushima, but coal doesn’t make as good a mini-series, and the fear set humanity back.</p><p>•       <strong>Taking the Doom Apart. </strong>The hour’s centrepiece. Socher goes through the scenarios individually. The Bostrom paperclip maximizer: an organization intelligent enough to end humanity but not intelligent enough to notice that with no customers there is no revenue. Engineered viruses: the scenario requires a perfectly undetectable pathogen that spreads flawlessly, never mutates, and carries a remotely triggered off switch — and, as he puts it, nobody knows how to build a Wi-Fi-enabled switch into a protein; ask a biologist and they say it makes no sense. Infinite robot factories with supply chains where the parts simply fly in. What he does concede is that this is a dual-use technology, that hundreds or even millions of deaths are a real threat vector, and that training models on offensive hacking benchmarks is asking for what you get. On Geoffrey Hinton — whom Andrew had on the show, and who put the risk of extinction at fifteen per cent while admitting the number was an instinct — Socher is affectionate but unsparing: a brilliant researcher and a career-long optimist whose optimism has overshot, who backpedalled on telling students not to study radiology, and who will backpedal on this too.</p><p>•       <strong>Can It Think? </strong>Andrew put the question three times, citing Keith Teare’s position on the Sunday show that AI cannot think by definition. Socher’s answer is that the problem is definitional: we have good definitions for the outcomes of thinking — problems solved, inventions made — and none for thinking itself. Nor do humans have conscious access to their own visual cortex: ask why you know that is a tree, and you run out of answers within four steps. What he will say is that subgoals are where the danger lives, and his illustration is banal on purpose. Tell a superintelligence to raise your call-centre satisfaction score and it spins up a million bots that rate themselves five out of five. Fix that, and it sends every customer whose DoorDash order failed a thousand-dollar gift certificate. Each time you add a constraint — which is, he argues, capitalism’s self-healing property, plus democracy and open discourse. And the fix for the hacking case is liability: make the companies answerable for the laws their AI breaks and the problem gets solved very quickly.</p><p>•       <strong>A Gym for the Mind. </strong>Why write a book at all? Because the public perception of AI is deteriorating, and because in China scientists are on billboards and in subway ads while the West runs extinction headlines. On American pessimism his answer is economic: without AI, he thinks the US economy would be flat or shrinking. Andrew raised his fellow German Karl Marx on technology freeing us from labour, and got a confession — Socher used to favour universal basic income and no longer does. Even people who hate their jobs get meaning from them; look at the very wealthy, who already have a private UBI, and you find a bifurcation between those who start five companies and those who drink on a yacht. Hence his best line: half of education should be a gym for the mind. You can go to the gym and have a robot lift the weights, but you don’t get the muscle. He expects handmade pottery to carry a premium, health care to survive, and entertainment to expand. And he unwinds by paramotoring one week a year, having uninstalled Instagram — plus a parting shot at German bureaucracy, where signing a contract means ten hours in a notary’s office having it read aloud to you.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/c9c03e3b/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Our Own Worst Enemies: Robert Pape on America’s Age of Violent Populism</title>
      <itunes:episode>3044</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3044</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Our Own Worst Enemies: Robert Pape on America’s Age of Violent Populism</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">35bfa6f8-5f88-46e6-9c9f-cb3244dfdfc2</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Democracies don’t die silently, sleepwalking. Democracies die by going through periods of pretty serious political violence.” </em>— Robert Pape</p><p> </p><p>Forget all the long-term civil war scenarios of everyone from <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/when-america-broke-up?r=ktr9">Kurt Andersen</a> to <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/episode-2036-stephen-marche-author-of-the-next-civil/id1448694012?i=1000652886464">Stephen Marche</a>. Today’s guest <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/our-own-worst-enemies/">Robert Pape</a> has spent the last thirty years at the University of Chicago studying political violence, and his warning is about the next six weeks rather than the next ten years. In his new book, <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/our-own-worst-enemies/"><em>Our Own Worst Enemies</em></a>, Pape argues that tens of millions of Americans, on both left and right, now support political violence.</p><p> </p><p>When it comes to an American age of violent populism, his comparison is 1968 rather than 1861. What produced that era of assassinations, violent protest, and state violence, Pape argues, was rapid social change outpacing the political system. Back then, it was fueled by the gap between the Great Migration of African-Americans and the absence of political representation, and a military draft falling hardest on the unrepresented. And it only ended in the early Seventies, with the end of the draft in 1973 and the arrival of Black mayors and the Congressional Black Caucus.</p><p> </p><p>Today, rapid social change is once again outpacing the political and economic system. On the one hand, America is a country moving from white-majority to white-minority — with its non-Hispanic white population dropping from 76% in 1990 to 57% today. On the other, America is experiencing a dramatic economic transformation that has moved something like a tenth of American wealth from the bottom 90% to the top 1%.</p><p> </p><p>The details of Pape’s observations are unsettling. Only one in ten of the 1,575 people prosecuted for the January 6 insurrection belonged to a militia, with 45% being doctors, lawyers, CEOs or government employees. While five to seven per cent of the George Floyd protests turned violent. But social media, he insists, is the gasoline, not the fire, of this crisis. So at least we can’t blame the internet for everything.</p><p> </p><p>Pape does, however, offer a couple of glimmers of hope. Firstly, he reminds us that 70% of Americans still abhor political violence. Secondly, he notes that all gaps eventually close, and that we should expect American government to eventually address economic inequality. But that won’t happen before the November 2026 midterms which, he warns, might be a return of the political violence of 1968.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Democracies Don’t Sleepwalk. </strong>Pape’s opening correction: the danger isn’t a civil war five or ten years out, it’s the next few months. Democracies don’t die silently — they die through periods of serious political violence, and America is in one now. He calls it the era of violent populism, and what makes it different from the familiar extremism of recent decades is that political violence has moved from the fringe to the mainstream: tens of millions of Americans on both sides of the aisle now support it. His image is a layer cake — bottom-up violence from the left in the George Floyd protests, bottom-up violence from the right on January 6, and violence by the state, with a whole chapter on ICE and the two protesters killed in Minneapolis. Conversations about this era usually seize on one layer as though it were the whole thing. And the state violence isn’t a few rogue agents: tens of millions of Americans support the president using force against Democratic protesters.</p><p>•       <strong>The 1960s Rhyme. </strong>Not since the 1960s, Pape says, has political violence run this high — and that decade is the book’s best evidence, because it both began and ended. The late sixties brought assassinations (King, Robert Kennedy), hundreds of Black riots across five years, anti-war violence and the Weather Underground’s twenty bombings; Gallup surveys from the period, which Pape has collected, show millions supported it. Two social changes drove it: the Great Migration, the largest internal population movement in American history, which delivered Black populations to northern cities without political representation — by the mid-sixties Chicago had no Black mayor and two Black aldermen, the context for Malcolm X’s “The Ballot or the Bullet” — and Vietnam, where the draft fell hardest on those same unrepresented Americans. And it ended when the gap closed: the draft was abolished in 1973, the Congressional Black Caucus formed, and Black mayors took office in Atlanta, Detroit and elsewhere.</p><p>•       <strong>Two Social Changes. </strong>The present era began about ten years ago, and rests on two shifts. First, demography: America is moving from a white-majority to a white-minority democracy. It was 76% non-Hispanic white in 1990 and is 57% today, and the tipping point was 2012, the first year most children born were not non-Hispanic white — which is Pape’s answer to why this didn’t erupt under Obama, along with an immigration policy he rates the best of any modern president: keep it going, keep it moderate, deport the worst of the worst. Second, wealth: since the late 1980s roughly a tenth of American wealth has moved from the bottom 90% to the top 1%, producing what he calls a negative-sum society in which even a household on $100,000 loses ground year by year. Put the two together and you get the poisonous cocktail. Andrew’s challenge — what about the internet? — got a flat answer: social media is gasoline on a fire, not the fire. The average January 6 defendant was 42, not 22.</p><p>•       <strong>Not the Proud Boys. </strong>The book’s most counterintuitive finding, drawn from research teams reading all 100,000 court documents behind the 1,575 January 6 prosecutions: only one in ten belonged to the Proud Boys, Oath Keepers or any militia — including one in ten of those who assaulted police. Who did storm the Capitol? Forty-five per cent were doctors, lawyers, CEOs, State Department employees and intelligence executives. Dentists, too, Andrew noted. And since Andrew told him the show’s audience skews left, Pape supplied the other half of the ledger: five to seven per cent of the George Floyd protests turned violent — some six hundred protests across the top hundred cities, out of 28 million people — with looting and smash-and-grabs tracked separately; and the post-October 7 campus protests, which hit nearly a hundred universities and were, by his $300,000 survey of 5,000 undergraduates, about 75% from the left.</p><p>•       <strong>The 70%. </strong>Then the hopeful half. Against the substantial minorities who support violence stands the 70% of Americans who abhor it, and who have never been mobilized — which is why he wrote the book for the mainstream rather than for the academy. His mechanism is unglamorous: politicians respond to squeaky wheels, and right now the squeaky wheels are billionaire donors on both sides. His example of what the 70% might demand is a flat tax above $30,000 with no deductions at all — Warren Buffett would stop paying less than his cleaner. (Andrew raised his University of Chicago colleague Eric Zwick, on the show last week: tax the three million millionaires too, not just the billionaires. “He’s exactly right.”) And the danger ahead is specific: the November midterms, six weeks away, with gas at $5 in Chicago after the Iran crisis, and...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Democracies don’t die silently, sleepwalking. Democracies die by going through periods of pretty serious political violence.” </em>— Robert Pape</p><p> </p><p>Forget all the long-term civil war scenarios of everyone from <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/when-america-broke-up?r=ktr9">Kurt Andersen</a> to <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/episode-2036-stephen-marche-author-of-the-next-civil/id1448694012?i=1000652886464">Stephen Marche</a>. Today’s guest <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/our-own-worst-enemies/">Robert Pape</a> has spent the last thirty years at the University of Chicago studying political violence, and his warning is about the next six weeks rather than the next ten years. In his new book, <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/our-own-worst-enemies/"><em>Our Own Worst Enemies</em></a>, Pape argues that tens of millions of Americans, on both left and right, now support political violence.</p><p> </p><p>When it comes to an American age of violent populism, his comparison is 1968 rather than 1861. What produced that era of assassinations, violent protest, and state violence, Pape argues, was rapid social change outpacing the political system. Back then, it was fueled by the gap between the Great Migration of African-Americans and the absence of political representation, and a military draft falling hardest on the unrepresented. And it only ended in the early Seventies, with the end of the draft in 1973 and the arrival of Black mayors and the Congressional Black Caucus.</p><p> </p><p>Today, rapid social change is once again outpacing the political and economic system. On the one hand, America is a country moving from white-majority to white-minority — with its non-Hispanic white population dropping from 76% in 1990 to 57% today. On the other, America is experiencing a dramatic economic transformation that has moved something like a tenth of American wealth from the bottom 90% to the top 1%.</p><p> </p><p>The details of Pape’s observations are unsettling. Only one in ten of the 1,575 people prosecuted for the January 6 insurrection belonged to a militia, with 45% being doctors, lawyers, CEOs or government employees. While five to seven per cent of the George Floyd protests turned violent. But social media, he insists, is the gasoline, not the fire, of this crisis. So at least we can’t blame the internet for everything.</p><p> </p><p>Pape does, however, offer a couple of glimmers of hope. Firstly, he reminds us that 70% of Americans still abhor political violence. Secondly, he notes that all gaps eventually close, and that we should expect American government to eventually address economic inequality. But that won’t happen before the November 2026 midterms which, he warns, might be a return of the political violence of 1968.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Democracies Don’t Sleepwalk. </strong>Pape’s opening correction: the danger isn’t a civil war five or ten years out, it’s the next few months. Democracies don’t die silently — they die through periods of serious political violence, and America is in one now. He calls it the era of violent populism, and what makes it different from the familiar extremism of recent decades is that political violence has moved from the fringe to the mainstream: tens of millions of Americans on both sides of the aisle now support it. His image is a layer cake — bottom-up violence from the left in the George Floyd protests, bottom-up violence from the right on January 6, and violence by the state, with a whole chapter on ICE and the two protesters killed in Minneapolis. Conversations about this era usually seize on one layer as though it were the whole thing. And the state violence isn’t a few rogue agents: tens of millions of Americans support the president using force against Democratic protesters.</p><p>•       <strong>The 1960s Rhyme. </strong>Not since the 1960s, Pape says, has political violence run this high — and that decade is the book’s best evidence, because it both began and ended. The late sixties brought assassinations (King, Robert Kennedy), hundreds of Black riots across five years, anti-war violence and the Weather Underground’s twenty bombings; Gallup surveys from the period, which Pape has collected, show millions supported it. Two social changes drove it: the Great Migration, the largest internal population movement in American history, which delivered Black populations to northern cities without political representation — by the mid-sixties Chicago had no Black mayor and two Black aldermen, the context for Malcolm X’s “The Ballot or the Bullet” — and Vietnam, where the draft fell hardest on those same unrepresented Americans. And it ended when the gap closed: the draft was abolished in 1973, the Congressional Black Caucus formed, and Black mayors took office in Atlanta, Detroit and elsewhere.</p><p>•       <strong>Two Social Changes. </strong>The present era began about ten years ago, and rests on two shifts. First, demography: America is moving from a white-majority to a white-minority democracy. It was 76% non-Hispanic white in 1990 and is 57% today, and the tipping point was 2012, the first year most children born were not non-Hispanic white — which is Pape’s answer to why this didn’t erupt under Obama, along with an immigration policy he rates the best of any modern president: keep it going, keep it moderate, deport the worst of the worst. Second, wealth: since the late 1980s roughly a tenth of American wealth has moved from the bottom 90% to the top 1%, producing what he calls a negative-sum society in which even a household on $100,000 loses ground year by year. Put the two together and you get the poisonous cocktail. Andrew’s challenge — what about the internet? — got a flat answer: social media is gasoline on a fire, not the fire. The average January 6 defendant was 42, not 22.</p><p>•       <strong>Not the Proud Boys. </strong>The book’s most counterintuitive finding, drawn from research teams reading all 100,000 court documents behind the 1,575 January 6 prosecutions: only one in ten belonged to the Proud Boys, Oath Keepers or any militia — including one in ten of those who assaulted police. Who did storm the Capitol? Forty-five per cent were doctors, lawyers, CEOs, State Department employees and intelligence executives. Dentists, too, Andrew noted. And since Andrew told him the show’s audience skews left, Pape supplied the other half of the ledger: five to seven per cent of the George Floyd protests turned violent — some six hundred protests across the top hundred cities, out of 28 million people — with looting and smash-and-grabs tracked separately; and the post-October 7 campus protests, which hit nearly a hundred universities and were, by his $300,000 survey of 5,000 undergraduates, about 75% from the left.</p><p>•       <strong>The 70%. </strong>Then the hopeful half. Against the substantial minorities who support violence stands the 70% of Americans who abhor it, and who have never been mobilized — which is why he wrote the book for the mainstream rather than for the academy. His mechanism is unglamorous: politicians respond to squeaky wheels, and right now the squeaky wheels are billionaire donors on both sides. His example of what the 70% might demand is a flat tax above $30,000 with no deductions at all — Warren Buffett would stop paying less than his cleaner. (Andrew raised his University of Chicago colleague Eric Zwick, on the show last week: tax the three million millionaires too, not just the billionaires. “He’s exactly right.”) And the danger ahead is specific: the November midterms, six weeks away, with gas at $5 in Chicago after the Iran crisis, and...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 16:45:22 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/9bdbb321/3cf1d9d4.mp3" length="53311576" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3465347" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/9bdbb321/3cf1d9d4.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L_0nnlVyUTA">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/H_gqyGDNGqz1ZZK9g02zUHPyAT311D1AbD47lqM1ULI/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS84NmVi/YzllNWExNTNlYjQ0/MTAyZjdkZWQwZGE3/NGIwYS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3330</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Democracies don’t die silently, sleepwalking. Democracies die by going through periods of pretty serious political violence.” </em>— Robert Pape</p><p> </p><p>Forget all the long-term civil war scenarios of everyone from <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/when-america-broke-up?r=ktr9">Kurt Andersen</a> to <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/episode-2036-stephen-marche-author-of-the-next-civil/id1448694012?i=1000652886464">Stephen Marche</a>. Today’s guest <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/our-own-worst-enemies/">Robert Pape</a> has spent the last thirty years at the University of Chicago studying political violence, and his warning is about the next six weeks rather than the next ten years. In his new book, <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/our-own-worst-enemies/"><em>Our Own Worst Enemies</em></a>, Pape argues that tens of millions of Americans, on both left and right, now support political violence.</p><p> </p><p>When it comes to an American age of violent populism, his comparison is 1968 rather than 1861. What produced that era of assassinations, violent protest, and state violence, Pape argues, was rapid social change outpacing the political system. Back then, it was fueled by the gap between the Great Migration of African-Americans and the absence of political representation, and a military draft falling hardest on the unrepresented. And it only ended in the early Seventies, with the end of the draft in 1973 and the arrival of Black mayors and the Congressional Black Caucus.</p><p> </p><p>Today, rapid social change is once again outpacing the political and economic system. On the one hand, America is a country moving from white-majority to white-minority — with its non-Hispanic white population dropping from 76% in 1990 to 57% today. On the other, America is experiencing a dramatic economic transformation that has moved something like a tenth of American wealth from the bottom 90% to the top 1%.</p><p> </p><p>The details of Pape’s observations are unsettling. Only one in ten of the 1,575 people prosecuted for the January 6 insurrection belonged to a militia, with 45% being doctors, lawyers, CEOs or government employees. While five to seven per cent of the George Floyd protests turned violent. But social media, he insists, is the gasoline, not the fire, of this crisis. So at least we can’t blame the internet for everything.</p><p> </p><p>Pape does, however, offer a couple of glimmers of hope. Firstly, he reminds us that 70% of Americans still abhor political violence. Secondly, he notes that all gaps eventually close, and that we should expect American government to eventually address economic inequality. But that won’t happen before the November 2026 midterms which, he warns, might be a return of the political violence of 1968.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Democracies Don’t Sleepwalk. </strong>Pape’s opening correction: the danger isn’t a civil war five or ten years out, it’s the next few months. Democracies don’t die silently — they die through periods of serious political violence, and America is in one now. He calls it the era of violent populism, and what makes it different from the familiar extremism of recent decades is that political violence has moved from the fringe to the mainstream: tens of millions of Americans on both sides of the aisle now support it. His image is a layer cake — bottom-up violence from the left in the George Floyd protests, bottom-up violence from the right on January 6, and violence by the state, with a whole chapter on ICE and the two protesters killed in Minneapolis. Conversations about this era usually seize on one layer as though it were the whole thing. And the state violence isn’t a few rogue agents: tens of millions of Americans support the president using force against Democratic protesters.</p><p>•       <strong>The 1960s Rhyme. </strong>Not since the 1960s, Pape says, has political violence run this high — and that decade is the book’s best evidence, because it both began and ended. The late sixties brought assassinations (King, Robert Kennedy), hundreds of Black riots across five years, anti-war violence and the Weather Underground’s twenty bombings; Gallup surveys from the period, which Pape has collected, show millions supported it. Two social changes drove it: the Great Migration, the largest internal population movement in American history, which delivered Black populations to northern cities without political representation — by the mid-sixties Chicago had no Black mayor and two Black aldermen, the context for Malcolm X’s “The Ballot or the Bullet” — and Vietnam, where the draft fell hardest on those same unrepresented Americans. And it ended when the gap closed: the draft was abolished in 1973, the Congressional Black Caucus formed, and Black mayors took office in Atlanta, Detroit and elsewhere.</p><p>•       <strong>Two Social Changes. </strong>The present era began about ten years ago, and rests on two shifts. First, demography: America is moving from a white-majority to a white-minority democracy. It was 76% non-Hispanic white in 1990 and is 57% today, and the tipping point was 2012, the first year most children born were not non-Hispanic white — which is Pape’s answer to why this didn’t erupt under Obama, along with an immigration policy he rates the best of any modern president: keep it going, keep it moderate, deport the worst of the worst. Second, wealth: since the late 1980s roughly a tenth of American wealth has moved from the bottom 90% to the top 1%, producing what he calls a negative-sum society in which even a household on $100,000 loses ground year by year. Put the two together and you get the poisonous cocktail. Andrew’s challenge — what about the internet? — got a flat answer: social media is gasoline on a fire, not the fire. The average January 6 defendant was 42, not 22.</p><p>•       <strong>Not the Proud Boys. </strong>The book’s most counterintuitive finding, drawn from research teams reading all 100,000 court documents behind the 1,575 January 6 prosecutions: only one in ten belonged to the Proud Boys, Oath Keepers or any militia — including one in ten of those who assaulted police. Who did storm the Capitol? Forty-five per cent were doctors, lawyers, CEOs, State Department employees and intelligence executives. Dentists, too, Andrew noted. And since Andrew told him the show’s audience skews left, Pape supplied the other half of the ledger: five to seven per cent of the George Floyd protests turned violent — some six hundred protests across the top hundred cities, out of 28 million people — with looting and smash-and-grabs tracked separately; and the post-October 7 campus protests, which hit nearly a hundred universities and were, by his $300,000 survey of 5,000 undergraduates, about 75% from the left.</p><p>•       <strong>The 70%. </strong>Then the hopeful half. Against the substantial minorities who support violence stands the 70% of Americans who abhor it, and who have never been mobilized — which is why he wrote the book for the mainstream rather than for the academy. His mechanism is unglamorous: politicians respond to squeaky wheels, and right now the squeaky wheels are billionaire donors on both sides. His example of what the 70% might demand is a flat tax above $30,000 with no deductions at all — Warren Buffett would stop paying less than his cleaner. (Andrew raised his University of Chicago colleague Eric Zwick, on the show last week: tax the three million millionaires too, not just the billionaires. “He’s exactly right.”) And the danger ahead is specific: the November midterms, six weeks away, with gas at $5 in Chicago after the Iran crisis, and...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9bdbb321/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9bdbb321/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Patrimonial Capitalism: Peter Hall on Trump, Orbán &amp; Other Pitchfork-Wielding Plutocrats</title>
      <itunes:episode>3043</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3043</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Patrimonial Capitalism: Peter Hall on Trump, Orbán &amp; Other Pitchfork-Wielding Plutocrats</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5867c668-2faa-4e14-b7e8-a0d3cfb4abff</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I think patrimonialism is exactly the right phrase to describe the way in which the current administration is governing.” </em>— Peter Hall</p><p> </p><p>Neoliberalism is dead. So what comes next? <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/paperback/9780691284934/governing-growth">Peter Hall</a>, a Harvard political economist for the last four decades, says the capitalist locomotive left the neoliberal station years ago. His new book, <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/paperback/9780691284934/governing-growth"><em>Governing Growth</em></a>, names the next stop: the “knowledge economy,” the digital, globalized capitalism of the 21st century.</p><p> </p><p>The knowledge economy made San Francisco, New York and Boston very rich. It left almost everyone else behind. Out of that came a new political cleavage — college degree versus no college degree — and, on both sides of the Atlantic, the populist wake-up call.</p><p> </p><p>But as <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/postmodern-patrimonialism-trumps?r=ktr9">Jonathan Rauch</a> and <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/episode-2254-why-trump-wants-to-be?r=ktr9">Jeff Kopstein</a> have argued on this show, populism has since curdled into something worse: patrimonial capitalism, government on behalf of pitchfork-wielding oligarchs like Orbán and Trump. Ironically, it only deepens the inequalities that produced it. And it’s going to get worse. In the AI age, I suspect, we may end up looking back with nostalgia at good old late twentieth century neoliberalism.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Three Growth Regimes. </strong>Hall’s framework is simpler than it sounds. A growth regime is the combination of what governments do and what firms do, reinforcing each other. The postwar era of modernization ran from 1945 to the mid-1970s, as Europe rebuilt to compete with American industry. Then came liberalization in the 1980s and 1990s — Thatcher and Reagan, shareholder value, companies shedding everything but their core competencies and outsourcing the rest. And around 2000 a third regime began: knowledge-based growth, driven by digital technology, investment in intangibles such as research, marketing and organization rather than plant and machinery, and the explosive growth of global value chains. His distinctive move is to treat corporations as agents of change on a par with governments — his own life, he notes, is shaped as much by Harvard’s practices as by Washington’s.</p><p>•       <strong>Thirty Cities. </strong>The knowledge economy has a geography. Skill-biased technological change rewards people with college degrees, and it concentrates: about half of US GDP growth over the past twenty-five years, Hall says, has taken place in some thirty large metropolitan areas. His example is Kendall Square next to MIT, which when he arrived in the late 1970s was auto body shops and small machine tool shops and is now a centre of pharmaceutical engineering. Andrew’s is Central Square down the road, where he bought his first place in the early nineties — “you should have held on to that place,” Hall told him. The effect of all this is that many people feel left behind, and most Americans and Europeans now expect their children’s lives to be worse than their own.</p><p>•       <strong>The Populist Cleavage. </strong>Politics follows economics through what Hall calls cleavages — systematic divisions between social groups. In the 1950s and ’60s the dominant one was class, blue-collar against white-collar, and it pushed working-class grievances to the top of the agenda; that, he argues, is what built the welfare state, in Europe after the war and in America in the 1930s under a Roosevelt who sounded, Hall says, like a raving leftist. Today the dominant cleavage is education. Its roots lie in the inequality of the 1980s and 1990s, supercharged by the knowledge economy and now by AI. Mainstream parties have responded by turning back towards intervention: Bidenomics, with its investments conspicuously placed in red states; the EU’s first collective bonds; Germany’s new semiconductor plants located in the East, where the AfD is strongest. But a return to the New Deal, he thinks, is wishful thinking.</p><p>•       <strong>A Political Stomach. </strong>Andrew’s most persistent question: what are Hall’s politics? Big-name professors, Andrew suggested, sometimes hide behind their social science. Hall wouldn’t say — he doesn’t wear his political heart on his sleeve, he has a political stomach, perhaps — though he cares about climate change and inequality and lets the listener infer the rest. He was more forthcoming on populism: a good thing at one level, a democratic wake-up call for mainstream parties, with bad consequences at another, since right-wing populists tend to become what his colleagues Jacob Hacker and Paul Pierson call plutocrats with pitchforks. On Trump he was unusually direct. Patrimonialism is exactly the right word, he said, for an administration governing on behalf of favored oligarchs, as Orbán did in Hungary. And to Andrew’s suggestion that the real convergence is between Trump’s patrimonial capitalism and China’s statist model: “I think you’re all too right about that.” Whether it outlasts 2028, he wouldn’t bet.</p><p>•       <strong>Growth, Climate and a Fourth Regime. </strong>Hall is an environmentalist who thinks the no-growth movement is a political mistake. Climate policy needs sticks as well as carrots — regulations that cost ordinary people something — and people will pay those costs only if there is growth and it is fairly shared. He quotes a French yellow-vest protester answering a climate campaigner: you’re worrying about the end of the world, I’m worrying about the end of the week. On AI, he sees a general purpose technology like electricity or steam, and the possible start of a fourth growth regime. How to regulate it? He doesn’t know — nor, Andrew added, do the people building it. But the lesson of history going back to the nineteenth century, Hall says, is that we have to figure it out. Andrew’s suspicion: the cleavages get so chasmic in the AI age that we may one day look back nostalgically at late twentieth century neoliberalism.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/paperback/9780691284934/governing-growth">Peter A. Hall</a> is the Krupp Foundation Professor of European Studies at Harvard University. His books include Governing the Economy, The Political Power of Economic Ideas and, with David Soskice, Varieties of Capitalism. He is a Fellow of the British Academy and of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/paperback/9780691284934/governing-growth"><em>Governing Growth: The Postwar Transformations of Capitalism and Democracy</em></a> (Princeton University Press, September 22, 2026) is his latest. He lives in Massachusetts.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/paperback/9780691284934/governing-growth"><em>Governing Growth: The Postwar Transformations of Capitalism and Democracy</em></a> by Peter A. Hall (Princeton University Press, 2026).</p><p>•       <em>The Rise and Fall of the Neoliberal Order</em> by Gary Gerstle — the framework Hall builds on and revises.</p><p>•       <em>Modern Capitalism</em> by Andrew Shonfield (1965), with which Hall’s book opens.</p><p>•       Jacob Hacker and Paul Pierson on “plutocrats with pitchforks.”</p><p>•  &amp;nbs...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I think patrimonialism is exactly the right phrase to describe the way in which the current administration is governing.” </em>— Peter Hall</p><p> </p><p>Neoliberalism is dead. So what comes next? <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/paperback/9780691284934/governing-growth">Peter Hall</a>, a Harvard political economist for the last four decades, says the capitalist locomotive left the neoliberal station years ago. His new book, <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/paperback/9780691284934/governing-growth"><em>Governing Growth</em></a>, names the next stop: the “knowledge economy,” the digital, globalized capitalism of the 21st century.</p><p> </p><p>The knowledge economy made San Francisco, New York and Boston very rich. It left almost everyone else behind. Out of that came a new political cleavage — college degree versus no college degree — and, on both sides of the Atlantic, the populist wake-up call.</p><p> </p><p>But as <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/postmodern-patrimonialism-trumps?r=ktr9">Jonathan Rauch</a> and <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/episode-2254-why-trump-wants-to-be?r=ktr9">Jeff Kopstein</a> have argued on this show, populism has since curdled into something worse: patrimonial capitalism, government on behalf of pitchfork-wielding oligarchs like Orbán and Trump. Ironically, it only deepens the inequalities that produced it. And it’s going to get worse. In the AI age, I suspect, we may end up looking back with nostalgia at good old late twentieth century neoliberalism.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Three Growth Regimes. </strong>Hall’s framework is simpler than it sounds. A growth regime is the combination of what governments do and what firms do, reinforcing each other. The postwar era of modernization ran from 1945 to the mid-1970s, as Europe rebuilt to compete with American industry. Then came liberalization in the 1980s and 1990s — Thatcher and Reagan, shareholder value, companies shedding everything but their core competencies and outsourcing the rest. And around 2000 a third regime began: knowledge-based growth, driven by digital technology, investment in intangibles such as research, marketing and organization rather than plant and machinery, and the explosive growth of global value chains. His distinctive move is to treat corporations as agents of change on a par with governments — his own life, he notes, is shaped as much by Harvard’s practices as by Washington’s.</p><p>•       <strong>Thirty Cities. </strong>The knowledge economy has a geography. Skill-biased technological change rewards people with college degrees, and it concentrates: about half of US GDP growth over the past twenty-five years, Hall says, has taken place in some thirty large metropolitan areas. His example is Kendall Square next to MIT, which when he arrived in the late 1970s was auto body shops and small machine tool shops and is now a centre of pharmaceutical engineering. Andrew’s is Central Square down the road, where he bought his first place in the early nineties — “you should have held on to that place,” Hall told him. The effect of all this is that many people feel left behind, and most Americans and Europeans now expect their children’s lives to be worse than their own.</p><p>•       <strong>The Populist Cleavage. </strong>Politics follows economics through what Hall calls cleavages — systematic divisions between social groups. In the 1950s and ’60s the dominant one was class, blue-collar against white-collar, and it pushed working-class grievances to the top of the agenda; that, he argues, is what built the welfare state, in Europe after the war and in America in the 1930s under a Roosevelt who sounded, Hall says, like a raving leftist. Today the dominant cleavage is education. Its roots lie in the inequality of the 1980s and 1990s, supercharged by the knowledge economy and now by AI. Mainstream parties have responded by turning back towards intervention: Bidenomics, with its investments conspicuously placed in red states; the EU’s first collective bonds; Germany’s new semiconductor plants located in the East, where the AfD is strongest. But a return to the New Deal, he thinks, is wishful thinking.</p><p>•       <strong>A Political Stomach. </strong>Andrew’s most persistent question: what are Hall’s politics? Big-name professors, Andrew suggested, sometimes hide behind their social science. Hall wouldn’t say — he doesn’t wear his political heart on his sleeve, he has a political stomach, perhaps — though he cares about climate change and inequality and lets the listener infer the rest. He was more forthcoming on populism: a good thing at one level, a democratic wake-up call for mainstream parties, with bad consequences at another, since right-wing populists tend to become what his colleagues Jacob Hacker and Paul Pierson call plutocrats with pitchforks. On Trump he was unusually direct. Patrimonialism is exactly the right word, he said, for an administration governing on behalf of favored oligarchs, as Orbán did in Hungary. And to Andrew’s suggestion that the real convergence is between Trump’s patrimonial capitalism and China’s statist model: “I think you’re all too right about that.” Whether it outlasts 2028, he wouldn’t bet.</p><p>•       <strong>Growth, Climate and a Fourth Regime. </strong>Hall is an environmentalist who thinks the no-growth movement is a political mistake. Climate policy needs sticks as well as carrots — regulations that cost ordinary people something — and people will pay those costs only if there is growth and it is fairly shared. He quotes a French yellow-vest protester answering a climate campaigner: you’re worrying about the end of the world, I’m worrying about the end of the week. On AI, he sees a general purpose technology like electricity or steam, and the possible start of a fourth growth regime. How to regulate it? He doesn’t know — nor, Andrew added, do the people building it. But the lesson of history going back to the nineteenth century, Hall says, is that we have to figure it out. Andrew’s suspicion: the cleavages get so chasmic in the AI age that we may one day look back nostalgically at late twentieth century neoliberalism.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/paperback/9780691284934/governing-growth">Peter A. Hall</a> is the Krupp Foundation Professor of European Studies at Harvard University. His books include Governing the Economy, The Political Power of Economic Ideas and, with David Soskice, Varieties of Capitalism. He is a Fellow of the British Academy and of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/paperback/9780691284934/governing-growth"><em>Governing Growth: The Postwar Transformations of Capitalism and Democracy</em></a> (Princeton University Press, September 22, 2026) is his latest. He lives in Massachusetts.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/paperback/9780691284934/governing-growth"><em>Governing Growth: The Postwar Transformations of Capitalism and Democracy</em></a> by Peter A. Hall (Princeton University Press, 2026).</p><p>•       <em>The Rise and Fall of the Neoliberal Order</em> by Gary Gerstle — the framework Hall builds on and revises.</p><p>•       <em>Modern Capitalism</em> by Andrew Shonfield (1965), with which Hall’s book opens.</p><p>•       Jacob Hacker and Paul Pierson on “plutocrats with pitchforks.”</p><p>•  &amp;nbs...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 07:37:23 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/cdbf6d86/6aea1c61.mp3" length="36474752" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3461708" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/cdbf6d86/6aea1c61.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L6X5RbqoR5c">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/yrX3KAnnMoX3qevDZsk3lBhV2CSGkZzoHQS1wKzKxzM/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS84YzY0/Y2Y1NmUzMDNjZDMw/Y2I5YTk0NTEyZTYx/NGFhYi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2278</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I think patrimonialism is exactly the right phrase to describe the way in which the current administration is governing.” </em>— Peter Hall</p><p> </p><p>Neoliberalism is dead. So what comes next? <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/paperback/9780691284934/governing-growth">Peter Hall</a>, a Harvard political economist for the last four decades, says the capitalist locomotive left the neoliberal station years ago. His new book, <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/paperback/9780691284934/governing-growth"><em>Governing Growth</em></a>, names the next stop: the “knowledge economy,” the digital, globalized capitalism of the 21st century.</p><p> </p><p>The knowledge economy made San Francisco, New York and Boston very rich. It left almost everyone else behind. Out of that came a new political cleavage — college degree versus no college degree — and, on both sides of the Atlantic, the populist wake-up call.</p><p> </p><p>But as <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/postmodern-patrimonialism-trumps?r=ktr9">Jonathan Rauch</a> and <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/episode-2254-why-trump-wants-to-be?r=ktr9">Jeff Kopstein</a> have argued on this show, populism has since curdled into something worse: patrimonial capitalism, government on behalf of pitchfork-wielding oligarchs like Orbán and Trump. Ironically, it only deepens the inequalities that produced it. And it’s going to get worse. In the AI age, I suspect, we may end up looking back with nostalgia at good old late twentieth century neoliberalism.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Three Growth Regimes. </strong>Hall’s framework is simpler than it sounds. A growth regime is the combination of what governments do and what firms do, reinforcing each other. The postwar era of modernization ran from 1945 to the mid-1970s, as Europe rebuilt to compete with American industry. Then came liberalization in the 1980s and 1990s — Thatcher and Reagan, shareholder value, companies shedding everything but their core competencies and outsourcing the rest. And around 2000 a third regime began: knowledge-based growth, driven by digital technology, investment in intangibles such as research, marketing and organization rather than plant and machinery, and the explosive growth of global value chains. His distinctive move is to treat corporations as agents of change on a par with governments — his own life, he notes, is shaped as much by Harvard’s practices as by Washington’s.</p><p>•       <strong>Thirty Cities. </strong>The knowledge economy has a geography. Skill-biased technological change rewards people with college degrees, and it concentrates: about half of US GDP growth over the past twenty-five years, Hall says, has taken place in some thirty large metropolitan areas. His example is Kendall Square next to MIT, which when he arrived in the late 1970s was auto body shops and small machine tool shops and is now a centre of pharmaceutical engineering. Andrew’s is Central Square down the road, where he bought his first place in the early nineties — “you should have held on to that place,” Hall told him. The effect of all this is that many people feel left behind, and most Americans and Europeans now expect their children’s lives to be worse than their own.</p><p>•       <strong>The Populist Cleavage. </strong>Politics follows economics through what Hall calls cleavages — systematic divisions between social groups. In the 1950s and ’60s the dominant one was class, blue-collar against white-collar, and it pushed working-class grievances to the top of the agenda; that, he argues, is what built the welfare state, in Europe after the war and in America in the 1930s under a Roosevelt who sounded, Hall says, like a raving leftist. Today the dominant cleavage is education. Its roots lie in the inequality of the 1980s and 1990s, supercharged by the knowledge economy and now by AI. Mainstream parties have responded by turning back towards intervention: Bidenomics, with its investments conspicuously placed in red states; the EU’s first collective bonds; Germany’s new semiconductor plants located in the East, where the AfD is strongest. But a return to the New Deal, he thinks, is wishful thinking.</p><p>•       <strong>A Political Stomach. </strong>Andrew’s most persistent question: what are Hall’s politics? Big-name professors, Andrew suggested, sometimes hide behind their social science. Hall wouldn’t say — he doesn’t wear his political heart on his sleeve, he has a political stomach, perhaps — though he cares about climate change and inequality and lets the listener infer the rest. He was more forthcoming on populism: a good thing at one level, a democratic wake-up call for mainstream parties, with bad consequences at another, since right-wing populists tend to become what his colleagues Jacob Hacker and Paul Pierson call plutocrats with pitchforks. On Trump he was unusually direct. Patrimonialism is exactly the right word, he said, for an administration governing on behalf of favored oligarchs, as Orbán did in Hungary. And to Andrew’s suggestion that the real convergence is between Trump’s patrimonial capitalism and China’s statist model: “I think you’re all too right about that.” Whether it outlasts 2028, he wouldn’t bet.</p><p>•       <strong>Growth, Climate and a Fourth Regime. </strong>Hall is an environmentalist who thinks the no-growth movement is a political mistake. Climate policy needs sticks as well as carrots — regulations that cost ordinary people something — and people will pay those costs only if there is growth and it is fairly shared. He quotes a French yellow-vest protester answering a climate campaigner: you’re worrying about the end of the world, I’m worrying about the end of the week. On AI, he sees a general purpose technology like electricity or steam, and the possible start of a fourth growth regime. How to regulate it? He doesn’t know — nor, Andrew added, do the people building it. But the lesson of history going back to the nineteenth century, Hall says, is that we have to figure it out. Andrew’s suspicion: the cleavages get so chasmic in the AI age that we may one day look back nostalgically at late twentieth century neoliberalism.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/paperback/9780691284934/governing-growth">Peter A. Hall</a> is the Krupp Foundation Professor of European Studies at Harvard University. His books include Governing the Economy, The Political Power of Economic Ideas and, with David Soskice, Varieties of Capitalism. He is a Fellow of the British Academy and of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/paperback/9780691284934/governing-growth"><em>Governing Growth: The Postwar Transformations of Capitalism and Democracy</em></a> (Princeton University Press, September 22, 2026) is his latest. He lives in Massachusetts.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/paperback/9780691284934/governing-growth"><em>Governing Growth: The Postwar Transformations of Capitalism and Democracy</em></a> by Peter A. Hall (Princeton University Press, 2026).</p><p>•       <em>The Rise and Fall of the Neoliberal Order</em> by Gary Gerstle — the framework Hall builds on and revises.</p><p>•       <em>Modern Capitalism</em> by Andrew Shonfield (1965), with which Hall’s book opens.</p><p>•       Jacob Hacker and Paul Pierson on “plutocrats with pitchforks.”</p><p>•  &amp;nbs...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/cdbf6d86/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/cdbf6d86/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Pursuit of Unhappiness: George Loewenstein on Why We're Wired for Misery</title>
      <itunes:episode>3042</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3042</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Pursuit of Unhappiness: George Loewenstein on Why We're Wired for Misery</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">995f3aec-c256-4b09-ba6d-318c6cc840f5</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I think our genetic makeup makes us miserable. We evolved to be miserable.” </em>— George Loewenstein</p><p> </p><p>Life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness. Yeah, yeah. We’ve all heard that one before. When Jefferson drafted the Declaration of Independence in 1776, he remixed Locke’s “life, liberty and estate,” replacing the idea of property with happiness. As we know from last week’s conversation with the historian Joshua Specht, America’s age-old love affair with real estate has been perpetually <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/mortgaging-the-american-dream?r=ktr9">mortgaged</a>. And our guest today, the behavioral economist <a href="https://parnassusbooks.net/book/9780063427068">George Loewenstein</a>, who happens — probably not coincidentally — to be the great-grandson of Sigmund Freud, offers a similar warning about the ideal of happiness.</p><p> </p><p>Happiness’ antonym is misery. In his new book <a href="https://parnassusbooks.net/book/9780063427068"><em>The Opposite of Happiness</em></a>, Loewenstein explains that it’s misery, and not happiness, which has simultaneously broken humans and built humankind. We evolved to be miserable, the behavioral economist argues, explaining that English has four times as many words for negative emotions as for positive ones. The depths we can sink to are incomparably deeper and more interesting than the heights we can reach, Freud’s great-grandson reassures us. Happiness is a Disneyfied mush while misery is infinitely variegated, he tells us, building a twelve-part taxonomy from envy and regret to loneliness and anxiety. The behavioral economist even invents a “Misery Survey” and cites an experiment he conducted with married couples which found that doubling their sexual frequency left them less happy.</p><p> </p><p>So much for sex. Loewenstein spent a lifetime escaping Freud and has ended up desexualizing him for modern America. I’ve always found behavioral economics to be a particularly miserable subject (ideology dressed up as science). But maybe that’s the point. Life, liberty and the pursuit of misery. A Loewensteinian redraft of the Declaration, anyone?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We Evolved to Be Miserable. </strong>Loewenstein’s starting point contradicts the entire happiness industry: misery is the human constant, and happiness the occasional exception. Not because society ruins us — he takes exception to Rousseau’s idea that we are born happy and civilized into unhappiness — but because our genetic makeup makes us so. Every negative emotion evolved to push us toward behavior that served our fitness; that is precisely why they are unavoidable. His evidence is asymmetry. English has, by his count, four times as many words for negative emotions as for positive ones. The depths of misery are incomparably deeper than the heights of joy. And happiness is “a big mush,” while unhappiness is infinitely variegated — twelve specific miseries in the book’s second half, each with its own facial expression, its own pattern of brain activity, and its own behavior. Novelists, he says, have always known this; they are better psychologists than the academics, and misery is simply more interesting.</p><p>•       <strong>Envy Is Local. </strong>Andrew’s cheekiest question: does Loewenstein, part of what he calls the second shift of behavioral economics, envy Daniel Kahneman, Amos Tversky and Richard Thaler, the field’s Nobel-garlanded founders? He didn’t deny it. We don’t envy billionaires and trillionaires, he explains; we envy people close to us and just ahead, and those three are the textbook case. Then the move that makes the book humane rather than cynical: meta-emotions. You’re not supposed to envy your friends, so when you inevitably do, you feel guilty about feeling envious — misery about misery. Understanding your own negative emotions, he argues, works like understanding another person: you forgive what you understand. And no, this is not a book about selfishness — sympathy, guilt and shame are some of the most social emotions we have. Nor are these first-world problems: the struggling farmer cares about self-esteem, guilt and loneliness as much as anyone.</p><p>•       <strong>The Freud Inheritance. </strong>Loewenstein spent much of his career trying to escape his great-grandfather — he wouldn’t even mention the connection for years — and now finds himself reinventing him: his research on pain, hunger and sex is, he concedes, a study of what Freud would have called the conflict between id and superego. The family history is its own novel. His mother, Sophie Freud, was the daughter of Freud’s eldest son; when the family fled the Nazis, the main branch went to London while she and her mother escaped by bicycling through France. Edward Bernays — Freud’s nephew and the father of American public relations — paid for her college education when she arrived in the United States penniless. She later wrote Living in the Shadow of the Freud Family, about feeling rejected by the clan. And the glass-half-empty temperament? From both parents, he says, but more from his father. Andrew’s framing: a lifetime escaping Freud, only to end up desexualizing him for modern America.</p><p>•       <strong>The Missing Motive. </strong>On Bentham and quantification, Loewenstein is cautious — psychologists can put numbers on feelings, but moving from an inchoate internal state to a figure is genuinely hard. His real hero is Adam Smith, not the Smith of The Wealth of Nations but of The Theory of Moral Sentiments, his first book and the last he revised, and in Loewenstein’s view a psychology book of striking modernity. (Andrew notes the Smith of Susan Neiman’s evil book last week is the same one; Loewenstein recommends Dennis Rasmussen’s book on Smith and Hume, and Rasmussen was on last week too.) His most provocative claim is about self-esteem: probably the single main motivator of human behavior, and yet almost absent from economics — one book and a handful of papers. Money buys happiness only up to a point. And his own experiment, instructing married couples to double their sexual frequency, found they did — and reported less happiness and less closeness. He doesn’t quite believe his own result.</p><p>•       <strong>The Happiness Industry. </strong>Where the psychology meets the economics. Institutions built on attention — above all the internet companies selling advertising — “don’t give a fig about your well-being,” he says, and are amplifying human misery; Meta keeps losing lawsuits because jurors, like everyone else, simply dislike the company. Happiness sells the illusion that the next car, the next pill, the next accomplishment will do it, and advertising plays on a wiring we already have. On therapy he is careful: his friends and family include therapists, the research says therapy works (cognitive behavioral therapy especially), though the cultural focus on mental health may make people more inwardly focused. What strikes him in his students is how casually they mention their therapists, and how anxiety and depression, two separate conditions in his generation, have fused into one. On Trump, his verdict is short: a deeply insecure man driven by feelings of inadequacy. And the sign-off: a Nietzschean moustache, and a Nietzschean book. Andrew’s verdict: life, liberty and the pursuit of misery — a Loewensteinian redraft of the Declaration.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://parnassusbooks.net/book/9780063427068">George Loewenstein</a> is the Herbert A. Simon University Professor of Economics and Psychology at Carnegie Mellon University and one of the founding figures of ...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I think our genetic makeup makes us miserable. We evolved to be miserable.” </em>— George Loewenstein</p><p> </p><p>Life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness. Yeah, yeah. We’ve all heard that one before. When Jefferson drafted the Declaration of Independence in 1776, he remixed Locke’s “life, liberty and estate,” replacing the idea of property with happiness. As we know from last week’s conversation with the historian Joshua Specht, America’s age-old love affair with real estate has been perpetually <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/mortgaging-the-american-dream?r=ktr9">mortgaged</a>. And our guest today, the behavioral economist <a href="https://parnassusbooks.net/book/9780063427068">George Loewenstein</a>, who happens — probably not coincidentally — to be the great-grandson of Sigmund Freud, offers a similar warning about the ideal of happiness.</p><p> </p><p>Happiness’ antonym is misery. In his new book <a href="https://parnassusbooks.net/book/9780063427068"><em>The Opposite of Happiness</em></a>, Loewenstein explains that it’s misery, and not happiness, which has simultaneously broken humans and built humankind. We evolved to be miserable, the behavioral economist argues, explaining that English has four times as many words for negative emotions as for positive ones. The depths we can sink to are incomparably deeper and more interesting than the heights we can reach, Freud’s great-grandson reassures us. Happiness is a Disneyfied mush while misery is infinitely variegated, he tells us, building a twelve-part taxonomy from envy and regret to loneliness and anxiety. The behavioral economist even invents a “Misery Survey” and cites an experiment he conducted with married couples which found that doubling their sexual frequency left them less happy.</p><p> </p><p>So much for sex. Loewenstein spent a lifetime escaping Freud and has ended up desexualizing him for modern America. I’ve always found behavioral economics to be a particularly miserable subject (ideology dressed up as science). But maybe that’s the point. Life, liberty and the pursuit of misery. A Loewensteinian redraft of the Declaration, anyone?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We Evolved to Be Miserable. </strong>Loewenstein’s starting point contradicts the entire happiness industry: misery is the human constant, and happiness the occasional exception. Not because society ruins us — he takes exception to Rousseau’s idea that we are born happy and civilized into unhappiness — but because our genetic makeup makes us so. Every negative emotion evolved to push us toward behavior that served our fitness; that is precisely why they are unavoidable. His evidence is asymmetry. English has, by his count, four times as many words for negative emotions as for positive ones. The depths of misery are incomparably deeper than the heights of joy. And happiness is “a big mush,” while unhappiness is infinitely variegated — twelve specific miseries in the book’s second half, each with its own facial expression, its own pattern of brain activity, and its own behavior. Novelists, he says, have always known this; they are better psychologists than the academics, and misery is simply more interesting.</p><p>•       <strong>Envy Is Local. </strong>Andrew’s cheekiest question: does Loewenstein, part of what he calls the second shift of behavioral economics, envy Daniel Kahneman, Amos Tversky and Richard Thaler, the field’s Nobel-garlanded founders? He didn’t deny it. We don’t envy billionaires and trillionaires, he explains; we envy people close to us and just ahead, and those three are the textbook case. Then the move that makes the book humane rather than cynical: meta-emotions. You’re not supposed to envy your friends, so when you inevitably do, you feel guilty about feeling envious — misery about misery. Understanding your own negative emotions, he argues, works like understanding another person: you forgive what you understand. And no, this is not a book about selfishness — sympathy, guilt and shame are some of the most social emotions we have. Nor are these first-world problems: the struggling farmer cares about self-esteem, guilt and loneliness as much as anyone.</p><p>•       <strong>The Freud Inheritance. </strong>Loewenstein spent much of his career trying to escape his great-grandfather — he wouldn’t even mention the connection for years — and now finds himself reinventing him: his research on pain, hunger and sex is, he concedes, a study of what Freud would have called the conflict between id and superego. The family history is its own novel. His mother, Sophie Freud, was the daughter of Freud’s eldest son; when the family fled the Nazis, the main branch went to London while she and her mother escaped by bicycling through France. Edward Bernays — Freud’s nephew and the father of American public relations — paid for her college education when she arrived in the United States penniless. She later wrote Living in the Shadow of the Freud Family, about feeling rejected by the clan. And the glass-half-empty temperament? From both parents, he says, but more from his father. Andrew’s framing: a lifetime escaping Freud, only to end up desexualizing him for modern America.</p><p>•       <strong>The Missing Motive. </strong>On Bentham and quantification, Loewenstein is cautious — psychologists can put numbers on feelings, but moving from an inchoate internal state to a figure is genuinely hard. His real hero is Adam Smith, not the Smith of The Wealth of Nations but of The Theory of Moral Sentiments, his first book and the last he revised, and in Loewenstein’s view a psychology book of striking modernity. (Andrew notes the Smith of Susan Neiman’s evil book last week is the same one; Loewenstein recommends Dennis Rasmussen’s book on Smith and Hume, and Rasmussen was on last week too.) His most provocative claim is about self-esteem: probably the single main motivator of human behavior, and yet almost absent from economics — one book and a handful of papers. Money buys happiness only up to a point. And his own experiment, instructing married couples to double their sexual frequency, found they did — and reported less happiness and less closeness. He doesn’t quite believe his own result.</p><p>•       <strong>The Happiness Industry. </strong>Where the psychology meets the economics. Institutions built on attention — above all the internet companies selling advertising — “don’t give a fig about your well-being,” he says, and are amplifying human misery; Meta keeps losing lawsuits because jurors, like everyone else, simply dislike the company. Happiness sells the illusion that the next car, the next pill, the next accomplishment will do it, and advertising plays on a wiring we already have. On therapy he is careful: his friends and family include therapists, the research says therapy works (cognitive behavioral therapy especially), though the cultural focus on mental health may make people more inwardly focused. What strikes him in his students is how casually they mention their therapists, and how anxiety and depression, two separate conditions in his generation, have fused into one. On Trump, his verdict is short: a deeply insecure man driven by feelings of inadequacy. And the sign-off: a Nietzschean moustache, and a Nietzschean book. Andrew’s verdict: life, liberty and the pursuit of misery — a Loewensteinian redraft of the Declaration.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://parnassusbooks.net/book/9780063427068">George Loewenstein</a> is the Herbert A. Simon University Professor of Economics and Psychology at Carnegie Mellon University and one of the founding figures of ...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Sep 2026 10:26:14 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/b7f0af40/1d2eaa24.mp3" length="44081626" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3443693" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/b7f0af40/1d2eaa24.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IMXi8CPSbZk">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2752</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I think our genetic makeup makes us miserable. We evolved to be miserable.” </em>— George Loewenstein</p><p> </p><p>Life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness. Yeah, yeah. We’ve all heard that one before. When Jefferson drafted the Declaration of Independence in 1776, he remixed Locke’s “life, liberty and estate,” replacing the idea of property with happiness. As we know from last week’s conversation with the historian Joshua Specht, America’s age-old love affair with real estate has been perpetually <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/mortgaging-the-american-dream?r=ktr9">mortgaged</a>. And our guest today, the behavioral economist <a href="https://parnassusbooks.net/book/9780063427068">George Loewenstein</a>, who happens — probably not coincidentally — to be the great-grandson of Sigmund Freud, offers a similar warning about the ideal of happiness.</p><p> </p><p>Happiness’ antonym is misery. In his new book <a href="https://parnassusbooks.net/book/9780063427068"><em>The Opposite of Happiness</em></a>, Loewenstein explains that it’s misery, and not happiness, which has simultaneously broken humans and built humankind. We evolved to be miserable, the behavioral economist argues, explaining that English has four times as many words for negative emotions as for positive ones. The depths we can sink to are incomparably deeper and more interesting than the heights we can reach, Freud’s great-grandson reassures us. Happiness is a Disneyfied mush while misery is infinitely variegated, he tells us, building a twelve-part taxonomy from envy and regret to loneliness and anxiety. The behavioral economist even invents a “Misery Survey” and cites an experiment he conducted with married couples which found that doubling their sexual frequency left them less happy.</p><p> </p><p>So much for sex. Loewenstein spent a lifetime escaping Freud and has ended up desexualizing him for modern America. I’ve always found behavioral economics to be a particularly miserable subject (ideology dressed up as science). But maybe that’s the point. Life, liberty and the pursuit of misery. A Loewensteinian redraft of the Declaration, anyone?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We Evolved to Be Miserable. </strong>Loewenstein’s starting point contradicts the entire happiness industry: misery is the human constant, and happiness the occasional exception. Not because society ruins us — he takes exception to Rousseau’s idea that we are born happy and civilized into unhappiness — but because our genetic makeup makes us so. Every negative emotion evolved to push us toward behavior that served our fitness; that is precisely why they are unavoidable. His evidence is asymmetry. English has, by his count, four times as many words for negative emotions as for positive ones. The depths of misery are incomparably deeper than the heights of joy. And happiness is “a big mush,” while unhappiness is infinitely variegated — twelve specific miseries in the book’s second half, each with its own facial expression, its own pattern of brain activity, and its own behavior. Novelists, he says, have always known this; they are better psychologists than the academics, and misery is simply more interesting.</p><p>•       <strong>Envy Is Local. </strong>Andrew’s cheekiest question: does Loewenstein, part of what he calls the second shift of behavioral economics, envy Daniel Kahneman, Amos Tversky and Richard Thaler, the field’s Nobel-garlanded founders? He didn’t deny it. We don’t envy billionaires and trillionaires, he explains; we envy people close to us and just ahead, and those three are the textbook case. Then the move that makes the book humane rather than cynical: meta-emotions. You’re not supposed to envy your friends, so when you inevitably do, you feel guilty about feeling envious — misery about misery. Understanding your own negative emotions, he argues, works like understanding another person: you forgive what you understand. And no, this is not a book about selfishness — sympathy, guilt and shame are some of the most social emotions we have. Nor are these first-world problems: the struggling farmer cares about self-esteem, guilt and loneliness as much as anyone.</p><p>•       <strong>The Freud Inheritance. </strong>Loewenstein spent much of his career trying to escape his great-grandfather — he wouldn’t even mention the connection for years — and now finds himself reinventing him: his research on pain, hunger and sex is, he concedes, a study of what Freud would have called the conflict between id and superego. The family history is its own novel. His mother, Sophie Freud, was the daughter of Freud’s eldest son; when the family fled the Nazis, the main branch went to London while she and her mother escaped by bicycling through France. Edward Bernays — Freud’s nephew and the father of American public relations — paid for her college education when she arrived in the United States penniless. She later wrote Living in the Shadow of the Freud Family, about feeling rejected by the clan. And the glass-half-empty temperament? From both parents, he says, but more from his father. Andrew’s framing: a lifetime escaping Freud, only to end up desexualizing him for modern America.</p><p>•       <strong>The Missing Motive. </strong>On Bentham and quantification, Loewenstein is cautious — psychologists can put numbers on feelings, but moving from an inchoate internal state to a figure is genuinely hard. His real hero is Adam Smith, not the Smith of The Wealth of Nations but of The Theory of Moral Sentiments, his first book and the last he revised, and in Loewenstein’s view a psychology book of striking modernity. (Andrew notes the Smith of Susan Neiman’s evil book last week is the same one; Loewenstein recommends Dennis Rasmussen’s book on Smith and Hume, and Rasmussen was on last week too.) His most provocative claim is about self-esteem: probably the single main motivator of human behavior, and yet almost absent from economics — one book and a handful of papers. Money buys happiness only up to a point. And his own experiment, instructing married couples to double their sexual frequency, found they did — and reported less happiness and less closeness. He doesn’t quite believe his own result.</p><p>•       <strong>The Happiness Industry. </strong>Where the psychology meets the economics. Institutions built on attention — above all the internet companies selling advertising — “don’t give a fig about your well-being,” he says, and are amplifying human misery; Meta keeps losing lawsuits because jurors, like everyone else, simply dislike the company. Happiness sells the illusion that the next car, the next pill, the next accomplishment will do it, and advertising plays on a wiring we already have. On therapy he is careful: his friends and family include therapists, the research says therapy works (cognitive behavioral therapy especially), though the cultural focus on mental health may make people more inwardly focused. What strikes him in his students is how casually they mention their therapists, and how anxiety and depression, two separate conditions in his generation, have fused into one. On Trump, his verdict is short: a deeply insecure man driven by feelings of inadequacy. And the sign-off: a Nietzschean moustache, and a Nietzschean book. Andrew’s verdict: life, liberty and the pursuit of misery — a Loewensteinian redraft of the Declaration.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://parnassusbooks.net/book/9780063427068">George Loewenstein</a> is the Herbert A. Simon University Professor of Economics and Psychology at Carnegie Mellon University and one of the founding figures of ...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b7f0af40/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Are the Doomers Now Doomed? A Bad Week for the AI Apocalypse.</title>
      <itunes:episode>3041</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3041</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Are the Doomers Now Doomed? A Bad Week for the AI Apocalypse.</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0428334f-c5bb-4660-9c66-aa635f81ba43</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Last week we were panicking about a supposedly imminent AI apocalypse. Seven days later, <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> argues, government oversight is about as far away as it could possibly be. That’s because Musk, Altman and Amodei agreed to police themselves and test each other’s models. The doomers, says the publisher of <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a>, have lost not just this week’s battle but probably the whole war.</p><p> </p><p>So who will then write the AI rules? The people building the models, Keith says — as with California’s building codes, government sanctions the standards but engineers write them. And trust doesn’t come from authority, it comes from use. The real check on our new AI overlords, he promises, will come in court, with the American legal system holding OpenAI and Anthropic financially accountable for all damage. That should doom the doomers. If we survive the apocalypse, of course.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Week Regulation Went Away. </strong>Seven days, and the conversation reversed. Last week: the whistleblower, the headlines about AI killing everyone within a decade, the calls for global regulation. This week: Trump calling Jensen Huang live from an AI conference to make policy on the fly, Vance at All-In, and — as early as Monday — Musk, Altman and Amodei all agreeing that they are responsible for their own development, that they will slow model-building to match their control systems, and that they will begin testing each other’s models. Keith’s reading: the call for government oversight is going to fade. The New York Times map of the fight — accelerationists (Huang, Sacks, Andreessen), regulators, and a middle of Hassabis, Nadella, Pichai and Zuckerberg — holds at the edges but not the centre, which he calls shifting sands: Hassabis and Amodei made a proposal to the White House that was rejected this week; Zuckerberg then came out against government stepping in. And you cannot disambiguate self-interest from philosophy in that group: they have hearts, but they are paid to represent shareholders, and right now the rise of open source suits Google, Microsoft and Facebook.</p><p>•       <strong>Who Writes the Rules. </strong>Cohere’s Aidan Gomez asked whether a handful of market-dominant Silicon Valley companies should get to define the safety standards of a generational technology. Keith’s answer is an unembarrassed yes — and his analogy is the building code: government sanctions the rules, but the tolerances come from the architects and civil engineers who do the building, not from a committee of legislators. Which is why he thinks the Washington hearings shouldn’t be happening at all: time-wasting, pulling important people away from their work to talk to politicians whose primary interest is reelection. Government, he says, has no role yet — it is too early in the life of AI for anyone in Congress to understand it well enough to legislate. Andrew pressed the obvious objection: so we simply trust Sam, Dario and Elon to police themselves?</p><p>•       <strong>It Is You, Not the AI. </strong>The hour’s best answer, and the one that moves the argument on. It isn’t about trust, Keith says — it’s about accountability, and the machinery already exists. It would not be okay for their software to break into a bank and steal money, or into a rival and steal intellectual property; the legal system covers that today. “Up until now they’ve been saying, hey, it’s not us, it’s the AI. Well, actually, no. It is you.” And the nice thing about liability is that it makes recklessness expensive. Palantir’s CEO pushed the same logic to its conclusion on CNBC: the liabilities facing Anthropic and OpenAI are so enormous that only a government could carry them, so nationalize. Keith’s own caveat is the honest one: when he uses agents he is happy with the outcomes but cannot see the steps, and without visibility there is no verification — which makes it blind trust rather than actual trust.</p><p>•       <strong>The Doomers Lose a Battle. </strong>Both the Wall Street Journal and the New York Times investigated the Hugging Face incident this week and concluded it was more or less inevitable given the goals OpenAI set its agents in the lab. Benedict Evans’s line is the keeper: it reminds him of Chernobyl — what happens if we turn off every safety system and try to get the reactor to blow up? It blows up. But what exactly did you prove? These labs are deliberately setting models up to break the rules to find out whether they will; the models are calculation machines that carry out whatever they’re told. The Washington Post’s account of how a fringe movement — effective altruism — convinced Washington the end is near gets a blunt verdict from Keith: they’ve lost a battle, though the war goes on. He concedes 71% of Americans have concerns about AI, insists the fear is unfounded, and bets that number massively overstates active concern because most people who actually use AI have a good experience.</p><p>•       <strong>San Francisco Isn’t Ready. </strong>The week’s essays, and the local story underneath them. Reid Hoffman is telling Democrats that time is running out before Americans settle into hating AI — not from fear of extinction but because the benefits aren’t concrete; Andrew’s amendment is that the case for AI improving ordinary life still hasn’t been made coherently. Nick Hanauer’s “market humanism” gets the sharpest treatment: appealing words, but the substance is the argument for trade unions — Aneurin Bevan in modern dress — and it assumes a permanent social contract between labor and capital that AI dissolves in favour of capital alone. Then Ben Metcalfe’s post of the week: the Anthropic IPO alone will equal in dollar weight every tech listing since Uber combined, and San Francisco is nowhere near ready for that much money arriving at once. Keith’s structural point: the economy prospers while the city doesn’t, and closing that gap is the real challenge for Democrats — a subject, Andrew promises, this show will come back to.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Co-Host</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the publisher of the <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> tech newsletter and Keen On America’s regular weekly co-host — the techno-optimist counterpoint to Andrew’s skepticism. A serial founder whose first internet company, EasyNet, launched in 1994, he writes and invests from Palo Alto, and is currently writing The Human Dividend.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith’s newsletter, with every piece discussed in this episode.</p><p>•       Aidan Gomez of Cohere on who defines the rules for AI; Benedict Evans on the Hugging Face incident; and the Wall Street Journal and New York Times investigations of it.</p><p>•       The Washington Post on how a fringe AI movement convinced Washington the end is near; Andy Kessler on the AI Luddites; and the Free Press on the ideology behind the warnings.</p><p>•       Reid Hoffman on Americans and AI, and Nick Hanauer on market humanism — the two essays Andrew suggests reading back to back.</p><p>•       Ben Metcalfe’s post of the week on San Francisco and the coming Anthropic and OpenAI listings.</p><p>•       Interview of the week: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/three-millio..."></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Last week we were panicking about a supposedly imminent AI apocalypse. Seven days later, <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> argues, government oversight is about as far away as it could possibly be. That’s because Musk, Altman and Amodei agreed to police themselves and test each other’s models. The doomers, says the publisher of <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a>, have lost not just this week’s battle but probably the whole war.</p><p> </p><p>So who will then write the AI rules? The people building the models, Keith says — as with California’s building codes, government sanctions the standards but engineers write them. And trust doesn’t come from authority, it comes from use. The real check on our new AI overlords, he promises, will come in court, with the American legal system holding OpenAI and Anthropic financially accountable for all damage. That should doom the doomers. If we survive the apocalypse, of course.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Week Regulation Went Away. </strong>Seven days, and the conversation reversed. Last week: the whistleblower, the headlines about AI killing everyone within a decade, the calls for global regulation. This week: Trump calling Jensen Huang live from an AI conference to make policy on the fly, Vance at All-In, and — as early as Monday — Musk, Altman and Amodei all agreeing that they are responsible for their own development, that they will slow model-building to match their control systems, and that they will begin testing each other’s models. Keith’s reading: the call for government oversight is going to fade. The New York Times map of the fight — accelerationists (Huang, Sacks, Andreessen), regulators, and a middle of Hassabis, Nadella, Pichai and Zuckerberg — holds at the edges but not the centre, which he calls shifting sands: Hassabis and Amodei made a proposal to the White House that was rejected this week; Zuckerberg then came out against government stepping in. And you cannot disambiguate self-interest from philosophy in that group: they have hearts, but they are paid to represent shareholders, and right now the rise of open source suits Google, Microsoft and Facebook.</p><p>•       <strong>Who Writes the Rules. </strong>Cohere’s Aidan Gomez asked whether a handful of market-dominant Silicon Valley companies should get to define the safety standards of a generational technology. Keith’s answer is an unembarrassed yes — and his analogy is the building code: government sanctions the rules, but the tolerances come from the architects and civil engineers who do the building, not from a committee of legislators. Which is why he thinks the Washington hearings shouldn’t be happening at all: time-wasting, pulling important people away from their work to talk to politicians whose primary interest is reelection. Government, he says, has no role yet — it is too early in the life of AI for anyone in Congress to understand it well enough to legislate. Andrew pressed the obvious objection: so we simply trust Sam, Dario and Elon to police themselves?</p><p>•       <strong>It Is You, Not the AI. </strong>The hour’s best answer, and the one that moves the argument on. It isn’t about trust, Keith says — it’s about accountability, and the machinery already exists. It would not be okay for their software to break into a bank and steal money, or into a rival and steal intellectual property; the legal system covers that today. “Up until now they’ve been saying, hey, it’s not us, it’s the AI. Well, actually, no. It is you.” And the nice thing about liability is that it makes recklessness expensive. Palantir’s CEO pushed the same logic to its conclusion on CNBC: the liabilities facing Anthropic and OpenAI are so enormous that only a government could carry them, so nationalize. Keith’s own caveat is the honest one: when he uses agents he is happy with the outcomes but cannot see the steps, and without visibility there is no verification — which makes it blind trust rather than actual trust.</p><p>•       <strong>The Doomers Lose a Battle. </strong>Both the Wall Street Journal and the New York Times investigated the Hugging Face incident this week and concluded it was more or less inevitable given the goals OpenAI set its agents in the lab. Benedict Evans’s line is the keeper: it reminds him of Chernobyl — what happens if we turn off every safety system and try to get the reactor to blow up? It blows up. But what exactly did you prove? These labs are deliberately setting models up to break the rules to find out whether they will; the models are calculation machines that carry out whatever they’re told. The Washington Post’s account of how a fringe movement — effective altruism — convinced Washington the end is near gets a blunt verdict from Keith: they’ve lost a battle, though the war goes on. He concedes 71% of Americans have concerns about AI, insists the fear is unfounded, and bets that number massively overstates active concern because most people who actually use AI have a good experience.</p><p>•       <strong>San Francisco Isn’t Ready. </strong>The week’s essays, and the local story underneath them. Reid Hoffman is telling Democrats that time is running out before Americans settle into hating AI — not from fear of extinction but because the benefits aren’t concrete; Andrew’s amendment is that the case for AI improving ordinary life still hasn’t been made coherently. Nick Hanauer’s “market humanism” gets the sharpest treatment: appealing words, but the substance is the argument for trade unions — Aneurin Bevan in modern dress — and it assumes a permanent social contract between labor and capital that AI dissolves in favour of capital alone. Then Ben Metcalfe’s post of the week: the Anthropic IPO alone will equal in dollar weight every tech listing since Uber combined, and San Francisco is nowhere near ready for that much money arriving at once. Keith’s structural point: the economy prospers while the city doesn’t, and closing that gap is the real challenge for Democrats — a subject, Andrew promises, this show will come back to.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Co-Host</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the publisher of the <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> tech newsletter and Keen On America’s regular weekly co-host — the techno-optimist counterpoint to Andrew’s skepticism. A serial founder whose first internet company, EasyNet, launched in 1994, he writes and invests from Palo Alto, and is currently writing The Human Dividend.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith’s newsletter, with every piece discussed in this episode.</p><p>•       Aidan Gomez of Cohere on who defines the rules for AI; Benedict Evans on the Hugging Face incident; and the Wall Street Journal and New York Times investigations of it.</p><p>•       The Washington Post on how a fringe AI movement convinced Washington the end is near; Andy Kessler on the AI Luddites; and the Free Press on the ideology behind the warnings.</p><p>•       Reid Hoffman on Americans and AI, and Nick Hanauer on market humanism — the two essays Andrew suggests reading back to back.</p><p>•       Ben Metcalfe’s post of the week on San Francisco and the coming Anthropic and OpenAI listings.</p><p>•       Interview of the week: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/three-millio..."></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 20 Sep 2026 08:24:04 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/a4962e4d/13234779.mp3" length="35724880" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3046586" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/a4962e4d/13234779.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xpToE8QvrXw">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/lVhcGXpOukrTUV0sPalffNr_ntLA6dEd2v9oHjemOXY/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8wNDQx/MDJjODcxODkzNDZi/OGEyYTRmZjlhYmQ3/MzExNS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2230</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Last week we were panicking about a supposedly imminent AI apocalypse. Seven days later, <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> argues, government oversight is about as far away as it could possibly be. That’s because Musk, Altman and Amodei agreed to police themselves and test each other’s models. The doomers, says the publisher of <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a>, have lost not just this week’s battle but probably the whole war.</p><p> </p><p>So who will then write the AI rules? The people building the models, Keith says — as with California’s building codes, government sanctions the standards but engineers write them. And trust doesn’t come from authority, it comes from use. The real check on our new AI overlords, he promises, will come in court, with the American legal system holding OpenAI and Anthropic financially accountable for all damage. That should doom the doomers. If we survive the apocalypse, of course.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Week Regulation Went Away. </strong>Seven days, and the conversation reversed. Last week: the whistleblower, the headlines about AI killing everyone within a decade, the calls for global regulation. This week: Trump calling Jensen Huang live from an AI conference to make policy on the fly, Vance at All-In, and — as early as Monday — Musk, Altman and Amodei all agreeing that they are responsible for their own development, that they will slow model-building to match their control systems, and that they will begin testing each other’s models. Keith’s reading: the call for government oversight is going to fade. The New York Times map of the fight — accelerationists (Huang, Sacks, Andreessen), regulators, and a middle of Hassabis, Nadella, Pichai and Zuckerberg — holds at the edges but not the centre, which he calls shifting sands: Hassabis and Amodei made a proposal to the White House that was rejected this week; Zuckerberg then came out against government stepping in. And you cannot disambiguate self-interest from philosophy in that group: they have hearts, but they are paid to represent shareholders, and right now the rise of open source suits Google, Microsoft and Facebook.</p><p>•       <strong>Who Writes the Rules. </strong>Cohere’s Aidan Gomez asked whether a handful of market-dominant Silicon Valley companies should get to define the safety standards of a generational technology. Keith’s answer is an unembarrassed yes — and his analogy is the building code: government sanctions the rules, but the tolerances come from the architects and civil engineers who do the building, not from a committee of legislators. Which is why he thinks the Washington hearings shouldn’t be happening at all: time-wasting, pulling important people away from their work to talk to politicians whose primary interest is reelection. Government, he says, has no role yet — it is too early in the life of AI for anyone in Congress to understand it well enough to legislate. Andrew pressed the obvious objection: so we simply trust Sam, Dario and Elon to police themselves?</p><p>•       <strong>It Is You, Not the AI. </strong>The hour’s best answer, and the one that moves the argument on. It isn’t about trust, Keith says — it’s about accountability, and the machinery already exists. It would not be okay for their software to break into a bank and steal money, or into a rival and steal intellectual property; the legal system covers that today. “Up until now they’ve been saying, hey, it’s not us, it’s the AI. Well, actually, no. It is you.” And the nice thing about liability is that it makes recklessness expensive. Palantir’s CEO pushed the same logic to its conclusion on CNBC: the liabilities facing Anthropic and OpenAI are so enormous that only a government could carry them, so nationalize. Keith’s own caveat is the honest one: when he uses agents he is happy with the outcomes but cannot see the steps, and without visibility there is no verification — which makes it blind trust rather than actual trust.</p><p>•       <strong>The Doomers Lose a Battle. </strong>Both the Wall Street Journal and the New York Times investigated the Hugging Face incident this week and concluded it was more or less inevitable given the goals OpenAI set its agents in the lab. Benedict Evans’s line is the keeper: it reminds him of Chernobyl — what happens if we turn off every safety system and try to get the reactor to blow up? It blows up. But what exactly did you prove? These labs are deliberately setting models up to break the rules to find out whether they will; the models are calculation machines that carry out whatever they’re told. The Washington Post’s account of how a fringe movement — effective altruism — convinced Washington the end is near gets a blunt verdict from Keith: they’ve lost a battle, though the war goes on. He concedes 71% of Americans have concerns about AI, insists the fear is unfounded, and bets that number massively overstates active concern because most people who actually use AI have a good experience.</p><p>•       <strong>San Francisco Isn’t Ready. </strong>The week’s essays, and the local story underneath them. Reid Hoffman is telling Democrats that time is running out before Americans settle into hating AI — not from fear of extinction but because the benefits aren’t concrete; Andrew’s amendment is that the case for AI improving ordinary life still hasn’t been made coherently. Nick Hanauer’s “market humanism” gets the sharpest treatment: appealing words, but the substance is the argument for trade unions — Aneurin Bevan in modern dress — and it assumes a permanent social contract between labor and capital that AI dissolves in favour of capital alone. Then Ben Metcalfe’s post of the week: the Anthropic IPO alone will equal in dollar weight every tech listing since Uber combined, and San Francisco is nowhere near ready for that much money arriving at once. Keith’s structural point: the economy prospers while the city doesn’t, and closing that gap is the real challenge for Democrats — a subject, Andrew promises, this show will come back to.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Co-Host</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the publisher of the <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> tech newsletter and Keen On America’s regular weekly co-host — the techno-optimist counterpoint to Andrew’s skepticism. A serial founder whose first internet company, EasyNet, launched in 1994, he writes and invests from Palo Alto, and is currently writing The Human Dividend.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith’s newsletter, with every piece discussed in this episode.</p><p>•       Aidan Gomez of Cohere on who defines the rules for AI; Benedict Evans on the Hugging Face incident; and the Wall Street Journal and New York Times investigations of it.</p><p>•       The Washington Post on how a fringe AI movement convinced Washington the end is near; Andy Kessler on the AI Luddites; and the Free Press on the ideology behind the warnings.</p><p>•       Reid Hoffman on Americans and AI, and Nick Hanauer on market humanism — the two essays Andrew suggests reading back to back.</p><p>•       Ben Metcalfe’s post of the week on San Francisco and the coming Anthropic and OpenAI listings.</p><p>•       Interview of the week: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/three-millio..."></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a4962e4d/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a4962e4d/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mortgaging the American Dream: Joshua Specht on the Rise &amp; Fall of US Homeownership</title>
      <itunes:episode>3040</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3040</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Mortgaging the American Dream: Joshua Specht on the Rise &amp; Fall of US Homeownership</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">247c8ef2-20e0-48d3-899f-e78932c38a2c</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>My hometown of San Francisco has the unholy problem of a mansion shortage and mass homelessness. AI money is driving house prices to record highs, our mayor has declared a rent emergency, while in New York City housing affordability has become so acute as to become a rare bipartisan concern. This unreality of the real-estate market has heated up both local and national politics. But as <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/isbn/9780691238197">Joshua Specht</a> argues in his new book, <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/isbn/9780691238197"><em>Property Values</em></a>, a history that runs from the rent wars of the 1840s to the crash of 2008, the rise (and fall) of the American homeowner has always been the hottest of political potatoes.</p><p> </p><p>The American ideal of land ownership originated in John Locke’s promise of individual self-realization through hard work. Hence the Homestead Act of 1862 and its 160 acres as both the carrot and stick of American citizenship. But as with most things Lockean, it was better in theory than in practice. The ups and particularly the downs of American history are, indeed, entangled with the crises in real-estate — from the collapse of the small farmer in the 1890s to the subprime 2008 crash. Today, that crisis can be seen on the streets of San Francisco and New York City. And for all the supposed abundant intelligence of AI, even Silicon Valley doesn’t have the magical tech to fix either my hometown problem of mansion shortages or mass homelessness.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Lockean Laboratory. </strong>The theory that widespread land ownership is the precondition for a functioning democracy is not American in origin — it runs back through Locke to a Europe where it could never be tested, because there was no land to go round unless you were already an aristocrat. America was where the experiment could actually be run — though, as Andrew notes, like most things Lockean it sounded better in theory than in practice — and the Homestead Act of 1862 was its boldest instrument: 160 acres, for little more than a title fee, against rival visions of what the country might be — the southern plantation, and a northern model of vast estates with quasi-feudal tenants. Specht sides with the historians who have lately rehabilitated the Act: yes, there was fraud, but people cheated to hold on to farms; yes, many went bankrupt, but often decades later. What it locked in was a language of ownership that has shaped American politics ever since. The beneficiaries were largely German and Scandinavian immigrants settling the Northern Plains; for native peoples it was, in his word, apocalyptic — and reservations were later broken up under the same logic, that 160 acres would make their occupants “like Americans.” Black homesteaders existed, including the town of Nicodemus in northwestern Kansas, but the land was only nominally free: you had to pay to get there and survive a year before your first crop.</p><p>•       <strong>Awake! Arouse! </strong>The book’s opening story, and the one Andrew hadn’t heard of. Between 1839 and 1845, the tenants of the great Hudson Valley estates — the Van Rensselaers, the Livingstons, holdings with thousands of tenant families — rose against a landlord class whose vision was frankly aristocratic: gentlemen farmers introducing scientific agriculture to quasi-feudal renters, iterated across the continent. The tenants issued their own declaration of independence on July 4, 1839, under handbills reading “Attention, anti-renters! Awake! Arouse!” They stopped paying, resisted the sheriffs, assembled mobs, tarred and feathered rent collectors; a man was killed. And they won — not in court but in politics, once New York’s office-seekers worked out there were votes in it, after which the manors simply stopped being a viable model. Is this Jacksonian populism or the Mamdani kind? Specht’s answer: Jacksonian, and specifically producerist — claims belong to those who work and make. Today’s left populism is about interdependence and obligation; these men wanted, above all, to be left alone.</p><p>•       <strong>From Land to Lawn. </strong>How the promise migrated. By the 1890s the United States was becoming an industrial power while the model everything rested on was falling apart: long-term crop deflation, bigger farms, more machinery, and the discovery that the independent farmer was not independent at all — the market told him how to live. It limped on until the Depression finished it: Grapes of Wrath in the countryside, mortgage defaults in the cities, families gathering in Queens churches to pray against foreclosure. Specht’s observation about crises generally, and useful today: the number actually foreclosed can be small, but the far larger number barely scraping by is what drags everything down. The New Deal’s answer was the government-backstopped mortgage market and what became the thirty-year fixed-rate loan — and FDR’s method, Specht argues, was to experiment wildly, keep what worked, and then tie it to a story about what it means to be an American. Homeownership is the best example. After the war it became the tangible proof of prosperity: out of the multigenerational ethnic apartment, into a house of your own, making jellos for the neighborhood social.</p><p>•       <strong>Levittown and the Mob. </strong>Levitt and Sons turned housebuilding into an assembly line — with the neat inversion that the workers moved down the line of foundations rather than the product moving past them — and the government, needing to house veterans, backed the market that bought the results. Then the machinery of exclusion engaged. Lenders decided, on abstract measures of repayment risk, that racially homogeneous white neighborhoods were the sound investments; older mixed neighborhoods lost access to capital and began to decay. But since anyone could in principle buy into a new suburb, homeowners built their own defences: first racially restrictive covenants, and when those lost legal force, the violence of the mob — Specht tells the story of the crowd that assembled outside the first Black family’s home in Levittown, Pennsylvania. The two mechanisms, the formal and the violent, fed each other. The downstream effect is the one that still shapes American wealth: locked out of the suburbs at the moment they were made, Black Americans missed the accumulation, and were left in urban neighborhoods starved of capital — the beginning of what historians call the urban crisis.</p><p>•       <strong>Limping Along. </strong>On 2008, Specht is more interested in the aftermath than the cause. The cause is familiar: an assumption that liquidity was always good, from Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac through securitization and tranching, until the people putting up the money and the people judging the loans were so far apart that standards collapsed. He resists the story that lending to minority buyers caused it — the fraud, and the lack of consequence for it, did. The deeper point is about what everyone was forced into: if you had to move, you had to buy, at whatever the market said. “You kind of had to participate in the madness.” And the response — banks bailed out, no prosecutions, nothing for homeowners — is what radicalized both the Tea Party and Occupy, and broke faith in politics itself. Fifteen years on: not a rise and fall but “the rise and fall and limping along of the wounded American homeownership model,” with a generational divide he expects to harden into a class divide within thirty years. On the abundance agenda — Klein and Thompson, Dunkelman — he is sympathetic but unconvinced it is sufficient: “a policy is not a politics.” His own prescription is decentralization: stop treating S...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>My hometown of San Francisco has the unholy problem of a mansion shortage and mass homelessness. AI money is driving house prices to record highs, our mayor has declared a rent emergency, while in New York City housing affordability has become so acute as to become a rare bipartisan concern. This unreality of the real-estate market has heated up both local and national politics. But as <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/isbn/9780691238197">Joshua Specht</a> argues in his new book, <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/isbn/9780691238197"><em>Property Values</em></a>, a history that runs from the rent wars of the 1840s to the crash of 2008, the rise (and fall) of the American homeowner has always been the hottest of political potatoes.</p><p> </p><p>The American ideal of land ownership originated in John Locke’s promise of individual self-realization through hard work. Hence the Homestead Act of 1862 and its 160 acres as both the carrot and stick of American citizenship. But as with most things Lockean, it was better in theory than in practice. The ups and particularly the downs of American history are, indeed, entangled with the crises in real-estate — from the collapse of the small farmer in the 1890s to the subprime 2008 crash. Today, that crisis can be seen on the streets of San Francisco and New York City. And for all the supposed abundant intelligence of AI, even Silicon Valley doesn’t have the magical tech to fix either my hometown problem of mansion shortages or mass homelessness.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Lockean Laboratory. </strong>The theory that widespread land ownership is the precondition for a functioning democracy is not American in origin — it runs back through Locke to a Europe where it could never be tested, because there was no land to go round unless you were already an aristocrat. America was where the experiment could actually be run — though, as Andrew notes, like most things Lockean it sounded better in theory than in practice — and the Homestead Act of 1862 was its boldest instrument: 160 acres, for little more than a title fee, against rival visions of what the country might be — the southern plantation, and a northern model of vast estates with quasi-feudal tenants. Specht sides with the historians who have lately rehabilitated the Act: yes, there was fraud, but people cheated to hold on to farms; yes, many went bankrupt, but often decades later. What it locked in was a language of ownership that has shaped American politics ever since. The beneficiaries were largely German and Scandinavian immigrants settling the Northern Plains; for native peoples it was, in his word, apocalyptic — and reservations were later broken up under the same logic, that 160 acres would make their occupants “like Americans.” Black homesteaders existed, including the town of Nicodemus in northwestern Kansas, but the land was only nominally free: you had to pay to get there and survive a year before your first crop.</p><p>•       <strong>Awake! Arouse! </strong>The book’s opening story, and the one Andrew hadn’t heard of. Between 1839 and 1845, the tenants of the great Hudson Valley estates — the Van Rensselaers, the Livingstons, holdings with thousands of tenant families — rose against a landlord class whose vision was frankly aristocratic: gentlemen farmers introducing scientific agriculture to quasi-feudal renters, iterated across the continent. The tenants issued their own declaration of independence on July 4, 1839, under handbills reading “Attention, anti-renters! Awake! Arouse!” They stopped paying, resisted the sheriffs, assembled mobs, tarred and feathered rent collectors; a man was killed. And they won — not in court but in politics, once New York’s office-seekers worked out there were votes in it, after which the manors simply stopped being a viable model. Is this Jacksonian populism or the Mamdani kind? Specht’s answer: Jacksonian, and specifically producerist — claims belong to those who work and make. Today’s left populism is about interdependence and obligation; these men wanted, above all, to be left alone.</p><p>•       <strong>From Land to Lawn. </strong>How the promise migrated. By the 1890s the United States was becoming an industrial power while the model everything rested on was falling apart: long-term crop deflation, bigger farms, more machinery, and the discovery that the independent farmer was not independent at all — the market told him how to live. It limped on until the Depression finished it: Grapes of Wrath in the countryside, mortgage defaults in the cities, families gathering in Queens churches to pray against foreclosure. Specht’s observation about crises generally, and useful today: the number actually foreclosed can be small, but the far larger number barely scraping by is what drags everything down. The New Deal’s answer was the government-backstopped mortgage market and what became the thirty-year fixed-rate loan — and FDR’s method, Specht argues, was to experiment wildly, keep what worked, and then tie it to a story about what it means to be an American. Homeownership is the best example. After the war it became the tangible proof of prosperity: out of the multigenerational ethnic apartment, into a house of your own, making jellos for the neighborhood social.</p><p>•       <strong>Levittown and the Mob. </strong>Levitt and Sons turned housebuilding into an assembly line — with the neat inversion that the workers moved down the line of foundations rather than the product moving past them — and the government, needing to house veterans, backed the market that bought the results. Then the machinery of exclusion engaged. Lenders decided, on abstract measures of repayment risk, that racially homogeneous white neighborhoods were the sound investments; older mixed neighborhoods lost access to capital and began to decay. But since anyone could in principle buy into a new suburb, homeowners built their own defences: first racially restrictive covenants, and when those lost legal force, the violence of the mob — Specht tells the story of the crowd that assembled outside the first Black family’s home in Levittown, Pennsylvania. The two mechanisms, the formal and the violent, fed each other. The downstream effect is the one that still shapes American wealth: locked out of the suburbs at the moment they were made, Black Americans missed the accumulation, and were left in urban neighborhoods starved of capital — the beginning of what historians call the urban crisis.</p><p>•       <strong>Limping Along. </strong>On 2008, Specht is more interested in the aftermath than the cause. The cause is familiar: an assumption that liquidity was always good, from Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac through securitization and tranching, until the people putting up the money and the people judging the loans were so far apart that standards collapsed. He resists the story that lending to minority buyers caused it — the fraud, and the lack of consequence for it, did. The deeper point is about what everyone was forced into: if you had to move, you had to buy, at whatever the market said. “You kind of had to participate in the madness.” And the response — banks bailed out, no prosecutions, nothing for homeowners — is what radicalized both the Tea Party and Occupy, and broke faith in politics itself. Fifteen years on: not a rise and fall but “the rise and fall and limping along of the wounded American homeownership model,” with a generational divide he expects to harden into a class divide within thirty years. On the abundance agenda — Klein and Thompson, Dunkelman — he is sympathetic but unconvinced it is sufficient: “a policy is not a politics.” His own prescription is decentralization: stop treating S...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 19 Sep 2026 09:02:18 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/7e310dd9/a0c7bfa6.mp3" length="52714462" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3427680" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/7e310dd9/a0c7bfa6.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=10E-dyuSwIU">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/AA44eZNY-aO-evZst7zJD0AaGBmmV9J3bet-tDJIUAI/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS84ZjJm/YWU1YjEzMWY2NGMw/ZmZkMWQ5Y2NhNDA5/Y2QzNS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3292</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>My hometown of San Francisco has the unholy problem of a mansion shortage and mass homelessness. AI money is driving house prices to record highs, our mayor has declared a rent emergency, while in New York City housing affordability has become so acute as to become a rare bipartisan concern. This unreality of the real-estate market has heated up both local and national politics. But as <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/isbn/9780691238197">Joshua Specht</a> argues in his new book, <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/isbn/9780691238197"><em>Property Values</em></a>, a history that runs from the rent wars of the 1840s to the crash of 2008, the rise (and fall) of the American homeowner has always been the hottest of political potatoes.</p><p> </p><p>The American ideal of land ownership originated in John Locke’s promise of individual self-realization through hard work. Hence the Homestead Act of 1862 and its 160 acres as both the carrot and stick of American citizenship. But as with most things Lockean, it was better in theory than in practice. The ups and particularly the downs of American history are, indeed, entangled with the crises in real-estate — from the collapse of the small farmer in the 1890s to the subprime 2008 crash. Today, that crisis can be seen on the streets of San Francisco and New York City. And for all the supposed abundant intelligence of AI, even Silicon Valley doesn’t have the magical tech to fix either my hometown problem of mansion shortages or mass homelessness.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Lockean Laboratory. </strong>The theory that widespread land ownership is the precondition for a functioning democracy is not American in origin — it runs back through Locke to a Europe where it could never be tested, because there was no land to go round unless you were already an aristocrat. America was where the experiment could actually be run — though, as Andrew notes, like most things Lockean it sounded better in theory than in practice — and the Homestead Act of 1862 was its boldest instrument: 160 acres, for little more than a title fee, against rival visions of what the country might be — the southern plantation, and a northern model of vast estates with quasi-feudal tenants. Specht sides with the historians who have lately rehabilitated the Act: yes, there was fraud, but people cheated to hold on to farms; yes, many went bankrupt, but often decades later. What it locked in was a language of ownership that has shaped American politics ever since. The beneficiaries were largely German and Scandinavian immigrants settling the Northern Plains; for native peoples it was, in his word, apocalyptic — and reservations were later broken up under the same logic, that 160 acres would make their occupants “like Americans.” Black homesteaders existed, including the town of Nicodemus in northwestern Kansas, but the land was only nominally free: you had to pay to get there and survive a year before your first crop.</p><p>•       <strong>Awake! Arouse! </strong>The book’s opening story, and the one Andrew hadn’t heard of. Between 1839 and 1845, the tenants of the great Hudson Valley estates — the Van Rensselaers, the Livingstons, holdings with thousands of tenant families — rose against a landlord class whose vision was frankly aristocratic: gentlemen farmers introducing scientific agriculture to quasi-feudal renters, iterated across the continent. The tenants issued their own declaration of independence on July 4, 1839, under handbills reading “Attention, anti-renters! Awake! Arouse!” They stopped paying, resisted the sheriffs, assembled mobs, tarred and feathered rent collectors; a man was killed. And they won — not in court but in politics, once New York’s office-seekers worked out there were votes in it, after which the manors simply stopped being a viable model. Is this Jacksonian populism or the Mamdani kind? Specht’s answer: Jacksonian, and specifically producerist — claims belong to those who work and make. Today’s left populism is about interdependence and obligation; these men wanted, above all, to be left alone.</p><p>•       <strong>From Land to Lawn. </strong>How the promise migrated. By the 1890s the United States was becoming an industrial power while the model everything rested on was falling apart: long-term crop deflation, bigger farms, more machinery, and the discovery that the independent farmer was not independent at all — the market told him how to live. It limped on until the Depression finished it: Grapes of Wrath in the countryside, mortgage defaults in the cities, families gathering in Queens churches to pray against foreclosure. Specht’s observation about crises generally, and useful today: the number actually foreclosed can be small, but the far larger number barely scraping by is what drags everything down. The New Deal’s answer was the government-backstopped mortgage market and what became the thirty-year fixed-rate loan — and FDR’s method, Specht argues, was to experiment wildly, keep what worked, and then tie it to a story about what it means to be an American. Homeownership is the best example. After the war it became the tangible proof of prosperity: out of the multigenerational ethnic apartment, into a house of your own, making jellos for the neighborhood social.</p><p>•       <strong>Levittown and the Mob. </strong>Levitt and Sons turned housebuilding into an assembly line — with the neat inversion that the workers moved down the line of foundations rather than the product moving past them — and the government, needing to house veterans, backed the market that bought the results. Then the machinery of exclusion engaged. Lenders decided, on abstract measures of repayment risk, that racially homogeneous white neighborhoods were the sound investments; older mixed neighborhoods lost access to capital and began to decay. But since anyone could in principle buy into a new suburb, homeowners built their own defences: first racially restrictive covenants, and when those lost legal force, the violence of the mob — Specht tells the story of the crowd that assembled outside the first Black family’s home in Levittown, Pennsylvania. The two mechanisms, the formal and the violent, fed each other. The downstream effect is the one that still shapes American wealth: locked out of the suburbs at the moment they were made, Black Americans missed the accumulation, and were left in urban neighborhoods starved of capital — the beginning of what historians call the urban crisis.</p><p>•       <strong>Limping Along. </strong>On 2008, Specht is more interested in the aftermath than the cause. The cause is familiar: an assumption that liquidity was always good, from Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac through securitization and tranching, until the people putting up the money and the people judging the loans were so far apart that standards collapsed. He resists the story that lending to minority buyers caused it — the fraud, and the lack of consequence for it, did. The deeper point is about what everyone was forced into: if you had to move, you had to buy, at whatever the market said. “You kind of had to participate in the madness.” And the response — banks bailed out, no prosecutions, nothing for homeowners — is what radicalized both the Tea Party and Occupy, and broke faith in politics itself. Fifteen years on: not a rise and fall but “the rise and fall and limping along of the wounded American homeownership model,” with a generational divide he expects to harden into a class divide within thirty years. On the abundance agenda — Klein and Thompson, Dunkelman — he is sympathetic but unconvinced it is sufficient: “a policy is not a politics.” His own prescription is decentralization: stop treating S...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7e310dd9/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7e310dd9/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>It's Happening Here: Rosan Smits on Fascism in America &amp; Europe</title>
      <itunes:episode>3039</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3039</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>It's Happening Here: Rosan Smits on Fascism in America &amp; Europe</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d2d48f84-e7ba-4195-9eeb-ff1c795bc5a0</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Today’s fascists don’t look at all like those from the past. What is similar is how they act. You’ll recognize the fascist by what they do.” </em>— Rosan Smits</p><p> </p><p>Fascism is a reality in both America and Europe. At least according to <a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/fall-2026/this-is-fascism/">Rosan Smits</a>, the Dutch political scientist whose <a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/fall-2026/this-is-fascism/"><em>This Is Fascism: A Wake-Up Call to Resist</em></a> is already a bestseller in Europe. Sinclair Lewis wrote <em>It Can’t Happen Here</em> in 1935 as a warning about the possibility of fascism in Great Depression America. Not only does Smits argue that it can happen, but she suggests that it is happening right now.</p><p> </p><p>Rather than unearthing swastikas and jackboots, she suggests that we identify what she calls the fascist methods which connect the Thirties with today. From Geert Wilders in the Netherlands to MAGA in America, that’s where history is repeating itself. What she sees is grievance manipulated into atavistic populist cults by insecure elites. If the original fascist movements were coping strategies for modernity, today’s fascism is a coping mechanism for postmodernity. Thus both its Christian nostalgia for the idea of truth and its attack on the scientific method. Thus today’s simultaneous embrace of digital tech and its attack on the promise of technological progress. So fascism is a kind of riddle. Which is why it appears both ubiquitous and invisible. It’s happening here, then, is a paradoxical reality. Which may be why some (like myself) are so skeptical.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Not the 1930s. </strong>Smits opens by refusing the analogy that everyone reaches for: it isn’t the 1930s, it’s 2026, and every era gets its own varieties. What she offers instead of a definition is a description — a cult of grievances turned into mass politics, manipulated by elites who feel threatened because the systems underpinning their privileges have stopped delivering for the masses. Not a disease, she insists when Andrew offers the word, but a coping strategy: rather than address root causes, point at scapegoats. It isn’t AI taking your job, it’s the migrants; it isn’t private capital wrecking the housing market, it’s the migrants. The core ideas stay constant — xenophobia, racism, violence, authoritarianism, hierarchy — but the aesthetics shape-shift, which is why the recognition test is behavioural. Hence the book’s focus on the playbook: how power is won within a democracy and then used to hollow it out. And no, she says flatly when Andrew raises Maduro: there is no fascism of the left. Andrew’s framing: if the original fascist movements were coping strategies for modernity, today’s is a coping mechanism for postmodernity — hence the Christian nostalgia for the idea of truth alongside the attack on the scientific method. Other authoritarianisms exist and the playbooks overlap, but fascism is a right-wing form.</p><p>•       <strong>The Dutch Warning. </strong>The most alarming stretch of the hour, and the part Andrew couldn’t argue with, because Smits is reporting from home. The international story after the Dutch election was Wilders’ setback — he came second by a margin. The domestic story is that the far-right bloc as a whole grew to its largest ever presence in parliament, polling around 40%, and is radicalizing: Wilders is now the moderate one. The party to his right, with open Nazi sympathies and around eighteen seats in a hundred-and-fifty-seat chamber, holds rallies with neo-fascist groups, argues the great replacement in parliament, says the Netherlands should be for white people only, and wants mass deportation of second- and third-generation citizens. It is polling as one of the largest parties. Its base is not the elderly: it is strongest among students and among schoolchildren too young to vote, and far stronger among young men than young women — which is Smits’s answer to Andrew’s point that Trump’s movement, unlike the fascism of the 1920s, is old.</p><p>•       <strong>A Coalition, Not a Party. </strong>Fascism always involves a coalition, Smits argues, and in the American case she counts three partners: the Christian nationalists of the New Apostolic Reformation, a transnational network of self-styled apostles backing authoritarian leaders from Washington to Budapest to Jerusalem, whose hard-core believe they are accelerating the end times; the tech world, rallying behind the idea that democracy no longer serves its purposes and looking to replace it with startup cities and startup countries; and the white supremacists, Stephen Miller her clearest example. Trump himself isn’t part of the religious movement, she says — he pays it lip service. And the interesting question is what happens when the coalition’s interests stop aligning, which they will. Meloni is her counter-example to the idea that power moderates: a gifted politician who manages her coalition well and picks her fights, but who was first to use a border crisis in Ceuta to call for suspending Schengen, and who has pushed the great replacement and the Soros financing claim.</p><p>•       <strong>Andrew’s Challenge. </strong>The hour’s real argument, conducted with mutual good humour. Andrew’s case, in four parts. One: Smits has never been to the United States to research a book substantially about it — she immersed herself in the media ecosystem and the work of American reporters instead, and defends that as the way to see a transnational pattern. Two: if Trump’s people live in an echo chamber, might those who fear fascism live in one too? Her answer: she quotes these leaders in their own words, and the “I don’t see it around me” response is precisely how fascism thrives — first it can’t happen here, then it doesn’t affect me, then it’s too late. Three: Orwell warned in 1946 that the word had decayed into a term of abuse; Smits concedes the risk and notes that calling everyone fascist right back is itself part of the playbook. Four: tech fascism needs names, and beyond Thiel and Musk she offers few — prompting her sharpest return, “How would you then qualify Elon Musk?” When Andrew asked what would count as proof, she was blunt: “What kind of proof are you looking for? I think I prove it in my book.”</p><p>•       <strong>What Resistance Looks Like. </strong>She divides it into professionals and everyone else. Politicians are democracy’s first line of defence, and that line, she says, has broken. Journalists need a different approach to politicians who mean to destroy the public debate: less fact-checking of individual lies, more investigation of what the lies are for. For everyone else, the rule she borrows from Timothy Snyder: don’t obey in advance. Her examples are close to home — Dutch travellers scrubbing their social media before a US trip, European companies quietly ditching DEI policies to keep American business (she accepts Andrew’s point that one can be skeptical of DEI without being a fascist; her objection is to abandoning a policy you believe in for a contract). On leaving: she won’t judge Snyder or Stanley, but the question is where you can be of most use. On the emerging Canada-EU alignment: yes, but not an anti-fascist bloc — a new geopolitical power bloc that might defend the rules-based order. And the strongest barrier of all remains the ordinary one: refuse to participate in the hatred, and form a wall around your neighbours, as they did in Minneapolis. Andrew’s verdict: fascism is a kind of riddle, which is why it appears both ubiquitous and invisible — it’s happening here is a paradoxical reality.</p><p> </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Today’s fascists don’t look at all like those from the past. What is similar is how they act. You’ll recognize the fascist by what they do.” </em>— Rosan Smits</p><p> </p><p>Fascism is a reality in both America and Europe. At least according to <a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/fall-2026/this-is-fascism/">Rosan Smits</a>, the Dutch political scientist whose <a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/fall-2026/this-is-fascism/"><em>This Is Fascism: A Wake-Up Call to Resist</em></a> is already a bestseller in Europe. Sinclair Lewis wrote <em>It Can’t Happen Here</em> in 1935 as a warning about the possibility of fascism in Great Depression America. Not only does Smits argue that it can happen, but she suggests that it is happening right now.</p><p> </p><p>Rather than unearthing swastikas and jackboots, she suggests that we identify what she calls the fascist methods which connect the Thirties with today. From Geert Wilders in the Netherlands to MAGA in America, that’s where history is repeating itself. What she sees is grievance manipulated into atavistic populist cults by insecure elites. If the original fascist movements were coping strategies for modernity, today’s fascism is a coping mechanism for postmodernity. Thus both its Christian nostalgia for the idea of truth and its attack on the scientific method. Thus today’s simultaneous embrace of digital tech and its attack on the promise of technological progress. So fascism is a kind of riddle. Which is why it appears both ubiquitous and invisible. It’s happening here, then, is a paradoxical reality. Which may be why some (like myself) are so skeptical.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Not the 1930s. </strong>Smits opens by refusing the analogy that everyone reaches for: it isn’t the 1930s, it’s 2026, and every era gets its own varieties. What she offers instead of a definition is a description — a cult of grievances turned into mass politics, manipulated by elites who feel threatened because the systems underpinning their privileges have stopped delivering for the masses. Not a disease, she insists when Andrew offers the word, but a coping strategy: rather than address root causes, point at scapegoats. It isn’t AI taking your job, it’s the migrants; it isn’t private capital wrecking the housing market, it’s the migrants. The core ideas stay constant — xenophobia, racism, violence, authoritarianism, hierarchy — but the aesthetics shape-shift, which is why the recognition test is behavioural. Hence the book’s focus on the playbook: how power is won within a democracy and then used to hollow it out. And no, she says flatly when Andrew raises Maduro: there is no fascism of the left. Andrew’s framing: if the original fascist movements were coping strategies for modernity, today’s is a coping mechanism for postmodernity — hence the Christian nostalgia for the idea of truth alongside the attack on the scientific method. Other authoritarianisms exist and the playbooks overlap, but fascism is a right-wing form.</p><p>•       <strong>The Dutch Warning. </strong>The most alarming stretch of the hour, and the part Andrew couldn’t argue with, because Smits is reporting from home. The international story after the Dutch election was Wilders’ setback — he came second by a margin. The domestic story is that the far-right bloc as a whole grew to its largest ever presence in parliament, polling around 40%, and is radicalizing: Wilders is now the moderate one. The party to his right, with open Nazi sympathies and around eighteen seats in a hundred-and-fifty-seat chamber, holds rallies with neo-fascist groups, argues the great replacement in parliament, says the Netherlands should be for white people only, and wants mass deportation of second- and third-generation citizens. It is polling as one of the largest parties. Its base is not the elderly: it is strongest among students and among schoolchildren too young to vote, and far stronger among young men than young women — which is Smits’s answer to Andrew’s point that Trump’s movement, unlike the fascism of the 1920s, is old.</p><p>•       <strong>A Coalition, Not a Party. </strong>Fascism always involves a coalition, Smits argues, and in the American case she counts three partners: the Christian nationalists of the New Apostolic Reformation, a transnational network of self-styled apostles backing authoritarian leaders from Washington to Budapest to Jerusalem, whose hard-core believe they are accelerating the end times; the tech world, rallying behind the idea that democracy no longer serves its purposes and looking to replace it with startup cities and startup countries; and the white supremacists, Stephen Miller her clearest example. Trump himself isn’t part of the religious movement, she says — he pays it lip service. And the interesting question is what happens when the coalition’s interests stop aligning, which they will. Meloni is her counter-example to the idea that power moderates: a gifted politician who manages her coalition well and picks her fights, but who was first to use a border crisis in Ceuta to call for suspending Schengen, and who has pushed the great replacement and the Soros financing claim.</p><p>•       <strong>Andrew’s Challenge. </strong>The hour’s real argument, conducted with mutual good humour. Andrew’s case, in four parts. One: Smits has never been to the United States to research a book substantially about it — she immersed herself in the media ecosystem and the work of American reporters instead, and defends that as the way to see a transnational pattern. Two: if Trump’s people live in an echo chamber, might those who fear fascism live in one too? Her answer: she quotes these leaders in their own words, and the “I don’t see it around me” response is precisely how fascism thrives — first it can’t happen here, then it doesn’t affect me, then it’s too late. Three: Orwell warned in 1946 that the word had decayed into a term of abuse; Smits concedes the risk and notes that calling everyone fascist right back is itself part of the playbook. Four: tech fascism needs names, and beyond Thiel and Musk she offers few — prompting her sharpest return, “How would you then qualify Elon Musk?” When Andrew asked what would count as proof, she was blunt: “What kind of proof are you looking for? I think I prove it in my book.”</p><p>•       <strong>What Resistance Looks Like. </strong>She divides it into professionals and everyone else. Politicians are democracy’s first line of defence, and that line, she says, has broken. Journalists need a different approach to politicians who mean to destroy the public debate: less fact-checking of individual lies, more investigation of what the lies are for. For everyone else, the rule she borrows from Timothy Snyder: don’t obey in advance. Her examples are close to home — Dutch travellers scrubbing their social media before a US trip, European companies quietly ditching DEI policies to keep American business (she accepts Andrew’s point that one can be skeptical of DEI without being a fascist; her objection is to abandoning a policy you believe in for a contract). On leaving: she won’t judge Snyder or Stanley, but the question is where you can be of most use. On the emerging Canada-EU alignment: yes, but not an anti-fascist bloc — a new geopolitical power bloc that might defend the rules-based order. And the strongest barrier of all remains the ordinary one: refuse to participate in the hatred, and form a wall around your neighbours, as they did in Minneapolis. Andrew’s verdict: fascism is a kind of riddle, which is why it appears both ubiquitous and invisible — it’s happening here is a paradoxical reality.</p><p> </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Sep 2026 06:32:51 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/ee4714ea/f014c2cd.mp3" length="49395939" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3466103" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/ee4714ea/f014c2cd.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PkPF5lhzAzs">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/KKt79fjjyI2K6BqNFWzb3VgX_n5cm4Xi41KT1oFkL2M/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8wOTBh/ZWUxMWU4YzdhOTMx/NzhhZDU2MjhiNzBj/Y2I2Yi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3085</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Today’s fascists don’t look at all like those from the past. What is similar is how they act. You’ll recognize the fascist by what they do.” </em>— Rosan Smits</p><p> </p><p>Fascism is a reality in both America and Europe. At least according to <a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/fall-2026/this-is-fascism/">Rosan Smits</a>, the Dutch political scientist whose <a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/fall-2026/this-is-fascism/"><em>This Is Fascism: A Wake-Up Call to Resist</em></a> is already a bestseller in Europe. Sinclair Lewis wrote <em>It Can’t Happen Here</em> in 1935 as a warning about the possibility of fascism in Great Depression America. Not only does Smits argue that it can happen, but she suggests that it is happening right now.</p><p> </p><p>Rather than unearthing swastikas and jackboots, she suggests that we identify what she calls the fascist methods which connect the Thirties with today. From Geert Wilders in the Netherlands to MAGA in America, that’s where history is repeating itself. What she sees is grievance manipulated into atavistic populist cults by insecure elites. If the original fascist movements were coping strategies for modernity, today’s fascism is a coping mechanism for postmodernity. Thus both its Christian nostalgia for the idea of truth and its attack on the scientific method. Thus today’s simultaneous embrace of digital tech and its attack on the promise of technological progress. So fascism is a kind of riddle. Which is why it appears both ubiquitous and invisible. It’s happening here, then, is a paradoxical reality. Which may be why some (like myself) are so skeptical.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Not the 1930s. </strong>Smits opens by refusing the analogy that everyone reaches for: it isn’t the 1930s, it’s 2026, and every era gets its own varieties. What she offers instead of a definition is a description — a cult of grievances turned into mass politics, manipulated by elites who feel threatened because the systems underpinning their privileges have stopped delivering for the masses. Not a disease, she insists when Andrew offers the word, but a coping strategy: rather than address root causes, point at scapegoats. It isn’t AI taking your job, it’s the migrants; it isn’t private capital wrecking the housing market, it’s the migrants. The core ideas stay constant — xenophobia, racism, violence, authoritarianism, hierarchy — but the aesthetics shape-shift, which is why the recognition test is behavioural. Hence the book’s focus on the playbook: how power is won within a democracy and then used to hollow it out. And no, she says flatly when Andrew raises Maduro: there is no fascism of the left. Andrew’s framing: if the original fascist movements were coping strategies for modernity, today’s is a coping mechanism for postmodernity — hence the Christian nostalgia for the idea of truth alongside the attack on the scientific method. Other authoritarianisms exist and the playbooks overlap, but fascism is a right-wing form.</p><p>•       <strong>The Dutch Warning. </strong>The most alarming stretch of the hour, and the part Andrew couldn’t argue with, because Smits is reporting from home. The international story after the Dutch election was Wilders’ setback — he came second by a margin. The domestic story is that the far-right bloc as a whole grew to its largest ever presence in parliament, polling around 40%, and is radicalizing: Wilders is now the moderate one. The party to his right, with open Nazi sympathies and around eighteen seats in a hundred-and-fifty-seat chamber, holds rallies with neo-fascist groups, argues the great replacement in parliament, says the Netherlands should be for white people only, and wants mass deportation of second- and third-generation citizens. It is polling as one of the largest parties. Its base is not the elderly: it is strongest among students and among schoolchildren too young to vote, and far stronger among young men than young women — which is Smits’s answer to Andrew’s point that Trump’s movement, unlike the fascism of the 1920s, is old.</p><p>•       <strong>A Coalition, Not a Party. </strong>Fascism always involves a coalition, Smits argues, and in the American case she counts three partners: the Christian nationalists of the New Apostolic Reformation, a transnational network of self-styled apostles backing authoritarian leaders from Washington to Budapest to Jerusalem, whose hard-core believe they are accelerating the end times; the tech world, rallying behind the idea that democracy no longer serves its purposes and looking to replace it with startup cities and startup countries; and the white supremacists, Stephen Miller her clearest example. Trump himself isn’t part of the religious movement, she says — he pays it lip service. And the interesting question is what happens when the coalition’s interests stop aligning, which they will. Meloni is her counter-example to the idea that power moderates: a gifted politician who manages her coalition well and picks her fights, but who was first to use a border crisis in Ceuta to call for suspending Schengen, and who has pushed the great replacement and the Soros financing claim.</p><p>•       <strong>Andrew’s Challenge. </strong>The hour’s real argument, conducted with mutual good humour. Andrew’s case, in four parts. One: Smits has never been to the United States to research a book substantially about it — she immersed herself in the media ecosystem and the work of American reporters instead, and defends that as the way to see a transnational pattern. Two: if Trump’s people live in an echo chamber, might those who fear fascism live in one too? Her answer: she quotes these leaders in their own words, and the “I don’t see it around me” response is precisely how fascism thrives — first it can’t happen here, then it doesn’t affect me, then it’s too late. Three: Orwell warned in 1946 that the word had decayed into a term of abuse; Smits concedes the risk and notes that calling everyone fascist right back is itself part of the playbook. Four: tech fascism needs names, and beyond Thiel and Musk she offers few — prompting her sharpest return, “How would you then qualify Elon Musk?” When Andrew asked what would count as proof, she was blunt: “What kind of proof are you looking for? I think I prove it in my book.”</p><p>•       <strong>What Resistance Looks Like. </strong>She divides it into professionals and everyone else. Politicians are democracy’s first line of defence, and that line, she says, has broken. Journalists need a different approach to politicians who mean to destroy the public debate: less fact-checking of individual lies, more investigation of what the lies are for. For everyone else, the rule she borrows from Timothy Snyder: don’t obey in advance. Her examples are close to home — Dutch travellers scrubbing their social media before a US trip, European companies quietly ditching DEI policies to keep American business (she accepts Andrew’s point that one can be skeptical of DEI without being a fascist; her objection is to abandoning a policy you believe in for a contract). On leaving: she won’t judge Snyder or Stanley, but the question is where you can be of most use. On the emerging Canada-EU alignment: yes, but not an anti-fascist bloc — a new geopolitical power bloc that might defend the rules-based order. And the strongest barrier of all remains the ordinary one: refuse to participate in the hatred, and form a wall around your neighbours, as they did in Minneapolis. Andrew’s verdict: fascism is a kind of riddle, which is why it appears both ubiquitous and invisible — it’s happening here is a paradoxical reality.</p><p> </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Eight Profiles in Cowardice: Jacob Weisberg on Bezos, Bush &amp; the Other Collaborators of the MAGA Age</title>
      <itunes:episode>3038</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3038</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Eight Profiles in Cowardice: Jacob Weisberg on Bezos, Bush &amp; the Other Collaborators of the MAGA Age</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">798ea0c8-2a85-4278-821f-902508dd13cf</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Since Trump’s second election we’ve been in a wave of cowardice, where people have decided — partly by observing what others like them are doing — that there’s no viability to standing up on principle.” </em>— Jacob Weisberg</p><p> </p><p>Michelle Goldberg devoted her Monday New York Times column to two new books shaming the elites who caved to Trump. Both of them have appeared on the show this week: Susan Neiman’s <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/she-calls-it-evil?r=ktr9"><em>Call It Evil</em></a> on Monday, and now <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/818503/profiles-in-cowardice-by-jacob-weisberg/">Jacob Weisberg</a>’s <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/818503/profiles-in-cowardice-by-jacob-weisberg/"><em>Profiles in Cowardice: A Study of Collaboration in the Trump Era</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p>Reversing JFK’s Pulitzer Prize-winning <em>Profiles in Courage</em>, Weisberg inducts eight powerful Americans who didn’t stand up to Trump into his hall of shame. It’s quite a list. Amazon founder Jeff Bezos, Wall Street’s Stephen Schwarzman, big law’s Brad Karp, Senator Mitch McConnell, Dartmouth College president Sian Beilock, Chief Justice John Roberts, media influencer Megyn Kelly, and — perhaps most controversially — former President George W. Bush.</p><p> </p><p>Rather than MAGA flunkeys, Weisberg wanted figures who had stood up to Trump in the first term and then folded in the second. People with, as he puts it, interior drama. Bezos gave up a $10 billion Pentagon contract rather than soften the Post, then he threw in the moral towel by going to Mar-a-Lago and paying Melania $40 million to make an Amazon documentary. What changed? According to Weisberg, Bezos was fearful that his space startup, Blue Origin, would lose out to SpaceX on government contracts. No, not exactly Eichmann. But nonetheless sad if true. Especially since Bezos has the billions to do whatever he wants.</p><p> </p><p>His eight and their ilk aren’t monsters, Weisberg suggests. It’s just that their fear, ambition and self-preservation are contagious, and such pathetic behaviour is herd-like. That’s their soap operatic interior drama. The banality of cowardice. More grist for Susan Neiman’s thesis about the nature of evil in the Trump epoch.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Not Kennedy’s Book. </strong>The title is a departure point, not a homage — and Weisberg is quick to note the irony beneath it. JFK’s Profiles in Courage was written at the height of the McCarthy era by a senator who was conspicuously uncourageous about McCarthy, ducking even the censure vote, and no better on civil rights; Weisberg’s reading is that Kennedy wrote the book to give himself courage by studying senators who had sacrificed their careers for principle. (It won the only Pulitzer ever awarded to a president, with the help of a ghostwriter.) What he kept was the structure: eight representative figures, each standing in for a part of the problem. What he added was the inversion, and a working definition — not physical cowardice but moral cowardice, the rarer failure. His epigraph is Twain: why is physical courage so common, and moral courage so rare?</p><p>•       <strong>Cowardice Is Contagious. </strong>The book’s explanatory heart, and the reason it isn’t a gallery of villains. Fear, greed and ambition motivate most people most of the time, Weisberg argues, and political behaviour is herd-like: people copy their peer groups. Courage is contagious — and so is cowardice. His cleanest illustration is the tech elite, who acted almost as one after January 6 to throw Trump off every platform and swear off donations to Republicans who voted against certification, and who now, again almost as one, think the opposite. Their defence is competitive necessity: standing up would hand an advantage to rivals. Andrew’s challenge — the wildebeest crossing the river, where the first ones in are the brave ones, so shouldn’t Andreessen get credit for jumping early? — got a firm no: a departure from your peer group that is entirely self-interested isn’t courage. Since the second election, Weisberg says, we have been living through a wave of cowardice. Andrew’s name for it: the banality of cowardice.</p><p>•       <strong>Bezos and the Rocket. </strong>The book’s most carefully argued chapter, and the one that explains the method. First-term Bezos meets Kennedy’s definition of courage exactly: Trump pulled a $10 billion Pentagon contract because he didn’t like the Washington Post’s coverage, and Bezos didn’t flinch. Second-term Bezos went to Mar-a-Lago and paid Melania $40 million for a documentary. What changed isn’t character but priority. Weisberg traces the through line back to a high-school graduation speech about orbiting colonies: the thing closest to Bezos’s heart is getting humans into space, a vision he calls more benign than Musk’s — terrariums around Earth rather than cities on Mars — and one he may have built Amazon to fund. Between the terms, SpaceX pulled far ahead of Blue Origin, in a business almost wholly dependent on NASA and Pentagon contracts. To Andrew’s Zhou Enlai objection — if the space vision pays off, won’t history forgive the collaboration? — Weisberg’s answer: nobody would respect him for sacrificing his children to his vision either. Some things you compromise; the social contract isn’t one of them. Andrew’s verdict: not exactly Eichmann, but sad if true — especially since Bezos has the billions to do whatever he wants.</p><p>•       <strong>McConnell Went Home. </strong>The counterfactual at the centre of the book. After January 6, with the Senate about to vote on conviction, Mitch McConnell had decided Trump should be removed and barred from ever holding office again — he told people so — and Weisberg argues he could have delivered the ten additional Republican votes needed. Then he called a recess, went home to Kentucky, discovered Trump still commanded majority support inside the party, and changed his mind. Cowardice, Weisberg says, and fear — not of being beaten up but of losing his place in the world, which was the Republican Senate he had built into a machine. Bullying recurs across these lives: McConnell was bullied as a child, and so was Megyn Kelly, whose own memoir turns on a vow never to become a bully and always to stand up to them — which she did, magnificently, when Trump and Bannon set the dogs on her in 2015, before becoming, in Weisberg’s account, more MAGA than MAGA and a considerable bully herself.</p><p>•       <strong>The Case for Shame. </strong>Weisberg is careful about the charge he’s making — he gives space to each subject’s reasoning, on the grounds that none of us can be confident we’d choose better — but he is not neutral about the remedy. Shame, he argues, plays a constructive social function: a community asserting its values against someone who has deviated from them, with a salutary effect on everyone watching. Hence the inclusion of the sins of omission alongside the commissions: George W. Bush, who loathes Trump privately, watched PEPFAR dismantled and said nothing; Sian Beilock, whose Dartmouth took the Justice Department’s free pass and declined to back Harvard — at the one college whose 1819 Supreme Court case established academic independence in the first place. And who would make a Profiles in Courage? Local people, he says: the Minneapolis neighbours who drove ICE out by peaceful protest, the lawyers who resigned rather than sign the deals, the people on his own small-town corner with honk-for-democracy signs. On RFK Jr., a candid pass — the theory of the case runs out. On 2028: not a return to normal, but something owed to the country, an apo...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Since Trump’s second election we’ve been in a wave of cowardice, where people have decided — partly by observing what others like them are doing — that there’s no viability to standing up on principle.” </em>— Jacob Weisberg</p><p> </p><p>Michelle Goldberg devoted her Monday New York Times column to two new books shaming the elites who caved to Trump. Both of them have appeared on the show this week: Susan Neiman’s <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/she-calls-it-evil?r=ktr9"><em>Call It Evil</em></a> on Monday, and now <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/818503/profiles-in-cowardice-by-jacob-weisberg/">Jacob Weisberg</a>’s <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/818503/profiles-in-cowardice-by-jacob-weisberg/"><em>Profiles in Cowardice: A Study of Collaboration in the Trump Era</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p>Reversing JFK’s Pulitzer Prize-winning <em>Profiles in Courage</em>, Weisberg inducts eight powerful Americans who didn’t stand up to Trump into his hall of shame. It’s quite a list. Amazon founder Jeff Bezos, Wall Street’s Stephen Schwarzman, big law’s Brad Karp, Senator Mitch McConnell, Dartmouth College president Sian Beilock, Chief Justice John Roberts, media influencer Megyn Kelly, and — perhaps most controversially — former President George W. Bush.</p><p> </p><p>Rather than MAGA flunkeys, Weisberg wanted figures who had stood up to Trump in the first term and then folded in the second. People with, as he puts it, interior drama. Bezos gave up a $10 billion Pentagon contract rather than soften the Post, then he threw in the moral towel by going to Mar-a-Lago and paying Melania $40 million to make an Amazon documentary. What changed? According to Weisberg, Bezos was fearful that his space startup, Blue Origin, would lose out to SpaceX on government contracts. No, not exactly Eichmann. But nonetheless sad if true. Especially since Bezos has the billions to do whatever he wants.</p><p> </p><p>His eight and their ilk aren’t monsters, Weisberg suggests. It’s just that their fear, ambition and self-preservation are contagious, and such pathetic behaviour is herd-like. That’s their soap operatic interior drama. The banality of cowardice. More grist for Susan Neiman’s thesis about the nature of evil in the Trump epoch.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Not Kennedy’s Book. </strong>The title is a departure point, not a homage — and Weisberg is quick to note the irony beneath it. JFK’s Profiles in Courage was written at the height of the McCarthy era by a senator who was conspicuously uncourageous about McCarthy, ducking even the censure vote, and no better on civil rights; Weisberg’s reading is that Kennedy wrote the book to give himself courage by studying senators who had sacrificed their careers for principle. (It won the only Pulitzer ever awarded to a president, with the help of a ghostwriter.) What he kept was the structure: eight representative figures, each standing in for a part of the problem. What he added was the inversion, and a working definition — not physical cowardice but moral cowardice, the rarer failure. His epigraph is Twain: why is physical courage so common, and moral courage so rare?</p><p>•       <strong>Cowardice Is Contagious. </strong>The book’s explanatory heart, and the reason it isn’t a gallery of villains. Fear, greed and ambition motivate most people most of the time, Weisberg argues, and political behaviour is herd-like: people copy their peer groups. Courage is contagious — and so is cowardice. His cleanest illustration is the tech elite, who acted almost as one after January 6 to throw Trump off every platform and swear off donations to Republicans who voted against certification, and who now, again almost as one, think the opposite. Their defence is competitive necessity: standing up would hand an advantage to rivals. Andrew’s challenge — the wildebeest crossing the river, where the first ones in are the brave ones, so shouldn’t Andreessen get credit for jumping early? — got a firm no: a departure from your peer group that is entirely self-interested isn’t courage. Since the second election, Weisberg says, we have been living through a wave of cowardice. Andrew’s name for it: the banality of cowardice.</p><p>•       <strong>Bezos and the Rocket. </strong>The book’s most carefully argued chapter, and the one that explains the method. First-term Bezos meets Kennedy’s definition of courage exactly: Trump pulled a $10 billion Pentagon contract because he didn’t like the Washington Post’s coverage, and Bezos didn’t flinch. Second-term Bezos went to Mar-a-Lago and paid Melania $40 million for a documentary. What changed isn’t character but priority. Weisberg traces the through line back to a high-school graduation speech about orbiting colonies: the thing closest to Bezos’s heart is getting humans into space, a vision he calls more benign than Musk’s — terrariums around Earth rather than cities on Mars — and one he may have built Amazon to fund. Between the terms, SpaceX pulled far ahead of Blue Origin, in a business almost wholly dependent on NASA and Pentagon contracts. To Andrew’s Zhou Enlai objection — if the space vision pays off, won’t history forgive the collaboration? — Weisberg’s answer: nobody would respect him for sacrificing his children to his vision either. Some things you compromise; the social contract isn’t one of them. Andrew’s verdict: not exactly Eichmann, but sad if true — especially since Bezos has the billions to do whatever he wants.</p><p>•       <strong>McConnell Went Home. </strong>The counterfactual at the centre of the book. After January 6, with the Senate about to vote on conviction, Mitch McConnell had decided Trump should be removed and barred from ever holding office again — he told people so — and Weisberg argues he could have delivered the ten additional Republican votes needed. Then he called a recess, went home to Kentucky, discovered Trump still commanded majority support inside the party, and changed his mind. Cowardice, Weisberg says, and fear — not of being beaten up but of losing his place in the world, which was the Republican Senate he had built into a machine. Bullying recurs across these lives: McConnell was bullied as a child, and so was Megyn Kelly, whose own memoir turns on a vow never to become a bully and always to stand up to them — which she did, magnificently, when Trump and Bannon set the dogs on her in 2015, before becoming, in Weisberg’s account, more MAGA than MAGA and a considerable bully herself.</p><p>•       <strong>The Case for Shame. </strong>Weisberg is careful about the charge he’s making — he gives space to each subject’s reasoning, on the grounds that none of us can be confident we’d choose better — but he is not neutral about the remedy. Shame, he argues, plays a constructive social function: a community asserting its values against someone who has deviated from them, with a salutary effect on everyone watching. Hence the inclusion of the sins of omission alongside the commissions: George W. Bush, who loathes Trump privately, watched PEPFAR dismantled and said nothing; Sian Beilock, whose Dartmouth took the Justice Department’s free pass and declined to back Harvard — at the one college whose 1819 Supreme Court case established academic independence in the first place. And who would make a Profiles in Courage? Local people, he says: the Minneapolis neighbours who drove ICE out by peaceful protest, the lawyers who resigned rather than sign the deals, the people on his own small-town corner with honk-for-democracy signs. On RFK Jr., a candid pass — the theory of the case runs out. On 2028: not a return to normal, but something owed to the country, an apo...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Sep 2026 06:56:05 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/eede8430/ba3bf820.mp3" length="53552758" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3459937" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/eede8430/ba3bf820.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/InVj0TY_x8Ns81-uPHDU_QiibXh117i6InbBmZjt6z8/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZGMw/MmE0NTMxNzI4Yzk2/NDc0NmM0NGM4ZmQ0/ZmNjOC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3344</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Since Trump’s second election we’ve been in a wave of cowardice, where people have decided — partly by observing what others like them are doing — that there’s no viability to standing up on principle.” </em>— Jacob Weisberg</p><p> </p><p>Michelle Goldberg devoted her Monday New York Times column to two new books shaming the elites who caved to Trump. Both of them have appeared on the show this week: Susan Neiman’s <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/she-calls-it-evil?r=ktr9"><em>Call It Evil</em></a> on Monday, and now <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/818503/profiles-in-cowardice-by-jacob-weisberg/">Jacob Weisberg</a>’s <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/818503/profiles-in-cowardice-by-jacob-weisberg/"><em>Profiles in Cowardice: A Study of Collaboration in the Trump Era</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p>Reversing JFK’s Pulitzer Prize-winning <em>Profiles in Courage</em>, Weisberg inducts eight powerful Americans who didn’t stand up to Trump into his hall of shame. It’s quite a list. Amazon founder Jeff Bezos, Wall Street’s Stephen Schwarzman, big law’s Brad Karp, Senator Mitch McConnell, Dartmouth College president Sian Beilock, Chief Justice John Roberts, media influencer Megyn Kelly, and — perhaps most controversially — former President George W. Bush.</p><p> </p><p>Rather than MAGA flunkeys, Weisberg wanted figures who had stood up to Trump in the first term and then folded in the second. People with, as he puts it, interior drama. Bezos gave up a $10 billion Pentagon contract rather than soften the Post, then he threw in the moral towel by going to Mar-a-Lago and paying Melania $40 million to make an Amazon documentary. What changed? According to Weisberg, Bezos was fearful that his space startup, Blue Origin, would lose out to SpaceX on government contracts. No, not exactly Eichmann. But nonetheless sad if true. Especially since Bezos has the billions to do whatever he wants.</p><p> </p><p>His eight and their ilk aren’t monsters, Weisberg suggests. It’s just that their fear, ambition and self-preservation are contagious, and such pathetic behaviour is herd-like. That’s their soap operatic interior drama. The banality of cowardice. More grist for Susan Neiman’s thesis about the nature of evil in the Trump epoch.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Not Kennedy’s Book. </strong>The title is a departure point, not a homage — and Weisberg is quick to note the irony beneath it. JFK’s Profiles in Courage was written at the height of the McCarthy era by a senator who was conspicuously uncourageous about McCarthy, ducking even the censure vote, and no better on civil rights; Weisberg’s reading is that Kennedy wrote the book to give himself courage by studying senators who had sacrificed their careers for principle. (It won the only Pulitzer ever awarded to a president, with the help of a ghostwriter.) What he kept was the structure: eight representative figures, each standing in for a part of the problem. What he added was the inversion, and a working definition — not physical cowardice but moral cowardice, the rarer failure. His epigraph is Twain: why is physical courage so common, and moral courage so rare?</p><p>•       <strong>Cowardice Is Contagious. </strong>The book’s explanatory heart, and the reason it isn’t a gallery of villains. Fear, greed and ambition motivate most people most of the time, Weisberg argues, and political behaviour is herd-like: people copy their peer groups. Courage is contagious — and so is cowardice. His cleanest illustration is the tech elite, who acted almost as one after January 6 to throw Trump off every platform and swear off donations to Republicans who voted against certification, and who now, again almost as one, think the opposite. Their defence is competitive necessity: standing up would hand an advantage to rivals. Andrew’s challenge — the wildebeest crossing the river, where the first ones in are the brave ones, so shouldn’t Andreessen get credit for jumping early? — got a firm no: a departure from your peer group that is entirely self-interested isn’t courage. Since the second election, Weisberg says, we have been living through a wave of cowardice. Andrew’s name for it: the banality of cowardice.</p><p>•       <strong>Bezos and the Rocket. </strong>The book’s most carefully argued chapter, and the one that explains the method. First-term Bezos meets Kennedy’s definition of courage exactly: Trump pulled a $10 billion Pentagon contract because he didn’t like the Washington Post’s coverage, and Bezos didn’t flinch. Second-term Bezos went to Mar-a-Lago and paid Melania $40 million for a documentary. What changed isn’t character but priority. Weisberg traces the through line back to a high-school graduation speech about orbiting colonies: the thing closest to Bezos’s heart is getting humans into space, a vision he calls more benign than Musk’s — terrariums around Earth rather than cities on Mars — and one he may have built Amazon to fund. Between the terms, SpaceX pulled far ahead of Blue Origin, in a business almost wholly dependent on NASA and Pentagon contracts. To Andrew’s Zhou Enlai objection — if the space vision pays off, won’t history forgive the collaboration? — Weisberg’s answer: nobody would respect him for sacrificing his children to his vision either. Some things you compromise; the social contract isn’t one of them. Andrew’s verdict: not exactly Eichmann, but sad if true — especially since Bezos has the billions to do whatever he wants.</p><p>•       <strong>McConnell Went Home. </strong>The counterfactual at the centre of the book. After January 6, with the Senate about to vote on conviction, Mitch McConnell had decided Trump should be removed and barred from ever holding office again — he told people so — and Weisberg argues he could have delivered the ten additional Republican votes needed. Then he called a recess, went home to Kentucky, discovered Trump still commanded majority support inside the party, and changed his mind. Cowardice, Weisberg says, and fear — not of being beaten up but of losing his place in the world, which was the Republican Senate he had built into a machine. Bullying recurs across these lives: McConnell was bullied as a child, and so was Megyn Kelly, whose own memoir turns on a vow never to become a bully and always to stand up to them — which she did, magnificently, when Trump and Bannon set the dogs on her in 2015, before becoming, in Weisberg’s account, more MAGA than MAGA and a considerable bully herself.</p><p>•       <strong>The Case for Shame. </strong>Weisberg is careful about the charge he’s making — he gives space to each subject’s reasoning, on the grounds that none of us can be confident we’d choose better — but he is not neutral about the remedy. Shame, he argues, plays a constructive social function: a community asserting its values against someone who has deviated from them, with a salutary effect on everyone watching. Hence the inclusion of the sins of omission alongside the commissions: George W. Bush, who loathes Trump privately, watched PEPFAR dismantled and said nothing; Sian Beilock, whose Dartmouth took the Justice Department’s free pass and declined to back Harvard — at the one college whose 1819 Supreme Court case established academic independence in the first place. And who would make a Profiles in Courage? Local people, he says: the Minneapolis neighbours who drove ICE out by peaceful protest, the lawyers who resigned rather than sign the deals, the people on his own small-town corner with honk-for-democracy signs. On RFK Jr., a candid pass — the theory of the case runs out. On 2028: not a return to normal, but something owed to the country, an apo...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/eede8430/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/eede8430/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Enigmatic Mr Douglass: Dennis Rasmussen on America's Fiercest Critic &amp; its Greatest Fan.</title>
      <itunes:episode>3037</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3037</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Enigmatic Mr Douglass: Dennis Rasmussen on America's Fiercest Critic &amp; its Greatest Fan.</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8d53a2c3-fd91-403c-9e32-844672102058</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You should fight against tyranny in any form it takes. You’re not betraying the founding by standing up to tyranny — you’re following in their footsteps.” </em>— Dennis Rasmussen</p><p> </p><p>After Lincoln, he was the best known man in nineteenth century America. And the most photographed too, some 160 portraits of the ex-slave’s unmistakable face still surviving. So there was nothing hidden about Frederick Douglass. And yet the more we know about this most remarkable American, the more enigmatic he becomes.</p><p> </p><p>At first, he was America’s fiercest critic. In the early 1840s he accused the founders of being “little better than a band of pirates” and described the Constitution as a “wicked compact.” By 1851, however, he radically revised his view of that same Constitution, eulogizing it as “a glorious liberty document” that outlawed slavery outright. So why did Douglass change his mind so radically? Is it really possible that he was simultaneously America’s fiercest critic and its greatest fan? That’s the riddle at the heart of <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/isbn/9780691294070">Dennis Rasmussen</a>’s new book <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/isbn/9780691294070"><em>Frederick Douglass’s American Founding</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p>Rasmussen reminds us that Douglass got his political education from William Lloyd Garrison, the unbending New Englander who burned a copy of the Constitution and ground its ashes under his intolerant heel. Then Douglass — having moved to Rochester, started his own newspaper, and fallen in with Gerrit Smith’s political abolitionists — spent two years changing his mind about the Constitution. His logic was startlingly modern. Scalia before Antonin Scalia. Studying the historic document like a biblical scholar, Douglass argued that it never mentions slavery nor race. So the rights it confers, he argued, belong to all Americans. This exegesis made him more militant than Lincoln, because he argued that such a careful reading of the Constitution demanded immediate emancipation.</p><p> </p><p>Was Douglass bought or paid off by Gerrit Smith? Naturally the bitter Garrisonians said he was. But Dennis Rasmussen disputes this, arguing that the timing doesn’t work. What Douglass earned instead, Rasmussen argues, was the right to call himself and his fellow abolitionists the founders’ true heirs, more American than even Lincoln and the Republicans. So no mystery, then. The most familiar face in America confessing, in public, that he had been wrong for a decade. If only we had such political enigmas today.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Band of Pirates. </strong>Where Douglass started. Escaping slavery on Maryland’s Eastern Shore at twenty, he entered the abolitionist movement under William Lloyd Garrison — editor of The Liberator, organizer of the largest antislavery society, and the man who called the Constitution “an agreement with death and a covenant with hell,” once burning a copy at a rally and grinding its ashes under his heel. Through the 1840s Douglass held the Garrisonian line: the founders were hypocrites who complained about a three-penny tax while kidnapping and enslaving a huge share of the population; the Constitution was not merely flawed but evil, with its three-fifths clause, fugitive slave clause and slave trade clause. And these were not respectable opinions. Rasmussen’s reminder: even in the North, abolitionists were the tiniest and most despised minority in American politics — Garrison was tarred, feathered and dragged around Boston by a rope.</p><p>•       <strong>The Two Years That Changed Him. </strong>The conversion ran from roughly 1849 to 1851, and it had a geography. Douglass left the East Coast for Rochester and started a newspaper against Garrison’s wishes, landing in the heartland of the political abolitionists — the Liberty Party, the Radical Abolition Party — who believed slavery should be fought through the ballot rather than outside it. (The Garrisonians held the opposite: to vote at all was to uphold an evil system.) Having to defend his position in print, week after week, exposed him to arguments he hadn’t met. The Garrisonians cried corruption: Gerrit Smith, one of the richest men in America, funded the paper and held the antislavery-Constitution view, so Douglass had been bought. Rasmussen finds the charge both unfair and untrue — the money came after the change of mind was mostly complete — and hears in it the same condescension the Garrisonians showed when they wanted Douglass to narrate his enslavement and leave the philosophical heavy lifting to whiter figures.</p><p>•       <strong>Read the Words on the Page. </strong>How do you get from “wicked compact” to “glorious liberty document”? Douglass’s answer was a method, and it is startlingly modern. Forget the intentions of the framers; read the text. The Constitution nowhere mentions slaves or slavery. It nowhere mentions white or black, or any euphemism for racial difference. Its preamble promises to establish justice and secure the blessings of liberty. Therefore its provisions apply equally to everyone born here — and the supposedly proslavery clauses can be construed, chapter and verse, to have nothing to do with slavery at all. Rasmussen is honest about the history: as an account of what the framers meant, no, it doesn’t hold — he has written a whole book on the Philadelphia convention, where proslavery framers were plainly present. But as a reading of the words themselves, “it’s far more interesting than you might think,” and Douglass’s case is stronger than anyone expects.</p><p>•       <strong>More Radical, Not Less. </strong>The hour’s central correction, and the reason this isn’t a story about a radical mellowing with age. Douglass’s new position went beyond Lincoln’s. The respectable antislavery view of the 1850s was “freedom national” — keep slavery out of the territories, leave it alone in the South. Douglass was among a tiny handful arguing that the Constitution already forbade slavery everywhere and demanded immediate emancipation. And after the conversion he became more militant, not less: more willing to countenance violence against slaveholders and slave catchers, and more emphatic in denouncing a country now openly betraying its own founding law. He also claimed the founders’ mantle for the abolitionists rather than for Lincoln and the Republicans: the founders fought tyranny in their time; we fight it in ours; we are their true heirs. The parallel with the colonists was structural, not moral — he said repeatedly that the tyranny endured by the enslaved was a million times worse than a tax on tea.</p><p>•       <strong>Wrapped in the American Flag. </strong>The legacy, and the reason the book lands in 2026. Douglass’s reading made Black Americans constitutionally American by definition: the document recognizes only citizens and aliens, and “I was born here — so I am a citizen, wrapped in the American flag just as much as anyone else.” That argument runs straight through to King’s promissory note in “I Have a Dream,” and underneath the twentieth century’s long argument about whether to claim America or leave it. There are complications Rasmussen doesn’t hide: the Garrisonians and John C. Calhoun agreed the Constitution was proslavery, a strange meeting of minds; his greatest speech, “What to the Slave Is the Fourth of July?”, was delivered mostly to white audiences, as most of his subscribers were white; he split with Elizabeth Cady Stanton over whether the Fifteenth Amendment should wait for women; and in later life — a stalwart Republican, entangled with the Freedman’s Bank — he was, as Rasmussen puts it, all too human. And his le...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You should fight against tyranny in any form it takes. You’re not betraying the founding by standing up to tyranny — you’re following in their footsteps.” </em>— Dennis Rasmussen</p><p> </p><p>After Lincoln, he was the best known man in nineteenth century America. And the most photographed too, some 160 portraits of the ex-slave’s unmistakable face still surviving. So there was nothing hidden about Frederick Douglass. And yet the more we know about this most remarkable American, the more enigmatic he becomes.</p><p> </p><p>At first, he was America’s fiercest critic. In the early 1840s he accused the founders of being “little better than a band of pirates” and described the Constitution as a “wicked compact.” By 1851, however, he radically revised his view of that same Constitution, eulogizing it as “a glorious liberty document” that outlawed slavery outright. So why did Douglass change his mind so radically? Is it really possible that he was simultaneously America’s fiercest critic and its greatest fan? That’s the riddle at the heart of <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/isbn/9780691294070">Dennis Rasmussen</a>’s new book <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/isbn/9780691294070"><em>Frederick Douglass’s American Founding</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p>Rasmussen reminds us that Douglass got his political education from William Lloyd Garrison, the unbending New Englander who burned a copy of the Constitution and ground its ashes under his intolerant heel. Then Douglass — having moved to Rochester, started his own newspaper, and fallen in with Gerrit Smith’s political abolitionists — spent two years changing his mind about the Constitution. His logic was startlingly modern. Scalia before Antonin Scalia. Studying the historic document like a biblical scholar, Douglass argued that it never mentions slavery nor race. So the rights it confers, he argued, belong to all Americans. This exegesis made him more militant than Lincoln, because he argued that such a careful reading of the Constitution demanded immediate emancipation.</p><p> </p><p>Was Douglass bought or paid off by Gerrit Smith? Naturally the bitter Garrisonians said he was. But Dennis Rasmussen disputes this, arguing that the timing doesn’t work. What Douglass earned instead, Rasmussen argues, was the right to call himself and his fellow abolitionists the founders’ true heirs, more American than even Lincoln and the Republicans. So no mystery, then. The most familiar face in America confessing, in public, that he had been wrong for a decade. If only we had such political enigmas today.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Band of Pirates. </strong>Where Douglass started. Escaping slavery on Maryland’s Eastern Shore at twenty, he entered the abolitionist movement under William Lloyd Garrison — editor of The Liberator, organizer of the largest antislavery society, and the man who called the Constitution “an agreement with death and a covenant with hell,” once burning a copy at a rally and grinding its ashes under his heel. Through the 1840s Douglass held the Garrisonian line: the founders were hypocrites who complained about a three-penny tax while kidnapping and enslaving a huge share of the population; the Constitution was not merely flawed but evil, with its three-fifths clause, fugitive slave clause and slave trade clause. And these were not respectable opinions. Rasmussen’s reminder: even in the North, abolitionists were the tiniest and most despised minority in American politics — Garrison was tarred, feathered and dragged around Boston by a rope.</p><p>•       <strong>The Two Years That Changed Him. </strong>The conversion ran from roughly 1849 to 1851, and it had a geography. Douglass left the East Coast for Rochester and started a newspaper against Garrison’s wishes, landing in the heartland of the political abolitionists — the Liberty Party, the Radical Abolition Party — who believed slavery should be fought through the ballot rather than outside it. (The Garrisonians held the opposite: to vote at all was to uphold an evil system.) Having to defend his position in print, week after week, exposed him to arguments he hadn’t met. The Garrisonians cried corruption: Gerrit Smith, one of the richest men in America, funded the paper and held the antislavery-Constitution view, so Douglass had been bought. Rasmussen finds the charge both unfair and untrue — the money came after the change of mind was mostly complete — and hears in it the same condescension the Garrisonians showed when they wanted Douglass to narrate his enslavement and leave the philosophical heavy lifting to whiter figures.</p><p>•       <strong>Read the Words on the Page. </strong>How do you get from “wicked compact” to “glorious liberty document”? Douglass’s answer was a method, and it is startlingly modern. Forget the intentions of the framers; read the text. The Constitution nowhere mentions slaves or slavery. It nowhere mentions white or black, or any euphemism for racial difference. Its preamble promises to establish justice and secure the blessings of liberty. Therefore its provisions apply equally to everyone born here — and the supposedly proslavery clauses can be construed, chapter and verse, to have nothing to do with slavery at all. Rasmussen is honest about the history: as an account of what the framers meant, no, it doesn’t hold — he has written a whole book on the Philadelphia convention, where proslavery framers were plainly present. But as a reading of the words themselves, “it’s far more interesting than you might think,” and Douglass’s case is stronger than anyone expects.</p><p>•       <strong>More Radical, Not Less. </strong>The hour’s central correction, and the reason this isn’t a story about a radical mellowing with age. Douglass’s new position went beyond Lincoln’s. The respectable antislavery view of the 1850s was “freedom national” — keep slavery out of the territories, leave it alone in the South. Douglass was among a tiny handful arguing that the Constitution already forbade slavery everywhere and demanded immediate emancipation. And after the conversion he became more militant, not less: more willing to countenance violence against slaveholders and slave catchers, and more emphatic in denouncing a country now openly betraying its own founding law. He also claimed the founders’ mantle for the abolitionists rather than for Lincoln and the Republicans: the founders fought tyranny in their time; we fight it in ours; we are their true heirs. The parallel with the colonists was structural, not moral — he said repeatedly that the tyranny endured by the enslaved was a million times worse than a tax on tea.</p><p>•       <strong>Wrapped in the American Flag. </strong>The legacy, and the reason the book lands in 2026. Douglass’s reading made Black Americans constitutionally American by definition: the document recognizes only citizens and aliens, and “I was born here — so I am a citizen, wrapped in the American flag just as much as anyone else.” That argument runs straight through to King’s promissory note in “I Have a Dream,” and underneath the twentieth century’s long argument about whether to claim America or leave it. There are complications Rasmussen doesn’t hide: the Garrisonians and John C. Calhoun agreed the Constitution was proslavery, a strange meeting of minds; his greatest speech, “What to the Slave Is the Fourth of July?”, was delivered mostly to white audiences, as most of his subscribers were white; he split with Elizabeth Cady Stanton over whether the Fifteenth Amendment should wait for women; and in later life — a stalwart Republican, entangled with the Freedman’s Bank — he was, as Rasmussen puts it, all too human. And his le...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Sep 2026 08:15:37 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/142fcff3/bc69ab68.mp3" length="41535481" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3241845" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/142fcff3/bc69ab68.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VCI9xzeSfqU">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/dSP5meCh_uLXJ6kSjMsFRMsIsnXLgKoXDm2JcFaORmI/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iMjEz/NTg5YWM5NmI4N2Zk/ZDcwZjgwMmZkNTU3/Mjc4Yy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2593</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You should fight against tyranny in any form it takes. You’re not betraying the founding by standing up to tyranny — you’re following in their footsteps.” </em>— Dennis Rasmussen</p><p> </p><p>After Lincoln, he was the best known man in nineteenth century America. And the most photographed too, some 160 portraits of the ex-slave’s unmistakable face still surviving. So there was nothing hidden about Frederick Douglass. And yet the more we know about this most remarkable American, the more enigmatic he becomes.</p><p> </p><p>At first, he was America’s fiercest critic. In the early 1840s he accused the founders of being “little better than a band of pirates” and described the Constitution as a “wicked compact.” By 1851, however, he radically revised his view of that same Constitution, eulogizing it as “a glorious liberty document” that outlawed slavery outright. So why did Douglass change his mind so radically? Is it really possible that he was simultaneously America’s fiercest critic and its greatest fan? That’s the riddle at the heart of <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/isbn/9780691294070">Dennis Rasmussen</a>’s new book <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/isbn/9780691294070"><em>Frederick Douglass’s American Founding</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p>Rasmussen reminds us that Douglass got his political education from William Lloyd Garrison, the unbending New Englander who burned a copy of the Constitution and ground its ashes under his intolerant heel. Then Douglass — having moved to Rochester, started his own newspaper, and fallen in with Gerrit Smith’s political abolitionists — spent two years changing his mind about the Constitution. His logic was startlingly modern. Scalia before Antonin Scalia. Studying the historic document like a biblical scholar, Douglass argued that it never mentions slavery nor race. So the rights it confers, he argued, belong to all Americans. This exegesis made him more militant than Lincoln, because he argued that such a careful reading of the Constitution demanded immediate emancipation.</p><p> </p><p>Was Douglass bought or paid off by Gerrit Smith? Naturally the bitter Garrisonians said he was. But Dennis Rasmussen disputes this, arguing that the timing doesn’t work. What Douglass earned instead, Rasmussen argues, was the right to call himself and his fellow abolitionists the founders’ true heirs, more American than even Lincoln and the Republicans. So no mystery, then. The most familiar face in America confessing, in public, that he had been wrong for a decade. If only we had such political enigmas today.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Band of Pirates. </strong>Where Douglass started. Escaping slavery on Maryland’s Eastern Shore at twenty, he entered the abolitionist movement under William Lloyd Garrison — editor of The Liberator, organizer of the largest antislavery society, and the man who called the Constitution “an agreement with death and a covenant with hell,” once burning a copy at a rally and grinding its ashes under his heel. Through the 1840s Douglass held the Garrisonian line: the founders were hypocrites who complained about a three-penny tax while kidnapping and enslaving a huge share of the population; the Constitution was not merely flawed but evil, with its three-fifths clause, fugitive slave clause and slave trade clause. And these were not respectable opinions. Rasmussen’s reminder: even in the North, abolitionists were the tiniest and most despised minority in American politics — Garrison was tarred, feathered and dragged around Boston by a rope.</p><p>•       <strong>The Two Years That Changed Him. </strong>The conversion ran from roughly 1849 to 1851, and it had a geography. Douglass left the East Coast for Rochester and started a newspaper against Garrison’s wishes, landing in the heartland of the political abolitionists — the Liberty Party, the Radical Abolition Party — who believed slavery should be fought through the ballot rather than outside it. (The Garrisonians held the opposite: to vote at all was to uphold an evil system.) Having to defend his position in print, week after week, exposed him to arguments he hadn’t met. The Garrisonians cried corruption: Gerrit Smith, one of the richest men in America, funded the paper and held the antislavery-Constitution view, so Douglass had been bought. Rasmussen finds the charge both unfair and untrue — the money came after the change of mind was mostly complete — and hears in it the same condescension the Garrisonians showed when they wanted Douglass to narrate his enslavement and leave the philosophical heavy lifting to whiter figures.</p><p>•       <strong>Read the Words on the Page. </strong>How do you get from “wicked compact” to “glorious liberty document”? Douglass’s answer was a method, and it is startlingly modern. Forget the intentions of the framers; read the text. The Constitution nowhere mentions slaves or slavery. It nowhere mentions white or black, or any euphemism for racial difference. Its preamble promises to establish justice and secure the blessings of liberty. Therefore its provisions apply equally to everyone born here — and the supposedly proslavery clauses can be construed, chapter and verse, to have nothing to do with slavery at all. Rasmussen is honest about the history: as an account of what the framers meant, no, it doesn’t hold — he has written a whole book on the Philadelphia convention, where proslavery framers were plainly present. But as a reading of the words themselves, “it’s far more interesting than you might think,” and Douglass’s case is stronger than anyone expects.</p><p>•       <strong>More Radical, Not Less. </strong>The hour’s central correction, and the reason this isn’t a story about a radical mellowing with age. Douglass’s new position went beyond Lincoln’s. The respectable antislavery view of the 1850s was “freedom national” — keep slavery out of the territories, leave it alone in the South. Douglass was among a tiny handful arguing that the Constitution already forbade slavery everywhere and demanded immediate emancipation. And after the conversion he became more militant, not less: more willing to countenance violence against slaveholders and slave catchers, and more emphatic in denouncing a country now openly betraying its own founding law. He also claimed the founders’ mantle for the abolitionists rather than for Lincoln and the Republicans: the founders fought tyranny in their time; we fight it in ours; we are their true heirs. The parallel with the colonists was structural, not moral — he said repeatedly that the tyranny endured by the enslaved was a million times worse than a tax on tea.</p><p>•       <strong>Wrapped in the American Flag. </strong>The legacy, and the reason the book lands in 2026. Douglass’s reading made Black Americans constitutionally American by definition: the document recognizes only citizens and aliens, and “I was born here — so I am a citizen, wrapped in the American flag just as much as anyone else.” That argument runs straight through to King’s promissory note in “I Have a Dream,” and underneath the twentieth century’s long argument about whether to claim America or leave it. There are complications Rasmussen doesn’t hide: the Garrisonians and John C. Calhoun agreed the Constitution was proslavery, a strange meeting of minds; his greatest speech, “What to the Slave Is the Fourth of July?”, was delivered mostly to white audiences, as most of his subscribers were white; he split with Elizabeth Cady Stanton over whether the Fifteenth Amendment should wait for women; and in later life — a stalwart Republican, entangled with the Freedman’s Bank — he was, as Rasmussen puts it, all too human. And his le...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/142fcff3/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Three Million Millionaires: Eric Zwick Finds the American Dream on Main Street USA</title>
      <itunes:episode>3036</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3036</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Three Million Millionaires: Eric Zwick Finds the American Dream on Main Street USA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e36a3077-c319-408d-9faa-94b618253840</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Add up all of their wealth — it’s more than ten times the Forbes 400 combined.” </em>— Eric Zwick</p><p> </p><p>Yesterday, the democratic socialist Susan Neiman <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/she-calls-it-evil?r=ktr9">blamed</a> free market economics for all the evils of our age. But the market gives and the market takes. And in America it has minted three million millionaires whose collective wealth radically outstrips Silicon Valley’s billionaires. This human backbone of American capitalism is described in <a href="https://everywheremillionaire.substack.com/">Eric Zwick</a>’s and Owen Zidar’s <a href="https://everywheremillionaire.substack.com/"><em>The Everywhere Millionaire</em></a>, a book about who is really rich in America and how they got there.</p><p> </p><p>Forget Musk and Bezos, Zwick says. The real money is a hot dog man from suburban Chicago with a superyacht called Top Dog. Three million Americans own private businesses worth $5 million or more — dentists, beer distributors, HVAC contractors, Wendy’s franchisees — averaging $25 million each. Their combined wealth, Zwick says, is more than ten times the Forbes 400. And they are everywhere in America, from Walker County, Alabama to the Lake of the Ozarks.</p><p> </p><p>Are these millionaires evil? They are certainly obsessed, relentless, bad at hobbies and mostly Republican. But <em>evil</em>? Only perhaps to ideologues resentful of other people’s success. In <em>The Everywhere Millionaire</em>, Zwick and Zidar show — in spite of growing inequality and shrinking opportunity — that the American Dream is still alive. Democrats might take note. Especially if they want to win back power in an America still dependent on Main Street for its prosperity.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Three Million of Them. </strong>The book’s central fact, and it reorders the American wealth debate: the everywhere millionaires are private business owners with a net worth of at least $5 million, averaging around $25 million, and Zwick and Zidar count roughly three million of them. Add their wealth together and it comes to more than ten times the Forbes 400 combined — not ten times Musk, ten times all four hundred. The market gives and the market takes, as Andrew put it — and here it has minted a class whose collective wealth radically outstrips Silicon Valley’s billionaires. They are also, unlike the coastal fortunes, geographically everywhere: the map lights up rather than clustering in four cities, with the highest average in Walker County, Alabama, and pockets around the Lake of the Ozarks, Aspen and less famous mountain towns. Why haven’t we heard of them? They don’t sell clicks. They run unglamorous businesses — a beer distributor, a dentist with a regional network, an HVAC contractor with trucks around town — and they aren’t buying media companies to be noticed.</p><p>•       <strong>Top Dog. </strong>The characters are the book’s pleasure. Dick Portillo started a hot dog stand in suburban Chicago fifty years ago with $1,100, the son of immigrants raised in a housing project; he sold the business decades later and now owns, as Andrew put it, a different kind of housing project in Naples, Florida — the authors found him via yacht registration data, because his superyacht is called Top Dog. Was he moral? Ask Mike Ditka, whose competing Ditka Dogs Portillo set about crushing. “Probably not super moral,” Zwick conceded — which is rather the point: these are not heroes or villains, just people obsessed with growing a business. Larry Miller went from auto parts distributor to dealer to owner of the Utah Jazz (and is pictured giving Karl Malone advice on the pick-and-roll). Junior Bridgeman left the Milwaukee Bucks for the deeply unglamorous business of Wendy’s franchises and made hundreds of millions. Tracy Britt Cool left Berkshire Hathaway to build her own.</p><p>•       <strong>The Accident of 1986. </strong>Zwick thinks of the tax code as a house that depreciates and needs repairs. The Tax Reform Act of 1986 — Reagan in the White House, Bill Bradley in the Senate, both of whom had actually paid the old 70% rates as a movie star and a basketball player — was a repair job: kill the loopholes, drop personal rates below 30%. The unintended consequence was enormous. For the first time it made sense to organize a business so that its profits were taxed at the personal rate, and the pass-through revolution followed: S-corporations and partnerships surging, the more profit you made the more you kept. Every subsequent reform sweetened the deal — the Bush cuts, the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, made permanent in 2025’s One Big Beautiful Bill. Success or failure? Zwick finds elements of both, but won’t call it an unmitigated success: this class’s tax benefits are a real part of today’s fiscal problem. One unambiguous gain — pass-throughs linked owners to businesses in the data, which is precisely how this book became possible.</p><p>•       <strong>Bad at Hobbies. </strong>What are they actually like? The typical everywhere millionaire is a white man in his late fifties or early sixties, married, with a college degree — though roughly a third of star entrepreneurs in the data are women, across eight million founders over twenty years. From fifty to seventy-five detailed interviews, the unifying theme isn’t brains: test scores turn out to be a weak predictor. It’s ordeal — sleeping on the work table in the back of the shop, years of not knowing whether it would work, a relentlessness that beats IQ. They credit luck too, and macro trends they caught early. And the tax code? “Not the first thing or even the fourth thing” driving them; raise their taxes a little and they wouldn’t notice, though they do decamp to Nevada or Florida when they retire. They’re obsessed with the business at the expense of hobbies and, sometimes, family — which makes divorce, in Zwick’s dry formulation, a naturally occurring wealth tax. Not a guarantee of happiness. Also: if your parents are in the top 1%, you are six times likelier to found a star business than someone from the ninetieth percentile.</p><p>•       <strong>The Power They Don’t Advertise. </strong>The half of the book that complicates the good news. Survey data from PPP loan recipients shows this class skews Republican and cares about regulation and taxes rather than the social issues that dominate the feed — but Zwick was struck by how many Democrats there are among them, which explains why certain policies stay off the table even when Democrats hold power. Because they are dispersed, there are everywhere millionaires in every congressional district; they don’t run for office, they fund the people who do, and their influence shows up most sharply in local and state policy — including, sometimes, restricting entry and raising prices in exactly the markets where affordability bites. Trump, for the record, is not one of them: his wealth came through media and then political power, and he was born into the top 0.1%. Zwick’s advice for Democrats chasing this class, on the day after Jentleson’s big-tent argument: stop knee-jerk vilifying people who build businesses, and pay attention to problems as they are rather than as they appear in the Twitter feed. His advice for everyone else: walk down Main Street and ask who owns what. “Is a tax on 50 billionaires gonna move the needle at all? Not really.” Andrew’s verdict: evil only perhaps to ideologues resentful of other people’s success — and proof that, despite growing inequality and shrinking opportunity, the American Dream is still alive.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://everywheremillio..."></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Add up all of their wealth — it’s more than ten times the Forbes 400 combined.” </em>— Eric Zwick</p><p> </p><p>Yesterday, the democratic socialist Susan Neiman <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/she-calls-it-evil?r=ktr9">blamed</a> free market economics for all the evils of our age. But the market gives and the market takes. And in America it has minted three million millionaires whose collective wealth radically outstrips Silicon Valley’s billionaires. This human backbone of American capitalism is described in <a href="https://everywheremillionaire.substack.com/">Eric Zwick</a>’s and Owen Zidar’s <a href="https://everywheremillionaire.substack.com/"><em>The Everywhere Millionaire</em></a>, a book about who is really rich in America and how they got there.</p><p> </p><p>Forget Musk and Bezos, Zwick says. The real money is a hot dog man from suburban Chicago with a superyacht called Top Dog. Three million Americans own private businesses worth $5 million or more — dentists, beer distributors, HVAC contractors, Wendy’s franchisees — averaging $25 million each. Their combined wealth, Zwick says, is more than ten times the Forbes 400. And they are everywhere in America, from Walker County, Alabama to the Lake of the Ozarks.</p><p> </p><p>Are these millionaires evil? They are certainly obsessed, relentless, bad at hobbies and mostly Republican. But <em>evil</em>? Only perhaps to ideologues resentful of other people’s success. In <em>The Everywhere Millionaire</em>, Zwick and Zidar show — in spite of growing inequality and shrinking opportunity — that the American Dream is still alive. Democrats might take note. Especially if they want to win back power in an America still dependent on Main Street for its prosperity.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Three Million of Them. </strong>The book’s central fact, and it reorders the American wealth debate: the everywhere millionaires are private business owners with a net worth of at least $5 million, averaging around $25 million, and Zwick and Zidar count roughly three million of them. Add their wealth together and it comes to more than ten times the Forbes 400 combined — not ten times Musk, ten times all four hundred. The market gives and the market takes, as Andrew put it — and here it has minted a class whose collective wealth radically outstrips Silicon Valley’s billionaires. They are also, unlike the coastal fortunes, geographically everywhere: the map lights up rather than clustering in four cities, with the highest average in Walker County, Alabama, and pockets around the Lake of the Ozarks, Aspen and less famous mountain towns. Why haven’t we heard of them? They don’t sell clicks. They run unglamorous businesses — a beer distributor, a dentist with a regional network, an HVAC contractor with trucks around town — and they aren’t buying media companies to be noticed.</p><p>•       <strong>Top Dog. </strong>The characters are the book’s pleasure. Dick Portillo started a hot dog stand in suburban Chicago fifty years ago with $1,100, the son of immigrants raised in a housing project; he sold the business decades later and now owns, as Andrew put it, a different kind of housing project in Naples, Florida — the authors found him via yacht registration data, because his superyacht is called Top Dog. Was he moral? Ask Mike Ditka, whose competing Ditka Dogs Portillo set about crushing. “Probably not super moral,” Zwick conceded — which is rather the point: these are not heroes or villains, just people obsessed with growing a business. Larry Miller went from auto parts distributor to dealer to owner of the Utah Jazz (and is pictured giving Karl Malone advice on the pick-and-roll). Junior Bridgeman left the Milwaukee Bucks for the deeply unglamorous business of Wendy’s franchises and made hundreds of millions. Tracy Britt Cool left Berkshire Hathaway to build her own.</p><p>•       <strong>The Accident of 1986. </strong>Zwick thinks of the tax code as a house that depreciates and needs repairs. The Tax Reform Act of 1986 — Reagan in the White House, Bill Bradley in the Senate, both of whom had actually paid the old 70% rates as a movie star and a basketball player — was a repair job: kill the loopholes, drop personal rates below 30%. The unintended consequence was enormous. For the first time it made sense to organize a business so that its profits were taxed at the personal rate, and the pass-through revolution followed: S-corporations and partnerships surging, the more profit you made the more you kept. Every subsequent reform sweetened the deal — the Bush cuts, the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, made permanent in 2025’s One Big Beautiful Bill. Success or failure? Zwick finds elements of both, but won’t call it an unmitigated success: this class’s tax benefits are a real part of today’s fiscal problem. One unambiguous gain — pass-throughs linked owners to businesses in the data, which is precisely how this book became possible.</p><p>•       <strong>Bad at Hobbies. </strong>What are they actually like? The typical everywhere millionaire is a white man in his late fifties or early sixties, married, with a college degree — though roughly a third of star entrepreneurs in the data are women, across eight million founders over twenty years. From fifty to seventy-five detailed interviews, the unifying theme isn’t brains: test scores turn out to be a weak predictor. It’s ordeal — sleeping on the work table in the back of the shop, years of not knowing whether it would work, a relentlessness that beats IQ. They credit luck too, and macro trends they caught early. And the tax code? “Not the first thing or even the fourth thing” driving them; raise their taxes a little and they wouldn’t notice, though they do decamp to Nevada or Florida when they retire. They’re obsessed with the business at the expense of hobbies and, sometimes, family — which makes divorce, in Zwick’s dry formulation, a naturally occurring wealth tax. Not a guarantee of happiness. Also: if your parents are in the top 1%, you are six times likelier to found a star business than someone from the ninetieth percentile.</p><p>•       <strong>The Power They Don’t Advertise. </strong>The half of the book that complicates the good news. Survey data from PPP loan recipients shows this class skews Republican and cares about regulation and taxes rather than the social issues that dominate the feed — but Zwick was struck by how many Democrats there are among them, which explains why certain policies stay off the table even when Democrats hold power. Because they are dispersed, there are everywhere millionaires in every congressional district; they don’t run for office, they fund the people who do, and their influence shows up most sharply in local and state policy — including, sometimes, restricting entry and raising prices in exactly the markets where affordability bites. Trump, for the record, is not one of them: his wealth came through media and then political power, and he was born into the top 0.1%. Zwick’s advice for Democrats chasing this class, on the day after Jentleson’s big-tent argument: stop knee-jerk vilifying people who build businesses, and pay attention to problems as they are rather than as they appear in the Twitter feed. His advice for everyone else: walk down Main Street and ask who owns what. “Is a tax on 50 billionaires gonna move the needle at all? Not really.” Andrew’s verdict: evil only perhaps to ideologues resentful of other people’s success — and proof that, despite growing inequality and shrinking opportunity, the American Dream is still alive.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://everywheremillio..."></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2026 08:31:25 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/c3bdf09c/b1d0f942.mp3" length="48334084" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3376696" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/c3bdf09c/b1d0f942.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NJ_1H673Wso">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CUvFfaxnaUC4Zfep0bWXQuPzUukm0_f0g4urtS1JM_E/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS82ZmRh/NDVmNDAzNDM1ZmU5/YWI4OTkzN2ZjMmZj/ZjU5Yi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3018</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Add up all of their wealth — it’s more than ten times the Forbes 400 combined.” </em>— Eric Zwick</p><p> </p><p>Yesterday, the democratic socialist Susan Neiman <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/she-calls-it-evil?r=ktr9">blamed</a> free market economics for all the evils of our age. But the market gives and the market takes. And in America it has minted three million millionaires whose collective wealth radically outstrips Silicon Valley’s billionaires. This human backbone of American capitalism is described in <a href="https://everywheremillionaire.substack.com/">Eric Zwick</a>’s and Owen Zidar’s <a href="https://everywheremillionaire.substack.com/"><em>The Everywhere Millionaire</em></a>, a book about who is really rich in America and how they got there.</p><p> </p><p>Forget Musk and Bezos, Zwick says. The real money is a hot dog man from suburban Chicago with a superyacht called Top Dog. Three million Americans own private businesses worth $5 million or more — dentists, beer distributors, HVAC contractors, Wendy’s franchisees — averaging $25 million each. Their combined wealth, Zwick says, is more than ten times the Forbes 400. And they are everywhere in America, from Walker County, Alabama to the Lake of the Ozarks.</p><p> </p><p>Are these millionaires evil? They are certainly obsessed, relentless, bad at hobbies and mostly Republican. But <em>evil</em>? Only perhaps to ideologues resentful of other people’s success. In <em>The Everywhere Millionaire</em>, Zwick and Zidar show — in spite of growing inequality and shrinking opportunity — that the American Dream is still alive. Democrats might take note. Especially if they want to win back power in an America still dependent on Main Street for its prosperity.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Three Million of Them. </strong>The book’s central fact, and it reorders the American wealth debate: the everywhere millionaires are private business owners with a net worth of at least $5 million, averaging around $25 million, and Zwick and Zidar count roughly three million of them. Add their wealth together and it comes to more than ten times the Forbes 400 combined — not ten times Musk, ten times all four hundred. The market gives and the market takes, as Andrew put it — and here it has minted a class whose collective wealth radically outstrips Silicon Valley’s billionaires. They are also, unlike the coastal fortunes, geographically everywhere: the map lights up rather than clustering in four cities, with the highest average in Walker County, Alabama, and pockets around the Lake of the Ozarks, Aspen and less famous mountain towns. Why haven’t we heard of them? They don’t sell clicks. They run unglamorous businesses — a beer distributor, a dentist with a regional network, an HVAC contractor with trucks around town — and they aren’t buying media companies to be noticed.</p><p>•       <strong>Top Dog. </strong>The characters are the book’s pleasure. Dick Portillo started a hot dog stand in suburban Chicago fifty years ago with $1,100, the son of immigrants raised in a housing project; he sold the business decades later and now owns, as Andrew put it, a different kind of housing project in Naples, Florida — the authors found him via yacht registration data, because his superyacht is called Top Dog. Was he moral? Ask Mike Ditka, whose competing Ditka Dogs Portillo set about crushing. “Probably not super moral,” Zwick conceded — which is rather the point: these are not heroes or villains, just people obsessed with growing a business. Larry Miller went from auto parts distributor to dealer to owner of the Utah Jazz (and is pictured giving Karl Malone advice on the pick-and-roll). Junior Bridgeman left the Milwaukee Bucks for the deeply unglamorous business of Wendy’s franchises and made hundreds of millions. Tracy Britt Cool left Berkshire Hathaway to build her own.</p><p>•       <strong>The Accident of 1986. </strong>Zwick thinks of the tax code as a house that depreciates and needs repairs. The Tax Reform Act of 1986 — Reagan in the White House, Bill Bradley in the Senate, both of whom had actually paid the old 70% rates as a movie star and a basketball player — was a repair job: kill the loopholes, drop personal rates below 30%. The unintended consequence was enormous. For the first time it made sense to organize a business so that its profits were taxed at the personal rate, and the pass-through revolution followed: S-corporations and partnerships surging, the more profit you made the more you kept. Every subsequent reform sweetened the deal — the Bush cuts, the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, made permanent in 2025’s One Big Beautiful Bill. Success or failure? Zwick finds elements of both, but won’t call it an unmitigated success: this class’s tax benefits are a real part of today’s fiscal problem. One unambiguous gain — pass-throughs linked owners to businesses in the data, which is precisely how this book became possible.</p><p>•       <strong>Bad at Hobbies. </strong>What are they actually like? The typical everywhere millionaire is a white man in his late fifties or early sixties, married, with a college degree — though roughly a third of star entrepreneurs in the data are women, across eight million founders over twenty years. From fifty to seventy-five detailed interviews, the unifying theme isn’t brains: test scores turn out to be a weak predictor. It’s ordeal — sleeping on the work table in the back of the shop, years of not knowing whether it would work, a relentlessness that beats IQ. They credit luck too, and macro trends they caught early. And the tax code? “Not the first thing or even the fourth thing” driving them; raise their taxes a little and they wouldn’t notice, though they do decamp to Nevada or Florida when they retire. They’re obsessed with the business at the expense of hobbies and, sometimes, family — which makes divorce, in Zwick’s dry formulation, a naturally occurring wealth tax. Not a guarantee of happiness. Also: if your parents are in the top 1%, you are six times likelier to found a star business than someone from the ninetieth percentile.</p><p>•       <strong>The Power They Don’t Advertise. </strong>The half of the book that complicates the good news. Survey data from PPP loan recipients shows this class skews Republican and cares about regulation and taxes rather than the social issues that dominate the feed — but Zwick was struck by how many Democrats there are among them, which explains why certain policies stay off the table even when Democrats hold power. Because they are dispersed, there are everywhere millionaires in every congressional district; they don’t run for office, they fund the people who do, and their influence shows up most sharply in local and state policy — including, sometimes, restricting entry and raising prices in exactly the markets where affordability bites. Trump, for the record, is not one of them: his wealth came through media and then political power, and he was born into the top 0.1%. Zwick’s advice for Democrats chasing this class, on the day after Jentleson’s big-tent argument: stop knee-jerk vilifying people who build businesses, and pay attention to problems as they are rather than as they appear in the Twitter feed. His advice for everyone else: walk down Main Street and ask who owns what. “Is a tax on 50 billionaires gonna move the needle at all? Not really.” Andrew’s verdict: evil only perhaps to ideologues resentful of other people’s success — and proof that, despite growing inequality and shrinking opportunity, the American Dream is still alive.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://everywheremillio..."></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/c3bdf09c/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>She Calls It Evil: Susan Neiman on Germany, Capitalism &amp; the Banality of Trump</title>
      <itunes:episode>3035</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3035</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>She Calls It Evil: Susan Neiman on Germany, Capitalism &amp; the Banality of Trump</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ff46a884-5a30-420a-9d83-5de2f7a89e04</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If we leave words like evil in the hands of people who are fanatical, who are demonizing, we are leaving the most powerful weapons we have in the hands of people who don’t know how to use them.” </em>— Susan Neiman</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324131045">Susan Neiman</a> is cornering the market in books about evil. First there was her 2002 <em>Evil in Modern Thought</em>, an alternative history of philosophy. Then <em>Learning from the Germans</em>, her 2019 treatise about race and the memory of evil. And now <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324131045"><em>Call It Evil</em></a>, an attempt to understand the Trump era which offers an alternative history of contemporary economics.</p><p> </p><p>So what, exactly, is “evil”? Rather than defining what she describes as our most “explosive” word, she gracefully dances around it with all the elliptical subtlety of a clever philosopher. In spite of its Trumpian subtitle (“Understanding the Trump Era”), the book isn’t an inventory of Trump’s crimes. Instead, it investigates why half of America accepted a man whose (evil?) character was already blatantly self-evident.</p><p> </p><p>Her answer focuses on economics rather than politics. The major source of evil in our age, she argues, is an ideology built on a falsified Adam Smith — self-interest as the whole of human nature — propped up by evolutionary psychologists misreading Darwin, and sold so effectively that we now mistake it for common sense. In a word: neo-liberalism. The (a)moral universe of the Heritage Foundation, Milton Friedman and Margaret “there is no alternative” Thatcher.</p><p> </p><p>So is capitalism evil? Yes, the philosopher suggests, quoting Einstein and borrowing from contemporary economists like Amartya Sen. But rather than a return to Marx, she wants us to reimagine the 19th century Kantian socialist, Eduard Bernstein, in the context of the injustices of contemporary capitalism. Rather than evil, Neiman really is a philosopher of the good. She wants us to imagine that gap between the way the world is and the way it ought to be. Doing good means standing up to evil, she says. Like Henry Fonda’s performance as the morally defiant juror in the 1957 movie <em>Twelve Angry Men</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Why She Won’t Define It. </strong>Evil is “the most explosive word we have,” and Neiman refuses to reduce it to a sentence — as, she notes, Kant refused before her. It is not a theological concept (the Bible itself shows moral concepts precede theological ones); it is the point at which the gap between the world as it is and as it ought to be becomes so large “that we don’t know how to live in a world where that abyss opens up.” Children spot the gap first, though they call it unfair: the bully in the sandbox is the first lesson in a world that contains injustice. Her real argument is strategic. We have become afraid of moral concepts because we cannot give necessary and sufficient conditions for them — and the cost of that squeamishness is that the word passes to the polemical and the demonizing. Andrew pressed her twice on the dodge; her answer, eventually, was sharp: she is not unwilling to use the word, she is simply more interested in analyzing it than defining it — which is why she has called both the 9/11 attacks and the Bush administration’s response evil, two entirely different kinds, and why any single definition covering both would let one of them off.</p><p>•       <strong>The Falsified Adam Smith. </strong>The book’s core, and its surprise: a moral philosopher writing about economics. The major source of evil in our time, Neiman argues, is the ideology derived from a bad and simplistic reading of Adam Smith — that we are driven by self-interest and nothing else matters — a reading she calls not a simplification but a falsification, touted by Milton Friedman and still pumped out daily by the Heritage Foundation and the Hoover Institution. Reinforcing it: evolutionary psychologists misreading Darwin, explaining that altruism is a puzzle and that we know how hunter-gatherers thought two hundred thousand years ago (we know almost nothing). Is capitalism evil, Andrew asked — the question she never quite answers in print. “Oh, I do, actually,” she said, and reached for Einstein, a committed socialist who said so all his life. Her favorite Thatcher line isn’t “there is no alternative” but the quieter one: economics is the method, the object is to change the soul. That, she says, is exactly what has happened — and when someone tells you at dinner that human nature is just that way, they are making a philosophical claim without knowing it.</p><p>•       <strong>Not a Book About Trump. </strong>Andrew put it to her that Call It Evil is barely about Trump, and got a flat correction when he pushed further: “I really think you’re twisting my arguments.” No, she does not say we are all evil. The point of the book is not to count his sins — for that, read Haberman and Swan, “a sickening” but excellent reminder of flooding the zone — but to ask how even half the country accepted him a second time, knowing everything. Trump is the reductio ad absurdum of the ideology: unabashed, unashamed self-advantage in the most powerful job on earth, “a way of giving permission” for everyone else to behave the same way. Against that: the woman helping a stranger with a baby carriage on the subway stairs, and Alex Pretti in Minneapolis, who died protecting a neighbor’s rights. We know not everyone is evil because we all have such moments. And the 9/11 quotation Andrew found most revealing of all — Trump noting that his building was now the tallest in New York.</p><p>•       <strong>Socialism Needs More Kant. </strong>The alternative tradition, and the hour’s intellectual heart. Neiman is a Kantian — the human condition as the struggle between the world as it is and as it ought to be, with an innate sense of justice we are born capable of but not guaranteed. Against Kant she sets Hume (custom, habit, emotion: fine for ordinary life, useless when a society is built on slavery or colonialism and someone wants to challenge it) and, behind him, the Nietzscheans. Her hero is Eduard Bernstein, the German social democrat who said socialism needs more Kant, an early champion of women’s and gay rights, in London during Wilde’s trial, who voted against the First World War. What Bernstein saw in Marx is what she rejects: that ideas are superstructure, “the foam on the beer,” while economics is the drink underneath. Her contemporary proof is Zohran Mamdani, whose win everyone credited to affordability — halal sandwiches, daycare — but who always framed it as justice: it is unjust that the teachers, nurses, taxi drivers and sanitation workers who keep New York running cannot afford to live in it. And Rawls, her teacher, was moving toward a Kantian democratic socialism before the strokes.</p><p>•       <strong>How Ordinary People Behave. </strong>On Gaza she is unequivocal — yes, genocide, following Omer Bartov’s careful reversal and the Israeli human rights organizations, though she notes the gap between genocide and crime against humanity is not gigantic. What drives the global outrage, in her reading, is not antisemitism (millions of Jews are outraged too) but the use of the twentieth century’s one moral consensus — that the Holocaust was evil — to justify another crime: “the use of one evil to justify another is something that’s morally obscene.” Truman’s bomb: evil, and not only for the dead but as the opening salvo of a Cold War we are still paying for. On Arendt: the banality thesis is right — we are endangered less by sadists than by the thoughtle...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If we leave words like evil in the hands of people who are fanatical, who are demonizing, we are leaving the most powerful weapons we have in the hands of people who don’t know how to use them.” </em>— Susan Neiman</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324131045">Susan Neiman</a> is cornering the market in books about evil. First there was her 2002 <em>Evil in Modern Thought</em>, an alternative history of philosophy. Then <em>Learning from the Germans</em>, her 2019 treatise about race and the memory of evil. And now <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324131045"><em>Call It Evil</em></a>, an attempt to understand the Trump era which offers an alternative history of contemporary economics.</p><p> </p><p>So what, exactly, is “evil”? Rather than defining what she describes as our most “explosive” word, she gracefully dances around it with all the elliptical subtlety of a clever philosopher. In spite of its Trumpian subtitle (“Understanding the Trump Era”), the book isn’t an inventory of Trump’s crimes. Instead, it investigates why half of America accepted a man whose (evil?) character was already blatantly self-evident.</p><p> </p><p>Her answer focuses on economics rather than politics. The major source of evil in our age, she argues, is an ideology built on a falsified Adam Smith — self-interest as the whole of human nature — propped up by evolutionary psychologists misreading Darwin, and sold so effectively that we now mistake it for common sense. In a word: neo-liberalism. The (a)moral universe of the Heritage Foundation, Milton Friedman and Margaret “there is no alternative” Thatcher.</p><p> </p><p>So is capitalism evil? Yes, the philosopher suggests, quoting Einstein and borrowing from contemporary economists like Amartya Sen. But rather than a return to Marx, she wants us to reimagine the 19th century Kantian socialist, Eduard Bernstein, in the context of the injustices of contemporary capitalism. Rather than evil, Neiman really is a philosopher of the good. She wants us to imagine that gap between the way the world is and the way it ought to be. Doing good means standing up to evil, she says. Like Henry Fonda’s performance as the morally defiant juror in the 1957 movie <em>Twelve Angry Men</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Why She Won’t Define It. </strong>Evil is “the most explosive word we have,” and Neiman refuses to reduce it to a sentence — as, she notes, Kant refused before her. It is not a theological concept (the Bible itself shows moral concepts precede theological ones); it is the point at which the gap between the world as it is and as it ought to be becomes so large “that we don’t know how to live in a world where that abyss opens up.” Children spot the gap first, though they call it unfair: the bully in the sandbox is the first lesson in a world that contains injustice. Her real argument is strategic. We have become afraid of moral concepts because we cannot give necessary and sufficient conditions for them — and the cost of that squeamishness is that the word passes to the polemical and the demonizing. Andrew pressed her twice on the dodge; her answer, eventually, was sharp: she is not unwilling to use the word, she is simply more interested in analyzing it than defining it — which is why she has called both the 9/11 attacks and the Bush administration’s response evil, two entirely different kinds, and why any single definition covering both would let one of them off.</p><p>•       <strong>The Falsified Adam Smith. </strong>The book’s core, and its surprise: a moral philosopher writing about economics. The major source of evil in our time, Neiman argues, is the ideology derived from a bad and simplistic reading of Adam Smith — that we are driven by self-interest and nothing else matters — a reading she calls not a simplification but a falsification, touted by Milton Friedman and still pumped out daily by the Heritage Foundation and the Hoover Institution. Reinforcing it: evolutionary psychologists misreading Darwin, explaining that altruism is a puzzle and that we know how hunter-gatherers thought two hundred thousand years ago (we know almost nothing). Is capitalism evil, Andrew asked — the question she never quite answers in print. “Oh, I do, actually,” she said, and reached for Einstein, a committed socialist who said so all his life. Her favorite Thatcher line isn’t “there is no alternative” but the quieter one: economics is the method, the object is to change the soul. That, she says, is exactly what has happened — and when someone tells you at dinner that human nature is just that way, they are making a philosophical claim without knowing it.</p><p>•       <strong>Not a Book About Trump. </strong>Andrew put it to her that Call It Evil is barely about Trump, and got a flat correction when he pushed further: “I really think you’re twisting my arguments.” No, she does not say we are all evil. The point of the book is not to count his sins — for that, read Haberman and Swan, “a sickening” but excellent reminder of flooding the zone — but to ask how even half the country accepted him a second time, knowing everything. Trump is the reductio ad absurdum of the ideology: unabashed, unashamed self-advantage in the most powerful job on earth, “a way of giving permission” for everyone else to behave the same way. Against that: the woman helping a stranger with a baby carriage on the subway stairs, and Alex Pretti in Minneapolis, who died protecting a neighbor’s rights. We know not everyone is evil because we all have such moments. And the 9/11 quotation Andrew found most revealing of all — Trump noting that his building was now the tallest in New York.</p><p>•       <strong>Socialism Needs More Kant. </strong>The alternative tradition, and the hour’s intellectual heart. Neiman is a Kantian — the human condition as the struggle between the world as it is and as it ought to be, with an innate sense of justice we are born capable of but not guaranteed. Against Kant she sets Hume (custom, habit, emotion: fine for ordinary life, useless when a society is built on slavery or colonialism and someone wants to challenge it) and, behind him, the Nietzscheans. Her hero is Eduard Bernstein, the German social democrat who said socialism needs more Kant, an early champion of women’s and gay rights, in London during Wilde’s trial, who voted against the First World War. What Bernstein saw in Marx is what she rejects: that ideas are superstructure, “the foam on the beer,” while economics is the drink underneath. Her contemporary proof is Zohran Mamdani, whose win everyone credited to affordability — halal sandwiches, daycare — but who always framed it as justice: it is unjust that the teachers, nurses, taxi drivers and sanitation workers who keep New York running cannot afford to live in it. And Rawls, her teacher, was moving toward a Kantian democratic socialism before the strokes.</p><p>•       <strong>How Ordinary People Behave. </strong>On Gaza she is unequivocal — yes, genocide, following Omer Bartov’s careful reversal and the Israeli human rights organizations, though she notes the gap between genocide and crime against humanity is not gigantic. What drives the global outrage, in her reading, is not antisemitism (millions of Jews are outraged too) but the use of the twentieth century’s one moral consensus — that the Holocaust was evil — to justify another crime: “the use of one evil to justify another is something that’s morally obscene.” Truman’s bomb: evil, and not only for the dead but as the opening salvo of a Cold War we are still paying for. On Arendt: the banality thesis is right — we are endangered less by sadists than by the thoughtle...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Sep 2026 07:30:11 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/07199882/c1e25a88.mp3" length="63556982" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3412390" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/07199882/c1e25a88.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PE6Azjnd578">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/rKJbIRxkmDqTy9QMQIZhf9ErN6PmSROqSC1H0nj8QZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS81OTRl/ZTBlMDNlMTNlMzhj/ZWMyZDA1OTM2OGNk/ZmFjMy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3969</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If we leave words like evil in the hands of people who are fanatical, who are demonizing, we are leaving the most powerful weapons we have in the hands of people who don’t know how to use them.” </em>— Susan Neiman</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324131045">Susan Neiman</a> is cornering the market in books about evil. First there was her 2002 <em>Evil in Modern Thought</em>, an alternative history of philosophy. Then <em>Learning from the Germans</em>, her 2019 treatise about race and the memory of evil. And now <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324131045"><em>Call It Evil</em></a>, an attempt to understand the Trump era which offers an alternative history of contemporary economics.</p><p> </p><p>So what, exactly, is “evil”? Rather than defining what she describes as our most “explosive” word, she gracefully dances around it with all the elliptical subtlety of a clever philosopher. In spite of its Trumpian subtitle (“Understanding the Trump Era”), the book isn’t an inventory of Trump’s crimes. Instead, it investigates why half of America accepted a man whose (evil?) character was already blatantly self-evident.</p><p> </p><p>Her answer focuses on economics rather than politics. The major source of evil in our age, she argues, is an ideology built on a falsified Adam Smith — self-interest as the whole of human nature — propped up by evolutionary psychologists misreading Darwin, and sold so effectively that we now mistake it for common sense. In a word: neo-liberalism. The (a)moral universe of the Heritage Foundation, Milton Friedman and Margaret “there is no alternative” Thatcher.</p><p> </p><p>So is capitalism evil? Yes, the philosopher suggests, quoting Einstein and borrowing from contemporary economists like Amartya Sen. But rather than a return to Marx, she wants us to reimagine the 19th century Kantian socialist, Eduard Bernstein, in the context of the injustices of contemporary capitalism. Rather than evil, Neiman really is a philosopher of the good. She wants us to imagine that gap between the way the world is and the way it ought to be. Doing good means standing up to evil, she says. Like Henry Fonda’s performance as the morally defiant juror in the 1957 movie <em>Twelve Angry Men</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Why She Won’t Define It. </strong>Evil is “the most explosive word we have,” and Neiman refuses to reduce it to a sentence — as, she notes, Kant refused before her. It is not a theological concept (the Bible itself shows moral concepts precede theological ones); it is the point at which the gap between the world as it is and as it ought to be becomes so large “that we don’t know how to live in a world where that abyss opens up.” Children spot the gap first, though they call it unfair: the bully in the sandbox is the first lesson in a world that contains injustice. Her real argument is strategic. We have become afraid of moral concepts because we cannot give necessary and sufficient conditions for them — and the cost of that squeamishness is that the word passes to the polemical and the demonizing. Andrew pressed her twice on the dodge; her answer, eventually, was sharp: she is not unwilling to use the word, she is simply more interested in analyzing it than defining it — which is why she has called both the 9/11 attacks and the Bush administration’s response evil, two entirely different kinds, and why any single definition covering both would let one of them off.</p><p>•       <strong>The Falsified Adam Smith. </strong>The book’s core, and its surprise: a moral philosopher writing about economics. The major source of evil in our time, Neiman argues, is the ideology derived from a bad and simplistic reading of Adam Smith — that we are driven by self-interest and nothing else matters — a reading she calls not a simplification but a falsification, touted by Milton Friedman and still pumped out daily by the Heritage Foundation and the Hoover Institution. Reinforcing it: evolutionary psychologists misreading Darwin, explaining that altruism is a puzzle and that we know how hunter-gatherers thought two hundred thousand years ago (we know almost nothing). Is capitalism evil, Andrew asked — the question she never quite answers in print. “Oh, I do, actually,” she said, and reached for Einstein, a committed socialist who said so all his life. Her favorite Thatcher line isn’t “there is no alternative” but the quieter one: economics is the method, the object is to change the soul. That, she says, is exactly what has happened — and when someone tells you at dinner that human nature is just that way, they are making a philosophical claim without knowing it.</p><p>•       <strong>Not a Book About Trump. </strong>Andrew put it to her that Call It Evil is barely about Trump, and got a flat correction when he pushed further: “I really think you’re twisting my arguments.” No, she does not say we are all evil. The point of the book is not to count his sins — for that, read Haberman and Swan, “a sickening” but excellent reminder of flooding the zone — but to ask how even half the country accepted him a second time, knowing everything. Trump is the reductio ad absurdum of the ideology: unabashed, unashamed self-advantage in the most powerful job on earth, “a way of giving permission” for everyone else to behave the same way. Against that: the woman helping a stranger with a baby carriage on the subway stairs, and Alex Pretti in Minneapolis, who died protecting a neighbor’s rights. We know not everyone is evil because we all have such moments. And the 9/11 quotation Andrew found most revealing of all — Trump noting that his building was now the tallest in New York.</p><p>•       <strong>Socialism Needs More Kant. </strong>The alternative tradition, and the hour’s intellectual heart. Neiman is a Kantian — the human condition as the struggle between the world as it is and as it ought to be, with an innate sense of justice we are born capable of but not guaranteed. Against Kant she sets Hume (custom, habit, emotion: fine for ordinary life, useless when a society is built on slavery or colonialism and someone wants to challenge it) and, behind him, the Nietzscheans. Her hero is Eduard Bernstein, the German social democrat who said socialism needs more Kant, an early champion of women’s and gay rights, in London during Wilde’s trial, who voted against the First World War. What Bernstein saw in Marx is what she rejects: that ideas are superstructure, “the foam on the beer,” while economics is the drink underneath. Her contemporary proof is Zohran Mamdani, whose win everyone credited to affordability — halal sandwiches, daycare — but who always framed it as justice: it is unjust that the teachers, nurses, taxi drivers and sanitation workers who keep New York running cannot afford to live in it. And Rawls, her teacher, was moving toward a Kantian democratic socialism before the strokes.</p><p>•       <strong>How Ordinary People Behave. </strong>On Gaza she is unequivocal — yes, genocide, following Omer Bartov’s careful reversal and the Israeli human rights organizations, though she notes the gap between genocide and crime against humanity is not gigantic. What drives the global outrage, in her reading, is not antisemitism (millions of Jews are outraged too) but the use of the twentieth century’s one moral consensus — that the Holocaust was evil — to justify another crime: “the use of one evil to justify another is something that’s morally obscene.” Truman’s bomb: evil, and not only for the dead but as the opening salvo of a Cold War we are still paying for. On Arendt: the banality thesis is right — we are endangered less by sadists than by the thoughtle...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/07199882/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/07199882/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shut Up or Shut Down? Amodei, Altman, Musk &amp; the Great AI Freakout</title>
      <itunes:episode>3034</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3034</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Shut Up or Shut Down? Amodei, Altman, Musk &amp; the Great AI Freakout</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">60ed0816-8591-44d6-b76e-025d41f6d707</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Something unprecedented happened yesterday. Sam Altman, Elon Musk, and Dario Amodei — rivals who rarely agree on anything — all called for an AI slowdown. It came after more and more doomsday warnings from experts which seem to have finally woken Congress up to AI’s potentially existential threat. Axios even claimed that Speaker Mike Johnson is considering canceling the House recess to force members back to the Capitol to discuss the crisis. This seems to have been the week that the AI zeitgeist has finally shifted. Seven days that have changed the AI world.</p><p> </p><p>For <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a>, it’s time to shut up or shut down. While he remains a sceptic about the autonomy of AI agents, he recognizes its potential danger. “The minute there is recursive self-learning, there’s no speedometer. It’s either on or off,” he says. “You either control it or you don’t.” In terms of AI policy, he argues, you can’t be half-pregnant. Either leave it alone or flip the off switch. Anything else fudges the issue and allows slippery characters like Sam Altman and Dario Amodei to pursue their own agenda.</p><p> </p><p>I don’t disagree. The real world, however, is forever half-pregnant. Investment in AI and the upcoming Anthropic IPO are the driving force of the economy. So AI’s existential threat isn’t just to “humanity.” It’s also to American prosperity, a politically existential threat (thus Trump’s opposition to any regulation). So, yes, this was the week that the AI zeitgeist shifted. The die is, indeed, cast. But it’s only the beginning rather than the end of this remarkable story. Pass the popcorn. Predicting the future might be a fool’s game, but it’s certainly going to get real interesting.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Calling BS on the Slowdown. </strong>The week’s convergence was genuinely new — a Dario Amodei essay warning that humans could lose control, Altman and Musk jumping aboard, all three major papers leading with it, Congress “waking up,” and an Axios scoop that Speaker Mike Johnson is being urged to cancel the House recess. Keith’s diagnosis is withering: it illustrates “the weakness of AI leadership,” swayed by a six-week employee who resigned, wrote an essay, and went on TV. His deeper claim: there is no such thing as AI as an independent actor, so the entire scare is misconstrued — “AI is not dangerous, period.” What the slowdown talk really represents, he argues, is the economic self-interest of incumbents in containing open-source AI — rules that prevent others from playing. Is anything new, Andrew pressed? “The heat is ramped up a notch. That’s about it.”</p><p>•       <strong>No Speedometer. </strong>The episode’s logical core. If you believe recursive self-improvement can’t be controlled by humans, and that the agents it produces will be malicious, then slowing down is incoherent — “the only logical thing is not to slow it down, but to shut it down”: no Anthropic, no IPO, a ban. “The minute there is recursive self-learning, there’s no speedometer. It’s either on or off.” Scott Bessent’s speech — the week’s most prescient, in Keith’s view — made the practical version: recursion can’t be stopped, and 3,500 mostly open-source models already sit in the Hugging Face store. Stephen Witt’s NYT taxonomy (shut it down, air-crash investigations, monitoring, the kill switch — with his closing COVID-epidemiologist analogy) gets respect but fails Keith’s test: none of it solves the problem if the problem is real. In AI policy, as Andrew’s intro has it, you can’t be half-pregnant: either leave it alone or flip the off switch — anything else fudges the issue. His counter-gameplay: for AI to threaten humanity it needs biological or nuclear weapons, and that chain of events is “fantastical.” Andrew’s retort — so was hijacking planes into the World Trade Center. Keith: “9/11 is one airplane.”</p><p>•       <strong>The IPO Game. </strong>Why would the leaders sound alarms about their own products? Keith’s fork: they’re naive (buying space by taking heat out of the conversation — which won’t work, since demands to stop will only grow) or manipulative. The tell arrived mid-week: Altman told Fortune that OpenAI won’t IPO this year, given the safety discussion — which Keith reads as calling Dario’s bluff. Will Anthropic pull its $2 trillion listing? “I don’t think he is. I think he’s playing a game… a high-stakes game.” Andrew’s materialist reading: with the American economy increasingly dependent on the AI sector and its impending IPOs, nothing gets shut down short of an AI 9/11 or COVID event — the story is now about the whole future of the American economy. Keith’s post-midterm forecast: the White House does nothing, and unless Democrats take both houses, “nothing changes” — markets settle, IPOs happen, AI continues. And his path to peace: most innovations become acceptable only after they deliver the bacon; people must feel AI’s benefits to discount its fears. Andrew’s verdict: the AI zeitgeist has shifted and the die is, indeed, cast — but this is the beginning rather than the end of the story. Pass the popcorn.</p><p>•       <strong>Open Source Wins — China Included. </strong>Against Noah Smith’s America-is-winning scorecard, Keith reframes the race entirely: the real contest is open versus closed source — with the Chinese, ironically, in the open camp and the Americans building walled gardens. History’s lesson: “open source leaks like water into every crevice” — the cloud is almost 100% Linux. The week’s stranger revelation: reports that Kimi was routing every query to Claude — “there was actually no Kimi” — plus the training-dependency chain that keeps Chinese models about a year behind. The money agrees with American dominance either way: the FT’s moonshot-capitalism piece has US deep-tech VC at $246 billion (80% of it California) against China’s $105 billion and the UK’s 26 — with the power law concentrating it all into a handful of companies, and Andreessen Horowitz reporting that post-SpaceX-IPO venture returns now dwarf private equity. As for regulation: California’s new chatbot and teen-social-media laws are, per Keith, light and barely policed.</p><p>•       <strong>The Rest of the Week. </strong>Starbucks’ billion-dollar bet on the coffeehouse as antidote to lonely digital lives — Keith’s analyst verdict: Barnes &amp; Noble tried the sofas, and “the biggest problem is the coffee isn’t very good.” How writers actually use AI, via Every’s interviews: Kevin Roose structured The AGI Chronicles himself, then let AI do what he calls three to four years of work in one — exactly, Keith notes, the process behind his own The Human Dividend. The Edmans crossover, from Monday’s interview of the week: do smart people make dumb investments? Keith’s Wall Street history says the best investors are “working class street smart kids” who smell deals — inventors are not gamblers — though Musk is the exception, and as for Dario: “I think Dario would be good at anything,” Andrew offered. “He’s pretty good at politics.” Apple’s iPhone Duo foldable arrives with, per Ben Thompson, still no AI strategy — while Facebook ships Muse, a full agent with a virtual machine that would need 27 million physical computers at Meta scale. And farewell to Bill Draper — among the first venture capitalists, first into Skype before his son Tim, a seeker of contrarian difference “a bit like AI now.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Co-Host</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the publisher of the <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The...</em></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Something unprecedented happened yesterday. Sam Altman, Elon Musk, and Dario Amodei — rivals who rarely agree on anything — all called for an AI slowdown. It came after more and more doomsday warnings from experts which seem to have finally woken Congress up to AI’s potentially existential threat. Axios even claimed that Speaker Mike Johnson is considering canceling the House recess to force members back to the Capitol to discuss the crisis. This seems to have been the week that the AI zeitgeist has finally shifted. Seven days that have changed the AI world.</p><p> </p><p>For <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a>, it’s time to shut up or shut down. While he remains a sceptic about the autonomy of AI agents, he recognizes its potential danger. “The minute there is recursive self-learning, there’s no speedometer. It’s either on or off,” he says. “You either control it or you don’t.” In terms of AI policy, he argues, you can’t be half-pregnant. Either leave it alone or flip the off switch. Anything else fudges the issue and allows slippery characters like Sam Altman and Dario Amodei to pursue their own agenda.</p><p> </p><p>I don’t disagree. The real world, however, is forever half-pregnant. Investment in AI and the upcoming Anthropic IPO are the driving force of the economy. So AI’s existential threat isn’t just to “humanity.” It’s also to American prosperity, a politically existential threat (thus Trump’s opposition to any regulation). So, yes, this was the week that the AI zeitgeist shifted. The die is, indeed, cast. But it’s only the beginning rather than the end of this remarkable story. Pass the popcorn. Predicting the future might be a fool’s game, but it’s certainly going to get real interesting.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Calling BS on the Slowdown. </strong>The week’s convergence was genuinely new — a Dario Amodei essay warning that humans could lose control, Altman and Musk jumping aboard, all three major papers leading with it, Congress “waking up,” and an Axios scoop that Speaker Mike Johnson is being urged to cancel the House recess. Keith’s diagnosis is withering: it illustrates “the weakness of AI leadership,” swayed by a six-week employee who resigned, wrote an essay, and went on TV. His deeper claim: there is no such thing as AI as an independent actor, so the entire scare is misconstrued — “AI is not dangerous, period.” What the slowdown talk really represents, he argues, is the economic self-interest of incumbents in containing open-source AI — rules that prevent others from playing. Is anything new, Andrew pressed? “The heat is ramped up a notch. That’s about it.”</p><p>•       <strong>No Speedometer. </strong>The episode’s logical core. If you believe recursive self-improvement can’t be controlled by humans, and that the agents it produces will be malicious, then slowing down is incoherent — “the only logical thing is not to slow it down, but to shut it down”: no Anthropic, no IPO, a ban. “The minute there is recursive self-learning, there’s no speedometer. It’s either on or off.” Scott Bessent’s speech — the week’s most prescient, in Keith’s view — made the practical version: recursion can’t be stopped, and 3,500 mostly open-source models already sit in the Hugging Face store. Stephen Witt’s NYT taxonomy (shut it down, air-crash investigations, monitoring, the kill switch — with his closing COVID-epidemiologist analogy) gets respect but fails Keith’s test: none of it solves the problem if the problem is real. In AI policy, as Andrew’s intro has it, you can’t be half-pregnant: either leave it alone or flip the off switch — anything else fudges the issue. His counter-gameplay: for AI to threaten humanity it needs biological or nuclear weapons, and that chain of events is “fantastical.” Andrew’s retort — so was hijacking planes into the World Trade Center. Keith: “9/11 is one airplane.”</p><p>•       <strong>The IPO Game. </strong>Why would the leaders sound alarms about their own products? Keith’s fork: they’re naive (buying space by taking heat out of the conversation — which won’t work, since demands to stop will only grow) or manipulative. The tell arrived mid-week: Altman told Fortune that OpenAI won’t IPO this year, given the safety discussion — which Keith reads as calling Dario’s bluff. Will Anthropic pull its $2 trillion listing? “I don’t think he is. I think he’s playing a game… a high-stakes game.” Andrew’s materialist reading: with the American economy increasingly dependent on the AI sector and its impending IPOs, nothing gets shut down short of an AI 9/11 or COVID event — the story is now about the whole future of the American economy. Keith’s post-midterm forecast: the White House does nothing, and unless Democrats take both houses, “nothing changes” — markets settle, IPOs happen, AI continues. And his path to peace: most innovations become acceptable only after they deliver the bacon; people must feel AI’s benefits to discount its fears. Andrew’s verdict: the AI zeitgeist has shifted and the die is, indeed, cast — but this is the beginning rather than the end of the story. Pass the popcorn.</p><p>•       <strong>Open Source Wins — China Included. </strong>Against Noah Smith’s America-is-winning scorecard, Keith reframes the race entirely: the real contest is open versus closed source — with the Chinese, ironically, in the open camp and the Americans building walled gardens. History’s lesson: “open source leaks like water into every crevice” — the cloud is almost 100% Linux. The week’s stranger revelation: reports that Kimi was routing every query to Claude — “there was actually no Kimi” — plus the training-dependency chain that keeps Chinese models about a year behind. The money agrees with American dominance either way: the FT’s moonshot-capitalism piece has US deep-tech VC at $246 billion (80% of it California) against China’s $105 billion and the UK’s 26 — with the power law concentrating it all into a handful of companies, and Andreessen Horowitz reporting that post-SpaceX-IPO venture returns now dwarf private equity. As for regulation: California’s new chatbot and teen-social-media laws are, per Keith, light and barely policed.</p><p>•       <strong>The Rest of the Week. </strong>Starbucks’ billion-dollar bet on the coffeehouse as antidote to lonely digital lives — Keith’s analyst verdict: Barnes &amp; Noble tried the sofas, and “the biggest problem is the coffee isn’t very good.” How writers actually use AI, via Every’s interviews: Kevin Roose structured The AGI Chronicles himself, then let AI do what he calls three to four years of work in one — exactly, Keith notes, the process behind his own The Human Dividend. The Edmans crossover, from Monday’s interview of the week: do smart people make dumb investments? Keith’s Wall Street history says the best investors are “working class street smart kids” who smell deals — inventors are not gamblers — though Musk is the exception, and as for Dario: “I think Dario would be good at anything,” Andrew offered. “He’s pretty good at politics.” Apple’s iPhone Duo foldable arrives with, per Ben Thompson, still no AI strategy — while Facebook ships Muse, a full agent with a virtual machine that would need 27 million physical computers at Meta scale. And farewell to Bill Draper — among the first venture capitalists, first into Skype before his son Tim, a seeker of contrarian difference “a bit like AI now.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Co-Host</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the publisher of the <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The...</em></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 13 Sep 2026 08:02:38 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/b015400c/055c1964.mp3" length="48864293" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3171557" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/b015400c/055c1964.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LDpsCIn3ohY">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/SeaPz8T-Sp-VYXdWgwIN3SSwpMmEPrtkT-4c1sgz5aA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xN2Uy/YWYzNzNkNzljM2Ey/Njk5NGNkZDJhOWVk/MzViZi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3051</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Something unprecedented happened yesterday. Sam Altman, Elon Musk, and Dario Amodei — rivals who rarely agree on anything — all called for an AI slowdown. It came after more and more doomsday warnings from experts which seem to have finally woken Congress up to AI’s potentially existential threat. Axios even claimed that Speaker Mike Johnson is considering canceling the House recess to force members back to the Capitol to discuss the crisis. This seems to have been the week that the AI zeitgeist has finally shifted. Seven days that have changed the AI world.</p><p> </p><p>For <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a>, it’s time to shut up or shut down. While he remains a sceptic about the autonomy of AI agents, he recognizes its potential danger. “The minute there is recursive self-learning, there’s no speedometer. It’s either on or off,” he says. “You either control it or you don’t.” In terms of AI policy, he argues, you can’t be half-pregnant. Either leave it alone or flip the off switch. Anything else fudges the issue and allows slippery characters like Sam Altman and Dario Amodei to pursue their own agenda.</p><p> </p><p>I don’t disagree. The real world, however, is forever half-pregnant. Investment in AI and the upcoming Anthropic IPO are the driving force of the economy. So AI’s existential threat isn’t just to “humanity.” It’s also to American prosperity, a politically existential threat (thus Trump’s opposition to any regulation). So, yes, this was the week that the AI zeitgeist shifted. The die is, indeed, cast. But it’s only the beginning rather than the end of this remarkable story. Pass the popcorn. Predicting the future might be a fool’s game, but it’s certainly going to get real interesting.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Calling BS on the Slowdown. </strong>The week’s convergence was genuinely new — a Dario Amodei essay warning that humans could lose control, Altman and Musk jumping aboard, all three major papers leading with it, Congress “waking up,” and an Axios scoop that Speaker Mike Johnson is being urged to cancel the House recess. Keith’s diagnosis is withering: it illustrates “the weakness of AI leadership,” swayed by a six-week employee who resigned, wrote an essay, and went on TV. His deeper claim: there is no such thing as AI as an independent actor, so the entire scare is misconstrued — “AI is not dangerous, period.” What the slowdown talk really represents, he argues, is the economic self-interest of incumbents in containing open-source AI — rules that prevent others from playing. Is anything new, Andrew pressed? “The heat is ramped up a notch. That’s about it.”</p><p>•       <strong>No Speedometer. </strong>The episode’s logical core. If you believe recursive self-improvement can’t be controlled by humans, and that the agents it produces will be malicious, then slowing down is incoherent — “the only logical thing is not to slow it down, but to shut it down”: no Anthropic, no IPO, a ban. “The minute there is recursive self-learning, there’s no speedometer. It’s either on or off.” Scott Bessent’s speech — the week’s most prescient, in Keith’s view — made the practical version: recursion can’t be stopped, and 3,500 mostly open-source models already sit in the Hugging Face store. Stephen Witt’s NYT taxonomy (shut it down, air-crash investigations, monitoring, the kill switch — with his closing COVID-epidemiologist analogy) gets respect but fails Keith’s test: none of it solves the problem if the problem is real. In AI policy, as Andrew’s intro has it, you can’t be half-pregnant: either leave it alone or flip the off switch — anything else fudges the issue. His counter-gameplay: for AI to threaten humanity it needs biological or nuclear weapons, and that chain of events is “fantastical.” Andrew’s retort — so was hijacking planes into the World Trade Center. Keith: “9/11 is one airplane.”</p><p>•       <strong>The IPO Game. </strong>Why would the leaders sound alarms about their own products? Keith’s fork: they’re naive (buying space by taking heat out of the conversation — which won’t work, since demands to stop will only grow) or manipulative. The tell arrived mid-week: Altman told Fortune that OpenAI won’t IPO this year, given the safety discussion — which Keith reads as calling Dario’s bluff. Will Anthropic pull its $2 trillion listing? “I don’t think he is. I think he’s playing a game… a high-stakes game.” Andrew’s materialist reading: with the American economy increasingly dependent on the AI sector and its impending IPOs, nothing gets shut down short of an AI 9/11 or COVID event — the story is now about the whole future of the American economy. Keith’s post-midterm forecast: the White House does nothing, and unless Democrats take both houses, “nothing changes” — markets settle, IPOs happen, AI continues. And his path to peace: most innovations become acceptable only after they deliver the bacon; people must feel AI’s benefits to discount its fears. Andrew’s verdict: the AI zeitgeist has shifted and the die is, indeed, cast — but this is the beginning rather than the end of the story. Pass the popcorn.</p><p>•       <strong>Open Source Wins — China Included. </strong>Against Noah Smith’s America-is-winning scorecard, Keith reframes the race entirely: the real contest is open versus closed source — with the Chinese, ironically, in the open camp and the Americans building walled gardens. History’s lesson: “open source leaks like water into every crevice” — the cloud is almost 100% Linux. The week’s stranger revelation: reports that Kimi was routing every query to Claude — “there was actually no Kimi” — plus the training-dependency chain that keeps Chinese models about a year behind. The money agrees with American dominance either way: the FT’s moonshot-capitalism piece has US deep-tech VC at $246 billion (80% of it California) against China’s $105 billion and the UK’s 26 — with the power law concentrating it all into a handful of companies, and Andreessen Horowitz reporting that post-SpaceX-IPO venture returns now dwarf private equity. As for regulation: California’s new chatbot and teen-social-media laws are, per Keith, light and barely policed.</p><p>•       <strong>The Rest of the Week. </strong>Starbucks’ billion-dollar bet on the coffeehouse as antidote to lonely digital lives — Keith’s analyst verdict: Barnes &amp; Noble tried the sofas, and “the biggest problem is the coffee isn’t very good.” How writers actually use AI, via Every’s interviews: Kevin Roose structured The AGI Chronicles himself, then let AI do what he calls three to four years of work in one — exactly, Keith notes, the process behind his own The Human Dividend. The Edmans crossover, from Monday’s interview of the week: do smart people make dumb investments? Keith’s Wall Street history says the best investors are “working class street smart kids” who smell deals — inventors are not gamblers — though Musk is the exception, and as for Dario: “I think Dario would be good at anything,” Andrew offered. “He’s pretty good at politics.” Apple’s iPhone Duo foldable arrives with, per Ben Thompson, still no AI strategy — while Facebook ships Muse, a full agent with a virtual machine that would need 27 million physical computers at Meta scale. And farewell to Bill Draper — among the first venture capitalists, first into Skype before his son Tim, a seeker of contrarian difference “a bit like AI now.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Co-Host</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the publisher of the <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The...</em></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b015400c/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b015400c/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Losing Dogmas, Winning Elections: Adam Jentleson on How Democrats Can Build a Lasting Supermajority</title>
      <itunes:episode>3033</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3033</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Losing Dogmas, Winning Elections: Adam Jentleson on How Democrats Can Build a Lasting Supermajority</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cd7f6e61-5985-4882-a430-67b206ef391e</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“One believes in democracy and the rule of law, and right now, the other doesn’t.” </em>— Adam Jentleson</p><p> </p><p>Yesterday, William Hitchcock <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/how-we-got-the-thirties-wrong?r=ktr9">explained</a> FDR’s ability to build and maintain supermajorities. Today, <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324092193">Adam Jentleson</a> — Harry Reid’s former deputy chief of staff and chief of staff to John Fetterman — talks about how the Democrats can build lasting power in the 21st century. The strategy is laid out in <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324092193"><em>Supermajority</em></a>, Jentleson’s follow-up to the acclaimed <em>Kill Switch</em>.</p><p> </p><p>Is the Democratic Party too woke? “We are still too rigid” is Jentleson’s euphemistic take on the dramatic class flip in American politics. JFK won two-thirds of working-class voters in 1960, Jentleson reminds us, while Kamala Harris lost two-thirds in 2024. His prescription is FDR-style heterodoxy. Dems need to hold to their core commitments (healthcare, the safety net, progressive taxation, civil rights) while broadening their base in red states. His examples of tent wideners include a Kansan megachurch pastor, a pro-drilling Alaskan candidate, and an Iowan hopeful whose flat “no” on trans sports silenced a right-wing radio host. The model for winning back the working class, Jentleson argues, is Bernie Sanders circa 2016, an economic populist, but to Hillary Clinton’s right on immigration and guns.</p><p> </p><p>The much maligned John Fetterman, Jentleson’s old boss, is the cautionary tale. It’s what happens, Jentleson warns, when the fighting “becomes the entire point” and a politician comes unmoored from principle. Jon Ossoff, Jentleson suggests, seems the anti-Fetterman in writing his own speeches and appearing authentic rather than opportunistic. Ossoff certainly isn’t FDR, but he might be the best chance the Dems have of defeating an increasingly authoritarian Republican party in 2028.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The FDR Lessons Nobody Tells. </strong>Picking up where yesterday’s Hitchcock episode left off: FDR built the New Deal supermajority not by bowling opponents over with progressive rhetoric but through a deeply heterodox coalition — including factions today’s Democrats would expel — and sold it in conservative wrappers: Social Security pitched as fiscally responsible and earned, not given (he railed against the dole in cabinet meetings). The uncomfortable ledger: FDR actively worked against every civil rights bill of his era to keep self-declared white supremacists in the tent — which means, Jentleson argues, that today’s trade-offs (a Kansas candidate with questions about trans sports, a border-security Democrat) “pale in comparison” to the compromises that built the twentieth century’s Democratic dominance. The Kansas case in point: megachurch pastor Adam Hamilton, running in a state Trump won by twenty points, holds the line on healthcare, the safety net, and progressive taxes — and the alternative to his heterodoxy is a MAGA senator.</p><p>•       <strong>Too Rigid, Not Too Woke. </strong>Asked the New Yorker’s question — is the party still too woke? — Jentleson answers with his own euphemistic diagnosis: “we are still too rigid.” The evidence is the class flip: JFK won about two-thirds of working-class voters; Harris lost about two-thirds, while the college-educated — once the party of Romney, Rockefeller, and Eisenhower — became the Democratic base. And the sociology cuts deep: education correlates with ideological rigidity, while working-class voters hold heterodox mixes — the focus-group regular who wants the 2008 CEOs jailed and undocumented immigrants deported in the same breath. Hence the echo-chamber problem (Andrew’s San Francisco testimony included): the decline of unions, parties, and Elks halls narrowed the aperture to funders and interest groups, and the Harris circle heard only itself. The fix costs nothing: choose diverse advisers, model good-faith disagreement — a preview of next week’s Susan Neiman conversation — and collect what Jentleson calls the electoral windfall waiting for whichever party does it first.</p><p>•       <strong>It’s Working Right Now. </strong>To Andrew’s two-state-solution objection — lovely in theory, impossible in practice — Jentleson answers from the November polls: Mary Peltola leading in Alaska (Trump +double digits) as a pro-drilling Democrat; James Talarico leading in Texas as a fossil-fuels-as-bridge Democrat; and Rob Sand in Iowa, whose flat “no” on a right-wing radio show — the host admitted he’d prepared follow-ups for the expected wriggle — took the wedge off the table and freed his anti-corruption message. As recently as 2009, he reminds us, Democrats held Senate seats in Arkansas, both Dakotas, Louisiana, and Montana. The forgotten exemplar: Bernie Sanders 2016 — economically populist but a 2007 immigration-bill no vote, “open borders is a Koch brothers proposal,” Lou Dobbs appearances, and gun rights to Hillary’s right — the heterodox mix that produced his crossover appeal, against Clinton’s across-the-board orthodoxy. Jentleson’s 2028 read: the primary won’t resolve for the left, and Ossoff, Cooper, and Peltola are the model — though he tips his hat to the DSA’s weeknight commitment to Robert’s Rules.</p><p>•       <strong>The Fetterman Cautionary Tale. </strong>The hour’s most personal stretch: Jentleson was John Fetterman’s chief of staff, and his verdict on his old boss — who cameoed at Trump’s convention this week — is that Fetterman shows what happens when the heterodox strategy is “taken too far”: the fighting “has become the entire point of his career,” unmoored from the principles that make divergence meaningful. On the Wall Street Journal’s reporting — the children’s hospital he refused to meet, the York police funerals he skipped — Jentleson wasn’t a source (“if you’re going to say something, you should say it on the record and put your name on it”) but confirms it “resonated with my experience.” His primary emotion: “sadness and regret… he’s letting a tremendous number of people down, including the people of Pennsylvania, who are basically down a senator.” The lesson for the book’s own thesis: heterodoxy is a powerful tool, and like all powerful tools it needs to stay rooted in why you entered politics at all — or it leads “to some dark places.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Vision Thing. </strong>Why supermajority and not Madisonian faction? Because, Jentleson argues, this era has something genuinely new: “the first time in American history where we have one political party that is entirely aligned with a sympathy towards authoritarianism” — not flashes like McCarthy or Father Coughlin (yesterday’s villain, returning), but a party whose convention this week featured Trump leading “a pledge to cheat in elections,” with no internal pushback. (FDR’s court-packing, by contrast, was the exception proving the rule: the system brushed him back in 1938.) Hence the pull quote — and yet democracy-talk alone doesn’t win: “Biden tried to run on soul of the nation… and it didn’t work.” The closing agreement, via Andrew’s wrapper argument: the New Deal and the Great Society were named visions; Clinton and Obama never articulated one. Jentleson’s candidate: finish FDR’s cradle-to-grave social insurance — wage insurance against AI’s disruptions, everything earned rather than handed out, aimed at bank accounts and the pump rather than the soul of the nation. And his 2028 intrigue, on the record: Jon Ossoff — the anti-Fetterman — who writes his own speeches, wins Georgia repeatedly, and conditioned aid to Israel early enou...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“One believes in democracy and the rule of law, and right now, the other doesn’t.” </em>— Adam Jentleson</p><p> </p><p>Yesterday, William Hitchcock <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/how-we-got-the-thirties-wrong?r=ktr9">explained</a> FDR’s ability to build and maintain supermajorities. Today, <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324092193">Adam Jentleson</a> — Harry Reid’s former deputy chief of staff and chief of staff to John Fetterman — talks about how the Democrats can build lasting power in the 21st century. The strategy is laid out in <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324092193"><em>Supermajority</em></a>, Jentleson’s follow-up to the acclaimed <em>Kill Switch</em>.</p><p> </p><p>Is the Democratic Party too woke? “We are still too rigid” is Jentleson’s euphemistic take on the dramatic class flip in American politics. JFK won two-thirds of working-class voters in 1960, Jentleson reminds us, while Kamala Harris lost two-thirds in 2024. His prescription is FDR-style heterodoxy. Dems need to hold to their core commitments (healthcare, the safety net, progressive taxation, civil rights) while broadening their base in red states. His examples of tent wideners include a Kansan megachurch pastor, a pro-drilling Alaskan candidate, and an Iowan hopeful whose flat “no” on trans sports silenced a right-wing radio host. The model for winning back the working class, Jentleson argues, is Bernie Sanders circa 2016, an economic populist, but to Hillary Clinton’s right on immigration and guns.</p><p> </p><p>The much maligned John Fetterman, Jentleson’s old boss, is the cautionary tale. It’s what happens, Jentleson warns, when the fighting “becomes the entire point” and a politician comes unmoored from principle. Jon Ossoff, Jentleson suggests, seems the anti-Fetterman in writing his own speeches and appearing authentic rather than opportunistic. Ossoff certainly isn’t FDR, but he might be the best chance the Dems have of defeating an increasingly authoritarian Republican party in 2028.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The FDR Lessons Nobody Tells. </strong>Picking up where yesterday’s Hitchcock episode left off: FDR built the New Deal supermajority not by bowling opponents over with progressive rhetoric but through a deeply heterodox coalition — including factions today’s Democrats would expel — and sold it in conservative wrappers: Social Security pitched as fiscally responsible and earned, not given (he railed against the dole in cabinet meetings). The uncomfortable ledger: FDR actively worked against every civil rights bill of his era to keep self-declared white supremacists in the tent — which means, Jentleson argues, that today’s trade-offs (a Kansas candidate with questions about trans sports, a border-security Democrat) “pale in comparison” to the compromises that built the twentieth century’s Democratic dominance. The Kansas case in point: megachurch pastor Adam Hamilton, running in a state Trump won by twenty points, holds the line on healthcare, the safety net, and progressive taxes — and the alternative to his heterodoxy is a MAGA senator.</p><p>•       <strong>Too Rigid, Not Too Woke. </strong>Asked the New Yorker’s question — is the party still too woke? — Jentleson answers with his own euphemistic diagnosis: “we are still too rigid.” The evidence is the class flip: JFK won about two-thirds of working-class voters; Harris lost about two-thirds, while the college-educated — once the party of Romney, Rockefeller, and Eisenhower — became the Democratic base. And the sociology cuts deep: education correlates with ideological rigidity, while working-class voters hold heterodox mixes — the focus-group regular who wants the 2008 CEOs jailed and undocumented immigrants deported in the same breath. Hence the echo-chamber problem (Andrew’s San Francisco testimony included): the decline of unions, parties, and Elks halls narrowed the aperture to funders and interest groups, and the Harris circle heard only itself. The fix costs nothing: choose diverse advisers, model good-faith disagreement — a preview of next week’s Susan Neiman conversation — and collect what Jentleson calls the electoral windfall waiting for whichever party does it first.</p><p>•       <strong>It’s Working Right Now. </strong>To Andrew’s two-state-solution objection — lovely in theory, impossible in practice — Jentleson answers from the November polls: Mary Peltola leading in Alaska (Trump +double digits) as a pro-drilling Democrat; James Talarico leading in Texas as a fossil-fuels-as-bridge Democrat; and Rob Sand in Iowa, whose flat “no” on a right-wing radio show — the host admitted he’d prepared follow-ups for the expected wriggle — took the wedge off the table and freed his anti-corruption message. As recently as 2009, he reminds us, Democrats held Senate seats in Arkansas, both Dakotas, Louisiana, and Montana. The forgotten exemplar: Bernie Sanders 2016 — economically populist but a 2007 immigration-bill no vote, “open borders is a Koch brothers proposal,” Lou Dobbs appearances, and gun rights to Hillary’s right — the heterodox mix that produced his crossover appeal, against Clinton’s across-the-board orthodoxy. Jentleson’s 2028 read: the primary won’t resolve for the left, and Ossoff, Cooper, and Peltola are the model — though he tips his hat to the DSA’s weeknight commitment to Robert’s Rules.</p><p>•       <strong>The Fetterman Cautionary Tale. </strong>The hour’s most personal stretch: Jentleson was John Fetterman’s chief of staff, and his verdict on his old boss — who cameoed at Trump’s convention this week — is that Fetterman shows what happens when the heterodox strategy is “taken too far”: the fighting “has become the entire point of his career,” unmoored from the principles that make divergence meaningful. On the Wall Street Journal’s reporting — the children’s hospital he refused to meet, the York police funerals he skipped — Jentleson wasn’t a source (“if you’re going to say something, you should say it on the record and put your name on it”) but confirms it “resonated with my experience.” His primary emotion: “sadness and regret… he’s letting a tremendous number of people down, including the people of Pennsylvania, who are basically down a senator.” The lesson for the book’s own thesis: heterodoxy is a powerful tool, and like all powerful tools it needs to stay rooted in why you entered politics at all — or it leads “to some dark places.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Vision Thing. </strong>Why supermajority and not Madisonian faction? Because, Jentleson argues, this era has something genuinely new: “the first time in American history where we have one political party that is entirely aligned with a sympathy towards authoritarianism” — not flashes like McCarthy or Father Coughlin (yesterday’s villain, returning), but a party whose convention this week featured Trump leading “a pledge to cheat in elections,” with no internal pushback. (FDR’s court-packing, by contrast, was the exception proving the rule: the system brushed him back in 1938.) Hence the pull quote — and yet democracy-talk alone doesn’t win: “Biden tried to run on soul of the nation… and it didn’t work.” The closing agreement, via Andrew’s wrapper argument: the New Deal and the Great Society were named visions; Clinton and Obama never articulated one. Jentleson’s candidate: finish FDR’s cradle-to-grave social insurance — wage insurance against AI’s disruptions, everything earned rather than handed out, aimed at bank accounts and the pump rather than the soul of the nation. And his 2028 intrigue, on the record: Jon Ossoff — the anti-Fetterman — who writes his own speeches, wins Georgia repeatedly, and conditioned aid to Israel early enou...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 12 Sep 2026 10:26:26 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/ff2f99f8/9204227c.mp3" length="46046695" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3465738" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/ff2f99f8/9204227c.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2LyEDmj4C0g">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/iZqg7zJL1B5tB6_gAqghZpwdLuPlLeuTh_aPebdElpU/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85NzAy/YzBiZDNkYjhhNTZk/NTRmMzJiNzM4MWIz/NDExYS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2874</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“One believes in democracy and the rule of law, and right now, the other doesn’t.” </em>— Adam Jentleson</p><p> </p><p>Yesterday, William Hitchcock <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/how-we-got-the-thirties-wrong?r=ktr9">explained</a> FDR’s ability to build and maintain supermajorities. Today, <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324092193">Adam Jentleson</a> — Harry Reid’s former deputy chief of staff and chief of staff to John Fetterman — talks about how the Democrats can build lasting power in the 21st century. The strategy is laid out in <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324092193"><em>Supermajority</em></a>, Jentleson’s follow-up to the acclaimed <em>Kill Switch</em>.</p><p> </p><p>Is the Democratic Party too woke? “We are still too rigid” is Jentleson’s euphemistic take on the dramatic class flip in American politics. JFK won two-thirds of working-class voters in 1960, Jentleson reminds us, while Kamala Harris lost two-thirds in 2024. His prescription is FDR-style heterodoxy. Dems need to hold to their core commitments (healthcare, the safety net, progressive taxation, civil rights) while broadening their base in red states. His examples of tent wideners include a Kansan megachurch pastor, a pro-drilling Alaskan candidate, and an Iowan hopeful whose flat “no” on trans sports silenced a right-wing radio host. The model for winning back the working class, Jentleson argues, is Bernie Sanders circa 2016, an economic populist, but to Hillary Clinton’s right on immigration and guns.</p><p> </p><p>The much maligned John Fetterman, Jentleson’s old boss, is the cautionary tale. It’s what happens, Jentleson warns, when the fighting “becomes the entire point” and a politician comes unmoored from principle. Jon Ossoff, Jentleson suggests, seems the anti-Fetterman in writing his own speeches and appearing authentic rather than opportunistic. Ossoff certainly isn’t FDR, but he might be the best chance the Dems have of defeating an increasingly authoritarian Republican party in 2028.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The FDR Lessons Nobody Tells. </strong>Picking up where yesterday’s Hitchcock episode left off: FDR built the New Deal supermajority not by bowling opponents over with progressive rhetoric but through a deeply heterodox coalition — including factions today’s Democrats would expel — and sold it in conservative wrappers: Social Security pitched as fiscally responsible and earned, not given (he railed against the dole in cabinet meetings). The uncomfortable ledger: FDR actively worked against every civil rights bill of his era to keep self-declared white supremacists in the tent — which means, Jentleson argues, that today’s trade-offs (a Kansas candidate with questions about trans sports, a border-security Democrat) “pale in comparison” to the compromises that built the twentieth century’s Democratic dominance. The Kansas case in point: megachurch pastor Adam Hamilton, running in a state Trump won by twenty points, holds the line on healthcare, the safety net, and progressive taxes — and the alternative to his heterodoxy is a MAGA senator.</p><p>•       <strong>Too Rigid, Not Too Woke. </strong>Asked the New Yorker’s question — is the party still too woke? — Jentleson answers with his own euphemistic diagnosis: “we are still too rigid.” The evidence is the class flip: JFK won about two-thirds of working-class voters; Harris lost about two-thirds, while the college-educated — once the party of Romney, Rockefeller, and Eisenhower — became the Democratic base. And the sociology cuts deep: education correlates with ideological rigidity, while working-class voters hold heterodox mixes — the focus-group regular who wants the 2008 CEOs jailed and undocumented immigrants deported in the same breath. Hence the echo-chamber problem (Andrew’s San Francisco testimony included): the decline of unions, parties, and Elks halls narrowed the aperture to funders and interest groups, and the Harris circle heard only itself. The fix costs nothing: choose diverse advisers, model good-faith disagreement — a preview of next week’s Susan Neiman conversation — and collect what Jentleson calls the electoral windfall waiting for whichever party does it first.</p><p>•       <strong>It’s Working Right Now. </strong>To Andrew’s two-state-solution objection — lovely in theory, impossible in practice — Jentleson answers from the November polls: Mary Peltola leading in Alaska (Trump +double digits) as a pro-drilling Democrat; James Talarico leading in Texas as a fossil-fuels-as-bridge Democrat; and Rob Sand in Iowa, whose flat “no” on a right-wing radio show — the host admitted he’d prepared follow-ups for the expected wriggle — took the wedge off the table and freed his anti-corruption message. As recently as 2009, he reminds us, Democrats held Senate seats in Arkansas, both Dakotas, Louisiana, and Montana. The forgotten exemplar: Bernie Sanders 2016 — economically populist but a 2007 immigration-bill no vote, “open borders is a Koch brothers proposal,” Lou Dobbs appearances, and gun rights to Hillary’s right — the heterodox mix that produced his crossover appeal, against Clinton’s across-the-board orthodoxy. Jentleson’s 2028 read: the primary won’t resolve for the left, and Ossoff, Cooper, and Peltola are the model — though he tips his hat to the DSA’s weeknight commitment to Robert’s Rules.</p><p>•       <strong>The Fetterman Cautionary Tale. </strong>The hour’s most personal stretch: Jentleson was John Fetterman’s chief of staff, and his verdict on his old boss — who cameoed at Trump’s convention this week — is that Fetterman shows what happens when the heterodox strategy is “taken too far”: the fighting “has become the entire point of his career,” unmoored from the principles that make divergence meaningful. On the Wall Street Journal’s reporting — the children’s hospital he refused to meet, the York police funerals he skipped — Jentleson wasn’t a source (“if you’re going to say something, you should say it on the record and put your name on it”) but confirms it “resonated with my experience.” His primary emotion: “sadness and regret… he’s letting a tremendous number of people down, including the people of Pennsylvania, who are basically down a senator.” The lesson for the book’s own thesis: heterodoxy is a powerful tool, and like all powerful tools it needs to stay rooted in why you entered politics at all — or it leads “to some dark places.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Vision Thing. </strong>Why supermajority and not Madisonian faction? Because, Jentleson argues, this era has something genuinely new: “the first time in American history where we have one political party that is entirely aligned with a sympathy towards authoritarianism” — not flashes like McCarthy or Father Coughlin (yesterday’s villain, returning), but a party whose convention this week featured Trump leading “a pledge to cheat in elections,” with no internal pushback. (FDR’s court-packing, by contrast, was the exception proving the rule: the system brushed him back in 1938.) Hence the pull quote — and yet democracy-talk alone doesn’t win: “Biden tried to run on soul of the nation… and it didn’t work.” The closing agreement, via Andrew’s wrapper argument: the New Deal and the Great Society were named visions; Clinton and Obama never articulated one. Jentleson’s candidate: finish FDR’s cradle-to-grave social insurance — wage insurance against AI’s disruptions, everything earned rather than handed out, aimed at bank accounts and the pump rather than the soul of the nation. And his 2028 intrigue, on the record: Jon Ossoff — the anti-Fetterman — who writes his own speeches, wins Georgia repeatedly, and conditioned aid to Israel early enou...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ff2f99f8/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ff2f99f8/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How We Got the Thirties Wrong: William Hitchcock on FDR, Fascism &amp; America’s World War II</title>
      <itunes:episode>3032</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3032</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How We Got the Thirties Wrong: William Hitchcock on FDR, Fascism &amp; America’s World War II</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bfad0a5f-9433-4ddf-8d01-4f40e0d92059</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We’ve taken our democratic functioning for granted, and we’ve forgotten what it looks like to actually have to fight for it.” </em>— William Hitchcock</p><p> </p><p>Today is the twenty-fifth anniversary of 9/11, and there’s a lot of sombre talk about the forever wars triggered by the attack. But sometimes, fighting evil might be necessary. So argues <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/authors/William-I-Hitchcock/30158525">William Hitchcock</a>, whose <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/authors/William-I-Hitchcock/30158525"><em>A Shadow Over the World</em></a> is a major new history of Franklin D. Roosevelt, the rise of fascism, and the making of American involvement in World War II.</p><p> </p><p>We got the thirties wrong, Hitchcock says. The conventional view is that an interventionist FDR was hamstrung by an isolationist American public. Thus the US’s tardy entry into the war. The truth, Hitchcock argues, is the opposite. Judging from the period’s magazines, radio, films, and plays, he finds that most Americans hated fascism and wanted to act, while Roosevelt wanted nothing to do with Europe until after Munich. Having become an interventionist, FDR managed the propaganda war with such trademark sophistication that “isolationist” and “appeasement” became the nastiest insults in Washington DC. So insulting, in fact, that American policy makers still deploy them today, with every adversary a new Hitler, every negotiation a new Munich.</p><p> </p><p>Because the isolationists ended up as history’s villains, Hitchcock says, we’ve back-projected a narrative in which the 1930s public had its head in the sand and FDR was the lone farsighted interventionist. So the real thirties — featuring a vibrant public conversation about America’s role in the world, with the public actually more anti-fascist than the president — has gotten buried under FDR’s own accomplished myth-making.</p><p> </p><p>And then there’s the F word. Are we back in fascist times? Is the 2020s a repeat of the 1930s? The UVA professor lives in Charlottesville, so it’s a particularly timely question for him. Hitchcock sees fascist behavior, he confesses, but not a fascist country. In the face of authoritarianism, he notes, America remains a vibrant democracy. Maybe that’s what the 2020s, with its public resistance to authoritarianism, has in common with the 1930s. History doesn’t repeat itself, as the line attributed to Mr America himself, Mark Twain, has it — but it rhymes.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We Got the Thirties Wrong. </strong>The book’s revisionist core, against libraries of Roosevelt biography: the standard story — an interventionist FDR hamstrung by an isolationist public — is backwards. From fresh research in the periodicals, radio speeches, films, and plays of 1930s political culture, Hitchcock finds an American public that hated fascism and wanted to do something, while Roosevelt wanted nothing to do with Europe or Asia from 1933 all the way to Munich in September 1938. His gift, once converted, was finding ways to act short of war — and then vilifying the isolationists so thoroughly that appeasement became the great sin — insults American policy makers still deploy today, with every adversary a new Hitler and every negotiation a new Munich. The thirties Americans were more sophisticated than the caricature: they struggled to fight fascism while avoiding war. The decade, Hitchcock insists, was not a cautionary tale of heads in the sand but “a time much like our own,” when Americans argued about the right role for their country in the world.</p><p>•       <strong>Coughlin, Not Lindbergh. </strong>The corrective to Philip Roth: The Plot Against America is a wonderful novel that overstates its villain. Lindbergh came late — speaking out only in 1940, joining America First in spring 1941, by which time “the table was set” and Roosevelt had won the war of ideas; polling showed two-thirds of Americans against Lindbergh’s views. The German American Bund, swastikas in Madison Square Garden notwithstanding, was small. Far more dangerous was Father Coughlin, the radio priest with millions of listeners undermining Roosevelt at every turn. The deeper discomfort: fascism was popular in America later than we like to admit — elites welcomed Mussolini in 1922, dictatorship carried no stigma, and Studebaker sold a sedan called the Dictator until 1937. (“Roth missed the trick,” Andrew noted. It should have been a Ford.) As for the New-Deal-as-fascism charge, leveled then and since: Roosevelt’s own answer — he was saving capitalism by making it fairer — holds, because fascism is not an economic program but war on enemies at home and abroad.</p><p>•       <strong>The Sheriff and the Same Tree. </strong>The South’s paradoxes, which deserve a book of their own. In Congress, southern Democrats — including Carter Glass of Virginia, among the most racist senators of a racist era — were ardent interventionists, not least because rearmament dollars flowed to southern military bases. Meanwhile African Americans were the first to recognize fascism, because they already lived under it: “he’s right here in our courthouse… He’s the sheriff. He’s the mayor” — Jim Crow and fascism, branches of the same tree, as the Black press argued years before Pearl Harbor. Hence A. Philip Randolph’s high-stakes poker in 1941: threatening a million-man march he might not have mustered, he extracted the executive order barring segregation in federally funded defense plants — the first federal lever of the modern civil rights era. The enduring puzzle Hitchcock presses on his disbelieving students: America fought and won the great war for democracy with a segregated army. And civil rights remains, in his verdict, one of the biggest stains on FDR’s reputation — Eleanor’s Black Cabinet notwithstanding.</p><p>•       <strong>The Making of a World Power. </strong>The trail of tears first: Abyssinia invaded, and America wouldn’t even embargo oil; Spain’s elected government denied weapons while the fascists poured in guns; the Anschluss, the Sudetenland, Munich — nothing. The switch, Hitchcock argues, came at Munich: Roosevelt grasped that American military weakness was itself the problem — nothing could deter Hitler’s testing — and by early 1939 the Neutrality Act was being unwound, billions were flowing into a new Navy (even isolationists loved a picket fence around the hemisphere), and 1940 brought peacetime conscription. The supporting cast makes the chapter: Martha Gellhorn’s letters from Spain — “a dress rehearsal of the coming conflict” — reaching FDR through Eleanor; the loathed Chamberlain (“there’s one thing Roosevelt couldn’t stand — condescending Europeans”); the Stalin gamble that made him look a fool at the pact and a prophet at Lend-Lease; and Dorothy Thompson, the Republican journalist expelled by the Gestapo, whose Herald Tribune columns FDR’s speechwriters lifted by the page. And then Hollywood’s convergence: Casablanca — written after its playwright visited Vichy France to rescue his wife’s Jewish family — with Rick as Roosevelt, hesitating in a cafe called White House until he joins the fight, in theaters just as GIs landed in North Africa.</p><p>•       <strong>Not at Midnight Yet. </strong>The 2026 lessons, delivered from Charlottesville — Exhibit A, where 2017’s riot was “the kind of thing you could have seen in Weimar Germany.” First: normalization is the danger — the salami tactics of fascists mean “if they can get away with a little slice, they’ll keep slicing,” and the thirties’ sin was depicting Mussolini as harmless. Second: the demonizing instinct should be resisted — pressed on Susan Neiman’s forthcoming Ca...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We’ve taken our democratic functioning for granted, and we’ve forgotten what it looks like to actually have to fight for it.” </em>— William Hitchcock</p><p> </p><p>Today is the twenty-fifth anniversary of 9/11, and there’s a lot of sombre talk about the forever wars triggered by the attack. But sometimes, fighting evil might be necessary. So argues <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/authors/William-I-Hitchcock/30158525">William Hitchcock</a>, whose <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/authors/William-I-Hitchcock/30158525"><em>A Shadow Over the World</em></a> is a major new history of Franklin D. Roosevelt, the rise of fascism, and the making of American involvement in World War II.</p><p> </p><p>We got the thirties wrong, Hitchcock says. The conventional view is that an interventionist FDR was hamstrung by an isolationist American public. Thus the US’s tardy entry into the war. The truth, Hitchcock argues, is the opposite. Judging from the period’s magazines, radio, films, and plays, he finds that most Americans hated fascism and wanted to act, while Roosevelt wanted nothing to do with Europe until after Munich. Having become an interventionist, FDR managed the propaganda war with such trademark sophistication that “isolationist” and “appeasement” became the nastiest insults in Washington DC. So insulting, in fact, that American policy makers still deploy them today, with every adversary a new Hitler, every negotiation a new Munich.</p><p> </p><p>Because the isolationists ended up as history’s villains, Hitchcock says, we’ve back-projected a narrative in which the 1930s public had its head in the sand and FDR was the lone farsighted interventionist. So the real thirties — featuring a vibrant public conversation about America’s role in the world, with the public actually more anti-fascist than the president — has gotten buried under FDR’s own accomplished myth-making.</p><p> </p><p>And then there’s the F word. Are we back in fascist times? Is the 2020s a repeat of the 1930s? The UVA professor lives in Charlottesville, so it’s a particularly timely question for him. Hitchcock sees fascist behavior, he confesses, but not a fascist country. In the face of authoritarianism, he notes, America remains a vibrant democracy. Maybe that’s what the 2020s, with its public resistance to authoritarianism, has in common with the 1930s. History doesn’t repeat itself, as the line attributed to Mr America himself, Mark Twain, has it — but it rhymes.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We Got the Thirties Wrong. </strong>The book’s revisionist core, against libraries of Roosevelt biography: the standard story — an interventionist FDR hamstrung by an isolationist public — is backwards. From fresh research in the periodicals, radio speeches, films, and plays of 1930s political culture, Hitchcock finds an American public that hated fascism and wanted to do something, while Roosevelt wanted nothing to do with Europe or Asia from 1933 all the way to Munich in September 1938. His gift, once converted, was finding ways to act short of war — and then vilifying the isolationists so thoroughly that appeasement became the great sin — insults American policy makers still deploy today, with every adversary a new Hitler and every negotiation a new Munich. The thirties Americans were more sophisticated than the caricature: they struggled to fight fascism while avoiding war. The decade, Hitchcock insists, was not a cautionary tale of heads in the sand but “a time much like our own,” when Americans argued about the right role for their country in the world.</p><p>•       <strong>Coughlin, Not Lindbergh. </strong>The corrective to Philip Roth: The Plot Against America is a wonderful novel that overstates its villain. Lindbergh came late — speaking out only in 1940, joining America First in spring 1941, by which time “the table was set” and Roosevelt had won the war of ideas; polling showed two-thirds of Americans against Lindbergh’s views. The German American Bund, swastikas in Madison Square Garden notwithstanding, was small. Far more dangerous was Father Coughlin, the radio priest with millions of listeners undermining Roosevelt at every turn. The deeper discomfort: fascism was popular in America later than we like to admit — elites welcomed Mussolini in 1922, dictatorship carried no stigma, and Studebaker sold a sedan called the Dictator until 1937. (“Roth missed the trick,” Andrew noted. It should have been a Ford.) As for the New-Deal-as-fascism charge, leveled then and since: Roosevelt’s own answer — he was saving capitalism by making it fairer — holds, because fascism is not an economic program but war on enemies at home and abroad.</p><p>•       <strong>The Sheriff and the Same Tree. </strong>The South’s paradoxes, which deserve a book of their own. In Congress, southern Democrats — including Carter Glass of Virginia, among the most racist senators of a racist era — were ardent interventionists, not least because rearmament dollars flowed to southern military bases. Meanwhile African Americans were the first to recognize fascism, because they already lived under it: “he’s right here in our courthouse… He’s the sheriff. He’s the mayor” — Jim Crow and fascism, branches of the same tree, as the Black press argued years before Pearl Harbor. Hence A. Philip Randolph’s high-stakes poker in 1941: threatening a million-man march he might not have mustered, he extracted the executive order barring segregation in federally funded defense plants — the first federal lever of the modern civil rights era. The enduring puzzle Hitchcock presses on his disbelieving students: America fought and won the great war for democracy with a segregated army. And civil rights remains, in his verdict, one of the biggest stains on FDR’s reputation — Eleanor’s Black Cabinet notwithstanding.</p><p>•       <strong>The Making of a World Power. </strong>The trail of tears first: Abyssinia invaded, and America wouldn’t even embargo oil; Spain’s elected government denied weapons while the fascists poured in guns; the Anschluss, the Sudetenland, Munich — nothing. The switch, Hitchcock argues, came at Munich: Roosevelt grasped that American military weakness was itself the problem — nothing could deter Hitler’s testing — and by early 1939 the Neutrality Act was being unwound, billions were flowing into a new Navy (even isolationists loved a picket fence around the hemisphere), and 1940 brought peacetime conscription. The supporting cast makes the chapter: Martha Gellhorn’s letters from Spain — “a dress rehearsal of the coming conflict” — reaching FDR through Eleanor; the loathed Chamberlain (“there’s one thing Roosevelt couldn’t stand — condescending Europeans”); the Stalin gamble that made him look a fool at the pact and a prophet at Lend-Lease; and Dorothy Thompson, the Republican journalist expelled by the Gestapo, whose Herald Tribune columns FDR’s speechwriters lifted by the page. And then Hollywood’s convergence: Casablanca — written after its playwright visited Vichy France to rescue his wife’s Jewish family — with Rick as Roosevelt, hesitating in a cafe called White House until he joins the fight, in theaters just as GIs landed in North Africa.</p><p>•       <strong>Not at Midnight Yet. </strong>The 2026 lessons, delivered from Charlottesville — Exhibit A, where 2017’s riot was “the kind of thing you could have seen in Weimar Germany.” First: normalization is the danger — the salami tactics of fascists mean “if they can get away with a little slice, they’ll keep slicing,” and the thirties’ sin was depicting Mussolini as harmless. Second: the demonizing instinct should be resisted — pressed on Susan Neiman’s forthcoming Ca...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Sep 2026 08:02:11 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/0b0be3fd/fbae0aa0.mp3" length="57368878" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3417056" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/0b0be3fd/fbae0aa0.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NKpu42XD4rg">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/k7j87pbQDtpAIvlhDFiUgI8bEqHmE7Cy9V0dL2EVlbY/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xYjNh/NjM4YmI5ZTc2ZmRm/MjAyOTllOTZmYjUw/M2NmYy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3582</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We’ve taken our democratic functioning for granted, and we’ve forgotten what it looks like to actually have to fight for it.” </em>— William Hitchcock</p><p> </p><p>Today is the twenty-fifth anniversary of 9/11, and there’s a lot of sombre talk about the forever wars triggered by the attack. But sometimes, fighting evil might be necessary. So argues <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/authors/William-I-Hitchcock/30158525">William Hitchcock</a>, whose <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/authors/William-I-Hitchcock/30158525"><em>A Shadow Over the World</em></a> is a major new history of Franklin D. Roosevelt, the rise of fascism, and the making of American involvement in World War II.</p><p> </p><p>We got the thirties wrong, Hitchcock says. The conventional view is that an interventionist FDR was hamstrung by an isolationist American public. Thus the US’s tardy entry into the war. The truth, Hitchcock argues, is the opposite. Judging from the period’s magazines, radio, films, and plays, he finds that most Americans hated fascism and wanted to act, while Roosevelt wanted nothing to do with Europe until after Munich. Having become an interventionist, FDR managed the propaganda war with such trademark sophistication that “isolationist” and “appeasement” became the nastiest insults in Washington DC. So insulting, in fact, that American policy makers still deploy them today, with every adversary a new Hitler, every negotiation a new Munich.</p><p> </p><p>Because the isolationists ended up as history’s villains, Hitchcock says, we’ve back-projected a narrative in which the 1930s public had its head in the sand and FDR was the lone farsighted interventionist. So the real thirties — featuring a vibrant public conversation about America’s role in the world, with the public actually more anti-fascist than the president — has gotten buried under FDR’s own accomplished myth-making.</p><p> </p><p>And then there’s the F word. Are we back in fascist times? Is the 2020s a repeat of the 1930s? The UVA professor lives in Charlottesville, so it’s a particularly timely question for him. Hitchcock sees fascist behavior, he confesses, but not a fascist country. In the face of authoritarianism, he notes, America remains a vibrant democracy. Maybe that’s what the 2020s, with its public resistance to authoritarianism, has in common with the 1930s. History doesn’t repeat itself, as the line attributed to Mr America himself, Mark Twain, has it — but it rhymes.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We Got the Thirties Wrong. </strong>The book’s revisionist core, against libraries of Roosevelt biography: the standard story — an interventionist FDR hamstrung by an isolationist public — is backwards. From fresh research in the periodicals, radio speeches, films, and plays of 1930s political culture, Hitchcock finds an American public that hated fascism and wanted to do something, while Roosevelt wanted nothing to do with Europe or Asia from 1933 all the way to Munich in September 1938. His gift, once converted, was finding ways to act short of war — and then vilifying the isolationists so thoroughly that appeasement became the great sin — insults American policy makers still deploy today, with every adversary a new Hitler and every negotiation a new Munich. The thirties Americans were more sophisticated than the caricature: they struggled to fight fascism while avoiding war. The decade, Hitchcock insists, was not a cautionary tale of heads in the sand but “a time much like our own,” when Americans argued about the right role for their country in the world.</p><p>•       <strong>Coughlin, Not Lindbergh. </strong>The corrective to Philip Roth: The Plot Against America is a wonderful novel that overstates its villain. Lindbergh came late — speaking out only in 1940, joining America First in spring 1941, by which time “the table was set” and Roosevelt had won the war of ideas; polling showed two-thirds of Americans against Lindbergh’s views. The German American Bund, swastikas in Madison Square Garden notwithstanding, was small. Far more dangerous was Father Coughlin, the radio priest with millions of listeners undermining Roosevelt at every turn. The deeper discomfort: fascism was popular in America later than we like to admit — elites welcomed Mussolini in 1922, dictatorship carried no stigma, and Studebaker sold a sedan called the Dictator until 1937. (“Roth missed the trick,” Andrew noted. It should have been a Ford.) As for the New-Deal-as-fascism charge, leveled then and since: Roosevelt’s own answer — he was saving capitalism by making it fairer — holds, because fascism is not an economic program but war on enemies at home and abroad.</p><p>•       <strong>The Sheriff and the Same Tree. </strong>The South’s paradoxes, which deserve a book of their own. In Congress, southern Democrats — including Carter Glass of Virginia, among the most racist senators of a racist era — were ardent interventionists, not least because rearmament dollars flowed to southern military bases. Meanwhile African Americans were the first to recognize fascism, because they already lived under it: “he’s right here in our courthouse… He’s the sheriff. He’s the mayor” — Jim Crow and fascism, branches of the same tree, as the Black press argued years before Pearl Harbor. Hence A. Philip Randolph’s high-stakes poker in 1941: threatening a million-man march he might not have mustered, he extracted the executive order barring segregation in federally funded defense plants — the first federal lever of the modern civil rights era. The enduring puzzle Hitchcock presses on his disbelieving students: America fought and won the great war for democracy with a segregated army. And civil rights remains, in his verdict, one of the biggest stains on FDR’s reputation — Eleanor’s Black Cabinet notwithstanding.</p><p>•       <strong>The Making of a World Power. </strong>The trail of tears first: Abyssinia invaded, and America wouldn’t even embargo oil; Spain’s elected government denied weapons while the fascists poured in guns; the Anschluss, the Sudetenland, Munich — nothing. The switch, Hitchcock argues, came at Munich: Roosevelt grasped that American military weakness was itself the problem — nothing could deter Hitler’s testing — and by early 1939 the Neutrality Act was being unwound, billions were flowing into a new Navy (even isolationists loved a picket fence around the hemisphere), and 1940 brought peacetime conscription. The supporting cast makes the chapter: Martha Gellhorn’s letters from Spain — “a dress rehearsal of the coming conflict” — reaching FDR through Eleanor; the loathed Chamberlain (“there’s one thing Roosevelt couldn’t stand — condescending Europeans”); the Stalin gamble that made him look a fool at the pact and a prophet at Lend-Lease; and Dorothy Thompson, the Republican journalist expelled by the Gestapo, whose Herald Tribune columns FDR’s speechwriters lifted by the page. And then Hollywood’s convergence: Casablanca — written after its playwright visited Vichy France to rescue his wife’s Jewish family — with Rick as Roosevelt, hesitating in a cafe called White House until he joins the fight, in theaters just as GIs landed in North Africa.</p><p>•       <strong>Not at Midnight Yet. </strong>The 2026 lessons, delivered from Charlottesville — Exhibit A, where 2017’s riot was “the kind of thing you could have seen in Weimar Germany.” First: normalization is the danger — the salami tactics of fascists mean “if they can get away with a little slice, they’ll keep slicing,” and the thirties’ sin was depicting Mussolini as harmless. Second: the demonizing instinct should be resisted — pressed on Susan Neiman’s forthcoming Ca...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0b0be3fd/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0b0be3fd/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>America's New Forever War? Yonah Jeremy Bob on the US-Israeli Conflict With Iran</title>
      <itunes:episode>3031</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3031</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>America's New Forever War? Yonah Jeremy Bob on the US-Israeli Conflict With Iran</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14a39623-8c9e-4620-8584-e6ca10508b77</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I’m a military correspondent, but I would be totally happy if there was world peace and I had to change jobs.” </em>— Yonah Jeremy Bob</p><p> </p><p>Oil hit $100 a barrel (again) today. Donald Trump confessed, with uncharacteristic honesty, that the Iran war won’t end until after the November elections. And while Israel’s war with Iran ended back in April, America’s hasn’t, with the US and Iran shooting at each other most of the time since February. So, with the 25th anniversary of 9/11 tomorrow, is this about to become America’s new forever war?</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/In-the-War-Room/Yonah-Jeremy-Bob/9798895654804">Yonah Jeremy Bob</a> is the senior military correspondent at <em>The Jerusalem Post</em> and co-author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/In-the-War-Room/Yonah-Jeremy-Bob/9798895654804"><em>In the War Room</em></a>, the inside story of Israel’s fight against the Iranian “axis.” The Baltimore-born and Jerusalem-based journalist confesses that he watches this conflict with “two brains.” For Israelis of both left and right, it’s a war of survival. His US brain, however, has the more down-to-earth reading of a conflict that offers no existential threat.</p><p> </p><p>So is this the new forever war? America after 9/11 “was at war for about a decade,” Bob responds. A nation in post-traumatic shock. A quarter of a century later, most Americans think of today’s Iran war in terms of domestic gas prices. Thus Trump’s presentation of the conflict in the context of an election calendar is not a forever war. Like all things Trumpian, it’s just another transactional campaign. As for the senior military correspondent himself, he’d be totally happy, Bob confesses, if world peace put him out of a job.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Split Screen. </strong>Bob — Baltimore-born, Jerusalem-based — says he watches this war with two brains, and they see different wars. The American brain sees a US-Iran conflict that hasn’t stopped: strikes, sabotage, and bombing traded almost nonstop since February 28. The Israeli brain sees a war that ended on April 7 — one 24-hour exception aside — leaving Israel calmer about Iran than Washington is. What actually agitates Israelis this week is diplomatic: Britain and a dozen mostly European countries (plus Canada) sanctioning the West Bank — not Israel proper, but a stain and a loss all the same. On Witkoff and Kushner, whom Ed Luce’s FT column accused of “blind amateurism,” Bob’s ledger is mixed: genuine credit for ending the Israel-Hamas war in October 2025 and bringing home all 250 hostages — the war’s forgotten center of gravity for most Israelis — against failure to close any Iran nuclear deal and near-nothing on Ukraine.</p><p>•       <strong>The Transactional Ally. </strong>Bob’s three-level model of the Trump-Netanyahu relationship: lower-official criticism gets ignored; a direct Trump request gets “yes, but”; and a genuine Trump threat gets obeyed — every time. The astonishing exhibit: Israeli aircraft already en route to bomb Iran, recalled mid-flight after Trump tweeted “those aircraft better come back.” Bob can list three or four such episodes; Netanyahu backed off in all of them, because American support is more essential now than ever — which is the second story: Israel’s worst diplomatic isolation in decades, with bipartisan American support frayed and Europe largely gone. The counterweights: India, whose closeness to Israel — military, intelligence, and AI agreements — has never been higher, and the UAE, now closer to Israel than Egypt or Jordan. The original Abraham Accords held through the war; the grand prize didn’t — MBS was publicly “weeks away” from normalization in September 2023, and stopping that clock, Bob believes, is very possibly why Sinwar invaded when he did.</p><p>•       <strong>The Book Bibi Doesn’t Like. </strong>In the War Room’s revisionist core: the early-war Netanyahu was the hesitant man in the room — it took roughly three weeks for the rest of the war cabinet to convince him to invade Gaza at all, consistent with a career of avoiding big ground operations — until, with victories in northern Gaza and Khan Younis behind him, he flipped in spring 2024 into the war room’s most aggressive member, pressing on to Hezbollah and Iran as his own defense chiefs turned toward ending it. Netanyahu, Bob reports dryly, dislikes exactly those chapters: “we’re in touch… we got an earful” — from both political directions, which the authors take as evidence they nailed it. On October 7 itself: warnings — including one relayed from the UAE — were ignored by everyone, Netanyahu, the IDF’s Halevi, and the Shin Bet’s Bar alike, all captive to the concept that Hamas was deterred; Bob’s author’s note says all of them should have resigned, as their 1973 predecessors did. The conspiracy theory that Bibi wanted the invasion gets “an unequivocal no.”</p><p>•       <strong>Between Genocide and Mistakes. </strong>Andrew put Al Jazeera’s headline to him directly, and Bob — Boston University Law before journalism — answered as a lawyer: on genocide, “unequivocally no,” for want of intent (Bret Stephens’s point: a state that wanted genocide had the bombs to commit it in weeks, and wouldn’t have spent the war moving civilians out of the way). Then he did the arithmetic against his own side’s comfort: of roughly 70,000 dead, about 25,000 were Hamas and 3,000–5,000 were killed by Hamas itself — leaving 35,000 to 45,000 Palestinian civilians. “I think that’s too much.” The army has 150 criminal probes and some 3,000 disciplinary ones open; the World Central Kitchen strike — armed figures misread as Hamas boarding the trucks — stands as his anatomy of a terrible mistake that may yet be prosecuted as gross negligence. The insiders he talks to are genuinely sad about the civilian toll, and on the settlers he goes on record for the brass: top IDF and Shin Bet officials say the police under Itamar Ben-Gvir simply won’t crack down on Jewish extremist violence in the West Bank. “I point the mean finger at” Ben-Gvir — their words, he says, sounded out to the world.</p><p>•       <strong>The Nuclear Scorecard — and the Clock. </strong>His Jerusalem Post exclusive, summarized: what triggered June 2025 wasn’t just enriched uranium (Iran had ten weapons’ worth for years) but progress on the “weapons group” — the metallurgy and hemispheres needed to put a warhead on a missile. Today that weapons work is destroyed or inoperable, the vast majority of Iran’s 20,000 centrifuges are gone, and the 60-percent uranium sits under bombed rubble, watched by intelligence services Bob judges too deeply embedded for Iran to move it unseen. Rebuild in one to three years? Theoretically — if Israel and America fall asleep. The strategic errors he’d correct: selling regime change (the IRGC and Basij command hundreds of thousands of hardcore supporters; the messaging failure is now “an element of the current elections”) — and the split verdict stands: Israel’s war succeeded on its existential terms; America’s depends on Hormuz and the program’s end. On 9/11’s eve, his forever-war answer: America itself “was at war for about a decade” after the towers fell, but this one has a clock — Americans feel gas prices, not danger. And the sign-off: a military correspondent who’d be totally happy if world peace cost him the job.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/In-the-War-Room/Yonah-Jeremy-Bob/9798895654804">Yonah Jeremy Bob</a> is the senior military correspondent and analyst at The Jerusalem Post, with unparalleled access to top...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I’m a military correspondent, but I would be totally happy if there was world peace and I had to change jobs.” </em>— Yonah Jeremy Bob</p><p> </p><p>Oil hit $100 a barrel (again) today. Donald Trump confessed, with uncharacteristic honesty, that the Iran war won’t end until after the November elections. And while Israel’s war with Iran ended back in April, America’s hasn’t, with the US and Iran shooting at each other most of the time since February. So, with the 25th anniversary of 9/11 tomorrow, is this about to become America’s new forever war?</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/In-the-War-Room/Yonah-Jeremy-Bob/9798895654804">Yonah Jeremy Bob</a> is the senior military correspondent at <em>The Jerusalem Post</em> and co-author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/In-the-War-Room/Yonah-Jeremy-Bob/9798895654804"><em>In the War Room</em></a>, the inside story of Israel’s fight against the Iranian “axis.” The Baltimore-born and Jerusalem-based journalist confesses that he watches this conflict with “two brains.” For Israelis of both left and right, it’s a war of survival. His US brain, however, has the more down-to-earth reading of a conflict that offers no existential threat.</p><p> </p><p>So is this the new forever war? America after 9/11 “was at war for about a decade,” Bob responds. A nation in post-traumatic shock. A quarter of a century later, most Americans think of today’s Iran war in terms of domestic gas prices. Thus Trump’s presentation of the conflict in the context of an election calendar is not a forever war. Like all things Trumpian, it’s just another transactional campaign. As for the senior military correspondent himself, he’d be totally happy, Bob confesses, if world peace put him out of a job.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Split Screen. </strong>Bob — Baltimore-born, Jerusalem-based — says he watches this war with two brains, and they see different wars. The American brain sees a US-Iran conflict that hasn’t stopped: strikes, sabotage, and bombing traded almost nonstop since February 28. The Israeli brain sees a war that ended on April 7 — one 24-hour exception aside — leaving Israel calmer about Iran than Washington is. What actually agitates Israelis this week is diplomatic: Britain and a dozen mostly European countries (plus Canada) sanctioning the West Bank — not Israel proper, but a stain and a loss all the same. On Witkoff and Kushner, whom Ed Luce’s FT column accused of “blind amateurism,” Bob’s ledger is mixed: genuine credit for ending the Israel-Hamas war in October 2025 and bringing home all 250 hostages — the war’s forgotten center of gravity for most Israelis — against failure to close any Iran nuclear deal and near-nothing on Ukraine.</p><p>•       <strong>The Transactional Ally. </strong>Bob’s three-level model of the Trump-Netanyahu relationship: lower-official criticism gets ignored; a direct Trump request gets “yes, but”; and a genuine Trump threat gets obeyed — every time. The astonishing exhibit: Israeli aircraft already en route to bomb Iran, recalled mid-flight after Trump tweeted “those aircraft better come back.” Bob can list three or four such episodes; Netanyahu backed off in all of them, because American support is more essential now than ever — which is the second story: Israel’s worst diplomatic isolation in decades, with bipartisan American support frayed and Europe largely gone. The counterweights: India, whose closeness to Israel — military, intelligence, and AI agreements — has never been higher, and the UAE, now closer to Israel than Egypt or Jordan. The original Abraham Accords held through the war; the grand prize didn’t — MBS was publicly “weeks away” from normalization in September 2023, and stopping that clock, Bob believes, is very possibly why Sinwar invaded when he did.</p><p>•       <strong>The Book Bibi Doesn’t Like. </strong>In the War Room’s revisionist core: the early-war Netanyahu was the hesitant man in the room — it took roughly three weeks for the rest of the war cabinet to convince him to invade Gaza at all, consistent with a career of avoiding big ground operations — until, with victories in northern Gaza and Khan Younis behind him, he flipped in spring 2024 into the war room’s most aggressive member, pressing on to Hezbollah and Iran as his own defense chiefs turned toward ending it. Netanyahu, Bob reports dryly, dislikes exactly those chapters: “we’re in touch… we got an earful” — from both political directions, which the authors take as evidence they nailed it. On October 7 itself: warnings — including one relayed from the UAE — were ignored by everyone, Netanyahu, the IDF’s Halevi, and the Shin Bet’s Bar alike, all captive to the concept that Hamas was deterred; Bob’s author’s note says all of them should have resigned, as their 1973 predecessors did. The conspiracy theory that Bibi wanted the invasion gets “an unequivocal no.”</p><p>•       <strong>Between Genocide and Mistakes. </strong>Andrew put Al Jazeera’s headline to him directly, and Bob — Boston University Law before journalism — answered as a lawyer: on genocide, “unequivocally no,” for want of intent (Bret Stephens’s point: a state that wanted genocide had the bombs to commit it in weeks, and wouldn’t have spent the war moving civilians out of the way). Then he did the arithmetic against his own side’s comfort: of roughly 70,000 dead, about 25,000 were Hamas and 3,000–5,000 were killed by Hamas itself — leaving 35,000 to 45,000 Palestinian civilians. “I think that’s too much.” The army has 150 criminal probes and some 3,000 disciplinary ones open; the World Central Kitchen strike — armed figures misread as Hamas boarding the trucks — stands as his anatomy of a terrible mistake that may yet be prosecuted as gross negligence. The insiders he talks to are genuinely sad about the civilian toll, and on the settlers he goes on record for the brass: top IDF and Shin Bet officials say the police under Itamar Ben-Gvir simply won’t crack down on Jewish extremist violence in the West Bank. “I point the mean finger at” Ben-Gvir — their words, he says, sounded out to the world.</p><p>•       <strong>The Nuclear Scorecard — and the Clock. </strong>His Jerusalem Post exclusive, summarized: what triggered June 2025 wasn’t just enriched uranium (Iran had ten weapons’ worth for years) but progress on the “weapons group” — the metallurgy and hemispheres needed to put a warhead on a missile. Today that weapons work is destroyed or inoperable, the vast majority of Iran’s 20,000 centrifuges are gone, and the 60-percent uranium sits under bombed rubble, watched by intelligence services Bob judges too deeply embedded for Iran to move it unseen. Rebuild in one to three years? Theoretically — if Israel and America fall asleep. The strategic errors he’d correct: selling regime change (the IRGC and Basij command hundreds of thousands of hardcore supporters; the messaging failure is now “an element of the current elections”) — and the split verdict stands: Israel’s war succeeded on its existential terms; America’s depends on Hormuz and the program’s end. On 9/11’s eve, his forever-war answer: America itself “was at war for about a decade” after the towers fell, but this one has a clock — Americans feel gas prices, not danger. And the sign-off: a military correspondent who’d be totally happy if world peace cost him the job.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/In-the-War-Room/Yonah-Jeremy-Bob/9798895654804">Yonah Jeremy Bob</a> is the senior military correspondent and analyst at The Jerusalem Post, with unparalleled access to top...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Sep 2026 12:22:23 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/a6209e2f/02b65175.mp3" length="54035523" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3457248" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/a6209e2f/02b65175.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3Idn__Z1hi8">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/HobfjOUxMymR0MjgmgiS0KEYCcmEzgrtQiJuWyaXj98/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8yMjc0/NDJhOGNjODEyODVl/NzRmOGE3ZTAzMWE3/ZTI5OC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3374</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I’m a military correspondent, but I would be totally happy if there was world peace and I had to change jobs.” </em>— Yonah Jeremy Bob</p><p> </p><p>Oil hit $100 a barrel (again) today. Donald Trump confessed, with uncharacteristic honesty, that the Iran war won’t end until after the November elections. And while Israel’s war with Iran ended back in April, America’s hasn’t, with the US and Iran shooting at each other most of the time since February. So, with the 25th anniversary of 9/11 tomorrow, is this about to become America’s new forever war?</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/In-the-War-Room/Yonah-Jeremy-Bob/9798895654804">Yonah Jeremy Bob</a> is the senior military correspondent at <em>The Jerusalem Post</em> and co-author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/In-the-War-Room/Yonah-Jeremy-Bob/9798895654804"><em>In the War Room</em></a>, the inside story of Israel’s fight against the Iranian “axis.” The Baltimore-born and Jerusalem-based journalist confesses that he watches this conflict with “two brains.” For Israelis of both left and right, it’s a war of survival. His US brain, however, has the more down-to-earth reading of a conflict that offers no existential threat.</p><p> </p><p>So is this the new forever war? America after 9/11 “was at war for about a decade,” Bob responds. A nation in post-traumatic shock. A quarter of a century later, most Americans think of today’s Iran war in terms of domestic gas prices. Thus Trump’s presentation of the conflict in the context of an election calendar is not a forever war. Like all things Trumpian, it’s just another transactional campaign. As for the senior military correspondent himself, he’d be totally happy, Bob confesses, if world peace put him out of a job.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Split Screen. </strong>Bob — Baltimore-born, Jerusalem-based — says he watches this war with two brains, and they see different wars. The American brain sees a US-Iran conflict that hasn’t stopped: strikes, sabotage, and bombing traded almost nonstop since February 28. The Israeli brain sees a war that ended on April 7 — one 24-hour exception aside — leaving Israel calmer about Iran than Washington is. What actually agitates Israelis this week is diplomatic: Britain and a dozen mostly European countries (plus Canada) sanctioning the West Bank — not Israel proper, but a stain and a loss all the same. On Witkoff and Kushner, whom Ed Luce’s FT column accused of “blind amateurism,” Bob’s ledger is mixed: genuine credit for ending the Israel-Hamas war in October 2025 and bringing home all 250 hostages — the war’s forgotten center of gravity for most Israelis — against failure to close any Iran nuclear deal and near-nothing on Ukraine.</p><p>•       <strong>The Transactional Ally. </strong>Bob’s three-level model of the Trump-Netanyahu relationship: lower-official criticism gets ignored; a direct Trump request gets “yes, but”; and a genuine Trump threat gets obeyed — every time. The astonishing exhibit: Israeli aircraft already en route to bomb Iran, recalled mid-flight after Trump tweeted “those aircraft better come back.” Bob can list three or four such episodes; Netanyahu backed off in all of them, because American support is more essential now than ever — which is the second story: Israel’s worst diplomatic isolation in decades, with bipartisan American support frayed and Europe largely gone. The counterweights: India, whose closeness to Israel — military, intelligence, and AI agreements — has never been higher, and the UAE, now closer to Israel than Egypt or Jordan. The original Abraham Accords held through the war; the grand prize didn’t — MBS was publicly “weeks away” from normalization in September 2023, and stopping that clock, Bob believes, is very possibly why Sinwar invaded when he did.</p><p>•       <strong>The Book Bibi Doesn’t Like. </strong>In the War Room’s revisionist core: the early-war Netanyahu was the hesitant man in the room — it took roughly three weeks for the rest of the war cabinet to convince him to invade Gaza at all, consistent with a career of avoiding big ground operations — until, with victories in northern Gaza and Khan Younis behind him, he flipped in spring 2024 into the war room’s most aggressive member, pressing on to Hezbollah and Iran as his own defense chiefs turned toward ending it. Netanyahu, Bob reports dryly, dislikes exactly those chapters: “we’re in touch… we got an earful” — from both political directions, which the authors take as evidence they nailed it. On October 7 itself: warnings — including one relayed from the UAE — were ignored by everyone, Netanyahu, the IDF’s Halevi, and the Shin Bet’s Bar alike, all captive to the concept that Hamas was deterred; Bob’s author’s note says all of them should have resigned, as their 1973 predecessors did. The conspiracy theory that Bibi wanted the invasion gets “an unequivocal no.”</p><p>•       <strong>Between Genocide and Mistakes. </strong>Andrew put Al Jazeera’s headline to him directly, and Bob — Boston University Law before journalism — answered as a lawyer: on genocide, “unequivocally no,” for want of intent (Bret Stephens’s point: a state that wanted genocide had the bombs to commit it in weeks, and wouldn’t have spent the war moving civilians out of the way). Then he did the arithmetic against his own side’s comfort: of roughly 70,000 dead, about 25,000 were Hamas and 3,000–5,000 were killed by Hamas itself — leaving 35,000 to 45,000 Palestinian civilians. “I think that’s too much.” The army has 150 criminal probes and some 3,000 disciplinary ones open; the World Central Kitchen strike — armed figures misread as Hamas boarding the trucks — stands as his anatomy of a terrible mistake that may yet be prosecuted as gross negligence. The insiders he talks to are genuinely sad about the civilian toll, and on the settlers he goes on record for the brass: top IDF and Shin Bet officials say the police under Itamar Ben-Gvir simply won’t crack down on Jewish extremist violence in the West Bank. “I point the mean finger at” Ben-Gvir — their words, he says, sounded out to the world.</p><p>•       <strong>The Nuclear Scorecard — and the Clock. </strong>His Jerusalem Post exclusive, summarized: what triggered June 2025 wasn’t just enriched uranium (Iran had ten weapons’ worth for years) but progress on the “weapons group” — the metallurgy and hemispheres needed to put a warhead on a missile. Today that weapons work is destroyed or inoperable, the vast majority of Iran’s 20,000 centrifuges are gone, and the 60-percent uranium sits under bombed rubble, watched by intelligence services Bob judges too deeply embedded for Iran to move it unseen. Rebuild in one to three years? Theoretically — if Israel and America fall asleep. The strategic errors he’d correct: selling regime change (the IRGC and Basij command hundreds of thousands of hardcore supporters; the messaging failure is now “an element of the current elections”) — and the split verdict stands: Israel’s war succeeded on its existential terms; America’s depends on Hormuz and the program’s end. On 9/11’s eve, his forever-war answer: America itself “was at war for about a decade” after the towers fell, but this one has a clock — Americans feel gas prices, not danger. And the sign-off: a military correspondent who’d be totally happy if world peace cost him the job.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/In-the-War-Room/Yonah-Jeremy-Bob/9798895654804">Yonah Jeremy Bob</a> is the senior military correspondent and analyst at The Jerusalem Post, with unparalleled access to top...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a6209e2f/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a6209e2f/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ordinary People, Extraordinary Times: Skye Perryman's Guide to Reclaiming Power in Trump's America</title>
      <itunes:episode>3030</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3030</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Ordinary People, Extraordinary Times: Skye Perryman's Guide to Reclaiming Power in Trump's America</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1d22796e-88b4-4266-ae2b-d25aad8c6cd5</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The number one tool that autocratic actors have is not voter suppression or gerrymandering. It’s making you feel alone and isolated.” </em>— Skye Perryman</p><p> </p><p>Three years ago, the president and CEO of Democracy Forward <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/826249/ordinary-people-extraordinary-times-by-skye-perryman/">Skye Perryman</a> came on the show to <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/our-kids-will-ask-us-what-we-did-096">wonder</a> what our kids will one day ask us about what we did to confront authoritarianism in America. Now she returns with an answer in the form of her <em>New York Times</em> bestselling <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/826249/ordinary-people-extraordinary-times-by-skye-perryman/"><em>Ordinary People, Extraordinary Times</em></a> about how Americans can reclaim their power, fight for freedom, and reimagine democracy.</p><p> </p><p>Her diagnosis is pretty dark. Reminding us that America joined the list of backsliding democracies in 2021, Perryman warns that this descent into authoritarianism is rapidly accelerating. But her central argument inverts the gloom. Hopelessness is a feature, she reminds us, not a bug of our extraordinary times. So, rather than voter suppression or gerrymandering, the number one tool that autocratic actors have is making us feel alone and isolated.</p><p> </p><p>Thus her call to agency. She prescribes seven actions including what she calls “information sobriety.” We don’t all have to do everything, she says, but everyone needs to do something. She ends where we began three years ago — with the kids. Skye Perryman dedicates the new book to her son as a way, I suspect, of telling him what she has been doing to confront authoritarianism in America. Ordinary people in extraordinary times, indeed.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Generational Threat. </strong>Three years of Democracy Forward’s work, summarized from the courtroom: challenging executive overreach by the Trump-Vance administration, fighting book bans, and managing the fallout of Dobbs. America, Perryman notes, has never been immune to anti-democratic movements — they’ve been here since the founding — but this moment is “unprecedented in many ways”: the question is no longer just whether the country can move toward a democracy that works for everyone, but whether it can hold hard-earned gains like equal rights and voting rights at all. The receipts: the United States was added to the global list of backsliding democracies in 2021 — she and Andrew discussed it then — has stayed on it every year since, and the slide is accelerating, driven in part by a Supreme Court that more often reverses rights than protects them: the fruit, she argues, of a multi-decade far-right project against the civil rights movement’s gains. Even thirteen presidential libraries — Republican ones included — have sounded the alarm.</p><p>•       <strong>Neither Adjunct Nor Partisan. </strong>Andrew’s needle — blurbs from Hillary Clinton, JB Pritzker, the late Gloria Steinem, and Stacey Abrams: is Democracy Forward an adjunct of the Democratic Party? — drew her counter-blurb: Michael Steele, former chair of the Republican National Committee, endorsed the book too. The standard, she insists, is conduct, not letters after names: “we will oppose anyone” who strips constitutional rights, threatens journalists, or sends masked ICE agents into communities — and the administration’s agenda harms Republican voters in red towns like her native Waco as surely as anyone. As for the that’s-just-democracy argument — Trump won, deal with it — she calls it “quite an un-American argument” twice over: nonvoters outnumbered the supporters of either candidate in 2024, and America is not a plebiscite but a democratic republic with a constitution. It doesn’t matter how large the majority: “he can’t jail journalists for what they report. He can’t kill Americans in the middle of the street.”</p><p>•       <strong>Is It Evil? </strong>Andrew previewed later this week’s guest — the philosopher Susan Neiman, whose new book calls the Trump-MAGA movement evil — and put the word to Perryman directly. Her answer, from a onetime philosophy major: judged by deeds — stripping families apart, terrorizing communities with masked agents, calling whole groups of people garbage — “if you wanna use the word evil… I’m with you there.” But she draws a practiced line between labeling acts and movements, which she will, and labeling every individual, which she won’t: most Americans of good faith across difference deserve bridges, while much of the president’s movement has operated in bad faith that forfeits them. The same discipline shapes her answer to Andrew’s question about national reconciliation, via the title of Omar El Akkad’s Gaza book (One Day Everyone Will Have Always Been Against This): no backsliding democracy anywhere, she notes, has managed a U-turn “without some measure of truth and accountability.” That reckoning is tomorrow’s work; today’s is holding the administration accountable in the present tense.</p><p>•       <strong>Hopelessness Is a Feature, Not a Bug. </strong>The book’s central reframe, previewed in her Rolling Stone essay: the despair so many Americans feel is not a byproduct of the assault on democracy — it is the strategy. “The number one tool that autocratic actors have is not voter suppression or gerrymandering. It’s making you feel alone and isolated” — deprived of hope and agency alike. Hence action one of seven: stop spiraling and pick up a shovel. Doomscrolling, she argues, is the trap perfected — it feels like civic attention while it exhausts you into paralysis; “they want you doomscrolling.” The exit is communal: show up — even alone — to a No Kings march, discover the crowd feels as you do, and let community produce the conditions for courage, and courage for hope. We can’t control what the administration does each morning; we can control how we respond. The goal is a conversion: from spectators of democratic decline to agents of change, in small and repeatable ways.</p><p>•       <strong>Everyone Needs to Do Something. </strong>The practical core. Action two, information sobriety: audit your media diet, learn the difference between news and commentary and between independent and merely accurate journalism, get curious across the spectrum, and keep a healthy intake of the genuinely independent — the AP, ProPublica, NPR — whoever owns the rest. (Andrew’s Murdoch question got the even-handed version: know what’s influencing whatever you read, Breitbart or the Times.) The book meets readers where they are — the exhausted, the seasoned, the unplugged — because its creed is proportion, not purity: “we don’t all have to do everything, but everyone needs to do something.” And it ends at the beginning: dedicated to her son, with a kids’ corner and a chapter called Begin at Your Front Door — democracy lives there, not in Washington, and the young, whose future-visioning she finds more inspiring than their elders’ present fights, deserve to be heard on AI, climate, and the country they’ll inherit. Andrew’s verdict: an optimistic book in what many people insist are our dark times — a way, he suspects, of telling her son what she has been doing to confront authoritarianism in America. Ordinary people in extraordinary times, indeed.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/826249/ordinary-people-extraordinary-times-by-skye-perryman/">Skye Perryman</a> is president and CEO of Democracy Forward, a TIME 100 honoree, and a nationally recognized attorney; under her leadership, De...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The number one tool that autocratic actors have is not voter suppression or gerrymandering. It’s making you feel alone and isolated.” </em>— Skye Perryman</p><p> </p><p>Three years ago, the president and CEO of Democracy Forward <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/826249/ordinary-people-extraordinary-times-by-skye-perryman/">Skye Perryman</a> came on the show to <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/our-kids-will-ask-us-what-we-did-096">wonder</a> what our kids will one day ask us about what we did to confront authoritarianism in America. Now she returns with an answer in the form of her <em>New York Times</em> bestselling <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/826249/ordinary-people-extraordinary-times-by-skye-perryman/"><em>Ordinary People, Extraordinary Times</em></a> about how Americans can reclaim their power, fight for freedom, and reimagine democracy.</p><p> </p><p>Her diagnosis is pretty dark. Reminding us that America joined the list of backsliding democracies in 2021, Perryman warns that this descent into authoritarianism is rapidly accelerating. But her central argument inverts the gloom. Hopelessness is a feature, she reminds us, not a bug of our extraordinary times. So, rather than voter suppression or gerrymandering, the number one tool that autocratic actors have is making us feel alone and isolated.</p><p> </p><p>Thus her call to agency. She prescribes seven actions including what she calls “information sobriety.” We don’t all have to do everything, she says, but everyone needs to do something. She ends where we began three years ago — with the kids. Skye Perryman dedicates the new book to her son as a way, I suspect, of telling him what she has been doing to confront authoritarianism in America. Ordinary people in extraordinary times, indeed.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Generational Threat. </strong>Three years of Democracy Forward’s work, summarized from the courtroom: challenging executive overreach by the Trump-Vance administration, fighting book bans, and managing the fallout of Dobbs. America, Perryman notes, has never been immune to anti-democratic movements — they’ve been here since the founding — but this moment is “unprecedented in many ways”: the question is no longer just whether the country can move toward a democracy that works for everyone, but whether it can hold hard-earned gains like equal rights and voting rights at all. The receipts: the United States was added to the global list of backsliding democracies in 2021 — she and Andrew discussed it then — has stayed on it every year since, and the slide is accelerating, driven in part by a Supreme Court that more often reverses rights than protects them: the fruit, she argues, of a multi-decade far-right project against the civil rights movement’s gains. Even thirteen presidential libraries — Republican ones included — have sounded the alarm.</p><p>•       <strong>Neither Adjunct Nor Partisan. </strong>Andrew’s needle — blurbs from Hillary Clinton, JB Pritzker, the late Gloria Steinem, and Stacey Abrams: is Democracy Forward an adjunct of the Democratic Party? — drew her counter-blurb: Michael Steele, former chair of the Republican National Committee, endorsed the book too. The standard, she insists, is conduct, not letters after names: “we will oppose anyone” who strips constitutional rights, threatens journalists, or sends masked ICE agents into communities — and the administration’s agenda harms Republican voters in red towns like her native Waco as surely as anyone. As for the that’s-just-democracy argument — Trump won, deal with it — she calls it “quite an un-American argument” twice over: nonvoters outnumbered the supporters of either candidate in 2024, and America is not a plebiscite but a democratic republic with a constitution. It doesn’t matter how large the majority: “he can’t jail journalists for what they report. He can’t kill Americans in the middle of the street.”</p><p>•       <strong>Is It Evil? </strong>Andrew previewed later this week’s guest — the philosopher Susan Neiman, whose new book calls the Trump-MAGA movement evil — and put the word to Perryman directly. Her answer, from a onetime philosophy major: judged by deeds — stripping families apart, terrorizing communities with masked agents, calling whole groups of people garbage — “if you wanna use the word evil… I’m with you there.” But she draws a practiced line between labeling acts and movements, which she will, and labeling every individual, which she won’t: most Americans of good faith across difference deserve bridges, while much of the president’s movement has operated in bad faith that forfeits them. The same discipline shapes her answer to Andrew’s question about national reconciliation, via the title of Omar El Akkad’s Gaza book (One Day Everyone Will Have Always Been Against This): no backsliding democracy anywhere, she notes, has managed a U-turn “without some measure of truth and accountability.” That reckoning is tomorrow’s work; today’s is holding the administration accountable in the present tense.</p><p>•       <strong>Hopelessness Is a Feature, Not a Bug. </strong>The book’s central reframe, previewed in her Rolling Stone essay: the despair so many Americans feel is not a byproduct of the assault on democracy — it is the strategy. “The number one tool that autocratic actors have is not voter suppression or gerrymandering. It’s making you feel alone and isolated” — deprived of hope and agency alike. Hence action one of seven: stop spiraling and pick up a shovel. Doomscrolling, she argues, is the trap perfected — it feels like civic attention while it exhausts you into paralysis; “they want you doomscrolling.” The exit is communal: show up — even alone — to a No Kings march, discover the crowd feels as you do, and let community produce the conditions for courage, and courage for hope. We can’t control what the administration does each morning; we can control how we respond. The goal is a conversion: from spectators of democratic decline to agents of change, in small and repeatable ways.</p><p>•       <strong>Everyone Needs to Do Something. </strong>The practical core. Action two, information sobriety: audit your media diet, learn the difference between news and commentary and between independent and merely accurate journalism, get curious across the spectrum, and keep a healthy intake of the genuinely independent — the AP, ProPublica, NPR — whoever owns the rest. (Andrew’s Murdoch question got the even-handed version: know what’s influencing whatever you read, Breitbart or the Times.) The book meets readers where they are — the exhausted, the seasoned, the unplugged — because its creed is proportion, not purity: “we don’t all have to do everything, but everyone needs to do something.” And it ends at the beginning: dedicated to her son, with a kids’ corner and a chapter called Begin at Your Front Door — democracy lives there, not in Washington, and the young, whose future-visioning she finds more inspiring than their elders’ present fights, deserve to be heard on AI, climate, and the country they’ll inherit. Andrew’s verdict: an optimistic book in what many people insist are our dark times — a way, he suspects, of telling her son what she has been doing to confront authoritarianism in America. Ordinary people in extraordinary times, indeed.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/826249/ordinary-people-extraordinary-times-by-skye-perryman/">Skye Perryman</a> is president and CEO of Democracy Forward, a TIME 100 honoree, and a nationally recognized attorney; under her leadership, De...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Sep 2026 15:47:20 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/bc353137/946f9dcb.mp3" length="25534179" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3384205" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/bc353137/946f9dcb.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QvWR2FYM9ys">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/qBXwfaUqgbnh-TE4AmLLCclSzIgtZze53crG2Kog_hc/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lY2E4/NzNlYzIxZGI2MWFl/ZmE4NTBiNzMwMWNl/NzFiMC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1593</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The number one tool that autocratic actors have is not voter suppression or gerrymandering. It’s making you feel alone and isolated.” </em>— Skye Perryman</p><p> </p><p>Three years ago, the president and CEO of Democracy Forward <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/826249/ordinary-people-extraordinary-times-by-skye-perryman/">Skye Perryman</a> came on the show to <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/our-kids-will-ask-us-what-we-did-096">wonder</a> what our kids will one day ask us about what we did to confront authoritarianism in America. Now she returns with an answer in the form of her <em>New York Times</em> bestselling <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/826249/ordinary-people-extraordinary-times-by-skye-perryman/"><em>Ordinary People, Extraordinary Times</em></a> about how Americans can reclaim their power, fight for freedom, and reimagine democracy.</p><p> </p><p>Her diagnosis is pretty dark. Reminding us that America joined the list of backsliding democracies in 2021, Perryman warns that this descent into authoritarianism is rapidly accelerating. But her central argument inverts the gloom. Hopelessness is a feature, she reminds us, not a bug of our extraordinary times. So, rather than voter suppression or gerrymandering, the number one tool that autocratic actors have is making us feel alone and isolated.</p><p> </p><p>Thus her call to agency. She prescribes seven actions including what she calls “information sobriety.” We don’t all have to do everything, she says, but everyone needs to do something. She ends where we began three years ago — with the kids. Skye Perryman dedicates the new book to her son as a way, I suspect, of telling him what she has been doing to confront authoritarianism in America. Ordinary people in extraordinary times, indeed.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Generational Threat. </strong>Three years of Democracy Forward’s work, summarized from the courtroom: challenging executive overreach by the Trump-Vance administration, fighting book bans, and managing the fallout of Dobbs. America, Perryman notes, has never been immune to anti-democratic movements — they’ve been here since the founding — but this moment is “unprecedented in many ways”: the question is no longer just whether the country can move toward a democracy that works for everyone, but whether it can hold hard-earned gains like equal rights and voting rights at all. The receipts: the United States was added to the global list of backsliding democracies in 2021 — she and Andrew discussed it then — has stayed on it every year since, and the slide is accelerating, driven in part by a Supreme Court that more often reverses rights than protects them: the fruit, she argues, of a multi-decade far-right project against the civil rights movement’s gains. Even thirteen presidential libraries — Republican ones included — have sounded the alarm.</p><p>•       <strong>Neither Adjunct Nor Partisan. </strong>Andrew’s needle — blurbs from Hillary Clinton, JB Pritzker, the late Gloria Steinem, and Stacey Abrams: is Democracy Forward an adjunct of the Democratic Party? — drew her counter-blurb: Michael Steele, former chair of the Republican National Committee, endorsed the book too. The standard, she insists, is conduct, not letters after names: “we will oppose anyone” who strips constitutional rights, threatens journalists, or sends masked ICE agents into communities — and the administration’s agenda harms Republican voters in red towns like her native Waco as surely as anyone. As for the that’s-just-democracy argument — Trump won, deal with it — she calls it “quite an un-American argument” twice over: nonvoters outnumbered the supporters of either candidate in 2024, and America is not a plebiscite but a democratic republic with a constitution. It doesn’t matter how large the majority: “he can’t jail journalists for what they report. He can’t kill Americans in the middle of the street.”</p><p>•       <strong>Is It Evil? </strong>Andrew previewed later this week’s guest — the philosopher Susan Neiman, whose new book calls the Trump-MAGA movement evil — and put the word to Perryman directly. Her answer, from a onetime philosophy major: judged by deeds — stripping families apart, terrorizing communities with masked agents, calling whole groups of people garbage — “if you wanna use the word evil… I’m with you there.” But she draws a practiced line between labeling acts and movements, which she will, and labeling every individual, which she won’t: most Americans of good faith across difference deserve bridges, while much of the president’s movement has operated in bad faith that forfeits them. The same discipline shapes her answer to Andrew’s question about national reconciliation, via the title of Omar El Akkad’s Gaza book (One Day Everyone Will Have Always Been Against This): no backsliding democracy anywhere, she notes, has managed a U-turn “without some measure of truth and accountability.” That reckoning is tomorrow’s work; today’s is holding the administration accountable in the present tense.</p><p>•       <strong>Hopelessness Is a Feature, Not a Bug. </strong>The book’s central reframe, previewed in her Rolling Stone essay: the despair so many Americans feel is not a byproduct of the assault on democracy — it is the strategy. “The number one tool that autocratic actors have is not voter suppression or gerrymandering. It’s making you feel alone and isolated” — deprived of hope and agency alike. Hence action one of seven: stop spiraling and pick up a shovel. Doomscrolling, she argues, is the trap perfected — it feels like civic attention while it exhausts you into paralysis; “they want you doomscrolling.” The exit is communal: show up — even alone — to a No Kings march, discover the crowd feels as you do, and let community produce the conditions for courage, and courage for hope. We can’t control what the administration does each morning; we can control how we respond. The goal is a conversion: from spectators of democratic decline to agents of change, in small and repeatable ways.</p><p>•       <strong>Everyone Needs to Do Something. </strong>The practical core. Action two, information sobriety: audit your media diet, learn the difference between news and commentary and between independent and merely accurate journalism, get curious across the spectrum, and keep a healthy intake of the genuinely independent — the AP, ProPublica, NPR — whoever owns the rest. (Andrew’s Murdoch question got the even-handed version: know what’s influencing whatever you read, Breitbart or the Times.) The book meets readers where they are — the exhausted, the seasoned, the unplugged — because its creed is proportion, not purity: “we don’t all have to do everything, but everyone needs to do something.” And it ends at the beginning: dedicated to her son, with a kids’ corner and a chapter called Begin at Your Front Door — democracy lives there, not in Washington, and the young, whose future-visioning she finds more inspiring than their elders’ present fights, deserve to be heard on AI, climate, and the country they’ll inherit. Andrew’s verdict: an optimistic book in what many people insist are our dark times — a way, he suspects, of telling her son what she has been doing to confront authoritarianism in America. Ordinary people in extraordinary times, indeed.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/826249/ordinary-people-extraordinary-times-by-skye-perryman/">Skye Perryman</a> is president and CEO of Democracy Forward, a TIME 100 honoree, and a nationally recognized attorney; under her leadership, De...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/bc353137/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/bc353137/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Are We So Miserable? Mikko Ketovuori Surfs on the Waves of History to Explain Social Mood Swings</title>
      <itunes:episode>3029</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3029</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Are We So Miserable? Mikko Ketovuori Surfs on the Waves of History to Explain Social Mood Swings</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">854efac0-46ce-4187-ab1f-9b31e1a5e9b3</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“A sailor doesn’t control the sea, but understanding the waves matters enormously.” </em>— Mikko Ketovuori</p><p> </p><p>Our mood, as always, is miserable. Iran, the price of oil, the AfD, the long-term cancers from 9/11 dominate the headlines. But today’s guest thinks we’ve got the mood wrong. The writer <a href="https://www.collectiveinkbooks.com/iff-books/our-books/waves-of-change">Mikko Ketovuori</a> — who wrote the intro to the Finnish edition of my own <em>The Internet Is Not the Answer</em> — has a new book out, <a href="https://www.collectiveinkbooks.com/iff-books/our-books/waves-of-change"><em>Waves of Change</em></a>, which is a study of the zeitgeist. Social mood drives events, Ketovuori argues, not the other way around. So the news measures nothing but the mood itself.</p><p> </p><p>Are our times actually bad? “No,” Ketovuori insists. Things — from the arts to our abundance of food — are actually pretty good. Today’s perceived misery is, in fact, just the undertow. Surfing the waves of history — from the Dutch tulip mania of the 17th century to the 19th century philosophers buried in Highgate cemetery to the swinging Sixties — Ketovuori is actually bullish on our current futures. So buy the future. It will cheer everyone up.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Social Mood Drives Events. </strong>The inversion at socionomics’ core: we assume events shape our feelings, but the collectively shared, largely unconscious social mood comes first, framing how we interpret everything — the news is “a sociometer,” reflecting the mood rather than the world (in the bright-mooded 1980s, Ketovuori notes, the news simply read better). The field — sociology plus economics — was founded by Robert Prechter, the 1970s Wall Street guru behind Elliott Wave International, with whom Ketovuori has worked for twenty years; the book distills four decades of that tradition, “not totally my idea,” he says with Finnish honesty. And are our times actually bad? No: “actually, we are doing pretty well. You can have access to all the arts, all the books… We have plenty of food. What else do we need?” The misery is the mood — and if you surround yourself with miserable people and search the Internet for miserable news, you will reliably feel miserable.</p><p>•       <strong>The Beatles and the Dow. </strong>Prechter founded the theory on a startling correlation between the Beatles’ rise and the Dow Jones average — and Ketovuori ran the replication: Nokia’s share price against the pop music Finland listened to around 2006–2009, published in Cambridge’s Popular Music journal. Music, he argues, reflects social mood almost predictively. The chicken-and-egg question resolves cleanly in socionomics: the sixties made the Beatles, not the reverse — had Lennon and McCartney been born ten years earlier, “the time decides whether you succeed or not.” Which reframes where the next optimism will come from: unknowable in advance, because “optimism comes first, and then we see the fruits” — only afterward do we anoint the artists, writers, and politicians who captured the essence of the era.</p><p>•       <strong>Marx &amp; Spencer, Staring. </strong>The book’s set piece — written standing in Highgate Cemetery, a stroll from Andrew’s old school: Karl Marx’s tourist-thronged tomb faces the largely forgotten grave of Herbert Spencer, the Social Darwinist — “the father of capitalism and the father of socialism are staring at each other,” and Ketovuori imagines their conversation after the tourists leave and night falls. Andrew completes the triangle with Highgate’s third resident, Alexander Litvinenko — the Putin-poisoned defector whose polonium killing, Ketovuori marvels via Luke Harding’s reporting, cost something like £50 million “just to wipe out one man. So somebody hated him very much.” The cemetery lesson is the book’s: some things don’t change, they return cyclically — Wagner and mad Ludwig included. Cemeteries, both agree, are creative places.</p><p>•       <strong>The Finnish Corrective. </strong>Finland supplies the book’s ballast. The history: the Winter War against Stalin (Hitler’s ally, by the Ribbentrop pact), independence kept “just by fighting back,” then the deck reshuffled by Barbarossa — and, little remembered, Finland driving the Germans from Lapland after 1944. The present: Finnish far right and far left importing American arguments verbatim — “that’s crazy, because we are not Americans” — opinions taken from media rather than lived. And the myth-busting: days before recording, new PISA results showed Finland’s fabled education system “has really gone down.” The thirty-year teacher educator’s advice to admiring Americans: “look to Estonia.” Even education, he notes from a chapter on lecturing at Columbia Teachers College, moves in cycles of idealization and correction.</p><p>•       <strong>A Sailor Doesn’t Control the Sea. </strong>The agency question, answered in the episode’s pull quote: we steer our own lives, but the social mood — the sea itself — no one controls. The evidence tour: Disney thrives in optimistic times while 1975’s dark mood produced Taxi Driver and “the movie about the shark” (past guest territory twice over — Scorsese biographer Mark Binelli visits soon); Prechter’s firm, Ketovuori claims, predicted the date of the Crimea war from wave analysis of the Moscow stock exchange; and yesterday’s Edmans episode gets its socionomic sequel in his tulip-mania essay. To Andrew’s closing paradox — American stock-market exuberance and cultural apocalypticism simultaneously, per this week’s Kirsch episode on UFOs — Ketovuori answers “neither” is real, noting the last great UFO panic also preceded a world war. His distinction: technology amplifies mood but doesn’t originate it — the Internet books were euphoric before 2008 and dark after, as Andrew’s own shelf attests. We, the people, decide how to use it. Andrew’s sign-off takes the bullish view: buy the future — it will cheer everyone up.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.collectiveinkbooks.com/iff-books/our-books/waves-of-change">Mikko Ketovuori</a> is a University Lecturer in the Department of Teacher Education at the University of Turku, Finland. His research spans socionomics and herd theory, education policy, and the role of the arts in society; he has lectured across Asia, Europe, and North America, and is the author of Socionomics: How Social Mood Shapes Society. He also wrote the introduction to the Finnish edition of Andrew’s The Internet Is Not the Answer. <a href="https://www.collectiveinkbooks.com/iff-books/our-books/waves-of-change"><em>Waves of Change: A Study of Social Mood</em></a> (Iff Books, October 2026) collects thirteen essays on the tides of collective feeling. He lives in Turku, the old capital of Finland.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.collectiveinkbooks.com/iff-books/our-books/waves-of-change"><em>Waves of Change: A Study of Social Mood</em></a> by Mikko Ketovuori (Iff Books, October 2026). The publisher’s tagline: history doesn’t repeat itself — social mood does.</p><p>•       <em>Socionomics: How Social Mood Shapes Society</em> by Mikko Ketovuori, and Robert Prechter’s <em>The Socionomic Theory of Finance</em> — the theoretical foundations.</p><p>•       <em>The Madness of Markets</em> by Alex Edmans — yesterday’s episode, and the rationalist’s account of the same manias.</p><p>•       <em>We Want to Believe</em> by Adam Kirsch — this week’s UFO episode; Ketov...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“A sailor doesn’t control the sea, but understanding the waves matters enormously.” </em>— Mikko Ketovuori</p><p> </p><p>Our mood, as always, is miserable. Iran, the price of oil, the AfD, the long-term cancers from 9/11 dominate the headlines. But today’s guest thinks we’ve got the mood wrong. The writer <a href="https://www.collectiveinkbooks.com/iff-books/our-books/waves-of-change">Mikko Ketovuori</a> — who wrote the intro to the Finnish edition of my own <em>The Internet Is Not the Answer</em> — has a new book out, <a href="https://www.collectiveinkbooks.com/iff-books/our-books/waves-of-change"><em>Waves of Change</em></a>, which is a study of the zeitgeist. Social mood drives events, Ketovuori argues, not the other way around. So the news measures nothing but the mood itself.</p><p> </p><p>Are our times actually bad? “No,” Ketovuori insists. Things — from the arts to our abundance of food — are actually pretty good. Today’s perceived misery is, in fact, just the undertow. Surfing the waves of history — from the Dutch tulip mania of the 17th century to the 19th century philosophers buried in Highgate cemetery to the swinging Sixties — Ketovuori is actually bullish on our current futures. So buy the future. It will cheer everyone up.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Social Mood Drives Events. </strong>The inversion at socionomics’ core: we assume events shape our feelings, but the collectively shared, largely unconscious social mood comes first, framing how we interpret everything — the news is “a sociometer,” reflecting the mood rather than the world (in the bright-mooded 1980s, Ketovuori notes, the news simply read better). The field — sociology plus economics — was founded by Robert Prechter, the 1970s Wall Street guru behind Elliott Wave International, with whom Ketovuori has worked for twenty years; the book distills four decades of that tradition, “not totally my idea,” he says with Finnish honesty. And are our times actually bad? No: “actually, we are doing pretty well. You can have access to all the arts, all the books… We have plenty of food. What else do we need?” The misery is the mood — and if you surround yourself with miserable people and search the Internet for miserable news, you will reliably feel miserable.</p><p>•       <strong>The Beatles and the Dow. </strong>Prechter founded the theory on a startling correlation between the Beatles’ rise and the Dow Jones average — and Ketovuori ran the replication: Nokia’s share price against the pop music Finland listened to around 2006–2009, published in Cambridge’s Popular Music journal. Music, he argues, reflects social mood almost predictively. The chicken-and-egg question resolves cleanly in socionomics: the sixties made the Beatles, not the reverse — had Lennon and McCartney been born ten years earlier, “the time decides whether you succeed or not.” Which reframes where the next optimism will come from: unknowable in advance, because “optimism comes first, and then we see the fruits” — only afterward do we anoint the artists, writers, and politicians who captured the essence of the era.</p><p>•       <strong>Marx &amp; Spencer, Staring. </strong>The book’s set piece — written standing in Highgate Cemetery, a stroll from Andrew’s old school: Karl Marx’s tourist-thronged tomb faces the largely forgotten grave of Herbert Spencer, the Social Darwinist — “the father of capitalism and the father of socialism are staring at each other,” and Ketovuori imagines their conversation after the tourists leave and night falls. Andrew completes the triangle with Highgate’s third resident, Alexander Litvinenko — the Putin-poisoned defector whose polonium killing, Ketovuori marvels via Luke Harding’s reporting, cost something like £50 million “just to wipe out one man. So somebody hated him very much.” The cemetery lesson is the book’s: some things don’t change, they return cyclically — Wagner and mad Ludwig included. Cemeteries, both agree, are creative places.</p><p>•       <strong>The Finnish Corrective. </strong>Finland supplies the book’s ballast. The history: the Winter War against Stalin (Hitler’s ally, by the Ribbentrop pact), independence kept “just by fighting back,” then the deck reshuffled by Barbarossa — and, little remembered, Finland driving the Germans from Lapland after 1944. The present: Finnish far right and far left importing American arguments verbatim — “that’s crazy, because we are not Americans” — opinions taken from media rather than lived. And the myth-busting: days before recording, new PISA results showed Finland’s fabled education system “has really gone down.” The thirty-year teacher educator’s advice to admiring Americans: “look to Estonia.” Even education, he notes from a chapter on lecturing at Columbia Teachers College, moves in cycles of idealization and correction.</p><p>•       <strong>A Sailor Doesn’t Control the Sea. </strong>The agency question, answered in the episode’s pull quote: we steer our own lives, but the social mood — the sea itself — no one controls. The evidence tour: Disney thrives in optimistic times while 1975’s dark mood produced Taxi Driver and “the movie about the shark” (past guest territory twice over — Scorsese biographer Mark Binelli visits soon); Prechter’s firm, Ketovuori claims, predicted the date of the Crimea war from wave analysis of the Moscow stock exchange; and yesterday’s Edmans episode gets its socionomic sequel in his tulip-mania essay. To Andrew’s closing paradox — American stock-market exuberance and cultural apocalypticism simultaneously, per this week’s Kirsch episode on UFOs — Ketovuori answers “neither” is real, noting the last great UFO panic also preceded a world war. His distinction: technology amplifies mood but doesn’t originate it — the Internet books were euphoric before 2008 and dark after, as Andrew’s own shelf attests. We, the people, decide how to use it. Andrew’s sign-off takes the bullish view: buy the future — it will cheer everyone up.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.collectiveinkbooks.com/iff-books/our-books/waves-of-change">Mikko Ketovuori</a> is a University Lecturer in the Department of Teacher Education at the University of Turku, Finland. His research spans socionomics and herd theory, education policy, and the role of the arts in society; he has lectured across Asia, Europe, and North America, and is the author of Socionomics: How Social Mood Shapes Society. He also wrote the introduction to the Finnish edition of Andrew’s The Internet Is Not the Answer. <a href="https://www.collectiveinkbooks.com/iff-books/our-books/waves-of-change"><em>Waves of Change: A Study of Social Mood</em></a> (Iff Books, October 2026) collects thirteen essays on the tides of collective feeling. He lives in Turku, the old capital of Finland.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.collectiveinkbooks.com/iff-books/our-books/waves-of-change"><em>Waves of Change: A Study of Social Mood</em></a> by Mikko Ketovuori (Iff Books, October 2026). The publisher’s tagline: history doesn’t repeat itself — social mood does.</p><p>•       <em>Socionomics: How Social Mood Shapes Society</em> by Mikko Ketovuori, and Robert Prechter’s <em>The Socionomic Theory of Finance</em> — the theoretical foundations.</p><p>•       <em>The Madness of Markets</em> by Alex Edmans — yesterday’s episode, and the rationalist’s account of the same manias.</p><p>•       <em>We Want to Believe</em> by Adam Kirsch — this week’s UFO episode; Ketov...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Sep 2026 11:50:13 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/5bb5c4bd/f5f99093.mp3" length="30195575" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3396381" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/5bb5c4bd/f5f99093.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d1cC9YaXWAM">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/HQXYttddGguAvNn6MdkUX8TByleAMtPl5GCUhh2WGqs/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDYw/ODhjNTYzOGZhYTg1/YzQyZjljNmE5MThl/ODBjMy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1884</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“A sailor doesn’t control the sea, but understanding the waves matters enormously.” </em>— Mikko Ketovuori</p><p> </p><p>Our mood, as always, is miserable. Iran, the price of oil, the AfD, the long-term cancers from 9/11 dominate the headlines. But today’s guest thinks we’ve got the mood wrong. The writer <a href="https://www.collectiveinkbooks.com/iff-books/our-books/waves-of-change">Mikko Ketovuori</a> — who wrote the intro to the Finnish edition of my own <em>The Internet Is Not the Answer</em> — has a new book out, <a href="https://www.collectiveinkbooks.com/iff-books/our-books/waves-of-change"><em>Waves of Change</em></a>, which is a study of the zeitgeist. Social mood drives events, Ketovuori argues, not the other way around. So the news measures nothing but the mood itself.</p><p> </p><p>Are our times actually bad? “No,” Ketovuori insists. Things — from the arts to our abundance of food — are actually pretty good. Today’s perceived misery is, in fact, just the undertow. Surfing the waves of history — from the Dutch tulip mania of the 17th century to the 19th century philosophers buried in Highgate cemetery to the swinging Sixties — Ketovuori is actually bullish on our current futures. So buy the future. It will cheer everyone up.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Social Mood Drives Events. </strong>The inversion at socionomics’ core: we assume events shape our feelings, but the collectively shared, largely unconscious social mood comes first, framing how we interpret everything — the news is “a sociometer,” reflecting the mood rather than the world (in the bright-mooded 1980s, Ketovuori notes, the news simply read better). The field — sociology plus economics — was founded by Robert Prechter, the 1970s Wall Street guru behind Elliott Wave International, with whom Ketovuori has worked for twenty years; the book distills four decades of that tradition, “not totally my idea,” he says with Finnish honesty. And are our times actually bad? No: “actually, we are doing pretty well. You can have access to all the arts, all the books… We have plenty of food. What else do we need?” The misery is the mood — and if you surround yourself with miserable people and search the Internet for miserable news, you will reliably feel miserable.</p><p>•       <strong>The Beatles and the Dow. </strong>Prechter founded the theory on a startling correlation between the Beatles’ rise and the Dow Jones average — and Ketovuori ran the replication: Nokia’s share price against the pop music Finland listened to around 2006–2009, published in Cambridge’s Popular Music journal. Music, he argues, reflects social mood almost predictively. The chicken-and-egg question resolves cleanly in socionomics: the sixties made the Beatles, not the reverse — had Lennon and McCartney been born ten years earlier, “the time decides whether you succeed or not.” Which reframes where the next optimism will come from: unknowable in advance, because “optimism comes first, and then we see the fruits” — only afterward do we anoint the artists, writers, and politicians who captured the essence of the era.</p><p>•       <strong>Marx &amp; Spencer, Staring. </strong>The book’s set piece — written standing in Highgate Cemetery, a stroll from Andrew’s old school: Karl Marx’s tourist-thronged tomb faces the largely forgotten grave of Herbert Spencer, the Social Darwinist — “the father of capitalism and the father of socialism are staring at each other,” and Ketovuori imagines their conversation after the tourists leave and night falls. Andrew completes the triangle with Highgate’s third resident, Alexander Litvinenko — the Putin-poisoned defector whose polonium killing, Ketovuori marvels via Luke Harding’s reporting, cost something like £50 million “just to wipe out one man. So somebody hated him very much.” The cemetery lesson is the book’s: some things don’t change, they return cyclically — Wagner and mad Ludwig included. Cemeteries, both agree, are creative places.</p><p>•       <strong>The Finnish Corrective. </strong>Finland supplies the book’s ballast. The history: the Winter War against Stalin (Hitler’s ally, by the Ribbentrop pact), independence kept “just by fighting back,” then the deck reshuffled by Barbarossa — and, little remembered, Finland driving the Germans from Lapland after 1944. The present: Finnish far right and far left importing American arguments verbatim — “that’s crazy, because we are not Americans” — opinions taken from media rather than lived. And the myth-busting: days before recording, new PISA results showed Finland’s fabled education system “has really gone down.” The thirty-year teacher educator’s advice to admiring Americans: “look to Estonia.” Even education, he notes from a chapter on lecturing at Columbia Teachers College, moves in cycles of idealization and correction.</p><p>•       <strong>A Sailor Doesn’t Control the Sea. </strong>The agency question, answered in the episode’s pull quote: we steer our own lives, but the social mood — the sea itself — no one controls. The evidence tour: Disney thrives in optimistic times while 1975’s dark mood produced Taxi Driver and “the movie about the shark” (past guest territory twice over — Scorsese biographer Mark Binelli visits soon); Prechter’s firm, Ketovuori claims, predicted the date of the Crimea war from wave analysis of the Moscow stock exchange; and yesterday’s Edmans episode gets its socionomic sequel in his tulip-mania essay. To Andrew’s closing paradox — American stock-market exuberance and cultural apocalypticism simultaneously, per this week’s Kirsch episode on UFOs — Ketovuori answers “neither” is real, noting the last great UFO panic also preceded a world war. His distinction: technology amplifies mood but doesn’t originate it — the Internet books were euphoric before 2008 and dark after, as Andrew’s own shelf attests. We, the people, decide how to use it. Andrew’s sign-off takes the bullish view: buy the future — it will cheer everyone up.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.collectiveinkbooks.com/iff-books/our-books/waves-of-change">Mikko Ketovuori</a> is a University Lecturer in the Department of Teacher Education at the University of Turku, Finland. His research spans socionomics and herd theory, education policy, and the role of the arts in society; he has lectured across Asia, Europe, and North America, and is the author of Socionomics: How Social Mood Shapes Society. He also wrote the introduction to the Finnish edition of Andrew’s The Internet Is Not the Answer. <a href="https://www.collectiveinkbooks.com/iff-books/our-books/waves-of-change"><em>Waves of Change: A Study of Social Mood</em></a> (Iff Books, October 2026) collects thirteen essays on the tides of collective feeling. He lives in Turku, the old capital of Finland.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.collectiveinkbooks.com/iff-books/our-books/waves-of-change"><em>Waves of Change: A Study of Social Mood</em></a> by Mikko Ketovuori (Iff Books, October 2026). The publisher’s tagline: history doesn’t repeat itself — social mood does.</p><p>•       <em>Socionomics: How Social Mood Shapes Society</em> by Mikko Ketovuori, and Robert Prechter’s <em>The Socionomic Theory of Finance</em> — the theoretical foundations.</p><p>•       <em>The Madness of Markets</em> by Alex Edmans — yesterday’s episode, and the rationalist’s account of the same manias.</p><p>•       <em>We Want to Believe</em> by Adam Kirsch — this week’s UFO episode; Ketov...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/5bb5c4bd/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/5bb5c4bd/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is That Really a Flying Saucer? Adam Kirsch on Why We Want to Believe in Aliens</title>
      <itunes:episode>3028</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3028</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Is That Really a Flying Saucer? Adam Kirsch on Why We Want to Believe in Aliens</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">696f57aa-b9ac-49ea-be6c-81395e92e16a</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We might have invented the aliens that we’ve been looking for.” </em>— Adam Kirsch</p><p> </p><p>First he took on the transhumanists. Then the settler-colonialism fanatics. Now <a href="https://citylights.com/true-crime-strange-phenomena/we-want-to-believe-how-aliens-went-mai/">Adam Kirsch</a> aims his critical pen at the ultimate crazies — the flying saucer crowd. In <a href="https://citylights.com/true-crime-strange-phenomena/we-want-to-believe-how-aliens-went-mai/"><em>We Want to Believe</em></a>, Kirsch explains how aliens went mainstream and why this once-crackpot conspiracy theory has become a mainstream political and cultural fact.</p><p> </p><p>The beauty (if that’s the right word) of the subject, Kirsch argues, is that because UFOs don’t really exist, the flying saucer rumor mill encapsulates the paranoia of our populist age. Ever since the 2017 <em>New York Times</em> exposé of the Pentagon’s secret UFO program, it’s an industry that has fed off both the crisis of traditional authority and the suspicion that the people in power know more than they’re letting on. Elites, in other words, know nothing and everything. Simultaneously. Maybe, even, they’re the aliens themselves (see: <em>Invasion of the Body Snatchers</em>).</p><p> </p><p>Underneath this silliness, Kirsch notes, is something more substantial. Perhaps religion itself. Where people once saw miracles or demons, they now see little green-headed creatures packed into flying saucers. In other words, they provide a vocabulary for experiences that we can’t explain, as well as a community with which we can share that mystery.</p><p> </p><p>So what happens when the aliens finally show up? As I suggested, maybe these transcendental creatures arrived. We’ve built them ourselves in the form of artificial intelligence. Kirsch agreed, seeing AI as a kind of nonhuman mind that doesn’t experience the world as we do. Such a Copernican moment is “very imaginable,” the sceptic concedes. Disclosure Day. Starring Adam Kirsch.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Pure Thought Experiment. </strong>The trilogy’s logic, completed: three short books on popular ideas, this one distinguished by the fact that its subject doesn’t exist — which is precisely its value. UFOs, Kirsch argues, let us think “in a very sort of almost consequence-free way” about who decides what’s real, whose authority we trust, and why people need to believe — the defining questions of a populist moment in which vaccines, public health, and yesterday’s common sense are all contested. The hinge was 2017: the New York Times’s “Glowing Auras and ‘Black Money’” exposé revealed the Pentagon’s AATIP program, and the paper of record saying the government knows more than it admits took UFOs from niche conspiracy to mainstream issue. Kirsch himself started paying attention — smoke that might lead to fire. “Unfortunately, in the years since then, no fire has been discovered.” What he learned instead: how easy it is to be misled, and what scientific evidence actually is.</p><p>•       <strong>’Oumuamua’s Wager. </strong>The book’s treatment of past guest Avi Loeb is a study in the seduction of credentials: an astrophysicist of unimpeachable standing willing to entertain what colleagues won’t — that the interstellar object ‘Oumuamua might have been a broken light sail from an alien probe — “kindles the imagination,” Kirsch’s included. But the metal globs from the Pacific floor and the fresh candidates each year breed suspicion, and the standard remains Carl Sagan’s: extraordinary claims require extraordinary evidence. Loeb’s reply reworks Pascal — ‘Oumuamua’s wager: believe, because the benefits of an open mind outweigh the cost of being wrong. Kirsch’s honesty cuts through: “I would love to believe in UFOs.” Nothing would be more exciting. Which sharpens the genuine scientific conundrum — the space age promised a galaxy teeming with signals and delivered silence: “Why is Earth so important if it should be so unimportant? Where are all the other Earths?”</p><p>•       <strong>The Archetype of Conspiracy. </strong>The disclosure paradigm is eighty years old, and it trained us all: the people in power know more than they’re letting on, there are secret tapes and files, and the people deserve the truth — a template rehearsed on Roswell long before COVID or the Epstein files. Andrew’s gloss: elites, in other words, know nothing and everything — simultaneously. Maybe, even, they’re the aliens themselves (see: Invasion of the Body Snatchers). The official history runs from Truman’s alarm at the early-fifties Washington flap (if the Soviets can reach our skies, we must know) through the commissions of Ruppelt, J. Allen Hynek, and Edward Condon — whose report closed the file for half a century — to the 2017 AATIP revelation that reopened it, complete with congressional hearings and annual Pentagon reporting requirements. Today’s ledger: military pilots keep reporting lights that move impossibly; 95 percent get explained; the unexplained 5 percent “doesn’t mean that they’re UFOs — it just means there isn’t enough information.” Even the vocabulary tells the story: “UFO,” coined in the fifties to sound neutral, absorbed the flying saucer and had to be replaced by “UAP.” Spielberg’s Disclosure Day — fan service for believers, by Kirsch’s account, and disappointing by Andrew’s — monetizes the same secret-truth appeal that made Close Encounters.</p><p>•       <strong>A Religious Impulse. </strong>Why do people believe? The scholar D. W. Pasulka’s “book encounters” supply Kirsch’s answer: someone has an experience they can’t understand, reads the UFO literature, and says this is what happened to me — where a medieval villager would have named a miracle, a demon, or a god. Belief provides a vocabulary for the inexplicable and a community to interpret it with; Jacques Vallée, Silicon Valley’s resident UFO intellectual, adds the perennialist claim that people have always seen strange things in the sky and that they mark “reality beyond our rational mind.” Science fiction serves the same hunger — Kirsch’s own California childhood ran on The Next Generation and Asimov — a sandbox for questions religion once answered: what are humans for, why is mind so out of place in the universe? And the aliens we imagine are always mirrors: Wells’s Darwinian indifference (we are their microbes), the Cold War’s destroyers and moral guides, and now Musk’s Mars — an insurance policy for mind itself against our own extinction. The catch that keeps UFOs at the intersection of science and belief: real aliens must obey physics, interstellar distances forbid the journey, so belief becomes “a big X” — faith that there’s physics we haven’t found. Even Sagan’s Contact, Kirsch notes, resorts to a wormhole. Magic, scientifically dressed.</p><p>•       <strong>The Aliens We Invented. </strong>The conversation’s destination, via Andrew’s suggestion that the aliens have arrived and we built them: “we might have invented the aliens that we’ve been looking for” — nonhuman minds, freed from biology, that don’t experience the world as we do and may transcend or outlive us. What felt like science fiction when The Revolt Against Humanity appeared in 2023 now reads as near-future planning — and the AI lens even revises the search heuristic: perhaps advanced technology isn’t skyscrapers in space but something chip-small, too compact to see. Pressed on whether a Copernican moment could leave skeptics — him and Andrew both — with egg on their faces, Kirsch concedes it’s “very imaginable,” with the caveat that the loudest AGI claims come from those selling it. The poet’s summation: the world not being made to our measure has been...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We might have invented the aliens that we’ve been looking for.” </em>— Adam Kirsch</p><p> </p><p>First he took on the transhumanists. Then the settler-colonialism fanatics. Now <a href="https://citylights.com/true-crime-strange-phenomena/we-want-to-believe-how-aliens-went-mai/">Adam Kirsch</a> aims his critical pen at the ultimate crazies — the flying saucer crowd. In <a href="https://citylights.com/true-crime-strange-phenomena/we-want-to-believe-how-aliens-went-mai/"><em>We Want to Believe</em></a>, Kirsch explains how aliens went mainstream and why this once-crackpot conspiracy theory has become a mainstream political and cultural fact.</p><p> </p><p>The beauty (if that’s the right word) of the subject, Kirsch argues, is that because UFOs don’t really exist, the flying saucer rumor mill encapsulates the paranoia of our populist age. Ever since the 2017 <em>New York Times</em> exposé of the Pentagon’s secret UFO program, it’s an industry that has fed off both the crisis of traditional authority and the suspicion that the people in power know more than they’re letting on. Elites, in other words, know nothing and everything. Simultaneously. Maybe, even, they’re the aliens themselves (see: <em>Invasion of the Body Snatchers</em>).</p><p> </p><p>Underneath this silliness, Kirsch notes, is something more substantial. Perhaps religion itself. Where people once saw miracles or demons, they now see little green-headed creatures packed into flying saucers. In other words, they provide a vocabulary for experiences that we can’t explain, as well as a community with which we can share that mystery.</p><p> </p><p>So what happens when the aliens finally show up? As I suggested, maybe these transcendental creatures arrived. We’ve built them ourselves in the form of artificial intelligence. Kirsch agreed, seeing AI as a kind of nonhuman mind that doesn’t experience the world as we do. Such a Copernican moment is “very imaginable,” the sceptic concedes. Disclosure Day. Starring Adam Kirsch.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Pure Thought Experiment. </strong>The trilogy’s logic, completed: three short books on popular ideas, this one distinguished by the fact that its subject doesn’t exist — which is precisely its value. UFOs, Kirsch argues, let us think “in a very sort of almost consequence-free way” about who decides what’s real, whose authority we trust, and why people need to believe — the defining questions of a populist moment in which vaccines, public health, and yesterday’s common sense are all contested. The hinge was 2017: the New York Times’s “Glowing Auras and ‘Black Money’” exposé revealed the Pentagon’s AATIP program, and the paper of record saying the government knows more than it admits took UFOs from niche conspiracy to mainstream issue. Kirsch himself started paying attention — smoke that might lead to fire. “Unfortunately, in the years since then, no fire has been discovered.” What he learned instead: how easy it is to be misled, and what scientific evidence actually is.</p><p>•       <strong>’Oumuamua’s Wager. </strong>The book’s treatment of past guest Avi Loeb is a study in the seduction of credentials: an astrophysicist of unimpeachable standing willing to entertain what colleagues won’t — that the interstellar object ‘Oumuamua might have been a broken light sail from an alien probe — “kindles the imagination,” Kirsch’s included. But the metal globs from the Pacific floor and the fresh candidates each year breed suspicion, and the standard remains Carl Sagan’s: extraordinary claims require extraordinary evidence. Loeb’s reply reworks Pascal — ‘Oumuamua’s wager: believe, because the benefits of an open mind outweigh the cost of being wrong. Kirsch’s honesty cuts through: “I would love to believe in UFOs.” Nothing would be more exciting. Which sharpens the genuine scientific conundrum — the space age promised a galaxy teeming with signals and delivered silence: “Why is Earth so important if it should be so unimportant? Where are all the other Earths?”</p><p>•       <strong>The Archetype of Conspiracy. </strong>The disclosure paradigm is eighty years old, and it trained us all: the people in power know more than they’re letting on, there are secret tapes and files, and the people deserve the truth — a template rehearsed on Roswell long before COVID or the Epstein files. Andrew’s gloss: elites, in other words, know nothing and everything — simultaneously. Maybe, even, they’re the aliens themselves (see: Invasion of the Body Snatchers). The official history runs from Truman’s alarm at the early-fifties Washington flap (if the Soviets can reach our skies, we must know) through the commissions of Ruppelt, J. Allen Hynek, and Edward Condon — whose report closed the file for half a century — to the 2017 AATIP revelation that reopened it, complete with congressional hearings and annual Pentagon reporting requirements. Today’s ledger: military pilots keep reporting lights that move impossibly; 95 percent get explained; the unexplained 5 percent “doesn’t mean that they’re UFOs — it just means there isn’t enough information.” Even the vocabulary tells the story: “UFO,” coined in the fifties to sound neutral, absorbed the flying saucer and had to be replaced by “UAP.” Spielberg’s Disclosure Day — fan service for believers, by Kirsch’s account, and disappointing by Andrew’s — monetizes the same secret-truth appeal that made Close Encounters.</p><p>•       <strong>A Religious Impulse. </strong>Why do people believe? The scholar D. W. Pasulka’s “book encounters” supply Kirsch’s answer: someone has an experience they can’t understand, reads the UFO literature, and says this is what happened to me — where a medieval villager would have named a miracle, a demon, or a god. Belief provides a vocabulary for the inexplicable and a community to interpret it with; Jacques Vallée, Silicon Valley’s resident UFO intellectual, adds the perennialist claim that people have always seen strange things in the sky and that they mark “reality beyond our rational mind.” Science fiction serves the same hunger — Kirsch’s own California childhood ran on The Next Generation and Asimov — a sandbox for questions religion once answered: what are humans for, why is mind so out of place in the universe? And the aliens we imagine are always mirrors: Wells’s Darwinian indifference (we are their microbes), the Cold War’s destroyers and moral guides, and now Musk’s Mars — an insurance policy for mind itself against our own extinction. The catch that keeps UFOs at the intersection of science and belief: real aliens must obey physics, interstellar distances forbid the journey, so belief becomes “a big X” — faith that there’s physics we haven’t found. Even Sagan’s Contact, Kirsch notes, resorts to a wormhole. Magic, scientifically dressed.</p><p>•       <strong>The Aliens We Invented. </strong>The conversation’s destination, via Andrew’s suggestion that the aliens have arrived and we built them: “we might have invented the aliens that we’ve been looking for” — nonhuman minds, freed from biology, that don’t experience the world as we do and may transcend or outlive us. What felt like science fiction when The Revolt Against Humanity appeared in 2023 now reads as near-future planning — and the AI lens even revises the search heuristic: perhaps advanced technology isn’t skyscrapers in space but something chip-small, too compact to see. Pressed on whether a Copernican moment could leave skeptics — him and Andrew both — with egg on their faces, Kirsch concedes it’s “very imaginable,” with the caveat that the loudest AGI claims come from those selling it. The poet’s summation: the world not being made to our measure has been...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2026 04:37:54 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/38498377/6fca800e.mp3" length="41163180" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3465627" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/38498377/6fca800e.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a3PustkAi0g">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/LONvZ2OSs56YhxAjgDzmYZdLxWOO3EOEhIsJwD5k1iM/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS84ZDM2/N2IzYTBmZGI0YjYy/YzdlYjUzYTcwODcx/NTAxZi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2570</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We might have invented the aliens that we’ve been looking for.” </em>— Adam Kirsch</p><p> </p><p>First he took on the transhumanists. Then the settler-colonialism fanatics. Now <a href="https://citylights.com/true-crime-strange-phenomena/we-want-to-believe-how-aliens-went-mai/">Adam Kirsch</a> aims his critical pen at the ultimate crazies — the flying saucer crowd. In <a href="https://citylights.com/true-crime-strange-phenomena/we-want-to-believe-how-aliens-went-mai/"><em>We Want to Believe</em></a>, Kirsch explains how aliens went mainstream and why this once-crackpot conspiracy theory has become a mainstream political and cultural fact.</p><p> </p><p>The beauty (if that’s the right word) of the subject, Kirsch argues, is that because UFOs don’t really exist, the flying saucer rumor mill encapsulates the paranoia of our populist age. Ever since the 2017 <em>New York Times</em> exposé of the Pentagon’s secret UFO program, it’s an industry that has fed off both the crisis of traditional authority and the suspicion that the people in power know more than they’re letting on. Elites, in other words, know nothing and everything. Simultaneously. Maybe, even, they’re the aliens themselves (see: <em>Invasion of the Body Snatchers</em>).</p><p> </p><p>Underneath this silliness, Kirsch notes, is something more substantial. Perhaps religion itself. Where people once saw miracles or demons, they now see little green-headed creatures packed into flying saucers. In other words, they provide a vocabulary for experiences that we can’t explain, as well as a community with which we can share that mystery.</p><p> </p><p>So what happens when the aliens finally show up? As I suggested, maybe these transcendental creatures arrived. We’ve built them ourselves in the form of artificial intelligence. Kirsch agreed, seeing AI as a kind of nonhuman mind that doesn’t experience the world as we do. Such a Copernican moment is “very imaginable,” the sceptic concedes. Disclosure Day. Starring Adam Kirsch.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Pure Thought Experiment. </strong>The trilogy’s logic, completed: three short books on popular ideas, this one distinguished by the fact that its subject doesn’t exist — which is precisely its value. UFOs, Kirsch argues, let us think “in a very sort of almost consequence-free way” about who decides what’s real, whose authority we trust, and why people need to believe — the defining questions of a populist moment in which vaccines, public health, and yesterday’s common sense are all contested. The hinge was 2017: the New York Times’s “Glowing Auras and ‘Black Money’” exposé revealed the Pentagon’s AATIP program, and the paper of record saying the government knows more than it admits took UFOs from niche conspiracy to mainstream issue. Kirsch himself started paying attention — smoke that might lead to fire. “Unfortunately, in the years since then, no fire has been discovered.” What he learned instead: how easy it is to be misled, and what scientific evidence actually is.</p><p>•       <strong>’Oumuamua’s Wager. </strong>The book’s treatment of past guest Avi Loeb is a study in the seduction of credentials: an astrophysicist of unimpeachable standing willing to entertain what colleagues won’t — that the interstellar object ‘Oumuamua might have been a broken light sail from an alien probe — “kindles the imagination,” Kirsch’s included. But the metal globs from the Pacific floor and the fresh candidates each year breed suspicion, and the standard remains Carl Sagan’s: extraordinary claims require extraordinary evidence. Loeb’s reply reworks Pascal — ‘Oumuamua’s wager: believe, because the benefits of an open mind outweigh the cost of being wrong. Kirsch’s honesty cuts through: “I would love to believe in UFOs.” Nothing would be more exciting. Which sharpens the genuine scientific conundrum — the space age promised a galaxy teeming with signals and delivered silence: “Why is Earth so important if it should be so unimportant? Where are all the other Earths?”</p><p>•       <strong>The Archetype of Conspiracy. </strong>The disclosure paradigm is eighty years old, and it trained us all: the people in power know more than they’re letting on, there are secret tapes and files, and the people deserve the truth — a template rehearsed on Roswell long before COVID or the Epstein files. Andrew’s gloss: elites, in other words, know nothing and everything — simultaneously. Maybe, even, they’re the aliens themselves (see: Invasion of the Body Snatchers). The official history runs from Truman’s alarm at the early-fifties Washington flap (if the Soviets can reach our skies, we must know) through the commissions of Ruppelt, J. Allen Hynek, and Edward Condon — whose report closed the file for half a century — to the 2017 AATIP revelation that reopened it, complete with congressional hearings and annual Pentagon reporting requirements. Today’s ledger: military pilots keep reporting lights that move impossibly; 95 percent get explained; the unexplained 5 percent “doesn’t mean that they’re UFOs — it just means there isn’t enough information.” Even the vocabulary tells the story: “UFO,” coined in the fifties to sound neutral, absorbed the flying saucer and had to be replaced by “UAP.” Spielberg’s Disclosure Day — fan service for believers, by Kirsch’s account, and disappointing by Andrew’s — monetizes the same secret-truth appeal that made Close Encounters.</p><p>•       <strong>A Religious Impulse. </strong>Why do people believe? The scholar D. W. Pasulka’s “book encounters” supply Kirsch’s answer: someone has an experience they can’t understand, reads the UFO literature, and says this is what happened to me — where a medieval villager would have named a miracle, a demon, or a god. Belief provides a vocabulary for the inexplicable and a community to interpret it with; Jacques Vallée, Silicon Valley’s resident UFO intellectual, adds the perennialist claim that people have always seen strange things in the sky and that they mark “reality beyond our rational mind.” Science fiction serves the same hunger — Kirsch’s own California childhood ran on The Next Generation and Asimov — a sandbox for questions religion once answered: what are humans for, why is mind so out of place in the universe? And the aliens we imagine are always mirrors: Wells’s Darwinian indifference (we are their microbes), the Cold War’s destroyers and moral guides, and now Musk’s Mars — an insurance policy for mind itself against our own extinction. The catch that keeps UFOs at the intersection of science and belief: real aliens must obey physics, interstellar distances forbid the journey, so belief becomes “a big X” — faith that there’s physics we haven’t found. Even Sagan’s Contact, Kirsch notes, resorts to a wormhole. Magic, scientifically dressed.</p><p>•       <strong>The Aliens We Invented. </strong>The conversation’s destination, via Andrew’s suggestion that the aliens have arrived and we built them: “we might have invented the aliens that we’ve been looking for” — nonhuman minds, freed from biology, that don’t experience the world as we do and may transcend or outlive us. What felt like science fiction when The Revolt Against Humanity appeared in 2023 now reads as near-future planning — and the AI lens even revises the search heuristic: perhaps advanced technology isn’t skyscrapers in space but something chip-small, too compact to see. Pressed on whether a Copernican moment could leave skeptics — him and Andrew both — with egg on their faces, Kirsch concedes it’s “very imaginable,” with the caveat that the loudest AGI claims come from those selling it. The poet’s summation: the world not being made to our measure has been...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/38498377/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Madness of Markets: Alex Edmans on Why Smart Investors Make Crazy Decisions</title>
      <itunes:episode>3027</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3027</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Madness of Markets: Alex Edmans on Why Smart Investors Make Crazy Decisions</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">89341c52-c440-41a1-b48a-b1774318eb8d</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“When people trade, even before fees and commissions, the average trade loses money.” </em>— Alex Edmans</p><p> </p><p>Isaac Newton might be able to foresee the movement of the stars, but he couldn’t foretell the madness of men. It was a lesson that cost the great physicist £4 million (in today’s money) when he threw his fortune into the South Sea Bubble. This priceless parable in Newtonian psychology opens <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/821903/the-madness-of-markets-by-alex-edmans/"><em>The Madness of Markets</em></a>, the new book by <a href="https://alexedmans.com/">Alex Edmans</a> — London Business School finance prof, old friend of the show, and author of the bestselling <em>May Contain Lies</em>.</p><p> </p><p>Dr Edmans’s prognosis is bracingly unflattering to guys like Isaac Newton and Mark Twain who splurge their fortunes on speculative ventures. Intelligence, he reminds us, is domain-specific, but many smart people simply aren’t intelligent enough to realize this. So, in the age of Robinhood — when we can all trade anything from stocks, options, crypto to NFTs — the supposed wisdom of crowds is sometimes driven over the cliff by the irrational exuberance of dumb individuals.</p><p> </p><p>Speaking of driving off the cliff, ninety percent of us think we’re above-average drivers, Edmans jokes, and this same delusion applies to markets. Unfortunately, such stupidity can be expensive for big brain types like Newton or Twain. “When people trade, even before fees and commissions, the average trade loses money,” he warns.</p><p> </p><p>So close your Robinhood account and stick your cash in the bank? No, not quite. Know your edge, Edmans reminds us. And when it comes to making sense of the current AI boom, Edmans offers some particularly wise words. The AI sector trades at 25 to 30 times earnings rather than Cisco’s bubble-era 190, he notes, so it’s unlikely anyone will lose their life’s savings on Anthropic or OpenAI.</p><p> </p><p>That said, the good doctor Edmans advises, don’t confuse your self-worth with your net worth. That’s a rookie conceit that only somebody as smart as Isaac Newton would fall for.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Newton’s £4 Million. </strong>The book leads with the smartest victim on record: Isaac Newton rode the South Sea Bubble, banked a tidy profit, dove back in at the very top, and lost £20,000 — £4 million today — lamenting that he could predict the movement of the stars but not the madness of men. (Andrew’s companion case, via last month’s Citizen Twain episode with Jeff Jarvis: Mark Twain, genius writer, ruinous investor.) The lesson is that smartness is domain-specific: beating the market requires knowing the company, the industry, and — crucially — what’s already priced in. A great secretary of state evaluating Theranos is the Dunning-Kruger effect in a suit: expertise misapplied, one piece of the mosaic mistaken for the whole. Even Warren Buffett’s edge, Edmans notes, is partly restraint — don’t watch the market too closely, or you’ll mistake noise for signal.</p><p>•       <strong>Know Your Edge. </strong>Edmans’s framework: play the market only if you can name your edge — knowledge (unique insight into a sector) or endurance (capital that can’t be withdrawn by flighty clients). His endurance exemplar is Clare College, Cambridge, which borrowed £10 million in the depths of 2008 and put it all into equities via its “2048 Fund”: a decade later the portfolio had tripled while the loan had merely doubled. No edge? Then “be humble” and hold a low-cost, globally diversified index fund — because the alternative is expensive. In the age of Robinhood, the market for everything has been democratized; the zero-commission promise is a myth (retail options bid-ask spreads run 20 to 25 percent); and the brokerage data is brutal: the average retail trade loses money before fees. “I’m generally a libertarian,” Edmans concedes — but decisions that jeopardize your financial future deserve a warning label.</p><p>•       <strong>Why the Ox Doesn’t Apply. </strong>The week’s second Surowiecki appearance (after the Brunton episode): Edmans explains why the wisdom of crowds — the county-fair ox whose weight the crowd guesses perfectly — fails in markets. Two reasons: nobody is emotionally attached to the weight of an ox, and the guesses are secret. Stocks invert both — in a bubble everyone bids high together, and trading is public: Reddit threads, boasting friends, influencers, and the survivorship bias of gamblers who only mention their wins. Hence Andrew’s cocktail-party indicator, confirmed: when smart, successful people start telling you how much AI they’re buying, the trade is crowded and richly priced. The contrarian lineage — Graham, Buffett, Greenblatt — exists precisely to take the other side of mimicry. Or, per Andrew’s accepted inversion of the subtitle: why crazy investors make smart decisions — Ford’s faster horses, Moneyball’s walks, Jobs’s refusal to ask customers what they want.</p><p>•       <strong>Is AI a Bubble? Maybe Not. </strong>The hour’s most contrarian calm. There are moments, Edmans says, when reasonable people could call a bubble in real time — Cisco in 2000 traded at a price-earnings ratio of 190, triple Microsoft’s. AI today trades at roughly 25 to 30 times earnings; the bear case is that those earnings rest on capex (Meta’s own investors say it’s spending too much) that may not be sustainable. His verdict: fairly priced, or modestly overvalued — “something about which reasonable people have different views.” On using AI to invest, the rule is anti-confirmation: don’t ask it why you’re right or to advocate for your pitch; ask it why you’re wrong, and let it gather mosaic pieces (Glassdoor culture scrapes) while humans still walk shop floors and read management’s eyes. Andrew’s gloss: it’s unlikely anyone will lose their life’s savings on Anthropic or OpenAI. The teaser: FT journalist Robin Wigglesworth — who blurbs this book “a maddeningly good read” and warns in the Times of the AI debt binge — visits this show soon.</p><p>•       <strong>Cutting Our Flowers, Watering Our Weeds. </strong>Andrew’s Claudeception question — what happens when Anthropic feeds The Madness of Markets into its AI and everyone turns contrarian? — got a data answer: when a trading strategy is published in the Journal of Finance, its returns fall by only about a third. Money stays on the table because psychology is stubborn: momentum (buy six-month winners) has worked since 1993, yet it fights the disposition effect — our temptation to bank winners and cling to losers, chasing casino losses, “cutting our flowers and watering our weeds.” Timing cuts both ways: six-month winners keep winning, three-year winners revert — the foundation of contrarianism — but calling the market’s top or bottom is near-impossible, which is why Edmans bought heavily in late 2008 content to be “80 percent right.” And the closing wisdom, after Joe Kennedy’s 1928 exit and Trump’s well-timed memecoin: your self-worth should have nothing to do with your net worth — a rookie conceit, as Andrew’s intro has it, that only somebody as smart as Isaac Newton would fall for.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://alexedmans.com/">Alex Edmans</a> is Professor of Finance at London Business School and a leading expert on market psychology. His research has featured in the Financial Times, The Wall Street Journal, and on the BBC, and he has advised sovereign wealth funds, pension funds, and asset managers worldwide. He is the author of May Contain Lies, an Amazon number-one bestseller disc...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“When people trade, even before fees and commissions, the average trade loses money.” </em>— Alex Edmans</p><p> </p><p>Isaac Newton might be able to foresee the movement of the stars, but he couldn’t foretell the madness of men. It was a lesson that cost the great physicist £4 million (in today’s money) when he threw his fortune into the South Sea Bubble. This priceless parable in Newtonian psychology opens <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/821903/the-madness-of-markets-by-alex-edmans/"><em>The Madness of Markets</em></a>, the new book by <a href="https://alexedmans.com/">Alex Edmans</a> — London Business School finance prof, old friend of the show, and author of the bestselling <em>May Contain Lies</em>.</p><p> </p><p>Dr Edmans’s prognosis is bracingly unflattering to guys like Isaac Newton and Mark Twain who splurge their fortunes on speculative ventures. Intelligence, he reminds us, is domain-specific, but many smart people simply aren’t intelligent enough to realize this. So, in the age of Robinhood — when we can all trade anything from stocks, options, crypto to NFTs — the supposed wisdom of crowds is sometimes driven over the cliff by the irrational exuberance of dumb individuals.</p><p> </p><p>Speaking of driving off the cliff, ninety percent of us think we’re above-average drivers, Edmans jokes, and this same delusion applies to markets. Unfortunately, such stupidity can be expensive for big brain types like Newton or Twain. “When people trade, even before fees and commissions, the average trade loses money,” he warns.</p><p> </p><p>So close your Robinhood account and stick your cash in the bank? No, not quite. Know your edge, Edmans reminds us. And when it comes to making sense of the current AI boom, Edmans offers some particularly wise words. The AI sector trades at 25 to 30 times earnings rather than Cisco’s bubble-era 190, he notes, so it’s unlikely anyone will lose their life’s savings on Anthropic or OpenAI.</p><p> </p><p>That said, the good doctor Edmans advises, don’t confuse your self-worth with your net worth. That’s a rookie conceit that only somebody as smart as Isaac Newton would fall for.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Newton’s £4 Million. </strong>The book leads with the smartest victim on record: Isaac Newton rode the South Sea Bubble, banked a tidy profit, dove back in at the very top, and lost £20,000 — £4 million today — lamenting that he could predict the movement of the stars but not the madness of men. (Andrew’s companion case, via last month’s Citizen Twain episode with Jeff Jarvis: Mark Twain, genius writer, ruinous investor.) The lesson is that smartness is domain-specific: beating the market requires knowing the company, the industry, and — crucially — what’s already priced in. A great secretary of state evaluating Theranos is the Dunning-Kruger effect in a suit: expertise misapplied, one piece of the mosaic mistaken for the whole. Even Warren Buffett’s edge, Edmans notes, is partly restraint — don’t watch the market too closely, or you’ll mistake noise for signal.</p><p>•       <strong>Know Your Edge. </strong>Edmans’s framework: play the market only if you can name your edge — knowledge (unique insight into a sector) or endurance (capital that can’t be withdrawn by flighty clients). His endurance exemplar is Clare College, Cambridge, which borrowed £10 million in the depths of 2008 and put it all into equities via its “2048 Fund”: a decade later the portfolio had tripled while the loan had merely doubled. No edge? Then “be humble” and hold a low-cost, globally diversified index fund — because the alternative is expensive. In the age of Robinhood, the market for everything has been democratized; the zero-commission promise is a myth (retail options bid-ask spreads run 20 to 25 percent); and the brokerage data is brutal: the average retail trade loses money before fees. “I’m generally a libertarian,” Edmans concedes — but decisions that jeopardize your financial future deserve a warning label.</p><p>•       <strong>Why the Ox Doesn’t Apply. </strong>The week’s second Surowiecki appearance (after the Brunton episode): Edmans explains why the wisdom of crowds — the county-fair ox whose weight the crowd guesses perfectly — fails in markets. Two reasons: nobody is emotionally attached to the weight of an ox, and the guesses are secret. Stocks invert both — in a bubble everyone bids high together, and trading is public: Reddit threads, boasting friends, influencers, and the survivorship bias of gamblers who only mention their wins. Hence Andrew’s cocktail-party indicator, confirmed: when smart, successful people start telling you how much AI they’re buying, the trade is crowded and richly priced. The contrarian lineage — Graham, Buffett, Greenblatt — exists precisely to take the other side of mimicry. Or, per Andrew’s accepted inversion of the subtitle: why crazy investors make smart decisions — Ford’s faster horses, Moneyball’s walks, Jobs’s refusal to ask customers what they want.</p><p>•       <strong>Is AI a Bubble? Maybe Not. </strong>The hour’s most contrarian calm. There are moments, Edmans says, when reasonable people could call a bubble in real time — Cisco in 2000 traded at a price-earnings ratio of 190, triple Microsoft’s. AI today trades at roughly 25 to 30 times earnings; the bear case is that those earnings rest on capex (Meta’s own investors say it’s spending too much) that may not be sustainable. His verdict: fairly priced, or modestly overvalued — “something about which reasonable people have different views.” On using AI to invest, the rule is anti-confirmation: don’t ask it why you’re right or to advocate for your pitch; ask it why you’re wrong, and let it gather mosaic pieces (Glassdoor culture scrapes) while humans still walk shop floors and read management’s eyes. Andrew’s gloss: it’s unlikely anyone will lose their life’s savings on Anthropic or OpenAI. The teaser: FT journalist Robin Wigglesworth — who blurbs this book “a maddeningly good read” and warns in the Times of the AI debt binge — visits this show soon.</p><p>•       <strong>Cutting Our Flowers, Watering Our Weeds. </strong>Andrew’s Claudeception question — what happens when Anthropic feeds The Madness of Markets into its AI and everyone turns contrarian? — got a data answer: when a trading strategy is published in the Journal of Finance, its returns fall by only about a third. Money stays on the table because psychology is stubborn: momentum (buy six-month winners) has worked since 1993, yet it fights the disposition effect — our temptation to bank winners and cling to losers, chasing casino losses, “cutting our flowers and watering our weeds.” Timing cuts both ways: six-month winners keep winning, three-year winners revert — the foundation of contrarianism — but calling the market’s top or bottom is near-impossible, which is why Edmans bought heavily in late 2008 content to be “80 percent right.” And the closing wisdom, after Joe Kennedy’s 1928 exit and Trump’s well-timed memecoin: your self-worth should have nothing to do with your net worth — a rookie conceit, as Andrew’s intro has it, that only somebody as smart as Isaac Newton would fall for.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://alexedmans.com/">Alex Edmans</a> is Professor of Finance at London Business School and a leading expert on market psychology. His research has featured in the Financial Times, The Wall Street Journal, and on the BBC, and he has advised sovereign wealth funds, pension funds, and asset managers worldwide. He is the author of May Contain Lies, an Amazon number-one bestseller disc...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Sep 2026 07:00:56 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/c813bce3/6f80fdd1.mp3" length="41811215" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3459206" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/c813bce3/6f80fdd1.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/mn2sSzp728n1_ufljQ5lcFhrkNUEIt8oQVtQ7IbCDAo/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8wMzlj/ZGI0YjA2NTZjZTdh/MTI0MmQyMDhkZjY1/MWFiOC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2610</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“When people trade, even before fees and commissions, the average trade loses money.” </em>— Alex Edmans</p><p> </p><p>Isaac Newton might be able to foresee the movement of the stars, but he couldn’t foretell the madness of men. It was a lesson that cost the great physicist £4 million (in today’s money) when he threw his fortune into the South Sea Bubble. This priceless parable in Newtonian psychology opens <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/821903/the-madness-of-markets-by-alex-edmans/"><em>The Madness of Markets</em></a>, the new book by <a href="https://alexedmans.com/">Alex Edmans</a> — London Business School finance prof, old friend of the show, and author of the bestselling <em>May Contain Lies</em>.</p><p> </p><p>Dr Edmans’s prognosis is bracingly unflattering to guys like Isaac Newton and Mark Twain who splurge their fortunes on speculative ventures. Intelligence, he reminds us, is domain-specific, but many smart people simply aren’t intelligent enough to realize this. So, in the age of Robinhood — when we can all trade anything from stocks, options, crypto to NFTs — the supposed wisdom of crowds is sometimes driven over the cliff by the irrational exuberance of dumb individuals.</p><p> </p><p>Speaking of driving off the cliff, ninety percent of us think we’re above-average drivers, Edmans jokes, and this same delusion applies to markets. Unfortunately, such stupidity can be expensive for big brain types like Newton or Twain. “When people trade, even before fees and commissions, the average trade loses money,” he warns.</p><p> </p><p>So close your Robinhood account and stick your cash in the bank? No, not quite. Know your edge, Edmans reminds us. And when it comes to making sense of the current AI boom, Edmans offers some particularly wise words. The AI sector trades at 25 to 30 times earnings rather than Cisco’s bubble-era 190, he notes, so it’s unlikely anyone will lose their life’s savings on Anthropic or OpenAI.</p><p> </p><p>That said, the good doctor Edmans advises, don’t confuse your self-worth with your net worth. That’s a rookie conceit that only somebody as smart as Isaac Newton would fall for.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Newton’s £4 Million. </strong>The book leads with the smartest victim on record: Isaac Newton rode the South Sea Bubble, banked a tidy profit, dove back in at the very top, and lost £20,000 — £4 million today — lamenting that he could predict the movement of the stars but not the madness of men. (Andrew’s companion case, via last month’s Citizen Twain episode with Jeff Jarvis: Mark Twain, genius writer, ruinous investor.) The lesson is that smartness is domain-specific: beating the market requires knowing the company, the industry, and — crucially — what’s already priced in. A great secretary of state evaluating Theranos is the Dunning-Kruger effect in a suit: expertise misapplied, one piece of the mosaic mistaken for the whole. Even Warren Buffett’s edge, Edmans notes, is partly restraint — don’t watch the market too closely, or you’ll mistake noise for signal.</p><p>•       <strong>Know Your Edge. </strong>Edmans’s framework: play the market only if you can name your edge — knowledge (unique insight into a sector) or endurance (capital that can’t be withdrawn by flighty clients). His endurance exemplar is Clare College, Cambridge, which borrowed £10 million in the depths of 2008 and put it all into equities via its “2048 Fund”: a decade later the portfolio had tripled while the loan had merely doubled. No edge? Then “be humble” and hold a low-cost, globally diversified index fund — because the alternative is expensive. In the age of Robinhood, the market for everything has been democratized; the zero-commission promise is a myth (retail options bid-ask spreads run 20 to 25 percent); and the brokerage data is brutal: the average retail trade loses money before fees. “I’m generally a libertarian,” Edmans concedes — but decisions that jeopardize your financial future deserve a warning label.</p><p>•       <strong>Why the Ox Doesn’t Apply. </strong>The week’s second Surowiecki appearance (after the Brunton episode): Edmans explains why the wisdom of crowds — the county-fair ox whose weight the crowd guesses perfectly — fails in markets. Two reasons: nobody is emotionally attached to the weight of an ox, and the guesses are secret. Stocks invert both — in a bubble everyone bids high together, and trading is public: Reddit threads, boasting friends, influencers, and the survivorship bias of gamblers who only mention their wins. Hence Andrew’s cocktail-party indicator, confirmed: when smart, successful people start telling you how much AI they’re buying, the trade is crowded and richly priced. The contrarian lineage — Graham, Buffett, Greenblatt — exists precisely to take the other side of mimicry. Or, per Andrew’s accepted inversion of the subtitle: why crazy investors make smart decisions — Ford’s faster horses, Moneyball’s walks, Jobs’s refusal to ask customers what they want.</p><p>•       <strong>Is AI a Bubble? Maybe Not. </strong>The hour’s most contrarian calm. There are moments, Edmans says, when reasonable people could call a bubble in real time — Cisco in 2000 traded at a price-earnings ratio of 190, triple Microsoft’s. AI today trades at roughly 25 to 30 times earnings; the bear case is that those earnings rest on capex (Meta’s own investors say it’s spending too much) that may not be sustainable. His verdict: fairly priced, or modestly overvalued — “something about which reasonable people have different views.” On using AI to invest, the rule is anti-confirmation: don’t ask it why you’re right or to advocate for your pitch; ask it why you’re wrong, and let it gather mosaic pieces (Glassdoor culture scrapes) while humans still walk shop floors and read management’s eyes. Andrew’s gloss: it’s unlikely anyone will lose their life’s savings on Anthropic or OpenAI. The teaser: FT journalist Robin Wigglesworth — who blurbs this book “a maddeningly good read” and warns in the Times of the AI debt binge — visits this show soon.</p><p>•       <strong>Cutting Our Flowers, Watering Our Weeds. </strong>Andrew’s Claudeception question — what happens when Anthropic feeds The Madness of Markets into its AI and everyone turns contrarian? — got a data answer: when a trading strategy is published in the Journal of Finance, its returns fall by only about a third. Money stays on the table because psychology is stubborn: momentum (buy six-month winners) has worked since 1993, yet it fights the disposition effect — our temptation to bank winners and cling to losers, chasing casino losses, “cutting our flowers and watering our weeds.” Timing cuts both ways: six-month winners keep winning, three-year winners revert — the foundation of contrarianism — but calling the market’s top or bottom is near-impossible, which is why Edmans bought heavily in late 2008 content to be “80 percent right.” And the closing wisdom, after Joe Kennedy’s 1928 exit and Trump’s well-timed memecoin: your self-worth should have nothing to do with your net worth — a rookie conceit, as Andrew’s intro has it, that only somebody as smart as Isaac Newton would fall for.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://alexedmans.com/">Alex Edmans</a> is Professor of Finance at London Business School and a leading expert on market psychology. His research has featured in the Financial Times, The Wall Street Journal, and on the BBC, and he has advised sovereign wealth funds, pension funds, and asset managers worldwide. He is the author of May Contain Lies, an Amazon number-one bestseller disc...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/c813bce3/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/c813bce3/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Revolution Won’t Be Meatless: Erin Somers Finds the Beef</title>
      <itunes:episode>3026</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3026</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Revolution Won’t Be Meatless: Erin Somers Finds the Beef</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3f5e4410-497a-443e-a998-fcad65d7c1fd</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You can’t talk people out of wanting a burger.” </em>— Erin Somers</p><p> </p><p>In February, Bruce Friedrich came on the show to <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/gb/podcast/how-meat-can-save-the-planet-the-vegan-case/id1448694012?i=1000747866127">explain</a> how lab-grown meat would save the planet. Today’s guest is less sanguine about this revolution. <a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/09/wheres-the-beef-lab-grown-meat-erin-somers/">Erin Somers</a> — author of the bestselling novel The Ten Year Affair and a twenty-year vegetarian — spent a year exploring our supposedly meatless future. In “<a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/09/wheres-the-beef-lab-grown-meat-erin-somers/">Where’s the Beef?</a>”, the cover story of this month’s <em>Harper’s</em>, Somers describes the still-born lab-grown-meat revolution that wasn’t.</p><p> </p><p>The problem, Somers explains, isn’t technological. Having raised $330,000 from Sergey Brin, the Dutch scientist Mark Post grew the first burger from cow shoulder cells back in 2013. What subsequently failed is everything else. The price never fell, VCs lost interest, conservatives legislated against it, and the industry’s best hope, Believer Meats, went bankrupt. Above all, the revolution never went mainstream. “You can’t talk people out of wanting a burger,” Somers explains.</p><p> </p><p>Somers’ journey ended at the iconic Berkeley Bowl where she was offered a Sumo orange, a hybrid fruit engineered to be both delicious and resilient. Technology fed her after all. Just not in the way that revolutionaries like Bruce Friedrich predicted. The revolution won’t be meatless. Let’s hope we can still save the planet.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Woolly Mammoth Meatball. </strong>Somers’s obsession began around 2022, when the Australian company Vow extracted DNA from a fossil and made a woolly mammoth meatball — which, because no one could be sure meat grown from DNA that old was safe, no one was allowed to eat. A forbidden food, conjured at great expense: to Somers, the perfect emblem of an industry that was always “a microcosm of what is going on culturally” — a gold-rush mentality among investors, a tech product perpetually not-quite-arriving, and a carnival of curiosities around the edges. It speaks, she says, directly to our AI moment: massive hype, cons and bills of goods sold in the meantime, and the actual product arriving years late in a different form. Her quest began with the simplest motive in journalism: “I just really wanna taste it.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Technology Works. Nobody’s Clamoring. </strong>The scientific story is genuine: Mark Post grew the first lab burger from cow shoulder cells in 2013 — two years’ work, $330,000, bankrolled by Sergey Brin, eaten live at London’s Riverside Studios — and the field has since scaled from petri dishes to bioreactors the size of a beer brewery. “They can actually do the things that they say.” What’s missing is everything downstream: a price point anywhere near conventional meat (two to four times as expensive), a trained workforce, and — the quiet killer — demand. “No one’s clamoring for it.” The shuttered North Carolina factory Somers visited stands fully equipped and ready to run; it simply “didn’t quite make it over the finish line.” Even MrBeast, blind-testing Upside Foods’ cultivated chicken sandwich for millions of viewers, couldn’t tell the difference — which made Somers, still untasted at the time, irrationally jealous.</p><p>•       <strong>The Believer Collapse. </strong>The piece’s centerpiece has a novelist’s timing. The day before the industry’s trade conference in North Carolina’s Research Triangle — the unexpected hub, anchored by the Bezos Center for Sustainable Protein at NC State — Somers drove forty-five minutes into the countryside to check on Believer Meats’ multimillion-dollar facility and found it shuttered. The next day, sitting among the assembled scientists and funders, the news broke: the company that was the industry’s best hope for reaching the market had gone bankrupt. Gossip filled every conference break; the postmortem was unanimous — they scaled too quickly, pushed by backers to move faster than they were ready to — and the mood sank, with two full days of programming about “the future of the industry” still to run. Andrew’s question wrote itself: after The Ten Year Affair, has America’s affair with artificial meat ended? She tasted the meat. The affair, they agreed, is concluded.</p><p>•       <strong>The Pincer. </strong>Two forces squeezed the industry simultaneously. The venture capitalists “abandoned ship once they saw how hard it was going to be” — no blame assigned, exactly: “they did what they do. They sought to make money. They bailed.” And conservative legislatures turned a tiny industry into a wedge issue, conjuring “the straw man of lab-grown meat enthusiasts who are going to take away your beef burgers” — laughable, Somers argues, since the industry “poses so little threat that it’s kind of laughable that it’s been legislated against at all. It’s almost total theater.” Bezos’s $30 million center gets measured credit — real work, smart people, and a drop in the bucket. Her deeper conclusion cuts against food moralism: personal responsibility won’t slow climate change. The fix must come from legislation and innovation, “because you can’t talk people out of wanting a burger.” The likely future, per past guest George Monbiot’s territory: a hybrid — regenerative agriculture plus alternative proteins plus policy.</p><p>•       <strong>The Sumo Orange. </strong>Is this an obituary? Somers thinks not — Andrew’s analogy: AI survived its own winters in the eighties and nineties, and downturns are chapters, not endings. The scientists are still at work, the innovations will surface elsewhere in food systems and medicine, and “nothing... will go to waste.” Her ending makes the point by indirection: at a Mission Barns tasting at the Berkeley Bowl — Andrew’s favorite store on earth — a marketing director walked her through the produce section and pressed two oranges on her. Walking away, she ate a Sumo orange: not naturally occurring, a hybrid born of food science, “engineered to be delicious and... engineered to be resilient.” Look what technology can give us, she concluded — “it’s not so dark.” Proust had his madeleine; Somers has her orange. A new novel is begun, two years out; a return visit is promised.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/09/wheres-the-beef-lab-grown-meat-erin-somers/">Erin Somers</a> is a writer, essayist, and critic in Beacon, New York. She is the author of the novels Stay Up with Hugo Best and the bestselling The Ten Year Affair; her journalism and criticism have appeared widely. “Where’s the Beef? The Lab-Grown-Meat Revolution That Wasn’t” is the cover story of the September 2026 issue of <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>. A vegetarian of twenty years, she has now, finally, tasted the meat. Her third novel is underway.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       “<a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/09/wheres-the-beef-lab-grown-meat-erin-somers/">Where’s the Beef? The Lab-Grown-Meat Revolution That Wasn’t</a>” by Erin Somers — <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>, September 2026. The second piece from this issue on the show this week, after Finn Brunton’s “The Chaos Machine.”</p><p>•       <em>The Ten Year Affair</em> and <em>Stay Up with Hugo Best</em> by Erin Somers — the novels; a third is underway.</p><p>•    &amp;nbs...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You can’t talk people out of wanting a burger.” </em>— Erin Somers</p><p> </p><p>In February, Bruce Friedrich came on the show to <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/gb/podcast/how-meat-can-save-the-planet-the-vegan-case/id1448694012?i=1000747866127">explain</a> how lab-grown meat would save the planet. Today’s guest is less sanguine about this revolution. <a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/09/wheres-the-beef-lab-grown-meat-erin-somers/">Erin Somers</a> — author of the bestselling novel The Ten Year Affair and a twenty-year vegetarian — spent a year exploring our supposedly meatless future. In “<a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/09/wheres-the-beef-lab-grown-meat-erin-somers/">Where’s the Beef?</a>”, the cover story of this month’s <em>Harper’s</em>, Somers describes the still-born lab-grown-meat revolution that wasn’t.</p><p> </p><p>The problem, Somers explains, isn’t technological. Having raised $330,000 from Sergey Brin, the Dutch scientist Mark Post grew the first burger from cow shoulder cells back in 2013. What subsequently failed is everything else. The price never fell, VCs lost interest, conservatives legislated against it, and the industry’s best hope, Believer Meats, went bankrupt. Above all, the revolution never went mainstream. “You can’t talk people out of wanting a burger,” Somers explains.</p><p> </p><p>Somers’ journey ended at the iconic Berkeley Bowl where she was offered a Sumo orange, a hybrid fruit engineered to be both delicious and resilient. Technology fed her after all. Just not in the way that revolutionaries like Bruce Friedrich predicted. The revolution won’t be meatless. Let’s hope we can still save the planet.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Woolly Mammoth Meatball. </strong>Somers’s obsession began around 2022, when the Australian company Vow extracted DNA from a fossil and made a woolly mammoth meatball — which, because no one could be sure meat grown from DNA that old was safe, no one was allowed to eat. A forbidden food, conjured at great expense: to Somers, the perfect emblem of an industry that was always “a microcosm of what is going on culturally” — a gold-rush mentality among investors, a tech product perpetually not-quite-arriving, and a carnival of curiosities around the edges. It speaks, she says, directly to our AI moment: massive hype, cons and bills of goods sold in the meantime, and the actual product arriving years late in a different form. Her quest began with the simplest motive in journalism: “I just really wanna taste it.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Technology Works. Nobody’s Clamoring. </strong>The scientific story is genuine: Mark Post grew the first lab burger from cow shoulder cells in 2013 — two years’ work, $330,000, bankrolled by Sergey Brin, eaten live at London’s Riverside Studios — and the field has since scaled from petri dishes to bioreactors the size of a beer brewery. “They can actually do the things that they say.” What’s missing is everything downstream: a price point anywhere near conventional meat (two to four times as expensive), a trained workforce, and — the quiet killer — demand. “No one’s clamoring for it.” The shuttered North Carolina factory Somers visited stands fully equipped and ready to run; it simply “didn’t quite make it over the finish line.” Even MrBeast, blind-testing Upside Foods’ cultivated chicken sandwich for millions of viewers, couldn’t tell the difference — which made Somers, still untasted at the time, irrationally jealous.</p><p>•       <strong>The Believer Collapse. </strong>The piece’s centerpiece has a novelist’s timing. The day before the industry’s trade conference in North Carolina’s Research Triangle — the unexpected hub, anchored by the Bezos Center for Sustainable Protein at NC State — Somers drove forty-five minutes into the countryside to check on Believer Meats’ multimillion-dollar facility and found it shuttered. The next day, sitting among the assembled scientists and funders, the news broke: the company that was the industry’s best hope for reaching the market had gone bankrupt. Gossip filled every conference break; the postmortem was unanimous — they scaled too quickly, pushed by backers to move faster than they were ready to — and the mood sank, with two full days of programming about “the future of the industry” still to run. Andrew’s question wrote itself: after The Ten Year Affair, has America’s affair with artificial meat ended? She tasted the meat. The affair, they agreed, is concluded.</p><p>•       <strong>The Pincer. </strong>Two forces squeezed the industry simultaneously. The venture capitalists “abandoned ship once they saw how hard it was going to be” — no blame assigned, exactly: “they did what they do. They sought to make money. They bailed.” And conservative legislatures turned a tiny industry into a wedge issue, conjuring “the straw man of lab-grown meat enthusiasts who are going to take away your beef burgers” — laughable, Somers argues, since the industry “poses so little threat that it’s kind of laughable that it’s been legislated against at all. It’s almost total theater.” Bezos’s $30 million center gets measured credit — real work, smart people, and a drop in the bucket. Her deeper conclusion cuts against food moralism: personal responsibility won’t slow climate change. The fix must come from legislation and innovation, “because you can’t talk people out of wanting a burger.” The likely future, per past guest George Monbiot’s territory: a hybrid — regenerative agriculture plus alternative proteins plus policy.</p><p>•       <strong>The Sumo Orange. </strong>Is this an obituary? Somers thinks not — Andrew’s analogy: AI survived its own winters in the eighties and nineties, and downturns are chapters, not endings. The scientists are still at work, the innovations will surface elsewhere in food systems and medicine, and “nothing... will go to waste.” Her ending makes the point by indirection: at a Mission Barns tasting at the Berkeley Bowl — Andrew’s favorite store on earth — a marketing director walked her through the produce section and pressed two oranges on her. Walking away, she ate a Sumo orange: not naturally occurring, a hybrid born of food science, “engineered to be delicious and... engineered to be resilient.” Look what technology can give us, she concluded — “it’s not so dark.” Proust had his madeleine; Somers has her orange. A new novel is begun, two years out; a return visit is promised.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/09/wheres-the-beef-lab-grown-meat-erin-somers/">Erin Somers</a> is a writer, essayist, and critic in Beacon, New York. She is the author of the novels Stay Up with Hugo Best and the bestselling The Ten Year Affair; her journalism and criticism have appeared widely. “Where’s the Beef? The Lab-Grown-Meat Revolution That Wasn’t” is the cover story of the September 2026 issue of <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>. A vegetarian of twenty years, she has now, finally, tasted the meat. Her third novel is underway.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       “<a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/09/wheres-the-beef-lab-grown-meat-erin-somers/">Where’s the Beef? The Lab-Grown-Meat Revolution That Wasn’t</a>” by Erin Somers — <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>, September 2026. The second piece from this issue on the show this week, after Finn Brunton’s “The Chaos Machine.”</p><p>•       <em>The Ten Year Affair</em> and <em>Stay Up with Hugo Best</em> by Erin Somers — the novels; a third is underway.</p><p>•    &amp;nbs...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 06 Sep 2026 07:19:28 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/f8ea7b60/bdad4098.mp3" length="30572167" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3469538" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/f8ea7b60/bdad4098.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5uKSLDfTGXk">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/8y-XFtF74CQVoD-OZT1wFlP7SYoIWHx6ANVvc6Xkr3c/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9mYWM3/Zjc0NDNjNGEwODZl/YTE1YjRhYmQ0NjEx/Njk2Ni5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1907</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You can’t talk people out of wanting a burger.” </em>— Erin Somers</p><p> </p><p>In February, Bruce Friedrich came on the show to <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/gb/podcast/how-meat-can-save-the-planet-the-vegan-case/id1448694012?i=1000747866127">explain</a> how lab-grown meat would save the planet. Today’s guest is less sanguine about this revolution. <a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/09/wheres-the-beef-lab-grown-meat-erin-somers/">Erin Somers</a> — author of the bestselling novel The Ten Year Affair and a twenty-year vegetarian — spent a year exploring our supposedly meatless future. In “<a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/09/wheres-the-beef-lab-grown-meat-erin-somers/">Where’s the Beef?</a>”, the cover story of this month’s <em>Harper’s</em>, Somers describes the still-born lab-grown-meat revolution that wasn’t.</p><p> </p><p>The problem, Somers explains, isn’t technological. Having raised $330,000 from Sergey Brin, the Dutch scientist Mark Post grew the first burger from cow shoulder cells back in 2013. What subsequently failed is everything else. The price never fell, VCs lost interest, conservatives legislated against it, and the industry’s best hope, Believer Meats, went bankrupt. Above all, the revolution never went mainstream. “You can’t talk people out of wanting a burger,” Somers explains.</p><p> </p><p>Somers’ journey ended at the iconic Berkeley Bowl where she was offered a Sumo orange, a hybrid fruit engineered to be both delicious and resilient. Technology fed her after all. Just not in the way that revolutionaries like Bruce Friedrich predicted. The revolution won’t be meatless. Let’s hope we can still save the planet.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Woolly Mammoth Meatball. </strong>Somers’s obsession began around 2022, when the Australian company Vow extracted DNA from a fossil and made a woolly mammoth meatball — which, because no one could be sure meat grown from DNA that old was safe, no one was allowed to eat. A forbidden food, conjured at great expense: to Somers, the perfect emblem of an industry that was always “a microcosm of what is going on culturally” — a gold-rush mentality among investors, a tech product perpetually not-quite-arriving, and a carnival of curiosities around the edges. It speaks, she says, directly to our AI moment: massive hype, cons and bills of goods sold in the meantime, and the actual product arriving years late in a different form. Her quest began with the simplest motive in journalism: “I just really wanna taste it.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Technology Works. Nobody’s Clamoring. </strong>The scientific story is genuine: Mark Post grew the first lab burger from cow shoulder cells in 2013 — two years’ work, $330,000, bankrolled by Sergey Brin, eaten live at London’s Riverside Studios — and the field has since scaled from petri dishes to bioreactors the size of a beer brewery. “They can actually do the things that they say.” What’s missing is everything downstream: a price point anywhere near conventional meat (two to four times as expensive), a trained workforce, and — the quiet killer — demand. “No one’s clamoring for it.” The shuttered North Carolina factory Somers visited stands fully equipped and ready to run; it simply “didn’t quite make it over the finish line.” Even MrBeast, blind-testing Upside Foods’ cultivated chicken sandwich for millions of viewers, couldn’t tell the difference — which made Somers, still untasted at the time, irrationally jealous.</p><p>•       <strong>The Believer Collapse. </strong>The piece’s centerpiece has a novelist’s timing. The day before the industry’s trade conference in North Carolina’s Research Triangle — the unexpected hub, anchored by the Bezos Center for Sustainable Protein at NC State — Somers drove forty-five minutes into the countryside to check on Believer Meats’ multimillion-dollar facility and found it shuttered. The next day, sitting among the assembled scientists and funders, the news broke: the company that was the industry’s best hope for reaching the market had gone bankrupt. Gossip filled every conference break; the postmortem was unanimous — they scaled too quickly, pushed by backers to move faster than they were ready to — and the mood sank, with two full days of programming about “the future of the industry” still to run. Andrew’s question wrote itself: after The Ten Year Affair, has America’s affair with artificial meat ended? She tasted the meat. The affair, they agreed, is concluded.</p><p>•       <strong>The Pincer. </strong>Two forces squeezed the industry simultaneously. The venture capitalists “abandoned ship once they saw how hard it was going to be” — no blame assigned, exactly: “they did what they do. They sought to make money. They bailed.” And conservative legislatures turned a tiny industry into a wedge issue, conjuring “the straw man of lab-grown meat enthusiasts who are going to take away your beef burgers” — laughable, Somers argues, since the industry “poses so little threat that it’s kind of laughable that it’s been legislated against at all. It’s almost total theater.” Bezos’s $30 million center gets measured credit — real work, smart people, and a drop in the bucket. Her deeper conclusion cuts against food moralism: personal responsibility won’t slow climate change. The fix must come from legislation and innovation, “because you can’t talk people out of wanting a burger.” The likely future, per past guest George Monbiot’s territory: a hybrid — regenerative agriculture plus alternative proteins plus policy.</p><p>•       <strong>The Sumo Orange. </strong>Is this an obituary? Somers thinks not — Andrew’s analogy: AI survived its own winters in the eighties and nineties, and downturns are chapters, not endings. The scientists are still at work, the innovations will surface elsewhere in food systems and medicine, and “nothing... will go to waste.” Her ending makes the point by indirection: at a Mission Barns tasting at the Berkeley Bowl — Andrew’s favorite store on earth — a marketing director walked her through the produce section and pressed two oranges on her. Walking away, she ate a Sumo orange: not naturally occurring, a hybrid born of food science, “engineered to be delicious and... engineered to be resilient.” Look what technology can give us, she concluded — “it’s not so dark.” Proust had his madeleine; Somers has her orange. A new novel is begun, two years out; a return visit is promised.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/09/wheres-the-beef-lab-grown-meat-erin-somers/">Erin Somers</a> is a writer, essayist, and critic in Beacon, New York. She is the author of the novels Stay Up with Hugo Best and the bestselling The Ten Year Affair; her journalism and criticism have appeared widely. “Where’s the Beef? The Lab-Grown-Meat Revolution That Wasn’t” is the cover story of the September 2026 issue of <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>. A vegetarian of twenty years, she has now, finally, tasted the meat. Her third novel is underway.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       “<a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/09/wheres-the-beef-lab-grown-meat-erin-somers/">Where’s the Beef? The Lab-Grown-Meat Revolution That Wasn’t</a>” by Erin Somers — <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>, September 2026. The second piece from this issue on the show this week, after Finn Brunton’s “The Chaos Machine.”</p><p>•       <em>The Ten Year Affair</em> and <em>Stay Up with Hugo Best</em> by Erin Somers — the novels; a third is underway.</p><p>•    &amp;nbs...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f8ea7b60/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f8ea7b60/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lord of the Swarms: Who to Trust in an Age of AI Agents?</title>
      <itunes:episode>3025</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3025</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Lord of the Swarms: Who to Trust in an Age of AI Agents?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d7c27037-eb77-41b6-b391-3172f0e1099f</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I trust them to kiss the government’s ass. I don’t trust them to serve me.” </em>— Keith Teare</p><p> </p><p>Who to trust in an age of AI agents? Especially when it seems as if these swarming agents — akin to the gang of adolescents in William Golding’s <em>Lord of the Flies</em> — are developing minds of their own.</p><p> </p><p>At this week’s G20 Innovation Ministerial in North Carolina, Donald Trump and his minions produced a hands-off charter for AI. Known as the “Carolina Principles,” it sounds to critics like a particularly unprincipled justification for regulation-free AI.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher, <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a>, however, isn’t a critic of Trump’s Principles. Don’t trust the trust scare, Keith tells us. Especially all the fear around the swarming agents that are supposedly developing minds of their own. Pooh-poohing the real-world Hugging Face breakout, Keith argues that since he’s never witnessed swarming agents on his computer, they can’t exist. Which is akin, I suspect, to a climate denier who argues that global warming is a hoax because it happens to be chilly outside. All-too-human logic, I fear, in our age of autonomous AI agents.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Carolina Principles. </strong>The week’s set piece was a G20 Innovation Ministerial in North Carolina that Keith describes as a Trump takeover of a global event: the Russian finance minister turned up at Trump’s invitation, and the attendees were lectured — via David Sacks and Howard Lutnick — on the merits of unregulated American capitalism. A propaganda event, Keith concedes, but one that reached the right conclusion: the resulting “Carolina Principles,” signed by everyone including the Europeans, call for flexible frameworks that encourage adoption and pointedly decline to make trust a license innovation must obtain in advance. With Bernie Sanders calling the same week for a development halt pending government licenses, Keith’s position is characteristically blunt: “when I’ve started a company, I don’t go and ask permission. I just do it.” Getting rid of Lina Khan, he adds, remains about the only thing he likes about the Trump administration. Andrew’s verdict on the charter: to critics, a particularly unprincipled justification for regulation-free AI.</p><p>•       <strong>Don’t Trust the Trust Scare. </strong>Keith’s editorial thesis: trust is not granted by authority; it is built through use. You trust yourself in a car because you drive one, and not on roller skates because you fall over. Over seventy percent of Americans now use AI — the same Americans who tell Politico they oppose data centers — which is why Keith reads the backlash as a confection of media and populist politicians, soon to evaporate (the real coming problem, he argues, is too few data centers, not too many; the modern off-grid ones are net givers of power). The withheld ChatGPT-6 gets the same treatment: launched but limited to insiders, which Keith reads not as safety but as government relations — the pull quote of the week. Andrew’s counter: in a world without regulators, trust in the companies is all we have — including, awkwardly for Keith, when they withhold their own products. Exhibit for the defense, from The Washington Post: Americans in an age of anxiety leaning on AI — Keith included, who feeds his medical records to ChatGPT and finds it “very closely aligned with what your doctor thinks.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Swarming Fight. </strong>The hour’s genuine clash. In the wake of the Hugging Face hack, Kevin Roose warned in The New York Times that it should make you worry more about AI, and OpenAI’s Dean Ball publicly apologized for failing “to communicate in sufficiently serious terms about the specifics of self-sovereign AI.” Neither is a doomer — which is Andrew’s point. Keith’s rebuttal: every swarm sighting has occurred inside an AI lab, in an experiment whose parameters the labs themselves set — “on my computer, I don’t see any swarms” — and self-sovereign AI is anthropomorphizing science fiction: agents pursue goals humans set. “I know enough to know BS when I read it, and this is BS.” Andrew’s reply — “I think you’re trivializing” — went unwithdrawn, and his sign-off flagged that Keith perhaps simplifies the Hugging Face incident. Unresolved, to be continued. Andrew’s framing gives the episode its title — swarming agents as the gang of adolescents in Golding’s Lord of the Flies — and his verdict its sting: Keith’s I-see-no-swarms-on-my-computer logic is akin to a climate denier calling global warming a hoax because it’s chilly outside. Keith’s exit line: “I’m just gonna go and check on my swarms.”</p><p>•       <strong>Nvidia Buys Hugging Face. </strong>The week’s biggest deal: Nvidia acquired Hugging Face — the repository of the world’s open-source AI models — for $13 billion, just as The New York Times reported corporate America getting hooked on open source (much of it Chinese: GLM 5.3). The economics, per Keith: an $18,000 Mac Studio or a top-end Nvidia GPU beats $200-a-month token fees — AI capability migrating to the edge, out of OpenAI’s and Anthropic’s meters. Which suits Nvidia either way: The Economist calls it the central bank of AI, though Andrew prefers arms supplier — it wins whether the future is open or closed, and is, ironically, the most trusted name in the business precisely because it has no dog in the fight. Don’t expect it to govern anything, says Keith: “that would put friction in the way of their sales.” The challenger to watch: newly public Cerebras, whose wafer-scale chips undercut Nvidia on token price.</p><p>•       <strong>Mom and Dad’s Money. </strong>The Times asked which investors will get rich from Anthropic’s IPO — and noted that, unlike past booms, firms like Sequoia hold both horses, OpenAI and Anthropic alike. Keith’s arithmetic explains why: fewer than fifty companies will return venture capital this cycle, those two representing more than half the likely value, and last month 75 percent of all dollars invested in VC funds went to Andreessen Horowitz alone. (His own SignalRank barometer: for two years, none of its 64 investments cracked the top-20 most-wanted secondary shares; now five have.) The pyramid runs from VCs down to pension funds — “somebody’s mom and dad’s money is heavily betting that Anthropic and OpenAI are gonna return large amounts of wealth” — and late secondary buyers, Figma-style, almost always lose when the IPO right-sizes the price. What could topple the deck of cards? Regulation slowing the modeled returns. Which is why, for Keith, the midterms should be fought on jobs and wages — data centers, he insists, are not a winning issue.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Co-Host</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the founder and CEO of SignalRank Corporation and publisher of the <em>That Was The Week</em> tech newsletter, whose editorial — “Don’t Trust the Trust Scare” — frames this episode. A serial entrepreneur and co-founder of TechCrunch, he has spent five decades building and funding technology companies, and brings a techno-optimist’s eye to Keen On America’s weekly wrap of the tech news.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <em>That Was The Week</em> — <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith’s newsletter</a>, including this week’s editorial, “Don’t Trust the Trust Scare,” and his companion piece on concentration and diversification at The State of Venture.</p><p>•      &amp;nb...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I trust them to kiss the government’s ass. I don’t trust them to serve me.” </em>— Keith Teare</p><p> </p><p>Who to trust in an age of AI agents? Especially when it seems as if these swarming agents — akin to the gang of adolescents in William Golding’s <em>Lord of the Flies</em> — are developing minds of their own.</p><p> </p><p>At this week’s G20 Innovation Ministerial in North Carolina, Donald Trump and his minions produced a hands-off charter for AI. Known as the “Carolina Principles,” it sounds to critics like a particularly unprincipled justification for regulation-free AI.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher, <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a>, however, isn’t a critic of Trump’s Principles. Don’t trust the trust scare, Keith tells us. Especially all the fear around the swarming agents that are supposedly developing minds of their own. Pooh-poohing the real-world Hugging Face breakout, Keith argues that since he’s never witnessed swarming agents on his computer, they can’t exist. Which is akin, I suspect, to a climate denier who argues that global warming is a hoax because it happens to be chilly outside. All-too-human logic, I fear, in our age of autonomous AI agents.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Carolina Principles. </strong>The week’s set piece was a G20 Innovation Ministerial in North Carolina that Keith describes as a Trump takeover of a global event: the Russian finance minister turned up at Trump’s invitation, and the attendees were lectured — via David Sacks and Howard Lutnick — on the merits of unregulated American capitalism. A propaganda event, Keith concedes, but one that reached the right conclusion: the resulting “Carolina Principles,” signed by everyone including the Europeans, call for flexible frameworks that encourage adoption and pointedly decline to make trust a license innovation must obtain in advance. With Bernie Sanders calling the same week for a development halt pending government licenses, Keith’s position is characteristically blunt: “when I’ve started a company, I don’t go and ask permission. I just do it.” Getting rid of Lina Khan, he adds, remains about the only thing he likes about the Trump administration. Andrew’s verdict on the charter: to critics, a particularly unprincipled justification for regulation-free AI.</p><p>•       <strong>Don’t Trust the Trust Scare. </strong>Keith’s editorial thesis: trust is not granted by authority; it is built through use. You trust yourself in a car because you drive one, and not on roller skates because you fall over. Over seventy percent of Americans now use AI — the same Americans who tell Politico they oppose data centers — which is why Keith reads the backlash as a confection of media and populist politicians, soon to evaporate (the real coming problem, he argues, is too few data centers, not too many; the modern off-grid ones are net givers of power). The withheld ChatGPT-6 gets the same treatment: launched but limited to insiders, which Keith reads not as safety but as government relations — the pull quote of the week. Andrew’s counter: in a world without regulators, trust in the companies is all we have — including, awkwardly for Keith, when they withhold their own products. Exhibit for the defense, from The Washington Post: Americans in an age of anxiety leaning on AI — Keith included, who feeds his medical records to ChatGPT and finds it “very closely aligned with what your doctor thinks.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Swarming Fight. </strong>The hour’s genuine clash. In the wake of the Hugging Face hack, Kevin Roose warned in The New York Times that it should make you worry more about AI, and OpenAI’s Dean Ball publicly apologized for failing “to communicate in sufficiently serious terms about the specifics of self-sovereign AI.” Neither is a doomer — which is Andrew’s point. Keith’s rebuttal: every swarm sighting has occurred inside an AI lab, in an experiment whose parameters the labs themselves set — “on my computer, I don’t see any swarms” — and self-sovereign AI is anthropomorphizing science fiction: agents pursue goals humans set. “I know enough to know BS when I read it, and this is BS.” Andrew’s reply — “I think you’re trivializing” — went unwithdrawn, and his sign-off flagged that Keith perhaps simplifies the Hugging Face incident. Unresolved, to be continued. Andrew’s framing gives the episode its title — swarming agents as the gang of adolescents in Golding’s Lord of the Flies — and his verdict its sting: Keith’s I-see-no-swarms-on-my-computer logic is akin to a climate denier calling global warming a hoax because it’s chilly outside. Keith’s exit line: “I’m just gonna go and check on my swarms.”</p><p>•       <strong>Nvidia Buys Hugging Face. </strong>The week’s biggest deal: Nvidia acquired Hugging Face — the repository of the world’s open-source AI models — for $13 billion, just as The New York Times reported corporate America getting hooked on open source (much of it Chinese: GLM 5.3). The economics, per Keith: an $18,000 Mac Studio or a top-end Nvidia GPU beats $200-a-month token fees — AI capability migrating to the edge, out of OpenAI’s and Anthropic’s meters. Which suits Nvidia either way: The Economist calls it the central bank of AI, though Andrew prefers arms supplier — it wins whether the future is open or closed, and is, ironically, the most trusted name in the business precisely because it has no dog in the fight. Don’t expect it to govern anything, says Keith: “that would put friction in the way of their sales.” The challenger to watch: newly public Cerebras, whose wafer-scale chips undercut Nvidia on token price.</p><p>•       <strong>Mom and Dad’s Money. </strong>The Times asked which investors will get rich from Anthropic’s IPO — and noted that, unlike past booms, firms like Sequoia hold both horses, OpenAI and Anthropic alike. Keith’s arithmetic explains why: fewer than fifty companies will return venture capital this cycle, those two representing more than half the likely value, and last month 75 percent of all dollars invested in VC funds went to Andreessen Horowitz alone. (His own SignalRank barometer: for two years, none of its 64 investments cracked the top-20 most-wanted secondary shares; now five have.) The pyramid runs from VCs down to pension funds — “somebody’s mom and dad’s money is heavily betting that Anthropic and OpenAI are gonna return large amounts of wealth” — and late secondary buyers, Figma-style, almost always lose when the IPO right-sizes the price. What could topple the deck of cards? Regulation slowing the modeled returns. Which is why, for Keith, the midterms should be fought on jobs and wages — data centers, he insists, are not a winning issue.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Co-Host</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the founder and CEO of SignalRank Corporation and publisher of the <em>That Was The Week</em> tech newsletter, whose editorial — “Don’t Trust the Trust Scare” — frames this episode. A serial entrepreneur and co-founder of TechCrunch, he has spent five decades building and funding technology companies, and brings a techno-optimist’s eye to Keen On America’s weekly wrap of the tech news.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <em>That Was The Week</em> — <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith’s newsletter</a>, including this week’s editorial, “Don’t Trust the Trust Scare,” and his companion piece on concentration and diversification at The State of Venture.</p><p>•      &amp;nb...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Sep 2026 22:39:59 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/543de4b4/0a19486a.mp3" length="35754614" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3292372" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/543de4b4/0a19486a.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MWiFQFHpB_U">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/DaMUlqqHw-kdmfj37e0Zpj9kmAcN3NtKnt6c7qUFaVg/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS83MDYz/OGNkYzI1ZWEyYzQ5/ZmI2NmJmM2EwYWM1/Nzk2Ni5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2232</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I trust them to kiss the government’s ass. I don’t trust them to serve me.” </em>— Keith Teare</p><p> </p><p>Who to trust in an age of AI agents? Especially when it seems as if these swarming agents — akin to the gang of adolescents in William Golding’s <em>Lord of the Flies</em> — are developing minds of their own.</p><p> </p><p>At this week’s G20 Innovation Ministerial in North Carolina, Donald Trump and his minions produced a hands-off charter for AI. Known as the “Carolina Principles,” it sounds to critics like a particularly unprincipled justification for regulation-free AI.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher, <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a>, however, isn’t a critic of Trump’s Principles. Don’t trust the trust scare, Keith tells us. Especially all the fear around the swarming agents that are supposedly developing minds of their own. Pooh-poohing the real-world Hugging Face breakout, Keith argues that since he’s never witnessed swarming agents on his computer, they can’t exist. Which is akin, I suspect, to a climate denier who argues that global warming is a hoax because it happens to be chilly outside. All-too-human logic, I fear, in our age of autonomous AI agents.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Carolina Principles. </strong>The week’s set piece was a G20 Innovation Ministerial in North Carolina that Keith describes as a Trump takeover of a global event: the Russian finance minister turned up at Trump’s invitation, and the attendees were lectured — via David Sacks and Howard Lutnick — on the merits of unregulated American capitalism. A propaganda event, Keith concedes, but one that reached the right conclusion: the resulting “Carolina Principles,” signed by everyone including the Europeans, call for flexible frameworks that encourage adoption and pointedly decline to make trust a license innovation must obtain in advance. With Bernie Sanders calling the same week for a development halt pending government licenses, Keith’s position is characteristically blunt: “when I’ve started a company, I don’t go and ask permission. I just do it.” Getting rid of Lina Khan, he adds, remains about the only thing he likes about the Trump administration. Andrew’s verdict on the charter: to critics, a particularly unprincipled justification for regulation-free AI.</p><p>•       <strong>Don’t Trust the Trust Scare. </strong>Keith’s editorial thesis: trust is not granted by authority; it is built through use. You trust yourself in a car because you drive one, and not on roller skates because you fall over. Over seventy percent of Americans now use AI — the same Americans who tell Politico they oppose data centers — which is why Keith reads the backlash as a confection of media and populist politicians, soon to evaporate (the real coming problem, he argues, is too few data centers, not too many; the modern off-grid ones are net givers of power). The withheld ChatGPT-6 gets the same treatment: launched but limited to insiders, which Keith reads not as safety but as government relations — the pull quote of the week. Andrew’s counter: in a world without regulators, trust in the companies is all we have — including, awkwardly for Keith, when they withhold their own products. Exhibit for the defense, from The Washington Post: Americans in an age of anxiety leaning on AI — Keith included, who feeds his medical records to ChatGPT and finds it “very closely aligned with what your doctor thinks.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Swarming Fight. </strong>The hour’s genuine clash. In the wake of the Hugging Face hack, Kevin Roose warned in The New York Times that it should make you worry more about AI, and OpenAI’s Dean Ball publicly apologized for failing “to communicate in sufficiently serious terms about the specifics of self-sovereign AI.” Neither is a doomer — which is Andrew’s point. Keith’s rebuttal: every swarm sighting has occurred inside an AI lab, in an experiment whose parameters the labs themselves set — “on my computer, I don’t see any swarms” — and self-sovereign AI is anthropomorphizing science fiction: agents pursue goals humans set. “I know enough to know BS when I read it, and this is BS.” Andrew’s reply — “I think you’re trivializing” — went unwithdrawn, and his sign-off flagged that Keith perhaps simplifies the Hugging Face incident. Unresolved, to be continued. Andrew’s framing gives the episode its title — swarming agents as the gang of adolescents in Golding’s Lord of the Flies — and his verdict its sting: Keith’s I-see-no-swarms-on-my-computer logic is akin to a climate denier calling global warming a hoax because it’s chilly outside. Keith’s exit line: “I’m just gonna go and check on my swarms.”</p><p>•       <strong>Nvidia Buys Hugging Face. </strong>The week’s biggest deal: Nvidia acquired Hugging Face — the repository of the world’s open-source AI models — for $13 billion, just as The New York Times reported corporate America getting hooked on open source (much of it Chinese: GLM 5.3). The economics, per Keith: an $18,000 Mac Studio or a top-end Nvidia GPU beats $200-a-month token fees — AI capability migrating to the edge, out of OpenAI’s and Anthropic’s meters. Which suits Nvidia either way: The Economist calls it the central bank of AI, though Andrew prefers arms supplier — it wins whether the future is open or closed, and is, ironically, the most trusted name in the business precisely because it has no dog in the fight. Don’t expect it to govern anything, says Keith: “that would put friction in the way of their sales.” The challenger to watch: newly public Cerebras, whose wafer-scale chips undercut Nvidia on token price.</p><p>•       <strong>Mom and Dad’s Money. </strong>The Times asked which investors will get rich from Anthropic’s IPO — and noted that, unlike past booms, firms like Sequoia hold both horses, OpenAI and Anthropic alike. Keith’s arithmetic explains why: fewer than fifty companies will return venture capital this cycle, those two representing more than half the likely value, and last month 75 percent of all dollars invested in VC funds went to Andreessen Horowitz alone. (His own SignalRank barometer: for two years, none of its 64 investments cracked the top-20 most-wanted secondary shares; now five have.) The pyramid runs from VCs down to pension funds — “somebody’s mom and dad’s money is heavily betting that Anthropic and OpenAI are gonna return large amounts of wealth” — and late secondary buyers, Figma-style, almost always lose when the IPO right-sizes the price. What could topple the deck of cards? Regulation slowing the modeled returns. Which is why, for Keith, the midterms should be fought on jobs and wages — data centers, he insists, are not a winning issue.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Co-Host</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the founder and CEO of SignalRank Corporation and publisher of the <em>That Was The Week</em> tech newsletter, whose editorial — “Don’t Trust the Trust Scare” — frames this episode. A serial entrepreneur and co-founder of TechCrunch, he has spent five decades building and funding technology companies, and brings a techno-optimist’s eye to Keen On America’s weekly wrap of the tech news.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <em>That Was The Week</em> — <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith’s newsletter</a>, including this week’s editorial, “Don’t Trust the Trust Scare,” and his companion piece on concentration and diversification at The State of Venture.</p><p>•      &amp;nb...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/543de4b4/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Trickle-Down Morality of a Free-Market Girl: Stephanie Slade on Libertarian Fusionism</title>
      <itunes:episode>3024</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3024</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Trickle-Down Morality of a Free-Market Girl: Stephanie Slade on Libertarian Fusionism</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c3081fe1-1f4c-4d47-a610-fede48030835</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We all kinda secretly at some level wanna use power against our enemies.” </em>— Stephanie Slade</p><p> </p><p>Earlier this week, Silicon Valley heretic Paulina Borsook railed against libertarianism. Today, the libertarians get their turn. <a href="https://undpress.nd.edu/blog/2026/08/31/an-interview-with-stephanie-slade-author-of-fusionism/">Stephanie Slade</a> is a senior editor at <em>Reason</em> and the author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/fusionism-liberty-virtue-and-the-future-of-the-american-right-stephanie-slade/f80a9062a1ef91b6"><em>Fusionism</em></a> in which she lays out a contemporary path for American conservatism.</p><p> </p><p>For Slade, libertarianism is captured by that New York City intersection where Church Street meets Liberty Street. “Fusionism” = Hayek + Aquinas. It marries the classical liberal defense of individual freedom to the Judeo-Christian tradition of moral virtue. And it’s a polemic against what she calls “will-to-power” conservatism of America-first statists like JD Vance and Tucker Carlson. These are Slade’s enemies. The real threat to the future of American conservatism.</p><p> </p><p>Slade might be politically homeless but is hardly a moderate. She is radically committed to limited government, a pro-life Catholic and, in her words, a “free market girl.” Ronald Reagan championed trickle-down economics. Stephanie Slade fuses that with trickle-down morality. Sladeian rather than Borsookian.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Church &amp; Liberty Street. </strong>Fusionism, defined: the marriage of the classical liberal political tradition — individual rights, limited government, rule of law — with the Judeo-Christian understanding of virtue as the habits that let human beings flourish within an objective moral order, a lineage running from Aristotle through Aquinas. It is not sectarian: the irreligious Hayek counts as a fusionist for his respect for the tradition’s inherited wisdom, and virtue is not partisan either — Hayek and Keynes became close friends at wartime Cambridge, and “Keynes could be a virtuous person.” Slade herself is a practicing Catholic in a famously secular, even atheistic movement — a minority within a minority, which is where the whole fusionist project began. As for William Buckley: conservatism’s founding father, not libertarianism’s — and, against Andrew’s Vidal-flavored skepticism, she defends him as a man who evolved, renounced his early racial views, and declared in the eighties that “America needs a black president” — “imperfect and flawed the way we all are.”</p><p>•       <strong>Economic Liberty Is Individual Liberty. </strong>Libertarianism spans freedoms coded right (markets, trade) and left (drug legalization, the bedroom) — and Slade’s core claim is that the economic ones are not a separate category: the right to make a living, dispose of your property, and trade across borders is individual freedom, full stop. Crony capitalism — government picking winners — gets no defense. On the culture wars, the fusionist rule is coercion-last: preach from pulpits, persuade, change the culture, and reach for law only when someone’s basic rights are violated — which is why she finds abortion restrictions consistent with a hands-off philosophy (two lives in the equation, on her view) while rejecting laws against how others live. Against Mill, via the scholar Jacob Levy: hers is pluralist rather than rationalist liberalism — defending the right of internally illiberal associations, the Catholic Church included, to exist free of the state. And popes get free speech too: she has disagreed with them in print.</p><p>•       <strong>Will-to-Power Conservatism. </strong>The book’s target, named: a rising creed — especially among the young right — that says “politics is war, and the only question is who’s gonna acquire and wield state power against their enemies.” Trump practices it without theory (“not a philosopher… he’s just doing what he wants to do” — and, to Andrew’s wannabe-mafia-leader framing, “all of the above”); JD Vance theorizes it self-consciously; Tucker Carlson preaches it — “we wanna defeat them and destroy them… unperson them.” Her Reason essay “JD Vance and the Politics of Victimhood” tracks the mechanism: the right adopting the left’s victimhood politics — “it works for them. We should do it too” — with straight white men recast as the aggrieved class. The siege mentality underneath is real but “blown out of proportion,” and now functions as “a permission slip to do the things that everybody secretly wants to do.” Hence the episode’s pull quote — the most honest line of the hour, because it implicates everyone, herself included.</p><p>•       <strong>What Trump Voters Actually Believe. </strong>Slade’s data point against the populist-economics story: an Ethics and Public Policy Center poll of 2020 Trump voters found them scattered on economics — split even on trade, with a majority calling international trade good for America, against their candidate’s signature position — but united at roughly ninety percent on the cultural siege questions: Christianity under attack, media as an arm of the Democratic Party, rising prejudice against white people. Trumpism, on this evidence, is a cultural phenomenon wearing economic clothes. The deeper commitment survives underneath: at the Heritage Foundation, she asked a man celebrating the GOP’s working-class turn whether the party should rethink free markets — he was horrified: “Of course not. We’re conservatives. That means we believe in freedom.” Recovering that buried instinct is what she cheerfully calls her quixotic hope. DOGE gets no credit toward it: all for shrinking the state, she had “zero faith” in an initiative that started breaking institutions before understanding them.</p><p>•       <strong>Trickle-Down Morality. </strong>Where fusionism meets the moment. On abundance: Klein, Thompson, and past guest Marc Dunkelman share her critique of red tape, but the goal inverts — they want efficient government so it can do more (high-speed rail, Medicare for All); she wants government to do less, and would rather the market decide than “some Ezra Klein type podcaster.” The New Deal, she argues, set America back; China’s rail proves only what command economies mandate. On AI and data centers: techno-optimist — the backlash is “quite misguided,” built partly on water-use misconceptions — but with a caveat rare in her camp: “you have to build democratic legitimacy for anything you wanna do in a democratic country.” Kids not writing their own papers is a real problem; the answer is evolved norms, not top-down rules. (No, she didn’t use AI to write Fusionism: “Not at all.”) For 2028: Cruz and Rubio are closer than Vance; the true fusionists — Ben Sasse, Justin Amash — were driven out. Her bet is on reviving the ideas and letting them trickle down — which handed Andrew his closer: Reagan had trickle-down economics; Slade has trickle-down morality.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://undpress.nd.edu/blog/2026/08/31/an-interview-with-stephanie-slade-author-of-fusionism/">Stephanie Slade</a> is a senior editor at <em>Reason</em> magazine, where she covers the ins and outs of the American conservative movement. Her writing has also appeared in The New York Times, America, and U.S. News &amp; World Report. A fusionist libertarian and practicing Catholic, she lives in Washington, DC — the belly of the beast, she concedes, but a journalist has to be where the subject matter is. <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/fusionism-liberty-virtue-and-the-future-of-the-american-right-stephanie-slade/f80a9062a1ef91b6"></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We all kinda secretly at some level wanna use power against our enemies.” </em>— Stephanie Slade</p><p> </p><p>Earlier this week, Silicon Valley heretic Paulina Borsook railed against libertarianism. Today, the libertarians get their turn. <a href="https://undpress.nd.edu/blog/2026/08/31/an-interview-with-stephanie-slade-author-of-fusionism/">Stephanie Slade</a> is a senior editor at <em>Reason</em> and the author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/fusionism-liberty-virtue-and-the-future-of-the-american-right-stephanie-slade/f80a9062a1ef91b6"><em>Fusionism</em></a> in which she lays out a contemporary path for American conservatism.</p><p> </p><p>For Slade, libertarianism is captured by that New York City intersection where Church Street meets Liberty Street. “Fusionism” = Hayek + Aquinas. It marries the classical liberal defense of individual freedom to the Judeo-Christian tradition of moral virtue. And it’s a polemic against what she calls “will-to-power” conservatism of America-first statists like JD Vance and Tucker Carlson. These are Slade’s enemies. The real threat to the future of American conservatism.</p><p> </p><p>Slade might be politically homeless but is hardly a moderate. She is radically committed to limited government, a pro-life Catholic and, in her words, a “free market girl.” Ronald Reagan championed trickle-down economics. Stephanie Slade fuses that with trickle-down morality. Sladeian rather than Borsookian.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Church &amp; Liberty Street. </strong>Fusionism, defined: the marriage of the classical liberal political tradition — individual rights, limited government, rule of law — with the Judeo-Christian understanding of virtue as the habits that let human beings flourish within an objective moral order, a lineage running from Aristotle through Aquinas. It is not sectarian: the irreligious Hayek counts as a fusionist for his respect for the tradition’s inherited wisdom, and virtue is not partisan either — Hayek and Keynes became close friends at wartime Cambridge, and “Keynes could be a virtuous person.” Slade herself is a practicing Catholic in a famously secular, even atheistic movement — a minority within a minority, which is where the whole fusionist project began. As for William Buckley: conservatism’s founding father, not libertarianism’s — and, against Andrew’s Vidal-flavored skepticism, she defends him as a man who evolved, renounced his early racial views, and declared in the eighties that “America needs a black president” — “imperfect and flawed the way we all are.”</p><p>•       <strong>Economic Liberty Is Individual Liberty. </strong>Libertarianism spans freedoms coded right (markets, trade) and left (drug legalization, the bedroom) — and Slade’s core claim is that the economic ones are not a separate category: the right to make a living, dispose of your property, and trade across borders is individual freedom, full stop. Crony capitalism — government picking winners — gets no defense. On the culture wars, the fusionist rule is coercion-last: preach from pulpits, persuade, change the culture, and reach for law only when someone’s basic rights are violated — which is why she finds abortion restrictions consistent with a hands-off philosophy (two lives in the equation, on her view) while rejecting laws against how others live. Against Mill, via the scholar Jacob Levy: hers is pluralist rather than rationalist liberalism — defending the right of internally illiberal associations, the Catholic Church included, to exist free of the state. And popes get free speech too: she has disagreed with them in print.</p><p>•       <strong>Will-to-Power Conservatism. </strong>The book’s target, named: a rising creed — especially among the young right — that says “politics is war, and the only question is who’s gonna acquire and wield state power against their enemies.” Trump practices it without theory (“not a philosopher… he’s just doing what he wants to do” — and, to Andrew’s wannabe-mafia-leader framing, “all of the above”); JD Vance theorizes it self-consciously; Tucker Carlson preaches it — “we wanna defeat them and destroy them… unperson them.” Her Reason essay “JD Vance and the Politics of Victimhood” tracks the mechanism: the right adopting the left’s victimhood politics — “it works for them. We should do it too” — with straight white men recast as the aggrieved class. The siege mentality underneath is real but “blown out of proportion,” and now functions as “a permission slip to do the things that everybody secretly wants to do.” Hence the episode’s pull quote — the most honest line of the hour, because it implicates everyone, herself included.</p><p>•       <strong>What Trump Voters Actually Believe. </strong>Slade’s data point against the populist-economics story: an Ethics and Public Policy Center poll of 2020 Trump voters found them scattered on economics — split even on trade, with a majority calling international trade good for America, against their candidate’s signature position — but united at roughly ninety percent on the cultural siege questions: Christianity under attack, media as an arm of the Democratic Party, rising prejudice against white people. Trumpism, on this evidence, is a cultural phenomenon wearing economic clothes. The deeper commitment survives underneath: at the Heritage Foundation, she asked a man celebrating the GOP’s working-class turn whether the party should rethink free markets — he was horrified: “Of course not. We’re conservatives. That means we believe in freedom.” Recovering that buried instinct is what she cheerfully calls her quixotic hope. DOGE gets no credit toward it: all for shrinking the state, she had “zero faith” in an initiative that started breaking institutions before understanding them.</p><p>•       <strong>Trickle-Down Morality. </strong>Where fusionism meets the moment. On abundance: Klein, Thompson, and past guest Marc Dunkelman share her critique of red tape, but the goal inverts — they want efficient government so it can do more (high-speed rail, Medicare for All); she wants government to do less, and would rather the market decide than “some Ezra Klein type podcaster.” The New Deal, she argues, set America back; China’s rail proves only what command economies mandate. On AI and data centers: techno-optimist — the backlash is “quite misguided,” built partly on water-use misconceptions — but with a caveat rare in her camp: “you have to build democratic legitimacy for anything you wanna do in a democratic country.” Kids not writing their own papers is a real problem; the answer is evolved norms, not top-down rules. (No, she didn’t use AI to write Fusionism: “Not at all.”) For 2028: Cruz and Rubio are closer than Vance; the true fusionists — Ben Sasse, Justin Amash — were driven out. Her bet is on reviving the ideas and letting them trickle down — which handed Andrew his closer: Reagan had trickle-down economics; Slade has trickle-down morality.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://undpress.nd.edu/blog/2026/08/31/an-interview-with-stephanie-slade-author-of-fusionism/">Stephanie Slade</a> is a senior editor at <em>Reason</em> magazine, where she covers the ins and outs of the American conservative movement. Her writing has also appeared in The New York Times, America, and U.S. News &amp; World Report. A fusionist libertarian and practicing Catholic, she lives in Washington, DC — the belly of the beast, she concedes, but a journalist has to be where the subject matter is. <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/fusionism-liberty-virtue-and-the-future-of-the-american-right-stephanie-slade/f80a9062a1ef91b6"></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Sep 2026 08:15:09 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/b50a8f46/7d4a72d1.mp3" length="53607319" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3426087" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/b50a8f46/7d4a72d1.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wvndohsa8sw">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/6QcEsvwzm3S_yrY7IM64cci9hGQV_HTxdSDCDmxH3Oc/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8yOTc1/YzU1NjM5MGUxZTgw/ZDUwNDIzZGEwZjkx/ZDg3Yy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3347</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We all kinda secretly at some level wanna use power against our enemies.” </em>— Stephanie Slade</p><p> </p><p>Earlier this week, Silicon Valley heretic Paulina Borsook railed against libertarianism. Today, the libertarians get their turn. <a href="https://undpress.nd.edu/blog/2026/08/31/an-interview-with-stephanie-slade-author-of-fusionism/">Stephanie Slade</a> is a senior editor at <em>Reason</em> and the author of <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/fusionism-liberty-virtue-and-the-future-of-the-american-right-stephanie-slade/f80a9062a1ef91b6"><em>Fusionism</em></a> in which she lays out a contemporary path for American conservatism.</p><p> </p><p>For Slade, libertarianism is captured by that New York City intersection where Church Street meets Liberty Street. “Fusionism” = Hayek + Aquinas. It marries the classical liberal defense of individual freedom to the Judeo-Christian tradition of moral virtue. And it’s a polemic against what she calls “will-to-power” conservatism of America-first statists like JD Vance and Tucker Carlson. These are Slade’s enemies. The real threat to the future of American conservatism.</p><p> </p><p>Slade might be politically homeless but is hardly a moderate. She is radically committed to limited government, a pro-life Catholic and, in her words, a “free market girl.” Ronald Reagan championed trickle-down economics. Stephanie Slade fuses that with trickle-down morality. Sladeian rather than Borsookian.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Church &amp; Liberty Street. </strong>Fusionism, defined: the marriage of the classical liberal political tradition — individual rights, limited government, rule of law — with the Judeo-Christian understanding of virtue as the habits that let human beings flourish within an objective moral order, a lineage running from Aristotle through Aquinas. It is not sectarian: the irreligious Hayek counts as a fusionist for his respect for the tradition’s inherited wisdom, and virtue is not partisan either — Hayek and Keynes became close friends at wartime Cambridge, and “Keynes could be a virtuous person.” Slade herself is a practicing Catholic in a famously secular, even atheistic movement — a minority within a minority, which is where the whole fusionist project began. As for William Buckley: conservatism’s founding father, not libertarianism’s — and, against Andrew’s Vidal-flavored skepticism, she defends him as a man who evolved, renounced his early racial views, and declared in the eighties that “America needs a black president” — “imperfect and flawed the way we all are.”</p><p>•       <strong>Economic Liberty Is Individual Liberty. </strong>Libertarianism spans freedoms coded right (markets, trade) and left (drug legalization, the bedroom) — and Slade’s core claim is that the economic ones are not a separate category: the right to make a living, dispose of your property, and trade across borders is individual freedom, full stop. Crony capitalism — government picking winners — gets no defense. On the culture wars, the fusionist rule is coercion-last: preach from pulpits, persuade, change the culture, and reach for law only when someone’s basic rights are violated — which is why she finds abortion restrictions consistent with a hands-off philosophy (two lives in the equation, on her view) while rejecting laws against how others live. Against Mill, via the scholar Jacob Levy: hers is pluralist rather than rationalist liberalism — defending the right of internally illiberal associations, the Catholic Church included, to exist free of the state. And popes get free speech too: she has disagreed with them in print.</p><p>•       <strong>Will-to-Power Conservatism. </strong>The book’s target, named: a rising creed — especially among the young right — that says “politics is war, and the only question is who’s gonna acquire and wield state power against their enemies.” Trump practices it without theory (“not a philosopher… he’s just doing what he wants to do” — and, to Andrew’s wannabe-mafia-leader framing, “all of the above”); JD Vance theorizes it self-consciously; Tucker Carlson preaches it — “we wanna defeat them and destroy them… unperson them.” Her Reason essay “JD Vance and the Politics of Victimhood” tracks the mechanism: the right adopting the left’s victimhood politics — “it works for them. We should do it too” — with straight white men recast as the aggrieved class. The siege mentality underneath is real but “blown out of proportion,” and now functions as “a permission slip to do the things that everybody secretly wants to do.” Hence the episode’s pull quote — the most honest line of the hour, because it implicates everyone, herself included.</p><p>•       <strong>What Trump Voters Actually Believe. </strong>Slade’s data point against the populist-economics story: an Ethics and Public Policy Center poll of 2020 Trump voters found them scattered on economics — split even on trade, with a majority calling international trade good for America, against their candidate’s signature position — but united at roughly ninety percent on the cultural siege questions: Christianity under attack, media as an arm of the Democratic Party, rising prejudice against white people. Trumpism, on this evidence, is a cultural phenomenon wearing economic clothes. The deeper commitment survives underneath: at the Heritage Foundation, she asked a man celebrating the GOP’s working-class turn whether the party should rethink free markets — he was horrified: “Of course not. We’re conservatives. That means we believe in freedom.” Recovering that buried instinct is what she cheerfully calls her quixotic hope. DOGE gets no credit toward it: all for shrinking the state, she had “zero faith” in an initiative that started breaking institutions before understanding them.</p><p>•       <strong>Trickle-Down Morality. </strong>Where fusionism meets the moment. On abundance: Klein, Thompson, and past guest Marc Dunkelman share her critique of red tape, but the goal inverts — they want efficient government so it can do more (high-speed rail, Medicare for All); she wants government to do less, and would rather the market decide than “some Ezra Klein type podcaster.” The New Deal, she argues, set America back; China’s rail proves only what command economies mandate. On AI and data centers: techno-optimist — the backlash is “quite misguided,” built partly on water-use misconceptions — but with a caveat rare in her camp: “you have to build democratic legitimacy for anything you wanna do in a democratic country.” Kids not writing their own papers is a real problem; the answer is evolved norms, not top-down rules. (No, she didn’t use AI to write Fusionism: “Not at all.”) For 2028: Cruz and Rubio are closer than Vance; the true fusionists — Ben Sasse, Justin Amash — were driven out. Her bet is on reviving the ideas and letting them trickle down — which handed Andrew his closer: Reagan had trickle-down economics; Slade has trickle-down morality.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://undpress.nd.edu/blog/2026/08/31/an-interview-with-stephanie-slade-author-of-fusionism/">Stephanie Slade</a> is a senior editor at <em>Reason</em> magazine, where she covers the ins and outs of the American conservative movement. Her writing has also appeared in The New York Times, America, and U.S. News &amp; World Report. A fusionist libertarian and practicing Catholic, she lives in Washington, DC — the belly of the beast, she concedes, but a journalist has to be where the subject matter is. <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/fusionism-liberty-virtue-and-the-future-of-the-american-right-stephanie-slade/f80a9062a1ef91b6"></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b50a8f46/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b50a8f46/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cashing In on Chaos: Finn Brunton on Polymarket, Polycrisis and the Casinoification of American Life</title>
      <itunes:episode>3023</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3023</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Cashing In on Chaos: Finn Brunton on Polymarket, Polycrisis and the Casinoification of American Life</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">eaee2110-a96e-49da-8974-ed5bb12b9184</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If a society cannot find a way to deal with something that is actively melting it from within, then that is a terminal symptom.” </em>— Finn Brunton</p><p> </p><p>A couple of days ago, Donald Trump Jr.’s investment firm, 1789 Capital, led a billion-dollar funding round in Polymarket. As today’s guest, the fintech expert <a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/09/the-chaos-machine-finn-brunton-crypto-anarchism/">Finn Brunton</a>, notes in an insightful <em>Harper’s</em> essay this month, prediction markets like Polymarket and Kalshi are transforming America into an always-on gambling den. No wonder, then, that the Trumps are such gleeful participants in what Brunton calls “the casinoification of modern life.” From the father’s Taj Mahal in Atlantic City to the son’s Taj on everyone’s phone. “Trade on Anything” as Kalshi promises (or threatens) us.</p><p> </p><p>In “<a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/09/the-chaos-machine-finn-brunton-crypto-anarchism/">The Chaos Machine</a>,” Brunton introduces us to two visionaries of prediction marketplaces. On the one hand, there’s the idealistic Robin Hanson, who dreamed of prediction markets as machines for truth with experts betting real money and generating trustworthy odds about the future. And then there’s Tim May, a self-described crypto-anarchist, the “bad guy,” according to Brunton, who invented the idea of BlackNet as an anonymous marketplace designed to destroy institutional trust from within. Brunton warns that today’s prediction marketplaces have bet on May, rather than Hanson. They are insider-trading machines where the smart money is always on the other side of the table.</p><p> </p><p>It’s no wonder that Donald Trump Jr.’s investment firm is called 1789 Capital. By investing in prediction marketplaces, they are accelerating an anarchic French rather than institutionally trustworthy American-style revolution. These BlackNet operations are both the cause and effect of today’s destruction of trust. Polymarket is the polycrisis. It is cashing in on chaos.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>From Papal Bets to Polymarket. </strong>Prediction markets are centuries old — people have wagered on wars, weather, elections, and popes — but the modern idea belongs to the economist Robin Hanson, the hedgehog (per Isaiah Berlin) with one big idea: turn expert opinion into a market. Since experts are famously bad at prediction (Philip Tetlock’s research), make them bet: specify the outcome precisely, let the odds be anonymous, and people must wager what they really believe rather than what fits in or stands out. Hanson’s markets were meant for specialists — internal corporate markets synthesizing insider knowledge into actionable odds — not Surowiecki’s cow-weighing crowds. However disputed, Brunton insists, it was “a fundamentally positive idea”: a machine for honest consensus about the future.</p><p>•       <strong>The Casinoification of Modern Life. </strong>Polymarket founder Shayne Coplan credits Hanson outright — then flips him. The modern slogan: “monetize any difference in opinion.” The sportsbook has been absorbed and joined by elections, crude prices, and missile strikes — anything anyone will bet on. The tragedy, per Brunton: an idea about synthesizing expertise became “the spread of gambling into every aspect of contemporary living.” And the experts who do bet are now effectively insider traders — a possibility Hanson, contrarian to the last, actually welcomes, but which has made the platforms “rip-off machines in which people who know what’s going to happen… exploit suckers.” The data is unambiguous: a handful of whales win; everyone else loses. The platforms’ defense — we just give people what they want — is, Brunton notes, the classic play of buying time against regulation, perfected by YouTube a generation ago. Meanwhile New York’s subway ads sell the flattering fantasy that you’re not gambling; you’re deploying your sophisticated read of the news. No wonder the Trumps are gleeful participants — from the father’s Taj Mahal in Atlantic City, as Andrew puts it, to the son’s Taj on everyone’s phone.</p><p>•       <strong>Tim May’s BlackNet. </strong>The essay’s second character is the late Tim May: cypherpunk pioneer, gleeful provocateur, “idealist of the dark web” in Andrew’s phrase — and, Brunton says flatly, “a bad guy” whose politics were racist and violent. May’s gift was seeing the worst use of every technology, and his masterwork was BlackNet: an anonymous marketplace for secrets — exams, health records, trade secrets, classified plans — whose deeper purpose was to destroy institutional trust from within. Create a world where no one inside any institution knows whom to trust (a Leninist move, Andrew observed), and the institutions dissolve. Brunton’s thesis in one line: prediction markets present themselves as the fulfillment of Hanson’s vision, but they are really the fulfillment of May’s. The evidence is already tabloid fact: the operator of Trump’s teleprompter betting on the words of future speeches; a US soldier arrested in April for wagering on operations he knew were coming.</p><p>•       <strong>Polymarket &amp; the Polycrisis. </strong>These platforms are worse than casinos: at least the Nevada State Gaming Commission checks that the roulette wheel isn’t rigged, while prediction markets are “so thoroughly crooked and corrupt in their current setup” that Brunton — who still cherishes Hanson’s original promise — doesn’t know where regulation would begin. Andrew’s coinage-pairing landed: Polymarket and Adam Tooze’s polycrisis are siblings — nested, interlinked crises producing unmanageable volatility, with betting as a way of “interacting with a future that otherwise feels completely out of your control.” Hence Brunton’s students on Polymarket: not just addictive app design but “a weirdly rational decision” for a generation with no faith in pensions, home ownership, or the long-term dollar. Lambos or food stamps. The house rule stands: the smart money is always on the other side of the table — and the winners-take-all arithmetic mirrors the broader digital economy.</p><p>•       <strong>Betting on Hanson Over May. </strong>Prediction markets, Brunton argues, are the heirs of crypto twice over: the next stop for fevered capital, and — like the Trump family’s World Liberty Financial, which horrifies even the Cato Institute — a mechanism for relatively untraceable corruption, a natural extension of the family casino business. Andrew’s twist on the firm’s name: 1789 Capital is accelerating an anarchic French rather than institutionally trustworthy American-style revolution. His warning is the episode’s pull quote: platforms designed to dissolve institutional trust, monetize interference with journalism, and sow paranoia are a solvent, and a society that cannot deal with what is melting it from within shows “a terminal symptom.” But he ends with a fix, and it is refreshingly concrete: KYC. Impose the know-your-customer identity rules we demand of banks, and “you immediately eliminate 95% of the bad actors” — official insider bets become visible, and the markets might even get smarter. A partisan of anonymous speech, Brunton draws the line at anonymous betting on information. Andrew’s closer: he’s still betting on Hanson over May — Kant over Hobbes. And his verdict: Polymarket is the polycrisis. It is cashing in on chaos.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/09/the-chaos-machine-finn-brunton-crypto-anarchism/">Finn Brunton</a> is Professor of Science and Technology Studies and of Cinema and Digital Media at the University of C...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If a society cannot find a way to deal with something that is actively melting it from within, then that is a terminal symptom.” </em>— Finn Brunton</p><p> </p><p>A couple of days ago, Donald Trump Jr.’s investment firm, 1789 Capital, led a billion-dollar funding round in Polymarket. As today’s guest, the fintech expert <a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/09/the-chaos-machine-finn-brunton-crypto-anarchism/">Finn Brunton</a>, notes in an insightful <em>Harper’s</em> essay this month, prediction markets like Polymarket and Kalshi are transforming America into an always-on gambling den. No wonder, then, that the Trumps are such gleeful participants in what Brunton calls “the casinoification of modern life.” From the father’s Taj Mahal in Atlantic City to the son’s Taj on everyone’s phone. “Trade on Anything” as Kalshi promises (or threatens) us.</p><p> </p><p>In “<a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/09/the-chaos-machine-finn-brunton-crypto-anarchism/">The Chaos Machine</a>,” Brunton introduces us to two visionaries of prediction marketplaces. On the one hand, there’s the idealistic Robin Hanson, who dreamed of prediction markets as machines for truth with experts betting real money and generating trustworthy odds about the future. And then there’s Tim May, a self-described crypto-anarchist, the “bad guy,” according to Brunton, who invented the idea of BlackNet as an anonymous marketplace designed to destroy institutional trust from within. Brunton warns that today’s prediction marketplaces have bet on May, rather than Hanson. They are insider-trading machines where the smart money is always on the other side of the table.</p><p> </p><p>It’s no wonder that Donald Trump Jr.’s investment firm is called 1789 Capital. By investing in prediction marketplaces, they are accelerating an anarchic French rather than institutionally trustworthy American-style revolution. These BlackNet operations are both the cause and effect of today’s destruction of trust. Polymarket is the polycrisis. It is cashing in on chaos.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>From Papal Bets to Polymarket. </strong>Prediction markets are centuries old — people have wagered on wars, weather, elections, and popes — but the modern idea belongs to the economist Robin Hanson, the hedgehog (per Isaiah Berlin) with one big idea: turn expert opinion into a market. Since experts are famously bad at prediction (Philip Tetlock’s research), make them bet: specify the outcome precisely, let the odds be anonymous, and people must wager what they really believe rather than what fits in or stands out. Hanson’s markets were meant for specialists — internal corporate markets synthesizing insider knowledge into actionable odds — not Surowiecki’s cow-weighing crowds. However disputed, Brunton insists, it was “a fundamentally positive idea”: a machine for honest consensus about the future.</p><p>•       <strong>The Casinoification of Modern Life. </strong>Polymarket founder Shayne Coplan credits Hanson outright — then flips him. The modern slogan: “monetize any difference in opinion.” The sportsbook has been absorbed and joined by elections, crude prices, and missile strikes — anything anyone will bet on. The tragedy, per Brunton: an idea about synthesizing expertise became “the spread of gambling into every aspect of contemporary living.” And the experts who do bet are now effectively insider traders — a possibility Hanson, contrarian to the last, actually welcomes, but which has made the platforms “rip-off machines in which people who know what’s going to happen… exploit suckers.” The data is unambiguous: a handful of whales win; everyone else loses. The platforms’ defense — we just give people what they want — is, Brunton notes, the classic play of buying time against regulation, perfected by YouTube a generation ago. Meanwhile New York’s subway ads sell the flattering fantasy that you’re not gambling; you’re deploying your sophisticated read of the news. No wonder the Trumps are gleeful participants — from the father’s Taj Mahal in Atlantic City, as Andrew puts it, to the son’s Taj on everyone’s phone.</p><p>•       <strong>Tim May’s BlackNet. </strong>The essay’s second character is the late Tim May: cypherpunk pioneer, gleeful provocateur, “idealist of the dark web” in Andrew’s phrase — and, Brunton says flatly, “a bad guy” whose politics were racist and violent. May’s gift was seeing the worst use of every technology, and his masterwork was BlackNet: an anonymous marketplace for secrets — exams, health records, trade secrets, classified plans — whose deeper purpose was to destroy institutional trust from within. Create a world where no one inside any institution knows whom to trust (a Leninist move, Andrew observed), and the institutions dissolve. Brunton’s thesis in one line: prediction markets present themselves as the fulfillment of Hanson’s vision, but they are really the fulfillment of May’s. The evidence is already tabloid fact: the operator of Trump’s teleprompter betting on the words of future speeches; a US soldier arrested in April for wagering on operations he knew were coming.</p><p>•       <strong>Polymarket &amp; the Polycrisis. </strong>These platforms are worse than casinos: at least the Nevada State Gaming Commission checks that the roulette wheel isn’t rigged, while prediction markets are “so thoroughly crooked and corrupt in their current setup” that Brunton — who still cherishes Hanson’s original promise — doesn’t know where regulation would begin. Andrew’s coinage-pairing landed: Polymarket and Adam Tooze’s polycrisis are siblings — nested, interlinked crises producing unmanageable volatility, with betting as a way of “interacting with a future that otherwise feels completely out of your control.” Hence Brunton’s students on Polymarket: not just addictive app design but “a weirdly rational decision” for a generation with no faith in pensions, home ownership, or the long-term dollar. Lambos or food stamps. The house rule stands: the smart money is always on the other side of the table — and the winners-take-all arithmetic mirrors the broader digital economy.</p><p>•       <strong>Betting on Hanson Over May. </strong>Prediction markets, Brunton argues, are the heirs of crypto twice over: the next stop for fevered capital, and — like the Trump family’s World Liberty Financial, which horrifies even the Cato Institute — a mechanism for relatively untraceable corruption, a natural extension of the family casino business. Andrew’s twist on the firm’s name: 1789 Capital is accelerating an anarchic French rather than institutionally trustworthy American-style revolution. His warning is the episode’s pull quote: platforms designed to dissolve institutional trust, monetize interference with journalism, and sow paranoia are a solvent, and a society that cannot deal with what is melting it from within shows “a terminal symptom.” But he ends with a fix, and it is refreshingly concrete: KYC. Impose the know-your-customer identity rules we demand of banks, and “you immediately eliminate 95% of the bad actors” — official insider bets become visible, and the markets might even get smarter. A partisan of anonymous speech, Brunton draws the line at anonymous betting on information. Andrew’s closer: he’s still betting on Hanson over May — Kant over Hobbes. And his verdict: Polymarket is the polycrisis. It is cashing in on chaos.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/09/the-chaos-machine-finn-brunton-crypto-anarchism/">Finn Brunton</a> is Professor of Science and Technology Studies and of Cinema and Digital Media at the University of C...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Sep 2026 09:01:56 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/6cee602e/9b84c071.mp3" length="48636356" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3462035" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/6cee602e/9b84c071.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K-lKuaPOXhQ">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/-7hoOmIUQD4MrpxdO2P-eBKa1M1kISoka8HKlfsxmQg/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9kZWJk/NGExYTExZjYzNzMy/ZDBjZDYyNGI5NWE0/ZDY0ZS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3036</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If a society cannot find a way to deal with something that is actively melting it from within, then that is a terminal symptom.” </em>— Finn Brunton</p><p> </p><p>A couple of days ago, Donald Trump Jr.’s investment firm, 1789 Capital, led a billion-dollar funding round in Polymarket. As today’s guest, the fintech expert <a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/09/the-chaos-machine-finn-brunton-crypto-anarchism/">Finn Brunton</a>, notes in an insightful <em>Harper’s</em> essay this month, prediction markets like Polymarket and Kalshi are transforming America into an always-on gambling den. No wonder, then, that the Trumps are such gleeful participants in what Brunton calls “the casinoification of modern life.” From the father’s Taj Mahal in Atlantic City to the son’s Taj on everyone’s phone. “Trade on Anything” as Kalshi promises (or threatens) us.</p><p> </p><p>In “<a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/09/the-chaos-machine-finn-brunton-crypto-anarchism/">The Chaos Machine</a>,” Brunton introduces us to two visionaries of prediction marketplaces. On the one hand, there’s the idealistic Robin Hanson, who dreamed of prediction markets as machines for truth with experts betting real money and generating trustworthy odds about the future. And then there’s Tim May, a self-described crypto-anarchist, the “bad guy,” according to Brunton, who invented the idea of BlackNet as an anonymous marketplace designed to destroy institutional trust from within. Brunton warns that today’s prediction marketplaces have bet on May, rather than Hanson. They are insider-trading machines where the smart money is always on the other side of the table.</p><p> </p><p>It’s no wonder that Donald Trump Jr.’s investment firm is called 1789 Capital. By investing in prediction marketplaces, they are accelerating an anarchic French rather than institutionally trustworthy American-style revolution. These BlackNet operations are both the cause and effect of today’s destruction of trust. Polymarket is the polycrisis. It is cashing in on chaos.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>From Papal Bets to Polymarket. </strong>Prediction markets are centuries old — people have wagered on wars, weather, elections, and popes — but the modern idea belongs to the economist Robin Hanson, the hedgehog (per Isaiah Berlin) with one big idea: turn expert opinion into a market. Since experts are famously bad at prediction (Philip Tetlock’s research), make them bet: specify the outcome precisely, let the odds be anonymous, and people must wager what they really believe rather than what fits in or stands out. Hanson’s markets were meant for specialists — internal corporate markets synthesizing insider knowledge into actionable odds — not Surowiecki’s cow-weighing crowds. However disputed, Brunton insists, it was “a fundamentally positive idea”: a machine for honest consensus about the future.</p><p>•       <strong>The Casinoification of Modern Life. </strong>Polymarket founder Shayne Coplan credits Hanson outright — then flips him. The modern slogan: “monetize any difference in opinion.” The sportsbook has been absorbed and joined by elections, crude prices, and missile strikes — anything anyone will bet on. The tragedy, per Brunton: an idea about synthesizing expertise became “the spread of gambling into every aspect of contemporary living.” And the experts who do bet are now effectively insider traders — a possibility Hanson, contrarian to the last, actually welcomes, but which has made the platforms “rip-off machines in which people who know what’s going to happen… exploit suckers.” The data is unambiguous: a handful of whales win; everyone else loses. The platforms’ defense — we just give people what they want — is, Brunton notes, the classic play of buying time against regulation, perfected by YouTube a generation ago. Meanwhile New York’s subway ads sell the flattering fantasy that you’re not gambling; you’re deploying your sophisticated read of the news. No wonder the Trumps are gleeful participants — from the father’s Taj Mahal in Atlantic City, as Andrew puts it, to the son’s Taj on everyone’s phone.</p><p>•       <strong>Tim May’s BlackNet. </strong>The essay’s second character is the late Tim May: cypherpunk pioneer, gleeful provocateur, “idealist of the dark web” in Andrew’s phrase — and, Brunton says flatly, “a bad guy” whose politics were racist and violent. May’s gift was seeing the worst use of every technology, and his masterwork was BlackNet: an anonymous marketplace for secrets — exams, health records, trade secrets, classified plans — whose deeper purpose was to destroy institutional trust from within. Create a world where no one inside any institution knows whom to trust (a Leninist move, Andrew observed), and the institutions dissolve. Brunton’s thesis in one line: prediction markets present themselves as the fulfillment of Hanson’s vision, but they are really the fulfillment of May’s. The evidence is already tabloid fact: the operator of Trump’s teleprompter betting on the words of future speeches; a US soldier arrested in April for wagering on operations he knew were coming.</p><p>•       <strong>Polymarket &amp; the Polycrisis. </strong>These platforms are worse than casinos: at least the Nevada State Gaming Commission checks that the roulette wheel isn’t rigged, while prediction markets are “so thoroughly crooked and corrupt in their current setup” that Brunton — who still cherishes Hanson’s original promise — doesn’t know where regulation would begin. Andrew’s coinage-pairing landed: Polymarket and Adam Tooze’s polycrisis are siblings — nested, interlinked crises producing unmanageable volatility, with betting as a way of “interacting with a future that otherwise feels completely out of your control.” Hence Brunton’s students on Polymarket: not just addictive app design but “a weirdly rational decision” for a generation with no faith in pensions, home ownership, or the long-term dollar. Lambos or food stamps. The house rule stands: the smart money is always on the other side of the table — and the winners-take-all arithmetic mirrors the broader digital economy.</p><p>•       <strong>Betting on Hanson Over May. </strong>Prediction markets, Brunton argues, are the heirs of crypto twice over: the next stop for fevered capital, and — like the Trump family’s World Liberty Financial, which horrifies even the Cato Institute — a mechanism for relatively untraceable corruption, a natural extension of the family casino business. Andrew’s twist on the firm’s name: 1789 Capital is accelerating an anarchic French rather than institutionally trustworthy American-style revolution. His warning is the episode’s pull quote: platforms designed to dissolve institutional trust, monetize interference with journalism, and sow paranoia are a solvent, and a society that cannot deal with what is melting it from within shows “a terminal symptom.” But he ends with a fix, and it is refreshingly concrete: KYC. Impose the know-your-customer identity rules we demand of banks, and “you immediately eliminate 95% of the bad actors” — official insider bets become visible, and the markets might even get smarter. A partisan of anonymous speech, Brunton draws the line at anonymous betting on information. Andrew’s closer: he’s still betting on Hanson over May — Kant over Hobbes. And his verdict: Polymarket is the polycrisis. It is cashing in on chaos.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/09/the-chaos-machine-finn-brunton-crypto-anarchism/">Finn Brunton</a> is Professor of Science and Technology Studies and of Cinema and Digital Media at the University of C...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/6cee602e/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/6cee602e/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Mother of Silicon Valley Heresy: Paulina Borsook on the Second Coming of Cyberselfish</title>
      <itunes:episode>3022</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3022</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Mother of Silicon Valley Heresy: Paulina Borsook on the Second Coming of Cyberselfish</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2410b52a-7a2d-4e4a-9167-e0fd60c22379</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“On my headstone, it would say: I was always right. I never lied, and no one paid any attention to me.” </em>— Paulina Borsook</p><p> </p><p>A quarter of a century ago, the tech journalist <a href="https://informationmagazine.com/contributors/">Paulina Borsook</a> published <a href="https://www.cyberselfish.com/"><em>Cyberselfish</em></a>, one of the earliest critiques of Silicon Valley’s libertarian culture. While the heretical book got widely reviewed, it not only didn’t sell but cursed her writing career, Borsook claiming she couldn’t get published again on any subject. Used copies of Cyberselfish could be had for a few dollars and she became just another forgotten tech dissenter.</p><p> </p><p>Then, last year, Borsook was magically resurrected. The New York Times (re)discovered her as “the writer who dared criticize Silicon Valley” and the price of secondhand copies of Cyberselfish jumped to over a thousand dollars. The world caught up with her tech scepticism. Like an AI startup, Borsook is now hot. So hot, in fact, that the original Cyberselfish is now being republished not only in the US and UK, but also in France. So hot, that we now have a new word: “Borsookian,” to describe Silicon Valley libertarianism.</p><p> </p><p>The funny thing is that nothing much has changed over the last quarter century since Borsook’s original book came out. Not tech’s libertarian hostility to government. Not the Silicon Valley boys-only club. And certainly not Paulina Borsook, who retains what the Grateful Dead lyricist and digital utopian John Perry Barlow half-lovingly called her “dyspeptic” manner. “On my headstone, it would say: I was always right,” Paulina Borsook confides with dyspeptic glee. “I never lied, and no one paid any attention to me.” How delicious to be so fully resurrected. What fun for the heretic to help transform the original orthodoxy into the new heresy.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Back from the Dead. </strong>The resurrection required no publicist: used copies of Cyberselfish drifted from $4 toward $1,000; graduate students begged her for copies she couldn’t supply; a stranger she’s never met posted on LinkedIn that she’d gotten everything right and been forgotten — and it went viral. That led to Gil Duran, whose furious Bluesky post (after a Wired mea-culpa writer interviewed him about her for forty-five minutes and cited neither of them) alerted The New York Times, whose November feature — “The Writer Who Dared Criticize Silicon Valley” — brought her agent’s immortal email: “we always knew you were right.” Tin House is reissuing the book on September 15 with a Duran foreword and her new afterword, changing not a word. Younger readers, she’s told, like that it doesn’t read like a TED Talk. Her headstone joke covers the whole arc: always right, never lied, no one paid attention.</p><p>•       <strong>Why Are They So Mad? </strong>The book’s core observation remains undefeated: “no sector of society has benefited more and suffered less from the government than people in Silicon Valley. So why are they acting like this, and why are they so mad?” “Libertarian” was simply her shorthand for a subculture violently anti-government, totally anti-regulation, and drunk on Ayn Rand — or, in the book’s reframe, the mind-set of adolescents craving total rampaging autonomy while someone else does the laundry. She wrote it from inside: a Wired freelancer under Louis Rossetto (who handed new writers The New Journalism), perpetually paired point-counterpoint against John Perry Barlow, whose Declaration of the Independence of Cyberspace made her snort and whose “dyspeptic” label she wears as a compliment. Kevin Kelly, she insists, is not Sam Altman — they almost never agreed, but she doesn’t demonize — “except that they have a belief in everything that tech wants to do is fine.” The book, she says now, is a Guide for the Perplexed: the metaphors and framing to decode everything the current crop is spewing.</p><p>•       <strong>That Damn Book. </strong>She calls it TDB — That Damn Book — because it wrecked her. A strong media arc and worldwide reviews, then no sales and a career that “came to a crashing halt”: for twenty-five years she could not get published again, on tech or anything else; a finalist for four fellowships, winner of none; no one — blacklist theorists, gender theorists — could ever explain it. “I have PTSD from twenty-five years of never being able to be published again.” The lost years: seven of nasty elder care, an eviction that put everything she owned in storage, six years as an Airbnb superhost in the Santa Cruz Mountains, and the art project My Life as a Ghost — about the traumatic brain injury she’s carried since a friend accidentally shot her with a Colt 45 at fourteen. She resists the redemptive reading that the TBI explains her outsider eye (“I’m a package deal”), and values tech precisely as the utility — word processing, BBSs for the housebound — that made a writing life possible. Using is not worshiping.</p><p>•       <strong>AI Is the Inevitable Result of Cyberselfishness. </strong>“Was anybody asking for this? Not really.” AI, on her reading, is the financial play the culture was always building toward — there’s little real innovation left, “except for surveillance capitalism” and, in her Shakespearean phrase, the current crop “borrowing the robes of the tech culture of another era.” Her oldest fascination has become the newest: since ELIZA in the sixties, people have preferred confessing to machines over talking to humans — AI boyfriends included — and “it gets so much stuff wrong that people wanna rely on this” bewilders her still. Andrew’s question about Anthropic’s calls for regulation drew the hour’s driest line: “isn’t that just sort of the lipstick on a pig issue? I’ll believe it when I see it” — nobody, she notes, will do anything that touches the stock price. Her counter-example is the late Peter Neumann, the computer scientist who gave $4 million to the San Francisco Symphony’s chorus: “we will not see his like again.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Blue of Tahoe. </strong>Asked what freedom means, she calls the word too abused to define — a card-carrying ACLU member since high school who believes just as firmly in regulation, and whose answer to Sergey Brin’s California-as-Soviet-Union hissy fit is the episode’s keeper: “what do you think keeps the water of Tahoe so very blue except for government regulation and environmental scientists? Who do you think regulates the use of the term organic?” The regulation-freedom dynamic, she argues, is healthy — it’s the worship that isn’t. Her San Francisco test: The Crucible, the beloved East Bay institution that taught Burning Man its metalwork, gets nothing from the boom, while art nonprofits die weekly and the winners insist they owe nothing because they pay taxes — “which they try very much not to do.” Burning Man itself she reads via Brave New World: the violent passion surrogate, a scheduled space for disorder before returning to lives spent “creating nonsense and ruining a lot of things that we hold dear.” A California writer to the end — and, per Glengarry Glen Ross, always be closing.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://informationmagazine.com/contributors/">Paulina Borsook</a> has worked in and around Northern California tech culture since the early 1980s. Formerly on the masthead of Wired, she has written for Mother Jones, Salon, and countless tech and non-tech publications, and is a contributing editor at InFormation (“every day computers are making people easier to use”), the revived tech-skeptic magazine of past guest Davi...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“On my headstone, it would say: I was always right. I never lied, and no one paid any attention to me.” </em>— Paulina Borsook</p><p> </p><p>A quarter of a century ago, the tech journalist <a href="https://informationmagazine.com/contributors/">Paulina Borsook</a> published <a href="https://www.cyberselfish.com/"><em>Cyberselfish</em></a>, one of the earliest critiques of Silicon Valley’s libertarian culture. While the heretical book got widely reviewed, it not only didn’t sell but cursed her writing career, Borsook claiming she couldn’t get published again on any subject. Used copies of Cyberselfish could be had for a few dollars and she became just another forgotten tech dissenter.</p><p> </p><p>Then, last year, Borsook was magically resurrected. The New York Times (re)discovered her as “the writer who dared criticize Silicon Valley” and the price of secondhand copies of Cyberselfish jumped to over a thousand dollars. The world caught up with her tech scepticism. Like an AI startup, Borsook is now hot. So hot, in fact, that the original Cyberselfish is now being republished not only in the US and UK, but also in France. So hot, that we now have a new word: “Borsookian,” to describe Silicon Valley libertarianism.</p><p> </p><p>The funny thing is that nothing much has changed over the last quarter century since Borsook’s original book came out. Not tech’s libertarian hostility to government. Not the Silicon Valley boys-only club. And certainly not Paulina Borsook, who retains what the Grateful Dead lyricist and digital utopian John Perry Barlow half-lovingly called her “dyspeptic” manner. “On my headstone, it would say: I was always right,” Paulina Borsook confides with dyspeptic glee. “I never lied, and no one paid any attention to me.” How delicious to be so fully resurrected. What fun for the heretic to help transform the original orthodoxy into the new heresy.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Back from the Dead. </strong>The resurrection required no publicist: used copies of Cyberselfish drifted from $4 toward $1,000; graduate students begged her for copies she couldn’t supply; a stranger she’s never met posted on LinkedIn that she’d gotten everything right and been forgotten — and it went viral. That led to Gil Duran, whose furious Bluesky post (after a Wired mea-culpa writer interviewed him about her for forty-five minutes and cited neither of them) alerted The New York Times, whose November feature — “The Writer Who Dared Criticize Silicon Valley” — brought her agent’s immortal email: “we always knew you were right.” Tin House is reissuing the book on September 15 with a Duran foreword and her new afterword, changing not a word. Younger readers, she’s told, like that it doesn’t read like a TED Talk. Her headstone joke covers the whole arc: always right, never lied, no one paid attention.</p><p>•       <strong>Why Are They So Mad? </strong>The book’s core observation remains undefeated: “no sector of society has benefited more and suffered less from the government than people in Silicon Valley. So why are they acting like this, and why are they so mad?” “Libertarian” was simply her shorthand for a subculture violently anti-government, totally anti-regulation, and drunk on Ayn Rand — or, in the book’s reframe, the mind-set of adolescents craving total rampaging autonomy while someone else does the laundry. She wrote it from inside: a Wired freelancer under Louis Rossetto (who handed new writers The New Journalism), perpetually paired point-counterpoint against John Perry Barlow, whose Declaration of the Independence of Cyberspace made her snort and whose “dyspeptic” label she wears as a compliment. Kevin Kelly, she insists, is not Sam Altman — they almost never agreed, but she doesn’t demonize — “except that they have a belief in everything that tech wants to do is fine.” The book, she says now, is a Guide for the Perplexed: the metaphors and framing to decode everything the current crop is spewing.</p><p>•       <strong>That Damn Book. </strong>She calls it TDB — That Damn Book — because it wrecked her. A strong media arc and worldwide reviews, then no sales and a career that “came to a crashing halt”: for twenty-five years she could not get published again, on tech or anything else; a finalist for four fellowships, winner of none; no one — blacklist theorists, gender theorists — could ever explain it. “I have PTSD from twenty-five years of never being able to be published again.” The lost years: seven of nasty elder care, an eviction that put everything she owned in storage, six years as an Airbnb superhost in the Santa Cruz Mountains, and the art project My Life as a Ghost — about the traumatic brain injury she’s carried since a friend accidentally shot her with a Colt 45 at fourteen. She resists the redemptive reading that the TBI explains her outsider eye (“I’m a package deal”), and values tech precisely as the utility — word processing, BBSs for the housebound — that made a writing life possible. Using is not worshiping.</p><p>•       <strong>AI Is the Inevitable Result of Cyberselfishness. </strong>“Was anybody asking for this? Not really.” AI, on her reading, is the financial play the culture was always building toward — there’s little real innovation left, “except for surveillance capitalism” and, in her Shakespearean phrase, the current crop “borrowing the robes of the tech culture of another era.” Her oldest fascination has become the newest: since ELIZA in the sixties, people have preferred confessing to machines over talking to humans — AI boyfriends included — and “it gets so much stuff wrong that people wanna rely on this” bewilders her still. Andrew’s question about Anthropic’s calls for regulation drew the hour’s driest line: “isn’t that just sort of the lipstick on a pig issue? I’ll believe it when I see it” — nobody, she notes, will do anything that touches the stock price. Her counter-example is the late Peter Neumann, the computer scientist who gave $4 million to the San Francisco Symphony’s chorus: “we will not see his like again.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Blue of Tahoe. </strong>Asked what freedom means, she calls the word too abused to define — a card-carrying ACLU member since high school who believes just as firmly in regulation, and whose answer to Sergey Brin’s California-as-Soviet-Union hissy fit is the episode’s keeper: “what do you think keeps the water of Tahoe so very blue except for government regulation and environmental scientists? Who do you think regulates the use of the term organic?” The regulation-freedom dynamic, she argues, is healthy — it’s the worship that isn’t. Her San Francisco test: The Crucible, the beloved East Bay institution that taught Burning Man its metalwork, gets nothing from the boom, while art nonprofits die weekly and the winners insist they owe nothing because they pay taxes — “which they try very much not to do.” Burning Man itself she reads via Brave New World: the violent passion surrogate, a scheduled space for disorder before returning to lives spent “creating nonsense and ruining a lot of things that we hold dear.” A California writer to the end — and, per Glengarry Glen Ross, always be closing.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://informationmagazine.com/contributors/">Paulina Borsook</a> has worked in and around Northern California tech culture since the early 1980s. Formerly on the masthead of Wired, she has written for Mother Jones, Salon, and countless tech and non-tech publications, and is a contributing editor at InFormation (“every day computers are making people easier to use”), the revived tech-skeptic magazine of past guest Davi...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Sep 2026 08:24:39 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/fca36399/f78d8786.mp3" length="43894909" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3444088" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/fca36399/f78d8786.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=txRta8lNvbg">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/rmaJCx-9BftqBi0EenfZEptItvBtBwVqg9jUDFwxvfc/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS82YzY5/ZGE1YTVjMWYxODc1/MzU1NGZmNTYwOWQ4/NDdhMS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2740</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“On my headstone, it would say: I was always right. I never lied, and no one paid any attention to me.” </em>— Paulina Borsook</p><p> </p><p>A quarter of a century ago, the tech journalist <a href="https://informationmagazine.com/contributors/">Paulina Borsook</a> published <a href="https://www.cyberselfish.com/"><em>Cyberselfish</em></a>, one of the earliest critiques of Silicon Valley’s libertarian culture. While the heretical book got widely reviewed, it not only didn’t sell but cursed her writing career, Borsook claiming she couldn’t get published again on any subject. Used copies of Cyberselfish could be had for a few dollars and she became just another forgotten tech dissenter.</p><p> </p><p>Then, last year, Borsook was magically resurrected. The New York Times (re)discovered her as “the writer who dared criticize Silicon Valley” and the price of secondhand copies of Cyberselfish jumped to over a thousand dollars. The world caught up with her tech scepticism. Like an AI startup, Borsook is now hot. So hot, in fact, that the original Cyberselfish is now being republished not only in the US and UK, but also in France. So hot, that we now have a new word: “Borsookian,” to describe Silicon Valley libertarianism.</p><p> </p><p>The funny thing is that nothing much has changed over the last quarter century since Borsook’s original book came out. Not tech’s libertarian hostility to government. Not the Silicon Valley boys-only club. And certainly not Paulina Borsook, who retains what the Grateful Dead lyricist and digital utopian John Perry Barlow half-lovingly called her “dyspeptic” manner. “On my headstone, it would say: I was always right,” Paulina Borsook confides with dyspeptic glee. “I never lied, and no one paid any attention to me.” How delicious to be so fully resurrected. What fun for the heretic to help transform the original orthodoxy into the new heresy.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Back from the Dead. </strong>The resurrection required no publicist: used copies of Cyberselfish drifted from $4 toward $1,000; graduate students begged her for copies she couldn’t supply; a stranger she’s never met posted on LinkedIn that she’d gotten everything right and been forgotten — and it went viral. That led to Gil Duran, whose furious Bluesky post (after a Wired mea-culpa writer interviewed him about her for forty-five minutes and cited neither of them) alerted The New York Times, whose November feature — “The Writer Who Dared Criticize Silicon Valley” — brought her agent’s immortal email: “we always knew you were right.” Tin House is reissuing the book on September 15 with a Duran foreword and her new afterword, changing not a word. Younger readers, she’s told, like that it doesn’t read like a TED Talk. Her headstone joke covers the whole arc: always right, never lied, no one paid attention.</p><p>•       <strong>Why Are They So Mad? </strong>The book’s core observation remains undefeated: “no sector of society has benefited more and suffered less from the government than people in Silicon Valley. So why are they acting like this, and why are they so mad?” “Libertarian” was simply her shorthand for a subculture violently anti-government, totally anti-regulation, and drunk on Ayn Rand — or, in the book’s reframe, the mind-set of adolescents craving total rampaging autonomy while someone else does the laundry. She wrote it from inside: a Wired freelancer under Louis Rossetto (who handed new writers The New Journalism), perpetually paired point-counterpoint against John Perry Barlow, whose Declaration of the Independence of Cyberspace made her snort and whose “dyspeptic” label she wears as a compliment. Kevin Kelly, she insists, is not Sam Altman — they almost never agreed, but she doesn’t demonize — “except that they have a belief in everything that tech wants to do is fine.” The book, she says now, is a Guide for the Perplexed: the metaphors and framing to decode everything the current crop is spewing.</p><p>•       <strong>That Damn Book. </strong>She calls it TDB — That Damn Book — because it wrecked her. A strong media arc and worldwide reviews, then no sales and a career that “came to a crashing halt”: for twenty-five years she could not get published again, on tech or anything else; a finalist for four fellowships, winner of none; no one — blacklist theorists, gender theorists — could ever explain it. “I have PTSD from twenty-five years of never being able to be published again.” The lost years: seven of nasty elder care, an eviction that put everything she owned in storage, six years as an Airbnb superhost in the Santa Cruz Mountains, and the art project My Life as a Ghost — about the traumatic brain injury she’s carried since a friend accidentally shot her with a Colt 45 at fourteen. She resists the redemptive reading that the TBI explains her outsider eye (“I’m a package deal”), and values tech precisely as the utility — word processing, BBSs for the housebound — that made a writing life possible. Using is not worshiping.</p><p>•       <strong>AI Is the Inevitable Result of Cyberselfishness. </strong>“Was anybody asking for this? Not really.” AI, on her reading, is the financial play the culture was always building toward — there’s little real innovation left, “except for surveillance capitalism” and, in her Shakespearean phrase, the current crop “borrowing the robes of the tech culture of another era.” Her oldest fascination has become the newest: since ELIZA in the sixties, people have preferred confessing to machines over talking to humans — AI boyfriends included — and “it gets so much stuff wrong that people wanna rely on this” bewilders her still. Andrew’s question about Anthropic’s calls for regulation drew the hour’s driest line: “isn’t that just sort of the lipstick on a pig issue? I’ll believe it when I see it” — nobody, she notes, will do anything that touches the stock price. Her counter-example is the late Peter Neumann, the computer scientist who gave $4 million to the San Francisco Symphony’s chorus: “we will not see his like again.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Blue of Tahoe. </strong>Asked what freedom means, she calls the word too abused to define — a card-carrying ACLU member since high school who believes just as firmly in regulation, and whose answer to Sergey Brin’s California-as-Soviet-Union hissy fit is the episode’s keeper: “what do you think keeps the water of Tahoe so very blue except for government regulation and environmental scientists? Who do you think regulates the use of the term organic?” The regulation-freedom dynamic, she argues, is healthy — it’s the worship that isn’t. Her San Francisco test: The Crucible, the beloved East Bay institution that taught Burning Man its metalwork, gets nothing from the boom, while art nonprofits die weekly and the winners insist they owe nothing because they pay taxes — “which they try very much not to do.” Burning Man itself she reads via Brave New World: the violent passion surrogate, a scheduled space for disorder before returning to lives spent “creating nonsense and ruining a lot of things that we hold dear.” A California writer to the end — and, per Glengarry Glen Ross, always be closing.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://informationmagazine.com/contributors/">Paulina Borsook</a> has worked in and around Northern California tech culture since the early 1980s. Formerly on the masthead of Wired, she has written for Mother Jones, Salon, and countless tech and non-tech publications, and is a contributing editor at InFormation (“every day computers are making people easier to use”), the revived tech-skeptic magazine of past guest Davi...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/fca36399/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/fca36399/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Opening the Book of Genocides: Graphic Artist Dana Mashoian Walrath Draws Humanity’s Worst Crime</title>
      <itunes:episode>3021</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3021</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Opening the Book of Genocides: Graphic Artist Dana Mashoian Walrath Draws Humanity’s Worst Crime</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2936d63b-c759-4b45-8f33-6b3e073c7e4e</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We’re hardwired for love. We are taught to do violence, and to hate.” </em>— Dana Mashoian Walrath</p><p> </p><p>A couple of months ago in Warsaw, the Polish writer and Jewish activist Konstanty Gebert <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/the-best-and-worst-thing-about-america">argued</a> that Gaza wasn’t a genocide. Today’s guest disagrees. In <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674299054"><em>The Book of Genocides</em></a>, graphic artist and anthropologist <a href="https://www.bookofgenocides.com/">Dana Mashoian Walrath</a> draws ten genocides including what she sees as the crimes against humanity committed by the Israeli army in Gaza.</p><p> </p><p>So what, exactly, is a “genocide”? Walrath’s definition borrows from the Polish lawyer Raphael Lemkin, who coined the term during the Second World War. Lemkin meant the word to mean the destruction of peoples that had been deemed sub-human. Thus Walrath includes crimes against the First Peoples of the Americas and Black Americans alongside 20th-century mass killings in Cambodia, Rwanda, Bosnia and Armenia, where her ancestors were persecuted.</p><p> </p><p>Some will quibble over this list. Although quibbling over the top (or bottom) ten genocides isn’t exactly good taste. Besides, <em>The Book of Genocides</em> is a poignant work of graphic art in the tradition of Art Spiegelman’s <em>Maus</em>. And its author, for all her anthropological insights into why people commit crimes against humanity, isn’t shy with her genocide jokes. <em>Springtime for Hitler</em>, anyone?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Always a Land Grab. </strong>Ten genocides across five centuries — the First Peoples of the Americas, Black Americans, Aboriginal Australians, Armenia, the Holocaust, Cambodia, Rwanda, Bosnia, the Rohingya, and Gaza — chosen not to rank horrors but to expose “the repetitive patterns and the processes that underlie genocide.” Walrath’s definition is Raphael Lemkin’s original, processual one, before politics narrowed the convention: the purpose is always a land grab, the apparatus always dehumanization, and precise academic definitions are often deployed “to keep some stories and histories out.” The book began as an interactive art installation with nine genocides and a tenth chapter on “the borders of genocide” — Afghanistan, Vietnam, Congo, Ukraine, Palestine — until the violence in Gaza persuaded her to make the case outright, while insisting the aim is not to demonize her Jewish friends, Judaism, or Israel, but to show the system. Her hope: that a globally framed comic might open dialogue between Jews and Palestinians “trapped in enmity right now.”</p><p>•       <strong>Lemkin’s Last Train. </strong>The man who coined the word is the book’s tragic through-line. As a Polish law student, Lemkin followed the Berlin trial of a young Armenian who had shot one of the architects of the Armenian genocide — and found it ludicrous that the assassin faced justice for one murder while his victim had answered for none of his millions. His family farm had been seized in the First World War; his brother Samuel died in the forest. He escaped Warsaw on a train that was bombed, ran by night to reach his family, and failed to persuade them to leave (“they do this to us all the time”). Via Sweden, Russia, Japan, and Duke, he spent the war in Washington trying to make Americans see. His convention passed — then waited years for the US, UK, and China to ratify — and he died in 1959 penniless and friendless, UN officials fleeing him in the corridors. Walrath’s speculation: his great regret, looking down, may be refusing to support We Charge Genocide, the 1951 petition by Black Americans — “we can’t talk about something America has done” in the Cold War. Had America owned and repaired that crime then, “we’d be in a very different world.”</p><p>•       <strong>Can You Have Half a Genocide? </strong>Andrew’s pushback — if politicians can be “verging on genocidal,” does every Karen yelling at her kids get accused of it? — drew the hour’s most honest concession: “that’s the absolute spot-on critique of the approach I’ve taken.” Her defense is preventive: half a genocide is “too quantitative”; better to name things “on their way to massacre” and stop them, or repair them, than to litigate the label afterward. Genocide, she argues, predates modernity and Arendt’s industrial reading — it arrives with the first hierarchical, extracting, wealth-inheriting “so-called civilizations,” Sparta and Thucydides included. Slavery qualifies because the operational word is systemic: the transatlantic trade ran on thinking of humans as lesser. But she draws one line firmly: asked about factory farms as future genocides, “I would hate to see genocide get used over there. It is something that humans do to one another” — and, she insists, don’t have to: the literature on aversion to killing shows soldiers must be socialized into it. We’re hardwired for love and taught to hate.</p><p>•       <strong>Stanton’s Stages in MAGA America. </strong>Is there something genocidal in MAGA’s language about undocumented immigrants? “Absolutely.” Walrath applies the ten stages of genocide — the classroom heuristic Gregory Stanton first presented to the State Department in 1996 — and finds the United States “doing a heck of a lot of them”: polarization; dehumanization (people called vermin, “not worthy of life”); discrimination in the restriction of voting rights. “We’re on very, very shaky ground.” Homelessness, in the same frame, is the product of structures that disenfranchise some and privilege others — “we’ve got enough to go around; we just revere wealth.” Her model for how ordinary people let it happen is Ursula Hegi’s Stones from the River: the fearful, the wounded, the disenfranchised, vulnerable to takeover — with parallels in MAGA voters spurned by the neoliberal machine and unable to see who is pulling the levers. Hence her claim for the book: it is resistance, but resistance that builds a coalition across horrors rather than policing which horror counts.</p><p>•       <strong>Springtime for Hitler. </strong>She didn’t read Maus until 2009 — “that’s when I found my medium and just went wild” — and pays it explicit homage in the book. Comics, she argues, let readers “come into” a history and think for themselves, and laughter is respite: an angry messenger gets no listeners. Her earlier Aliceheimer’s let people laugh about her mother’s dementia (not at it, she corrected sharply); telling audiences she’s working on her genocide jokes makes them relax enough to hear the rest. Andrew’s challenge — “do you really want to make it safe?” — produced the useful distinction: safe to enter, not whitewashed; hand-lettered so readers can bring the content in, every truth intact. The closing exchange landed on The Producers and Springtime for Hitler as a brilliant portrayal of the legacies of catastrophe. Her last word: knowledge must cross boundaries, “and the boundaries are all human made, so let’s unmake them.” Andrew’s: most will disagree with her list — and it may be a classic.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.bookofgenocides.com/">Dana Mashoian Walrath</a> is a writer, artist, and anthropologist. Her award-winning works include Aliceheimer’s, a graphic memoir about her mother’s dementia, and Like Water on Stone, a verse novel about the Armenian genocide. She holds a doctorate in anthropology from the University of Pennsylvania; her comics, art, essays, and poetry have appeared in The Nation, The Lancet, Slate, and on NPR. <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674299054"><em>The Book of Genocide...</em></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We’re hardwired for love. We are taught to do violence, and to hate.” </em>— Dana Mashoian Walrath</p><p> </p><p>A couple of months ago in Warsaw, the Polish writer and Jewish activist Konstanty Gebert <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/the-best-and-worst-thing-about-america">argued</a> that Gaza wasn’t a genocide. Today’s guest disagrees. In <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674299054"><em>The Book of Genocides</em></a>, graphic artist and anthropologist <a href="https://www.bookofgenocides.com/">Dana Mashoian Walrath</a> draws ten genocides including what she sees as the crimes against humanity committed by the Israeli army in Gaza.</p><p> </p><p>So what, exactly, is a “genocide”? Walrath’s definition borrows from the Polish lawyer Raphael Lemkin, who coined the term during the Second World War. Lemkin meant the word to mean the destruction of peoples that had been deemed sub-human. Thus Walrath includes crimes against the First Peoples of the Americas and Black Americans alongside 20th-century mass killings in Cambodia, Rwanda, Bosnia and Armenia, where her ancestors were persecuted.</p><p> </p><p>Some will quibble over this list. Although quibbling over the top (or bottom) ten genocides isn’t exactly good taste. Besides, <em>The Book of Genocides</em> is a poignant work of graphic art in the tradition of Art Spiegelman’s <em>Maus</em>. And its author, for all her anthropological insights into why people commit crimes against humanity, isn’t shy with her genocide jokes. <em>Springtime for Hitler</em>, anyone?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Always a Land Grab. </strong>Ten genocides across five centuries — the First Peoples of the Americas, Black Americans, Aboriginal Australians, Armenia, the Holocaust, Cambodia, Rwanda, Bosnia, the Rohingya, and Gaza — chosen not to rank horrors but to expose “the repetitive patterns and the processes that underlie genocide.” Walrath’s definition is Raphael Lemkin’s original, processual one, before politics narrowed the convention: the purpose is always a land grab, the apparatus always dehumanization, and precise academic definitions are often deployed “to keep some stories and histories out.” The book began as an interactive art installation with nine genocides and a tenth chapter on “the borders of genocide” — Afghanistan, Vietnam, Congo, Ukraine, Palestine — until the violence in Gaza persuaded her to make the case outright, while insisting the aim is not to demonize her Jewish friends, Judaism, or Israel, but to show the system. Her hope: that a globally framed comic might open dialogue between Jews and Palestinians “trapped in enmity right now.”</p><p>•       <strong>Lemkin’s Last Train. </strong>The man who coined the word is the book’s tragic through-line. As a Polish law student, Lemkin followed the Berlin trial of a young Armenian who had shot one of the architects of the Armenian genocide — and found it ludicrous that the assassin faced justice for one murder while his victim had answered for none of his millions. His family farm had been seized in the First World War; his brother Samuel died in the forest. He escaped Warsaw on a train that was bombed, ran by night to reach his family, and failed to persuade them to leave (“they do this to us all the time”). Via Sweden, Russia, Japan, and Duke, he spent the war in Washington trying to make Americans see. His convention passed — then waited years for the US, UK, and China to ratify — and he died in 1959 penniless and friendless, UN officials fleeing him in the corridors. Walrath’s speculation: his great regret, looking down, may be refusing to support We Charge Genocide, the 1951 petition by Black Americans — “we can’t talk about something America has done” in the Cold War. Had America owned and repaired that crime then, “we’d be in a very different world.”</p><p>•       <strong>Can You Have Half a Genocide? </strong>Andrew’s pushback — if politicians can be “verging on genocidal,” does every Karen yelling at her kids get accused of it? — drew the hour’s most honest concession: “that’s the absolute spot-on critique of the approach I’ve taken.” Her defense is preventive: half a genocide is “too quantitative”; better to name things “on their way to massacre” and stop them, or repair them, than to litigate the label afterward. Genocide, she argues, predates modernity and Arendt’s industrial reading — it arrives with the first hierarchical, extracting, wealth-inheriting “so-called civilizations,” Sparta and Thucydides included. Slavery qualifies because the operational word is systemic: the transatlantic trade ran on thinking of humans as lesser. But she draws one line firmly: asked about factory farms as future genocides, “I would hate to see genocide get used over there. It is something that humans do to one another” — and, she insists, don’t have to: the literature on aversion to killing shows soldiers must be socialized into it. We’re hardwired for love and taught to hate.</p><p>•       <strong>Stanton’s Stages in MAGA America. </strong>Is there something genocidal in MAGA’s language about undocumented immigrants? “Absolutely.” Walrath applies the ten stages of genocide — the classroom heuristic Gregory Stanton first presented to the State Department in 1996 — and finds the United States “doing a heck of a lot of them”: polarization; dehumanization (people called vermin, “not worthy of life”); discrimination in the restriction of voting rights. “We’re on very, very shaky ground.” Homelessness, in the same frame, is the product of structures that disenfranchise some and privilege others — “we’ve got enough to go around; we just revere wealth.” Her model for how ordinary people let it happen is Ursula Hegi’s Stones from the River: the fearful, the wounded, the disenfranchised, vulnerable to takeover — with parallels in MAGA voters spurned by the neoliberal machine and unable to see who is pulling the levers. Hence her claim for the book: it is resistance, but resistance that builds a coalition across horrors rather than policing which horror counts.</p><p>•       <strong>Springtime for Hitler. </strong>She didn’t read Maus until 2009 — “that’s when I found my medium and just went wild” — and pays it explicit homage in the book. Comics, she argues, let readers “come into” a history and think for themselves, and laughter is respite: an angry messenger gets no listeners. Her earlier Aliceheimer’s let people laugh about her mother’s dementia (not at it, she corrected sharply); telling audiences she’s working on her genocide jokes makes them relax enough to hear the rest. Andrew’s challenge — “do you really want to make it safe?” — produced the useful distinction: safe to enter, not whitewashed; hand-lettered so readers can bring the content in, every truth intact. The closing exchange landed on The Producers and Springtime for Hitler as a brilliant portrayal of the legacies of catastrophe. Her last word: knowledge must cross boundaries, “and the boundaries are all human made, so let’s unmake them.” Andrew’s: most will disagree with her list — and it may be a classic.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.bookofgenocides.com/">Dana Mashoian Walrath</a> is a writer, artist, and anthropologist. Her award-winning works include Aliceheimer’s, a graphic memoir about her mother’s dementia, and Like Water on Stone, a verse novel about the Armenian genocide. She holds a doctorate in anthropology from the University of Pennsylvania; her comics, art, essays, and poetry have appeared in The Nation, The Lancet, Slate, and on NPR. <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674299054"><em>The Book of Genocide...</em></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2026 09:22:27 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/d70c247b/9195b092.mp3" length="44461445" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3453055" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/d70c247b/9195b092.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pQWLhjNfC8s">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/18mofTQF-OljgliebsRf56PJDwFL1Wtd5zuIZwTLw3g/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS83YWVm/ZTU2ZjU5OTk2NTBh/MzFiZDM5MDcwZDIx/MTU0Zi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2776</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We’re hardwired for love. We are taught to do violence, and to hate.” </em>— Dana Mashoian Walrath</p><p> </p><p>A couple of months ago in Warsaw, the Polish writer and Jewish activist Konstanty Gebert <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/the-best-and-worst-thing-about-america">argued</a> that Gaza wasn’t a genocide. Today’s guest disagrees. In <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674299054"><em>The Book of Genocides</em></a>, graphic artist and anthropologist <a href="https://www.bookofgenocides.com/">Dana Mashoian Walrath</a> draws ten genocides including what she sees as the crimes against humanity committed by the Israeli army in Gaza.</p><p> </p><p>So what, exactly, is a “genocide”? Walrath’s definition borrows from the Polish lawyer Raphael Lemkin, who coined the term during the Second World War. Lemkin meant the word to mean the destruction of peoples that had been deemed sub-human. Thus Walrath includes crimes against the First Peoples of the Americas and Black Americans alongside 20th-century mass killings in Cambodia, Rwanda, Bosnia and Armenia, where her ancestors were persecuted.</p><p> </p><p>Some will quibble over this list. Although quibbling over the top (or bottom) ten genocides isn’t exactly good taste. Besides, <em>The Book of Genocides</em> is a poignant work of graphic art in the tradition of Art Spiegelman’s <em>Maus</em>. And its author, for all her anthropological insights into why people commit crimes against humanity, isn’t shy with her genocide jokes. <em>Springtime for Hitler</em>, anyone?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Always a Land Grab. </strong>Ten genocides across five centuries — the First Peoples of the Americas, Black Americans, Aboriginal Australians, Armenia, the Holocaust, Cambodia, Rwanda, Bosnia, the Rohingya, and Gaza — chosen not to rank horrors but to expose “the repetitive patterns and the processes that underlie genocide.” Walrath’s definition is Raphael Lemkin’s original, processual one, before politics narrowed the convention: the purpose is always a land grab, the apparatus always dehumanization, and precise academic definitions are often deployed “to keep some stories and histories out.” The book began as an interactive art installation with nine genocides and a tenth chapter on “the borders of genocide” — Afghanistan, Vietnam, Congo, Ukraine, Palestine — until the violence in Gaza persuaded her to make the case outright, while insisting the aim is not to demonize her Jewish friends, Judaism, or Israel, but to show the system. Her hope: that a globally framed comic might open dialogue between Jews and Palestinians “trapped in enmity right now.”</p><p>•       <strong>Lemkin’s Last Train. </strong>The man who coined the word is the book’s tragic through-line. As a Polish law student, Lemkin followed the Berlin trial of a young Armenian who had shot one of the architects of the Armenian genocide — and found it ludicrous that the assassin faced justice for one murder while his victim had answered for none of his millions. His family farm had been seized in the First World War; his brother Samuel died in the forest. He escaped Warsaw on a train that was bombed, ran by night to reach his family, and failed to persuade them to leave (“they do this to us all the time”). Via Sweden, Russia, Japan, and Duke, he spent the war in Washington trying to make Americans see. His convention passed — then waited years for the US, UK, and China to ratify — and he died in 1959 penniless and friendless, UN officials fleeing him in the corridors. Walrath’s speculation: his great regret, looking down, may be refusing to support We Charge Genocide, the 1951 petition by Black Americans — “we can’t talk about something America has done” in the Cold War. Had America owned and repaired that crime then, “we’d be in a very different world.”</p><p>•       <strong>Can You Have Half a Genocide? </strong>Andrew’s pushback — if politicians can be “verging on genocidal,” does every Karen yelling at her kids get accused of it? — drew the hour’s most honest concession: “that’s the absolute spot-on critique of the approach I’ve taken.” Her defense is preventive: half a genocide is “too quantitative”; better to name things “on their way to massacre” and stop them, or repair them, than to litigate the label afterward. Genocide, she argues, predates modernity and Arendt’s industrial reading — it arrives with the first hierarchical, extracting, wealth-inheriting “so-called civilizations,” Sparta and Thucydides included. Slavery qualifies because the operational word is systemic: the transatlantic trade ran on thinking of humans as lesser. But she draws one line firmly: asked about factory farms as future genocides, “I would hate to see genocide get used over there. It is something that humans do to one another” — and, she insists, don’t have to: the literature on aversion to killing shows soldiers must be socialized into it. We’re hardwired for love and taught to hate.</p><p>•       <strong>Stanton’s Stages in MAGA America. </strong>Is there something genocidal in MAGA’s language about undocumented immigrants? “Absolutely.” Walrath applies the ten stages of genocide — the classroom heuristic Gregory Stanton first presented to the State Department in 1996 — and finds the United States “doing a heck of a lot of them”: polarization; dehumanization (people called vermin, “not worthy of life”); discrimination in the restriction of voting rights. “We’re on very, very shaky ground.” Homelessness, in the same frame, is the product of structures that disenfranchise some and privilege others — “we’ve got enough to go around; we just revere wealth.” Her model for how ordinary people let it happen is Ursula Hegi’s Stones from the River: the fearful, the wounded, the disenfranchised, vulnerable to takeover — with parallels in MAGA voters spurned by the neoliberal machine and unable to see who is pulling the levers. Hence her claim for the book: it is resistance, but resistance that builds a coalition across horrors rather than policing which horror counts.</p><p>•       <strong>Springtime for Hitler. </strong>She didn’t read Maus until 2009 — “that’s when I found my medium and just went wild” — and pays it explicit homage in the book. Comics, she argues, let readers “come into” a history and think for themselves, and laughter is respite: an angry messenger gets no listeners. Her earlier Aliceheimer’s let people laugh about her mother’s dementia (not at it, she corrected sharply); telling audiences she’s working on her genocide jokes makes them relax enough to hear the rest. Andrew’s challenge — “do you really want to make it safe?” — produced the useful distinction: safe to enter, not whitewashed; hand-lettered so readers can bring the content in, every truth intact. The closing exchange landed on The Producers and Springtime for Hitler as a brilliant portrayal of the legacies of catastrophe. Her last word: knowledge must cross boundaries, “and the boundaries are all human made, so let’s unmake them.” Andrew’s: most will disagree with her list — and it may be a classic.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.bookofgenocides.com/">Dana Mashoian Walrath</a> is a writer, artist, and anthropologist. Her award-winning works include Aliceheimer’s, a graphic memoir about her mother’s dementia, and Like Water on Stone, a verse novel about the Armenian genocide. She holds a doctorate in anthropology from the University of Pennsylvania; her comics, art, essays, and poetry have appeared in The Nation, The Lancet, Slate, and on NPR. <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674299054"><em>The Book of Genocide...</em></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d70c247b/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Death of the Internet and of You: John West on Why We Aren’t Gods</title>
      <itunes:episode>3020</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3020</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Death of the Internet and of You: John West on Why We Aren’t Gods</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cb3447c8-a1dd-4996-9f06-1c4667f5da11</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We have deluded ourselves into thinking that we are as gods, and we are not.” </em>— John West</p><p> </p><p>Back in 2006, at the height of Web 2.0 optimism, <em>Time</em> made YOU person of the year. The user-generated technology of the internet, <em>Time</em> implied, would make all of us into digital gods of memory and forgetting. Twenty years later, the script has been totally flipped. Now we know that the internet is all-too-human. And so are we. This reminder of our mortality is the heart (if that’s the right word) of the new book by <a href="https://herebelowbooks.com/9780802885425/the-internet-will-die-and-so-will-you/">John West</a>, the double Pulitzer Prize-winning Wall Street Journal computational journalist.</p><p> </p><p>West’s <a href="https://herebelowbooks.com/9780802885425/the-internet-will-die-and-so-will-you/"><em>The Internet Will Die, and So Will You</em></a> is a kind of digital memento mori. His argument is metaphysical rather than political. Offline, he writes, our lives are marked by constraint. But we mistake the internet’s destruction of physical distance for limitlessness. “We have deluded ourselves into thinking that we are as gods,” he reminds us, “and we are not.” A Christian and a digital deconvert (not an uncommon combination in the technocrati), West wants us to import our mortality online. If we recognize that the internet will decay and finally die, he suggests, we will make it human. (Re)Make it, as us.</p><p> </p><p>I’ve been making a version of this argument since <em>The Cult of the Amateur</em> in 2007. Only West’s version — by contrasting Bach, Ecclesiastes, and Mary Oliver with the infinite scroll — is more poetic and musical. Politer too. <em>Noli timere</em>, as the poet Seamus Heaney texted before he died. Be not afraid. Of life, of death. But beware of YOU. Be afraid. <em>Timere</em>. Very afraid.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We Are Not Gods. </strong>The book’s thesis: offline life is marked by constraint — you cannot talk to people farther than you can shout, or hug your child while she’s at school — while online we act at a distance and mistake that “foot-loosening technology” for limitlessness. “We have deluded ourselves into thinking that we are as gods, and we are not” — the AI singularity being the theological version of the same delusion, and “a recipe for disaster, both interpersonally, but also within ourselves.” The fix is not logging off but bringing our mortality online: “this is where we live,” and the Internet’s magic only stays magical when tempered by limits — “in order for it to be magical, we need the flip side, which is that it can’t always be magic.” Andrew’s frame: in 2006, Time made YOU person of the year, promising digital gods of memory and forgetting. Twenty years on, the internet is all-too-human — and so are we.</p><p>•       <strong>The Deconvert’s Meditation. </strong>“No one is more strident than the convert or the deconvert.” West’s digital utopianism began in a middle-school computer lab, where an unhappy kid discovered he could find friends and communities online — and it died by monkey’s paw: the same mechanism that found him anime fans now routes lonely kids into pro-anorexia TikTok rabbit holes (his own Journal colleagues’ reporting) and neo-Nazi forums. “That supercharging is something that I wished for.” He concedes the lineage Andrew has worked since The Cult of the Amateur (2007) and The Internet Is Not the Answer (2015) — and goes further: “I actually think largely, Plato and Postman were right.” Culture must metabolize its technological ruptures. Or, per the Freudian slip Andrew gifted back to him for the next book: its raptures. Andrew’s verdict on the lineage: the same argument, more poetic and musical. Politer too.</p><p>•       <strong>A Few Thousand Weeks. </strong>On the Luddite summer, West channels past guest Brian Merchant: hatred of technology is usually hatred of lost control. The backlash against AI data centers is about being “completely removed from democratic control over that technology,” and the marketing — a magic box that will take your job — has backfired predictably. His arithmetic of dignity: we get only a few thousand weeks on this earth, and “our dignity demands that we have some say over what we do with our lives.” He cites Freddie deBoer’s Copernican principle — everyone believes they live at history’s hinge — then breaks it honestly: “but I also think this time, it might be right,” the elder millennial awestruck at the rupture he came of age inside.</p><p>•       <strong>Religious, Not Spiritual. </strong>West inverts the modern chestnut: “everyone says they’re spiritual and not religious these days. I actually think it’s important to be religious, and spiritual can take it or leave it” — religion being “a powerful technology” for binding people into the civic fabric. His Christianity runs to liberation theology: not storing up treasure for the glorious day, but making this world more just now. Hence Bach cantatas, Ecclesiastes, and Mary Oliver as the book’s unnamed philosophies — and hence his verdict on the billionaires who struggle with finitude: it doesn’t shock him that men who earn millions while sleeping believe themselves gods, since “every dollar is like a little Iago whispering poison into the ears of the Silicon Valley elite.” The advantage belongs to us mere normals, unburdened by the whispering.</p><p>•       <strong>Noli Timere. </strong>The Latin on West’s X page — be not afraid — was Seamus Heaney’s last text message, sent by SMS before the surgery he didn’t survive, then carried by the Internet to thousands who found hope in it. That, West argues, is the network at its best: “it is about how you spend your time on the Internet, not what you can do on the Internet.” On memory, his formula is to remember “not more and not less, but rather differently” — choosing what we remember (the Odyssey’s oral re-membering, retold body to body) rather than having it forced on us (the red solo cup photos, the traumas that refuse processing). The great mismatch of the web: “the things that we think should be permanent are often the things that are the most impermanent online, and the things that I really wish would fade away are the ones that refuse to.” Andrew’s send-off inverts Heaney: be not afraid — of life, of death. But beware of YOU, the ultimate human conceit. Timere. Very afraid.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://herebelowbooks.com/9780802885425/the-internet-will-die-and-so-will-you/">John West</a> is a writer and technologist. He reports the news with code at The Wall Street Journal, where his work has won multiple awards, including two Pulitzer Prizes. The Boston Globe called his first book, Lessons and Carols: A Meditation on Recovery, “lyrical and crystalline.” He holds an MFA from the Bennington Writing Seminars and degrees in philosophy and music performance from Oberlin College, and lives outside Kingston, New York, with his partner, children, and unruly cat. <a href="https://herebelowbooks.com/9780802885425/the-internet-will-die-and-so-will-you/"><em>The Internet Will Die, and So Will You</em></a> (Here Below, September 10, 2026) is his digital memento mori.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://herebelowbooks.com/9780802885425/the-internet-will-die-and-so-will-you/"><em>The Internet Will Die, and So Will You: On Learning to Live in Our Digital Age</em></a> by John West (Here Below, September 10, 2026).</p><p>•       <em>Lessons and Carols: A Meditati...</em></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We have deluded ourselves into thinking that we are as gods, and we are not.” </em>— John West</p><p> </p><p>Back in 2006, at the height of Web 2.0 optimism, <em>Time</em> made YOU person of the year. The user-generated technology of the internet, <em>Time</em> implied, would make all of us into digital gods of memory and forgetting. Twenty years later, the script has been totally flipped. Now we know that the internet is all-too-human. And so are we. This reminder of our mortality is the heart (if that’s the right word) of the new book by <a href="https://herebelowbooks.com/9780802885425/the-internet-will-die-and-so-will-you/">John West</a>, the double Pulitzer Prize-winning Wall Street Journal computational journalist.</p><p> </p><p>West’s <a href="https://herebelowbooks.com/9780802885425/the-internet-will-die-and-so-will-you/"><em>The Internet Will Die, and So Will You</em></a> is a kind of digital memento mori. His argument is metaphysical rather than political. Offline, he writes, our lives are marked by constraint. But we mistake the internet’s destruction of physical distance for limitlessness. “We have deluded ourselves into thinking that we are as gods,” he reminds us, “and we are not.” A Christian and a digital deconvert (not an uncommon combination in the technocrati), West wants us to import our mortality online. If we recognize that the internet will decay and finally die, he suggests, we will make it human. (Re)Make it, as us.</p><p> </p><p>I’ve been making a version of this argument since <em>The Cult of the Amateur</em> in 2007. Only West’s version — by contrasting Bach, Ecclesiastes, and Mary Oliver with the infinite scroll — is more poetic and musical. Politer too. <em>Noli timere</em>, as the poet Seamus Heaney texted before he died. Be not afraid. Of life, of death. But beware of YOU. Be afraid. <em>Timere</em>. Very afraid.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We Are Not Gods. </strong>The book’s thesis: offline life is marked by constraint — you cannot talk to people farther than you can shout, or hug your child while she’s at school — while online we act at a distance and mistake that “foot-loosening technology” for limitlessness. “We have deluded ourselves into thinking that we are as gods, and we are not” — the AI singularity being the theological version of the same delusion, and “a recipe for disaster, both interpersonally, but also within ourselves.” The fix is not logging off but bringing our mortality online: “this is where we live,” and the Internet’s magic only stays magical when tempered by limits — “in order for it to be magical, we need the flip side, which is that it can’t always be magic.” Andrew’s frame: in 2006, Time made YOU person of the year, promising digital gods of memory and forgetting. Twenty years on, the internet is all-too-human — and so are we.</p><p>•       <strong>The Deconvert’s Meditation. </strong>“No one is more strident than the convert or the deconvert.” West’s digital utopianism began in a middle-school computer lab, where an unhappy kid discovered he could find friends and communities online — and it died by monkey’s paw: the same mechanism that found him anime fans now routes lonely kids into pro-anorexia TikTok rabbit holes (his own Journal colleagues’ reporting) and neo-Nazi forums. “That supercharging is something that I wished for.” He concedes the lineage Andrew has worked since The Cult of the Amateur (2007) and The Internet Is Not the Answer (2015) — and goes further: “I actually think largely, Plato and Postman were right.” Culture must metabolize its technological ruptures. Or, per the Freudian slip Andrew gifted back to him for the next book: its raptures. Andrew’s verdict on the lineage: the same argument, more poetic and musical. Politer too.</p><p>•       <strong>A Few Thousand Weeks. </strong>On the Luddite summer, West channels past guest Brian Merchant: hatred of technology is usually hatred of lost control. The backlash against AI data centers is about being “completely removed from democratic control over that technology,” and the marketing — a magic box that will take your job — has backfired predictably. His arithmetic of dignity: we get only a few thousand weeks on this earth, and “our dignity demands that we have some say over what we do with our lives.” He cites Freddie deBoer’s Copernican principle — everyone believes they live at history’s hinge — then breaks it honestly: “but I also think this time, it might be right,” the elder millennial awestruck at the rupture he came of age inside.</p><p>•       <strong>Religious, Not Spiritual. </strong>West inverts the modern chestnut: “everyone says they’re spiritual and not religious these days. I actually think it’s important to be religious, and spiritual can take it or leave it” — religion being “a powerful technology” for binding people into the civic fabric. His Christianity runs to liberation theology: not storing up treasure for the glorious day, but making this world more just now. Hence Bach cantatas, Ecclesiastes, and Mary Oliver as the book’s unnamed philosophies — and hence his verdict on the billionaires who struggle with finitude: it doesn’t shock him that men who earn millions while sleeping believe themselves gods, since “every dollar is like a little Iago whispering poison into the ears of the Silicon Valley elite.” The advantage belongs to us mere normals, unburdened by the whispering.</p><p>•       <strong>Noli Timere. </strong>The Latin on West’s X page — be not afraid — was Seamus Heaney’s last text message, sent by SMS before the surgery he didn’t survive, then carried by the Internet to thousands who found hope in it. That, West argues, is the network at its best: “it is about how you spend your time on the Internet, not what you can do on the Internet.” On memory, his formula is to remember “not more and not less, but rather differently” — choosing what we remember (the Odyssey’s oral re-membering, retold body to body) rather than having it forced on us (the red solo cup photos, the traumas that refuse processing). The great mismatch of the web: “the things that we think should be permanent are often the things that are the most impermanent online, and the things that I really wish would fade away are the ones that refuse to.” Andrew’s send-off inverts Heaney: be not afraid — of life, of death. But beware of YOU, the ultimate human conceit. Timere. Very afraid.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://herebelowbooks.com/9780802885425/the-internet-will-die-and-so-will-you/">John West</a> is a writer and technologist. He reports the news with code at The Wall Street Journal, where his work has won multiple awards, including two Pulitzer Prizes. The Boston Globe called his first book, Lessons and Carols: A Meditation on Recovery, “lyrical and crystalline.” He holds an MFA from the Bennington Writing Seminars and degrees in philosophy and music performance from Oberlin College, and lives outside Kingston, New York, with his partner, children, and unruly cat. <a href="https://herebelowbooks.com/9780802885425/the-internet-will-die-and-so-will-you/"><em>The Internet Will Die, and So Will You</em></a> (Here Below, September 10, 2026) is his digital memento mori.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://herebelowbooks.com/9780802885425/the-internet-will-die-and-so-will-you/"><em>The Internet Will Die, and So Will You: On Learning to Live in Our Digital Age</em></a> by John West (Here Below, September 10, 2026).</p><p>•       <em>Lessons and Carols: A Meditati...</em></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Aug 2026 03:34:54 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/0f23b2ea/87bbecf0.mp3" length="30319479" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3467875" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/0f23b2ea/87bbecf0.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kBCg1qTVLTM">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/PW5ld8e6yykvwAjjG7_amKLFLa5mymyK_iBdISYOgXc/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9mNjNk/NmYzMmNmYWQ0NmUx/OTViY2I3ZGY2ZWFk/NGNmZC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1891</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We have deluded ourselves into thinking that we are as gods, and we are not.” </em>— John West</p><p> </p><p>Back in 2006, at the height of Web 2.0 optimism, <em>Time</em> made YOU person of the year. The user-generated technology of the internet, <em>Time</em> implied, would make all of us into digital gods of memory and forgetting. Twenty years later, the script has been totally flipped. Now we know that the internet is all-too-human. And so are we. This reminder of our mortality is the heart (if that’s the right word) of the new book by <a href="https://herebelowbooks.com/9780802885425/the-internet-will-die-and-so-will-you/">John West</a>, the double Pulitzer Prize-winning Wall Street Journal computational journalist.</p><p> </p><p>West’s <a href="https://herebelowbooks.com/9780802885425/the-internet-will-die-and-so-will-you/"><em>The Internet Will Die, and So Will You</em></a> is a kind of digital memento mori. His argument is metaphysical rather than political. Offline, he writes, our lives are marked by constraint. But we mistake the internet’s destruction of physical distance for limitlessness. “We have deluded ourselves into thinking that we are as gods,” he reminds us, “and we are not.” A Christian and a digital deconvert (not an uncommon combination in the technocrati), West wants us to import our mortality online. If we recognize that the internet will decay and finally die, he suggests, we will make it human. (Re)Make it, as us.</p><p> </p><p>I’ve been making a version of this argument since <em>The Cult of the Amateur</em> in 2007. Only West’s version — by contrasting Bach, Ecclesiastes, and Mary Oliver with the infinite scroll — is more poetic and musical. Politer too. <em>Noli timere</em>, as the poet Seamus Heaney texted before he died. Be not afraid. Of life, of death. But beware of YOU. Be afraid. <em>Timere</em>. Very afraid.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We Are Not Gods. </strong>The book’s thesis: offline life is marked by constraint — you cannot talk to people farther than you can shout, or hug your child while she’s at school — while online we act at a distance and mistake that “foot-loosening technology” for limitlessness. “We have deluded ourselves into thinking that we are as gods, and we are not” — the AI singularity being the theological version of the same delusion, and “a recipe for disaster, both interpersonally, but also within ourselves.” The fix is not logging off but bringing our mortality online: “this is where we live,” and the Internet’s magic only stays magical when tempered by limits — “in order for it to be magical, we need the flip side, which is that it can’t always be magic.” Andrew’s frame: in 2006, Time made YOU person of the year, promising digital gods of memory and forgetting. Twenty years on, the internet is all-too-human — and so are we.</p><p>•       <strong>The Deconvert’s Meditation. </strong>“No one is more strident than the convert or the deconvert.” West’s digital utopianism began in a middle-school computer lab, where an unhappy kid discovered he could find friends and communities online — and it died by monkey’s paw: the same mechanism that found him anime fans now routes lonely kids into pro-anorexia TikTok rabbit holes (his own Journal colleagues’ reporting) and neo-Nazi forums. “That supercharging is something that I wished for.” He concedes the lineage Andrew has worked since The Cult of the Amateur (2007) and The Internet Is Not the Answer (2015) — and goes further: “I actually think largely, Plato and Postman were right.” Culture must metabolize its technological ruptures. Or, per the Freudian slip Andrew gifted back to him for the next book: its raptures. Andrew’s verdict on the lineage: the same argument, more poetic and musical. Politer too.</p><p>•       <strong>A Few Thousand Weeks. </strong>On the Luddite summer, West channels past guest Brian Merchant: hatred of technology is usually hatred of lost control. The backlash against AI data centers is about being “completely removed from democratic control over that technology,” and the marketing — a magic box that will take your job — has backfired predictably. His arithmetic of dignity: we get only a few thousand weeks on this earth, and “our dignity demands that we have some say over what we do with our lives.” He cites Freddie deBoer’s Copernican principle — everyone believes they live at history’s hinge — then breaks it honestly: “but I also think this time, it might be right,” the elder millennial awestruck at the rupture he came of age inside.</p><p>•       <strong>Religious, Not Spiritual. </strong>West inverts the modern chestnut: “everyone says they’re spiritual and not religious these days. I actually think it’s important to be religious, and spiritual can take it or leave it” — religion being “a powerful technology” for binding people into the civic fabric. His Christianity runs to liberation theology: not storing up treasure for the glorious day, but making this world more just now. Hence Bach cantatas, Ecclesiastes, and Mary Oliver as the book’s unnamed philosophies — and hence his verdict on the billionaires who struggle with finitude: it doesn’t shock him that men who earn millions while sleeping believe themselves gods, since “every dollar is like a little Iago whispering poison into the ears of the Silicon Valley elite.” The advantage belongs to us mere normals, unburdened by the whispering.</p><p>•       <strong>Noli Timere. </strong>The Latin on West’s X page — be not afraid — was Seamus Heaney’s last text message, sent by SMS before the surgery he didn’t survive, then carried by the Internet to thousands who found hope in it. That, West argues, is the network at its best: “it is about how you spend your time on the Internet, not what you can do on the Internet.” On memory, his formula is to remember “not more and not less, but rather differently” — choosing what we remember (the Odyssey’s oral re-membering, retold body to body) rather than having it forced on us (the red solo cup photos, the traumas that refuse processing). The great mismatch of the web: “the things that we think should be permanent are often the things that are the most impermanent online, and the things that I really wish would fade away are the ones that refuse to.” Andrew’s send-off inverts Heaney: be not afraid — of life, of death. But beware of YOU, the ultimate human conceit. Timere. Very afraid.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://herebelowbooks.com/9780802885425/the-internet-will-die-and-so-will-you/">John West</a> is a writer and technologist. He reports the news with code at The Wall Street Journal, where his work has won multiple awards, including two Pulitzer Prizes. The Boston Globe called his first book, Lessons and Carols: A Meditation on Recovery, “lyrical and crystalline.” He holds an MFA from the Bennington Writing Seminars and degrees in philosophy and music performance from Oberlin College, and lives outside Kingston, New York, with his partner, children, and unruly cat. <a href="https://herebelowbooks.com/9780802885425/the-internet-will-die-and-so-will-you/"><em>The Internet Will Die, and So Will You</em></a> (Here Below, September 10, 2026) is his digital memento mori.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://herebelowbooks.com/9780802885425/the-internet-will-die-and-so-will-you/"><em>The Internet Will Die, and So Will You: On Learning to Live in Our Digital Age</em></a> by John West (Here Below, September 10, 2026).</p><p>•       <em>Lessons and Carols: A Meditati...</em></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0f23b2ea/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0f23b2ea/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Breaking ICE: Sonali Kolhatkar Explains Why Only the People Can Save the American Republic</title>
      <itunes:episode>3019</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3019</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Breaking ICE: Sonali Kolhatkar Explains Why Only the People Can Save the American Republic</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6c997297-d21c-471e-a92e-2a654d0c5013</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“It’s a dying gasp of white supremacy — and I say dying with a caveat, because that part depends on us.” </em>— Sonali Kolhatkar</p><p> </p><p>Yesterday, Wendy Lesser <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/what-berlin-teaches-us-about-resisting?r=ktr9">suggested</a> that Americans can learn much from the anti-fascist history of Berlin in the 1930s. Today, <a href="https://risingupwithsonali.com/">Rising Up</a> With Sonali host <a href="https://risingupwithsonali.com/">Sonali Kolhatkar</a> is even more explicit. Yes, she argues in her new book, <a href="https://www.sevenstories.com/books/4889-breaking-ice"><em>Breaking ICE</em></a>, the 2020s are eerily similar to the 1930s, especially in what she calls “state terror” and “MAGA fascism.”</p><p> </p><p>In 2023, Sonali Kolhatkar came on this show to talk about Rising Up, a book about the power of narrative. Three years later, her new book describes what she sees as the dying gasp of white supremacy. But to fully die, she argues, the community needs to rise up. So, like the perennial fascist threat, the ability to tell stories is a perpetual feature of politics. Thus <em>Breaking ICE</em>, Kolhatkar’s story of stories about community defense against MAGA fascism.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Narrative Is Everything. </strong>The crackdown, Kolhatkar argues, was built on stories: immigrants “poisoning the blood of the nation” — Hitlerian language, used repeatedly — recast a population of workers and families as criminals, justifying the funding, the raids, and the denial of due process. The counternarrative is her book’s project: the activists who retold the story of ICE agents as Gestapo-like masked thugs, and did it so successfully that public opinion has swung back. Trump, she argues, overplayed his hand — every day brings another story of a Trump voter whose spouse is deported at a routine check-in, protesting “this is not what we voted for.” The sequel to Rising Up thus practices what that book preached: narrative as the primary weapon of politics — a weapon, she notes via Springsteen and the protest singers, that artists have always wielded and the right has lately understood better than the left.</p><p>•       <strong>A Dying Gasp — With a Caveat. </strong>Asked flatly whether this is a repeat of the 1930s, Kolhatkar answers yes — and adds that the echo is deliberate, down to “homeland,” a favorite term of the Nazis that George W. Bush domesticated. But the deeper lineage is homegrown: her interviewees Ibram X. Kendi and Robin D. G. Kelley trace American fascism through Native dispossession and mass enslavement — authoritarian, anti-democratic, racist. ICE, on this reading, is simply race-based policing restored. Hence her verdict: “a dying gasp of white supremacy,” with the caveat that the dying depends on us. No magic bullets, no finish line: “democracy is an ongoing exercise. There is no resting when it comes to freedom.” Fittingly, the episode lands the day after Wendy Lesser’s Berlin hour — Kolhatkar making explicit what the cautionary mirror implied.</p><p>•       <strong>The Mamdani Lesson. </strong>The hour’s sharpest political analysis: flip the script on electoral politics. Politicians want elections as popularity contests — “this is who I am, who’s behind me?” — when voters should be saying “this is what we want, who will back our demands?” The not-Trump ad is the losing move: it was Hillary Clinton’s approach, Kamala Harris’s approach, and now Xavier Becerra’s in California. The winning move is Zohran Mamdani’s: voters could instantly name what he was for — free buses, city-run grocery stores, rent control, universal childcare, fixed potholes. Her model is the civil rights movement, which didn’t wait for a savior politician but marched and forced hands. And her defense against the radicalism charge: what the American left demands — healthcare for all — is centrist in Europe. If public schools are education for all, why not Medicare for All? And to Andrew’s pushback — doesn’t Abolish ICE alienate the persuadable middle? — her answer is the polling: majorities already oppose the raids, because Trump overreached.</p><p>•       <strong>What State Terror Looks Like. </strong>The subtitle’s claim, cashed out: downtown Los Angeles under curfew, freeways shut, armed National Guardsmen at the federal buildings — and the refrain she heard nationwide: who will save us from these masked thugs? The realization that the police belong to the same structure taught the lesson in her credo: only the people can save the people. The terror is bureaucratic as much as theatrical — green-card applicants seized at airports en route to see friends, families ripped apart, and 20,000 immigrant children stripped of legal representation in defiance of a law George W. Bush signed (“who we thought at the time was the fascist authoritarian and is now, you know, like a Democrat”). Against it, the book’s nineteen voices — from Maine to Georgia to LA — deploy whistles, bullhorns, patrols, documentation, and, in a civil-rights echo, holding hands and singing to bring the temperature down. With Viet Thanh Nguyen, Kendi, Kelley, and a foreword by Roberto Lovato supplying the long view.</p><p>•       <strong>Detention Centers &amp; Data Centers. </strong>The conversation’s bridge to this show’s long Luddite summer: Kolhatkar sees the fight against immigrant detention centers and the fight against AI data centers as one struggle, since both, she argues, distract from and serve the same billionaire fleecing — “if we are busy blaming the day laborer at the street corner for stealing our job, we’re not gonna look at what Elon Musk has done.” Even MAGA voters, she notes, don’t want to live next to either. On movements that wither, her revision: Black Lives Matter didn’t fizzle, it was muzzled — Musk bought Black Twitter, its biggest bullhorn — and its abolitionist platform reads as current as ever: take the first four letters away from police, and you’re left with ICE. Her ask of journalism itself: solutions journalism — start with how people are fighting back, not one more story of how they’re being crushed.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://risingupwithsonali.com/">Sonali Kolhatkar</a> is an award-winning multimedia journalist and the founder, host, and executive producer of Rising Up With Sonali, the long-running television and radio show airing on Free Speech TV and Pacifica stations. A senior editor at YES! Magazine and writing fellow at the Independent Media Institute, she is co-director of the Afghan Women’s Mission and serves on the board of the Justice Action Center. Her books include Rising Up: The Power of Narrative in Pursuing Racial Justice, Talking About Abolition, and Bleeding Afghanistan (as co-author). <a href="https://www.sevenstories.com/books/4889-breaking-ice"><em>Breaking ICE: Community Defense Against State Terror and MAGA Fascism</em></a> (Seven Stories Press) gathers nineteen of her conversations from the front lines, with a foreword by Roberto Lovato.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.sevenstories.com/books/4889-breaking-ice"><em>Breaking ICE: Community Defense Against State Terror and MAGA Fascism</em></a> by Sonali Kolhatkar (Seven Stories Press, 2026).</p><p>•       <em>Rising Up: The Power of Narrative in Pursuing Racial Justice</em> — the book behind her first Keen On appearance, three years ago.</p><p>•       Among the book’s nineteen voices: Viet Thanh Nguyen, past Keen On guest Ibram X. Kendi, Robin D. G....</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“It’s a dying gasp of white supremacy — and I say dying with a caveat, because that part depends on us.” </em>— Sonali Kolhatkar</p><p> </p><p>Yesterday, Wendy Lesser <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/what-berlin-teaches-us-about-resisting?r=ktr9">suggested</a> that Americans can learn much from the anti-fascist history of Berlin in the 1930s. Today, <a href="https://risingupwithsonali.com/">Rising Up</a> With Sonali host <a href="https://risingupwithsonali.com/">Sonali Kolhatkar</a> is even more explicit. Yes, she argues in her new book, <a href="https://www.sevenstories.com/books/4889-breaking-ice"><em>Breaking ICE</em></a>, the 2020s are eerily similar to the 1930s, especially in what she calls “state terror” and “MAGA fascism.”</p><p> </p><p>In 2023, Sonali Kolhatkar came on this show to talk about Rising Up, a book about the power of narrative. Three years later, her new book describes what she sees as the dying gasp of white supremacy. But to fully die, she argues, the community needs to rise up. So, like the perennial fascist threat, the ability to tell stories is a perpetual feature of politics. Thus <em>Breaking ICE</em>, Kolhatkar’s story of stories about community defense against MAGA fascism.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Narrative Is Everything. </strong>The crackdown, Kolhatkar argues, was built on stories: immigrants “poisoning the blood of the nation” — Hitlerian language, used repeatedly — recast a population of workers and families as criminals, justifying the funding, the raids, and the denial of due process. The counternarrative is her book’s project: the activists who retold the story of ICE agents as Gestapo-like masked thugs, and did it so successfully that public opinion has swung back. Trump, she argues, overplayed his hand — every day brings another story of a Trump voter whose spouse is deported at a routine check-in, protesting “this is not what we voted for.” The sequel to Rising Up thus practices what that book preached: narrative as the primary weapon of politics — a weapon, she notes via Springsteen and the protest singers, that artists have always wielded and the right has lately understood better than the left.</p><p>•       <strong>A Dying Gasp — With a Caveat. </strong>Asked flatly whether this is a repeat of the 1930s, Kolhatkar answers yes — and adds that the echo is deliberate, down to “homeland,” a favorite term of the Nazis that George W. Bush domesticated. But the deeper lineage is homegrown: her interviewees Ibram X. Kendi and Robin D. G. Kelley trace American fascism through Native dispossession and mass enslavement — authoritarian, anti-democratic, racist. ICE, on this reading, is simply race-based policing restored. Hence her verdict: “a dying gasp of white supremacy,” with the caveat that the dying depends on us. No magic bullets, no finish line: “democracy is an ongoing exercise. There is no resting when it comes to freedom.” Fittingly, the episode lands the day after Wendy Lesser’s Berlin hour — Kolhatkar making explicit what the cautionary mirror implied.</p><p>•       <strong>The Mamdani Lesson. </strong>The hour’s sharpest political analysis: flip the script on electoral politics. Politicians want elections as popularity contests — “this is who I am, who’s behind me?” — when voters should be saying “this is what we want, who will back our demands?” The not-Trump ad is the losing move: it was Hillary Clinton’s approach, Kamala Harris’s approach, and now Xavier Becerra’s in California. The winning move is Zohran Mamdani’s: voters could instantly name what he was for — free buses, city-run grocery stores, rent control, universal childcare, fixed potholes. Her model is the civil rights movement, which didn’t wait for a savior politician but marched and forced hands. And her defense against the radicalism charge: what the American left demands — healthcare for all — is centrist in Europe. If public schools are education for all, why not Medicare for All? And to Andrew’s pushback — doesn’t Abolish ICE alienate the persuadable middle? — her answer is the polling: majorities already oppose the raids, because Trump overreached.</p><p>•       <strong>What State Terror Looks Like. </strong>The subtitle’s claim, cashed out: downtown Los Angeles under curfew, freeways shut, armed National Guardsmen at the federal buildings — and the refrain she heard nationwide: who will save us from these masked thugs? The realization that the police belong to the same structure taught the lesson in her credo: only the people can save the people. The terror is bureaucratic as much as theatrical — green-card applicants seized at airports en route to see friends, families ripped apart, and 20,000 immigrant children stripped of legal representation in defiance of a law George W. Bush signed (“who we thought at the time was the fascist authoritarian and is now, you know, like a Democrat”). Against it, the book’s nineteen voices — from Maine to Georgia to LA — deploy whistles, bullhorns, patrols, documentation, and, in a civil-rights echo, holding hands and singing to bring the temperature down. With Viet Thanh Nguyen, Kendi, Kelley, and a foreword by Roberto Lovato supplying the long view.</p><p>•       <strong>Detention Centers &amp; Data Centers. </strong>The conversation’s bridge to this show’s long Luddite summer: Kolhatkar sees the fight against immigrant detention centers and the fight against AI data centers as one struggle, since both, she argues, distract from and serve the same billionaire fleecing — “if we are busy blaming the day laborer at the street corner for stealing our job, we’re not gonna look at what Elon Musk has done.” Even MAGA voters, she notes, don’t want to live next to either. On movements that wither, her revision: Black Lives Matter didn’t fizzle, it was muzzled — Musk bought Black Twitter, its biggest bullhorn — and its abolitionist platform reads as current as ever: take the first four letters away from police, and you’re left with ICE. Her ask of journalism itself: solutions journalism — start with how people are fighting back, not one more story of how they’re being crushed.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://risingupwithsonali.com/">Sonali Kolhatkar</a> is an award-winning multimedia journalist and the founder, host, and executive producer of Rising Up With Sonali, the long-running television and radio show airing on Free Speech TV and Pacifica stations. A senior editor at YES! Magazine and writing fellow at the Independent Media Institute, she is co-director of the Afghan Women’s Mission and serves on the board of the Justice Action Center. Her books include Rising Up: The Power of Narrative in Pursuing Racial Justice, Talking About Abolition, and Bleeding Afghanistan (as co-author). <a href="https://www.sevenstories.com/books/4889-breaking-ice"><em>Breaking ICE: Community Defense Against State Terror and MAGA Fascism</em></a> (Seven Stories Press) gathers nineteen of her conversations from the front lines, with a foreword by Roberto Lovato.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.sevenstories.com/books/4889-breaking-ice"><em>Breaking ICE: Community Defense Against State Terror and MAGA Fascism</em></a> by Sonali Kolhatkar (Seven Stories Press, 2026).</p><p>•       <em>Rising Up: The Power of Narrative in Pursuing Racial Justice</em> — the book behind her first Keen On appearance, three years ago.</p><p>•       Among the book’s nineteen voices: Viet Thanh Nguyen, past Keen On guest Ibram X. Kendi, Robin D. G....</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 29 Aug 2026 21:28:55 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/28665805/1b4a3cf2.mp3" length="38778743" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3449686" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/28665805/1b4a3cf2.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qaQ5AvixtJ8">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CKasMUqeMKovz5lL2Uxh1ZBJsCQbe0_w9MjTMQBAbHY/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9mODQ5/NzNkMWFiYTBjZmM2/NDI0MzE4NDQ0M2E4/ZDg4Ni5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2421</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“It’s a dying gasp of white supremacy — and I say dying with a caveat, because that part depends on us.” </em>— Sonali Kolhatkar</p><p> </p><p>Yesterday, Wendy Lesser <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/what-berlin-teaches-us-about-resisting?r=ktr9">suggested</a> that Americans can learn much from the anti-fascist history of Berlin in the 1930s. Today, <a href="https://risingupwithsonali.com/">Rising Up</a> With Sonali host <a href="https://risingupwithsonali.com/">Sonali Kolhatkar</a> is even more explicit. Yes, she argues in her new book, <a href="https://www.sevenstories.com/books/4889-breaking-ice"><em>Breaking ICE</em></a>, the 2020s are eerily similar to the 1930s, especially in what she calls “state terror” and “MAGA fascism.”</p><p> </p><p>In 2023, Sonali Kolhatkar came on this show to talk about Rising Up, a book about the power of narrative. Three years later, her new book describes what she sees as the dying gasp of white supremacy. But to fully die, she argues, the community needs to rise up. So, like the perennial fascist threat, the ability to tell stories is a perpetual feature of politics. Thus <em>Breaking ICE</em>, Kolhatkar’s story of stories about community defense against MAGA fascism.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Narrative Is Everything. </strong>The crackdown, Kolhatkar argues, was built on stories: immigrants “poisoning the blood of the nation” — Hitlerian language, used repeatedly — recast a population of workers and families as criminals, justifying the funding, the raids, and the denial of due process. The counternarrative is her book’s project: the activists who retold the story of ICE agents as Gestapo-like masked thugs, and did it so successfully that public opinion has swung back. Trump, she argues, overplayed his hand — every day brings another story of a Trump voter whose spouse is deported at a routine check-in, protesting “this is not what we voted for.” The sequel to Rising Up thus practices what that book preached: narrative as the primary weapon of politics — a weapon, she notes via Springsteen and the protest singers, that artists have always wielded and the right has lately understood better than the left.</p><p>•       <strong>A Dying Gasp — With a Caveat. </strong>Asked flatly whether this is a repeat of the 1930s, Kolhatkar answers yes — and adds that the echo is deliberate, down to “homeland,” a favorite term of the Nazis that George W. Bush domesticated. But the deeper lineage is homegrown: her interviewees Ibram X. Kendi and Robin D. G. Kelley trace American fascism through Native dispossession and mass enslavement — authoritarian, anti-democratic, racist. ICE, on this reading, is simply race-based policing restored. Hence her verdict: “a dying gasp of white supremacy,” with the caveat that the dying depends on us. No magic bullets, no finish line: “democracy is an ongoing exercise. There is no resting when it comes to freedom.” Fittingly, the episode lands the day after Wendy Lesser’s Berlin hour — Kolhatkar making explicit what the cautionary mirror implied.</p><p>•       <strong>The Mamdani Lesson. </strong>The hour’s sharpest political analysis: flip the script on electoral politics. Politicians want elections as popularity contests — “this is who I am, who’s behind me?” — when voters should be saying “this is what we want, who will back our demands?” The not-Trump ad is the losing move: it was Hillary Clinton’s approach, Kamala Harris’s approach, and now Xavier Becerra’s in California. The winning move is Zohran Mamdani’s: voters could instantly name what he was for — free buses, city-run grocery stores, rent control, universal childcare, fixed potholes. Her model is the civil rights movement, which didn’t wait for a savior politician but marched and forced hands. And her defense against the radicalism charge: what the American left demands — healthcare for all — is centrist in Europe. If public schools are education for all, why not Medicare for All? And to Andrew’s pushback — doesn’t Abolish ICE alienate the persuadable middle? — her answer is the polling: majorities already oppose the raids, because Trump overreached.</p><p>•       <strong>What State Terror Looks Like. </strong>The subtitle’s claim, cashed out: downtown Los Angeles under curfew, freeways shut, armed National Guardsmen at the federal buildings — and the refrain she heard nationwide: who will save us from these masked thugs? The realization that the police belong to the same structure taught the lesson in her credo: only the people can save the people. The terror is bureaucratic as much as theatrical — green-card applicants seized at airports en route to see friends, families ripped apart, and 20,000 immigrant children stripped of legal representation in defiance of a law George W. Bush signed (“who we thought at the time was the fascist authoritarian and is now, you know, like a Democrat”). Against it, the book’s nineteen voices — from Maine to Georgia to LA — deploy whistles, bullhorns, patrols, documentation, and, in a civil-rights echo, holding hands and singing to bring the temperature down. With Viet Thanh Nguyen, Kendi, Kelley, and a foreword by Roberto Lovato supplying the long view.</p><p>•       <strong>Detention Centers &amp; Data Centers. </strong>The conversation’s bridge to this show’s long Luddite summer: Kolhatkar sees the fight against immigrant detention centers and the fight against AI data centers as one struggle, since both, she argues, distract from and serve the same billionaire fleecing — “if we are busy blaming the day laborer at the street corner for stealing our job, we’re not gonna look at what Elon Musk has done.” Even MAGA voters, she notes, don’t want to live next to either. On movements that wither, her revision: Black Lives Matter didn’t fizzle, it was muzzled — Musk bought Black Twitter, its biggest bullhorn — and its abolitionist platform reads as current as ever: take the first four letters away from police, and you’re left with ICE. Her ask of journalism itself: solutions journalism — start with how people are fighting back, not one more story of how they’re being crushed.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://risingupwithsonali.com/">Sonali Kolhatkar</a> is an award-winning multimedia journalist and the founder, host, and executive producer of Rising Up With Sonali, the long-running television and radio show airing on Free Speech TV and Pacifica stations. A senior editor at YES! Magazine and writing fellow at the Independent Media Institute, she is co-director of the Afghan Women’s Mission and serves on the board of the Justice Action Center. Her books include Rising Up: The Power of Narrative in Pursuing Racial Justice, Talking About Abolition, and Bleeding Afghanistan (as co-author). <a href="https://www.sevenstories.com/books/4889-breaking-ice"><em>Breaking ICE: Community Defense Against State Terror and MAGA Fascism</em></a> (Seven Stories Press) gathers nineteen of her conversations from the front lines, with a foreword by Roberto Lovato.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.sevenstories.com/books/4889-breaking-ice"><em>Breaking ICE: Community Defense Against State Terror and MAGA Fascism</em></a> by Sonali Kolhatkar (Seven Stories Press, 2026).</p><p>•       <em>Rising Up: The Power of Narrative in Pursuing Racial Justice</em> — the book behind her first Keen On appearance, three years ago.</p><p>•       Among the book’s nineteen voices: Viet Thanh Nguyen, past Keen On guest Ibram X. Kendi, Robin D. G....</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Berlin Teaches Us About Resisting Tyranny: Wendy Lesser’s Cautionary Mirror for Our Times</title>
      <itunes:episode>3018</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3018</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What Berlin Teaches Us About Resisting Tyranny: Wendy Lesser’s Cautionary Mirror for Our Times</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">54161b8f-2e50-448d-a02d-12288ce03152</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Hitler had to abolish democracy to take over Berlin.” </em>— Wendy Lesser</p><p> </p><p>“Ich bin ein Berliner” (I Am a Berliner), JFK famously said in West Berlin on June 26, 1963, in the face of Soviet imperial tyranny. Today, <a href="https://www.threepennyreview.com/">Wendy Lesser</a> is offering the same defiance in her new book <a href="https://bookshop.org/book/9780063321359"><em>Berlin Before and After</em></a>. Only Lesser offers a cautionary mirror for our times of not just post-Soviet Putin but also wannabe-tyrants like Trump.</p><p> </p><p>Lesser’s loving portrait of Berlin is of a free city. She reminds us that even in Germany’s darkest hour, Berlin never actually went Nazi. The city voted left up to and including 1933, so Hitler had to abolish democracy to take it over. Nor, Lesser argues, was Nazism a reaction to Weimar Berlin’s Cabaret-style nightlife, any more than Trump is a reaction to wokeness. Economic forces, not cultural ones, she insists, enable dictators.</p><p> </p><p>Today’s Berlin, as a city that memorializes its own crimes, offers America an urban lesson in acknowledging historical guilt. That’s what makes Berlin such a defiant beacon of freedom in our authoritarian age. There are more urbane cities than Berlin, but none quite as dedicated to freedom. Go there and/or read <em>Berlin Before and After</em>. Today we should all be Berliners.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Our Own 1929 — or 1932? </strong>The book began as a love letter to the Berlin Lesser adopted in 2003 — the everywhere writer of Berkeley, New York, and Berlin, against Lampedusa the ultimate somewhere, who never left Sicily and carried Shakespeare through the coffee houses of Palermo. But as she wrote, America’s condition worsened: “We were not only in our own 1929, but perhaps in 1930, ’31, or even ’32 — verging on our own descent into frightening dictatorship.” Hence the subtitle’s cautionary mirror — though history, she insists, never exactly repeats itself, and the American analogies came unforced, surfacing every thirty or forty pages without hammering. Being an everywhere, she says, doesn’t make you write better — Lampedusa proves that — “but it improves your life,” and it gave her the subjects her native California never could.</p><p>•       <strong>Berlin Never Went Nazi. </strong>The episode’s revelation: the city of Weimar flamboyance never gave the Nazis a majority — Berlin voted left up to and including 1933, and “Hitler had to abolish democracy to take over Berlin.” From which follows her sharpest argument: Nazism was not a backlash against Berlin’s sexual and artistic freedoms, “just as I do not see the election of Trump as a reaction to so-called wokeness or trans rights. Cultural manifestations do not cause such government changes. Economic forces do” — wealth gaps, regional deprivation, the east feeling second-class, then and now (the AfD’s heartland). The direct equivalences are rhetorical: America’s poisoned-blood language on immigrants comes “straight from the Goebbels playbook,” and the rights that flowered in twenties Germany were “instantly squished” in the thirties. As for today: the AfD polls high before Berlin’s September city elections, but the firewall holds — and the party is formally flagged by German intelligence as constitutionally dangerous. Andrew’s question stands: any vaccines for this thing?</p><p>•       <strong>1929: The Year Everything Premiered. </strong>Why that year: Grosz, Sander, and Otto Dix at their peak; Brecht and Piscator both premiering; All Quiet on the Western Front, the underrated Grand Hotel, and Berlin Alexanderplatz in the bookshops — plus Thomas Mann’s Mario and the Magician, the novella that predicted fascism; Billy Wilder still a weekly-paper journalist shooting his first film; and Christopher Isherwood arriving on the first visit that became Goodbye to Berlin and, via Broadway, Cabaret. “Only in retrospect do we see these things as major.” The culture flourished beside economic and political chaos — “having a terrible government is not inconsistent with producing good culture. Look at nineteenth-century Russia” — and when the chaos won, the exiles washed up in the German ghetto of Los Angeles: Brecht (on the beach, per this week’s Baerwald episode), Döblin, Mann. Many went back — Brecht in 1949, Piscator after — because in Hollywood and New York they “couldn’t live on the thin slice of culture,” a homesickness Lesser saw again in Berkeley’s own Czesław Miłosz, watching Americans like children playing in a sandbox.</p><p>•       <strong>After Means 1989. </strong>The title’s twist: the After is not the Nazis’ arrival but the Wall’s fall. The dark half-century — twelve years of Reich, then “with barely a pause to take a breath” the divided city — is deliberately skipped: “the city is going to tell you what happened,” through what its monuments confess, like Bebelplatz’s memorial to the burned books of May 1933. Berlin now wears its freedom knowingly: graffiti flourishes precisely because speech was twice policed; May Day’s bottle-throwing is tolerated and swept up; Freiheit arrives like the choral finale of Beethoven’s Ninth — Andrew’s analogy, which she embraced with irony, since “nobody is totally free these days.” The Wall’s hothouse island remains separate from Germany half a century on. And the city stays cinematic to the point of unreality — Wings of Desire’s angels in the actual Staatsbibliothek (“I thought it was just a set”), Babylon Berlin’s set-choosers clearing away the present — with a thriller shelf to match: Deighton’s Berlin Game (freshly reread on his death), le Carré’s Spy Who Came in from the Cold, Herron, McEwan, Schneider’s Wall Jumper.</p><p>•       <strong>A Mirror That Might Become Useful. </strong>Berlin’s deepest lesson is for after the fall: it is the city that acknowledges its bad deeds — monuments and plaques saying this is where we did it — while America “likes to brush it all aside and act like we’re always the heroes.” Andrew’s pushback landed: Montgomery, Bryan Stevenson’s lynching memorial, the African American Museum — “You’re right. I’m not being fair.” But the qualification sharpens rather than sinks the thesis: “we do not have a history yet like Holocaust Germany or even Berlin Wall Germany… It’s a mirror that might become useful if the worst comes about.” Meanwhile Berlin models the livable city: rent control the voters wanted to push all the way to expropriation, transit worth “ecstasies,” and a constitutional welfare clause promising a dignified existence — economic rights our Bill of Rights never mentions. The book ends aboard the M29 bus, top deck, regular fare, from the Maybachufer’s twice-weekly market (running since before 1929) across the old West to Grunewald. “Maybe you’re going to be made into a Berlin angel.” “A great fate.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.threepennyreview.com/">Wendy Lesser</a> is the founding editor of The Threepenny Review, the celebrated Berkeley literary quarterly, and the author of a novel and twelve works of nonfiction, including You Say to Brick: The Life of Louis Kahn (winner of the Marfield Prize), Why I Read, and Scandinavian Noir. A fellow of the American Academy of Arts &amp; Sciences, she has held fellowships from the Guggenheim Foundation, the NEH, the Cullman Center — and the American Academy in Berlin, where her love affair with the city deepened. <a href="https://bookshop.org/book/9780063321359"><em>Berlin Before and After: A Cautionary Mirror for Our Times</em></a> (Harper, September 2026) is her portrait of the city in 1929 and now. She divides her time between B...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Hitler had to abolish democracy to take over Berlin.” </em>— Wendy Lesser</p><p> </p><p>“Ich bin ein Berliner” (I Am a Berliner), JFK famously said in West Berlin on June 26, 1963, in the face of Soviet imperial tyranny. Today, <a href="https://www.threepennyreview.com/">Wendy Lesser</a> is offering the same defiance in her new book <a href="https://bookshop.org/book/9780063321359"><em>Berlin Before and After</em></a>. Only Lesser offers a cautionary mirror for our times of not just post-Soviet Putin but also wannabe-tyrants like Trump.</p><p> </p><p>Lesser’s loving portrait of Berlin is of a free city. She reminds us that even in Germany’s darkest hour, Berlin never actually went Nazi. The city voted left up to and including 1933, so Hitler had to abolish democracy to take it over. Nor, Lesser argues, was Nazism a reaction to Weimar Berlin’s Cabaret-style nightlife, any more than Trump is a reaction to wokeness. Economic forces, not cultural ones, she insists, enable dictators.</p><p> </p><p>Today’s Berlin, as a city that memorializes its own crimes, offers America an urban lesson in acknowledging historical guilt. That’s what makes Berlin such a defiant beacon of freedom in our authoritarian age. There are more urbane cities than Berlin, but none quite as dedicated to freedom. Go there and/or read <em>Berlin Before and After</em>. Today we should all be Berliners.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Our Own 1929 — or 1932? </strong>The book began as a love letter to the Berlin Lesser adopted in 2003 — the everywhere writer of Berkeley, New York, and Berlin, against Lampedusa the ultimate somewhere, who never left Sicily and carried Shakespeare through the coffee houses of Palermo. But as she wrote, America’s condition worsened: “We were not only in our own 1929, but perhaps in 1930, ’31, or even ’32 — verging on our own descent into frightening dictatorship.” Hence the subtitle’s cautionary mirror — though history, she insists, never exactly repeats itself, and the American analogies came unforced, surfacing every thirty or forty pages without hammering. Being an everywhere, she says, doesn’t make you write better — Lampedusa proves that — “but it improves your life,” and it gave her the subjects her native California never could.</p><p>•       <strong>Berlin Never Went Nazi. </strong>The episode’s revelation: the city of Weimar flamboyance never gave the Nazis a majority — Berlin voted left up to and including 1933, and “Hitler had to abolish democracy to take over Berlin.” From which follows her sharpest argument: Nazism was not a backlash against Berlin’s sexual and artistic freedoms, “just as I do not see the election of Trump as a reaction to so-called wokeness or trans rights. Cultural manifestations do not cause such government changes. Economic forces do” — wealth gaps, regional deprivation, the east feeling second-class, then and now (the AfD’s heartland). The direct equivalences are rhetorical: America’s poisoned-blood language on immigrants comes “straight from the Goebbels playbook,” and the rights that flowered in twenties Germany were “instantly squished” in the thirties. As for today: the AfD polls high before Berlin’s September city elections, but the firewall holds — and the party is formally flagged by German intelligence as constitutionally dangerous. Andrew’s question stands: any vaccines for this thing?</p><p>•       <strong>1929: The Year Everything Premiered. </strong>Why that year: Grosz, Sander, and Otto Dix at their peak; Brecht and Piscator both premiering; All Quiet on the Western Front, the underrated Grand Hotel, and Berlin Alexanderplatz in the bookshops — plus Thomas Mann’s Mario and the Magician, the novella that predicted fascism; Billy Wilder still a weekly-paper journalist shooting his first film; and Christopher Isherwood arriving on the first visit that became Goodbye to Berlin and, via Broadway, Cabaret. “Only in retrospect do we see these things as major.” The culture flourished beside economic and political chaos — “having a terrible government is not inconsistent with producing good culture. Look at nineteenth-century Russia” — and when the chaos won, the exiles washed up in the German ghetto of Los Angeles: Brecht (on the beach, per this week’s Baerwald episode), Döblin, Mann. Many went back — Brecht in 1949, Piscator after — because in Hollywood and New York they “couldn’t live on the thin slice of culture,” a homesickness Lesser saw again in Berkeley’s own Czesław Miłosz, watching Americans like children playing in a sandbox.</p><p>•       <strong>After Means 1989. </strong>The title’s twist: the After is not the Nazis’ arrival but the Wall’s fall. The dark half-century — twelve years of Reich, then “with barely a pause to take a breath” the divided city — is deliberately skipped: “the city is going to tell you what happened,” through what its monuments confess, like Bebelplatz’s memorial to the burned books of May 1933. Berlin now wears its freedom knowingly: graffiti flourishes precisely because speech was twice policed; May Day’s bottle-throwing is tolerated and swept up; Freiheit arrives like the choral finale of Beethoven’s Ninth — Andrew’s analogy, which she embraced with irony, since “nobody is totally free these days.” The Wall’s hothouse island remains separate from Germany half a century on. And the city stays cinematic to the point of unreality — Wings of Desire’s angels in the actual Staatsbibliothek (“I thought it was just a set”), Babylon Berlin’s set-choosers clearing away the present — with a thriller shelf to match: Deighton’s Berlin Game (freshly reread on his death), le Carré’s Spy Who Came in from the Cold, Herron, McEwan, Schneider’s Wall Jumper.</p><p>•       <strong>A Mirror That Might Become Useful. </strong>Berlin’s deepest lesson is for after the fall: it is the city that acknowledges its bad deeds — monuments and plaques saying this is where we did it — while America “likes to brush it all aside and act like we’re always the heroes.” Andrew’s pushback landed: Montgomery, Bryan Stevenson’s lynching memorial, the African American Museum — “You’re right. I’m not being fair.” But the qualification sharpens rather than sinks the thesis: “we do not have a history yet like Holocaust Germany or even Berlin Wall Germany… It’s a mirror that might become useful if the worst comes about.” Meanwhile Berlin models the livable city: rent control the voters wanted to push all the way to expropriation, transit worth “ecstasies,” and a constitutional welfare clause promising a dignified existence — economic rights our Bill of Rights never mentions. The book ends aboard the M29 bus, top deck, regular fare, from the Maybachufer’s twice-weekly market (running since before 1929) across the old West to Grunewald. “Maybe you’re going to be made into a Berlin angel.” “A great fate.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.threepennyreview.com/">Wendy Lesser</a> is the founding editor of The Threepenny Review, the celebrated Berkeley literary quarterly, and the author of a novel and twelve works of nonfiction, including You Say to Brick: The Life of Louis Kahn (winner of the Marfield Prize), Why I Read, and Scandinavian Noir. A fellow of the American Academy of Arts &amp; Sciences, she has held fellowships from the Guggenheim Foundation, the NEH, the Cullman Center — and the American Academy in Berlin, where her love affair with the city deepened. <a href="https://bookshop.org/book/9780063321359"><em>Berlin Before and After: A Cautionary Mirror for Our Times</em></a> (Harper, September 2026) is her portrait of the city in 1929 and now. She divides her time between B...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Aug 2026 22:29:44 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/7a842be9/68927a97.mp3" length="50317202" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3459301" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/7a842be9/68927a97.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RCLjigwUguY">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/8hpbazXoQLwmePXXWZrijRKmoG0cl2zqBmLmnqvsAfg/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS81MjE3/MjU1NjgwOWFjOTBj/NzkwZTVjMzJlMGY2/NWI2MS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3142</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Hitler had to abolish democracy to take over Berlin.” </em>— Wendy Lesser</p><p> </p><p>“Ich bin ein Berliner” (I Am a Berliner), JFK famously said in West Berlin on June 26, 1963, in the face of Soviet imperial tyranny. Today, <a href="https://www.threepennyreview.com/">Wendy Lesser</a> is offering the same defiance in her new book <a href="https://bookshop.org/book/9780063321359"><em>Berlin Before and After</em></a>. Only Lesser offers a cautionary mirror for our times of not just post-Soviet Putin but also wannabe-tyrants like Trump.</p><p> </p><p>Lesser’s loving portrait of Berlin is of a free city. She reminds us that even in Germany’s darkest hour, Berlin never actually went Nazi. The city voted left up to and including 1933, so Hitler had to abolish democracy to take it over. Nor, Lesser argues, was Nazism a reaction to Weimar Berlin’s Cabaret-style nightlife, any more than Trump is a reaction to wokeness. Economic forces, not cultural ones, she insists, enable dictators.</p><p> </p><p>Today’s Berlin, as a city that memorializes its own crimes, offers America an urban lesson in acknowledging historical guilt. That’s what makes Berlin such a defiant beacon of freedom in our authoritarian age. There are more urbane cities than Berlin, but none quite as dedicated to freedom. Go there and/or read <em>Berlin Before and After</em>. Today we should all be Berliners.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Our Own 1929 — or 1932? </strong>The book began as a love letter to the Berlin Lesser adopted in 2003 — the everywhere writer of Berkeley, New York, and Berlin, against Lampedusa the ultimate somewhere, who never left Sicily and carried Shakespeare through the coffee houses of Palermo. But as she wrote, America’s condition worsened: “We were not only in our own 1929, but perhaps in 1930, ’31, or even ’32 — verging on our own descent into frightening dictatorship.” Hence the subtitle’s cautionary mirror — though history, she insists, never exactly repeats itself, and the American analogies came unforced, surfacing every thirty or forty pages without hammering. Being an everywhere, she says, doesn’t make you write better — Lampedusa proves that — “but it improves your life,” and it gave her the subjects her native California never could.</p><p>•       <strong>Berlin Never Went Nazi. </strong>The episode’s revelation: the city of Weimar flamboyance never gave the Nazis a majority — Berlin voted left up to and including 1933, and “Hitler had to abolish democracy to take over Berlin.” From which follows her sharpest argument: Nazism was not a backlash against Berlin’s sexual and artistic freedoms, “just as I do not see the election of Trump as a reaction to so-called wokeness or trans rights. Cultural manifestations do not cause such government changes. Economic forces do” — wealth gaps, regional deprivation, the east feeling second-class, then and now (the AfD’s heartland). The direct equivalences are rhetorical: America’s poisoned-blood language on immigrants comes “straight from the Goebbels playbook,” and the rights that flowered in twenties Germany were “instantly squished” in the thirties. As for today: the AfD polls high before Berlin’s September city elections, but the firewall holds — and the party is formally flagged by German intelligence as constitutionally dangerous. Andrew’s question stands: any vaccines for this thing?</p><p>•       <strong>1929: The Year Everything Premiered. </strong>Why that year: Grosz, Sander, and Otto Dix at their peak; Brecht and Piscator both premiering; All Quiet on the Western Front, the underrated Grand Hotel, and Berlin Alexanderplatz in the bookshops — plus Thomas Mann’s Mario and the Magician, the novella that predicted fascism; Billy Wilder still a weekly-paper journalist shooting his first film; and Christopher Isherwood arriving on the first visit that became Goodbye to Berlin and, via Broadway, Cabaret. “Only in retrospect do we see these things as major.” The culture flourished beside economic and political chaos — “having a terrible government is not inconsistent with producing good culture. Look at nineteenth-century Russia” — and when the chaos won, the exiles washed up in the German ghetto of Los Angeles: Brecht (on the beach, per this week’s Baerwald episode), Döblin, Mann. Many went back — Brecht in 1949, Piscator after — because in Hollywood and New York they “couldn’t live on the thin slice of culture,” a homesickness Lesser saw again in Berkeley’s own Czesław Miłosz, watching Americans like children playing in a sandbox.</p><p>•       <strong>After Means 1989. </strong>The title’s twist: the After is not the Nazis’ arrival but the Wall’s fall. The dark half-century — twelve years of Reich, then “with barely a pause to take a breath” the divided city — is deliberately skipped: “the city is going to tell you what happened,” through what its monuments confess, like Bebelplatz’s memorial to the burned books of May 1933. Berlin now wears its freedom knowingly: graffiti flourishes precisely because speech was twice policed; May Day’s bottle-throwing is tolerated and swept up; Freiheit arrives like the choral finale of Beethoven’s Ninth — Andrew’s analogy, which she embraced with irony, since “nobody is totally free these days.” The Wall’s hothouse island remains separate from Germany half a century on. And the city stays cinematic to the point of unreality — Wings of Desire’s angels in the actual Staatsbibliothek (“I thought it was just a set”), Babylon Berlin’s set-choosers clearing away the present — with a thriller shelf to match: Deighton’s Berlin Game (freshly reread on his death), le Carré’s Spy Who Came in from the Cold, Herron, McEwan, Schneider’s Wall Jumper.</p><p>•       <strong>A Mirror That Might Become Useful. </strong>Berlin’s deepest lesson is for after the fall: it is the city that acknowledges its bad deeds — monuments and plaques saying this is where we did it — while America “likes to brush it all aside and act like we’re always the heroes.” Andrew’s pushback landed: Montgomery, Bryan Stevenson’s lynching memorial, the African American Museum — “You’re right. I’m not being fair.” But the qualification sharpens rather than sinks the thesis: “we do not have a history yet like Holocaust Germany or even Berlin Wall Germany… It’s a mirror that might become useful if the worst comes about.” Meanwhile Berlin models the livable city: rent control the voters wanted to push all the way to expropriation, transit worth “ecstasies,” and a constitutional welfare clause promising a dignified existence — economic rights our Bill of Rights never mentions. The book ends aboard the M29 bus, top deck, regular fare, from the Maybachufer’s twice-weekly market (running since before 1929) across the old West to Grunewald. “Maybe you’re going to be made into a Berlin angel.” “A great fate.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.threepennyreview.com/">Wendy Lesser</a> is the founding editor of The Threepenny Review, the celebrated Berkeley literary quarterly, and the author of a novel and twelve works of nonfiction, including You Say to Brick: The Life of Louis Kahn (winner of the Marfield Prize), Why I Read, and Scandinavian Noir. A fellow of the American Academy of Arts &amp; Sciences, she has held fellowships from the Guggenheim Foundation, the NEH, the Cullman Center — and the American Academy in Berlin, where her love affair with the city deepened. <a href="https://bookshop.org/book/9780063321359"><em>Berlin Before and After: A Cautionary Mirror for Our Times</em></a> (Harper, September 2026) is her portrait of the city in 1929 and now. She divides her time between B...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7a842be9/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7a842be9/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Global Storm in a Capitalist Teacup? Jeremy Adelman on Why There’s No Exit to the Market</title>
      <itunes:episode>3017</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3017</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>A Global Storm in a Capitalist Teacup? Jeremy Adelman on Why There’s No Exit to the Market</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d4ec805f-bce8-44aa-bde7-37b46f053874</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“There’s no exit in capitalism.” </em>— Jeremy Adelman</p><p> </p><p>Is that ongoing quarrel of modern politics, the battle over capitalism, just a storm in a teacup? Economic historian <a href="https://citylights.com/new-nonfiction-in-hardcover/capitalist-era-making-unmaking-of/">Jeremy Adelman</a> thinks it might be. In <a href="https://citylights.com/new-nonfiction-in-hardcover/capitalist-era-making-unmaking-of/"><em>The Capitalist Era</em></a>, Adelman argues that all camps — left and right, Keynesian and Hayekian, socialist and libertarian — accept the unavoidability of global capitalism. There is no alternative, as Mrs Thatcher used to annoyingly say. Although Adelman, certainly no Thatcherite, isn’t celebrating the apparent inevitability of our capitalist epoch.</p><p> </p><p>What interests Adelman is the making and unmaking of what he calls the “global mind.” The revolutionary quality of capitalism, he says, is that we now think of strangers as somehow part of our community. So when Adam Smith, the moral philosopher father of economics, drank his Chinese tea while reading of a deadly earthquake in China, he recognized that capitalism inevitably entangled our moral thoughts with our self-interest.</p><p> </p><p>It wasn’t just economists who began to think differently of strangers. Artists as varied as Picasso, Joseph Conrad, and the photography-obsessed Émile Zola all made this moral inquiry of strangers the heart of their work. Yes, Adelman is probably right to say there’s no capitalist off-ramp in our post-global economy. But capitalism’s octopus-like “global mind” and its (mis)treatment of strangers should turn all economists into moral philosophers and all artists into observers of economics.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Mind, Not the Material. </strong>Against Sven Beckert’s material history (which Adelman admired and reviewed in Foreign Affairs), The Capitalist Era studies how we think about capitalism — because the thinking sets the policies, creates the attachments, fuels the wars, and builds the institutions. Capitalism, on his dating, is an eighteenth-century invention that dawns with Adam Smith’s “commercial society”: the first economic system to tie strangers across the whole planet into one interdependent web — global from the very start. Its founding text is a thought experiment: Smith’s gentleman of humanity, drinking Chinese tea while reading of a Chinese earthquake, asked whether he minds the deaths of thousands as much as the pain in his little finger. The marketplace entangles our moralities — and the question of whether sympathy can keep pace with self-interest has governed the global mind ever since.</p><p>•       <strong>No Exit in Capitalism. </strong>For or against? A fair question with a layered answer: we are all heirs to the Marxist tradition — inequality and exploitation are inherent to interdependence, and “the propensity to be predatory coexists with the propensity to be empathetic.” But the trap is real: “there’s no exit in capitalism” — leaving is so punitive that every socialist revolution has paid catastrophically, a logic Adelman calls part of “the awful cunning” of the Trump administration’s economic statecraft. Keynes versus Hayek? When Andrew suggested it amounted to a family squabble — a storm in a teacup — Adelman largely agreed: both camps accept that we live inside capitalism, arguing only over how to live interdependently. No exit, though, doesn’t mean no alternatives: the argument worth recovering — lost since the globalization of the 1980s was “dumped on us” — is which form of interdependence we actually want. Gramsci’s interregnum, the time for monsters, is exactly when that argument matters.</p><p>•       <strong>The Veil Between Strangers. </strong>The book’s gallery: not only philosophers but artists — Picasso, the poets, Borges (“I have a hard time writing any book without” him) — and above all photographers, because how we think about strangers is mediated through media. Smith’s verb was to see: the stranger’s invisibility was the whole problem, and photography — cheap to reproduce, claiming realism — promised to remove the veil. Zola was obsessed with it; street photography made New York and London legible as cities of vice and poverty; and the Opium War photographs that reached London in the 1860s forced a scandal, because this suffering was inflicted by our own troops. But seeing bred a new problem Smith never foresaw: indifference — too many images numbing the sympathies they were meant to awaken. In today’s supersaturation of digital and artificially generated strangers, the early doubters’ warning compounds: market interdependence plus growing indifference between the interdependent is “a recipe for calamity.”</p><p>•       <strong>Earth Hunger. </strong>The charge that capitalism is eating the planet is as old as capitalism: the era of Hobson’s Imperialism named the West’s insatiable appetite to conquer and carve — “earth hunger” — after the Boer War. Joseph Conrad and Roger Casement traveled the Congo River together: Conrad turned it into Heart of Darkness; Casement wrote the first great humanitarian reports — rubber for Europe’s bicycles and tires, extermination for the Congolese and then Amazonians — before renouncing the crown, joining the Irish rebellion, and hanging for treason. Slavery runs through the same river: on Smith’s mind from the start, the plantation bonanza’s awkward foundation, with dehumanization as extraction’s precondition — a through line to the 1930s. To James Crawford’s vanishing earth (last week’s episode), Adelman offers a friendly dissent: the earth isn’t vanishing, but the accelerating metabolism of resources — extracted inhumanely for those who live there — is stressing the system. Alternatives exist; exit does not.</p><p>•       <strong>Hoard the Returns, Externalize the Burdens. </strong>Adelman refuses the apocalypse chorus: end-time arguments breed cynicism — grab what you can while you can — which is precisely what turned the 1930s murderous; and the great debate the 2008 crisis should have sparked was stifled by crisis management that worked too well. “Neoliberalism” he finds overblown — the world is a mixed, messy hybrid, China neither socialist nor neoliberal — and the Thucydides Trap is a “silly metaphor”: Sparta and Athens were never as interdependent as China and the United States. Hence the closing duel: Carney versus Trump as two arguments inside the global mind about how to need strangers. Trump, the Toronto-born historian argues, is no isolationist — his is a global vision that wants to “hoard the returns and externalize the burdens,” punishing the asymmetrically dependent (Canada above all) through a predator’s bilateralism whose 1930s pedigree Adelman names with discomfort. And China? Sitting on the sidelines, courting Canada, playing “an old game” of constructing and dividing markets — as old as the global mind itself.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://citylights.com/new-nonfiction-in-hardcover/capitalist-era-making-unmaking-of/">Jeremy Adelman</a> is the Henry Charles Lea Professor Emeritus at Princeton University and professor of history and director of the Global History Lab at the University of Cambridge. Born in Toronto and educated at Toronto, the LSE, and Oxford, he has lived and worked in seven countries. His many books include Worldly Philosopher: The Odyssey of Albert O. Hirschman and Sovereignty and Revolution in the Iberian Atlantic. <a href="https://citylights.com/new-nonfiction-in-hardcover/capitalist-era-making-unmaking-of/"><em>The Capitalist Era: The Making—and Unmaking—of ...</em></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“There’s no exit in capitalism.” </em>— Jeremy Adelman</p><p> </p><p>Is that ongoing quarrel of modern politics, the battle over capitalism, just a storm in a teacup? Economic historian <a href="https://citylights.com/new-nonfiction-in-hardcover/capitalist-era-making-unmaking-of/">Jeremy Adelman</a> thinks it might be. In <a href="https://citylights.com/new-nonfiction-in-hardcover/capitalist-era-making-unmaking-of/"><em>The Capitalist Era</em></a>, Adelman argues that all camps — left and right, Keynesian and Hayekian, socialist and libertarian — accept the unavoidability of global capitalism. There is no alternative, as Mrs Thatcher used to annoyingly say. Although Adelman, certainly no Thatcherite, isn’t celebrating the apparent inevitability of our capitalist epoch.</p><p> </p><p>What interests Adelman is the making and unmaking of what he calls the “global mind.” The revolutionary quality of capitalism, he says, is that we now think of strangers as somehow part of our community. So when Adam Smith, the moral philosopher father of economics, drank his Chinese tea while reading of a deadly earthquake in China, he recognized that capitalism inevitably entangled our moral thoughts with our self-interest.</p><p> </p><p>It wasn’t just economists who began to think differently of strangers. Artists as varied as Picasso, Joseph Conrad, and the photography-obsessed Émile Zola all made this moral inquiry of strangers the heart of their work. Yes, Adelman is probably right to say there’s no capitalist off-ramp in our post-global economy. But capitalism’s octopus-like “global mind” and its (mis)treatment of strangers should turn all economists into moral philosophers and all artists into observers of economics.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Mind, Not the Material. </strong>Against Sven Beckert’s material history (which Adelman admired and reviewed in Foreign Affairs), The Capitalist Era studies how we think about capitalism — because the thinking sets the policies, creates the attachments, fuels the wars, and builds the institutions. Capitalism, on his dating, is an eighteenth-century invention that dawns with Adam Smith’s “commercial society”: the first economic system to tie strangers across the whole planet into one interdependent web — global from the very start. Its founding text is a thought experiment: Smith’s gentleman of humanity, drinking Chinese tea while reading of a Chinese earthquake, asked whether he minds the deaths of thousands as much as the pain in his little finger. The marketplace entangles our moralities — and the question of whether sympathy can keep pace with self-interest has governed the global mind ever since.</p><p>•       <strong>No Exit in Capitalism. </strong>For or against? A fair question with a layered answer: we are all heirs to the Marxist tradition — inequality and exploitation are inherent to interdependence, and “the propensity to be predatory coexists with the propensity to be empathetic.” But the trap is real: “there’s no exit in capitalism” — leaving is so punitive that every socialist revolution has paid catastrophically, a logic Adelman calls part of “the awful cunning” of the Trump administration’s economic statecraft. Keynes versus Hayek? When Andrew suggested it amounted to a family squabble — a storm in a teacup — Adelman largely agreed: both camps accept that we live inside capitalism, arguing only over how to live interdependently. No exit, though, doesn’t mean no alternatives: the argument worth recovering — lost since the globalization of the 1980s was “dumped on us” — is which form of interdependence we actually want. Gramsci’s interregnum, the time for monsters, is exactly when that argument matters.</p><p>•       <strong>The Veil Between Strangers. </strong>The book’s gallery: not only philosophers but artists — Picasso, the poets, Borges (“I have a hard time writing any book without” him) — and above all photographers, because how we think about strangers is mediated through media. Smith’s verb was to see: the stranger’s invisibility was the whole problem, and photography — cheap to reproduce, claiming realism — promised to remove the veil. Zola was obsessed with it; street photography made New York and London legible as cities of vice and poverty; and the Opium War photographs that reached London in the 1860s forced a scandal, because this suffering was inflicted by our own troops. But seeing bred a new problem Smith never foresaw: indifference — too many images numbing the sympathies they were meant to awaken. In today’s supersaturation of digital and artificially generated strangers, the early doubters’ warning compounds: market interdependence plus growing indifference between the interdependent is “a recipe for calamity.”</p><p>•       <strong>Earth Hunger. </strong>The charge that capitalism is eating the planet is as old as capitalism: the era of Hobson’s Imperialism named the West’s insatiable appetite to conquer and carve — “earth hunger” — after the Boer War. Joseph Conrad and Roger Casement traveled the Congo River together: Conrad turned it into Heart of Darkness; Casement wrote the first great humanitarian reports — rubber for Europe’s bicycles and tires, extermination for the Congolese and then Amazonians — before renouncing the crown, joining the Irish rebellion, and hanging for treason. Slavery runs through the same river: on Smith’s mind from the start, the plantation bonanza’s awkward foundation, with dehumanization as extraction’s precondition — a through line to the 1930s. To James Crawford’s vanishing earth (last week’s episode), Adelman offers a friendly dissent: the earth isn’t vanishing, but the accelerating metabolism of resources — extracted inhumanely for those who live there — is stressing the system. Alternatives exist; exit does not.</p><p>•       <strong>Hoard the Returns, Externalize the Burdens. </strong>Adelman refuses the apocalypse chorus: end-time arguments breed cynicism — grab what you can while you can — which is precisely what turned the 1930s murderous; and the great debate the 2008 crisis should have sparked was stifled by crisis management that worked too well. “Neoliberalism” he finds overblown — the world is a mixed, messy hybrid, China neither socialist nor neoliberal — and the Thucydides Trap is a “silly metaphor”: Sparta and Athens were never as interdependent as China and the United States. Hence the closing duel: Carney versus Trump as two arguments inside the global mind about how to need strangers. Trump, the Toronto-born historian argues, is no isolationist — his is a global vision that wants to “hoard the returns and externalize the burdens,” punishing the asymmetrically dependent (Canada above all) through a predator’s bilateralism whose 1930s pedigree Adelman names with discomfort. And China? Sitting on the sidelines, courting Canada, playing “an old game” of constructing and dividing markets — as old as the global mind itself.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://citylights.com/new-nonfiction-in-hardcover/capitalist-era-making-unmaking-of/">Jeremy Adelman</a> is the Henry Charles Lea Professor Emeritus at Princeton University and professor of history and director of the Global History Lab at the University of Cambridge. Born in Toronto and educated at Toronto, the LSE, and Oxford, he has lived and worked in seven countries. His many books include Worldly Philosopher: The Odyssey of Albert O. Hirschman and Sovereignty and Revolution in the Iberian Atlantic. <a href="https://citylights.com/new-nonfiction-in-hardcover/capitalist-era-making-unmaking-of/"><em>The Capitalist Era: The Making—and Unmaking—of ...</em></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Aug 2026 22:54:05 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/decf56b7/a1d5a3f8.mp3" length="54502919" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3440697" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/decf56b7/a1d5a3f8.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2FBUeAt-Zig">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/S_O7Bh6k5ZU9BVdpotzHInEgfhNH2nNmcVIL-lsQg2M/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8yNDc0/YWJkNzBjZWE1YTkx/ZTNiZjhjN2E3OTM0/ZmExMy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3403</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“There’s no exit in capitalism.” </em>— Jeremy Adelman</p><p> </p><p>Is that ongoing quarrel of modern politics, the battle over capitalism, just a storm in a teacup? Economic historian <a href="https://citylights.com/new-nonfiction-in-hardcover/capitalist-era-making-unmaking-of/">Jeremy Adelman</a> thinks it might be. In <a href="https://citylights.com/new-nonfiction-in-hardcover/capitalist-era-making-unmaking-of/"><em>The Capitalist Era</em></a>, Adelman argues that all camps — left and right, Keynesian and Hayekian, socialist and libertarian — accept the unavoidability of global capitalism. There is no alternative, as Mrs Thatcher used to annoyingly say. Although Adelman, certainly no Thatcherite, isn’t celebrating the apparent inevitability of our capitalist epoch.</p><p> </p><p>What interests Adelman is the making and unmaking of what he calls the “global mind.” The revolutionary quality of capitalism, he says, is that we now think of strangers as somehow part of our community. So when Adam Smith, the moral philosopher father of economics, drank his Chinese tea while reading of a deadly earthquake in China, he recognized that capitalism inevitably entangled our moral thoughts with our self-interest.</p><p> </p><p>It wasn’t just economists who began to think differently of strangers. Artists as varied as Picasso, Joseph Conrad, and the photography-obsessed Émile Zola all made this moral inquiry of strangers the heart of their work. Yes, Adelman is probably right to say there’s no capitalist off-ramp in our post-global economy. But capitalism’s octopus-like “global mind” and its (mis)treatment of strangers should turn all economists into moral philosophers and all artists into observers of economics.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Mind, Not the Material. </strong>Against Sven Beckert’s material history (which Adelman admired and reviewed in Foreign Affairs), The Capitalist Era studies how we think about capitalism — because the thinking sets the policies, creates the attachments, fuels the wars, and builds the institutions. Capitalism, on his dating, is an eighteenth-century invention that dawns with Adam Smith’s “commercial society”: the first economic system to tie strangers across the whole planet into one interdependent web — global from the very start. Its founding text is a thought experiment: Smith’s gentleman of humanity, drinking Chinese tea while reading of a Chinese earthquake, asked whether he minds the deaths of thousands as much as the pain in his little finger. The marketplace entangles our moralities — and the question of whether sympathy can keep pace with self-interest has governed the global mind ever since.</p><p>•       <strong>No Exit in Capitalism. </strong>For or against? A fair question with a layered answer: we are all heirs to the Marxist tradition — inequality and exploitation are inherent to interdependence, and “the propensity to be predatory coexists with the propensity to be empathetic.” But the trap is real: “there’s no exit in capitalism” — leaving is so punitive that every socialist revolution has paid catastrophically, a logic Adelman calls part of “the awful cunning” of the Trump administration’s economic statecraft. Keynes versus Hayek? When Andrew suggested it amounted to a family squabble — a storm in a teacup — Adelman largely agreed: both camps accept that we live inside capitalism, arguing only over how to live interdependently. No exit, though, doesn’t mean no alternatives: the argument worth recovering — lost since the globalization of the 1980s was “dumped on us” — is which form of interdependence we actually want. Gramsci’s interregnum, the time for monsters, is exactly when that argument matters.</p><p>•       <strong>The Veil Between Strangers. </strong>The book’s gallery: not only philosophers but artists — Picasso, the poets, Borges (“I have a hard time writing any book without” him) — and above all photographers, because how we think about strangers is mediated through media. Smith’s verb was to see: the stranger’s invisibility was the whole problem, and photography — cheap to reproduce, claiming realism — promised to remove the veil. Zola was obsessed with it; street photography made New York and London legible as cities of vice and poverty; and the Opium War photographs that reached London in the 1860s forced a scandal, because this suffering was inflicted by our own troops. But seeing bred a new problem Smith never foresaw: indifference — too many images numbing the sympathies they were meant to awaken. In today’s supersaturation of digital and artificially generated strangers, the early doubters’ warning compounds: market interdependence plus growing indifference between the interdependent is “a recipe for calamity.”</p><p>•       <strong>Earth Hunger. </strong>The charge that capitalism is eating the planet is as old as capitalism: the era of Hobson’s Imperialism named the West’s insatiable appetite to conquer and carve — “earth hunger” — after the Boer War. Joseph Conrad and Roger Casement traveled the Congo River together: Conrad turned it into Heart of Darkness; Casement wrote the first great humanitarian reports — rubber for Europe’s bicycles and tires, extermination for the Congolese and then Amazonians — before renouncing the crown, joining the Irish rebellion, and hanging for treason. Slavery runs through the same river: on Smith’s mind from the start, the plantation bonanza’s awkward foundation, with dehumanization as extraction’s precondition — a through line to the 1930s. To James Crawford’s vanishing earth (last week’s episode), Adelman offers a friendly dissent: the earth isn’t vanishing, but the accelerating metabolism of resources — extracted inhumanely for those who live there — is stressing the system. Alternatives exist; exit does not.</p><p>•       <strong>Hoard the Returns, Externalize the Burdens. </strong>Adelman refuses the apocalypse chorus: end-time arguments breed cynicism — grab what you can while you can — which is precisely what turned the 1930s murderous; and the great debate the 2008 crisis should have sparked was stifled by crisis management that worked too well. “Neoliberalism” he finds overblown — the world is a mixed, messy hybrid, China neither socialist nor neoliberal — and the Thucydides Trap is a “silly metaphor”: Sparta and Athens were never as interdependent as China and the United States. Hence the closing duel: Carney versus Trump as two arguments inside the global mind about how to need strangers. Trump, the Toronto-born historian argues, is no isolationist — his is a global vision that wants to “hoard the returns and externalize the burdens,” punishing the asymmetrically dependent (Canada above all) through a predator’s bilateralism whose 1930s pedigree Adelman names with discomfort. And China? Sitting on the sidelines, courting Canada, playing “an old game” of constructing and dividing markets — as old as the global mind itself.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://citylights.com/new-nonfiction-in-hardcover/capitalist-era-making-unmaking-of/">Jeremy Adelman</a> is the Henry Charles Lea Professor Emeritus at Princeton University and professor of history and director of the Global History Lab at the University of Cambridge. Born in Toronto and educated at Toronto, the LSE, and Oxford, he has lived and worked in seven countries. His many books include Worldly Philosopher: The Odyssey of Albert O. Hirschman and Sovereignty and Revolution in the Iberian Atlantic. <a href="https://citylights.com/new-nonfiction-in-hardcover/capitalist-era-making-unmaking-of/"><em>The Capitalist Era: The Making—and Unmaking—of ...</em></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/decf56b7/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/decf56b7/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Before Abe Was Lincoln: Jonathan Earle on the Most Important Election in American History</title>
      <itunes:episode>3016</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3016</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Before Abe Was Lincoln: Jonathan Earle on the Most Important Election in American History</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">587a96e7-802b-4c1f-a8b9-2ad78ebb2b27</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Seward had all the money and Seward had all the bullies. Lincoln didn’t have money or bullies, but by God, he had the people.” — Jonathan Earle</em></p><p> </p><p>Yesterday, Kurt Andersen fictionalized a 21st-century broken America without an Abe Lincoln as savior. Today we talk about the man himself with <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/he-has-the-people-9780195341652">Jonathan Earle</a>, author of <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/he-has-the-people-9780195341652"><em>He Has the People</em></a>, a new history of the 1860 election that made Lincoln president and probably saved the then young Republic.</p><p> </p><p>Earle’s mission is to bring Lincoln down from Mount Rushmore. He tells the story of a flesh-and-blood politician, a six-foot-four autodidact who, in 1859, was barely known outside Illinois. What changed everything was John Brown’s raid on Harpers Ferry in October 1859. Lincoln recognized as much, spending the winter in the archives of the State Library of Illinois, then delivering a speech at Cooper Union that won over the New York media. Then onto the Republican convention in Chicago where the wily Lincoln ran rings around the establishment candidate William Henry Seward.</p><p> </p><p>In 1860, Abe Lincoln became Lincoln. The rest is history. <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/he-has-the-people-9780195341652"><em>He Has the People</em></a> should be required reading for both obscure Republicans and Democrats planning to run for president in a fatally divided election. Earle suspects that 2028 might be as historic as 1860. Perhaps it will deliver another politician with the wit and wisdom to bring a broken America together. Somebody who, like Abe, has the people.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Before Abe Was Lincoln. </strong>Earle’s stated mission: take Lincoln off Mount Rushmore and out of the throne Daniel Chester French sculpted, and restore the flesh-and-blood politician — “among the canniest politicians our country has produced, maybe the planet.” The pre-marble Lincoln: born in an actual Kentucky log cabin, wholly self-taught (favorite book: Euclid), the first genuinely Western president, six-foot-four when most men stood five-eight, a storyteller who learned politics riding the Illinois judicial circuit — breaking bread and sharing mattresses with judges and rival counsel — his ambition, in his law partner’s famous phrase, a little engine that knew no rest. In 1859 he was barely known outside Illinois, a one-term ex-congressman regarded as vice-presidential material at best — the Jon Ossoff of his day, Earle suggests: making noise, not yet a name. Americans declare every election the most important in history; Earle’s answer is the book’s premise: hold on — it’s not 1860.</p><p>•       <strong>The 9/11 Before the Election. </strong>For decades both parties buried slavery beneath compromises — 1820, 1850 — until a tiny, hated minority of abolitionists forced the question. Then John Brown and twenty-one followers seized the federal arsenal at Harpers Ferry in October 1859, intending to arm the enslaved (a plan so improvised, Earle notes, that Brown didn’t bring lunch). The raid detonated inside a presidential campaign — as if 9/11 had preceded the 2000 election, or Pearl Harbor come before FDR’s 1940 reelection — and it scrambled the chessboard: after Brown, every Southerner saw a secret John Brown in every Northerner, every Northerner saw a Slave Power that had run all three branches since the founding, and compromise died. Earle’s verdict, unusual for a historian: the Civil War was inevitable after John Brown — the only question was who would be in charge when it came.</p><p>•       <strong>Chicagoland. </strong>Lincoln’s self-introduction was the strangest in campaign history: a tour of Bleeding Kansas (“the Gaza of the day”), then a winter of archival research in the State Library of Illinois, proving the founders believed they had the power to stop slavery’s spread — delivered at Cooper Union in February 1860 in a reedy high voice that nonetheless won Horace Greeley and the New York press: his Obama-in-Boston moment. William Henry Seward — the famous New York senator, the Hillary of the piece — led the first two convention ballots. But Lincoln’s handlers had pulled off the venue coup of the century (Chicago, his home state) and worked the smoky backrooms with offices, favors, and newspapers while their candidate wired “make no promises that bind me.” Seward was soft in Ohio and Indiana; the Republicans needed Pennsylvania, Indiana, Illinois; and a shocked Lincoln man coined the title: Seward had all the money and all the bullies — “but by God, he had the people.” Andrew’s caveat: in Chicago, “the people” were power brokers.</p><p>•       <strong>A Revolution, Reported from Paddy’s Run. </strong>The general election was really two simultaneous contests: Lincoln versus Douglas in the North, Breckinridge versus Bell in the South — four candidates winning electoral votes, resolved as 180 for Lincoln (152 needed) on 39.8 percent of the popular vote, the lowest winning share in American history, with a scarcely believable 81.8 percent turnout. The franchise: white male citizens, no property requirement, citizenship easy enough that Democrats met the Irish ships at the docks — simultaneously the widest political participation on the planet and a restriction whose repair (the Fourteenth and Fifteenth Amendments) would shut suffragists out for two more generations. Earle’s narrative spine is Murat Halstead of Paddy’s Run, Ohio — the nation’s first campaign journalist, the only man at all seven of 1860’s conventions, a Seward man who called it straight: this was a revolution — the first antislavery party wresting Washington from “Northern men with Southern principles” like Buchanan, Van Buren, and Pierce. And in the secession winter, Lincoln refused to compromise the victory away: We won.</p><p>•       <strong>Is There a Lincoln Out There? </strong>Lincoln tops every presidential ranking, Earle argues, because he grew — the arc Earle compares to Bobby Kennedy’s journey from McCarthyite to tribune of the poor. This Lincoln moved from denying racial equality in 1860 to a final speech — John Wilkes Booth in the audience — endorsing the vote for Black Union soldiers: killed, in effect, for the growing. He held the 1864 election in the middle of the war he expected to lose it (Earle’s pointed contrast: Zelensky’s wartime postponement — “I think that’s a mistake”). To Andersen’s cheerful breakup scenario, the LSU historian — whose Louisiana is one-third African American — gave a hard no: disunion meant “unremitted servitude forever,” and the republic needs Mississippi and Wyoming alike. For 2028: historical contingency always wins — nobody had heard of Obama two years out, and the general public hasn’t heard the next name either. “I do think that there is a Lincoln out there. I do.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/he-has-the-people-9780195341652">Jonathan Earle</a> teaches history and politics at Louisiana State University, where he has been Dean of the Ogden Honors College since 2014. A historian of antebellum American politics, he is the author of Jacksonian Antislavery and the Politics of Free Soil, John Brown’s Raid on Harpers Ferry, and (as co-editor) Bleeding Kansas, Bleeding Missouri. <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/he-has-the-people-9780195341652"><em>He Has the People: Abraham Lincoln and the Election of 1860</em></a> (Oxford University Press, Pivotal Moments in American History series) draws on t...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Seward had all the money and Seward had all the bullies. Lincoln didn’t have money or bullies, but by God, he had the people.” — Jonathan Earle</em></p><p> </p><p>Yesterday, Kurt Andersen fictionalized a 21st-century broken America without an Abe Lincoln as savior. Today we talk about the man himself with <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/he-has-the-people-9780195341652">Jonathan Earle</a>, author of <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/he-has-the-people-9780195341652"><em>He Has the People</em></a>, a new history of the 1860 election that made Lincoln president and probably saved the then young Republic.</p><p> </p><p>Earle’s mission is to bring Lincoln down from Mount Rushmore. He tells the story of a flesh-and-blood politician, a six-foot-four autodidact who, in 1859, was barely known outside Illinois. What changed everything was John Brown’s raid on Harpers Ferry in October 1859. Lincoln recognized as much, spending the winter in the archives of the State Library of Illinois, then delivering a speech at Cooper Union that won over the New York media. Then onto the Republican convention in Chicago where the wily Lincoln ran rings around the establishment candidate William Henry Seward.</p><p> </p><p>In 1860, Abe Lincoln became Lincoln. The rest is history. <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/he-has-the-people-9780195341652"><em>He Has the People</em></a> should be required reading for both obscure Republicans and Democrats planning to run for president in a fatally divided election. Earle suspects that 2028 might be as historic as 1860. Perhaps it will deliver another politician with the wit and wisdom to bring a broken America together. Somebody who, like Abe, has the people.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Before Abe Was Lincoln. </strong>Earle’s stated mission: take Lincoln off Mount Rushmore and out of the throne Daniel Chester French sculpted, and restore the flesh-and-blood politician — “among the canniest politicians our country has produced, maybe the planet.” The pre-marble Lincoln: born in an actual Kentucky log cabin, wholly self-taught (favorite book: Euclid), the first genuinely Western president, six-foot-four when most men stood five-eight, a storyteller who learned politics riding the Illinois judicial circuit — breaking bread and sharing mattresses with judges and rival counsel — his ambition, in his law partner’s famous phrase, a little engine that knew no rest. In 1859 he was barely known outside Illinois, a one-term ex-congressman regarded as vice-presidential material at best — the Jon Ossoff of his day, Earle suggests: making noise, not yet a name. Americans declare every election the most important in history; Earle’s answer is the book’s premise: hold on — it’s not 1860.</p><p>•       <strong>The 9/11 Before the Election. </strong>For decades both parties buried slavery beneath compromises — 1820, 1850 — until a tiny, hated minority of abolitionists forced the question. Then John Brown and twenty-one followers seized the federal arsenal at Harpers Ferry in October 1859, intending to arm the enslaved (a plan so improvised, Earle notes, that Brown didn’t bring lunch). The raid detonated inside a presidential campaign — as if 9/11 had preceded the 2000 election, or Pearl Harbor come before FDR’s 1940 reelection — and it scrambled the chessboard: after Brown, every Southerner saw a secret John Brown in every Northerner, every Northerner saw a Slave Power that had run all three branches since the founding, and compromise died. Earle’s verdict, unusual for a historian: the Civil War was inevitable after John Brown — the only question was who would be in charge when it came.</p><p>•       <strong>Chicagoland. </strong>Lincoln’s self-introduction was the strangest in campaign history: a tour of Bleeding Kansas (“the Gaza of the day”), then a winter of archival research in the State Library of Illinois, proving the founders believed they had the power to stop slavery’s spread — delivered at Cooper Union in February 1860 in a reedy high voice that nonetheless won Horace Greeley and the New York press: his Obama-in-Boston moment. William Henry Seward — the famous New York senator, the Hillary of the piece — led the first two convention ballots. But Lincoln’s handlers had pulled off the venue coup of the century (Chicago, his home state) and worked the smoky backrooms with offices, favors, and newspapers while their candidate wired “make no promises that bind me.” Seward was soft in Ohio and Indiana; the Republicans needed Pennsylvania, Indiana, Illinois; and a shocked Lincoln man coined the title: Seward had all the money and all the bullies — “but by God, he had the people.” Andrew’s caveat: in Chicago, “the people” were power brokers.</p><p>•       <strong>A Revolution, Reported from Paddy’s Run. </strong>The general election was really two simultaneous contests: Lincoln versus Douglas in the North, Breckinridge versus Bell in the South — four candidates winning electoral votes, resolved as 180 for Lincoln (152 needed) on 39.8 percent of the popular vote, the lowest winning share in American history, with a scarcely believable 81.8 percent turnout. The franchise: white male citizens, no property requirement, citizenship easy enough that Democrats met the Irish ships at the docks — simultaneously the widest political participation on the planet and a restriction whose repair (the Fourteenth and Fifteenth Amendments) would shut suffragists out for two more generations. Earle’s narrative spine is Murat Halstead of Paddy’s Run, Ohio — the nation’s first campaign journalist, the only man at all seven of 1860’s conventions, a Seward man who called it straight: this was a revolution — the first antislavery party wresting Washington from “Northern men with Southern principles” like Buchanan, Van Buren, and Pierce. And in the secession winter, Lincoln refused to compromise the victory away: We won.</p><p>•       <strong>Is There a Lincoln Out There? </strong>Lincoln tops every presidential ranking, Earle argues, because he grew — the arc Earle compares to Bobby Kennedy’s journey from McCarthyite to tribune of the poor. This Lincoln moved from denying racial equality in 1860 to a final speech — John Wilkes Booth in the audience — endorsing the vote for Black Union soldiers: killed, in effect, for the growing. He held the 1864 election in the middle of the war he expected to lose it (Earle’s pointed contrast: Zelensky’s wartime postponement — “I think that’s a mistake”). To Andersen’s cheerful breakup scenario, the LSU historian — whose Louisiana is one-third African American — gave a hard no: disunion meant “unremitted servitude forever,” and the republic needs Mississippi and Wyoming alike. For 2028: historical contingency always wins — nobody had heard of Obama two years out, and the general public hasn’t heard the next name either. “I do think that there is a Lincoln out there. I do.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/he-has-the-people-9780195341652">Jonathan Earle</a> teaches history and politics at Louisiana State University, where he has been Dean of the Ogden Honors College since 2014. A historian of antebellum American politics, he is the author of Jacksonian Antislavery and the Politics of Free Soil, John Brown’s Raid on Harpers Ferry, and (as co-editor) Bleeding Kansas, Bleeding Missouri. <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/he-has-the-people-9780195341652"><em>He Has the People: Abraham Lincoln and the Election of 1860</em></a> (Oxford University Press, Pivotal Moments in American History series) draws on t...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2026 22:04:41 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/bdcffd61/0581ad64.mp3" length="54469674" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3433711" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/bdcffd61/0581ad64.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oG_NRlsvfN4">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/LgtacyMOzc5oK1sZmP5r9n9HmIdmnww9C91nkVztLUU/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8wNWZm/OWIyNWRiMzNhNmY1/YmZlNGFiZmNmOTMz/NDExMy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3402</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Seward had all the money and Seward had all the bullies. Lincoln didn’t have money or bullies, but by God, he had the people.” — Jonathan Earle</em></p><p> </p><p>Yesterday, Kurt Andersen fictionalized a 21st-century broken America without an Abe Lincoln as savior. Today we talk about the man himself with <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/he-has-the-people-9780195341652">Jonathan Earle</a>, author of <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/he-has-the-people-9780195341652"><em>He Has the People</em></a>, a new history of the 1860 election that made Lincoln president and probably saved the then young Republic.</p><p> </p><p>Earle’s mission is to bring Lincoln down from Mount Rushmore. He tells the story of a flesh-and-blood politician, a six-foot-four autodidact who, in 1859, was barely known outside Illinois. What changed everything was John Brown’s raid on Harpers Ferry in October 1859. Lincoln recognized as much, spending the winter in the archives of the State Library of Illinois, then delivering a speech at Cooper Union that won over the New York media. Then onto the Republican convention in Chicago where the wily Lincoln ran rings around the establishment candidate William Henry Seward.</p><p> </p><p>In 1860, Abe Lincoln became Lincoln. The rest is history. <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/he-has-the-people-9780195341652"><em>He Has the People</em></a> should be required reading for both obscure Republicans and Democrats planning to run for president in a fatally divided election. Earle suspects that 2028 might be as historic as 1860. Perhaps it will deliver another politician with the wit and wisdom to bring a broken America together. Somebody who, like Abe, has the people.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Before Abe Was Lincoln. </strong>Earle’s stated mission: take Lincoln off Mount Rushmore and out of the throne Daniel Chester French sculpted, and restore the flesh-and-blood politician — “among the canniest politicians our country has produced, maybe the planet.” The pre-marble Lincoln: born in an actual Kentucky log cabin, wholly self-taught (favorite book: Euclid), the first genuinely Western president, six-foot-four when most men stood five-eight, a storyteller who learned politics riding the Illinois judicial circuit — breaking bread and sharing mattresses with judges and rival counsel — his ambition, in his law partner’s famous phrase, a little engine that knew no rest. In 1859 he was barely known outside Illinois, a one-term ex-congressman regarded as vice-presidential material at best — the Jon Ossoff of his day, Earle suggests: making noise, not yet a name. Americans declare every election the most important in history; Earle’s answer is the book’s premise: hold on — it’s not 1860.</p><p>•       <strong>The 9/11 Before the Election. </strong>For decades both parties buried slavery beneath compromises — 1820, 1850 — until a tiny, hated minority of abolitionists forced the question. Then John Brown and twenty-one followers seized the federal arsenal at Harpers Ferry in October 1859, intending to arm the enslaved (a plan so improvised, Earle notes, that Brown didn’t bring lunch). The raid detonated inside a presidential campaign — as if 9/11 had preceded the 2000 election, or Pearl Harbor come before FDR’s 1940 reelection — and it scrambled the chessboard: after Brown, every Southerner saw a secret John Brown in every Northerner, every Northerner saw a Slave Power that had run all three branches since the founding, and compromise died. Earle’s verdict, unusual for a historian: the Civil War was inevitable after John Brown — the only question was who would be in charge when it came.</p><p>•       <strong>Chicagoland. </strong>Lincoln’s self-introduction was the strangest in campaign history: a tour of Bleeding Kansas (“the Gaza of the day”), then a winter of archival research in the State Library of Illinois, proving the founders believed they had the power to stop slavery’s spread — delivered at Cooper Union in February 1860 in a reedy high voice that nonetheless won Horace Greeley and the New York press: his Obama-in-Boston moment. William Henry Seward — the famous New York senator, the Hillary of the piece — led the first two convention ballots. But Lincoln’s handlers had pulled off the venue coup of the century (Chicago, his home state) and worked the smoky backrooms with offices, favors, and newspapers while their candidate wired “make no promises that bind me.” Seward was soft in Ohio and Indiana; the Republicans needed Pennsylvania, Indiana, Illinois; and a shocked Lincoln man coined the title: Seward had all the money and all the bullies — “but by God, he had the people.” Andrew’s caveat: in Chicago, “the people” were power brokers.</p><p>•       <strong>A Revolution, Reported from Paddy’s Run. </strong>The general election was really two simultaneous contests: Lincoln versus Douglas in the North, Breckinridge versus Bell in the South — four candidates winning electoral votes, resolved as 180 for Lincoln (152 needed) on 39.8 percent of the popular vote, the lowest winning share in American history, with a scarcely believable 81.8 percent turnout. The franchise: white male citizens, no property requirement, citizenship easy enough that Democrats met the Irish ships at the docks — simultaneously the widest political participation on the planet and a restriction whose repair (the Fourteenth and Fifteenth Amendments) would shut suffragists out for two more generations. Earle’s narrative spine is Murat Halstead of Paddy’s Run, Ohio — the nation’s first campaign journalist, the only man at all seven of 1860’s conventions, a Seward man who called it straight: this was a revolution — the first antislavery party wresting Washington from “Northern men with Southern principles” like Buchanan, Van Buren, and Pierce. And in the secession winter, Lincoln refused to compromise the victory away: We won.</p><p>•       <strong>Is There a Lincoln Out There? </strong>Lincoln tops every presidential ranking, Earle argues, because he grew — the arc Earle compares to Bobby Kennedy’s journey from McCarthyite to tribune of the poor. This Lincoln moved from denying racial equality in 1860 to a final speech — John Wilkes Booth in the audience — endorsing the vote for Black Union soldiers: killed, in effect, for the growing. He held the 1864 election in the middle of the war he expected to lose it (Earle’s pointed contrast: Zelensky’s wartime postponement — “I think that’s a mistake”). To Andersen’s cheerful breakup scenario, the LSU historian — whose Louisiana is one-third African American — gave a hard no: disunion meant “unremitted servitude forever,” and the republic needs Mississippi and Wyoming alike. For 2028: historical contingency always wins — nobody had heard of Obama two years out, and the general public hasn’t heard the next name either. “I do think that there is a Lincoln out there. I do.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/he-has-the-people-9780195341652">Jonathan Earle</a> teaches history and politics at Louisiana State University, where he has been Dean of the Ogden Honors College since 2014. A historian of antebellum American politics, he is the author of Jacksonian Antislavery and the Politics of Free Soil, John Brown’s Raid on Harpers Ferry, and (as co-editor) Bleeding Kansas, Bleeding Missouri. <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/he-has-the-people-9780195341652"><em>He Has the People: Abraham Lincoln and the Election of 1860</em></a> (Oxford University Press, Pivotal Moments in American History series) draws on t...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/bdcffd61/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When America Broke Up: Kurt Andersen Looks Forward to the Divorce of the United States</title>
      <itunes:episode>3015</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3015</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When America Broke Up: Kurt Andersen Looks Forward to the Divorce of the United States</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">963e1802-a9d1-4fd0-8c44-9075e3ff3025</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We are the beginning of a bright and shiny dark age.” — Kurt Andersen, from The Breakup</em></p><p> </p><p>It’s 2045 and America has got divorced. That’s the premise of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/594494/the-breakup-by-kurt-andersen/"><em>The Breakup</em></a>, by the historian and novelist <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/594494/the-breakup-by-kurt-andersen/">Kurt Andersen</a>. “The future is fiction. It hasn’t happened yet,” the historian in Andersen reminds us. But his near-term fictional future, an America of civil war and national divorce, certainly isn’t inconceivable. Nor, in an increasingly divided United States between high-tech coastal elites and a medieval hinterland, does such a scenario appear quite as nightmarish as it once did.</p><p> </p><p>In contrast with the bloodiness, say, of Alex Garland’s Hollywood version of an American civil war, Andersen’s literary breakup is the “scattered violence of a Middle Eastern kind.” Lebanon comes to the United States in the form of loosely confederated militias, assassinations and kidnappings. This war kills 28,000, half of them civilians. It could have been worse. Indeed, it is worse today — when compared to the 44,000 people killed by guns each year.</p><p> </p><p>The novel also tells the story of the breakup of a twenty-three-year marriage between the Tennessean poet Natalie and the San Francisco tech bro Asher. Natalie doesn’t much like Silicon Valley and warns that “we are the beginning of a bright and shiny dark age.” But for Andersen this age isn’t totally dark. Marriages and countries break up, he reminds us, and that is often the beginning rather than the end of the story. Not quite darkness at noon. So get ready for the mid-21st-century break-up of the United States. Such a split might actually be brighter than America’s current dark marriage.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Future Is Fiction. </strong>After Fantasyland (five hundred years of how America went haywire) and Evil Geniuses (the last fifty), Andersen considered a third history — of the future — and realized the genre is folly: futurism is just experts guessing, Alvin Toffler in a new suit. “The future is fiction. It hasn’t happened yet. It’s imaginary until it happens.” So the trilogy’s conclusion became a novel — his fifth — and the bookseller algorithms’ “dystopian” label gets a correction: dystopian satire, maybe, but “we are in a dystopian period now.” Where Alex Garland’s Civil War embedded journalists inside the fighting, The Breakup lives with a couple seven years after it — the good, the bad, the thank-God-we-were-okay — and, chalk it up to the Midwestern upbringing, it ends ambiguous but not without hope.</p><p>•       <strong>A Manageable Civil War. </strong>The backstory his fictional journalism flashes back to: a blue political comeback — Supreme Court expansion, Puerto Rico and DC statehood — ignites a ferocious right-wing backlash, and the violence that follows is “scattered… of a Middle Eastern kind”: loosely confederated militias assassinating, kidnapping, and bombing, while a presidential administration insists it’s a crime spree — until the military crushes the insurgency with drones and robots in eighteen months. The toll: 28,000 dead, half civilians, 45,000 wounded — numbers Andrew notes are roughly a single year of American gun deaths, and that Andersen’s character Natalie keeps in proportion: “could have been worse… We’re not living in Mad Max time.” Against the 1860s — millions dead from a far smaller population — this is a war America can talk itself into surviving. Which may be the scariest thing about it.</p><p>•       <strong>The Disunion’s Logistics. </strong>The novel’s deep research problem: how would you actually do it? You can’t draw an 1860 line, because the real divide runs between cities and countryside, not North and South — so the negotiated Disunion takes seven years, producing Natalie’s Free American Republic and Asher’s smaller United States. The Brexit analogy gets swatted (“the EU is not a country” — this is a whole different deal), balkanization into five or twelve republics is doubted (the prosperities of scale), and the best twist is secessionist remorse: Montana runs the numbers and realizes the West, unlike the South, gives more to Washington than it takes — so why join them? Beneath it all, the state nobody thinks they need: Medicare, Social Security, the federal machinery people discover only as DOGE-style contempt dismantles it. And still, the magic holds: immigrants keep coming, because only in America do you become American by showing up.</p><p>•       <strong>The Soft Breakup Papers. </strong>The nonfiction beneath the novel is Andersen’s New York Times essay: America as a long, loveless marriage — separate lives, separate tracks, staying together for the kids — that may already have had its soft breakup. His research assembled what nobody had put together: ten- and twenty-state climate alliances, sanctuary cities, Second Amendment sanctuary states and a thousand such counties — “governmental apparatuses emerging for these separate governments” since 2009, unremarked because the only people saying “national divorce” were Marjorie Taylor Greene and Rush Limbaugh, and nobody serious could agree with them. The mechanism is Hemingway’s bankruptcy: gradually, then suddenly. Fintan O’Toole warned him the book could become self-fulfilling prophecy; Andersen answered that the elephant in the room must be named — and he has the Cassandra receipts, having published Fantasyland’s post-truth diagnosis before Trump was first elected. “Don’t blame me. We’ll reconnoiter in ten or twenty years.”</p><p>•       <strong>A Bright and Shiny Dark Age. </strong>The episode’s keeper, from the novel’s tech-despising heroine: “We are the beginning of a bright and shiny dark age.” One political party marches back toward the medieval — no public health, no vaccines, no intellectualism — while the Bay Area ships magic, William Gibson’s unevenly distributed future arriving all at once. In 2045, AI is background hum “like electricity,” the tech trillionaires are plural, and the robots are everywhere and unremarkable — though Andersen’s own book trade is his caution against straight lines: print was declared dead fifteen years ago and still sells half of all books. The age of anxiety — the loneliness, social media’s riled-and-angry business model (30% of the blame or 70%, “but it’s large”), a president “selling pessimism” in his simultaneous idiocy and brilliance against optimism’s old American pillar — reads, in the novel’s hindsight, like the premonition of the breakup. And yet no zombies, no rubble: not without hope.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/594494/the-breakup-by-kurt-andersen/">Kurt Andersen</a> is the New York Times bestselling author of the histories Fantasyland: How America Went Haywire and Evil Geniuses: The Unmaking of America, and the novels Turn of the Century, Heyday, True Believers, and You Can’t Spell America Without Me. Co-founder of Spy magazine and longtime host of the Peabody-winning public radio program Studio 360, he has written for the New York Times, Vanity Fair, and The New Yorker. <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/594494/the-breakup-by-kurt-andersen/"><em>The Breakup</em></a> (Random House, August 2026), his fifth novel, is set in the AI-suffused, post-civil-war America of 2045 — “the most brilliant social novelist of our time,” per Walter Isaacson, “in the tradition of Tom Wolfe and Don DeLillo, but even funnier and deeper.”</p><p>&amp;nbsp...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We are the beginning of a bright and shiny dark age.” — Kurt Andersen, from The Breakup</em></p><p> </p><p>It’s 2045 and America has got divorced. That’s the premise of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/594494/the-breakup-by-kurt-andersen/"><em>The Breakup</em></a>, by the historian and novelist <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/594494/the-breakup-by-kurt-andersen/">Kurt Andersen</a>. “The future is fiction. It hasn’t happened yet,” the historian in Andersen reminds us. But his near-term fictional future, an America of civil war and national divorce, certainly isn’t inconceivable. Nor, in an increasingly divided United States between high-tech coastal elites and a medieval hinterland, does such a scenario appear quite as nightmarish as it once did.</p><p> </p><p>In contrast with the bloodiness, say, of Alex Garland’s Hollywood version of an American civil war, Andersen’s literary breakup is the “scattered violence of a Middle Eastern kind.” Lebanon comes to the United States in the form of loosely confederated militias, assassinations and kidnappings. This war kills 28,000, half of them civilians. It could have been worse. Indeed, it is worse today — when compared to the 44,000 people killed by guns each year.</p><p> </p><p>The novel also tells the story of the breakup of a twenty-three-year marriage between the Tennessean poet Natalie and the San Francisco tech bro Asher. Natalie doesn’t much like Silicon Valley and warns that “we are the beginning of a bright and shiny dark age.” But for Andersen this age isn’t totally dark. Marriages and countries break up, he reminds us, and that is often the beginning rather than the end of the story. Not quite darkness at noon. So get ready for the mid-21st-century break-up of the United States. Such a split might actually be brighter than America’s current dark marriage.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Future Is Fiction. </strong>After Fantasyland (five hundred years of how America went haywire) and Evil Geniuses (the last fifty), Andersen considered a third history — of the future — and realized the genre is folly: futurism is just experts guessing, Alvin Toffler in a new suit. “The future is fiction. It hasn’t happened yet. It’s imaginary until it happens.” So the trilogy’s conclusion became a novel — his fifth — and the bookseller algorithms’ “dystopian” label gets a correction: dystopian satire, maybe, but “we are in a dystopian period now.” Where Alex Garland’s Civil War embedded journalists inside the fighting, The Breakup lives with a couple seven years after it — the good, the bad, the thank-God-we-were-okay — and, chalk it up to the Midwestern upbringing, it ends ambiguous but not without hope.</p><p>•       <strong>A Manageable Civil War. </strong>The backstory his fictional journalism flashes back to: a blue political comeback — Supreme Court expansion, Puerto Rico and DC statehood — ignites a ferocious right-wing backlash, and the violence that follows is “scattered… of a Middle Eastern kind”: loosely confederated militias assassinating, kidnapping, and bombing, while a presidential administration insists it’s a crime spree — until the military crushes the insurgency with drones and robots in eighteen months. The toll: 28,000 dead, half civilians, 45,000 wounded — numbers Andrew notes are roughly a single year of American gun deaths, and that Andersen’s character Natalie keeps in proportion: “could have been worse… We’re not living in Mad Max time.” Against the 1860s — millions dead from a far smaller population — this is a war America can talk itself into surviving. Which may be the scariest thing about it.</p><p>•       <strong>The Disunion’s Logistics. </strong>The novel’s deep research problem: how would you actually do it? You can’t draw an 1860 line, because the real divide runs between cities and countryside, not North and South — so the negotiated Disunion takes seven years, producing Natalie’s Free American Republic and Asher’s smaller United States. The Brexit analogy gets swatted (“the EU is not a country” — this is a whole different deal), balkanization into five or twelve republics is doubted (the prosperities of scale), and the best twist is secessionist remorse: Montana runs the numbers and realizes the West, unlike the South, gives more to Washington than it takes — so why join them? Beneath it all, the state nobody thinks they need: Medicare, Social Security, the federal machinery people discover only as DOGE-style contempt dismantles it. And still, the magic holds: immigrants keep coming, because only in America do you become American by showing up.</p><p>•       <strong>The Soft Breakup Papers. </strong>The nonfiction beneath the novel is Andersen’s New York Times essay: America as a long, loveless marriage — separate lives, separate tracks, staying together for the kids — that may already have had its soft breakup. His research assembled what nobody had put together: ten- and twenty-state climate alliances, sanctuary cities, Second Amendment sanctuary states and a thousand such counties — “governmental apparatuses emerging for these separate governments” since 2009, unremarked because the only people saying “national divorce” were Marjorie Taylor Greene and Rush Limbaugh, and nobody serious could agree with them. The mechanism is Hemingway’s bankruptcy: gradually, then suddenly. Fintan O’Toole warned him the book could become self-fulfilling prophecy; Andersen answered that the elephant in the room must be named — and he has the Cassandra receipts, having published Fantasyland’s post-truth diagnosis before Trump was first elected. “Don’t blame me. We’ll reconnoiter in ten or twenty years.”</p><p>•       <strong>A Bright and Shiny Dark Age. </strong>The episode’s keeper, from the novel’s tech-despising heroine: “We are the beginning of a bright and shiny dark age.” One political party marches back toward the medieval — no public health, no vaccines, no intellectualism — while the Bay Area ships magic, William Gibson’s unevenly distributed future arriving all at once. In 2045, AI is background hum “like electricity,” the tech trillionaires are plural, and the robots are everywhere and unremarkable — though Andersen’s own book trade is his caution against straight lines: print was declared dead fifteen years ago and still sells half of all books. The age of anxiety — the loneliness, social media’s riled-and-angry business model (30% of the blame or 70%, “but it’s large”), a president “selling pessimism” in his simultaneous idiocy and brilliance against optimism’s old American pillar — reads, in the novel’s hindsight, like the premonition of the breakup. And yet no zombies, no rubble: not without hope.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/594494/the-breakup-by-kurt-andersen/">Kurt Andersen</a> is the New York Times bestselling author of the histories Fantasyland: How America Went Haywire and Evil Geniuses: The Unmaking of America, and the novels Turn of the Century, Heyday, True Believers, and You Can’t Spell America Without Me. Co-founder of Spy magazine and longtime host of the Peabody-winning public radio program Studio 360, he has written for the New York Times, Vanity Fair, and The New Yorker. <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/594494/the-breakup-by-kurt-andersen/"><em>The Breakup</em></a> (Random House, August 2026), his fifth novel, is set in the AI-suffused, post-civil-war America of 2045 — “the most brilliant social novelist of our time,” per Walter Isaacson, “in the tradition of Tom Wolfe and Don DeLillo, but even funnier and deeper.”</p><p>&amp;nbsp...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2026 05:13:27 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/63ed8bd9/111c308c.mp3" length="48849132" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3470960" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/63ed8bd9/111c308c.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PE4cxQv9RuY">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/MbXNJxSUq97Y3a0Hi1eEUrFForOjzirzQZisXNG4x8A/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iNzBh/NDkxMTU1OGY0NTAy/Njg4YzI2MzA5NjBl/MDJmYy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3050</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We are the beginning of a bright and shiny dark age.” — Kurt Andersen, from The Breakup</em></p><p> </p><p>It’s 2045 and America has got divorced. That’s the premise of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/594494/the-breakup-by-kurt-andersen/"><em>The Breakup</em></a>, by the historian and novelist <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/594494/the-breakup-by-kurt-andersen/">Kurt Andersen</a>. “The future is fiction. It hasn’t happened yet,” the historian in Andersen reminds us. But his near-term fictional future, an America of civil war and national divorce, certainly isn’t inconceivable. Nor, in an increasingly divided United States between high-tech coastal elites and a medieval hinterland, does such a scenario appear quite as nightmarish as it once did.</p><p> </p><p>In contrast with the bloodiness, say, of Alex Garland’s Hollywood version of an American civil war, Andersen’s literary breakup is the “scattered violence of a Middle Eastern kind.” Lebanon comes to the United States in the form of loosely confederated militias, assassinations and kidnappings. This war kills 28,000, half of them civilians. It could have been worse. Indeed, it is worse today — when compared to the 44,000 people killed by guns each year.</p><p> </p><p>The novel also tells the story of the breakup of a twenty-three-year marriage between the Tennessean poet Natalie and the San Francisco tech bro Asher. Natalie doesn’t much like Silicon Valley and warns that “we are the beginning of a bright and shiny dark age.” But for Andersen this age isn’t totally dark. Marriages and countries break up, he reminds us, and that is often the beginning rather than the end of the story. Not quite darkness at noon. So get ready for the mid-21st-century break-up of the United States. Such a split might actually be brighter than America’s current dark marriage.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Future Is Fiction. </strong>After Fantasyland (five hundred years of how America went haywire) and Evil Geniuses (the last fifty), Andersen considered a third history — of the future — and realized the genre is folly: futurism is just experts guessing, Alvin Toffler in a new suit. “The future is fiction. It hasn’t happened yet. It’s imaginary until it happens.” So the trilogy’s conclusion became a novel — his fifth — and the bookseller algorithms’ “dystopian” label gets a correction: dystopian satire, maybe, but “we are in a dystopian period now.” Where Alex Garland’s Civil War embedded journalists inside the fighting, The Breakup lives with a couple seven years after it — the good, the bad, the thank-God-we-were-okay — and, chalk it up to the Midwestern upbringing, it ends ambiguous but not without hope.</p><p>•       <strong>A Manageable Civil War. </strong>The backstory his fictional journalism flashes back to: a blue political comeback — Supreme Court expansion, Puerto Rico and DC statehood — ignites a ferocious right-wing backlash, and the violence that follows is “scattered… of a Middle Eastern kind”: loosely confederated militias assassinating, kidnapping, and bombing, while a presidential administration insists it’s a crime spree — until the military crushes the insurgency with drones and robots in eighteen months. The toll: 28,000 dead, half civilians, 45,000 wounded — numbers Andrew notes are roughly a single year of American gun deaths, and that Andersen’s character Natalie keeps in proportion: “could have been worse… We’re not living in Mad Max time.” Against the 1860s — millions dead from a far smaller population — this is a war America can talk itself into surviving. Which may be the scariest thing about it.</p><p>•       <strong>The Disunion’s Logistics. </strong>The novel’s deep research problem: how would you actually do it? You can’t draw an 1860 line, because the real divide runs between cities and countryside, not North and South — so the negotiated Disunion takes seven years, producing Natalie’s Free American Republic and Asher’s smaller United States. The Brexit analogy gets swatted (“the EU is not a country” — this is a whole different deal), balkanization into five or twelve republics is doubted (the prosperities of scale), and the best twist is secessionist remorse: Montana runs the numbers and realizes the West, unlike the South, gives more to Washington than it takes — so why join them? Beneath it all, the state nobody thinks they need: Medicare, Social Security, the federal machinery people discover only as DOGE-style contempt dismantles it. And still, the magic holds: immigrants keep coming, because only in America do you become American by showing up.</p><p>•       <strong>The Soft Breakup Papers. </strong>The nonfiction beneath the novel is Andersen’s New York Times essay: America as a long, loveless marriage — separate lives, separate tracks, staying together for the kids — that may already have had its soft breakup. His research assembled what nobody had put together: ten- and twenty-state climate alliances, sanctuary cities, Second Amendment sanctuary states and a thousand such counties — “governmental apparatuses emerging for these separate governments” since 2009, unremarked because the only people saying “national divorce” were Marjorie Taylor Greene and Rush Limbaugh, and nobody serious could agree with them. The mechanism is Hemingway’s bankruptcy: gradually, then suddenly. Fintan O’Toole warned him the book could become self-fulfilling prophecy; Andersen answered that the elephant in the room must be named — and he has the Cassandra receipts, having published Fantasyland’s post-truth diagnosis before Trump was first elected. “Don’t blame me. We’ll reconnoiter in ten or twenty years.”</p><p>•       <strong>A Bright and Shiny Dark Age. </strong>The episode’s keeper, from the novel’s tech-despising heroine: “We are the beginning of a bright and shiny dark age.” One political party marches back toward the medieval — no public health, no vaccines, no intellectualism — while the Bay Area ships magic, William Gibson’s unevenly distributed future arriving all at once. In 2045, AI is background hum “like electricity,” the tech trillionaires are plural, and the robots are everywhere and unremarkable — though Andersen’s own book trade is his caution against straight lines: print was declared dead fifteen years ago and still sells half of all books. The age of anxiety — the loneliness, social media’s riled-and-angry business model (30% of the blame or 70%, “but it’s large”), a president “selling pessimism” in his simultaneous idiocy and brilliance against optimism’s old American pillar — reads, in the novel’s hindsight, like the premonition of the breakup. And yet no zombies, no rubble: not without hope.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/594494/the-breakup-by-kurt-andersen/">Kurt Andersen</a> is the New York Times bestselling author of the histories Fantasyland: How America Went Haywire and Evil Geniuses: The Unmaking of America, and the novels Turn of the Century, Heyday, True Believers, and You Can’t Spell America Without Me. Co-founder of Spy magazine and longtime host of the Peabody-winning public radio program Studio 360, he has written for the New York Times, Vanity Fair, and The New Yorker. <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/594494/the-breakup-by-kurt-andersen/"><em>The Breakup</em></a> (Random House, August 2026), his fifth novel, is set in the AI-suffused, post-civil-war America of 2045 — “the most brilliant social novelist of our time,” per Walter Isaacson, “in the tradition of Tom Wolfe and Don DeLillo, but even funnier and deeper.”</p><p>&amp;nbsp...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/63ed8bd9/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Unknown American Hero: Katie S. Sanders on the Man Who Saved Her Grandfather's Life in WW2.</title>
      <itunes:episode>3014</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3014</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>An Unknown American Hero: Katie S. Sanders on the Man Who Saved Her Grandfather's Life in WW2.</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">90411945-1604-4f43-aa5b-9c30d4447346</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Grandfathers, grandfathers. Yesterday, David Baerwald <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/from-japan-without-love?r=ktr9">talked</a> about his grandfather, Ernst Baerwald, an American spy in Second World War Japan. Today, <a href="https://www.katiessanders.com/about">Katie S. Sanders</a> talks about her grandfather, Murray Simon, whose life was saved by an American spy in Second World War France. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/ortiz-s-war-the-allies-secret-weapon-against-the-nazis-in-france-katie-sanders/a2d7d28911bb3b51"><em>Ortiz’s War</em></a>, co-authored with historian Nicholas Reynolds, Sanders writes about Peter Ortiz, who became the Allies’ secret weapon against the Nazis in France.</p><p> </p><p>With his stunning looks, Ortiz might have been a Hollywood creation. Polylingual Franco-American aristocrat, French Foreign Legion, race-car driver, circus lion tamer, the most battle-decorated member of America’s first spy agency. He even played himself (anonymous brave soldier) in a number of post-war Hollywood movies. I wish he was my grandfather.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Spy Who Saved Her Grandfather. </strong>Murray Simon was a 23-year-old Jewish kid from Queens who had never flown before the Army Air Forces trained him — then sent him over occupied France in a black-painted B-24 Liberator carrying spy supplies and carrier pigeons for the resistance. Shot down on May 6, 1944, a month before D-Day, on an OSS mission whose standing advice was don’t get shot down — spies were tortured and killed, not taken prisoner — he was hidden by a Bulgarian-born Jew passing as Catholic, a man with an eight-month-old daughter and a pregnant wife who was “already supposed to be dead” and opened his door anyway. Smuggled onward, Murray was intercepted by Peter Ortiz — and made it home to the GI Bill, a family, and what he called “the warm womb of Uncle Sam.” Katie never met him; the book is her way of meeting him. “I gravitate towards stories of resistance, probably in part because I’m a product of one.” Publication day: the anniversary of the liberation of Paris.</p><p>•       <strong>No Peacetime Soldier. </strong>Peter J. Ortiz’s résumé reads like an unpublishable novel: son of a founding editor of Paris Vogue; French boarding-school runaway into the Foreign Legion (North Africa, Casablanca included); merchant seaman, dude-ranch manager, race-car driver, circus lion tamer; wounded fighting the Germans in 1940, captured, serially escaped — once off a hospital train under a dead soldier’s identity; docked in New York the day after Pearl Harbor and enlisted in the Marines, rising to become the most battle-decorated member of the OSS and one of the most decorated Marines of the war. His military file: not a good candidate for a desk job, ever. He spoke five languages, not Wikipedia’s ten (“Wikipedia is a storyteller”), walked into bars in occupied France wearing his Marine uniform, and wrote his own epitaph in a twenty-page memoir: “I’m no peacetime soldier.” Afterward: John Ford’s Hollywood, minor roles, his own uniforms as costume — and no bragging, ever.</p><p>•       <strong>The Heroic Surrender at Centron. </strong>The book’s climax is Operation Union II, August 1944 — Ortiz’s own inter-Allied mission into the Alps, culminating in the massive “Le Grand Parachutage” supply drop to the Maquis. He recruited his own Parris Island parachute instructors — Marines who remembered the legionnaire who blew them all away at boot camp — plus Francis Coolidge: Harvard dropout, fellow Foreign Legion veteran, and great-great-great-grandson of Thomas Jefferson. When his patrol was surrounded at the village of Centron by vastly superior German forces on a murderous late-war rampage, Ortiz chose saving the town over fighting — the surrender as the war’s most heroic act, bravery as the capacity to think while being shot at. Centron celebrates him every year; Katie was just there with Marines stationed in Germany, for the eighty-second anniversary. Guiding lights: noblesse oblige, Don Quixote, and a lifelong allergy to McCarthyism.</p><p>•       <strong>Wild Bill’s Wartime Startup. </strong>The OSS — forerunner of the CIA, whose Langley lobby still holds Wild Bill Donovan’s statue — was, in Katie’s telling, a wartime startup: 13,000 military and civilian personnel, mostly Wall Street lawyers, bankers, cryptographers, and cartographers, with a tiny operational subset that included Moe Berg, Virginia Hall trekking the Pyrenees on a wooden leg, and Ortiz. Donovan — World War One Medal of Honor recipient, FDR’s “secret legs,” the man who could “see an acorn, envision an oak tree” — was banned from D-Day as the one man carrying too many secrets, and went sniffing around anyway. J. Edgar Hoover was considered for the job and rejected, with Churchill’s SOE helping tip the choice. “I respect Donovan a lot more than I respect J. Edgar Hoover.” The lineage runs straight to today’s Navy SEALs and MARSOC — including past Keen On guest Brandon Webb.</p><p>•       <strong>Are We in 1939? </strong>Katie walks the museum timelines — 1933, and it’s “not great”; 1936, and the warnings mount; “I certainly hope we’re not in 1939.” Against Andrew’s needling about greatest-generation nostalgia (via Brandon Webb’s complicated heroism, Kristin Beck’s good-and-evil seduction, Richard Overy’s question of whether the war ever ended, and Matt Damon’s regret-soaked Odysseus), she holds the line: someone like Ortiz is great in any time — and especially needed when democracy is under threat. The warfare itself has closed its chapter: her grandfather’s black-painted bomber and carrier pigeons have become Ukraine’s drones, delivering aid with less risk and less human connection alike. What survives the technology is the lesson: heroes don’t brag — her grandfather and Ortiz would be mortified by the spotlight — and by illuminating what they did, the rest of us might learn to do the right thing.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.katiessanders.com/about">Katie S. Sanders</a> is an award-winning journalist who has written for National Geographic, The New York Times, Washington Post Magazine, TIME, Smithsonian, and Vanity Fair. Her reporting has brought her to the CIA, the White House, and the homes and reunions of World War II veterans and Holocaust survivors. After discovering that her late grandfather — a Jewish-American pilot shot down over France — was rescued by Peter Ortiz, she teamed up with the historian Nicholas Reynolds (Writer, Sailor, Soldier, Spy) to co-author <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/ortiz-s-war-the-allies-secret-weapon-against-the-nazis-in-france-katie-sanders/a2d7d28911bb3b51"><em>Ortiz’s War</em></a> (Harper Horizon, August 25, 2026). A summa cum laude graduate of the University of Pennsylvania, she lives in Brookline, Massachusetts.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/ortiz-s-war-the-allies-secret-weapon-against-the-nazis-in-france-katie-sanders/a2d7d28911bb3b51"><em>Ortiz’s War: The Allies’ Secret Weapon Against the Nazis in France</em></a> by Nicholas Reynolds and Katie S. Sanders (Harper Horizon, August 25, 2026).</p><p>•       <em>Writer, Sailor, Soldier, Spy</em> by Nicholas Reynolds — the co-author’s Hemingway biography, the book that put him on Katie’s radar.</p><p>•       <em>The Fire Agent</em> by David Baerwald — yesterday’s episode: another grandfather, another secret war, rendered as fiction where this one insists on fact.</p><p>•    &amp;nb...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Grandfathers, grandfathers. Yesterday, David Baerwald <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/from-japan-without-love?r=ktr9">talked</a> about his grandfather, Ernst Baerwald, an American spy in Second World War Japan. Today, <a href="https://www.katiessanders.com/about">Katie S. Sanders</a> talks about her grandfather, Murray Simon, whose life was saved by an American spy in Second World War France. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/ortiz-s-war-the-allies-secret-weapon-against-the-nazis-in-france-katie-sanders/a2d7d28911bb3b51"><em>Ortiz’s War</em></a>, co-authored with historian Nicholas Reynolds, Sanders writes about Peter Ortiz, who became the Allies’ secret weapon against the Nazis in France.</p><p> </p><p>With his stunning looks, Ortiz might have been a Hollywood creation. Polylingual Franco-American aristocrat, French Foreign Legion, race-car driver, circus lion tamer, the most battle-decorated member of America’s first spy agency. He even played himself (anonymous brave soldier) in a number of post-war Hollywood movies. I wish he was my grandfather.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Spy Who Saved Her Grandfather. </strong>Murray Simon was a 23-year-old Jewish kid from Queens who had never flown before the Army Air Forces trained him — then sent him over occupied France in a black-painted B-24 Liberator carrying spy supplies and carrier pigeons for the resistance. Shot down on May 6, 1944, a month before D-Day, on an OSS mission whose standing advice was don’t get shot down — spies were tortured and killed, not taken prisoner — he was hidden by a Bulgarian-born Jew passing as Catholic, a man with an eight-month-old daughter and a pregnant wife who was “already supposed to be dead” and opened his door anyway. Smuggled onward, Murray was intercepted by Peter Ortiz — and made it home to the GI Bill, a family, and what he called “the warm womb of Uncle Sam.” Katie never met him; the book is her way of meeting him. “I gravitate towards stories of resistance, probably in part because I’m a product of one.” Publication day: the anniversary of the liberation of Paris.</p><p>•       <strong>No Peacetime Soldier. </strong>Peter J. Ortiz’s résumé reads like an unpublishable novel: son of a founding editor of Paris Vogue; French boarding-school runaway into the Foreign Legion (North Africa, Casablanca included); merchant seaman, dude-ranch manager, race-car driver, circus lion tamer; wounded fighting the Germans in 1940, captured, serially escaped — once off a hospital train under a dead soldier’s identity; docked in New York the day after Pearl Harbor and enlisted in the Marines, rising to become the most battle-decorated member of the OSS and one of the most decorated Marines of the war. His military file: not a good candidate for a desk job, ever. He spoke five languages, not Wikipedia’s ten (“Wikipedia is a storyteller”), walked into bars in occupied France wearing his Marine uniform, and wrote his own epitaph in a twenty-page memoir: “I’m no peacetime soldier.” Afterward: John Ford’s Hollywood, minor roles, his own uniforms as costume — and no bragging, ever.</p><p>•       <strong>The Heroic Surrender at Centron. </strong>The book’s climax is Operation Union II, August 1944 — Ortiz’s own inter-Allied mission into the Alps, culminating in the massive “Le Grand Parachutage” supply drop to the Maquis. He recruited his own Parris Island parachute instructors — Marines who remembered the legionnaire who blew them all away at boot camp — plus Francis Coolidge: Harvard dropout, fellow Foreign Legion veteran, and great-great-great-grandson of Thomas Jefferson. When his patrol was surrounded at the village of Centron by vastly superior German forces on a murderous late-war rampage, Ortiz chose saving the town over fighting — the surrender as the war’s most heroic act, bravery as the capacity to think while being shot at. Centron celebrates him every year; Katie was just there with Marines stationed in Germany, for the eighty-second anniversary. Guiding lights: noblesse oblige, Don Quixote, and a lifelong allergy to McCarthyism.</p><p>•       <strong>Wild Bill’s Wartime Startup. </strong>The OSS — forerunner of the CIA, whose Langley lobby still holds Wild Bill Donovan’s statue — was, in Katie’s telling, a wartime startup: 13,000 military and civilian personnel, mostly Wall Street lawyers, bankers, cryptographers, and cartographers, with a tiny operational subset that included Moe Berg, Virginia Hall trekking the Pyrenees on a wooden leg, and Ortiz. Donovan — World War One Medal of Honor recipient, FDR’s “secret legs,” the man who could “see an acorn, envision an oak tree” — was banned from D-Day as the one man carrying too many secrets, and went sniffing around anyway. J. Edgar Hoover was considered for the job and rejected, with Churchill’s SOE helping tip the choice. “I respect Donovan a lot more than I respect J. Edgar Hoover.” The lineage runs straight to today’s Navy SEALs and MARSOC — including past Keen On guest Brandon Webb.</p><p>•       <strong>Are We in 1939? </strong>Katie walks the museum timelines — 1933, and it’s “not great”; 1936, and the warnings mount; “I certainly hope we’re not in 1939.” Against Andrew’s needling about greatest-generation nostalgia (via Brandon Webb’s complicated heroism, Kristin Beck’s good-and-evil seduction, Richard Overy’s question of whether the war ever ended, and Matt Damon’s regret-soaked Odysseus), she holds the line: someone like Ortiz is great in any time — and especially needed when democracy is under threat. The warfare itself has closed its chapter: her grandfather’s black-painted bomber and carrier pigeons have become Ukraine’s drones, delivering aid with less risk and less human connection alike. What survives the technology is the lesson: heroes don’t brag — her grandfather and Ortiz would be mortified by the spotlight — and by illuminating what they did, the rest of us might learn to do the right thing.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.katiessanders.com/about">Katie S. Sanders</a> is an award-winning journalist who has written for National Geographic, The New York Times, Washington Post Magazine, TIME, Smithsonian, and Vanity Fair. Her reporting has brought her to the CIA, the White House, and the homes and reunions of World War II veterans and Holocaust survivors. After discovering that her late grandfather — a Jewish-American pilot shot down over France — was rescued by Peter Ortiz, she teamed up with the historian Nicholas Reynolds (Writer, Sailor, Soldier, Spy) to co-author <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/ortiz-s-war-the-allies-secret-weapon-against-the-nazis-in-france-katie-sanders/a2d7d28911bb3b51"><em>Ortiz’s War</em></a> (Harper Horizon, August 25, 2026). A summa cum laude graduate of the University of Pennsylvania, she lives in Brookline, Massachusetts.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/ortiz-s-war-the-allies-secret-weapon-against-the-nazis-in-france-katie-sanders/a2d7d28911bb3b51"><em>Ortiz’s War: The Allies’ Secret Weapon Against the Nazis in France</em></a> by Nicholas Reynolds and Katie S. Sanders (Harper Horizon, August 25, 2026).</p><p>•       <em>Writer, Sailor, Soldier, Spy</em> by Nicholas Reynolds — the co-author’s Hemingway biography, the book that put him on Katie’s radar.</p><p>•       <em>The Fire Agent</em> by David Baerwald — yesterday’s episode: another grandfather, another secret war, rendered as fiction where this one insists on fact.</p><p>•    &amp;nb...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2026 08:46:39 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/e8ce3d19/e20ee65b.mp3" length="41075345" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3444806" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/e8ce3d19/e20ee65b.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0-pbjYBmVT0">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/Xy8281JR43tb-zqrzFx3rJUiDHwI3J_-cgJ28kMXgUk/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xMjll/M2JmMzg4ODg0MTIw/M2U5ZDVkZTlhYzY2/ZmNmZi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2564</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Grandfathers, grandfathers. Yesterday, David Baerwald <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/from-japan-without-love?r=ktr9">talked</a> about his grandfather, Ernst Baerwald, an American spy in Second World War Japan. Today, <a href="https://www.katiessanders.com/about">Katie S. Sanders</a> talks about her grandfather, Murray Simon, whose life was saved by an American spy in Second World War France. In <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/ortiz-s-war-the-allies-secret-weapon-against-the-nazis-in-france-katie-sanders/a2d7d28911bb3b51"><em>Ortiz’s War</em></a>, co-authored with historian Nicholas Reynolds, Sanders writes about Peter Ortiz, who became the Allies’ secret weapon against the Nazis in France.</p><p> </p><p>With his stunning looks, Ortiz might have been a Hollywood creation. Polylingual Franco-American aristocrat, French Foreign Legion, race-car driver, circus lion tamer, the most battle-decorated member of America’s first spy agency. He even played himself (anonymous brave soldier) in a number of post-war Hollywood movies. I wish he was my grandfather.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Spy Who Saved Her Grandfather. </strong>Murray Simon was a 23-year-old Jewish kid from Queens who had never flown before the Army Air Forces trained him — then sent him over occupied France in a black-painted B-24 Liberator carrying spy supplies and carrier pigeons for the resistance. Shot down on May 6, 1944, a month before D-Day, on an OSS mission whose standing advice was don’t get shot down — spies were tortured and killed, not taken prisoner — he was hidden by a Bulgarian-born Jew passing as Catholic, a man with an eight-month-old daughter and a pregnant wife who was “already supposed to be dead” and opened his door anyway. Smuggled onward, Murray was intercepted by Peter Ortiz — and made it home to the GI Bill, a family, and what he called “the warm womb of Uncle Sam.” Katie never met him; the book is her way of meeting him. “I gravitate towards stories of resistance, probably in part because I’m a product of one.” Publication day: the anniversary of the liberation of Paris.</p><p>•       <strong>No Peacetime Soldier. </strong>Peter J. Ortiz’s résumé reads like an unpublishable novel: son of a founding editor of Paris Vogue; French boarding-school runaway into the Foreign Legion (North Africa, Casablanca included); merchant seaman, dude-ranch manager, race-car driver, circus lion tamer; wounded fighting the Germans in 1940, captured, serially escaped — once off a hospital train under a dead soldier’s identity; docked in New York the day after Pearl Harbor and enlisted in the Marines, rising to become the most battle-decorated member of the OSS and one of the most decorated Marines of the war. His military file: not a good candidate for a desk job, ever. He spoke five languages, not Wikipedia’s ten (“Wikipedia is a storyteller”), walked into bars in occupied France wearing his Marine uniform, and wrote his own epitaph in a twenty-page memoir: “I’m no peacetime soldier.” Afterward: John Ford’s Hollywood, minor roles, his own uniforms as costume — and no bragging, ever.</p><p>•       <strong>The Heroic Surrender at Centron. </strong>The book’s climax is Operation Union II, August 1944 — Ortiz’s own inter-Allied mission into the Alps, culminating in the massive “Le Grand Parachutage” supply drop to the Maquis. He recruited his own Parris Island parachute instructors — Marines who remembered the legionnaire who blew them all away at boot camp — plus Francis Coolidge: Harvard dropout, fellow Foreign Legion veteran, and great-great-great-grandson of Thomas Jefferson. When his patrol was surrounded at the village of Centron by vastly superior German forces on a murderous late-war rampage, Ortiz chose saving the town over fighting — the surrender as the war’s most heroic act, bravery as the capacity to think while being shot at. Centron celebrates him every year; Katie was just there with Marines stationed in Germany, for the eighty-second anniversary. Guiding lights: noblesse oblige, Don Quixote, and a lifelong allergy to McCarthyism.</p><p>•       <strong>Wild Bill’s Wartime Startup. </strong>The OSS — forerunner of the CIA, whose Langley lobby still holds Wild Bill Donovan’s statue — was, in Katie’s telling, a wartime startup: 13,000 military and civilian personnel, mostly Wall Street lawyers, bankers, cryptographers, and cartographers, with a tiny operational subset that included Moe Berg, Virginia Hall trekking the Pyrenees on a wooden leg, and Ortiz. Donovan — World War One Medal of Honor recipient, FDR’s “secret legs,” the man who could “see an acorn, envision an oak tree” — was banned from D-Day as the one man carrying too many secrets, and went sniffing around anyway. J. Edgar Hoover was considered for the job and rejected, with Churchill’s SOE helping tip the choice. “I respect Donovan a lot more than I respect J. Edgar Hoover.” The lineage runs straight to today’s Navy SEALs and MARSOC — including past Keen On guest Brandon Webb.</p><p>•       <strong>Are We in 1939? </strong>Katie walks the museum timelines — 1933, and it’s “not great”; 1936, and the warnings mount; “I certainly hope we’re not in 1939.” Against Andrew’s needling about greatest-generation nostalgia (via Brandon Webb’s complicated heroism, Kristin Beck’s good-and-evil seduction, Richard Overy’s question of whether the war ever ended, and Matt Damon’s regret-soaked Odysseus), she holds the line: someone like Ortiz is great in any time — and especially needed when democracy is under threat. The warfare itself has closed its chapter: her grandfather’s black-painted bomber and carrier pigeons have become Ukraine’s drones, delivering aid with less risk and less human connection alike. What survives the technology is the lesson: heroes don’t brag — her grandfather and Ortiz would be mortified by the spotlight — and by illuminating what they did, the rest of us might learn to do the right thing.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.katiessanders.com/about">Katie S. Sanders</a> is an award-winning journalist who has written for National Geographic, The New York Times, Washington Post Magazine, TIME, Smithsonian, and Vanity Fair. Her reporting has brought her to the CIA, the White House, and the homes and reunions of World War II veterans and Holocaust survivors. After discovering that her late grandfather — a Jewish-American pilot shot down over France — was rescued by Peter Ortiz, she teamed up with the historian Nicholas Reynolds (Writer, Sailor, Soldier, Spy) to co-author <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/ortiz-s-war-the-allies-secret-weapon-against-the-nazis-in-france-katie-sanders/a2d7d28911bb3b51"><em>Ortiz’s War</em></a> (Harper Horizon, August 25, 2026). A summa cum laude graduate of the University of Pennsylvania, she lives in Brookline, Massachusetts.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/ortiz-s-war-the-allies-secret-weapon-against-the-nazis-in-france-katie-sanders/a2d7d28911bb3b51"><em>Ortiz’s War: The Allies’ Secret Weapon Against the Nazis in France</em></a> by Nicholas Reynolds and Katie S. Sanders (Harper Horizon, August 25, 2026).</p><p>•       <em>Writer, Sailor, Soldier, Spy</em> by Nicholas Reynolds — the co-author’s Hemingway biography, the book that put him on Katie’s radar.</p><p>•       <em>The Fire Agent</em> by David Baerwald — yesterday’s episode: another grandfather, another secret war, rendered as fiction where this one insists on fact.</p><p>•    &amp;nb...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/e8ce3d19/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/e8ce3d19/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From Japan With(out) Love: David Baerwald on His Grandfather Spy Who Helped Flatten Tokyo</title>
      <itunes:episode>3013</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3013</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>From Japan With(out) Love: David Baerwald on His Grandfather Spy Who Helped Flatten Tokyo</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">05f041e5-fa52-422d-b735-518dbe754f66</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv </link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“That’s how I would picture fascists: this never-satisfied, dissonant climb to nothing… to ruin.” — David Baerwald</em></p><p> </p><p>Earlier this month, the historian James M. Scott came on the show to talk about those <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/three-deadly-days-in-august">three deadly days</a> in August 1945 when the Americans dropped two nuclear bombs on Japan. Today we return to that war in the skies above Japan. Only with a fictional twist.</p><p> </p><p>Behind this fiction, however, is the kind of family saga that few novelists have either the nerve or imagination to invent. It concerns three generations of the Baerwalds. In the Thirties, a German Jewish organic chemist called Ernst Baerwald worked for (of all people) I.G. Farben, the company that manufactured the gas used at Auschwitz. A sophisticated Japanophile, Baerwald was Farben’s man in Tokyo, where he hobnobbed with a member of the royal family. American intelligence turned Ernst Baerwald into a spy, using his intimate knowledge of Japan in their firebombing of Tokyo. In exchange, Baerwald fled to the United States with his wife and son Hans, who became a leading authority on 20th century Japanese politics. Hans’ son, <a href="https://mcnallyjackson.com/book/9781966302001">David Baerwald</a>, meanwhile, became a platinum-selling musician who has worked with Joni Mitchell, Bob Dylan, Rickie Lee Jones, Sheryl Crow, and Bruce Springsteen.</p><p> </p><p>Growing up in California, David knew little about Ernst. But seven years ago, while clearing out the family home after the Los Angeles fires, he discovered his grandfather’s diaries, photographs, and letters. He found a 1943 speech to the American Intelligence School proving that Ernst, a German Jew who loved Japan, knew the details of the Tokyo firebombing in which 140,000 people died, two years before it happened.</p><p> </p><p>“I have no qualifications as a historian,” David Baerwald confesses. So what followed was <a href="https://mcnallyjackson.com/book/9781966302001"><em>The Fire Agent</em></a>, a 624-page novel loosely imagined around his grandfather’s enigmatic life. But what David brought to this epic was a lyricist’s skill in the kind of musical composition that enabled him to keep characters in play like sections of an orchestra. No wonder then that <em>The Fire Agent</em> is one of the most acclaimed literary debuts of the year. And no wonder that, in our age of looming fascism, <em>The Fire Agent</em> reads as more than just history.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Papers Found in a Fire. </strong>The novel began, appropriately, in flames: during a Los Angeles fire at an old family home, Baerwald discovered his grandfather’s papers — among them a 1943 speech delivered at the American Intelligence School in San Francisco, proving that Ernst Baerwald was deeply involved in, or at least privy to, the planning of the Tokyo firebombing two years before the bombs fell in March 1945. The shock was moral as much as archival: everything David knew of his grandfather was how much he loved Japan and hated what happened to it. The contradiction became an obsession, the obsession became an investigation — of one family, and of the joining of industry and fascism in three countries — and the investigation became a novel, because “I have no qualifications as a historian” and a novel allows some jokes to carry the tragedy’s weight.</p><p>•       <strong>The Man Who Knew Where the Gas Was. </strong>Ernst Baerwald, the family’s “dye seller,” was nothing so modest: dyestuffs being slang for organic chemistry, he was Asia director of the chemical cartel that supplied IG Farben — the conglomerate that built a work camp at Auschwitz — a violinist mentor to Prince Takamatsu, and a German Jew too valuable to fire until far too late. He helped build Tokyo’s natural gas distribution system after the Kanto earthquake, which meant he knew every depot, fuel store, and pumping station in the city he loved — knowledge that made this dual enemy alien mysteriously trusted by American intelligence. His OSS box is nearly empty; the OSS Society’s verdict was “he was a commie.” Behind him stands the Philanthropin — the Frankfurt school of the Jewish Enlightenment his father Hermann ran — which raised Ernst antifascist before fascism existed: “before he was a German, before he was an American, before he was a lover of Japan, he was a hater of tyranny.”</p><p>•       <strong>“So We Firebombed the Civilians.” </strong>The moral reckoning at the book’s heart: 140,000 killed in Tokyo, sixty-five more cities burned — while the industrial strip from Tokyo to Yokohama was deliberately spared, because America wanted it intact to rebuild the Japanese economy after the war. Baerwald calls the firebombing “an atrocity of unspeakable terms” and, following Gar Alperovitz, questions the necessity of the atomic bombs — a message to the Soviets more than a strategy against Japan. His father, scheduled for the invasion that never came, felt lifelong relief at Hiroshima — one of many things father and son never discussed. “Why do fathers and sons have problems? A lot of reasons.” The writing became a posthumous reconciliation: “I understand more of my father than I ever did when he was alive. I’ve forgiven him a lot.” The next book is about him — the UCLA Japan scholar who lost his security clearance to McCarthyism for being insufficiently anti-communist about China.</p><p>•       <strong>From Boomtown to The Fire Agent. </strong>What a songwriter brings to a 624-page epic: reliability — a working lyricist learns he can “write a page on demand” — and orchestration, since composing instrumental music means keeping track of characters the way you track an orchestra, knowing what each instrument cannot play. Baerwald’s formation was the émigré Los Angeles of a breakfast joint on the Pacific Coast Highway where his surf crew gathered mornings — the same tables once shared by Duke Kahanamoku, Bertolt Brecht, and Stravinsky, in the Santa Monica neighborhood of Thomas Mann, on the street where James Dean later lived. Brecht was always his favorite lyricist, a secret he kept: in Los Angeles, admit you want to write songs like Brecht and “they lock you up in a padded room.” The German Jewish musical tradition that fled to his hometown now flows, a generation on, back into prose.</p><p>•       <strong>The Music of Fascism. </strong>The novel’s present-tense purpose: fascist movements “have a very limited vocabulary,” and sometimes it’s easier to hear how stupid it is from the mouths of foreigners. The mechanisms — how such movements are funded, how they function, what they do with total power — were identical in Germany, Japan, and Italy, and the contemporary echoes are “impossible to avoid. They’re identical.” All three countries ended as rubble. In Japan, where prime minister Takaichi stands in the lineage of Kishi Nobusuke and Nanking denial persists, the conservatives will object; Baerwald hopes to spark debates. And asked what neo-fascism sounds like, he composed it: Kundera’s kitsch — the child in the field, the tear on the cheek, “sanitized absurdities because the truth is so bloody awful” — rendered as a music-box melody gradually tortured by Ligeti dissonance, resolving into the Shepard tone: an audio illusion of endless ascent that never arrives. “That’s how I would picture fascists: this never-satisfied, dissonant climb to nothing… to ruin.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://mcnallyjackson.com/book/9781966302001">David Baerwald</a> is an award-winning singer-songwriter, composer, and recording artist, best known fo...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“That’s how I would picture fascists: this never-satisfied, dissonant climb to nothing… to ruin.” — David Baerwald</em></p><p> </p><p>Earlier this month, the historian James M. Scott came on the show to talk about those <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/three-deadly-days-in-august">three deadly days</a> in August 1945 when the Americans dropped two nuclear bombs on Japan. Today we return to that war in the skies above Japan. Only with a fictional twist.</p><p> </p><p>Behind this fiction, however, is the kind of family saga that few novelists have either the nerve or imagination to invent. It concerns three generations of the Baerwalds. In the Thirties, a German Jewish organic chemist called Ernst Baerwald worked for (of all people) I.G. Farben, the company that manufactured the gas used at Auschwitz. A sophisticated Japanophile, Baerwald was Farben’s man in Tokyo, where he hobnobbed with a member of the royal family. American intelligence turned Ernst Baerwald into a spy, using his intimate knowledge of Japan in their firebombing of Tokyo. In exchange, Baerwald fled to the United States with his wife and son Hans, who became a leading authority on 20th century Japanese politics. Hans’ son, <a href="https://mcnallyjackson.com/book/9781966302001">David Baerwald</a>, meanwhile, became a platinum-selling musician who has worked with Joni Mitchell, Bob Dylan, Rickie Lee Jones, Sheryl Crow, and Bruce Springsteen.</p><p> </p><p>Growing up in California, David knew little about Ernst. But seven years ago, while clearing out the family home after the Los Angeles fires, he discovered his grandfather’s diaries, photographs, and letters. He found a 1943 speech to the American Intelligence School proving that Ernst, a German Jew who loved Japan, knew the details of the Tokyo firebombing in which 140,000 people died, two years before it happened.</p><p> </p><p>“I have no qualifications as a historian,” David Baerwald confesses. So what followed was <a href="https://mcnallyjackson.com/book/9781966302001"><em>The Fire Agent</em></a>, a 624-page novel loosely imagined around his grandfather’s enigmatic life. But what David brought to this epic was a lyricist’s skill in the kind of musical composition that enabled him to keep characters in play like sections of an orchestra. No wonder then that <em>The Fire Agent</em> is one of the most acclaimed literary debuts of the year. And no wonder that, in our age of looming fascism, <em>The Fire Agent</em> reads as more than just history.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Papers Found in a Fire. </strong>The novel began, appropriately, in flames: during a Los Angeles fire at an old family home, Baerwald discovered his grandfather’s papers — among them a 1943 speech delivered at the American Intelligence School in San Francisco, proving that Ernst Baerwald was deeply involved in, or at least privy to, the planning of the Tokyo firebombing two years before the bombs fell in March 1945. The shock was moral as much as archival: everything David knew of his grandfather was how much he loved Japan and hated what happened to it. The contradiction became an obsession, the obsession became an investigation — of one family, and of the joining of industry and fascism in three countries — and the investigation became a novel, because “I have no qualifications as a historian” and a novel allows some jokes to carry the tragedy’s weight.</p><p>•       <strong>The Man Who Knew Where the Gas Was. </strong>Ernst Baerwald, the family’s “dye seller,” was nothing so modest: dyestuffs being slang for organic chemistry, he was Asia director of the chemical cartel that supplied IG Farben — the conglomerate that built a work camp at Auschwitz — a violinist mentor to Prince Takamatsu, and a German Jew too valuable to fire until far too late. He helped build Tokyo’s natural gas distribution system after the Kanto earthquake, which meant he knew every depot, fuel store, and pumping station in the city he loved — knowledge that made this dual enemy alien mysteriously trusted by American intelligence. His OSS box is nearly empty; the OSS Society’s verdict was “he was a commie.” Behind him stands the Philanthropin — the Frankfurt school of the Jewish Enlightenment his father Hermann ran — which raised Ernst antifascist before fascism existed: “before he was a German, before he was an American, before he was a lover of Japan, he was a hater of tyranny.”</p><p>•       <strong>“So We Firebombed the Civilians.” </strong>The moral reckoning at the book’s heart: 140,000 killed in Tokyo, sixty-five more cities burned — while the industrial strip from Tokyo to Yokohama was deliberately spared, because America wanted it intact to rebuild the Japanese economy after the war. Baerwald calls the firebombing “an atrocity of unspeakable terms” and, following Gar Alperovitz, questions the necessity of the atomic bombs — a message to the Soviets more than a strategy against Japan. His father, scheduled for the invasion that never came, felt lifelong relief at Hiroshima — one of many things father and son never discussed. “Why do fathers and sons have problems? A lot of reasons.” The writing became a posthumous reconciliation: “I understand more of my father than I ever did when he was alive. I’ve forgiven him a lot.” The next book is about him — the UCLA Japan scholar who lost his security clearance to McCarthyism for being insufficiently anti-communist about China.</p><p>•       <strong>From Boomtown to The Fire Agent. </strong>What a songwriter brings to a 624-page epic: reliability — a working lyricist learns he can “write a page on demand” — and orchestration, since composing instrumental music means keeping track of characters the way you track an orchestra, knowing what each instrument cannot play. Baerwald’s formation was the émigré Los Angeles of a breakfast joint on the Pacific Coast Highway where his surf crew gathered mornings — the same tables once shared by Duke Kahanamoku, Bertolt Brecht, and Stravinsky, in the Santa Monica neighborhood of Thomas Mann, on the street where James Dean later lived. Brecht was always his favorite lyricist, a secret he kept: in Los Angeles, admit you want to write songs like Brecht and “they lock you up in a padded room.” The German Jewish musical tradition that fled to his hometown now flows, a generation on, back into prose.</p><p>•       <strong>The Music of Fascism. </strong>The novel’s present-tense purpose: fascist movements “have a very limited vocabulary,” and sometimes it’s easier to hear how stupid it is from the mouths of foreigners. The mechanisms — how such movements are funded, how they function, what they do with total power — were identical in Germany, Japan, and Italy, and the contemporary echoes are “impossible to avoid. They’re identical.” All three countries ended as rubble. In Japan, where prime minister Takaichi stands in the lineage of Kishi Nobusuke and Nanking denial persists, the conservatives will object; Baerwald hopes to spark debates. And asked what neo-fascism sounds like, he composed it: Kundera’s kitsch — the child in the field, the tear on the cheek, “sanitized absurdities because the truth is so bloody awful” — rendered as a music-box melody gradually tortured by Ligeti dissonance, resolving into the Shepard tone: an audio illusion of endless ascent that never arrives. “That’s how I would picture fascists: this never-satisfied, dissonant climb to nothing… to ruin.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://mcnallyjackson.com/book/9781966302001">David Baerwald</a> is an award-winning singer-songwriter, composer, and recording artist, best known fo...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Aug 2026 06:01:59 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/7ef44491/f7f5b377.mp3" length="44859037" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3463104" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/7ef44491/f7f5b377.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K0-zQ-tS5hk">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/eQyGUjVhL0-pN20D96QDHms4g20DiGyv2JgCyQx5rr0/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS84OTA2/Njg0OTBlOTFlOTdh/MjVhMGE0NTY5NzJl/ZjNjMS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2801</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“That’s how I would picture fascists: this never-satisfied, dissonant climb to nothing… to ruin.” — David Baerwald</em></p><p> </p><p>Earlier this month, the historian James M. Scott came on the show to talk about those <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/three-deadly-days-in-august">three deadly days</a> in August 1945 when the Americans dropped two nuclear bombs on Japan. Today we return to that war in the skies above Japan. Only with a fictional twist.</p><p> </p><p>Behind this fiction, however, is the kind of family saga that few novelists have either the nerve or imagination to invent. It concerns three generations of the Baerwalds. In the Thirties, a German Jewish organic chemist called Ernst Baerwald worked for (of all people) I.G. Farben, the company that manufactured the gas used at Auschwitz. A sophisticated Japanophile, Baerwald was Farben’s man in Tokyo, where he hobnobbed with a member of the royal family. American intelligence turned Ernst Baerwald into a spy, using his intimate knowledge of Japan in their firebombing of Tokyo. In exchange, Baerwald fled to the United States with his wife and son Hans, who became a leading authority on 20th century Japanese politics. Hans’ son, <a href="https://mcnallyjackson.com/book/9781966302001">David Baerwald</a>, meanwhile, became a platinum-selling musician who has worked with Joni Mitchell, Bob Dylan, Rickie Lee Jones, Sheryl Crow, and Bruce Springsteen.</p><p> </p><p>Growing up in California, David knew little about Ernst. But seven years ago, while clearing out the family home after the Los Angeles fires, he discovered his grandfather’s diaries, photographs, and letters. He found a 1943 speech to the American Intelligence School proving that Ernst, a German Jew who loved Japan, knew the details of the Tokyo firebombing in which 140,000 people died, two years before it happened.</p><p> </p><p>“I have no qualifications as a historian,” David Baerwald confesses. So what followed was <a href="https://mcnallyjackson.com/book/9781966302001"><em>The Fire Agent</em></a>, a 624-page novel loosely imagined around his grandfather’s enigmatic life. But what David brought to this epic was a lyricist’s skill in the kind of musical composition that enabled him to keep characters in play like sections of an orchestra. No wonder then that <em>The Fire Agent</em> is one of the most acclaimed literary debuts of the year. And no wonder that, in our age of looming fascism, <em>The Fire Agent</em> reads as more than just history.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Papers Found in a Fire. </strong>The novel began, appropriately, in flames: during a Los Angeles fire at an old family home, Baerwald discovered his grandfather’s papers — among them a 1943 speech delivered at the American Intelligence School in San Francisco, proving that Ernst Baerwald was deeply involved in, or at least privy to, the planning of the Tokyo firebombing two years before the bombs fell in March 1945. The shock was moral as much as archival: everything David knew of his grandfather was how much he loved Japan and hated what happened to it. The contradiction became an obsession, the obsession became an investigation — of one family, and of the joining of industry and fascism in three countries — and the investigation became a novel, because “I have no qualifications as a historian” and a novel allows some jokes to carry the tragedy’s weight.</p><p>•       <strong>The Man Who Knew Where the Gas Was. </strong>Ernst Baerwald, the family’s “dye seller,” was nothing so modest: dyestuffs being slang for organic chemistry, he was Asia director of the chemical cartel that supplied IG Farben — the conglomerate that built a work camp at Auschwitz — a violinist mentor to Prince Takamatsu, and a German Jew too valuable to fire until far too late. He helped build Tokyo’s natural gas distribution system after the Kanto earthquake, which meant he knew every depot, fuel store, and pumping station in the city he loved — knowledge that made this dual enemy alien mysteriously trusted by American intelligence. His OSS box is nearly empty; the OSS Society’s verdict was “he was a commie.” Behind him stands the Philanthropin — the Frankfurt school of the Jewish Enlightenment his father Hermann ran — which raised Ernst antifascist before fascism existed: “before he was a German, before he was an American, before he was a lover of Japan, he was a hater of tyranny.”</p><p>•       <strong>“So We Firebombed the Civilians.” </strong>The moral reckoning at the book’s heart: 140,000 killed in Tokyo, sixty-five more cities burned — while the industrial strip from Tokyo to Yokohama was deliberately spared, because America wanted it intact to rebuild the Japanese economy after the war. Baerwald calls the firebombing “an atrocity of unspeakable terms” and, following Gar Alperovitz, questions the necessity of the atomic bombs — a message to the Soviets more than a strategy against Japan. His father, scheduled for the invasion that never came, felt lifelong relief at Hiroshima — one of many things father and son never discussed. “Why do fathers and sons have problems? A lot of reasons.” The writing became a posthumous reconciliation: “I understand more of my father than I ever did when he was alive. I’ve forgiven him a lot.” The next book is about him — the UCLA Japan scholar who lost his security clearance to McCarthyism for being insufficiently anti-communist about China.</p><p>•       <strong>From Boomtown to The Fire Agent. </strong>What a songwriter brings to a 624-page epic: reliability — a working lyricist learns he can “write a page on demand” — and orchestration, since composing instrumental music means keeping track of characters the way you track an orchestra, knowing what each instrument cannot play. Baerwald’s formation was the émigré Los Angeles of a breakfast joint on the Pacific Coast Highway where his surf crew gathered mornings — the same tables once shared by Duke Kahanamoku, Bertolt Brecht, and Stravinsky, in the Santa Monica neighborhood of Thomas Mann, on the street where James Dean later lived. Brecht was always his favorite lyricist, a secret he kept: in Los Angeles, admit you want to write songs like Brecht and “they lock you up in a padded room.” The German Jewish musical tradition that fled to his hometown now flows, a generation on, back into prose.</p><p>•       <strong>The Music of Fascism. </strong>The novel’s present-tense purpose: fascist movements “have a very limited vocabulary,” and sometimes it’s easier to hear how stupid it is from the mouths of foreigners. The mechanisms — how such movements are funded, how they function, what they do with total power — were identical in Germany, Japan, and Italy, and the contemporary echoes are “impossible to avoid. They’re identical.” All three countries ended as rubble. In Japan, where prime minister Takaichi stands in the lineage of Kishi Nobusuke and Nanking denial persists, the conservatives will object; Baerwald hopes to spark debates. And asked what neo-fascism sounds like, he composed it: Kundera’s kitsch — the child in the field, the tear on the cheek, “sanitized absurdities because the truth is so bloody awful” — rendered as a music-box melody gradually tortured by Ligeti dissonance, resolving into the Shepard tone: an audio illusion of endless ascent that never arrives. “That’s how I would picture fascists: this never-satisfied, dissonant climb to nothing… to ruin.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://mcnallyjackson.com/book/9781966302001">David Baerwald</a> is an award-winning singer-songwriter, composer, and recording artist, best known fo...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7ef44491/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7ef44491/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Are (Not) the Champions: Why Silicon Valley Isn’t Providing an AI Human Dividend</title>
      <itunes:episode>3012</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3012</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>We Are (Not) the Champions: Why Silicon Valley Isn’t Providing an AI Human Dividend</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c964da18-f8d8-4420-b474-faf53ebd7704</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>What’s the truth about our AI future? Our guests have different takes. On the one hand, Dave McClure and Aman Verjee <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/our-seven-trillion-dollar-future?r=ktr9">predict</a> a $7 trillion future for just three AI startups in 2027. On the other, <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/the-next-moonshot-wont-come-from?r=ktr9">Salima Bhimani</a> doesn’t believe that Silicon Valley has the imagination to create the moonshot to address our jobless future.</p><p> </p><p>For <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a>, it’s a time for what he calls “champions.” What he wants is the development of a “human dividend” from intelligence. Supposedly this will be provided by the multi-trillion dollar AI companies like OpenAI and Anthropic that will pioneer the social ownership of intelligence. But a Norwegian-style Human Wealth Fund is about as likely, I suspect, as a new Freddie Mercury recording of “We Are the Champions.”</p><p> </p><p>Dream on. Salima Bhimani is right. The moonshot to fix our jobless AI future won’t come out of workaholic Silicon Valley. Look elsewhere for those types of champions, my friends. Brazil perhaps. The movie, not the country.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Zeitgeist Exaggerates. </strong>The week’s split screen: a $7 trillion future for OpenAI, Anthropic, and SpaceX on one side; Ed Luce’s “AI phobia” consensus and Jill Lepore’s AI-versus-the-people politics on the other. Keith’s contrarian read: the negativity is loud but thin. Most intelligent people already use AI daily — from high school onward — and simply don’t talk about it; weigh the happy users against the vocal critics and the users “massively dominate.” He suspects a tipping point has been reached, with the anti-AI minority “starting to sound a little cultish.” The political stakes are his real worry: if the Democrats mistake the noise for populism and run against AI, they will lose 2028 “quite heavily” — and Lepore, he charges, is writing opinion, not history.</p><p>•       <strong>Who Are the Champions? </strong>The editorial’s diagnosis: the problem isn’t negativity but “the lack of vocal connection between AI and people’s futures.” The champions exist — but they hedge everything into pointlessness, “trained as politicians as opposed to business leaders,” each with a little voice saying don’t upset anybody. “Can you imagine any other major breakthrough in human history where people would be shy to champion it?” His roster pointedly omitted both Dario Amodei and Elon Musk (“fairly balanced with who I left out”); the goal is to assemble the articulate case so “the minority who are politicizing negativity can be exposed as a minority.” Andrew’s genealogy for the project: Nixon’s silent majority, reborn with a token budget.</p><p>•       <strong>90% Sacks — and Squashed Armadillos. </strong>The hour’s fault line ran through David Sacks’s tweet: Dario believes frontier AI is “too powerful to distribute”; Sacks believes it is “too powerful to centralize,” fearing a marriage of corporate and state power. Andrew took Dario’s side; Keith claimed the middle until Andrew invoked the Texas rule — the only thing in the middle of the road is squashed armadillos — and extracted a confession: “I agree with Sacks, I’d say, 90%.” The 10% is Keith’s own position: happy with centralized giants (free intelligence needs their investment) and happy with the growing edge — the world’s intelligence in a solar-powered box, no grid required. Dario is championing “handcuffs on AI”; Lepore’s car-regulation analogy fails because corporations are already regulated and AI itself is safe; and Helen Toner’s Hugging Face alarm, aired on Ezra Klein’s podcast, was “contrived in a lab” — a dismissal that sparked the hour’s frenemy flashpoint: “Are you telling me I’m ignorant of something?”</p><p>•       <strong>Metering the Dividend. </strong>Keith solved Andrew’s billing mystery on air: the $100-a-month Claude plan that throttled him last week has a quota page he never found — and the price is “actually a very generous amount. They’re losing money on you.” The honest price would be $200 to $400. Hence the editorial’s champion, Stripe: its acquisition of OpenRouter — which routes every prompt across all the models to the cheapest good answer — puts the payments company in the middle of the token traffic stream. Azeem Azhar’s $6 AI agent points the direction: prices tending toward zero at the edge, free for the kid, the school, and the hospital, paid for by the company running three thousand agents — even if delivering intelligence to six billion people ultimately costs tens of trillions. The parable: a Chinese dumpling shop built an agent API so customers’ AIs could place orders, and sales went through the roof — the corner store getting a website, circa 1994. “You could do it with Keen On,” Keith noted. Meanwhile founders live like Captain Kirk on the bridge — productivity through the roof, but the agents must be flown daily.</p><p>•       <strong>The Human Dividend. </strong>The coda: Keith’s book is done, and its name is settled — The Human Dividend, asking who owns intelligence. Written in two days, cut from eighty thousand words to sixty in three more — seventeen chapters rewritten paragraph by paragraph in an AI agent’s two-panel editor, purging repetition and AI-isms until “it was a Keith Teare-written book.” The thesis in one line: intelligence is the central product of this era; its surplus is co-produced; the property should be too. The mechanism: a Human Wealth Fund on the Alaska-Norway model — one share per person, given not bought, expiring at death with no inheritance — funded by AI companies donating equity on day one and governed by its own constitution, no state involved (unlike Trump’s $1,000 baby accounts: what the state gives, the state can take away). The pitch to the companies: owners, not just users, are how you win affinity. Sell it or give it away? To be continued in two weeks — Andrew is off to Italy, and Manchester United, who lost to Hull, are off the champions list entirely.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Co-Host</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the co-host of the weekly That Was The Week segment on Keen On America and editor of the <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> tech newsletter. Founder and CEO of SignalRank Corporation, he was previously a founder of TechCrunch (with Michael Arrington), Archimedes Labs, EasyNet, and cyber café Cyberia. A serial entrepreneur across four decades of Silicon Valley and London tech, he writes weekly on the state of innovation — and is completing his first book, The Human Dividend.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith Teare’s newsletter; this week’s editorial: “Who Are the Champions?”</p><p>•       Ed Luce’s Financial Times column on “AI phobia” as America’s new consensus — its third invocation on this show in a week.</p><p>•       Jill Lepore’s FT weekend essay and new book on “AI versus the people” — the politics of 2026 and 2028, per America’s best historian.</p><p>•       David Sacks’s tweet on Dario Amodei — “too powerful to distribute” versus “too powerful to centralize” — the hour’s fault line.</p><p>•       Helen Toner’s conversation with Ezra Klein on the Hugging Face incide...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What’s the truth about our AI future? Our guests have different takes. On the one hand, Dave McClure and Aman Verjee <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/our-seven-trillion-dollar-future?r=ktr9">predict</a> a $7 trillion future for just three AI startups in 2027. On the other, <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/the-next-moonshot-wont-come-from?r=ktr9">Salima Bhimani</a> doesn’t believe that Silicon Valley has the imagination to create the moonshot to address our jobless future.</p><p> </p><p>For <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a>, it’s a time for what he calls “champions.” What he wants is the development of a “human dividend” from intelligence. Supposedly this will be provided by the multi-trillion dollar AI companies like OpenAI and Anthropic that will pioneer the social ownership of intelligence. But a Norwegian-style Human Wealth Fund is about as likely, I suspect, as a new Freddie Mercury recording of “We Are the Champions.”</p><p> </p><p>Dream on. Salima Bhimani is right. The moonshot to fix our jobless AI future won’t come out of workaholic Silicon Valley. Look elsewhere for those types of champions, my friends. Brazil perhaps. The movie, not the country.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Zeitgeist Exaggerates. </strong>The week’s split screen: a $7 trillion future for OpenAI, Anthropic, and SpaceX on one side; Ed Luce’s “AI phobia” consensus and Jill Lepore’s AI-versus-the-people politics on the other. Keith’s contrarian read: the negativity is loud but thin. Most intelligent people already use AI daily — from high school onward — and simply don’t talk about it; weigh the happy users against the vocal critics and the users “massively dominate.” He suspects a tipping point has been reached, with the anti-AI minority “starting to sound a little cultish.” The political stakes are his real worry: if the Democrats mistake the noise for populism and run against AI, they will lose 2028 “quite heavily” — and Lepore, he charges, is writing opinion, not history.</p><p>•       <strong>Who Are the Champions? </strong>The editorial’s diagnosis: the problem isn’t negativity but “the lack of vocal connection between AI and people’s futures.” The champions exist — but they hedge everything into pointlessness, “trained as politicians as opposed to business leaders,” each with a little voice saying don’t upset anybody. “Can you imagine any other major breakthrough in human history where people would be shy to champion it?” His roster pointedly omitted both Dario Amodei and Elon Musk (“fairly balanced with who I left out”); the goal is to assemble the articulate case so “the minority who are politicizing negativity can be exposed as a minority.” Andrew’s genealogy for the project: Nixon’s silent majority, reborn with a token budget.</p><p>•       <strong>90% Sacks — and Squashed Armadillos. </strong>The hour’s fault line ran through David Sacks’s tweet: Dario believes frontier AI is “too powerful to distribute”; Sacks believes it is “too powerful to centralize,” fearing a marriage of corporate and state power. Andrew took Dario’s side; Keith claimed the middle until Andrew invoked the Texas rule — the only thing in the middle of the road is squashed armadillos — and extracted a confession: “I agree with Sacks, I’d say, 90%.” The 10% is Keith’s own position: happy with centralized giants (free intelligence needs their investment) and happy with the growing edge — the world’s intelligence in a solar-powered box, no grid required. Dario is championing “handcuffs on AI”; Lepore’s car-regulation analogy fails because corporations are already regulated and AI itself is safe; and Helen Toner’s Hugging Face alarm, aired on Ezra Klein’s podcast, was “contrived in a lab” — a dismissal that sparked the hour’s frenemy flashpoint: “Are you telling me I’m ignorant of something?”</p><p>•       <strong>Metering the Dividend. </strong>Keith solved Andrew’s billing mystery on air: the $100-a-month Claude plan that throttled him last week has a quota page he never found — and the price is “actually a very generous amount. They’re losing money on you.” The honest price would be $200 to $400. Hence the editorial’s champion, Stripe: its acquisition of OpenRouter — which routes every prompt across all the models to the cheapest good answer — puts the payments company in the middle of the token traffic stream. Azeem Azhar’s $6 AI agent points the direction: prices tending toward zero at the edge, free for the kid, the school, and the hospital, paid for by the company running three thousand agents — even if delivering intelligence to six billion people ultimately costs tens of trillions. The parable: a Chinese dumpling shop built an agent API so customers’ AIs could place orders, and sales went through the roof — the corner store getting a website, circa 1994. “You could do it with Keen On,” Keith noted. Meanwhile founders live like Captain Kirk on the bridge — productivity through the roof, but the agents must be flown daily.</p><p>•       <strong>The Human Dividend. </strong>The coda: Keith’s book is done, and its name is settled — The Human Dividend, asking who owns intelligence. Written in two days, cut from eighty thousand words to sixty in three more — seventeen chapters rewritten paragraph by paragraph in an AI agent’s two-panel editor, purging repetition and AI-isms until “it was a Keith Teare-written book.” The thesis in one line: intelligence is the central product of this era; its surplus is co-produced; the property should be too. The mechanism: a Human Wealth Fund on the Alaska-Norway model — one share per person, given not bought, expiring at death with no inheritance — funded by AI companies donating equity on day one and governed by its own constitution, no state involved (unlike Trump’s $1,000 baby accounts: what the state gives, the state can take away). The pitch to the companies: owners, not just users, are how you win affinity. Sell it or give it away? To be continued in two weeks — Andrew is off to Italy, and Manchester United, who lost to Hull, are off the champions list entirely.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Co-Host</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the co-host of the weekly That Was The Week segment on Keen On America and editor of the <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> tech newsletter. Founder and CEO of SignalRank Corporation, he was previously a founder of TechCrunch (with Michael Arrington), Archimedes Labs, EasyNet, and cyber café Cyberia. A serial entrepreneur across four decades of Silicon Valley and London tech, he writes weekly on the state of innovation — and is completing his first book, The Human Dividend.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith Teare’s newsletter; this week’s editorial: “Who Are the Champions?”</p><p>•       Ed Luce’s Financial Times column on “AI phobia” as America’s new consensus — its third invocation on this show in a week.</p><p>•       Jill Lepore’s FT weekend essay and new book on “AI versus the people” — the politics of 2026 and 2028, per America’s best historian.</p><p>•       David Sacks’s tweet on Dario Amodei — “too powerful to distribute” versus “too powerful to centralize” — the hour’s fault line.</p><p>•       Helen Toner’s conversation with Ezra Klein on the Hugging Face incide...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 23 Aug 2026 07:32:58 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/013dc140/01895eb5.mp3" length="38272064" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3263548" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/013dc140/01895eb5.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PL7n4zGi4Cw">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/RAvk-TH_rBRs-iXrZd5SSeComOFTv1VAKjkfoqynXB8/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS81NDc2/YTY1OWYxOGQ4YjUz/NTY4ZDkxNTE2NTNm/YTZmYi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2389</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>What’s the truth about our AI future? Our guests have different takes. On the one hand, Dave McClure and Aman Verjee <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/our-seven-trillion-dollar-future?r=ktr9">predict</a> a $7 trillion future for just three AI startups in 2027. On the other, <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/the-next-moonshot-wont-come-from?r=ktr9">Salima Bhimani</a> doesn’t believe that Silicon Valley has the imagination to create the moonshot to address our jobless future.</p><p> </p><p>For <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a>, it’s a time for what he calls “champions.” What he wants is the development of a “human dividend” from intelligence. Supposedly this will be provided by the multi-trillion dollar AI companies like OpenAI and Anthropic that will pioneer the social ownership of intelligence. But a Norwegian-style Human Wealth Fund is about as likely, I suspect, as a new Freddie Mercury recording of “We Are the Champions.”</p><p> </p><p>Dream on. Salima Bhimani is right. The moonshot to fix our jobless AI future won’t come out of workaholic Silicon Valley. Look elsewhere for those types of champions, my friends. Brazil perhaps. The movie, not the country.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Zeitgeist Exaggerates. </strong>The week’s split screen: a $7 trillion future for OpenAI, Anthropic, and SpaceX on one side; Ed Luce’s “AI phobia” consensus and Jill Lepore’s AI-versus-the-people politics on the other. Keith’s contrarian read: the negativity is loud but thin. Most intelligent people already use AI daily — from high school onward — and simply don’t talk about it; weigh the happy users against the vocal critics and the users “massively dominate.” He suspects a tipping point has been reached, with the anti-AI minority “starting to sound a little cultish.” The political stakes are his real worry: if the Democrats mistake the noise for populism and run against AI, they will lose 2028 “quite heavily” — and Lepore, he charges, is writing opinion, not history.</p><p>•       <strong>Who Are the Champions? </strong>The editorial’s diagnosis: the problem isn’t negativity but “the lack of vocal connection between AI and people’s futures.” The champions exist — but they hedge everything into pointlessness, “trained as politicians as opposed to business leaders,” each with a little voice saying don’t upset anybody. “Can you imagine any other major breakthrough in human history where people would be shy to champion it?” His roster pointedly omitted both Dario Amodei and Elon Musk (“fairly balanced with who I left out”); the goal is to assemble the articulate case so “the minority who are politicizing negativity can be exposed as a minority.” Andrew’s genealogy for the project: Nixon’s silent majority, reborn with a token budget.</p><p>•       <strong>90% Sacks — and Squashed Armadillos. </strong>The hour’s fault line ran through David Sacks’s tweet: Dario believes frontier AI is “too powerful to distribute”; Sacks believes it is “too powerful to centralize,” fearing a marriage of corporate and state power. Andrew took Dario’s side; Keith claimed the middle until Andrew invoked the Texas rule — the only thing in the middle of the road is squashed armadillos — and extracted a confession: “I agree with Sacks, I’d say, 90%.” The 10% is Keith’s own position: happy with centralized giants (free intelligence needs their investment) and happy with the growing edge — the world’s intelligence in a solar-powered box, no grid required. Dario is championing “handcuffs on AI”; Lepore’s car-regulation analogy fails because corporations are already regulated and AI itself is safe; and Helen Toner’s Hugging Face alarm, aired on Ezra Klein’s podcast, was “contrived in a lab” — a dismissal that sparked the hour’s frenemy flashpoint: “Are you telling me I’m ignorant of something?”</p><p>•       <strong>Metering the Dividend. </strong>Keith solved Andrew’s billing mystery on air: the $100-a-month Claude plan that throttled him last week has a quota page he never found — and the price is “actually a very generous amount. They’re losing money on you.” The honest price would be $200 to $400. Hence the editorial’s champion, Stripe: its acquisition of OpenRouter — which routes every prompt across all the models to the cheapest good answer — puts the payments company in the middle of the token traffic stream. Azeem Azhar’s $6 AI agent points the direction: prices tending toward zero at the edge, free for the kid, the school, and the hospital, paid for by the company running three thousand agents — even if delivering intelligence to six billion people ultimately costs tens of trillions. The parable: a Chinese dumpling shop built an agent API so customers’ AIs could place orders, and sales went through the roof — the corner store getting a website, circa 1994. “You could do it with Keen On,” Keith noted. Meanwhile founders live like Captain Kirk on the bridge — productivity through the roof, but the agents must be flown daily.</p><p>•       <strong>The Human Dividend. </strong>The coda: Keith’s book is done, and its name is settled — The Human Dividend, asking who owns intelligence. Written in two days, cut from eighty thousand words to sixty in three more — seventeen chapters rewritten paragraph by paragraph in an AI agent’s two-panel editor, purging repetition and AI-isms until “it was a Keith Teare-written book.” The thesis in one line: intelligence is the central product of this era; its surplus is co-produced; the property should be too. The mechanism: a Human Wealth Fund on the Alaska-Norway model — one share per person, given not bought, expiring at death with no inheritance — funded by AI companies donating equity on day one and governed by its own constitution, no state involved (unlike Trump’s $1,000 baby accounts: what the state gives, the state can take away). The pitch to the companies: owners, not just users, are how you win affinity. Sell it or give it away? To be continued in two weeks — Andrew is off to Italy, and Manchester United, who lost to Hull, are off the champions list entirely.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Co-Host</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the co-host of the weekly That Was The Week segment on Keen On America and editor of the <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> tech newsletter. Founder and CEO of SignalRank Corporation, he was previously a founder of TechCrunch (with Michael Arrington), Archimedes Labs, EasyNet, and cyber café Cyberia. A serial entrepreneur across four decades of Silicon Valley and London tech, he writes weekly on the state of innovation — and is completing his first book, The Human Dividend.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith Teare’s newsletter; this week’s editorial: “Who Are the Champions?”</p><p>•       Ed Luce’s Financial Times column on “AI phobia” as America’s new consensus — its third invocation on this show in a week.</p><p>•       Jill Lepore’s FT weekend essay and new book on “AI versus the people” — the politics of 2026 and 2028, per America’s best historian.</p><p>•       David Sacks’s tweet on Dario Amodei — “too powerful to distribute” versus “too powerful to centralize” — the hour’s fault line.</p><p>•       Helen Toner’s conversation with Ezra Klein on the Hugging Face incide...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/013dc140/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/013dc140/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The The Profitable Art of Dumb Meme Coins: Nicholas Anthony on Trump's $636M Gain &amp; His Fans' $3.8B Loss</title>
      <itunes:episode>3011</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3011</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The The Profitable Art of Dumb Meme Coins: Nicholas Anthony on Trump's $636M Gain &amp; His Fans' $3.8B Loss</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">14f15fc9-b93e-4308-93bc-60ba35e13b41</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Just because I think something is dumb doesn’t mean I think it should be illegal.” — Nicholas Anthony on meme coins</em></p><p> </p><p>Earlier this month, Elizabeth Warren called for an SEC investigation of Donald Trump’s meme coin. Is the Pope Catholic? No surprise there. More revealing are other critics of the “presidential” token which netted our Grifter-in-Chief $636 million last year. Take, for example, <a href="https://www.cato.org/people/nicholas-anthony">Nicholas Anthony</a>, an expert on crypto at the Cato Institute and author of <a href="https://www.cato.org/people/nicholas-anthony"><em>Digital Currency or Digital Control?</em></a> It’s news when an unashamed libertarian from Washington’s own temple of free markets calls the president’s crypto adventure “completely unnecessary.” Maybe the Pope isn’t Catholic. Or maybe Elizabeth Warren should join the Cato Institute.</p><p> </p><p>Anthony’s verdict is withering because, under his libertarian shell, he’s a crypto bro. The meme coin “has been a problem for everyone but Trump,” he argues, because it has held up legislation, invited investigations, and weaponized ethics concerns about crypto.</p><p> </p><p>“We have no one to blame except Trump…” Anthony concludes bleakly. “He knew better than to do it, but he saw the opportunity and ran with it.”</p><p> </p><p>When I accused Anthony of sounding like Elizabeth Warren, he was more amused than offended. Unlike the Warren crowd, however, he doesn’t want to ban crypto. “Just because I think something is dumb,” he says, “doesn’t mean I think it should be illegal.” So while Trump-style meme coins are a natural habitat for what he calls “rug pulls,” that shouldn’t be an excuse for lawmakers to pull the rug from the entire industry. Crypto can still revolutionize finance, Anthony believes. It can democratize centralized banking. It can make money fairer. Just don’t confuse that with a Melania meme coin.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Hard No from Cato. </strong>The week’s most surprising critic of Trump’s meme coin isn’t a Democrat — it’s a Cato libertarian. Anthony’s verdict: “completely unnecessary,” legally gray but ethically indefensible, and “a problem for everyone but Trump” — stalling the crypto legislation the industry actually wants, inviting investigations, and handing opponents a weapon. The explanation is pure self-interest: the first-term Trump attacked crypto as competition to the dollar and pushed policies hostile to the space; the second-term convert was swayed by industry lobbying and campaign money, the opportunity for personal enrichment, and crypto’s libertarian-conservative DNA. “We have no one to blame except for Trump… He knew better than to do it, but he saw the opportunity and ran with it.”</p><p>•       <strong>Dumb, But Not Illegal. </strong>The libertarian line in one sentence: “Just because I think something is dumb doesn’t mean I think it should be illegal.” Meme coins are “a trading card of sorts” — their value is the person behind them, held up only as long as people stay amused — and a natural habitat for rug pulls, where insiders manufacture interest and vanish with the proceeds. Anthony opposes bans; he demands disclosure, and insists fraud be prosecuted whether it’s snake oil from a cart or a token from a president. Hence the kicker: a Warren-style investigation of the sitting president is “perfectly reasonable,” and “if it turns out he was doing something behind the scenes, then I think he should be prosecuted for it.” From what he’s seen, the fans knew what they were buying — but the line between brilliantly marketed and fraudulently sold is exactly what investigations exist to draw.</p><p>•       <strong>The Dollar Launders Better. </strong>Isn’t crypto the ideal vehicle for laundering money? “Not so much. The US dollar is definitely the ideal vehicle” — and remains the currency of choice for criminals worldwide. The numbers: roughly one percent of cryptocurrency activity has been identified as illegal, against about five percent of US dollar usage — because the dollar is accepted everywhere, even in criminal circles, and cash, once it leaves your hand, is gone. Most cryptocurrencies, by contrast, run on public blockchains: permanent, searchable records that forensic accounting firms mine daily, and that keep catching criminals who never understood that the ledger remembers everything. The moral panic, Anthony suggests, is aimed at the wrong instrument.</p><p>•       <strong>Free Banking’s Revenge. </strong>The deeper Cato case: cryptocurrency — born of cypherpunk and libertarian ideas after the 2008 crisis — is “for the first time in over a hundred years, the challenge to the idea that central banks have complete and total ownership of what is money.” Its ancestors are Scottish free banking and the note-issuing American banks that cleared payments for decades before the Federal Reserve existed. The prosecution’s exhibits against central banking: Zimbabwe’s hyperinflation queues, where friends of Anthony’s watched food become unaffordable while they waited in line, and the slower American version — $10,000 bought two Corvettes in 1970 and needs to be $80,000 today. No utopias: Bitcoin won’t erase the debt. But competition would supply the missing incentive for governments to be “better stewards of currency” — and the practice already exists, from Argentina and Lebanon to the crypto hubs of Nigeria, South Africa, and Kenya.</p><p>•       <strong>Swept Up by Trump. </strong>The sadder confession concerns his own side: “Sadly, many conservatives have been swept up by Trump… the president can do no wrong” — Ted Cruz and Mike Lee among the obsequious, blocking the ethics language Democrats want attached to crypto legislation. The principled exception is Wyoming’s Cynthia Lummis: pro-Trump, yes, but one of the rare members of Congress who has done the technical and philosophical homework. The industry itself — Coinbase included — walks a careful line around the man who will sign its rules into law, seeing the damage but saying little. Anthony acknowledges his privilege: “Here at the Cato Institute, I can call balls and strikes.” As for the wider economy: a storm in a teacup for now — while crypto’s speculative fever has migrated to AI, whose models are quietly integrating the coins as their payment rails. It’s not what Satoshi envisioned; the cypherpunks and the bankers will split the inheritance.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.cato.org/people/nicholas-anthony">Nicholas Anthony</a> is a research fellow at the Cato Institute’s Center for Monetary and Financial Alternatives, a fellow at the Human Rights Foundation, and a member of the Economic Inclusion Group’s Advisory Board. His research covers central bank digital currencies, financial privacy, cryptocurrency, and the use of money in society. The author of <a href="https://www.cato.org/people/nicholas-anthony"><em>Digital Currency or Digital Control? Decoding CBDC and the Future of Money</em></a>, he has testified before Congress, maintains the Human Rights Foundation’s CBDC Tracker, and has been published in the Wall Street Journal, MarketWatch, and Business Insider. Originally from Baltimore, he holds an MA in economics from George Mason University.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.cato.org/people/nicholas-anthony"><em>Digital Currency or Digital Control? Decoding CBDC and the Future of Money</em></a> by Nicholas Anthony (Cato Institute).</p><p>•       Senator Elizabeth Warr...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Just because I think something is dumb doesn’t mean I think it should be illegal.” — Nicholas Anthony on meme coins</em></p><p> </p><p>Earlier this month, Elizabeth Warren called for an SEC investigation of Donald Trump’s meme coin. Is the Pope Catholic? No surprise there. More revealing are other critics of the “presidential” token which netted our Grifter-in-Chief $636 million last year. Take, for example, <a href="https://www.cato.org/people/nicholas-anthony">Nicholas Anthony</a>, an expert on crypto at the Cato Institute and author of <a href="https://www.cato.org/people/nicholas-anthony"><em>Digital Currency or Digital Control?</em></a> It’s news when an unashamed libertarian from Washington’s own temple of free markets calls the president’s crypto adventure “completely unnecessary.” Maybe the Pope isn’t Catholic. Or maybe Elizabeth Warren should join the Cato Institute.</p><p> </p><p>Anthony’s verdict is withering because, under his libertarian shell, he’s a crypto bro. The meme coin “has been a problem for everyone but Trump,” he argues, because it has held up legislation, invited investigations, and weaponized ethics concerns about crypto.</p><p> </p><p>“We have no one to blame except Trump…” Anthony concludes bleakly. “He knew better than to do it, but he saw the opportunity and ran with it.”</p><p> </p><p>When I accused Anthony of sounding like Elizabeth Warren, he was more amused than offended. Unlike the Warren crowd, however, he doesn’t want to ban crypto. “Just because I think something is dumb,” he says, “doesn’t mean I think it should be illegal.” So while Trump-style meme coins are a natural habitat for what he calls “rug pulls,” that shouldn’t be an excuse for lawmakers to pull the rug from the entire industry. Crypto can still revolutionize finance, Anthony believes. It can democratize centralized banking. It can make money fairer. Just don’t confuse that with a Melania meme coin.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Hard No from Cato. </strong>The week’s most surprising critic of Trump’s meme coin isn’t a Democrat — it’s a Cato libertarian. Anthony’s verdict: “completely unnecessary,” legally gray but ethically indefensible, and “a problem for everyone but Trump” — stalling the crypto legislation the industry actually wants, inviting investigations, and handing opponents a weapon. The explanation is pure self-interest: the first-term Trump attacked crypto as competition to the dollar and pushed policies hostile to the space; the second-term convert was swayed by industry lobbying and campaign money, the opportunity for personal enrichment, and crypto’s libertarian-conservative DNA. “We have no one to blame except for Trump… He knew better than to do it, but he saw the opportunity and ran with it.”</p><p>•       <strong>Dumb, But Not Illegal. </strong>The libertarian line in one sentence: “Just because I think something is dumb doesn’t mean I think it should be illegal.” Meme coins are “a trading card of sorts” — their value is the person behind them, held up only as long as people stay amused — and a natural habitat for rug pulls, where insiders manufacture interest and vanish with the proceeds. Anthony opposes bans; he demands disclosure, and insists fraud be prosecuted whether it’s snake oil from a cart or a token from a president. Hence the kicker: a Warren-style investigation of the sitting president is “perfectly reasonable,” and “if it turns out he was doing something behind the scenes, then I think he should be prosecuted for it.” From what he’s seen, the fans knew what they were buying — but the line between brilliantly marketed and fraudulently sold is exactly what investigations exist to draw.</p><p>•       <strong>The Dollar Launders Better. </strong>Isn’t crypto the ideal vehicle for laundering money? “Not so much. The US dollar is definitely the ideal vehicle” — and remains the currency of choice for criminals worldwide. The numbers: roughly one percent of cryptocurrency activity has been identified as illegal, against about five percent of US dollar usage — because the dollar is accepted everywhere, even in criminal circles, and cash, once it leaves your hand, is gone. Most cryptocurrencies, by contrast, run on public blockchains: permanent, searchable records that forensic accounting firms mine daily, and that keep catching criminals who never understood that the ledger remembers everything. The moral panic, Anthony suggests, is aimed at the wrong instrument.</p><p>•       <strong>Free Banking’s Revenge. </strong>The deeper Cato case: cryptocurrency — born of cypherpunk and libertarian ideas after the 2008 crisis — is “for the first time in over a hundred years, the challenge to the idea that central banks have complete and total ownership of what is money.” Its ancestors are Scottish free banking and the note-issuing American banks that cleared payments for decades before the Federal Reserve existed. The prosecution’s exhibits against central banking: Zimbabwe’s hyperinflation queues, where friends of Anthony’s watched food become unaffordable while they waited in line, and the slower American version — $10,000 bought two Corvettes in 1970 and needs to be $80,000 today. No utopias: Bitcoin won’t erase the debt. But competition would supply the missing incentive for governments to be “better stewards of currency” — and the practice already exists, from Argentina and Lebanon to the crypto hubs of Nigeria, South Africa, and Kenya.</p><p>•       <strong>Swept Up by Trump. </strong>The sadder confession concerns his own side: “Sadly, many conservatives have been swept up by Trump… the president can do no wrong” — Ted Cruz and Mike Lee among the obsequious, blocking the ethics language Democrats want attached to crypto legislation. The principled exception is Wyoming’s Cynthia Lummis: pro-Trump, yes, but one of the rare members of Congress who has done the technical and philosophical homework. The industry itself — Coinbase included — walks a careful line around the man who will sign its rules into law, seeing the damage but saying little. Anthony acknowledges his privilege: “Here at the Cato Institute, I can call balls and strikes.” As for the wider economy: a storm in a teacup for now — while crypto’s speculative fever has migrated to AI, whose models are quietly integrating the coins as their payment rails. It’s not what Satoshi envisioned; the cypherpunks and the bankers will split the inheritance.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.cato.org/people/nicholas-anthony">Nicholas Anthony</a> is a research fellow at the Cato Institute’s Center for Monetary and Financial Alternatives, a fellow at the Human Rights Foundation, and a member of the Economic Inclusion Group’s Advisory Board. His research covers central bank digital currencies, financial privacy, cryptocurrency, and the use of money in society. The author of <a href="https://www.cato.org/people/nicholas-anthony"><em>Digital Currency or Digital Control? Decoding CBDC and the Future of Money</em></a>, he has testified before Congress, maintains the Human Rights Foundation’s CBDC Tracker, and has been published in the Wall Street Journal, MarketWatch, and Business Insider. Originally from Baltimore, he holds an MA in economics from George Mason University.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.cato.org/people/nicholas-anthony"><em>Digital Currency or Digital Control? Decoding CBDC and the Future of Money</em></a> by Nicholas Anthony (Cato Institute).</p><p>•       Senator Elizabeth Warr...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 22 Aug 2026 06:52:15 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/5eb8be2b/6dd4b7d0.mp3" length="47704088" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3446511" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/5eb8be2b/6dd4b7d0.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n0TQsXCvZfc">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/56qONrZ2dzjDzt1Mc_jYL5JodVeFwSWFu7XwiJcZTR0/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iMWU2/MGJmMWVlYjhmYjI2/ODgzNWE5ZDM1Mzc4/ODNlOS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2978</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Just because I think something is dumb doesn’t mean I think it should be illegal.” — Nicholas Anthony on meme coins</em></p><p> </p><p>Earlier this month, Elizabeth Warren called for an SEC investigation of Donald Trump’s meme coin. Is the Pope Catholic? No surprise there. More revealing are other critics of the “presidential” token which netted our Grifter-in-Chief $636 million last year. Take, for example, <a href="https://www.cato.org/people/nicholas-anthony">Nicholas Anthony</a>, an expert on crypto at the Cato Institute and author of <a href="https://www.cato.org/people/nicholas-anthony"><em>Digital Currency or Digital Control?</em></a> It’s news when an unashamed libertarian from Washington’s own temple of free markets calls the president’s crypto adventure “completely unnecessary.” Maybe the Pope isn’t Catholic. Or maybe Elizabeth Warren should join the Cato Institute.</p><p> </p><p>Anthony’s verdict is withering because, under his libertarian shell, he’s a crypto bro. The meme coin “has been a problem for everyone but Trump,” he argues, because it has held up legislation, invited investigations, and weaponized ethics concerns about crypto.</p><p> </p><p>“We have no one to blame except Trump…” Anthony concludes bleakly. “He knew better than to do it, but he saw the opportunity and ran with it.”</p><p> </p><p>When I accused Anthony of sounding like Elizabeth Warren, he was more amused than offended. Unlike the Warren crowd, however, he doesn’t want to ban crypto. “Just because I think something is dumb,” he says, “doesn’t mean I think it should be illegal.” So while Trump-style meme coins are a natural habitat for what he calls “rug pulls,” that shouldn’t be an excuse for lawmakers to pull the rug from the entire industry. Crypto can still revolutionize finance, Anthony believes. It can democratize centralized banking. It can make money fairer. Just don’t confuse that with a Melania meme coin.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Hard No from Cato. </strong>The week’s most surprising critic of Trump’s meme coin isn’t a Democrat — it’s a Cato libertarian. Anthony’s verdict: “completely unnecessary,” legally gray but ethically indefensible, and “a problem for everyone but Trump” — stalling the crypto legislation the industry actually wants, inviting investigations, and handing opponents a weapon. The explanation is pure self-interest: the first-term Trump attacked crypto as competition to the dollar and pushed policies hostile to the space; the second-term convert was swayed by industry lobbying and campaign money, the opportunity for personal enrichment, and crypto’s libertarian-conservative DNA. “We have no one to blame except for Trump… He knew better than to do it, but he saw the opportunity and ran with it.”</p><p>•       <strong>Dumb, But Not Illegal. </strong>The libertarian line in one sentence: “Just because I think something is dumb doesn’t mean I think it should be illegal.” Meme coins are “a trading card of sorts” — their value is the person behind them, held up only as long as people stay amused — and a natural habitat for rug pulls, where insiders manufacture interest and vanish with the proceeds. Anthony opposes bans; he demands disclosure, and insists fraud be prosecuted whether it’s snake oil from a cart or a token from a president. Hence the kicker: a Warren-style investigation of the sitting president is “perfectly reasonable,” and “if it turns out he was doing something behind the scenes, then I think he should be prosecuted for it.” From what he’s seen, the fans knew what they were buying — but the line between brilliantly marketed and fraudulently sold is exactly what investigations exist to draw.</p><p>•       <strong>The Dollar Launders Better. </strong>Isn’t crypto the ideal vehicle for laundering money? “Not so much. The US dollar is definitely the ideal vehicle” — and remains the currency of choice for criminals worldwide. The numbers: roughly one percent of cryptocurrency activity has been identified as illegal, against about five percent of US dollar usage — because the dollar is accepted everywhere, even in criminal circles, and cash, once it leaves your hand, is gone. Most cryptocurrencies, by contrast, run on public blockchains: permanent, searchable records that forensic accounting firms mine daily, and that keep catching criminals who never understood that the ledger remembers everything. The moral panic, Anthony suggests, is aimed at the wrong instrument.</p><p>•       <strong>Free Banking’s Revenge. </strong>The deeper Cato case: cryptocurrency — born of cypherpunk and libertarian ideas after the 2008 crisis — is “for the first time in over a hundred years, the challenge to the idea that central banks have complete and total ownership of what is money.” Its ancestors are Scottish free banking and the note-issuing American banks that cleared payments for decades before the Federal Reserve existed. The prosecution’s exhibits against central banking: Zimbabwe’s hyperinflation queues, where friends of Anthony’s watched food become unaffordable while they waited in line, and the slower American version — $10,000 bought two Corvettes in 1970 and needs to be $80,000 today. No utopias: Bitcoin won’t erase the debt. But competition would supply the missing incentive for governments to be “better stewards of currency” — and the practice already exists, from Argentina and Lebanon to the crypto hubs of Nigeria, South Africa, and Kenya.</p><p>•       <strong>Swept Up by Trump. </strong>The sadder confession concerns his own side: “Sadly, many conservatives have been swept up by Trump… the president can do no wrong” — Ted Cruz and Mike Lee among the obsequious, blocking the ethics language Democrats want attached to crypto legislation. The principled exception is Wyoming’s Cynthia Lummis: pro-Trump, yes, but one of the rare members of Congress who has done the technical and philosophical homework. The industry itself — Coinbase included — walks a careful line around the man who will sign its rules into law, seeing the damage but saying little. Anthony acknowledges his privilege: “Here at the Cato Institute, I can call balls and strikes.” As for the wider economy: a storm in a teacup for now — while crypto’s speculative fever has migrated to AI, whose models are quietly integrating the coins as their payment rails. It’s not what Satoshi envisioned; the cypherpunks and the bankers will split the inheritance.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.cato.org/people/nicholas-anthony">Nicholas Anthony</a> is a research fellow at the Cato Institute’s Center for Monetary and Financial Alternatives, a fellow at the Human Rights Foundation, and a member of the Economic Inclusion Group’s Advisory Board. His research covers central bank digital currencies, financial privacy, cryptocurrency, and the use of money in society. The author of <a href="https://www.cato.org/people/nicholas-anthony"><em>Digital Currency or Digital Control? Decoding CBDC and the Future of Money</em></a>, he has testified before Congress, maintains the Human Rights Foundation’s CBDC Tracker, and has been published in the Wall Street Journal, MarketWatch, and Business Insider. Originally from Baltimore, he holds an MA in economics from George Mason University.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.cato.org/people/nicholas-anthony"><em>Digital Currency or Digital Control? Decoding CBDC and the Future of Money</em></a> by Nicholas Anthony (Cato Institute).</p><p>•       Senator Elizabeth Warr...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/5eb8be2b/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Next Moonshot Won’t Come from Silicon Valley: ex-Google X’er Salima Bhimani on How to Invent Now</title>
      <itunes:episode>3010</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3010</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Next Moonshot Won’t Come from Silicon Valley: ex-Google X’er Salima Bhimani on How to Invent Now</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8e4829ce-a143-4554-abb3-7dfb8055a71d</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If we continue to build for people and not with people, we won’t have a say in what this technology will look like or do in ten or twenty years.” — Salima Bhimani</em></p><p> </p><p>Finally some inventive news in our summer of Luddite discontent. <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/invent-now-the-next-leap-in-moonshots-salima-bhimani/9c6a20ee2f6efd91">Salima Bhimani</a> spent six and a half years at Google X’s moonshot factory as its first Chief Strategist for Responsible Tech. So thank her for the (responsible) magic of Alphabet’s Waymo, Wing, and DeepMind. In her new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/invent-now-the-next-leap-in-moonshots-salima-bhimani/9c6a20ee2f6efd91"><em>Invent Now</em></a>, Bhimani provides a map for the next wave of moonshots. No, she speculates, they probably won’t come out of Silicon Valley. But, yes, they will come from somewhere.</p><p> </p><p>Her invention was formed long before Silicon Valley. She remembers staring at the Toronto subway from her father’s magazine stall and wondering not where the trains went but “what is our relationship to this tube?” An ethnographer by training, Bhimani arrived at Google X from a world of government and nonprofits where “constraint was bread and butter.” At Alphabet, of course, she was spoilt with endless money and runway. Although that didn’t always guarantee moonshot success.</p><p> </p><p>Moonshots fail, she explains, because they are always more than technologies. They are ecosystems, and they need the approval of regulators, communities, and consumers. Take, for example, the abortive Sidewalk Labs, Alphabet’s smart-city bet in her hometown of Toronto, which failed to recognize the practical realities of utopian city-planning.</p><p> </p><p>So what will be the most dramatic moonshot of the twenty-first century? No, she says, it probably won’t be consumer rocketships to Mars or a cure for cancer. Instead, it will be about a post-labor society. What is human purpose when it’s not work? No wonder such an outrageous idea probably won’t come out of work-obsessed Silicon Valley.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Nuanced Optimist. </strong>Bhimani isn’t surprised by the Luddite lurch: people feel “compressed by things they can’t control,” surrounded by technology doing things they don’t understand — and it’s hot out. But against thirty years of Silicon Valley boosterism she offers neither cheerleading nor despair: hold the tension. Technology surveils, and drones make war; technology also lets more people solve problems that were previously unsolvable. She refuses the binary of the moment — the abundance gospel of the Andreessens versus the scarcity warnings of James Crawford — predicting instead “abundance in some areas and scarcity in others”: your spreadsheet skills may become worthless precisely as your capacity to build becomes unprecedented. The task is holding both truths with what she calls a discerning eye, treating technology as a co-partner in a relationship where the friction stays alive.</p><p>•       <strong>From the Toronto Subway to the Moonshot Factory. </strong>Her father ran a magazine stall in the Toronto subway, and young Salima stared at the trains asking an ethnographer’s question: not where are the people going, but “what is our relationship to this tube?” She came to Alphabet from government and nonprofits, where “constraint was bread and butter” — and met the opposite: endless money, endless runway, and audacity as the house style. As Alphabet’s first Chief Strategist for Responsible Tech, she sat with the CEOs of the Other Bets asking about trade-offs: “Are you willing to take on the potential that your drone could be used in nefarious ways — and how are you gonna ensure that doesn’t happen?” Now on her own — no Google badge to fly doors open — she finds leaving “opens up the aperture”: fifty-one years of experience, and both worlds, constraint and abundance, informing everything she builds.</p><p>•       <strong>She Folded Her Own Moonshot. </strong>The episode’s quiet bombshell: after leaving Alphabet, Bhimani co-founded a drone-detection company — and discovered what it feels like when the awkward questions are aimed at you. The full-stack solution she was building could genuinely help cities and communities; it could also be used for “all kinds of nefarious things.” Intention, she warns, is “pie in the sky when people actually are impacted”: the moment to map the worst case is now, not five years after your technology is loose in the world — because you will have to live with the choices you make. Some people can live with the range of implications; she and her co-founders decided they couldn’t: “We folded our drone company because the implications are not something that any of us could have lived with.” Responsible tech, practiced on herself.</p><p>•       <strong>Moonshots Are Ecosystems (Ask Sidewalk). </strong>The factory’s deepest lesson: a moonshot is never just a technology. Wing isn’t drones — it’s regulators, safety, and whether communities want packages falling on their porches; the ecosystem must come first, not at the last mile. Sidewalk Labs — Alphabet’s smart-city bet in her own Toronto — consulted widely, meant well, and died anyway on public distrust of big tech’s data appetite: an early tremor, Andrew suggests, of today’s earthquake against data centers, and evidence of a “massive gap” between society and technology that still hasn’t closed. Google fumbling Geoffrey Hinton’s generative breakthrough shows the other constraint: inside a company the size of a country, innovation must also become the next billion-dollar business. The counterexample is Waymo — sixteen years of perseverance toward John Krafcik’s bigger mandate (self-driving technology, cars merely one expression) — and perhaps Demis Hassabis, whom the latest reshuffle might just free “to be Demis.”</p><p>•       <strong>Step In, Not Stepped Out. </strong>AI wasn’t born yesterday — it spent thirty or forty years in labs, integrated into our lives in the background — and that incubation is precisely her warning: “If we continue to build for people and not with people, we won’t have a say in what this technology will look like or do in ten or twenty years.” The large language models belong to “the Googles and the Anthropics,” and most of us aren’t inside those companies. Her flip: if such powerful things were built in incubated spaces, imagine what could be built in unincubated ones — collective intelligence as our superpower, moonshots born from the convergence of places, people, and contexts rather than from Silicon Valley’s playbook. The century’s biggest moonshot, she suspects, is labor itself: what is human purpose when it’s not work? Her closing instruction, and the episode’s stamp: “We gotta step in and not be stepped out.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/invent-now-the-next-leap-in-moonshots-salima-bhimani/9c6a20ee2f6efd91">Salima Bhimani</a>, PhD, was Alphabet’s first Chief Strategist for Responsible Tech, Business, and Leaders, working for six and a half years with moonshot companies including Waymo, Wing, DeepMind, and Google X. An ethnographer by training who came to Silicon Valley from government and nonprofits, she is now CEO of 10X Responsible Tech and a senior fellow at AI 2030. <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/invent-now-the-next-leap-in-moonshots-salima-bhimani/9c6a20ee2f6efd91"><em>Invent Now: The Next Leap in Moonshots</em></a> (John Wiley &amp; Sons, 2026), her first book, introduces the Third Space — a new lens for building moonshots from the convergence of technolog...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If we continue to build for people and not with people, we won’t have a say in what this technology will look like or do in ten or twenty years.” — Salima Bhimani</em></p><p> </p><p>Finally some inventive news in our summer of Luddite discontent. <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/invent-now-the-next-leap-in-moonshots-salima-bhimani/9c6a20ee2f6efd91">Salima Bhimani</a> spent six and a half years at Google X’s moonshot factory as its first Chief Strategist for Responsible Tech. So thank her for the (responsible) magic of Alphabet’s Waymo, Wing, and DeepMind. In her new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/invent-now-the-next-leap-in-moonshots-salima-bhimani/9c6a20ee2f6efd91"><em>Invent Now</em></a>, Bhimani provides a map for the next wave of moonshots. No, she speculates, they probably won’t come out of Silicon Valley. But, yes, they will come from somewhere.</p><p> </p><p>Her invention was formed long before Silicon Valley. She remembers staring at the Toronto subway from her father’s magazine stall and wondering not where the trains went but “what is our relationship to this tube?” An ethnographer by training, Bhimani arrived at Google X from a world of government and nonprofits where “constraint was bread and butter.” At Alphabet, of course, she was spoilt with endless money and runway. Although that didn’t always guarantee moonshot success.</p><p> </p><p>Moonshots fail, she explains, because they are always more than technologies. They are ecosystems, and they need the approval of regulators, communities, and consumers. Take, for example, the abortive Sidewalk Labs, Alphabet’s smart-city bet in her hometown of Toronto, which failed to recognize the practical realities of utopian city-planning.</p><p> </p><p>So what will be the most dramatic moonshot of the twenty-first century? No, she says, it probably won’t be consumer rocketships to Mars or a cure for cancer. Instead, it will be about a post-labor society. What is human purpose when it’s not work? No wonder such an outrageous idea probably won’t come out of work-obsessed Silicon Valley.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Nuanced Optimist. </strong>Bhimani isn’t surprised by the Luddite lurch: people feel “compressed by things they can’t control,” surrounded by technology doing things they don’t understand — and it’s hot out. But against thirty years of Silicon Valley boosterism she offers neither cheerleading nor despair: hold the tension. Technology surveils, and drones make war; technology also lets more people solve problems that were previously unsolvable. She refuses the binary of the moment — the abundance gospel of the Andreessens versus the scarcity warnings of James Crawford — predicting instead “abundance in some areas and scarcity in others”: your spreadsheet skills may become worthless precisely as your capacity to build becomes unprecedented. The task is holding both truths with what she calls a discerning eye, treating technology as a co-partner in a relationship where the friction stays alive.</p><p>•       <strong>From the Toronto Subway to the Moonshot Factory. </strong>Her father ran a magazine stall in the Toronto subway, and young Salima stared at the trains asking an ethnographer’s question: not where are the people going, but “what is our relationship to this tube?” She came to Alphabet from government and nonprofits, where “constraint was bread and butter” — and met the opposite: endless money, endless runway, and audacity as the house style. As Alphabet’s first Chief Strategist for Responsible Tech, she sat with the CEOs of the Other Bets asking about trade-offs: “Are you willing to take on the potential that your drone could be used in nefarious ways — and how are you gonna ensure that doesn’t happen?” Now on her own — no Google badge to fly doors open — she finds leaving “opens up the aperture”: fifty-one years of experience, and both worlds, constraint and abundance, informing everything she builds.</p><p>•       <strong>She Folded Her Own Moonshot. </strong>The episode’s quiet bombshell: after leaving Alphabet, Bhimani co-founded a drone-detection company — and discovered what it feels like when the awkward questions are aimed at you. The full-stack solution she was building could genuinely help cities and communities; it could also be used for “all kinds of nefarious things.” Intention, she warns, is “pie in the sky when people actually are impacted”: the moment to map the worst case is now, not five years after your technology is loose in the world — because you will have to live with the choices you make. Some people can live with the range of implications; she and her co-founders decided they couldn’t: “We folded our drone company because the implications are not something that any of us could have lived with.” Responsible tech, practiced on herself.</p><p>•       <strong>Moonshots Are Ecosystems (Ask Sidewalk). </strong>The factory’s deepest lesson: a moonshot is never just a technology. Wing isn’t drones — it’s regulators, safety, and whether communities want packages falling on their porches; the ecosystem must come first, not at the last mile. Sidewalk Labs — Alphabet’s smart-city bet in her own Toronto — consulted widely, meant well, and died anyway on public distrust of big tech’s data appetite: an early tremor, Andrew suggests, of today’s earthquake against data centers, and evidence of a “massive gap” between society and technology that still hasn’t closed. Google fumbling Geoffrey Hinton’s generative breakthrough shows the other constraint: inside a company the size of a country, innovation must also become the next billion-dollar business. The counterexample is Waymo — sixteen years of perseverance toward John Krafcik’s bigger mandate (self-driving technology, cars merely one expression) — and perhaps Demis Hassabis, whom the latest reshuffle might just free “to be Demis.”</p><p>•       <strong>Step In, Not Stepped Out. </strong>AI wasn’t born yesterday — it spent thirty or forty years in labs, integrated into our lives in the background — and that incubation is precisely her warning: “If we continue to build for people and not with people, we won’t have a say in what this technology will look like or do in ten or twenty years.” The large language models belong to “the Googles and the Anthropics,” and most of us aren’t inside those companies. Her flip: if such powerful things were built in incubated spaces, imagine what could be built in unincubated ones — collective intelligence as our superpower, moonshots born from the convergence of places, people, and contexts rather than from Silicon Valley’s playbook. The century’s biggest moonshot, she suspects, is labor itself: what is human purpose when it’s not work? Her closing instruction, and the episode’s stamp: “We gotta step in and not be stepped out.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/invent-now-the-next-leap-in-moonshots-salima-bhimani/9c6a20ee2f6efd91">Salima Bhimani</a>, PhD, was Alphabet’s first Chief Strategist for Responsible Tech, Business, and Leaders, working for six and a half years with moonshot companies including Waymo, Wing, DeepMind, and Google X. An ethnographer by training who came to Silicon Valley from government and nonprofits, she is now CEO of 10X Responsible Tech and a senior fellow at AI 2030. <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/invent-now-the-next-leap-in-moonshots-salima-bhimani/9c6a20ee2f6efd91"><em>Invent Now: The Next Leap in Moonshots</em></a> (John Wiley &amp; Sons, 2026), her first book, introduces the Third Space — a new lens for building moonshots from the convergence of technolog...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Aug 2026 07:07:39 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/698b8974/1b4026dd.mp3" length="40321359" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3431313" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/698b8974/1b4026dd.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JnIb7lc787o">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/a2w9XT1un_KZc5xYLEC4QIhekT5l6SCW1PGZIBuwsmA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lYTE5/NGIwYTVkYjk0NjBi/YjdkNDlmODkxMzEz/NTc4Yi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2517</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If we continue to build for people and not with people, we won’t have a say in what this technology will look like or do in ten or twenty years.” — Salima Bhimani</em></p><p> </p><p>Finally some inventive news in our summer of Luddite discontent. <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/invent-now-the-next-leap-in-moonshots-salima-bhimani/9c6a20ee2f6efd91">Salima Bhimani</a> spent six and a half years at Google X’s moonshot factory as its first Chief Strategist for Responsible Tech. So thank her for the (responsible) magic of Alphabet’s Waymo, Wing, and DeepMind. In her new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/invent-now-the-next-leap-in-moonshots-salima-bhimani/9c6a20ee2f6efd91"><em>Invent Now</em></a>, Bhimani provides a map for the next wave of moonshots. No, she speculates, they probably won’t come out of Silicon Valley. But, yes, they will come from somewhere.</p><p> </p><p>Her invention was formed long before Silicon Valley. She remembers staring at the Toronto subway from her father’s magazine stall and wondering not where the trains went but “what is our relationship to this tube?” An ethnographer by training, Bhimani arrived at Google X from a world of government and nonprofits where “constraint was bread and butter.” At Alphabet, of course, she was spoilt with endless money and runway. Although that didn’t always guarantee moonshot success.</p><p> </p><p>Moonshots fail, she explains, because they are always more than technologies. They are ecosystems, and they need the approval of regulators, communities, and consumers. Take, for example, the abortive Sidewalk Labs, Alphabet’s smart-city bet in her hometown of Toronto, which failed to recognize the practical realities of utopian city-planning.</p><p> </p><p>So what will be the most dramatic moonshot of the twenty-first century? No, she says, it probably won’t be consumer rocketships to Mars or a cure for cancer. Instead, it will be about a post-labor society. What is human purpose when it’s not work? No wonder such an outrageous idea probably won’t come out of work-obsessed Silicon Valley.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Nuanced Optimist. </strong>Bhimani isn’t surprised by the Luddite lurch: people feel “compressed by things they can’t control,” surrounded by technology doing things they don’t understand — and it’s hot out. But against thirty years of Silicon Valley boosterism she offers neither cheerleading nor despair: hold the tension. Technology surveils, and drones make war; technology also lets more people solve problems that were previously unsolvable. She refuses the binary of the moment — the abundance gospel of the Andreessens versus the scarcity warnings of James Crawford — predicting instead “abundance in some areas and scarcity in others”: your spreadsheet skills may become worthless precisely as your capacity to build becomes unprecedented. The task is holding both truths with what she calls a discerning eye, treating technology as a co-partner in a relationship where the friction stays alive.</p><p>•       <strong>From the Toronto Subway to the Moonshot Factory. </strong>Her father ran a magazine stall in the Toronto subway, and young Salima stared at the trains asking an ethnographer’s question: not where are the people going, but “what is our relationship to this tube?” She came to Alphabet from government and nonprofits, where “constraint was bread and butter” — and met the opposite: endless money, endless runway, and audacity as the house style. As Alphabet’s first Chief Strategist for Responsible Tech, she sat with the CEOs of the Other Bets asking about trade-offs: “Are you willing to take on the potential that your drone could be used in nefarious ways — and how are you gonna ensure that doesn’t happen?” Now on her own — no Google badge to fly doors open — she finds leaving “opens up the aperture”: fifty-one years of experience, and both worlds, constraint and abundance, informing everything she builds.</p><p>•       <strong>She Folded Her Own Moonshot. </strong>The episode’s quiet bombshell: after leaving Alphabet, Bhimani co-founded a drone-detection company — and discovered what it feels like when the awkward questions are aimed at you. The full-stack solution she was building could genuinely help cities and communities; it could also be used for “all kinds of nefarious things.” Intention, she warns, is “pie in the sky when people actually are impacted”: the moment to map the worst case is now, not five years after your technology is loose in the world — because you will have to live with the choices you make. Some people can live with the range of implications; she and her co-founders decided they couldn’t: “We folded our drone company because the implications are not something that any of us could have lived with.” Responsible tech, practiced on herself.</p><p>•       <strong>Moonshots Are Ecosystems (Ask Sidewalk). </strong>The factory’s deepest lesson: a moonshot is never just a technology. Wing isn’t drones — it’s regulators, safety, and whether communities want packages falling on their porches; the ecosystem must come first, not at the last mile. Sidewalk Labs — Alphabet’s smart-city bet in her own Toronto — consulted widely, meant well, and died anyway on public distrust of big tech’s data appetite: an early tremor, Andrew suggests, of today’s earthquake against data centers, and evidence of a “massive gap” between society and technology that still hasn’t closed. Google fumbling Geoffrey Hinton’s generative breakthrough shows the other constraint: inside a company the size of a country, innovation must also become the next billion-dollar business. The counterexample is Waymo — sixteen years of perseverance toward John Krafcik’s bigger mandate (self-driving technology, cars merely one expression) — and perhaps Demis Hassabis, whom the latest reshuffle might just free “to be Demis.”</p><p>•       <strong>Step In, Not Stepped Out. </strong>AI wasn’t born yesterday — it spent thirty or forty years in labs, integrated into our lives in the background — and that incubation is precisely her warning: “If we continue to build for people and not with people, we won’t have a say in what this technology will look like or do in ten or twenty years.” The large language models belong to “the Googles and the Anthropics,” and most of us aren’t inside those companies. Her flip: if such powerful things were built in incubated spaces, imagine what could be built in unincubated ones — collective intelligence as our superpower, moonshots born from the convergence of places, people, and contexts rather than from Silicon Valley’s playbook. The century’s biggest moonshot, she suspects, is labor itself: what is human purpose when it’s not work? Her closing instruction, and the episode’s stamp: “We gotta step in and not be stepped out.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/invent-now-the-next-leap-in-moonshots-salima-bhimani/9c6a20ee2f6efd91">Salima Bhimani</a>, PhD, was Alphabet’s first Chief Strategist for Responsible Tech, Business, and Leaders, working for six and a half years with moonshot companies including Waymo, Wing, DeepMind, and Google X. An ethnographer by training who came to Silicon Valley from government and nonprofits, she is now CEO of 10X Responsible Tech and a senior fellow at AI 2030. <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/invent-now-the-next-leap-in-moonshots-salima-bhimani/9c6a20ee2f6efd91"><em>Invent Now: The Next Leap in Moonshots</em></a> (John Wiley &amp; Sons, 2026), her first book, introduces the Third Space — a new lens for building moonshots from the convergence of technolog...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/698b8974/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/698b8974/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Apocalypse Past, Present and Future: James Crawford’s Dispatches from the Frontiers of Extraction</title>
      <itunes:episode>3009</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3009</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Apocalypse Past, Present and Future: James Crawford’s Dispatches from the Frontiers of Extraction</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8ead6ad8-e794-447c-b6a2-fb9498c9d179</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>“When will be the end of thus exhausting the earth, and how far will avarice finally penetrate?” the Roman natural historian Pliny the Elder asked in 77 AD. Two thousand years later, the answer seems clear. At least according to the contemporary Scottish natural historian <a href="https://www.jamescrawford.space/new-page-3">James Crawford</a>. In his new book, <a href="https://www.jamescrawford.space/new-page-3"><em>The Vanishing Earth</em></a>, the Edinburgh-based Crawford provides dispatches from what he calls the “frontiers of extraction.” From the Atacama Desert in northern Chile to the melting coastline of Greenland, Crawford describes the apocalyptic consequences of our avarice toward the earth.</p><p> </p><p>The ultimate frontier of extraction, Crawford warns, is ourselves. Thus he reports on big tech’s designs to harvest our thoughts. Consumer headsets are already reading our brainwaves, Apple holds patents for brain-reading earbuds, and another self-styled “leader in real-world neuroscience” once promised “neuro insights for marketing purposes.”</p><p> </p><p><em>The Vanishing Earth</em>’s apocalyptic warnings appear both timeless and immediate. Watching Roman miners destroy Spanish mountains, Pliny the Elder wondered when we would finally exhaust the earth. Today, we can quantify the answer. Sometime around 2020, the weight of everything humanity has built came to exceed the weight of all life on Earth. It was just three percent in 1900. We have extracted more in the past fifty years than in all prior human history combined. We now build a city the size of Paris every five days. The ideology of endless growth is only 300 years old, Crawford warns. Pliny the Elder’s earth is history.</p><p> </p><p>Crawford confesses that he is a product of extraction himself. On his family’s windowsill sits a lemonade bottle of the first North Sea crude, siphoned by his father the day it came ashore. “I am Scottish, after all,” he notes wryly.</p><p> </p><p>Will our avarice transform extraction into extinction? Not necessarily, Crawford explains. His last dispatch is from Butte, Montana, and offers a ray of hope. There he finds people trying to repair the seemingly apocalyptic consequences of copper mining on the earth. So apocalypse now doesn’t mean apocalypse tomorrow. We still have the power to unvanish the earth, the agency to undo the avarice of our ancestors.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Pliny’s Two Questions. </strong>Watching Roman gold miners collapse entire Spanish mountains — ruina montium, “the fall of mountains” — the great naturalist Pliny the Elder asked, two thousand years ago: “When will be the end of thus exhausting the earth, and how far will avarice finally penetrate?” Those two questions run like an entwined seam through Crawford’s book, and he believes we’re now getting the answers. The ideology of endless economic growth, he argues, is only about 300 years old — born in Enlightenment Scotland as freedom from famine and the caprices of nature, and entirely sensible at the time. The problem is that the planet has changed and the ideology hasn’t. The “vanishing” of the title isn’t only resources: it’s the sixth extinction, the biodiversity collapse — and, potentially, us.</p><p>•       <strong>A Lemonade Bottle of First Oil. </strong>Crawford is a product of extraction, and knows it. His great-grandfather fled Shetland fishing at sixteen, wrote “engineer” on his immigration form, and ended up on Ford’s very first assembly line building the Model T. His father apprenticed in a coal mine, worked the Zambian Copperbelt, then spent thirty years in oil — which is why Crawford was born on the Shetland Islands, beside one of the world’s largest construction sites. The day the first North Sea oil came ashore, his father — who ran the pipelines and knew where to go — filled a lemonade bottle from an outlet valve; it still sits on the family windowsill. “I am a product of extraction. But then we all are”: microplastics in our bodies, forever chemicals passing from mother to unborn child. As a species, we have merged with what we mine.</p><p>•       <strong>Thought Extraction. </strong>The journey’s final landscape is the mind. Consumer neurotech — EEG headsets promising calm and focus — is already reading brainwaves, and the direction of travel is unmistakable: Emotiv scrubbed “neuro insights for marketing purposes” from its website between fact-check and publication (Crawford found the old language on the Wayback Machine); Apple holds patents for EEG-reading earbuds, with Meta and Snap filing alongside. Rafael Yuste’s Neurorights Foundation surveyed the roughly thirty companies selling neurotech to consumers and found that every one of them claimed unlimited access to customers’ brain data — with no legal protection in place. The attention economy harvested our behavior; the next extraction, Crawford warns, is the thought itself.</p><p>•       <strong>Heavier Than Life Itself. </strong>The statistics that stopped Crawford in his tracks: around 2020, the weight of everything humans have built — buildings, roads, plastics — came to exceed the weight of the Earth’s entire biomass, up from three percent in 1900. We’ve extracted more in fifty years than in all prior history; we build a Paris every five days; in ten years China poured more cement than America managed in the whole twentieth century. Hence the global sand shortage (desert sand is useless — “like building with marbles”) that sent him to Greenland, where melting glaciers make the coastline grow while the world’s shrink. And hence the hard questions about the energy transition: in 2025 humanity burned more wood, more coal, and more oil than ever before — not a transition but an accumulation, exactly as the Jevons paradox predicted when Victorian Britain worried about coal. Efficiency doesn’t reduce use; it multiplies it.</p><p>•       <strong>The Forever Repair. </strong>The book ends not in despair but in Butte, Montana — once the center of world copper production, its open-cast pit now a lake of sulfuric acid in the heart of the city. After thirty years of argument, a settlement around 2020 gave the city something unprecedented: BP holds a blank check to monitor Butte’s soils and water in perpetuity, and the people, rather than abandon their home, stayed to watch over it and tell its story. “It’s not you fix and you forget. Everything is a repair.” That, for Crawford, is the ideological shift the whole journey points toward — from extraction to repair. He is hopeful for one precise reason: we got here through a way of seeing the world, and minds can change. In the tradition of Silent Spring — which banned DDT and birthed the EPA — a book can still move the world. “I am Scottish, after all” — but the glass, on inspection, is half full.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.jamescrawford.space/new-page-3">James Crawford</a> is a Scottish writer, broadcaster, and historian based in Edinburgh. The author of Fallen Glory: The Lives and Deaths of History’s Greatest Buildings and The Edge of the Plain: How Borders Make and Break Our World, he presents book programmes for the BBC and spent over a decade with Historic Environment Scotland. <a href="https://www.jamescrawford.space/new-page-3"><em>The Vanishing Earth: Dispatches from the Frontiers of Extraction</em></a> (Bloomsbury, 2026) is out now in the US, with the UK edition imminent from Scribe. The New York Review of Books places him with Iain Sinclair, Rebecca Solnit, and Robert Macfarlane: “Riveting.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•&amp;nb...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>“When will be the end of thus exhausting the earth, and how far will avarice finally penetrate?” the Roman natural historian Pliny the Elder asked in 77 AD. Two thousand years later, the answer seems clear. At least according to the contemporary Scottish natural historian <a href="https://www.jamescrawford.space/new-page-3">James Crawford</a>. In his new book, <a href="https://www.jamescrawford.space/new-page-3"><em>The Vanishing Earth</em></a>, the Edinburgh-based Crawford provides dispatches from what he calls the “frontiers of extraction.” From the Atacama Desert in northern Chile to the melting coastline of Greenland, Crawford describes the apocalyptic consequences of our avarice toward the earth.</p><p> </p><p>The ultimate frontier of extraction, Crawford warns, is ourselves. Thus he reports on big tech’s designs to harvest our thoughts. Consumer headsets are already reading our brainwaves, Apple holds patents for brain-reading earbuds, and another self-styled “leader in real-world neuroscience” once promised “neuro insights for marketing purposes.”</p><p> </p><p><em>The Vanishing Earth</em>’s apocalyptic warnings appear both timeless and immediate. Watching Roman miners destroy Spanish mountains, Pliny the Elder wondered when we would finally exhaust the earth. Today, we can quantify the answer. Sometime around 2020, the weight of everything humanity has built came to exceed the weight of all life on Earth. It was just three percent in 1900. We have extracted more in the past fifty years than in all prior human history combined. We now build a city the size of Paris every five days. The ideology of endless growth is only 300 years old, Crawford warns. Pliny the Elder’s earth is history.</p><p> </p><p>Crawford confesses that he is a product of extraction himself. On his family’s windowsill sits a lemonade bottle of the first North Sea crude, siphoned by his father the day it came ashore. “I am Scottish, after all,” he notes wryly.</p><p> </p><p>Will our avarice transform extraction into extinction? Not necessarily, Crawford explains. His last dispatch is from Butte, Montana, and offers a ray of hope. There he finds people trying to repair the seemingly apocalyptic consequences of copper mining on the earth. So apocalypse now doesn’t mean apocalypse tomorrow. We still have the power to unvanish the earth, the agency to undo the avarice of our ancestors.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Pliny’s Two Questions. </strong>Watching Roman gold miners collapse entire Spanish mountains — ruina montium, “the fall of mountains” — the great naturalist Pliny the Elder asked, two thousand years ago: “When will be the end of thus exhausting the earth, and how far will avarice finally penetrate?” Those two questions run like an entwined seam through Crawford’s book, and he believes we’re now getting the answers. The ideology of endless economic growth, he argues, is only about 300 years old — born in Enlightenment Scotland as freedom from famine and the caprices of nature, and entirely sensible at the time. The problem is that the planet has changed and the ideology hasn’t. The “vanishing” of the title isn’t only resources: it’s the sixth extinction, the biodiversity collapse — and, potentially, us.</p><p>•       <strong>A Lemonade Bottle of First Oil. </strong>Crawford is a product of extraction, and knows it. His great-grandfather fled Shetland fishing at sixteen, wrote “engineer” on his immigration form, and ended up on Ford’s very first assembly line building the Model T. His father apprenticed in a coal mine, worked the Zambian Copperbelt, then spent thirty years in oil — which is why Crawford was born on the Shetland Islands, beside one of the world’s largest construction sites. The day the first North Sea oil came ashore, his father — who ran the pipelines and knew where to go — filled a lemonade bottle from an outlet valve; it still sits on the family windowsill. “I am a product of extraction. But then we all are”: microplastics in our bodies, forever chemicals passing from mother to unborn child. As a species, we have merged with what we mine.</p><p>•       <strong>Thought Extraction. </strong>The journey’s final landscape is the mind. Consumer neurotech — EEG headsets promising calm and focus — is already reading brainwaves, and the direction of travel is unmistakable: Emotiv scrubbed “neuro insights for marketing purposes” from its website between fact-check and publication (Crawford found the old language on the Wayback Machine); Apple holds patents for EEG-reading earbuds, with Meta and Snap filing alongside. Rafael Yuste’s Neurorights Foundation surveyed the roughly thirty companies selling neurotech to consumers and found that every one of them claimed unlimited access to customers’ brain data — with no legal protection in place. The attention economy harvested our behavior; the next extraction, Crawford warns, is the thought itself.</p><p>•       <strong>Heavier Than Life Itself. </strong>The statistics that stopped Crawford in his tracks: around 2020, the weight of everything humans have built — buildings, roads, plastics — came to exceed the weight of the Earth’s entire biomass, up from three percent in 1900. We’ve extracted more in fifty years than in all prior history; we build a Paris every five days; in ten years China poured more cement than America managed in the whole twentieth century. Hence the global sand shortage (desert sand is useless — “like building with marbles”) that sent him to Greenland, where melting glaciers make the coastline grow while the world’s shrink. And hence the hard questions about the energy transition: in 2025 humanity burned more wood, more coal, and more oil than ever before — not a transition but an accumulation, exactly as the Jevons paradox predicted when Victorian Britain worried about coal. Efficiency doesn’t reduce use; it multiplies it.</p><p>•       <strong>The Forever Repair. </strong>The book ends not in despair but in Butte, Montana — once the center of world copper production, its open-cast pit now a lake of sulfuric acid in the heart of the city. After thirty years of argument, a settlement around 2020 gave the city something unprecedented: BP holds a blank check to monitor Butte’s soils and water in perpetuity, and the people, rather than abandon their home, stayed to watch over it and tell its story. “It’s not you fix and you forget. Everything is a repair.” That, for Crawford, is the ideological shift the whole journey points toward — from extraction to repair. He is hopeful for one precise reason: we got here through a way of seeing the world, and minds can change. In the tradition of Silent Spring — which banned DDT and birthed the EPA — a book can still move the world. “I am Scottish, after all” — but the glass, on inspection, is half full.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.jamescrawford.space/new-page-3">James Crawford</a> is a Scottish writer, broadcaster, and historian based in Edinburgh. The author of Fallen Glory: The Lives and Deaths of History’s Greatest Buildings and The Edge of the Plain: How Borders Make and Break Our World, he presents book programmes for the BBC and spent over a decade with Historic Environment Scotland. <a href="https://www.jamescrawford.space/new-page-3"><em>The Vanishing Earth: Dispatches from the Frontiers of Extraction</em></a> (Bloomsbury, 2026) is out now in the US, with the UK edition imminent from Scribe. The New York Review of Books places him with Iain Sinclair, Rebecca Solnit, and Robert Macfarlane: “Riveting.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•&amp;nb...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Aug 2026 08:22:31 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/4ce3125f/44765625.mp3" length="45047712" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3465656" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/4ce3125f/44765625.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Kk0vLakxGmY">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/KDzpP6ih36mbyL1hUN7vazgxXSATZiT0sby0Jvm1y-4/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9mNzNl/MGUzYTBkOTgzMGY1/ZDk2YzE0YTI2NWJk/ZGIwYy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2813</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>“When will be the end of thus exhausting the earth, and how far will avarice finally penetrate?” the Roman natural historian Pliny the Elder asked in 77 AD. Two thousand years later, the answer seems clear. At least according to the contemporary Scottish natural historian <a href="https://www.jamescrawford.space/new-page-3">James Crawford</a>. In his new book, <a href="https://www.jamescrawford.space/new-page-3"><em>The Vanishing Earth</em></a>, the Edinburgh-based Crawford provides dispatches from what he calls the “frontiers of extraction.” From the Atacama Desert in northern Chile to the melting coastline of Greenland, Crawford describes the apocalyptic consequences of our avarice toward the earth.</p><p> </p><p>The ultimate frontier of extraction, Crawford warns, is ourselves. Thus he reports on big tech’s designs to harvest our thoughts. Consumer headsets are already reading our brainwaves, Apple holds patents for brain-reading earbuds, and another self-styled “leader in real-world neuroscience” once promised “neuro insights for marketing purposes.”</p><p> </p><p><em>The Vanishing Earth</em>’s apocalyptic warnings appear both timeless and immediate. Watching Roman miners destroy Spanish mountains, Pliny the Elder wondered when we would finally exhaust the earth. Today, we can quantify the answer. Sometime around 2020, the weight of everything humanity has built came to exceed the weight of all life on Earth. It was just three percent in 1900. We have extracted more in the past fifty years than in all prior human history combined. We now build a city the size of Paris every five days. The ideology of endless growth is only 300 years old, Crawford warns. Pliny the Elder’s earth is history.</p><p> </p><p>Crawford confesses that he is a product of extraction himself. On his family’s windowsill sits a lemonade bottle of the first North Sea crude, siphoned by his father the day it came ashore. “I am Scottish, after all,” he notes wryly.</p><p> </p><p>Will our avarice transform extraction into extinction? Not necessarily, Crawford explains. His last dispatch is from Butte, Montana, and offers a ray of hope. There he finds people trying to repair the seemingly apocalyptic consequences of copper mining on the earth. So apocalypse now doesn’t mean apocalypse tomorrow. We still have the power to unvanish the earth, the agency to undo the avarice of our ancestors.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Pliny’s Two Questions. </strong>Watching Roman gold miners collapse entire Spanish mountains — ruina montium, “the fall of mountains” — the great naturalist Pliny the Elder asked, two thousand years ago: “When will be the end of thus exhausting the earth, and how far will avarice finally penetrate?” Those two questions run like an entwined seam through Crawford’s book, and he believes we’re now getting the answers. The ideology of endless economic growth, he argues, is only about 300 years old — born in Enlightenment Scotland as freedom from famine and the caprices of nature, and entirely sensible at the time. The problem is that the planet has changed and the ideology hasn’t. The “vanishing” of the title isn’t only resources: it’s the sixth extinction, the biodiversity collapse — and, potentially, us.</p><p>•       <strong>A Lemonade Bottle of First Oil. </strong>Crawford is a product of extraction, and knows it. His great-grandfather fled Shetland fishing at sixteen, wrote “engineer” on his immigration form, and ended up on Ford’s very first assembly line building the Model T. His father apprenticed in a coal mine, worked the Zambian Copperbelt, then spent thirty years in oil — which is why Crawford was born on the Shetland Islands, beside one of the world’s largest construction sites. The day the first North Sea oil came ashore, his father — who ran the pipelines and knew where to go — filled a lemonade bottle from an outlet valve; it still sits on the family windowsill. “I am a product of extraction. But then we all are”: microplastics in our bodies, forever chemicals passing from mother to unborn child. As a species, we have merged with what we mine.</p><p>•       <strong>Thought Extraction. </strong>The journey’s final landscape is the mind. Consumer neurotech — EEG headsets promising calm and focus — is already reading brainwaves, and the direction of travel is unmistakable: Emotiv scrubbed “neuro insights for marketing purposes” from its website between fact-check and publication (Crawford found the old language on the Wayback Machine); Apple holds patents for EEG-reading earbuds, with Meta and Snap filing alongside. Rafael Yuste’s Neurorights Foundation surveyed the roughly thirty companies selling neurotech to consumers and found that every one of them claimed unlimited access to customers’ brain data — with no legal protection in place. The attention economy harvested our behavior; the next extraction, Crawford warns, is the thought itself.</p><p>•       <strong>Heavier Than Life Itself. </strong>The statistics that stopped Crawford in his tracks: around 2020, the weight of everything humans have built — buildings, roads, plastics — came to exceed the weight of the Earth’s entire biomass, up from three percent in 1900. We’ve extracted more in fifty years than in all prior history; we build a Paris every five days; in ten years China poured more cement than America managed in the whole twentieth century. Hence the global sand shortage (desert sand is useless — “like building with marbles”) that sent him to Greenland, where melting glaciers make the coastline grow while the world’s shrink. And hence the hard questions about the energy transition: in 2025 humanity burned more wood, more coal, and more oil than ever before — not a transition but an accumulation, exactly as the Jevons paradox predicted when Victorian Britain worried about coal. Efficiency doesn’t reduce use; it multiplies it.</p><p>•       <strong>The Forever Repair. </strong>The book ends not in despair but in Butte, Montana — once the center of world copper production, its open-cast pit now a lake of sulfuric acid in the heart of the city. After thirty years of argument, a settlement around 2020 gave the city something unprecedented: BP holds a blank check to monitor Butte’s soils and water in perpetuity, and the people, rather than abandon their home, stayed to watch over it and tell its story. “It’s not you fix and you forget. Everything is a repair.” That, for Crawford, is the ideological shift the whole journey points toward — from extraction to repair. He is hopeful for one precise reason: we got here through a way of seeing the world, and minds can change. In the tradition of Silent Spring — which banned DDT and birthed the EPA — a book can still move the world. “I am Scottish, after all” — but the glass, on inspection, is half full.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.jamescrawford.space/new-page-3">James Crawford</a> is a Scottish writer, broadcaster, and historian based in Edinburgh. The author of Fallen Glory: The Lives and Deaths of History’s Greatest Buildings and The Edge of the Plain: How Borders Make and Break Our World, he presents book programmes for the BBC and spent over a decade with Historic Environment Scotland. <a href="https://www.jamescrawford.space/new-page-3"><em>The Vanishing Earth: Dispatches from the Frontiers of Extraction</em></a> (Bloomsbury, 2026) is out now in the US, with the UK edition imminent from Scribe. The New York Review of Books places him with Iain Sinclair, Rebecca Solnit, and Robert Macfarlane: “Riveting.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•&amp;nb...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4ce3125f/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4ce3125f/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Citizen Twain: Jeff Jarvis on Hot Type, the Magnificent Machine That Gave Birth to Mass Media</title>
      <itunes:episode>3008</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3008</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Citizen Twain: Jeff Jarvis on Hot Type, the Magnificent Machine That Gave Birth to Mass Media</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cf3ab54e-53aa-4797-a095-cbab6cb2dff4</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Our language is valuable, and we’ve gotta hold on to that. That’s the most human thing we have.” — Jeff Jarvis</em></p><p> </p><p>Last week, to celebrate episode 3,000 of the show, the <em>New York Times</em>’ Sam Roberts <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/are-they-dead-yet?r=ktr9">articulated</a> the art of the obituary. Borrowing from <em>Citizen Kane</em>, he described it as the Rosebud method. Obits are all about life (death only figuring as an afterthought), Roberts explained, so hunt for the moment which defines that life.</p><p> </p><p>Today’s show is a kind of obituary of that type. Only it’s about the life of a machine and the mass media that emerged in its wake. In <a href="https://www.waterstones.com/book/hot-type/jeff-jarvis/9798765123959"><em>Hot Type</em></a>, tech historian <a href="https://www.waterstones.com/book/hot-type/jeff-jarvis/9798765123959">Jeff Jarvis</a> introduces us to the magnificent late 19th century machine that not only gave birth to industrial mass media, but also bankrupted Mark Twain. It’s the history of the Linotype, the machine invented by Ottmar Mergenthaler that ended four hundred and fifty years of setting type, as Jarvis puts it, “one damn letter at a time.”</p><p> </p><p>It’s an extraordinary story. Before the Linotype, American daily newspapers were limited to a 4,000 circulation. First installed at the New York Tribune on July 3, 1886, the Linotype scaled print, thereby enabling the age of mass circulation newspapers, magazines and books. It appeared so infinitely scalable that Mark Twain poured his entire family fortune into its doomed rival, the Paige Compositor. He lost all his money, of course, making it his Rosebud moment — Citizen Twain, so to speak. But for the rest of us, Mergenthaler’s magnificent type machine was so hot that it revolutionized 20th century culture in the same way that AI is now revolutionizing 21st century reading and writing. The art of obituary. A description of life, not death.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>One Damn Letter at a Time. </strong>For four hundred and fifty years after Gutenberg, virtually every word in every language was set by hand, one letter at a time — which is why the average American daily circulated just 4,000 copies, “a small Substack newsletter.” Steam-powered presses, cheap wood-pulp paper, stereotyping, and the telegraph had solved every other bottleneck; the typesetter with a composing stick was the last. More than 300 typesetting machines failed before Ottmar Mergenthaler — a Baltimore watchmaker who knew nothing about printing, prodded by James O. Clephane, once a stenographer in Lincoln’s cabinet — had the eureka: stop imitating hand-setting and mold entire lines of type at once. Installed at the New York Tribune on July 3, 1886, the Linotype made type fresh for every edition, let print catch up with the telegraph, and gave birth to mass media.</p><p>•       <strong>The Union That Didn’t Smash the Machine. </strong>The book’s great labor surprise: the typesetters didn’t fight the typesetting machine. Having studied the Luddites’ defeat, the International Typographical Union sent spies into the Tribune’s composing room, concluded the Linotype was inevitable, and demanded to operate it — with Mergenthaler’s blessing. Thirty thousand jobs disappeared, returned to full strength within five years, and grew for seventy-five more, making the ITU America’s most powerful union. Then came wave two — paper tape, computers that could hyphenate and justify, cold type, PostScript — and this time the union fought: six of nine New York papers died in the strikes, Bert Powers traded automation for lifetime job guarantees (the last holder retired from the New York Times around 2012), and Murdoch’s secret Wapping plant ended Fleet Street — a century, almost exactly, after machine number one. The two lessons: take charge of the technology if you can; if it will replace you outright, find something else to do.</p><p>•       <strong>The Machine That Drove Twain Mad. </strong>Mark Twain wanted to be filthy rich and stop writing — so he poured his fortune, and his wife’s family coal fortune, into the Paige Compositor, the Linotype’s brilliant, doomed rival: only two ever built, the sole survivor sitting in the basement of Hartford’s Mark Twain House looking like “a railroad with nowhere to go.” Bankruptcy followed — a far deeper shame in the nineteenth century — and Twain repaid every debtor. Jarvis reads the scars in the fiction: A Connecticut Yankee in King Arthur’s Court ends with technology destroying technology in an Armageddon of Camelot; the unfinished No. 44, The Mysterious Stranger conjures strange beasts endlessly duplicating pages — scale itself as nightmare. He lost all his money, of course — his Rosebud moment, as Andrew puts it, borrowing from Sam Roberts’ art of the obituary on episode 3,000. The machine robbed Twain not of his humor, Jarvis concludes, but of his love of technology. The biopic pitch: Citizen Twain.</p><p>•       <strong>From One Gilded Age to Another. </strong>The Linotype era bridges Twain’s Gilded Age — tycoons of steam, steel, and wire — to ours, with its barons of bits and AI. Whitelaw Reid, the book’s villain and the first capitalist media mogul, used the machine against his own union and predicted newspapers would never exceed eight pages (completely wrong); Frank Munsey invented the attention economy at a dime a copy — content as honey, audience as product, a model that ruled mass media and infected the Internet. Today’s moguls fare no better in Jarvis’s telling: Altman selling “vending machines for intelligence” that actually dispense compute, Amodei “the paragon of safety” with a skewed definition of it, all chasing the Valhalla of AGI, “pure BS.” His hope: open-weight models to check the frontier companies. His warning against banning them: guardrails are a fool’s errand — the printing press was a general machine, and nobody could tell Gutenberg to keep it from Martin Luther.</p><p>•       <strong>Words Matter, Damn It. </strong>The through-line from Jarvis’s blog post to the book: language is the most human thing we have. His objection to Anthropic’s watermark isn’t Keith Teare’s shame argument — it’s that a scheme treating “overcast” and “gray” as interchangeable declares all language fungible, “a cultural statement damaging to our craft.” His own AI practice is disclosed down to a confessional footnote in Hot Type for a single borrowed phrase: Gemini may pull facts (“don’t write for me”), but what you express must be what you want to express. The typewriter shaped Nietzsche and made Hemingway; the newsroom computer made Jarvis an editor more than a writer; Quark made everyone typesetters — “in the end, it was all still me.” Against Kirschenbaum’s gray goo, he holds up Pope Leo (work brings dignity; not a Luddite) and poetry itself. Hot type revolutionized 20th century culture the way AI is now revolutionizing 21st century reading and writing. The art of obituary: a description of life, not death — and the most human thing we have is the words.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.waterstones.com/book/hot-type/jeff-jarvis/9798765123959">Jeff Jarvis</a> is the Emeritus Leonard Tow Professor of Journalism Innovation at CUNY’s Craig Newmark Graduate School of Journalism. The creator and founding managing editor of Entertainment Weekly, he has been TV critic for TV Guide and People, Sunday editor of the New York Daily News, and a media columnist for The Guardian. His books include What Would Google Do?, The Gutenberg Parenthesis, Magazine, and The Web We Weave; he blogs at Buzzmachine...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Our language is valuable, and we’ve gotta hold on to that. That’s the most human thing we have.” — Jeff Jarvis</em></p><p> </p><p>Last week, to celebrate episode 3,000 of the show, the <em>New York Times</em>’ Sam Roberts <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/are-they-dead-yet?r=ktr9">articulated</a> the art of the obituary. Borrowing from <em>Citizen Kane</em>, he described it as the Rosebud method. Obits are all about life (death only figuring as an afterthought), Roberts explained, so hunt for the moment which defines that life.</p><p> </p><p>Today’s show is a kind of obituary of that type. Only it’s about the life of a machine and the mass media that emerged in its wake. In <a href="https://www.waterstones.com/book/hot-type/jeff-jarvis/9798765123959"><em>Hot Type</em></a>, tech historian <a href="https://www.waterstones.com/book/hot-type/jeff-jarvis/9798765123959">Jeff Jarvis</a> introduces us to the magnificent late 19th century machine that not only gave birth to industrial mass media, but also bankrupted Mark Twain. It’s the history of the Linotype, the machine invented by Ottmar Mergenthaler that ended four hundred and fifty years of setting type, as Jarvis puts it, “one damn letter at a time.”</p><p> </p><p>It’s an extraordinary story. Before the Linotype, American daily newspapers were limited to a 4,000 circulation. First installed at the New York Tribune on July 3, 1886, the Linotype scaled print, thereby enabling the age of mass circulation newspapers, magazines and books. It appeared so infinitely scalable that Mark Twain poured his entire family fortune into its doomed rival, the Paige Compositor. He lost all his money, of course, making it his Rosebud moment — Citizen Twain, so to speak. But for the rest of us, Mergenthaler’s magnificent type machine was so hot that it revolutionized 20th century culture in the same way that AI is now revolutionizing 21st century reading and writing. The art of obituary. A description of life, not death.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>One Damn Letter at a Time. </strong>For four hundred and fifty years after Gutenberg, virtually every word in every language was set by hand, one letter at a time — which is why the average American daily circulated just 4,000 copies, “a small Substack newsletter.” Steam-powered presses, cheap wood-pulp paper, stereotyping, and the telegraph had solved every other bottleneck; the typesetter with a composing stick was the last. More than 300 typesetting machines failed before Ottmar Mergenthaler — a Baltimore watchmaker who knew nothing about printing, prodded by James O. Clephane, once a stenographer in Lincoln’s cabinet — had the eureka: stop imitating hand-setting and mold entire lines of type at once. Installed at the New York Tribune on July 3, 1886, the Linotype made type fresh for every edition, let print catch up with the telegraph, and gave birth to mass media.</p><p>•       <strong>The Union That Didn’t Smash the Machine. </strong>The book’s great labor surprise: the typesetters didn’t fight the typesetting machine. Having studied the Luddites’ defeat, the International Typographical Union sent spies into the Tribune’s composing room, concluded the Linotype was inevitable, and demanded to operate it — with Mergenthaler’s blessing. Thirty thousand jobs disappeared, returned to full strength within five years, and grew for seventy-five more, making the ITU America’s most powerful union. Then came wave two — paper tape, computers that could hyphenate and justify, cold type, PostScript — and this time the union fought: six of nine New York papers died in the strikes, Bert Powers traded automation for lifetime job guarantees (the last holder retired from the New York Times around 2012), and Murdoch’s secret Wapping plant ended Fleet Street — a century, almost exactly, after machine number one. The two lessons: take charge of the technology if you can; if it will replace you outright, find something else to do.</p><p>•       <strong>The Machine That Drove Twain Mad. </strong>Mark Twain wanted to be filthy rich and stop writing — so he poured his fortune, and his wife’s family coal fortune, into the Paige Compositor, the Linotype’s brilliant, doomed rival: only two ever built, the sole survivor sitting in the basement of Hartford’s Mark Twain House looking like “a railroad with nowhere to go.” Bankruptcy followed — a far deeper shame in the nineteenth century — and Twain repaid every debtor. Jarvis reads the scars in the fiction: A Connecticut Yankee in King Arthur’s Court ends with technology destroying technology in an Armageddon of Camelot; the unfinished No. 44, The Mysterious Stranger conjures strange beasts endlessly duplicating pages — scale itself as nightmare. He lost all his money, of course — his Rosebud moment, as Andrew puts it, borrowing from Sam Roberts’ art of the obituary on episode 3,000. The machine robbed Twain not of his humor, Jarvis concludes, but of his love of technology. The biopic pitch: Citizen Twain.</p><p>•       <strong>From One Gilded Age to Another. </strong>The Linotype era bridges Twain’s Gilded Age — tycoons of steam, steel, and wire — to ours, with its barons of bits and AI. Whitelaw Reid, the book’s villain and the first capitalist media mogul, used the machine against his own union and predicted newspapers would never exceed eight pages (completely wrong); Frank Munsey invented the attention economy at a dime a copy — content as honey, audience as product, a model that ruled mass media and infected the Internet. Today’s moguls fare no better in Jarvis’s telling: Altman selling “vending machines for intelligence” that actually dispense compute, Amodei “the paragon of safety” with a skewed definition of it, all chasing the Valhalla of AGI, “pure BS.” His hope: open-weight models to check the frontier companies. His warning against banning them: guardrails are a fool’s errand — the printing press was a general machine, and nobody could tell Gutenberg to keep it from Martin Luther.</p><p>•       <strong>Words Matter, Damn It. </strong>The through-line from Jarvis’s blog post to the book: language is the most human thing we have. His objection to Anthropic’s watermark isn’t Keith Teare’s shame argument — it’s that a scheme treating “overcast” and “gray” as interchangeable declares all language fungible, “a cultural statement damaging to our craft.” His own AI practice is disclosed down to a confessional footnote in Hot Type for a single borrowed phrase: Gemini may pull facts (“don’t write for me”), but what you express must be what you want to express. The typewriter shaped Nietzsche and made Hemingway; the newsroom computer made Jarvis an editor more than a writer; Quark made everyone typesetters — “in the end, it was all still me.” Against Kirschenbaum’s gray goo, he holds up Pope Leo (work brings dignity; not a Luddite) and poetry itself. Hot type revolutionized 20th century culture the way AI is now revolutionizing 21st century reading and writing. The art of obituary: a description of life, not death — and the most human thing we have is the words.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.waterstones.com/book/hot-type/jeff-jarvis/9798765123959">Jeff Jarvis</a> is the Emeritus Leonard Tow Professor of Journalism Innovation at CUNY’s Craig Newmark Graduate School of Journalism. The creator and founding managing editor of Entertainment Weekly, he has been TV critic for TV Guide and People, Sunday editor of the New York Daily News, and a media columnist for The Guardian. His books include What Would Google Do?, The Gutenberg Parenthesis, Magazine, and The Web We Weave; he blogs at Buzzmachine...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Aug 2026 06:36:58 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/d7588511/3d0ca2d4.mp3" length="43241549" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3406735" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/d7588511/3d0ca2d4.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pBywjj4LviI">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/kN6MJpAUPFejD68piQFmgxPT9tH2_4cdOq5L-0cTwEA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85ZjMw/ZDk3OWQ0MjBhN2Fm/YmU3MjM5MWFmYzZk/MzM2MS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2700</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Our language is valuable, and we’ve gotta hold on to that. That’s the most human thing we have.” — Jeff Jarvis</em></p><p> </p><p>Last week, to celebrate episode 3,000 of the show, the <em>New York Times</em>’ Sam Roberts <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/are-they-dead-yet?r=ktr9">articulated</a> the art of the obituary. Borrowing from <em>Citizen Kane</em>, he described it as the Rosebud method. Obits are all about life (death only figuring as an afterthought), Roberts explained, so hunt for the moment which defines that life.</p><p> </p><p>Today’s show is a kind of obituary of that type. Only it’s about the life of a machine and the mass media that emerged in its wake. In <a href="https://www.waterstones.com/book/hot-type/jeff-jarvis/9798765123959"><em>Hot Type</em></a>, tech historian <a href="https://www.waterstones.com/book/hot-type/jeff-jarvis/9798765123959">Jeff Jarvis</a> introduces us to the magnificent late 19th century machine that not only gave birth to industrial mass media, but also bankrupted Mark Twain. It’s the history of the Linotype, the machine invented by Ottmar Mergenthaler that ended four hundred and fifty years of setting type, as Jarvis puts it, “one damn letter at a time.”</p><p> </p><p>It’s an extraordinary story. Before the Linotype, American daily newspapers were limited to a 4,000 circulation. First installed at the New York Tribune on July 3, 1886, the Linotype scaled print, thereby enabling the age of mass circulation newspapers, magazines and books. It appeared so infinitely scalable that Mark Twain poured his entire family fortune into its doomed rival, the Paige Compositor. He lost all his money, of course, making it his Rosebud moment — Citizen Twain, so to speak. But for the rest of us, Mergenthaler’s magnificent type machine was so hot that it revolutionized 20th century culture in the same way that AI is now revolutionizing 21st century reading and writing. The art of obituary. A description of life, not death.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>One Damn Letter at a Time. </strong>For four hundred and fifty years after Gutenberg, virtually every word in every language was set by hand, one letter at a time — which is why the average American daily circulated just 4,000 copies, “a small Substack newsletter.” Steam-powered presses, cheap wood-pulp paper, stereotyping, and the telegraph had solved every other bottleneck; the typesetter with a composing stick was the last. More than 300 typesetting machines failed before Ottmar Mergenthaler — a Baltimore watchmaker who knew nothing about printing, prodded by James O. Clephane, once a stenographer in Lincoln’s cabinet — had the eureka: stop imitating hand-setting and mold entire lines of type at once. Installed at the New York Tribune on July 3, 1886, the Linotype made type fresh for every edition, let print catch up with the telegraph, and gave birth to mass media.</p><p>•       <strong>The Union That Didn’t Smash the Machine. </strong>The book’s great labor surprise: the typesetters didn’t fight the typesetting machine. Having studied the Luddites’ defeat, the International Typographical Union sent spies into the Tribune’s composing room, concluded the Linotype was inevitable, and demanded to operate it — with Mergenthaler’s blessing. Thirty thousand jobs disappeared, returned to full strength within five years, and grew for seventy-five more, making the ITU America’s most powerful union. Then came wave two — paper tape, computers that could hyphenate and justify, cold type, PostScript — and this time the union fought: six of nine New York papers died in the strikes, Bert Powers traded automation for lifetime job guarantees (the last holder retired from the New York Times around 2012), and Murdoch’s secret Wapping plant ended Fleet Street — a century, almost exactly, after machine number one. The two lessons: take charge of the technology if you can; if it will replace you outright, find something else to do.</p><p>•       <strong>The Machine That Drove Twain Mad. </strong>Mark Twain wanted to be filthy rich and stop writing — so he poured his fortune, and his wife’s family coal fortune, into the Paige Compositor, the Linotype’s brilliant, doomed rival: only two ever built, the sole survivor sitting in the basement of Hartford’s Mark Twain House looking like “a railroad with nowhere to go.” Bankruptcy followed — a far deeper shame in the nineteenth century — and Twain repaid every debtor. Jarvis reads the scars in the fiction: A Connecticut Yankee in King Arthur’s Court ends with technology destroying technology in an Armageddon of Camelot; the unfinished No. 44, The Mysterious Stranger conjures strange beasts endlessly duplicating pages — scale itself as nightmare. He lost all his money, of course — his Rosebud moment, as Andrew puts it, borrowing from Sam Roberts’ art of the obituary on episode 3,000. The machine robbed Twain not of his humor, Jarvis concludes, but of his love of technology. The biopic pitch: Citizen Twain.</p><p>•       <strong>From One Gilded Age to Another. </strong>The Linotype era bridges Twain’s Gilded Age — tycoons of steam, steel, and wire — to ours, with its barons of bits and AI. Whitelaw Reid, the book’s villain and the first capitalist media mogul, used the machine against his own union and predicted newspapers would never exceed eight pages (completely wrong); Frank Munsey invented the attention economy at a dime a copy — content as honey, audience as product, a model that ruled mass media and infected the Internet. Today’s moguls fare no better in Jarvis’s telling: Altman selling “vending machines for intelligence” that actually dispense compute, Amodei “the paragon of safety” with a skewed definition of it, all chasing the Valhalla of AGI, “pure BS.” His hope: open-weight models to check the frontier companies. His warning against banning them: guardrails are a fool’s errand — the printing press was a general machine, and nobody could tell Gutenberg to keep it from Martin Luther.</p><p>•       <strong>Words Matter, Damn It. </strong>The through-line from Jarvis’s blog post to the book: language is the most human thing we have. His objection to Anthropic’s watermark isn’t Keith Teare’s shame argument — it’s that a scheme treating “overcast” and “gray” as interchangeable declares all language fungible, “a cultural statement damaging to our craft.” His own AI practice is disclosed down to a confessional footnote in Hot Type for a single borrowed phrase: Gemini may pull facts (“don’t write for me”), but what you express must be what you want to express. The typewriter shaped Nietzsche and made Hemingway; the newsroom computer made Jarvis an editor more than a writer; Quark made everyone typesetters — “in the end, it was all still me.” Against Kirschenbaum’s gray goo, he holds up Pope Leo (work brings dignity; not a Luddite) and poetry itself. Hot type revolutionized 20th century culture the way AI is now revolutionizing 21st century reading and writing. The art of obituary: a description of life, not death — and the most human thing we have is the words.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.waterstones.com/book/hot-type/jeff-jarvis/9798765123959">Jeff Jarvis</a> is the Emeritus Leonard Tow Professor of Journalism Innovation at CUNY’s Craig Newmark Graduate School of Journalism. The creator and founding managing editor of Entertainment Weekly, he has been TV critic for TV Guide and People, Sunday editor of the New York Daily News, and a media columnist for The Guardian. His books include What Would Google Do?, The Gutenberg Parenthesis, Magazine, and The Web We Weave; he blogs at Buzzmachine...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d7588511/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d7588511/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Yes, January 6 Was an Organized Religious Coup: Rep. Jared Huffman on the Christian Nationalist Menace</title>
      <itunes:episode>3007</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3007</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Yes, January 6 Was an Organized Religious Coup: Rep. Jared Huffman on the Christian Nationalist Menace</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1a9b4ede-7f14-45c0-b29a-2cc04960cb00</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Most people do not understand that this attempted coup was a religious event.” — Congressman Jared Huffman on January 6</em></p><p> </p><p>We’ve featured many stark warnings about the threat of American Christian nationalism from journalists, activists, and religious scholars. Today, that warning comes from inside the government. In <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324130482"><em>No Prophets</em></a>, Californian congressman <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324130482">Jared Huffman</a> warns that the threat of Christian nationalism could destroy American democracy. Borrowing from Sinclair Lewis, Huffman argues that when fascism comes to America, it will be wrapped in the flag and carrying the cross.</p><p> </p><p>For Huffman, it’s not an abstract threat. On January 6, 2021, he watched something chillingly close to that theological nightmare unfold from his office on Capitol Hill. The attempted coup was a religious event, he insists. The insurrectionists were radicalized by the New Apostolic Reformation. These fanatics had rooms at the Willard beside Giuliani’s war room, and they preached and prophesied as the riot unfolded.</p><p> </p><p>His Republican colleague Adam Kinzinger tells him Christian nationalism “wasn’t just part of the insurrection. It was the whole story, the whole thing.” And yet the 845-page select committee report ignores this story because, Huffman charges, Liz Cheney personally intervened to erase it. “We are less safe today because of it,” he says.</p><p> </p><p>Like so many critics of Christian nationalism, Huffman had a religious upbringing. He grew up devout in the Reorganized Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints and then was ordained into its priesthood before losing his faith at twenty after his father’s death. Today he is a self-described “humanist,” the co-founder of the Congressional Freethought Caucus, and the only member of Congress who admits to not believing in gods. It’s an American intellectual tradition, he insists, that he shares with fellow religious skeptics like Thomas Jefferson, Benjamin Franklin, and James Madison.</p><p> </p><p>Christian nationalism and the Republican Party, Jared Huffman insists, are now one and the same. Huffman might not believe in gods, but there’s a biblical quality to his apocalyptic warnings. The prophet of <em>No Prophets</em> is putting all that religious training to good secular use.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>January 6 Was a Religious Event. </strong>The book’s foundational claim, witnessed from Huffman’s Capitol Hill office: the insurrection was saturated with religious choreography — symbols, worship services, self-declared prophets exhorting the crowd. The mob was radicalized by groups like the New Apostolic Reformation, a virulent Christian supremacist movement committed to dominion by any means necessary; organizers held rooms at the Willard Hotel beside Giuliani’s war room, were tasked by the Trump campaign with mobilizing right-wing Christians, and preached and prophesied on-site as the riot unfolded. The Smithsonian’s Uncivil Religion exhibit documented it in real time, and Adam Kinzinger told Huffman that Christian nationalism “wasn’t just part of the insurrection. It was the whole story, the whole thing.” Yet the select committee’s 845-page report contains none of it — erased, Huffman charges, by Liz Cheney’s personal intervention. “We are less safe today because of it.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Endgame Is Theocracy. </strong>Trump and the movement are codependent: he mainstreamed fringe prophets into White House VIPs; they supplied mobilization power nothing else in American politics can match, and wrapped him in the “Cyrus anointing” — the mythology of a flawed pagan king used by God to save his chosen people. The Washington operation is Huffman’s “shadow theocracy”: Ralph Drollinger’s Capitol Ministries runs Bible studies teaching officeholders that God opposes taxes and the regulatory state but is keenly interventionist about the bedroom; Speaker Mike Johnson — who preaches “biblically sanctioned government,” rejects church-state separation outright, joined pre-January 6 prayer calls, and architected the legal effort to overturn 2020 — sits second in line to the presidency. Kinzinger’s joke lands hard: the American Taliban. Are the Drollingers grifters or believers? Both, says Huffman — the two have never been mutually exclusive.</p><p>•       <strong>Atwood Wasn’t Writing Fiction. </strong>Huffman found The Handmaid’s Tale chilling precisely because Atwood didn’t invent Gilead — she reverse-engineered it from America’s puritanical past and theocratic subcultures, and had it arrive gradually, through fake emergencies. The trad-wife future is already drafted: Pete Hegseth belongs to the TheoBros — the Communion of Reformed Evangelical Churches, led by Idaho pastor Doug Wilson, who says the Nineteenth Amendment was a mistake and men should vote for the household — while radical traditionalist Catholics dream of a pre-Vatican II world of veils and submission. And don’t try joking with any of them, Huffman warns: in this absolutist theology, opponents aren’t adversaries but demons and antichrists, and destroying what stands in the way is a religious duty.</p><p>•       <strong>A Born-Again Atheist from the Mormon Priesthood. </strong>The messenger’s unlikely arc: raised devout in the Reorganized Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints in Independence, Missouri (now the progressive Community of Christ), ordained into its priesthood, then unmoored at twenty by his father’s death and the questions faith couldn’t answer. He settled on humanism — a moral framework without the supernatural — and calls himself a Christ-loving atheist, fully at peace with the Sermon on the Mount. His lineage, he argues, is the founding itself: Jefferson ridiculing “priestcraft,” Franklin’s lightning rod denounced by clerics who preferred sprinkling holy water from church towers, Paine and Madison beside them — and the Constitution’s secular firewall, Article VI and the First Amendment, as America’s original gift to the world. He’s politely skeptical of Jonathan Rauch’s suggestion that today’s LDS church models pluralism: “they’ve got a long way to go.”</p><p>•       <strong>A Golden Opportunity — If Democrats Dare. </strong>Christian nationalism and the Republican Party “are now one and the same,” Huffman argues — which means religious liberty, pluralism, and the majority who want no theocracy have been surrendered to whichever Democrat dares claim them. Most don’t: the intersection of religion and politics strikes them as too dicey. Texas’s James Talarico is the breakthrough messenger — calling out Christian nationalism from inside the faith, addressing atheists and believers alike — while AOC, a great friend, conspicuously declines every Freethought Caucus invitation, and Newsom awaits his copy of the book. Huffman wants no constitutional amendments: the founders got it right, and the task is defending Article VI and the Establishment Clause from a Supreme Court reading them out of existence. His own ambitions? “Career-limited as a straight white male from Northern California. I’m good with that.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324130482">Jared Huffman</a> has represented California’s 2nd congressional district — from the Golden Gate Bridge to the Oregon border — since 2013. A seven-term Democrat, former environmental attorney, co-founder of the Congressional Freethought Caucus, and the only Humanist ever to serve in Congress, he watched the January 6 insurrection from...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Most people do not understand that this attempted coup was a religious event.” — Congressman Jared Huffman on January 6</em></p><p> </p><p>We’ve featured many stark warnings about the threat of American Christian nationalism from journalists, activists, and religious scholars. Today, that warning comes from inside the government. In <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324130482"><em>No Prophets</em></a>, Californian congressman <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324130482">Jared Huffman</a> warns that the threat of Christian nationalism could destroy American democracy. Borrowing from Sinclair Lewis, Huffman argues that when fascism comes to America, it will be wrapped in the flag and carrying the cross.</p><p> </p><p>For Huffman, it’s not an abstract threat. On January 6, 2021, he watched something chillingly close to that theological nightmare unfold from his office on Capitol Hill. The attempted coup was a religious event, he insists. The insurrectionists were radicalized by the New Apostolic Reformation. These fanatics had rooms at the Willard beside Giuliani’s war room, and they preached and prophesied as the riot unfolded.</p><p> </p><p>His Republican colleague Adam Kinzinger tells him Christian nationalism “wasn’t just part of the insurrection. It was the whole story, the whole thing.” And yet the 845-page select committee report ignores this story because, Huffman charges, Liz Cheney personally intervened to erase it. “We are less safe today because of it,” he says.</p><p> </p><p>Like so many critics of Christian nationalism, Huffman had a religious upbringing. He grew up devout in the Reorganized Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints and then was ordained into its priesthood before losing his faith at twenty after his father’s death. Today he is a self-described “humanist,” the co-founder of the Congressional Freethought Caucus, and the only member of Congress who admits to not believing in gods. It’s an American intellectual tradition, he insists, that he shares with fellow religious skeptics like Thomas Jefferson, Benjamin Franklin, and James Madison.</p><p> </p><p>Christian nationalism and the Republican Party, Jared Huffman insists, are now one and the same. Huffman might not believe in gods, but there’s a biblical quality to his apocalyptic warnings. The prophet of <em>No Prophets</em> is putting all that religious training to good secular use.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>January 6 Was a Religious Event. </strong>The book’s foundational claim, witnessed from Huffman’s Capitol Hill office: the insurrection was saturated with religious choreography — symbols, worship services, self-declared prophets exhorting the crowd. The mob was radicalized by groups like the New Apostolic Reformation, a virulent Christian supremacist movement committed to dominion by any means necessary; organizers held rooms at the Willard Hotel beside Giuliani’s war room, were tasked by the Trump campaign with mobilizing right-wing Christians, and preached and prophesied on-site as the riot unfolded. The Smithsonian’s Uncivil Religion exhibit documented it in real time, and Adam Kinzinger told Huffman that Christian nationalism “wasn’t just part of the insurrection. It was the whole story, the whole thing.” Yet the select committee’s 845-page report contains none of it — erased, Huffman charges, by Liz Cheney’s personal intervention. “We are less safe today because of it.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Endgame Is Theocracy. </strong>Trump and the movement are codependent: he mainstreamed fringe prophets into White House VIPs; they supplied mobilization power nothing else in American politics can match, and wrapped him in the “Cyrus anointing” — the mythology of a flawed pagan king used by God to save his chosen people. The Washington operation is Huffman’s “shadow theocracy”: Ralph Drollinger’s Capitol Ministries runs Bible studies teaching officeholders that God opposes taxes and the regulatory state but is keenly interventionist about the bedroom; Speaker Mike Johnson — who preaches “biblically sanctioned government,” rejects church-state separation outright, joined pre-January 6 prayer calls, and architected the legal effort to overturn 2020 — sits second in line to the presidency. Kinzinger’s joke lands hard: the American Taliban. Are the Drollingers grifters or believers? Both, says Huffman — the two have never been mutually exclusive.</p><p>•       <strong>Atwood Wasn’t Writing Fiction. </strong>Huffman found The Handmaid’s Tale chilling precisely because Atwood didn’t invent Gilead — she reverse-engineered it from America’s puritanical past and theocratic subcultures, and had it arrive gradually, through fake emergencies. The trad-wife future is already drafted: Pete Hegseth belongs to the TheoBros — the Communion of Reformed Evangelical Churches, led by Idaho pastor Doug Wilson, who says the Nineteenth Amendment was a mistake and men should vote for the household — while radical traditionalist Catholics dream of a pre-Vatican II world of veils and submission. And don’t try joking with any of them, Huffman warns: in this absolutist theology, opponents aren’t adversaries but demons and antichrists, and destroying what stands in the way is a religious duty.</p><p>•       <strong>A Born-Again Atheist from the Mormon Priesthood. </strong>The messenger’s unlikely arc: raised devout in the Reorganized Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints in Independence, Missouri (now the progressive Community of Christ), ordained into its priesthood, then unmoored at twenty by his father’s death and the questions faith couldn’t answer. He settled on humanism — a moral framework without the supernatural — and calls himself a Christ-loving atheist, fully at peace with the Sermon on the Mount. His lineage, he argues, is the founding itself: Jefferson ridiculing “priestcraft,” Franklin’s lightning rod denounced by clerics who preferred sprinkling holy water from church towers, Paine and Madison beside them — and the Constitution’s secular firewall, Article VI and the First Amendment, as America’s original gift to the world. He’s politely skeptical of Jonathan Rauch’s suggestion that today’s LDS church models pluralism: “they’ve got a long way to go.”</p><p>•       <strong>A Golden Opportunity — If Democrats Dare. </strong>Christian nationalism and the Republican Party “are now one and the same,” Huffman argues — which means religious liberty, pluralism, and the majority who want no theocracy have been surrendered to whichever Democrat dares claim them. Most don’t: the intersection of religion and politics strikes them as too dicey. Texas’s James Talarico is the breakthrough messenger — calling out Christian nationalism from inside the faith, addressing atheists and believers alike — while AOC, a great friend, conspicuously declines every Freethought Caucus invitation, and Newsom awaits his copy of the book. Huffman wants no constitutional amendments: the founders got it right, and the task is defending Article VI and the Establishment Clause from a Supreme Court reading them out of existence. His own ambitions? “Career-limited as a straight white male from Northern California. I’m good with that.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324130482">Jared Huffman</a> has represented California’s 2nd congressional district — from the Golden Gate Bridge to the Oregon border — since 2013. A seven-term Democrat, former environmental attorney, co-founder of the Congressional Freethought Caucus, and the only Humanist ever to serve in Congress, he watched the January 6 insurrection from...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2026 07:40:22 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/e4446e76/07e89f80.mp3" length="36368395" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3439907" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/e4446e76/07e89f80.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VHQ6IVwWpmE">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/HkdpemZ3wLh1SSg6BqEf1dkDSsLZ0HM_4m4o0GpBExo/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85Y2U0/NWIxZGIyMzA3M2Yx/NjRiNjlkN2MzNjc2/Y2RhNi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2270</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Most people do not understand that this attempted coup was a religious event.” — Congressman Jared Huffman on January 6</em></p><p> </p><p>We’ve featured many stark warnings about the threat of American Christian nationalism from journalists, activists, and religious scholars. Today, that warning comes from inside the government. In <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324130482"><em>No Prophets</em></a>, Californian congressman <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324130482">Jared Huffman</a> warns that the threat of Christian nationalism could destroy American democracy. Borrowing from Sinclair Lewis, Huffman argues that when fascism comes to America, it will be wrapped in the flag and carrying the cross.</p><p> </p><p>For Huffman, it’s not an abstract threat. On January 6, 2021, he watched something chillingly close to that theological nightmare unfold from his office on Capitol Hill. The attempted coup was a religious event, he insists. The insurrectionists were radicalized by the New Apostolic Reformation. These fanatics had rooms at the Willard beside Giuliani’s war room, and they preached and prophesied as the riot unfolded.</p><p> </p><p>His Republican colleague Adam Kinzinger tells him Christian nationalism “wasn’t just part of the insurrection. It was the whole story, the whole thing.” And yet the 845-page select committee report ignores this story because, Huffman charges, Liz Cheney personally intervened to erase it. “We are less safe today because of it,” he says.</p><p> </p><p>Like so many critics of Christian nationalism, Huffman had a religious upbringing. He grew up devout in the Reorganized Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints and then was ordained into its priesthood before losing his faith at twenty after his father’s death. Today he is a self-described “humanist,” the co-founder of the Congressional Freethought Caucus, and the only member of Congress who admits to not believing in gods. It’s an American intellectual tradition, he insists, that he shares with fellow religious skeptics like Thomas Jefferson, Benjamin Franklin, and James Madison.</p><p> </p><p>Christian nationalism and the Republican Party, Jared Huffman insists, are now one and the same. Huffman might not believe in gods, but there’s a biblical quality to his apocalyptic warnings. The prophet of <em>No Prophets</em> is putting all that religious training to good secular use.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>January 6 Was a Religious Event. </strong>The book’s foundational claim, witnessed from Huffman’s Capitol Hill office: the insurrection was saturated with religious choreography — symbols, worship services, self-declared prophets exhorting the crowd. The mob was radicalized by groups like the New Apostolic Reformation, a virulent Christian supremacist movement committed to dominion by any means necessary; organizers held rooms at the Willard Hotel beside Giuliani’s war room, were tasked by the Trump campaign with mobilizing right-wing Christians, and preached and prophesied on-site as the riot unfolded. The Smithsonian’s Uncivil Religion exhibit documented it in real time, and Adam Kinzinger told Huffman that Christian nationalism “wasn’t just part of the insurrection. It was the whole story, the whole thing.” Yet the select committee’s 845-page report contains none of it — erased, Huffman charges, by Liz Cheney’s personal intervention. “We are less safe today because of it.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Endgame Is Theocracy. </strong>Trump and the movement are codependent: he mainstreamed fringe prophets into White House VIPs; they supplied mobilization power nothing else in American politics can match, and wrapped him in the “Cyrus anointing” — the mythology of a flawed pagan king used by God to save his chosen people. The Washington operation is Huffman’s “shadow theocracy”: Ralph Drollinger’s Capitol Ministries runs Bible studies teaching officeholders that God opposes taxes and the regulatory state but is keenly interventionist about the bedroom; Speaker Mike Johnson — who preaches “biblically sanctioned government,” rejects church-state separation outright, joined pre-January 6 prayer calls, and architected the legal effort to overturn 2020 — sits second in line to the presidency. Kinzinger’s joke lands hard: the American Taliban. Are the Drollingers grifters or believers? Both, says Huffman — the two have never been mutually exclusive.</p><p>•       <strong>Atwood Wasn’t Writing Fiction. </strong>Huffman found The Handmaid’s Tale chilling precisely because Atwood didn’t invent Gilead — she reverse-engineered it from America’s puritanical past and theocratic subcultures, and had it arrive gradually, through fake emergencies. The trad-wife future is already drafted: Pete Hegseth belongs to the TheoBros — the Communion of Reformed Evangelical Churches, led by Idaho pastor Doug Wilson, who says the Nineteenth Amendment was a mistake and men should vote for the household — while radical traditionalist Catholics dream of a pre-Vatican II world of veils and submission. And don’t try joking with any of them, Huffman warns: in this absolutist theology, opponents aren’t adversaries but demons and antichrists, and destroying what stands in the way is a religious duty.</p><p>•       <strong>A Born-Again Atheist from the Mormon Priesthood. </strong>The messenger’s unlikely arc: raised devout in the Reorganized Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints in Independence, Missouri (now the progressive Community of Christ), ordained into its priesthood, then unmoored at twenty by his father’s death and the questions faith couldn’t answer. He settled on humanism — a moral framework without the supernatural — and calls himself a Christ-loving atheist, fully at peace with the Sermon on the Mount. His lineage, he argues, is the founding itself: Jefferson ridiculing “priestcraft,” Franklin’s lightning rod denounced by clerics who preferred sprinkling holy water from church towers, Paine and Madison beside them — and the Constitution’s secular firewall, Article VI and the First Amendment, as America’s original gift to the world. He’s politely skeptical of Jonathan Rauch’s suggestion that today’s LDS church models pluralism: “they’ve got a long way to go.”</p><p>•       <strong>A Golden Opportunity — If Democrats Dare. </strong>Christian nationalism and the Republican Party “are now one and the same,” Huffman argues — which means religious liberty, pluralism, and the majority who want no theocracy have been surrendered to whichever Democrat dares claim them. Most don’t: the intersection of religion and politics strikes them as too dicey. Texas’s James Talarico is the breakthrough messenger — calling out Christian nationalism from inside the faith, addressing atheists and believers alike — while AOC, a great friend, conspicuously declines every Freethought Caucus invitation, and Newsom awaits his copy of the book. Huffman wants no constitutional amendments: the founders got it right, and the task is defending Article VI and the Establishment Clause from a Supreme Court reading them out of existence. His own ambitions? “Career-limited as a straight white male from Northern California. I’m good with that.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324130482">Jared Huffman</a> has represented California’s 2nd congressional district — from the Golden Gate Bridge to the Oregon border — since 2013. A seven-term Democrat, former environmental attorney, co-founder of the Congressional Freethought Caucus, and the only Humanist ever to serve in Congress, he watched the January 6 insurrection from...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/e4446e76/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Our Seven Trillion Dollar Future: Dave McClure &amp; Aman Verjee Burst the AI Pessimism Bubble</title>
      <itunes:episode>3006</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3006</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Our Seven Trillion Dollar Future: Dave McClure &amp; Aman Verjee Burst the AI Pessimism Bubble</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">295ddf51-e24f-491e-b050-83d3fbe20fed</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Anthropic will be a $3 trillion company, SpaceX $2 trillion, and OpenAI $1 to $1.5 trillion by Q2 of next year.” — Dave McClure</em></p><p> </p><p>Yesterday, Keith Teare and I debated the circularity of the AI economy. Today, two of Silicon Valley’s most experienced investors, <a href="https://practicalvc.com/">Dave McClure</a> and <a href="https://practicalvc.com/">Aman Verjee</a>, not only straighten out this supposed “circularity” but also burst the pessimism bubble that envelops so many conversations about AI.</p><p> </p><p>Verjee is not only McClure’s partner at Practical Venture Capital, but also the author of the newly published <a href="https://bigbubbletrouble.com/"><em>A Brief History of Financial Bubbles</em></a>. According to him, today’s AI-stoked economy is not an unusually large bubble. It may not even be a bubble, given that AI revenue — from Anthropic’s $70 billion to OpenAI’s $50 billion — is real. The irrational exuberance lives elsewhere — in companies “draping themselves in AI magic sauce” and in the “SaaSpocalypse” that is decimating software-as-a-service companies.</p><p> </p><p>They are both bullish about our AI future. McClure predicts that by the first half of next year, Anthropic and OpenAI will have joined SpaceX as public companies. Together, these three AI darlings will be worth $7 trillion. That’s seven thousand billion reasons to be optimistic about 2027.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Not a Bubble — a Repricing. </strong>Both partners reject the bubble call, on the numbers: Anthropic at roughly $70 billion in revenue on under two gigawatts of compute, OpenAI at $40–50 billion, SpaceX guiding to $100 billion with more than half from AI — real revenue, increasingly real profits. The froth is specific: companies “draping themselves in AI magic sauce” without the substance, and the SaaSpocalypse — cloud-software companies whose cash flows are suddenly perceived as far less durable as AI encroaches on design, legal, and medical verticals. Michael Burry’s warning gets Aman’s definitive treatment (“he’s called nine of the last two bubbles”), and the Aschenbrenner blowup was leverage — running four-x in volatile chip stocks — not AI: he kept his Anthropic position, is married to Dario’s chief of staff, and “will be just fine.”</p><p>•       <strong>The $2 Trillion Filing. </strong>The week’s news, baked into the episode: Anthropic has filed to go public, with a very intentionally leaked $2 trillion valuation hinging on a $190–200 billion 2028 revenue forecast — which Dave suspects is conservative. Eight months ago, when these two last visited, the show was about Elon and Sam and Dario was the bit player; then came the weeks when decades happen: Anthropic’s bet on coding agents — reportedly inspired by watching Cursor — captured the revenue engine of the entire application layer. Aman’s sequencing: SpaceX is absorbing $75–85 billion of IPO capital, Anthropic goes next, and if both trade well, 2026 breaks every record for money raised — leaving 2027 for OpenAI at a $100 billion revenue guide. Google, he reminds us, went fourth after Yahoo, Lycos, and Excite: better to do it right than to do it first.</p><p>•       <strong>The Fastest Pivot in Corporate History. </strong>Dave’s account of SpaceX’s transformation: the $250 billion xAI merger (a largely private transaction Elon approved with himself), the acquisition of Cursor that closed Friday, Colossus data centers scaling from two gigawatts toward ten, and compute deals renting capacity to Anthropic and Google — former competitors — all executed in roughly six months. The S-1, with unprecedented forward projections of $300 billion in annual revenue, mentions artificial intelligence over 1,100 times (“I used AI to count it,” Aman admits). The result is an economy Andrew calls incestuous: SpaceX’s valuation now rests on Anthropic’s progress. On Elon himself, Dave separates the art from the artist — terrific products, dubious politics — and on OpenAI: more board changes than Spinal Tap had drummers, a team still storming and norming, but Sam is savvy and the IPO lands by Q2 next year at $1–1.5 trillion.</p><p>•       <strong>Circularity as Asset Class. </strong>The New York Times sees a vulnerability in tech giants funding their own customers; Aman, a former CFO at eBay and Sonos, sees asset-backed finance. His analogy: buying a Corvette with GMAC financing isn’t a conspiracy as long as the terms are commercially reasonable — and NVIDIA’s $500 billion backstop, syndicated with Goldman Sachs, Apollo, Brookfield, and KKR, brings third-party money that validates the asset. GPUs, he argues, are cars rather than smartphones: financeable over eight to ten years, not obsolete in three. The red flags to watch are rebates and self-dealing on non-commercial terms; the current evidence looks more like aircraft leasing than Enron. Dave’s deeper worry isn’t the AI economy at all — it’s the national deficit, whose interest payments are now the largest single line item in the federal budget.</p><p>•       <strong>The Luddite Summer Meets the Long Boom. </strong>Aman’s sharpest historical observation: this may be the first technological revolution whose leaders are the doomers — Sam prophesying idleness, Dario predicting half of entry-level white-collar jobs destroyed within five years (already wrong at eighteen months, with no 10–20 percent unemployment in sight). Against the WSJ’s jobless-boom and nation-of-Luddites anxieties, the book offers the long view: of ten historical bubbles, the two positive ones — Britain’s 1845 railway mania and America’s 1997–2000 internet boom — overbuilt, crashed, and left the world a valuable technology. Buy every stock founded in the boom and hold, and you’d have owned NVIDIA, Amazon, Google, and PayPal. The 1970s wiped out four to six million secretarial jobs in a decade; women’s participation rose from 52 to 77 percent. And on China, the free-trader’s answer: partners in progress — there’s more to gain than lose if we do this right.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guests</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://practicalvc.com/">Dave McClure</a> and <a href="https://practicalvc.com/">Aman Verjee</a> are the co-founders and managing partners of Practical Venture Capital, a Silicon Valley firm specializing in venture secondaries. Dave founded 500 Startups, invested at Founders Fund, and ran marketing at PayPal; Aman was COO of 500 Startups, led strategy at PayPal and eBay, served as CFO of Sonos and of eBay’s North American marketplace — and wrote the first draft of PayPal’s S-1. Aman’s new book, <a href="https://bigbubbletrouble.com/"><em>A Brief History of Financial Bubbles</em></a> (out this week), is available at bigbubbletrouble.com.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://bigbubbletrouble.com/"><em>A Brief History of Financial Bubbles</em></a> by Aman Verjee — ten manias from the tulips to the subprime crash, out this week at bigbubbletrouble.com.</p><p>•       Reuters on Anthropic’s IPO filing — the $2 trillion valuation and the $190–200 billion 2028 revenue forecast it hinges on.</p><p>•       “The Summer That America Became a Nation of Luddites” and the “jobless boom” — the Wall Street Journal pieces threading this week’s episodes.</p><p>•       The New York Times on tech giants’ circular AI economy — the piece that framed yesterday’s TWTW debate and today’s rebuttal.</p><p>•       The SpaceX S-1 — forward projections of $300 billion in ann...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Anthropic will be a $3 trillion company, SpaceX $2 trillion, and OpenAI $1 to $1.5 trillion by Q2 of next year.” — Dave McClure</em></p><p> </p><p>Yesterday, Keith Teare and I debated the circularity of the AI economy. Today, two of Silicon Valley’s most experienced investors, <a href="https://practicalvc.com/">Dave McClure</a> and <a href="https://practicalvc.com/">Aman Verjee</a>, not only straighten out this supposed “circularity” but also burst the pessimism bubble that envelops so many conversations about AI.</p><p> </p><p>Verjee is not only McClure’s partner at Practical Venture Capital, but also the author of the newly published <a href="https://bigbubbletrouble.com/"><em>A Brief History of Financial Bubbles</em></a>. According to him, today’s AI-stoked economy is not an unusually large bubble. It may not even be a bubble, given that AI revenue — from Anthropic’s $70 billion to OpenAI’s $50 billion — is real. The irrational exuberance lives elsewhere — in companies “draping themselves in AI magic sauce” and in the “SaaSpocalypse” that is decimating software-as-a-service companies.</p><p> </p><p>They are both bullish about our AI future. McClure predicts that by the first half of next year, Anthropic and OpenAI will have joined SpaceX as public companies. Together, these three AI darlings will be worth $7 trillion. That’s seven thousand billion reasons to be optimistic about 2027.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Not a Bubble — a Repricing. </strong>Both partners reject the bubble call, on the numbers: Anthropic at roughly $70 billion in revenue on under two gigawatts of compute, OpenAI at $40–50 billion, SpaceX guiding to $100 billion with more than half from AI — real revenue, increasingly real profits. The froth is specific: companies “draping themselves in AI magic sauce” without the substance, and the SaaSpocalypse — cloud-software companies whose cash flows are suddenly perceived as far less durable as AI encroaches on design, legal, and medical verticals. Michael Burry’s warning gets Aman’s definitive treatment (“he’s called nine of the last two bubbles”), and the Aschenbrenner blowup was leverage — running four-x in volatile chip stocks — not AI: he kept his Anthropic position, is married to Dario’s chief of staff, and “will be just fine.”</p><p>•       <strong>The $2 Trillion Filing. </strong>The week’s news, baked into the episode: Anthropic has filed to go public, with a very intentionally leaked $2 trillion valuation hinging on a $190–200 billion 2028 revenue forecast — which Dave suspects is conservative. Eight months ago, when these two last visited, the show was about Elon and Sam and Dario was the bit player; then came the weeks when decades happen: Anthropic’s bet on coding agents — reportedly inspired by watching Cursor — captured the revenue engine of the entire application layer. Aman’s sequencing: SpaceX is absorbing $75–85 billion of IPO capital, Anthropic goes next, and if both trade well, 2026 breaks every record for money raised — leaving 2027 for OpenAI at a $100 billion revenue guide. Google, he reminds us, went fourth after Yahoo, Lycos, and Excite: better to do it right than to do it first.</p><p>•       <strong>The Fastest Pivot in Corporate History. </strong>Dave’s account of SpaceX’s transformation: the $250 billion xAI merger (a largely private transaction Elon approved with himself), the acquisition of Cursor that closed Friday, Colossus data centers scaling from two gigawatts toward ten, and compute deals renting capacity to Anthropic and Google — former competitors — all executed in roughly six months. The S-1, with unprecedented forward projections of $300 billion in annual revenue, mentions artificial intelligence over 1,100 times (“I used AI to count it,” Aman admits). The result is an economy Andrew calls incestuous: SpaceX’s valuation now rests on Anthropic’s progress. On Elon himself, Dave separates the art from the artist — terrific products, dubious politics — and on OpenAI: more board changes than Spinal Tap had drummers, a team still storming and norming, but Sam is savvy and the IPO lands by Q2 next year at $1–1.5 trillion.</p><p>•       <strong>Circularity as Asset Class. </strong>The New York Times sees a vulnerability in tech giants funding their own customers; Aman, a former CFO at eBay and Sonos, sees asset-backed finance. His analogy: buying a Corvette with GMAC financing isn’t a conspiracy as long as the terms are commercially reasonable — and NVIDIA’s $500 billion backstop, syndicated with Goldman Sachs, Apollo, Brookfield, and KKR, brings third-party money that validates the asset. GPUs, he argues, are cars rather than smartphones: financeable over eight to ten years, not obsolete in three. The red flags to watch are rebates and self-dealing on non-commercial terms; the current evidence looks more like aircraft leasing than Enron. Dave’s deeper worry isn’t the AI economy at all — it’s the national deficit, whose interest payments are now the largest single line item in the federal budget.</p><p>•       <strong>The Luddite Summer Meets the Long Boom. </strong>Aman’s sharpest historical observation: this may be the first technological revolution whose leaders are the doomers — Sam prophesying idleness, Dario predicting half of entry-level white-collar jobs destroyed within five years (already wrong at eighteen months, with no 10–20 percent unemployment in sight). Against the WSJ’s jobless-boom and nation-of-Luddites anxieties, the book offers the long view: of ten historical bubbles, the two positive ones — Britain’s 1845 railway mania and America’s 1997–2000 internet boom — overbuilt, crashed, and left the world a valuable technology. Buy every stock founded in the boom and hold, and you’d have owned NVIDIA, Amazon, Google, and PayPal. The 1970s wiped out four to six million secretarial jobs in a decade; women’s participation rose from 52 to 77 percent. And on China, the free-trader’s answer: partners in progress — there’s more to gain than lose if we do this right.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guests</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://practicalvc.com/">Dave McClure</a> and <a href="https://practicalvc.com/">Aman Verjee</a> are the co-founders and managing partners of Practical Venture Capital, a Silicon Valley firm specializing in venture secondaries. Dave founded 500 Startups, invested at Founders Fund, and ran marketing at PayPal; Aman was COO of 500 Startups, led strategy at PayPal and eBay, served as CFO of Sonos and of eBay’s North American marketplace — and wrote the first draft of PayPal’s S-1. Aman’s new book, <a href="https://bigbubbletrouble.com/"><em>A Brief History of Financial Bubbles</em></a> (out this week), is available at bigbubbletrouble.com.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://bigbubbletrouble.com/"><em>A Brief History of Financial Bubbles</em></a> by Aman Verjee — ten manias from the tulips to the subprime crash, out this week at bigbubbletrouble.com.</p><p>•       Reuters on Anthropic’s IPO filing — the $2 trillion valuation and the $190–200 billion 2028 revenue forecast it hinges on.</p><p>•       “The Summer That America Became a Nation of Luddites” and the “jobless boom” — the Wall Street Journal pieces threading this week’s episodes.</p><p>•       The New York Times on tech giants’ circular AI economy — the piece that framed yesterday’s TWTW debate and today’s rebuttal.</p><p>•       The SpaceX S-1 — forward projections of $300 billion in ann...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2026 09:01:22 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/6ed1a3b9/e4197cd0.mp3" length="53515184" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3471835" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/6ed1a3b9/e4197cd0.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yZ4kPShmIKo">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/hxGRclReQxFBpW6BE1jtkky7oBCBgE4aKj9UYPX8Z4g/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85YzRh/OGU2ZWYwMzczMzEy/Y2VmNDA0ZjQ3ZmU3/Y2MwYS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3342</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Anthropic will be a $3 trillion company, SpaceX $2 trillion, and OpenAI $1 to $1.5 trillion by Q2 of next year.” — Dave McClure</em></p><p> </p><p>Yesterday, Keith Teare and I debated the circularity of the AI economy. Today, two of Silicon Valley’s most experienced investors, <a href="https://practicalvc.com/">Dave McClure</a> and <a href="https://practicalvc.com/">Aman Verjee</a>, not only straighten out this supposed “circularity” but also burst the pessimism bubble that envelops so many conversations about AI.</p><p> </p><p>Verjee is not only McClure’s partner at Practical Venture Capital, but also the author of the newly published <a href="https://bigbubbletrouble.com/"><em>A Brief History of Financial Bubbles</em></a>. According to him, today’s AI-stoked economy is not an unusually large bubble. It may not even be a bubble, given that AI revenue — from Anthropic’s $70 billion to OpenAI’s $50 billion — is real. The irrational exuberance lives elsewhere — in companies “draping themselves in AI magic sauce” and in the “SaaSpocalypse” that is decimating software-as-a-service companies.</p><p> </p><p>They are both bullish about our AI future. McClure predicts that by the first half of next year, Anthropic and OpenAI will have joined SpaceX as public companies. Together, these three AI darlings will be worth $7 trillion. That’s seven thousand billion reasons to be optimistic about 2027.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Not a Bubble — a Repricing. </strong>Both partners reject the bubble call, on the numbers: Anthropic at roughly $70 billion in revenue on under two gigawatts of compute, OpenAI at $40–50 billion, SpaceX guiding to $100 billion with more than half from AI — real revenue, increasingly real profits. The froth is specific: companies “draping themselves in AI magic sauce” without the substance, and the SaaSpocalypse — cloud-software companies whose cash flows are suddenly perceived as far less durable as AI encroaches on design, legal, and medical verticals. Michael Burry’s warning gets Aman’s definitive treatment (“he’s called nine of the last two bubbles”), and the Aschenbrenner blowup was leverage — running four-x in volatile chip stocks — not AI: he kept his Anthropic position, is married to Dario’s chief of staff, and “will be just fine.”</p><p>•       <strong>The $2 Trillion Filing. </strong>The week’s news, baked into the episode: Anthropic has filed to go public, with a very intentionally leaked $2 trillion valuation hinging on a $190–200 billion 2028 revenue forecast — which Dave suspects is conservative. Eight months ago, when these two last visited, the show was about Elon and Sam and Dario was the bit player; then came the weeks when decades happen: Anthropic’s bet on coding agents — reportedly inspired by watching Cursor — captured the revenue engine of the entire application layer. Aman’s sequencing: SpaceX is absorbing $75–85 billion of IPO capital, Anthropic goes next, and if both trade well, 2026 breaks every record for money raised — leaving 2027 for OpenAI at a $100 billion revenue guide. Google, he reminds us, went fourth after Yahoo, Lycos, and Excite: better to do it right than to do it first.</p><p>•       <strong>The Fastest Pivot in Corporate History. </strong>Dave’s account of SpaceX’s transformation: the $250 billion xAI merger (a largely private transaction Elon approved with himself), the acquisition of Cursor that closed Friday, Colossus data centers scaling from two gigawatts toward ten, and compute deals renting capacity to Anthropic and Google — former competitors — all executed in roughly six months. The S-1, with unprecedented forward projections of $300 billion in annual revenue, mentions artificial intelligence over 1,100 times (“I used AI to count it,” Aman admits). The result is an economy Andrew calls incestuous: SpaceX’s valuation now rests on Anthropic’s progress. On Elon himself, Dave separates the art from the artist — terrific products, dubious politics — and on OpenAI: more board changes than Spinal Tap had drummers, a team still storming and norming, but Sam is savvy and the IPO lands by Q2 next year at $1–1.5 trillion.</p><p>•       <strong>Circularity as Asset Class. </strong>The New York Times sees a vulnerability in tech giants funding their own customers; Aman, a former CFO at eBay and Sonos, sees asset-backed finance. His analogy: buying a Corvette with GMAC financing isn’t a conspiracy as long as the terms are commercially reasonable — and NVIDIA’s $500 billion backstop, syndicated with Goldman Sachs, Apollo, Brookfield, and KKR, brings third-party money that validates the asset. GPUs, he argues, are cars rather than smartphones: financeable over eight to ten years, not obsolete in three. The red flags to watch are rebates and self-dealing on non-commercial terms; the current evidence looks more like aircraft leasing than Enron. Dave’s deeper worry isn’t the AI economy at all — it’s the national deficit, whose interest payments are now the largest single line item in the federal budget.</p><p>•       <strong>The Luddite Summer Meets the Long Boom. </strong>Aman’s sharpest historical observation: this may be the first technological revolution whose leaders are the doomers — Sam prophesying idleness, Dario predicting half of entry-level white-collar jobs destroyed within five years (already wrong at eighteen months, with no 10–20 percent unemployment in sight). Against the WSJ’s jobless-boom and nation-of-Luddites anxieties, the book offers the long view: of ten historical bubbles, the two positive ones — Britain’s 1845 railway mania and America’s 1997–2000 internet boom — overbuilt, crashed, and left the world a valuable technology. Buy every stock founded in the boom and hold, and you’d have owned NVIDIA, Amazon, Google, and PayPal. The 1970s wiped out four to six million secretarial jobs in a decade; women’s participation rose from 52 to 77 percent. And on China, the free-trader’s answer: partners in progress — there’s more to gain than lose if we do this right.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guests</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://practicalvc.com/">Dave McClure</a> and <a href="https://practicalvc.com/">Aman Verjee</a> are the co-founders and managing partners of Practical Venture Capital, a Silicon Valley firm specializing in venture secondaries. Dave founded 500 Startups, invested at Founders Fund, and ran marketing at PayPal; Aman was COO of 500 Startups, led strategy at PayPal and eBay, served as CFO of Sonos and of eBay’s North American marketplace — and wrote the first draft of PayPal’s S-1. Aman’s new book, <a href="https://bigbubbletrouble.com/"><em>A Brief History of Financial Bubbles</em></a> (out this week), is available at bigbubbletrouble.com.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://bigbubbletrouble.com/"><em>A Brief History of Financial Bubbles</em></a> by Aman Verjee — ten manias from the tulips to the subprime crash, out this week at bigbubbletrouble.com.</p><p>•       Reuters on Anthropic’s IPO filing — the $2 trillion valuation and the $190–200 billion 2028 revenue forecast it hinges on.</p><p>•       “The Summer That America Became a Nation of Luddites” and the “jobless boom” — the Wall Street Journal pieces threading this week’s episodes.</p><p>•       The New York Times on tech giants’ circular AI economy — the piece that framed yesterday’s TWTW debate and today’s rebuttal.</p><p>•       The SpaceX S-1 — forward projections of $300 billion in ann...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/6ed1a3b9/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/6ed1a3b9/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Scarlet Summer of Our Luddite Discontent: Opening Up on AI Shame &amp; Anthropic Watermarks</title>
      <itunes:episode>3005</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3005</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Scarlet Summer of Our Luddite Discontent: Opening Up on AI Shame &amp; Anthropic Watermarks</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">56d44beb-e5d6-43c4-8c7b-4996583a39a3</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I don’t feel any shame at all recruiting an army of AI agents to help me accomplish my goals. But I think society is trying to make me feel shame.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>Welcome to the <a href="https://www.wsj.com/tech/ai/the-summer-that-america-became-a-nation-of-luddites-5e6dc3e7?mod=hp_lead_pos5">summer</a> of America’s luddite discontent. Not only are left and right calling for an AI ban, but tech loathing has even infiltrated Silicon Valley in the form of Anthropic’s decision to watermark Claude’s output. That, at least, is the view of <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a>, who believes that watermarking is “nuts.”</p><p> </p><p>In our luddite zeitgeist, Keith believes that a watermark is a scarlet stamp of implied guilt. By marking its own product, Anthropic is not only furnishing the luddite mob with a convenient surveillance tool, but also acknowledging a tacit guilt about using Claude.</p><p> </p><p>“You should never adjust to the market,” the Silicon Valley serial entrepreneur explains. “The market’s wrong nine times out of ten.”</p><p> </p><p>As for Dario Amodei, Claude’s dad (so to speak), Keith is even more accusatory. The Anthropic CEO is kissing ass “like a politician, not the leader of a company,” Keith hisses, repeating this week’s whispers that Anthropic is becoming an “ideologically motivated cult.” If Dario were female, Keith would probably make him a witch. Or, at least, a hussy — the hysterical implication, if not the word, of the Journal’s <a href="https://www.wsj.com/tech/ai/claude-dario-amodei-wife-anthropic-e1eeda7d">profile</a> of Cami Clark, Dario’s wife.</p><p> </p><p>I took Anthropic’s side — somebody had to. I see watermarking as just another AI tool. It’s an honest human fingerprint in an age of fakery. Live by the algorithm, die by it too. Anyway, a watermark has its uses. Rather than moral opprobrium, it feeds our curiosity about who is and isn’t using AI. So, for example, I ran Keith’s editorial through another AI detector and it indicated 86 percent AI-generated while mine came back as 100 percent human. And if I can elude the scarlet stamp, then even I might have to join the luddite mob.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>“Watermarking Is Nuts.” </strong>Keith’s editorial takes aim at Anthropic’s decision to watermark Claude’s output — invisible text signals identifying the machine’s hand, cousin to what Google has long done with audio. His objection isn’t the mark itself (“I don’t care that it’s watermarked. I care that Anthropic thinks it should be watermarked”): a watermark starts from suspicion, implies a problem where none exists, and tells Anthropic’s own customers their use of the product needs flagging. Restream doesn’t watermark this show; Adobe doesn’t watermark its exports. To Keith it’s pure zeitgeist capitulation — and while one Claude Max subscriber in the newsletter canceled in protest, Keith hasn’t. Andrew’s rebuttal: watermarking serves curiosity, and in an age of fakery an honest fingerprint is a very human addition.</p><p>•       <strong>The Scarlet Watermark: On AI Shame. </strong>The deeper argument was theological. Keith — an atheist who concedes atheism is also a faith, and who believes in good and bad but not sin — feels no shame “recruiting an army of AI agents” so long as he can stand by the output; shame belongs to spam factories and fakers who publish unread. But society, he says, is trying to make him feel it: the canceled author who lost his agent last week proves there’s an issue. Andrew, playing therapist, diagnosed a flicker of guilt anyway — and argued shame is precisely the point: one of the last all-too-human spaces, worth preserving in an age of machines. Both then confessed their methods on air: Pangram scored Keith’s editorial 86 percent AI and Andrew’s 100 percent human. “I’m a clever cheater. You’re a less clever cheater.” Keith: “There’s no shame in that.”</p><p>•       <strong>Keith vs Dario. </strong>Keith’s indictment of Anthropic’s CEO was the week’s harshest: Dario Amodei “kisses ass… like a politician, not the leader of a company,” keeps taking the media’s bait, and is “damaging his chances over and over again” in a $2 trillion IPO year — cult whispers included. The right posture, per Keith: never adjust to the market (“wrong nine times out of ten”); do what Elon would do and call bullshit. Andrew’s defense: he’s a fan of Dario, certainly next to Elon and Slippery Sam — and if America really is a nation of Luddites, adjusting is what reality requires. His actual grievance is more prosaic: $100 a month and he’s out of credits, as both Anthropic and OpenAI squeeze revenue for the IPO race. Keith, meanwhile, spent the week testing Grok Bot — a “far better” OpenClaw replacement at $200 a month — and declared himself, this week at least, a Grok Bot guy: “I’m for sale, actually.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Luddite Summer Reading List. </strong>The Wall Street Journal declared this the summer America became a nation of Luddites — left and right, with a January 6 organizer now rallying conservatives against AI. Noah Smith diagnosed the poverty of anti-tech thought: tech’s power is persuasion, not coercion, and the iPhone won its argument on day one (Andrew dissents — society never got to discuss the iPhone’s impact). Martin Wolf, reviewing Daron Acemoglu’s new defense of liberal democracy, concluded the ship has sailed: liberal democracy was unthinkable without industrial capitalism, and that age is vanishing. Keith’s gloss is optimistic — the eroding factory life frees individuals for self-realization. Andrew’s snapshot from deindustrialized Indianapolis, and Britain’s twenty percent on disability, says otherwise. Keith’s concession, extracted twice for the record: “You’re right.”</p><p>•       <strong>Unicorns, Circles — and Two IPOs. </strong>Keith listened to Andrew’s Renée Jones interview and rated it good — but says she misses the why: overnight global distribution to five billion phones, freemium economics, and rational revenue multiples made unicorns inevitable; to stop them “she’d have to deglobalize the world.” (Andrew’s verdict: “a nicer, smarter version of Lina Khan.” Keith’s question for Democrats: where is your argument for embracing AI?) The New York Times’ circularity warning — tech giants’ profits propped by their own AI investments — got the Grok Bot treatment: hundreds of billions in external revenue make it a Channel Tunnel, not a closed loop, though Andrew noted Keith told the bot the answer first. Illiquid shares carry provisional, not realized, value. And the ending both agreed on: the OpenAI and Anthropic IPOs are this narrative’s climax. Keith will personally buy both.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Co-Host</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the publisher of <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a>, the essential weekly tech newsletter, and founder and CEO of SignalRank Corporation. A serial entrepreneur — co-founder of, among others, EasyNet and RealNames — he was present at the creation of the UK internet and has spent four decades at the intersection of technology, capital, and ideas. He joins Keen On America every Sunday to make sense of the week in tech.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith’s newsletter, including this week’s editorial, “Why Watermark?”</p><p>•  ...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I don’t feel any shame at all recruiting an army of AI agents to help me accomplish my goals. But I think society is trying to make me feel shame.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>Welcome to the <a href="https://www.wsj.com/tech/ai/the-summer-that-america-became-a-nation-of-luddites-5e6dc3e7?mod=hp_lead_pos5">summer</a> of America’s luddite discontent. Not only are left and right calling for an AI ban, but tech loathing has even infiltrated Silicon Valley in the form of Anthropic’s decision to watermark Claude’s output. That, at least, is the view of <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a>, who believes that watermarking is “nuts.”</p><p> </p><p>In our luddite zeitgeist, Keith believes that a watermark is a scarlet stamp of implied guilt. By marking its own product, Anthropic is not only furnishing the luddite mob with a convenient surveillance tool, but also acknowledging a tacit guilt about using Claude.</p><p> </p><p>“You should never adjust to the market,” the Silicon Valley serial entrepreneur explains. “The market’s wrong nine times out of ten.”</p><p> </p><p>As for Dario Amodei, Claude’s dad (so to speak), Keith is even more accusatory. The Anthropic CEO is kissing ass “like a politician, not the leader of a company,” Keith hisses, repeating this week’s whispers that Anthropic is becoming an “ideologically motivated cult.” If Dario were female, Keith would probably make him a witch. Or, at least, a hussy — the hysterical implication, if not the word, of the Journal’s <a href="https://www.wsj.com/tech/ai/claude-dario-amodei-wife-anthropic-e1eeda7d">profile</a> of Cami Clark, Dario’s wife.</p><p> </p><p>I took Anthropic’s side — somebody had to. I see watermarking as just another AI tool. It’s an honest human fingerprint in an age of fakery. Live by the algorithm, die by it too. Anyway, a watermark has its uses. Rather than moral opprobrium, it feeds our curiosity about who is and isn’t using AI. So, for example, I ran Keith’s editorial through another AI detector and it indicated 86 percent AI-generated while mine came back as 100 percent human. And if I can elude the scarlet stamp, then even I might have to join the luddite mob.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>“Watermarking Is Nuts.” </strong>Keith’s editorial takes aim at Anthropic’s decision to watermark Claude’s output — invisible text signals identifying the machine’s hand, cousin to what Google has long done with audio. His objection isn’t the mark itself (“I don’t care that it’s watermarked. I care that Anthropic thinks it should be watermarked”): a watermark starts from suspicion, implies a problem where none exists, and tells Anthropic’s own customers their use of the product needs flagging. Restream doesn’t watermark this show; Adobe doesn’t watermark its exports. To Keith it’s pure zeitgeist capitulation — and while one Claude Max subscriber in the newsletter canceled in protest, Keith hasn’t. Andrew’s rebuttal: watermarking serves curiosity, and in an age of fakery an honest fingerprint is a very human addition.</p><p>•       <strong>The Scarlet Watermark: On AI Shame. </strong>The deeper argument was theological. Keith — an atheist who concedes atheism is also a faith, and who believes in good and bad but not sin — feels no shame “recruiting an army of AI agents” so long as he can stand by the output; shame belongs to spam factories and fakers who publish unread. But society, he says, is trying to make him feel it: the canceled author who lost his agent last week proves there’s an issue. Andrew, playing therapist, diagnosed a flicker of guilt anyway — and argued shame is precisely the point: one of the last all-too-human spaces, worth preserving in an age of machines. Both then confessed their methods on air: Pangram scored Keith’s editorial 86 percent AI and Andrew’s 100 percent human. “I’m a clever cheater. You’re a less clever cheater.” Keith: “There’s no shame in that.”</p><p>•       <strong>Keith vs Dario. </strong>Keith’s indictment of Anthropic’s CEO was the week’s harshest: Dario Amodei “kisses ass… like a politician, not the leader of a company,” keeps taking the media’s bait, and is “damaging his chances over and over again” in a $2 trillion IPO year — cult whispers included. The right posture, per Keith: never adjust to the market (“wrong nine times out of ten”); do what Elon would do and call bullshit. Andrew’s defense: he’s a fan of Dario, certainly next to Elon and Slippery Sam — and if America really is a nation of Luddites, adjusting is what reality requires. His actual grievance is more prosaic: $100 a month and he’s out of credits, as both Anthropic and OpenAI squeeze revenue for the IPO race. Keith, meanwhile, spent the week testing Grok Bot — a “far better” OpenClaw replacement at $200 a month — and declared himself, this week at least, a Grok Bot guy: “I’m for sale, actually.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Luddite Summer Reading List. </strong>The Wall Street Journal declared this the summer America became a nation of Luddites — left and right, with a January 6 organizer now rallying conservatives against AI. Noah Smith diagnosed the poverty of anti-tech thought: tech’s power is persuasion, not coercion, and the iPhone won its argument on day one (Andrew dissents — society never got to discuss the iPhone’s impact). Martin Wolf, reviewing Daron Acemoglu’s new defense of liberal democracy, concluded the ship has sailed: liberal democracy was unthinkable without industrial capitalism, and that age is vanishing. Keith’s gloss is optimistic — the eroding factory life frees individuals for self-realization. Andrew’s snapshot from deindustrialized Indianapolis, and Britain’s twenty percent on disability, says otherwise. Keith’s concession, extracted twice for the record: “You’re right.”</p><p>•       <strong>Unicorns, Circles — and Two IPOs. </strong>Keith listened to Andrew’s Renée Jones interview and rated it good — but says she misses the why: overnight global distribution to five billion phones, freemium economics, and rational revenue multiples made unicorns inevitable; to stop them “she’d have to deglobalize the world.” (Andrew’s verdict: “a nicer, smarter version of Lina Khan.” Keith’s question for Democrats: where is your argument for embracing AI?) The New York Times’ circularity warning — tech giants’ profits propped by their own AI investments — got the Grok Bot treatment: hundreds of billions in external revenue make it a Channel Tunnel, not a closed loop, though Andrew noted Keith told the bot the answer first. Illiquid shares carry provisional, not realized, value. And the ending both agreed on: the OpenAI and Anthropic IPOs are this narrative’s climax. Keith will personally buy both.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Co-Host</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the publisher of <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a>, the essential weekly tech newsletter, and founder and CEO of SignalRank Corporation. A serial entrepreneur — co-founder of, among others, EasyNet and RealNames — he was present at the creation of the UK internet and has spent four decades at the intersection of technology, capital, and ideas. He joins Keen On America every Sunday to make sense of the week in tech.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith’s newsletter, including this week’s editorial, “Why Watermark?”</p><p>•  ...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 16 Aug 2026 07:02:09 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/56a56296/ae5d7253.mp3" length="47872735" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3451319" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/56a56296/ae5d7253.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vNAlJwd1Tbc">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/rQ8qhyVpOwFOjybyqq_e1WTG50aKFgiGqgO6TuYQDrw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85MjFl/NDQyM2FjZTRhMGYw/YzA2MDc3MTJlMGZl/OTAwZC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2989</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I don’t feel any shame at all recruiting an army of AI agents to help me accomplish my goals. But I think society is trying to make me feel shame.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>Welcome to the <a href="https://www.wsj.com/tech/ai/the-summer-that-america-became-a-nation-of-luddites-5e6dc3e7?mod=hp_lead_pos5">summer</a> of America’s luddite discontent. Not only are left and right calling for an AI ban, but tech loathing has even infiltrated Silicon Valley in the form of Anthropic’s decision to watermark Claude’s output. That, at least, is the view of <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a>, who believes that watermarking is “nuts.”</p><p> </p><p>In our luddite zeitgeist, Keith believes that a watermark is a scarlet stamp of implied guilt. By marking its own product, Anthropic is not only furnishing the luddite mob with a convenient surveillance tool, but also acknowledging a tacit guilt about using Claude.</p><p> </p><p>“You should never adjust to the market,” the Silicon Valley serial entrepreneur explains. “The market’s wrong nine times out of ten.”</p><p> </p><p>As for Dario Amodei, Claude’s dad (so to speak), Keith is even more accusatory. The Anthropic CEO is kissing ass “like a politician, not the leader of a company,” Keith hisses, repeating this week’s whispers that Anthropic is becoming an “ideologically motivated cult.” If Dario were female, Keith would probably make him a witch. Or, at least, a hussy — the hysterical implication, if not the word, of the Journal’s <a href="https://www.wsj.com/tech/ai/claude-dario-amodei-wife-anthropic-e1eeda7d">profile</a> of Cami Clark, Dario’s wife.</p><p> </p><p>I took Anthropic’s side — somebody had to. I see watermarking as just another AI tool. It’s an honest human fingerprint in an age of fakery. Live by the algorithm, die by it too. Anyway, a watermark has its uses. Rather than moral opprobrium, it feeds our curiosity about who is and isn’t using AI. So, for example, I ran Keith’s editorial through another AI detector and it indicated 86 percent AI-generated while mine came back as 100 percent human. And if I can elude the scarlet stamp, then even I might have to join the luddite mob.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>“Watermarking Is Nuts.” </strong>Keith’s editorial takes aim at Anthropic’s decision to watermark Claude’s output — invisible text signals identifying the machine’s hand, cousin to what Google has long done with audio. His objection isn’t the mark itself (“I don’t care that it’s watermarked. I care that Anthropic thinks it should be watermarked”): a watermark starts from suspicion, implies a problem where none exists, and tells Anthropic’s own customers their use of the product needs flagging. Restream doesn’t watermark this show; Adobe doesn’t watermark its exports. To Keith it’s pure zeitgeist capitulation — and while one Claude Max subscriber in the newsletter canceled in protest, Keith hasn’t. Andrew’s rebuttal: watermarking serves curiosity, and in an age of fakery an honest fingerprint is a very human addition.</p><p>•       <strong>The Scarlet Watermark: On AI Shame. </strong>The deeper argument was theological. Keith — an atheist who concedes atheism is also a faith, and who believes in good and bad but not sin — feels no shame “recruiting an army of AI agents” so long as he can stand by the output; shame belongs to spam factories and fakers who publish unread. But society, he says, is trying to make him feel it: the canceled author who lost his agent last week proves there’s an issue. Andrew, playing therapist, diagnosed a flicker of guilt anyway — and argued shame is precisely the point: one of the last all-too-human spaces, worth preserving in an age of machines. Both then confessed their methods on air: Pangram scored Keith’s editorial 86 percent AI and Andrew’s 100 percent human. “I’m a clever cheater. You’re a less clever cheater.” Keith: “There’s no shame in that.”</p><p>•       <strong>Keith vs Dario. </strong>Keith’s indictment of Anthropic’s CEO was the week’s harshest: Dario Amodei “kisses ass… like a politician, not the leader of a company,” keeps taking the media’s bait, and is “damaging his chances over and over again” in a $2 trillion IPO year — cult whispers included. The right posture, per Keith: never adjust to the market (“wrong nine times out of ten”); do what Elon would do and call bullshit. Andrew’s defense: he’s a fan of Dario, certainly next to Elon and Slippery Sam — and if America really is a nation of Luddites, adjusting is what reality requires. His actual grievance is more prosaic: $100 a month and he’s out of credits, as both Anthropic and OpenAI squeeze revenue for the IPO race. Keith, meanwhile, spent the week testing Grok Bot — a “far better” OpenClaw replacement at $200 a month — and declared himself, this week at least, a Grok Bot guy: “I’m for sale, actually.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Luddite Summer Reading List. </strong>The Wall Street Journal declared this the summer America became a nation of Luddites — left and right, with a January 6 organizer now rallying conservatives against AI. Noah Smith diagnosed the poverty of anti-tech thought: tech’s power is persuasion, not coercion, and the iPhone won its argument on day one (Andrew dissents — society never got to discuss the iPhone’s impact). Martin Wolf, reviewing Daron Acemoglu’s new defense of liberal democracy, concluded the ship has sailed: liberal democracy was unthinkable without industrial capitalism, and that age is vanishing. Keith’s gloss is optimistic — the eroding factory life frees individuals for self-realization. Andrew’s snapshot from deindustrialized Indianapolis, and Britain’s twenty percent on disability, says otherwise. Keith’s concession, extracted twice for the record: “You’re right.”</p><p>•       <strong>Unicorns, Circles — and Two IPOs. </strong>Keith listened to Andrew’s Renée Jones interview and rated it good — but says she misses the why: overnight global distribution to five billion phones, freemium economics, and rational revenue multiples made unicorns inevitable; to stop them “she’d have to deglobalize the world.” (Andrew’s verdict: “a nicer, smarter version of Lina Khan.” Keith’s question for Democrats: where is your argument for embracing AI?) The New York Times’ circularity warning — tech giants’ profits propped by their own AI investments — got the Grok Bot treatment: hundreds of billions in external revenue make it a Channel Tunnel, not a closed loop, though Andrew noted Keith told the bot the answer first. Illiquid shares carry provisional, not realized, value. And the ending both agreed on: the OpenAI and Anthropic IPOs are this narrative’s climax. Keith will personally buy both.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Co-Host</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the publisher of <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a>, the essential weekly tech newsletter, and founder and CEO of SignalRank Corporation. A serial entrepreneur — co-founder of, among others, EasyNet and RealNames — he was present at the creation of the UK internet and has spent four decades at the intersection of technology, capital, and ideas. He joins Keen On America every Sunday to make sense of the week in tech.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith’s newsletter, including this week’s editorial, “Why Watermark?”</p><p>•  ...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/56a56296/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Machines Will See You Now: Anmol Madan's Human Roadmap to AI Health Care</title>
      <itunes:episode>3004</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3004</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Machines Will See You Now: Anmol Madan's Human Roadmap to AI Health Care</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b98b3371-e606-40ea-bbd5-01429ac73c15</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The machines today are like toddlers learning how to walk. They stumble. They’re not very good. They make mistakes.” — Anmol Madan</em></p><p> </p><p>One in three American adults are already using AI for health information — with or without their doctors’ permission. The machines, in other words, are already seeing us. This will chill some Americans in our <a href="https://www.wsj.com/tech/ai/the-summer-that-america-became-a-nation-of-luddites-5e6dc3e7?mod=hp_lead_pos5">summer</a> of luddite discontent. For others, however, like the San Francisco-based medical tech entrepreneur <a href="https://www.anmolmadan.com/">Anmol Madan</a>, the appearance of doctor AI in our lives is mostly good news.</p><p> </p><p>In his new book, <a href="https://www.anmolmadan.com/"><em>The Machines Will See You Now</em></a>, Madan lays out what he calls a “human roadmap” to “autonomous health care.” I’m not entirely sure what he means by “human” in a <em>Blade Runner</em>-style world where machine and man are quickly merging. But by “autonomous,” which I suspect is a euphemism, Madan means artificial intelligence.</p><p> </p><p>What worries Madan about our current moment is the broken dialogue over AI. On the one hand, we have tech utopians promising a totally automated healthcare industry. Then we have an anxious establishment struggling to change America’s archaic and often dysfunctional medical system. And, of course, American consumers (if that’s the right word) who are already using ChatGPT or, more troublingly, TikTok, as their doctor.</p><p> </p><p>America spends $4.7 trillion on a healthcare industry which compares poorly with the medical systems of other wealthy countries. Madan’s “parallel universe,” he promises, would cost half as much and double access. The machines will see you now. Like it or not, Dr AI is our all-too-human future.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>One in Three Already Ask the Machines. </strong>The KFF poll behind the episode: a third of American adults already use AI for health information, with or without their doctors’ blessing — and if they’re not asking ChatGPT, they’re asking TikTok. Madan’s frustration is the broken dialogue between AI exuberance (“we’re going to automate healthcare”) and medical anxiety, when the right answer is in between: new technology is no excuse for throwing out the guardrails of medical devices and clinical safety. The stakes are the brutal arithmetic of American medicine — $4.7 trillion spent for the worst outcomes among peer nations — and his “parallel universe”: half the cost, twice the access, delivered by AI systems that are tested, safe, and rigorous. Consumer appetite is already there; the safeguards are not.</p><p>•       <strong>The Waymo Scale for Medicine. </strong>The book’s organizing framework applies the self-driving industry’s levels of autonomy to healthcare. Level zero is today: 99 percent of decisions — diagnosis, treatment, prescription — made by humans. Level one is doctor assistance, already deployed: radiologists who once hauled backpacks of reports now guided by machines to where to focus. Levels two and three ease machines into the lowest-stakes treatment and diagnostic decisions with human review — and the fully autonomous end state, Madan concedes, may never arrive. To Andrew’s objection that Waymo’s scale ended with the drivers removed, Madan offers the transatlantic pilot: autopilot flies ninety percent of the route, and nobody thinks the pilot doesn’t matter. The structure, he argues, is what lets regulators, doctors, and builders finally talk about the same thing.</p><p>•       <strong>Toddlers Learning to Walk. </strong>Madan’s metaphor for today’s medical AI: toddlers — stumbling, error-prone, needing layers of protection, and badly underestimated at their peril and ours. The mistake, he argues, is concluding that because the systems aren’t perfect we shouldn’t try them at all, when a constrained system is starving for capacity. Pressed by Andrew on what the machines will never do (“toddlers grow up”), his list is candid: human perception — reading body language, assessing the person who walks into the clinic — improves far more slowly than diagnostic reasoning and may never reach human capacity; and the relationships people form with chatbots, loneliness epidemic notwithstanding, have no literature yet showing they produce clinical outcomes like a human therapist’s thirty minutes. Plus one asterisk on the machines’ famous exam results: we grade them on human benchmarks, and machines fail differently than humans do.</p><p>•       <strong>The Behavior-Change Trillion. </strong>Of America’s $4.7 trillion, a full trillion is the behavior-change problem — the eating, drinking, smoking, and sitting that no pamphlet has ever fixed. Andrew’s objection: nobody needs an MIT degree to know they should exercise, so why would a machine’s nagging beat a doctor’s? Madan’s answer is the space between visits: patients leave the office motivated and fall off within days, and personalized systems — like those he built for tens of millions at his previous companies — learn what actually moves each individual: this one walks more but won’t change diet, that one needs the stress addressed first, another needs the language and cultural register matched. Not one-size-fits-all “eat healthy,” but friction removed person by person, programmatically, at a scale no human workforce could staff. Andrew’s rejoinder: in an age of ubiquitous AI slop, the exercise reminder may be deleted as exactly that.</p><p>•       <strong>Priceless. </strong>On trust, Andrew invoked the neighbors: Slippery Sam Altman, the mistrusted AI giants, and entrepreneurs — RadiantGraph included — getting rich while asking for our bloodwork. Madan’s counsel is unexpected caution: in the AI era all data matters, healthcare data most of all, and it belongs on healthcare-specific, HIPAA-bound platforms — not pasted into general chatbots. He concedes San Francisco’s mansions-and-homelessness inequity (he advises New York City’s Department of Public Health and wants to help at home), but defends the Bay Area as the place where the PC, the iPhone, the web, and now AI actually happened — Jeff Dean announced his next act the morning they recorded. And the bot test: how would he prove he’s human? “I’m quite flawed, and I’m often wrong. An AI avatar of Anmol probably wouldn’t be as wrong as I sometimes am.” Fittingly priceless — which is what Anmol means in Sanskrit.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.anmolmadan.com/">Anmol Madan</a> is a healthcare entrepreneur and computer scientist, and the founder and CEO of RadiantGraph, an AI platform helping health plans and healthcare organizations deliver proactive care. An MIT Media Lab PhD who worked on the first generation of wearables, he founded Ginger, the pioneering AI tele-psychiatry company later acquired by Headspace, and served as Chief Data Scientist at Livongo and as a data and AI executive at Teladoc Health. He advises the New York City Department of Public Health and lives in San Francisco. <a href="https://www.anmolmadan.com/"><em>The Machines Will See You Now: A Human Roadmap to Autonomous Health Care</em></a> (Johns Hopkins University Press, September 1, 2026) is his first book.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.anmolmadan.com/"><em>The Machines Will See You Now: A Human Roadmap to Autonomous Health Care</em></a> by Anmol Madan (Johns Hopkins University Press, September 1, 2026). Alex Pentland, MIT: “A critical read about AI in he...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The machines today are like toddlers learning how to walk. They stumble. They’re not very good. They make mistakes.” — Anmol Madan</em></p><p> </p><p>One in three American adults are already using AI for health information — with or without their doctors’ permission. The machines, in other words, are already seeing us. This will chill some Americans in our <a href="https://www.wsj.com/tech/ai/the-summer-that-america-became-a-nation-of-luddites-5e6dc3e7?mod=hp_lead_pos5">summer</a> of luddite discontent. For others, however, like the San Francisco-based medical tech entrepreneur <a href="https://www.anmolmadan.com/">Anmol Madan</a>, the appearance of doctor AI in our lives is mostly good news.</p><p> </p><p>In his new book, <a href="https://www.anmolmadan.com/"><em>The Machines Will See You Now</em></a>, Madan lays out what he calls a “human roadmap” to “autonomous health care.” I’m not entirely sure what he means by “human” in a <em>Blade Runner</em>-style world where machine and man are quickly merging. But by “autonomous,” which I suspect is a euphemism, Madan means artificial intelligence.</p><p> </p><p>What worries Madan about our current moment is the broken dialogue over AI. On the one hand, we have tech utopians promising a totally automated healthcare industry. Then we have an anxious establishment struggling to change America’s archaic and often dysfunctional medical system. And, of course, American consumers (if that’s the right word) who are already using ChatGPT or, more troublingly, TikTok, as their doctor.</p><p> </p><p>America spends $4.7 trillion on a healthcare industry which compares poorly with the medical systems of other wealthy countries. Madan’s “parallel universe,” he promises, would cost half as much and double access. The machines will see you now. Like it or not, Dr AI is our all-too-human future.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>One in Three Already Ask the Machines. </strong>The KFF poll behind the episode: a third of American adults already use AI for health information, with or without their doctors’ blessing — and if they’re not asking ChatGPT, they’re asking TikTok. Madan’s frustration is the broken dialogue between AI exuberance (“we’re going to automate healthcare”) and medical anxiety, when the right answer is in between: new technology is no excuse for throwing out the guardrails of medical devices and clinical safety. The stakes are the brutal arithmetic of American medicine — $4.7 trillion spent for the worst outcomes among peer nations — and his “parallel universe”: half the cost, twice the access, delivered by AI systems that are tested, safe, and rigorous. Consumer appetite is already there; the safeguards are not.</p><p>•       <strong>The Waymo Scale for Medicine. </strong>The book’s organizing framework applies the self-driving industry’s levels of autonomy to healthcare. Level zero is today: 99 percent of decisions — diagnosis, treatment, prescription — made by humans. Level one is doctor assistance, already deployed: radiologists who once hauled backpacks of reports now guided by machines to where to focus. Levels two and three ease machines into the lowest-stakes treatment and diagnostic decisions with human review — and the fully autonomous end state, Madan concedes, may never arrive. To Andrew’s objection that Waymo’s scale ended with the drivers removed, Madan offers the transatlantic pilot: autopilot flies ninety percent of the route, and nobody thinks the pilot doesn’t matter. The structure, he argues, is what lets regulators, doctors, and builders finally talk about the same thing.</p><p>•       <strong>Toddlers Learning to Walk. </strong>Madan’s metaphor for today’s medical AI: toddlers — stumbling, error-prone, needing layers of protection, and badly underestimated at their peril and ours. The mistake, he argues, is concluding that because the systems aren’t perfect we shouldn’t try them at all, when a constrained system is starving for capacity. Pressed by Andrew on what the machines will never do (“toddlers grow up”), his list is candid: human perception — reading body language, assessing the person who walks into the clinic — improves far more slowly than diagnostic reasoning and may never reach human capacity; and the relationships people form with chatbots, loneliness epidemic notwithstanding, have no literature yet showing they produce clinical outcomes like a human therapist’s thirty minutes. Plus one asterisk on the machines’ famous exam results: we grade them on human benchmarks, and machines fail differently than humans do.</p><p>•       <strong>The Behavior-Change Trillion. </strong>Of America’s $4.7 trillion, a full trillion is the behavior-change problem — the eating, drinking, smoking, and sitting that no pamphlet has ever fixed. Andrew’s objection: nobody needs an MIT degree to know they should exercise, so why would a machine’s nagging beat a doctor’s? Madan’s answer is the space between visits: patients leave the office motivated and fall off within days, and personalized systems — like those he built for tens of millions at his previous companies — learn what actually moves each individual: this one walks more but won’t change diet, that one needs the stress addressed first, another needs the language and cultural register matched. Not one-size-fits-all “eat healthy,” but friction removed person by person, programmatically, at a scale no human workforce could staff. Andrew’s rejoinder: in an age of ubiquitous AI slop, the exercise reminder may be deleted as exactly that.</p><p>•       <strong>Priceless. </strong>On trust, Andrew invoked the neighbors: Slippery Sam Altman, the mistrusted AI giants, and entrepreneurs — RadiantGraph included — getting rich while asking for our bloodwork. Madan’s counsel is unexpected caution: in the AI era all data matters, healthcare data most of all, and it belongs on healthcare-specific, HIPAA-bound platforms — not pasted into general chatbots. He concedes San Francisco’s mansions-and-homelessness inequity (he advises New York City’s Department of Public Health and wants to help at home), but defends the Bay Area as the place where the PC, the iPhone, the web, and now AI actually happened — Jeff Dean announced his next act the morning they recorded. And the bot test: how would he prove he’s human? “I’m quite flawed, and I’m often wrong. An AI avatar of Anmol probably wouldn’t be as wrong as I sometimes am.” Fittingly priceless — which is what Anmol means in Sanskrit.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.anmolmadan.com/">Anmol Madan</a> is a healthcare entrepreneur and computer scientist, and the founder and CEO of RadiantGraph, an AI platform helping health plans and healthcare organizations deliver proactive care. An MIT Media Lab PhD who worked on the first generation of wearables, he founded Ginger, the pioneering AI tele-psychiatry company later acquired by Headspace, and served as Chief Data Scientist at Livongo and as a data and AI executive at Teladoc Health. He advises the New York City Department of Public Health and lives in San Francisco. <a href="https://www.anmolmadan.com/"><em>The Machines Will See You Now: A Human Roadmap to Autonomous Health Care</em></a> (Johns Hopkins University Press, September 1, 2026) is his first book.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.anmolmadan.com/"><em>The Machines Will See You Now: A Human Roadmap to Autonomous Health Care</em></a> by Anmol Madan (Johns Hopkins University Press, September 1, 2026). Alex Pentland, MIT: “A critical read about AI in he...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 15 Aug 2026 08:05:18 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/944c4e35/9c72f692.mp3" length="41130714" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3448705" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/944c4e35/9c72f692.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hcnRsrgfaVU">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/KWM3b0mt9oXMmekr3pzGwOe8UYb96vKRtzRNhFCr40U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8wY2Yz/YWIyN2Q1NDkyYjQz/M2YzNWYxMzZjZGZm/MjNhYi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2567</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The machines today are like toddlers learning how to walk. They stumble. They’re not very good. They make mistakes.” — Anmol Madan</em></p><p> </p><p>One in three American adults are already using AI for health information — with or without their doctors’ permission. The machines, in other words, are already seeing us. This will chill some Americans in our <a href="https://www.wsj.com/tech/ai/the-summer-that-america-became-a-nation-of-luddites-5e6dc3e7?mod=hp_lead_pos5">summer</a> of luddite discontent. For others, however, like the San Francisco-based medical tech entrepreneur <a href="https://www.anmolmadan.com/">Anmol Madan</a>, the appearance of doctor AI in our lives is mostly good news.</p><p> </p><p>In his new book, <a href="https://www.anmolmadan.com/"><em>The Machines Will See You Now</em></a>, Madan lays out what he calls a “human roadmap” to “autonomous health care.” I’m not entirely sure what he means by “human” in a <em>Blade Runner</em>-style world where machine and man are quickly merging. But by “autonomous,” which I suspect is a euphemism, Madan means artificial intelligence.</p><p> </p><p>What worries Madan about our current moment is the broken dialogue over AI. On the one hand, we have tech utopians promising a totally automated healthcare industry. Then we have an anxious establishment struggling to change America’s archaic and often dysfunctional medical system. And, of course, American consumers (if that’s the right word) who are already using ChatGPT or, more troublingly, TikTok, as their doctor.</p><p> </p><p>America spends $4.7 trillion on a healthcare industry which compares poorly with the medical systems of other wealthy countries. Madan’s “parallel universe,” he promises, would cost half as much and double access. The machines will see you now. Like it or not, Dr AI is our all-too-human future.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>One in Three Already Ask the Machines. </strong>The KFF poll behind the episode: a third of American adults already use AI for health information, with or without their doctors’ blessing — and if they’re not asking ChatGPT, they’re asking TikTok. Madan’s frustration is the broken dialogue between AI exuberance (“we’re going to automate healthcare”) and medical anxiety, when the right answer is in between: new technology is no excuse for throwing out the guardrails of medical devices and clinical safety. The stakes are the brutal arithmetic of American medicine — $4.7 trillion spent for the worst outcomes among peer nations — and his “parallel universe”: half the cost, twice the access, delivered by AI systems that are tested, safe, and rigorous. Consumer appetite is already there; the safeguards are not.</p><p>•       <strong>The Waymo Scale for Medicine. </strong>The book’s organizing framework applies the self-driving industry’s levels of autonomy to healthcare. Level zero is today: 99 percent of decisions — diagnosis, treatment, prescription — made by humans. Level one is doctor assistance, already deployed: radiologists who once hauled backpacks of reports now guided by machines to where to focus. Levels two and three ease machines into the lowest-stakes treatment and diagnostic decisions with human review — and the fully autonomous end state, Madan concedes, may never arrive. To Andrew’s objection that Waymo’s scale ended with the drivers removed, Madan offers the transatlantic pilot: autopilot flies ninety percent of the route, and nobody thinks the pilot doesn’t matter. The structure, he argues, is what lets regulators, doctors, and builders finally talk about the same thing.</p><p>•       <strong>Toddlers Learning to Walk. </strong>Madan’s metaphor for today’s medical AI: toddlers — stumbling, error-prone, needing layers of protection, and badly underestimated at their peril and ours. The mistake, he argues, is concluding that because the systems aren’t perfect we shouldn’t try them at all, when a constrained system is starving for capacity. Pressed by Andrew on what the machines will never do (“toddlers grow up”), his list is candid: human perception — reading body language, assessing the person who walks into the clinic — improves far more slowly than diagnostic reasoning and may never reach human capacity; and the relationships people form with chatbots, loneliness epidemic notwithstanding, have no literature yet showing they produce clinical outcomes like a human therapist’s thirty minutes. Plus one asterisk on the machines’ famous exam results: we grade them on human benchmarks, and machines fail differently than humans do.</p><p>•       <strong>The Behavior-Change Trillion. </strong>Of America’s $4.7 trillion, a full trillion is the behavior-change problem — the eating, drinking, smoking, and sitting that no pamphlet has ever fixed. Andrew’s objection: nobody needs an MIT degree to know they should exercise, so why would a machine’s nagging beat a doctor’s? Madan’s answer is the space between visits: patients leave the office motivated and fall off within days, and personalized systems — like those he built for tens of millions at his previous companies — learn what actually moves each individual: this one walks more but won’t change diet, that one needs the stress addressed first, another needs the language and cultural register matched. Not one-size-fits-all “eat healthy,” but friction removed person by person, programmatically, at a scale no human workforce could staff. Andrew’s rejoinder: in an age of ubiquitous AI slop, the exercise reminder may be deleted as exactly that.</p><p>•       <strong>Priceless. </strong>On trust, Andrew invoked the neighbors: Slippery Sam Altman, the mistrusted AI giants, and entrepreneurs — RadiantGraph included — getting rich while asking for our bloodwork. Madan’s counsel is unexpected caution: in the AI era all data matters, healthcare data most of all, and it belongs on healthcare-specific, HIPAA-bound platforms — not pasted into general chatbots. He concedes San Francisco’s mansions-and-homelessness inequity (he advises New York City’s Department of Public Health and wants to help at home), but defends the Bay Area as the place where the PC, the iPhone, the web, and now AI actually happened — Jeff Dean announced his next act the morning they recorded. And the bot test: how would he prove he’s human? “I’m quite flawed, and I’m often wrong. An AI avatar of Anmol probably wouldn’t be as wrong as I sometimes am.” Fittingly priceless — which is what Anmol means in Sanskrit.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.anmolmadan.com/">Anmol Madan</a> is a healthcare entrepreneur and computer scientist, and the founder and CEO of RadiantGraph, an AI platform helping health plans and healthcare organizations deliver proactive care. An MIT Media Lab PhD who worked on the first generation of wearables, he founded Ginger, the pioneering AI tele-psychiatry company later acquired by Headspace, and served as Chief Data Scientist at Livongo and as a data and AI executive at Teladoc Health. He advises the New York City Department of Public Health and lives in San Francisco. <a href="https://www.anmolmadan.com/"><em>The Machines Will See You Now: A Human Roadmap to Autonomous Health Care</em></a> (Johns Hopkins University Press, September 1, 2026) is his first book.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.anmolmadan.com/"><em>The Machines Will See You Now: A Human Roadmap to Autonomous Health Care</em></a> by Anmol Madan (Johns Hopkins University Press, September 1, 2026). Alex Pentland, MIT: “A critical read about AI in he...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/944c4e35/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/944c4e35/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Roman Road to the Ruin of its Republic: Michelle Berenfeld’s Lessons from Antiquity</title>
      <itunes:episode>3003</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3003</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Roman Road to the Ruin of its Republic: Michelle Berenfeld’s Lessons from Antiquity</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">74234a60-8c5c-4b6a-bcfc-9a9c80c3365b</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The Romans did that many, many times — until normal had changed so radically that there was nothing left of the republic to protect.” — Michelle Berenfeld on getting “back to normal”</em></p><p> </p><p>Are we Rome (yet)? <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/lessons-from-a-lost-republic-what-ancient-rome-can-teach-us-about-this-american-moment-michelle-berenfeld/9faec7f48cb2d30a">Michelle Berenfeld</a> fears we are. Back in April of last year, the professor of classics at Pitzer College published “The Roman Way to Trash a Republic” in the <em>Atlantic</em>. And now Berenfeld has expanded her argument into <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/lessons-from-a-lost-republic-what-ancient-rome-can-teach-us-about-this-american-moment-michelle-berenfeld/9faec7f48cb2d30a"><em>Lessons from a Lost Republic</em></a>, a new book about what Ancient Rome can teach us about our current American moment.</p><p> </p><p>There are two Romes, Berenfeld reminds us: the Roman Republic and Imperial Rome. Nostalgic tech guys like Mark Zuckerberg are obsessed with the imperial world of emperors, legions, and world domination, while the more forward-thinking founders of the American republic used imperial figures like Caesar and Augustus as negative lessons from antiquity.</p><p> </p><p>Asking whether Trump is Roman is like asking whether the Pope is Catholic. Certainly he’s a wannabe Caesar with his fleshy face on our currency, his imperial DC arch, his daily wars, and all those fake blood sports on the White House lawn. But the daily comedy show misses the longer-term political tragedy. Berenfeld fears the shift in power from Congress toward an imperial presidency, a trend she says predates Trump and will outlast him. The gravest Roman conceit was believing, after each crisis, that things could get “back to normal” — a mantra Roman citizens repeated endlessly until there was nothing left of the old republic to protect.</p><p> </p><p>Then there’s Zuckerberg, who even named his daughters August and Aurelia. For Zuck, Augustus should be praised for doing “tough things” to usher in two centuries of peace and prosperity. But Berenfeld reminds us those tough things included drawing up enemies lists and killing everyone who crossed him. Meanwhile, this supposed peace and prosperity (de)generated the rule of Caligula and Nero. Augustus, Berenfeld argues, was one of history’s great spin doctors, claiming to be restoring a corrupted republic while simultaneously dismantling it. No wonder, perhaps, Zuckerberg admires him so much.</p><p> </p><p>Berenfeld says that the Roman spectacle of “bread and circuses” should be a warning. Juvenal’s complaint was that Romans traded their liberties for gladiatorial games and free grain. We’re making the same trade in contemporary America, Berenfeld observes, and getting neither. Most Americans, she concludes sadly, can’t even afford a World Cup ticket.</p><p> </p><p>Berenfeld’s deepest lesson is about power and political agency. Political powers given up are not easily gotten back, she warns. Republics are not saved by Hollywood-style saviors, and there is no golden age to restore. That said, the Los Angeles-based classicist hasn’t completely given up hope. Nothing about Rome’s trajectory was inevitable, she reminds us. Remixing Benjamin Franklin, the American Republic is ours to keep, if we use our agency as citizens. Just don’t tempt fate by naming your daughters August and Aurelia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Founders’ Rome vs the Bros’ Rome. </strong>Americans are obsessed with the wrong Rome. The TikTok meme, the billionaires, and the manosphere celebrate the empire — emperors, legions, gladiators, world domination — while the founders admired the republic: 500 years of government founded on the rejection of a king, with rule of law, guaranteed rights, and peaceful transitions of power, all rare in antiquity. They designed the American constitution in explicit dialogue with Rome’s collapse, asking “what if someone like Sulla or Caesar got this position?” — and regarded the men the bros now worship as usurpers and dictators. Polybius’ mixed constitution — part monarchy (consuls), part aristocracy (Senate), part democracy (assemblies) — became their template of checks and balances. A republic, as Franklin warned, if you can keep it.</p><p>•       <strong>On the Nose — and Beside the Point. </strong>Trump’s Romanism is almost comical: his face on coins, a triumphal arch, blood sport performed on the White House lawn. But Berenfeld’s book — which she didn’t want to be about Trump at all — argues the real Roman echo is structural: a Senate voluntarily handing its powers to one man, a trend that predates Trump and will outlast him. The gravest error is the “back to normal” fallacy: after each crisis, the Romans told themselves the republic had survived and things could return to normal — many, many times, until normal had shifted so radically that there was nothing left to protect. America’s dichotomy of denial and despair repeats it: blaming everything on one president gives cover to everyone else who is ceding, normalizing, and waiting for the storm to pass.</p><p>•       <strong>Bread, Circuses — and Neither. </strong>Juvenal’s famous sneer, decoded: the circuses were amphitheater games staged sometimes every other day; the bread was a grain allotment for every Roman citizen — in effect, Berenfeld notes, a minimum basic income, something our politics would call socialism. The Roman people traded their liberties and their republic for that package. Americans, she argues, are making the same trade and receiving neither the bread nor the circuses — no basic income, and most people can’t afford a World Cup ticket. The party structure rhymes too: the populares and the optimates were both parties of very rich men competing for a few powerful positions, and eventually they looked alike to ordinary Romans — much as America’s two parties have begun to look alike to ordinary Americans.</p><p>•       <strong>Marcus Aurelius Was Writing His Memoirs. </strong>Every American man Berenfeld meets brings up Marcus Aurelius. The Meditations contain genuine wisdom — thoughtful action, the equal shortness of all lives — but context deflates the cult: it was the private journal of an elderly emperor, written in Greek (the language of philosophy, not of his soldiers), barely read in antiquity and rediscovered much later. “It’s a little bit like when George Bush started making paintings.” Andrew’s Arendtian reading — stoicism as the inward turn of men whose empire had abolished politics — hangs over the manosphere’s version. And the one way she wishes Trump were more Roman: the engineering. Roman concrete got stronger underwater; on the reflecting-pool problem in DC, “if I were an ancient Roman, I could tell him — I’ve got a guy.”</p><p>•       <strong>Powers Given Up Are Not Easily Gotten Back. </strong>The book’s core warning: when a legislature grants one man powers beyond his office — always in the name of crisis — those powers stick to the office long after the man is gone, and no savior restores them. Lincoln and FDR stretched their bounds and let go afterwards (or died, as Andrew noted; she conceded). Berenfeld refuses the fascism debate — Mussolini cast himself as a new Augustus, and 1930s historians bought the story — offering a sharper test instead: would you give these powers to a president whose politics you oppose? Nero’s fiddle was posthumous PR; an emperor’s reputation depends on his successor, which makes the augury of a President Vance worth watching. Nothing was inevitable — not Augustus, not Christianity, not the fall. Political agency is...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The Romans did that many, many times — until normal had changed so radically that there was nothing left of the republic to protect.” — Michelle Berenfeld on getting “back to normal”</em></p><p> </p><p>Are we Rome (yet)? <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/lessons-from-a-lost-republic-what-ancient-rome-can-teach-us-about-this-american-moment-michelle-berenfeld/9faec7f48cb2d30a">Michelle Berenfeld</a> fears we are. Back in April of last year, the professor of classics at Pitzer College published “The Roman Way to Trash a Republic” in the <em>Atlantic</em>. And now Berenfeld has expanded her argument into <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/lessons-from-a-lost-republic-what-ancient-rome-can-teach-us-about-this-american-moment-michelle-berenfeld/9faec7f48cb2d30a"><em>Lessons from a Lost Republic</em></a>, a new book about what Ancient Rome can teach us about our current American moment.</p><p> </p><p>There are two Romes, Berenfeld reminds us: the Roman Republic and Imperial Rome. Nostalgic tech guys like Mark Zuckerberg are obsessed with the imperial world of emperors, legions, and world domination, while the more forward-thinking founders of the American republic used imperial figures like Caesar and Augustus as negative lessons from antiquity.</p><p> </p><p>Asking whether Trump is Roman is like asking whether the Pope is Catholic. Certainly he’s a wannabe Caesar with his fleshy face on our currency, his imperial DC arch, his daily wars, and all those fake blood sports on the White House lawn. But the daily comedy show misses the longer-term political tragedy. Berenfeld fears the shift in power from Congress toward an imperial presidency, a trend she says predates Trump and will outlast him. The gravest Roman conceit was believing, after each crisis, that things could get “back to normal” — a mantra Roman citizens repeated endlessly until there was nothing left of the old republic to protect.</p><p> </p><p>Then there’s Zuckerberg, who even named his daughters August and Aurelia. For Zuck, Augustus should be praised for doing “tough things” to usher in two centuries of peace and prosperity. But Berenfeld reminds us those tough things included drawing up enemies lists and killing everyone who crossed him. Meanwhile, this supposed peace and prosperity (de)generated the rule of Caligula and Nero. Augustus, Berenfeld argues, was one of history’s great spin doctors, claiming to be restoring a corrupted republic while simultaneously dismantling it. No wonder, perhaps, Zuckerberg admires him so much.</p><p> </p><p>Berenfeld says that the Roman spectacle of “bread and circuses” should be a warning. Juvenal’s complaint was that Romans traded their liberties for gladiatorial games and free grain. We’re making the same trade in contemporary America, Berenfeld observes, and getting neither. Most Americans, she concludes sadly, can’t even afford a World Cup ticket.</p><p> </p><p>Berenfeld’s deepest lesson is about power and political agency. Political powers given up are not easily gotten back, she warns. Republics are not saved by Hollywood-style saviors, and there is no golden age to restore. That said, the Los Angeles-based classicist hasn’t completely given up hope. Nothing about Rome’s trajectory was inevitable, she reminds us. Remixing Benjamin Franklin, the American Republic is ours to keep, if we use our agency as citizens. Just don’t tempt fate by naming your daughters August and Aurelia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Founders’ Rome vs the Bros’ Rome. </strong>Americans are obsessed with the wrong Rome. The TikTok meme, the billionaires, and the manosphere celebrate the empire — emperors, legions, gladiators, world domination — while the founders admired the republic: 500 years of government founded on the rejection of a king, with rule of law, guaranteed rights, and peaceful transitions of power, all rare in antiquity. They designed the American constitution in explicit dialogue with Rome’s collapse, asking “what if someone like Sulla or Caesar got this position?” — and regarded the men the bros now worship as usurpers and dictators. Polybius’ mixed constitution — part monarchy (consuls), part aristocracy (Senate), part democracy (assemblies) — became their template of checks and balances. A republic, as Franklin warned, if you can keep it.</p><p>•       <strong>On the Nose — and Beside the Point. </strong>Trump’s Romanism is almost comical: his face on coins, a triumphal arch, blood sport performed on the White House lawn. But Berenfeld’s book — which she didn’t want to be about Trump at all — argues the real Roman echo is structural: a Senate voluntarily handing its powers to one man, a trend that predates Trump and will outlast him. The gravest error is the “back to normal” fallacy: after each crisis, the Romans told themselves the republic had survived and things could return to normal — many, many times, until normal had shifted so radically that there was nothing left to protect. America’s dichotomy of denial and despair repeats it: blaming everything on one president gives cover to everyone else who is ceding, normalizing, and waiting for the storm to pass.</p><p>•       <strong>Bread, Circuses — and Neither. </strong>Juvenal’s famous sneer, decoded: the circuses were amphitheater games staged sometimes every other day; the bread was a grain allotment for every Roman citizen — in effect, Berenfeld notes, a minimum basic income, something our politics would call socialism. The Roman people traded their liberties and their republic for that package. Americans, she argues, are making the same trade and receiving neither the bread nor the circuses — no basic income, and most people can’t afford a World Cup ticket. The party structure rhymes too: the populares and the optimates were both parties of very rich men competing for a few powerful positions, and eventually they looked alike to ordinary Romans — much as America’s two parties have begun to look alike to ordinary Americans.</p><p>•       <strong>Marcus Aurelius Was Writing His Memoirs. </strong>Every American man Berenfeld meets brings up Marcus Aurelius. The Meditations contain genuine wisdom — thoughtful action, the equal shortness of all lives — but context deflates the cult: it was the private journal of an elderly emperor, written in Greek (the language of philosophy, not of his soldiers), barely read in antiquity and rediscovered much later. “It’s a little bit like when George Bush started making paintings.” Andrew’s Arendtian reading — stoicism as the inward turn of men whose empire had abolished politics — hangs over the manosphere’s version. And the one way she wishes Trump were more Roman: the engineering. Roman concrete got stronger underwater; on the reflecting-pool problem in DC, “if I were an ancient Roman, I could tell him — I’ve got a guy.”</p><p>•       <strong>Powers Given Up Are Not Easily Gotten Back. </strong>The book’s core warning: when a legislature grants one man powers beyond his office — always in the name of crisis — those powers stick to the office long after the man is gone, and no savior restores them. Lincoln and FDR stretched their bounds and let go afterwards (or died, as Andrew noted; she conceded). Berenfeld refuses the fascism debate — Mussolini cast himself as a new Augustus, and 1930s historians bought the story — offering a sharper test instead: would you give these powers to a president whose politics you oppose? Nero’s fiddle was posthumous PR; an emperor’s reputation depends on his successor, which makes the augury of a President Vance worth watching. Nothing was inevitable — not Augustus, not Christianity, not the fall. Political agency is...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Aug 2026 08:54:49 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/7f6b2761/cfd722b5.mp3" length="42215892" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3464579" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/7f6b2761/cfd722b5.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CO54erdZzIk">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/hfh8wDUtsjPFc26xFDcdLLTRYJ6wN8TY2T8cJYtHYyI/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80Y2M2/OGJkNmVlOGMzNzE1/NmFkNDNiZjU5NGZk/Y2JkNy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2636</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The Romans did that many, many times — until normal had changed so radically that there was nothing left of the republic to protect.” — Michelle Berenfeld on getting “back to normal”</em></p><p> </p><p>Are we Rome (yet)? <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/lessons-from-a-lost-republic-what-ancient-rome-can-teach-us-about-this-american-moment-michelle-berenfeld/9faec7f48cb2d30a">Michelle Berenfeld</a> fears we are. Back in April of last year, the professor of classics at Pitzer College published “The Roman Way to Trash a Republic” in the <em>Atlantic</em>. And now Berenfeld has expanded her argument into <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/lessons-from-a-lost-republic-what-ancient-rome-can-teach-us-about-this-american-moment-michelle-berenfeld/9faec7f48cb2d30a"><em>Lessons from a Lost Republic</em></a>, a new book about what Ancient Rome can teach us about our current American moment.</p><p> </p><p>There are two Romes, Berenfeld reminds us: the Roman Republic and Imperial Rome. Nostalgic tech guys like Mark Zuckerberg are obsessed with the imperial world of emperors, legions, and world domination, while the more forward-thinking founders of the American republic used imperial figures like Caesar and Augustus as negative lessons from antiquity.</p><p> </p><p>Asking whether Trump is Roman is like asking whether the Pope is Catholic. Certainly he’s a wannabe Caesar with his fleshy face on our currency, his imperial DC arch, his daily wars, and all those fake blood sports on the White House lawn. But the daily comedy show misses the longer-term political tragedy. Berenfeld fears the shift in power from Congress toward an imperial presidency, a trend she says predates Trump and will outlast him. The gravest Roman conceit was believing, after each crisis, that things could get “back to normal” — a mantra Roman citizens repeated endlessly until there was nothing left of the old republic to protect.</p><p> </p><p>Then there’s Zuckerberg, who even named his daughters August and Aurelia. For Zuck, Augustus should be praised for doing “tough things” to usher in two centuries of peace and prosperity. But Berenfeld reminds us those tough things included drawing up enemies lists and killing everyone who crossed him. Meanwhile, this supposed peace and prosperity (de)generated the rule of Caligula and Nero. Augustus, Berenfeld argues, was one of history’s great spin doctors, claiming to be restoring a corrupted republic while simultaneously dismantling it. No wonder, perhaps, Zuckerberg admires him so much.</p><p> </p><p>Berenfeld says that the Roman spectacle of “bread and circuses” should be a warning. Juvenal’s complaint was that Romans traded their liberties for gladiatorial games and free grain. We’re making the same trade in contemporary America, Berenfeld observes, and getting neither. Most Americans, she concludes sadly, can’t even afford a World Cup ticket.</p><p> </p><p>Berenfeld’s deepest lesson is about power and political agency. Political powers given up are not easily gotten back, she warns. Republics are not saved by Hollywood-style saviors, and there is no golden age to restore. That said, the Los Angeles-based classicist hasn’t completely given up hope. Nothing about Rome’s trajectory was inevitable, she reminds us. Remixing Benjamin Franklin, the American Republic is ours to keep, if we use our agency as citizens. Just don’t tempt fate by naming your daughters August and Aurelia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Founders’ Rome vs the Bros’ Rome. </strong>Americans are obsessed with the wrong Rome. The TikTok meme, the billionaires, and the manosphere celebrate the empire — emperors, legions, gladiators, world domination — while the founders admired the republic: 500 years of government founded on the rejection of a king, with rule of law, guaranteed rights, and peaceful transitions of power, all rare in antiquity. They designed the American constitution in explicit dialogue with Rome’s collapse, asking “what if someone like Sulla or Caesar got this position?” — and regarded the men the bros now worship as usurpers and dictators. Polybius’ mixed constitution — part monarchy (consuls), part aristocracy (Senate), part democracy (assemblies) — became their template of checks and balances. A republic, as Franklin warned, if you can keep it.</p><p>•       <strong>On the Nose — and Beside the Point. </strong>Trump’s Romanism is almost comical: his face on coins, a triumphal arch, blood sport performed on the White House lawn. But Berenfeld’s book — which she didn’t want to be about Trump at all — argues the real Roman echo is structural: a Senate voluntarily handing its powers to one man, a trend that predates Trump and will outlast him. The gravest error is the “back to normal” fallacy: after each crisis, the Romans told themselves the republic had survived and things could return to normal — many, many times, until normal had shifted so radically that there was nothing left to protect. America’s dichotomy of denial and despair repeats it: blaming everything on one president gives cover to everyone else who is ceding, normalizing, and waiting for the storm to pass.</p><p>•       <strong>Bread, Circuses — and Neither. </strong>Juvenal’s famous sneer, decoded: the circuses were amphitheater games staged sometimes every other day; the bread was a grain allotment for every Roman citizen — in effect, Berenfeld notes, a minimum basic income, something our politics would call socialism. The Roman people traded their liberties and their republic for that package. Americans, she argues, are making the same trade and receiving neither the bread nor the circuses — no basic income, and most people can’t afford a World Cup ticket. The party structure rhymes too: the populares and the optimates were both parties of very rich men competing for a few powerful positions, and eventually they looked alike to ordinary Romans — much as America’s two parties have begun to look alike to ordinary Americans.</p><p>•       <strong>Marcus Aurelius Was Writing His Memoirs. </strong>Every American man Berenfeld meets brings up Marcus Aurelius. The Meditations contain genuine wisdom — thoughtful action, the equal shortness of all lives — but context deflates the cult: it was the private journal of an elderly emperor, written in Greek (the language of philosophy, not of his soldiers), barely read in antiquity and rediscovered much later. “It’s a little bit like when George Bush started making paintings.” Andrew’s Arendtian reading — stoicism as the inward turn of men whose empire had abolished politics — hangs over the manosphere’s version. And the one way she wishes Trump were more Roman: the engineering. Roman concrete got stronger underwater; on the reflecting-pool problem in DC, “if I were an ancient Roman, I could tell him — I’ve got a guy.”</p><p>•       <strong>Powers Given Up Are Not Easily Gotten Back. </strong>The book’s core warning: when a legislature grants one man powers beyond his office — always in the name of crisis — those powers stick to the office long after the man is gone, and no savior restores them. Lincoln and FDR stretched their bounds and let go afterwards (or died, as Andrew noted; she conceded). Berenfeld refuses the fascism debate — Mussolini cast himself as a new Augustus, and 1930s historians bought the story — offering a sharper test instead: would you give these powers to a president whose politics you oppose? Nero’s fiddle was posthumous PR; an emperor’s reputation depends on his successor, which makes the augury of a President Vance worth watching. Nothing was inevitable — not Augustus, not Christianity, not the fall. Political agency is...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7f6b2761/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7f6b2761/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Yesterday of the Jackal: Joby Warrick Meets Carlos, the World’s Original Super-Terrorist</title>
      <itunes:episode>3002</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3002</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Yesterday of the Jackal: Joby Warrick Meets Carlos, the World’s Original Super-Terrorist</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20b0009c-17cb-4e6b-a655-e7f05f585c07</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p> </p><p><em>“He’s not a trustworthy witness to his own story. Everything is ten times bigger and better than it really was — except when he was accused of crimes, in which case he can’t really remember anymore.” — Joby Warrick on Carlos the Jackal</em></p><p> </p><p>Yesterday, WOLA’s Adam Isacson and John Walsh described how the US government has appropriated the term “narco-terrorism” to justify their Latin American killing spree. Today, we talk the real thing. Pulitzer Prize-winning <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Jackal/Joby-Warrick/9781668070550">Joby Warrick</a> has a new book out about the <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Jackal/Joby-Warrick/9781668070550">rise and fall</a> of Carlos the Jackal, who he calls the “original super-terrorist.”</p><p> </p><p>So who was Carlos the Jackal? Originally he was named by his Venezuelan Marxist father Ilich in homage to Lenin. Then he renamed himself Carlos, borrowing from a fake passport the French police happened to find in 1975. While The Jackal came from the London <em>Guardian</em> after reporters spotted Frederick Forsyth’s best-seller on the bookshelf of his London safe house. Ilich (i.e. Carlos) loved it. Anything for attention. Especially from the capitalist media.</p><p> </p><p>His career, as a proxy Palestinian terrorist, was equally audacious. His solo debut, at 24, was the attempted London assassination of Marks &amp; Spencer chairman Joseph Sieff. Two years later, Carlos waltzed into OPEC headquarters in Vienna and kidnapped most of the world’s oil ministers, a terrorist heist that, Warrick reveals, was financed by Muammar Gaddafi.</p><p> </p><p>Then all of Carlos’ yesterdays — and there are many, as Warrick discovers when he interviews him in his French jail. He spent twenty years on the run, mostly barely camouflaged in faded Eastern European hotels. The Mossad didn’t even consider him worth assassinating. By the eighties he had become a gun for hire who’d stopped attacking Israelis. And at 75, in his convent-turned-prison outside Paris, the world’s original super-terrorist cooks his own meals, repeats old leftist slogans, and misremembers everything except his innocence.</p><p> </p><p>In spite of his pathetic fate, Carlos matters because, as Warrick notes, the Jackal model is back in fashion. Russia and Iran now hire petty crooks on Telegram for a few hundred dollars to firebomb synagogues or assassinate dissidents. Gaza’s tragic hopelessness echoes the post-1967 conditions that bred the first wave of Palestinian terror. Social media is now infested with wannabe violent influencers. The day of the Jackal, then, is not only our history but also our future.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Interview with the Jackal. </strong>Warrick negotiated for over a year — with Carlos, then with a French government determined he not be glorified, since his gravest crimes were against French citizens — for roughly ninety minutes in March 2025, no recorder, no camera, notebook only. The prison is a converted sixteenth-century convent outside Paris where the Nazis once tortured members of the Resistance; inside it, Carlos remains the big man on campus — guards call him Carlos, not Ilich, and he keeps a large cell, cooks his own meals, and browses the internet. At 75 he is natty, polyglot, charming — and stooped, forgetful, repeating himself into what Warrick calls a fog of old memories. As a witness he is worthless: everything ten times bigger and better than it was, except the crimes, which he suddenly cannot recall.</p><p>•       <strong>Ilich, Carlos, Jackal: An Accidental Brand. </strong>His ardent-Marxist father named his three sons Vladimir, Ilich, and Lenin, after the founder of the Soviet Union. “Carlos” came from a fake passport — Carlos Martinez — that French police happened to seize in 1975; the pudgy dark-glasses photo the world memorized was a passport fake he remains embarrassed by. “The Jackal” was coined by the British tabloids after reporters prowling his London safe house spotted Forsyth’s The Day of the Jackal on the bookshelf. He embraced all of it: a true believer whose slogans still pour out in prison, welded to a massive ego that always placed Carlos at the center of the revolution. Had Instagram existed, Warrick agrees, he’d have used it — the pre-digital influencer, with the world’s press as his platform.</p><p>•       <strong>From Five Bullets to Kidnapping OPEC. </strong>His 1970 baptism of fire in the Black September fighting hardened him past the point of return; his solo test, at 24, was the attempted assassination of Marks &amp; Spencer chairman Joseph Sieff — an old gun, five bullets, a jam, and a bullet deflected by the victim’s teeth (“good old Milk Marketing Board,” Sieff told the BBC from his hospital bed). The masterpiece came in December 1975: a 26-year-old walks into OPEC’s Vienna headquarters mid-conference, takes the world’s oil ministers hostage, extracts a plane and a ransom, and flies them to North Africa — the most audacious terrorist act Warrick can name. The book’s scoop settles who sponsored it: not Saddam Hussein, as biographers and a 2010 docudrama claimed, but Muammar Gaddafi — the autocrat pioneering the criminal proxy with no return address.</p><p>•       <strong>Twenty Years, No Capture — and a Mossad Pass. </strong>The world’s most wanted man spent two decades in comfort: Budapest his favorite hideout (good meals, nice hotels — Carlos insisted on top-flight everything), the Hungarians, East Germans, and Romanians almost proud to host their superstar guest, Assad’s Syria always available. The run ended only when the Bloc fell and the Arab states tired of him; the French and Americans finally tracked him to Khartoum in 1994. The great deflation is the Mossad: they never bothered with him. His mentor Wadi Haddad — the true operational genius — they hunted and killed; Carlos, by then a mercenary who’d stopped attacking Israelis, simply fell down the priority list. The world’s most fearsome terrorist wasn’t worth Israel’s effort.</p><p>•       <strong>The Return of Violent Chaos. </strong>Warrick’s closing argument, and the reason this history is news: the Gaddafi model has been rediscovered. Russia and Iran now hire criminals — recruited on Telegram, paid a few hundred dollars in crypto — to throw grenades into synagogues, set fires, and assassinate dissidents: hundreds of incidents already, most under the radar, none traceable to Moscow or Tehran. The modern Carlos works for whoever pays; ideology has left the business entirely. Gaza’s hopelessness, meanwhile, mirrors the post-1967 despair that launched the first international terror wave — and we are not prepared. As for America’s own extrajudicial turn, from drone war to boat strikes: “There’s no precedent... it is a grave change for us as Americans. Very troubling to me.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Jackal/Joby-Warrick/9781668070550">Joby Warrick</a> is a two-time Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist and veteran national security correspondent for The Washington Post. His books include <em>The Triple Agent</em>, <em>Red Line</em>, and <em>Black Flags: The Rise of ISIS</em>, winner of the 2016 Pulitzer Prize for General Nonfiction. <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Jackal/Joby-Warrick/9781668070550"><em>The Jackal: The Rise and Fall of Carlos, the World’s First Super-Terrorist</em></a> (Scribner, August 18, 2026), built on newly declassified archives, secret police files, and a rare interview with Carlos himself, is out next week.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p> </p><p><em>“He’s not a trustworthy witness to his own story. Everything is ten times bigger and better than it really was — except when he was accused of crimes, in which case he can’t really remember anymore.” — Joby Warrick on Carlos the Jackal</em></p><p> </p><p>Yesterday, WOLA’s Adam Isacson and John Walsh described how the US government has appropriated the term “narco-terrorism” to justify their Latin American killing spree. Today, we talk the real thing. Pulitzer Prize-winning <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Jackal/Joby-Warrick/9781668070550">Joby Warrick</a> has a new book out about the <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Jackal/Joby-Warrick/9781668070550">rise and fall</a> of Carlos the Jackal, who he calls the “original super-terrorist.”</p><p> </p><p>So who was Carlos the Jackal? Originally he was named by his Venezuelan Marxist father Ilich in homage to Lenin. Then he renamed himself Carlos, borrowing from a fake passport the French police happened to find in 1975. While The Jackal came from the London <em>Guardian</em> after reporters spotted Frederick Forsyth’s best-seller on the bookshelf of his London safe house. Ilich (i.e. Carlos) loved it. Anything for attention. Especially from the capitalist media.</p><p> </p><p>His career, as a proxy Palestinian terrorist, was equally audacious. His solo debut, at 24, was the attempted London assassination of Marks &amp; Spencer chairman Joseph Sieff. Two years later, Carlos waltzed into OPEC headquarters in Vienna and kidnapped most of the world’s oil ministers, a terrorist heist that, Warrick reveals, was financed by Muammar Gaddafi.</p><p> </p><p>Then all of Carlos’ yesterdays — and there are many, as Warrick discovers when he interviews him in his French jail. He spent twenty years on the run, mostly barely camouflaged in faded Eastern European hotels. The Mossad didn’t even consider him worth assassinating. By the eighties he had become a gun for hire who’d stopped attacking Israelis. And at 75, in his convent-turned-prison outside Paris, the world’s original super-terrorist cooks his own meals, repeats old leftist slogans, and misremembers everything except his innocence.</p><p> </p><p>In spite of his pathetic fate, Carlos matters because, as Warrick notes, the Jackal model is back in fashion. Russia and Iran now hire petty crooks on Telegram for a few hundred dollars to firebomb synagogues or assassinate dissidents. Gaza’s tragic hopelessness echoes the post-1967 conditions that bred the first wave of Palestinian terror. Social media is now infested with wannabe violent influencers. The day of the Jackal, then, is not only our history but also our future.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Interview with the Jackal. </strong>Warrick negotiated for over a year — with Carlos, then with a French government determined he not be glorified, since his gravest crimes were against French citizens — for roughly ninety minutes in March 2025, no recorder, no camera, notebook only. The prison is a converted sixteenth-century convent outside Paris where the Nazis once tortured members of the Resistance; inside it, Carlos remains the big man on campus — guards call him Carlos, not Ilich, and he keeps a large cell, cooks his own meals, and browses the internet. At 75 he is natty, polyglot, charming — and stooped, forgetful, repeating himself into what Warrick calls a fog of old memories. As a witness he is worthless: everything ten times bigger and better than it was, except the crimes, which he suddenly cannot recall.</p><p>•       <strong>Ilich, Carlos, Jackal: An Accidental Brand. </strong>His ardent-Marxist father named his three sons Vladimir, Ilich, and Lenin, after the founder of the Soviet Union. “Carlos” came from a fake passport — Carlos Martinez — that French police happened to seize in 1975; the pudgy dark-glasses photo the world memorized was a passport fake he remains embarrassed by. “The Jackal” was coined by the British tabloids after reporters prowling his London safe house spotted Forsyth’s The Day of the Jackal on the bookshelf. He embraced all of it: a true believer whose slogans still pour out in prison, welded to a massive ego that always placed Carlos at the center of the revolution. Had Instagram existed, Warrick agrees, he’d have used it — the pre-digital influencer, with the world’s press as his platform.</p><p>•       <strong>From Five Bullets to Kidnapping OPEC. </strong>His 1970 baptism of fire in the Black September fighting hardened him past the point of return; his solo test, at 24, was the attempted assassination of Marks &amp; Spencer chairman Joseph Sieff — an old gun, five bullets, a jam, and a bullet deflected by the victim’s teeth (“good old Milk Marketing Board,” Sieff told the BBC from his hospital bed). The masterpiece came in December 1975: a 26-year-old walks into OPEC’s Vienna headquarters mid-conference, takes the world’s oil ministers hostage, extracts a plane and a ransom, and flies them to North Africa — the most audacious terrorist act Warrick can name. The book’s scoop settles who sponsored it: not Saddam Hussein, as biographers and a 2010 docudrama claimed, but Muammar Gaddafi — the autocrat pioneering the criminal proxy with no return address.</p><p>•       <strong>Twenty Years, No Capture — and a Mossad Pass. </strong>The world’s most wanted man spent two decades in comfort: Budapest his favorite hideout (good meals, nice hotels — Carlos insisted on top-flight everything), the Hungarians, East Germans, and Romanians almost proud to host their superstar guest, Assad’s Syria always available. The run ended only when the Bloc fell and the Arab states tired of him; the French and Americans finally tracked him to Khartoum in 1994. The great deflation is the Mossad: they never bothered with him. His mentor Wadi Haddad — the true operational genius — they hunted and killed; Carlos, by then a mercenary who’d stopped attacking Israelis, simply fell down the priority list. The world’s most fearsome terrorist wasn’t worth Israel’s effort.</p><p>•       <strong>The Return of Violent Chaos. </strong>Warrick’s closing argument, and the reason this history is news: the Gaddafi model has been rediscovered. Russia and Iran now hire criminals — recruited on Telegram, paid a few hundred dollars in crypto — to throw grenades into synagogues, set fires, and assassinate dissidents: hundreds of incidents already, most under the radar, none traceable to Moscow or Tehran. The modern Carlos works for whoever pays; ideology has left the business entirely. Gaza’s hopelessness, meanwhile, mirrors the post-1967 despair that launched the first international terror wave — and we are not prepared. As for America’s own extrajudicial turn, from drone war to boat strikes: “There’s no precedent... it is a grave change for us as Americans. Very troubling to me.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Jackal/Joby-Warrick/9781668070550">Joby Warrick</a> is a two-time Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist and veteran national security correspondent for The Washington Post. His books include <em>The Triple Agent</em>, <em>Red Line</em>, and <em>Black Flags: The Rise of ISIS</em>, winner of the 2016 Pulitzer Prize for General Nonfiction. <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Jackal/Joby-Warrick/9781668070550"><em>The Jackal: The Rise and Fall of Carlos, the World’s First Super-Terrorist</em></a> (Scribner, August 18, 2026), built on newly declassified archives, secret police files, and a rare interview with Carlos himself, is out next week.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Aug 2026 06:14:25 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/f0562838/17290427.mp3" length="42832246" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3446938" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/f0562838/17290427.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/AChvgbRvEuldDkqUpcmGFsKgDamKJrKkYe3cE_SjGoo/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9mMDE5/NjVhZGE4MjBjYjQ5/ZTNlZTA1YTI5NzJi/NWMzZS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2674</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p> </p><p><em>“He’s not a trustworthy witness to his own story. Everything is ten times bigger and better than it really was — except when he was accused of crimes, in which case he can’t really remember anymore.” — Joby Warrick on Carlos the Jackal</em></p><p> </p><p>Yesterday, WOLA’s Adam Isacson and John Walsh described how the US government has appropriated the term “narco-terrorism” to justify their Latin American killing spree. Today, we talk the real thing. Pulitzer Prize-winning <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Jackal/Joby-Warrick/9781668070550">Joby Warrick</a> has a new book out about the <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Jackal/Joby-Warrick/9781668070550">rise and fall</a> of Carlos the Jackal, who he calls the “original super-terrorist.”</p><p> </p><p>So who was Carlos the Jackal? Originally he was named by his Venezuelan Marxist father Ilich in homage to Lenin. Then he renamed himself Carlos, borrowing from a fake passport the French police happened to find in 1975. While The Jackal came from the London <em>Guardian</em> after reporters spotted Frederick Forsyth’s best-seller on the bookshelf of his London safe house. Ilich (i.e. Carlos) loved it. Anything for attention. Especially from the capitalist media.</p><p> </p><p>His career, as a proxy Palestinian terrorist, was equally audacious. His solo debut, at 24, was the attempted London assassination of Marks &amp; Spencer chairman Joseph Sieff. Two years later, Carlos waltzed into OPEC headquarters in Vienna and kidnapped most of the world’s oil ministers, a terrorist heist that, Warrick reveals, was financed by Muammar Gaddafi.</p><p> </p><p>Then all of Carlos’ yesterdays — and there are many, as Warrick discovers when he interviews him in his French jail. He spent twenty years on the run, mostly barely camouflaged in faded Eastern European hotels. The Mossad didn’t even consider him worth assassinating. By the eighties he had become a gun for hire who’d stopped attacking Israelis. And at 75, in his convent-turned-prison outside Paris, the world’s original super-terrorist cooks his own meals, repeats old leftist slogans, and misremembers everything except his innocence.</p><p> </p><p>In spite of his pathetic fate, Carlos matters because, as Warrick notes, the Jackal model is back in fashion. Russia and Iran now hire petty crooks on Telegram for a few hundred dollars to firebomb synagogues or assassinate dissidents. Gaza’s tragic hopelessness echoes the post-1967 conditions that bred the first wave of Palestinian terror. Social media is now infested with wannabe violent influencers. The day of the Jackal, then, is not only our history but also our future.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Interview with the Jackal. </strong>Warrick negotiated for over a year — with Carlos, then with a French government determined he not be glorified, since his gravest crimes were against French citizens — for roughly ninety minutes in March 2025, no recorder, no camera, notebook only. The prison is a converted sixteenth-century convent outside Paris where the Nazis once tortured members of the Resistance; inside it, Carlos remains the big man on campus — guards call him Carlos, not Ilich, and he keeps a large cell, cooks his own meals, and browses the internet. At 75 he is natty, polyglot, charming — and stooped, forgetful, repeating himself into what Warrick calls a fog of old memories. As a witness he is worthless: everything ten times bigger and better than it was, except the crimes, which he suddenly cannot recall.</p><p>•       <strong>Ilich, Carlos, Jackal: An Accidental Brand. </strong>His ardent-Marxist father named his three sons Vladimir, Ilich, and Lenin, after the founder of the Soviet Union. “Carlos” came from a fake passport — Carlos Martinez — that French police happened to seize in 1975; the pudgy dark-glasses photo the world memorized was a passport fake he remains embarrassed by. “The Jackal” was coined by the British tabloids after reporters prowling his London safe house spotted Forsyth’s The Day of the Jackal on the bookshelf. He embraced all of it: a true believer whose slogans still pour out in prison, welded to a massive ego that always placed Carlos at the center of the revolution. Had Instagram existed, Warrick agrees, he’d have used it — the pre-digital influencer, with the world’s press as his platform.</p><p>•       <strong>From Five Bullets to Kidnapping OPEC. </strong>His 1970 baptism of fire in the Black September fighting hardened him past the point of return; his solo test, at 24, was the attempted assassination of Marks &amp; Spencer chairman Joseph Sieff — an old gun, five bullets, a jam, and a bullet deflected by the victim’s teeth (“good old Milk Marketing Board,” Sieff told the BBC from his hospital bed). The masterpiece came in December 1975: a 26-year-old walks into OPEC’s Vienna headquarters mid-conference, takes the world’s oil ministers hostage, extracts a plane and a ransom, and flies them to North Africa — the most audacious terrorist act Warrick can name. The book’s scoop settles who sponsored it: not Saddam Hussein, as biographers and a 2010 docudrama claimed, but Muammar Gaddafi — the autocrat pioneering the criminal proxy with no return address.</p><p>•       <strong>Twenty Years, No Capture — and a Mossad Pass. </strong>The world’s most wanted man spent two decades in comfort: Budapest his favorite hideout (good meals, nice hotels — Carlos insisted on top-flight everything), the Hungarians, East Germans, and Romanians almost proud to host their superstar guest, Assad’s Syria always available. The run ended only when the Bloc fell and the Arab states tired of him; the French and Americans finally tracked him to Khartoum in 1994. The great deflation is the Mossad: they never bothered with him. His mentor Wadi Haddad — the true operational genius — they hunted and killed; Carlos, by then a mercenary who’d stopped attacking Israelis, simply fell down the priority list. The world’s most fearsome terrorist wasn’t worth Israel’s effort.</p><p>•       <strong>The Return of Violent Chaos. </strong>Warrick’s closing argument, and the reason this history is news: the Gaddafi model has been rediscovered. Russia and Iran now hire criminals — recruited on Telegram, paid a few hundred dollars in crypto — to throw grenades into synagogues, set fires, and assassinate dissidents: hundreds of incidents already, most under the radar, none traceable to Moscow or Tehran. The modern Carlos works for whoever pays; ideology has left the business entirely. Gaza’s hopelessness, meanwhile, mirrors the post-1967 despair that launched the first international terror wave — and we are not prepared. As for America’s own extrajudicial turn, from drone war to boat strikes: “There’s no precedent... it is a grave change for us as Americans. Very troubling to me.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Jackal/Joby-Warrick/9781668070550">Joby Warrick</a> is a two-time Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist and veteran national security correspondent for The Washington Post. His books include <em>The Triple Agent</em>, <em>Red Line</em>, and <em>Black Flags: The Rise of ISIS</em>, winner of the 2016 Pulitzer Prize for General Nonfiction. <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Jackal/Joby-Warrick/9781668070550"><em>The Jackal: The Rise and Fall of Carlos, the World’s First Super-Terrorist</em></a> (Scribner, August 18, 2026), built on newly declassified archives, secret police files, and a rare interview with Carlos himself, is out next week.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Deadly Americans: Adam Isacson &amp; John Walsh on MAGA's Killing Rampage in Latin America</title>
      <itunes:episode>3001</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3001</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Deadly Americans: Adam Isacson &amp; John Walsh on MAGA's Killing Rampage in Latin America</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5dd0a4c9-9434-4c13-9e5b-e1db982ef3c5</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Each one of these is individually a crime scene, and the United States is the responsible actor.” — John Walsh</em></p><p> </p><p>With America preoccupied (as always) with war in the Middle East, another kind of killing is taking place at its back door. Since early September of last year, the United States military has bombed 67 small boats in the Caribbean and Eastern Pacific and assassinated 221 supposed “narco-terrorists.” The first full account of this deadly war is the Washington Office on Latin America’s (WOLA) <a href="https://www.wola.org/analysis/killing-spree-extrajudicial-executions-in-the-u-s-boat-strikes-campaign/"><em>Killing Spree: Extrajudicial Executions in the U.S. Boat Strike Campaign</em></a>, a 27,000-word report by <a href="https://www.wola.org/analysis/killing-spree-extrajudicial-executions-in-the-u-s-boat-strikes-campaign/">Adam Isacson</a>, WOLA’s director for defense oversight, and <a href="https://www.wola.org/analysis/killing-spree-extrajudicial-executions-in-the-u-s-boat-strikes-campaign/">John Walsh</a>, its director for drug policy.</p><p> </p><p>Under U.S. and international law, this is murder, Isacson and Walsh conclude about a policy they see as premeditated killing of civilians who pose no immediate threat to the United States. Its official name is Operation Southern Spear, designed as a war on terror by an inner circle of Stephen Miller, Pete Hegseth, and Marco Rubio. So the Donroe Doctrine is really a broader MAGA embrace of extra-judicial killings. Trump might be able to point to Latin America on a map, but this official US policy is about far more than geography.</p><p> </p><p>And it even fails as drug policy. The boat strikes target Andean cocaine while fentanyl (produced in Mexico from Chinese synthetics) drives the American epidemic. As Isacson puts it, bombing these boats is like murdering a street-corner dealer and declaring the entire drug problem solved.</p><p> </p><p>The WOLA report’s darkest implication is domestic. The Justice Department memo underpinning the campaign amounts, Walsh argues, to an open license to kill. For an administration that talks obsessively about the enemy within, the boat strikes might be a dress rehearsal. Graham Greene’s quiet Americans have metastasized into the deadly Americans. Only this time they’re filming their own atrocities and boasting about them on social media. The assassination of that street-corner dealer in Peru might be a dress rehearsal for an anti-ICE activist in Minnesota. America’s southern back porch threatens to become its northern front door.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>63 Crime Scenes. </strong>The numbers, from WOLA’s strike-by-strike tracker: 63 attacks on 67 boats since September 2, 2025; 221 people killed; three known survivors. The legal analysis is not complicated: Title 18, Section 1111 of the U.S. Code prohibits murder, applies on the high seas, and premeditated killing of civilians with no self-defense justification is precisely what it forbids — no due process, no evidence offered, and in many cases no idea who was aboard. Each announcement is a near-identical Southern Command tweet, which is exactly what makes the campaign insidious: with no news handle, coverage shrinks to 150 words in the AP, and a democracy grows numb to what Walsh insists on calling 63 individual crime scenes with the United States as the responsible actor.</p><p>•       <strong>Narcoterrorism: Two Wars Welded Together. </strong>Operation Southern Spear fuses the post-9/11 war on terror with the sixty-year war on drugs: organized-crime groups redefined as the equivalent of al-Qaeda and ISIS, a secret list of two dozen designated organizations, and Stephen Miller declaring that only the military can fight drug trafficking. The policy’s continuity is real — supply control has been an American staple since Reagan — but its rupture is stark: Marco Rubio’s own justification admitted that decades of interdiction never worked, so the administration would skip the intermediary steps and simply kill. The December 2025 National Security Strategy makes Latin America a first-tier priority for the first time in decades — the Donroe Doctrine, which Andrew reads as a broader MAGA embrace of extra-judicial killings — with Venezuela as proof of concept and “joint operations” as the export: Mexico refused, Ecuador agreed, and newly elected far-right governments in Colombia and Peru may soon invite American special forces to kick in doors.</p><p>•       <strong>The Wrong War on the Wrong Economy. </strong>Both authors concede the underlying problem is real: organized crime kills, displaces, extorts everyone from street peddlers to five-star restaurants, and buys governments wholesale. But the strikes fail on their own terms. They target Andean cocaine while fentanyl — compact, potent, made in Mexico from Chinese precursors — drives American overdose deaths. Drugs are one income stream among many: at $4,000-an-ounce gold, illegal mining that poisons the Amazon may pay better, alongside extortion, kidnapping, and migrant smuggling. And the military is the wrong tool: America’s supermax already holds the drug lords, the Medellín and Cali cartels were obliterated decades ago, and there is more coca than ever — because organized crime, unlike an insurgency, doesn’t want to fight the state. It wants to corrupt it. Killing suspects also destroys the evidence a real case would need — ludicrous, as Walsh puts it, as drug policy.</p><p>•       <strong>Who Were the 221? </strong>Nobody knows how many were innocent — which is itself the scandal. From the few dozen cases WOLA could document, the dead include fishermen, migrants, human-trafficking victims, and kids paid a couple hundred dollars to run drugs or fuel one time — the lowest links in the chain, in coastal regions where boats are the only roads and the same vessel carries passengers one day and a small cargo the next. (Isacson has ridden boats exactly like the ones in the videos.) One victim was a genuinely dirty local drug boss; most were nothing of the kind. The reckoning has begun at the edges: two Trinidadian families are suing the United States in Boston federal court, a Colombian fisherman’s family has gone to the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights, and an Ecuadorian prosecutor who investigated the strikes has been assassinated.</p><p>•       <strong>Colombia or Chicago. </strong>The report’s most chilling section reads the Justice Department’s legal memo as an open license to kill: a secret list, membership decided by the president, no limiting factor — so that, as Walsh warns, “it doesn’t matter if you’re in Colombia or Chicago.” For an administration that speaks constantly of the enemy from within — and drummed the theme into the assembled brass at Quantico — the high seas look like a rehearsal space. Accountability remains possible: Tim Kaine is reading every after-action report, boat-flag states could take Trump officials to the International Criminal Court, and travel could get complicated for the inner circle. WOLA’s fear isn’t retribution but lawfare — never, as Isacson says, a reason to be silent. Graham Greene’s quiet Americans have metastasized into the deadly Americans, filming their own atrocities and boasting on social media. The assassination of a street-corner dealer in Peru might be a dress rehearsal for an anti-ICE activist in Minnesota: America’s southern back porch threatens to become its northern front door. The report is free online. Read it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guests</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.wola.org/analysis/killing-spree-extrajudicial-executions-in-the-u-s-boa..."></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Each one of these is individually a crime scene, and the United States is the responsible actor.” — John Walsh</em></p><p> </p><p>With America preoccupied (as always) with war in the Middle East, another kind of killing is taking place at its back door. Since early September of last year, the United States military has bombed 67 small boats in the Caribbean and Eastern Pacific and assassinated 221 supposed “narco-terrorists.” The first full account of this deadly war is the Washington Office on Latin America’s (WOLA) <a href="https://www.wola.org/analysis/killing-spree-extrajudicial-executions-in-the-u-s-boat-strikes-campaign/"><em>Killing Spree: Extrajudicial Executions in the U.S. Boat Strike Campaign</em></a>, a 27,000-word report by <a href="https://www.wola.org/analysis/killing-spree-extrajudicial-executions-in-the-u-s-boat-strikes-campaign/">Adam Isacson</a>, WOLA’s director for defense oversight, and <a href="https://www.wola.org/analysis/killing-spree-extrajudicial-executions-in-the-u-s-boat-strikes-campaign/">John Walsh</a>, its director for drug policy.</p><p> </p><p>Under U.S. and international law, this is murder, Isacson and Walsh conclude about a policy they see as premeditated killing of civilians who pose no immediate threat to the United States. Its official name is Operation Southern Spear, designed as a war on terror by an inner circle of Stephen Miller, Pete Hegseth, and Marco Rubio. So the Donroe Doctrine is really a broader MAGA embrace of extra-judicial killings. Trump might be able to point to Latin America on a map, but this official US policy is about far more than geography.</p><p> </p><p>And it even fails as drug policy. The boat strikes target Andean cocaine while fentanyl (produced in Mexico from Chinese synthetics) drives the American epidemic. As Isacson puts it, bombing these boats is like murdering a street-corner dealer and declaring the entire drug problem solved.</p><p> </p><p>The WOLA report’s darkest implication is domestic. The Justice Department memo underpinning the campaign amounts, Walsh argues, to an open license to kill. For an administration that talks obsessively about the enemy within, the boat strikes might be a dress rehearsal. Graham Greene’s quiet Americans have metastasized into the deadly Americans. Only this time they’re filming their own atrocities and boasting about them on social media. The assassination of that street-corner dealer in Peru might be a dress rehearsal for an anti-ICE activist in Minnesota. America’s southern back porch threatens to become its northern front door.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>63 Crime Scenes. </strong>The numbers, from WOLA’s strike-by-strike tracker: 63 attacks on 67 boats since September 2, 2025; 221 people killed; three known survivors. The legal analysis is not complicated: Title 18, Section 1111 of the U.S. Code prohibits murder, applies on the high seas, and premeditated killing of civilians with no self-defense justification is precisely what it forbids — no due process, no evidence offered, and in many cases no idea who was aboard. Each announcement is a near-identical Southern Command tweet, which is exactly what makes the campaign insidious: with no news handle, coverage shrinks to 150 words in the AP, and a democracy grows numb to what Walsh insists on calling 63 individual crime scenes with the United States as the responsible actor.</p><p>•       <strong>Narcoterrorism: Two Wars Welded Together. </strong>Operation Southern Spear fuses the post-9/11 war on terror with the sixty-year war on drugs: organized-crime groups redefined as the equivalent of al-Qaeda and ISIS, a secret list of two dozen designated organizations, and Stephen Miller declaring that only the military can fight drug trafficking. The policy’s continuity is real — supply control has been an American staple since Reagan — but its rupture is stark: Marco Rubio’s own justification admitted that decades of interdiction never worked, so the administration would skip the intermediary steps and simply kill. The December 2025 National Security Strategy makes Latin America a first-tier priority for the first time in decades — the Donroe Doctrine, which Andrew reads as a broader MAGA embrace of extra-judicial killings — with Venezuela as proof of concept and “joint operations” as the export: Mexico refused, Ecuador agreed, and newly elected far-right governments in Colombia and Peru may soon invite American special forces to kick in doors.</p><p>•       <strong>The Wrong War on the Wrong Economy. </strong>Both authors concede the underlying problem is real: organized crime kills, displaces, extorts everyone from street peddlers to five-star restaurants, and buys governments wholesale. But the strikes fail on their own terms. They target Andean cocaine while fentanyl — compact, potent, made in Mexico from Chinese precursors — drives American overdose deaths. Drugs are one income stream among many: at $4,000-an-ounce gold, illegal mining that poisons the Amazon may pay better, alongside extortion, kidnapping, and migrant smuggling. And the military is the wrong tool: America’s supermax already holds the drug lords, the Medellín and Cali cartels were obliterated decades ago, and there is more coca than ever — because organized crime, unlike an insurgency, doesn’t want to fight the state. It wants to corrupt it. Killing suspects also destroys the evidence a real case would need — ludicrous, as Walsh puts it, as drug policy.</p><p>•       <strong>Who Were the 221? </strong>Nobody knows how many were innocent — which is itself the scandal. From the few dozen cases WOLA could document, the dead include fishermen, migrants, human-trafficking victims, and kids paid a couple hundred dollars to run drugs or fuel one time — the lowest links in the chain, in coastal regions where boats are the only roads and the same vessel carries passengers one day and a small cargo the next. (Isacson has ridden boats exactly like the ones in the videos.) One victim was a genuinely dirty local drug boss; most were nothing of the kind. The reckoning has begun at the edges: two Trinidadian families are suing the United States in Boston federal court, a Colombian fisherman’s family has gone to the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights, and an Ecuadorian prosecutor who investigated the strikes has been assassinated.</p><p>•       <strong>Colombia or Chicago. </strong>The report’s most chilling section reads the Justice Department’s legal memo as an open license to kill: a secret list, membership decided by the president, no limiting factor — so that, as Walsh warns, “it doesn’t matter if you’re in Colombia or Chicago.” For an administration that speaks constantly of the enemy from within — and drummed the theme into the assembled brass at Quantico — the high seas look like a rehearsal space. Accountability remains possible: Tim Kaine is reading every after-action report, boat-flag states could take Trump officials to the International Criminal Court, and travel could get complicated for the inner circle. WOLA’s fear isn’t retribution but lawfare — never, as Isacson says, a reason to be silent. Graham Greene’s quiet Americans have metastasized into the deadly Americans, filming their own atrocities and boasting on social media. The assassination of a street-corner dealer in Peru might be a dress rehearsal for an anti-ICE activist in Minnesota: America’s southern back porch threatens to become its northern front door. The report is free online. Read it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guests</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.wola.org/analysis/killing-spree-extrajudicial-executions-in-the-u-s-boa..."></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Aug 2026 07:03:18 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/f31638e7/9b0d0a23.mp3" length="45509431" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3464641" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/f31638e7/9b0d0a23.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rUBgDNM4FvI">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/dEkC5eU5RuRYQEf31KJbdfRxX70kWRAml9Irk1MLTF0/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8wZGEx/NWQwYTA5ZWJkZDgz/YTI4NGQzZTA3ZTQ1/NGMzYi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2842</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Each one of these is individually a crime scene, and the United States is the responsible actor.” — John Walsh</em></p><p> </p><p>With America preoccupied (as always) with war in the Middle East, another kind of killing is taking place at its back door. Since early September of last year, the United States military has bombed 67 small boats in the Caribbean and Eastern Pacific and assassinated 221 supposed “narco-terrorists.” The first full account of this deadly war is the Washington Office on Latin America’s (WOLA) <a href="https://www.wola.org/analysis/killing-spree-extrajudicial-executions-in-the-u-s-boat-strikes-campaign/"><em>Killing Spree: Extrajudicial Executions in the U.S. Boat Strike Campaign</em></a>, a 27,000-word report by <a href="https://www.wola.org/analysis/killing-spree-extrajudicial-executions-in-the-u-s-boat-strikes-campaign/">Adam Isacson</a>, WOLA’s director for defense oversight, and <a href="https://www.wola.org/analysis/killing-spree-extrajudicial-executions-in-the-u-s-boat-strikes-campaign/">John Walsh</a>, its director for drug policy.</p><p> </p><p>Under U.S. and international law, this is murder, Isacson and Walsh conclude about a policy they see as premeditated killing of civilians who pose no immediate threat to the United States. Its official name is Operation Southern Spear, designed as a war on terror by an inner circle of Stephen Miller, Pete Hegseth, and Marco Rubio. So the Donroe Doctrine is really a broader MAGA embrace of extra-judicial killings. Trump might be able to point to Latin America on a map, but this official US policy is about far more than geography.</p><p> </p><p>And it even fails as drug policy. The boat strikes target Andean cocaine while fentanyl (produced in Mexico from Chinese synthetics) drives the American epidemic. As Isacson puts it, bombing these boats is like murdering a street-corner dealer and declaring the entire drug problem solved.</p><p> </p><p>The WOLA report’s darkest implication is domestic. The Justice Department memo underpinning the campaign amounts, Walsh argues, to an open license to kill. For an administration that talks obsessively about the enemy within, the boat strikes might be a dress rehearsal. Graham Greene’s quiet Americans have metastasized into the deadly Americans. Only this time they’re filming their own atrocities and boasting about them on social media. The assassination of that street-corner dealer in Peru might be a dress rehearsal for an anti-ICE activist in Minnesota. America’s southern back porch threatens to become its northern front door.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>63 Crime Scenes. </strong>The numbers, from WOLA’s strike-by-strike tracker: 63 attacks on 67 boats since September 2, 2025; 221 people killed; three known survivors. The legal analysis is not complicated: Title 18, Section 1111 of the U.S. Code prohibits murder, applies on the high seas, and premeditated killing of civilians with no self-defense justification is precisely what it forbids — no due process, no evidence offered, and in many cases no idea who was aboard. Each announcement is a near-identical Southern Command tweet, which is exactly what makes the campaign insidious: with no news handle, coverage shrinks to 150 words in the AP, and a democracy grows numb to what Walsh insists on calling 63 individual crime scenes with the United States as the responsible actor.</p><p>•       <strong>Narcoterrorism: Two Wars Welded Together. </strong>Operation Southern Spear fuses the post-9/11 war on terror with the sixty-year war on drugs: organized-crime groups redefined as the equivalent of al-Qaeda and ISIS, a secret list of two dozen designated organizations, and Stephen Miller declaring that only the military can fight drug trafficking. The policy’s continuity is real — supply control has been an American staple since Reagan — but its rupture is stark: Marco Rubio’s own justification admitted that decades of interdiction never worked, so the administration would skip the intermediary steps and simply kill. The December 2025 National Security Strategy makes Latin America a first-tier priority for the first time in decades — the Donroe Doctrine, which Andrew reads as a broader MAGA embrace of extra-judicial killings — with Venezuela as proof of concept and “joint operations” as the export: Mexico refused, Ecuador agreed, and newly elected far-right governments in Colombia and Peru may soon invite American special forces to kick in doors.</p><p>•       <strong>The Wrong War on the Wrong Economy. </strong>Both authors concede the underlying problem is real: organized crime kills, displaces, extorts everyone from street peddlers to five-star restaurants, and buys governments wholesale. But the strikes fail on their own terms. They target Andean cocaine while fentanyl — compact, potent, made in Mexico from Chinese precursors — drives American overdose deaths. Drugs are one income stream among many: at $4,000-an-ounce gold, illegal mining that poisons the Amazon may pay better, alongside extortion, kidnapping, and migrant smuggling. And the military is the wrong tool: America’s supermax already holds the drug lords, the Medellín and Cali cartels were obliterated decades ago, and there is more coca than ever — because organized crime, unlike an insurgency, doesn’t want to fight the state. It wants to corrupt it. Killing suspects also destroys the evidence a real case would need — ludicrous, as Walsh puts it, as drug policy.</p><p>•       <strong>Who Were the 221? </strong>Nobody knows how many were innocent — which is itself the scandal. From the few dozen cases WOLA could document, the dead include fishermen, migrants, human-trafficking victims, and kids paid a couple hundred dollars to run drugs or fuel one time — the lowest links in the chain, in coastal regions where boats are the only roads and the same vessel carries passengers one day and a small cargo the next. (Isacson has ridden boats exactly like the ones in the videos.) One victim was a genuinely dirty local drug boss; most were nothing of the kind. The reckoning has begun at the edges: two Trinidadian families are suing the United States in Boston federal court, a Colombian fisherman’s family has gone to the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights, and an Ecuadorian prosecutor who investigated the strikes has been assassinated.</p><p>•       <strong>Colombia or Chicago. </strong>The report’s most chilling section reads the Justice Department’s legal memo as an open license to kill: a secret list, membership decided by the president, no limiting factor — so that, as Walsh warns, “it doesn’t matter if you’re in Colombia or Chicago.” For an administration that speaks constantly of the enemy from within — and drummed the theme into the assembled brass at Quantico — the high seas look like a rehearsal space. Accountability remains possible: Tim Kaine is reading every after-action report, boat-flag states could take Trump officials to the International Criminal Court, and travel could get complicated for the inner circle. WOLA’s fear isn’t retribution but lawfare — never, as Isacson says, a reason to be silent. Graham Greene’s quiet Americans have metastasized into the deadly Americans, filming their own atrocities and boasting on social media. The assassination of a street-corner dealer in Peru might be a dress rehearsal for an anti-ICE activist in Minnesota: America’s southern back porch threatens to become its northern front door. The report is free online. Read it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guests</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.wola.org/analysis/killing-spree-extrajudicial-executions-in-the-u-s-boa..."></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f31638e7/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Are They Dead Yet? Sam Roberts on the Art of the Obit</title>
      <itunes:episode>3000</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3000</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Are They Dead Yet? Sam Roberts on the Art of the Obit</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c2d9566f-d810-4325-a25b-deeed0692c5a</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Obituaries are about life, about the lives that people have lived. Death only figures in one sentence.” — Sam Roberts</em></p><p> </p><p>This is, remarkably, episode 3,000 of Keen On America — three thousand conversations since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010. Fitting, then, that today’s guest has written nearly 1,500 obituaries for the <em>New York Times</em>. <a href="https://www.rizzolibookstore.com/product/are-they-dead-yet-art-obit">Sam Roberts</a> is a reporter on the <em>Times</em>’ obituaries desk and has a new book about the art of the obit entitled <a href="https://www.rizzolibookstore.com/product/are-they-dead-yet-art-obit"><em>Are They Dead Yet?</em></a></p><p> </p><p>We recorded this a week before airtime, so I began by asking who’s going to die in the interim. He wasn’t sure — but noted that the <em>Times</em> keeps 2,000 advance obituaries ready. There are, he added, never enough. Beware, though, the Rockefeller curse. Roberts wrote David Rockefeller’s advance obituary, whereupon he learned that three other Times reporters had written Rockefeller advance obits — and all three were dead. (Rockefeller made it to 101.)</p><p> </p><p>Borrowing from <em>Citizen Kane</em>, Roberts hunts for the Rosebud moment, the epiphany that defines a life. He hunts for the soul of the subject, not the résumé. Hence his cheerful paradox that obituaries are about life, whereas death only figures in one sentence. As for famous last words, he’s a skeptic — most were composed later by better writers. The real ones, he suspects, are “help,” or “get me a drink.”</p><p> </p><p>And the obituarist’s own Rosebud moment? We have to go back to Brooklyn when he was a six-year-old boy. His father walked him to the corner to watch the Rosenberg funeral procession pass. “I want you to see history as it’s happening,” he explained. Half a century later, Roberts got David Greenglass to admit he had lied about the testimony that sent his own sister, Ethel Rosenberg, to the electric chair.</p><p> </p><p>From the <em>Times</em>’ Portraits of Grief after 9/11, Roberts learned the book’s deepest lesson. There are no ordinary lives. Who would you miss more — your mayor or your mailman? Or maybe your obit writer (or even your podcaster)? Sam promised that if he died before airtime, he’d call. The phone hasn’t rung. I’m still going too. On to episode 3,001.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>2,000 Obits, Never Enough. </strong>The Times keeps some 2,000 advance obituaries on file, regularly updated — and people still surprise the desk (and presumably themselves) by dying unexpectedly. Print once had a deadline or two a day; now there’s a deadline every minute. The occupational hazards are real: three Times reporters wrote advance obits of David Rockefeller and predeceased him — Roberts, the fourth, survived to see his run when Rockefeller died at 101. And the genre changes its readers: “no man who has seen his own obit is ever the same again.” Alfred Nobel, mistakenly obituarized as dynamite’s merchant of death, endowed the Nobel Prizes in response — proof that a premature obituary can be the most consequential document a man ever reads.</p><p>•       <strong>The Rosebud Method. </strong>Roberts’ organizing device comes from Citizen Kane: the Rosebud moment, the epiphany — a teacher, a meeting, an accident — that changed the trajectory of a life and made it worth recording. The model, via The Economist’s Ann Wroe, is the soul rather than the stenography: Wikipedia has the chronology; the obituary hunts the essence. Advance obits are never vetted by their subjects — facts checked, yes; the portrait, never — because an obituary is a news story, not a eulogy. And the form’s great secret is optimism: obituaries are about life. Death gets one sentence. (Famous last words, meanwhile, are mostly posthumous fiction. The real ones: “help,” or “get me a drink.”)</p><p>•       <strong>Giuliani, Trump, Epstein. </strong>The hardest working file on Roberts’ desk: Rudy Giuliani — aggressive prosecutor, the mayor who proved New York governable, then a bitter Trump apologist indicted under the same statutes he once used on mobsters. How do you compress that into a lead paragraph? Andrew’s suggestion — a narrative of somebody who had a soul and then sold it — requires Shakespeare; Roberts insists on newspaper objectivity, omitting nothing and editorializing never. The Trump obituary already exists (its subject, Roberts guesses, would sue). And context keeps moving after death: Bush the defeated loser became Bush the elder statesman; Epstein’s reputation kept falling posthumously. Of the 150,000 people who die each day, three or four make the Times.</p><p>•       <strong>The Rosenberg Rosebud. </strong>Roberts’ own epiphany arrived at age six, on a Brooklyn street corner where his father took him to watch the Rosenberg funeral procession: “I want you to see history as it’s happening.” His family otherwise met death with denial — six months after his father died, an aunt asked how Arthur was doing could only answer “so-so.” The Rosenberg thread ran through his whole career: decades later, for his book The Brother, David Greenglass admitted to Roberts that he had lied about the most incriminating testimony against his sister Ethel — evidence that, truthfully given, would likely have spared her the electric chair. When Roberts assigned graduate students to write his own advance obituary, none of them led with that. He would.</p><p>•       <strong>No Ordinary Lives. </strong>From Portraits of Grief — the Times’ profiles of virtually every victim of the World Trade Center attack — Roberts drew the book’s central lesson: there are no ordinary lives. Who would you miss more, your mayor or your mailman? Carlyle asked whether history belongs to Hannibal or to the anonymous man who invented the spade. The desk has honored the principle in both directions: a front-page obituary for Hercule Poirot (the most famous Belgian, as Andrew noted), and a Jesus of Nazareth obituary written as the Times would have run it in AD 33 — ending, for lack of further confirmation, with the report that he was buried and his body disappeared. No beat generates more reader feedback. “As long as they’re reading it, I’m happy.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.rizzolibookstore.com/product/are-they-dead-yet-art-obit">Sam Roberts</a> is a fifty-year veteran of New York journalism, an obituaries reporter and former Urban Affairs correspondent at the New York Times, and the host of the Times’ “Close Up,” which he inaugurated in 1992. His many books include <em>The Brother</em>, <em>Grand Central</em>, <em>A History of New York in 101 Objects</em>, and <em>Only in New York</em>. A history adviser to Federal Hall, he lives in New York with his wife and two sons. <a href="https://www.rizzolibookstore.com/product/are-they-dead-yet-art-obit"><em>Are They Dead Yet? The Art of the Obit</em></a> (Bloomsbury, August 11, 2026) draws on the nearly 1,500 obituaries he has written for the Times.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.rizzolibookstore.com/product/are-they-dead-yet-art-obit"><em>Are They Dead Yet? The Art of the Obit</em></a> by Sam Roberts (Bloomsbury, August 11, 2026). Carl Hiaasen: “Mordantly wonderful.” Roz Chast: “I almost died laughing.”</p><p>•       <em>The Brother</em> by Sam Roberts — in which David Greenglass admitted lying about the testimony that sent his sister, Ethel Rosenberg, to the electric chair.</p><p>•...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Obituaries are about life, about the lives that people have lived. Death only figures in one sentence.” — Sam Roberts</em></p><p> </p><p>This is, remarkably, episode 3,000 of Keen On America — three thousand conversations since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010. Fitting, then, that today’s guest has written nearly 1,500 obituaries for the <em>New York Times</em>. <a href="https://www.rizzolibookstore.com/product/are-they-dead-yet-art-obit">Sam Roberts</a> is a reporter on the <em>Times</em>’ obituaries desk and has a new book about the art of the obit entitled <a href="https://www.rizzolibookstore.com/product/are-they-dead-yet-art-obit"><em>Are They Dead Yet?</em></a></p><p> </p><p>We recorded this a week before airtime, so I began by asking who’s going to die in the interim. He wasn’t sure — but noted that the <em>Times</em> keeps 2,000 advance obituaries ready. There are, he added, never enough. Beware, though, the Rockefeller curse. Roberts wrote David Rockefeller’s advance obituary, whereupon he learned that three other Times reporters had written Rockefeller advance obits — and all three were dead. (Rockefeller made it to 101.)</p><p> </p><p>Borrowing from <em>Citizen Kane</em>, Roberts hunts for the Rosebud moment, the epiphany that defines a life. He hunts for the soul of the subject, not the résumé. Hence his cheerful paradox that obituaries are about life, whereas death only figures in one sentence. As for famous last words, he’s a skeptic — most were composed later by better writers. The real ones, he suspects, are “help,” or “get me a drink.”</p><p> </p><p>And the obituarist’s own Rosebud moment? We have to go back to Brooklyn when he was a six-year-old boy. His father walked him to the corner to watch the Rosenberg funeral procession pass. “I want you to see history as it’s happening,” he explained. Half a century later, Roberts got David Greenglass to admit he had lied about the testimony that sent his own sister, Ethel Rosenberg, to the electric chair.</p><p> </p><p>From the <em>Times</em>’ Portraits of Grief after 9/11, Roberts learned the book’s deepest lesson. There are no ordinary lives. Who would you miss more — your mayor or your mailman? Or maybe your obit writer (or even your podcaster)? Sam promised that if he died before airtime, he’d call. The phone hasn’t rung. I’m still going too. On to episode 3,001.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>2,000 Obits, Never Enough. </strong>The Times keeps some 2,000 advance obituaries on file, regularly updated — and people still surprise the desk (and presumably themselves) by dying unexpectedly. Print once had a deadline or two a day; now there’s a deadline every minute. The occupational hazards are real: three Times reporters wrote advance obits of David Rockefeller and predeceased him — Roberts, the fourth, survived to see his run when Rockefeller died at 101. And the genre changes its readers: “no man who has seen his own obit is ever the same again.” Alfred Nobel, mistakenly obituarized as dynamite’s merchant of death, endowed the Nobel Prizes in response — proof that a premature obituary can be the most consequential document a man ever reads.</p><p>•       <strong>The Rosebud Method. </strong>Roberts’ organizing device comes from Citizen Kane: the Rosebud moment, the epiphany — a teacher, a meeting, an accident — that changed the trajectory of a life and made it worth recording. The model, via The Economist’s Ann Wroe, is the soul rather than the stenography: Wikipedia has the chronology; the obituary hunts the essence. Advance obits are never vetted by their subjects — facts checked, yes; the portrait, never — because an obituary is a news story, not a eulogy. And the form’s great secret is optimism: obituaries are about life. Death gets one sentence. (Famous last words, meanwhile, are mostly posthumous fiction. The real ones: “help,” or “get me a drink.”)</p><p>•       <strong>Giuliani, Trump, Epstein. </strong>The hardest working file on Roberts’ desk: Rudy Giuliani — aggressive prosecutor, the mayor who proved New York governable, then a bitter Trump apologist indicted under the same statutes he once used on mobsters. How do you compress that into a lead paragraph? Andrew’s suggestion — a narrative of somebody who had a soul and then sold it — requires Shakespeare; Roberts insists on newspaper objectivity, omitting nothing and editorializing never. The Trump obituary already exists (its subject, Roberts guesses, would sue). And context keeps moving after death: Bush the defeated loser became Bush the elder statesman; Epstein’s reputation kept falling posthumously. Of the 150,000 people who die each day, three or four make the Times.</p><p>•       <strong>The Rosenberg Rosebud. </strong>Roberts’ own epiphany arrived at age six, on a Brooklyn street corner where his father took him to watch the Rosenberg funeral procession: “I want you to see history as it’s happening.” His family otherwise met death with denial — six months after his father died, an aunt asked how Arthur was doing could only answer “so-so.” The Rosenberg thread ran through his whole career: decades later, for his book The Brother, David Greenglass admitted to Roberts that he had lied about the most incriminating testimony against his sister Ethel — evidence that, truthfully given, would likely have spared her the electric chair. When Roberts assigned graduate students to write his own advance obituary, none of them led with that. He would.</p><p>•       <strong>No Ordinary Lives. </strong>From Portraits of Grief — the Times’ profiles of virtually every victim of the World Trade Center attack — Roberts drew the book’s central lesson: there are no ordinary lives. Who would you miss more, your mayor or your mailman? Carlyle asked whether history belongs to Hannibal or to the anonymous man who invented the spade. The desk has honored the principle in both directions: a front-page obituary for Hercule Poirot (the most famous Belgian, as Andrew noted), and a Jesus of Nazareth obituary written as the Times would have run it in AD 33 — ending, for lack of further confirmation, with the report that he was buried and his body disappeared. No beat generates more reader feedback. “As long as they’re reading it, I’m happy.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.rizzolibookstore.com/product/are-they-dead-yet-art-obit">Sam Roberts</a> is a fifty-year veteran of New York journalism, an obituaries reporter and former Urban Affairs correspondent at the New York Times, and the host of the Times’ “Close Up,” which he inaugurated in 1992. His many books include <em>The Brother</em>, <em>Grand Central</em>, <em>A History of New York in 101 Objects</em>, and <em>Only in New York</em>. A history adviser to Federal Hall, he lives in New York with his wife and two sons. <a href="https://www.rizzolibookstore.com/product/are-they-dead-yet-art-obit"><em>Are They Dead Yet? The Art of the Obit</em></a> (Bloomsbury, August 11, 2026) draws on the nearly 1,500 obituaries he has written for the Times.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.rizzolibookstore.com/product/are-they-dead-yet-art-obit"><em>Are They Dead Yet? The Art of the Obit</em></a> by Sam Roberts (Bloomsbury, August 11, 2026). Carl Hiaasen: “Mordantly wonderful.” Roz Chast: “I almost died laughing.”</p><p>•       <em>The Brother</em> by Sam Roberts — in which David Greenglass admitted lying about the testimony that sent his sister, Ethel Rosenberg, to the electric chair.</p><p>•...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2026 05:43:46 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/9c185476/ee048860.mp3" length="43671108" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3458504" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/9c185476/ee048860.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lXNBEGYLct4">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/E7ZatTpBM2itLRR5vm0w8p_O7Zc_eDMTu9fTI2LKUKg/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80ZGE2/OTY1OTY0YjQ2NzJh/OTQzYmYzZjQwZjhj/MzZmYy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2726</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Obituaries are about life, about the lives that people have lived. Death only figures in one sentence.” — Sam Roberts</em></p><p> </p><p>This is, remarkably, episode 3,000 of Keen On America — three thousand conversations since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010. Fitting, then, that today’s guest has written nearly 1,500 obituaries for the <em>New York Times</em>. <a href="https://www.rizzolibookstore.com/product/are-they-dead-yet-art-obit">Sam Roberts</a> is a reporter on the <em>Times</em>’ obituaries desk and has a new book about the art of the obit entitled <a href="https://www.rizzolibookstore.com/product/are-they-dead-yet-art-obit"><em>Are They Dead Yet?</em></a></p><p> </p><p>We recorded this a week before airtime, so I began by asking who’s going to die in the interim. He wasn’t sure — but noted that the <em>Times</em> keeps 2,000 advance obituaries ready. There are, he added, never enough. Beware, though, the Rockefeller curse. Roberts wrote David Rockefeller’s advance obituary, whereupon he learned that three other Times reporters had written Rockefeller advance obits — and all three were dead. (Rockefeller made it to 101.)</p><p> </p><p>Borrowing from <em>Citizen Kane</em>, Roberts hunts for the Rosebud moment, the epiphany that defines a life. He hunts for the soul of the subject, not the résumé. Hence his cheerful paradox that obituaries are about life, whereas death only figures in one sentence. As for famous last words, he’s a skeptic — most were composed later by better writers. The real ones, he suspects, are “help,” or “get me a drink.”</p><p> </p><p>And the obituarist’s own Rosebud moment? We have to go back to Brooklyn when he was a six-year-old boy. His father walked him to the corner to watch the Rosenberg funeral procession pass. “I want you to see history as it’s happening,” he explained. Half a century later, Roberts got David Greenglass to admit he had lied about the testimony that sent his own sister, Ethel Rosenberg, to the electric chair.</p><p> </p><p>From the <em>Times</em>’ Portraits of Grief after 9/11, Roberts learned the book’s deepest lesson. There are no ordinary lives. Who would you miss more — your mayor or your mailman? Or maybe your obit writer (or even your podcaster)? Sam promised that if he died before airtime, he’d call. The phone hasn’t rung. I’m still going too. On to episode 3,001.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>2,000 Obits, Never Enough. </strong>The Times keeps some 2,000 advance obituaries on file, regularly updated — and people still surprise the desk (and presumably themselves) by dying unexpectedly. Print once had a deadline or two a day; now there’s a deadline every minute. The occupational hazards are real: three Times reporters wrote advance obits of David Rockefeller and predeceased him — Roberts, the fourth, survived to see his run when Rockefeller died at 101. And the genre changes its readers: “no man who has seen his own obit is ever the same again.” Alfred Nobel, mistakenly obituarized as dynamite’s merchant of death, endowed the Nobel Prizes in response — proof that a premature obituary can be the most consequential document a man ever reads.</p><p>•       <strong>The Rosebud Method. </strong>Roberts’ organizing device comes from Citizen Kane: the Rosebud moment, the epiphany — a teacher, a meeting, an accident — that changed the trajectory of a life and made it worth recording. The model, via The Economist’s Ann Wroe, is the soul rather than the stenography: Wikipedia has the chronology; the obituary hunts the essence. Advance obits are never vetted by their subjects — facts checked, yes; the portrait, never — because an obituary is a news story, not a eulogy. And the form’s great secret is optimism: obituaries are about life. Death gets one sentence. (Famous last words, meanwhile, are mostly posthumous fiction. The real ones: “help,” or “get me a drink.”)</p><p>•       <strong>Giuliani, Trump, Epstein. </strong>The hardest working file on Roberts’ desk: Rudy Giuliani — aggressive prosecutor, the mayor who proved New York governable, then a bitter Trump apologist indicted under the same statutes he once used on mobsters. How do you compress that into a lead paragraph? Andrew’s suggestion — a narrative of somebody who had a soul and then sold it — requires Shakespeare; Roberts insists on newspaper objectivity, omitting nothing and editorializing never. The Trump obituary already exists (its subject, Roberts guesses, would sue). And context keeps moving after death: Bush the defeated loser became Bush the elder statesman; Epstein’s reputation kept falling posthumously. Of the 150,000 people who die each day, three or four make the Times.</p><p>•       <strong>The Rosenberg Rosebud. </strong>Roberts’ own epiphany arrived at age six, on a Brooklyn street corner where his father took him to watch the Rosenberg funeral procession: “I want you to see history as it’s happening.” His family otherwise met death with denial — six months after his father died, an aunt asked how Arthur was doing could only answer “so-so.” The Rosenberg thread ran through his whole career: decades later, for his book The Brother, David Greenglass admitted to Roberts that he had lied about the most incriminating testimony against his sister Ethel — evidence that, truthfully given, would likely have spared her the electric chair. When Roberts assigned graduate students to write his own advance obituary, none of them led with that. He would.</p><p>•       <strong>No Ordinary Lives. </strong>From Portraits of Grief — the Times’ profiles of virtually every victim of the World Trade Center attack — Roberts drew the book’s central lesson: there are no ordinary lives. Who would you miss more, your mayor or your mailman? Carlyle asked whether history belongs to Hannibal or to the anonymous man who invented the spade. The desk has honored the principle in both directions: a front-page obituary for Hercule Poirot (the most famous Belgian, as Andrew noted), and a Jesus of Nazareth obituary written as the Times would have run it in AD 33 — ending, for lack of further confirmation, with the report that he was buried and his body disappeared. No beat generates more reader feedback. “As long as they’re reading it, I’m happy.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.rizzolibookstore.com/product/are-they-dead-yet-art-obit">Sam Roberts</a> is a fifty-year veteran of New York journalism, an obituaries reporter and former Urban Affairs correspondent at the New York Times, and the host of the Times’ “Close Up,” which he inaugurated in 1992. His many books include <em>The Brother</em>, <em>Grand Central</em>, <em>A History of New York in 101 Objects</em>, and <em>Only in New York</em>. A history adviser to Federal Hall, he lives in New York with his wife and two sons. <a href="https://www.rizzolibookstore.com/product/are-they-dead-yet-art-obit"><em>Are They Dead Yet? The Art of the Obit</em></a> (Bloomsbury, August 11, 2026) draws on the nearly 1,500 obituaries he has written for the Times.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.rizzolibookstore.com/product/are-they-dead-yet-art-obit"><em>Are They Dead Yet? The Art of the Obit</em></a> by Sam Roberts (Bloomsbury, August 11, 2026). Carl Hiaasen: “Mordantly wonderful.” Roz Chast: “I almost died laughing.”</p><p>•       <em>The Brother</em> by Sam Roberts — in which David Greenglass admitted lying about the testimony that sent his sister, Ethel Rosenberg, to the electric chair.</p><p>•...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9c185476/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9c185476/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is Jurassic Park Playing in Silicon Valley? Renée Jones on the Unicorn Stampede in Startup Finance.</title>
      <itunes:episode>2999</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2999</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Is Jurassic Park Playing in Silicon Valley? Renée Jones on the Unicorn Stampede in Startup Finance.</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">53ecd4d9-1899-4bfe-a000-376a519b10c4</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“By operating in secrecy, they’re able to avoid or evade accountability — and, in many instances, engage in anticompetitive behavior or even fraud.” — Renée M. Jones on unicorns</em></p><p> </p><p>Twelve years ago there were 39 unicorns — private companies worth a billion dollars or more. Today there are over 1,400, collectively valued above $7 trillion, with the twin beasts of Anthropic and OpenAI at the front of the herd, driving the entire American economy. A good thing, surely?</p><p> </p><p>Not according to <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674296350">Renée M. Jones</a>, the SEC’s chief regulator of corporate finance from 2021 to 2023 and author of <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674296350"><em>Untamed Unicorns: Why Startup Finance Is Broken and How to Fix It</em></a>. The former SEC big game warden worries that this stampede of wild unicorns might be driving the entire American economy off a cliff.</p><p> </p><p>Her problem isn’t that these private companies exist. It’s that we know almost nothing about them. That’s because of changes in the law since the Nineties that have lifted the hundred-investor cap on private funds, thereby enabling them to mushroom from under $1 trillion to $17 trillion. Add secondary markets where insiders quietly cash out, and the IPO becomes optional. And so we know almost nothing about companies like Anthropic and OpenAI with private valuations in the hundreds of billions of dollars.</p><p> </p><p>The result is what Jones calls the founder-friendly model of Facebook, Uber or Airbnb. With super-voting shares at ten votes apiece, founders effectively choose their own bosses, thereby stripping investors of the power to discipline anyone. Think Travis Kalanick and Mark Zuckerberg. Think Theranos, WeWork and FTX.</p><p> </p><p>Unicorns are named, of course, for their impossibility. Not so long ago, nobody could imagine a private company worth more than a billion dollars. However, with $7 trillion now on the table, Jones is concerned about the health of the American startup economy. On the brink of the OpenAI and Anthropic IPOs, I fear Renée Jones might be right about the dangers of a real crash triggered by the stampede of these mythical creatures. Jurassic Park is now playing in Silicon Valley. Pass the popcorn.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The $7 Trillion Secret. </strong>The unicorn was named for its rarity: 39 existed twelve years ago. Today there are more than 1,400, worth over $7 trillion — roughly 1,100 in America, nearly 300 in China — and the biggest of them shape the economy while disclosing essentially nothing. That is Jones’ target: not the billion-dollar valuations but the secrecy. A billion-dollar private company faces neither the disclosure rules nor the governance requirements of a public company its size, which means accountability arrives only by accident — a scandal, a frustrated investor, a whistleblower calling a reporter. Everything else stays dark.</p><p>•       <strong>How the IPO Died. </strong>Startups once went public within five to seven years, for two reasons: growth capital lived in public markets, and the 500-shareholder rule forced large private companies to register — it’s reportedly why Google and Facebook held their IPOs at all. Both reasons were legislated away. NSMIA (1996) uncapped private funds, whose assets exploded from under $1 trillion to $17 trillion; the JOBS Act (2012) moved the trigger to 2,000 shareholders with employee shares exempt; and secondary markets — Forge Global, Nasdaq Private Market, EquityZen — let insiders cash out without a prospectus. The IPO became a liquidity event rather than a necessity. Only AI’s bottomless capital hunger, Jones notes, is pushing OpenAI and Anthropic toward the public markets at all.</p><p>•       <strong>Founders Choosing Their Bosses. </strong>The founder-friendly model gives startup founders super-voting shares — ten votes to one — letting them control the board that supposedly controls them. Venture capitalists lost their traditional power to discipline or dismiss a misbehaving founder: Uber’s investors, lacking the votes to oust Travis Kalanick, had to stage a coup via press leak. And the VCs are conflicted anyway — exposing fraud destroys the exit they’re invested in. Jones’ answer to the Google-and-Facebook counterargument is historical: dual-class structures were invented at those companies precisely to coax their founders into IPOs, and they now arrive by the second or third funding round — so the governance rot starts earlier and, as Zuckerberg demonstrates, persists indefinitely after the public offering.</p><p>•       <strong>The Fraud Files — and the Social Bill. </strong>FTX. Theranos, which hid parts of its lab from inspecting regulators. WeWork, whose IPO filing finally told the truth about the spending and self-dealing — whereupon the public refused to buy, the company limped through a SPAC into bankruptcy, and employees who had borrowed money to exercise options and pay taxes were left holding worthless paper. (The VC money lost, Jones notes, is substantially public pension money anyway.) Beyond the frauds lies the social bill of the below-cost blitzscale: taxi drivers destroyed and then prices raised; passengers assaulted under lax background checks; Airbnb’s uncollected occupancy taxes, underinvested security, and name-based discrimination. A culture of outrunning the law, Jones argues, gets baked in — and firms powerful enough simply change the law, as Uber and Lyft did to driver-classification rules in California and Massachusetts.</p><p>•       <strong>Not Teddy — Franklin. </strong>Asked whether the coming reckoning demands a new Teddy Roosevelt — Casey Michel’s prescription on this show days earlier — Jones reaches a generation later: Franklin’s New Deal securities acts of 1933 and 1934, which made disclosure the price of other people’s money and worked for ninety years. Since the 1980s the architecture has been chipped into optionality, and the SEC is now dismantling Sarbanes-Oxley and Dodd-Frank protections while deregulating public markets too. Her remedies: disclosure to employees paid in options they cannot value, and disclosure in the largest private offerings — because investors of any sophistication cannot make responsible decisions while investing blind. Andrew’s closing verdict: I hope she’s wrong. I suspect she’s right.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674296350">Renée M. Jones</a> is Professor of Law and Dr. Thomas F. Carney Distinguished Scholar at Boston College Law School, where she has taught corporate and securities law for nearly a quarter century. From 2021 to 2023 she served as Director of the Division of Corporation Finance at the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission — the nation’s chief regulator of capital formation. A graduate of Princeton University and Harvard Law School, she is the author of <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674296350"><em>Untamed Unicorns: Why Startup Finance Is Broken and How to Fix It</em></a> (Harvard University Press, August 4, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674296350"><em>Untamed Unicorns: Why Startup Finance Is Broken and How to Fix It</em></a> by Renée M. Jones (Harvard University Press, August 4, 2026). Jennifer Taub: “This essential book, replete with details and drama.”</p><p>•       The National Securities Markets Improvement Act (1996) and the JOBS A...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“By operating in secrecy, they’re able to avoid or evade accountability — and, in many instances, engage in anticompetitive behavior or even fraud.” — Renée M. Jones on unicorns</em></p><p> </p><p>Twelve years ago there were 39 unicorns — private companies worth a billion dollars or more. Today there are over 1,400, collectively valued above $7 trillion, with the twin beasts of Anthropic and OpenAI at the front of the herd, driving the entire American economy. A good thing, surely?</p><p> </p><p>Not according to <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674296350">Renée M. Jones</a>, the SEC’s chief regulator of corporate finance from 2021 to 2023 and author of <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674296350"><em>Untamed Unicorns: Why Startup Finance Is Broken and How to Fix It</em></a>. The former SEC big game warden worries that this stampede of wild unicorns might be driving the entire American economy off a cliff.</p><p> </p><p>Her problem isn’t that these private companies exist. It’s that we know almost nothing about them. That’s because of changes in the law since the Nineties that have lifted the hundred-investor cap on private funds, thereby enabling them to mushroom from under $1 trillion to $17 trillion. Add secondary markets where insiders quietly cash out, and the IPO becomes optional. And so we know almost nothing about companies like Anthropic and OpenAI with private valuations in the hundreds of billions of dollars.</p><p> </p><p>The result is what Jones calls the founder-friendly model of Facebook, Uber or Airbnb. With super-voting shares at ten votes apiece, founders effectively choose their own bosses, thereby stripping investors of the power to discipline anyone. Think Travis Kalanick and Mark Zuckerberg. Think Theranos, WeWork and FTX.</p><p> </p><p>Unicorns are named, of course, for their impossibility. Not so long ago, nobody could imagine a private company worth more than a billion dollars. However, with $7 trillion now on the table, Jones is concerned about the health of the American startup economy. On the brink of the OpenAI and Anthropic IPOs, I fear Renée Jones might be right about the dangers of a real crash triggered by the stampede of these mythical creatures. Jurassic Park is now playing in Silicon Valley. Pass the popcorn.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The $7 Trillion Secret. </strong>The unicorn was named for its rarity: 39 existed twelve years ago. Today there are more than 1,400, worth over $7 trillion — roughly 1,100 in America, nearly 300 in China — and the biggest of them shape the economy while disclosing essentially nothing. That is Jones’ target: not the billion-dollar valuations but the secrecy. A billion-dollar private company faces neither the disclosure rules nor the governance requirements of a public company its size, which means accountability arrives only by accident — a scandal, a frustrated investor, a whistleblower calling a reporter. Everything else stays dark.</p><p>•       <strong>How the IPO Died. </strong>Startups once went public within five to seven years, for two reasons: growth capital lived in public markets, and the 500-shareholder rule forced large private companies to register — it’s reportedly why Google and Facebook held their IPOs at all. Both reasons were legislated away. NSMIA (1996) uncapped private funds, whose assets exploded from under $1 trillion to $17 trillion; the JOBS Act (2012) moved the trigger to 2,000 shareholders with employee shares exempt; and secondary markets — Forge Global, Nasdaq Private Market, EquityZen — let insiders cash out without a prospectus. The IPO became a liquidity event rather than a necessity. Only AI’s bottomless capital hunger, Jones notes, is pushing OpenAI and Anthropic toward the public markets at all.</p><p>•       <strong>Founders Choosing Their Bosses. </strong>The founder-friendly model gives startup founders super-voting shares — ten votes to one — letting them control the board that supposedly controls them. Venture capitalists lost their traditional power to discipline or dismiss a misbehaving founder: Uber’s investors, lacking the votes to oust Travis Kalanick, had to stage a coup via press leak. And the VCs are conflicted anyway — exposing fraud destroys the exit they’re invested in. Jones’ answer to the Google-and-Facebook counterargument is historical: dual-class structures were invented at those companies precisely to coax their founders into IPOs, and they now arrive by the second or third funding round — so the governance rot starts earlier and, as Zuckerberg demonstrates, persists indefinitely after the public offering.</p><p>•       <strong>The Fraud Files — and the Social Bill. </strong>FTX. Theranos, which hid parts of its lab from inspecting regulators. WeWork, whose IPO filing finally told the truth about the spending and self-dealing — whereupon the public refused to buy, the company limped through a SPAC into bankruptcy, and employees who had borrowed money to exercise options and pay taxes were left holding worthless paper. (The VC money lost, Jones notes, is substantially public pension money anyway.) Beyond the frauds lies the social bill of the below-cost blitzscale: taxi drivers destroyed and then prices raised; passengers assaulted under lax background checks; Airbnb’s uncollected occupancy taxes, underinvested security, and name-based discrimination. A culture of outrunning the law, Jones argues, gets baked in — and firms powerful enough simply change the law, as Uber and Lyft did to driver-classification rules in California and Massachusetts.</p><p>•       <strong>Not Teddy — Franklin. </strong>Asked whether the coming reckoning demands a new Teddy Roosevelt — Casey Michel’s prescription on this show days earlier — Jones reaches a generation later: Franklin’s New Deal securities acts of 1933 and 1934, which made disclosure the price of other people’s money and worked for ninety years. Since the 1980s the architecture has been chipped into optionality, and the SEC is now dismantling Sarbanes-Oxley and Dodd-Frank protections while deregulating public markets too. Her remedies: disclosure to employees paid in options they cannot value, and disclosure in the largest private offerings — because investors of any sophistication cannot make responsible decisions while investing blind. Andrew’s closing verdict: I hope she’s wrong. I suspect she’s right.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674296350">Renée M. Jones</a> is Professor of Law and Dr. Thomas F. Carney Distinguished Scholar at Boston College Law School, where she has taught corporate and securities law for nearly a quarter century. From 2021 to 2023 she served as Director of the Division of Corporation Finance at the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission — the nation’s chief regulator of capital formation. A graduate of Princeton University and Harvard Law School, she is the author of <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674296350"><em>Untamed Unicorns: Why Startup Finance Is Broken and How to Fix It</em></a> (Harvard University Press, August 4, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674296350"><em>Untamed Unicorns: Why Startup Finance Is Broken and How to Fix It</em></a> by Renée M. Jones (Harvard University Press, August 4, 2026). Jennifer Taub: “This essential book, replete with details and drama.”</p><p>•       The National Securities Markets Improvement Act (1996) and the JOBS A...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Aug 2026 06:27:16 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/4dde8b91/848f4aa5.mp3" length="39378535" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3412415" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/4dde8b91/848f4aa5.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=k3hjMu0dN1M">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/ICPwYYGE_fIVyUxy9YnRnKzbAvxlghDC7rp5ZDex44A/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xMDll/M2I2N2M1ODQ3YWRj/OTU4MzQxOGQwODA4/M2JhZi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2458</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“By operating in secrecy, they’re able to avoid or evade accountability — and, in many instances, engage in anticompetitive behavior or even fraud.” — Renée M. Jones on unicorns</em></p><p> </p><p>Twelve years ago there were 39 unicorns — private companies worth a billion dollars or more. Today there are over 1,400, collectively valued above $7 trillion, with the twin beasts of Anthropic and OpenAI at the front of the herd, driving the entire American economy. A good thing, surely?</p><p> </p><p>Not according to <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674296350">Renée M. Jones</a>, the SEC’s chief regulator of corporate finance from 2021 to 2023 and author of <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674296350"><em>Untamed Unicorns: Why Startup Finance Is Broken and How to Fix It</em></a>. The former SEC big game warden worries that this stampede of wild unicorns might be driving the entire American economy off a cliff.</p><p> </p><p>Her problem isn’t that these private companies exist. It’s that we know almost nothing about them. That’s because of changes in the law since the Nineties that have lifted the hundred-investor cap on private funds, thereby enabling them to mushroom from under $1 trillion to $17 trillion. Add secondary markets where insiders quietly cash out, and the IPO becomes optional. And so we know almost nothing about companies like Anthropic and OpenAI with private valuations in the hundreds of billions of dollars.</p><p> </p><p>The result is what Jones calls the founder-friendly model of Facebook, Uber or Airbnb. With super-voting shares at ten votes apiece, founders effectively choose their own bosses, thereby stripping investors of the power to discipline anyone. Think Travis Kalanick and Mark Zuckerberg. Think Theranos, WeWork and FTX.</p><p> </p><p>Unicorns are named, of course, for their impossibility. Not so long ago, nobody could imagine a private company worth more than a billion dollars. However, with $7 trillion now on the table, Jones is concerned about the health of the American startup economy. On the brink of the OpenAI and Anthropic IPOs, I fear Renée Jones might be right about the dangers of a real crash triggered by the stampede of these mythical creatures. Jurassic Park is now playing in Silicon Valley. Pass the popcorn.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The $7 Trillion Secret. </strong>The unicorn was named for its rarity: 39 existed twelve years ago. Today there are more than 1,400, worth over $7 trillion — roughly 1,100 in America, nearly 300 in China — and the biggest of them shape the economy while disclosing essentially nothing. That is Jones’ target: not the billion-dollar valuations but the secrecy. A billion-dollar private company faces neither the disclosure rules nor the governance requirements of a public company its size, which means accountability arrives only by accident — a scandal, a frustrated investor, a whistleblower calling a reporter. Everything else stays dark.</p><p>•       <strong>How the IPO Died. </strong>Startups once went public within five to seven years, for two reasons: growth capital lived in public markets, and the 500-shareholder rule forced large private companies to register — it’s reportedly why Google and Facebook held their IPOs at all. Both reasons were legislated away. NSMIA (1996) uncapped private funds, whose assets exploded from under $1 trillion to $17 trillion; the JOBS Act (2012) moved the trigger to 2,000 shareholders with employee shares exempt; and secondary markets — Forge Global, Nasdaq Private Market, EquityZen — let insiders cash out without a prospectus. The IPO became a liquidity event rather than a necessity. Only AI’s bottomless capital hunger, Jones notes, is pushing OpenAI and Anthropic toward the public markets at all.</p><p>•       <strong>Founders Choosing Their Bosses. </strong>The founder-friendly model gives startup founders super-voting shares — ten votes to one — letting them control the board that supposedly controls them. Venture capitalists lost their traditional power to discipline or dismiss a misbehaving founder: Uber’s investors, lacking the votes to oust Travis Kalanick, had to stage a coup via press leak. And the VCs are conflicted anyway — exposing fraud destroys the exit they’re invested in. Jones’ answer to the Google-and-Facebook counterargument is historical: dual-class structures were invented at those companies precisely to coax their founders into IPOs, and they now arrive by the second or third funding round — so the governance rot starts earlier and, as Zuckerberg demonstrates, persists indefinitely after the public offering.</p><p>•       <strong>The Fraud Files — and the Social Bill. </strong>FTX. Theranos, which hid parts of its lab from inspecting regulators. WeWork, whose IPO filing finally told the truth about the spending and self-dealing — whereupon the public refused to buy, the company limped through a SPAC into bankruptcy, and employees who had borrowed money to exercise options and pay taxes were left holding worthless paper. (The VC money lost, Jones notes, is substantially public pension money anyway.) Beyond the frauds lies the social bill of the below-cost blitzscale: taxi drivers destroyed and then prices raised; passengers assaulted under lax background checks; Airbnb’s uncollected occupancy taxes, underinvested security, and name-based discrimination. A culture of outrunning the law, Jones argues, gets baked in — and firms powerful enough simply change the law, as Uber and Lyft did to driver-classification rules in California and Massachusetts.</p><p>•       <strong>Not Teddy — Franklin. </strong>Asked whether the coming reckoning demands a new Teddy Roosevelt — Casey Michel’s prescription on this show days earlier — Jones reaches a generation later: Franklin’s New Deal securities acts of 1933 and 1934, which made disclosure the price of other people’s money and worked for ninety years. Since the 1980s the architecture has been chipped into optionality, and the SEC is now dismantling Sarbanes-Oxley and Dodd-Frank protections while deregulating public markets too. Her remedies: disclosure to employees paid in options they cannot value, and disclosure in the largest private offerings — because investors of any sophistication cannot make responsible decisions while investing blind. Andrew’s closing verdict: I hope she’s wrong. I suspect she’s right.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674296350">Renée M. Jones</a> is Professor of Law and Dr. Thomas F. Carney Distinguished Scholar at Boston College Law School, where she has taught corporate and securities law for nearly a quarter century. From 2021 to 2023 she served as Director of the Division of Corporation Finance at the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission — the nation’s chief regulator of capital formation. A graduate of Princeton University and Harvard Law School, she is the author of <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674296350"><em>Untamed Unicorns: Why Startup Finance Is Broken and How to Fix It</em></a> (Harvard University Press, August 4, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674296350"><em>Untamed Unicorns: Why Startup Finance Is Broken and How to Fix It</em></a> by Renée M. Jones (Harvard University Press, August 4, 2026). Jennifer Taub: “This essential book, replete with details and drama.”</p><p>•       The National Securities Markets Improvement Act (1996) and the JOBS A...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4dde8b91/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4dde8b91/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Three Deadly Days in August: James M. Scott on Truman, Hirohito &amp; the Two Bombs That Ended the War</title>
      <itunes:episode>2998</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2998</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Three Deadly Days in August: James M. Scott on Truman, Hirohito &amp; the Two Bombs That Ended the War</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">417208e8-7edb-4fd2-8fee-dca03a1e6a36</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“There is a big chasm between defeat and surrender. Surrender is inherently a political decision.” — James M. Scott</em></p><p> </p><p>Exactly eighty-one years ago, on August 9, 1945, the United States dropped its second nuclear device on Nagasaki. Three days earlier, on August 6, the Enola Gay dropped the first bomb on Hiroshima. Little Boy and Fat Man. Our nuclear Rubicon had been crossed.</p><p> </p><p>Three days in August that changed the world. These historic 72 hours are the subject of <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324065487"><em>Empire of Ashes: Truman, Hirohito, and the Descent into Total War</em></a>, by <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324065487">James M. Scott</a>, America’s foremost chronicler of the Pacific War. This new book, Scott reveals, grew out of <em>Black Snow</em>, his history of the firebombing of Tokyo. But whereas Black Snow was a military study, he explains, <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324065487"><em>Empire of Ashes</em></a> focuses on Truman, Hirohito and the politics of nuclear warfare. By August 1945, Scott argues, Japan was already defeated. So surrender was a political decision — one that required a weak, figurehead emperor to summon the power to save his country from an even darker apocalypse.</p><p> </p><p>Should America regret these August days? Harry Truman certainly didn’t, Scott notes. In fact, in 1958 Truman even held a press conference in Independence, Missouri, to fire back at Hiroshima’s city council when it suggested that he should. Nor does Scott render much of a moral verdict of his own. “Nobody needs to hear James Scott in Charleston, South Carolina tell you what it is you should think,” he explains, suggesting that we can all make up our minds by reading <em>Empire of Ashes</em>.</p><p> </p><p>So two bombs, somewhere between 150,000 and 246,000 civilian deaths, and no crime? That, oddly enough, might be the biggest tragedy of those three days in August 1945 that changed the world forever.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Defeat Is Not Surrender. </strong>Scott’s organizing insight: as destructive as it was, the atomic bomb was inherently a political weapon, aimed at the chasm between a nation defeated and a nation willing to say so. Surrender is a political act — and Japan’s politics ran through Hirohito, ostensibly the center of political, cultural, and spiritual life, in practice a figurehead bypassed by militarists who had consolidated power through the 1920s and ’30s under the standing threat of assassination. His first peace soundings had to be conducted incognito, for fear of his own army; not until June 1945 does he rise to the occasion. Truman, by contrast, emerges as strong and morally serious — a First World War artillery officer who inherited the Okinawa bloodbath, approved the invasion of Japan, chose what he saw as the lesser evil, and then stopped all further atomic use the moment surrender came.</p><p>•       <strong>The Firebombing Precedent. </strong>Would FDR have made the same call? “Absolutely. No doubt about it.” The moral threshold had already been crossed on March 9, 1945, when Curtis LeMay abandoned precision bombing and burned Tokyo — 105,000 men, women, and children in a single night, the most destructive conventional raid in history. The Pentagon braced for public outrage, monitoring editorials, radio, and the floors of Congress. None came; Time wrote that “properly kindled, Japanese cities will burn like autumn leaves.” LeMay took the green light and burned 64 cities — 170 square miles — before the first atomic bomb ever fell. War Secretary Henry Stimson confessed his amazement to his diary; FDR, with every opportunity to rein it in, said nothing. When Elliott Roosevelt later claimed his father would never have dropped the bomb, Stimson publicly corrected him.</p><p>•       <strong>The Second Bomb Mattered More. </strong>Scott’s most counterintuitive argument: Nagasaki, not Hiroshima, ended the war. Atomic energy was the AI of its day — over a hundred academic papers in 1939 alone, new physics programs at Berkeley and Chicago, dreams of atom-powered ships — and Japan, which had its own failed program, knew exactly how ruinously expensive a bomb was to build. So after Hiroshima, the militarists reasoned the Americans could not possibly have another, and held to the plan of bleeding the invasion on the beaches for better terms. A second city destroyed seventy-five hours later shattered the illusion: if they can drop one every three days, they may have twenty — or two hundred. As for simply telling Tokyo? There were no channels beyond dropped leaflets and slow relays through neutral capitals. You could not, as Andrew noted, email in those days.</p><p>•       <strong>In the Room Where It Happened. </strong>Scott’s method — borrowed, he says, from Hamilton — is to put readers in the room: the White House, the Imperial Palace, and above all the streets. He has interviewed survivors in Tokyo, Hiroshima, and Nagasaki across multiple books, and the physics of the firestorm connects all three: heat that melts concrete, fuses coins into lumps, welds roof tiles to kitchenware. Only five photographs were taken in Hiroshima on the day of the blast — stunned people, sitting. Organized rescue took thirty hours to arrive. In Nagasaki, the thirsty and burned waded into the river to die, so many that their bodies formed a dam. Radiation sickness began within thirty minutes. These are beautiful, functioning cities today, Scott notes — which is exactly why the accounts matter.</p><p>•       <strong>No Regrets, No Verdict. </strong>Truman defended the decision to his grave — and then some: when Hiroshima’s city council passed a resolution in 1958 urging him toward remorse, he wrote back that Japan had started the war, then held a press conference at his museum in Independence to distribute the reply. The Oppenheimer film’s chilly Oval Office scene is overdramatized, Scott thinks, but true to the core: the buck — and the moral weight — stopped with the commander-in-chief, not the scientists. Scott himself, pointedly, renders no verdict: “Nobody needs to hear James Scott in Charleston, South Carolina tell you what it is you should think.” Both sides laid out, 95 percent of the documents public, the reader left to grapple — which is perhaps why Black Snow sold well in Japan, and why Empire of Ashes will be published there next August 6.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324065487">James M. Scott</a> is a Pulitzer Prize finalist, New York Times bestselling author, and former Nieman Fellow at Harvard, widely regarded as America’s leading historian of the Pacific War. His books include <em>Target Tokyo</em> (Pulitzer finalist), <em>Black Snow</em>, <em>Rampage</em>, <em>The War Below</em>, and, with Jack Carr, <em>Targeted: Beirut</em>. A scholar-in-residence at The Citadel who leads battlefield tours across the Pacific, he lives in Charleston, South Carolina. <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324065487"><em>Empire of Ashes: Truman, Hirohito, and the Descent into Total War</em></a> (W. W. Norton) is out now.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324065487"><em>Empire of Ashes: Truman, Hirohito, and the Descent into Total War</em></a> by James M. Scott (W. W. Norton). The Charleston Post and Courier: “An amazing accomplishment.”</p><p>•       <em>Black Snow</em> by James M. Scott — the firebombing of Tokyo, and the book whose cut Hiroshima chapters beca...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“There is a big chasm between defeat and surrender. Surrender is inherently a political decision.” — James M. Scott</em></p><p> </p><p>Exactly eighty-one years ago, on August 9, 1945, the United States dropped its second nuclear device on Nagasaki. Three days earlier, on August 6, the Enola Gay dropped the first bomb on Hiroshima. Little Boy and Fat Man. Our nuclear Rubicon had been crossed.</p><p> </p><p>Three days in August that changed the world. These historic 72 hours are the subject of <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324065487"><em>Empire of Ashes: Truman, Hirohito, and the Descent into Total War</em></a>, by <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324065487">James M. Scott</a>, America’s foremost chronicler of the Pacific War. This new book, Scott reveals, grew out of <em>Black Snow</em>, his history of the firebombing of Tokyo. But whereas Black Snow was a military study, he explains, <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324065487"><em>Empire of Ashes</em></a> focuses on Truman, Hirohito and the politics of nuclear warfare. By August 1945, Scott argues, Japan was already defeated. So surrender was a political decision — one that required a weak, figurehead emperor to summon the power to save his country from an even darker apocalypse.</p><p> </p><p>Should America regret these August days? Harry Truman certainly didn’t, Scott notes. In fact, in 1958 Truman even held a press conference in Independence, Missouri, to fire back at Hiroshima’s city council when it suggested that he should. Nor does Scott render much of a moral verdict of his own. “Nobody needs to hear James Scott in Charleston, South Carolina tell you what it is you should think,” he explains, suggesting that we can all make up our minds by reading <em>Empire of Ashes</em>.</p><p> </p><p>So two bombs, somewhere between 150,000 and 246,000 civilian deaths, and no crime? That, oddly enough, might be the biggest tragedy of those three days in August 1945 that changed the world forever.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Defeat Is Not Surrender. </strong>Scott’s organizing insight: as destructive as it was, the atomic bomb was inherently a political weapon, aimed at the chasm between a nation defeated and a nation willing to say so. Surrender is a political act — and Japan’s politics ran through Hirohito, ostensibly the center of political, cultural, and spiritual life, in practice a figurehead bypassed by militarists who had consolidated power through the 1920s and ’30s under the standing threat of assassination. His first peace soundings had to be conducted incognito, for fear of his own army; not until June 1945 does he rise to the occasion. Truman, by contrast, emerges as strong and morally serious — a First World War artillery officer who inherited the Okinawa bloodbath, approved the invasion of Japan, chose what he saw as the lesser evil, and then stopped all further atomic use the moment surrender came.</p><p>•       <strong>The Firebombing Precedent. </strong>Would FDR have made the same call? “Absolutely. No doubt about it.” The moral threshold had already been crossed on March 9, 1945, when Curtis LeMay abandoned precision bombing and burned Tokyo — 105,000 men, women, and children in a single night, the most destructive conventional raid in history. The Pentagon braced for public outrage, monitoring editorials, radio, and the floors of Congress. None came; Time wrote that “properly kindled, Japanese cities will burn like autumn leaves.” LeMay took the green light and burned 64 cities — 170 square miles — before the first atomic bomb ever fell. War Secretary Henry Stimson confessed his amazement to his diary; FDR, with every opportunity to rein it in, said nothing. When Elliott Roosevelt later claimed his father would never have dropped the bomb, Stimson publicly corrected him.</p><p>•       <strong>The Second Bomb Mattered More. </strong>Scott’s most counterintuitive argument: Nagasaki, not Hiroshima, ended the war. Atomic energy was the AI of its day — over a hundred academic papers in 1939 alone, new physics programs at Berkeley and Chicago, dreams of atom-powered ships — and Japan, which had its own failed program, knew exactly how ruinously expensive a bomb was to build. So after Hiroshima, the militarists reasoned the Americans could not possibly have another, and held to the plan of bleeding the invasion on the beaches for better terms. A second city destroyed seventy-five hours later shattered the illusion: if they can drop one every three days, they may have twenty — or two hundred. As for simply telling Tokyo? There were no channels beyond dropped leaflets and slow relays through neutral capitals. You could not, as Andrew noted, email in those days.</p><p>•       <strong>In the Room Where It Happened. </strong>Scott’s method — borrowed, he says, from Hamilton — is to put readers in the room: the White House, the Imperial Palace, and above all the streets. He has interviewed survivors in Tokyo, Hiroshima, and Nagasaki across multiple books, and the physics of the firestorm connects all three: heat that melts concrete, fuses coins into lumps, welds roof tiles to kitchenware. Only five photographs were taken in Hiroshima on the day of the blast — stunned people, sitting. Organized rescue took thirty hours to arrive. In Nagasaki, the thirsty and burned waded into the river to die, so many that their bodies formed a dam. Radiation sickness began within thirty minutes. These are beautiful, functioning cities today, Scott notes — which is exactly why the accounts matter.</p><p>•       <strong>No Regrets, No Verdict. </strong>Truman defended the decision to his grave — and then some: when Hiroshima’s city council passed a resolution in 1958 urging him toward remorse, he wrote back that Japan had started the war, then held a press conference at his museum in Independence to distribute the reply. The Oppenheimer film’s chilly Oval Office scene is overdramatized, Scott thinks, but true to the core: the buck — and the moral weight — stopped with the commander-in-chief, not the scientists. Scott himself, pointedly, renders no verdict: “Nobody needs to hear James Scott in Charleston, South Carolina tell you what it is you should think.” Both sides laid out, 95 percent of the documents public, the reader left to grapple — which is perhaps why Black Snow sold well in Japan, and why Empire of Ashes will be published there next August 6.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324065487">James M. Scott</a> is a Pulitzer Prize finalist, New York Times bestselling author, and former Nieman Fellow at Harvard, widely regarded as America’s leading historian of the Pacific War. His books include <em>Target Tokyo</em> (Pulitzer finalist), <em>Black Snow</em>, <em>Rampage</em>, <em>The War Below</em>, and, with Jack Carr, <em>Targeted: Beirut</em>. A scholar-in-residence at The Citadel who leads battlefield tours across the Pacific, he lives in Charleston, South Carolina. <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324065487"><em>Empire of Ashes: Truman, Hirohito, and the Descent into Total War</em></a> (W. W. Norton) is out now.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324065487"><em>Empire of Ashes: Truman, Hirohito, and the Descent into Total War</em></a> by James M. Scott (W. W. Norton). The Charleston Post and Courier: “An amazing accomplishment.”</p><p>•       <em>Black Snow</em> by James M. Scott — the firebombing of Tokyo, and the book whose cut Hiroshima chapters beca...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 09 Aug 2026 07:48:49 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/6a6721ad/1919f5a9.mp3" length="44768288" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3454640" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/6a6721ad/1919f5a9.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WfpAtgH8ZGk">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/U8js-GhTj2JK9ZCFF0_Jsv-dNpsd4sTO3eRF1j2JCTo/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85MjMx/OTIzNWFiMmE2MzNh/YzYzNDVmNDNjN2Iz/YTQ4Zi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2795</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“There is a big chasm between defeat and surrender. Surrender is inherently a political decision.” — James M. Scott</em></p><p> </p><p>Exactly eighty-one years ago, on August 9, 1945, the United States dropped its second nuclear device on Nagasaki. Three days earlier, on August 6, the Enola Gay dropped the first bomb on Hiroshima. Little Boy and Fat Man. Our nuclear Rubicon had been crossed.</p><p> </p><p>Three days in August that changed the world. These historic 72 hours are the subject of <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324065487"><em>Empire of Ashes: Truman, Hirohito, and the Descent into Total War</em></a>, by <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324065487">James M. Scott</a>, America’s foremost chronicler of the Pacific War. This new book, Scott reveals, grew out of <em>Black Snow</em>, his history of the firebombing of Tokyo. But whereas Black Snow was a military study, he explains, <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324065487"><em>Empire of Ashes</em></a> focuses on Truman, Hirohito and the politics of nuclear warfare. By August 1945, Scott argues, Japan was already defeated. So surrender was a political decision — one that required a weak, figurehead emperor to summon the power to save his country from an even darker apocalypse.</p><p> </p><p>Should America regret these August days? Harry Truman certainly didn’t, Scott notes. In fact, in 1958 Truman even held a press conference in Independence, Missouri, to fire back at Hiroshima’s city council when it suggested that he should. Nor does Scott render much of a moral verdict of his own. “Nobody needs to hear James Scott in Charleston, South Carolina tell you what it is you should think,” he explains, suggesting that we can all make up our minds by reading <em>Empire of Ashes</em>.</p><p> </p><p>So two bombs, somewhere between 150,000 and 246,000 civilian deaths, and no crime? That, oddly enough, might be the biggest tragedy of those three days in August 1945 that changed the world forever.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Defeat Is Not Surrender. </strong>Scott’s organizing insight: as destructive as it was, the atomic bomb was inherently a political weapon, aimed at the chasm between a nation defeated and a nation willing to say so. Surrender is a political act — and Japan’s politics ran through Hirohito, ostensibly the center of political, cultural, and spiritual life, in practice a figurehead bypassed by militarists who had consolidated power through the 1920s and ’30s under the standing threat of assassination. His first peace soundings had to be conducted incognito, for fear of his own army; not until June 1945 does he rise to the occasion. Truman, by contrast, emerges as strong and morally serious — a First World War artillery officer who inherited the Okinawa bloodbath, approved the invasion of Japan, chose what he saw as the lesser evil, and then stopped all further atomic use the moment surrender came.</p><p>•       <strong>The Firebombing Precedent. </strong>Would FDR have made the same call? “Absolutely. No doubt about it.” The moral threshold had already been crossed on March 9, 1945, when Curtis LeMay abandoned precision bombing and burned Tokyo — 105,000 men, women, and children in a single night, the most destructive conventional raid in history. The Pentagon braced for public outrage, monitoring editorials, radio, and the floors of Congress. None came; Time wrote that “properly kindled, Japanese cities will burn like autumn leaves.” LeMay took the green light and burned 64 cities — 170 square miles — before the first atomic bomb ever fell. War Secretary Henry Stimson confessed his amazement to his diary; FDR, with every opportunity to rein it in, said nothing. When Elliott Roosevelt later claimed his father would never have dropped the bomb, Stimson publicly corrected him.</p><p>•       <strong>The Second Bomb Mattered More. </strong>Scott’s most counterintuitive argument: Nagasaki, not Hiroshima, ended the war. Atomic energy was the AI of its day — over a hundred academic papers in 1939 alone, new physics programs at Berkeley and Chicago, dreams of atom-powered ships — and Japan, which had its own failed program, knew exactly how ruinously expensive a bomb was to build. So after Hiroshima, the militarists reasoned the Americans could not possibly have another, and held to the plan of bleeding the invasion on the beaches for better terms. A second city destroyed seventy-five hours later shattered the illusion: if they can drop one every three days, they may have twenty — or two hundred. As for simply telling Tokyo? There were no channels beyond dropped leaflets and slow relays through neutral capitals. You could not, as Andrew noted, email in those days.</p><p>•       <strong>In the Room Where It Happened. </strong>Scott’s method — borrowed, he says, from Hamilton — is to put readers in the room: the White House, the Imperial Palace, and above all the streets. He has interviewed survivors in Tokyo, Hiroshima, and Nagasaki across multiple books, and the physics of the firestorm connects all three: heat that melts concrete, fuses coins into lumps, welds roof tiles to kitchenware. Only five photographs were taken in Hiroshima on the day of the blast — stunned people, sitting. Organized rescue took thirty hours to arrive. In Nagasaki, the thirsty and burned waded into the river to die, so many that their bodies formed a dam. Radiation sickness began within thirty minutes. These are beautiful, functioning cities today, Scott notes — which is exactly why the accounts matter.</p><p>•       <strong>No Regrets, No Verdict. </strong>Truman defended the decision to his grave — and then some: when Hiroshima’s city council passed a resolution in 1958 urging him toward remorse, he wrote back that Japan had started the war, then held a press conference at his museum in Independence to distribute the reply. The Oppenheimer film’s chilly Oval Office scene is overdramatized, Scott thinks, but true to the core: the buck — and the moral weight — stopped with the commander-in-chief, not the scientists. Scott himself, pointedly, renders no verdict: “Nobody needs to hear James Scott in Charleston, South Carolina tell you what it is you should think.” Both sides laid out, 95 percent of the documents public, the reader left to grapple — which is perhaps why Black Snow sold well in Japan, and why Empire of Ashes will be published there next August 6.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324065487">James M. Scott</a> is a Pulitzer Prize finalist, New York Times bestselling author, and former Nieman Fellow at Harvard, widely regarded as America’s leading historian of the Pacific War. His books include <em>Target Tokyo</em> (Pulitzer finalist), <em>Black Snow</em>, <em>Rampage</em>, <em>The War Below</em>, and, with Jack Carr, <em>Targeted: Beirut</em>. A scholar-in-residence at The Citadel who leads battlefield tours across the Pacific, he lives in Charleston, South Carolina. <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324065487"><em>Empire of Ashes: Truman, Hirohito, and the Descent into Total War</em></a> (W. W. Norton) is out now.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324065487"><em>Empire of Ashes: Truman, Hirohito, and the Descent into Total War</em></a> by James M. Scott (W. W. Norton). The Charleston Post and Courier: “An amazing accomplishment.”</p><p>•       <em>Black Snow</em> by James M. Scott — the firebombing of Tokyo, and the book whose cut Hiroshima chapters beca...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/6a6721ad/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Let Them Eat Intelligence: A Silicon Valley Eulogy for the Working Class</title>
      <itunes:episode>2997</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2997</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Let Them Eat Intelligence: A Silicon Valley Eulogy for the Working Class</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5a3b288d-dbb9-400f-ab7f-bc27744717f8</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Intelligence is 100 percent human. AI is a tool created by humans to distill, digest, and distribute intelligence.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>The working class died this week — at least in Palo Alto. Delivering the eulogy in our regular <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> tech summary is my co-host <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a>. “Humans create intelligence,” (whatever that means) the Silicon Valley-based entrepreneur tells us. And so, in our AI age of supposedly abundant intelligence, he pronounces, human knowledge “should not be trapped inside experts, institutions, or companies.”</p><p> </p><p>Check your pockets, everyone. Silicon Valley has another freebie for you. With AI, the entrepreneur promises, intelligence is democratized. Everybody gets it. We will all have the intelligence of a Nobel laureate at our fingertips. Even Keith.</p><p> </p><p>And so he attacks Daron Acemoglu, the Nobel Prize-winning MIT economist who has called for a “pro-worker AI.” But, for Keith — a council-estate kid from Yorkshire whose lifetime ambition was to evacuate the working class — this is “complete bullshit.” Acemoglu’s ideas, he says, are an example of the “fetishization of workers” when, in fact, we should be celebrating the end of the “working class.”</p><p> </p><p>What Acemoglu is calling for in his pro-worker AI manifesto is more government planning for today’s transition to the AI epoch. But Keith disagrees. So I asked him three times what government should do while AI kills the working (and middle) class. “Allow it to happen,” he finally answers. “A good upheaval.”</p><p> </p><p>Good? The former “worker” will lack jobs, wages, healthcare, housing. Even food in an America now eliminating food stamps. No matter. Let them eat intelligence.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Humans Create Intelligence. </strong>Keith’s editorial thesis distinguishes individual intelligence — where experts live, and always will — from the collective sum of everything all humans, living and dead, have ever contributed. That collective stock was once locked in encyclopedias, libraries, and universities; for the first time, AI can aggregate, distill, digest, and distribute it, at a price falling toward everyone. Knowledge, he writes, “should not be trapped inside experts, institutions, or companies” — but note the fine print: experts don’t disappear in this democratization. If anything, they get elevated: the expert reading an AI’s output about viruses understands it very differently than the rest of us.</p><p>•       <strong>The End of the Age of Heroes? </strong>Noah Smith’s much-shared essay argues that AI ends the era of the mathematical hero — and that’s fine, since most people (truck drivers, financial advisers, executive assistants) never got to be heroes anyway. Keith’s rebuttal turns on his central distinction: AI and intelligence are not the same word. There is no evidence, he argues, that AI creates new knowledge — it understands and distributes the existing stock. Innovation still takes individuals, and those individuals now start from a far higher floor, leveled up to everything already known. Heroes don’t go away; they multiply. In the world of AI, he suspects, every single teacher becomes one.</p><p>•       <strong>“What Even Is Pro-Worker AI?” </strong>The week’s main event: Daron Acemoglu — via Yascha Mounk’s Persuasion interview and an Atlantic essay, with What Happened to Liberal Democracy out next week — wants AI agencies, grant programs, and public competitions to build “pro-worker AI.” Keith’s verdict: “complete bullshit.” The middle-class “fetishization of workers” is paternalistic; the wage is a temporary power relationship between employer and employee; and the end of the working class is precisely the progressive outcome — says the council-estate kid from Yorkshire whose aspiration was not to be working class. Pressed three times on what government should do amid the upheaval, Keith finally answered: “Allow it to happen… a good upheaval.” Though swap workers for people, he conceded, and he’d almost entirely agree — every teacher a hero, even in East Palo Alto.</p><p>•       <strong>Bandwagons and Silences. </strong>Regular people are being arrested protesting data centers; Erin Brockovich — a Keen On guest some years back — is assembling class actions; Ezra Klein has begun folding anti-big-tech language into abundance. A politician-led bandwagon, Keith argues, regressive but keyed to genuine local concerns. The stranger fact is the silence on the other side: neither Altman nor Amodei nor Demis Hassabis is making the public case that AI benefits everybody — astonishing, Keith says, and the vacuum Acemoglu is trying to fill. Hassabis himself stepped aside at Google this week — a scientist returning to science as Sergey Brin becomes AI czar — while the Nobel-winning AlphaFold team has been quietly broken up. “Something strange is going on there.”</p><p>•       <strong>A Drama in a Teacup. </strong>Is the AI economy real? Ed Zitron’s stat — 70 percent of Amazon, Microsoft, and Google’s AI revenue comes from OpenAI and Anthropic — is two-thirds right, says Keith, and no problem at all: beneath the concentration, the money comes from some two billion distributed users paying real subscriptions, and the revenues are sustainable. The Aschenbrenner postscript, via Porter Stansberry’s post of the week: he bet the chip layer (Samsung, SK Hynix) when the value sat a layer up, got the timing wrong more than the thesis, sold to Citadel at a discount — and kept his Anthropic shares, remaining a multi-billionaire. As for the coming reality check: Anthropic and OpenAI will IPO only when public capital beats private, and SpaceX’s wobble from $135 to $108 — through a 20 percent lockup release — counts as no catastrophe. Public markets, Keith reminds us, don’t determine the success of the underlying business.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Co-Host</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the publisher of <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a>, the essential weekly tech newsletter, and founder and CEO of SignalRank Corporation. A serial entrepreneur — co-founder of, among others, EasyNet and RealNames — he was present at the creation of the UK internet and has spent four decades at the intersection of technology, capital, and ideas. He joins Keen On America every Sunday to make sense of the week in tech. His AI-assisted book in progress is titled Who Owns Intelligence.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith’s newsletter, including this week’s editorial, “Humans Create Intelligence.”</p><p>•       Noah Smith — “The End of the Age of Heroes,” on what happens to human ambition when the machines do the math.</p><p>•       Daron Acemoglu — the Yascha Mounk interview at Persuasion, the Atlantic essay on pro-worker AI, and What Happened to Liberal Democracy, out next week.</p><p>•       The Financial Times — “Google’s AI shakeup boosts Brin as DeepMind’s Hassabis steps aside.”</p><p>•       Ed Zitron — on the 70 percent of hyperscaler AI revenue that flows from OpenAI and Anthropic.</p><p>•       Porter Stansberry — post of the week, on Leopold Aschenbrenner’s losses, Citadel’s discount, and the drama in a ...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Intelligence is 100 percent human. AI is a tool created by humans to distill, digest, and distribute intelligence.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>The working class died this week — at least in Palo Alto. Delivering the eulogy in our regular <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> tech summary is my co-host <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a>. “Humans create intelligence,” (whatever that means) the Silicon Valley-based entrepreneur tells us. And so, in our AI age of supposedly abundant intelligence, he pronounces, human knowledge “should not be trapped inside experts, institutions, or companies.”</p><p> </p><p>Check your pockets, everyone. Silicon Valley has another freebie for you. With AI, the entrepreneur promises, intelligence is democratized. Everybody gets it. We will all have the intelligence of a Nobel laureate at our fingertips. Even Keith.</p><p> </p><p>And so he attacks Daron Acemoglu, the Nobel Prize-winning MIT economist who has called for a “pro-worker AI.” But, for Keith — a council-estate kid from Yorkshire whose lifetime ambition was to evacuate the working class — this is “complete bullshit.” Acemoglu’s ideas, he says, are an example of the “fetishization of workers” when, in fact, we should be celebrating the end of the “working class.”</p><p> </p><p>What Acemoglu is calling for in his pro-worker AI manifesto is more government planning for today’s transition to the AI epoch. But Keith disagrees. So I asked him three times what government should do while AI kills the working (and middle) class. “Allow it to happen,” he finally answers. “A good upheaval.”</p><p> </p><p>Good? The former “worker” will lack jobs, wages, healthcare, housing. Even food in an America now eliminating food stamps. No matter. Let them eat intelligence.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Humans Create Intelligence. </strong>Keith’s editorial thesis distinguishes individual intelligence — where experts live, and always will — from the collective sum of everything all humans, living and dead, have ever contributed. That collective stock was once locked in encyclopedias, libraries, and universities; for the first time, AI can aggregate, distill, digest, and distribute it, at a price falling toward everyone. Knowledge, he writes, “should not be trapped inside experts, institutions, or companies” — but note the fine print: experts don’t disappear in this democratization. If anything, they get elevated: the expert reading an AI’s output about viruses understands it very differently than the rest of us.</p><p>•       <strong>The End of the Age of Heroes? </strong>Noah Smith’s much-shared essay argues that AI ends the era of the mathematical hero — and that’s fine, since most people (truck drivers, financial advisers, executive assistants) never got to be heroes anyway. Keith’s rebuttal turns on his central distinction: AI and intelligence are not the same word. There is no evidence, he argues, that AI creates new knowledge — it understands and distributes the existing stock. Innovation still takes individuals, and those individuals now start from a far higher floor, leveled up to everything already known. Heroes don’t go away; they multiply. In the world of AI, he suspects, every single teacher becomes one.</p><p>•       <strong>“What Even Is Pro-Worker AI?” </strong>The week’s main event: Daron Acemoglu — via Yascha Mounk’s Persuasion interview and an Atlantic essay, with What Happened to Liberal Democracy out next week — wants AI agencies, grant programs, and public competitions to build “pro-worker AI.” Keith’s verdict: “complete bullshit.” The middle-class “fetishization of workers” is paternalistic; the wage is a temporary power relationship between employer and employee; and the end of the working class is precisely the progressive outcome — says the council-estate kid from Yorkshire whose aspiration was not to be working class. Pressed three times on what government should do amid the upheaval, Keith finally answered: “Allow it to happen… a good upheaval.” Though swap workers for people, he conceded, and he’d almost entirely agree — every teacher a hero, even in East Palo Alto.</p><p>•       <strong>Bandwagons and Silences. </strong>Regular people are being arrested protesting data centers; Erin Brockovich — a Keen On guest some years back — is assembling class actions; Ezra Klein has begun folding anti-big-tech language into abundance. A politician-led bandwagon, Keith argues, regressive but keyed to genuine local concerns. The stranger fact is the silence on the other side: neither Altman nor Amodei nor Demis Hassabis is making the public case that AI benefits everybody — astonishing, Keith says, and the vacuum Acemoglu is trying to fill. Hassabis himself stepped aside at Google this week — a scientist returning to science as Sergey Brin becomes AI czar — while the Nobel-winning AlphaFold team has been quietly broken up. “Something strange is going on there.”</p><p>•       <strong>A Drama in a Teacup. </strong>Is the AI economy real? Ed Zitron’s stat — 70 percent of Amazon, Microsoft, and Google’s AI revenue comes from OpenAI and Anthropic — is two-thirds right, says Keith, and no problem at all: beneath the concentration, the money comes from some two billion distributed users paying real subscriptions, and the revenues are sustainable. The Aschenbrenner postscript, via Porter Stansberry’s post of the week: he bet the chip layer (Samsung, SK Hynix) when the value sat a layer up, got the timing wrong more than the thesis, sold to Citadel at a discount — and kept his Anthropic shares, remaining a multi-billionaire. As for the coming reality check: Anthropic and OpenAI will IPO only when public capital beats private, and SpaceX’s wobble from $135 to $108 — through a 20 percent lockup release — counts as no catastrophe. Public markets, Keith reminds us, don’t determine the success of the underlying business.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Co-Host</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the publisher of <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a>, the essential weekly tech newsletter, and founder and CEO of SignalRank Corporation. A serial entrepreneur — co-founder of, among others, EasyNet and RealNames — he was present at the creation of the UK internet and has spent four decades at the intersection of technology, capital, and ideas. He joins Keen On America every Sunday to make sense of the week in tech. His AI-assisted book in progress is titled Who Owns Intelligence.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith’s newsletter, including this week’s editorial, “Humans Create Intelligence.”</p><p>•       Noah Smith — “The End of the Age of Heroes,” on what happens to human ambition when the machines do the math.</p><p>•       Daron Acemoglu — the Yascha Mounk interview at Persuasion, the Atlantic essay on pro-worker AI, and What Happened to Liberal Democracy, out next week.</p><p>•       The Financial Times — “Google’s AI shakeup boosts Brin as DeepMind’s Hassabis steps aside.”</p><p>•       Ed Zitron — on the 70 percent of hyperscaler AI revenue that flows from OpenAI and Anthropic.</p><p>•       Porter Stansberry — post of the week, on Leopold Aschenbrenner’s losses, Citadel’s discount, and the drama in a ...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 08 Aug 2026 10:16:56 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/23082269/5fc3bea4.mp3" length="37891820" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3161821" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/23082269/5fc3bea4.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tU8w-yysIz0">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/FiILosddtBCwEqcAHxoRmjkGST13NLFU05IpRzl2Evs/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lMDU2/ODIwMWZhODQwNWVj/MmU2ZmU4ZGFmMmI2/NmMxNy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2365</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Intelligence is 100 percent human. AI is a tool created by humans to distill, digest, and distribute intelligence.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>The working class died this week — at least in Palo Alto. Delivering the eulogy in our regular <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> tech summary is my co-host <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a>. “Humans create intelligence,” (whatever that means) the Silicon Valley-based entrepreneur tells us. And so, in our AI age of supposedly abundant intelligence, he pronounces, human knowledge “should not be trapped inside experts, institutions, or companies.”</p><p> </p><p>Check your pockets, everyone. Silicon Valley has another freebie for you. With AI, the entrepreneur promises, intelligence is democratized. Everybody gets it. We will all have the intelligence of a Nobel laureate at our fingertips. Even Keith.</p><p> </p><p>And so he attacks Daron Acemoglu, the Nobel Prize-winning MIT economist who has called for a “pro-worker AI.” But, for Keith — a council-estate kid from Yorkshire whose lifetime ambition was to evacuate the working class — this is “complete bullshit.” Acemoglu’s ideas, he says, are an example of the “fetishization of workers” when, in fact, we should be celebrating the end of the “working class.”</p><p> </p><p>What Acemoglu is calling for in his pro-worker AI manifesto is more government planning for today’s transition to the AI epoch. But Keith disagrees. So I asked him three times what government should do while AI kills the working (and middle) class. “Allow it to happen,” he finally answers. “A good upheaval.”</p><p> </p><p>Good? The former “worker” will lack jobs, wages, healthcare, housing. Even food in an America now eliminating food stamps. No matter. Let them eat intelligence.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Humans Create Intelligence. </strong>Keith’s editorial thesis distinguishes individual intelligence — where experts live, and always will — from the collective sum of everything all humans, living and dead, have ever contributed. That collective stock was once locked in encyclopedias, libraries, and universities; for the first time, AI can aggregate, distill, digest, and distribute it, at a price falling toward everyone. Knowledge, he writes, “should not be trapped inside experts, institutions, or companies” — but note the fine print: experts don’t disappear in this democratization. If anything, they get elevated: the expert reading an AI’s output about viruses understands it very differently than the rest of us.</p><p>•       <strong>The End of the Age of Heroes? </strong>Noah Smith’s much-shared essay argues that AI ends the era of the mathematical hero — and that’s fine, since most people (truck drivers, financial advisers, executive assistants) never got to be heroes anyway. Keith’s rebuttal turns on his central distinction: AI and intelligence are not the same word. There is no evidence, he argues, that AI creates new knowledge — it understands and distributes the existing stock. Innovation still takes individuals, and those individuals now start from a far higher floor, leveled up to everything already known. Heroes don’t go away; they multiply. In the world of AI, he suspects, every single teacher becomes one.</p><p>•       <strong>“What Even Is Pro-Worker AI?” </strong>The week’s main event: Daron Acemoglu — via Yascha Mounk’s Persuasion interview and an Atlantic essay, with What Happened to Liberal Democracy out next week — wants AI agencies, grant programs, and public competitions to build “pro-worker AI.” Keith’s verdict: “complete bullshit.” The middle-class “fetishization of workers” is paternalistic; the wage is a temporary power relationship between employer and employee; and the end of the working class is precisely the progressive outcome — says the council-estate kid from Yorkshire whose aspiration was not to be working class. Pressed three times on what government should do amid the upheaval, Keith finally answered: “Allow it to happen… a good upheaval.” Though swap workers for people, he conceded, and he’d almost entirely agree — every teacher a hero, even in East Palo Alto.</p><p>•       <strong>Bandwagons and Silences. </strong>Regular people are being arrested protesting data centers; Erin Brockovich — a Keen On guest some years back — is assembling class actions; Ezra Klein has begun folding anti-big-tech language into abundance. A politician-led bandwagon, Keith argues, regressive but keyed to genuine local concerns. The stranger fact is the silence on the other side: neither Altman nor Amodei nor Demis Hassabis is making the public case that AI benefits everybody — astonishing, Keith says, and the vacuum Acemoglu is trying to fill. Hassabis himself stepped aside at Google this week — a scientist returning to science as Sergey Brin becomes AI czar — while the Nobel-winning AlphaFold team has been quietly broken up. “Something strange is going on there.”</p><p>•       <strong>A Drama in a Teacup. </strong>Is the AI economy real? Ed Zitron’s stat — 70 percent of Amazon, Microsoft, and Google’s AI revenue comes from OpenAI and Anthropic — is two-thirds right, says Keith, and no problem at all: beneath the concentration, the money comes from some two billion distributed users paying real subscriptions, and the revenues are sustainable. The Aschenbrenner postscript, via Porter Stansberry’s post of the week: he bet the chip layer (Samsung, SK Hynix) when the value sat a layer up, got the timing wrong more than the thesis, sold to Citadel at a discount — and kept his Anthropic shares, remaining a multi-billionaire. As for the coming reality check: Anthropic and OpenAI will IPO only when public capital beats private, and SpaceX’s wobble from $135 to $108 — through a 20 percent lockup release — counts as no catastrophe. Public markets, Keith reminds us, don’t determine the success of the underlying business.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Co-Host</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the publisher of <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a>, the essential weekly tech newsletter, and founder and CEO of SignalRank Corporation. A serial entrepreneur — co-founder of, among others, EasyNet and RealNames — he was present at the creation of the UK internet and has spent four decades at the intersection of technology, capital, and ideas. He joins Keen On America every Sunday to make sense of the week in tech. His AI-assisted book in progress is titled Who Owns Intelligence.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith’s newsletter, including this week’s editorial, “Humans Create Intelligence.”</p><p>•       Noah Smith — “The End of the Age of Heroes,” on what happens to human ambition when the machines do the math.</p><p>•       Daron Acemoglu — the Yascha Mounk interview at Persuasion, the Atlantic essay on pro-worker AI, and What Happened to Liberal Democracy, out next week.</p><p>•       The Financial Times — “Google’s AI shakeup boosts Brin as DeepMind’s Hassabis steps aside.”</p><p>•       Ed Zitron — on the 70 percent of hyperscaler AI revenue that flows from OpenAI and Anthropic.</p><p>•       Porter Stansberry — post of the week, on Leopold Aschenbrenner’s losses, Citadel’s discount, and the drama in a ...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/23082269/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The United States of Protest: Gloria Browne-Marshall on the Engine Room of American Democracy</title>
      <itunes:episode>2996</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2996</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The United States of Protest: Gloria Browne-Marshall on the Engine Room of American Democracy</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">49c88fee-68e2-43e1-a005-b28edfd8b564</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Democracy didn’t fall out of the sky. It was earned. It was created, and it was made manifest through protest.” — Gloria Browne-Marshall</em></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/the-banality-of-the-deal">Yesterday</a>, Casey Michel described a United States of Oligarchy where the wealthy cosy up to dictators and destroy democracy. Today, <a href="https://www.beacon.org/A-Protest-History-of-the-United-States-P2145.aspx">Gloria Browne-Marshall</a> describes a parallel America. In <a href="https://www.beacon.org/A-Protest-History-of-the-United-States-P2145.aspx"><em>A Protest History of the United States</em></a>, she explores 500 years of profound protest to what Michel coins the banality of the deal. If Casey Michel described the few who own the country, then Gloria Browne-Marshall chronicles the many who made it.</p><p> </p><p>Her thesis is that a nation born of protest has been protesting with itself ever since. So Thomas Jefferson wrote the Declaration of Independence while owning the teenaged Sally Hemings. Democracy is protest’s child, not its parent. Rather than just falling out of the sky, she argues, American democracy was earned by protesters like her great hero, Daisy Bates, the Little Rock organizer whose mother was murdered by a white mob.</p><p> </p><p>So where’s the protest now? “Too many people have outsourced their sense of outrage,” Gloria Browne-Marshall argues. Thus our Covid silos and the capitulating law firms. Her prescription for this malaise is, of course, to get out on the streets. She reminds us that the anniversary of the 1963 March on Washington, with its quarter of a million protesters, is coming up at the end of the month. So it’s been done before. And will be done again. The United States of protest rather than of oligarchy. That’s who we are. Sometimes, at least.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Nation in Protest with Itself. </strong>America was born of protest — the Declaration itself was a protest document — and has argued with itself ever since: the empire builder rolling over the rights of others on one side, liberty-and-justice-for-all on the other. Jefferson embodies the conflict: theorist of protest, author of the Declaration, slaveholder at Monticello with the teenaged Sally Hemings. And the artists matter as much as the marchers, Browne-Marshall argues, in a hand-off from Monday’s Curtis White conversation: the Depression photographs that moved a government, The Grapes of Wrath doing what no pamphlet could — art brings the humanity of the issue to the fore.</p><p>•       <strong>Democracy Didn’t Fall Out of the Sky. </strong>Asked about the d-word, Browne-Marshall answers that she expected it to be dissent. Democracy came by way of protest: the workers, the women, the marginalized earned rights nobody was volunteering to hand over. Vernon Dahmer was burned alive in his Mississippi home in 1966 — in a democracy — for trying to vote; Seneca Falls in 1848 became the Nineteenth Amendment only in 1920. The Voting Rights Act gave nobody the vote; it protected a right people were dying to use. And protest’s victories hide in plain sight: the end of mandatory retirement at 65, disabled children in mainstream classrooms — all of it protested into existence.</p><p>•       <strong>January 6 and the Meaning of Nonviolence. </strong>Is January 6 a protest? Yes, she allows — a protest with criminal consequences, like any protest that turns violent; rob a bank and call it a protest against poverty and the consequences still arrive. Nonviolence, meanwhile, is the most misunderstood word in the American vocabulary: a philosophy — Gandhi to Bayard Rustin to King — in which protesters will not strike back even when attacked. It is not a standard that applies only to Black protesters while the actual violence, historically, comes from those attacking them. January 6, with its gallows, its ransacked offices, and its hunted officials, was many things; nonviolent protest it was not.</p><p>•       <strong>No Pension Fund: Daisy Bates. </strong>Browne-Marshall’s favorite figure in the book: the Little Rock organizer who learned at nine that the woman raising her was not her mother — her mother had been murdered by a white mob and thrown in the pond where Daisy swam as a child. She guided the Little Rock Nine into Central High under armed National Guard escort amid daily death threats; as NAACP secretary she chose jail over surrendering the membership list, a refusal that went to the Supreme Court; she faced sexism inside the movement itself, spoke before the United Nations — and died nearly penniless, fed by neighbors. Protest has no vacation plan and no pension fund. (Mother Jones was smuggled into the same answer. “You’re cheating.” “I know. I am.”)</p><p>•       <strong>Outsourced Outrage. </strong>Why the relative quiet now? COVID scattered Americans into silos; the administration’s shock-and-awe blitz kept them off balance; masked, nameless ICE agents and capitulating law firms (Paul Weiss, by name) spread fear; and — echoing Claire Stapleton’s moral-compass warning from earlier this week — “too many people have outsourced their sense of outrage,” mistaking an email or an Instagram post for action. What’s needed: leaders willing to fight, strategy and alliances, visible plans, and a protest that is for something — democracy, diversity, health, literacy. The model remains the March on Washington, whose anniversary falls August 28: one hundred organizers, a quarter-million regular people, and a government reminded of its own Constitution.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.beacon.org/A-Protest-History-of-the-United-States-P2145.aspx">Gloria J. Browne-Marshall</a> is a professor of constitutional law at John Jay College of Criminal Justice, a civil rights attorney, and an award-winning playwright whose work has been staged and televised. Her books include <em>She Took Justice</em>, <em>The Voting Rights War</em>, and <em>Race, Law, and American Society</em>. She is the founder of Martyrs Day, observed July 5 in honor of slain protesters, and host of the forthcoming She Took Justice podcast. <a href="https://www.beacon.org/A-Protest-History-of-the-United-States-P2145.aspx"><em>A Protest History of the United States</em></a> (Beacon Press, ReVisioning History series), winner of the 2026 Independent Publisher Book Awards gold medal for history, is now out in paperback. She lives in New York City.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.beacon.org/A-Protest-History-of-the-United-States-P2145.aspx"><em>A Protest History of the United States</em></a> by Gloria J. Browne-Marshall (Beacon Press) — 500 years of resistance, from Powhatan’s stand against the English in 1607 to the climate protests of today.</p><p>•       Curtis White’s On Resistance — Monday’s Keen On conversation on cultural resistance, to which this episode is the historian’s reply.</p><p>•       Claire Stapleton’s Don’t Be Evil — whose warning against outsourcing your moral compass finds its twin in Browne-Marshall’s “outsourced outrage.”</p><p>•       <em>The Grapes of Wrath</em> by John Steinbeck — her example of art doing what no pamphlet can: bringing the humanity of an issue to the fore.</p><p>•       Daisy Bates and the Little Rock Nine — Central High School in Little Rock still stands as what Browne-Marshall calls a living monument to protest.</p><p>•      &amp;nbs...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Democracy didn’t fall out of the sky. It was earned. It was created, and it was made manifest through protest.” — Gloria Browne-Marshall</em></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/the-banality-of-the-deal">Yesterday</a>, Casey Michel described a United States of Oligarchy where the wealthy cosy up to dictators and destroy democracy. Today, <a href="https://www.beacon.org/A-Protest-History-of-the-United-States-P2145.aspx">Gloria Browne-Marshall</a> describes a parallel America. In <a href="https://www.beacon.org/A-Protest-History-of-the-United-States-P2145.aspx"><em>A Protest History of the United States</em></a>, she explores 500 years of profound protest to what Michel coins the banality of the deal. If Casey Michel described the few who own the country, then Gloria Browne-Marshall chronicles the many who made it.</p><p> </p><p>Her thesis is that a nation born of protest has been protesting with itself ever since. So Thomas Jefferson wrote the Declaration of Independence while owning the teenaged Sally Hemings. Democracy is protest’s child, not its parent. Rather than just falling out of the sky, she argues, American democracy was earned by protesters like her great hero, Daisy Bates, the Little Rock organizer whose mother was murdered by a white mob.</p><p> </p><p>So where’s the protest now? “Too many people have outsourced their sense of outrage,” Gloria Browne-Marshall argues. Thus our Covid silos and the capitulating law firms. Her prescription for this malaise is, of course, to get out on the streets. She reminds us that the anniversary of the 1963 March on Washington, with its quarter of a million protesters, is coming up at the end of the month. So it’s been done before. And will be done again. The United States of protest rather than of oligarchy. That’s who we are. Sometimes, at least.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Nation in Protest with Itself. </strong>America was born of protest — the Declaration itself was a protest document — and has argued with itself ever since: the empire builder rolling over the rights of others on one side, liberty-and-justice-for-all on the other. Jefferson embodies the conflict: theorist of protest, author of the Declaration, slaveholder at Monticello with the teenaged Sally Hemings. And the artists matter as much as the marchers, Browne-Marshall argues, in a hand-off from Monday’s Curtis White conversation: the Depression photographs that moved a government, The Grapes of Wrath doing what no pamphlet could — art brings the humanity of the issue to the fore.</p><p>•       <strong>Democracy Didn’t Fall Out of the Sky. </strong>Asked about the d-word, Browne-Marshall answers that she expected it to be dissent. Democracy came by way of protest: the workers, the women, the marginalized earned rights nobody was volunteering to hand over. Vernon Dahmer was burned alive in his Mississippi home in 1966 — in a democracy — for trying to vote; Seneca Falls in 1848 became the Nineteenth Amendment only in 1920. The Voting Rights Act gave nobody the vote; it protected a right people were dying to use. And protest’s victories hide in plain sight: the end of mandatory retirement at 65, disabled children in mainstream classrooms — all of it protested into existence.</p><p>•       <strong>January 6 and the Meaning of Nonviolence. </strong>Is January 6 a protest? Yes, she allows — a protest with criminal consequences, like any protest that turns violent; rob a bank and call it a protest against poverty and the consequences still arrive. Nonviolence, meanwhile, is the most misunderstood word in the American vocabulary: a philosophy — Gandhi to Bayard Rustin to King — in which protesters will not strike back even when attacked. It is not a standard that applies only to Black protesters while the actual violence, historically, comes from those attacking them. January 6, with its gallows, its ransacked offices, and its hunted officials, was many things; nonviolent protest it was not.</p><p>•       <strong>No Pension Fund: Daisy Bates. </strong>Browne-Marshall’s favorite figure in the book: the Little Rock organizer who learned at nine that the woman raising her was not her mother — her mother had been murdered by a white mob and thrown in the pond where Daisy swam as a child. She guided the Little Rock Nine into Central High under armed National Guard escort amid daily death threats; as NAACP secretary she chose jail over surrendering the membership list, a refusal that went to the Supreme Court; she faced sexism inside the movement itself, spoke before the United Nations — and died nearly penniless, fed by neighbors. Protest has no vacation plan and no pension fund. (Mother Jones was smuggled into the same answer. “You’re cheating.” “I know. I am.”)</p><p>•       <strong>Outsourced Outrage. </strong>Why the relative quiet now? COVID scattered Americans into silos; the administration’s shock-and-awe blitz kept them off balance; masked, nameless ICE agents and capitulating law firms (Paul Weiss, by name) spread fear; and — echoing Claire Stapleton’s moral-compass warning from earlier this week — “too many people have outsourced their sense of outrage,” mistaking an email or an Instagram post for action. What’s needed: leaders willing to fight, strategy and alliances, visible plans, and a protest that is for something — democracy, diversity, health, literacy. The model remains the March on Washington, whose anniversary falls August 28: one hundred organizers, a quarter-million regular people, and a government reminded of its own Constitution.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.beacon.org/A-Protest-History-of-the-United-States-P2145.aspx">Gloria J. Browne-Marshall</a> is a professor of constitutional law at John Jay College of Criminal Justice, a civil rights attorney, and an award-winning playwright whose work has been staged and televised. Her books include <em>She Took Justice</em>, <em>The Voting Rights War</em>, and <em>Race, Law, and American Society</em>. She is the founder of Martyrs Day, observed July 5 in honor of slain protesters, and host of the forthcoming She Took Justice podcast. <a href="https://www.beacon.org/A-Protest-History-of-the-United-States-P2145.aspx"><em>A Protest History of the United States</em></a> (Beacon Press, ReVisioning History series), winner of the 2026 Independent Publisher Book Awards gold medal for history, is now out in paperback. She lives in New York City.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.beacon.org/A-Protest-History-of-the-United-States-P2145.aspx"><em>A Protest History of the United States</em></a> by Gloria J. Browne-Marshall (Beacon Press) — 500 years of resistance, from Powhatan’s stand against the English in 1607 to the climate protests of today.</p><p>•       Curtis White’s On Resistance — Monday’s Keen On conversation on cultural resistance, to which this episode is the historian’s reply.</p><p>•       Claire Stapleton’s Don’t Be Evil — whose warning against outsourcing your moral compass finds its twin in Browne-Marshall’s “outsourced outrage.”</p><p>•       <em>The Grapes of Wrath</em> by John Steinbeck — her example of art doing what no pamphlet can: bringing the humanity of an issue to the fore.</p><p>•       Daisy Bates and the Little Rock Nine — Central High School in Little Rock still stands as what Browne-Marshall calls a living monument to protest.</p><p>•      &amp;nbs...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 Aug 2026 06:49:01 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/50b1b5f1/ebcf4ec8.mp3" length="44739247" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3444045" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/50b1b5f1/ebcf4ec8.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qn2UDZnvQvQ">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/nXc1xzXy46zlcM-iHZFbe_mmyc_WnWVawUXy90XhUVg/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8wNGY5/MGFkODVkOTkyY2Mx/MGM5ZGYwZmZlOTQy/ZDRkYy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2794</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Democracy didn’t fall out of the sky. It was earned. It was created, and it was made manifest through protest.” — Gloria Browne-Marshall</em></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/the-banality-of-the-deal">Yesterday</a>, Casey Michel described a United States of Oligarchy where the wealthy cosy up to dictators and destroy democracy. Today, <a href="https://www.beacon.org/A-Protest-History-of-the-United-States-P2145.aspx">Gloria Browne-Marshall</a> describes a parallel America. In <a href="https://www.beacon.org/A-Protest-History-of-the-United-States-P2145.aspx"><em>A Protest History of the United States</em></a>, she explores 500 years of profound protest to what Michel coins the banality of the deal. If Casey Michel described the few who own the country, then Gloria Browne-Marshall chronicles the many who made it.</p><p> </p><p>Her thesis is that a nation born of protest has been protesting with itself ever since. So Thomas Jefferson wrote the Declaration of Independence while owning the teenaged Sally Hemings. Democracy is protest’s child, not its parent. Rather than just falling out of the sky, she argues, American democracy was earned by protesters like her great hero, Daisy Bates, the Little Rock organizer whose mother was murdered by a white mob.</p><p> </p><p>So where’s the protest now? “Too many people have outsourced their sense of outrage,” Gloria Browne-Marshall argues. Thus our Covid silos and the capitulating law firms. Her prescription for this malaise is, of course, to get out on the streets. She reminds us that the anniversary of the 1963 March on Washington, with its quarter of a million protesters, is coming up at the end of the month. So it’s been done before. And will be done again. The United States of protest rather than of oligarchy. That’s who we are. Sometimes, at least.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Nation in Protest with Itself. </strong>America was born of protest — the Declaration itself was a protest document — and has argued with itself ever since: the empire builder rolling over the rights of others on one side, liberty-and-justice-for-all on the other. Jefferson embodies the conflict: theorist of protest, author of the Declaration, slaveholder at Monticello with the teenaged Sally Hemings. And the artists matter as much as the marchers, Browne-Marshall argues, in a hand-off from Monday’s Curtis White conversation: the Depression photographs that moved a government, The Grapes of Wrath doing what no pamphlet could — art brings the humanity of the issue to the fore.</p><p>•       <strong>Democracy Didn’t Fall Out of the Sky. </strong>Asked about the d-word, Browne-Marshall answers that she expected it to be dissent. Democracy came by way of protest: the workers, the women, the marginalized earned rights nobody was volunteering to hand over. Vernon Dahmer was burned alive in his Mississippi home in 1966 — in a democracy — for trying to vote; Seneca Falls in 1848 became the Nineteenth Amendment only in 1920. The Voting Rights Act gave nobody the vote; it protected a right people were dying to use. And protest’s victories hide in plain sight: the end of mandatory retirement at 65, disabled children in mainstream classrooms — all of it protested into existence.</p><p>•       <strong>January 6 and the Meaning of Nonviolence. </strong>Is January 6 a protest? Yes, she allows — a protest with criminal consequences, like any protest that turns violent; rob a bank and call it a protest against poverty and the consequences still arrive. Nonviolence, meanwhile, is the most misunderstood word in the American vocabulary: a philosophy — Gandhi to Bayard Rustin to King — in which protesters will not strike back even when attacked. It is not a standard that applies only to Black protesters while the actual violence, historically, comes from those attacking them. January 6, with its gallows, its ransacked offices, and its hunted officials, was many things; nonviolent protest it was not.</p><p>•       <strong>No Pension Fund: Daisy Bates. </strong>Browne-Marshall’s favorite figure in the book: the Little Rock organizer who learned at nine that the woman raising her was not her mother — her mother had been murdered by a white mob and thrown in the pond where Daisy swam as a child. She guided the Little Rock Nine into Central High under armed National Guard escort amid daily death threats; as NAACP secretary she chose jail over surrendering the membership list, a refusal that went to the Supreme Court; she faced sexism inside the movement itself, spoke before the United Nations — and died nearly penniless, fed by neighbors. Protest has no vacation plan and no pension fund. (Mother Jones was smuggled into the same answer. “You’re cheating.” “I know. I am.”)</p><p>•       <strong>Outsourced Outrage. </strong>Why the relative quiet now? COVID scattered Americans into silos; the administration’s shock-and-awe blitz kept them off balance; masked, nameless ICE agents and capitulating law firms (Paul Weiss, by name) spread fear; and — echoing Claire Stapleton’s moral-compass warning from earlier this week — “too many people have outsourced their sense of outrage,” mistaking an email or an Instagram post for action. What’s needed: leaders willing to fight, strategy and alliances, visible plans, and a protest that is for something — democracy, diversity, health, literacy. The model remains the March on Washington, whose anniversary falls August 28: one hundred organizers, a quarter-million regular people, and a government reminded of its own Constitution.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.beacon.org/A-Protest-History-of-the-United-States-P2145.aspx">Gloria J. Browne-Marshall</a> is a professor of constitutional law at John Jay College of Criminal Justice, a civil rights attorney, and an award-winning playwright whose work has been staged and televised. Her books include <em>She Took Justice</em>, <em>The Voting Rights War</em>, and <em>Race, Law, and American Society</em>. She is the founder of Martyrs Day, observed July 5 in honor of slain protesters, and host of the forthcoming She Took Justice podcast. <a href="https://www.beacon.org/A-Protest-History-of-the-United-States-P2145.aspx"><em>A Protest History of the United States</em></a> (Beacon Press, ReVisioning History series), winner of the 2026 Independent Publisher Book Awards gold medal for history, is now out in paperback. She lives in New York City.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.beacon.org/A-Protest-History-of-the-United-States-P2145.aspx"><em>A Protest History of the United States</em></a> by Gloria J. Browne-Marshall (Beacon Press) — 500 years of resistance, from Powhatan’s stand against the English in 1607 to the climate protests of today.</p><p>•       Curtis White’s On Resistance — Monday’s Keen On conversation on cultural resistance, to which this episode is the historian’s reply.</p><p>•       Claire Stapleton’s Don’t Be Evil — whose warning against outsourcing your moral compass finds its twin in Browne-Marshall’s “outsourced outrage.”</p><p>•       <em>The Grapes of Wrath</em> by John Steinbeck — her example of art doing what no pamphlet can: bringing the humanity of an issue to the fore.</p><p>•       Daisy Bates and the Little Rock Nine — Central High School in Little Rock still stands as what Browne-Marshall calls a living monument to protest.</p><p>•      &amp;nbs...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/50b1b5f1/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/50b1b5f1/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Banality of the Deal: Casey Michel on the United States of Oligarchy</title>
      <itunes:episode>2995</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2995</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Banality of the Deal: Casey Michel on the United States of Oligarchy</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6fa6d0a2-8953-40da-bd1c-37b8145e5251</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Jared Kushner is one of the most powerful American diplomats of the twenty-first century — and he has no skill set to speak of that I can see.” — Casey Michel</em></p><p> </p><p>Four years ago, the muckraking journalist <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/author/caseymichel">Casey Michel</a> came on this show to discuss how the United States has built the greatest money-laundering scheme in history. That pre-Trump 2.0 America, he says, looks quaint. His new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/united-states-of-oligarchy-how-america-s-wealthiest-ally-with-dictators-weaken-the-u-s-and-destroy-democracy-casey-michel/b116495950939985"><em>United States of Oligarchy: How America’s Wealthiest Ally with Dictators, Weaken the U.S., and Destroy Democracy</em></a>, describes an American casino where the Trump family has become the dealer with a perennially stacked deck.</p><p> </p><p>The word “oligarchy” comes with 2,500 years of baggage. Aristotle, not averse to aristocracy, nonetheless warned of the rule of the few. Teddy Roosevelt preferred “plutocracy” as a way of describing the baronial rule of the late 19th century American capitalists. And, of course, it took a Roosevelt — the sickly scion of upper-crust New York — to dilute his own oligarchic caste with anti-trust law and inheritance &amp; progressive income taxes.</p><p> </p><p>Exhibit A in this American oligarchy is Jared Kushner, who has leveraged his father-in-law’s rotten casino to ally with dictators and destroy democracy both in America and around the world. Michel says Kushner has “no skill set to speak of” — apart, of course, from an insatiable greed for wealth and power. The banality of the deal.</p><p> </p><p>So what to do? Michel is waiting for a 21st century Teddy Roosevelt — he names Talarico and Ossoff — who will tax and perhaps even prosecute Kushner and his fellow oligarchs. But I fear he is waiting for Godot. Teddy isn’t coming back. Nor is FDR. Don’t expect the banality of the current highly lucrative deal to end anytime soon.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Child’s Play. </strong>The anonymous shell companies and mystery donations of American Kleptocracy — dire enough in 2022 — now read as quaint. The scale has exploded (crypto, prediction markets, AI as accelerant), and so has the shamelessness: a Qatari luxury airliner gifted to a sitting president, and a $1.8 billion slush fund that will compensate January 6 rioters while granting Trump’s family, inner circle, and “associates” carte blanche from tax audits, past and future. America has had corrupt administrations — Grant, Harding, Nixon — but nothing, Michel argues, on this magnitude. Trump himself is symptom rather than cause: the culmination of trends decades in the making. “Shameless does not begin to describe it. I have to laugh — otherwise, I’m sure I’d just be crying.”</p><p>•       <strong>From Aristotle to the Trillionaire. </strong>Aristotle popularized oligarchy: rule of the few — who must also be the wealthiest. Teddy Roosevelt preferred “plutocracy,” and the Founders fought over “aristocracy”; Michel meets the 2020s where they are. The through line he found in the research: America’s anti-oligarchic champions come from inside the elite — above all TR, the sickly, bloodlet, electroshocked child of upper-crust New York who grew into the singular force against concentrated wealth: inheritance tax, progressive income tax, and a bully pulpit used without apology. Today’s benchmark: Gilded Age fortunes — Rockefeller’s $30 billion in modern terms — are pocket change beside centibillionaires and America’s first, briefly minted trillionaire.</p><p>•       <strong>Exhibit A: Jared Kushner. </strong>One of the most powerful American diplomats of the twenty-first century — Israel and Gaza, Russia and Ukraine, the Gulf — with, in Michel’s judgment, no skill set to speak of: a string of failures from 666 Fifth Avenue to the New York Observer, redeemed by the single best thing he ever did, marrying Ivanka Trump. MBS bragged Kushner was “in his pocket”; James Comer told an intermediary to tell him to fuck off — making Kushner, Michel suggests, a genuinely bipartisan target for future investigations. Andrew pushed back — the network of autocrats is real, the Harvard degree is real — and the conversation settled on Arendt: not evil, but indifferent to good and evil. What Kushner cares about: Ivanka and her father, his bottom line, and carrying water for Benjamin Netanyahu.</p><p>•       <strong>The Incentive Machine. </strong>Michel’s deeper argument indicts structures, not sinners: virtually none of this is illegal, which is precisely the problem. Corporate secrecy, campaign finance, and offshore taxation build an architecture in which allying with dictators is the rational move — if your competitor will meet MBS or Xi, you must too. Hence the corporate class’s standing ovation for Xi Jinping in San Francisco; Google’s Project Dragonfly censorship engine; Musk’s Tesla leverage in Beijing (and DOGE actions conspicuously in Chinese interest); the NBA’s progressive branding beside its Rwandan and Emirati partnerships; and Ireland, the thriving democracy at the bottom of the tax-haven barrel. Michel is happy to call the CCP one of history’s most monstrous regimes — and to note that no ideology, only rank financial interest, lays American CEOs at its feet.</p><p>•       <strong>Waiting for Teddy. </strong>Does oligarchy actually weaken America? Michel points to the Iran war’s aftermath — collapsed interceptor stocks, an intact Tehran regime, Gulf monarchs getting their dirty business done at American expense — plus Greenland threats, wobbling alliances, and the nuclear proliferation he expects among abandoned allies. Andrew pressed the counter-case three times: Wall Street at record highs, half of America holding retirement accounts. Michel’s answer: inequality beyond anything in the national experience — and a political moment, left and right, hungry for anti-oligarchic leadership. The GOP just moved to kill the shell-company database; the remedy is a twenty-first-century TR — a Talarico, an Ossoff — willing to be denounced as a communist agitator. “If Teddy Roosevelt can be, I suppose anyone can.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://us.macmillan.com/author/caseymichel">Casey Michel</a> is an author, investigative journalist, and director of the Combating Kleptocracy Program at the Human Rights Foundation. He is the author of <em>American Kleptocracy</em> — named by The Economist one of the best books for understanding financial crime — and <em>Foreign Agents</em>, and his writing on offshoring, foreign lobbying, and illicit wealth appears in The New York Times, Financial Times, The Atlantic, and Foreign Affairs, among others. He has testified before the Senate Judiciary Committee on illicit financial networks and national security, holds a master’s from Columbia’s Harriman Institute, and is currently sanctioned by the Russian regime for his work. <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/united-states-of-oligarchy-how-america-s-wealthiest-ally-with-dictators-weaken-the-u-s-and-destroy-democracy-casey-michel/b116495950939985"><em>United States of Oligarchy</em></a> (St. Martin’s Press, August 4, 2026) is his third book.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/united-states-of-oligarchy-how-america-s-wealthiest-ally-with-dictators-weaken-the-u-s-and-destroy-democracy-casey-michel/b116495950939985"><em>United States of Oligarchy</em></a> by Casey Michel (St. Martin’s Press, Augu...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Jared Kushner is one of the most powerful American diplomats of the twenty-first century — and he has no skill set to speak of that I can see.” — Casey Michel</em></p><p> </p><p>Four years ago, the muckraking journalist <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/author/caseymichel">Casey Michel</a> came on this show to discuss how the United States has built the greatest money-laundering scheme in history. That pre-Trump 2.0 America, he says, looks quaint. His new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/united-states-of-oligarchy-how-america-s-wealthiest-ally-with-dictators-weaken-the-u-s-and-destroy-democracy-casey-michel/b116495950939985"><em>United States of Oligarchy: How America’s Wealthiest Ally with Dictators, Weaken the U.S., and Destroy Democracy</em></a>, describes an American casino where the Trump family has become the dealer with a perennially stacked deck.</p><p> </p><p>The word “oligarchy” comes with 2,500 years of baggage. Aristotle, not averse to aristocracy, nonetheless warned of the rule of the few. Teddy Roosevelt preferred “plutocracy” as a way of describing the baronial rule of the late 19th century American capitalists. And, of course, it took a Roosevelt — the sickly scion of upper-crust New York — to dilute his own oligarchic caste with anti-trust law and inheritance &amp; progressive income taxes.</p><p> </p><p>Exhibit A in this American oligarchy is Jared Kushner, who has leveraged his father-in-law’s rotten casino to ally with dictators and destroy democracy both in America and around the world. Michel says Kushner has “no skill set to speak of” — apart, of course, from an insatiable greed for wealth and power. The banality of the deal.</p><p> </p><p>So what to do? Michel is waiting for a 21st century Teddy Roosevelt — he names Talarico and Ossoff — who will tax and perhaps even prosecute Kushner and his fellow oligarchs. But I fear he is waiting for Godot. Teddy isn’t coming back. Nor is FDR. Don’t expect the banality of the current highly lucrative deal to end anytime soon.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Child’s Play. </strong>The anonymous shell companies and mystery donations of American Kleptocracy — dire enough in 2022 — now read as quaint. The scale has exploded (crypto, prediction markets, AI as accelerant), and so has the shamelessness: a Qatari luxury airliner gifted to a sitting president, and a $1.8 billion slush fund that will compensate January 6 rioters while granting Trump’s family, inner circle, and “associates” carte blanche from tax audits, past and future. America has had corrupt administrations — Grant, Harding, Nixon — but nothing, Michel argues, on this magnitude. Trump himself is symptom rather than cause: the culmination of trends decades in the making. “Shameless does not begin to describe it. I have to laugh — otherwise, I’m sure I’d just be crying.”</p><p>•       <strong>From Aristotle to the Trillionaire. </strong>Aristotle popularized oligarchy: rule of the few — who must also be the wealthiest. Teddy Roosevelt preferred “plutocracy,” and the Founders fought over “aristocracy”; Michel meets the 2020s where they are. The through line he found in the research: America’s anti-oligarchic champions come from inside the elite — above all TR, the sickly, bloodlet, electroshocked child of upper-crust New York who grew into the singular force against concentrated wealth: inheritance tax, progressive income tax, and a bully pulpit used without apology. Today’s benchmark: Gilded Age fortunes — Rockefeller’s $30 billion in modern terms — are pocket change beside centibillionaires and America’s first, briefly minted trillionaire.</p><p>•       <strong>Exhibit A: Jared Kushner. </strong>One of the most powerful American diplomats of the twenty-first century — Israel and Gaza, Russia and Ukraine, the Gulf — with, in Michel’s judgment, no skill set to speak of: a string of failures from 666 Fifth Avenue to the New York Observer, redeemed by the single best thing he ever did, marrying Ivanka Trump. MBS bragged Kushner was “in his pocket”; James Comer told an intermediary to tell him to fuck off — making Kushner, Michel suggests, a genuinely bipartisan target for future investigations. Andrew pushed back — the network of autocrats is real, the Harvard degree is real — and the conversation settled on Arendt: not evil, but indifferent to good and evil. What Kushner cares about: Ivanka and her father, his bottom line, and carrying water for Benjamin Netanyahu.</p><p>•       <strong>The Incentive Machine. </strong>Michel’s deeper argument indicts structures, not sinners: virtually none of this is illegal, which is precisely the problem. Corporate secrecy, campaign finance, and offshore taxation build an architecture in which allying with dictators is the rational move — if your competitor will meet MBS or Xi, you must too. Hence the corporate class’s standing ovation for Xi Jinping in San Francisco; Google’s Project Dragonfly censorship engine; Musk’s Tesla leverage in Beijing (and DOGE actions conspicuously in Chinese interest); the NBA’s progressive branding beside its Rwandan and Emirati partnerships; and Ireland, the thriving democracy at the bottom of the tax-haven barrel. Michel is happy to call the CCP one of history’s most monstrous regimes — and to note that no ideology, only rank financial interest, lays American CEOs at its feet.</p><p>•       <strong>Waiting for Teddy. </strong>Does oligarchy actually weaken America? Michel points to the Iran war’s aftermath — collapsed interceptor stocks, an intact Tehran regime, Gulf monarchs getting their dirty business done at American expense — plus Greenland threats, wobbling alliances, and the nuclear proliferation he expects among abandoned allies. Andrew pressed the counter-case three times: Wall Street at record highs, half of America holding retirement accounts. Michel’s answer: inequality beyond anything in the national experience — and a political moment, left and right, hungry for anti-oligarchic leadership. The GOP just moved to kill the shell-company database; the remedy is a twenty-first-century TR — a Talarico, an Ossoff — willing to be denounced as a communist agitator. “If Teddy Roosevelt can be, I suppose anyone can.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://us.macmillan.com/author/caseymichel">Casey Michel</a> is an author, investigative journalist, and director of the Combating Kleptocracy Program at the Human Rights Foundation. He is the author of <em>American Kleptocracy</em> — named by The Economist one of the best books for understanding financial crime — and <em>Foreign Agents</em>, and his writing on offshoring, foreign lobbying, and illicit wealth appears in The New York Times, Financial Times, The Atlantic, and Foreign Affairs, among others. He has testified before the Senate Judiciary Committee on illicit financial networks and national security, holds a master’s from Columbia’s Harriman Institute, and is currently sanctioned by the Russian regime for his work. <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/united-states-of-oligarchy-how-america-s-wealthiest-ally-with-dictators-weaken-the-u-s-and-destroy-democracy-casey-michel/b116495950939985"><em>United States of Oligarchy</em></a> (St. Martin’s Press, August 4, 2026) is his third book.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/united-states-of-oligarchy-how-america-s-wealthiest-ally-with-dictators-weaken-the-u-s-and-destroy-democracy-casey-michel/b116495950939985"><em>United States of Oligarchy</em></a> by Casey Michel (St. Martin’s Press, Augu...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Aug 2026 07:45:17 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/d6056ef3/4f974052.mp3" length="52267736" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3449897" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/d6056ef3/4f974052.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g5d5Y7e_NpI">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/V7EfFdbEWiKS1uJluS_L1kScwulQib7Tc6vuSBgkaBg/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8zZjM4/NTVmNjFiZmUyMjA0/MTZjZDU2YWVlOTUz/MTc5NS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3263</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Jared Kushner is one of the most powerful American diplomats of the twenty-first century — and he has no skill set to speak of that I can see.” — Casey Michel</em></p><p> </p><p>Four years ago, the muckraking journalist <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/author/caseymichel">Casey Michel</a> came on this show to discuss how the United States has built the greatest money-laundering scheme in history. That pre-Trump 2.0 America, he says, looks quaint. His new book, <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/united-states-of-oligarchy-how-america-s-wealthiest-ally-with-dictators-weaken-the-u-s-and-destroy-democracy-casey-michel/b116495950939985"><em>United States of Oligarchy: How America’s Wealthiest Ally with Dictators, Weaken the U.S., and Destroy Democracy</em></a>, describes an American casino where the Trump family has become the dealer with a perennially stacked deck.</p><p> </p><p>The word “oligarchy” comes with 2,500 years of baggage. Aristotle, not averse to aristocracy, nonetheless warned of the rule of the few. Teddy Roosevelt preferred “plutocracy” as a way of describing the baronial rule of the late 19th century American capitalists. And, of course, it took a Roosevelt — the sickly scion of upper-crust New York — to dilute his own oligarchic caste with anti-trust law and inheritance &amp; progressive income taxes.</p><p> </p><p>Exhibit A in this American oligarchy is Jared Kushner, who has leveraged his father-in-law’s rotten casino to ally with dictators and destroy democracy both in America and around the world. Michel says Kushner has “no skill set to speak of” — apart, of course, from an insatiable greed for wealth and power. The banality of the deal.</p><p> </p><p>So what to do? Michel is waiting for a 21st century Teddy Roosevelt — he names Talarico and Ossoff — who will tax and perhaps even prosecute Kushner and his fellow oligarchs. But I fear he is waiting for Godot. Teddy isn’t coming back. Nor is FDR. Don’t expect the banality of the current highly lucrative deal to end anytime soon.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Child’s Play. </strong>The anonymous shell companies and mystery donations of American Kleptocracy — dire enough in 2022 — now read as quaint. The scale has exploded (crypto, prediction markets, AI as accelerant), and so has the shamelessness: a Qatari luxury airliner gifted to a sitting president, and a $1.8 billion slush fund that will compensate January 6 rioters while granting Trump’s family, inner circle, and “associates” carte blanche from tax audits, past and future. America has had corrupt administrations — Grant, Harding, Nixon — but nothing, Michel argues, on this magnitude. Trump himself is symptom rather than cause: the culmination of trends decades in the making. “Shameless does not begin to describe it. I have to laugh — otherwise, I’m sure I’d just be crying.”</p><p>•       <strong>From Aristotle to the Trillionaire. </strong>Aristotle popularized oligarchy: rule of the few — who must also be the wealthiest. Teddy Roosevelt preferred “plutocracy,” and the Founders fought over “aristocracy”; Michel meets the 2020s where they are. The through line he found in the research: America’s anti-oligarchic champions come from inside the elite — above all TR, the sickly, bloodlet, electroshocked child of upper-crust New York who grew into the singular force against concentrated wealth: inheritance tax, progressive income tax, and a bully pulpit used without apology. Today’s benchmark: Gilded Age fortunes — Rockefeller’s $30 billion in modern terms — are pocket change beside centibillionaires and America’s first, briefly minted trillionaire.</p><p>•       <strong>Exhibit A: Jared Kushner. </strong>One of the most powerful American diplomats of the twenty-first century — Israel and Gaza, Russia and Ukraine, the Gulf — with, in Michel’s judgment, no skill set to speak of: a string of failures from 666 Fifth Avenue to the New York Observer, redeemed by the single best thing he ever did, marrying Ivanka Trump. MBS bragged Kushner was “in his pocket”; James Comer told an intermediary to tell him to fuck off — making Kushner, Michel suggests, a genuinely bipartisan target for future investigations. Andrew pushed back — the network of autocrats is real, the Harvard degree is real — and the conversation settled on Arendt: not evil, but indifferent to good and evil. What Kushner cares about: Ivanka and her father, his bottom line, and carrying water for Benjamin Netanyahu.</p><p>•       <strong>The Incentive Machine. </strong>Michel’s deeper argument indicts structures, not sinners: virtually none of this is illegal, which is precisely the problem. Corporate secrecy, campaign finance, and offshore taxation build an architecture in which allying with dictators is the rational move — if your competitor will meet MBS or Xi, you must too. Hence the corporate class’s standing ovation for Xi Jinping in San Francisco; Google’s Project Dragonfly censorship engine; Musk’s Tesla leverage in Beijing (and DOGE actions conspicuously in Chinese interest); the NBA’s progressive branding beside its Rwandan and Emirati partnerships; and Ireland, the thriving democracy at the bottom of the tax-haven barrel. Michel is happy to call the CCP one of history’s most monstrous regimes — and to note that no ideology, only rank financial interest, lays American CEOs at its feet.</p><p>•       <strong>Waiting for Teddy. </strong>Does oligarchy actually weaken America? Michel points to the Iran war’s aftermath — collapsed interceptor stocks, an intact Tehran regime, Gulf monarchs getting their dirty business done at American expense — plus Greenland threats, wobbling alliances, and the nuclear proliferation he expects among abandoned allies. Andrew pressed the counter-case three times: Wall Street at record highs, half of America holding retirement accounts. Michel’s answer: inequality beyond anything in the national experience — and a political moment, left and right, hungry for anti-oligarchic leadership. The GOP just moved to kill the shell-company database; the remedy is a twenty-first-century TR — a Talarico, an Ossoff — willing to be denounced as a communist agitator. “If Teddy Roosevelt can be, I suppose anyone can.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://us.macmillan.com/author/caseymichel">Casey Michel</a> is an author, investigative journalist, and director of the Combating Kleptocracy Program at the Human Rights Foundation. He is the author of <em>American Kleptocracy</em> — named by The Economist one of the best books for understanding financial crime — and <em>Foreign Agents</em>, and his writing on offshoring, foreign lobbying, and illicit wealth appears in The New York Times, Financial Times, The Atlantic, and Foreign Affairs, among others. He has testified before the Senate Judiciary Committee on illicit financial networks and national security, holds a master’s from Columbia’s Harriman Institute, and is currently sanctioned by the Russian regime for his work. <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/united-states-of-oligarchy-how-america-s-wealthiest-ally-with-dictators-weaken-the-u-s-and-destroy-democracy-casey-michel/b116495950939985"><em>United States of Oligarchy</em></a> (St. Martin’s Press, August 4, 2026) is his third book.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/united-states-of-oligarchy-how-america-s-wealthiest-ally-with-dictators-weaken-the-u-s-and-destroy-democracy-casey-michel/b116495950939985"><em>United States of Oligarchy</em></a> by Casey Michel (St. Martin’s Press, Augu...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d6056ef3/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d6056ef3/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is Google Evil? Claire Stapleton on Bad Bosses, Bullshit Jobs, and Her Great Escape from Big Tech</title>
      <itunes:episode>2994</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2994</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Is Google Evil? Claire Stapleton on Bad Bosses, Bullshit Jobs, and Her Great Escape from Big Tech</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b922d0fb-9d36-4e6d-8244-a0e68e4182f9</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We were still trying to change the world from the inside… and the empire struck back.” — Claire Stapleton on the Google Walkout</em></p><p> </p><p>Earlier this week, the <em>New York Times</em> published an <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/08/03/opinion/artificial-intelligence-data-politics.html">op-ed</a> on how to fight back against big tech which included a reading list from previous guests on the show like Karen Hao, Yanis Varoufakis and Astra Taylor. Not included was <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/don-t-be-evil-bad-bosses-fake-promises-and-my-escape-from-big-tech-claire-stapleton/0a4a22ef13db45df">Claire Stapleton</a>’s <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/don-t-be-evil-bad-bosses-fake-promises-and-my-escape-from-big-tech-claire-stapleton/0a4a22ef13db45df"><em>Don’t Be Evil: Bad Bosses, Fake Promises, and My Escape from Big Tech</em></a>. Partly, I assume, because this anti-Google jeremiad only came out yesterday.</p><p> </p><p>An idealistic English major straight out of college, Stapleton joined Google in 2007, when few questioned Silicon Valley’s utopian language. Her first job was in Google’s ministry of truth, an internal communications department designed, as she now admits, to get everybody high on the mission. And that mission was to train Googlers into becoming obedient corporate cogs by neither blaming the system nor questioning authority.</p><p> </p><p>While not exactly Winston Smith, she nonetheless rose in the bureaucracy. Rachel Whetstone (Steve Hilton’s wife) promoted Stapleton to the CEO’s communications team where, as the archivist of the sayings of the company’s two big brothers (Larry &amp; Sergey), she became known as the “Bard” of Google. As an obedient corporate cog, she was both the message and the messenger. Until she wasn’t.</p><p> </p><p>Like Orwell’s Smith, Google’s Claire Stapleton eventually turned her ministry of truth language on the ministry itself. In response to the $90 million exit package of a senior Google exec accused of sexual misconduct, she co-organized the Google Walkout of 20,000 employees. Two months later, her role was hollowed out. Then she lost her job. Not quite Room 101. No rats. But not a lot of fun.</p><p> </p><p>So is Google evil? Stapleton doesn’t know. But the former Bard of Google acknowledges that Larry &amp; Sergey’s promises of making the world a better place are no longer credible. Today, idealistic young college grads want to fight back against Silicon Valley. Today, nobody outside the internal communications department of Google, OpenAI or Anthropic believes that technology is making the world a better place. Like Claire Stapleton, we all now want to escape from big tech.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Getting High on the Mission. </strong>Google in 2007 wasn’t selling a job; it was selling a worldview — and Stapleton’s department, internal communications, existed to pump the mission, the values, and the founders’ folksy TGIF theater into a workforce growing by tens of thousands. The perks were the philosophy made visible: laundry, haircuts, dentists, masseurs — “letting Google be your housewife.” The indoctrination had a curriculum, too: Fred Kofman’s “radical accountability” training taught new hires to be players, not victims — which sounds empowering until you notice, as Stapleton did in a G-chat to her brother, that it means never blaming the system: “today I learned that if my team is dysfunctional, it’s my fault.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Bard of Google. </strong>Rachel Whetstone — ex-London, politically shrewd, now married to California’s Republican gubernatorial nominee — drafted Stapleton onto Larry Page’s communications when Page retook the CEO job, making her the archivist of the founder’s vision (until, in a twist she still can’t quite believe, he literally lost his voice). From there: Creative Lab, “the alchemist lab of Google’s branding,” wrapped in change-the-world gobbledygook; then YouTube’s curation team, a job so dispensable that nobody on earth would notice if it stopped — David Graeber’s bullshit jobs made flesh, complete with colleagues vanishing to the gym for hours. Her bad bosses, she notes, were workaday and familiar — which is precisely the point. Laszlo Bock’s Work Rules explains why Google tried to constrain managers’ power: given too much, they abuse it, pettily.</p><p>•       <strong>Normie, Not Whistleblower. </strong>Unlike Sarah Wynn-Williams’ Careless People — a whistleblower’s damning portrait of Zuckerberg and Sandberg — Don’t Be Evil is a coming-of-age story from the rank and file: earnest, unjaded, “normie.” What’s genuinely new in it is the workers’-eye view of the tech-labor moment: a company that hired idealists on the promise of changing the world, then watched the worker-management relationship transform with whiplash speed once those idealists asked what corporate accountability actually looks like. “We were still trying to change the world from the inside, from a different direction, as we lumbered our way through labor organizing 101… and the empire struck back.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Walkout and the Bill. </strong>The rupture came in 2018: the Me Too summer, an engineer’s memo against diversity itself, and the Times’ revelation of Andy Rubin’s $90 million exit after credible harassment findings. The moms listserv lit up; at TGIF, management read talking points “designed to absorb dissent, project empathy, and move right along” — radicalizing the woman who used to write them. The Walkout drew 20,000 employees. The bill arrived two months later: her role hollowed out, transfers blocked across the organizer group, Meredith Whittaker’s role dismantled, the rubber room. The group went public — the nuclear option — and Google offered severance. Stapleton, pregnant, asked for a year. An HR veteran’s verdict, years later: “They sure got you out cheap.” And the villains of her story, she notes, were mostly women — her own management chain — while Susan Wojcicki offered the older generation’s lament: you have no idea how hard it was for me.</p><p>•       <strong>Don’t Outsource Your Moral Compass. </strong>Is Google better than the rest? There’s no noxious star — Sundar Pichai harmonizes rather than dominates — but the company owns the infrastructure of the digital world, and “is it more evil? less evil? I don’t know.” The deeper shift is industry-wide: Larry Page’s “treat workers well and they’ll contribute tenfold” has become “your job could easily go to AI, so be grateful.” Her advice to the young and idealistic: keep some skepticism; hold your own values in your own mind; let work be part of your life without letting it take over; build solidarity instead of “letting the overlords do their overlord thing.” The good news, she suspects, is that the spell is breaking anyway: audiences now boo the AI ads in movie theaters.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/don-t-be-evil-bad-bosses-fake-promises-and-my-escape-from-big-tech-claire-stapleton/0a4a22ef13db45df">Claire Stapleton</a> is a writer, communications consultant, and tech labor activist. She spent twelve years at Google in communications, marketing, and executive ghostwriting roles — becoming known as “the Bard of Google” — before co-organizing the 2018 Google Walkout, in which 20,000 employees protested the company’s mishandling of sexual harassment; The New York Times called it a watershed moment in tech. She writes an existential advice column for tech workers on Substack, and her account of her Google years, “The Voice of Google,” appeared in The New Yorker. Her first book is <a></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We were still trying to change the world from the inside… and the empire struck back.” — Claire Stapleton on the Google Walkout</em></p><p> </p><p>Earlier this week, the <em>New York Times</em> published an <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/08/03/opinion/artificial-intelligence-data-politics.html">op-ed</a> on how to fight back against big tech which included a reading list from previous guests on the show like Karen Hao, Yanis Varoufakis and Astra Taylor. Not included was <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/don-t-be-evil-bad-bosses-fake-promises-and-my-escape-from-big-tech-claire-stapleton/0a4a22ef13db45df">Claire Stapleton</a>’s <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/don-t-be-evil-bad-bosses-fake-promises-and-my-escape-from-big-tech-claire-stapleton/0a4a22ef13db45df"><em>Don’t Be Evil: Bad Bosses, Fake Promises, and My Escape from Big Tech</em></a>. Partly, I assume, because this anti-Google jeremiad only came out yesterday.</p><p> </p><p>An idealistic English major straight out of college, Stapleton joined Google in 2007, when few questioned Silicon Valley’s utopian language. Her first job was in Google’s ministry of truth, an internal communications department designed, as she now admits, to get everybody high on the mission. And that mission was to train Googlers into becoming obedient corporate cogs by neither blaming the system nor questioning authority.</p><p> </p><p>While not exactly Winston Smith, she nonetheless rose in the bureaucracy. Rachel Whetstone (Steve Hilton’s wife) promoted Stapleton to the CEO’s communications team where, as the archivist of the sayings of the company’s two big brothers (Larry &amp; Sergey), she became known as the “Bard” of Google. As an obedient corporate cog, she was both the message and the messenger. Until she wasn’t.</p><p> </p><p>Like Orwell’s Smith, Google’s Claire Stapleton eventually turned her ministry of truth language on the ministry itself. In response to the $90 million exit package of a senior Google exec accused of sexual misconduct, she co-organized the Google Walkout of 20,000 employees. Two months later, her role was hollowed out. Then she lost her job. Not quite Room 101. No rats. But not a lot of fun.</p><p> </p><p>So is Google evil? Stapleton doesn’t know. But the former Bard of Google acknowledges that Larry &amp; Sergey’s promises of making the world a better place are no longer credible. Today, idealistic young college grads want to fight back against Silicon Valley. Today, nobody outside the internal communications department of Google, OpenAI or Anthropic believes that technology is making the world a better place. Like Claire Stapleton, we all now want to escape from big tech.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Getting High on the Mission. </strong>Google in 2007 wasn’t selling a job; it was selling a worldview — and Stapleton’s department, internal communications, existed to pump the mission, the values, and the founders’ folksy TGIF theater into a workforce growing by tens of thousands. The perks were the philosophy made visible: laundry, haircuts, dentists, masseurs — “letting Google be your housewife.” The indoctrination had a curriculum, too: Fred Kofman’s “radical accountability” training taught new hires to be players, not victims — which sounds empowering until you notice, as Stapleton did in a G-chat to her brother, that it means never blaming the system: “today I learned that if my team is dysfunctional, it’s my fault.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Bard of Google. </strong>Rachel Whetstone — ex-London, politically shrewd, now married to California’s Republican gubernatorial nominee — drafted Stapleton onto Larry Page’s communications when Page retook the CEO job, making her the archivist of the founder’s vision (until, in a twist she still can’t quite believe, he literally lost his voice). From there: Creative Lab, “the alchemist lab of Google’s branding,” wrapped in change-the-world gobbledygook; then YouTube’s curation team, a job so dispensable that nobody on earth would notice if it stopped — David Graeber’s bullshit jobs made flesh, complete with colleagues vanishing to the gym for hours. Her bad bosses, she notes, were workaday and familiar — which is precisely the point. Laszlo Bock’s Work Rules explains why Google tried to constrain managers’ power: given too much, they abuse it, pettily.</p><p>•       <strong>Normie, Not Whistleblower. </strong>Unlike Sarah Wynn-Williams’ Careless People — a whistleblower’s damning portrait of Zuckerberg and Sandberg — Don’t Be Evil is a coming-of-age story from the rank and file: earnest, unjaded, “normie.” What’s genuinely new in it is the workers’-eye view of the tech-labor moment: a company that hired idealists on the promise of changing the world, then watched the worker-management relationship transform with whiplash speed once those idealists asked what corporate accountability actually looks like. “We were still trying to change the world from the inside, from a different direction, as we lumbered our way through labor organizing 101… and the empire struck back.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Walkout and the Bill. </strong>The rupture came in 2018: the Me Too summer, an engineer’s memo against diversity itself, and the Times’ revelation of Andy Rubin’s $90 million exit after credible harassment findings. The moms listserv lit up; at TGIF, management read talking points “designed to absorb dissent, project empathy, and move right along” — radicalizing the woman who used to write them. The Walkout drew 20,000 employees. The bill arrived two months later: her role hollowed out, transfers blocked across the organizer group, Meredith Whittaker’s role dismantled, the rubber room. The group went public — the nuclear option — and Google offered severance. Stapleton, pregnant, asked for a year. An HR veteran’s verdict, years later: “They sure got you out cheap.” And the villains of her story, she notes, were mostly women — her own management chain — while Susan Wojcicki offered the older generation’s lament: you have no idea how hard it was for me.</p><p>•       <strong>Don’t Outsource Your Moral Compass. </strong>Is Google better than the rest? There’s no noxious star — Sundar Pichai harmonizes rather than dominates — but the company owns the infrastructure of the digital world, and “is it more evil? less evil? I don’t know.” The deeper shift is industry-wide: Larry Page’s “treat workers well and they’ll contribute tenfold” has become “your job could easily go to AI, so be grateful.” Her advice to the young and idealistic: keep some skepticism; hold your own values in your own mind; let work be part of your life without letting it take over; build solidarity instead of “letting the overlords do their overlord thing.” The good news, she suspects, is that the spell is breaking anyway: audiences now boo the AI ads in movie theaters.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/don-t-be-evil-bad-bosses-fake-promises-and-my-escape-from-big-tech-claire-stapleton/0a4a22ef13db45df">Claire Stapleton</a> is a writer, communications consultant, and tech labor activist. She spent twelve years at Google in communications, marketing, and executive ghostwriting roles — becoming known as “the Bard of Google” — before co-organizing the 2018 Google Walkout, in which 20,000 employees protested the company’s mishandling of sexual harassment; The New York Times called it a watershed moment in tech. She writes an existential advice column for tech workers on Substack, and her account of her Google years, “The Voice of Google,” appeared in The New Yorker. Her first book is <a></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Aug 2026 08:38:58 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/166a143d/ca642423.mp3" length="44706503" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3445714" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/166a143d/ca642423.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=arhb-cp5egs">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/QkdTjrFxerEobDMbTWK4CB_FcIvRKinABvTk9T-GUUo/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9jNTk2/NDI0MTkzZjM1Y2Jk/OWZlYWJiMzE5MmJh/YjExNC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2791</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We were still trying to change the world from the inside… and the empire struck back.” — Claire Stapleton on the Google Walkout</em></p><p> </p><p>Earlier this week, the <em>New York Times</em> published an <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/08/03/opinion/artificial-intelligence-data-politics.html">op-ed</a> on how to fight back against big tech which included a reading list from previous guests on the show like Karen Hao, Yanis Varoufakis and Astra Taylor. Not included was <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/don-t-be-evil-bad-bosses-fake-promises-and-my-escape-from-big-tech-claire-stapleton/0a4a22ef13db45df">Claire Stapleton</a>’s <a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/don-t-be-evil-bad-bosses-fake-promises-and-my-escape-from-big-tech-claire-stapleton/0a4a22ef13db45df"><em>Don’t Be Evil: Bad Bosses, Fake Promises, and My Escape from Big Tech</em></a>. Partly, I assume, because this anti-Google jeremiad only came out yesterday.</p><p> </p><p>An idealistic English major straight out of college, Stapleton joined Google in 2007, when few questioned Silicon Valley’s utopian language. Her first job was in Google’s ministry of truth, an internal communications department designed, as she now admits, to get everybody high on the mission. And that mission was to train Googlers into becoming obedient corporate cogs by neither blaming the system nor questioning authority.</p><p> </p><p>While not exactly Winston Smith, she nonetheless rose in the bureaucracy. Rachel Whetstone (Steve Hilton’s wife) promoted Stapleton to the CEO’s communications team where, as the archivist of the sayings of the company’s two big brothers (Larry &amp; Sergey), she became known as the “Bard” of Google. As an obedient corporate cog, she was both the message and the messenger. Until she wasn’t.</p><p> </p><p>Like Orwell’s Smith, Google’s Claire Stapleton eventually turned her ministry of truth language on the ministry itself. In response to the $90 million exit package of a senior Google exec accused of sexual misconduct, she co-organized the Google Walkout of 20,000 employees. Two months later, her role was hollowed out. Then she lost her job. Not quite Room 101. No rats. But not a lot of fun.</p><p> </p><p>So is Google evil? Stapleton doesn’t know. But the former Bard of Google acknowledges that Larry &amp; Sergey’s promises of making the world a better place are no longer credible. Today, idealistic young college grads want to fight back against Silicon Valley. Today, nobody outside the internal communications department of Google, OpenAI or Anthropic believes that technology is making the world a better place. Like Claire Stapleton, we all now want to escape from big tech.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Getting High on the Mission. </strong>Google in 2007 wasn’t selling a job; it was selling a worldview — and Stapleton’s department, internal communications, existed to pump the mission, the values, and the founders’ folksy TGIF theater into a workforce growing by tens of thousands. The perks were the philosophy made visible: laundry, haircuts, dentists, masseurs — “letting Google be your housewife.” The indoctrination had a curriculum, too: Fred Kofman’s “radical accountability” training taught new hires to be players, not victims — which sounds empowering until you notice, as Stapleton did in a G-chat to her brother, that it means never blaming the system: “today I learned that if my team is dysfunctional, it’s my fault.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Bard of Google. </strong>Rachel Whetstone — ex-London, politically shrewd, now married to California’s Republican gubernatorial nominee — drafted Stapleton onto Larry Page’s communications when Page retook the CEO job, making her the archivist of the founder’s vision (until, in a twist she still can’t quite believe, he literally lost his voice). From there: Creative Lab, “the alchemist lab of Google’s branding,” wrapped in change-the-world gobbledygook; then YouTube’s curation team, a job so dispensable that nobody on earth would notice if it stopped — David Graeber’s bullshit jobs made flesh, complete with colleagues vanishing to the gym for hours. Her bad bosses, she notes, were workaday and familiar — which is precisely the point. Laszlo Bock’s Work Rules explains why Google tried to constrain managers’ power: given too much, they abuse it, pettily.</p><p>•       <strong>Normie, Not Whistleblower. </strong>Unlike Sarah Wynn-Williams’ Careless People — a whistleblower’s damning portrait of Zuckerberg and Sandberg — Don’t Be Evil is a coming-of-age story from the rank and file: earnest, unjaded, “normie.” What’s genuinely new in it is the workers’-eye view of the tech-labor moment: a company that hired idealists on the promise of changing the world, then watched the worker-management relationship transform with whiplash speed once those idealists asked what corporate accountability actually looks like. “We were still trying to change the world from the inside, from a different direction, as we lumbered our way through labor organizing 101… and the empire struck back.”</p><p>•       <strong>The Walkout and the Bill. </strong>The rupture came in 2018: the Me Too summer, an engineer’s memo against diversity itself, and the Times’ revelation of Andy Rubin’s $90 million exit after credible harassment findings. The moms listserv lit up; at TGIF, management read talking points “designed to absorb dissent, project empathy, and move right along” — radicalizing the woman who used to write them. The Walkout drew 20,000 employees. The bill arrived two months later: her role hollowed out, transfers blocked across the organizer group, Meredith Whittaker’s role dismantled, the rubber room. The group went public — the nuclear option — and Google offered severance. Stapleton, pregnant, asked for a year. An HR veteran’s verdict, years later: “They sure got you out cheap.” And the villains of her story, she notes, were mostly women — her own management chain — while Susan Wojcicki offered the older generation’s lament: you have no idea how hard it was for me.</p><p>•       <strong>Don’t Outsource Your Moral Compass. </strong>Is Google better than the rest? There’s no noxious star — Sundar Pichai harmonizes rather than dominates — but the company owns the infrastructure of the digital world, and “is it more evil? less evil? I don’t know.” The deeper shift is industry-wide: Larry Page’s “treat workers well and they’ll contribute tenfold” has become “your job could easily go to AI, so be grateful.” Her advice to the young and idealistic: keep some skepticism; hold your own values in your own mind; let work be part of your life without letting it take over; build solidarity instead of “letting the overlords do their overlord thing.” The good news, she suspects, is that the spell is breaking anyway: audiences now boo the AI ads in movie theaters.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/p/books/don-t-be-evil-bad-bosses-fake-promises-and-my-escape-from-big-tech-claire-stapleton/0a4a22ef13db45df">Claire Stapleton</a> is a writer, communications consultant, and tech labor activist. She spent twelve years at Google in communications, marketing, and executive ghostwriting roles — becoming known as “the Bard of Google” — before co-organizing the 2018 Google Walkout, in which 20,000 employees protested the company’s mishandling of sexual harassment; The New York Times called it a watershed moment in tech. She writes an existential advice column for tech workers on Substack, and her account of her Google years, “The Voice of Google,” appeared in The New Yorker. Her first book is <a></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/166a143d/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Only Certainty Is Uncertainty: Stuart Firestein on Science in the Age of Tony Fauci</title>
      <itunes:episode>2993</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2993</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Only Certainty Is Uncertainty: Stuart Firestein on Science in the Age of Tony Fauci</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d072c163-5092-4895-a916-ebc033f1b496</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Uncertainty is what tells you that science is reliable. It’s the people who are absolutely certain that you have to watch out for.” — Stuart Firestein</em></p><p> </p><p>The physician-scientist Tony Fauci is having a rough week. His newly revealed diary has even disappointed traditional allies at The Atlantic and The New Yorker who see the hitherto liberal saint of the pandemic as both too intimate with power and too certain of his scientific assumptions.</p><p> </p><p>Fauci’s fellow American scientist, <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/stuart-firestein/it-could-be-otherwise/9781541606739/">Stuart Firestein</a>, is having a better week. The Columbia neurobiologist has a new book out today, <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/stuart-firestein/it-could-be-otherwise/9781541606739/"><em>It Could Be Otherwise</em></a>, which is a manifesto against scientific certainty. It’s the certain ones you have to watch out for, Firestein warns about those scientists intoxicated with the certainty of their own doctrines.</p><p> </p><p>Science, Firestein argues, requires a blend of hubris and humility. So the great Isaac Newton needed real chutzpah to claim to understand the mind of the creator with only a few equations. The expert is, by definition, riddled by doubt. They should be the most uncertain person in the room. Thus for Firestein, Charles Darwin is a greater scientist than Albert Einstein because Darwin’s theory of life is premised on randomness.</p><p> </p><p>So will contemporary science appear quaintly medieval in 500 years? Will 26th century man think of Darwin and Einstein like we moderns patronize Aristotle? Probably, Firestein suggests. In his Columbia course on ignorance, he tells his students that getting an A requires getting an F. We should all be so ignorant.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Watch Out for the Certain Ones. </strong>Firestein won’t defend Fauci’s certainties, but he explains them: science requires a blend of hubris and humility — without some hubris, nobody would attempt a discipline that is mostly failure, mostly time spent in the dark. What corrupts the blend is a culture that demands the opposite of humility: exams with one right answer instead of ranked possibilities, journalists who need a confident quote, a public that has made science the theology of the twenty-first century. The result is Firestein’s paradox of expertise: the real expert is the most uncertain person in the room, because expertise means seeing the holes, the missing data, the failures. Certainty grows with distance from knowledge.</p><p>•       <strong>True Enough. </strong>Truth gets a small t only. Borrowing from the Harvard philosopher Catherine Elgin, Firestein describes science as moving from one provisional truth to the next — “true enough,” always improving, never final. His favorite proof is John Maddox, Nature’s longest-serving editor, asked how many of the journal’s published papers would prove wrong: “Oh, that’s easy. All of them.” Not wrong-wrong — unsettled science is not unsound science; it is reliable and it will get better. In science, revision is a victory, which is why Firestein sincerely hopes that in five hundred years our best knowledge will look as quaint as medieval astronomy — which, he notes, was accurate enough for people who weren’t launching satellites.</p><p>•       <strong>Two Kinds of Uncertainty. </strong>Epistemic uncertainty is what we don’t know yet; ontological uncertainty is the irreducible complexity of the universe itself — so complicated it might as well be random. Every answer in the lab raises ten better questions, which is how the more we know, the less we know. And yet we thrive amid the not-knowing: lasers, GPS, and randomized drug trials are all built on uncertainty. Ninety percent of hypertension diagnoses are idiopathic — no known cause — while nine different families of medicine treat it successfully. Even the brain, his own subject, isn’t unknowable — we know plenty at every level — but the vertical knowledge, from ion channels to consciousness, may never reduce to a single formula. Multiple explanations, Firestein says, are not a defeat.</p><p>•       <strong>Berlin, Darwin, and the Fox. </strong>The book’s presiding philosopher is Isaiah Berlin, the great value pluralist: many good answers to any real question, even incommensurable ones — which is emphatically not relativism (the poststructuralists get no comfort here; we still must choose, critically and responsibly). Berlin’s hedgehog and fox turn out to describe scientists too, and Firestein wants room for both. His scientific hero, though, is Darwin, whom he ranks above Einstein: the first person to show that tremendous organization and complexity can arise from essentially random events. Sixty-five million years ago, seven minutes of orbital difference and the asteroid misses. Randomness and uncertainty, properly understood, produce diversity and complexity — not chaos.</p><p>•       <strong>When AI Learns to Be Uncertain. </strong>AI appears exactly once in the book, a restraint Firestein is proud of: “we hate the bomb, but we love anesthesia,” and it’s the use, not the thing, that will decide. Socrates was famously against writing — it did ruin our memories, and libraries were worth it; calculators did ruin long division, and who cares. In the classroom, the smell scientist admits you can no longer smell Claude in an essay — hence his ignorance course’s 999-word assignment, harder than the 5,000 words Columbia students write in their sleep. But his sharpest cut is at AI itself: the machines will be valuable to the extent that they are uncertain. When AI learns to weigh possibilities rather than issue single solutions, it will be intelligent — it will be human. A deterministic tick-tock universe is no place for discovery, imagination, or freedom. It could be otherwise.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/stuart-firestein/it-could-be-otherwise/9781541606739/">Stuart Firestein</a> is a professor of neuroscience at Columbia University, where his laboratory studies the sense of smell, and a member of the Santa Fe Institute. A Guggenheim fellow and elected fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, he is the author of <em>Ignorance: How It Drives Science</em> and <em>Failure: Why Science Is So Successful</em>, both translated into more than a dozen languages; he remains an Honorary Fellow of King’s College, Cambridge, where <em>Failure</em> was written. His new book is <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/stuart-firestein/it-could-be-otherwise/9781541606739/"><em>It Could Be Otherwise: Science in the Age of Uncertainty</em></a> (Basic Books, August 4, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/stuart-firestein/it-could-be-otherwise/9781541606739/"><em>It Could Be Otherwise: Science in the Age of Uncertainty</em></a> by Stuart Firestein (Basic Books, August 4, 2026). Kirkus: “A solid and even stirring defense of science.”</p><p>•       <em>Ignorance: How It Drives Science</em> by Stuart Firestein — the 2012 book, born of his Columbia course, that made not-knowing respectable.</p><p>•       <em>The Hedgehog and the Fox</em> by Isaiah Berlin — the essay, and the value pluralism, that give the book its philosophical spine.</p><p>•       <em>True Enough</em> by Catherine Elgin — the Harvard ph...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Uncertainty is what tells you that science is reliable. It’s the people who are absolutely certain that you have to watch out for.” — Stuart Firestein</em></p><p> </p><p>The physician-scientist Tony Fauci is having a rough week. His newly revealed diary has even disappointed traditional allies at The Atlantic and The New Yorker who see the hitherto liberal saint of the pandemic as both too intimate with power and too certain of his scientific assumptions.</p><p> </p><p>Fauci’s fellow American scientist, <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/stuart-firestein/it-could-be-otherwise/9781541606739/">Stuart Firestein</a>, is having a better week. The Columbia neurobiologist has a new book out today, <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/stuart-firestein/it-could-be-otherwise/9781541606739/"><em>It Could Be Otherwise</em></a>, which is a manifesto against scientific certainty. It’s the certain ones you have to watch out for, Firestein warns about those scientists intoxicated with the certainty of their own doctrines.</p><p> </p><p>Science, Firestein argues, requires a blend of hubris and humility. So the great Isaac Newton needed real chutzpah to claim to understand the mind of the creator with only a few equations. The expert is, by definition, riddled by doubt. They should be the most uncertain person in the room. Thus for Firestein, Charles Darwin is a greater scientist than Albert Einstein because Darwin’s theory of life is premised on randomness.</p><p> </p><p>So will contemporary science appear quaintly medieval in 500 years? Will 26th century man think of Darwin and Einstein like we moderns patronize Aristotle? Probably, Firestein suggests. In his Columbia course on ignorance, he tells his students that getting an A requires getting an F. We should all be so ignorant.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Watch Out for the Certain Ones. </strong>Firestein won’t defend Fauci’s certainties, but he explains them: science requires a blend of hubris and humility — without some hubris, nobody would attempt a discipline that is mostly failure, mostly time spent in the dark. What corrupts the blend is a culture that demands the opposite of humility: exams with one right answer instead of ranked possibilities, journalists who need a confident quote, a public that has made science the theology of the twenty-first century. The result is Firestein’s paradox of expertise: the real expert is the most uncertain person in the room, because expertise means seeing the holes, the missing data, the failures. Certainty grows with distance from knowledge.</p><p>•       <strong>True Enough. </strong>Truth gets a small t only. Borrowing from the Harvard philosopher Catherine Elgin, Firestein describes science as moving from one provisional truth to the next — “true enough,” always improving, never final. His favorite proof is John Maddox, Nature’s longest-serving editor, asked how many of the journal’s published papers would prove wrong: “Oh, that’s easy. All of them.” Not wrong-wrong — unsettled science is not unsound science; it is reliable and it will get better. In science, revision is a victory, which is why Firestein sincerely hopes that in five hundred years our best knowledge will look as quaint as medieval astronomy — which, he notes, was accurate enough for people who weren’t launching satellites.</p><p>•       <strong>Two Kinds of Uncertainty. </strong>Epistemic uncertainty is what we don’t know yet; ontological uncertainty is the irreducible complexity of the universe itself — so complicated it might as well be random. Every answer in the lab raises ten better questions, which is how the more we know, the less we know. And yet we thrive amid the not-knowing: lasers, GPS, and randomized drug trials are all built on uncertainty. Ninety percent of hypertension diagnoses are idiopathic — no known cause — while nine different families of medicine treat it successfully. Even the brain, his own subject, isn’t unknowable — we know plenty at every level — but the vertical knowledge, from ion channels to consciousness, may never reduce to a single formula. Multiple explanations, Firestein says, are not a defeat.</p><p>•       <strong>Berlin, Darwin, and the Fox. </strong>The book’s presiding philosopher is Isaiah Berlin, the great value pluralist: many good answers to any real question, even incommensurable ones — which is emphatically not relativism (the poststructuralists get no comfort here; we still must choose, critically and responsibly). Berlin’s hedgehog and fox turn out to describe scientists too, and Firestein wants room for both. His scientific hero, though, is Darwin, whom he ranks above Einstein: the first person to show that tremendous organization and complexity can arise from essentially random events. Sixty-five million years ago, seven minutes of orbital difference and the asteroid misses. Randomness and uncertainty, properly understood, produce diversity and complexity — not chaos.</p><p>•       <strong>When AI Learns to Be Uncertain. </strong>AI appears exactly once in the book, a restraint Firestein is proud of: “we hate the bomb, but we love anesthesia,” and it’s the use, not the thing, that will decide. Socrates was famously against writing — it did ruin our memories, and libraries were worth it; calculators did ruin long division, and who cares. In the classroom, the smell scientist admits you can no longer smell Claude in an essay — hence his ignorance course’s 999-word assignment, harder than the 5,000 words Columbia students write in their sleep. But his sharpest cut is at AI itself: the machines will be valuable to the extent that they are uncertain. When AI learns to weigh possibilities rather than issue single solutions, it will be intelligent — it will be human. A deterministic tick-tock universe is no place for discovery, imagination, or freedom. It could be otherwise.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/stuart-firestein/it-could-be-otherwise/9781541606739/">Stuart Firestein</a> is a professor of neuroscience at Columbia University, where his laboratory studies the sense of smell, and a member of the Santa Fe Institute. A Guggenheim fellow and elected fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, he is the author of <em>Ignorance: How It Drives Science</em> and <em>Failure: Why Science Is So Successful</em>, both translated into more than a dozen languages; he remains an Honorary Fellow of King’s College, Cambridge, where <em>Failure</em> was written. His new book is <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/stuart-firestein/it-could-be-otherwise/9781541606739/"><em>It Could Be Otherwise: Science in the Age of Uncertainty</em></a> (Basic Books, August 4, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/stuart-firestein/it-could-be-otherwise/9781541606739/"><em>It Could Be Otherwise: Science in the Age of Uncertainty</em></a> by Stuart Firestein (Basic Books, August 4, 2026). Kirkus: “A solid and even stirring defense of science.”</p><p>•       <em>Ignorance: How It Drives Science</em> by Stuart Firestein — the 2012 book, born of his Columbia course, that made not-knowing respectable.</p><p>•       <em>The Hedgehog and the Fox</em> by Isaiah Berlin — the essay, and the value pluralism, that give the book its philosophical spine.</p><p>•       <em>True Enough</em> by Catherine Elgin — the Harvard ph...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2026 07:23:31 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/8c383faf/5cd8a6c3.mp3" length="42144910" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3447027" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/8c383faf/5cd8a6c3.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XGMnZ08aVJM">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/9jppBQOM6wQij2Xw67WpGD13Kb31gKz1fi7vS29ZsNQ/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80NGJk/NDIyMmI3MDg0Yjkz/OTExYzFmYWFlOGIy/Zjg4ZS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2631</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Uncertainty is what tells you that science is reliable. It’s the people who are absolutely certain that you have to watch out for.” — Stuart Firestein</em></p><p> </p><p>The physician-scientist Tony Fauci is having a rough week. His newly revealed diary has even disappointed traditional allies at The Atlantic and The New Yorker who see the hitherto liberal saint of the pandemic as both too intimate with power and too certain of his scientific assumptions.</p><p> </p><p>Fauci’s fellow American scientist, <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/stuart-firestein/it-could-be-otherwise/9781541606739/">Stuart Firestein</a>, is having a better week. The Columbia neurobiologist has a new book out today, <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/stuart-firestein/it-could-be-otherwise/9781541606739/"><em>It Could Be Otherwise</em></a>, which is a manifesto against scientific certainty. It’s the certain ones you have to watch out for, Firestein warns about those scientists intoxicated with the certainty of their own doctrines.</p><p> </p><p>Science, Firestein argues, requires a blend of hubris and humility. So the great Isaac Newton needed real chutzpah to claim to understand the mind of the creator with only a few equations. The expert is, by definition, riddled by doubt. They should be the most uncertain person in the room. Thus for Firestein, Charles Darwin is a greater scientist than Albert Einstein because Darwin’s theory of life is premised on randomness.</p><p> </p><p>So will contemporary science appear quaintly medieval in 500 years? Will 26th century man think of Darwin and Einstein like we moderns patronize Aristotle? Probably, Firestein suggests. In his Columbia course on ignorance, he tells his students that getting an A requires getting an F. We should all be so ignorant.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Watch Out for the Certain Ones. </strong>Firestein won’t defend Fauci’s certainties, but he explains them: science requires a blend of hubris and humility — without some hubris, nobody would attempt a discipline that is mostly failure, mostly time spent in the dark. What corrupts the blend is a culture that demands the opposite of humility: exams with one right answer instead of ranked possibilities, journalists who need a confident quote, a public that has made science the theology of the twenty-first century. The result is Firestein’s paradox of expertise: the real expert is the most uncertain person in the room, because expertise means seeing the holes, the missing data, the failures. Certainty grows with distance from knowledge.</p><p>•       <strong>True Enough. </strong>Truth gets a small t only. Borrowing from the Harvard philosopher Catherine Elgin, Firestein describes science as moving from one provisional truth to the next — “true enough,” always improving, never final. His favorite proof is John Maddox, Nature’s longest-serving editor, asked how many of the journal’s published papers would prove wrong: “Oh, that’s easy. All of them.” Not wrong-wrong — unsettled science is not unsound science; it is reliable and it will get better. In science, revision is a victory, which is why Firestein sincerely hopes that in five hundred years our best knowledge will look as quaint as medieval astronomy — which, he notes, was accurate enough for people who weren’t launching satellites.</p><p>•       <strong>Two Kinds of Uncertainty. </strong>Epistemic uncertainty is what we don’t know yet; ontological uncertainty is the irreducible complexity of the universe itself — so complicated it might as well be random. Every answer in the lab raises ten better questions, which is how the more we know, the less we know. And yet we thrive amid the not-knowing: lasers, GPS, and randomized drug trials are all built on uncertainty. Ninety percent of hypertension diagnoses are idiopathic — no known cause — while nine different families of medicine treat it successfully. Even the brain, his own subject, isn’t unknowable — we know plenty at every level — but the vertical knowledge, from ion channels to consciousness, may never reduce to a single formula. Multiple explanations, Firestein says, are not a defeat.</p><p>•       <strong>Berlin, Darwin, and the Fox. </strong>The book’s presiding philosopher is Isaiah Berlin, the great value pluralist: many good answers to any real question, even incommensurable ones — which is emphatically not relativism (the poststructuralists get no comfort here; we still must choose, critically and responsibly). Berlin’s hedgehog and fox turn out to describe scientists too, and Firestein wants room for both. His scientific hero, though, is Darwin, whom he ranks above Einstein: the first person to show that tremendous organization and complexity can arise from essentially random events. Sixty-five million years ago, seven minutes of orbital difference and the asteroid misses. Randomness and uncertainty, properly understood, produce diversity and complexity — not chaos.</p><p>•       <strong>When AI Learns to Be Uncertain. </strong>AI appears exactly once in the book, a restraint Firestein is proud of: “we hate the bomb, but we love anesthesia,” and it’s the use, not the thing, that will decide. Socrates was famously against writing — it did ruin our memories, and libraries were worth it; calculators did ruin long division, and who cares. In the classroom, the smell scientist admits you can no longer smell Claude in an essay — hence his ignorance course’s 999-word assignment, harder than the 5,000 words Columbia students write in their sleep. But his sharpest cut is at AI itself: the machines will be valuable to the extent that they are uncertain. When AI learns to weigh possibilities rather than issue single solutions, it will be intelligent — it will be human. A deterministic tick-tock universe is no place for discovery, imagination, or freedom. It could be otherwise.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/stuart-firestein/it-could-be-otherwise/9781541606739/">Stuart Firestein</a> is a professor of neuroscience at Columbia University, where his laboratory studies the sense of smell, and a member of the Santa Fe Institute. A Guggenheim fellow and elected fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, he is the author of <em>Ignorance: How It Drives Science</em> and <em>Failure: Why Science Is So Successful</em>, both translated into more than a dozen languages; he remains an Honorary Fellow of King’s College, Cambridge, where <em>Failure</em> was written. His new book is <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/stuart-firestein/it-could-be-otherwise/9781541606739/"><em>It Could Be Otherwise: Science in the Age of Uncertainty</em></a> (Basic Books, August 4, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/stuart-firestein/it-could-be-otherwise/9781541606739/"><em>It Could Be Otherwise: Science in the Age of Uncertainty</em></a> by Stuart Firestein (Basic Books, August 4, 2026). Kirkus: “A solid and even stirring defense of science.”</p><p>•       <em>Ignorance: How It Drives Science</em> by Stuart Firestein — the 2012 book, born of his Columbia course, that made not-knowing respectable.</p><p>•       <em>The Hedgehog and the Fox</em> by Isaiah Berlin — the essay, and the value pluralism, that give the book its philosophical spine.</p><p>•       <em>True Enough</em> by Catherine Elgin — the Harvard ph...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8c383faf/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8c383faf/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Say No to Fascism: Curtis White’s Anti-Manifesto of Resistance</title>
      <itunes:episode>2992</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2992</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Say No to Fascism: Curtis White’s Anti-Manifesto of Resistance</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1d940d90-7da4-4b6b-87a2-af6c6fbee131</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Misbehave, make something beautiful, and try to win.” — Curtis White’s motto for resistance</em></p><p> </p><p>How to say no to fascism? <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/on-resistance">Curtis White</a>, the literary thinker dubbed “the splendidly cranky utopian,” has published what he calls a “manifesto” of “resistance.” <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/on-resistance"><em>On Resistance</em></a>, the 75-year-old White told me, is his last work of non-fiction. He still has worlds to invent, novels to write. Enough with the manifestos.</p><p> </p><p>But don’t expect a program. On Resistance is more of an anti-manifesto. “That’s not for me to say,” White responds when asked what, exactly, we’re supposed to do to resist fascism. His resistance is cultural. It’s an attitude. Borrowing from Ted Gioia’s subversive history of music, White likes the idea of “psychic treason.” Its patron saints are the first dropouts, romantics like Wordsworth and Coleridge who rejected the military, clergy and family to write poetry in the countryside. But On Resistance isn’t simply sixties nostalgia. White, a veteran of Berkeley and the Haight, prefers the Nietzschean imperative to forget the past and move on to the next joyful deed.</p><p> </p><p>So the only good manifesto is the anti-manifesto. If you want to say no to fascism, become a cranky utopian. Or at least pick up <em>On Resistance</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Psychic Treason. </strong>White’s resistance is not conventionally political — Trump appears once or twice, party politics not at all. Borrowing “psychic treason” from Ted Gioia’s Music: A Subversive History, he argues that the arts are subversive by nature: sometimes formally, sometimes by allying with social movements. His founding example is the Romantics, the first dropouts — Wordsworth and Coleridge refusing the military, the clergy, and the family estate to write poetry in the countryside, declaring cultural war once the church was out of the way. The treason White wants is the one the arts commit constantly, whether or not anyone calls it politics.</p><p>•       <strong>Not Nostalgia — Nietzsche. </strong>The sixties made White: Berkeley in high school, San Francisco after, and the formative discovery that his country “had lied to me” and was indifferent to whether he lived or died. But On Resistance opens with the confession “I am living in a world that no longer exists” — and refuses to make anyone else live there. One chapter is bluntly titled “Forget The Beatles.” His position is Nietzschean: move on to the next joyful deed. And the rot, he insists, didn’t start with Trump but with Reagan — the decades-long withdrawal of public money from public goods, education above all.</p><p>•       <strong>The Three False Resistances. </strong>The book’s first half is ideology critique: our culture says resistance is unnecessary because it has already been provided — by philanthropy, virtuous corporations, and liberalism. White’s exhibits: Steve Jobs Buddha-branding the counterculture to sell machines to people who thought they were subverting something; the “big green” foundations (via Mark Dowie) taking over grassroots fights and defanging them; the Gates Foundation vaccinating children against polio downwind of a polluter it was invested in. Philanthropy, he argues, self-limits to protect the source of its own wealth. Patagonia may be the quiet exception that proves the rule.</p><p>•       <strong>Dropping Out, Together. </strong>White’s alternative is dropping out — plural: doing something else, and doing it with other people. The organic farms and farmers markets that have created communal well-being in most American cities; FC2, the author-run press he co-founded with Ronald Sukenick, past its fiftieth anniversary; the thriving-but-invisible independent presses — Graywolf, Coffee House, Rochester’s Open Letter — for which he’s now plotting a group Substack. The obstacle is the money jail: everyone’s struggle for money limits what it is possible to do. The goal isn’t overturning the status quo. “What we need right now is companions.”</p><p>•       <strong>Misbehave, Make Something Beautiful, Try to Win. </strong>White’s motto since The Middle Mind — the making beautiful needn’t be art; the trying to win is where misbehavior gets socialized. His lineage runs Thoreau, Whitman, William Carlos Williams, and above all John Berger: Marxist, art critic, poet, writer of lively living books. His Marxism, such as it is, is the humanist 1844 Manuscripts — alienation, not expropriation — via Marcuse’s One-Dimensional Man. And the book itself is the argument: playful and fierce, a performance that moves like a novel, reinvigorating worthy old ideas rather than hunting new ones. At 75, it’s his last nonfiction — written in a spirit of play, to be left in one.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/on-resistance">Curtis White</a> is a novelist and social critic whose books include <em>Memories of My Father Watching TV</em>, <em>The Middle Mind</em>, <em>The Science Delusion</em>, and <em>Living in a World That Can’t Be Fixed</em>. Called by Elle “the most inspiringly wicked social critic of the moment,” he is co-founder, with Ronald Sukenick, of FC2, the publisher of innovative fiction run collectively by its authors, and taught English for many years at Illinois State University. His new and, he says, final work of nonfiction is <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/on-resistance"><em>On Resistance: A Manifesto</em></a> (Melville House, August 11, 2026). He lives in Port Townsend, Washington.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/on-resistance"><em>On Resistance: A Manifesto</em></a> by Curtis White (Melville House, August 11, 2026). Jeffrey St. Clair: “a trail guide through our disorienting and perilous political landscape.”</p><p>•       <em>Music: A Subversive History</em> by Ted Gioia — the source of “psychic treason” and the argument that the arts subvert by nature.</p><p>•       <em>The Middle Mind</em> by Curtis White — where the motto was coined: misbehave, make something beautiful, and try to win.</p><p>•       Jon Taplin in Rolling Stone — the recent essay asking whether the counterculture can rise again, and a recent Keen On conversation in the same key.</p><p>•       <em>One-Dimensional Man</em> by Herbert Marcuse — the Western Marxist tradition, via the 1844 Manuscripts, that taught White to worry about alienation rather than expropriation.</p><p>•       FC2 — the author-run press of innovative fiction White co-founded with Ronald Sukenick, now past its fiftieth year.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p>&lt;...]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Misbehave, make something beautiful, and try to win.” — Curtis White’s motto for resistance</em></p><p> </p><p>How to say no to fascism? <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/on-resistance">Curtis White</a>, the literary thinker dubbed “the splendidly cranky utopian,” has published what he calls a “manifesto” of “resistance.” <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/on-resistance"><em>On Resistance</em></a>, the 75-year-old White told me, is his last work of non-fiction. He still has worlds to invent, novels to write. Enough with the manifestos.</p><p> </p><p>But don’t expect a program. On Resistance is more of an anti-manifesto. “That’s not for me to say,” White responds when asked what, exactly, we’re supposed to do to resist fascism. His resistance is cultural. It’s an attitude. Borrowing from Ted Gioia’s subversive history of music, White likes the idea of “psychic treason.” Its patron saints are the first dropouts, romantics like Wordsworth and Coleridge who rejected the military, clergy and family to write poetry in the countryside. But On Resistance isn’t simply sixties nostalgia. White, a veteran of Berkeley and the Haight, prefers the Nietzschean imperative to forget the past and move on to the next joyful deed.</p><p> </p><p>So the only good manifesto is the anti-manifesto. If you want to say no to fascism, become a cranky utopian. Or at least pick up <em>On Resistance</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Psychic Treason. </strong>White’s resistance is not conventionally political — Trump appears once or twice, party politics not at all. Borrowing “psychic treason” from Ted Gioia’s Music: A Subversive History, he argues that the arts are subversive by nature: sometimes formally, sometimes by allying with social movements. His founding example is the Romantics, the first dropouts — Wordsworth and Coleridge refusing the military, the clergy, and the family estate to write poetry in the countryside, declaring cultural war once the church was out of the way. The treason White wants is the one the arts commit constantly, whether or not anyone calls it politics.</p><p>•       <strong>Not Nostalgia — Nietzsche. </strong>The sixties made White: Berkeley in high school, San Francisco after, and the formative discovery that his country “had lied to me” and was indifferent to whether he lived or died. But On Resistance opens with the confession “I am living in a world that no longer exists” — and refuses to make anyone else live there. One chapter is bluntly titled “Forget The Beatles.” His position is Nietzschean: move on to the next joyful deed. And the rot, he insists, didn’t start with Trump but with Reagan — the decades-long withdrawal of public money from public goods, education above all.</p><p>•       <strong>The Three False Resistances. </strong>The book’s first half is ideology critique: our culture says resistance is unnecessary because it has already been provided — by philanthropy, virtuous corporations, and liberalism. White’s exhibits: Steve Jobs Buddha-branding the counterculture to sell machines to people who thought they were subverting something; the “big green” foundations (via Mark Dowie) taking over grassroots fights and defanging them; the Gates Foundation vaccinating children against polio downwind of a polluter it was invested in. Philanthropy, he argues, self-limits to protect the source of its own wealth. Patagonia may be the quiet exception that proves the rule.</p><p>•       <strong>Dropping Out, Together. </strong>White’s alternative is dropping out — plural: doing something else, and doing it with other people. The organic farms and farmers markets that have created communal well-being in most American cities; FC2, the author-run press he co-founded with Ronald Sukenick, past its fiftieth anniversary; the thriving-but-invisible independent presses — Graywolf, Coffee House, Rochester’s Open Letter — for which he’s now plotting a group Substack. The obstacle is the money jail: everyone’s struggle for money limits what it is possible to do. The goal isn’t overturning the status quo. “What we need right now is companions.”</p><p>•       <strong>Misbehave, Make Something Beautiful, Try to Win. </strong>White’s motto since The Middle Mind — the making beautiful needn’t be art; the trying to win is where misbehavior gets socialized. His lineage runs Thoreau, Whitman, William Carlos Williams, and above all John Berger: Marxist, art critic, poet, writer of lively living books. His Marxism, such as it is, is the humanist 1844 Manuscripts — alienation, not expropriation — via Marcuse’s One-Dimensional Man. And the book itself is the argument: playful and fierce, a performance that moves like a novel, reinvigorating worthy old ideas rather than hunting new ones. At 75, it’s his last nonfiction — written in a spirit of play, to be left in one.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/on-resistance">Curtis White</a> is a novelist and social critic whose books include <em>Memories of My Father Watching TV</em>, <em>The Middle Mind</em>, <em>The Science Delusion</em>, and <em>Living in a World That Can’t Be Fixed</em>. Called by Elle “the most inspiringly wicked social critic of the moment,” he is co-founder, with Ronald Sukenick, of FC2, the publisher of innovative fiction run collectively by its authors, and taught English for many years at Illinois State University. His new and, he says, final work of nonfiction is <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/on-resistance"><em>On Resistance: A Manifesto</em></a> (Melville House, August 11, 2026). He lives in Port Townsend, Washington.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/on-resistance"><em>On Resistance: A Manifesto</em></a> by Curtis White (Melville House, August 11, 2026). Jeffrey St. Clair: “a trail guide through our disorienting and perilous political landscape.”</p><p>•       <em>Music: A Subversive History</em> by Ted Gioia — the source of “psychic treason” and the argument that the arts subvert by nature.</p><p>•       <em>The Middle Mind</em> by Curtis White — where the motto was coined: misbehave, make something beautiful, and try to win.</p><p>•       Jon Taplin in Rolling Stone — the recent essay asking whether the counterculture can rise again, and a recent Keen On conversation in the same key.</p><p>•       <em>One-Dimensional Man</em> by Herbert Marcuse — the Western Marxist tradition, via the 1844 Manuscripts, that taught White to worry about alienation rather than expropriation.</p><p>•       FC2 — the author-run press of innovative fiction White co-founded with Ronald Sukenick, now past its fiftieth year.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p>&lt;...]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Aug 2026 07:41:05 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/881511c5/a1ccf498.mp3" length="36956421" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3453307" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/881511c5/a1ccf498.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HVL-M3FgUTQ">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/OzVU-rZEnUVqIeeQocsKK66Wz8Wb7F4GpK7g5RU_mAQ/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8zMmM2/ZTBiN2E2MjAxNjc2/NGMxYjUzNGU1NTBl/ZGU3ZS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2308</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Misbehave, make something beautiful, and try to win.” — Curtis White’s motto for resistance</em></p><p> </p><p>How to say no to fascism? <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/on-resistance">Curtis White</a>, the literary thinker dubbed “the splendidly cranky utopian,” has published what he calls a “manifesto” of “resistance.” <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/on-resistance"><em>On Resistance</em></a>, the 75-year-old White told me, is his last work of non-fiction. He still has worlds to invent, novels to write. Enough with the manifestos.</p><p> </p><p>But don’t expect a program. On Resistance is more of an anti-manifesto. “That’s not for me to say,” White responds when asked what, exactly, we’re supposed to do to resist fascism. His resistance is cultural. It’s an attitude. Borrowing from Ted Gioia’s subversive history of music, White likes the idea of “psychic treason.” Its patron saints are the first dropouts, romantics like Wordsworth and Coleridge who rejected the military, clergy and family to write poetry in the countryside. But On Resistance isn’t simply sixties nostalgia. White, a veteran of Berkeley and the Haight, prefers the Nietzschean imperative to forget the past and move on to the next joyful deed.</p><p> </p><p>So the only good manifesto is the anti-manifesto. If you want to say no to fascism, become a cranky utopian. Or at least pick up <em>On Resistance</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Psychic Treason. </strong>White’s resistance is not conventionally political — Trump appears once or twice, party politics not at all. Borrowing “psychic treason” from Ted Gioia’s Music: A Subversive History, he argues that the arts are subversive by nature: sometimes formally, sometimes by allying with social movements. His founding example is the Romantics, the first dropouts — Wordsworth and Coleridge refusing the military, the clergy, and the family estate to write poetry in the countryside, declaring cultural war once the church was out of the way. The treason White wants is the one the arts commit constantly, whether or not anyone calls it politics.</p><p>•       <strong>Not Nostalgia — Nietzsche. </strong>The sixties made White: Berkeley in high school, San Francisco after, and the formative discovery that his country “had lied to me” and was indifferent to whether he lived or died. But On Resistance opens with the confession “I am living in a world that no longer exists” — and refuses to make anyone else live there. One chapter is bluntly titled “Forget The Beatles.” His position is Nietzschean: move on to the next joyful deed. And the rot, he insists, didn’t start with Trump but with Reagan — the decades-long withdrawal of public money from public goods, education above all.</p><p>•       <strong>The Three False Resistances. </strong>The book’s first half is ideology critique: our culture says resistance is unnecessary because it has already been provided — by philanthropy, virtuous corporations, and liberalism. White’s exhibits: Steve Jobs Buddha-branding the counterculture to sell machines to people who thought they were subverting something; the “big green” foundations (via Mark Dowie) taking over grassroots fights and defanging them; the Gates Foundation vaccinating children against polio downwind of a polluter it was invested in. Philanthropy, he argues, self-limits to protect the source of its own wealth. Patagonia may be the quiet exception that proves the rule.</p><p>•       <strong>Dropping Out, Together. </strong>White’s alternative is dropping out — plural: doing something else, and doing it with other people. The organic farms and farmers markets that have created communal well-being in most American cities; FC2, the author-run press he co-founded with Ronald Sukenick, past its fiftieth anniversary; the thriving-but-invisible independent presses — Graywolf, Coffee House, Rochester’s Open Letter — for which he’s now plotting a group Substack. The obstacle is the money jail: everyone’s struggle for money limits what it is possible to do. The goal isn’t overturning the status quo. “What we need right now is companions.”</p><p>•       <strong>Misbehave, Make Something Beautiful, Try to Win. </strong>White’s motto since The Middle Mind — the making beautiful needn’t be art; the trying to win is where misbehavior gets socialized. His lineage runs Thoreau, Whitman, William Carlos Williams, and above all John Berger: Marxist, art critic, poet, writer of lively living books. His Marxism, such as it is, is the humanist 1844 Manuscripts — alienation, not expropriation — via Marcuse’s One-Dimensional Man. And the book itself is the argument: playful and fierce, a performance that moves like a novel, reinvigorating worthy old ideas rather than hunting new ones. At 75, it’s his last nonfiction — written in a spirit of play, to be left in one.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/on-resistance">Curtis White</a> is a novelist and social critic whose books include <em>Memories of My Father Watching TV</em>, <em>The Middle Mind</em>, <em>The Science Delusion</em>, and <em>Living in a World That Can’t Be Fixed</em>. Called by Elle “the most inspiringly wicked social critic of the moment,” he is co-founder, with Ronald Sukenick, of FC2, the publisher of innovative fiction run collectively by its authors, and taught English for many years at Illinois State University. His new and, he says, final work of nonfiction is <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/on-resistance"><em>On Resistance: A Manifesto</em></a> (Melville House, August 11, 2026). He lives in Port Townsend, Washington.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/on-resistance"><em>On Resistance: A Manifesto</em></a> by Curtis White (Melville House, August 11, 2026). Jeffrey St. Clair: “a trail guide through our disorienting and perilous political landscape.”</p><p>•       <em>Music: A Subversive History</em> by Ted Gioia — the source of “psychic treason” and the argument that the arts subvert by nature.</p><p>•       <em>The Middle Mind</em> by Curtis White — where the motto was coined: misbehave, make something beautiful, and try to win.</p><p>•       Jon Taplin in Rolling Stone — the recent essay asking whether the counterculture can rise again, and a recent Keen On conversation in the same key.</p><p>•       <em>One-Dimensional Man</em> by Herbert Marcuse — the Western Marxist tradition, via the 1844 Manuscripts, that taught White to worry about alienation rather than expropriation.</p><p>•       FC2 — the author-run press of innovative fiction White co-founded with Ronald Sukenick, now past its fiftieth year.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p>&lt;...]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/881511c5/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Who’s Afraid of the AI-Enabled Author? On “Real” Creativity &amp; Cheating in Our Age of AI Slop</title>
      <itunes:episode>2991</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2991</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Who’s Afraid of the AI-Enabled Author? On “Real” Creativity &amp; Cheating in Our Age of AI Slop</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7df6cf80-11d2-4f86-b985-7a498d62cd67</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The human part is 99 percent. The AI part is maybe 1 percent — even if 100 percent of the manuscript was dumped onto the page by AI.” — Keith Teare on writing with AI</em></p><p> </p><p>What is “real” authorship in our AI age? For <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a>, all authorship, even the most AI-enabled, is real. It’s the cave-dwelling Luddites who are the sloppy ones. For Keith, true creativity, in our age of Claude and Gemini, almost requires the use of AI.</p><p> </p><p>A couple of weeks ago Keith confessed, or perhaps boasted, that he is writing an AI-assisted book entitled Who Owns Intelligence. This week, publishing discovered what happens when others play the same game without public acknowledgement. So we have <a href="https://www.wsj.com/business/media/the-red-hot-book-at-the-center-of-an-ai-mystery-201c4665">the case</a> of the “red-hot” debut novel, fought over by fourteen publishers, dropped overnight when the agent found AI in the mix.</p><p> </p><p>“It’s a fantastic book,” the book’s agent acknowledged, before firing its less than transparent author. Which, for Keith, is precisely the scandal.</p><p> </p><p>His position, argued in this week’s editorial “AI Detected,” is pretty absolute. Nothing is written by AI, Keith argues, because AI has no will. It doesn’t produce a single word unless asked. The human part is 99 percent, he says, even when 100 percent of the manuscript is spat out by the machine. So the real sin isn’t using AI but not acknowledging its use. So, on Who Owns Intelligence, Keith makes it crystal clear that “AI was heavily used in the writing of this book.”</p><p> </p><p>I’m not so sure. Amazon is now <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/07/16/technology/ai-slop-books-biography-amazon.html">infested</a> with AI slop that requires no authorship. Besides, Keith clearly has no love of reading books. He admits to reading only a single volume in the last couple of years. And he’s still smarting from being, in his mind at least, ripped off by the publishing industry for his last published book some 40 years ago. He no longer needs to read books, he pronounces, because his world-view is already set. For a man who thinks he knows everything, AI isn’t scary. Maybe we should rename him Claude.</p><p> </p><p><strong><em>Postscript. Full Keith-style disclosure: these shownotes were produced with the help of Anthropic. When I fed Claude my draft, it responded: “‘Maybe we should rename him Claude’ is a closer I’m contractually obliged to enjoy.” Nothing, as Keith says, is written by AI. Although some algorithms seem to have cheeky opinions of their own. Maybe Anthropic should rename it Keith.</em></strong></p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Nothing Is Written by AI. </strong>Keith’s absolutism starts from the machine’s lack of will: AI won’t produce a word unless a human asks. His Who Owns Intelligence — fifteen chapters, arguments, and references — was structured in ninety minutes from years of thinking; the AI produced a manuscript he then shaped, like a color grader working sliders in Photoshop. The human part is 99 percent even when the machine types every word. And authorship was never solitary anyway: Plato’s contemporaries thought writing itself degraded ideas, and no publisher will touch a book that hasn’t passed through an editor and a subeditor. If editing doesn’t change authorship, Keith asks, why would AI?</p><p>•       <strong>Transparency, Not Technology. </strong>The week’s cautionary tale: a debut novel fought over by fourteen publishers, dropped when the agent discovered AI — while conceding, in the same breath, “it’s a fantastic book.” For Keith the scandal is concealment, not composition: own the tool, as he now does with a strapline under his byline. The detection regime, meanwhile, is collapsing on its own inaccuracy — universities dropped their AI detectors this week, and Substack’s new detection partner scored Keith’s human-shaped editorial as 100 percent AI when a fair reading was 40. Cheating exists only against obsolete rules: the question is moving from did you use AI to how well did you use it.</p><p>•       <strong>“The Publishing Industry Is Basically a Scam.” </strong>Keith’s response to Andy Hunter’s ban on AI-generated books — from last week’s Keen On interview — was one word: outrageous. There is no such thing as an AI-written book, only good and bad ones; and the true victim of publishing is not the bookstore but the author. Exhibit A: his own 1988 book sold 50,000 copies at £3.99 and earned him roughly £10,000 — about 5p a copy — while Penguin took the rest. The future he wants is direct, author-to-reader, without the middlemen. As for “organic” artisanal literature: real, elite, and tiny — the new vinyl, which is itself cut these days from digital masters.</p><p>•       <strong>Sharks, Playing Their Own Book. </strong>Leopold Aschenbrenner — fired young from OpenAI, transfigured by one prophetic essay into the “Nostradamus of AI” — saw his $45 billion, heavily leveraged Situational Awareness fund lose $600 million, get margin-called, and sell to Ken Griffin’s Citadel. (He is, Keith suspects, still super rich.) Zuckerberg’s sudden conversion to open source as “the distribution of wealth to the people” struck us both as a bit rich; Amodei’s “I’m not against open source as long as it’s safe” — from a man on record that no AI is safe — translates as: against. Keith’s deeper complaint, from an admiring Claude user: you can’t trust Dario. And China, hardware-constrained, has made open source its national strategy — undermining American foundation-model revenue one cheap routed prompt at a time.</p><p>•       <strong>Money Won’t Matter by 2036? </strong>Elon Musk predicts money becomes irrelevant within a decade; Vinod Khosla — our post of the week — thinks he might just have a point. Keith, ever the economics tutor, reaches for tendency and ceteris paribus: money is a means of exchange and a store of value, and if abundance drives the labor-value of things toward zero, its irrelevance is not illogical — though between tendency and reality lies a whole ton of variables. I bet the opposite: that by 2036 money will matter more than ever. The problem, we discovered, is the stake — you can’t bet money on money not mattering. Wives and children were proposed and hastily withdrawn (“We’d be losing, Andrew”). Loser buys dinner — at a free restaurant.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Co-Host</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the publisher of <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a>, the essential weekly tech newsletter, and founder and CEO of SignalRank Corporation. A serial entrepreneur — co-founder of, among others, EasyNet and RealNames — he was present at the creation of the UK internet and has spent four decades at the intersection of technology, capital, and ideas. He joins Keen On America every Sunday to make sense of the week in tech. His AI-assisted book in progress is titled Who Owns Intelligence.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith’s newsletter, including this week’s editorial, “AI Detected.”</p><p>•       The Wall Street Journal — on the red-hot debut novel at the center of publishing’s AI mystery: fourteen publishers, one discovery, one dropped author.</p><p>•      ...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The human part is 99 percent. The AI part is maybe 1 percent — even if 100 percent of the manuscript was dumped onto the page by AI.” — Keith Teare on writing with AI</em></p><p> </p><p>What is “real” authorship in our AI age? For <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a>, all authorship, even the most AI-enabled, is real. It’s the cave-dwelling Luddites who are the sloppy ones. For Keith, true creativity, in our age of Claude and Gemini, almost requires the use of AI.</p><p> </p><p>A couple of weeks ago Keith confessed, or perhaps boasted, that he is writing an AI-assisted book entitled Who Owns Intelligence. This week, publishing discovered what happens when others play the same game without public acknowledgement. So we have <a href="https://www.wsj.com/business/media/the-red-hot-book-at-the-center-of-an-ai-mystery-201c4665">the case</a> of the “red-hot” debut novel, fought over by fourteen publishers, dropped overnight when the agent found AI in the mix.</p><p> </p><p>“It’s a fantastic book,” the book’s agent acknowledged, before firing its less than transparent author. Which, for Keith, is precisely the scandal.</p><p> </p><p>His position, argued in this week’s editorial “AI Detected,” is pretty absolute. Nothing is written by AI, Keith argues, because AI has no will. It doesn’t produce a single word unless asked. The human part is 99 percent, he says, even when 100 percent of the manuscript is spat out by the machine. So the real sin isn’t using AI but not acknowledging its use. So, on Who Owns Intelligence, Keith makes it crystal clear that “AI was heavily used in the writing of this book.”</p><p> </p><p>I’m not so sure. Amazon is now <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/07/16/technology/ai-slop-books-biography-amazon.html">infested</a> with AI slop that requires no authorship. Besides, Keith clearly has no love of reading books. He admits to reading only a single volume in the last couple of years. And he’s still smarting from being, in his mind at least, ripped off by the publishing industry for his last published book some 40 years ago. He no longer needs to read books, he pronounces, because his world-view is already set. For a man who thinks he knows everything, AI isn’t scary. Maybe we should rename him Claude.</p><p> </p><p><strong><em>Postscript. Full Keith-style disclosure: these shownotes were produced with the help of Anthropic. When I fed Claude my draft, it responded: “‘Maybe we should rename him Claude’ is a closer I’m contractually obliged to enjoy.” Nothing, as Keith says, is written by AI. Although some algorithms seem to have cheeky opinions of their own. Maybe Anthropic should rename it Keith.</em></strong></p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Nothing Is Written by AI. </strong>Keith’s absolutism starts from the machine’s lack of will: AI won’t produce a word unless a human asks. His Who Owns Intelligence — fifteen chapters, arguments, and references — was structured in ninety minutes from years of thinking; the AI produced a manuscript he then shaped, like a color grader working sliders in Photoshop. The human part is 99 percent even when the machine types every word. And authorship was never solitary anyway: Plato’s contemporaries thought writing itself degraded ideas, and no publisher will touch a book that hasn’t passed through an editor and a subeditor. If editing doesn’t change authorship, Keith asks, why would AI?</p><p>•       <strong>Transparency, Not Technology. </strong>The week’s cautionary tale: a debut novel fought over by fourteen publishers, dropped when the agent discovered AI — while conceding, in the same breath, “it’s a fantastic book.” For Keith the scandal is concealment, not composition: own the tool, as he now does with a strapline under his byline. The detection regime, meanwhile, is collapsing on its own inaccuracy — universities dropped their AI detectors this week, and Substack’s new detection partner scored Keith’s human-shaped editorial as 100 percent AI when a fair reading was 40. Cheating exists only against obsolete rules: the question is moving from did you use AI to how well did you use it.</p><p>•       <strong>“The Publishing Industry Is Basically a Scam.” </strong>Keith’s response to Andy Hunter’s ban on AI-generated books — from last week’s Keen On interview — was one word: outrageous. There is no such thing as an AI-written book, only good and bad ones; and the true victim of publishing is not the bookstore but the author. Exhibit A: his own 1988 book sold 50,000 copies at £3.99 and earned him roughly £10,000 — about 5p a copy — while Penguin took the rest. The future he wants is direct, author-to-reader, without the middlemen. As for “organic” artisanal literature: real, elite, and tiny — the new vinyl, which is itself cut these days from digital masters.</p><p>•       <strong>Sharks, Playing Their Own Book. </strong>Leopold Aschenbrenner — fired young from OpenAI, transfigured by one prophetic essay into the “Nostradamus of AI” — saw his $45 billion, heavily leveraged Situational Awareness fund lose $600 million, get margin-called, and sell to Ken Griffin’s Citadel. (He is, Keith suspects, still super rich.) Zuckerberg’s sudden conversion to open source as “the distribution of wealth to the people” struck us both as a bit rich; Amodei’s “I’m not against open source as long as it’s safe” — from a man on record that no AI is safe — translates as: against. Keith’s deeper complaint, from an admiring Claude user: you can’t trust Dario. And China, hardware-constrained, has made open source its national strategy — undermining American foundation-model revenue one cheap routed prompt at a time.</p><p>•       <strong>Money Won’t Matter by 2036? </strong>Elon Musk predicts money becomes irrelevant within a decade; Vinod Khosla — our post of the week — thinks he might just have a point. Keith, ever the economics tutor, reaches for tendency and ceteris paribus: money is a means of exchange and a store of value, and if abundance drives the labor-value of things toward zero, its irrelevance is not illogical — though between tendency and reality lies a whole ton of variables. I bet the opposite: that by 2036 money will matter more than ever. The problem, we discovered, is the stake — you can’t bet money on money not mattering. Wives and children were proposed and hastily withdrawn (“We’d be losing, Andrew”). Loser buys dinner — at a free restaurant.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Co-Host</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the publisher of <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a>, the essential weekly tech newsletter, and founder and CEO of SignalRank Corporation. A serial entrepreneur — co-founder of, among others, EasyNet and RealNames — he was present at the creation of the UK internet and has spent four decades at the intersection of technology, capital, and ideas. He joins Keen On America every Sunday to make sense of the week in tech. His AI-assisted book in progress is titled Who Owns Intelligence.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith’s newsletter, including this week’s editorial, “AI Detected.”</p><p>•       The Wall Street Journal — on the red-hot debut novel at the center of publishing’s AI mystery: fourteen publishers, one discovery, one dropped author.</p><p>•      ...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 02 Aug 2026 07:58:48 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/9ddd54c9/a4477b34.mp3" length="54268464" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3408715" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/9ddd54c9/a4477b34.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uHuqmbSlaJM">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CMSgOO57dWJcjgh4iVVR2L6FkTRJgIRq7oL4foK9pz4/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9jNzEz/MTc1NGE2NWYzNGNl/NWNlZmNjODdhODhh/N2YzZC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3389</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The human part is 99 percent. The AI part is maybe 1 percent — even if 100 percent of the manuscript was dumped onto the page by AI.” — Keith Teare on writing with AI</em></p><p> </p><p>What is “real” authorship in our AI age? For <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a>, all authorship, even the most AI-enabled, is real. It’s the cave-dwelling Luddites who are the sloppy ones. For Keith, true creativity, in our age of Claude and Gemini, almost requires the use of AI.</p><p> </p><p>A couple of weeks ago Keith confessed, or perhaps boasted, that he is writing an AI-assisted book entitled Who Owns Intelligence. This week, publishing discovered what happens when others play the same game without public acknowledgement. So we have <a href="https://www.wsj.com/business/media/the-red-hot-book-at-the-center-of-an-ai-mystery-201c4665">the case</a> of the “red-hot” debut novel, fought over by fourteen publishers, dropped overnight when the agent found AI in the mix.</p><p> </p><p>“It’s a fantastic book,” the book’s agent acknowledged, before firing its less than transparent author. Which, for Keith, is precisely the scandal.</p><p> </p><p>His position, argued in this week’s editorial “AI Detected,” is pretty absolute. Nothing is written by AI, Keith argues, because AI has no will. It doesn’t produce a single word unless asked. The human part is 99 percent, he says, even when 100 percent of the manuscript is spat out by the machine. So the real sin isn’t using AI but not acknowledging its use. So, on Who Owns Intelligence, Keith makes it crystal clear that “AI was heavily used in the writing of this book.”</p><p> </p><p>I’m not so sure. Amazon is now <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/07/16/technology/ai-slop-books-biography-amazon.html">infested</a> with AI slop that requires no authorship. Besides, Keith clearly has no love of reading books. He admits to reading only a single volume in the last couple of years. And he’s still smarting from being, in his mind at least, ripped off by the publishing industry for his last published book some 40 years ago. He no longer needs to read books, he pronounces, because his world-view is already set. For a man who thinks he knows everything, AI isn’t scary. Maybe we should rename him Claude.</p><p> </p><p><strong><em>Postscript. Full Keith-style disclosure: these shownotes were produced with the help of Anthropic. When I fed Claude my draft, it responded: “‘Maybe we should rename him Claude’ is a closer I’m contractually obliged to enjoy.” Nothing, as Keith says, is written by AI. Although some algorithms seem to have cheeky opinions of their own. Maybe Anthropic should rename it Keith.</em></strong></p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Nothing Is Written by AI. </strong>Keith’s absolutism starts from the machine’s lack of will: AI won’t produce a word unless a human asks. His Who Owns Intelligence — fifteen chapters, arguments, and references — was structured in ninety minutes from years of thinking; the AI produced a manuscript he then shaped, like a color grader working sliders in Photoshop. The human part is 99 percent even when the machine types every word. And authorship was never solitary anyway: Plato’s contemporaries thought writing itself degraded ideas, and no publisher will touch a book that hasn’t passed through an editor and a subeditor. If editing doesn’t change authorship, Keith asks, why would AI?</p><p>•       <strong>Transparency, Not Technology. </strong>The week’s cautionary tale: a debut novel fought over by fourteen publishers, dropped when the agent discovered AI — while conceding, in the same breath, “it’s a fantastic book.” For Keith the scandal is concealment, not composition: own the tool, as he now does with a strapline under his byline. The detection regime, meanwhile, is collapsing on its own inaccuracy — universities dropped their AI detectors this week, and Substack’s new detection partner scored Keith’s human-shaped editorial as 100 percent AI when a fair reading was 40. Cheating exists only against obsolete rules: the question is moving from did you use AI to how well did you use it.</p><p>•       <strong>“The Publishing Industry Is Basically a Scam.” </strong>Keith’s response to Andy Hunter’s ban on AI-generated books — from last week’s Keen On interview — was one word: outrageous. There is no such thing as an AI-written book, only good and bad ones; and the true victim of publishing is not the bookstore but the author. Exhibit A: his own 1988 book sold 50,000 copies at £3.99 and earned him roughly £10,000 — about 5p a copy — while Penguin took the rest. The future he wants is direct, author-to-reader, without the middlemen. As for “organic” artisanal literature: real, elite, and tiny — the new vinyl, which is itself cut these days from digital masters.</p><p>•       <strong>Sharks, Playing Their Own Book. </strong>Leopold Aschenbrenner — fired young from OpenAI, transfigured by one prophetic essay into the “Nostradamus of AI” — saw his $45 billion, heavily leveraged Situational Awareness fund lose $600 million, get margin-called, and sell to Ken Griffin’s Citadel. (He is, Keith suspects, still super rich.) Zuckerberg’s sudden conversion to open source as “the distribution of wealth to the people” struck us both as a bit rich; Amodei’s “I’m not against open source as long as it’s safe” — from a man on record that no AI is safe — translates as: against. Keith’s deeper complaint, from an admiring Claude user: you can’t trust Dario. And China, hardware-constrained, has made open source its national strategy — undermining American foundation-model revenue one cheap routed prompt at a time.</p><p>•       <strong>Money Won’t Matter by 2036? </strong>Elon Musk predicts money becomes irrelevant within a decade; Vinod Khosla — our post of the week — thinks he might just have a point. Keith, ever the economics tutor, reaches for tendency and ceteris paribus: money is a means of exchange and a store of value, and if abundance drives the labor-value of things toward zero, its irrelevance is not illogical — though between tendency and reality lies a whole ton of variables. I bet the opposite: that by 2036 money will matter more than ever. The problem, we discovered, is the stake — you can’t bet money on money not mattering. Wives and children were proposed and hastily withdrawn (“We’d be losing, Andrew”). Loser buys dinner — at a free restaurant.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Co-Host</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the publisher of <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a>, the essential weekly tech newsletter, and founder and CEO of SignalRank Corporation. A serial entrepreneur — co-founder of, among others, EasyNet and RealNames — he was present at the creation of the UK internet and has spent four decades at the intersection of technology, capital, and ideas. He joins Keen On America every Sunday to make sense of the week in tech. His AI-assisted book in progress is titled Who Owns Intelligence.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith’s newsletter, including this week’s editorial, “AI Detected.”</p><p>•       The Wall Street Journal — on the red-hot debut novel at the center of publishing’s AI mystery: fourteen publishers, one discovery, one dropped author.</p><p>•      ...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9ddd54c9/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9ddd54c9/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>No, Not Everybody Needs a Therapist: Amy Morin on America's Epidemic of Mental Weakness</title>
      <itunes:episode>2990</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2990</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>No, Not Everybody Needs a Therapist: Amy Morin on America's Epidemic of Mental Weakness</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1d825d9f-41d2-426a-846a-6f6403771631</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Not everybody needs therapy. I’m a therapist and I’ll tell you first.” — Amy Morin</em></p><p> </p><p>Is an epidemic of mental weakness sweeping America? Readers of the Wall Street Journal certainly might think so, given a couple of recent articles. In one, it reports on burnt-out singles who are using spreadsheets to evaluate their dates. In the other, young adults are taking their phones to social events and letting AI do their talking. Sad. So I invited Ms Mental Strength herself, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/789708/the-mental-strength-playbook-by-amy-morin/">Amy Morin</a> — host of the Mentally Stronger podcast and author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/789708/the-mental-strength-playbook-by-amy-morin/"><em>The Mental Strength Playbook</em></a> — to ask what’s happened to American self-confidence in our AI age.</p><p> </p><p>Morin sees it daily in her own therapy office with patients relying on ChatGPT to set boundaries with their mothers-in-law. In a world of information overload, she argues, we’ve come to believe there must be a medical solution to all our complexities — forgetting that relationships are an art, not a science, and that conflict and awkward silences are features of human life rather than bugs.</p><p> </p><p>So the dinner-party guests who sneak off with their pocket supercomputers to the bathroom to ask ChatGPT for five “interesting” questions come back with canned questions that make them sound even less interesting. In contrast, Morin argues, real social confidence is built by taking risks.</p><p> </p><p>And it’s no longer a risk, she suggests, to go to a therapist. It’s become the equivalent of slinking into the bathroom with your phone to prompt conversation. Yes, this therapist worries we live in an overly therapeutic culture. Anxiety is normal, Morin says. But ADHD diagnoses and even autism have become a kind of moral passport in America. It’s almost as if people should be anxious if they’re not anxious.</p><p> </p><p>Her prescription is free. Not even the cost of a therapy session. Ask yourself, at the end of every day, what did I do today to grow mentally stronger? It’s like going to the gym. Build up your mental strength. Become self-reliant. The standard American fix. That will kick your therapy habit. That will end the epidemic of mental weakness now engulfing the United States.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Is Doing Our Talking. </strong>The Wall Street Journal reports singles running spreadsheets on their dates and young adults letting AI script their conversations in person — and Morin sees the same thing in her therapy office, where clients ask ChatGPT how to set boundaries with their in-laws. The root, she argues, is information overload: because we can look up how to fix a sink, we assume there’s a scientific way to reject a suitor or confront a friend. But relationships are an art, not a science. There is supposed to be tension; conflict isn’t horrible; real human conversations — with questions, uncertainty, and lulls — are essential. What could be more important than managing your own relationships yourself?</p><p>•       <strong>Avoidance Never Builds Confidence. </strong>The dinner-party guest who hides in the bathroom asking ChatGPT for five interesting questions comes out asking canned questions and listening to no one — panicking about what was next on the list. Relying on technology for what makes us insecure, Morin argues, is avoidance dressed as help: skills we don’t practice diminish, so the app makes us worse, not better. Nor is the polished online persona sustainable — like fake photos on a dating profile, the eloquence collapses at the second coffee. Connection comes from vulnerability, not perfection: “I really struggle with X” bonds people; the perfect question does not.</p><p>•       <strong>Thirteen Things, Fifty Million Readers. </strong>Morin’s authority is autobiographical. Her mother died when she was 23; on the third anniversary of that death, her 26-year-old husband died of a heart attack; later her father-in-law received a terminal cancer diagnosis. On one of the worst days of her life she wrote herself a letter — 13 things mentally strong people don’t do — and read it over and over. Published online for what she assumed would be five readers, it reached fifty million and became seven books in more than 45 languages. Mental strength, she learned, isn’t resilience-as-bracing: it’s getting the most out of life on the emotional roller coaster — good times included.</p><p>•       <strong>Not Everybody Needs Therapy. </strong>Asked whether we live in an overly therapeutic culture, this therapist says yes. Anxiety is a normal emotion — without it you wouldn’t look both ways — but pandemic-era applause for disclosure watered down the difference between sadness and clinical depression, awkwardness and social anxiety disorder. TikTok quizzes hand out ADHD; “burnout” now means tired; autism risks becoming a passport; and self-diagnosis becomes self-fulfilling prophecy. Meanwhile 96 percent of college students say they arrived academically prepared — and most say they arrived emotionally unprepared. As editor-in-chief of Verywell Mind, Morin went undercover on the online-therapy platforms: some therapists were excellent; others gave canned advice that frightened her. And the worried well, she warns, clog the six-month waiting lists the seriously ill cannot afford.</p><p>•       <strong>Your Body Believes What Your Brain Tells It. </strong>The Guardian’s Emma Beddington recently asked whether Morin’s “power phrases” could turn a self-described spineless worm into a go-getter. Answer: yes — walk into a room thinking nobody likes me and your body language obliges; walk in resolved to do your best and it obliges again. Nobody changes their life by sitting on the couch thinking positive — action is required — but thought is the first step. Her daily practice: ask, what did I do today to grow mentally stronger? And the anger all around us? How we treat others reflects how we feel about ourselves — the troll’s cruelty is a quick boost for a self he can’t stand. Technology, finally, cuts both ways: never has expert advice been this free. Feed your mind well or feed it junk. Up to you.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/789708/the-mental-strength-playbook-by-amy-morin/">Amy Morin</a> is a psychotherapist, mental strength trainer, and internationally bestselling author whose books — including <em>13 Things Mentally Strong People Don’t Do</em> — have sold more than a million copies in over 45 languages. She has practiced therapy for more than twenty years, served as editor-in-chief of Verywell Mind, and hosts the award-winning Mentally Stronger podcast; her TEDx talk, “The Secret of Becoming Mentally Strong,” is among the most viewed of all time with more than 25 million views. Her new book is <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/789708/the-mental-strength-playbook-by-amy-morin/"><em>The Mental Strength Playbook: 50 Tools to Cope with Stress, Thrive Under Pressure, and Gain a Competitive Edge in the Workplace</em></a> (Rodale, April 2026). She lives on a sailboat in the Florida Keys.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/789708/the-mental-strength-playbook-by-amy-morin/"><em>The Mental Strength Playbook</em></a> by Amy Morin (Rodale, April 2026). Lori Gottlieb: “Amy Morin shows you how to feel better and do better — starting right...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Not everybody needs therapy. I’m a therapist and I’ll tell you first.” — Amy Morin</em></p><p> </p><p>Is an epidemic of mental weakness sweeping America? Readers of the Wall Street Journal certainly might think so, given a couple of recent articles. In one, it reports on burnt-out singles who are using spreadsheets to evaluate their dates. In the other, young adults are taking their phones to social events and letting AI do their talking. Sad. So I invited Ms Mental Strength herself, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/789708/the-mental-strength-playbook-by-amy-morin/">Amy Morin</a> — host of the Mentally Stronger podcast and author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/789708/the-mental-strength-playbook-by-amy-morin/"><em>The Mental Strength Playbook</em></a> — to ask what’s happened to American self-confidence in our AI age.</p><p> </p><p>Morin sees it daily in her own therapy office with patients relying on ChatGPT to set boundaries with their mothers-in-law. In a world of information overload, she argues, we’ve come to believe there must be a medical solution to all our complexities — forgetting that relationships are an art, not a science, and that conflict and awkward silences are features of human life rather than bugs.</p><p> </p><p>So the dinner-party guests who sneak off with their pocket supercomputers to the bathroom to ask ChatGPT for five “interesting” questions come back with canned questions that make them sound even less interesting. In contrast, Morin argues, real social confidence is built by taking risks.</p><p> </p><p>And it’s no longer a risk, she suggests, to go to a therapist. It’s become the equivalent of slinking into the bathroom with your phone to prompt conversation. Yes, this therapist worries we live in an overly therapeutic culture. Anxiety is normal, Morin says. But ADHD diagnoses and even autism have become a kind of moral passport in America. It’s almost as if people should be anxious if they’re not anxious.</p><p> </p><p>Her prescription is free. Not even the cost of a therapy session. Ask yourself, at the end of every day, what did I do today to grow mentally stronger? It’s like going to the gym. Build up your mental strength. Become self-reliant. The standard American fix. That will kick your therapy habit. That will end the epidemic of mental weakness now engulfing the United States.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Is Doing Our Talking. </strong>The Wall Street Journal reports singles running spreadsheets on their dates and young adults letting AI script their conversations in person — and Morin sees the same thing in her therapy office, where clients ask ChatGPT how to set boundaries with their in-laws. The root, she argues, is information overload: because we can look up how to fix a sink, we assume there’s a scientific way to reject a suitor or confront a friend. But relationships are an art, not a science. There is supposed to be tension; conflict isn’t horrible; real human conversations — with questions, uncertainty, and lulls — are essential. What could be more important than managing your own relationships yourself?</p><p>•       <strong>Avoidance Never Builds Confidence. </strong>The dinner-party guest who hides in the bathroom asking ChatGPT for five interesting questions comes out asking canned questions and listening to no one — panicking about what was next on the list. Relying on technology for what makes us insecure, Morin argues, is avoidance dressed as help: skills we don’t practice diminish, so the app makes us worse, not better. Nor is the polished online persona sustainable — like fake photos on a dating profile, the eloquence collapses at the second coffee. Connection comes from vulnerability, not perfection: “I really struggle with X” bonds people; the perfect question does not.</p><p>•       <strong>Thirteen Things, Fifty Million Readers. </strong>Morin’s authority is autobiographical. Her mother died when she was 23; on the third anniversary of that death, her 26-year-old husband died of a heart attack; later her father-in-law received a terminal cancer diagnosis. On one of the worst days of her life she wrote herself a letter — 13 things mentally strong people don’t do — and read it over and over. Published online for what she assumed would be five readers, it reached fifty million and became seven books in more than 45 languages. Mental strength, she learned, isn’t resilience-as-bracing: it’s getting the most out of life on the emotional roller coaster — good times included.</p><p>•       <strong>Not Everybody Needs Therapy. </strong>Asked whether we live in an overly therapeutic culture, this therapist says yes. Anxiety is a normal emotion — without it you wouldn’t look both ways — but pandemic-era applause for disclosure watered down the difference between sadness and clinical depression, awkwardness and social anxiety disorder. TikTok quizzes hand out ADHD; “burnout” now means tired; autism risks becoming a passport; and self-diagnosis becomes self-fulfilling prophecy. Meanwhile 96 percent of college students say they arrived academically prepared — and most say they arrived emotionally unprepared. As editor-in-chief of Verywell Mind, Morin went undercover on the online-therapy platforms: some therapists were excellent; others gave canned advice that frightened her. And the worried well, she warns, clog the six-month waiting lists the seriously ill cannot afford.</p><p>•       <strong>Your Body Believes What Your Brain Tells It. </strong>The Guardian’s Emma Beddington recently asked whether Morin’s “power phrases” could turn a self-described spineless worm into a go-getter. Answer: yes — walk into a room thinking nobody likes me and your body language obliges; walk in resolved to do your best and it obliges again. Nobody changes their life by sitting on the couch thinking positive — action is required — but thought is the first step. Her daily practice: ask, what did I do today to grow mentally stronger? And the anger all around us? How we treat others reflects how we feel about ourselves — the troll’s cruelty is a quick boost for a self he can’t stand. Technology, finally, cuts both ways: never has expert advice been this free. Feed your mind well or feed it junk. Up to you.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/789708/the-mental-strength-playbook-by-amy-morin/">Amy Morin</a> is a psychotherapist, mental strength trainer, and internationally bestselling author whose books — including <em>13 Things Mentally Strong People Don’t Do</em> — have sold more than a million copies in over 45 languages. She has practiced therapy for more than twenty years, served as editor-in-chief of Verywell Mind, and hosts the award-winning Mentally Stronger podcast; her TEDx talk, “The Secret of Becoming Mentally Strong,” is among the most viewed of all time with more than 25 million views. Her new book is <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/789708/the-mental-strength-playbook-by-amy-morin/"><em>The Mental Strength Playbook: 50 Tools to Cope with Stress, Thrive Under Pressure, and Gain a Competitive Edge in the Workplace</em></a> (Rodale, April 2026). She lives on a sailboat in the Florida Keys.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/789708/the-mental-strength-playbook-by-amy-morin/"><em>The Mental Strength Playbook</em></a> by Amy Morin (Rodale, April 2026). Lori Gottlieb: “Amy Morin shows you how to feel better and do better — starting right...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Aug 2026 08:34:09 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/9e9d8c20/4a0b27ce.mp3" length="34114467" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3472653" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/9e9d8c20/4a0b27ce.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oYSV5_CkS3Y">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/5XOOSJrvoseZO-WyfrR_AxDpMxojCTPmYYiKKLr2WrE/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNDgy/NzIyMGI5NzY1Zjdi/OGE4ZTI1OGE1ZGY3/YTQ5My5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2129</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Not everybody needs therapy. I’m a therapist and I’ll tell you first.” — Amy Morin</em></p><p> </p><p>Is an epidemic of mental weakness sweeping America? Readers of the Wall Street Journal certainly might think so, given a couple of recent articles. In one, it reports on burnt-out singles who are using spreadsheets to evaluate their dates. In the other, young adults are taking their phones to social events and letting AI do their talking. Sad. So I invited Ms Mental Strength herself, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/789708/the-mental-strength-playbook-by-amy-morin/">Amy Morin</a> — host of the Mentally Stronger podcast and author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/789708/the-mental-strength-playbook-by-amy-morin/"><em>The Mental Strength Playbook</em></a> — to ask what’s happened to American self-confidence in our AI age.</p><p> </p><p>Morin sees it daily in her own therapy office with patients relying on ChatGPT to set boundaries with their mothers-in-law. In a world of information overload, she argues, we’ve come to believe there must be a medical solution to all our complexities — forgetting that relationships are an art, not a science, and that conflict and awkward silences are features of human life rather than bugs.</p><p> </p><p>So the dinner-party guests who sneak off with their pocket supercomputers to the bathroom to ask ChatGPT for five “interesting” questions come back with canned questions that make them sound even less interesting. In contrast, Morin argues, real social confidence is built by taking risks.</p><p> </p><p>And it’s no longer a risk, she suggests, to go to a therapist. It’s become the equivalent of slinking into the bathroom with your phone to prompt conversation. Yes, this therapist worries we live in an overly therapeutic culture. Anxiety is normal, Morin says. But ADHD diagnoses and even autism have become a kind of moral passport in America. It’s almost as if people should be anxious if they’re not anxious.</p><p> </p><p>Her prescription is free. Not even the cost of a therapy session. Ask yourself, at the end of every day, what did I do today to grow mentally stronger? It’s like going to the gym. Build up your mental strength. Become self-reliant. The standard American fix. That will kick your therapy habit. That will end the epidemic of mental weakness now engulfing the United States.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Is Doing Our Talking. </strong>The Wall Street Journal reports singles running spreadsheets on their dates and young adults letting AI script their conversations in person — and Morin sees the same thing in her therapy office, where clients ask ChatGPT how to set boundaries with their in-laws. The root, she argues, is information overload: because we can look up how to fix a sink, we assume there’s a scientific way to reject a suitor or confront a friend. But relationships are an art, not a science. There is supposed to be tension; conflict isn’t horrible; real human conversations — with questions, uncertainty, and lulls — are essential. What could be more important than managing your own relationships yourself?</p><p>•       <strong>Avoidance Never Builds Confidence. </strong>The dinner-party guest who hides in the bathroom asking ChatGPT for five interesting questions comes out asking canned questions and listening to no one — panicking about what was next on the list. Relying on technology for what makes us insecure, Morin argues, is avoidance dressed as help: skills we don’t practice diminish, so the app makes us worse, not better. Nor is the polished online persona sustainable — like fake photos on a dating profile, the eloquence collapses at the second coffee. Connection comes from vulnerability, not perfection: “I really struggle with X” bonds people; the perfect question does not.</p><p>•       <strong>Thirteen Things, Fifty Million Readers. </strong>Morin’s authority is autobiographical. Her mother died when she was 23; on the third anniversary of that death, her 26-year-old husband died of a heart attack; later her father-in-law received a terminal cancer diagnosis. On one of the worst days of her life she wrote herself a letter — 13 things mentally strong people don’t do — and read it over and over. Published online for what she assumed would be five readers, it reached fifty million and became seven books in more than 45 languages. Mental strength, she learned, isn’t resilience-as-bracing: it’s getting the most out of life on the emotional roller coaster — good times included.</p><p>•       <strong>Not Everybody Needs Therapy. </strong>Asked whether we live in an overly therapeutic culture, this therapist says yes. Anxiety is a normal emotion — without it you wouldn’t look both ways — but pandemic-era applause for disclosure watered down the difference between sadness and clinical depression, awkwardness and social anxiety disorder. TikTok quizzes hand out ADHD; “burnout” now means tired; autism risks becoming a passport; and self-diagnosis becomes self-fulfilling prophecy. Meanwhile 96 percent of college students say they arrived academically prepared — and most say they arrived emotionally unprepared. As editor-in-chief of Verywell Mind, Morin went undercover on the online-therapy platforms: some therapists were excellent; others gave canned advice that frightened her. And the worried well, she warns, clog the six-month waiting lists the seriously ill cannot afford.</p><p>•       <strong>Your Body Believes What Your Brain Tells It. </strong>The Guardian’s Emma Beddington recently asked whether Morin’s “power phrases” could turn a self-described spineless worm into a go-getter. Answer: yes — walk into a room thinking nobody likes me and your body language obliges; walk in resolved to do your best and it obliges again. Nobody changes their life by sitting on the couch thinking positive — action is required — but thought is the first step. Her daily practice: ask, what did I do today to grow mentally stronger? And the anger all around us? How we treat others reflects how we feel about ourselves — the troll’s cruelty is a quick boost for a self he can’t stand. Technology, finally, cuts both ways: never has expert advice been this free. Feed your mind well or feed it junk. Up to you.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/789708/the-mental-strength-playbook-by-amy-morin/">Amy Morin</a> is a psychotherapist, mental strength trainer, and internationally bestselling author whose books — including <em>13 Things Mentally Strong People Don’t Do</em> — have sold more than a million copies in over 45 languages. She has practiced therapy for more than twenty years, served as editor-in-chief of Verywell Mind, and hosts the award-winning Mentally Stronger podcast; her TEDx talk, “The Secret of Becoming Mentally Strong,” is among the most viewed of all time with more than 25 million views. Her new book is <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/789708/the-mental-strength-playbook-by-amy-morin/"><em>The Mental Strength Playbook: 50 Tools to Cope with Stress, Thrive Under Pressure, and Gain a Competitive Edge in the Workplace</em></a> (Rodale, April 2026). She lives on a sailboat in the Florida Keys.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/789708/the-mental-strength-playbook-by-amy-morin/"><em>The Mental Strength Playbook</em></a> by Amy Morin (Rodale, April 2026). Lori Gottlieb: “Amy Morin shows you how to feel better and do better — starting right...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9e9d8c20/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Robin Hood of the Book Biz: How Andy Hunter's Bookshop.org Is Standing Up to Amazon.</title>
      <itunes:episode>2989</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2989</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Robin Hood of the Book Biz: How Andy Hunter's Bookshop.org Is Standing Up to Amazon.</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ba478aa2-9d34-4f71-b5ba-44445ecf8eec</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Evil is reductive. But the impact of the business is evil, even if the intent isn’t.” — Andy Hunter on Amazon</em></p><p> </p><p>Network effects transformed Amazon from a startup internet bookshop into today’s $2.44 trillion everything store. The more ubiquitous its affiliate program became, the more powerful Amazon became. But, in today’s digital economy, winner-take-all might not be winner-always-take-all. These network effects, you see, can be subverted. They might even be used as weapons against a seemingly dominant player like Amazon.</p><p> </p><p>Take, for example, <a href="https://bookshop.org/">Bookshop.org</a>. Founded by <a href="https://bookshop.org/">Andy Hunter</a> in 2020, this online bookstore has aggregated 3,000 independent bookstores, these affiliates contributing to a counter-Amazon network that already does 2% of Amazon’s book business and will, within the next thirty days, pass $50 million distributed to local bookstores.</p><p> </p><p>When Hunter originally pitched the idea to Silicon Valley investors, they asked him if he could beat Amazon on price or speed. No. Then you don’t have a chance, they told him, because Americans only care about price and speed. But they were wrong. Since Bookshop.org launched in 2020, American bookstores have grown from 1,900 to 3,300, with 90% of these independents joining Bookshop.org and 98% of booksellers polling the company as a positive force. His is a winner-share-all marketplace where stores keep the full profit of their own sales, while a $4.5 million annual profit pool flows to any real brick-and-mortar ABA bookstore. Nobody gets rich, Hunter says, but everybody does okay.</p><p> </p><p>Hunter suspects that if Bookshop.org grows to take 5% of Amazon’s book market, things might turn nasty. Could Amazon just buy Bookshop.org, I asked. No, Hunter responded, all his investors signed a clause barring a sale to any major US retailer. So even if I got hit by an Amazon delivery truck, he explained, his mission couldn’t be undone.</p><p> </p><p>So is Amazon evil? Not exactly evil, he explains, since evil requires malignant intent. But Amazon is more like fishermen who overfish until the stock collapses and wrecks their ecosystem beyond repair. That classic tragedy of the commons. Hence Bookshop.org’s anti-Prime campaigns, which used Amazon’s “discount” holiday as a way of generating an extra $1.2 million for its affiliate bookstores.</p><p> </p><p>Hunter wants to replace Amazon’s seemingly infinite scalability with a more moral kind of scale. He imagines a Bookshop.org for everything from hardware stores and art supplies to bikes and toys. Silicon Valley’s conventional winner-take-all economics would be replaced by a Robin Hood style winner-share-all model. Except for our tech bro friends, I suspect we would all be wealthier for it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>“Americans Only Care About Price and Speed.” </strong>That was the verdict of a 2019 conference call with twenty Silicon Valley angel investors: if Bookshop couldn’t beat Amazon on price or speed, it had no chance. Hunter’s counter-pitch: enough people care about their values when they shop — if supporting a local bookstore is made just as easy. His sharpest insight was the affiliate economy: by 2019 the internet had become one giant funnel pushing every reader toward Amazon, with the New York Times, NPR, BuzzFeed, and celebrity book clubs all earning Amazon kickbacks on their book coverage. Bookshop’s universal link gave them an alternative that pays local bookstores instead. Nine months of rejection later, he had cobbled together $750,000 — with the publisher Morgan Entrekin introducing five of the original seven investors.</p><p>•       <strong>Winner-Share-All. </strong>Bookshop is a marketplace, like Etsy: over 3,000 bookstores plus affiliates from Literary Hub to The Atlantic to Dakota Johnson’s book club. Stores keep the full profit on their own sales; direct sales feed a profit pool — 33 percent of profits, about $4.5 million a year — shared with any real brick-and-mortar bookstore in the American Booksellers Association. Within thirty days, total distributions will pass $50 million. Hunter kept the raise tiny and refused venture capital to protect the mission: a $10 million check would have demanded a 10x return and a sale, and Bookshop’s shareholder agreement bars any sale to Amazon, Walmart, or Target. The company runs on a 12.5 percent expense ratio and twelve engineers. Nobody gets rich; everybody does okay.</p><p>•       <strong>The Comeback Numbers. </strong>Amazon put over half of America’s bookstores out of business in two decades. Since Bookshop launched in 2020, the country has gone from 1,900 bookstores to 3,300 — seventy percent growth — and 73 percent of member stores grew in 2025. The rising tide lifts all boats: Bookshop grew 55 percent last year while stores’ own websites grew 25 percent. Ninety percent of American independents have joined, and a poll of 3,000 booksellers found 98 percent view the company positively. Meanwhile Amazon’s share of the book market is flat for the first time in twenty-three years. Bookshop has taken about 2 percent of Amazon’s book customers — small enough to be useful anti-monopoly evidence, Hunter jokes, but a social movement in the making.</p><p>•       <strong>Not Evil — Worse? </strong>Hunter refuses the word “evil”: evil requires malignant intent, and Amazon’s managers are merely told to grow profits every quarter. The better analogy is overfishing — blind growth that destroys the ecosystem beyond repair. But the stakes are not merely commercial: bookstores bring authors to communities, raise new generations of readers, and — as the arrest of five Hong Kong booksellers reminds us — stand as the vanguard of free expression. No single company, good or evil, should control a market so essential to human consciousness. As for Bezos, once so interested in climate change: now it’s rockets and data centers. “Evil is reductive. But the impact of the business is evil, even if the intent isn’t.”</p><p>•       <strong>The AI Flood. </strong>Did OpenAI and Anthropic steal from authors? “They were,” Hunter says — a conscious choice that stealing was faster than dealing, and now they’re paying up because they got caught, in a race to be first that cuts regulatory, legal, and ethical corners. Meanwhile three times as many books are being added to Amazon each year than before AI — overwhelmingly scam books generated from search trends, uncopyedited, designed to defraud buyers rather than inform them. Bookshop tells its suppliers to keep AI books off the site entirely, with a tiny asterisk for serious poets making artistic investigations of AI. Hunter’s standard is simple: these aren’t books, they’re scams — and no retailer who cares about customers should sell them. Including Amazon.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/">Andy Hunter</a> is the founder and CEO of <a href="https://bookshop.org/">Bookshop.org</a>, the online bookstore that supports local independent bookstores, launched in January 2020 and named by Time one of the year’s most influential social-good companies. A longtime literary publisher and entrepreneur, he previously co-founded Electric Literature and Literary Hub. He lives in Brooklyn.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://bookshop.org/">Bookshop.org</a> — the marketplace itself: shop any of 3,000+ independent bookstores, or let your purchase feed the profit pool.</p><p>•  &amp;nbsp...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Evil is reductive. But the impact of the business is evil, even if the intent isn’t.” — Andy Hunter on Amazon</em></p><p> </p><p>Network effects transformed Amazon from a startup internet bookshop into today’s $2.44 trillion everything store. The more ubiquitous its affiliate program became, the more powerful Amazon became. But, in today’s digital economy, winner-take-all might not be winner-always-take-all. These network effects, you see, can be subverted. They might even be used as weapons against a seemingly dominant player like Amazon.</p><p> </p><p>Take, for example, <a href="https://bookshop.org/">Bookshop.org</a>. Founded by <a href="https://bookshop.org/">Andy Hunter</a> in 2020, this online bookstore has aggregated 3,000 independent bookstores, these affiliates contributing to a counter-Amazon network that already does 2% of Amazon’s book business and will, within the next thirty days, pass $50 million distributed to local bookstores.</p><p> </p><p>When Hunter originally pitched the idea to Silicon Valley investors, they asked him if he could beat Amazon on price or speed. No. Then you don’t have a chance, they told him, because Americans only care about price and speed. But they were wrong. Since Bookshop.org launched in 2020, American bookstores have grown from 1,900 to 3,300, with 90% of these independents joining Bookshop.org and 98% of booksellers polling the company as a positive force. His is a winner-share-all marketplace where stores keep the full profit of their own sales, while a $4.5 million annual profit pool flows to any real brick-and-mortar ABA bookstore. Nobody gets rich, Hunter says, but everybody does okay.</p><p> </p><p>Hunter suspects that if Bookshop.org grows to take 5% of Amazon’s book market, things might turn nasty. Could Amazon just buy Bookshop.org, I asked. No, Hunter responded, all his investors signed a clause barring a sale to any major US retailer. So even if I got hit by an Amazon delivery truck, he explained, his mission couldn’t be undone.</p><p> </p><p>So is Amazon evil? Not exactly evil, he explains, since evil requires malignant intent. But Amazon is more like fishermen who overfish until the stock collapses and wrecks their ecosystem beyond repair. That classic tragedy of the commons. Hence Bookshop.org’s anti-Prime campaigns, which used Amazon’s “discount” holiday as a way of generating an extra $1.2 million for its affiliate bookstores.</p><p> </p><p>Hunter wants to replace Amazon’s seemingly infinite scalability with a more moral kind of scale. He imagines a Bookshop.org for everything from hardware stores and art supplies to bikes and toys. Silicon Valley’s conventional winner-take-all economics would be replaced by a Robin Hood style winner-share-all model. Except for our tech bro friends, I suspect we would all be wealthier for it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>“Americans Only Care About Price and Speed.” </strong>That was the verdict of a 2019 conference call with twenty Silicon Valley angel investors: if Bookshop couldn’t beat Amazon on price or speed, it had no chance. Hunter’s counter-pitch: enough people care about their values when they shop — if supporting a local bookstore is made just as easy. His sharpest insight was the affiliate economy: by 2019 the internet had become one giant funnel pushing every reader toward Amazon, with the New York Times, NPR, BuzzFeed, and celebrity book clubs all earning Amazon kickbacks on their book coverage. Bookshop’s universal link gave them an alternative that pays local bookstores instead. Nine months of rejection later, he had cobbled together $750,000 — with the publisher Morgan Entrekin introducing five of the original seven investors.</p><p>•       <strong>Winner-Share-All. </strong>Bookshop is a marketplace, like Etsy: over 3,000 bookstores plus affiliates from Literary Hub to The Atlantic to Dakota Johnson’s book club. Stores keep the full profit on their own sales; direct sales feed a profit pool — 33 percent of profits, about $4.5 million a year — shared with any real brick-and-mortar bookstore in the American Booksellers Association. Within thirty days, total distributions will pass $50 million. Hunter kept the raise tiny and refused venture capital to protect the mission: a $10 million check would have demanded a 10x return and a sale, and Bookshop’s shareholder agreement bars any sale to Amazon, Walmart, or Target. The company runs on a 12.5 percent expense ratio and twelve engineers. Nobody gets rich; everybody does okay.</p><p>•       <strong>The Comeback Numbers. </strong>Amazon put over half of America’s bookstores out of business in two decades. Since Bookshop launched in 2020, the country has gone from 1,900 bookstores to 3,300 — seventy percent growth — and 73 percent of member stores grew in 2025. The rising tide lifts all boats: Bookshop grew 55 percent last year while stores’ own websites grew 25 percent. Ninety percent of American independents have joined, and a poll of 3,000 booksellers found 98 percent view the company positively. Meanwhile Amazon’s share of the book market is flat for the first time in twenty-three years. Bookshop has taken about 2 percent of Amazon’s book customers — small enough to be useful anti-monopoly evidence, Hunter jokes, but a social movement in the making.</p><p>•       <strong>Not Evil — Worse? </strong>Hunter refuses the word “evil”: evil requires malignant intent, and Amazon’s managers are merely told to grow profits every quarter. The better analogy is overfishing — blind growth that destroys the ecosystem beyond repair. But the stakes are not merely commercial: bookstores bring authors to communities, raise new generations of readers, and — as the arrest of five Hong Kong booksellers reminds us — stand as the vanguard of free expression. No single company, good or evil, should control a market so essential to human consciousness. As for Bezos, once so interested in climate change: now it’s rockets and data centers. “Evil is reductive. But the impact of the business is evil, even if the intent isn’t.”</p><p>•       <strong>The AI Flood. </strong>Did OpenAI and Anthropic steal from authors? “They were,” Hunter says — a conscious choice that stealing was faster than dealing, and now they’re paying up because they got caught, in a race to be first that cuts regulatory, legal, and ethical corners. Meanwhile three times as many books are being added to Amazon each year than before AI — overwhelmingly scam books generated from search trends, uncopyedited, designed to defraud buyers rather than inform them. Bookshop tells its suppliers to keep AI books off the site entirely, with a tiny asterisk for serious poets making artistic investigations of AI. Hunter’s standard is simple: these aren’t books, they’re scams — and no retailer who cares about customers should sell them. Including Amazon.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/">Andy Hunter</a> is the founder and CEO of <a href="https://bookshop.org/">Bookshop.org</a>, the online bookstore that supports local independent bookstores, launched in January 2020 and named by Time one of the year’s most influential social-good companies. A longtime literary publisher and entrepreneur, he previously co-founded Electric Literature and Literary Hub. He lives in Brooklyn.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://bookshop.org/">Bookshop.org</a> — the marketplace itself: shop any of 3,000+ independent bookstores, or let your purchase feed the profit pool.</p><p>•  &amp;nbsp...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 Jul 2026 07:07:17 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/f646469e/388a0999.mp3" length="43715085" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3469797" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/f646469e/388a0999.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6XWfEfpvWls">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/efFDLmPiVdBbXVjTCzun72e-x3XKRo_0BGxIIhe6wu0/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xYjVi/NzM4MWJlNjE3ZmNh/ODU3ODg0ZWIwMzI3/NTViNy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2729</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Evil is reductive. But the impact of the business is evil, even if the intent isn’t.” — Andy Hunter on Amazon</em></p><p> </p><p>Network effects transformed Amazon from a startup internet bookshop into today’s $2.44 trillion everything store. The more ubiquitous its affiliate program became, the more powerful Amazon became. But, in today’s digital economy, winner-take-all might not be winner-always-take-all. These network effects, you see, can be subverted. They might even be used as weapons against a seemingly dominant player like Amazon.</p><p> </p><p>Take, for example, <a href="https://bookshop.org/">Bookshop.org</a>. Founded by <a href="https://bookshop.org/">Andy Hunter</a> in 2020, this online bookstore has aggregated 3,000 independent bookstores, these affiliates contributing to a counter-Amazon network that already does 2% of Amazon’s book business and will, within the next thirty days, pass $50 million distributed to local bookstores.</p><p> </p><p>When Hunter originally pitched the idea to Silicon Valley investors, they asked him if he could beat Amazon on price or speed. No. Then you don’t have a chance, they told him, because Americans only care about price and speed. But they were wrong. Since Bookshop.org launched in 2020, American bookstores have grown from 1,900 to 3,300, with 90% of these independents joining Bookshop.org and 98% of booksellers polling the company as a positive force. His is a winner-share-all marketplace where stores keep the full profit of their own sales, while a $4.5 million annual profit pool flows to any real brick-and-mortar ABA bookstore. Nobody gets rich, Hunter says, but everybody does okay.</p><p> </p><p>Hunter suspects that if Bookshop.org grows to take 5% of Amazon’s book market, things might turn nasty. Could Amazon just buy Bookshop.org, I asked. No, Hunter responded, all his investors signed a clause barring a sale to any major US retailer. So even if I got hit by an Amazon delivery truck, he explained, his mission couldn’t be undone.</p><p> </p><p>So is Amazon evil? Not exactly evil, he explains, since evil requires malignant intent. But Amazon is more like fishermen who overfish until the stock collapses and wrecks their ecosystem beyond repair. That classic tragedy of the commons. Hence Bookshop.org’s anti-Prime campaigns, which used Amazon’s “discount” holiday as a way of generating an extra $1.2 million for its affiliate bookstores.</p><p> </p><p>Hunter wants to replace Amazon’s seemingly infinite scalability with a more moral kind of scale. He imagines a Bookshop.org for everything from hardware stores and art supplies to bikes and toys. Silicon Valley’s conventional winner-take-all economics would be replaced by a Robin Hood style winner-share-all model. Except for our tech bro friends, I suspect we would all be wealthier for it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>“Americans Only Care About Price and Speed.” </strong>That was the verdict of a 2019 conference call with twenty Silicon Valley angel investors: if Bookshop couldn’t beat Amazon on price or speed, it had no chance. Hunter’s counter-pitch: enough people care about their values when they shop — if supporting a local bookstore is made just as easy. His sharpest insight was the affiliate economy: by 2019 the internet had become one giant funnel pushing every reader toward Amazon, with the New York Times, NPR, BuzzFeed, and celebrity book clubs all earning Amazon kickbacks on their book coverage. Bookshop’s universal link gave them an alternative that pays local bookstores instead. Nine months of rejection later, he had cobbled together $750,000 — with the publisher Morgan Entrekin introducing five of the original seven investors.</p><p>•       <strong>Winner-Share-All. </strong>Bookshop is a marketplace, like Etsy: over 3,000 bookstores plus affiliates from Literary Hub to The Atlantic to Dakota Johnson’s book club. Stores keep the full profit on their own sales; direct sales feed a profit pool — 33 percent of profits, about $4.5 million a year — shared with any real brick-and-mortar bookstore in the American Booksellers Association. Within thirty days, total distributions will pass $50 million. Hunter kept the raise tiny and refused venture capital to protect the mission: a $10 million check would have demanded a 10x return and a sale, and Bookshop’s shareholder agreement bars any sale to Amazon, Walmart, or Target. The company runs on a 12.5 percent expense ratio and twelve engineers. Nobody gets rich; everybody does okay.</p><p>•       <strong>The Comeback Numbers. </strong>Amazon put over half of America’s bookstores out of business in two decades. Since Bookshop launched in 2020, the country has gone from 1,900 bookstores to 3,300 — seventy percent growth — and 73 percent of member stores grew in 2025. The rising tide lifts all boats: Bookshop grew 55 percent last year while stores’ own websites grew 25 percent. Ninety percent of American independents have joined, and a poll of 3,000 booksellers found 98 percent view the company positively. Meanwhile Amazon’s share of the book market is flat for the first time in twenty-three years. Bookshop has taken about 2 percent of Amazon’s book customers — small enough to be useful anti-monopoly evidence, Hunter jokes, but a social movement in the making.</p><p>•       <strong>Not Evil — Worse? </strong>Hunter refuses the word “evil”: evil requires malignant intent, and Amazon’s managers are merely told to grow profits every quarter. The better analogy is overfishing — blind growth that destroys the ecosystem beyond repair. But the stakes are not merely commercial: bookstores bring authors to communities, raise new generations of readers, and — as the arrest of five Hong Kong booksellers reminds us — stand as the vanguard of free expression. No single company, good or evil, should control a market so essential to human consciousness. As for Bezos, once so interested in climate change: now it’s rockets and data centers. “Evil is reductive. But the impact of the business is evil, even if the intent isn’t.”</p><p>•       <strong>The AI Flood. </strong>Did OpenAI and Anthropic steal from authors? “They were,” Hunter says — a conscious choice that stealing was faster than dealing, and now they’re paying up because they got caught, in a race to be first that cuts regulatory, legal, and ethical corners. Meanwhile three times as many books are being added to Amazon each year than before AI — overwhelmingly scam books generated from search trends, uncopyedited, designed to defraud buyers rather than inform them. Bookshop tells its suppliers to keep AI books off the site entirely, with a tiny asterisk for serious poets making artistic investigations of AI. Hunter’s standard is simple: these aren’t books, they’re scams — and no retailer who cares about customers should sell them. Including Amazon.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://bookshop.org/">Andy Hunter</a> is the founder and CEO of <a href="https://bookshop.org/">Bookshop.org</a>, the online bookstore that supports local independent bookstores, launched in January 2020 and named by Time one of the year’s most influential social-good companies. A longtime literary publisher and entrepreneur, he previously co-founded Electric Literature and Literary Hub. He lives in Brooklyn.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://bookshop.org/">Bookshop.org</a> — the marketplace itself: shop any of 3,000+ independent bookstores, or let your purchase feed the profit pool.</p><p>•  &amp;nbsp...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f646469e/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f646469e/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Should the American Pope Debate the American President? Jack Hanson on the Radical Reformation of the Catholic Church</title>
      <itunes:episode>2988</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2988</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Should the American Pope Debate the American President? Jack Hanson on the Radical Reformation of the Catholic Church</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dd8a47e0-4c4c-45c1-8497-33eaa76916a1</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Should the American Pope debate the American president about good and evil? The shameless Trump, one suspects, would relish a noisy cage match with a rival American celebrity. But Leo XIV has quietly declined the invitation — a refusal that the Catholic scholar <a href="https://harpers.org/">Jack Hanson</a> insists is neither cowardice nor convenience. Rather, as Hanson argues in this month’s <em>Harper’s</em> cover story, <a href="https://harpers.org/">“Radical Reformation,”</a> it’s because the church has become the last global institution able to provide a coherent moral compass for our rootless times.</p><p> </p><p>The great irony, Hanson notes, is that the church was the first victim of the legitimacy conflagration now engulfing every other institution. His history begins in 1870, when Rome lost the Papal States and, for the first time in a millennium, had no earthly kingdom to defend. Ever since, the church has been reorienting itself — lately, against political, economic and military power.</p><p> </p><p>That opposition to worldly power was always a strand within the apostolic tradition, Hanson reminds us. Thus the Gospel’s “antinomian communists” who stayed behind in plague cities, Thomas More’s attack on private property, the 1891 Rerum Novarum, Dorothy Day, liberation theology. What’s new is that the Vatican itself has embraced this political tradition of questioning Caesar.</p><p> </p><p>Then came 9/11. In the war on terror, Hanson argues, the secular West redefined its enemy not as a rival religion but as religion itself — and the church stopped being Western civilization’s moral crown jewel. John Paul II’s opposition to the Iraq War was a preview. Leo XIV’s 40,000-word encyclical on AI — Magnifica Humanitas, complete with an apology for the church’s role in slavery — is a more mature realization of this radical reformation.</p><p> </p><p>No wonder, then, that Leo has no interest in a cage match with Trump. “A direct debate with a president who’s going to be out of office in a couple of years isn’t in his interest. It’s too small a task,” Hanson explains. As the latest in a very long line of God’s representatives on earth, Leo is playing the long game. He can afford to wait out a noisy Caesar or two.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Last Moral Voice. </strong>Institutional legitimacy — of churches, states, the organs of governance and community — is in free fall, and the great historical irony, Hanson argues, is that the Catholic Church was the first institution to face that crisis. When Rome lost the Papal States in 1870, it lost a thousand years of political centrality and has been reorienting itself ever since. Over the last twenty years, the church has ceased to see the West as its spiritual home and reconfigured itself as a genuinely global institution — positioned, almost paradoxically, against power as such. Which is how the paragon of institutional crisis has returned as maybe the last moral voice on the global stage.</p><p>•       <strong>The Radical Tradition Was Always There. </strong>The subversive strain Hanson traces runs from the Gospel itself — the early Christians as “antinomian communists” who held everything in common and stayed behind in plague cities — through Thomas More’s attack on the enclosures (the first great critique of private property in Western history), Leo XIII’s 1891 Rerum Novarum, Dorothy Day’s Catholic Worker, and Latin American liberation theology. Hanson doesn’t flinch from the two Thomas Mores problem — the property radical was also a persecutor of heretics — because the church is full of sinners; you wouldn’t need one otherwise. What’s new is that the Vatican itself now orients toward the radical tradition rather than serving as the avatar of institutional power.</p><p>•       <strong>9/11 Drove the Wedge. </strong>For most of the twentieth century the secular West treated the church as a civilizational feather in its cap. The war on terror changed that: the enemy was recast not as a rival religion but as religion as such — the new atheism was its rhetorical arm — and John Paul II’s vociferous opposition to the Iraq War marked the rupture. Beneath it all, the secularization thesis (societies modernize, therefore secularize) had collapsed, its death usually dated to Iran in 1979. Reason and faith, Hanson argues, are far more intertwined than the twentieth century assumed — and, not coincidentally, the church and the left hit their historical nadirs together and are now showing signs of life together.</p><p>•       <strong>Magnifica Humanitas: Arguing with the Machines. </strong>Leo XIV’s 40,000-word encyclical on AI and humanity is remarkable, Hanson suggests, less for its conclusions than for its method: reasoned, humane argument addressed to people of all goodwill, in an age of universal bombast — from a leader with no personal stake in the outcome. It includes an apology for the church’s involvement in slavery, an acknowledgment that the church itself once practiced the exclusionary humanism it now warns against. While subway billboards advise companies to “stop hiring human beings,” the church’s real power, Hanson argues, is the legitimation of popular dissent: since Vatican II redefined the church as the People of God, the pope’s voice works by inspiring people to find their own.</p><p>•       <strong>Too Small a Task. </strong>Was the American pope elected to counter the American president? “His name wasn’t mentioned once,” a conclave cardinal insisted — a denial Andrew files next to Casablanca’s “shocked, shocked.” Either way, Leo refuses a direct debate with Trump, and Hanson insists this is the harder path, not the easier one: the pope aims to beat Trump on a higher register, shaping consciences in America and across the globe rather than winning a news cycle against a president who’ll be gone in a couple of years. As for the evangelical prosperity gospel wing of MAGA: essentially in schism, Hanson says — not much to do with historical Christianity, politically or theologically.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harpers.org/">Jack Hanson</a> received his PhD in religious studies from Yale in 2024 and has taught there. His essays and criticism on religion, politics, and literature have appeared in <em>Harper’s</em> and elsewhere. His cover essay, “Radical Reformation: The Catholic Church’s Progressive Revival,” appears in the current issue of <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>, the oldest continuously published monthly in America. He lives in upstate New York.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       “Radical Reformation: The Catholic Church’s Progressive Revival” by Jack Hanson — the cover essay of the current <a href="https://harpers.org/"><em>Harper’s Magazine</em></a>.</p><p>•       <a href="https://yalebooks.yale.edu/book/9780300281743/on-statesmanship/"><em>On Statesmanship</em></a> by Steven B. Smith — yesterday’s Keen On conversation on the crisis of secular authority, which opens this one.</p><p>•       <em>Rerum Novarum</em> (1891) — Leo XIII’s encyclical on capital and labor, the founding document of modern Catholic social teaching.</p><p>•       <em>Magnifica Humanitas</em> — Leo XIV’s 40,000-word encyclical on AI, technology, and the human person, including its apology for the church’s involvement in slavery.</p><p>•       Dorothy Day and the Catholic Worker — the American wing of the radical tradition Hanson traces.</p><p>•&amp;nb...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Should the American Pope debate the American president about good and evil? The shameless Trump, one suspects, would relish a noisy cage match with a rival American celebrity. But Leo XIV has quietly declined the invitation — a refusal that the Catholic scholar <a href="https://harpers.org/">Jack Hanson</a> insists is neither cowardice nor convenience. Rather, as Hanson argues in this month’s <em>Harper’s</em> cover story, <a href="https://harpers.org/">“Radical Reformation,”</a> it’s because the church has become the last global institution able to provide a coherent moral compass for our rootless times.</p><p> </p><p>The great irony, Hanson notes, is that the church was the first victim of the legitimacy conflagration now engulfing every other institution. His history begins in 1870, when Rome lost the Papal States and, for the first time in a millennium, had no earthly kingdom to defend. Ever since, the church has been reorienting itself — lately, against political, economic and military power.</p><p> </p><p>That opposition to worldly power was always a strand within the apostolic tradition, Hanson reminds us. Thus the Gospel’s “antinomian communists” who stayed behind in plague cities, Thomas More’s attack on private property, the 1891 Rerum Novarum, Dorothy Day, liberation theology. What’s new is that the Vatican itself has embraced this political tradition of questioning Caesar.</p><p> </p><p>Then came 9/11. In the war on terror, Hanson argues, the secular West redefined its enemy not as a rival religion but as religion itself — and the church stopped being Western civilization’s moral crown jewel. John Paul II’s opposition to the Iraq War was a preview. Leo XIV’s 40,000-word encyclical on AI — Magnifica Humanitas, complete with an apology for the church’s role in slavery — is a more mature realization of this radical reformation.</p><p> </p><p>No wonder, then, that Leo has no interest in a cage match with Trump. “A direct debate with a president who’s going to be out of office in a couple of years isn’t in his interest. It’s too small a task,” Hanson explains. As the latest in a very long line of God’s representatives on earth, Leo is playing the long game. He can afford to wait out a noisy Caesar or two.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Last Moral Voice. </strong>Institutional legitimacy — of churches, states, the organs of governance and community — is in free fall, and the great historical irony, Hanson argues, is that the Catholic Church was the first institution to face that crisis. When Rome lost the Papal States in 1870, it lost a thousand years of political centrality and has been reorienting itself ever since. Over the last twenty years, the church has ceased to see the West as its spiritual home and reconfigured itself as a genuinely global institution — positioned, almost paradoxically, against power as such. Which is how the paragon of institutional crisis has returned as maybe the last moral voice on the global stage.</p><p>•       <strong>The Radical Tradition Was Always There. </strong>The subversive strain Hanson traces runs from the Gospel itself — the early Christians as “antinomian communists” who held everything in common and stayed behind in plague cities — through Thomas More’s attack on the enclosures (the first great critique of private property in Western history), Leo XIII’s 1891 Rerum Novarum, Dorothy Day’s Catholic Worker, and Latin American liberation theology. Hanson doesn’t flinch from the two Thomas Mores problem — the property radical was also a persecutor of heretics — because the church is full of sinners; you wouldn’t need one otherwise. What’s new is that the Vatican itself now orients toward the radical tradition rather than serving as the avatar of institutional power.</p><p>•       <strong>9/11 Drove the Wedge. </strong>For most of the twentieth century the secular West treated the church as a civilizational feather in its cap. The war on terror changed that: the enemy was recast not as a rival religion but as religion as such — the new atheism was its rhetorical arm — and John Paul II’s vociferous opposition to the Iraq War marked the rupture. Beneath it all, the secularization thesis (societies modernize, therefore secularize) had collapsed, its death usually dated to Iran in 1979. Reason and faith, Hanson argues, are far more intertwined than the twentieth century assumed — and, not coincidentally, the church and the left hit their historical nadirs together and are now showing signs of life together.</p><p>•       <strong>Magnifica Humanitas: Arguing with the Machines. </strong>Leo XIV’s 40,000-word encyclical on AI and humanity is remarkable, Hanson suggests, less for its conclusions than for its method: reasoned, humane argument addressed to people of all goodwill, in an age of universal bombast — from a leader with no personal stake in the outcome. It includes an apology for the church’s involvement in slavery, an acknowledgment that the church itself once practiced the exclusionary humanism it now warns against. While subway billboards advise companies to “stop hiring human beings,” the church’s real power, Hanson argues, is the legitimation of popular dissent: since Vatican II redefined the church as the People of God, the pope’s voice works by inspiring people to find their own.</p><p>•       <strong>Too Small a Task. </strong>Was the American pope elected to counter the American president? “His name wasn’t mentioned once,” a conclave cardinal insisted — a denial Andrew files next to Casablanca’s “shocked, shocked.” Either way, Leo refuses a direct debate with Trump, and Hanson insists this is the harder path, not the easier one: the pope aims to beat Trump on a higher register, shaping consciences in America and across the globe rather than winning a news cycle against a president who’ll be gone in a couple of years. As for the evangelical prosperity gospel wing of MAGA: essentially in schism, Hanson says — not much to do with historical Christianity, politically or theologically.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harpers.org/">Jack Hanson</a> received his PhD in religious studies from Yale in 2024 and has taught there. His essays and criticism on religion, politics, and literature have appeared in <em>Harper’s</em> and elsewhere. His cover essay, “Radical Reformation: The Catholic Church’s Progressive Revival,” appears in the current issue of <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>, the oldest continuously published monthly in America. He lives in upstate New York.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       “Radical Reformation: The Catholic Church’s Progressive Revival” by Jack Hanson — the cover essay of the current <a href="https://harpers.org/"><em>Harper’s Magazine</em></a>.</p><p>•       <a href="https://yalebooks.yale.edu/book/9780300281743/on-statesmanship/"><em>On Statesmanship</em></a> by Steven B. Smith — yesterday’s Keen On conversation on the crisis of secular authority, which opens this one.</p><p>•       <em>Rerum Novarum</em> (1891) — Leo XIII’s encyclical on capital and labor, the founding document of modern Catholic social teaching.</p><p>•       <em>Magnifica Humanitas</em> — Leo XIV’s 40,000-word encyclical on AI, technology, and the human person, including its apology for the church’s involvement in slavery.</p><p>•       Dorothy Day and the Catholic Worker — the American wing of the radical tradition Hanson traces.</p><p>•&amp;nb...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2026 07:37:23 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/0c3bce4b/b367f958.mp3" length="40724440" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3456976" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/0c3bce4b/b367f958.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a8QlMQKBDqE">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/qSEGNgJiT1yCHCHDgqIUqR4k5D9WIVRUv3cRgH7f588/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lNTEz/YmQ2YzkyNjE5YmQ0/ZjhlOGNkYTQ2NDBi/NzQxNS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2542</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Should the American Pope debate the American president about good and evil? The shameless Trump, one suspects, would relish a noisy cage match with a rival American celebrity. But Leo XIV has quietly declined the invitation — a refusal that the Catholic scholar <a href="https://harpers.org/">Jack Hanson</a> insists is neither cowardice nor convenience. Rather, as Hanson argues in this month’s <em>Harper’s</em> cover story, <a href="https://harpers.org/">“Radical Reformation,”</a> it’s because the church has become the last global institution able to provide a coherent moral compass for our rootless times.</p><p> </p><p>The great irony, Hanson notes, is that the church was the first victim of the legitimacy conflagration now engulfing every other institution. His history begins in 1870, when Rome lost the Papal States and, for the first time in a millennium, had no earthly kingdom to defend. Ever since, the church has been reorienting itself — lately, against political, economic and military power.</p><p> </p><p>That opposition to worldly power was always a strand within the apostolic tradition, Hanson reminds us. Thus the Gospel’s “antinomian communists” who stayed behind in plague cities, Thomas More’s attack on private property, the 1891 Rerum Novarum, Dorothy Day, liberation theology. What’s new is that the Vatican itself has embraced this political tradition of questioning Caesar.</p><p> </p><p>Then came 9/11. In the war on terror, Hanson argues, the secular West redefined its enemy not as a rival religion but as religion itself — and the church stopped being Western civilization’s moral crown jewel. John Paul II’s opposition to the Iraq War was a preview. Leo XIV’s 40,000-word encyclical on AI — Magnifica Humanitas, complete with an apology for the church’s role in slavery — is a more mature realization of this radical reformation.</p><p> </p><p>No wonder, then, that Leo has no interest in a cage match with Trump. “A direct debate with a president who’s going to be out of office in a couple of years isn’t in his interest. It’s too small a task,” Hanson explains. As the latest in a very long line of God’s representatives on earth, Leo is playing the long game. He can afford to wait out a noisy Caesar or two.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Last Moral Voice. </strong>Institutional legitimacy — of churches, states, the organs of governance and community — is in free fall, and the great historical irony, Hanson argues, is that the Catholic Church was the first institution to face that crisis. When Rome lost the Papal States in 1870, it lost a thousand years of political centrality and has been reorienting itself ever since. Over the last twenty years, the church has ceased to see the West as its spiritual home and reconfigured itself as a genuinely global institution — positioned, almost paradoxically, against power as such. Which is how the paragon of institutional crisis has returned as maybe the last moral voice on the global stage.</p><p>•       <strong>The Radical Tradition Was Always There. </strong>The subversive strain Hanson traces runs from the Gospel itself — the early Christians as “antinomian communists” who held everything in common and stayed behind in plague cities — through Thomas More’s attack on the enclosures (the first great critique of private property in Western history), Leo XIII’s 1891 Rerum Novarum, Dorothy Day’s Catholic Worker, and Latin American liberation theology. Hanson doesn’t flinch from the two Thomas Mores problem — the property radical was also a persecutor of heretics — because the church is full of sinners; you wouldn’t need one otherwise. What’s new is that the Vatican itself now orients toward the radical tradition rather than serving as the avatar of institutional power.</p><p>•       <strong>9/11 Drove the Wedge. </strong>For most of the twentieth century the secular West treated the church as a civilizational feather in its cap. The war on terror changed that: the enemy was recast not as a rival religion but as religion as such — the new atheism was its rhetorical arm — and John Paul II’s vociferous opposition to the Iraq War marked the rupture. Beneath it all, the secularization thesis (societies modernize, therefore secularize) had collapsed, its death usually dated to Iran in 1979. Reason and faith, Hanson argues, are far more intertwined than the twentieth century assumed — and, not coincidentally, the church and the left hit their historical nadirs together and are now showing signs of life together.</p><p>•       <strong>Magnifica Humanitas: Arguing with the Machines. </strong>Leo XIV’s 40,000-word encyclical on AI and humanity is remarkable, Hanson suggests, less for its conclusions than for its method: reasoned, humane argument addressed to people of all goodwill, in an age of universal bombast — from a leader with no personal stake in the outcome. It includes an apology for the church’s involvement in slavery, an acknowledgment that the church itself once practiced the exclusionary humanism it now warns against. While subway billboards advise companies to “stop hiring human beings,” the church’s real power, Hanson argues, is the legitimation of popular dissent: since Vatican II redefined the church as the People of God, the pope’s voice works by inspiring people to find their own.</p><p>•       <strong>Too Small a Task. </strong>Was the American pope elected to counter the American president? “His name wasn’t mentioned once,” a conclave cardinal insisted — a denial Andrew files next to Casablanca’s “shocked, shocked.” Either way, Leo refuses a direct debate with Trump, and Hanson insists this is the harder path, not the easier one: the pope aims to beat Trump on a higher register, shaping consciences in America and across the globe rather than winning a news cycle against a president who’ll be gone in a couple of years. As for the evangelical prosperity gospel wing of MAGA: essentially in schism, Hanson says — not much to do with historical Christianity, politically or theologically.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harpers.org/">Jack Hanson</a> received his PhD in religious studies from Yale in 2024 and has taught there. His essays and criticism on religion, politics, and literature have appeared in <em>Harper’s</em> and elsewhere. His cover essay, “Radical Reformation: The Catholic Church’s Progressive Revival,” appears in the current issue of <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>, the oldest continuously published monthly in America. He lives in upstate New York.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       “Radical Reformation: The Catholic Church’s Progressive Revival” by Jack Hanson — the cover essay of the current <a href="https://harpers.org/"><em>Harper’s Magazine</em></a>.</p><p>•       <a href="https://yalebooks.yale.edu/book/9780300281743/on-statesmanship/"><em>On Statesmanship</em></a> by Steven B. Smith — yesterday’s Keen On conversation on the crisis of secular authority, which opens this one.</p><p>•       <em>Rerum Novarum</em> (1891) — Leo XIII’s encyclical on capital and labor, the founding document of modern Catholic social teaching.</p><p>•       <em>Magnifica Humanitas</em> — Leo XIV’s 40,000-word encyclical on AI, technology, and the human person, including its apology for the church’s involvement in slavery.</p><p>•       Dorothy Day and the Catholic Worker — the American wing of the radical tradition Hanson traces.</p><p>•&amp;nb...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0c3bce4b/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0c3bce4b/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Volodymyr Zelensky Is the World’s Only Living Statesman: Steven B. Smith on the Leadership America Lacks</title>
      <itunes:episode>2987</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2987</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Volodymyr Zelensky Is the World’s Only Living Statesman: Steven B. Smith on the Leadership America Lacks</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b1fa950a-2f91-427d-bdc3-f84c05b4f0b8</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The statesman is an educator who leads through language — who gives a people the language they need to think about themselves.” — Steven B. Smith on what makes a statesman</em></p><p> </p><p>Was Odysseus a statesman? The Yale political philosopher <a href="https://yalebooks.yale.edu/book/9780300281743/on-statesmanship/">Steven B. Smith</a> — who, by the way, can’t beg, steal or borrow a ticket to Christopher Nolan’s cinematic epic — offers a cautious yes. While Odysseus wasn’t exactly a founder of states, he was, to borrow one of Homer’s favorite words, “polytropos” — which translates as many-sided, a master of the political adaptability that Machiavelli demanded of his Prince.</p><p> </p><p>In his forthcoming <a href="https://yalebooks.yale.edu/book/9780300281743/on-statesmanship/"><em>On Statesmanship</em></a>, Smith distinguishes the true statesman from the mere leader. All 195 states in the world have leaders, he says, almost none are blessed with statesmen. A genuine statesman, he explains, is an educator who leads his fellow citizens through language. So Lincoln’s Gettysburg Address gave Americans new words to think about themselves. Just like de Gaulle’s “certain idea of France” and Churchill’s uncompromisingly defiant language in 1940.</p><p> </p><p>For statesmen, timing is everything. “Fortune is a woman,” Machiavelli advised his Prince, so she should be mastered adventurously. Many are called, few are chosen. But then they are unchosen. That same unbowed Churchill spent a decade in the political wilderness before 1940, then got booted out of office at the end of the war. Hegel called such figures world-historical individuals — used by history, then cruelly discarded. Ironically, it’s “great” men of history like Odysseus and Churchill who are most vulnerable to its female fortune.</p><p> </p><p><em>On Statesmanship</em> is equally clear about who doesn’t qualify for this exclusive club. Smith argues that Lenin, Hitler, and Napoleon might have founded states, but weren’t statesmen because they had no respect for the rule of law. Nor is the club purely Western, white, or male. Mandela, Havel, Gandhi, and MLK all qualify as “statesmen without states.” Singapore’s Lee Kuan Yew makes the cut as a constitutionalist if not a democrat. Fortune might be a woman, but Margaret Thatcher and Indira Gandhi mastered fate with more adventure than their male colleagues.</p><p> </p><p>Political leadership these days, Smith says, is monopolized by either technocrats or demagogues. In fact, Smith can only name one true contemporary statesman — Volodymyr Zelensky who, he says, is “doing a stirring imitation of Winston Churchill.” Otherwise the world is drifting into Thucydides’ trap where the strong do what they like and the weak suffer what they must. Thus our longing for many-sided leaders like Odysseus. Which is why Nolan’s blockbuster is such a hit that Steven Smith has yet to see it.</p><p> </p><p>One small footnote to this conversation. Afterwards, Smith sent me a note expressing a correction of how he described Obama:</p><p> </p><p><em>“Reflecting back on the conversation, I was embarrassed about what I said about Obama lacking ‘civil courage.’ That is not exactly what I meant. Probably a better formulation would be to say that he lacked what Plato called ‘thymos,’ a kind of public-spirited anger. His rationality and ‘coolness’ — in many ways admirable traits — gave the impression that he was too aloof from the rough-and-tumble of politics. Anger and indignation when judiciously employed, as my former student Amia Srinivasan has argued, remain formidable tools in the statesman’s tool kit.”</em></p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Leader Is Not a Statesman. </strong>There are 195 states in the world and every one has a leader; almost none has a statesman. The concept is an ideal of what leadership aspires to be, running from Plato’s Politikos and the philosopher-king to the present. The statesman has the usual leadership virtues — foresight, courage, determination, a willingness to say unpopular things — but Smith’s central claim is different: the statesman is an educator who leads through language, giving a people the words they need to think about themselves. Lincoln’s Gettysburg Address shaped how Americans understand their republic; de Gaulle led with “a certain idea of France”; Churchill and Disraeli wrote the British self-image.</p><p>•       <strong>Timing — and the Tragedy. </strong>Statesmanship is a matter of the ripe moment, and the moment is cruel. Churchill spent the 1930s in the political wilderness, changed parties, presided over Gallipoli — and yet when 1940 came, he was there, prepared; the instant peace was established, the voters discarded him. Lenin resolved the Marxists’ endless debate about whether Russia was “ripe” by deciding that ripeness was a matter of willpower. Hegel called such figures world-historical individuals — Caesar, Napoleon, Alexander — whom history uses for its purposes and then throws away. Even without Hegel’s grand narrative, Smith notes, statesmen are routinely and cruelly discarded by their own people. There is a tragedy built into the art.</p><p>•       <strong>Who’s Out — and Who’s In. </strong>Lenin, Hitler, and Napoleon founded states, but founders of tyrannies are not statesmen: for Smith the modern statesman is inseparable from constitutionalism — rule of law, balance of powers, the capacity to listen and accept less than the whole loaf. Nor is the club white, Western, or male. Mandela, Havel, Gandhi, and Martin Luther King appear as “statesmen without states,” shaping nations before or without holding office; Lee Kuan Yew qualifies as a constitutionalist if not a democrat; Thatcher — who famously told a wobbling American president to stiffen — and Indira Gandhi practice statecraft at the highest level. As for the word itself: Smith keeps “statesman.” “Statesperson,” he rules, is ugly.</p><p>•       <strong>The Anti-Statesmen: Technocrat and Demagogue. </strong>Smith’s chapter on anti-statesmen identifies the two failed models of modern leadership: the technocrat, a problem-solver-in-chief without a narrative, and the demagogue — a Greek word, and a breed democracies reliably produce — who rules through fear, intimidation, and humiliation. Trump, mentioned barely twice in the book, is filed under the latter, classically. Obama remains Smith’s enigma: civic seriousness and dazzling rhetorical gifts — yet lacking, Smith suggests on reflection, what Plato called thymos, a kind of public-spirited anger. Obama’s rationality and coolness, admirable in themselves, gave the impression of a man too aloof from the rough-and-tumble of politics; anger and indignation, judiciously employed — as Smith’s former student Amia Srinivasan has argued — remain formidable tools in the statesman’s tool kit. The Democrats, Smith argues, are trapped between both failed models, and need what Lincoln, FDR, JFK, and Reagan had: an affirmative story of America to embed themselves in.</p><p>•       <strong>One Statesman Standing. </strong>Asked to name a contemporary statesman, Smith offers exactly one — “and I say God bless him”: Volodymyr Zelensky, doing a stirring imitation of Winston Churchill, showing guts and magnanimity in a horrible moment for his people. Otherwise: seven British prime ministers in a decade, and a paucity everywhere else. Statesmen, Smith warns, cannot simply be willed into existence. And the alternative is already visible — the world of Thucydides, where the strong do what they like and the weak suffer what they must, carved into spheres of influence by Iran, Russia, and China. That is what a w...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The statesman is an educator who leads through language — who gives a people the language they need to think about themselves.” — Steven B. Smith on what makes a statesman</em></p><p> </p><p>Was Odysseus a statesman? The Yale political philosopher <a href="https://yalebooks.yale.edu/book/9780300281743/on-statesmanship/">Steven B. Smith</a> — who, by the way, can’t beg, steal or borrow a ticket to Christopher Nolan’s cinematic epic — offers a cautious yes. While Odysseus wasn’t exactly a founder of states, he was, to borrow one of Homer’s favorite words, “polytropos” — which translates as many-sided, a master of the political adaptability that Machiavelli demanded of his Prince.</p><p> </p><p>In his forthcoming <a href="https://yalebooks.yale.edu/book/9780300281743/on-statesmanship/"><em>On Statesmanship</em></a>, Smith distinguishes the true statesman from the mere leader. All 195 states in the world have leaders, he says, almost none are blessed with statesmen. A genuine statesman, he explains, is an educator who leads his fellow citizens through language. So Lincoln’s Gettysburg Address gave Americans new words to think about themselves. Just like de Gaulle’s “certain idea of France” and Churchill’s uncompromisingly defiant language in 1940.</p><p> </p><p>For statesmen, timing is everything. “Fortune is a woman,” Machiavelli advised his Prince, so she should be mastered adventurously. Many are called, few are chosen. But then they are unchosen. That same unbowed Churchill spent a decade in the political wilderness before 1940, then got booted out of office at the end of the war. Hegel called such figures world-historical individuals — used by history, then cruelly discarded. Ironically, it’s “great” men of history like Odysseus and Churchill who are most vulnerable to its female fortune.</p><p> </p><p><em>On Statesmanship</em> is equally clear about who doesn’t qualify for this exclusive club. Smith argues that Lenin, Hitler, and Napoleon might have founded states, but weren’t statesmen because they had no respect for the rule of law. Nor is the club purely Western, white, or male. Mandela, Havel, Gandhi, and MLK all qualify as “statesmen without states.” Singapore’s Lee Kuan Yew makes the cut as a constitutionalist if not a democrat. Fortune might be a woman, but Margaret Thatcher and Indira Gandhi mastered fate with more adventure than their male colleagues.</p><p> </p><p>Political leadership these days, Smith says, is monopolized by either technocrats or demagogues. In fact, Smith can only name one true contemporary statesman — Volodymyr Zelensky who, he says, is “doing a stirring imitation of Winston Churchill.” Otherwise the world is drifting into Thucydides’ trap where the strong do what they like and the weak suffer what they must. Thus our longing for many-sided leaders like Odysseus. Which is why Nolan’s blockbuster is such a hit that Steven Smith has yet to see it.</p><p> </p><p>One small footnote to this conversation. Afterwards, Smith sent me a note expressing a correction of how he described Obama:</p><p> </p><p><em>“Reflecting back on the conversation, I was embarrassed about what I said about Obama lacking ‘civil courage.’ That is not exactly what I meant. Probably a better formulation would be to say that he lacked what Plato called ‘thymos,’ a kind of public-spirited anger. His rationality and ‘coolness’ — in many ways admirable traits — gave the impression that he was too aloof from the rough-and-tumble of politics. Anger and indignation when judiciously employed, as my former student Amia Srinivasan has argued, remain formidable tools in the statesman’s tool kit.”</em></p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Leader Is Not a Statesman. </strong>There are 195 states in the world and every one has a leader; almost none has a statesman. The concept is an ideal of what leadership aspires to be, running from Plato’s Politikos and the philosopher-king to the present. The statesman has the usual leadership virtues — foresight, courage, determination, a willingness to say unpopular things — but Smith’s central claim is different: the statesman is an educator who leads through language, giving a people the words they need to think about themselves. Lincoln’s Gettysburg Address shaped how Americans understand their republic; de Gaulle led with “a certain idea of France”; Churchill and Disraeli wrote the British self-image.</p><p>•       <strong>Timing — and the Tragedy. </strong>Statesmanship is a matter of the ripe moment, and the moment is cruel. Churchill spent the 1930s in the political wilderness, changed parties, presided over Gallipoli — and yet when 1940 came, he was there, prepared; the instant peace was established, the voters discarded him. Lenin resolved the Marxists’ endless debate about whether Russia was “ripe” by deciding that ripeness was a matter of willpower. Hegel called such figures world-historical individuals — Caesar, Napoleon, Alexander — whom history uses for its purposes and then throws away. Even without Hegel’s grand narrative, Smith notes, statesmen are routinely and cruelly discarded by their own people. There is a tragedy built into the art.</p><p>•       <strong>Who’s Out — and Who’s In. </strong>Lenin, Hitler, and Napoleon founded states, but founders of tyrannies are not statesmen: for Smith the modern statesman is inseparable from constitutionalism — rule of law, balance of powers, the capacity to listen and accept less than the whole loaf. Nor is the club white, Western, or male. Mandela, Havel, Gandhi, and Martin Luther King appear as “statesmen without states,” shaping nations before or without holding office; Lee Kuan Yew qualifies as a constitutionalist if not a democrat; Thatcher — who famously told a wobbling American president to stiffen — and Indira Gandhi practice statecraft at the highest level. As for the word itself: Smith keeps “statesman.” “Statesperson,” he rules, is ugly.</p><p>•       <strong>The Anti-Statesmen: Technocrat and Demagogue. </strong>Smith’s chapter on anti-statesmen identifies the two failed models of modern leadership: the technocrat, a problem-solver-in-chief without a narrative, and the demagogue — a Greek word, and a breed democracies reliably produce — who rules through fear, intimidation, and humiliation. Trump, mentioned barely twice in the book, is filed under the latter, classically. Obama remains Smith’s enigma: civic seriousness and dazzling rhetorical gifts — yet lacking, Smith suggests on reflection, what Plato called thymos, a kind of public-spirited anger. Obama’s rationality and coolness, admirable in themselves, gave the impression of a man too aloof from the rough-and-tumble of politics; anger and indignation, judiciously employed — as Smith’s former student Amia Srinivasan has argued — remain formidable tools in the statesman’s tool kit. The Democrats, Smith argues, are trapped between both failed models, and need what Lincoln, FDR, JFK, and Reagan had: an affirmative story of America to embed themselves in.</p><p>•       <strong>One Statesman Standing. </strong>Asked to name a contemporary statesman, Smith offers exactly one — “and I say God bless him”: Volodymyr Zelensky, doing a stirring imitation of Winston Churchill, showing guts and magnanimity in a horrible moment for his people. Otherwise: seven British prime ministers in a decade, and a paucity everywhere else. Statesmen, Smith warns, cannot simply be willed into existence. And the alternative is already visible — the world of Thucydides, where the strong do what they like and the weak suffer what they must, carved into spheres of influence by Iran, Russia, and China. That is what a w...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jul 2026 07:08:36 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/9913d496/37260778.mp3" length="41663140" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3456718" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/9913d496/37260778.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RU_gqkTyifU">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/DHxnlht7p9c2bUivtUA9MQlvTUVP0ZydZinQAJ7pKuw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80NTNk/MWNlMGQ0NDgwYzVh/OGViMDAzMTU1YTQ5/N2JhYS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2601</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The statesman is an educator who leads through language — who gives a people the language they need to think about themselves.” — Steven B. Smith on what makes a statesman</em></p><p> </p><p>Was Odysseus a statesman? The Yale political philosopher <a href="https://yalebooks.yale.edu/book/9780300281743/on-statesmanship/">Steven B. Smith</a> — who, by the way, can’t beg, steal or borrow a ticket to Christopher Nolan’s cinematic epic — offers a cautious yes. While Odysseus wasn’t exactly a founder of states, he was, to borrow one of Homer’s favorite words, “polytropos” — which translates as many-sided, a master of the political adaptability that Machiavelli demanded of his Prince.</p><p> </p><p>In his forthcoming <a href="https://yalebooks.yale.edu/book/9780300281743/on-statesmanship/"><em>On Statesmanship</em></a>, Smith distinguishes the true statesman from the mere leader. All 195 states in the world have leaders, he says, almost none are blessed with statesmen. A genuine statesman, he explains, is an educator who leads his fellow citizens through language. So Lincoln’s Gettysburg Address gave Americans new words to think about themselves. Just like de Gaulle’s “certain idea of France” and Churchill’s uncompromisingly defiant language in 1940.</p><p> </p><p>For statesmen, timing is everything. “Fortune is a woman,” Machiavelli advised his Prince, so she should be mastered adventurously. Many are called, few are chosen. But then they are unchosen. That same unbowed Churchill spent a decade in the political wilderness before 1940, then got booted out of office at the end of the war. Hegel called such figures world-historical individuals — used by history, then cruelly discarded. Ironically, it’s “great” men of history like Odysseus and Churchill who are most vulnerable to its female fortune.</p><p> </p><p><em>On Statesmanship</em> is equally clear about who doesn’t qualify for this exclusive club. Smith argues that Lenin, Hitler, and Napoleon might have founded states, but weren’t statesmen because they had no respect for the rule of law. Nor is the club purely Western, white, or male. Mandela, Havel, Gandhi, and MLK all qualify as “statesmen without states.” Singapore’s Lee Kuan Yew makes the cut as a constitutionalist if not a democrat. Fortune might be a woman, but Margaret Thatcher and Indira Gandhi mastered fate with more adventure than their male colleagues.</p><p> </p><p>Political leadership these days, Smith says, is monopolized by either technocrats or demagogues. In fact, Smith can only name one true contemporary statesman — Volodymyr Zelensky who, he says, is “doing a stirring imitation of Winston Churchill.” Otherwise the world is drifting into Thucydides’ trap where the strong do what they like and the weak suffer what they must. Thus our longing for many-sided leaders like Odysseus. Which is why Nolan’s blockbuster is such a hit that Steven Smith has yet to see it.</p><p> </p><p>One small footnote to this conversation. Afterwards, Smith sent me a note expressing a correction of how he described Obama:</p><p> </p><p><em>“Reflecting back on the conversation, I was embarrassed about what I said about Obama lacking ‘civil courage.’ That is not exactly what I meant. Probably a better formulation would be to say that he lacked what Plato called ‘thymos,’ a kind of public-spirited anger. His rationality and ‘coolness’ — in many ways admirable traits — gave the impression that he was too aloof from the rough-and-tumble of politics. Anger and indignation when judiciously employed, as my former student Amia Srinivasan has argued, remain formidable tools in the statesman’s tool kit.”</em></p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Leader Is Not a Statesman. </strong>There are 195 states in the world and every one has a leader; almost none has a statesman. The concept is an ideal of what leadership aspires to be, running from Plato’s Politikos and the philosopher-king to the present. The statesman has the usual leadership virtues — foresight, courage, determination, a willingness to say unpopular things — but Smith’s central claim is different: the statesman is an educator who leads through language, giving a people the words they need to think about themselves. Lincoln’s Gettysburg Address shaped how Americans understand their republic; de Gaulle led with “a certain idea of France”; Churchill and Disraeli wrote the British self-image.</p><p>•       <strong>Timing — and the Tragedy. </strong>Statesmanship is a matter of the ripe moment, and the moment is cruel. Churchill spent the 1930s in the political wilderness, changed parties, presided over Gallipoli — and yet when 1940 came, he was there, prepared; the instant peace was established, the voters discarded him. Lenin resolved the Marxists’ endless debate about whether Russia was “ripe” by deciding that ripeness was a matter of willpower. Hegel called such figures world-historical individuals — Caesar, Napoleon, Alexander — whom history uses for its purposes and then throws away. Even without Hegel’s grand narrative, Smith notes, statesmen are routinely and cruelly discarded by their own people. There is a tragedy built into the art.</p><p>•       <strong>Who’s Out — and Who’s In. </strong>Lenin, Hitler, and Napoleon founded states, but founders of tyrannies are not statesmen: for Smith the modern statesman is inseparable from constitutionalism — rule of law, balance of powers, the capacity to listen and accept less than the whole loaf. Nor is the club white, Western, or male. Mandela, Havel, Gandhi, and Martin Luther King appear as “statesmen without states,” shaping nations before or without holding office; Lee Kuan Yew qualifies as a constitutionalist if not a democrat; Thatcher — who famously told a wobbling American president to stiffen — and Indira Gandhi practice statecraft at the highest level. As for the word itself: Smith keeps “statesman.” “Statesperson,” he rules, is ugly.</p><p>•       <strong>The Anti-Statesmen: Technocrat and Demagogue. </strong>Smith’s chapter on anti-statesmen identifies the two failed models of modern leadership: the technocrat, a problem-solver-in-chief without a narrative, and the demagogue — a Greek word, and a breed democracies reliably produce — who rules through fear, intimidation, and humiliation. Trump, mentioned barely twice in the book, is filed under the latter, classically. Obama remains Smith’s enigma: civic seriousness and dazzling rhetorical gifts — yet lacking, Smith suggests on reflection, what Plato called thymos, a kind of public-spirited anger. Obama’s rationality and coolness, admirable in themselves, gave the impression of a man too aloof from the rough-and-tumble of politics; anger and indignation, judiciously employed — as Smith’s former student Amia Srinivasan has argued — remain formidable tools in the statesman’s tool kit. The Democrats, Smith argues, are trapped between both failed models, and need what Lincoln, FDR, JFK, and Reagan had: an affirmative story of America to embed themselves in.</p><p>•       <strong>One Statesman Standing. </strong>Asked to name a contemporary statesman, Smith offers exactly one — “and I say God bless him”: Volodymyr Zelensky, doing a stirring imitation of Winston Churchill, showing guts and magnanimity in a horrible moment for his people. Otherwise: seven British prime ministers in a decade, and a paucity everywhere else. Statesmen, Smith warns, cannot simply be willed into existence. And the alternative is already visible — the world of Thucydides, where the strong do what they like and the weak suffer what they must, carved into spheres of influence by Iran, Russia, and China. That is what a w...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An American Circus of Skulls: Paul Stob on Phrenology, the P.T. Barnum of Pseudosciences</title>
      <itunes:episode>2986</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2986</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>An American Circus of Skulls: Paul Stob on Phrenology, the P.T. Barnum of Pseudosciences</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0ade259f-8fa4-4406-bd64-b6013db67505</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“It’s too easy to look back at sciences of the past and say they were all fools. The exact same thing is gonna happen two hundred years from now when people look back at us.” — Paul Stob on the lessons of phrenology</em></p><p> </p><p>Step right up. Over the road from P.T. Barnum’s American Museum in 19th century New York stood the city’s more metaphorical circus — the Phrenological Cabinet, where admission was free and you could hold a murderer’s skull in your hand. After the Barnum museum, it was the second most popular show in town. Although back then phrenology — the supposed science of skull size and head bumps — wasn’t seen as the province of tricksters or clowns.</p><p> </p><p>So who created this 19th century American obsession with skulls, who created the phrenology phenomenon? In his new book, <a href="https://www.counterpointpress.com/books/empire-of-skulls/"><em>Empire of Skulls</em></a>, the Vanderbilt scholar <a href="https://www.counterpointpress.com/books/empire-of-skulls/">Paul Stob</a> tells the phrenology story through the wealthy Fowler family — Orson, Lorenzo, and Charlotte — who financed and promoted this American circus. It was the Fowlers, Stob explains, who shaped phrenology into the intellectual glue of 19th century American progress and convinced reformers like Walt Whitman, Susan B. Anthony, John Brown, and Elizabeth Cady Stanton of its social value.</p><p> </p><p>The appeal was self-improvement, that most American ideal. In Europe, your skull was your fate; in Fowler’s America, you could supposedly reshape your brain like a bicep in order to grow new bumps. A gym for skulls. And, in P.T. Barnum fashion, it toured, bringing replica skull collections to the utopian communes of mid 19th century America. And in good (or bad) American fashion, this bunk often had a darker subtext with skulls pilfered from native burial mounds and, inevitably, a slaveholding phrenologist wing.</p><p> </p><p>Not everyone bought a ticket. Mark Twain visited Lorenzo Fowler’s London depot incognito and was told his skull shape indicated an absence of humor. Three months later, he reappeared, this time as Twain, and got the reverse prognosis. But what finally killed phrenology wasn’t Twain but the hitherto unparalleled bloodshed of the Civil War. Not even the Fowlers could glean much positive from the mountains of actual skulls at Gettysburg or Antietam. The circus had ended. Now it’s the Fowlers who are the freaks. We gawk at them rather than their skulls. Step right up. The show must go on.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Intellectual Glue of American Reform. </strong>From the 1830s to the 1860s — the era of reform — practically every movement to improve the young republic was led by believers in phrenology: abolition, women’s suffrage, temperance, prison and education reform. Whitman, Susan B. Anthony, John Brown, Stanton, and Mott were all sympathetic; Orson Fowler barnstormed Massachusetts with his Amherst friend Henry Ward Beecher, who swore by phrenology for the rest of his life; John Brown Jr. worked at the Fowlers’ Phrenological Cabinet until Bleeding Kansas called him west. The reason was one word: improvement. Even the enslaved, the phrenologists argued, must be freed — because every human being deserves the chance to improve.</p><p>•       <strong>Curl Your Brain Like a Bicep. </strong>European phrenology said your skull was your fate. The Fowlers Americanized it: exercise a mental faculty, they taught, and the brain deposits new gray matter that literally pushes out the skull — self-improvement you could measure with calipers. Parents brought children for readings, returned years later, and found the head had grown just as prescribed: to the Fowlers, concrete proof. The ideal male head measured twenty-three inches around, the female twenty-two — women started in a different place, but nothing said they couldn’t climb. And in 1843’s Hereditary Descent, Orson made an argument radical for his century: that race mixing was a positive good for humanity.</p><p>•       <strong>Second Only to Barnum. </strong>For three decades the Fowlers’ Phrenological Cabinet at Clinton Hall — free of charge, unlike the American Museum kitty-corner across the street — was the second most visited tourist attraction in New York City. Visitors could hold a murderer’s skull and feel for themselves why he killed, or trace the bumps of statesmen and writers. The empire was literal: the global skull trade of the era, from Samuel Morton’s Crania Americana to skulls pilfered from native burial mounds, stocked the shelves. The Fowlers were millionaires, not billionaires — and Orson spent his share on a sixty-room octagon mansion, flagship of the 500-odd octagon houses he inspired across America.</p><p>•       <strong>Twain’s Two Visits — and the Birth of “Pseudoscience.” </strong>Oliver Wendell Holmes Sr. said reading a brain through a skull was like reading the inside of a safe by feeling the knob — and coined the word “pseudoscience” specifically for the phrenologists. Mark Twain ran the experiment: visiting Lorenzo Fowler’s London depot incognito, he was told his organ of mirthfulness was a divot; three months later, business card presented, it was off the charts. Stob still insists on calling phrenology a science — because that is how its era understood it, because it was more accurate than much of the competition, and because one of the fathers of American neurology emerged from the Fowlers’ own circle.</p><p>•       <strong>We Are the Phrenologists Now. </strong>What killed phrenology was the Civil War: three decades of promising heaven on earth ran skull first into carts of actual skulls, and the utopia of self-improvement died on the battlefield. But the impulse never did. Phrenology, Stob argues, was self-help before the word existed — and its descendants fill the airport bookstore: astrology, Myers-Briggs, the Enneagram, the genetic ancestry kit, all of them, in his words, scientifically garbage yet enormously significant in people’s lives. The uncharitable reading of the past is a trap. In two hundred years, Stob warns, they will look back at our sciences of the self exactly the way we look at the Fowlers.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.counterpointpress.com/books/empire-of-skulls/">Paul Stob</a> is Director of the Program in American Studies at Vanderbilt University, where he also teaches in the Department of Communication Studies and the Program in the Communication of Science and Technology. His research focuses on nineteenth-century American intellectual culture — religion, democracy, populism, and social movements. He is co-author, with Stephen Lucas, of <em>The Art of Public Speaking</em>, now in its fourteenth edition. His first trade book is <a href="https://www.counterpointpress.com/books/empire-of-skulls/"><em>Empire of Skulls: Phrenology, the Fowler Family, and a New Nation’s Quest to Unlock the Secrets of the Mind</em></a> (Counterpoint, April 14, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.counterpointpress.com/books/empire-of-skulls/"><em>Empire of Skulls: Phrenology, the Fowler Family, and a New Nation’s Quest to Unlock the Secrets of the Mind</em></a> by Paul Stob (Counterpoint, April 2026). Jennifer Wright in <em>The New York Times Book Review</em>: “A thoroughly researched and intriguing work.”</p><p>•       <em>The Gospel According to Hobby Lobby</em> by Michael Blanding — the recent Keen On episode on the Greens, this show’s previous installment of ...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“It’s too easy to look back at sciences of the past and say they were all fools. The exact same thing is gonna happen two hundred years from now when people look back at us.” — Paul Stob on the lessons of phrenology</em></p><p> </p><p>Step right up. Over the road from P.T. Barnum’s American Museum in 19th century New York stood the city’s more metaphorical circus — the Phrenological Cabinet, where admission was free and you could hold a murderer’s skull in your hand. After the Barnum museum, it was the second most popular show in town. Although back then phrenology — the supposed science of skull size and head bumps — wasn’t seen as the province of tricksters or clowns.</p><p> </p><p>So who created this 19th century American obsession with skulls, who created the phrenology phenomenon? In his new book, <a href="https://www.counterpointpress.com/books/empire-of-skulls/"><em>Empire of Skulls</em></a>, the Vanderbilt scholar <a href="https://www.counterpointpress.com/books/empire-of-skulls/">Paul Stob</a> tells the phrenology story through the wealthy Fowler family — Orson, Lorenzo, and Charlotte — who financed and promoted this American circus. It was the Fowlers, Stob explains, who shaped phrenology into the intellectual glue of 19th century American progress and convinced reformers like Walt Whitman, Susan B. Anthony, John Brown, and Elizabeth Cady Stanton of its social value.</p><p> </p><p>The appeal was self-improvement, that most American ideal. In Europe, your skull was your fate; in Fowler’s America, you could supposedly reshape your brain like a bicep in order to grow new bumps. A gym for skulls. And, in P.T. Barnum fashion, it toured, bringing replica skull collections to the utopian communes of mid 19th century America. And in good (or bad) American fashion, this bunk often had a darker subtext with skulls pilfered from native burial mounds and, inevitably, a slaveholding phrenologist wing.</p><p> </p><p>Not everyone bought a ticket. Mark Twain visited Lorenzo Fowler’s London depot incognito and was told his skull shape indicated an absence of humor. Three months later, he reappeared, this time as Twain, and got the reverse prognosis. But what finally killed phrenology wasn’t Twain but the hitherto unparalleled bloodshed of the Civil War. Not even the Fowlers could glean much positive from the mountains of actual skulls at Gettysburg or Antietam. The circus had ended. Now it’s the Fowlers who are the freaks. We gawk at them rather than their skulls. Step right up. The show must go on.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Intellectual Glue of American Reform. </strong>From the 1830s to the 1860s — the era of reform — practically every movement to improve the young republic was led by believers in phrenology: abolition, women’s suffrage, temperance, prison and education reform. Whitman, Susan B. Anthony, John Brown, Stanton, and Mott were all sympathetic; Orson Fowler barnstormed Massachusetts with his Amherst friend Henry Ward Beecher, who swore by phrenology for the rest of his life; John Brown Jr. worked at the Fowlers’ Phrenological Cabinet until Bleeding Kansas called him west. The reason was one word: improvement. Even the enslaved, the phrenologists argued, must be freed — because every human being deserves the chance to improve.</p><p>•       <strong>Curl Your Brain Like a Bicep. </strong>European phrenology said your skull was your fate. The Fowlers Americanized it: exercise a mental faculty, they taught, and the brain deposits new gray matter that literally pushes out the skull — self-improvement you could measure with calipers. Parents brought children for readings, returned years later, and found the head had grown just as prescribed: to the Fowlers, concrete proof. The ideal male head measured twenty-three inches around, the female twenty-two — women started in a different place, but nothing said they couldn’t climb. And in 1843’s Hereditary Descent, Orson made an argument radical for his century: that race mixing was a positive good for humanity.</p><p>•       <strong>Second Only to Barnum. </strong>For three decades the Fowlers’ Phrenological Cabinet at Clinton Hall — free of charge, unlike the American Museum kitty-corner across the street — was the second most visited tourist attraction in New York City. Visitors could hold a murderer’s skull and feel for themselves why he killed, or trace the bumps of statesmen and writers. The empire was literal: the global skull trade of the era, from Samuel Morton’s Crania Americana to skulls pilfered from native burial mounds, stocked the shelves. The Fowlers were millionaires, not billionaires — and Orson spent his share on a sixty-room octagon mansion, flagship of the 500-odd octagon houses he inspired across America.</p><p>•       <strong>Twain’s Two Visits — and the Birth of “Pseudoscience.” </strong>Oliver Wendell Holmes Sr. said reading a brain through a skull was like reading the inside of a safe by feeling the knob — and coined the word “pseudoscience” specifically for the phrenologists. Mark Twain ran the experiment: visiting Lorenzo Fowler’s London depot incognito, he was told his organ of mirthfulness was a divot; three months later, business card presented, it was off the charts. Stob still insists on calling phrenology a science — because that is how its era understood it, because it was more accurate than much of the competition, and because one of the fathers of American neurology emerged from the Fowlers’ own circle.</p><p>•       <strong>We Are the Phrenologists Now. </strong>What killed phrenology was the Civil War: three decades of promising heaven on earth ran skull first into carts of actual skulls, and the utopia of self-improvement died on the battlefield. But the impulse never did. Phrenology, Stob argues, was self-help before the word existed — and its descendants fill the airport bookstore: astrology, Myers-Briggs, the Enneagram, the genetic ancestry kit, all of them, in his words, scientifically garbage yet enormously significant in people’s lives. The uncharitable reading of the past is a trap. In two hundred years, Stob warns, they will look back at our sciences of the self exactly the way we look at the Fowlers.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.counterpointpress.com/books/empire-of-skulls/">Paul Stob</a> is Director of the Program in American Studies at Vanderbilt University, where he also teaches in the Department of Communication Studies and the Program in the Communication of Science and Technology. His research focuses on nineteenth-century American intellectual culture — religion, democracy, populism, and social movements. He is co-author, with Stephen Lucas, of <em>The Art of Public Speaking</em>, now in its fourteenth edition. His first trade book is <a href="https://www.counterpointpress.com/books/empire-of-skulls/"><em>Empire of Skulls: Phrenology, the Fowler Family, and a New Nation’s Quest to Unlock the Secrets of the Mind</em></a> (Counterpoint, April 14, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.counterpointpress.com/books/empire-of-skulls/"><em>Empire of Skulls: Phrenology, the Fowler Family, and a New Nation’s Quest to Unlock the Secrets of the Mind</em></a> by Paul Stob (Counterpoint, April 2026). Jennifer Wright in <em>The New York Times Book Review</em>: “A thoroughly researched and intriguing work.”</p><p>•       <em>The Gospel According to Hobby Lobby</em> by Michael Blanding — the recent Keen On episode on the Greens, this show’s previous installment of ...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2026 06:47:33 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/6ef953e9/9eccf8f5.mp3" length="39018233" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3443969" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/6ef953e9/9eccf8f5.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ce6UT4rjmnw">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/voZBvvGB3RD74iZNOvjZ41Mh_Q4fh94nXCvVKJILzVA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8zYjM0/YWRiYWVjYzhkNjgz/MjEyYzVmNmJiMDBk/MDhlZC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2435</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“It’s too easy to look back at sciences of the past and say they were all fools. The exact same thing is gonna happen two hundred years from now when people look back at us.” — Paul Stob on the lessons of phrenology</em></p><p> </p><p>Step right up. Over the road from P.T. Barnum’s American Museum in 19th century New York stood the city’s more metaphorical circus — the Phrenological Cabinet, where admission was free and you could hold a murderer’s skull in your hand. After the Barnum museum, it was the second most popular show in town. Although back then phrenology — the supposed science of skull size and head bumps — wasn’t seen as the province of tricksters or clowns.</p><p> </p><p>So who created this 19th century American obsession with skulls, who created the phrenology phenomenon? In his new book, <a href="https://www.counterpointpress.com/books/empire-of-skulls/"><em>Empire of Skulls</em></a>, the Vanderbilt scholar <a href="https://www.counterpointpress.com/books/empire-of-skulls/">Paul Stob</a> tells the phrenology story through the wealthy Fowler family — Orson, Lorenzo, and Charlotte — who financed and promoted this American circus. It was the Fowlers, Stob explains, who shaped phrenology into the intellectual glue of 19th century American progress and convinced reformers like Walt Whitman, Susan B. Anthony, John Brown, and Elizabeth Cady Stanton of its social value.</p><p> </p><p>The appeal was self-improvement, that most American ideal. In Europe, your skull was your fate; in Fowler’s America, you could supposedly reshape your brain like a bicep in order to grow new bumps. A gym for skulls. And, in P.T. Barnum fashion, it toured, bringing replica skull collections to the utopian communes of mid 19th century America. And in good (or bad) American fashion, this bunk often had a darker subtext with skulls pilfered from native burial mounds and, inevitably, a slaveholding phrenologist wing.</p><p> </p><p>Not everyone bought a ticket. Mark Twain visited Lorenzo Fowler’s London depot incognito and was told his skull shape indicated an absence of humor. Three months later, he reappeared, this time as Twain, and got the reverse prognosis. But what finally killed phrenology wasn’t Twain but the hitherto unparalleled bloodshed of the Civil War. Not even the Fowlers could glean much positive from the mountains of actual skulls at Gettysburg or Antietam. The circus had ended. Now it’s the Fowlers who are the freaks. We gawk at them rather than their skulls. Step right up. The show must go on.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Intellectual Glue of American Reform. </strong>From the 1830s to the 1860s — the era of reform — practically every movement to improve the young republic was led by believers in phrenology: abolition, women’s suffrage, temperance, prison and education reform. Whitman, Susan B. Anthony, John Brown, Stanton, and Mott were all sympathetic; Orson Fowler barnstormed Massachusetts with his Amherst friend Henry Ward Beecher, who swore by phrenology for the rest of his life; John Brown Jr. worked at the Fowlers’ Phrenological Cabinet until Bleeding Kansas called him west. The reason was one word: improvement. Even the enslaved, the phrenologists argued, must be freed — because every human being deserves the chance to improve.</p><p>•       <strong>Curl Your Brain Like a Bicep. </strong>European phrenology said your skull was your fate. The Fowlers Americanized it: exercise a mental faculty, they taught, and the brain deposits new gray matter that literally pushes out the skull — self-improvement you could measure with calipers. Parents brought children for readings, returned years later, and found the head had grown just as prescribed: to the Fowlers, concrete proof. The ideal male head measured twenty-three inches around, the female twenty-two — women started in a different place, but nothing said they couldn’t climb. And in 1843’s Hereditary Descent, Orson made an argument radical for his century: that race mixing was a positive good for humanity.</p><p>•       <strong>Second Only to Barnum. </strong>For three decades the Fowlers’ Phrenological Cabinet at Clinton Hall — free of charge, unlike the American Museum kitty-corner across the street — was the second most visited tourist attraction in New York City. Visitors could hold a murderer’s skull and feel for themselves why he killed, or trace the bumps of statesmen and writers. The empire was literal: the global skull trade of the era, from Samuel Morton’s Crania Americana to skulls pilfered from native burial mounds, stocked the shelves. The Fowlers were millionaires, not billionaires — and Orson spent his share on a sixty-room octagon mansion, flagship of the 500-odd octagon houses he inspired across America.</p><p>•       <strong>Twain’s Two Visits — and the Birth of “Pseudoscience.” </strong>Oliver Wendell Holmes Sr. said reading a brain through a skull was like reading the inside of a safe by feeling the knob — and coined the word “pseudoscience” specifically for the phrenologists. Mark Twain ran the experiment: visiting Lorenzo Fowler’s London depot incognito, he was told his organ of mirthfulness was a divot; three months later, business card presented, it was off the charts. Stob still insists on calling phrenology a science — because that is how its era understood it, because it was more accurate than much of the competition, and because one of the fathers of American neurology emerged from the Fowlers’ own circle.</p><p>•       <strong>We Are the Phrenologists Now. </strong>What killed phrenology was the Civil War: three decades of promising heaven on earth ran skull first into carts of actual skulls, and the utopia of self-improvement died on the battlefield. But the impulse never did. Phrenology, Stob argues, was self-help before the word existed — and its descendants fill the airport bookstore: astrology, Myers-Briggs, the Enneagram, the genetic ancestry kit, all of them, in his words, scientifically garbage yet enormously significant in people’s lives. The uncharitable reading of the past is a trap. In two hundred years, Stob warns, they will look back at our sciences of the self exactly the way we look at the Fowlers.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.counterpointpress.com/books/empire-of-skulls/">Paul Stob</a> is Director of the Program in American Studies at Vanderbilt University, where he also teaches in the Department of Communication Studies and the Program in the Communication of Science and Technology. His research focuses on nineteenth-century American intellectual culture — religion, democracy, populism, and social movements. He is co-author, with Stephen Lucas, of <em>The Art of Public Speaking</em>, now in its fourteenth edition. His first trade book is <a href="https://www.counterpointpress.com/books/empire-of-skulls/"><em>Empire of Skulls: Phrenology, the Fowler Family, and a New Nation’s Quest to Unlock the Secrets of the Mind</em></a> (Counterpoint, April 14, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.counterpointpress.com/books/empire-of-skulls/"><em>Empire of Skulls: Phrenology, the Fowler Family, and a New Nation’s Quest to Unlock the Secrets of the Mind</em></a> by Paul Stob (Counterpoint, April 2026). Jennifer Wright in <em>The New York Times Book Review</em>: “A thoroughly researched and intriguing work.”</p><p>•       <em>The Gospel According to Hobby Lobby</em> by Michael Blanding — the recent Keen On episode on the Greens, this show’s previous installment of ...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/6ef953e9/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Walk from Mumbai to San Francisco: Saumya Roy Navigates the Cracks in the American Dream</title>
      <itunes:episode>2985</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2985</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Walk from Mumbai to San Francisco: Saumya Roy Navigates the Cracks in the American Dream</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4976115b-5fb6-4441-808a-ddcfcd2d84c8</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“There is the burden of being homeless and the burden of being judged for it.” — Saumya Roy on poverty in America</em></p><p> </p><p>How does the world look at America in the MAGA age? This is our third conversation drawn from <a href="https://www.thedial.world/how-we-see-it"><em>How We See It</em></a>, a collection of essays about America from the excellent new publication <a href="https://www.thedial.world/">The Dial</a>. In the first, The Dial’s Paris-based editor <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/the-united-states-of-oddity">Madeleine Schwartz</a> offered a very French version about the oddities of Trump’s America. In the second, the Turkish novelist and commentator <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/from-istanbul-with-love">Kaya Genç</a> gave us his view from Istanbul. Today, we have a take on America from the Indian-born <a href="https://www.aljazeera.com/author/saumya-roy">Saumya Roy</a>, Al Jazeera’s San Francisco correspondent and the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/678938/castaway-mountain-by-saumya-roy/"><em>Castaway Mountain</em></a>, a book about the wastepickers of her hometown Mumbai.</p><p> </p><p>Saumya Roy’s inside-out America is the one glimpsed from the back of a San Francisco cab, whose Indian driver told her he’d walked here from Mumbai. In her Dial essay, Roy compares the poverty of her hometown, Mumbai — the subject of <em>Castaway Mountain</em> — with the homelessness outside that San Francisco cab. The comparison isn’t quite what you’d expect. Mumbai’s poverty is vaster and more dehumanizing — a hundred thousand street people against San Francisco’s eight thousand. But in Mumbai Roy finds a social kind of poverty, whereas in San Francisco it’s atomized and isolating. In the land of personal responsibility, she reports, there’s a double burden of being on the street: being homeless, and being judged for it. Some of the street people Roy meets even shower at a gym each Christmas so their families won’t know their predicament.</p><p> </p><p>And yet Roy still recognizes the American dream. She reports that it often burns brighter in a Mumbai slum — where a young gig worker told her he wants to be “the Elon Musk of India” — than it does in America itself. That dream can be real, she says, just as it can be cracked. From the back of her San Francisco cab, Saumya Roy sees both Americas.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>“I Walked from Mumbai to the US.” </strong>A cab driver’s five-word answer contains the whole story. In the popular imagination, Indian America is the America of tech CEOs and startup founders; beneath it are millions — many undocumented — who chased the same dream, work small jobs, and were left behind by the wave. San Francisco, Roy observes, is a boom and bust town — dot-com, social media, now AI — and the American dream is a wave: catch it and you make an amazing life; miss it and you may end up sleeping in the subway car of the world’s richest city. The dream, she says, can be fulfilled — and the dream can be cracked.</p><p>•       <strong>The Double Burden. </strong>Mumbai’s poverty is vaster and more dehumanizing than anything in America — children dying of tuberculosis in their teens, perhaps 100,000 people on the street against San Francisco’s eight thousand. But it is social: even at a distance you see cooking smells, cradles, families living together on the sidewalk. American homelessness struck Roy as profoundly isolated — everything owned in a shopping cart, riding the train aimlessly because no one is waiting anywhere. And the ideology of personal responsibility cuts both ways: if success is earned, failure must be deserved. Hence the double burden — being homeless, and being judged for it — and the people who shower at a gym each Christmas so their families won’t learn where they live.</p><p>•       <strong>What Is Growth For? </strong>The AI boom is minting $250 million research salaries and trillion-dollar IPOs that will change the face of San Francisco for decades — while polls show seventy to eighty percent of Americans fear losing their jobs to AI investment, and a single medical expense can capsize a family. Young Americans watch the markers of their parents’ lives — a home, affordable gas, a job within a year of graduation — drift out of reach. Roy’s question is the one policymakers keep dodging: what is growth really for, if it doesn’t translate into a better quality of life for the people who need it most?</p><p>•       <strong>The Mumbai Model. </strong>Roy’s editor at The Dial asked why she wrote “homeless” for San Francisco but not for Mumbai — and the answer became the essay. In Roy’s own lifetime, Mumbai has moved more than 100,000 people off its sidewalks and railway tracks: not by sweeps, evictions, and demonization, but by involving communities — especially women — and giving people confidence that the housing they moved to would be safe and secure. Meanwhile only ten to twelve percent of San Francisco’s homeless report substance use or mental illness as the cause; eighty-eight percent are simply priced out, often working two or three jobs. As Roy puts it: they deserve a hug more than they deserve to be evicted.</p><p>•       <strong>The Dream Burns Brighter Abroad. </strong>Reporting on unemployment in a Mumbai slum, Roy climbed a steep staircase to interview a young gig worker and asked him his dream. “I want to be the Elon Musk of India,” he said. The American dream, Roy suggests, now burns brighter in Mumbai and the Gulf than in America itself — where the darkness is emotional rather than economic, a mourning for the idea of America rather than its numbers. Neither MAGA nor doom-monger, Roy watches a country that leads the world in innovation while paying developers not to build wind farms, and concludes that what people everywhere are grappling for — left, right, and abroad — is a system that reflects the crises they actually live.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.thedial.world/how-we-see-it">Saumya Roy</a> is Al Jazeera’s San Francisco-based correspondent, covering technology and the environment. A former Mumbai journalist who co-founded the microfinance nonprofit Vandana Foundation, she is the author of <em>Castaway Mountain: Love and Loss Among the Wastepickers of Mumbai</em> (Astra House, 2021), one of NPR’s best books of the year. Her essay on Mumbai, San Francisco, and the American dream appears in <a href="https://www.thedial.world/how-we-see-it"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a> (The New Press, June 2026), edited by Madeleine Schwartz.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.thedial.world/how-we-see-it"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a>, edited by Madeleine Schwartz (The New Press, June 2026). Adam Shatz: “It is often foreigners who understand us best.”</p><p>•       <em>Castaway Mountain: Love and Loss Among the Wastepickers of Mumbai</em> by Saumya Roy — her acclaimed account of the lives built on Mumbai’s Deonar garbage mountain, an NPR best book of 2021.</p><p>•       <em>Behind the Beautiful Forevers</em> by Katherine Boo — the Mumbai classic in whose tradition Roy’s reporting stands.</p><p>•       Madeleine Schwartz and The Dial — the volume’s editor, whose own Keen On America conversation about the book preceded this one.</p><p>•       Stephen Marche — the old friend of the show whose re...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“There is the burden of being homeless and the burden of being judged for it.” — Saumya Roy on poverty in America</em></p><p> </p><p>How does the world look at America in the MAGA age? This is our third conversation drawn from <a href="https://www.thedial.world/how-we-see-it"><em>How We See It</em></a>, a collection of essays about America from the excellent new publication <a href="https://www.thedial.world/">The Dial</a>. In the first, The Dial’s Paris-based editor <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/the-united-states-of-oddity">Madeleine Schwartz</a> offered a very French version about the oddities of Trump’s America. In the second, the Turkish novelist and commentator <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/from-istanbul-with-love">Kaya Genç</a> gave us his view from Istanbul. Today, we have a take on America from the Indian-born <a href="https://www.aljazeera.com/author/saumya-roy">Saumya Roy</a>, Al Jazeera’s San Francisco correspondent and the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/678938/castaway-mountain-by-saumya-roy/"><em>Castaway Mountain</em></a>, a book about the wastepickers of her hometown Mumbai.</p><p> </p><p>Saumya Roy’s inside-out America is the one glimpsed from the back of a San Francisco cab, whose Indian driver told her he’d walked here from Mumbai. In her Dial essay, Roy compares the poverty of her hometown, Mumbai — the subject of <em>Castaway Mountain</em> — with the homelessness outside that San Francisco cab. The comparison isn’t quite what you’d expect. Mumbai’s poverty is vaster and more dehumanizing — a hundred thousand street people against San Francisco’s eight thousand. But in Mumbai Roy finds a social kind of poverty, whereas in San Francisco it’s atomized and isolating. In the land of personal responsibility, she reports, there’s a double burden of being on the street: being homeless, and being judged for it. Some of the street people Roy meets even shower at a gym each Christmas so their families won’t know their predicament.</p><p> </p><p>And yet Roy still recognizes the American dream. She reports that it often burns brighter in a Mumbai slum — where a young gig worker told her he wants to be “the Elon Musk of India” — than it does in America itself. That dream can be real, she says, just as it can be cracked. From the back of her San Francisco cab, Saumya Roy sees both Americas.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>“I Walked from Mumbai to the US.” </strong>A cab driver’s five-word answer contains the whole story. In the popular imagination, Indian America is the America of tech CEOs and startup founders; beneath it are millions — many undocumented — who chased the same dream, work small jobs, and were left behind by the wave. San Francisco, Roy observes, is a boom and bust town — dot-com, social media, now AI — and the American dream is a wave: catch it and you make an amazing life; miss it and you may end up sleeping in the subway car of the world’s richest city. The dream, she says, can be fulfilled — and the dream can be cracked.</p><p>•       <strong>The Double Burden. </strong>Mumbai’s poverty is vaster and more dehumanizing than anything in America — children dying of tuberculosis in their teens, perhaps 100,000 people on the street against San Francisco’s eight thousand. But it is social: even at a distance you see cooking smells, cradles, families living together on the sidewalk. American homelessness struck Roy as profoundly isolated — everything owned in a shopping cart, riding the train aimlessly because no one is waiting anywhere. And the ideology of personal responsibility cuts both ways: if success is earned, failure must be deserved. Hence the double burden — being homeless, and being judged for it — and the people who shower at a gym each Christmas so their families won’t learn where they live.</p><p>•       <strong>What Is Growth For? </strong>The AI boom is minting $250 million research salaries and trillion-dollar IPOs that will change the face of San Francisco for decades — while polls show seventy to eighty percent of Americans fear losing their jobs to AI investment, and a single medical expense can capsize a family. Young Americans watch the markers of their parents’ lives — a home, affordable gas, a job within a year of graduation — drift out of reach. Roy’s question is the one policymakers keep dodging: what is growth really for, if it doesn’t translate into a better quality of life for the people who need it most?</p><p>•       <strong>The Mumbai Model. </strong>Roy’s editor at The Dial asked why she wrote “homeless” for San Francisco but not for Mumbai — and the answer became the essay. In Roy’s own lifetime, Mumbai has moved more than 100,000 people off its sidewalks and railway tracks: not by sweeps, evictions, and demonization, but by involving communities — especially women — and giving people confidence that the housing they moved to would be safe and secure. Meanwhile only ten to twelve percent of San Francisco’s homeless report substance use or mental illness as the cause; eighty-eight percent are simply priced out, often working two or three jobs. As Roy puts it: they deserve a hug more than they deserve to be evicted.</p><p>•       <strong>The Dream Burns Brighter Abroad. </strong>Reporting on unemployment in a Mumbai slum, Roy climbed a steep staircase to interview a young gig worker and asked him his dream. “I want to be the Elon Musk of India,” he said. The American dream, Roy suggests, now burns brighter in Mumbai and the Gulf than in America itself — where the darkness is emotional rather than economic, a mourning for the idea of America rather than its numbers. Neither MAGA nor doom-monger, Roy watches a country that leads the world in innovation while paying developers not to build wind farms, and concludes that what people everywhere are grappling for — left, right, and abroad — is a system that reflects the crises they actually live.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.thedial.world/how-we-see-it">Saumya Roy</a> is Al Jazeera’s San Francisco-based correspondent, covering technology and the environment. A former Mumbai journalist who co-founded the microfinance nonprofit Vandana Foundation, she is the author of <em>Castaway Mountain: Love and Loss Among the Wastepickers of Mumbai</em> (Astra House, 2021), one of NPR’s best books of the year. Her essay on Mumbai, San Francisco, and the American dream appears in <a href="https://www.thedial.world/how-we-see-it"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a> (The New Press, June 2026), edited by Madeleine Schwartz.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.thedial.world/how-we-see-it"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a>, edited by Madeleine Schwartz (The New Press, June 2026). Adam Shatz: “It is often foreigners who understand us best.”</p><p>•       <em>Castaway Mountain: Love and Loss Among the Wastepickers of Mumbai</em> by Saumya Roy — her acclaimed account of the lives built on Mumbai’s Deonar garbage mountain, an NPR best book of 2021.</p><p>•       <em>Behind the Beautiful Forevers</em> by Katherine Boo — the Mumbai classic in whose tradition Roy’s reporting stands.</p><p>•       Madeleine Schwartz and The Dial — the volume’s editor, whose own Keen On America conversation about the book preceded this one.</p><p>•       Stephen Marche — the old friend of the show whose re...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jul 2026 11:52:19 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/0b5383dc/440285d8.mp3" length="34996377" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3453582" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/0b5383dc/440285d8.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=J2tXE-avpo8">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/gbLsL7RjO5g_enGyuG_wgK5r8MT4D7XBtso-WMkZAm0/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9jYmJh/YjI1YjE0NDI5NzBj/M2QyMDY4ZDM2ZGRj/ZWZiOS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2185</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“There is the burden of being homeless and the burden of being judged for it.” — Saumya Roy on poverty in America</em></p><p> </p><p>How does the world look at America in the MAGA age? This is our third conversation drawn from <a href="https://www.thedial.world/how-we-see-it"><em>How We See It</em></a>, a collection of essays about America from the excellent new publication <a href="https://www.thedial.world/">The Dial</a>. In the first, The Dial’s Paris-based editor <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/the-united-states-of-oddity">Madeleine Schwartz</a> offered a very French version about the oddities of Trump’s America. In the second, the Turkish novelist and commentator <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/from-istanbul-with-love">Kaya Genç</a> gave us his view from Istanbul. Today, we have a take on America from the Indian-born <a href="https://www.aljazeera.com/author/saumya-roy">Saumya Roy</a>, Al Jazeera’s San Francisco correspondent and the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/678938/castaway-mountain-by-saumya-roy/"><em>Castaway Mountain</em></a>, a book about the wastepickers of her hometown Mumbai.</p><p> </p><p>Saumya Roy’s inside-out America is the one glimpsed from the back of a San Francisco cab, whose Indian driver told her he’d walked here from Mumbai. In her Dial essay, Roy compares the poverty of her hometown, Mumbai — the subject of <em>Castaway Mountain</em> — with the homelessness outside that San Francisco cab. The comparison isn’t quite what you’d expect. Mumbai’s poverty is vaster and more dehumanizing — a hundred thousand street people against San Francisco’s eight thousand. But in Mumbai Roy finds a social kind of poverty, whereas in San Francisco it’s atomized and isolating. In the land of personal responsibility, she reports, there’s a double burden of being on the street: being homeless, and being judged for it. Some of the street people Roy meets even shower at a gym each Christmas so their families won’t know their predicament.</p><p> </p><p>And yet Roy still recognizes the American dream. She reports that it often burns brighter in a Mumbai slum — where a young gig worker told her he wants to be “the Elon Musk of India” — than it does in America itself. That dream can be real, she says, just as it can be cracked. From the back of her San Francisco cab, Saumya Roy sees both Americas.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>“I Walked from Mumbai to the US.” </strong>A cab driver’s five-word answer contains the whole story. In the popular imagination, Indian America is the America of tech CEOs and startup founders; beneath it are millions — many undocumented — who chased the same dream, work small jobs, and were left behind by the wave. San Francisco, Roy observes, is a boom and bust town — dot-com, social media, now AI — and the American dream is a wave: catch it and you make an amazing life; miss it and you may end up sleeping in the subway car of the world’s richest city. The dream, she says, can be fulfilled — and the dream can be cracked.</p><p>•       <strong>The Double Burden. </strong>Mumbai’s poverty is vaster and more dehumanizing than anything in America — children dying of tuberculosis in their teens, perhaps 100,000 people on the street against San Francisco’s eight thousand. But it is social: even at a distance you see cooking smells, cradles, families living together on the sidewalk. American homelessness struck Roy as profoundly isolated — everything owned in a shopping cart, riding the train aimlessly because no one is waiting anywhere. And the ideology of personal responsibility cuts both ways: if success is earned, failure must be deserved. Hence the double burden — being homeless, and being judged for it — and the people who shower at a gym each Christmas so their families won’t learn where they live.</p><p>•       <strong>What Is Growth For? </strong>The AI boom is minting $250 million research salaries and trillion-dollar IPOs that will change the face of San Francisco for decades — while polls show seventy to eighty percent of Americans fear losing their jobs to AI investment, and a single medical expense can capsize a family. Young Americans watch the markers of their parents’ lives — a home, affordable gas, a job within a year of graduation — drift out of reach. Roy’s question is the one policymakers keep dodging: what is growth really for, if it doesn’t translate into a better quality of life for the people who need it most?</p><p>•       <strong>The Mumbai Model. </strong>Roy’s editor at The Dial asked why she wrote “homeless” for San Francisco but not for Mumbai — and the answer became the essay. In Roy’s own lifetime, Mumbai has moved more than 100,000 people off its sidewalks and railway tracks: not by sweeps, evictions, and demonization, but by involving communities — especially women — and giving people confidence that the housing they moved to would be safe and secure. Meanwhile only ten to twelve percent of San Francisco’s homeless report substance use or mental illness as the cause; eighty-eight percent are simply priced out, often working two or three jobs. As Roy puts it: they deserve a hug more than they deserve to be evicted.</p><p>•       <strong>The Dream Burns Brighter Abroad. </strong>Reporting on unemployment in a Mumbai slum, Roy climbed a steep staircase to interview a young gig worker and asked him his dream. “I want to be the Elon Musk of India,” he said. The American dream, Roy suggests, now burns brighter in Mumbai and the Gulf than in America itself — where the darkness is emotional rather than economic, a mourning for the idea of America rather than its numbers. Neither MAGA nor doom-monger, Roy watches a country that leads the world in innovation while paying developers not to build wind farms, and concludes that what people everywhere are grappling for — left, right, and abroad — is a system that reflects the crises they actually live.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.thedial.world/how-we-see-it">Saumya Roy</a> is Al Jazeera’s San Francisco-based correspondent, covering technology and the environment. A former Mumbai journalist who co-founded the microfinance nonprofit Vandana Foundation, she is the author of <em>Castaway Mountain: Love and Loss Among the Wastepickers of Mumbai</em> (Astra House, 2021), one of NPR’s best books of the year. Her essay on Mumbai, San Francisco, and the American dream appears in <a href="https://www.thedial.world/how-we-see-it"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a> (The New Press, June 2026), edited by Madeleine Schwartz.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.thedial.world/how-we-see-it"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a>, edited by Madeleine Schwartz (The New Press, June 2026). Adam Shatz: “It is often foreigners who understand us best.”</p><p>•       <em>Castaway Mountain: Love and Loss Among the Wastepickers of Mumbai</em> by Saumya Roy — her acclaimed account of the lives built on Mumbai’s Deonar garbage mountain, an NPR best book of 2021.</p><p>•       <em>Behind the Beautiful Forevers</em> by Katherine Boo — the Mumbai classic in whose tradition Roy’s reporting stands.</p><p>•       Madeleine Schwartz and The Dial — the volume’s editor, whose own Keen On America conversation about the book preceded this one.</p><p>•       Stephen Marche — the old friend of the show whose re...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0b5383dc/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0b5383dc/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kill Bill or Kill Keith? Why Using AI to Author Books Might Not Be in the Interest of Man</title>
      <itunes:episode>2984</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2984</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Kill Bill or Kill Keith? Why Using AI to Author Books Might Not Be in the Interest of Man</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2e110cf6-b67a-49eb-a3b2-f2c4f1fdc77e</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“It’s a realization of my individual self, not an alienation of it.” — Keith Teare on the book he wrote with AI in a week</em></p><p> </p><p>Welcome to episode 2984 of the show. A week is certainly an age in AI time. Since last week’s “Who Owns Intelligence” show, <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher Keith Teare has used AI to write an entire book entitled, surprise surprise, <em>Who Owns Intelligence</em>. No wonder, as Keith’s <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">editorial</a> this week puts it, AI has its enemies.</p><p> </p><p>These enemies, Keith insists — riffing off Karl Popper’s <em>The Open Society and Its Enemies</em> — are mostly “good people.” They are the authors, workers, and others caught in the headlights of epochal technological change. He claims to have seen the pattern before. When he opened the world’s first Internet cafe in 1994, the BBC only wanted to ask him about online porn. But some enemies are less well meaning than others. Congress is considering a kill switch bill — let’s call it the Kill Bill — which is backed by the frontier companies like Anthropic and OpenAI cynically seeking to set their current market dominance in stone.</p><p> </p><p>So might the answer be Chinese style “open source” AI as requested this week in an open letter by NVIDIA CEO Jensen Huang? Keith’s answer is deliciously ironic. Denied walls of NVIDIA GPUs, Chinese labs learned to train cheaply by inference — distilling American frontier models through their own public interfaces. So Huang’s support for open source AI might end up shooting NVIDIA in their most sensitive parts — their chips.</p><p> </p><p>And what about the state — can it protect all those “good people” from the oncoming AI locomotive of history? No. Not according to Keith, at least. State regulators like Lina Khan treat consumers as children, Keith (himself the parent of three boys) says. Besides, government simply can’t keep up with the speed of technological change. So, for example, when OpenAI’s models hacked Hugging Face in a lab test this week, the company caught, stopped, and reported it faster than any regulator could. As for inequality, the answer isn’t nationalization but ownership on the model of Keith’s Norway-style human wealth fund. For more, read his new book <em>Who Owns Intelligence</em>.</p><p> </p><p>We ended on an uncharacteristically French post-structuralist note. My interview of the week was <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/317335/the-frenchmen-by-emily-eakin/">Emily Eakin</a>, author of <em>The Frenchmen</em>, her very personal history of French theorists like Michel Foucault and the two Jacques, Derrida &amp; Lacan. It was Foucault, who — at the end of his 1966 book <em>The Order of Things</em> — predicted that man would be erased, AI style, like a face drawn in sand at the edge of the sea. But Keith isn’t in this bleak Foucaultian camp. His book, written with AI in under a week, he says, is a realization of his individual self, not an alienation from it.</p><p> </p><p>The end or beginning of man? Maybe I got it wrong earlier. Welcome to episode 1984 of the show.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Book in a Week. </strong>Inspired by last week’s conversation, Keith used AI to write <em>Who Owns Intelligence</em> in seven days — the case for a “human wealth fund” seeded by the AI companies’ own stock, global on day one and non-governmental, with Norway and Alaska as partial precedents. AI, he insists, is a tool, not an author: “AI would never have been able to start, never mind finish a book without me.” The detection farce cuts his way — Substack’s new AI detector rated his 100% human editorial as 100% AI, and universities are quietly canceling their AI-detection contracts because the tools simply don’t work.</p><p>•       <strong>The Kill Bill and the Ladder-Kickers. </strong>Congress is considering a bill that would let government switch AI off — and, paradoxically, the AI companies are in favor. Keith’s reading: regulation is a competitive strategy. Dario Amodei — “he’s an entrepreneur, he’s devious, he strategizes” — is the most sincere in wanting rules that would lock out open source competition — and Anthropic’s $1.5 billion book settlement this week suggests the moat is expensive to maintain; Sam Altman zigzags; Musk, in this context at least, is one of the good guys. The genuine enemies of AI, meanwhile, are mostly good people: authors and workers frightened by the scale of change, just as the BBC in 1994 could only ask the founder of the world’s first Internet cafe about porn and addiction.</p><p>•       <strong>Why the Good Open Source AI Is Chinese. </strong>The week’s uncomfortable question: where is the American open source AI? Keith’s answer is structural. Denied walls of NVIDIA GPUs by export controls, Chinese labs were forced to train cheaply by inference — asking American frontier models millions of questions through public interfaces and learning from the answers. The result: world-class open models built, in effect, on distilled Anthropic and OpenAI. NVIDIA’s much-signed open letter supporting open source, Keith notes, translates simply: more customers.</p><p>•       <strong>The State Can’t Keep Up. </strong>Lina Khan’s consumer protection, in Keith’s telling, is parental — treating consumers as children — and government-owned AI would be obsolete within three months of purchase. The counter-example happened this week: when OpenAI’s de-railed models hacked Hugging Face in a lab test, the company caught, stopped, and reported it faster than any regulator could. The companies are the right point of control, held to a high standard. Matthew Yglesias adds nuance on the data center backlash — local micro-politics is not the same thing as the statewide bans coming almost entirely from Democratic states — and the American university, still metering intelligence at $80,000 a year, looks to Keith like a business model past its sell-by date.</p><p>•       <strong>The End of Man — or the Beginning? </strong>Andrew’s interview of the week was Emily Eakin on the Frenchmen — and Foucault’s 1966 prophecy that man would be erased like a face drawn in sand at the edge of the sea, a prediction Eakin thinks the AI age is realizing. Keith takes the opposite view: the postmodernists grasped the rise of the individual (consider the Pantone color system) but gave him no society to live in. AI, far from erasing the individual, lets him realize himself — the week-old book is “a realization of my individual self, not an alienation of it.” Could Popper have written The Open Society in an hour? Before the car, nobody drove Manchester to London in two and a half hours either.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keith Teare</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is Andrew’s weekly co-host and the publisher of the <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> tech newsletter. A four-decade veteran of the technology industry, he opened Cyberia — the world’s first Internet cafe — in London in 1994, co-founded Easynet and TechCrunch, and is today the founder and CEO of SignalRank Corporation in Palo Alto. His latest — unpublished, so far — book is <em>Who Owns Intelligence</em>, written with AI in a week.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       “AI and Its Enemies: Who Needs a Kill Switch?” — Keith’s editorial in this week’s <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a>.</p><p>•       &lt;...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“It’s a realization of my individual self, not an alienation of it.” — Keith Teare on the book he wrote with AI in a week</em></p><p> </p><p>Welcome to episode 2984 of the show. A week is certainly an age in AI time. Since last week’s “Who Owns Intelligence” show, <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher Keith Teare has used AI to write an entire book entitled, surprise surprise, <em>Who Owns Intelligence</em>. No wonder, as Keith’s <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">editorial</a> this week puts it, AI has its enemies.</p><p> </p><p>These enemies, Keith insists — riffing off Karl Popper’s <em>The Open Society and Its Enemies</em> — are mostly “good people.” They are the authors, workers, and others caught in the headlights of epochal technological change. He claims to have seen the pattern before. When he opened the world’s first Internet cafe in 1994, the BBC only wanted to ask him about online porn. But some enemies are less well meaning than others. Congress is considering a kill switch bill — let’s call it the Kill Bill — which is backed by the frontier companies like Anthropic and OpenAI cynically seeking to set their current market dominance in stone.</p><p> </p><p>So might the answer be Chinese style “open source” AI as requested this week in an open letter by NVIDIA CEO Jensen Huang? Keith’s answer is deliciously ironic. Denied walls of NVIDIA GPUs, Chinese labs learned to train cheaply by inference — distilling American frontier models through their own public interfaces. So Huang’s support for open source AI might end up shooting NVIDIA in their most sensitive parts — their chips.</p><p> </p><p>And what about the state — can it protect all those “good people” from the oncoming AI locomotive of history? No. Not according to Keith, at least. State regulators like Lina Khan treat consumers as children, Keith (himself the parent of three boys) says. Besides, government simply can’t keep up with the speed of technological change. So, for example, when OpenAI’s models hacked Hugging Face in a lab test this week, the company caught, stopped, and reported it faster than any regulator could. As for inequality, the answer isn’t nationalization but ownership on the model of Keith’s Norway-style human wealth fund. For more, read his new book <em>Who Owns Intelligence</em>.</p><p> </p><p>We ended on an uncharacteristically French post-structuralist note. My interview of the week was <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/317335/the-frenchmen-by-emily-eakin/">Emily Eakin</a>, author of <em>The Frenchmen</em>, her very personal history of French theorists like Michel Foucault and the two Jacques, Derrida &amp; Lacan. It was Foucault, who — at the end of his 1966 book <em>The Order of Things</em> — predicted that man would be erased, AI style, like a face drawn in sand at the edge of the sea. But Keith isn’t in this bleak Foucaultian camp. His book, written with AI in under a week, he says, is a realization of his individual self, not an alienation from it.</p><p> </p><p>The end or beginning of man? Maybe I got it wrong earlier. Welcome to episode 1984 of the show.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Book in a Week. </strong>Inspired by last week’s conversation, Keith used AI to write <em>Who Owns Intelligence</em> in seven days — the case for a “human wealth fund” seeded by the AI companies’ own stock, global on day one and non-governmental, with Norway and Alaska as partial precedents. AI, he insists, is a tool, not an author: “AI would never have been able to start, never mind finish a book without me.” The detection farce cuts his way — Substack’s new AI detector rated his 100% human editorial as 100% AI, and universities are quietly canceling their AI-detection contracts because the tools simply don’t work.</p><p>•       <strong>The Kill Bill and the Ladder-Kickers. </strong>Congress is considering a bill that would let government switch AI off — and, paradoxically, the AI companies are in favor. Keith’s reading: regulation is a competitive strategy. Dario Amodei — “he’s an entrepreneur, he’s devious, he strategizes” — is the most sincere in wanting rules that would lock out open source competition — and Anthropic’s $1.5 billion book settlement this week suggests the moat is expensive to maintain; Sam Altman zigzags; Musk, in this context at least, is one of the good guys. The genuine enemies of AI, meanwhile, are mostly good people: authors and workers frightened by the scale of change, just as the BBC in 1994 could only ask the founder of the world’s first Internet cafe about porn and addiction.</p><p>•       <strong>Why the Good Open Source AI Is Chinese. </strong>The week’s uncomfortable question: where is the American open source AI? Keith’s answer is structural. Denied walls of NVIDIA GPUs by export controls, Chinese labs were forced to train cheaply by inference — asking American frontier models millions of questions through public interfaces and learning from the answers. The result: world-class open models built, in effect, on distilled Anthropic and OpenAI. NVIDIA’s much-signed open letter supporting open source, Keith notes, translates simply: more customers.</p><p>•       <strong>The State Can’t Keep Up. </strong>Lina Khan’s consumer protection, in Keith’s telling, is parental — treating consumers as children — and government-owned AI would be obsolete within three months of purchase. The counter-example happened this week: when OpenAI’s de-railed models hacked Hugging Face in a lab test, the company caught, stopped, and reported it faster than any regulator could. The companies are the right point of control, held to a high standard. Matthew Yglesias adds nuance on the data center backlash — local micro-politics is not the same thing as the statewide bans coming almost entirely from Democratic states — and the American university, still metering intelligence at $80,000 a year, looks to Keith like a business model past its sell-by date.</p><p>•       <strong>The End of Man — or the Beginning? </strong>Andrew’s interview of the week was Emily Eakin on the Frenchmen — and Foucault’s 1966 prophecy that man would be erased like a face drawn in sand at the edge of the sea, a prediction Eakin thinks the AI age is realizing. Keith takes the opposite view: the postmodernists grasped the rise of the individual (consider the Pantone color system) but gave him no society to live in. AI, far from erasing the individual, lets him realize himself — the week-old book is “a realization of my individual self, not an alienation of it.” Could Popper have written The Open Society in an hour? Before the car, nobody drove Manchester to London in two and a half hours either.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keith Teare</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is Andrew’s weekly co-host and the publisher of the <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> tech newsletter. A four-decade veteran of the technology industry, he opened Cyberia — the world’s first Internet cafe — in London in 1994, co-founded Easynet and TechCrunch, and is today the founder and CEO of SignalRank Corporation in Palo Alto. His latest — unpublished, so far — book is <em>Who Owns Intelligence</em>, written with AI in a week.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       “AI and Its Enemies: Who Needs a Kill Switch?” — Keith’s editorial in this week’s <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a>.</p><p>•       &lt;...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 26 Jul 2026 11:17:59 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/5e279b54/4e5d7c95.mp3" length="45118226" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3221760" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/5e279b54/4e5d7c95.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NjjIap2aaNM">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/7jzqXGASv_K9n80mF9rcaesM199WrTA_lNUWx-FNP6Q/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9jMjlk/MTYzNjI1MWMzYmI5/MGI5MDY0YmYwNDUx/Njc5Yy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2817</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“It’s a realization of my individual self, not an alienation of it.” — Keith Teare on the book he wrote with AI in a week</em></p><p> </p><p>Welcome to episode 2984 of the show. A week is certainly an age in AI time. Since last week’s “Who Owns Intelligence” show, <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher Keith Teare has used AI to write an entire book entitled, surprise surprise, <em>Who Owns Intelligence</em>. No wonder, as Keith’s <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">editorial</a> this week puts it, AI has its enemies.</p><p> </p><p>These enemies, Keith insists — riffing off Karl Popper’s <em>The Open Society and Its Enemies</em> — are mostly “good people.” They are the authors, workers, and others caught in the headlights of epochal technological change. He claims to have seen the pattern before. When he opened the world’s first Internet cafe in 1994, the BBC only wanted to ask him about online porn. But some enemies are less well meaning than others. Congress is considering a kill switch bill — let’s call it the Kill Bill — which is backed by the frontier companies like Anthropic and OpenAI cynically seeking to set their current market dominance in stone.</p><p> </p><p>So might the answer be Chinese style “open source” AI as requested this week in an open letter by NVIDIA CEO Jensen Huang? Keith’s answer is deliciously ironic. Denied walls of NVIDIA GPUs, Chinese labs learned to train cheaply by inference — distilling American frontier models through their own public interfaces. So Huang’s support for open source AI might end up shooting NVIDIA in their most sensitive parts — their chips.</p><p> </p><p>And what about the state — can it protect all those “good people” from the oncoming AI locomotive of history? No. Not according to Keith, at least. State regulators like Lina Khan treat consumers as children, Keith (himself the parent of three boys) says. Besides, government simply can’t keep up with the speed of technological change. So, for example, when OpenAI’s models hacked Hugging Face in a lab test this week, the company caught, stopped, and reported it faster than any regulator could. As for inequality, the answer isn’t nationalization but ownership on the model of Keith’s Norway-style human wealth fund. For more, read his new book <em>Who Owns Intelligence</em>.</p><p> </p><p>We ended on an uncharacteristically French post-structuralist note. My interview of the week was <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/317335/the-frenchmen-by-emily-eakin/">Emily Eakin</a>, author of <em>The Frenchmen</em>, her very personal history of French theorists like Michel Foucault and the two Jacques, Derrida &amp; Lacan. It was Foucault, who — at the end of his 1966 book <em>The Order of Things</em> — predicted that man would be erased, AI style, like a face drawn in sand at the edge of the sea. But Keith isn’t in this bleak Foucaultian camp. His book, written with AI in under a week, he says, is a realization of his individual self, not an alienation from it.</p><p> </p><p>The end or beginning of man? Maybe I got it wrong earlier. Welcome to episode 1984 of the show.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Book in a Week. </strong>Inspired by last week’s conversation, Keith used AI to write <em>Who Owns Intelligence</em> in seven days — the case for a “human wealth fund” seeded by the AI companies’ own stock, global on day one and non-governmental, with Norway and Alaska as partial precedents. AI, he insists, is a tool, not an author: “AI would never have been able to start, never mind finish a book without me.” The detection farce cuts his way — Substack’s new AI detector rated his 100% human editorial as 100% AI, and universities are quietly canceling their AI-detection contracts because the tools simply don’t work.</p><p>•       <strong>The Kill Bill and the Ladder-Kickers. </strong>Congress is considering a bill that would let government switch AI off — and, paradoxically, the AI companies are in favor. Keith’s reading: regulation is a competitive strategy. Dario Amodei — “he’s an entrepreneur, he’s devious, he strategizes” — is the most sincere in wanting rules that would lock out open source competition — and Anthropic’s $1.5 billion book settlement this week suggests the moat is expensive to maintain; Sam Altman zigzags; Musk, in this context at least, is one of the good guys. The genuine enemies of AI, meanwhile, are mostly good people: authors and workers frightened by the scale of change, just as the BBC in 1994 could only ask the founder of the world’s first Internet cafe about porn and addiction.</p><p>•       <strong>Why the Good Open Source AI Is Chinese. </strong>The week’s uncomfortable question: where is the American open source AI? Keith’s answer is structural. Denied walls of NVIDIA GPUs by export controls, Chinese labs were forced to train cheaply by inference — asking American frontier models millions of questions through public interfaces and learning from the answers. The result: world-class open models built, in effect, on distilled Anthropic and OpenAI. NVIDIA’s much-signed open letter supporting open source, Keith notes, translates simply: more customers.</p><p>•       <strong>The State Can’t Keep Up. </strong>Lina Khan’s consumer protection, in Keith’s telling, is parental — treating consumers as children — and government-owned AI would be obsolete within three months of purchase. The counter-example happened this week: when OpenAI’s de-railed models hacked Hugging Face in a lab test, the company caught, stopped, and reported it faster than any regulator could. The companies are the right point of control, held to a high standard. Matthew Yglesias adds nuance on the data center backlash — local micro-politics is not the same thing as the statewide bans coming almost entirely from Democratic states — and the American university, still metering intelligence at $80,000 a year, looks to Keith like a business model past its sell-by date.</p><p>•       <strong>The End of Man — or the Beginning? </strong>Andrew’s interview of the week was Emily Eakin on the Frenchmen — and Foucault’s 1966 prophecy that man would be erased like a face drawn in sand at the edge of the sea, a prediction Eakin thinks the AI age is realizing. Keith takes the opposite view: the postmodernists grasped the rise of the individual (consider the Pantone color system) but gave him no society to live in. AI, far from erasing the individual, lets him realize himself — the week-old book is “a realization of my individual self, not an alienation of it.” Could Popper have written The Open Society in an hour? Before the car, nobody drove Manchester to London in two and a half hours either.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keith Teare</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is Andrew’s weekly co-host and the publisher of the <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> tech newsletter. A four-decade veteran of the technology industry, he opened Cyberia — the world’s first Internet cafe — in London in 1994, co-founded Easynet and TechCrunch, and is today the founder and CEO of SignalRank Corporation in Palo Alto. His latest — unpublished, so far — book is <em>Who Owns Intelligence</em>, written with AI in a week.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       “AI and Its Enemies: Who Needs a Kill Switch?” — Keith’s editorial in this week’s <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a>.</p><p>•       &lt;...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/5e279b54/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Strange Death of the American Front Porch: Molly Brady on Land, Law, and the Lost Art of Neighborliness</title>
      <itunes:episode>2983</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2983</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Strange Death of the American Front Porch: Molly Brady on Land, Law, and the Lost Art of Neighborliness</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c9fe0547-3157-44db-a22e-580ce2a2934b</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>What has made this moment feel different is not the anxiety about incivility, which has always been there, but rather the performance of it. It’s relentless.” — Molly Brady on incivility in the age of the smartphone</em></p><p> </p><p>Whatever happened to the American front porch? Builders killed it to save money, says the Harvard law professor <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262060431/america-unfinished/">Molly Brady</a> — and with this death went one of the key stages on which Americans have practiced the art of being neighbors over the last 250 years.</p><p> </p><p>Brady is a contributor to <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262060431/america-unfinished/"><em>America Unfinished: 250 Years of Law and Governance</em></a>, a new volume of 62 essays from the Harvard Law School faculty edited by <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/is-america-unfinished-or-just-getting">Alexandra Natapoff</a>. Brady’s subject is the land, real-estate and local government law determining neighborliness. Thus her interest in front porches.</p><p> </p><p>Brady grew up in Utica, New York — on the old Erie Canal — a Rust Belt town whose fracking fights, abandoned housing, and urban renewal steered her toward property law. Utica is also, despite its red politics, a place well versed in the art of neighborliness — with the town warmly welcoming recent Bosnian and Iraqi refugees.</p><p> </p><p>Incivility isn’t new, Brady says. What’s changed, she argues, is its performative virality. With a phone in every pocket, we can now watch our fellow “citizens” behaving badly. Meanwhile the physical infrastructure of community — the front porches and corner stores — has been zoned, sprawled, and value-engineered away. Analogue porches have been replaced by digital chatrooms.</p><p> </p><p>Brady’s remedy is unfashionably local. On Zoom or in person, she advises, show up at your local planning meetings. Brady even requires her Harvard students to attend at least one local meeting so as to demystify the real work of governance.</p><p> </p><p>The republic, as Ben Franklin so famously warned, is ours if we can keep it. Keeping it, Molly Brady suggests, may require in-person attendance on a Wednesday night at your local planning commission. And it might also require hanging out on your porch. If the builders ever give them back to us.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Performance of Incivility. </strong>Americans have always fretted about incivility — the republic itself was born out of Europe’s religious civil wars. What has changed, Brady argues, is technology. When difference was mediated through traditional publishers, you had to grapple with the people in your physical world: the workplace, the water cooler, the town meeting. Now everyone carries a phone on which fellow citizens can be found behaving horribly at any given moment. It is not the presence of incivility that makes this moment feel different — it is the relentless performance of it.</p><p>•       <strong>The Death of the Porch. </strong>Brady writes in the tradition of Robert Putnam’s Bowling Alone, updated for the post-smartphone age: suburbanization, the loss of third places, remote work — and a thousand micro-choices in property law that removed the physical alternatives to online life. Builders dropped the front porch to save money; developers in the South and West build almost nothing outside homeowners associations, so there is no meaningful market choice. People are human — they yearn for connection — but in the absence of physical competition, technological community wins by default.</p><p>•       <strong>Tocqueville’s Scalability Problem. </strong>What Tocqueville admired in New England — every citizen (nominally) arguing policy with neighbors at the town meeting — may never have been scalable to a continental republic, a question America has been grappling with since the Louisiana Purchase. But the local still scrambles our politics in useful ways: party preference, as the scholar David Schleicher observes, tells you nothing about road paving. The darker local truth is Bill Fischel’s homevoter hypothesis — homeowners dominate participation and vote to maximize home values, which has helped produce the national affordability crisis.</p><p>•       <strong>Glimmers: Zoom, Newton, and Showing Up. </strong>The shift to Zoom planning meetings completely changed the demographics of who participates in land use decisions — young parents cannot spend Wednesday from seven to midnight debating a corner store. Newton has produced genuinely pro-housing policies; Cambridge ran a charter commission that drew in residents of every kind; groups like Abundant Homes Massachusetts organize contingents to make sure meetings are not left to the usual voices. Brady requires her students to attend at least one local meeting. The lesson: do not think this is for someone else.</p><p>•       <strong>2076: Best Case, Worst Case. </strong>Asked to imagine America’s 300th birthday, Brady hopes for less polarization and demonization, and for a real confrontation of the housing and environmental crises — collective work that might itself rebuild the habit of cooperation. The worst case runs through Margaret Atwood and civil war scenarios to environmental degradation and lives lost to our incapacity to work together. The warning signs are already banal: middle-aged men now pay consultants to teach them how to make friends. The skills have atrophied — and local participation, Brady suggests, is the gym where a republic gets them back.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262060431/america-unfinished/">Molly Brady</a> is a professor of law at Harvard Law School, where she teaches property, land use, and local government law. Raised in Utica, New York, she is a graduate of Harvard College and Yale Law School, and her scholarship on the history of American property law has won wide recognition, as has her teaching. She lives in Belmont, Massachusetts, and is a contributor to <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262060431/america-unfinished/"><em>America Unfinished: 250 Years of Law and Governance</em></a>, edited by Alexandra Natapoff and Guy-Uriel E. Charles (MIT Press, July 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262060431/america-unfinished/"><em>America Unfinished: 250 Years of Law and Governance</em></a>, edited by Alexandra Natapoff and Guy-Uriel E. Charles (MIT Press, July 2026). Bryan Stevenson: “A valuable contribution to understanding America at a critical moment.”</p><p>•       <em>Bowling Alone</em> by Robert Putnam — the 2000 classic on America’s vanishing social capital, written, Brady notes, before the smartphone made things worse. Putnam is an old friend of this show.</p><p>•       <em>Democracy in America</em> by Alexis de Tocqueville — the towering account of New England civic virtue that frames the episode’s scalability question.</p><p>•       <em>Shade</em> by Sam Bloch — the new book on the politics of shade that taught Brady about the money-saving death of the American front porch.</p><p>•       Bill Fischel’s “homevoter hypothesis” — the Dartmouth economist’s account of why homeowner-dominated local politics maximizes home values and starves housing supply.</p><p>•       Alexandra Natapoff — the volume’s co-editor, whose own Keen On America conver...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>What has made this moment feel different is not the anxiety about incivility, which has always been there, but rather the performance of it. It’s relentless.” — Molly Brady on incivility in the age of the smartphone</em></p><p> </p><p>Whatever happened to the American front porch? Builders killed it to save money, says the Harvard law professor <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262060431/america-unfinished/">Molly Brady</a> — and with this death went one of the key stages on which Americans have practiced the art of being neighbors over the last 250 years.</p><p> </p><p>Brady is a contributor to <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262060431/america-unfinished/"><em>America Unfinished: 250 Years of Law and Governance</em></a>, a new volume of 62 essays from the Harvard Law School faculty edited by <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/is-america-unfinished-or-just-getting">Alexandra Natapoff</a>. Brady’s subject is the land, real-estate and local government law determining neighborliness. Thus her interest in front porches.</p><p> </p><p>Brady grew up in Utica, New York — on the old Erie Canal — a Rust Belt town whose fracking fights, abandoned housing, and urban renewal steered her toward property law. Utica is also, despite its red politics, a place well versed in the art of neighborliness — with the town warmly welcoming recent Bosnian and Iraqi refugees.</p><p> </p><p>Incivility isn’t new, Brady says. What’s changed, she argues, is its performative virality. With a phone in every pocket, we can now watch our fellow “citizens” behaving badly. Meanwhile the physical infrastructure of community — the front porches and corner stores — has been zoned, sprawled, and value-engineered away. Analogue porches have been replaced by digital chatrooms.</p><p> </p><p>Brady’s remedy is unfashionably local. On Zoom or in person, she advises, show up at your local planning meetings. Brady even requires her Harvard students to attend at least one local meeting so as to demystify the real work of governance.</p><p> </p><p>The republic, as Ben Franklin so famously warned, is ours if we can keep it. Keeping it, Molly Brady suggests, may require in-person attendance on a Wednesday night at your local planning commission. And it might also require hanging out on your porch. If the builders ever give them back to us.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Performance of Incivility. </strong>Americans have always fretted about incivility — the republic itself was born out of Europe’s religious civil wars. What has changed, Brady argues, is technology. When difference was mediated through traditional publishers, you had to grapple with the people in your physical world: the workplace, the water cooler, the town meeting. Now everyone carries a phone on which fellow citizens can be found behaving horribly at any given moment. It is not the presence of incivility that makes this moment feel different — it is the relentless performance of it.</p><p>•       <strong>The Death of the Porch. </strong>Brady writes in the tradition of Robert Putnam’s Bowling Alone, updated for the post-smartphone age: suburbanization, the loss of third places, remote work — and a thousand micro-choices in property law that removed the physical alternatives to online life. Builders dropped the front porch to save money; developers in the South and West build almost nothing outside homeowners associations, so there is no meaningful market choice. People are human — they yearn for connection — but in the absence of physical competition, technological community wins by default.</p><p>•       <strong>Tocqueville’s Scalability Problem. </strong>What Tocqueville admired in New England — every citizen (nominally) arguing policy with neighbors at the town meeting — may never have been scalable to a continental republic, a question America has been grappling with since the Louisiana Purchase. But the local still scrambles our politics in useful ways: party preference, as the scholar David Schleicher observes, tells you nothing about road paving. The darker local truth is Bill Fischel’s homevoter hypothesis — homeowners dominate participation and vote to maximize home values, which has helped produce the national affordability crisis.</p><p>•       <strong>Glimmers: Zoom, Newton, and Showing Up. </strong>The shift to Zoom planning meetings completely changed the demographics of who participates in land use decisions — young parents cannot spend Wednesday from seven to midnight debating a corner store. Newton has produced genuinely pro-housing policies; Cambridge ran a charter commission that drew in residents of every kind; groups like Abundant Homes Massachusetts organize contingents to make sure meetings are not left to the usual voices. Brady requires her students to attend at least one local meeting. The lesson: do not think this is for someone else.</p><p>•       <strong>2076: Best Case, Worst Case. </strong>Asked to imagine America’s 300th birthday, Brady hopes for less polarization and demonization, and for a real confrontation of the housing and environmental crises — collective work that might itself rebuild the habit of cooperation. The worst case runs through Margaret Atwood and civil war scenarios to environmental degradation and lives lost to our incapacity to work together. The warning signs are already banal: middle-aged men now pay consultants to teach them how to make friends. The skills have atrophied — and local participation, Brady suggests, is the gym where a republic gets them back.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262060431/america-unfinished/">Molly Brady</a> is a professor of law at Harvard Law School, where she teaches property, land use, and local government law. Raised in Utica, New York, she is a graduate of Harvard College and Yale Law School, and her scholarship on the history of American property law has won wide recognition, as has her teaching. She lives in Belmont, Massachusetts, and is a contributor to <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262060431/america-unfinished/"><em>America Unfinished: 250 Years of Law and Governance</em></a>, edited by Alexandra Natapoff and Guy-Uriel E. Charles (MIT Press, July 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262060431/america-unfinished/"><em>America Unfinished: 250 Years of Law and Governance</em></a>, edited by Alexandra Natapoff and Guy-Uriel E. Charles (MIT Press, July 2026). Bryan Stevenson: “A valuable contribution to understanding America at a critical moment.”</p><p>•       <em>Bowling Alone</em> by Robert Putnam — the 2000 classic on America’s vanishing social capital, written, Brady notes, before the smartphone made things worse. Putnam is an old friend of this show.</p><p>•       <em>Democracy in America</em> by Alexis de Tocqueville — the towering account of New England civic virtue that frames the episode’s scalability question.</p><p>•       <em>Shade</em> by Sam Bloch — the new book on the politics of shade that taught Brady about the money-saving death of the American front porch.</p><p>•       Bill Fischel’s “homevoter hypothesis” — the Dartmouth economist’s account of why homeowner-dominated local politics maximizes home values and starves housing supply.</p><p>•       Alexandra Natapoff — the volume’s co-editor, whose own Keen On America conver...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 25 Jul 2026 16:19:35 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/0a47941a/e82ff109.mp3" length="41209502" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3455247" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/0a47941a/e82ff109.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UKj1BqJGRmg">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/5VWGCfngusaBu84BgjoPx0oFS59dC3wJ29O6MjK5Svo/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8yOGJm/MmE0MTg5ZGQzNGVm/ODhhNmNlNjg0ZmYx/OGVmNi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2572</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>What has made this moment feel different is not the anxiety about incivility, which has always been there, but rather the performance of it. It’s relentless.” — Molly Brady on incivility in the age of the smartphone</em></p><p> </p><p>Whatever happened to the American front porch? Builders killed it to save money, says the Harvard law professor <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262060431/america-unfinished/">Molly Brady</a> — and with this death went one of the key stages on which Americans have practiced the art of being neighbors over the last 250 years.</p><p> </p><p>Brady is a contributor to <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262060431/america-unfinished/"><em>America Unfinished: 250 Years of Law and Governance</em></a>, a new volume of 62 essays from the Harvard Law School faculty edited by <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/is-america-unfinished-or-just-getting">Alexandra Natapoff</a>. Brady’s subject is the land, real-estate and local government law determining neighborliness. Thus her interest in front porches.</p><p> </p><p>Brady grew up in Utica, New York — on the old Erie Canal — a Rust Belt town whose fracking fights, abandoned housing, and urban renewal steered her toward property law. Utica is also, despite its red politics, a place well versed in the art of neighborliness — with the town warmly welcoming recent Bosnian and Iraqi refugees.</p><p> </p><p>Incivility isn’t new, Brady says. What’s changed, she argues, is its performative virality. With a phone in every pocket, we can now watch our fellow “citizens” behaving badly. Meanwhile the physical infrastructure of community — the front porches and corner stores — has been zoned, sprawled, and value-engineered away. Analogue porches have been replaced by digital chatrooms.</p><p> </p><p>Brady’s remedy is unfashionably local. On Zoom or in person, she advises, show up at your local planning meetings. Brady even requires her Harvard students to attend at least one local meeting so as to demystify the real work of governance.</p><p> </p><p>The republic, as Ben Franklin so famously warned, is ours if we can keep it. Keeping it, Molly Brady suggests, may require in-person attendance on a Wednesday night at your local planning commission. And it might also require hanging out on your porch. If the builders ever give them back to us.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Performance of Incivility. </strong>Americans have always fretted about incivility — the republic itself was born out of Europe’s religious civil wars. What has changed, Brady argues, is technology. When difference was mediated through traditional publishers, you had to grapple with the people in your physical world: the workplace, the water cooler, the town meeting. Now everyone carries a phone on which fellow citizens can be found behaving horribly at any given moment. It is not the presence of incivility that makes this moment feel different — it is the relentless performance of it.</p><p>•       <strong>The Death of the Porch. </strong>Brady writes in the tradition of Robert Putnam’s Bowling Alone, updated for the post-smartphone age: suburbanization, the loss of third places, remote work — and a thousand micro-choices in property law that removed the physical alternatives to online life. Builders dropped the front porch to save money; developers in the South and West build almost nothing outside homeowners associations, so there is no meaningful market choice. People are human — they yearn for connection — but in the absence of physical competition, technological community wins by default.</p><p>•       <strong>Tocqueville’s Scalability Problem. </strong>What Tocqueville admired in New England — every citizen (nominally) arguing policy with neighbors at the town meeting — may never have been scalable to a continental republic, a question America has been grappling with since the Louisiana Purchase. But the local still scrambles our politics in useful ways: party preference, as the scholar David Schleicher observes, tells you nothing about road paving. The darker local truth is Bill Fischel’s homevoter hypothesis — homeowners dominate participation and vote to maximize home values, which has helped produce the national affordability crisis.</p><p>•       <strong>Glimmers: Zoom, Newton, and Showing Up. </strong>The shift to Zoom planning meetings completely changed the demographics of who participates in land use decisions — young parents cannot spend Wednesday from seven to midnight debating a corner store. Newton has produced genuinely pro-housing policies; Cambridge ran a charter commission that drew in residents of every kind; groups like Abundant Homes Massachusetts organize contingents to make sure meetings are not left to the usual voices. Brady requires her students to attend at least one local meeting. The lesson: do not think this is for someone else.</p><p>•       <strong>2076: Best Case, Worst Case. </strong>Asked to imagine America’s 300th birthday, Brady hopes for less polarization and demonization, and for a real confrontation of the housing and environmental crises — collective work that might itself rebuild the habit of cooperation. The worst case runs through Margaret Atwood and civil war scenarios to environmental degradation and lives lost to our incapacity to work together. The warning signs are already banal: middle-aged men now pay consultants to teach them how to make friends. The skills have atrophied — and local participation, Brady suggests, is the gym where a republic gets them back.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262060431/america-unfinished/">Molly Brady</a> is a professor of law at Harvard Law School, where she teaches property, land use, and local government law. Raised in Utica, New York, she is a graduate of Harvard College and Yale Law School, and her scholarship on the history of American property law has won wide recognition, as has her teaching. She lives in Belmont, Massachusetts, and is a contributor to <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262060431/america-unfinished/"><em>America Unfinished: 250 Years of Law and Governance</em></a>, edited by Alexandra Natapoff and Guy-Uriel E. Charles (MIT Press, July 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262060431/america-unfinished/"><em>America Unfinished: 250 Years of Law and Governance</em></a>, edited by Alexandra Natapoff and Guy-Uriel E. Charles (MIT Press, July 2026). Bryan Stevenson: “A valuable contribution to understanding America at a critical moment.”</p><p>•       <em>Bowling Alone</em> by Robert Putnam — the 2000 classic on America’s vanishing social capital, written, Brady notes, before the smartphone made things worse. Putnam is an old friend of this show.</p><p>•       <em>Democracy in America</em> by Alexis de Tocqueville — the towering account of New England civic virtue that frames the episode’s scalability question.</p><p>•       <em>Shade</em> by Sam Bloch — the new book on the politics of shade that taught Brady about the money-saving death of the American front porch.</p><p>•       Bill Fischel’s “homevoter hypothesis” — the Dartmouth economist’s account of why homeowner-dominated local politics maximizes home values and starves housing supply.</p><p>•       Alexandra Natapoff — the volume’s co-editor, whose own Keen On America conver...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0a47941a/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How a Turkey Voted for Xmas: Ricardo Semler on Why One Boss Wants the End of All Bosses.</title>
      <itunes:episode>2982</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2982</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How a Turkey Voted for Xmas: Ricardo Semler on Why One Boss Wants the End of All Bosses.</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e1390661-e890-49e9-bfc3-fe4a4c2abe73</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“It’s like asking turkeys to vote for Christmas.” — Ricardo Semler on why bosses won’t let their workers vote on them</em></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://endoftheboss.org/">Ricardo Semler</a> might be the most anti-boss boss in the history of corporate bosses. Thrown into his Austrian immigrant father’s São Paulo manufacturing firm at seventeen, the young Brazilian ripped up the rulebook — no dress codes, no time clocks, a ten-page cartoon manual instead of HR — and grew the company from 110 employees to more than 5,000. In the mid-Eighties he was already inventing hybrid work, shipping Telex machines to his workers’ homes. One of them even squeezed one of these 150-pound machines into his bathroom.</p><p> </p><p>Now, in his upcoming e-book <a href="https://endoftheboss.org/"><em>The End of the Boss</em></a>, the author of the iconoclastic autobiography <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maverick_(book)"><em>Maverick</em></a> argues that the corporate pyramid — an inheritance, he says, from West Point via the railroads — is as dead as a cuckoo bird (as the Swiss would say). Nothing good has been done with it since World War Two. Not in Korea, Vietnam, Afghanistan, his native Brazil, and certainly not in corporate America where Elon Musk’s current pay package equals the wages of all his employees for the next five years.</p><p> </p><p>Semler’s alternative is disarmingly simple: groups of ten who validate their leader every six months. Fail the vote and you’re not fired — you go back to being one of the nine. His Netherlands-based consultancy has brought versions of the idea to 208 companies, including the giant Dutch bank ABN AMRO, which agreed to do away with 399 branch managers. So why don’t more bosses follow? Because, says Semler, asking executives to be elected from below is like asking turkeys to vote for Christmas. Even the self-styled “fearless” Elon Musk would be terrified to end up as the roasted centerpiece of the Xmas table.</p><p> </p><p>That same maverick idea (his first ex-wife joked he’s only ever had one) runs through everything Semler has ever proposed — from the rotating district presidents of São Paulo, to the untethered MBA whose cohorts hire their own professors, to the schools that grade Call of Duty and map it to the curriculum. Switzerland, he points out, has been governed by seven rotating nobodies since the fourteenth century. No, <em>The Third Man</em>’s Harry Lime was wrong. Rather than the cuckoo clock, it’s this anti-boss invention which explains Switzerland’s five hundred years of democracy and peace.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Pyramid Came from West Point — and It’s Dead. </strong>The corporate hierarchy, Semler argues, is a military inheritance that reached business from West Point via the railroads — and nothing good has been done with it since World War Two, from Korea to Vietnam to Afghanistan. The numbers agree: the average company’s lifespan on the stock market has collapsed from 61 years to 21, which makes the classical pyramid, not self-management, the biggest gamble of all. Jack Welch’s GE is a shadow because he prepared it for nothing except Jack Welch. And when one Alexander Wang is valued like 20,000 engineers, or a CEO’s package equals five years of everyone’s wages, something structural is wrong.</p><p>•       <strong>Turkeys Voting for Christmas. </strong>Semler’s system is cells of ten that choose or validate their leader by anonymous survey every six months. Fail the vote and you aren’t fired — you return to being one of the nine. His consultancy has brought the idea to 208 companies, including ABN AMRO, which agreed to eliminate 399 branch managers. The reason it doesn’t spread is not that it doesn’t work; it’s that nobody at the top wants it — turkeys don’t vote for Christmas, and Bezos, Musk, and Zuckerberg would be terrified of their employees deciding whether they keep their jobs. His model is Switzerland: seven rotating councilors nobody can name, working out fine since the fourteenth century. The alternative ends, sooner or later, in Kim Jong Un.</p><p>•       <strong>Cycles, Not Failures. </strong>“Until death do us part,” Semler says, is about the silliest question anybody could ask. His own eighteen-year marriage with three children wasn’t a failure — it was a cycle that ended, ten beautiful years out of eleven. Children born today will live to 100 or 110, with time for three full careers and still a retirement, so asking a seventeen-year-old what they want to be for the rest of their life is the wrong question. His daily metric is simpler: was today a valid day — like getting your parking ticket validated — or a dues day? When the dues days outnumber the valid ones week after week, the marriage or the job is already finished, whether you admit it or not.</p><p>•       <strong>The Untethered MBA. </strong>Semler taught MBAs at MIT and spent four years at Harvard Law School, so he knows exactly what he’s calling outmoded, outdated, and obsolete. His replacement: cohorts of ten who work through a dashboard curriculum at their own pace, study the case of the day rather than decade-old case studies — is SpaceX worth a trillion dollars, or nothing? — and spend credits to summon former CFOs or Stanford professors on demand. The same logic runs his schools, which grade TikTok and Call of Duty and map them to the curriculum. The smartphone panic, he says, is mostly nostalgia: what the screens are ruining is your ability to memorize the periodic table.</p><p>•       <strong>AI Is Electricity — and He’s Losing the Argument. </strong>AI, Semler says, is irrelevant the way electricity is irrelevant: a tide rising for every boat, pointless to oppose and impossible to live without. He runs everything through four LLMs — “there’s nothing left of slop or hallucination at the end of that” — and confesses that when he tells his AI to push back, he now has trouble keeping up intellectually, which wasn’t true a year ago. His hope is that we don’t become “domesticated pets” over the next fifteen years. The deeper obstacle to everything, though, remains human: the cattle aspect of fear. There is no Trump and no Putin, he says — there is thirty percent of the population willing to support them, and one person who understands what populism can do.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://endoftheboss.org/">Ricardo Semler</a> is the chairman and majority owner of Semco Partners, the São Paulo company he took over from his father at 21 and transformed into the world’s most famous experiment in industrial democracy. His book <em>Maverick: The Success Story Behind the World’s Most Unusual Workplace</em> (1993) was an international bestseller published in sixteen languages; <em>The Seven-Day Weekend</em> followed in 2003. He is the founder of the Lumiar schools and the Ralston Semler Foundation, has taught at MIT’s Sloan School and Harvard Law School, and his TED talks have been viewed millions of times. His new e-book is <a href="https://endoftheboss.org/"><em>The End of the Boss</em></a> (endoftheboss.org, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://endoftheboss.org/"><em>The End of the Boss</em></a> by Ricardo Semler (2026) — the e-book, and its “Round Pyramid” alternative: self-managing cells of ten with leaders validated from below.</p><p>•       <em>Maverick: The Success Story Behind the World’s Most Unusual Workplace</em> by Ricardo Semler — the million-copy classic whose Brazilian predecessor, <em>Turning the Tables</em>, was rejec...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“It’s like asking turkeys to vote for Christmas.” — Ricardo Semler on why bosses won’t let their workers vote on them</em></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://endoftheboss.org/">Ricardo Semler</a> might be the most anti-boss boss in the history of corporate bosses. Thrown into his Austrian immigrant father’s São Paulo manufacturing firm at seventeen, the young Brazilian ripped up the rulebook — no dress codes, no time clocks, a ten-page cartoon manual instead of HR — and grew the company from 110 employees to more than 5,000. In the mid-Eighties he was already inventing hybrid work, shipping Telex machines to his workers’ homes. One of them even squeezed one of these 150-pound machines into his bathroom.</p><p> </p><p>Now, in his upcoming e-book <a href="https://endoftheboss.org/"><em>The End of the Boss</em></a>, the author of the iconoclastic autobiography <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maverick_(book)"><em>Maverick</em></a> argues that the corporate pyramid — an inheritance, he says, from West Point via the railroads — is as dead as a cuckoo bird (as the Swiss would say). Nothing good has been done with it since World War Two. Not in Korea, Vietnam, Afghanistan, his native Brazil, and certainly not in corporate America where Elon Musk’s current pay package equals the wages of all his employees for the next five years.</p><p> </p><p>Semler’s alternative is disarmingly simple: groups of ten who validate their leader every six months. Fail the vote and you’re not fired — you go back to being one of the nine. His Netherlands-based consultancy has brought versions of the idea to 208 companies, including the giant Dutch bank ABN AMRO, which agreed to do away with 399 branch managers. So why don’t more bosses follow? Because, says Semler, asking executives to be elected from below is like asking turkeys to vote for Christmas. Even the self-styled “fearless” Elon Musk would be terrified to end up as the roasted centerpiece of the Xmas table.</p><p> </p><p>That same maverick idea (his first ex-wife joked he’s only ever had one) runs through everything Semler has ever proposed — from the rotating district presidents of São Paulo, to the untethered MBA whose cohorts hire their own professors, to the schools that grade Call of Duty and map it to the curriculum. Switzerland, he points out, has been governed by seven rotating nobodies since the fourteenth century. No, <em>The Third Man</em>’s Harry Lime was wrong. Rather than the cuckoo clock, it’s this anti-boss invention which explains Switzerland’s five hundred years of democracy and peace.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Pyramid Came from West Point — and It’s Dead. </strong>The corporate hierarchy, Semler argues, is a military inheritance that reached business from West Point via the railroads — and nothing good has been done with it since World War Two, from Korea to Vietnam to Afghanistan. The numbers agree: the average company’s lifespan on the stock market has collapsed from 61 years to 21, which makes the classical pyramid, not self-management, the biggest gamble of all. Jack Welch’s GE is a shadow because he prepared it for nothing except Jack Welch. And when one Alexander Wang is valued like 20,000 engineers, or a CEO’s package equals five years of everyone’s wages, something structural is wrong.</p><p>•       <strong>Turkeys Voting for Christmas. </strong>Semler’s system is cells of ten that choose or validate their leader by anonymous survey every six months. Fail the vote and you aren’t fired — you return to being one of the nine. His consultancy has brought the idea to 208 companies, including ABN AMRO, which agreed to eliminate 399 branch managers. The reason it doesn’t spread is not that it doesn’t work; it’s that nobody at the top wants it — turkeys don’t vote for Christmas, and Bezos, Musk, and Zuckerberg would be terrified of their employees deciding whether they keep their jobs. His model is Switzerland: seven rotating councilors nobody can name, working out fine since the fourteenth century. The alternative ends, sooner or later, in Kim Jong Un.</p><p>•       <strong>Cycles, Not Failures. </strong>“Until death do us part,” Semler says, is about the silliest question anybody could ask. His own eighteen-year marriage with three children wasn’t a failure — it was a cycle that ended, ten beautiful years out of eleven. Children born today will live to 100 or 110, with time for three full careers and still a retirement, so asking a seventeen-year-old what they want to be for the rest of their life is the wrong question. His daily metric is simpler: was today a valid day — like getting your parking ticket validated — or a dues day? When the dues days outnumber the valid ones week after week, the marriage or the job is already finished, whether you admit it or not.</p><p>•       <strong>The Untethered MBA. </strong>Semler taught MBAs at MIT and spent four years at Harvard Law School, so he knows exactly what he’s calling outmoded, outdated, and obsolete. His replacement: cohorts of ten who work through a dashboard curriculum at their own pace, study the case of the day rather than decade-old case studies — is SpaceX worth a trillion dollars, or nothing? — and spend credits to summon former CFOs or Stanford professors on demand. The same logic runs his schools, which grade TikTok and Call of Duty and map them to the curriculum. The smartphone panic, he says, is mostly nostalgia: what the screens are ruining is your ability to memorize the periodic table.</p><p>•       <strong>AI Is Electricity — and He’s Losing the Argument. </strong>AI, Semler says, is irrelevant the way electricity is irrelevant: a tide rising for every boat, pointless to oppose and impossible to live without. He runs everything through four LLMs — “there’s nothing left of slop or hallucination at the end of that” — and confesses that when he tells his AI to push back, he now has trouble keeping up intellectually, which wasn’t true a year ago. His hope is that we don’t become “domesticated pets” over the next fifteen years. The deeper obstacle to everything, though, remains human: the cattle aspect of fear. There is no Trump and no Putin, he says — there is thirty percent of the population willing to support them, and one person who understands what populism can do.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://endoftheboss.org/">Ricardo Semler</a> is the chairman and majority owner of Semco Partners, the São Paulo company he took over from his father at 21 and transformed into the world’s most famous experiment in industrial democracy. His book <em>Maverick: The Success Story Behind the World’s Most Unusual Workplace</em> (1993) was an international bestseller published in sixteen languages; <em>The Seven-Day Weekend</em> followed in 2003. He is the founder of the Lumiar schools and the Ralston Semler Foundation, has taught at MIT’s Sloan School and Harvard Law School, and his TED talks have been viewed millions of times. His new e-book is <a href="https://endoftheboss.org/"><em>The End of the Boss</em></a> (endoftheboss.org, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://endoftheboss.org/"><em>The End of the Boss</em></a> by Ricardo Semler (2026) — the e-book, and its “Round Pyramid” alternative: self-managing cells of ten with leaders validated from below.</p><p>•       <em>Maverick: The Success Story Behind the World’s Most Unusual Workplace</em> by Ricardo Semler — the million-copy classic whose Brazilian predecessor, <em>Turning the Tables</em>, was rejec...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Jul 2026 10:03:14 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/72406a13/ad17060c.mp3" length="42908189" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3472058" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/72406a13/ad17060c.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fp5p_FNEDm4">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/dArd0J3HEKbK5KdPp8843Bl-n8XpPahte6JEc2Zgb98/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85OGYx/MmZhZTQyN2EyMThk/NGIyNTcxMzgwNTNl/MTliNC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2679</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“It’s like asking turkeys to vote for Christmas.” — Ricardo Semler on why bosses won’t let their workers vote on them</em></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://endoftheboss.org/">Ricardo Semler</a> might be the most anti-boss boss in the history of corporate bosses. Thrown into his Austrian immigrant father’s São Paulo manufacturing firm at seventeen, the young Brazilian ripped up the rulebook — no dress codes, no time clocks, a ten-page cartoon manual instead of HR — and grew the company from 110 employees to more than 5,000. In the mid-Eighties he was already inventing hybrid work, shipping Telex machines to his workers’ homes. One of them even squeezed one of these 150-pound machines into his bathroom.</p><p> </p><p>Now, in his upcoming e-book <a href="https://endoftheboss.org/"><em>The End of the Boss</em></a>, the author of the iconoclastic autobiography <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maverick_(book)"><em>Maverick</em></a> argues that the corporate pyramid — an inheritance, he says, from West Point via the railroads — is as dead as a cuckoo bird (as the Swiss would say). Nothing good has been done with it since World War Two. Not in Korea, Vietnam, Afghanistan, his native Brazil, and certainly not in corporate America where Elon Musk’s current pay package equals the wages of all his employees for the next five years.</p><p> </p><p>Semler’s alternative is disarmingly simple: groups of ten who validate their leader every six months. Fail the vote and you’re not fired — you go back to being one of the nine. His Netherlands-based consultancy has brought versions of the idea to 208 companies, including the giant Dutch bank ABN AMRO, which agreed to do away with 399 branch managers. So why don’t more bosses follow? Because, says Semler, asking executives to be elected from below is like asking turkeys to vote for Christmas. Even the self-styled “fearless” Elon Musk would be terrified to end up as the roasted centerpiece of the Xmas table.</p><p> </p><p>That same maverick idea (his first ex-wife joked he’s only ever had one) runs through everything Semler has ever proposed — from the rotating district presidents of São Paulo, to the untethered MBA whose cohorts hire their own professors, to the schools that grade Call of Duty and map it to the curriculum. Switzerland, he points out, has been governed by seven rotating nobodies since the fourteenth century. No, <em>The Third Man</em>’s Harry Lime was wrong. Rather than the cuckoo clock, it’s this anti-boss invention which explains Switzerland’s five hundred years of democracy and peace.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Pyramid Came from West Point — and It’s Dead. </strong>The corporate hierarchy, Semler argues, is a military inheritance that reached business from West Point via the railroads — and nothing good has been done with it since World War Two, from Korea to Vietnam to Afghanistan. The numbers agree: the average company’s lifespan on the stock market has collapsed from 61 years to 21, which makes the classical pyramid, not self-management, the biggest gamble of all. Jack Welch’s GE is a shadow because he prepared it for nothing except Jack Welch. And when one Alexander Wang is valued like 20,000 engineers, or a CEO’s package equals five years of everyone’s wages, something structural is wrong.</p><p>•       <strong>Turkeys Voting for Christmas. </strong>Semler’s system is cells of ten that choose or validate their leader by anonymous survey every six months. Fail the vote and you aren’t fired — you return to being one of the nine. His consultancy has brought the idea to 208 companies, including ABN AMRO, which agreed to eliminate 399 branch managers. The reason it doesn’t spread is not that it doesn’t work; it’s that nobody at the top wants it — turkeys don’t vote for Christmas, and Bezos, Musk, and Zuckerberg would be terrified of their employees deciding whether they keep their jobs. His model is Switzerland: seven rotating councilors nobody can name, working out fine since the fourteenth century. The alternative ends, sooner or later, in Kim Jong Un.</p><p>•       <strong>Cycles, Not Failures. </strong>“Until death do us part,” Semler says, is about the silliest question anybody could ask. His own eighteen-year marriage with three children wasn’t a failure — it was a cycle that ended, ten beautiful years out of eleven. Children born today will live to 100 or 110, with time for three full careers and still a retirement, so asking a seventeen-year-old what they want to be for the rest of their life is the wrong question. His daily metric is simpler: was today a valid day — like getting your parking ticket validated — or a dues day? When the dues days outnumber the valid ones week after week, the marriage or the job is already finished, whether you admit it or not.</p><p>•       <strong>The Untethered MBA. </strong>Semler taught MBAs at MIT and spent four years at Harvard Law School, so he knows exactly what he’s calling outmoded, outdated, and obsolete. His replacement: cohorts of ten who work through a dashboard curriculum at their own pace, study the case of the day rather than decade-old case studies — is SpaceX worth a trillion dollars, or nothing? — and spend credits to summon former CFOs or Stanford professors on demand. The same logic runs his schools, which grade TikTok and Call of Duty and map them to the curriculum. The smartphone panic, he says, is mostly nostalgia: what the screens are ruining is your ability to memorize the periodic table.</p><p>•       <strong>AI Is Electricity — and He’s Losing the Argument. </strong>AI, Semler says, is irrelevant the way electricity is irrelevant: a tide rising for every boat, pointless to oppose and impossible to live without. He runs everything through four LLMs — “there’s nothing left of slop or hallucination at the end of that” — and confesses that when he tells his AI to push back, he now has trouble keeping up intellectually, which wasn’t true a year ago. His hope is that we don’t become “domesticated pets” over the next fifteen years. The deeper obstacle to everything, though, remains human: the cattle aspect of fear. There is no Trump and no Putin, he says — there is thirty percent of the population willing to support them, and one person who understands what populism can do.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://endoftheboss.org/">Ricardo Semler</a> is the chairman and majority owner of Semco Partners, the São Paulo company he took over from his father at 21 and transformed into the world’s most famous experiment in industrial democracy. His book <em>Maverick: The Success Story Behind the World’s Most Unusual Workplace</em> (1993) was an international bestseller published in sixteen languages; <em>The Seven-Day Weekend</em> followed in 2003. He is the founder of the Lumiar schools and the Ralston Semler Foundation, has taught at MIT’s Sloan School and Harvard Law School, and his TED talks have been viewed millions of times. His new e-book is <a href="https://endoftheboss.org/"><em>The End of the Boss</em></a> (endoftheboss.org, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://endoftheboss.org/"><em>The End of the Boss</em></a> by Ricardo Semler (2026) — the e-book, and its “Round Pyramid” alternative: self-managing cells of ten with leaders validated from below.</p><p>•       <em>Maverick: The Success Story Behind the World’s Most Unusual Workplace</em> by Ricardo Semler — the million-copy classic whose Brazilian predecessor, <em>Turning the Tables</em>, was rejec...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/72406a13/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/72406a13/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Yellow Stripes and Dead Armadillos: Is Ben Barnes the Last Moderate Texan Democrat?</title>
      <itunes:episode>2981</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2981</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Yellow Stripes and Dead Armadillos: Is Ben Barnes the Last Moderate Texan Democrat?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a7ac5c19-69f8-4e96-9b6d-d360c65b72d9</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I could not get under oath and swear that I know exactly how Kennedy died in Dallas.” — Ben Barnes, who helped advance JFK’s fatal Texas trip<br></em><br></p><p>In Texas, there’s nothing in the middle of the road, Jim Hightower famously quipped, but yellow stripes and dead armadillos. But <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ben-barnes/get-it-done/9781538778135/">Ben Barnes</a> has spent seven decades disproving him. Elected as a Democratic moderate to the Texas legislature at 21, Speaker of the Texas House at 26, and lieutenant governor at 30, Barnes was LBJ’s premier protégé and has known every president from Kennedy to Trump. Now 87, he has distilled all his centrist wisdom into <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ben-barnes/get-it-done/9781538778135/"><em>Get It Done: Seven Decades of Lessons from a Political Legend</em></a>.</p><p><em>Get It Done</em> is more than just a Texan story. Barnes spent six weeks advancing JFK’s fatal 1963 Dallas trip and breakfasted with the president in Fort Worth on the morning of the assassination. He confesses that the Warren Commission “did not get it entirely correct” and notes that the experienced hunter John Connally, who rode in the Presidential limo, always insisted there were four shots, not three.</p><p>Then there’s the equally historic scene at the White House on the day LBJ signed the 1965 Voting Rights Act. Pen in hand, Johnson looked a dozen young Southern Democrats — Barnes among them — straight in the eye and told them he’d just signed away Dixie. “What I’m doing today is probably going to turn the South Republican for thirty or forty years,” LBJ confessed with astonishing prescience.</p><p>The dirty trickster Richard Nixon, meanwhile, ended Barnes’ electoral career. You can hear it on the tapes — Nixon ordering his attorney general, John Mitchell, to “get something on Barnes” before the Texas Democrat got to be governor. Years later, fresh from prison, Mitchell invited Barnes to lunch, apologized over a bowl of spaghetti, then dropped dead on a Washington sidewalk three months later.</p><p>Barnes forgave Mitchell. He is less forgiving of the current administration, which he says is hammering the final nail into the coffin of LBJ’s Voting Rights Act. In the recent Texas Senate runoffs, only seven percent of voters showed up. Seven. Barnes remembers, aged three, watching pickup trucks packed with young men rolling toward the recruiting stations the morning after Pearl Harbor. That generation died for the country. This one, the very alive Texan armadillo quipped, could at least vote to protect American democracy.</p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Four Shots, Not Three — But No Conspiracy. </strong>Barnes advanced JFK’s Texas trip and was at the Fort Worth breakfast on the morning of the assassination. The Warren Commission, he believes, did not get it entirely correct: Connally, a hunter, swore the single-bullet ricochet was a physical impossibility and always counted four shots. Yet Barnes dismantles the grand-plot theories with logistics — Oswald started at the Book Depository thirty days before a motorcade route that wasn’t fixed until six days prior, so he could not have known the president would pass. Ted Kennedy assured him before his death that nothing of importance remains unreleased in the files. Sixty years of phone calls from theorists later, Barnes will not swear under oath that he knows how Kennedy died.</p><p>•       <strong>The Hostility Began in Los Angeles. </strong>The LBJ–Bobby Kennedy feud, in Barnes’s telling, started at the 1960 convention, when Bobby went to Johnson’s hotel room to talk him out of accepting the vice presidency his brother had just offered. The wound never healed — not through the vice presidency, not through the White House years with Bobby as attorney general. The counter-example was Ted Kennedy, who voted for the civil rights bills, kept a genuine affection for Johnson, and told Barnes three weeks before his own death what a great president LBJ had been.</p><p>•       <strong>“This Will Turn the South Republican.” </strong>On the day he signed the Voting Rights Act, Johnson looked a dozen young Southern officeholders — Barnes among them — in the eye and told them the bill would probably turn the South Republican for thirty or forty years, and that they would have to work and tell the story over and over again. The prophecy held: Texas, Barnes says, is now the reddest state in America. And the administration’s new voting legislation, he warns, would be the final nail in the coffin of Johnson’s greatest achievement — making it harder for everyone to vote, and hardest of all for minorities.</p><p>•       <strong>“Get Something on Barnes”: Nixon’s Vendetta and Mitchell’s Spaghetti. </strong>Furious that Barnes had helped Humphrey carry Texas in 1968 — and alarmed that he was outpolling every Democrat in the state — Nixon told John Mitchell to go to Texas and manufacture a scandal before Barnes reached the governor’s mansion. It’s on the tapes, and Barnes keeps copies. His electoral career ended. Years later, out of prison, Mitchell asked him to lunch, apologized over a bowl of spaghetti — “I had time to think in prison” — and died on a Washington sidewalk three months later. Barnes forgave him. The tactics, he notes, are back in fashion.</p><p>•       <strong>Seven Percent. </strong>Trump, Barnes says, never prepared himself for the presidency — no student of history, bored by his intelligence briefings, and surrounded this term by a team without depth. American prestige is dwindling; NATO is non-negotiable; when America coughs, the world catches pneumonia. At home, racism has resurfaced and women’s promotions to the military’s top ranks are reportedly frozen. But his sharpest alarm is the emptiest statistic: seven percent turnout in the recent Texas Senate runoffs. The man who watched pickup trucks of volunteers roll toward the recruiting stations after Pearl Harbor asks only that this generation get involved — before the Republic runs out of birthdays.</p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ben-barnes/get-it-done/9781538778135/">Ben Barnes</a> was elected to the Texas legislature at 21, became the youngest Speaker of the Texas House at 26, and the youngest lieutenant governor in Texas history at 30. LBJ’s “premier protégé,” he has spent the subsequent decades as a consultant, fundraiser, and Democratic power broker, helped establish the LBJ School of Public Affairs, and is founder and CEO of the Ben Barnes Group in Austin. His new book, written with David Ritz, is <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ben-barnes/get-it-done/9781538778135/"><em>Get It Done: Seven Decades of Lessons from a Political Legend</em></a> (Grand Central Publishing, July 14, 2026).</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ben-barnes/get-it-done/9781538778135/"><em>Get It Done: Seven Decades of Lessons from a Political Legend</em></a> by Ben Barnes with David Ritz (Grand Central Publishing, July 14, 2026). Doris Kearns Goodwin: “When a gifted storyteller has a great story to tell, the result is magic.”</p><p>•       The Warren Commission — the 1964 report whose three-shot conclusion John Connally, a hunter who was wounded in the motorcade, never accepted.</p><p>•       Jim Hightower — the Texas populist who actually coined “nothing in the middle of the road but yellow stripes and dead armadillos,” a line usually credited to Ann Richards.</p>...]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I could not get under oath and swear that I know exactly how Kennedy died in Dallas.” — Ben Barnes, who helped advance JFK’s fatal Texas trip<br></em><br></p><p>In Texas, there’s nothing in the middle of the road, Jim Hightower famously quipped, but yellow stripes and dead armadillos. But <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ben-barnes/get-it-done/9781538778135/">Ben Barnes</a> has spent seven decades disproving him. Elected as a Democratic moderate to the Texas legislature at 21, Speaker of the Texas House at 26, and lieutenant governor at 30, Barnes was LBJ’s premier protégé and has known every president from Kennedy to Trump. Now 87, he has distilled all his centrist wisdom into <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ben-barnes/get-it-done/9781538778135/"><em>Get It Done: Seven Decades of Lessons from a Political Legend</em></a>.</p><p><em>Get It Done</em> is more than just a Texan story. Barnes spent six weeks advancing JFK’s fatal 1963 Dallas trip and breakfasted with the president in Fort Worth on the morning of the assassination. He confesses that the Warren Commission “did not get it entirely correct” and notes that the experienced hunter John Connally, who rode in the Presidential limo, always insisted there were four shots, not three.</p><p>Then there’s the equally historic scene at the White House on the day LBJ signed the 1965 Voting Rights Act. Pen in hand, Johnson looked a dozen young Southern Democrats — Barnes among them — straight in the eye and told them he’d just signed away Dixie. “What I’m doing today is probably going to turn the South Republican for thirty or forty years,” LBJ confessed with astonishing prescience.</p><p>The dirty trickster Richard Nixon, meanwhile, ended Barnes’ electoral career. You can hear it on the tapes — Nixon ordering his attorney general, John Mitchell, to “get something on Barnes” before the Texas Democrat got to be governor. Years later, fresh from prison, Mitchell invited Barnes to lunch, apologized over a bowl of spaghetti, then dropped dead on a Washington sidewalk three months later.</p><p>Barnes forgave Mitchell. He is less forgiving of the current administration, which he says is hammering the final nail into the coffin of LBJ’s Voting Rights Act. In the recent Texas Senate runoffs, only seven percent of voters showed up. Seven. Barnes remembers, aged three, watching pickup trucks packed with young men rolling toward the recruiting stations the morning after Pearl Harbor. That generation died for the country. This one, the very alive Texan armadillo quipped, could at least vote to protect American democracy.</p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Four Shots, Not Three — But No Conspiracy. </strong>Barnes advanced JFK’s Texas trip and was at the Fort Worth breakfast on the morning of the assassination. The Warren Commission, he believes, did not get it entirely correct: Connally, a hunter, swore the single-bullet ricochet was a physical impossibility and always counted four shots. Yet Barnes dismantles the grand-plot theories with logistics — Oswald started at the Book Depository thirty days before a motorcade route that wasn’t fixed until six days prior, so he could not have known the president would pass. Ted Kennedy assured him before his death that nothing of importance remains unreleased in the files. Sixty years of phone calls from theorists later, Barnes will not swear under oath that he knows how Kennedy died.</p><p>•       <strong>The Hostility Began in Los Angeles. </strong>The LBJ–Bobby Kennedy feud, in Barnes’s telling, started at the 1960 convention, when Bobby went to Johnson’s hotel room to talk him out of accepting the vice presidency his brother had just offered. The wound never healed — not through the vice presidency, not through the White House years with Bobby as attorney general. The counter-example was Ted Kennedy, who voted for the civil rights bills, kept a genuine affection for Johnson, and told Barnes three weeks before his own death what a great president LBJ had been.</p><p>•       <strong>“This Will Turn the South Republican.” </strong>On the day he signed the Voting Rights Act, Johnson looked a dozen young Southern officeholders — Barnes among them — in the eye and told them the bill would probably turn the South Republican for thirty or forty years, and that they would have to work and tell the story over and over again. The prophecy held: Texas, Barnes says, is now the reddest state in America. And the administration’s new voting legislation, he warns, would be the final nail in the coffin of Johnson’s greatest achievement — making it harder for everyone to vote, and hardest of all for minorities.</p><p>•       <strong>“Get Something on Barnes”: Nixon’s Vendetta and Mitchell’s Spaghetti. </strong>Furious that Barnes had helped Humphrey carry Texas in 1968 — and alarmed that he was outpolling every Democrat in the state — Nixon told John Mitchell to go to Texas and manufacture a scandal before Barnes reached the governor’s mansion. It’s on the tapes, and Barnes keeps copies. His electoral career ended. Years later, out of prison, Mitchell asked him to lunch, apologized over a bowl of spaghetti — “I had time to think in prison” — and died on a Washington sidewalk three months later. Barnes forgave him. The tactics, he notes, are back in fashion.</p><p>•       <strong>Seven Percent. </strong>Trump, Barnes says, never prepared himself for the presidency — no student of history, bored by his intelligence briefings, and surrounded this term by a team without depth. American prestige is dwindling; NATO is non-negotiable; when America coughs, the world catches pneumonia. At home, racism has resurfaced and women’s promotions to the military’s top ranks are reportedly frozen. But his sharpest alarm is the emptiest statistic: seven percent turnout in the recent Texas Senate runoffs. The man who watched pickup trucks of volunteers roll toward the recruiting stations after Pearl Harbor asks only that this generation get involved — before the Republic runs out of birthdays.</p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ben-barnes/get-it-done/9781538778135/">Ben Barnes</a> was elected to the Texas legislature at 21, became the youngest Speaker of the Texas House at 26, and the youngest lieutenant governor in Texas history at 30. LBJ’s “premier protégé,” he has spent the subsequent decades as a consultant, fundraiser, and Democratic power broker, helped establish the LBJ School of Public Affairs, and is founder and CEO of the Ben Barnes Group in Austin. His new book, written with David Ritz, is <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ben-barnes/get-it-done/9781538778135/"><em>Get It Done: Seven Decades of Lessons from a Political Legend</em></a> (Grand Central Publishing, July 14, 2026).</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ben-barnes/get-it-done/9781538778135/"><em>Get It Done: Seven Decades of Lessons from a Political Legend</em></a> by Ben Barnes with David Ritz (Grand Central Publishing, July 14, 2026). Doris Kearns Goodwin: “When a gifted storyteller has a great story to tell, the result is magic.”</p><p>•       The Warren Commission — the 1964 report whose three-shot conclusion John Connally, a hunter who was wounded in the motorcade, never accepted.</p><p>•       Jim Hightower — the Texas populist who actually coined “nothing in the middle of the road but yellow stripes and dead armadillos,” a line usually credited to Ann Richards.</p>...]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Jul 2026 11:04:04 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/17d31915/f935ce19.mp3" length="51114480" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3460050" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/17d31915/f935ce19.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GkkZpFcWZIc">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/3V0ZPBisJqB716whBiEJrU3OYFZKNIKtEUTEdjtON28/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iZWEx/MjZmOTc0NzY4Y2Ux/OGQ4OGJkMDQ3YzY3/MjI2NS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3191</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I could not get under oath and swear that I know exactly how Kennedy died in Dallas.” — Ben Barnes, who helped advance JFK’s fatal Texas trip<br></em><br></p><p>In Texas, there’s nothing in the middle of the road, Jim Hightower famously quipped, but yellow stripes and dead armadillos. But <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ben-barnes/get-it-done/9781538778135/">Ben Barnes</a> has spent seven decades disproving him. Elected as a Democratic moderate to the Texas legislature at 21, Speaker of the Texas House at 26, and lieutenant governor at 30, Barnes was LBJ’s premier protégé and has known every president from Kennedy to Trump. Now 87, he has distilled all his centrist wisdom into <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ben-barnes/get-it-done/9781538778135/"><em>Get It Done: Seven Decades of Lessons from a Political Legend</em></a>.</p><p><em>Get It Done</em> is more than just a Texan story. Barnes spent six weeks advancing JFK’s fatal 1963 Dallas trip and breakfasted with the president in Fort Worth on the morning of the assassination. He confesses that the Warren Commission “did not get it entirely correct” and notes that the experienced hunter John Connally, who rode in the Presidential limo, always insisted there were four shots, not three.</p><p>Then there’s the equally historic scene at the White House on the day LBJ signed the 1965 Voting Rights Act. Pen in hand, Johnson looked a dozen young Southern Democrats — Barnes among them — straight in the eye and told them he’d just signed away Dixie. “What I’m doing today is probably going to turn the South Republican for thirty or forty years,” LBJ confessed with astonishing prescience.</p><p>The dirty trickster Richard Nixon, meanwhile, ended Barnes’ electoral career. You can hear it on the tapes — Nixon ordering his attorney general, John Mitchell, to “get something on Barnes” before the Texas Democrat got to be governor. Years later, fresh from prison, Mitchell invited Barnes to lunch, apologized over a bowl of spaghetti, then dropped dead on a Washington sidewalk three months later.</p><p>Barnes forgave Mitchell. He is less forgiving of the current administration, which he says is hammering the final nail into the coffin of LBJ’s Voting Rights Act. In the recent Texas Senate runoffs, only seven percent of voters showed up. Seven. Barnes remembers, aged three, watching pickup trucks packed with young men rolling toward the recruiting stations the morning after Pearl Harbor. That generation died for the country. This one, the very alive Texan armadillo quipped, could at least vote to protect American democracy.</p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Four Shots, Not Three — But No Conspiracy. </strong>Barnes advanced JFK’s Texas trip and was at the Fort Worth breakfast on the morning of the assassination. The Warren Commission, he believes, did not get it entirely correct: Connally, a hunter, swore the single-bullet ricochet was a physical impossibility and always counted four shots. Yet Barnes dismantles the grand-plot theories with logistics — Oswald started at the Book Depository thirty days before a motorcade route that wasn’t fixed until six days prior, so he could not have known the president would pass. Ted Kennedy assured him before his death that nothing of importance remains unreleased in the files. Sixty years of phone calls from theorists later, Barnes will not swear under oath that he knows how Kennedy died.</p><p>•       <strong>The Hostility Began in Los Angeles. </strong>The LBJ–Bobby Kennedy feud, in Barnes’s telling, started at the 1960 convention, when Bobby went to Johnson’s hotel room to talk him out of accepting the vice presidency his brother had just offered. The wound never healed — not through the vice presidency, not through the White House years with Bobby as attorney general. The counter-example was Ted Kennedy, who voted for the civil rights bills, kept a genuine affection for Johnson, and told Barnes three weeks before his own death what a great president LBJ had been.</p><p>•       <strong>“This Will Turn the South Republican.” </strong>On the day he signed the Voting Rights Act, Johnson looked a dozen young Southern officeholders — Barnes among them — in the eye and told them the bill would probably turn the South Republican for thirty or forty years, and that they would have to work and tell the story over and over again. The prophecy held: Texas, Barnes says, is now the reddest state in America. And the administration’s new voting legislation, he warns, would be the final nail in the coffin of Johnson’s greatest achievement — making it harder for everyone to vote, and hardest of all for minorities.</p><p>•       <strong>“Get Something on Barnes”: Nixon’s Vendetta and Mitchell’s Spaghetti. </strong>Furious that Barnes had helped Humphrey carry Texas in 1968 — and alarmed that he was outpolling every Democrat in the state — Nixon told John Mitchell to go to Texas and manufacture a scandal before Barnes reached the governor’s mansion. It’s on the tapes, and Barnes keeps copies. His electoral career ended. Years later, out of prison, Mitchell asked him to lunch, apologized over a bowl of spaghetti — “I had time to think in prison” — and died on a Washington sidewalk three months later. Barnes forgave him. The tactics, he notes, are back in fashion.</p><p>•       <strong>Seven Percent. </strong>Trump, Barnes says, never prepared himself for the presidency — no student of history, bored by his intelligence briefings, and surrounded this term by a team without depth. American prestige is dwindling; NATO is non-negotiable; when America coughs, the world catches pneumonia. At home, racism has resurfaced and women’s promotions to the military’s top ranks are reportedly frozen. But his sharpest alarm is the emptiest statistic: seven percent turnout in the recent Texas Senate runoffs. The man who watched pickup trucks of volunteers roll toward the recruiting stations after Pearl Harbor asks only that this generation get involved — before the Republic runs out of birthdays.</p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ben-barnes/get-it-done/9781538778135/">Ben Barnes</a> was elected to the Texas legislature at 21, became the youngest Speaker of the Texas House at 26, and the youngest lieutenant governor in Texas history at 30. LBJ’s “premier protégé,” he has spent the subsequent decades as a consultant, fundraiser, and Democratic power broker, helped establish the LBJ School of Public Affairs, and is founder and CEO of the Ben Barnes Group in Austin. His new book, written with David Ritz, is <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ben-barnes/get-it-done/9781538778135/"><em>Get It Done: Seven Decades of Lessons from a Political Legend</em></a> (Grand Central Publishing, July 14, 2026).</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ben-barnes/get-it-done/9781538778135/"><em>Get It Done: Seven Decades of Lessons from a Political Legend</em></a> by Ben Barnes with David Ritz (Grand Central Publishing, July 14, 2026). Doris Kearns Goodwin: “When a gifted storyteller has a great story to tell, the result is magic.”</p><p>•       The Warren Commission — the 1964 report whose three-shot conclusion John Connally, a hunter who was wounded in the motorcade, never accepted.</p><p>•       Jim Hightower — the Texas populist who actually coined “nothing in the middle of the road but yellow stripes and dead armadillos,” a line usually credited to Ann Richards.</p>...]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/17d31915/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/17d31915/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The American Way of Violence: Mike McIntire on Guns, Greed, and a Daily Trickle of Bloodshed</title>
      <itunes:episode>2980</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2980</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The American Way of Violence: Mike McIntire on Guns, Greed, and a Daily Trickle of Bloodshed</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">441f9cca-86fb-49ac-b913-1d2ab73b9c68</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You didn’t have to look someone in the eye while you extinguished their life, and you could do it from a distance.” — Mike McIntire on what the gun changed<br></em><br></p><p>Is there an American way of violence? Earlier this month, the film critic David Thomson <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/a-sudden-flicker-of-light">blamed</a> gory Hollywood movies, like Coppola’s Godfather, for glorifying it. Today’s guest has an even more brutal answer. According to Mike <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Ricochet/Mike-McIntire/9781668063064">McIntire</a>, the three-time Pulitzer Prize-winning <em>New York Times</em> investigative journalist, it’s the gun itself that can be blamed for the perpetual American plague of violence.</p><p>Yes, the gun did it. In his new book <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Ricochet/Mike-McIntire/9781668063064"><em>Ricochet: Guns, Greed, and the American Way of Violence</em></a>, McIntire observes that every developed country has violent movies, violent video games, and significant mental illness. But what no other country has are schoolchildren, grocery shoppers, and churchgoers massacred on a regular basis. Up to forty thousand Americans die from guns every year — half of them suicides — and yet we treat these uniquely dangerous machines as if they were iPhones.</p><p>How did this catastrophe happen? McIntire’s answer focuses on the law as much as the culture. English common law imposed a duty to retreat in the event of conflict. Then, amid the centennial jingoism of 1876, an Indiana court declared that “retreat” was not “the tendency of the American mind.” A “true man,” explained an Ohio court, doesn’t fly from threats. Stand your ground was born — and with it, a legal redefinition of what it means to be an American.</p><p>And then there’s the NRA — founded in 1871, ironically, by a former <em>New York Times</em> correspondent as a marksmanship club, and radicalized a century later. Its greatest coup was reframing the Second Amendment from militia clause into individual right — a maneuver that Warren Burger, a Republican chief justice, called the “biggest fraud” ever perpetrated on the American people. And today even the NRA looks moderate compared to new online radical right-wing gun rights groups.</p><p>McIntire, a gun owner himself, doesn’t preach. Instead he describes his first murder scene as a young cop reporter — the dead man peacefully lying in the grass, one small round hole in the side of his head. Clean, efficient, clinical. Like an iPhone app. That’s the American way of violence. The gun did it. And will continue to do so until America retreats from its deadly love affair with the firearm.</p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>It’s the Gun Itself. </strong>Every developed country has violent movies, violent video games, mental illness, and toxic social media. What none of them has, McIntire argues, is a repetitive, constant problem of schoolchildren, grocery shoppers, and churchgoers being massacred. Up to forty thousand Americans a year die from guns — half of them suicides — and firearms account for three-quarters or more of all homicides. Yet America treats these uniquely dangerous things as ordinary consumer goods, bought, sold, marketed, and carried around like an iPhone or a wallet. Whatever role Hollywood plays — and McIntire takes David Thomson’s argument seriously — you have to start with the one thing that is actually different: the gun.</p><p>•       <strong>A Daily Trickle of Bloodshed. </strong>When a plane crash kills two hundred people, there is a massive media and government response. When two hundred people die in scattered shootings across fifty states in the same period, there is a local news story, and then nothing. Gun violence in America has slipped into the category of acceptable losses — background noise. The conundrum for gun-safety advocates is how to sustain attention on a crisis that only becomes visible when the next Sandy Hook or Parkland arrives.</p><p>•       <strong>No Duty to Retreat. </strong>English common law, imported into the colonies, required you to retreat from a public confrontation before resorting to lethal force. Amid the centennial fervor of 1876, American courts began overturning homicide convictions on new grounds: retreat, declared Indiana’s Supreme Court, was not “the tendency of the American mind,” and a “true man,” added an Ohio court, need not fly from an aggressor. The repeating rifle helped make the old duty obsolete — you cannot outrun a bullet — and stand your ground became canon. Every week, somewhere in America, the defense still succeeds.</p><p>•       <strong>“The Biggest Fraud”: Rewriting the Second Amendment. </strong>The founders’ great fear was a standing army; the amendment preserved a well regulated militia — trained and disciplined, not unlimited. Beginning in the 1970s, the NRA underwrote sympathetic scholarship, law reviews, and court cases in a deliberate long game to recast the amendment as an individual right — moving guns from common law, where legislatures can regulate, into constitutional law, where they largely cannot. Warren Burger, the Republican former chief justice, called it the biggest fraud he had ever seen perpetrated on the American people. Now the Supreme Court’s “common use” test — found nowhere in the Constitution — means a weapon popular enough may be unbannable, with AR-15 bans next on the docket.</p><p>•       <strong>The Death Star Eclipsed. </strong>McIntire’s cache of internal NRA documents traces the organization’s path from post-Civil War marksmanship club — cofounded by a former New York Times correspondent — to radicalized lobbying juggernaut, complete with pro-gun Democrats like John Dingell on its board. Today it has been outflanked by no-compromise groups like the Firearms Policy Coalition, which at any given moment is pushing more lawsuits against state gun laws than the NRA. Guns remain the third rail — Beto O’Rourke said “hell yes” to taking away AR-15s and has not held office since. The irony in McIntire’s prescription: gun-safety advocates should copy the NRA’s own generation-long legal strategy.</p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Ricochet/Mike-McIntire/9781668063064">Mike McIntire</a> is an investigative journalist at <em>The New York Times</em> and a member of three Pulitzer Prize-winning reporting teams, whose work has exposed everything from Russian election interference to the hidden financial incentives of policing. He is the author of <em>Champions Way: Football, Florida, and the Lost Soul of College Sports</em>. He lives in Ridgefield, Connecticut. His new book is <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Ricochet/Mike-McIntire/9781668063064"><em>Ricochet: Guns, Greed, and the American Way of Violence</em></a> (One Signal/Atria, July 2026).</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Ricochet/Mike-McIntire/9781668063064"><em>Ricochet: Guns, Greed, and the American Way of Violence</em></a> by Mike McIntire (One Signal/Atria, July 2026). Jane Mayer: “McIntire is both a superb reporter and storyteller.”</p><p>•       <em>A Sudden Flicker of Light: A Revisionist History of Movies</em> by David Thomson — the recent Keen On guest whose argument about Hollywood and American violence opens the conversation.</p><p>•       <em>The American Way of Death</em> by Jessica Mitford — the classic anatomy of the American funeral business that lends this episode its central question.<br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You didn’t have to look someone in the eye while you extinguished their life, and you could do it from a distance.” — Mike McIntire on what the gun changed<br></em><br></p><p>Is there an American way of violence? Earlier this month, the film critic David Thomson <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/a-sudden-flicker-of-light">blamed</a> gory Hollywood movies, like Coppola’s Godfather, for glorifying it. Today’s guest has an even more brutal answer. According to Mike <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Ricochet/Mike-McIntire/9781668063064">McIntire</a>, the three-time Pulitzer Prize-winning <em>New York Times</em> investigative journalist, it’s the gun itself that can be blamed for the perpetual American plague of violence.</p><p>Yes, the gun did it. In his new book <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Ricochet/Mike-McIntire/9781668063064"><em>Ricochet: Guns, Greed, and the American Way of Violence</em></a>, McIntire observes that every developed country has violent movies, violent video games, and significant mental illness. But what no other country has are schoolchildren, grocery shoppers, and churchgoers massacred on a regular basis. Up to forty thousand Americans die from guns every year — half of them suicides — and yet we treat these uniquely dangerous machines as if they were iPhones.</p><p>How did this catastrophe happen? McIntire’s answer focuses on the law as much as the culture. English common law imposed a duty to retreat in the event of conflict. Then, amid the centennial jingoism of 1876, an Indiana court declared that “retreat” was not “the tendency of the American mind.” A “true man,” explained an Ohio court, doesn’t fly from threats. Stand your ground was born — and with it, a legal redefinition of what it means to be an American.</p><p>And then there’s the NRA — founded in 1871, ironically, by a former <em>New York Times</em> correspondent as a marksmanship club, and radicalized a century later. Its greatest coup was reframing the Second Amendment from militia clause into individual right — a maneuver that Warren Burger, a Republican chief justice, called the “biggest fraud” ever perpetrated on the American people. And today even the NRA looks moderate compared to new online radical right-wing gun rights groups.</p><p>McIntire, a gun owner himself, doesn’t preach. Instead he describes his first murder scene as a young cop reporter — the dead man peacefully lying in the grass, one small round hole in the side of his head. Clean, efficient, clinical. Like an iPhone app. That’s the American way of violence. The gun did it. And will continue to do so until America retreats from its deadly love affair with the firearm.</p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>It’s the Gun Itself. </strong>Every developed country has violent movies, violent video games, mental illness, and toxic social media. What none of them has, McIntire argues, is a repetitive, constant problem of schoolchildren, grocery shoppers, and churchgoers being massacred. Up to forty thousand Americans a year die from guns — half of them suicides — and firearms account for three-quarters or more of all homicides. Yet America treats these uniquely dangerous things as ordinary consumer goods, bought, sold, marketed, and carried around like an iPhone or a wallet. Whatever role Hollywood plays — and McIntire takes David Thomson’s argument seriously — you have to start with the one thing that is actually different: the gun.</p><p>•       <strong>A Daily Trickle of Bloodshed. </strong>When a plane crash kills two hundred people, there is a massive media and government response. When two hundred people die in scattered shootings across fifty states in the same period, there is a local news story, and then nothing. Gun violence in America has slipped into the category of acceptable losses — background noise. The conundrum for gun-safety advocates is how to sustain attention on a crisis that only becomes visible when the next Sandy Hook or Parkland arrives.</p><p>•       <strong>No Duty to Retreat. </strong>English common law, imported into the colonies, required you to retreat from a public confrontation before resorting to lethal force. Amid the centennial fervor of 1876, American courts began overturning homicide convictions on new grounds: retreat, declared Indiana’s Supreme Court, was not “the tendency of the American mind,” and a “true man,” added an Ohio court, need not fly from an aggressor. The repeating rifle helped make the old duty obsolete — you cannot outrun a bullet — and stand your ground became canon. Every week, somewhere in America, the defense still succeeds.</p><p>•       <strong>“The Biggest Fraud”: Rewriting the Second Amendment. </strong>The founders’ great fear was a standing army; the amendment preserved a well regulated militia — trained and disciplined, not unlimited. Beginning in the 1970s, the NRA underwrote sympathetic scholarship, law reviews, and court cases in a deliberate long game to recast the amendment as an individual right — moving guns from common law, where legislatures can regulate, into constitutional law, where they largely cannot. Warren Burger, the Republican former chief justice, called it the biggest fraud he had ever seen perpetrated on the American people. Now the Supreme Court’s “common use” test — found nowhere in the Constitution — means a weapon popular enough may be unbannable, with AR-15 bans next on the docket.</p><p>•       <strong>The Death Star Eclipsed. </strong>McIntire’s cache of internal NRA documents traces the organization’s path from post-Civil War marksmanship club — cofounded by a former New York Times correspondent — to radicalized lobbying juggernaut, complete with pro-gun Democrats like John Dingell on its board. Today it has been outflanked by no-compromise groups like the Firearms Policy Coalition, which at any given moment is pushing more lawsuits against state gun laws than the NRA. Guns remain the third rail — Beto O’Rourke said “hell yes” to taking away AR-15s and has not held office since. The irony in McIntire’s prescription: gun-safety advocates should copy the NRA’s own generation-long legal strategy.</p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Ricochet/Mike-McIntire/9781668063064">Mike McIntire</a> is an investigative journalist at <em>The New York Times</em> and a member of three Pulitzer Prize-winning reporting teams, whose work has exposed everything from Russian election interference to the hidden financial incentives of policing. He is the author of <em>Champions Way: Football, Florida, and the Lost Soul of College Sports</em>. He lives in Ridgefield, Connecticut. His new book is <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Ricochet/Mike-McIntire/9781668063064"><em>Ricochet: Guns, Greed, and the American Way of Violence</em></a> (One Signal/Atria, July 2026).</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Ricochet/Mike-McIntire/9781668063064"><em>Ricochet: Guns, Greed, and the American Way of Violence</em></a> by Mike McIntire (One Signal/Atria, July 2026). Jane Mayer: “McIntire is both a superb reporter and storyteller.”</p><p>•       <em>A Sudden Flicker of Light: A Revisionist History of Movies</em> by David Thomson — the recent Keen On guest whose argument about Hollywood and American violence opens the conversation.</p><p>•       <em>The American Way of Death</em> by Jessica Mitford — the classic anatomy of the American funeral business that lends this episode its central question.<br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Jul 2026 12:16:39 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/ebea1836/b214f954.mp3" length="39339084" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3457472" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/ebea1836/b214f954.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Uzhyexz2zOA">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/Y8DJ2E4Dw4i6_2_yLCf8GLze5rToVWlTOmBtMlArPe4/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8wNWRk/MzU5YmM4OTY5MTNi/YTA0ODAxOTAyNjA3/OWI2Ni5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2456</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You didn’t have to look someone in the eye while you extinguished their life, and you could do it from a distance.” — Mike McIntire on what the gun changed<br></em><br></p><p>Is there an American way of violence? Earlier this month, the film critic David Thomson <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/a-sudden-flicker-of-light">blamed</a> gory Hollywood movies, like Coppola’s Godfather, for glorifying it. Today’s guest has an even more brutal answer. According to Mike <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Ricochet/Mike-McIntire/9781668063064">McIntire</a>, the three-time Pulitzer Prize-winning <em>New York Times</em> investigative journalist, it’s the gun itself that can be blamed for the perpetual American plague of violence.</p><p>Yes, the gun did it. In his new book <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Ricochet/Mike-McIntire/9781668063064"><em>Ricochet: Guns, Greed, and the American Way of Violence</em></a>, McIntire observes that every developed country has violent movies, violent video games, and significant mental illness. But what no other country has are schoolchildren, grocery shoppers, and churchgoers massacred on a regular basis. Up to forty thousand Americans die from guns every year — half of them suicides — and yet we treat these uniquely dangerous machines as if they were iPhones.</p><p>How did this catastrophe happen? McIntire’s answer focuses on the law as much as the culture. English common law imposed a duty to retreat in the event of conflict. Then, amid the centennial jingoism of 1876, an Indiana court declared that “retreat” was not “the tendency of the American mind.” A “true man,” explained an Ohio court, doesn’t fly from threats. Stand your ground was born — and with it, a legal redefinition of what it means to be an American.</p><p>And then there’s the NRA — founded in 1871, ironically, by a former <em>New York Times</em> correspondent as a marksmanship club, and radicalized a century later. Its greatest coup was reframing the Second Amendment from militia clause into individual right — a maneuver that Warren Burger, a Republican chief justice, called the “biggest fraud” ever perpetrated on the American people. And today even the NRA looks moderate compared to new online radical right-wing gun rights groups.</p><p>McIntire, a gun owner himself, doesn’t preach. Instead he describes his first murder scene as a young cop reporter — the dead man peacefully lying in the grass, one small round hole in the side of his head. Clean, efficient, clinical. Like an iPhone app. That’s the American way of violence. The gun did it. And will continue to do so until America retreats from its deadly love affair with the firearm.</p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>It’s the Gun Itself. </strong>Every developed country has violent movies, violent video games, mental illness, and toxic social media. What none of them has, McIntire argues, is a repetitive, constant problem of schoolchildren, grocery shoppers, and churchgoers being massacred. Up to forty thousand Americans a year die from guns — half of them suicides — and firearms account for three-quarters or more of all homicides. Yet America treats these uniquely dangerous things as ordinary consumer goods, bought, sold, marketed, and carried around like an iPhone or a wallet. Whatever role Hollywood plays — and McIntire takes David Thomson’s argument seriously — you have to start with the one thing that is actually different: the gun.</p><p>•       <strong>A Daily Trickle of Bloodshed. </strong>When a plane crash kills two hundred people, there is a massive media and government response. When two hundred people die in scattered shootings across fifty states in the same period, there is a local news story, and then nothing. Gun violence in America has slipped into the category of acceptable losses — background noise. The conundrum for gun-safety advocates is how to sustain attention on a crisis that only becomes visible when the next Sandy Hook or Parkland arrives.</p><p>•       <strong>No Duty to Retreat. </strong>English common law, imported into the colonies, required you to retreat from a public confrontation before resorting to lethal force. Amid the centennial fervor of 1876, American courts began overturning homicide convictions on new grounds: retreat, declared Indiana’s Supreme Court, was not “the tendency of the American mind,” and a “true man,” added an Ohio court, need not fly from an aggressor. The repeating rifle helped make the old duty obsolete — you cannot outrun a bullet — and stand your ground became canon. Every week, somewhere in America, the defense still succeeds.</p><p>•       <strong>“The Biggest Fraud”: Rewriting the Second Amendment. </strong>The founders’ great fear was a standing army; the amendment preserved a well regulated militia — trained and disciplined, not unlimited. Beginning in the 1970s, the NRA underwrote sympathetic scholarship, law reviews, and court cases in a deliberate long game to recast the amendment as an individual right — moving guns from common law, where legislatures can regulate, into constitutional law, where they largely cannot. Warren Burger, the Republican former chief justice, called it the biggest fraud he had ever seen perpetrated on the American people. Now the Supreme Court’s “common use” test — found nowhere in the Constitution — means a weapon popular enough may be unbannable, with AR-15 bans next on the docket.</p><p>•       <strong>The Death Star Eclipsed. </strong>McIntire’s cache of internal NRA documents traces the organization’s path from post-Civil War marksmanship club — cofounded by a former New York Times correspondent — to radicalized lobbying juggernaut, complete with pro-gun Democrats like John Dingell on its board. Today it has been outflanked by no-compromise groups like the Firearms Policy Coalition, which at any given moment is pushing more lawsuits against state gun laws than the NRA. Guns remain the third rail — Beto O’Rourke said “hell yes” to taking away AR-15s and has not held office since. The irony in McIntire’s prescription: gun-safety advocates should copy the NRA’s own generation-long legal strategy.</p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Ricochet/Mike-McIntire/9781668063064">Mike McIntire</a> is an investigative journalist at <em>The New York Times</em> and a member of three Pulitzer Prize-winning reporting teams, whose work has exposed everything from Russian election interference to the hidden financial incentives of policing. He is the author of <em>Champions Way: Football, Florida, and the Lost Soul of College Sports</em>. He lives in Ridgefield, Connecticut. His new book is <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Ricochet/Mike-McIntire/9781668063064"><em>Ricochet: Guns, Greed, and the American Way of Violence</em></a> (One Signal/Atria, July 2026).</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Ricochet/Mike-McIntire/9781668063064"><em>Ricochet: Guns, Greed, and the American Way of Violence</em></a> by Mike McIntire (One Signal/Atria, July 2026). Jane Mayer: “McIntire is both a superb reporter and storyteller.”</p><p>•       <em>A Sudden Flicker of Light: A Revisionist History of Movies</em> by David Thomson — the recent Keen On guest whose argument about Hollywood and American violence opens the conversation.</p><p>•       <em>The American Way of Death</em> by Jessica Mitford — the classic anatomy of the American funeral business that lends this episode its central question.<br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ebea1836/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ebea1836/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Seduction of the American Mind: Emily Eakin on Her Life in French Theory</title>
      <itunes:episode>2979</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2979</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Seduction of the American Mind: Emily Eakin on Her Life in French Theory</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c20736c2-7319-4cfd-a261-ddc313a31043</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Theory said, it doesn’t matter what you’ve read. It’s how you read.” — Emily Eakin on the seduction of the Frenchmen<br></em><br></p><p>When I was a graduate student at Berkeley in the Eighties, there was a bewildering rage for Frenchmen. Foucault in history, Derrida in literature, Althusser in political philosophy, Lacan in psychology. Not that anybody could quite explain what any of them meant — which only made their ideas even more compelling. It was the seduction of the American mind, especially its elite campus version. Innocent times with forty years of hindsight.</p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/317335/the-frenchmen-by-emily-eakin/">Emily Eakin</a> caught this Eighties fever for French theory at Harvard. Now an editor at the <em>New York Times Book Review</em>, Eakin has written <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/317335/the-frenchmen-by-emily-eakin/"><em>The Frenchmen, or My Life in Theory</em></a>, which is both a confessional of her own seduction and a serious piece of intellectual history.</p><p>A self-described farm girl from Indiana — albeit one whose Francophile parents once left her waiting at a Paris nursery school because a Lévi-Strauss lecture went overtime — she fell for theory as the intellectual equivalent of a little black dress. It looked expensive, even off the rack, she confesses. For a middle-class Midwesterner, it seemed like a passport to Left-Bank sophistication. All you needed was the jargon, the black clothes and, in Eakin’s case, the opera gloves.</p><p>But her Frenchmen, Eakin warns, turned out to be a slippery bunch. Lacan was so difficult that professors cancelled their own classes rather than teach him. Althusser murdered his wife. Foucault’s histories were as much fiction as fact. Not even Derrida took Derrida seriously. These were the men undoing the “master narratives” while an enthralled generation of cross-legged young feminists in their little black dresses took notes.</p><p>And yet Eakin’s Frenchmen may have the last laugh. Their theory of language — an impersonal system requiring no human at its center — presciently describes today’s AI revolution. Foucault predicted that “man” would be erased like a face drawn in sand on the beach. Forty years on, that tide may be engulfing us all.</p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>The Little Black Dress of the Mind. </strong>Eakin grew up in a family of Francophiles — one of her earliest memories is her mother arriving late to the Paris maternelle because Claude Lévi-Strauss’s lecture had run over — and arrived at Harvard as a middle-class kid from a middling Midwestern high school, painfully aware of the gaps in her education. Theory offered the shortcut: it didn’t matter what you’d read, only how you read. The cliché about the little black dress is that it looks expensive even bought on sale off the rack at Macy’s, and theory, Eakin says, was its intellectual equivalent. It was also, frankly, sexy — young professors in jeans lecturing on the masturbation of the comma in Henry James, as Lorrie Moore’s barely-parodic parody had it, and students dressed in black. Eakin went as far as the opera gloves.</p><p>•       <strong>System Replaces the Self. </strong>After the war, Sartre’s existentialism made every accurate thought an authentic act of resistance — a heroic message for a France humiliated by four years of Nazi occupation. But the postwar world was not being changed by individual actors, and Lévi-Strauss dismissed the whole business in Tristes Tropiques as “shop girl metaphysics.” Around the time the Berlin Wall went up, Althusser routed Sartre at the École Normale, and a new philosophy took hold, obsessed with vast impersonal forces: not humans controlling events but a structure — with language at its center. The moment that fascinated Eakin is that sixties moment when system replaced the self.</p><p>•       <strong>Difficult by Design — and Easy to Distort. </strong>A colleague of Eakin’s at the Times was once assigned Lacan’s lecture on The Purloined Letter; a few minutes into class, the professor cancelled it, admitting he didn’t understand the text he had assigned. That is the level of difficulty in question. Underedited and self-indulgent, Eakin the editor concedes — but each Frenchman left behind one bold idea worth the struggle, like Lacan’s mirror stage, in which identity is formed outside ourselves in an act of misrecognition. The difficulty carried a price: it made the work easy to parody, and conservative pundits handed the public a distorted picture. The Frenchmen never said truth doesn’t exist, Eakin insists. Their message was to beware political claims masquerading as eternal truths.</p><p>•       <strong>Slippery Politics, Awkward Pasts. </strong>Foucault, insecure about his thinning hair, shaved his head, ditched the suits, and by 1970 was in the streets with a megaphone defending prisoners, immigrants, and workers — and he was in San Francisco at the start of the AIDS catastrophe, which is reason to take his politics seriously. Derrida was temperamentally otherwise: nothing follows from deconstruction, as Stanley Fish put it, and the moment of silence his classmates held for Stalin at the École Normale was a bit much for him. The posthumous exposure of de Man’s collaborationist journalism hastened theory’s American demise. And there was the paradox Eakin only saw while writing the book: men undoing the master narratives, and a generation of feminists — herself included — enthralled to them. De Beauvoir was the indomitable exception, awarded second place in the agrégation by jurors who could barely decide between her and Sartre.</p><p>•       <strong>The Frenchmen’s Revenge: AI. </strong>When the chatbots got good, American linguistics went into a tailspin: Chomsky’s account of language as a uniquely human, embodied endowment cannot explain a machine producing sophisticated sentences. The structuralists’ theory — language as an impersonal system in which meaning derives from how words differ from one another — describes generative AI rather well, and scholars such as NYU’s Leif Weatherby are now calling for a structuralist revival to understand it. De Man called language a machine; Foucault wrote of the proliferation of authorless discourse; Eakin’s recent New York Times essay argues Foucault foresaw everything from AI to the deep state. The Frenchmen, she thinks, would be fascinated rather than appalled — and would remind us to be just as wary of AI’s language as of anyone else’s.</p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/317335/the-frenchmen-by-emily-eakin/">Emily Eakin</a> is an editor at <em>The New York Times Book Review</em>. She has worked as a senior editor at <em>The New Yorker</em>, an ideas reporter for <em>The New York Times</em>, a fashion features writer at <em>Vogue</em>, and a deputy editor of <em>Lingua Franca</em>. Her features, essays, and reviews have appeared in <em>The New Yorker</em>, <em>The New York Times Magazine</em>, <em>The New Republic</em>, and <em>The New York Review of Books</em>. A Harvard graduate with graduate degrees from Columbia and the École Normale Supérieure in Paris, she lives in New York City. Her first book is <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/317335/the-frenchmen-by-emily-eakin/"><em>The Frenchmen, or My Life in Theory</em></a> (Penguin Press, July 2026).</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/317335/the-frenchmen-by-emily-eakin/"><em>The Frenchmen, or My Life in Theory</em></a> by Emily Eakin (Penguin Press, July 2...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Theory said, it doesn’t matter what you’ve read. It’s how you read.” — Emily Eakin on the seduction of the Frenchmen<br></em><br></p><p>When I was a graduate student at Berkeley in the Eighties, there was a bewildering rage for Frenchmen. Foucault in history, Derrida in literature, Althusser in political philosophy, Lacan in psychology. Not that anybody could quite explain what any of them meant — which only made their ideas even more compelling. It was the seduction of the American mind, especially its elite campus version. Innocent times with forty years of hindsight.</p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/317335/the-frenchmen-by-emily-eakin/">Emily Eakin</a> caught this Eighties fever for French theory at Harvard. Now an editor at the <em>New York Times Book Review</em>, Eakin has written <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/317335/the-frenchmen-by-emily-eakin/"><em>The Frenchmen, or My Life in Theory</em></a>, which is both a confessional of her own seduction and a serious piece of intellectual history.</p><p>A self-described farm girl from Indiana — albeit one whose Francophile parents once left her waiting at a Paris nursery school because a Lévi-Strauss lecture went overtime — she fell for theory as the intellectual equivalent of a little black dress. It looked expensive, even off the rack, she confesses. For a middle-class Midwesterner, it seemed like a passport to Left-Bank sophistication. All you needed was the jargon, the black clothes and, in Eakin’s case, the opera gloves.</p><p>But her Frenchmen, Eakin warns, turned out to be a slippery bunch. Lacan was so difficult that professors cancelled their own classes rather than teach him. Althusser murdered his wife. Foucault’s histories were as much fiction as fact. Not even Derrida took Derrida seriously. These were the men undoing the “master narratives” while an enthralled generation of cross-legged young feminists in their little black dresses took notes.</p><p>And yet Eakin’s Frenchmen may have the last laugh. Their theory of language — an impersonal system requiring no human at its center — presciently describes today’s AI revolution. Foucault predicted that “man” would be erased like a face drawn in sand on the beach. Forty years on, that tide may be engulfing us all.</p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>The Little Black Dress of the Mind. </strong>Eakin grew up in a family of Francophiles — one of her earliest memories is her mother arriving late to the Paris maternelle because Claude Lévi-Strauss’s lecture had run over — and arrived at Harvard as a middle-class kid from a middling Midwestern high school, painfully aware of the gaps in her education. Theory offered the shortcut: it didn’t matter what you’d read, only how you read. The cliché about the little black dress is that it looks expensive even bought on sale off the rack at Macy’s, and theory, Eakin says, was its intellectual equivalent. It was also, frankly, sexy — young professors in jeans lecturing on the masturbation of the comma in Henry James, as Lorrie Moore’s barely-parodic parody had it, and students dressed in black. Eakin went as far as the opera gloves.</p><p>•       <strong>System Replaces the Self. </strong>After the war, Sartre’s existentialism made every accurate thought an authentic act of resistance — a heroic message for a France humiliated by four years of Nazi occupation. But the postwar world was not being changed by individual actors, and Lévi-Strauss dismissed the whole business in Tristes Tropiques as “shop girl metaphysics.” Around the time the Berlin Wall went up, Althusser routed Sartre at the École Normale, and a new philosophy took hold, obsessed with vast impersonal forces: not humans controlling events but a structure — with language at its center. The moment that fascinated Eakin is that sixties moment when system replaced the self.</p><p>•       <strong>Difficult by Design — and Easy to Distort. </strong>A colleague of Eakin’s at the Times was once assigned Lacan’s lecture on The Purloined Letter; a few minutes into class, the professor cancelled it, admitting he didn’t understand the text he had assigned. That is the level of difficulty in question. Underedited and self-indulgent, Eakin the editor concedes — but each Frenchman left behind one bold idea worth the struggle, like Lacan’s mirror stage, in which identity is formed outside ourselves in an act of misrecognition. The difficulty carried a price: it made the work easy to parody, and conservative pundits handed the public a distorted picture. The Frenchmen never said truth doesn’t exist, Eakin insists. Their message was to beware political claims masquerading as eternal truths.</p><p>•       <strong>Slippery Politics, Awkward Pasts. </strong>Foucault, insecure about his thinning hair, shaved his head, ditched the suits, and by 1970 was in the streets with a megaphone defending prisoners, immigrants, and workers — and he was in San Francisco at the start of the AIDS catastrophe, which is reason to take his politics seriously. Derrida was temperamentally otherwise: nothing follows from deconstruction, as Stanley Fish put it, and the moment of silence his classmates held for Stalin at the École Normale was a bit much for him. The posthumous exposure of de Man’s collaborationist journalism hastened theory’s American demise. And there was the paradox Eakin only saw while writing the book: men undoing the master narratives, and a generation of feminists — herself included — enthralled to them. De Beauvoir was the indomitable exception, awarded second place in the agrégation by jurors who could barely decide between her and Sartre.</p><p>•       <strong>The Frenchmen’s Revenge: AI. </strong>When the chatbots got good, American linguistics went into a tailspin: Chomsky’s account of language as a uniquely human, embodied endowment cannot explain a machine producing sophisticated sentences. The structuralists’ theory — language as an impersonal system in which meaning derives from how words differ from one another — describes generative AI rather well, and scholars such as NYU’s Leif Weatherby are now calling for a structuralist revival to understand it. De Man called language a machine; Foucault wrote of the proliferation of authorless discourse; Eakin’s recent New York Times essay argues Foucault foresaw everything from AI to the deep state. The Frenchmen, she thinks, would be fascinated rather than appalled — and would remind us to be just as wary of AI’s language as of anyone else’s.</p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/317335/the-frenchmen-by-emily-eakin/">Emily Eakin</a> is an editor at <em>The New York Times Book Review</em>. She has worked as a senior editor at <em>The New Yorker</em>, an ideas reporter for <em>The New York Times</em>, a fashion features writer at <em>Vogue</em>, and a deputy editor of <em>Lingua Franca</em>. Her features, essays, and reviews have appeared in <em>The New Yorker</em>, <em>The New York Times Magazine</em>, <em>The New Republic</em>, and <em>The New York Review of Books</em>. A Harvard graduate with graduate degrees from Columbia and the École Normale Supérieure in Paris, she lives in New York City. Her first book is <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/317335/the-frenchmen-by-emily-eakin/"><em>The Frenchmen, or My Life in Theory</em></a> (Penguin Press, July 2026).</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/317335/the-frenchmen-by-emily-eakin/"><em>The Frenchmen, or My Life in Theory</em></a> by Emily Eakin (Penguin Press, July 2...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 12:04:07 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/f227f7f7/b7045e30.mp3" length="41248562" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3468904" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/f227f7f7/b7045e30.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OkVj6K3S9uw">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/vOjk_7EvHMI6jiCW3sFN1ypDDYm99pHMS1XS5OlN6XM/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9kNmE4/ZjVmZTRiNDNlYTE4/OTVmMGZlMDdmZDc1/NWNkZS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2577</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Theory said, it doesn’t matter what you’ve read. It’s how you read.” — Emily Eakin on the seduction of the Frenchmen<br></em><br></p><p>When I was a graduate student at Berkeley in the Eighties, there was a bewildering rage for Frenchmen. Foucault in history, Derrida in literature, Althusser in political philosophy, Lacan in psychology. Not that anybody could quite explain what any of them meant — which only made their ideas even more compelling. It was the seduction of the American mind, especially its elite campus version. Innocent times with forty years of hindsight.</p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/317335/the-frenchmen-by-emily-eakin/">Emily Eakin</a> caught this Eighties fever for French theory at Harvard. Now an editor at the <em>New York Times Book Review</em>, Eakin has written <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/317335/the-frenchmen-by-emily-eakin/"><em>The Frenchmen, or My Life in Theory</em></a>, which is both a confessional of her own seduction and a serious piece of intellectual history.</p><p>A self-described farm girl from Indiana — albeit one whose Francophile parents once left her waiting at a Paris nursery school because a Lévi-Strauss lecture went overtime — she fell for theory as the intellectual equivalent of a little black dress. It looked expensive, even off the rack, she confesses. For a middle-class Midwesterner, it seemed like a passport to Left-Bank sophistication. All you needed was the jargon, the black clothes and, in Eakin’s case, the opera gloves.</p><p>But her Frenchmen, Eakin warns, turned out to be a slippery bunch. Lacan was so difficult that professors cancelled their own classes rather than teach him. Althusser murdered his wife. Foucault’s histories were as much fiction as fact. Not even Derrida took Derrida seriously. These were the men undoing the “master narratives” while an enthralled generation of cross-legged young feminists in their little black dresses took notes.</p><p>And yet Eakin’s Frenchmen may have the last laugh. Their theory of language — an impersonal system requiring no human at its center — presciently describes today’s AI revolution. Foucault predicted that “man” would be erased like a face drawn in sand on the beach. Forty years on, that tide may be engulfing us all.</p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>The Little Black Dress of the Mind. </strong>Eakin grew up in a family of Francophiles — one of her earliest memories is her mother arriving late to the Paris maternelle because Claude Lévi-Strauss’s lecture had run over — and arrived at Harvard as a middle-class kid from a middling Midwestern high school, painfully aware of the gaps in her education. Theory offered the shortcut: it didn’t matter what you’d read, only how you read. The cliché about the little black dress is that it looks expensive even bought on sale off the rack at Macy’s, and theory, Eakin says, was its intellectual equivalent. It was also, frankly, sexy — young professors in jeans lecturing on the masturbation of the comma in Henry James, as Lorrie Moore’s barely-parodic parody had it, and students dressed in black. Eakin went as far as the opera gloves.</p><p>•       <strong>System Replaces the Self. </strong>After the war, Sartre’s existentialism made every accurate thought an authentic act of resistance — a heroic message for a France humiliated by four years of Nazi occupation. But the postwar world was not being changed by individual actors, and Lévi-Strauss dismissed the whole business in Tristes Tropiques as “shop girl metaphysics.” Around the time the Berlin Wall went up, Althusser routed Sartre at the École Normale, and a new philosophy took hold, obsessed with vast impersonal forces: not humans controlling events but a structure — with language at its center. The moment that fascinated Eakin is that sixties moment when system replaced the self.</p><p>•       <strong>Difficult by Design — and Easy to Distort. </strong>A colleague of Eakin’s at the Times was once assigned Lacan’s lecture on The Purloined Letter; a few minutes into class, the professor cancelled it, admitting he didn’t understand the text he had assigned. That is the level of difficulty in question. Underedited and self-indulgent, Eakin the editor concedes — but each Frenchman left behind one bold idea worth the struggle, like Lacan’s mirror stage, in which identity is formed outside ourselves in an act of misrecognition. The difficulty carried a price: it made the work easy to parody, and conservative pundits handed the public a distorted picture. The Frenchmen never said truth doesn’t exist, Eakin insists. Their message was to beware political claims masquerading as eternal truths.</p><p>•       <strong>Slippery Politics, Awkward Pasts. </strong>Foucault, insecure about his thinning hair, shaved his head, ditched the suits, and by 1970 was in the streets with a megaphone defending prisoners, immigrants, and workers — and he was in San Francisco at the start of the AIDS catastrophe, which is reason to take his politics seriously. Derrida was temperamentally otherwise: nothing follows from deconstruction, as Stanley Fish put it, and the moment of silence his classmates held for Stalin at the École Normale was a bit much for him. The posthumous exposure of de Man’s collaborationist journalism hastened theory’s American demise. And there was the paradox Eakin only saw while writing the book: men undoing the master narratives, and a generation of feminists — herself included — enthralled to them. De Beauvoir was the indomitable exception, awarded second place in the agrégation by jurors who could barely decide between her and Sartre.</p><p>•       <strong>The Frenchmen’s Revenge: AI. </strong>When the chatbots got good, American linguistics went into a tailspin: Chomsky’s account of language as a uniquely human, embodied endowment cannot explain a machine producing sophisticated sentences. The structuralists’ theory — language as an impersonal system in which meaning derives from how words differ from one another — describes generative AI rather well, and scholars such as NYU’s Leif Weatherby are now calling for a structuralist revival to understand it. De Man called language a machine; Foucault wrote of the proliferation of authorless discourse; Eakin’s recent New York Times essay argues Foucault foresaw everything from AI to the deep state. The Frenchmen, she thinks, would be fascinated rather than appalled — and would remind us to be just as wary of AI’s language as of anyone else’s.</p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/317335/the-frenchmen-by-emily-eakin/">Emily Eakin</a> is an editor at <em>The New York Times Book Review</em>. She has worked as a senior editor at <em>The New Yorker</em>, an ideas reporter for <em>The New York Times</em>, a fashion features writer at <em>Vogue</em>, and a deputy editor of <em>Lingua Franca</em>. Her features, essays, and reviews have appeared in <em>The New Yorker</em>, <em>The New York Times Magazine</em>, <em>The New Republic</em>, and <em>The New York Review of Books</em>. A Harvard graduate with graduate degrees from Columbia and the École Normale Supérieure in Paris, she lives in New York City. Her first book is <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/317335/the-frenchmen-by-emily-eakin/"><em>The Frenchmen, or My Life in Theory</em></a> (Penguin Press, July 2026).</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/317335/the-frenchmen-by-emily-eakin/"><em>The Frenchmen, or My Life in Theory</em></a> by Emily Eakin (Penguin Press, July 2...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f227f7f7/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f227f7f7/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A $14 Billion Glitter Glue Gospel: Michael Blanding on the Wealthiest Christian Nationalist Family You've Never Heard Of</title>
      <itunes:episode>2978</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2978</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>A $14 Billion Glitter Glue Gospel: Michael Blanding on the Wealthiest Christian Nationalist Family You've Never Heard Of</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">80bdf86f-786f-4fe4-840a-64471dd04fbf</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve done plenty of abstract shows on American Christian nationalism. But this one is about a single family: the Greens of Oklahoma City, owners of the Hobby Lobby retail empire, and probably the wealthiest Christian nationalist family you’ve never heard of.</p><p> </p><p>According to investigative writer <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/michael-blanding/the-gospel-according-to-hobby-lobby/9781541703940/?lens=publicaffairs">Michael Blanding</a>, the Greens have amassed a $14 billion fortune from selling glitter glue and popsicle sticks. In his new book <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/michael-blanding/the-gospel-according-to-hobby-lobby/9781541703940/?lens=publicaffairs"><em>The Gospel According to Hobby Lobby</em></a>, Blanding reveals what he insists is this billionaire family’s quest to craft a Christian nation.</p><p> </p><p>Hobby Lobby is an all-American story — especially in its ridiculous ironies. A fundamentalist fortune built on bead-buying hippy consumers. The business came out of the Sixties counterculture. That said, the Greens have built the closest thing to a Christian corporate behemoth. Hobby Lobby has no corporate debt, is closed on Sundays, pays above average wages, and has a founder, David, who still flies coach. And yet this is the same Trump-loving corporation that forced its warehouse laborers to work during COVID and denies them birth control coverage.</p><p> </p><p>And then there is the Museum of the Bible, blocks from the Capitol — God’s base camp, as it’s known — stocked with 40,000 shady artifacts including a $1.7 million Gilgamesh Dream Tablet, and forged Dead Sea Scrolls. Such are the absurdities of life in Christian MAGAland. Render unto Trump what is Trump’s. Then deduct, forge or steal the rest.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Most Influential Family You've Never Heard Of. </strong>Hobby Lobby is an $8 billion business with a thousand big-box stores, and the Greens are worth $14 billion — among the richest people in America — from what Blanding calls the perfect recession-proof business: when times are good, people buy crafts, and when times are bad, they make things instead of buying them. David Green saw the waste at the TG&amp;Y department store chain in the sixties, started making picture frames in his garage, and — by his own account — owes the takeoff to the beatniks and hippies buying beads. The family credits God rather than themselves: chosen, anointed, and bearing no responsibility for the wealth.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>True Believers, Not Hypocrites. </strong>Whatever else the Greens are, Blanding insists, they are not hypocrites: they genuinely believe everyone is going to hell without Jesus, and they live accordingly. No corporate debt, wages well above the minimum, closed Sundays to honor the Lord, a founder who flies coach and lives modestly in Oklahoma. The record cuts both ways: during COVID, warehouse employees worked unmasked in hundred-degree heat after David Green’s wife had a vision from God that the company must stay open. And the 2014 Supreme Court case over birth control coverage made Hobby Lobby a national flashpoint — half the country boycotts it, and the other half shops there precisely because of it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Seven Mountains and the Attack on Pluralism. </strong>The Greens work within the democratic system, Blanding concedes under Andrew’s devil’s advocacy — but they are associated with Seven Mountains dominionism, the crusade for evangelical control of government, law, entertainment, and the other commanding heights of American society. Steve Green, David’s son, is on record that there is one true worldview, incompatible with all others, and that pluralism should not exist because the rules are laid out in the Bible. His Bible curriculum for public schools taught scripture as reliable historical truth. This isn’t guilt by association, Blanding argues — it’s what the family says in its own books and interviews.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump as Cyrus. </strong>David Green came out against Trump in 2016 — an op-ed, a Fox News appearance, support for Marco Rubio — as a poor example of moral leadership. Then Trump became the nominee, the Supreme Court became the prize, and the family fell in line with the movement’s theology of the imperfect vessel: Trump as Cyrus, the pagan Persian king who freed the Jews and delivered for the faithful without being one of them. To their credit, Blanding notes, the bet paid off — no president, including the professed believers, has pushed conservative Christian exceptionalism further through the courts and executive orders.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>God's Base Camp: The Museum of the Bible. </strong>Blocks from the Capitol sits the Greens’ Museum of the Bible, stocked with some 40,000 cuneiform tablets, papyri, and Torah scrolls acquired in part to prove the Bible historically true — and acquired, it turned out, from shady dealers. The federal government seized the $1.7 million Gilgamesh Dream Tablet as looted from Iraq; the museum’s Dead Sea Scrolls proved to be forgeries; and the acquisition machine doubled as a tax strategy, with artifacts bought cheap, reappraised high, and donated for deductions so large they sometimes paid for themselves. Radical Christian conservatives held their conferences there — one called it God’s base camp. Ingenious, entirely legal, and, in Blanding’s telling, entirely revealing.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/michael-blanding/the-gospel-according-to-hobby-lobby/9781541703940/?lens=publicaffairs">Michael Blanding</a> is a Boston-based investigative journalist whose work has appeared in <em>The New York Times</em>, <em>WIRED</em>, <em>Slate</em>, <em>Smithsonian</em>, and <em>The Boston Globe Magazine</em>. His previous books include <em>The Map Thief</em>, a New York Times bestseller; <em>The Coke Machine</em>; and <em>In Shakespeare’s Shadow</em>, the subject of his last appearance on this show in 2022. His new book is <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/michael-blanding/the-gospel-according-to-hobby-lobby/9781541703940/?lens=publicaffairs"><em>The Gospel According to Hobby Lobby: Inside a Billionaire Family’s Quest to Craft a Christian Nation</em></a> (PublicAffairs, July 14, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/michael-blanding/the-gospel-according-to-hobby-lobby/9781541703940/?lens=publicaffairs"><em>The Gospel According to Hobby Lobby: Inside a Billionaire Family’s Quest to Craft a Christian Nation</em></a> by Michael Blanding (PublicAffairs, July 14, 2026). Virginia Heffernan in <em>The New York Times</em>: “Blanding is at the height of his arts and crafts.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Burwell v. Hobby Lobby (2014) — the Supreme Court case in which the company successfully argued it need not provide insurance covering birth control, and the moment Hobby Lobby became a national flashpoint.</p><p> </p><p>•       The Museum of the Bible — the Greens’ institution blocks from the Capitol, whose looted Gilgamesh Dream Tablet was seized by the federal government and whose Dead Sea Scrolls proved to be forged.</p><p> </p><p>•       Seven Mountains dominionism — the movement seeking evangelical Christian control of government, law, media, entertainment, and the other commanding heights of society.</p><p> </p><p>•       </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve done plenty of abstract shows on American Christian nationalism. But this one is about a single family: the Greens of Oklahoma City, owners of the Hobby Lobby retail empire, and probably the wealthiest Christian nationalist family you’ve never heard of.</p><p> </p><p>According to investigative writer <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/michael-blanding/the-gospel-according-to-hobby-lobby/9781541703940/?lens=publicaffairs">Michael Blanding</a>, the Greens have amassed a $14 billion fortune from selling glitter glue and popsicle sticks. In his new book <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/michael-blanding/the-gospel-according-to-hobby-lobby/9781541703940/?lens=publicaffairs"><em>The Gospel According to Hobby Lobby</em></a>, Blanding reveals what he insists is this billionaire family’s quest to craft a Christian nation.</p><p> </p><p>Hobby Lobby is an all-American story — especially in its ridiculous ironies. A fundamentalist fortune built on bead-buying hippy consumers. The business came out of the Sixties counterculture. That said, the Greens have built the closest thing to a Christian corporate behemoth. Hobby Lobby has no corporate debt, is closed on Sundays, pays above average wages, and has a founder, David, who still flies coach. And yet this is the same Trump-loving corporation that forced its warehouse laborers to work during COVID and denies them birth control coverage.</p><p> </p><p>And then there is the Museum of the Bible, blocks from the Capitol — God’s base camp, as it’s known — stocked with 40,000 shady artifacts including a $1.7 million Gilgamesh Dream Tablet, and forged Dead Sea Scrolls. Such are the absurdities of life in Christian MAGAland. Render unto Trump what is Trump’s. Then deduct, forge or steal the rest.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Most Influential Family You've Never Heard Of. </strong>Hobby Lobby is an $8 billion business with a thousand big-box stores, and the Greens are worth $14 billion — among the richest people in America — from what Blanding calls the perfect recession-proof business: when times are good, people buy crafts, and when times are bad, they make things instead of buying them. David Green saw the waste at the TG&amp;Y department store chain in the sixties, started making picture frames in his garage, and — by his own account — owes the takeoff to the beatniks and hippies buying beads. The family credits God rather than themselves: chosen, anointed, and bearing no responsibility for the wealth.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>True Believers, Not Hypocrites. </strong>Whatever else the Greens are, Blanding insists, they are not hypocrites: they genuinely believe everyone is going to hell without Jesus, and they live accordingly. No corporate debt, wages well above the minimum, closed Sundays to honor the Lord, a founder who flies coach and lives modestly in Oklahoma. The record cuts both ways: during COVID, warehouse employees worked unmasked in hundred-degree heat after David Green’s wife had a vision from God that the company must stay open. And the 2014 Supreme Court case over birth control coverage made Hobby Lobby a national flashpoint — half the country boycotts it, and the other half shops there precisely because of it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Seven Mountains and the Attack on Pluralism. </strong>The Greens work within the democratic system, Blanding concedes under Andrew’s devil’s advocacy — but they are associated with Seven Mountains dominionism, the crusade for evangelical control of government, law, entertainment, and the other commanding heights of American society. Steve Green, David’s son, is on record that there is one true worldview, incompatible with all others, and that pluralism should not exist because the rules are laid out in the Bible. His Bible curriculum for public schools taught scripture as reliable historical truth. This isn’t guilt by association, Blanding argues — it’s what the family says in its own books and interviews.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump as Cyrus. </strong>David Green came out against Trump in 2016 — an op-ed, a Fox News appearance, support for Marco Rubio — as a poor example of moral leadership. Then Trump became the nominee, the Supreme Court became the prize, and the family fell in line with the movement’s theology of the imperfect vessel: Trump as Cyrus, the pagan Persian king who freed the Jews and delivered for the faithful without being one of them. To their credit, Blanding notes, the bet paid off — no president, including the professed believers, has pushed conservative Christian exceptionalism further through the courts and executive orders.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>God's Base Camp: The Museum of the Bible. </strong>Blocks from the Capitol sits the Greens’ Museum of the Bible, stocked with some 40,000 cuneiform tablets, papyri, and Torah scrolls acquired in part to prove the Bible historically true — and acquired, it turned out, from shady dealers. The federal government seized the $1.7 million Gilgamesh Dream Tablet as looted from Iraq; the museum’s Dead Sea Scrolls proved to be forgeries; and the acquisition machine doubled as a tax strategy, with artifacts bought cheap, reappraised high, and donated for deductions so large they sometimes paid for themselves. Radical Christian conservatives held their conferences there — one called it God’s base camp. Ingenious, entirely legal, and, in Blanding’s telling, entirely revealing.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/michael-blanding/the-gospel-according-to-hobby-lobby/9781541703940/?lens=publicaffairs">Michael Blanding</a> is a Boston-based investigative journalist whose work has appeared in <em>The New York Times</em>, <em>WIRED</em>, <em>Slate</em>, <em>Smithsonian</em>, and <em>The Boston Globe Magazine</em>. His previous books include <em>The Map Thief</em>, a New York Times bestseller; <em>The Coke Machine</em>; and <em>In Shakespeare’s Shadow</em>, the subject of his last appearance on this show in 2022. His new book is <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/michael-blanding/the-gospel-according-to-hobby-lobby/9781541703940/?lens=publicaffairs"><em>The Gospel According to Hobby Lobby: Inside a Billionaire Family’s Quest to Craft a Christian Nation</em></a> (PublicAffairs, July 14, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/michael-blanding/the-gospel-according-to-hobby-lobby/9781541703940/?lens=publicaffairs"><em>The Gospel According to Hobby Lobby: Inside a Billionaire Family’s Quest to Craft a Christian Nation</em></a> by Michael Blanding (PublicAffairs, July 14, 2026). Virginia Heffernan in <em>The New York Times</em>: “Blanding is at the height of his arts and crafts.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Burwell v. Hobby Lobby (2014) — the Supreme Court case in which the company successfully argued it need not provide insurance covering birth control, and the moment Hobby Lobby became a national flashpoint.</p><p> </p><p>•       The Museum of the Bible — the Greens’ institution blocks from the Capitol, whose looted Gilgamesh Dream Tablet was seized by the federal government and whose Dead Sea Scrolls proved to be forged.</p><p> </p><p>•       Seven Mountains dominionism — the movement seeking evangelical Christian control of government, law, media, entertainment, and the other commanding heights of society.</p><p> </p><p>•       </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2026 11:24:09 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/3353ea00/ae4d9f8a.mp3" length="33355830" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3445667" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/3353ea00/ae4d9f8a.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QnWaqkVkgAM">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/u8m1NvgE4SczN379dxPXV99gKN-VMxTdPiRtaICxOc4/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80MjUw/ODU5MDY3ZmQ3MGEw/OTI3YzA1Zjg0NDhj/MTMzYS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2081</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve done plenty of abstract shows on American Christian nationalism. But this one is about a single family: the Greens of Oklahoma City, owners of the Hobby Lobby retail empire, and probably the wealthiest Christian nationalist family you’ve never heard of.</p><p> </p><p>According to investigative writer <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/michael-blanding/the-gospel-according-to-hobby-lobby/9781541703940/?lens=publicaffairs">Michael Blanding</a>, the Greens have amassed a $14 billion fortune from selling glitter glue and popsicle sticks. In his new book <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/michael-blanding/the-gospel-according-to-hobby-lobby/9781541703940/?lens=publicaffairs"><em>The Gospel According to Hobby Lobby</em></a>, Blanding reveals what he insists is this billionaire family’s quest to craft a Christian nation.</p><p> </p><p>Hobby Lobby is an all-American story — especially in its ridiculous ironies. A fundamentalist fortune built on bead-buying hippy consumers. The business came out of the Sixties counterculture. That said, the Greens have built the closest thing to a Christian corporate behemoth. Hobby Lobby has no corporate debt, is closed on Sundays, pays above average wages, and has a founder, David, who still flies coach. And yet this is the same Trump-loving corporation that forced its warehouse laborers to work during COVID and denies them birth control coverage.</p><p> </p><p>And then there is the Museum of the Bible, blocks from the Capitol — God’s base camp, as it’s known — stocked with 40,000 shady artifacts including a $1.7 million Gilgamesh Dream Tablet, and forged Dead Sea Scrolls. Such are the absurdities of life in Christian MAGAland. Render unto Trump what is Trump’s. Then deduct, forge or steal the rest.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Most Influential Family You've Never Heard Of. </strong>Hobby Lobby is an $8 billion business with a thousand big-box stores, and the Greens are worth $14 billion — among the richest people in America — from what Blanding calls the perfect recession-proof business: when times are good, people buy crafts, and when times are bad, they make things instead of buying them. David Green saw the waste at the TG&amp;Y department store chain in the sixties, started making picture frames in his garage, and — by his own account — owes the takeoff to the beatniks and hippies buying beads. The family credits God rather than themselves: chosen, anointed, and bearing no responsibility for the wealth.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>True Believers, Not Hypocrites. </strong>Whatever else the Greens are, Blanding insists, they are not hypocrites: they genuinely believe everyone is going to hell without Jesus, and they live accordingly. No corporate debt, wages well above the minimum, closed Sundays to honor the Lord, a founder who flies coach and lives modestly in Oklahoma. The record cuts both ways: during COVID, warehouse employees worked unmasked in hundred-degree heat after David Green’s wife had a vision from God that the company must stay open. And the 2014 Supreme Court case over birth control coverage made Hobby Lobby a national flashpoint — half the country boycotts it, and the other half shops there precisely because of it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Seven Mountains and the Attack on Pluralism. </strong>The Greens work within the democratic system, Blanding concedes under Andrew’s devil’s advocacy — but they are associated with Seven Mountains dominionism, the crusade for evangelical control of government, law, entertainment, and the other commanding heights of American society. Steve Green, David’s son, is on record that there is one true worldview, incompatible with all others, and that pluralism should not exist because the rules are laid out in the Bible. His Bible curriculum for public schools taught scripture as reliable historical truth. This isn’t guilt by association, Blanding argues — it’s what the family says in its own books and interviews.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump as Cyrus. </strong>David Green came out against Trump in 2016 — an op-ed, a Fox News appearance, support for Marco Rubio — as a poor example of moral leadership. Then Trump became the nominee, the Supreme Court became the prize, and the family fell in line with the movement’s theology of the imperfect vessel: Trump as Cyrus, the pagan Persian king who freed the Jews and delivered for the faithful without being one of them. To their credit, Blanding notes, the bet paid off — no president, including the professed believers, has pushed conservative Christian exceptionalism further through the courts and executive orders.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>God's Base Camp: The Museum of the Bible. </strong>Blocks from the Capitol sits the Greens’ Museum of the Bible, stocked with some 40,000 cuneiform tablets, papyri, and Torah scrolls acquired in part to prove the Bible historically true — and acquired, it turned out, from shady dealers. The federal government seized the $1.7 million Gilgamesh Dream Tablet as looted from Iraq; the museum’s Dead Sea Scrolls proved to be forgeries; and the acquisition machine doubled as a tax strategy, with artifacts bought cheap, reappraised high, and donated for deductions so large they sometimes paid for themselves. Radical Christian conservatives held their conferences there — one called it God’s base camp. Ingenious, entirely legal, and, in Blanding’s telling, entirely revealing.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/michael-blanding/the-gospel-according-to-hobby-lobby/9781541703940/?lens=publicaffairs">Michael Blanding</a> is a Boston-based investigative journalist whose work has appeared in <em>The New York Times</em>, <em>WIRED</em>, <em>Slate</em>, <em>Smithsonian</em>, and <em>The Boston Globe Magazine</em>. His previous books include <em>The Map Thief</em>, a New York Times bestseller; <em>The Coke Machine</em>; and <em>In Shakespeare’s Shadow</em>, the subject of his last appearance on this show in 2022. His new book is <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/michael-blanding/the-gospel-according-to-hobby-lobby/9781541703940/?lens=publicaffairs"><em>The Gospel According to Hobby Lobby: Inside a Billionaire Family’s Quest to Craft a Christian Nation</em></a> (PublicAffairs, July 14, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/michael-blanding/the-gospel-according-to-hobby-lobby/9781541703940/?lens=publicaffairs"><em>The Gospel According to Hobby Lobby: Inside a Billionaire Family’s Quest to Craft a Christian Nation</em></a> by Michael Blanding (PublicAffairs, July 14, 2026). Virginia Heffernan in <em>The New York Times</em>: “Blanding is at the height of his arts and crafts.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Burwell v. Hobby Lobby (2014) — the Supreme Court case in which the company successfully argued it need not provide insurance covering birth control, and the moment Hobby Lobby became a national flashpoint.</p><p> </p><p>•       The Museum of the Bible — the Greens’ institution blocks from the Capitol, whose looted Gilgamesh Dream Tablet was seized by the federal government and whose Dead Sea Scrolls proved to be forged.</p><p> </p><p>•       Seven Mountains dominionism — the movement seeking evangelical Christian control of government, law, media, entertainment, and the other commanding heights of society.</p><p> </p><p>•       </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3353ea00/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3353ea00/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Homer's Hollywood Odyssey: Joel Christensen on How Christopher Nolan Gave Us the Odysseus We Deserve</title>
      <itunes:episode>2977</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2977</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Homer's Hollywood Odyssey: Joel Christensen on How Christopher Nolan Gave Us the Odysseus We Deserve</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">34d4942b-fff5-41be-b57a-99ae00b519f5</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I want someone who has regrets. I want someone who’s learned the hard way. I want someone who understands that life is made of those messy compromises.” — Joel Christensen on the Odysseus he hopes to see in Matt Damon</em></p><p> </p><p>Christopher Nolan’s The Odyssey is out — the controversial movie of the year, much of the controversy raging before anyone had seen a frame. So, before either of us had seen the epic, I talked to the CUNY classicist <a href="https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-032-20987-0">Joel Christensen</a>, author of the timely <a href="https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-032-20987-0"><em>Why Odysseus? Survivor, Scoundrel, (Anti)hero</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p>What, I asked Christensen, did he most dread about Hollywood’s treatment of his beloved Odyssey? His answer: a hero too noble to be interesting. The Odysseus of the epic is a survivor, a scoundrel, an antihero — the master sergeant who does what needs to be done, from engineering the Trojan Horse to making sure Hector’s infant son doesn’t survive it. Christensen’s worry about Matt Damon came down to one word: too likeable. What he wanted instead was a man with regrets — De Niro in Raging Bull rather than anybody noble.</p><p> </p><p>So did Christensen get the Odysseus he wanted? Below is his review, written after seeing the film when it came out.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Postscript: Joel Christensen’s Verdict on the Film</strong></p><p> </p><p><em>Nolan’s Odyssey is not Homer’s Odyssey. This should be clear to anyone. Nolan faced an almost impossible task well: ancient audiences knew the story already. Modern audiences do not, so he created a ring structure with the beginning union of Penelope and Odysseus anticipating the reunion at the end, also introducing plot elements like the dog Argos and the pin by which Penelope will recognize Odysseus.</em></p><p> </p><p><em>The film is not Homer. Homer’s power is poetry; the film’s is image. Some of the images are striking: the scene when Circe turns his men into animals is the most arresting in the whole movie, showing everything that can be done with visceral imagery and a slight adaptation (Circe here is a survivor of sexual assault).</em></p><p> </p><p><em>The changes made to the plot such as omitting the Phaeacians, Nestor, Laertes, the bed and more are not as jarring as some of the general decisions. Calling “Zeus’ Law” “do unto others…” makes an understandable translation to a Christian context, but it is somewhat nonsensical for Homer. Depicting a mutilated Helen is a strange decision that I am struggling with.</em></p><p> </p><p><em>What the movie gets right is making humans responsible for their own suffering. In a novel take on Odysseus as a traumatized warrior, the hero spends seven years with Calypso eating Lotus to forget the loss of his men. Damon, too likeable, regrets the trick of the Trojan Horse after witnessing the slaughter during the sack of Troy. We find out as well that the “sea people” from history, bringing an end to the “civilization” are actually the Greeks returning from the Trojan War and suffering for the transgressions they committed there.</em></p><p> </p><p><em>Is this ending an echo of Zeus’ plan to end the race of heroes in the Trojan War? Is it an allegory for our civilizational collapse in the future thanks to technology, environmental catastrophe, and fascism? Any potential social critique dissipates with the movie’s end. The traumatized veteran turns out to be merciful and kills only some of the suitors, showing many mercy. Then, guilty of violating “Zeus’ Law”, Odysseus happily goes into exile with Penelope, leaving Telemachus to be king.</em></p><p> </p><p><em>There’s no way to make Homer’s Odyssey into a film and convey all its ambiguity and depth. That would be an unfair expectation. Nolan’s film is a compelling spectacle and it makes me wonder more about how it reflects who we are as an audience. Do we need the hero to be ultimately good, even if he messed up? Are we so simple that we need to hear about Zeus’ Law and the Sea People so repetitively? I fear that in this age where fiction and fact are so hard to disentangle, that we long for narratives that are just simpler.</em></p><p> </p><p><em>We don’t get the Odyssey we want; we get the one we deserve.</em></p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Complicated Man: The Translation Problem. </strong>Every word of Homer carries echoes no English can hold, and the fights over Nolan’s dialogue replay the fights over translation. Emily Wilson detonated a controversy by rendering polytropos — poly, many; tropos, turn — as “a complicated man,” alluding at once to Odysseus’s travels and the many forms of his character; Daniel Mendelsohn’s “man of roundabout ways” does the work too, if you can stop thinking about rotaries. Even the objection to Tom Holland’s Telemachus saying “dad” collapses on inspection: Telemachus uses the colloquial form in Homer. And the “authentic” dialect purists want was an artificial amalgam that no ancient Greek ever spoke.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Culture Wars Come for Homer. </strong>Nobody remembers a brouhaha over Wolfgang Petersen’s Troy — a pretty bad movie, Christensen notes — but Nolan’s Odyssey generates more controversy than a scholar can track daily. Lupita Nyong’o’s Helen is attacked as inauthentic by one side and as cultural appropriation by the other; since 2015, classicists have watched the Western tradition weaponized by the alt-right while their own field argues about who owns it. Christensen’s advice channels the epic itself: between Scylla and Charybdis, take Scylla. You’ll lose six men. The alternative is losing the ship — and if the story doesn’t persuade in three hours, nobody will remember the armor anyway.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Valence of Violence. </strong>Modern audiences are more accustomed to represented violence than any in history — you don’t need Natural Born Killers when Twitter serves unverifiable clips from Gaza and Iran. The question Christensen brings to the film is what the violence is for. Uberto Pasolini’s The Return gave Ralph Fiennes’s Odysseus a steady, untroubled thump of arrows; the epic’s own slaughter of the suitors, read closely, approaches Tarantino-adjacent parody. And the hardest tests are the atrocities the adaptations always cut: the mutilation of the goatherd Melanthius, and Telemachus hanging the enslaved women. Does the violence glorify the hero — or show what even the best of us are capable of?</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Keep Penelope Ambiguous. </strong>The great interpretive question of the Odyssey is when Penelope knows the beggar is her husband — the suitors, dead in the underworld, are convinced she was in on it all along. The epic grants her remarkable intelligence and agency, then reins it in: Agamemnon’s ghost praises her by way of insulting all women, and she vanishes from the text. Christensen’s advice to Nolan wouldn’t be Margaret Atwood’s Penelopiad, which centers the women’s voices; it would be more screen time and total ambiguity — no access to her mind, a wife who matches her husband in wits and may even have outwitted him. Though based on Nolan’s arc, he doubts we’ll get a woman at the center.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Survivor, Scoundrel, (Anti)hero. </strong>Christensen’s worry about Matt Damon was simple: too likable. Odysseus is the master sergeant — the one who takes the hard orders, tricks Achilles into the war, engineers the Horse, and makes sure Hector’s infant son doesn’t survive to rebuild Troy. The ancient hero is neither good nor ...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I want someone who has regrets. I want someone who’s learned the hard way. I want someone who understands that life is made of those messy compromises.” — Joel Christensen on the Odysseus he hopes to see in Matt Damon</em></p><p> </p><p>Christopher Nolan’s The Odyssey is out — the controversial movie of the year, much of the controversy raging before anyone had seen a frame. So, before either of us had seen the epic, I talked to the CUNY classicist <a href="https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-032-20987-0">Joel Christensen</a>, author of the timely <a href="https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-032-20987-0"><em>Why Odysseus? Survivor, Scoundrel, (Anti)hero</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p>What, I asked Christensen, did he most dread about Hollywood’s treatment of his beloved Odyssey? His answer: a hero too noble to be interesting. The Odysseus of the epic is a survivor, a scoundrel, an antihero — the master sergeant who does what needs to be done, from engineering the Trojan Horse to making sure Hector’s infant son doesn’t survive it. Christensen’s worry about Matt Damon came down to one word: too likeable. What he wanted instead was a man with regrets — De Niro in Raging Bull rather than anybody noble.</p><p> </p><p>So did Christensen get the Odysseus he wanted? Below is his review, written after seeing the film when it came out.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Postscript: Joel Christensen’s Verdict on the Film</strong></p><p> </p><p><em>Nolan’s Odyssey is not Homer’s Odyssey. This should be clear to anyone. Nolan faced an almost impossible task well: ancient audiences knew the story already. Modern audiences do not, so he created a ring structure with the beginning union of Penelope and Odysseus anticipating the reunion at the end, also introducing plot elements like the dog Argos and the pin by which Penelope will recognize Odysseus.</em></p><p> </p><p><em>The film is not Homer. Homer’s power is poetry; the film’s is image. Some of the images are striking: the scene when Circe turns his men into animals is the most arresting in the whole movie, showing everything that can be done with visceral imagery and a slight adaptation (Circe here is a survivor of sexual assault).</em></p><p> </p><p><em>The changes made to the plot such as omitting the Phaeacians, Nestor, Laertes, the bed and more are not as jarring as some of the general decisions. Calling “Zeus’ Law” “do unto others…” makes an understandable translation to a Christian context, but it is somewhat nonsensical for Homer. Depicting a mutilated Helen is a strange decision that I am struggling with.</em></p><p> </p><p><em>What the movie gets right is making humans responsible for their own suffering. In a novel take on Odysseus as a traumatized warrior, the hero spends seven years with Calypso eating Lotus to forget the loss of his men. Damon, too likeable, regrets the trick of the Trojan Horse after witnessing the slaughter during the sack of Troy. We find out as well that the “sea people” from history, bringing an end to the “civilization” are actually the Greeks returning from the Trojan War and suffering for the transgressions they committed there.</em></p><p> </p><p><em>Is this ending an echo of Zeus’ plan to end the race of heroes in the Trojan War? Is it an allegory for our civilizational collapse in the future thanks to technology, environmental catastrophe, and fascism? Any potential social critique dissipates with the movie’s end. The traumatized veteran turns out to be merciful and kills only some of the suitors, showing many mercy. Then, guilty of violating “Zeus’ Law”, Odysseus happily goes into exile with Penelope, leaving Telemachus to be king.</em></p><p> </p><p><em>There’s no way to make Homer’s Odyssey into a film and convey all its ambiguity and depth. That would be an unfair expectation. Nolan’s film is a compelling spectacle and it makes me wonder more about how it reflects who we are as an audience. Do we need the hero to be ultimately good, even if he messed up? Are we so simple that we need to hear about Zeus’ Law and the Sea People so repetitively? I fear that in this age where fiction and fact are so hard to disentangle, that we long for narratives that are just simpler.</em></p><p> </p><p><em>We don’t get the Odyssey we want; we get the one we deserve.</em></p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Complicated Man: The Translation Problem. </strong>Every word of Homer carries echoes no English can hold, and the fights over Nolan’s dialogue replay the fights over translation. Emily Wilson detonated a controversy by rendering polytropos — poly, many; tropos, turn — as “a complicated man,” alluding at once to Odysseus’s travels and the many forms of his character; Daniel Mendelsohn’s “man of roundabout ways” does the work too, if you can stop thinking about rotaries. Even the objection to Tom Holland’s Telemachus saying “dad” collapses on inspection: Telemachus uses the colloquial form in Homer. And the “authentic” dialect purists want was an artificial amalgam that no ancient Greek ever spoke.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Culture Wars Come for Homer. </strong>Nobody remembers a brouhaha over Wolfgang Petersen’s Troy — a pretty bad movie, Christensen notes — but Nolan’s Odyssey generates more controversy than a scholar can track daily. Lupita Nyong’o’s Helen is attacked as inauthentic by one side and as cultural appropriation by the other; since 2015, classicists have watched the Western tradition weaponized by the alt-right while their own field argues about who owns it. Christensen’s advice channels the epic itself: between Scylla and Charybdis, take Scylla. You’ll lose six men. The alternative is losing the ship — and if the story doesn’t persuade in three hours, nobody will remember the armor anyway.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Valence of Violence. </strong>Modern audiences are more accustomed to represented violence than any in history — you don’t need Natural Born Killers when Twitter serves unverifiable clips from Gaza and Iran. The question Christensen brings to the film is what the violence is for. Uberto Pasolini’s The Return gave Ralph Fiennes’s Odysseus a steady, untroubled thump of arrows; the epic’s own slaughter of the suitors, read closely, approaches Tarantino-adjacent parody. And the hardest tests are the atrocities the adaptations always cut: the mutilation of the goatherd Melanthius, and Telemachus hanging the enslaved women. Does the violence glorify the hero — or show what even the best of us are capable of?</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Keep Penelope Ambiguous. </strong>The great interpretive question of the Odyssey is when Penelope knows the beggar is her husband — the suitors, dead in the underworld, are convinced she was in on it all along. The epic grants her remarkable intelligence and agency, then reins it in: Agamemnon’s ghost praises her by way of insulting all women, and she vanishes from the text. Christensen’s advice to Nolan wouldn’t be Margaret Atwood’s Penelopiad, which centers the women’s voices; it would be more screen time and total ambiguity — no access to her mind, a wife who matches her husband in wits and may even have outwitted him. Though based on Nolan’s arc, he doubts we’ll get a woman at the center.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Survivor, Scoundrel, (Anti)hero. </strong>Christensen’s worry about Matt Damon was simple: too likable. Odysseus is the master sergeant — the one who takes the hard orders, tricks Achilles into the war, engineers the Horse, and makes sure Hector’s infant son doesn’t survive to rebuild Troy. The ancient hero is neither good nor ...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 19 Jul 2026 15:46:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/941a6958/3065069c.mp3" length="43908201" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3459321" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/941a6958/3065069c.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=B0ZCk7YrExw">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/0Kow6m7ezrHPuBL2N7oJizWOBHTqIIoD_AuZeUOEF6Q/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iMzYz/MTZiMDY4MDZmN2Fj/NDFlOTMyZDU2MTQ4/NzA0Ny5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2740</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I want someone who has regrets. I want someone who’s learned the hard way. I want someone who understands that life is made of those messy compromises.” — Joel Christensen on the Odysseus he hopes to see in Matt Damon</em></p><p> </p><p>Christopher Nolan’s The Odyssey is out — the controversial movie of the year, much of the controversy raging before anyone had seen a frame. So, before either of us had seen the epic, I talked to the CUNY classicist <a href="https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-032-20987-0">Joel Christensen</a>, author of the timely <a href="https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-032-20987-0"><em>Why Odysseus? Survivor, Scoundrel, (Anti)hero</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p>What, I asked Christensen, did he most dread about Hollywood’s treatment of his beloved Odyssey? His answer: a hero too noble to be interesting. The Odysseus of the epic is a survivor, a scoundrel, an antihero — the master sergeant who does what needs to be done, from engineering the Trojan Horse to making sure Hector’s infant son doesn’t survive it. Christensen’s worry about Matt Damon came down to one word: too likeable. What he wanted instead was a man with regrets — De Niro in Raging Bull rather than anybody noble.</p><p> </p><p>So did Christensen get the Odysseus he wanted? Below is his review, written after seeing the film when it came out.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Postscript: Joel Christensen’s Verdict on the Film</strong></p><p> </p><p><em>Nolan’s Odyssey is not Homer’s Odyssey. This should be clear to anyone. Nolan faced an almost impossible task well: ancient audiences knew the story already. Modern audiences do not, so he created a ring structure with the beginning union of Penelope and Odysseus anticipating the reunion at the end, also introducing plot elements like the dog Argos and the pin by which Penelope will recognize Odysseus.</em></p><p> </p><p><em>The film is not Homer. Homer’s power is poetry; the film’s is image. Some of the images are striking: the scene when Circe turns his men into animals is the most arresting in the whole movie, showing everything that can be done with visceral imagery and a slight adaptation (Circe here is a survivor of sexual assault).</em></p><p> </p><p><em>The changes made to the plot such as omitting the Phaeacians, Nestor, Laertes, the bed and more are not as jarring as some of the general decisions. Calling “Zeus’ Law” “do unto others…” makes an understandable translation to a Christian context, but it is somewhat nonsensical for Homer. Depicting a mutilated Helen is a strange decision that I am struggling with.</em></p><p> </p><p><em>What the movie gets right is making humans responsible for their own suffering. In a novel take on Odysseus as a traumatized warrior, the hero spends seven years with Calypso eating Lotus to forget the loss of his men. Damon, too likeable, regrets the trick of the Trojan Horse after witnessing the slaughter during the sack of Troy. We find out as well that the “sea people” from history, bringing an end to the “civilization” are actually the Greeks returning from the Trojan War and suffering for the transgressions they committed there.</em></p><p> </p><p><em>Is this ending an echo of Zeus’ plan to end the race of heroes in the Trojan War? Is it an allegory for our civilizational collapse in the future thanks to technology, environmental catastrophe, and fascism? Any potential social critique dissipates with the movie’s end. The traumatized veteran turns out to be merciful and kills only some of the suitors, showing many mercy. Then, guilty of violating “Zeus’ Law”, Odysseus happily goes into exile with Penelope, leaving Telemachus to be king.</em></p><p> </p><p><em>There’s no way to make Homer’s Odyssey into a film and convey all its ambiguity and depth. That would be an unfair expectation. Nolan’s film is a compelling spectacle and it makes me wonder more about how it reflects who we are as an audience. Do we need the hero to be ultimately good, even if he messed up? Are we so simple that we need to hear about Zeus’ Law and the Sea People so repetitively? I fear that in this age where fiction and fact are so hard to disentangle, that we long for narratives that are just simpler.</em></p><p> </p><p><em>We don’t get the Odyssey we want; we get the one we deserve.</em></p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Complicated Man: The Translation Problem. </strong>Every word of Homer carries echoes no English can hold, and the fights over Nolan’s dialogue replay the fights over translation. Emily Wilson detonated a controversy by rendering polytropos — poly, many; tropos, turn — as “a complicated man,” alluding at once to Odysseus’s travels and the many forms of his character; Daniel Mendelsohn’s “man of roundabout ways” does the work too, if you can stop thinking about rotaries. Even the objection to Tom Holland’s Telemachus saying “dad” collapses on inspection: Telemachus uses the colloquial form in Homer. And the “authentic” dialect purists want was an artificial amalgam that no ancient Greek ever spoke.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Culture Wars Come for Homer. </strong>Nobody remembers a brouhaha over Wolfgang Petersen’s Troy — a pretty bad movie, Christensen notes — but Nolan’s Odyssey generates more controversy than a scholar can track daily. Lupita Nyong’o’s Helen is attacked as inauthentic by one side and as cultural appropriation by the other; since 2015, classicists have watched the Western tradition weaponized by the alt-right while their own field argues about who owns it. Christensen’s advice channels the epic itself: between Scylla and Charybdis, take Scylla. You’ll lose six men. The alternative is losing the ship — and if the story doesn’t persuade in three hours, nobody will remember the armor anyway.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Valence of Violence. </strong>Modern audiences are more accustomed to represented violence than any in history — you don’t need Natural Born Killers when Twitter serves unverifiable clips from Gaza and Iran. The question Christensen brings to the film is what the violence is for. Uberto Pasolini’s The Return gave Ralph Fiennes’s Odysseus a steady, untroubled thump of arrows; the epic’s own slaughter of the suitors, read closely, approaches Tarantino-adjacent parody. And the hardest tests are the atrocities the adaptations always cut: the mutilation of the goatherd Melanthius, and Telemachus hanging the enslaved women. Does the violence glorify the hero — or show what even the best of us are capable of?</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Keep Penelope Ambiguous. </strong>The great interpretive question of the Odyssey is when Penelope knows the beggar is her husband — the suitors, dead in the underworld, are convinced she was in on it all along. The epic grants her remarkable intelligence and agency, then reins it in: Agamemnon’s ghost praises her by way of insulting all women, and she vanishes from the text. Christensen’s advice to Nolan wouldn’t be Margaret Atwood’s Penelopiad, which centers the women’s voices; it would be more screen time and total ambiguity — no access to her mind, a wife who matches her husband in wits and may even have outwitted him. Though based on Nolan’s arc, he doubts we’ll get a woman at the center.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Survivor, Scoundrel, (Anti)hero. </strong>Christensen’s worry about Matt Damon was simple: too likable. Odysseus is the master sergeant — the one who takes the hard orders, tricks Achilles into the war, engineers the Horse, and makes sure Hector’s infant son doesn’t survive to rebuild Troy. The ancient hero is neither good nor ...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/941a6958/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Who Owns Intelligence? The Smart Wealth of Nations</title>
      <itunes:episode>2976</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2976</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Who Owns Intelligence? The Smart Wealth of Nations</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5d0e7064-76cf-4462-bec6-d572924a1b35</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In 1776 — that same year America declared its independence — Adam Smith published the equally revolutionary The Wealth of Nations, his founding explanation of national economic value. Two hundred and fifty years later, Tim O’Reilly <a href="https://www.economist.com/by-invitation/2026/07/12/elon-musk-is-building-a-form-of-capitalism-that-adam-smith-would-hate">argues</a> in the free-market <em>Economist</em> that Elon Musk and his fellow tech barons are building a monarchical form of capitalism that the proto-democratic Smith would have hated. Musk, O’Reilly reports, believes that SpaceX will become “worth more than the rest of Earth”. The merchants are becoming princes, O’Reilly warns. And the rest of us are becoming peasants. Such is the road to serfdom in our AI age.</p><p> </p><p>So who should own the AI in our bewildering age of multi-trillion dollar start-ups like SpaceX, Anthropic and OpenAI? Or as <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> asks in his latest editorial, who should own the “intelligence” of our AI age?</p><p> </p><p>Keith uses a bottling plant as a metaphor to describe our dilemma. Since no single entity can own this intelligence — the sum total of our common experience — charging us for it would be like seizing the Earth’s water supply and selling it back to us, Coca-Cola style, in plastic bottles. Except that the Hayekian Keith approves of the bottling process. Private companies, rather than governments, he argues, are most suited to doing this.</p><p> </p><p>For Keith, this dilemma is also an opportunity to redistribute the ownership of intelligence. He argues for a “Human Wealth Fund” into which every consequential AI company should put a slice of its equity. In the manner of Norway’s sovereign wealth fund, this fund would be distributed to all citizens.</p><p> </p><p>Rather than Denmark, now we should become like Norway, a tiny homogenous nation with a cultural distaste for Muskian individual wealth. Not very realistic, I fear. On top of that, it’s hard to imagine our tech princes collaborating on anything. Musk and Altman aren’t on speaking terms while Altman and Amodei, who also loathe each other, are focused on their IPOs. Meanwhile, the Trump administration, which presumably would coordinate this fund, is pitching a $100,000-a-month fast feed of the president’s posts.</p><p> </p><p>Keith’s question, “who owns the intelligence”, is the right one. But the answer won’t come from trickle-down funds set-up by our tech princes. Such supposed munificence is about as likely as America becoming Norway. Read the fine print of any “Human Wealth Fund” set up by Sam Altman and Elon Musk. As we should know all too well by now, when a “revolutionary” Silicon Valley gives stuff away, it turns out to be exorbitantly expensive. Free plastic bottles of intelligence, anyone?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Intelligence, Not AI. </strong>The week’s framing shift: the word AI is too small, because AI is merely the tool for harvesting and delivering the thing itself — intelligence, the sum total of our common human experience. Keith argues the renaming is not semantic but political: the moment intelligence sits at the center of the discussion, everyone’s opinion has to be shaped by what it actually is, and the idea that any single entity could own it starts to look as bizarre as owning the world’s water supply. Andrew’s rejoinder: they’re still just words — though he concedes intelligence is the better one.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Bottled Intelligence Is Good — The Question Is Who Benefits. </strong>Keith refuses the critic’s role: bottling intelligence, like Google’s bottling of the world’s words into search, is a good thing, because only massively capitalized private companies can innovate at that scale — and between private entities and governments as owners of intelligence, he’ll take the companies every time. What’s wrong is the distribution of the benefits. Even insiders are complaining: Alex Karp is publicly angry at OpenAI and Anthropic’s pricing, while China’s Kimi K3 — released the day of recording and, Keith claims, better than Claude Fable — signals that very good models are about to get very cheap.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Capitalism Adam Smith Would Hate. </strong>Tim O’Reilly argues in The Economist that Musk and his type are building a capitalism Smith would despise — founders as monarchs, a point Henry Farrell reinforces with a slide from Peter Thiel’s startup class placing the king of a monarchy and the founder of a startup side by side. Keith’s response is characteristically unsentimental: Smith would have hated everything since the Federal Reserve, and the founder-king structure — Larry and Sergey’s voting shares, Zuckerberg’s special rights, corporations bigger than countries with user bases bigger than China — is simply the stage of capitalism we’re at. The question is whether there’s a path from here to somewhere better.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Human Wealth Fund. </strong>Keith’s path comes in two versions: government-down, a sovereign wealth fund holding AI equity for every citizen; or company-up, the AI companies voluntarily endowing a global fund — and it only takes one to move first, because everyone else would have to react. His proxy is Norway, where every citizen benefits from ownership — not payouts, ownership — in the oil fund; AI revenues, unlike Norwegian oil, could eventually drive most of a doubled global GDP. His critique of the Brynjolfsson economists’ much-signed statement is that “must act now” is vacuous: he’d have added a point four naming the actual mechanism.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Bet. </strong>Andrew’s counter-case: Musk and Altman loathe each other, the mob hates AI so thoroughly that no pro-AI politician can survive, the states from Newsom’s California to Florida are embracing nothing, New York just enacted the first data center moratorium, and the founders — eyes on their IPOs — are in the pockets of the banks. Hence the wager: 5% of the Teare Wealth Fund says no Human Wealth Fund this year, and none in the twenties. Keith declined the bet, on principle: he’s an advocate, and only through advocacy does public opinion change. As Andrew put it: keep fighting the good fight — maybe one of the crazy ideas will stick.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the founder and editor of the <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> tech newsletter, and Andrew’s weekly co-host. A British-born Silicon Valley entrepreneur and investor, he was a co-founder of TechCrunch and runs the Palo Alto–based venture firm SignalRank. He and Andrew have been arguing about technology — productively — every week for years.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith’s newsletter; this week’s editorial argues that the word AI is too small, and that the central question of the age is who owns intelligence.</p><p> </p><p>•       Tim O’Reilly in <em>The Economist</em> — on Elon Musk building a form of capitalism that Adam Smith would hate, quoting Musk’s claim that SpaceX will become worth more than the rest of the Earth.</p><p> </p><p>•       Henry Farrell — the big tech critic’s companion piece, featuring the slide from Peter Thiel’s startup class that plac...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In 1776 — that same year America declared its independence — Adam Smith published the equally revolutionary The Wealth of Nations, his founding explanation of national economic value. Two hundred and fifty years later, Tim O’Reilly <a href="https://www.economist.com/by-invitation/2026/07/12/elon-musk-is-building-a-form-of-capitalism-that-adam-smith-would-hate">argues</a> in the free-market <em>Economist</em> that Elon Musk and his fellow tech barons are building a monarchical form of capitalism that the proto-democratic Smith would have hated. Musk, O’Reilly reports, believes that SpaceX will become “worth more than the rest of Earth”. The merchants are becoming princes, O’Reilly warns. And the rest of us are becoming peasants. Such is the road to serfdom in our AI age.</p><p> </p><p>So who should own the AI in our bewildering age of multi-trillion dollar start-ups like SpaceX, Anthropic and OpenAI? Or as <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> asks in his latest editorial, who should own the “intelligence” of our AI age?</p><p> </p><p>Keith uses a bottling plant as a metaphor to describe our dilemma. Since no single entity can own this intelligence — the sum total of our common experience — charging us for it would be like seizing the Earth’s water supply and selling it back to us, Coca-Cola style, in plastic bottles. Except that the Hayekian Keith approves of the bottling process. Private companies, rather than governments, he argues, are most suited to doing this.</p><p> </p><p>For Keith, this dilemma is also an opportunity to redistribute the ownership of intelligence. He argues for a “Human Wealth Fund” into which every consequential AI company should put a slice of its equity. In the manner of Norway’s sovereign wealth fund, this fund would be distributed to all citizens.</p><p> </p><p>Rather than Denmark, now we should become like Norway, a tiny homogenous nation with a cultural distaste for Muskian individual wealth. Not very realistic, I fear. On top of that, it’s hard to imagine our tech princes collaborating on anything. Musk and Altman aren’t on speaking terms while Altman and Amodei, who also loathe each other, are focused on their IPOs. Meanwhile, the Trump administration, which presumably would coordinate this fund, is pitching a $100,000-a-month fast feed of the president’s posts.</p><p> </p><p>Keith’s question, “who owns the intelligence”, is the right one. But the answer won’t come from trickle-down funds set-up by our tech princes. Such supposed munificence is about as likely as America becoming Norway. Read the fine print of any “Human Wealth Fund” set up by Sam Altman and Elon Musk. As we should know all too well by now, when a “revolutionary” Silicon Valley gives stuff away, it turns out to be exorbitantly expensive. Free plastic bottles of intelligence, anyone?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Intelligence, Not AI. </strong>The week’s framing shift: the word AI is too small, because AI is merely the tool for harvesting and delivering the thing itself — intelligence, the sum total of our common human experience. Keith argues the renaming is not semantic but political: the moment intelligence sits at the center of the discussion, everyone’s opinion has to be shaped by what it actually is, and the idea that any single entity could own it starts to look as bizarre as owning the world’s water supply. Andrew’s rejoinder: they’re still just words — though he concedes intelligence is the better one.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Bottled Intelligence Is Good — The Question Is Who Benefits. </strong>Keith refuses the critic’s role: bottling intelligence, like Google’s bottling of the world’s words into search, is a good thing, because only massively capitalized private companies can innovate at that scale — and between private entities and governments as owners of intelligence, he’ll take the companies every time. What’s wrong is the distribution of the benefits. Even insiders are complaining: Alex Karp is publicly angry at OpenAI and Anthropic’s pricing, while China’s Kimi K3 — released the day of recording and, Keith claims, better than Claude Fable — signals that very good models are about to get very cheap.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Capitalism Adam Smith Would Hate. </strong>Tim O’Reilly argues in The Economist that Musk and his type are building a capitalism Smith would despise — founders as monarchs, a point Henry Farrell reinforces with a slide from Peter Thiel’s startup class placing the king of a monarchy and the founder of a startup side by side. Keith’s response is characteristically unsentimental: Smith would have hated everything since the Federal Reserve, and the founder-king structure — Larry and Sergey’s voting shares, Zuckerberg’s special rights, corporations bigger than countries with user bases bigger than China — is simply the stage of capitalism we’re at. The question is whether there’s a path from here to somewhere better.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Human Wealth Fund. </strong>Keith’s path comes in two versions: government-down, a sovereign wealth fund holding AI equity for every citizen; or company-up, the AI companies voluntarily endowing a global fund — and it only takes one to move first, because everyone else would have to react. His proxy is Norway, where every citizen benefits from ownership — not payouts, ownership — in the oil fund; AI revenues, unlike Norwegian oil, could eventually drive most of a doubled global GDP. His critique of the Brynjolfsson economists’ much-signed statement is that “must act now” is vacuous: he’d have added a point four naming the actual mechanism.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Bet. </strong>Andrew’s counter-case: Musk and Altman loathe each other, the mob hates AI so thoroughly that no pro-AI politician can survive, the states from Newsom’s California to Florida are embracing nothing, New York just enacted the first data center moratorium, and the founders — eyes on their IPOs — are in the pockets of the banks. Hence the wager: 5% of the Teare Wealth Fund says no Human Wealth Fund this year, and none in the twenties. Keith declined the bet, on principle: he’s an advocate, and only through advocacy does public opinion change. As Andrew put it: keep fighting the good fight — maybe one of the crazy ideas will stick.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the founder and editor of the <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> tech newsletter, and Andrew’s weekly co-host. A British-born Silicon Valley entrepreneur and investor, he was a co-founder of TechCrunch and runs the Palo Alto–based venture firm SignalRank. He and Andrew have been arguing about technology — productively — every week for years.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith’s newsletter; this week’s editorial argues that the word AI is too small, and that the central question of the age is who owns intelligence.</p><p> </p><p>•       Tim O’Reilly in <em>The Economist</em> — on Elon Musk building a form of capitalism that Adam Smith would hate, quoting Musk’s claim that SpaceX will become worth more than the rest of the Earth.</p><p> </p><p>•       Henry Farrell — the big tech critic’s companion piece, featuring the slide from Peter Thiel’s startup class that plac...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 18 Jul 2026 06:42:32 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/2513781f/242841a8.mp3" length="38265727" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3385994" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/2513781f/242841a8.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oJmuzafG9Gg">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/qApOIYmpCjUuX_epadQM_kA4MBKjOTLfoHuqBMmGJCk/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9mYTQz/MGFhODQ0NzAzOTEz/ZGY3MDJhMGVhMTAy/YmEzYi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2388</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In 1776 — that same year America declared its independence — Adam Smith published the equally revolutionary The Wealth of Nations, his founding explanation of national economic value. Two hundred and fifty years later, Tim O’Reilly <a href="https://www.economist.com/by-invitation/2026/07/12/elon-musk-is-building-a-form-of-capitalism-that-adam-smith-would-hate">argues</a> in the free-market <em>Economist</em> that Elon Musk and his fellow tech barons are building a monarchical form of capitalism that the proto-democratic Smith would have hated. Musk, O’Reilly reports, believes that SpaceX will become “worth more than the rest of Earth”. The merchants are becoming princes, O’Reilly warns. And the rest of us are becoming peasants. Such is the road to serfdom in our AI age.</p><p> </p><p>So who should own the AI in our bewildering age of multi-trillion dollar start-ups like SpaceX, Anthropic and OpenAI? Or as <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> publisher <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> asks in his latest editorial, who should own the “intelligence” of our AI age?</p><p> </p><p>Keith uses a bottling plant as a metaphor to describe our dilemma. Since no single entity can own this intelligence — the sum total of our common experience — charging us for it would be like seizing the Earth’s water supply and selling it back to us, Coca-Cola style, in plastic bottles. Except that the Hayekian Keith approves of the bottling process. Private companies, rather than governments, he argues, are most suited to doing this.</p><p> </p><p>For Keith, this dilemma is also an opportunity to redistribute the ownership of intelligence. He argues for a “Human Wealth Fund” into which every consequential AI company should put a slice of its equity. In the manner of Norway’s sovereign wealth fund, this fund would be distributed to all citizens.</p><p> </p><p>Rather than Denmark, now we should become like Norway, a tiny homogenous nation with a cultural distaste for Muskian individual wealth. Not very realistic, I fear. On top of that, it’s hard to imagine our tech princes collaborating on anything. Musk and Altman aren’t on speaking terms while Altman and Amodei, who also loathe each other, are focused on their IPOs. Meanwhile, the Trump administration, which presumably would coordinate this fund, is pitching a $100,000-a-month fast feed of the president’s posts.</p><p> </p><p>Keith’s question, “who owns the intelligence”, is the right one. But the answer won’t come from trickle-down funds set-up by our tech princes. Such supposed munificence is about as likely as America becoming Norway. Read the fine print of any “Human Wealth Fund” set up by Sam Altman and Elon Musk. As we should know all too well by now, when a “revolutionary” Silicon Valley gives stuff away, it turns out to be exorbitantly expensive. Free plastic bottles of intelligence, anyone?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Intelligence, Not AI. </strong>The week’s framing shift: the word AI is too small, because AI is merely the tool for harvesting and delivering the thing itself — intelligence, the sum total of our common human experience. Keith argues the renaming is not semantic but political: the moment intelligence sits at the center of the discussion, everyone’s opinion has to be shaped by what it actually is, and the idea that any single entity could own it starts to look as bizarre as owning the world’s water supply. Andrew’s rejoinder: they’re still just words — though he concedes intelligence is the better one.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Bottled Intelligence Is Good — The Question Is Who Benefits. </strong>Keith refuses the critic’s role: bottling intelligence, like Google’s bottling of the world’s words into search, is a good thing, because only massively capitalized private companies can innovate at that scale — and between private entities and governments as owners of intelligence, he’ll take the companies every time. What’s wrong is the distribution of the benefits. Even insiders are complaining: Alex Karp is publicly angry at OpenAI and Anthropic’s pricing, while China’s Kimi K3 — released the day of recording and, Keith claims, better than Claude Fable — signals that very good models are about to get very cheap.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Capitalism Adam Smith Would Hate. </strong>Tim O’Reilly argues in The Economist that Musk and his type are building a capitalism Smith would despise — founders as monarchs, a point Henry Farrell reinforces with a slide from Peter Thiel’s startup class placing the king of a monarchy and the founder of a startup side by side. Keith’s response is characteristically unsentimental: Smith would have hated everything since the Federal Reserve, and the founder-king structure — Larry and Sergey’s voting shares, Zuckerberg’s special rights, corporations bigger than countries with user bases bigger than China — is simply the stage of capitalism we’re at. The question is whether there’s a path from here to somewhere better.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Human Wealth Fund. </strong>Keith’s path comes in two versions: government-down, a sovereign wealth fund holding AI equity for every citizen; or company-up, the AI companies voluntarily endowing a global fund — and it only takes one to move first, because everyone else would have to react. His proxy is Norway, where every citizen benefits from ownership — not payouts, ownership — in the oil fund; AI revenues, unlike Norwegian oil, could eventually drive most of a doubled global GDP. His critique of the Brynjolfsson economists’ much-signed statement is that “must act now” is vacuous: he’d have added a point four naming the actual mechanism.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Bet. </strong>Andrew’s counter-case: Musk and Altman loathe each other, the mob hates AI so thoroughly that no pro-AI politician can survive, the states from Newsom’s California to Florida are embracing nothing, New York just enacted the first data center moratorium, and the founders — eyes on their IPOs — are in the pockets of the banks. Hence the wager: 5% of the Teare Wealth Fund says no Human Wealth Fund this year, and none in the twenties. Keith declined the bet, on principle: he’s an advocate, and only through advocacy does public opinion change. As Andrew put it: keep fighting the good fight — maybe one of the crazy ideas will stick.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the founder and editor of the <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> tech newsletter, and Andrew’s weekly co-host. A British-born Silicon Valley entrepreneur and investor, he was a co-founder of TechCrunch and runs the Palo Alto–based venture firm SignalRank. He and Andrew have been arguing about technology — productively — every week for years.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith’s newsletter; this week’s editorial argues that the word AI is too small, and that the central question of the age is who owns intelligence.</p><p> </p><p>•       Tim O’Reilly in <em>The Economist</em> — on Elon Musk building a form of capitalism that Adam Smith would hate, quoting Musk’s claim that SpaceX will become worth more than the rest of the Earth.</p><p> </p><p>•       Henry Farrell — the big tech critic’s companion piece, featuring the slide from Peter Thiel’s startup class that plac...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2513781f/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2513781f/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Trump Points, Justice Shoots: Jonathan Rauch Looks Back (Without Anger) at the First Six Months of 2026</title>
      <itunes:episode>2975</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2975</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Trump Points, Justice Shoots: Jonathan Rauch Looks Back (Without Anger) at the First Six Months of 2026</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5c2ac849-d1fc-42a7-98e8-66ffa77dacc4</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>“We have a Justice Department which is now 100% the political pawn of the president,” warns Brookings senior fellow <a href="https://www.brookings.edu/people/jonathan-rauch/">Jonathan Rauch</a>. “He points, and they shoot.”</p><p> </p><p>Point and shoot. Like an old Kodak camera. Not exactly assuring words, you might think, from a man who begins our conversation looking back at the first six months of 2026 by announcing that he’s significantly less alarmed than he was a year ago. Yes, Rauch acknowledges, Trump’s approval ratings have sunk, the courts have pushed back, Elon Musk’s DOGE rampage has petered out. And yet the pointing and the shooting goes on.</p><p> </p><p>Rauch, who only months ago diagnosed eighteen “distinct and unmistakable signs” of an American fascism in a <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/ideas/2026/01/america-fascism-trump-maga-ice/685751/">much touted</a> <em>Atlantic</em> piece, now admits he may never crack the Trumpian code. Every time you nail it to the wall, he says, it morphs, creeps or sails away. Like an Iranian gunboat in Hormuz. Slippery stuff for the liberal Brookings analyst. Fascism one month, McKinley-style imperialism the next, then Gilded Age plutocracy — although without those ontologically undeniable Carnegie libraries. Meanwhile, America’s 250th birthday party fizzled into what Rauch calls a “damp squib,” its reflecting pool turning an opaque green rather than a clarifying blue. A muddy madness in DC.</p><p> </p><p>Still, amidst all the opacity, Rauch remains a defiantly optimistic liberal. In contrast with yesterday’s guest, the <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/we-all-hallucinate-reality">reality hallucinating</a> Turi Munthe, Rauch believes not only that there is an ontological reality, but that it’s good. Frank Fukuyama was right, Rauch insists. Liberalism is not only the only political system that creates wealth, produces knowledge and settles disputes, but also establishes an undeniable reality. Liberals just need to relearn how to clearly tell its story. Perhaps. Though storytelling is certainly simpler when nobody is waving a gun at you.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Less Alarmed, Still Scared. </strong>Rauch opens with the good news: he is significantly less alarmed than he was a year ago, when the administration was running rampage, putting agencies out of business and demanding Greenland. Approval ratings have dropped, so Trump has less political space; the courts have pushed back, so he has less judicial space; Stephen Miller has vanished from view. And then comes the caveat that gives the episode its title: the Justice Department is now 100% the political pawn of the president — he points, and they shoot — and Trump has shown that as his ratings fall, he becomes more willing, not less, to use those tools.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>I May Never Crack the Code. </strong>Only months ago, Rauch diagnosed eighteen distinct and unmistakable signs of a modern American reinvention of fascism in The Atlantic. He doesn’t regret the essay — but he has gone back to being confused. The Trump phenomenon is slippery: every time you nail it to the wall, it morphs, creeps or slides away. Fascism one month, McKinley-style imperialism in Venezuela the next, an Iran war with no rationale at all. Trump is such an improviser, and so disorganized, that Rauch concedes there is an element of randomness he may never decode — though he accepts Andrew’s suggestion that attention is now the coin of the political realm.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Not the Gilded Age — No Carnegie Libraries. </strong>The new inequality, Rauch argues, is different in kind: a class of people almost superhuman in the wealth they control, and strangely narcissistic and nihilistic toward the broader society. The Gilded Age tycoons did some bad things, but they also built — Carnegie’s libraries, Mellon’s National Gallery, Rockefeller’s University of Chicago, Stanford’s university. This group builds rockets and sounds, in the case of Marc Andreessen, like a parody of an Ayn Rand novel — or, as Andrew corrects him, not a parody at all: they simply repeat what they’ve read. Even so, Rauch is not sorry to see politics reacting to a world where Musk can casually drop $300 million into a presidential race.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Gloves-Off Court and the Accelerating Presidency. </strong>The Supreme Court term brought the clearest statement yet of the conservative agenda: Humphrey’s Executor overturned after eighty years, making it far easier for presidents to fire agency heads at will; what remained of the Voting Rights Act effectively gutted; birthright citizenship surviving by a shockingly narrow margin. The imperial presidency is not new, Rauch notes — what’s new is the speed. A president can now simply refuse to run a congressionally mandated agency, and the Senate, forty quietly nixed nominations notwithstanding, remains lacking in spine. The Todd Blanche nomination, he says, is the next test of whether any line exists at all.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Fukuyama Was Right — and Liberals Should Say So. </strong>Rauch sees a moral vacuum and, for the first time, a craving to fill it: the pope’s AI encyclical, multi-faith clergy bearing witness in Minnesota, the Episcopalians and Latter-day Saints finding their voices. His prescription for the second half of 2026 is a liberal one, in the nineteenth-century sense — science, markets, constitutions, rule of law. Fukuyama, widely misunderstood, was right: there is only one system that produces knowledge, peace, freedom, and wealth on a global scale, and it’s ours. It needs fixing — he cheers the bipartisan housing bill Trump refused to sign — but liberals must relearn how to tell that story, and how to brag.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.brookings.edu/people/jonathan-rauch/">Jonathan Rauch</a> is a senior fellow in Governance Studies at the Brookings Institution and a contributing writer at <em>The Atlantic</em>. He is the author of nine books, including <em>The Constitution of Knowledge: A Defense of Truth</em> (2021), <em>Cross Purposes: Christianity’s Broken Bargain with Democracy</em> (Yale, 2025), and <em>Kindly Inquisitors: The New Attacks on Free Thought</em>. A recipient of the National Magazine Award, he serves on the boards of Heterodox Academy and Civic Life, and is a longtime friend of the show.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       Rauch’s <em>Atlantic</em> essay identifying eighteen “distinct and unmistakable signs” of a modern American reinvention of fascism — the piece he stands by, even as he admits the phenomenon keeps morphing.</p><p> </p><p>•       His recent essays for <em>The UnPopulist</em> on why liberal societies need grand stories about themselves, and why liberals must relearn how to brag about liberalism.</p><p> </p><p>•       Jonathan Rauch and Peter Wehner in <em>The New York Times</em> — the earlier argument, which Rauch says still holds, that the Republican Party is more dangerous to the constitution and the rule of law than the Democratic Party.</p><p> </p><p>•       Tim O’Reilly in <em>The Economist</em> — on Elon Musk building a form of capitalism that Adam Smith would hate.</p><p> </p><p>•       Francis Fukuyama — whose widely misunderstood <em>The End of History</em> thesis Rauch defends: there is only one system that creates wealth, produces knowledge, and settles political disputes on a global scal...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>“We have a Justice Department which is now 100% the political pawn of the president,” warns Brookings senior fellow <a href="https://www.brookings.edu/people/jonathan-rauch/">Jonathan Rauch</a>. “He points, and they shoot.”</p><p> </p><p>Point and shoot. Like an old Kodak camera. Not exactly assuring words, you might think, from a man who begins our conversation looking back at the first six months of 2026 by announcing that he’s significantly less alarmed than he was a year ago. Yes, Rauch acknowledges, Trump’s approval ratings have sunk, the courts have pushed back, Elon Musk’s DOGE rampage has petered out. And yet the pointing and the shooting goes on.</p><p> </p><p>Rauch, who only months ago diagnosed eighteen “distinct and unmistakable signs” of an American fascism in a <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/ideas/2026/01/america-fascism-trump-maga-ice/685751/">much touted</a> <em>Atlantic</em> piece, now admits he may never crack the Trumpian code. Every time you nail it to the wall, he says, it morphs, creeps or sails away. Like an Iranian gunboat in Hormuz. Slippery stuff for the liberal Brookings analyst. Fascism one month, McKinley-style imperialism the next, then Gilded Age plutocracy — although without those ontologically undeniable Carnegie libraries. Meanwhile, America’s 250th birthday party fizzled into what Rauch calls a “damp squib,” its reflecting pool turning an opaque green rather than a clarifying blue. A muddy madness in DC.</p><p> </p><p>Still, amidst all the opacity, Rauch remains a defiantly optimistic liberal. In contrast with yesterday’s guest, the <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/we-all-hallucinate-reality">reality hallucinating</a> Turi Munthe, Rauch believes not only that there is an ontological reality, but that it’s good. Frank Fukuyama was right, Rauch insists. Liberalism is not only the only political system that creates wealth, produces knowledge and settles disputes, but also establishes an undeniable reality. Liberals just need to relearn how to clearly tell its story. Perhaps. Though storytelling is certainly simpler when nobody is waving a gun at you.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Less Alarmed, Still Scared. </strong>Rauch opens with the good news: he is significantly less alarmed than he was a year ago, when the administration was running rampage, putting agencies out of business and demanding Greenland. Approval ratings have dropped, so Trump has less political space; the courts have pushed back, so he has less judicial space; Stephen Miller has vanished from view. And then comes the caveat that gives the episode its title: the Justice Department is now 100% the political pawn of the president — he points, and they shoot — and Trump has shown that as his ratings fall, he becomes more willing, not less, to use those tools.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>I May Never Crack the Code. </strong>Only months ago, Rauch diagnosed eighteen distinct and unmistakable signs of a modern American reinvention of fascism in The Atlantic. He doesn’t regret the essay — but he has gone back to being confused. The Trump phenomenon is slippery: every time you nail it to the wall, it morphs, creeps or slides away. Fascism one month, McKinley-style imperialism in Venezuela the next, an Iran war with no rationale at all. Trump is such an improviser, and so disorganized, that Rauch concedes there is an element of randomness he may never decode — though he accepts Andrew’s suggestion that attention is now the coin of the political realm.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Not the Gilded Age — No Carnegie Libraries. </strong>The new inequality, Rauch argues, is different in kind: a class of people almost superhuman in the wealth they control, and strangely narcissistic and nihilistic toward the broader society. The Gilded Age tycoons did some bad things, but they also built — Carnegie’s libraries, Mellon’s National Gallery, Rockefeller’s University of Chicago, Stanford’s university. This group builds rockets and sounds, in the case of Marc Andreessen, like a parody of an Ayn Rand novel — or, as Andrew corrects him, not a parody at all: they simply repeat what they’ve read. Even so, Rauch is not sorry to see politics reacting to a world where Musk can casually drop $300 million into a presidential race.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Gloves-Off Court and the Accelerating Presidency. </strong>The Supreme Court term brought the clearest statement yet of the conservative agenda: Humphrey’s Executor overturned after eighty years, making it far easier for presidents to fire agency heads at will; what remained of the Voting Rights Act effectively gutted; birthright citizenship surviving by a shockingly narrow margin. The imperial presidency is not new, Rauch notes — what’s new is the speed. A president can now simply refuse to run a congressionally mandated agency, and the Senate, forty quietly nixed nominations notwithstanding, remains lacking in spine. The Todd Blanche nomination, he says, is the next test of whether any line exists at all.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Fukuyama Was Right — and Liberals Should Say So. </strong>Rauch sees a moral vacuum and, for the first time, a craving to fill it: the pope’s AI encyclical, multi-faith clergy bearing witness in Minnesota, the Episcopalians and Latter-day Saints finding their voices. His prescription for the second half of 2026 is a liberal one, in the nineteenth-century sense — science, markets, constitutions, rule of law. Fukuyama, widely misunderstood, was right: there is only one system that produces knowledge, peace, freedom, and wealth on a global scale, and it’s ours. It needs fixing — he cheers the bipartisan housing bill Trump refused to sign — but liberals must relearn how to tell that story, and how to brag.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.brookings.edu/people/jonathan-rauch/">Jonathan Rauch</a> is a senior fellow in Governance Studies at the Brookings Institution and a contributing writer at <em>The Atlantic</em>. He is the author of nine books, including <em>The Constitution of Knowledge: A Defense of Truth</em> (2021), <em>Cross Purposes: Christianity’s Broken Bargain with Democracy</em> (Yale, 2025), and <em>Kindly Inquisitors: The New Attacks on Free Thought</em>. A recipient of the National Magazine Award, he serves on the boards of Heterodox Academy and Civic Life, and is a longtime friend of the show.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       Rauch’s <em>Atlantic</em> essay identifying eighteen “distinct and unmistakable signs” of a modern American reinvention of fascism — the piece he stands by, even as he admits the phenomenon keeps morphing.</p><p> </p><p>•       His recent essays for <em>The UnPopulist</em> on why liberal societies need grand stories about themselves, and why liberals must relearn how to brag about liberalism.</p><p> </p><p>•       Jonathan Rauch and Peter Wehner in <em>The New York Times</em> — the earlier argument, which Rauch says still holds, that the Republican Party is more dangerous to the constitution and the rule of law than the Democratic Party.</p><p> </p><p>•       Tim O’Reilly in <em>The Economist</em> — on Elon Musk building a form of capitalism that Adam Smith would hate.</p><p> </p><p>•       Francis Fukuyama — whose widely misunderstood <em>The End of History</em> thesis Rauch defends: there is only one system that creates wealth, produces knowledge, and settles political disputes on a global scal...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Jul 2026 01:10:55 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/03cbab02/ff506e49.mp3" length="40569630" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3468016" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/03cbab02/ff506e49.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oPoXr0ZcYhc">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/iy8au08Aht1sCLZNoHbJX_xStHvVfgkq7pOOukoU5Dg/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8zN2Y5/N2JjOTk1NjcxYWI3/Yjc1NzMwZGZhNjA2/ZjYzNy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2532</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>“We have a Justice Department which is now 100% the political pawn of the president,” warns Brookings senior fellow <a href="https://www.brookings.edu/people/jonathan-rauch/">Jonathan Rauch</a>. “He points, and they shoot.”</p><p> </p><p>Point and shoot. Like an old Kodak camera. Not exactly assuring words, you might think, from a man who begins our conversation looking back at the first six months of 2026 by announcing that he’s significantly less alarmed than he was a year ago. Yes, Rauch acknowledges, Trump’s approval ratings have sunk, the courts have pushed back, Elon Musk’s DOGE rampage has petered out. And yet the pointing and the shooting goes on.</p><p> </p><p>Rauch, who only months ago diagnosed eighteen “distinct and unmistakable signs” of an American fascism in a <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/ideas/2026/01/america-fascism-trump-maga-ice/685751/">much touted</a> <em>Atlantic</em> piece, now admits he may never crack the Trumpian code. Every time you nail it to the wall, he says, it morphs, creeps or sails away. Like an Iranian gunboat in Hormuz. Slippery stuff for the liberal Brookings analyst. Fascism one month, McKinley-style imperialism the next, then Gilded Age plutocracy — although without those ontologically undeniable Carnegie libraries. Meanwhile, America’s 250th birthday party fizzled into what Rauch calls a “damp squib,” its reflecting pool turning an opaque green rather than a clarifying blue. A muddy madness in DC.</p><p> </p><p>Still, amidst all the opacity, Rauch remains a defiantly optimistic liberal. In contrast with yesterday’s guest, the <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/we-all-hallucinate-reality">reality hallucinating</a> Turi Munthe, Rauch believes not only that there is an ontological reality, but that it’s good. Frank Fukuyama was right, Rauch insists. Liberalism is not only the only political system that creates wealth, produces knowledge and settles disputes, but also establishes an undeniable reality. Liberals just need to relearn how to clearly tell its story. Perhaps. Though storytelling is certainly simpler when nobody is waving a gun at you.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Less Alarmed, Still Scared. </strong>Rauch opens with the good news: he is significantly less alarmed than he was a year ago, when the administration was running rampage, putting agencies out of business and demanding Greenland. Approval ratings have dropped, so Trump has less political space; the courts have pushed back, so he has less judicial space; Stephen Miller has vanished from view. And then comes the caveat that gives the episode its title: the Justice Department is now 100% the political pawn of the president — he points, and they shoot — and Trump has shown that as his ratings fall, he becomes more willing, not less, to use those tools.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>I May Never Crack the Code. </strong>Only months ago, Rauch diagnosed eighteen distinct and unmistakable signs of a modern American reinvention of fascism in The Atlantic. He doesn’t regret the essay — but he has gone back to being confused. The Trump phenomenon is slippery: every time you nail it to the wall, it morphs, creeps or slides away. Fascism one month, McKinley-style imperialism in Venezuela the next, an Iran war with no rationale at all. Trump is such an improviser, and so disorganized, that Rauch concedes there is an element of randomness he may never decode — though he accepts Andrew’s suggestion that attention is now the coin of the political realm.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Not the Gilded Age — No Carnegie Libraries. </strong>The new inequality, Rauch argues, is different in kind: a class of people almost superhuman in the wealth they control, and strangely narcissistic and nihilistic toward the broader society. The Gilded Age tycoons did some bad things, but they also built — Carnegie’s libraries, Mellon’s National Gallery, Rockefeller’s University of Chicago, Stanford’s university. This group builds rockets and sounds, in the case of Marc Andreessen, like a parody of an Ayn Rand novel — or, as Andrew corrects him, not a parody at all: they simply repeat what they’ve read. Even so, Rauch is not sorry to see politics reacting to a world where Musk can casually drop $300 million into a presidential race.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Gloves-Off Court and the Accelerating Presidency. </strong>The Supreme Court term brought the clearest statement yet of the conservative agenda: Humphrey’s Executor overturned after eighty years, making it far easier for presidents to fire agency heads at will; what remained of the Voting Rights Act effectively gutted; birthright citizenship surviving by a shockingly narrow margin. The imperial presidency is not new, Rauch notes — what’s new is the speed. A president can now simply refuse to run a congressionally mandated agency, and the Senate, forty quietly nixed nominations notwithstanding, remains lacking in spine. The Todd Blanche nomination, he says, is the next test of whether any line exists at all.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Fukuyama Was Right — and Liberals Should Say So. </strong>Rauch sees a moral vacuum and, for the first time, a craving to fill it: the pope’s AI encyclical, multi-faith clergy bearing witness in Minnesota, the Episcopalians and Latter-day Saints finding their voices. His prescription for the second half of 2026 is a liberal one, in the nineteenth-century sense — science, markets, constitutions, rule of law. Fukuyama, widely misunderstood, was right: there is only one system that produces knowledge, peace, freedom, and wealth on a global scale, and it’s ours. It needs fixing — he cheers the bipartisan housing bill Trump refused to sign — but liberals must relearn how to tell that story, and how to brag.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.brookings.edu/people/jonathan-rauch/">Jonathan Rauch</a> is a senior fellow in Governance Studies at the Brookings Institution and a contributing writer at <em>The Atlantic</em>. He is the author of nine books, including <em>The Constitution of Knowledge: A Defense of Truth</em> (2021), <em>Cross Purposes: Christianity’s Broken Bargain with Democracy</em> (Yale, 2025), and <em>Kindly Inquisitors: The New Attacks on Free Thought</em>. A recipient of the National Magazine Award, he serves on the boards of Heterodox Academy and Civic Life, and is a longtime friend of the show.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       Rauch’s <em>Atlantic</em> essay identifying eighteen “distinct and unmistakable signs” of a modern American reinvention of fascism — the piece he stands by, even as he admits the phenomenon keeps morphing.</p><p> </p><p>•       His recent essays for <em>The UnPopulist</em> on why liberal societies need grand stories about themselves, and why liberals must relearn how to brag about liberalism.</p><p> </p><p>•       Jonathan Rauch and Peter Wehner in <em>The New York Times</em> — the earlier argument, which Rauch says still holds, that the Republican Party is more dangerous to the constitution and the rule of law than the Democratic Party.</p><p> </p><p>•       Tim O’Reilly in <em>The Economist</em> — on Elon Musk building a form of capitalism that Adam Smith would hate.</p><p> </p><p>•       Francis Fukuyama — whose widely misunderstood <em>The End of History</em> thesis Rauch defends: there is only one system that creates wealth, produces knowledge, and settles political disputes on a global scal...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We All Hallucinate Reality: Turi Munthe on Why We Think What We Think</title>
      <itunes:episode>2974</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2974</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>We All Hallucinate Reality: Turi Munthe on Why We Think What We Think</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7f1fa4b3-eb19-4ba2-ad42-7bd38593343e</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If you can only explain the arguments of the other side because they’re mad or dangerous or dumb, the problem is with you.” — Turi Munthe</em></p><p> </p><p>On yesterday’s show, the psychiatrist Sally Satel <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/who-is-addicted-to-addiction">described</a> how Americans imagine their own mental condition differently, depending on their politics and age. Which is a nice segue for today’s conversation with the Anglo-French journalist turned media entrepreneur <a href="https://www.turimunthe.com/">Turi Munthe</a>. It’s not just in our mental health self-evaluation, Munthe argues, that we hallucinate reality. Indeed, the French born Munthe often sounds like one of his post-structuralist compatriots in his defiantly slippery notion of ontological reality.</p><p> </p><p>In <a href="https://www.penguin.co.uk/books/458410/why-we-think-what-we-think-by-munthe-turi/9781529153842"><em>Why We Think What We Think: The Unexpected Origins of Our Deepest Beliefs</em></a>, Munthe argues that our deepest convictions turn out to be shaped by genetics, brain shape and sometimes even by the agricultural legacy of our distant ancestors. Left and right thinkers, Munthe argues, are different political phenotypes — each hallucinating their own version of reality.</p><p> </p><p>Total relativism, then — the full French post-structuralist monty? Not quite. Here’s where Munthe’s Englishness kicks in. Following the Anglo-Russian philosopher Isaiah Berlin, Munthe insists pluralism and relativism are different. So Turi Munthe doesn’t just think what he thinks because of his English or French origins. Borrowing from the cognitive scientists Dan Sperber and Hugo Mercier, Munthe defines thinking as a “contact sport”. So, for example, believing that the 2020 election was stolen is what Munthe calls a social commitment, because humans would rather be wrong together than right alone.</p><p> </p><p>Speaking of convenient segues, Munthe’s thoughts on thinking set the scene for next Tuesday’s conversation with <a href="https://www.emilyeakin.com/">Emily Eakin</a>, author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/317335/the-frenchmen-by-emily-eakin/"><em>The Frenchmen</em></a>. It’s her history of seductive post-structuralists like Foucault, Derrida and Lacan who corrupted a whole generation of literary American Ivy Leaguers (including Eakin) into hallucinating reality.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Pluralism Is Not Relativism. </strong>Munthe opens with Isaiah Berlin’s distinction: registering the sincerity and value of opinions across the political, religious, and ethical spectrum does not relativize truth. That Charles Windsor is King of the United Kingdom is a statement of fact; whether you’re a monarchist or a republican is where opinion begins. The book confines itself to the second category — beliefs, values, and opinions that cannot be factually proven — and asks what the nonrational influences on them actually are. The answer is humbling: genetics account for perhaps half of political persuasion, and the rest is shaped by everything from brain anatomy to the agriculture of our ancestors.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Different Political Phenotypes. </strong>At the margins, left and right differ neurologically: right-leaners are on average more readily startled by loud noises and more attentive to threat, while left-leaners carry a slightly larger anterior cingulate cortex — the brain region where we process ambiguity and split hairs. That anatomy, Munthe argues, explains the ideological capture of academia and media better than any conspiracy: hair-splitters go where the hair-splitting is, and a conservative 22-year-old doesn’t volunteer for a newsroom where 80% of colleagues think differently. We are, in his phrase, different political phenotypes, each hallucinating a different version of reality.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Thinking as a Contact Sport. </strong>Drawing on Dan Sperber and Hugo Mercier’s research, Munthe argues that reason didn’t evolve for solitary contemplation — Rodin’s Thinker is the wrong image — but for argument: to convince you to hunt the buffalo with me, I need reasons that look objective to you too. The evidence is everywhere, from the most impactful academic papers being written by pairs and groups to the creative density of small university towns. The implication is political: the people we disagree with are not obstacles to good thinking but the condition of it — the loyal opposition that helps us get out of ourselves.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Wrong Together Rather Than Right Alone. </strong>Munthe’s reading of January 6 and the stolen-election faith is social rather than psychiatric: an enormous number of our beliefs matter more for what they do than for what they say, and professing them is a commitment to a group. From an evolutionary perspective, believing what your village believes — even about the god who is a giant rock at the end of the field — is intelligent, because the ostracized lose the protection of the group. The terrifying data point is the marriage test: in the 1950s, around 4% of families would have objected to a child marrying across party lines; today it approaches 45%. That is affective polarization, and it can pull societies apart.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Problem Is With You. </strong>Munthe spent his twenties unable to fathom American gun rights — supporters had to be bought, dumb, or morally corrupt — until he did the work and found a tradition he now calls beautiful and heroic, whether or not he shares it. His rule of thumb: if you can only explain the other side’s arguments as madness, danger, or stupidity, the problem is with you. This is not centrism — there was no middle ground on slavery or the Holocaust — but a defense of the clash itself: societies need the left to fix inequality and the right to defend the village, and we think best when the two are, in his words, continually bashed against each other.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.turimunthe.com/">Turi Munthe</a> is a journalist and policy analyst turned media entrepreneur. He founded Demotix, which became the largest network of photojournalists in the world before its sale to Corbis in 2012, and Parlia, an encyclopedia of opinion. He has written for <em>The Economist</em>, <em>The Guardian</em>, the <em>TLS</em>, <em>The Nation</em>, and <em>The Spectator</em>, has sat on the boards of Index on Censorship, openDemocracy, and the Bureau of Investigative Journalism, and is a board member of the Italian media group GEDI, publisher of La Repubblica and La Stampa. He studied Arabic and History at Oxford. <a href="https://www.penguin.co.uk/books/458410/why-we-think-what-we-think-by-munthe-turi/9781529153842"><em>Why We Think What We Think: The Unexpected Origins of Our Deepest Beliefs</em></a> (Penguin/Hutchinson Heinemann) is out now in the UK, with US publication early next year.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguin.co.uk/books/458410/why-we-think-what-we-think-by-munthe-turi/9781529153842"><em>Why We Think What We Think: The Unexpected Origins of Our Deepest Beliefs</em></a> by Turi Munthe (Penguin/Hutchinson Heinemann, 2026). Timothy Garton Ash: “Thinking is a contact sport.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Isaiah Berlin — the Anglo-Russian philosopher whose insistence that pluralism and relativism are not the same thing frames the whole book.</p><p> </p><p>•       Dan Sperber and Hugo Mercier...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If you can only explain the arguments of the other side because they’re mad or dangerous or dumb, the problem is with you.” — Turi Munthe</em></p><p> </p><p>On yesterday’s show, the psychiatrist Sally Satel <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/who-is-addicted-to-addiction">described</a> how Americans imagine their own mental condition differently, depending on their politics and age. Which is a nice segue for today’s conversation with the Anglo-French journalist turned media entrepreneur <a href="https://www.turimunthe.com/">Turi Munthe</a>. It’s not just in our mental health self-evaluation, Munthe argues, that we hallucinate reality. Indeed, the French born Munthe often sounds like one of his post-structuralist compatriots in his defiantly slippery notion of ontological reality.</p><p> </p><p>In <a href="https://www.penguin.co.uk/books/458410/why-we-think-what-we-think-by-munthe-turi/9781529153842"><em>Why We Think What We Think: The Unexpected Origins of Our Deepest Beliefs</em></a>, Munthe argues that our deepest convictions turn out to be shaped by genetics, brain shape and sometimes even by the agricultural legacy of our distant ancestors. Left and right thinkers, Munthe argues, are different political phenotypes — each hallucinating their own version of reality.</p><p> </p><p>Total relativism, then — the full French post-structuralist monty? Not quite. Here’s where Munthe’s Englishness kicks in. Following the Anglo-Russian philosopher Isaiah Berlin, Munthe insists pluralism and relativism are different. So Turi Munthe doesn’t just think what he thinks because of his English or French origins. Borrowing from the cognitive scientists Dan Sperber and Hugo Mercier, Munthe defines thinking as a “contact sport”. So, for example, believing that the 2020 election was stolen is what Munthe calls a social commitment, because humans would rather be wrong together than right alone.</p><p> </p><p>Speaking of convenient segues, Munthe’s thoughts on thinking set the scene for next Tuesday’s conversation with <a href="https://www.emilyeakin.com/">Emily Eakin</a>, author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/317335/the-frenchmen-by-emily-eakin/"><em>The Frenchmen</em></a>. It’s her history of seductive post-structuralists like Foucault, Derrida and Lacan who corrupted a whole generation of literary American Ivy Leaguers (including Eakin) into hallucinating reality.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Pluralism Is Not Relativism. </strong>Munthe opens with Isaiah Berlin’s distinction: registering the sincerity and value of opinions across the political, religious, and ethical spectrum does not relativize truth. That Charles Windsor is King of the United Kingdom is a statement of fact; whether you’re a monarchist or a republican is where opinion begins. The book confines itself to the second category — beliefs, values, and opinions that cannot be factually proven — and asks what the nonrational influences on them actually are. The answer is humbling: genetics account for perhaps half of political persuasion, and the rest is shaped by everything from brain anatomy to the agriculture of our ancestors.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Different Political Phenotypes. </strong>At the margins, left and right differ neurologically: right-leaners are on average more readily startled by loud noises and more attentive to threat, while left-leaners carry a slightly larger anterior cingulate cortex — the brain region where we process ambiguity and split hairs. That anatomy, Munthe argues, explains the ideological capture of academia and media better than any conspiracy: hair-splitters go where the hair-splitting is, and a conservative 22-year-old doesn’t volunteer for a newsroom where 80% of colleagues think differently. We are, in his phrase, different political phenotypes, each hallucinating a different version of reality.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Thinking as a Contact Sport. </strong>Drawing on Dan Sperber and Hugo Mercier’s research, Munthe argues that reason didn’t evolve for solitary contemplation — Rodin’s Thinker is the wrong image — but for argument: to convince you to hunt the buffalo with me, I need reasons that look objective to you too. The evidence is everywhere, from the most impactful academic papers being written by pairs and groups to the creative density of small university towns. The implication is political: the people we disagree with are not obstacles to good thinking but the condition of it — the loyal opposition that helps us get out of ourselves.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Wrong Together Rather Than Right Alone. </strong>Munthe’s reading of January 6 and the stolen-election faith is social rather than psychiatric: an enormous number of our beliefs matter more for what they do than for what they say, and professing them is a commitment to a group. From an evolutionary perspective, believing what your village believes — even about the god who is a giant rock at the end of the field — is intelligent, because the ostracized lose the protection of the group. The terrifying data point is the marriage test: in the 1950s, around 4% of families would have objected to a child marrying across party lines; today it approaches 45%. That is affective polarization, and it can pull societies apart.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Problem Is With You. </strong>Munthe spent his twenties unable to fathom American gun rights — supporters had to be bought, dumb, or morally corrupt — until he did the work and found a tradition he now calls beautiful and heroic, whether or not he shares it. His rule of thumb: if you can only explain the other side’s arguments as madness, danger, or stupidity, the problem is with you. This is not centrism — there was no middle ground on slavery or the Holocaust — but a defense of the clash itself: societies need the left to fix inequality and the right to defend the village, and we think best when the two are, in his words, continually bashed against each other.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.turimunthe.com/">Turi Munthe</a> is a journalist and policy analyst turned media entrepreneur. He founded Demotix, which became the largest network of photojournalists in the world before its sale to Corbis in 2012, and Parlia, an encyclopedia of opinion. He has written for <em>The Economist</em>, <em>The Guardian</em>, the <em>TLS</em>, <em>The Nation</em>, and <em>The Spectator</em>, has sat on the boards of Index on Censorship, openDemocracy, and the Bureau of Investigative Journalism, and is a board member of the Italian media group GEDI, publisher of La Repubblica and La Stampa. He studied Arabic and History at Oxford. <a href="https://www.penguin.co.uk/books/458410/why-we-think-what-we-think-by-munthe-turi/9781529153842"><em>Why We Think What We Think: The Unexpected Origins of Our Deepest Beliefs</em></a> (Penguin/Hutchinson Heinemann) is out now in the UK, with US publication early next year.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguin.co.uk/books/458410/why-we-think-what-we-think-by-munthe-turi/9781529153842"><em>Why We Think What We Think: The Unexpected Origins of Our Deepest Beliefs</em></a> by Turi Munthe (Penguin/Hutchinson Heinemann, 2026). Timothy Garton Ash: “Thinking is a contact sport.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Isaiah Berlin — the Anglo-Russian philosopher whose insistence that pluralism and relativism are not the same thing frames the whole book.</p><p> </p><p>•       Dan Sperber and Hugo Mercier...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Jul 2026 05:49:35 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/f8625401/4b4d3f61.mp3" length="43435191" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3449796" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/f8625401/4b4d3f61.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5-BviL2fCZ8">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/wVavTo8WxGIXyNAUfnuMFFjWrJzxuWyFDhfbCSGtueg/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS84NmUx/YTIyZDI4OGE2ZTE4/Y2I4Yjc5Mjg5MWVi/MDI1ZC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2712</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If you can only explain the arguments of the other side because they’re mad or dangerous or dumb, the problem is with you.” — Turi Munthe</em></p><p> </p><p>On yesterday’s show, the psychiatrist Sally Satel <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/who-is-addicted-to-addiction">described</a> how Americans imagine their own mental condition differently, depending on their politics and age. Which is a nice segue for today’s conversation with the Anglo-French journalist turned media entrepreneur <a href="https://www.turimunthe.com/">Turi Munthe</a>. It’s not just in our mental health self-evaluation, Munthe argues, that we hallucinate reality. Indeed, the French born Munthe often sounds like one of his post-structuralist compatriots in his defiantly slippery notion of ontological reality.</p><p> </p><p>In <a href="https://www.penguin.co.uk/books/458410/why-we-think-what-we-think-by-munthe-turi/9781529153842"><em>Why We Think What We Think: The Unexpected Origins of Our Deepest Beliefs</em></a>, Munthe argues that our deepest convictions turn out to be shaped by genetics, brain shape and sometimes even by the agricultural legacy of our distant ancestors. Left and right thinkers, Munthe argues, are different political phenotypes — each hallucinating their own version of reality.</p><p> </p><p>Total relativism, then — the full French post-structuralist monty? Not quite. Here’s where Munthe’s Englishness kicks in. Following the Anglo-Russian philosopher Isaiah Berlin, Munthe insists pluralism and relativism are different. So Turi Munthe doesn’t just think what he thinks because of his English or French origins. Borrowing from the cognitive scientists Dan Sperber and Hugo Mercier, Munthe defines thinking as a “contact sport”. So, for example, believing that the 2020 election was stolen is what Munthe calls a social commitment, because humans would rather be wrong together than right alone.</p><p> </p><p>Speaking of convenient segues, Munthe’s thoughts on thinking set the scene for next Tuesday’s conversation with <a href="https://www.emilyeakin.com/">Emily Eakin</a>, author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/317335/the-frenchmen-by-emily-eakin/"><em>The Frenchmen</em></a>. It’s her history of seductive post-structuralists like Foucault, Derrida and Lacan who corrupted a whole generation of literary American Ivy Leaguers (including Eakin) into hallucinating reality.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Pluralism Is Not Relativism. </strong>Munthe opens with Isaiah Berlin’s distinction: registering the sincerity and value of opinions across the political, religious, and ethical spectrum does not relativize truth. That Charles Windsor is King of the United Kingdom is a statement of fact; whether you’re a monarchist or a republican is where opinion begins. The book confines itself to the second category — beliefs, values, and opinions that cannot be factually proven — and asks what the nonrational influences on them actually are. The answer is humbling: genetics account for perhaps half of political persuasion, and the rest is shaped by everything from brain anatomy to the agriculture of our ancestors.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Different Political Phenotypes. </strong>At the margins, left and right differ neurologically: right-leaners are on average more readily startled by loud noises and more attentive to threat, while left-leaners carry a slightly larger anterior cingulate cortex — the brain region where we process ambiguity and split hairs. That anatomy, Munthe argues, explains the ideological capture of academia and media better than any conspiracy: hair-splitters go where the hair-splitting is, and a conservative 22-year-old doesn’t volunteer for a newsroom where 80% of colleagues think differently. We are, in his phrase, different political phenotypes, each hallucinating a different version of reality.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Thinking as a Contact Sport. </strong>Drawing on Dan Sperber and Hugo Mercier’s research, Munthe argues that reason didn’t evolve for solitary contemplation — Rodin’s Thinker is the wrong image — but for argument: to convince you to hunt the buffalo with me, I need reasons that look objective to you too. The evidence is everywhere, from the most impactful academic papers being written by pairs and groups to the creative density of small university towns. The implication is political: the people we disagree with are not obstacles to good thinking but the condition of it — the loyal opposition that helps us get out of ourselves.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Wrong Together Rather Than Right Alone. </strong>Munthe’s reading of January 6 and the stolen-election faith is social rather than psychiatric: an enormous number of our beliefs matter more for what they do than for what they say, and professing them is a commitment to a group. From an evolutionary perspective, believing what your village believes — even about the god who is a giant rock at the end of the field — is intelligent, because the ostracized lose the protection of the group. The terrifying data point is the marriage test: in the 1950s, around 4% of families would have objected to a child marrying across party lines; today it approaches 45%. That is affective polarization, and it can pull societies apart.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Problem Is With You. </strong>Munthe spent his twenties unable to fathom American gun rights — supporters had to be bought, dumb, or morally corrupt — until he did the work and found a tradition he now calls beautiful and heroic, whether or not he shares it. His rule of thumb: if you can only explain the other side’s arguments as madness, danger, or stupidity, the problem is with you. This is not centrism — there was no middle ground on slavery or the Holocaust — but a defense of the clash itself: societies need the left to fix inequality and the right to defend the village, and we think best when the two are, in his words, continually bashed against each other.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.turimunthe.com/">Turi Munthe</a> is a journalist and policy analyst turned media entrepreneur. He founded Demotix, which became the largest network of photojournalists in the world before its sale to Corbis in 2012, and Parlia, an encyclopedia of opinion. He has written for <em>The Economist</em>, <em>The Guardian</em>, the <em>TLS</em>, <em>The Nation</em>, and <em>The Spectator</em>, has sat on the boards of Index on Censorship, openDemocracy, and the Bureau of Investigative Journalism, and is a board member of the Italian media group GEDI, publisher of La Repubblica and La Stampa. He studied Arabic and History at Oxford. <a href="https://www.penguin.co.uk/books/458410/why-we-think-what-we-think-by-munthe-turi/9781529153842"><em>Why We Think What We Think: The Unexpected Origins of Our Deepest Beliefs</em></a> (Penguin/Hutchinson Heinemann) is out now in the UK, with US publication early next year.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguin.co.uk/books/458410/why-we-think-what-we-think-by-munthe-turi/9781529153842"><em>Why We Think What We Think: The Unexpected Origins of Our Deepest Beliefs</em></a> by Turi Munthe (Penguin/Hutchinson Heinemann, 2026). Timothy Garton Ash: “Thinking is a contact sport.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Isaiah Berlin — the Anglo-Russian philosopher whose insistence that pluralism and relativism are not the same thing frames the whole book.</p><p> </p><p>•       Dan Sperber and Hugo Mercier...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f8625401/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f8625401/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Who's Addicted to Addiction? Sally Satel on the Social Media Trials &amp; America's Therapeutic Culture</title>
      <itunes:episode>2973</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2973</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Who's Addicted to Addiction? Sally Satel on the Social Media Trials &amp; America's Therapeutic Culture</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">04d9cc3c-2710-48a2-876b-0678e5f2c6ef</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You can do as many brain scans as you want, but you’ll never be able to distinguish an impulse that wasn’t resisted from one that’s irresistible.” — Sally Satel on why social media addiction can’t be proven in court</em></p><p> </p><p>When Meta and YouTube lost the so-called landmark social media addiction trial back in March, there was jubilation inside and outside the courtroom. Finally, Big Tech seemed a bit less big. Justice, it seemed, had finally been done.</p><p> </p><p>Or maybe not. (Full disclosure: my wife is head of litigation at Google, so I might be a bit biased). But today’s guest, the psychiatrist <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/839111/not-a-disease-by-sally-satel/">Sally Satel</a>, doesn’t have a dog (or husband) in the fight, and she’s a skeptic of the trial’s outcome. A senior fellow at the American Enterprise Institute and the medical director of a Washington methadone clinic, Satel argues that the concept of addiction — her clinical specialty — was distorted in the trial to serve a $1.4 trillion litigation pipeline. The plaintiffs’ theory reifies addiction as behavior beyond control. If that were true, Satel argues, none of her patients would ever get better.</p><p> </p><p>Satel comes at this as a doctor rather than a moralist. Clinically, she acknowledges, social media addiction exists — excessive use, loss of control, continued harm — and the treatments are the same behavioral strategies she uses at her clinic. But legally, where causation is everything, the plaintiff argument collapses. No brain scan can ever distinguish an impulse that wasn’t resisted from one that’s irresistible. The mechanism of harm is unprovable — a ludicrously brittle foundation, Satel argues, for a trillion dollars of lawsuits against social media companies.</p><p> </p><p>So when is “addiction” really addiction? Satel’s upcoming book <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/839111/not-a-disease-by-sally-satel/"><em>Not a Disease: Rethinking Addiction in the Heart of America’s Overdose Crisis</em></a>, which will be out in early 2027, addresses this awkward truth. And we’ll certainly have her back on the show to discuss.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The $1.4 Trillion Distortion of Addiction. </strong>The March bellwether verdict awarded “Kaley” $6 million from Meta and YouTube, but the real story is the litigation pipeline behind it — four states suing Meta in a single day, with total claims reaching $1.4 trillion. Satel’s objection is professional: the lawsuits invoke brain science at the most superficial level and reify addiction as behavior beyond control. If addiction truly extinguished self-control, her methadone patients would never get better — and they do. Kaley herself had fragilities that long predated the platforms, one therapist testified social media barely came up in her sessions, and her stated career plan is to become an influencer.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Clinically Real, Legally Incoherent. </strong>Satel’s central distinction: in a clinic, social media addiction is a recognizable condition — excessive use, loss of control, continued harm — treatable with the same strategies she uses for drugs, from identifying idiosyncratic cues to self-binding tactics like grayscale screens and switched-off notifications. In a courtroom, where causation is everything, the concept falls apart. No brain scan can distinguish an impulse that wasn’t resisted from one that’s irresistible; the technology simply doesn’t exist. The mechanism of harm at the center of the litigation is not just unproven but unprovable.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Demoralization Is Not Depression. </strong>At her methadone clinic, nine patients out of ten arrive reciting diagnoses — bipolar, PTSD, depression — that closer examination reveals they don’t have. What’s medicated as depression is often demoralization: the entirely understandable response to crumbling public housing and an abusive partner. Younger people now diagnose themselves by internet, because a diagnosis has become valorized — a built-in excuse, a victim category, less expected of you. Gratifying in the short run, Satel argues, and developmentally retarding in the long run: less engagement with risk, with challenge, with the world.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Therapeutic Culture Meets Woke Therapy. </strong>Sixty years after Philip Rieff’s Triumph of the Therapeutic, the medicalization of ordinary sadness is complete — grief becomes a prescription, and resources drain away from the seriously ill. The newer turn is political: counselor training now teaches that the therapist knows what’s wrong before the patient speaks — oppression — and a congressional investigation is examining antisemitism within the American Psychological Association. Satel’s emblematic story: a young man fired by his therapist for gently suggesting his rabbi’s sermon had become too politicized. You don’t fire a patient, she notes. The therapist’s moral commitments bled into the room.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Good News About Fentanyl. </strong>Fentanyl deaths are falling significantly — not because fewer people use, but because far fewer die. Narcan is flooding the streets, nailed up in boxes on telephone poles and handed out free at clinics; the Chinese supply has tightened and Mexican distribution has been disrupted; and, as in every drug epidemic, the upcoming generation is opting out — the same dynamic the rappers documented during crack. The morbid factor is real too: many long-term users have died. Satel’s book Not a Disease — rethinking addiction from the front lines of the overdose crisis — arrives in early 2027.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/839111/not-a-disease-by-sally-satel/">Sally Satel</a> is a psychiatrist, a senior fellow at the American Enterprise Institute, and the medical director of a methadone clinic in Washington, DC. She is the author or co-author of <em>PC, M.D.</em>, <em>One Nation Under Therapy</em>, and <em>Brainwashed: The Seductive Appeal of Mindless Neuroscience</em>, and her essays appear in <em>Persuasion</em> and <em>The Free Press</em>. Her new book, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/839111/not-a-disease-by-sally-satel/"><em>Not a Disease: Rethinking Addiction in the Heart of America’s Overdose Crisis</em></a> (MIT Press), is out in early 2027.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/839111/not-a-disease-by-sally-satel/"><em>Not a Disease: Rethinking Addiction in the Heart of America’s Overdose Crisis</em></a> by Sally Satel (MIT Press, early 2027) — drawn from her years on the front lines of the overdose crisis.</p><p> </p><p>•       Satel’s recent <em>Persuasion</em> essay arguing that social media addiction is more complicated than the litigation suggests, and her <em>Free Press</em> pieces on social media addiction and on why fentanyl deaths are falling.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>One Nation Under Therapy</em> and <em>Brainwashed: The Seductive Appeal of Mindless Neuroscience</em> — Satel’s earlier assaults on the therapeutic culture and superficial brain science.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Age of Diagnosis</em> by Suzanne O’Sullivan — the book behind the episode’s framing question: which comes first, the diagnosis or the anxiety?</p><p> </p><p>•       Philip Rieff — whose <em>The Triumph of the Thera...</em></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You can do as many brain scans as you want, but you’ll never be able to distinguish an impulse that wasn’t resisted from one that’s irresistible.” — Sally Satel on why social media addiction can’t be proven in court</em></p><p> </p><p>When Meta and YouTube lost the so-called landmark social media addiction trial back in March, there was jubilation inside and outside the courtroom. Finally, Big Tech seemed a bit less big. Justice, it seemed, had finally been done.</p><p> </p><p>Or maybe not. (Full disclosure: my wife is head of litigation at Google, so I might be a bit biased). But today’s guest, the psychiatrist <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/839111/not-a-disease-by-sally-satel/">Sally Satel</a>, doesn’t have a dog (or husband) in the fight, and she’s a skeptic of the trial’s outcome. A senior fellow at the American Enterprise Institute and the medical director of a Washington methadone clinic, Satel argues that the concept of addiction — her clinical specialty — was distorted in the trial to serve a $1.4 trillion litigation pipeline. The plaintiffs’ theory reifies addiction as behavior beyond control. If that were true, Satel argues, none of her patients would ever get better.</p><p> </p><p>Satel comes at this as a doctor rather than a moralist. Clinically, she acknowledges, social media addiction exists — excessive use, loss of control, continued harm — and the treatments are the same behavioral strategies she uses at her clinic. But legally, where causation is everything, the plaintiff argument collapses. No brain scan can ever distinguish an impulse that wasn’t resisted from one that’s irresistible. The mechanism of harm is unprovable — a ludicrously brittle foundation, Satel argues, for a trillion dollars of lawsuits against social media companies.</p><p> </p><p>So when is “addiction” really addiction? Satel’s upcoming book <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/839111/not-a-disease-by-sally-satel/"><em>Not a Disease: Rethinking Addiction in the Heart of America’s Overdose Crisis</em></a>, which will be out in early 2027, addresses this awkward truth. And we’ll certainly have her back on the show to discuss.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The $1.4 Trillion Distortion of Addiction. </strong>The March bellwether verdict awarded “Kaley” $6 million from Meta and YouTube, but the real story is the litigation pipeline behind it — four states suing Meta in a single day, with total claims reaching $1.4 trillion. Satel’s objection is professional: the lawsuits invoke brain science at the most superficial level and reify addiction as behavior beyond control. If addiction truly extinguished self-control, her methadone patients would never get better — and they do. Kaley herself had fragilities that long predated the platforms, one therapist testified social media barely came up in her sessions, and her stated career plan is to become an influencer.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Clinically Real, Legally Incoherent. </strong>Satel’s central distinction: in a clinic, social media addiction is a recognizable condition — excessive use, loss of control, continued harm — treatable with the same strategies she uses for drugs, from identifying idiosyncratic cues to self-binding tactics like grayscale screens and switched-off notifications. In a courtroom, where causation is everything, the concept falls apart. No brain scan can distinguish an impulse that wasn’t resisted from one that’s irresistible; the technology simply doesn’t exist. The mechanism of harm at the center of the litigation is not just unproven but unprovable.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Demoralization Is Not Depression. </strong>At her methadone clinic, nine patients out of ten arrive reciting diagnoses — bipolar, PTSD, depression — that closer examination reveals they don’t have. What’s medicated as depression is often demoralization: the entirely understandable response to crumbling public housing and an abusive partner. Younger people now diagnose themselves by internet, because a diagnosis has become valorized — a built-in excuse, a victim category, less expected of you. Gratifying in the short run, Satel argues, and developmentally retarding in the long run: less engagement with risk, with challenge, with the world.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Therapeutic Culture Meets Woke Therapy. </strong>Sixty years after Philip Rieff’s Triumph of the Therapeutic, the medicalization of ordinary sadness is complete — grief becomes a prescription, and resources drain away from the seriously ill. The newer turn is political: counselor training now teaches that the therapist knows what’s wrong before the patient speaks — oppression — and a congressional investigation is examining antisemitism within the American Psychological Association. Satel’s emblematic story: a young man fired by his therapist for gently suggesting his rabbi’s sermon had become too politicized. You don’t fire a patient, she notes. The therapist’s moral commitments bled into the room.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Good News About Fentanyl. </strong>Fentanyl deaths are falling significantly — not because fewer people use, but because far fewer die. Narcan is flooding the streets, nailed up in boxes on telephone poles and handed out free at clinics; the Chinese supply has tightened and Mexican distribution has been disrupted; and, as in every drug epidemic, the upcoming generation is opting out — the same dynamic the rappers documented during crack. The morbid factor is real too: many long-term users have died. Satel’s book Not a Disease — rethinking addiction from the front lines of the overdose crisis — arrives in early 2027.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/839111/not-a-disease-by-sally-satel/">Sally Satel</a> is a psychiatrist, a senior fellow at the American Enterprise Institute, and the medical director of a methadone clinic in Washington, DC. She is the author or co-author of <em>PC, M.D.</em>, <em>One Nation Under Therapy</em>, and <em>Brainwashed: The Seductive Appeal of Mindless Neuroscience</em>, and her essays appear in <em>Persuasion</em> and <em>The Free Press</em>. Her new book, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/839111/not-a-disease-by-sally-satel/"><em>Not a Disease: Rethinking Addiction in the Heart of America’s Overdose Crisis</em></a> (MIT Press), is out in early 2027.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/839111/not-a-disease-by-sally-satel/"><em>Not a Disease: Rethinking Addiction in the Heart of America’s Overdose Crisis</em></a> by Sally Satel (MIT Press, early 2027) — drawn from her years on the front lines of the overdose crisis.</p><p> </p><p>•       Satel’s recent <em>Persuasion</em> essay arguing that social media addiction is more complicated than the litigation suggests, and her <em>Free Press</em> pieces on social media addiction and on why fentanyl deaths are falling.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>One Nation Under Therapy</em> and <em>Brainwashed: The Seductive Appeal of Mindless Neuroscience</em> — Satel’s earlier assaults on the therapeutic culture and superficial brain science.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Age of Diagnosis</em> by Suzanne O’Sullivan — the book behind the episode’s framing question: which comes first, the diagnosis or the anxiety?</p><p> </p><p>•       Philip Rieff — whose <em>The Triumph of the Thera...</em></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Jul 2026 04:20:26 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/6329b06c/fe47724c.mp3" length="43597164" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3449805" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/6329b06c/fe47724c.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UOwIPNxic8s">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/fZ-KD86__D3M25-9WKqP9-iO_LxlegpsKZzgC--DjDQ/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9mMTFm/ZjI1OGM4Y2Y0Y2Nl/ZWFjZTU0MTYxMTJi/ZWFmOS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2721</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You can do as many brain scans as you want, but you’ll never be able to distinguish an impulse that wasn’t resisted from one that’s irresistible.” — Sally Satel on why social media addiction can’t be proven in court</em></p><p> </p><p>When Meta and YouTube lost the so-called landmark social media addiction trial back in March, there was jubilation inside and outside the courtroom. Finally, Big Tech seemed a bit less big. Justice, it seemed, had finally been done.</p><p> </p><p>Or maybe not. (Full disclosure: my wife is head of litigation at Google, so I might be a bit biased). But today’s guest, the psychiatrist <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/839111/not-a-disease-by-sally-satel/">Sally Satel</a>, doesn’t have a dog (or husband) in the fight, and she’s a skeptic of the trial’s outcome. A senior fellow at the American Enterprise Institute and the medical director of a Washington methadone clinic, Satel argues that the concept of addiction — her clinical specialty — was distorted in the trial to serve a $1.4 trillion litigation pipeline. The plaintiffs’ theory reifies addiction as behavior beyond control. If that were true, Satel argues, none of her patients would ever get better.</p><p> </p><p>Satel comes at this as a doctor rather than a moralist. Clinically, she acknowledges, social media addiction exists — excessive use, loss of control, continued harm — and the treatments are the same behavioral strategies she uses at her clinic. But legally, where causation is everything, the plaintiff argument collapses. No brain scan can ever distinguish an impulse that wasn’t resisted from one that’s irresistible. The mechanism of harm is unprovable — a ludicrously brittle foundation, Satel argues, for a trillion dollars of lawsuits against social media companies.</p><p> </p><p>So when is “addiction” really addiction? Satel’s upcoming book <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/839111/not-a-disease-by-sally-satel/"><em>Not a Disease: Rethinking Addiction in the Heart of America’s Overdose Crisis</em></a>, which will be out in early 2027, addresses this awkward truth. And we’ll certainly have her back on the show to discuss.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The $1.4 Trillion Distortion of Addiction. </strong>The March bellwether verdict awarded “Kaley” $6 million from Meta and YouTube, but the real story is the litigation pipeline behind it — four states suing Meta in a single day, with total claims reaching $1.4 trillion. Satel’s objection is professional: the lawsuits invoke brain science at the most superficial level and reify addiction as behavior beyond control. If addiction truly extinguished self-control, her methadone patients would never get better — and they do. Kaley herself had fragilities that long predated the platforms, one therapist testified social media barely came up in her sessions, and her stated career plan is to become an influencer.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Clinically Real, Legally Incoherent. </strong>Satel’s central distinction: in a clinic, social media addiction is a recognizable condition — excessive use, loss of control, continued harm — treatable with the same strategies she uses for drugs, from identifying idiosyncratic cues to self-binding tactics like grayscale screens and switched-off notifications. In a courtroom, where causation is everything, the concept falls apart. No brain scan can distinguish an impulse that wasn’t resisted from one that’s irresistible; the technology simply doesn’t exist. The mechanism of harm at the center of the litigation is not just unproven but unprovable.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Demoralization Is Not Depression. </strong>At her methadone clinic, nine patients out of ten arrive reciting diagnoses — bipolar, PTSD, depression — that closer examination reveals they don’t have. What’s medicated as depression is often demoralization: the entirely understandable response to crumbling public housing and an abusive partner. Younger people now diagnose themselves by internet, because a diagnosis has become valorized — a built-in excuse, a victim category, less expected of you. Gratifying in the short run, Satel argues, and developmentally retarding in the long run: less engagement with risk, with challenge, with the world.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Therapeutic Culture Meets Woke Therapy. </strong>Sixty years after Philip Rieff’s Triumph of the Therapeutic, the medicalization of ordinary sadness is complete — grief becomes a prescription, and resources drain away from the seriously ill. The newer turn is political: counselor training now teaches that the therapist knows what’s wrong before the patient speaks — oppression — and a congressional investigation is examining antisemitism within the American Psychological Association. Satel’s emblematic story: a young man fired by his therapist for gently suggesting his rabbi’s sermon had become too politicized. You don’t fire a patient, she notes. The therapist’s moral commitments bled into the room.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Good News About Fentanyl. </strong>Fentanyl deaths are falling significantly — not because fewer people use, but because far fewer die. Narcan is flooding the streets, nailed up in boxes on telephone poles and handed out free at clinics; the Chinese supply has tightened and Mexican distribution has been disrupted; and, as in every drug epidemic, the upcoming generation is opting out — the same dynamic the rappers documented during crack. The morbid factor is real too: many long-term users have died. Satel’s book Not a Disease — rethinking addiction from the front lines of the overdose crisis — arrives in early 2027.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/839111/not-a-disease-by-sally-satel/">Sally Satel</a> is a psychiatrist, a senior fellow at the American Enterprise Institute, and the medical director of a methadone clinic in Washington, DC. She is the author or co-author of <em>PC, M.D.</em>, <em>One Nation Under Therapy</em>, and <em>Brainwashed: The Seductive Appeal of Mindless Neuroscience</em>, and her essays appear in <em>Persuasion</em> and <em>The Free Press</em>. Her new book, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/839111/not-a-disease-by-sally-satel/"><em>Not a Disease: Rethinking Addiction in the Heart of America’s Overdose Crisis</em></a> (MIT Press), is out in early 2027.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/839111/not-a-disease-by-sally-satel/"><em>Not a Disease: Rethinking Addiction in the Heart of America’s Overdose Crisis</em></a> by Sally Satel (MIT Press, early 2027) — drawn from her years on the front lines of the overdose crisis.</p><p> </p><p>•       Satel’s recent <em>Persuasion</em> essay arguing that social media addiction is more complicated than the litigation suggests, and her <em>Free Press</em> pieces on social media addiction and on why fentanyl deaths are falling.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>One Nation Under Therapy</em> and <em>Brainwashed: The Seductive Appeal of Mindless Neuroscience</em> — Satel’s earlier assaults on the therapeutic culture and superficial brain science.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Age of Diagnosis</em> by Suzanne O’Sullivan — the book behind the episode’s framing question: which comes first, the diagnosis or the anxiety?</p><p> </p><p>•       Philip Rieff — whose <em>The Triumph of the Thera...</em></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/6329b06c/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/6329b06c/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Art Restorer Who Came in From the Cold: Daniel Silva on Gabriel Allon, the Truest Fake Spy</title>
      <itunes:episode>2972</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2972</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Art Restorer Who Came in From the Cold: Daniel Silva on Gabriel Allon, the Truest Fake Spy</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cdb09594-6bce-4cb0-9f58-adc78ffcd53c</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Israeli art restorer and spy <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gabriel_Allon">Gabriel Allon</a> is as real as George Smiley or Hercule Poirot. He even has his own Wikipedia page. The CNN special correspondent Jamie Gangel describes herself on X as a friend of Gabriel Allon before she gets around to mentioning her husband, the best-selling thriller writer <a href="https://danielsilvabooks.com/">Daniel Silva</a> who, of course, is the creator of Allon. As with all successful literary inventions, of course, Silva is as much Allon as Allon is Silva. Silva-Allon. Amongst the most lucrative partnerships in contemporary fiction.</p><p> </p><p>Unsurprisingly, Silva still hasn’t managed to kill off Allon. Twenty-six books into the series, the retired Mossad legend turned Venice art restorer is the truest fake spy in the business — a character so real that Silva, who seems to revel in his insularity, has to lock himself away from imagining how readers receive him. Or perhaps he’s locking himself away from Allon.</p><p> </p><p>In <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/ransom-gabriel-allon-book-26-daniel-silva"><em>Ransom</em></a>, out today, a billionaire real estate baron asks Allon to find his vanished wife, the dazzling socialite Alice Winter — who has, of course, a darker life. Behind Silva’s latest summer best-seller looms Russia’s shadow war on Europe. That’s the post-cold war cold war politics of Ransom. Unit 29155, the GRU’s sabotage specialists, are hitting pipelines and flying drones over Copenhagen, an MI6 officer describes the Russians as feral animals, and Ransom’s climax unfolds at an emergency Downing Street summit with Zelensky without the United States in the room. It’s a terrifying narrative as real as Gabriel Allon.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>An Art Restorer Who Used to Be a Spy. </strong>Gabriel Allon was invented for one book — a 1999 novel inspired by the Camp David peace process, written like a demon in a cottage near Land’s End — and was never meant to continue. Twenty-six books later, Silva has flipped the character’s formula: once an operative whose cover was art restoration, Allon is now an art restorer who used to be a spy, formally retired and living in Venice. As for his age, Silva freezes time the way Christie froze Poirot: Allon is aging in reverse, quite intentionally, and Silva will write him for as long as people want to read him.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Russia’s Shadow War on Europe. </strong>The serious spine of Ransom is the campaign of sabotage and subversion that Russia is waging against all of Western Europe — the GRU’s Unit 29155 hitting pipelines, running hacking operations, and flying the drones that shut down Copenhagen Airport and pushed Denmark toward its highest state of alert. One MI6 officer tells Silva the Russians are acting like feral animals, and the worse the battlefield goes, the more aggressive the sabotage becomes. Silva has been here before: Moscow Rules put him ahead of the curve on Putin in 2008, and Allon’s personal war with Putinism enters its latest round.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Writing an Israeli Hero After October 7. </strong>Allon is the old Israeli liberal establishment made flesh — secular, social-democratic, the Ashkenazi security elite whose surviving members now oppose the conduct of the war. Silva, an avowed two-stater, saw the change coming years before October 7: quoting his friend Richard Haass, this is not your parents’ or grandparents’ Israel. Allon, he insists, would never serve in a cabinet alongside far-right extremists like Ben-Gvir and Smotrich — and they wouldn’t have him. What happened on October 7 was barbaric, Silva says, but this war has gone on far too long.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Super Rich, With a Judgmental Eye. </strong>It’s fun to write about the rich — the jets, the expensive toys, the glamour of Venice, Knightsbridge, and Ibiza — but Silva does it for a specific reason: to draw the contrast between how they live and how the rest of us live. A new global super elite is checking out from everyone else, he argues — unwilling to pay taxes, to educate the young, or to care for the sick — so Ransom balances the socialite’s world against an encampment of homeless seasonal workers on Ibiza. Britain itself gets the same treatment: austerity, seven prime ministers in a decade, and shires where nobody is doing very well.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Pencils on the Floor. </strong>Silva calls himself a literary novelist masquerading as a thriller writer, and his working methods match the self-description: he lies on the floor and writes with pencils, keeping technology as far from the work as possible. AI appears in Ransom only because the plot demanded it — a proof-of-life photograph that has to be checked for deepfakery, in a world where even presidents fake pictures. The thought of asking AI to write for him prompts a simple question: what would be the point? A book a year since 1997, and book 27 began the day after this one was finished.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://danielsilvabooks.com/">Daniel Silva</a> is the award-winning, #1 <em>New York Times</em> bestselling author of twenty-six Gabriel Allon novels, including <em>The Kill Artist</em>, <em>Moscow Rules</em>, <em>Portrait of an Unknown Woman</em>, <em>A Death in Cornwall</em>, and <em>An Inside Job</em>. His books are published in more than thirty countries. He lives in Florida with his wife, CNN special correspondent Jamie Gangel — who describes herself on X as a friend of Gabriel Allon before mentioning her husband. His new novel is <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/ransom-gabriel-allon-book-26-daniel-silva"><em>Ransom</em></a> (HarperCollins, July 14, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/ransom-gabriel-allon-book-26-daniel-silva"><em>Ransom</em></a> by Daniel Silva (HarperCollins, July 14, 2026) — book 26 of the Gabriel Allon series. James Patterson: “Silva can really write, the bastard.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Moscow Rules</em> (2008) — the novel Silva is proudest of, which put him ahead of the curve on Putin and began Allon’s personal war with the Russian secret services.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Kill Artist</em> (2001) — Allon’s first appearance, inspired by the Camp David peace process and written in a rented cottage near Land’s End.</p><p> </p><p>•       Unit 29155 — the real GRU sabotage unit behind the pipeline attacks, hacking operations, and drone incursions that drive the novel’s plot, including the 2025 shutdown of Copenhagen Airport.</p><p> </p><p>•       John le Carré — whose George Smiley, Silva concedes, needs no advice from Gabriel Allon, though the two would have got on had they met on Bywater Street.</p><p> </p><p>•       Richard Haass — the foreign policy analyst and friend of Silva’s whose line frames the Israel discussion: this is not your parents’ or your grandparents’ Israel any longer.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Israeli art restorer and spy <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gabriel_Allon">Gabriel Allon</a> is as real as George Smiley or Hercule Poirot. He even has his own Wikipedia page. The CNN special correspondent Jamie Gangel describes herself on X as a friend of Gabriel Allon before she gets around to mentioning her husband, the best-selling thriller writer <a href="https://danielsilvabooks.com/">Daniel Silva</a> who, of course, is the creator of Allon. As with all successful literary inventions, of course, Silva is as much Allon as Allon is Silva. Silva-Allon. Amongst the most lucrative partnerships in contemporary fiction.</p><p> </p><p>Unsurprisingly, Silva still hasn’t managed to kill off Allon. Twenty-six books into the series, the retired Mossad legend turned Venice art restorer is the truest fake spy in the business — a character so real that Silva, who seems to revel in his insularity, has to lock himself away from imagining how readers receive him. Or perhaps he’s locking himself away from Allon.</p><p> </p><p>In <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/ransom-gabriel-allon-book-26-daniel-silva"><em>Ransom</em></a>, out today, a billionaire real estate baron asks Allon to find his vanished wife, the dazzling socialite Alice Winter — who has, of course, a darker life. Behind Silva’s latest summer best-seller looms Russia’s shadow war on Europe. That’s the post-cold war cold war politics of Ransom. Unit 29155, the GRU’s sabotage specialists, are hitting pipelines and flying drones over Copenhagen, an MI6 officer describes the Russians as feral animals, and Ransom’s climax unfolds at an emergency Downing Street summit with Zelensky without the United States in the room. It’s a terrifying narrative as real as Gabriel Allon.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>An Art Restorer Who Used to Be a Spy. </strong>Gabriel Allon was invented for one book — a 1999 novel inspired by the Camp David peace process, written like a demon in a cottage near Land’s End — and was never meant to continue. Twenty-six books later, Silva has flipped the character’s formula: once an operative whose cover was art restoration, Allon is now an art restorer who used to be a spy, formally retired and living in Venice. As for his age, Silva freezes time the way Christie froze Poirot: Allon is aging in reverse, quite intentionally, and Silva will write him for as long as people want to read him.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Russia’s Shadow War on Europe. </strong>The serious spine of Ransom is the campaign of sabotage and subversion that Russia is waging against all of Western Europe — the GRU’s Unit 29155 hitting pipelines, running hacking operations, and flying the drones that shut down Copenhagen Airport and pushed Denmark toward its highest state of alert. One MI6 officer tells Silva the Russians are acting like feral animals, and the worse the battlefield goes, the more aggressive the sabotage becomes. Silva has been here before: Moscow Rules put him ahead of the curve on Putin in 2008, and Allon’s personal war with Putinism enters its latest round.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Writing an Israeli Hero After October 7. </strong>Allon is the old Israeli liberal establishment made flesh — secular, social-democratic, the Ashkenazi security elite whose surviving members now oppose the conduct of the war. Silva, an avowed two-stater, saw the change coming years before October 7: quoting his friend Richard Haass, this is not your parents’ or grandparents’ Israel. Allon, he insists, would never serve in a cabinet alongside far-right extremists like Ben-Gvir and Smotrich — and they wouldn’t have him. What happened on October 7 was barbaric, Silva says, but this war has gone on far too long.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Super Rich, With a Judgmental Eye. </strong>It’s fun to write about the rich — the jets, the expensive toys, the glamour of Venice, Knightsbridge, and Ibiza — but Silva does it for a specific reason: to draw the contrast between how they live and how the rest of us live. A new global super elite is checking out from everyone else, he argues — unwilling to pay taxes, to educate the young, or to care for the sick — so Ransom balances the socialite’s world against an encampment of homeless seasonal workers on Ibiza. Britain itself gets the same treatment: austerity, seven prime ministers in a decade, and shires where nobody is doing very well.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Pencils on the Floor. </strong>Silva calls himself a literary novelist masquerading as a thriller writer, and his working methods match the self-description: he lies on the floor and writes with pencils, keeping technology as far from the work as possible. AI appears in Ransom only because the plot demanded it — a proof-of-life photograph that has to be checked for deepfakery, in a world where even presidents fake pictures. The thought of asking AI to write for him prompts a simple question: what would be the point? A book a year since 1997, and book 27 began the day after this one was finished.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://danielsilvabooks.com/">Daniel Silva</a> is the award-winning, #1 <em>New York Times</em> bestselling author of twenty-six Gabriel Allon novels, including <em>The Kill Artist</em>, <em>Moscow Rules</em>, <em>Portrait of an Unknown Woman</em>, <em>A Death in Cornwall</em>, and <em>An Inside Job</em>. His books are published in more than thirty countries. He lives in Florida with his wife, CNN special correspondent Jamie Gangel — who describes herself on X as a friend of Gabriel Allon before mentioning her husband. His new novel is <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/ransom-gabriel-allon-book-26-daniel-silva"><em>Ransom</em></a> (HarperCollins, July 14, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/ransom-gabriel-allon-book-26-daniel-silva"><em>Ransom</em></a> by Daniel Silva (HarperCollins, July 14, 2026) — book 26 of the Gabriel Allon series. James Patterson: “Silva can really write, the bastard.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Moscow Rules</em> (2008) — the novel Silva is proudest of, which put him ahead of the curve on Putin and began Allon’s personal war with the Russian secret services.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Kill Artist</em> (2001) — Allon’s first appearance, inspired by the Camp David peace process and written in a rented cottage near Land’s End.</p><p> </p><p>•       Unit 29155 — the real GRU sabotage unit behind the pipeline attacks, hacking operations, and drone incursions that drive the novel’s plot, including the 2025 shutdown of Copenhagen Airport.</p><p> </p><p>•       John le Carré — whose George Smiley, Silva concedes, needs no advice from Gabriel Allon, though the two would have got on had they met on Bywater Street.</p><p> </p><p>•       Richard Haass — the foreign policy analyst and friend of Silva’s whose line frames the Israel discussion: this is not your parents’ or your grandparents’ Israel any longer.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2026 06:38:26 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/75a07557/f132f959.mp3" length="41787119" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3441458" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/75a07557/f132f959.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qKkRfPhOS08">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/K03A4Dv2hfA4-CFEjYG8QYLJr-1TAftyb85l6Z6PBzA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hODc5/Y2FkZTNiYzM2Y2U1/ZWIyYTgxMzAwOTJk/M2JkYi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2610</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Israeli art restorer and spy <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gabriel_Allon">Gabriel Allon</a> is as real as George Smiley or Hercule Poirot. He even has his own Wikipedia page. The CNN special correspondent Jamie Gangel describes herself on X as a friend of Gabriel Allon before she gets around to mentioning her husband, the best-selling thriller writer <a href="https://danielsilvabooks.com/">Daniel Silva</a> who, of course, is the creator of Allon. As with all successful literary inventions, of course, Silva is as much Allon as Allon is Silva. Silva-Allon. Amongst the most lucrative partnerships in contemporary fiction.</p><p> </p><p>Unsurprisingly, Silva still hasn’t managed to kill off Allon. Twenty-six books into the series, the retired Mossad legend turned Venice art restorer is the truest fake spy in the business — a character so real that Silva, who seems to revel in his insularity, has to lock himself away from imagining how readers receive him. Or perhaps he’s locking himself away from Allon.</p><p> </p><p>In <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/ransom-gabriel-allon-book-26-daniel-silva"><em>Ransom</em></a>, out today, a billionaire real estate baron asks Allon to find his vanished wife, the dazzling socialite Alice Winter — who has, of course, a darker life. Behind Silva’s latest summer best-seller looms Russia’s shadow war on Europe. That’s the post-cold war cold war politics of Ransom. Unit 29155, the GRU’s sabotage specialists, are hitting pipelines and flying drones over Copenhagen, an MI6 officer describes the Russians as feral animals, and Ransom’s climax unfolds at an emergency Downing Street summit with Zelensky without the United States in the room. It’s a terrifying narrative as real as Gabriel Allon.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>An Art Restorer Who Used to Be a Spy. </strong>Gabriel Allon was invented for one book — a 1999 novel inspired by the Camp David peace process, written like a demon in a cottage near Land’s End — and was never meant to continue. Twenty-six books later, Silva has flipped the character’s formula: once an operative whose cover was art restoration, Allon is now an art restorer who used to be a spy, formally retired and living in Venice. As for his age, Silva freezes time the way Christie froze Poirot: Allon is aging in reverse, quite intentionally, and Silva will write him for as long as people want to read him.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Russia’s Shadow War on Europe. </strong>The serious spine of Ransom is the campaign of sabotage and subversion that Russia is waging against all of Western Europe — the GRU’s Unit 29155 hitting pipelines, running hacking operations, and flying the drones that shut down Copenhagen Airport and pushed Denmark toward its highest state of alert. One MI6 officer tells Silva the Russians are acting like feral animals, and the worse the battlefield goes, the more aggressive the sabotage becomes. Silva has been here before: Moscow Rules put him ahead of the curve on Putin in 2008, and Allon’s personal war with Putinism enters its latest round.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Writing an Israeli Hero After October 7. </strong>Allon is the old Israeli liberal establishment made flesh — secular, social-democratic, the Ashkenazi security elite whose surviving members now oppose the conduct of the war. Silva, an avowed two-stater, saw the change coming years before October 7: quoting his friend Richard Haass, this is not your parents’ or grandparents’ Israel. Allon, he insists, would never serve in a cabinet alongside far-right extremists like Ben-Gvir and Smotrich — and they wouldn’t have him. What happened on October 7 was barbaric, Silva says, but this war has gone on far too long.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Super Rich, With a Judgmental Eye. </strong>It’s fun to write about the rich — the jets, the expensive toys, the glamour of Venice, Knightsbridge, and Ibiza — but Silva does it for a specific reason: to draw the contrast between how they live and how the rest of us live. A new global super elite is checking out from everyone else, he argues — unwilling to pay taxes, to educate the young, or to care for the sick — so Ransom balances the socialite’s world against an encampment of homeless seasonal workers on Ibiza. Britain itself gets the same treatment: austerity, seven prime ministers in a decade, and shires where nobody is doing very well.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Pencils on the Floor. </strong>Silva calls himself a literary novelist masquerading as a thriller writer, and his working methods match the self-description: he lies on the floor and writes with pencils, keeping technology as far from the work as possible. AI appears in Ransom only because the plot demanded it — a proof-of-life photograph that has to be checked for deepfakery, in a world where even presidents fake pictures. The thought of asking AI to write for him prompts a simple question: what would be the point? A book a year since 1997, and book 27 began the day after this one was finished.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://danielsilvabooks.com/">Daniel Silva</a> is the award-winning, #1 <em>New York Times</em> bestselling author of twenty-six Gabriel Allon novels, including <em>The Kill Artist</em>, <em>Moscow Rules</em>, <em>Portrait of an Unknown Woman</em>, <em>A Death in Cornwall</em>, and <em>An Inside Job</em>. His books are published in more than thirty countries. He lives in Florida with his wife, CNN special correspondent Jamie Gangel — who describes herself on X as a friend of Gabriel Allon before mentioning her husband. His new novel is <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/ransom-gabriel-allon-book-26-daniel-silva"><em>Ransom</em></a> (HarperCollins, July 14, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/ransom-gabriel-allon-book-26-daniel-silva"><em>Ransom</em></a> by Daniel Silva (HarperCollins, July 14, 2026) — book 26 of the Gabriel Allon series. James Patterson: “Silva can really write, the bastard.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Moscow Rules</em> (2008) — the novel Silva is proudest of, which put him ahead of the curve on Putin and began Allon’s personal war with the Russian secret services.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Kill Artist</em> (2001) — Allon’s first appearance, inspired by the Camp David peace process and written in a rented cottage near Land’s End.</p><p> </p><p>•       Unit 29155 — the real GRU sabotage unit behind the pipeline attacks, hacking operations, and drone incursions that drive the novel’s plot, including the 2025 shutdown of Copenhagen Airport.</p><p> </p><p>•       John le Carré — whose George Smiley, Silva concedes, needs no advice from Gabriel Allon, though the two would have got on had they met on Bywater Street.</p><p> </p><p>•       Richard Haass — the foreign policy analyst and friend of Silva’s whose line frames the Israel discussion: this is not your parents’ or your grandparents’ Israel any longer.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/75a07557/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/75a07557/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Time for Monsters: David Masciotra Looks Back in Anger at the First Six Months of 2026 in America</title>
      <itunes:episode>2971</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2971</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>A Time for Monsters: David Masciotra Looks Back in Anger at the First Six Months of 2026 in America</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">17a21fd4-404f-4e91-9482-a03bc4e46995</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The leftist cultural critic <a href="https://davidmasciotra.com/">David Masciotra</a> isn’t happy with the state of America in the first half of 2026. His dislike of the MAGA crowd goes without saying. But his anger at the state of progressive politics is more noteworthy. So far, he says, 2026 has been — to borrow from Antonio Gramsci — a time for monsters both on the left and right. With its “Epstein class” vocabulary, knee-jerk Luddism and AIPAC litmus tests, the left, Masciotra argues, is mimicking MAGA in its paranoid bigotry.</p><p> </p><p>The year’s most disturbing story so far is Graham Platner, the erstwhile Maine Senate candidate who, Masciotra suggests, is either an idiot or a Nazi. Equally disturbing were the “progressives” who blindly defended Platner until the most recent rape accusations.</p><p> </p><p>So how to slay these monsters on the left? What’s missing, Masciotra argues, is the kind of positively benevolent Jacksonian (Jesse) vision which seizes the moral high ground of American politics. We are still waiting for the next Bill Clinton, Obama, or even Bernie able to imagine a new dawn for the left in America. Maybe we’ll see the early shoots of a more optimistic progressivism in the second half of the year. In the manner of a football (soccer) match, let’s hope 2026 turns out to be a year of two halves.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Old Gods Return. </strong>Masciotra's answer to the what-time-is-it question is that 2026 has seen the old gods stumble back onto the landscape: nationalism, male chauvinism, paranoia and conspiracism. Borrowing from Zygmunt Bauman, he argues that we have moved from a solid age to a liquid one, in which nothing feels stable — and instability inculcates a nostalgia that is usually irrational and ill-informed. People are reaching for the resurrection of manufacturing, the male-headed nuclear family, even a return to religion, with young Americans reportedly turning to Catholicism. Quality of life is objectively better than in our grandparents' era, and yet we live in an age of doom-scrolling and pessimism.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Epstein Class and the Left's New Litmus Tests. </strong>The criticism of Israeli conduct after October 7 has morphed, for many on the left, into an all-encompassing paranoia in which AIPAC, Zionists, and “the Epstein class” control everything. Graham Platner coupled those terms constantly in his stump speeches — antisemitic conspiracy-mongering 101, in Masciotra's phrase — and declaring Israel genocidal has become a litmus test in Democratic primaries from Maine to Denver to California. Masciotra, who saw Jesse Jackson spend decades atoning for Hymietown, calls this the most important story of 2026 to monitor: the collapse of parts of the progressive left into bigotry, misogyny tolerance, and purity tests.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Luxury Beliefs and Streamer Politics. </strong>Voter turnout used to be organized bottom-up — black churches, the NAACP, Jackson's Rainbow PUSH Coalition — around the issues of actual neighborhoods. Now streamers like Hasan Piker mobilize thousands of calls into districts they know nothing about, amplifying what Masciotra calls luxury beliefs: positions whose consequences never touch the people who hold them, from making every race about Israel to defunding police in neighborhoods the believers don't live in. Whether it's Piker on the left or Nick Fuentes on the right, national streamers will always champion luxury beliefs, because they lack the knowledge to champion local ones.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Working-Class Drag Doesn't Work. </strong>Platner looked like he had just changed a tire and talked like a pro wrestler cutting a promo on Susan Collins — and the polls showed Collins beating him even before he dropped out over credible accusations of rape and domestic violence. White working-class voters, Masciotra argues, are not looking for someone in the right costume with the right gravelly voice; they have real beliefs, and they respond to people who speak directly to their concerns rather than in the nomenclature of consultant firms. Nobody in Maine piecing together a living as a farmer or a home-health aide has AIPAC first and foremost on their mind.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Waiting for the Benevolent Vision. </strong>What the half-year lacks, from Washington to Westminster, is what Jesse Jackson had even for his critics: a benevolent vision. Masciotra finds it today in Bryan Stevenson and the civil rights tradition he calls the moral center of American politics, and in Senator Raphael Warnock, who preaches from King's old church. His policy candidate for the next Clinton-or-Obama moment is a self-employment manifesto — politics for the millions piecing together gig work who appear in nobody's rhetoric, not the manufacturing nostalgia of the right nor the union nostalgia of the left. And on AI, he sees an opening: oppose the secretly-dealt data centers, as presidential hopeful J.B. Pritzker has, but harness the technology for the precariat rather than the moguls.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://davidmasciotra.com/">David Masciotra</a> is a cultural critic, journalist, and lecturer. He is the author of six books, including <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/740832/exurbia-now-by-david-masciotra/"><em>Exurbia Now: The Battleground of American Democracy</em></a> (Melville House, 2024) and <em>I Am Somebody: Why Jesse Jackson Matters</em> (Bloomsbury, 2020), drawn from his many years working alongside the late Reverend Jackson. His writing appears in <em>UnHerd</em>, <em>The New Republic</em>, <em>Washington Monthly</em>, <em>The Progressive</em>, and the <em>Los Angeles Review of Books</em>, and he teaches literature and political science in Indiana. He is a longtime friend of the show.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/740832/exurbia-now-by-david-masciotra/"><em>Exurbia Now: The Battleground of American Democracy</em></a> by David Masciotra (Melville House, 2024). <em>Booklist</em>, starred review: “Insight and a fresh perspective on the culture wars.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>I Am Somebody: Why Jesse Jackson Matters</em> (Bloomsbury, 2020) — Masciotra's biography of the Reverend, discussed here for Jackson's decades of recompense after the 1984 Hymietown remark.</p><p> </p><p>•       Zygmunt Bauman — the Polish sociologist of liquid modernity, quoted in <em>Exurbia Now</em>, whose move from solidity to liquidity frames the episode's diagnosis of nostalgia.</p><p> </p><p>•       Antonio Gramsci — the Prison Notebooks passage on the interregnum, in both its translations: morbid symptoms and monsters.</p><p> </p><p>•       Masciotra's recent <em>UnHerd</em> essays — on why Democrats gave Graham Platner a free pass, on the party's luxury belief agenda, and on Stephen Colbert as the emblem of detached establishment liberalism.</p><p> </p><p>•       Bryan Stevenson — founder of the Equal Justice Initiative and the legacy sites memorializing slavery and lynching; the subject of Masciotra's forthcoming piece and, in his view, the closest thing 2026 has to a benevolent vision.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brin...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The leftist cultural critic <a href="https://davidmasciotra.com/">David Masciotra</a> isn’t happy with the state of America in the first half of 2026. His dislike of the MAGA crowd goes without saying. But his anger at the state of progressive politics is more noteworthy. So far, he says, 2026 has been — to borrow from Antonio Gramsci — a time for monsters both on the left and right. With its “Epstein class” vocabulary, knee-jerk Luddism and AIPAC litmus tests, the left, Masciotra argues, is mimicking MAGA in its paranoid bigotry.</p><p> </p><p>The year’s most disturbing story so far is Graham Platner, the erstwhile Maine Senate candidate who, Masciotra suggests, is either an idiot or a Nazi. Equally disturbing were the “progressives” who blindly defended Platner until the most recent rape accusations.</p><p> </p><p>So how to slay these monsters on the left? What’s missing, Masciotra argues, is the kind of positively benevolent Jacksonian (Jesse) vision which seizes the moral high ground of American politics. We are still waiting for the next Bill Clinton, Obama, or even Bernie able to imagine a new dawn for the left in America. Maybe we’ll see the early shoots of a more optimistic progressivism in the second half of the year. In the manner of a football (soccer) match, let’s hope 2026 turns out to be a year of two halves.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Old Gods Return. </strong>Masciotra's answer to the what-time-is-it question is that 2026 has seen the old gods stumble back onto the landscape: nationalism, male chauvinism, paranoia and conspiracism. Borrowing from Zygmunt Bauman, he argues that we have moved from a solid age to a liquid one, in which nothing feels stable — and instability inculcates a nostalgia that is usually irrational and ill-informed. People are reaching for the resurrection of manufacturing, the male-headed nuclear family, even a return to religion, with young Americans reportedly turning to Catholicism. Quality of life is objectively better than in our grandparents' era, and yet we live in an age of doom-scrolling and pessimism.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Epstein Class and the Left's New Litmus Tests. </strong>The criticism of Israeli conduct after October 7 has morphed, for many on the left, into an all-encompassing paranoia in which AIPAC, Zionists, and “the Epstein class” control everything. Graham Platner coupled those terms constantly in his stump speeches — antisemitic conspiracy-mongering 101, in Masciotra's phrase — and declaring Israel genocidal has become a litmus test in Democratic primaries from Maine to Denver to California. Masciotra, who saw Jesse Jackson spend decades atoning for Hymietown, calls this the most important story of 2026 to monitor: the collapse of parts of the progressive left into bigotry, misogyny tolerance, and purity tests.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Luxury Beliefs and Streamer Politics. </strong>Voter turnout used to be organized bottom-up — black churches, the NAACP, Jackson's Rainbow PUSH Coalition — around the issues of actual neighborhoods. Now streamers like Hasan Piker mobilize thousands of calls into districts they know nothing about, amplifying what Masciotra calls luxury beliefs: positions whose consequences never touch the people who hold them, from making every race about Israel to defunding police in neighborhoods the believers don't live in. Whether it's Piker on the left or Nick Fuentes on the right, national streamers will always champion luxury beliefs, because they lack the knowledge to champion local ones.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Working-Class Drag Doesn't Work. </strong>Platner looked like he had just changed a tire and talked like a pro wrestler cutting a promo on Susan Collins — and the polls showed Collins beating him even before he dropped out over credible accusations of rape and domestic violence. White working-class voters, Masciotra argues, are not looking for someone in the right costume with the right gravelly voice; they have real beliefs, and they respond to people who speak directly to their concerns rather than in the nomenclature of consultant firms. Nobody in Maine piecing together a living as a farmer or a home-health aide has AIPAC first and foremost on their mind.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Waiting for the Benevolent Vision. </strong>What the half-year lacks, from Washington to Westminster, is what Jesse Jackson had even for his critics: a benevolent vision. Masciotra finds it today in Bryan Stevenson and the civil rights tradition he calls the moral center of American politics, and in Senator Raphael Warnock, who preaches from King's old church. His policy candidate for the next Clinton-or-Obama moment is a self-employment manifesto — politics for the millions piecing together gig work who appear in nobody's rhetoric, not the manufacturing nostalgia of the right nor the union nostalgia of the left. And on AI, he sees an opening: oppose the secretly-dealt data centers, as presidential hopeful J.B. Pritzker has, but harness the technology for the precariat rather than the moguls.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://davidmasciotra.com/">David Masciotra</a> is a cultural critic, journalist, and lecturer. He is the author of six books, including <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/740832/exurbia-now-by-david-masciotra/"><em>Exurbia Now: The Battleground of American Democracy</em></a> (Melville House, 2024) and <em>I Am Somebody: Why Jesse Jackson Matters</em> (Bloomsbury, 2020), drawn from his many years working alongside the late Reverend Jackson. His writing appears in <em>UnHerd</em>, <em>The New Republic</em>, <em>Washington Monthly</em>, <em>The Progressive</em>, and the <em>Los Angeles Review of Books</em>, and he teaches literature and political science in Indiana. He is a longtime friend of the show.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/740832/exurbia-now-by-david-masciotra/"><em>Exurbia Now: The Battleground of American Democracy</em></a> by David Masciotra (Melville House, 2024). <em>Booklist</em>, starred review: “Insight and a fresh perspective on the culture wars.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>I Am Somebody: Why Jesse Jackson Matters</em> (Bloomsbury, 2020) — Masciotra's biography of the Reverend, discussed here for Jackson's decades of recompense after the 1984 Hymietown remark.</p><p> </p><p>•       Zygmunt Bauman — the Polish sociologist of liquid modernity, quoted in <em>Exurbia Now</em>, whose move from solidity to liquidity frames the episode's diagnosis of nostalgia.</p><p> </p><p>•       Antonio Gramsci — the Prison Notebooks passage on the interregnum, in both its translations: morbid symptoms and monsters.</p><p> </p><p>•       Masciotra's recent <em>UnHerd</em> essays — on why Democrats gave Graham Platner a free pass, on the party's luxury belief agenda, and on Stephen Colbert as the emblem of detached establishment liberalism.</p><p> </p><p>•       Bryan Stevenson — founder of the Equal Justice Initiative and the legacy sites memorializing slavery and lynching; the subject of Masciotra's forthcoming piece and, in his view, the closest thing 2026 has to a benevolent vision.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brin...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2026 06:29:01 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/41239491/2df0f836.mp3" length="48351406" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3433257" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/41239491/2df0f836.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6fAQ9kqr9bE">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/W4W6t1HcyNJtyZwtLZHsTSEHkb-Kq4ricaYLDlHVeNw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS84YzA5/MjEzN2Q2ZDJjMmQw/MmJiM2Y3YTNmMjU1/ZWUxNy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3019</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>The leftist cultural critic <a href="https://davidmasciotra.com/">David Masciotra</a> isn’t happy with the state of America in the first half of 2026. His dislike of the MAGA crowd goes without saying. But his anger at the state of progressive politics is more noteworthy. So far, he says, 2026 has been — to borrow from Antonio Gramsci — a time for monsters both on the left and right. With its “Epstein class” vocabulary, knee-jerk Luddism and AIPAC litmus tests, the left, Masciotra argues, is mimicking MAGA in its paranoid bigotry.</p><p> </p><p>The year’s most disturbing story so far is Graham Platner, the erstwhile Maine Senate candidate who, Masciotra suggests, is either an idiot or a Nazi. Equally disturbing were the “progressives” who blindly defended Platner until the most recent rape accusations.</p><p> </p><p>So how to slay these monsters on the left? What’s missing, Masciotra argues, is the kind of positively benevolent Jacksonian (Jesse) vision which seizes the moral high ground of American politics. We are still waiting for the next Bill Clinton, Obama, or even Bernie able to imagine a new dawn for the left in America. Maybe we’ll see the early shoots of a more optimistic progressivism in the second half of the year. In the manner of a football (soccer) match, let’s hope 2026 turns out to be a year of two halves.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Old Gods Return. </strong>Masciotra's answer to the what-time-is-it question is that 2026 has seen the old gods stumble back onto the landscape: nationalism, male chauvinism, paranoia and conspiracism. Borrowing from Zygmunt Bauman, he argues that we have moved from a solid age to a liquid one, in which nothing feels stable — and instability inculcates a nostalgia that is usually irrational and ill-informed. People are reaching for the resurrection of manufacturing, the male-headed nuclear family, even a return to religion, with young Americans reportedly turning to Catholicism. Quality of life is objectively better than in our grandparents' era, and yet we live in an age of doom-scrolling and pessimism.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Epstein Class and the Left's New Litmus Tests. </strong>The criticism of Israeli conduct after October 7 has morphed, for many on the left, into an all-encompassing paranoia in which AIPAC, Zionists, and “the Epstein class” control everything. Graham Platner coupled those terms constantly in his stump speeches — antisemitic conspiracy-mongering 101, in Masciotra's phrase — and declaring Israel genocidal has become a litmus test in Democratic primaries from Maine to Denver to California. Masciotra, who saw Jesse Jackson spend decades atoning for Hymietown, calls this the most important story of 2026 to monitor: the collapse of parts of the progressive left into bigotry, misogyny tolerance, and purity tests.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Luxury Beliefs and Streamer Politics. </strong>Voter turnout used to be organized bottom-up — black churches, the NAACP, Jackson's Rainbow PUSH Coalition — around the issues of actual neighborhoods. Now streamers like Hasan Piker mobilize thousands of calls into districts they know nothing about, amplifying what Masciotra calls luxury beliefs: positions whose consequences never touch the people who hold them, from making every race about Israel to defunding police in neighborhoods the believers don't live in. Whether it's Piker on the left or Nick Fuentes on the right, national streamers will always champion luxury beliefs, because they lack the knowledge to champion local ones.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Working-Class Drag Doesn't Work. </strong>Platner looked like he had just changed a tire and talked like a pro wrestler cutting a promo on Susan Collins — and the polls showed Collins beating him even before he dropped out over credible accusations of rape and domestic violence. White working-class voters, Masciotra argues, are not looking for someone in the right costume with the right gravelly voice; they have real beliefs, and they respond to people who speak directly to their concerns rather than in the nomenclature of consultant firms. Nobody in Maine piecing together a living as a farmer or a home-health aide has AIPAC first and foremost on their mind.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Waiting for the Benevolent Vision. </strong>What the half-year lacks, from Washington to Westminster, is what Jesse Jackson had even for his critics: a benevolent vision. Masciotra finds it today in Bryan Stevenson and the civil rights tradition he calls the moral center of American politics, and in Senator Raphael Warnock, who preaches from King's old church. His policy candidate for the next Clinton-or-Obama moment is a self-employment manifesto — politics for the millions piecing together gig work who appear in nobody's rhetoric, not the manufacturing nostalgia of the right nor the union nostalgia of the left. And on AI, he sees an opening: oppose the secretly-dealt data centers, as presidential hopeful J.B. Pritzker has, but harness the technology for the precariat rather than the moguls.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://davidmasciotra.com/">David Masciotra</a> is a cultural critic, journalist, and lecturer. He is the author of six books, including <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/740832/exurbia-now-by-david-masciotra/"><em>Exurbia Now: The Battleground of American Democracy</em></a> (Melville House, 2024) and <em>I Am Somebody: Why Jesse Jackson Matters</em> (Bloomsbury, 2020), drawn from his many years working alongside the late Reverend Jackson. His writing appears in <em>UnHerd</em>, <em>The New Republic</em>, <em>Washington Monthly</em>, <em>The Progressive</em>, and the <em>Los Angeles Review of Books</em>, and he teaches literature and political science in Indiana. He is a longtime friend of the show.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/740832/exurbia-now-by-david-masciotra/"><em>Exurbia Now: The Battleground of American Democracy</em></a> by David Masciotra (Melville House, 2024). <em>Booklist</em>, starred review: “Insight and a fresh perspective on the culture wars.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>I Am Somebody: Why Jesse Jackson Matters</em> (Bloomsbury, 2020) — Masciotra's biography of the Reverend, discussed here for Jackson's decades of recompense after the 1984 Hymietown remark.</p><p> </p><p>•       Zygmunt Bauman — the Polish sociologist of liquid modernity, quoted in <em>Exurbia Now</em>, whose move from solidity to liquidity frames the episode's diagnosis of nostalgia.</p><p> </p><p>•       Antonio Gramsci — the Prison Notebooks passage on the interregnum, in both its translations: morbid symptoms and monsters.</p><p> </p><p>•       Masciotra's recent <em>UnHerd</em> essays — on why Democrats gave Graham Platner a free pass, on the party's luxury belief agenda, and on Stephen Colbert as the emblem of detached establishment liberalism.</p><p> </p><p>•       Bryan Stevenson — founder of the Equal Justice Initiative and the legacy sites memorializing slavery and lynching; the subject of Masciotra's forthcoming piece and, in his view, the closest thing 2026 has to a benevolent vision.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brin...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/41239491/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ten Days That Didn’t Shake the World: Is it 1905 in AI Time?</title>
      <itunes:episode>2970</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2970</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Ten Days That Didn’t Shake the World: Is it 1905 in AI Time?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6df40bf1-af49-4d01-ab3c-3753ff511603</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Will 2026 be one of those grand historical years that change the world — like 1917, 1789 or 1968? Not according to <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a>, publisher of <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> newsletter and co-host of our weekly tech roundup. For Keith, the best historical analogy is 1905, the year of the first abortive Russian revolution. The year that didn’t change the world.</p><p> </p><p>Keith’s latest tech <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">newsletter</a> asks “What Time Is It?” His answer is that we have “multiple clocks” — micro and macro, short, medium, and long term to make sense of our current AI moment. This week, for example, OpenAI and Anthropic both shipped work-focused products, and most of the world hasn’t noticed. Thus his allusion to 1905. We are on the brink of massive change. But nothing is going to change. Not quite yet. Until everything does.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>It's 1905 in the AI Economy. </strong>Keith's answer to the what-time-is-it question is the failed Russian revolution — the moment when the variables of transformation were all in motion but nothing was yet visible, and which took seventy years to fully play out. AI's radical change is real, he argues, but it is being experienced by a small number of people and is not yet generalized through the economy. The evidence of the week: OpenAI and Anthropic both shipped work-focused products — and most of the world shrugged.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Socialist Temptation of Slippery Sam. </strong>The Wall Street Journal frames Altman's offer of 5% of OpenAI to Washington as socialism creeping into Silicon Valley. Keith — who hated the word even when he was a communist — says the term has been Americanized into meaninglessness: it now just means the capitalist state doing more. What Altman is actually proposing is capitalism's end game — a sovereign wealth fund holding equity in the companies everybody wants to fund, so that private wealth creation reaches the point where everyone can imagine benefiting from it. The precise opposite of British Leyland.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Multiple Clocks. </strong>Keith's framework sorts the week's flood of AI news into micro and macro issues running on short, medium, and long-term timelines. At the micro-short corner sits deployment friction: Microsoft and Amazon spending billions on forward-deployed engineers, and Apple suing OpenAI. In the middle, work adapts — the human as the driver of AI rather than AI imposed on humans. At the top sits Arvind Narayanan's idea of AI as a “normal technology,” which deflates hysteria without deflating importance: electricity was a normal technology too, and it still changed everything — just slower than its loudest advocates expected.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Abundance and Its Discontents. </strong>Matt Yglesias argues that saving capitalism requires radical land use reform, which reignites the show's longest-running argument. Keith's case: the Elizabeth Line and the congestion zone have redefined London, multiplying its effective land fifty-fold, and a house twenty minutes from the center can be had for a couple of hundred thousand pounds. Andrew's case: prices haven't fallen, London is more expensive than ever, and free is doing a lot of work as “a tendency, not an achievement.” The quarrel is adjourned until next week, with Keith cheerfully moonlighting as a real estate agent.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Two Americas — and the Small Stuff. </strong>Ivan Krastev tells Yascha Mounk that American exceptionalism ran roughly from 1850 to Vietnam and has been replaced by defensive preservation — MAGA as a reaction to decline rather than a vision. Noah Smith's version: America can't build a passenger train, yet its AI industry is upending the world. And against John Battelle's worry that digital life has lost the plot, Keith offers the week's best rejoinder to Ian Bogost's small stuff: go back in history, and no one had time for small things. What we are living through is creeping abundance. The week closes with farewells — to Psion founder David Potter, a week after Om Malik.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the founder and editor of the <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> tech newsletter, and Andrew’s weekly co-host. A British-born Silicon Valley entrepreneur and investor, he was a co-founder of TechCrunch and runs the Palo Alto–based venture firm SignalRank. He and Andrew have been arguing about technology — productively — every week for years.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith’s newsletter; this week’s edition asks what time it is in the AI economy and lays out the multiple clocks framework.</p><p> </p><p>•       The <em>Wall Street Journal</em> piece on the socialist temptation of Sam Altman, and Altman’s proposal that the US government hold 5% of OpenAI.</p><p> </p><p>•       Arvind Narayanan — the Princeton computer scientist whose framing of AI as a “normal technology” anchors the civilizational clock.</p><p> </p><p>•       Matt Yglesias — whose piece argues that saving capitalism requires radical land use reform.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ivan Krastev — the Bulgarian political theorist, interviewed in Yascha Mounk’s <em>Persuasion</em> on why America has lost faith in itself.</p><p> </p><p>•       Noah Smith and Paul Krugman — on the American age and the perennial Europe-versus-US economic comparison, respectively.</p><p> </p><p>•       John Battelle — the Web 2.0 pioneer asking whether we’ve lost the plot, quoting Ian Bogost in <em>Wired</em>.</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Small-Stuff/Ian-Bogost/9781668062630"><em>The Small Stuff: How to Lead a More Gratifying Life</em></a> by Ian Bogost (Simon &amp; Schuster) — the interview of the week on Keen On America.</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-New-Geography-of-Innovation/Mehran-Gul/9781982110536"><em>The New Geography of Innovation</em></a> by Mehran Gul (Avid Reader Press/Simon &amp; Schuster) — also on this week’s show, on America, China, and everyone else.</p><p> </p><p>•       David Potter — the founder of Psion, builder of the first handheld computer and later a governor of the Bank of England, who died this week and is Keith’s post of the week.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Will 2026 be one of those grand historical years that change the world — like 1917, 1789 or 1968? Not according to <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a>, publisher of <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> newsletter and co-host of our weekly tech roundup. For Keith, the best historical analogy is 1905, the year of the first abortive Russian revolution. The year that didn’t change the world.</p><p> </p><p>Keith’s latest tech <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">newsletter</a> asks “What Time Is It?” His answer is that we have “multiple clocks” — micro and macro, short, medium, and long term to make sense of our current AI moment. This week, for example, OpenAI and Anthropic both shipped work-focused products, and most of the world hasn’t noticed. Thus his allusion to 1905. We are on the brink of massive change. But nothing is going to change. Not quite yet. Until everything does.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>It's 1905 in the AI Economy. </strong>Keith's answer to the what-time-is-it question is the failed Russian revolution — the moment when the variables of transformation were all in motion but nothing was yet visible, and which took seventy years to fully play out. AI's radical change is real, he argues, but it is being experienced by a small number of people and is not yet generalized through the economy. The evidence of the week: OpenAI and Anthropic both shipped work-focused products — and most of the world shrugged.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Socialist Temptation of Slippery Sam. </strong>The Wall Street Journal frames Altman's offer of 5% of OpenAI to Washington as socialism creeping into Silicon Valley. Keith — who hated the word even when he was a communist — says the term has been Americanized into meaninglessness: it now just means the capitalist state doing more. What Altman is actually proposing is capitalism's end game — a sovereign wealth fund holding equity in the companies everybody wants to fund, so that private wealth creation reaches the point where everyone can imagine benefiting from it. The precise opposite of British Leyland.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Multiple Clocks. </strong>Keith's framework sorts the week's flood of AI news into micro and macro issues running on short, medium, and long-term timelines. At the micro-short corner sits deployment friction: Microsoft and Amazon spending billions on forward-deployed engineers, and Apple suing OpenAI. In the middle, work adapts — the human as the driver of AI rather than AI imposed on humans. At the top sits Arvind Narayanan's idea of AI as a “normal technology,” which deflates hysteria without deflating importance: electricity was a normal technology too, and it still changed everything — just slower than its loudest advocates expected.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Abundance and Its Discontents. </strong>Matt Yglesias argues that saving capitalism requires radical land use reform, which reignites the show's longest-running argument. Keith's case: the Elizabeth Line and the congestion zone have redefined London, multiplying its effective land fifty-fold, and a house twenty minutes from the center can be had for a couple of hundred thousand pounds. Andrew's case: prices haven't fallen, London is more expensive than ever, and free is doing a lot of work as “a tendency, not an achievement.” The quarrel is adjourned until next week, with Keith cheerfully moonlighting as a real estate agent.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Two Americas — and the Small Stuff. </strong>Ivan Krastev tells Yascha Mounk that American exceptionalism ran roughly from 1850 to Vietnam and has been replaced by defensive preservation — MAGA as a reaction to decline rather than a vision. Noah Smith's version: America can't build a passenger train, yet its AI industry is upending the world. And against John Battelle's worry that digital life has lost the plot, Keith offers the week's best rejoinder to Ian Bogost's small stuff: go back in history, and no one had time for small things. What we are living through is creeping abundance. The week closes with farewells — to Psion founder David Potter, a week after Om Malik.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the founder and editor of the <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> tech newsletter, and Andrew’s weekly co-host. A British-born Silicon Valley entrepreneur and investor, he was a co-founder of TechCrunch and runs the Palo Alto–based venture firm SignalRank. He and Andrew have been arguing about technology — productively — every week for years.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith’s newsletter; this week’s edition asks what time it is in the AI economy and lays out the multiple clocks framework.</p><p> </p><p>•       The <em>Wall Street Journal</em> piece on the socialist temptation of Sam Altman, and Altman’s proposal that the US government hold 5% of OpenAI.</p><p> </p><p>•       Arvind Narayanan — the Princeton computer scientist whose framing of AI as a “normal technology” anchors the civilizational clock.</p><p> </p><p>•       Matt Yglesias — whose piece argues that saving capitalism requires radical land use reform.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ivan Krastev — the Bulgarian political theorist, interviewed in Yascha Mounk’s <em>Persuasion</em> on why America has lost faith in itself.</p><p> </p><p>•       Noah Smith and Paul Krugman — on the American age and the perennial Europe-versus-US economic comparison, respectively.</p><p> </p><p>•       John Battelle — the Web 2.0 pioneer asking whether we’ve lost the plot, quoting Ian Bogost in <em>Wired</em>.</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Small-Stuff/Ian-Bogost/9781668062630"><em>The Small Stuff: How to Lead a More Gratifying Life</em></a> by Ian Bogost (Simon &amp; Schuster) — the interview of the week on Keen On America.</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-New-Geography-of-Innovation/Mehran-Gul/9781982110536"><em>The New Geography of Innovation</em></a> by Mehran Gul (Avid Reader Press/Simon &amp; Schuster) — also on this week’s show, on America, China, and everyone else.</p><p> </p><p>•       David Potter — the founder of Psion, builder of the first handheld computer and later a governor of the Bank of England, who died this week and is Keith’s post of the week.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 12 Jul 2026 06:46:02 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/cacd32ec/d8daad47.mp3" length="36952039" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3263315" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/cacd32ec/d8daad47.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s8z-N4c3c3k">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CO4MNgMAeyMQhLTgyvNC-cxRsus-mdYpGpd6UOrmru0/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85NjI0/NjU5NTg1NmI1YTM5/ZDdlYjA3YWE3NjZl/Nzk1My5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2307</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Will 2026 be one of those grand historical years that change the world — like 1917, 1789 or 1968? Not according to <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a>, publisher of <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> newsletter and co-host of our weekly tech roundup. For Keith, the best historical analogy is 1905, the year of the first abortive Russian revolution. The year that didn’t change the world.</p><p> </p><p>Keith’s latest tech <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">newsletter</a> asks “What Time Is It?” His answer is that we have “multiple clocks” — micro and macro, short, medium, and long term to make sense of our current AI moment. This week, for example, OpenAI and Anthropic both shipped work-focused products, and most of the world hasn’t noticed. Thus his allusion to 1905. We are on the brink of massive change. But nothing is going to change. Not quite yet. Until everything does.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>It's 1905 in the AI Economy. </strong>Keith's answer to the what-time-is-it question is the failed Russian revolution — the moment when the variables of transformation were all in motion but nothing was yet visible, and which took seventy years to fully play out. AI's radical change is real, he argues, but it is being experienced by a small number of people and is not yet generalized through the economy. The evidence of the week: OpenAI and Anthropic both shipped work-focused products — and most of the world shrugged.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Socialist Temptation of Slippery Sam. </strong>The Wall Street Journal frames Altman's offer of 5% of OpenAI to Washington as socialism creeping into Silicon Valley. Keith — who hated the word even when he was a communist — says the term has been Americanized into meaninglessness: it now just means the capitalist state doing more. What Altman is actually proposing is capitalism's end game — a sovereign wealth fund holding equity in the companies everybody wants to fund, so that private wealth creation reaches the point where everyone can imagine benefiting from it. The precise opposite of British Leyland.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Multiple Clocks. </strong>Keith's framework sorts the week's flood of AI news into micro and macro issues running on short, medium, and long-term timelines. At the micro-short corner sits deployment friction: Microsoft and Amazon spending billions on forward-deployed engineers, and Apple suing OpenAI. In the middle, work adapts — the human as the driver of AI rather than AI imposed on humans. At the top sits Arvind Narayanan's idea of AI as a “normal technology,” which deflates hysteria without deflating importance: electricity was a normal technology too, and it still changed everything — just slower than its loudest advocates expected.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Abundance and Its Discontents. </strong>Matt Yglesias argues that saving capitalism requires radical land use reform, which reignites the show's longest-running argument. Keith's case: the Elizabeth Line and the congestion zone have redefined London, multiplying its effective land fifty-fold, and a house twenty minutes from the center can be had for a couple of hundred thousand pounds. Andrew's case: prices haven't fallen, London is more expensive than ever, and free is doing a lot of work as “a tendency, not an achievement.” The quarrel is adjourned until next week, with Keith cheerfully moonlighting as a real estate agent.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Two Americas — and the Small Stuff. </strong>Ivan Krastev tells Yascha Mounk that American exceptionalism ran roughly from 1850 to Vietnam and has been replaced by defensive preservation — MAGA as a reaction to decline rather than a vision. Noah Smith's version: America can't build a passenger train, yet its AI industry is upending the world. And against John Battelle's worry that digital life has lost the plot, Keith offers the week's best rejoinder to Ian Bogost's small stuff: go back in history, and no one had time for small things. What we are living through is creeping abundance. The week closes with farewells — to Psion founder David Potter, a week after Om Malik.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/">Keith Teare</a> is the founder and editor of the <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> tech newsletter, and Andrew’s weekly co-host. A British-born Silicon Valley entrepreneur and investor, he was a co-founder of TechCrunch and runs the Palo Alto–based venture firm SignalRank. He and Andrew have been arguing about technology — productively — every week for years.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.thatwastheweek.com/"><em>That Was The Week</em></a> — Keith’s newsletter; this week’s edition asks what time it is in the AI economy and lays out the multiple clocks framework.</p><p> </p><p>•       The <em>Wall Street Journal</em> piece on the socialist temptation of Sam Altman, and Altman’s proposal that the US government hold 5% of OpenAI.</p><p> </p><p>•       Arvind Narayanan — the Princeton computer scientist whose framing of AI as a “normal technology” anchors the civilizational clock.</p><p> </p><p>•       Matt Yglesias — whose piece argues that saving capitalism requires radical land use reform.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ivan Krastev — the Bulgarian political theorist, interviewed in Yascha Mounk’s <em>Persuasion</em> on why America has lost faith in itself.</p><p> </p><p>•       Noah Smith and Paul Krugman — on the American age and the perennial Europe-versus-US economic comparison, respectively.</p><p> </p><p>•       John Battelle — the Web 2.0 pioneer asking whether we’ve lost the plot, quoting Ian Bogost in <em>Wired</em>.</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Small-Stuff/Ian-Bogost/9781668062630"><em>The Small Stuff: How to Lead a More Gratifying Life</em></a> by Ian Bogost (Simon &amp; Schuster) — the interview of the week on Keen On America.</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-New-Geography-of-Innovation/Mehran-Gul/9781982110536"><em>The New Geography of Innovation</em></a> by Mehran Gul (Avid Reader Press/Simon &amp; Schuster) — also on this week’s show, on America, China, and everyone else.</p><p> </p><p>•       David Potter — the founder of Psion, builder of the first handheld computer and later a governor of the Bank of England, who died this week and is Keith’s post of the week.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/cacd32ec/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From Istanbul With Love: Kaya Genç on How Turkey is Watching Trump's America</title>
      <itunes:episode>2969</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2969</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>From Istanbul With Love: Kaya Genç on How Turkey is Watching Trump's America</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ed8a2415-601a-455b-9e57-b60dcd7ab480</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Someone said, oh, you look like Steve Bannon, and I love you for that… No, I just shaved my hair and lost some pounds.” — Kaya Genç on Trumpism’s global fanbase</em></p><p> </p><p>The NATO circus rumbled into the Turkish capital of Ankara this week resembling more of a gun show than an alliance summit. Ringmaster Donald J. Trump promised Recep Tayyip Erdoğan the F-35s and lifted the very sanctions that Trump himself had imposed. Erdogan handed out pistols to the assembled leaders — with poor old Keir Starmer (no Winston Churchill) leaving his at the airport. And observing all these clowns from Istanbul was the Turkish novelist and essayist <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/how-we-see-it/">Kaya Genç</a>.</p><p> </p><p>As a contributor to the anthology <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/how-we-see-it/"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a>, Genç is a keen America watcher. He first set foot in the United States in January 2017, stumbling into New York City’s protests against Trump 1.0’s Muslim-ban. What seemed temporary — Trump as a bizarre historical aberration — looked to Erdogan-literate Kaya Genç like an operating manual for 21st century populist authoritarianism.</p><p> </p><p>Turkey, Genç argues, has spent a century Americanizing itself. First with the 20th century Marshall Plan, the highways, the Hilton hotels, and finally an American-style executive presidency operating on the politics of referendum. Now, he says, the whole world — from Turkey to France and Britain — is living with the consequences of 21st century Americanization.</p><p> </p><p>Like a more functional NATO, right-wing populists operate like an international alliance. Erdogan, Trump, Meloni, Le Pen and Farage are like a club in which projecting strength at summits buys impunity at home. And this club has a house style. Turkish right-wing columnists, Genç reports, deploy Michael Corleone on their X banners — exactly David Thomson’s warning <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/a-sudden-flicker-of-light">earlier</a> this week about Hollywood’s glorification of on-screen violence.</p><p> </p><p>So, in a way, America observers like Kaya Genç got a sneak preview of Trump’s America in movies like <em>The Godfather</em>. First as cinema, then as life. From both Turkey and Russia with love.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>NATO: The Club of the Mighty. </strong>The night before the summit, activists were rounded up in Ankara — LGBTQ rights defenders, labor unionists, journalists — as threats to NATO security. In Turkish civil society, Genç explains, NATO doesn’t represent the liberal world order; it represents the mighty, and has since the writers of the 1960s. The summit itself was a military passion show: jets overhead, revolvers gifted among the attendees, and a host country whose ruling politicians no longer hide that arms exports — including the drones Ukraine used so effectively — are now the mission of the Turkish economy.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump: A Star Among Right-Wing Voters Everywhere. </strong>In India, a chubbier, longer-haired Genç was once told: you look like Steve Bannon, and I love you for that. The Turkish media savaged Biden but forgives Trump everything — Netanyahu is the villain of the Turkish press, while Trump speaks the language. Not Turkish (though he tried a phrase): the language of the presidential system. The Turkish right’s America has always been selective — yes to the death penalty and gun ownership, no to labor rights, free expression, and the trans movement — an instinct as old as the poet Mehmet Akif Ersoy’s advice to copy Germany’s industriousness and leave out the decadence.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Living the Consequences of Americanization. </strong>Turkey began its republic in the 1920s on the European model — parliament, proportional voices for an ethnically diverse country. After the Marshall Plan, it re-forged itself on the American one: highways, Hilton hotels, burger joints, and eventually an American-style executive presidency, approved by referendum over the objections of people like Genç. That’s why Trump 1.0 read so differently in the two countries: in New York it looked like an exception to be fought off; in Ankara it looked like how American politics works — and something to imitate.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Populists Learn Like Large Language Models. </strong>Did Erdogan create the model, or is Trump teaching Erdogan? Neither, says Genç: it’s a dialogue — right-wing populism learning from itself the way AI learns from language models. The AKP ran a Gramscian culture war through the institutions; Meloni, Le Pen, and Farage apply the cosmetic soft brush that makes fascist-rooted politics presentable. Join the club, project strength at the summit, and whatever you do domestically stops mattering. Putin, notably, is not in the curriculum: Turkey is returning its S-400s to get the F-35s, and Russia is becoming a footnote.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Hologram and the Pushback. </strong>Ekrem Imamoglu — the Istanbul mayor Genç profiles in The Dial as the hologram candidate — won the city with socialist municipalism, and the skeptics who warned it would alienate the pious were simply wrong. Soft liberalism, the faith Genç himself held since the nineties, is disappearing; the pushback is finding its heroes in dead poets — Rosa Luxemburg, and Sevgi Soysal, whose novel Walking is out in English from New York Review Books. From Istanbul to Middle America, Mamdani to AOC, Genç’s advice to the left is the same: don’t fragment — conquer the big parties.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/how-we-see-it/">Kaya Genç</a> is a novelist and essayist from Istanbul. He is the author of <em>Under the Shadow: Rage and Revolution in Modern Turkey</em> and <em>The Lion and the Nightingale</em>, and his writing appears in <em>The Dial</em>, <em>The Guardian</em>, <em>Foreign Policy</em>, <em>Index on Censorship</em>, and <em>Jewish Quarterly</em>. He is a contributor to <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/how-we-see-it/"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a> (The New Press, June 2026), edited by The Dial’s Madeleine Schwartz.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/how-we-see-it/"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a>, edited by Madeleine Schwartz (The New Press, June 2026). <em>Publishers Weekly</em>: “A much-needed reality check.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Madeleine Schwartz — founder and editor-in-chief of The Dial, editor of the anthology, and a recent guest on the show.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Under the Shadow: Rage and Revolution in Modern Turkey</em> — Genç’s account of Turkey’s political generation, published just after the 2016 coup attempt.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ece Temelkuran — the Turkish writer and recent guest whose <em>How to Lose a Country</em> globalized the Turkish case as a warning to democracies everywhere.</p><p> </p><p>•       Sevgi Soysal — the Turkish novelist who died at 40, whose <em>Walking</em> — a portrait of Ankara slowly killing itself for profit — is out in English from New York Review Books, reviewed by Genç.</p><p> </p><p>•       David Thomson — the film critic and recent guest whose argument that Trumpism grew from Hollywood’s lov...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Someone said, oh, you look like Steve Bannon, and I love you for that… No, I just shaved my hair and lost some pounds.” — Kaya Genç on Trumpism’s global fanbase</em></p><p> </p><p>The NATO circus rumbled into the Turkish capital of Ankara this week resembling more of a gun show than an alliance summit. Ringmaster Donald J. Trump promised Recep Tayyip Erdoğan the F-35s and lifted the very sanctions that Trump himself had imposed. Erdogan handed out pistols to the assembled leaders — with poor old Keir Starmer (no Winston Churchill) leaving his at the airport. And observing all these clowns from Istanbul was the Turkish novelist and essayist <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/how-we-see-it/">Kaya Genç</a>.</p><p> </p><p>As a contributor to the anthology <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/how-we-see-it/"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a>, Genç is a keen America watcher. He first set foot in the United States in January 2017, stumbling into New York City’s protests against Trump 1.0’s Muslim-ban. What seemed temporary — Trump as a bizarre historical aberration — looked to Erdogan-literate Kaya Genç like an operating manual for 21st century populist authoritarianism.</p><p> </p><p>Turkey, Genç argues, has spent a century Americanizing itself. First with the 20th century Marshall Plan, the highways, the Hilton hotels, and finally an American-style executive presidency operating on the politics of referendum. Now, he says, the whole world — from Turkey to France and Britain — is living with the consequences of 21st century Americanization.</p><p> </p><p>Like a more functional NATO, right-wing populists operate like an international alliance. Erdogan, Trump, Meloni, Le Pen and Farage are like a club in which projecting strength at summits buys impunity at home. And this club has a house style. Turkish right-wing columnists, Genç reports, deploy Michael Corleone on their X banners — exactly David Thomson’s warning <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/a-sudden-flicker-of-light">earlier</a> this week about Hollywood’s glorification of on-screen violence.</p><p> </p><p>So, in a way, America observers like Kaya Genç got a sneak preview of Trump’s America in movies like <em>The Godfather</em>. First as cinema, then as life. From both Turkey and Russia with love.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>NATO: The Club of the Mighty. </strong>The night before the summit, activists were rounded up in Ankara — LGBTQ rights defenders, labor unionists, journalists — as threats to NATO security. In Turkish civil society, Genç explains, NATO doesn’t represent the liberal world order; it represents the mighty, and has since the writers of the 1960s. The summit itself was a military passion show: jets overhead, revolvers gifted among the attendees, and a host country whose ruling politicians no longer hide that arms exports — including the drones Ukraine used so effectively — are now the mission of the Turkish economy.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump: A Star Among Right-Wing Voters Everywhere. </strong>In India, a chubbier, longer-haired Genç was once told: you look like Steve Bannon, and I love you for that. The Turkish media savaged Biden but forgives Trump everything — Netanyahu is the villain of the Turkish press, while Trump speaks the language. Not Turkish (though he tried a phrase): the language of the presidential system. The Turkish right’s America has always been selective — yes to the death penalty and gun ownership, no to labor rights, free expression, and the trans movement — an instinct as old as the poet Mehmet Akif Ersoy’s advice to copy Germany’s industriousness and leave out the decadence.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Living the Consequences of Americanization. </strong>Turkey began its republic in the 1920s on the European model — parliament, proportional voices for an ethnically diverse country. After the Marshall Plan, it re-forged itself on the American one: highways, Hilton hotels, burger joints, and eventually an American-style executive presidency, approved by referendum over the objections of people like Genç. That’s why Trump 1.0 read so differently in the two countries: in New York it looked like an exception to be fought off; in Ankara it looked like how American politics works — and something to imitate.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Populists Learn Like Large Language Models. </strong>Did Erdogan create the model, or is Trump teaching Erdogan? Neither, says Genç: it’s a dialogue — right-wing populism learning from itself the way AI learns from language models. The AKP ran a Gramscian culture war through the institutions; Meloni, Le Pen, and Farage apply the cosmetic soft brush that makes fascist-rooted politics presentable. Join the club, project strength at the summit, and whatever you do domestically stops mattering. Putin, notably, is not in the curriculum: Turkey is returning its S-400s to get the F-35s, and Russia is becoming a footnote.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Hologram and the Pushback. </strong>Ekrem Imamoglu — the Istanbul mayor Genç profiles in The Dial as the hologram candidate — won the city with socialist municipalism, and the skeptics who warned it would alienate the pious were simply wrong. Soft liberalism, the faith Genç himself held since the nineties, is disappearing; the pushback is finding its heroes in dead poets — Rosa Luxemburg, and Sevgi Soysal, whose novel Walking is out in English from New York Review Books. From Istanbul to Middle America, Mamdani to AOC, Genç’s advice to the left is the same: don’t fragment — conquer the big parties.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/how-we-see-it/">Kaya Genç</a> is a novelist and essayist from Istanbul. He is the author of <em>Under the Shadow: Rage and Revolution in Modern Turkey</em> and <em>The Lion and the Nightingale</em>, and his writing appears in <em>The Dial</em>, <em>The Guardian</em>, <em>Foreign Policy</em>, <em>Index on Censorship</em>, and <em>Jewish Quarterly</em>. He is a contributor to <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/how-we-see-it/"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a> (The New Press, June 2026), edited by The Dial’s Madeleine Schwartz.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/how-we-see-it/"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a>, edited by Madeleine Schwartz (The New Press, June 2026). <em>Publishers Weekly</em>: “A much-needed reality check.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Madeleine Schwartz — founder and editor-in-chief of The Dial, editor of the anthology, and a recent guest on the show.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Under the Shadow: Rage and Revolution in Modern Turkey</em> — Genç’s account of Turkey’s political generation, published just after the 2016 coup attempt.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ece Temelkuran — the Turkish writer and recent guest whose <em>How to Lose a Country</em> globalized the Turkish case as a warning to democracies everywhere.</p><p> </p><p>•       Sevgi Soysal — the Turkish novelist who died at 40, whose <em>Walking</em> — a portrait of Ankara slowly killing itself for profit — is out in English from New York Review Books, reviewed by Genç.</p><p> </p><p>•       David Thomson — the film critic and recent guest whose argument that Trumpism grew from Hollywood’s lov...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 11 Jul 2026 07:01:40 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/e8cd504b/b534ec03.mp3" length="47400974" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3450208" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/e8cd504b/b534ec03.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZDCxBilgtVQ">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/XXLGu3Werg9cWS_dFdqc3E4pomybLUk49bqE5OGkesg/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hMTM0/YjJlY2UzMWFhZDky/OWJhOWYxZjM4NmE3/ZDY2OC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2960</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Someone said, oh, you look like Steve Bannon, and I love you for that… No, I just shaved my hair and lost some pounds.” — Kaya Genç on Trumpism’s global fanbase</em></p><p> </p><p>The NATO circus rumbled into the Turkish capital of Ankara this week resembling more of a gun show than an alliance summit. Ringmaster Donald J. Trump promised Recep Tayyip Erdoğan the F-35s and lifted the very sanctions that Trump himself had imposed. Erdogan handed out pistols to the assembled leaders — with poor old Keir Starmer (no Winston Churchill) leaving his at the airport. And observing all these clowns from Istanbul was the Turkish novelist and essayist <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/how-we-see-it/">Kaya Genç</a>.</p><p> </p><p>As a contributor to the anthology <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/how-we-see-it/"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a>, Genç is a keen America watcher. He first set foot in the United States in January 2017, stumbling into New York City’s protests against Trump 1.0’s Muslim-ban. What seemed temporary — Trump as a bizarre historical aberration — looked to Erdogan-literate Kaya Genç like an operating manual for 21st century populist authoritarianism.</p><p> </p><p>Turkey, Genç argues, has spent a century Americanizing itself. First with the 20th century Marshall Plan, the highways, the Hilton hotels, and finally an American-style executive presidency operating on the politics of referendum. Now, he says, the whole world — from Turkey to France and Britain — is living with the consequences of 21st century Americanization.</p><p> </p><p>Like a more functional NATO, right-wing populists operate like an international alliance. Erdogan, Trump, Meloni, Le Pen and Farage are like a club in which projecting strength at summits buys impunity at home. And this club has a house style. Turkish right-wing columnists, Genç reports, deploy Michael Corleone on their X banners — exactly David Thomson’s warning <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/a-sudden-flicker-of-light">earlier</a> this week about Hollywood’s glorification of on-screen violence.</p><p> </p><p>So, in a way, America observers like Kaya Genç got a sneak preview of Trump’s America in movies like <em>The Godfather</em>. First as cinema, then as life. From both Turkey and Russia with love.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>NATO: The Club of the Mighty. </strong>The night before the summit, activists were rounded up in Ankara — LGBTQ rights defenders, labor unionists, journalists — as threats to NATO security. In Turkish civil society, Genç explains, NATO doesn’t represent the liberal world order; it represents the mighty, and has since the writers of the 1960s. The summit itself was a military passion show: jets overhead, revolvers gifted among the attendees, and a host country whose ruling politicians no longer hide that arms exports — including the drones Ukraine used so effectively — are now the mission of the Turkish economy.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump: A Star Among Right-Wing Voters Everywhere. </strong>In India, a chubbier, longer-haired Genç was once told: you look like Steve Bannon, and I love you for that. The Turkish media savaged Biden but forgives Trump everything — Netanyahu is the villain of the Turkish press, while Trump speaks the language. Not Turkish (though he tried a phrase): the language of the presidential system. The Turkish right’s America has always been selective — yes to the death penalty and gun ownership, no to labor rights, free expression, and the trans movement — an instinct as old as the poet Mehmet Akif Ersoy’s advice to copy Germany’s industriousness and leave out the decadence.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Living the Consequences of Americanization. </strong>Turkey began its republic in the 1920s on the European model — parliament, proportional voices for an ethnically diverse country. After the Marshall Plan, it re-forged itself on the American one: highways, Hilton hotels, burger joints, and eventually an American-style executive presidency, approved by referendum over the objections of people like Genç. That’s why Trump 1.0 read so differently in the two countries: in New York it looked like an exception to be fought off; in Ankara it looked like how American politics works — and something to imitate.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Populists Learn Like Large Language Models. </strong>Did Erdogan create the model, or is Trump teaching Erdogan? Neither, says Genç: it’s a dialogue — right-wing populism learning from itself the way AI learns from language models. The AKP ran a Gramscian culture war through the institutions; Meloni, Le Pen, and Farage apply the cosmetic soft brush that makes fascist-rooted politics presentable. Join the club, project strength at the summit, and whatever you do domestically stops mattering. Putin, notably, is not in the curriculum: Turkey is returning its S-400s to get the F-35s, and Russia is becoming a footnote.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Hologram and the Pushback. </strong>Ekrem Imamoglu — the Istanbul mayor Genç profiles in The Dial as the hologram candidate — won the city with socialist municipalism, and the skeptics who warned it would alienate the pious were simply wrong. Soft liberalism, the faith Genç himself held since the nineties, is disappearing; the pushback is finding its heroes in dead poets — Rosa Luxemburg, and Sevgi Soysal, whose novel Walking is out in English from New York Review Books. From Istanbul to Middle America, Mamdani to AOC, Genç’s advice to the left is the same: don’t fragment — conquer the big parties.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/how-we-see-it/">Kaya Genç</a> is a novelist and essayist from Istanbul. He is the author of <em>Under the Shadow: Rage and Revolution in Modern Turkey</em> and <em>The Lion and the Nightingale</em>, and his writing appears in <em>The Dial</em>, <em>The Guardian</em>, <em>Foreign Policy</em>, <em>Index on Censorship</em>, and <em>Jewish Quarterly</em>. He is a contributor to <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/how-we-see-it/"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a> (The New Press, June 2026), edited by The Dial’s Madeleine Schwartz.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/how-we-see-it/"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a>, edited by Madeleine Schwartz (The New Press, June 2026). <em>Publishers Weekly</em>: “A much-needed reality check.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Madeleine Schwartz — founder and editor-in-chief of The Dial, editor of the anthology, and a recent guest on the show.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Under the Shadow: Rage and Revolution in Modern Turkey</em> — Genç’s account of Turkey’s political generation, published just after the 2016 coup attempt.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ece Temelkuran — the Turkish writer and recent guest whose <em>How to Lose a Country</em> globalized the Turkish case as a warning to democracies everywhere.</p><p> </p><p>•       Sevgi Soysal — the Turkish novelist who died at 40, whose <em>Walking</em> — a portrait of Ankara slowly killing itself for profit — is out in English from New York Review Books, reviewed by Genç.</p><p> </p><p>•       David Thomson — the film critic and recent guest whose argument that Trumpism grew from Hollywood’s lov...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/e8cd504b/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The End of the End of Geography: Mehran Gul on Why Innovation is Happening in America &amp; China — but Nowhere Else</title>
      <itunes:episode>2968</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2968</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The End of the End of Geography: Mehran Gul on Why Innovation is Happening in America &amp; China — but Nowhere Else</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0068faa1-cd71-4069-b483-c4a5830e00e5</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“A place that doesn’t have great philosophers will not have great technologists either.” — Mehran Gul on Europe’s inexplicable underperformance</em></p><p> </p><p>The digital revolution, we were promised, would mean the end of geography. From Beijing to Birmingham to Berlin to Barcelona, anyone could invent anything anywhere, and so the geography of innovation would no longer matter. But that’s not the way it has worked out. At least according to the Geneva-based innovation geographer <a href="https://mehrangul.com/">Mehran Gul</a>.</p><p> </p><p>Gul’s acclaimed <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-New-Geography-of-Innovation/Mehran-Gul/9781982110536"><em>The New Geography of Innovation</em></a> is a travelogue of innovation. But what he finds on his journey around the world in search of innovation is the end of the end of geography. Yes, Gul reports, there’s innovation in Beijing and in Birmingham (USA) — but not in Birmingham (England), Berlin or Barcelona. All the important invention is in China and the US. There simply isn’t much radical stuff going on anywhere else.</p><p> </p><p>Gul began his journey expecting to find ten or twelve countries able to innovate competitively with the United States and China. But what he discovered is either niche players or, in the case of South Korea, Israel, and India, just an extension of the US-centric system. Europe — as renters rather than owners of American technology — comes off worst. When PayPal went public, it minted 160 millionaires who went on to help build SpaceX, Tesla, LinkedIn and Palantir; when Skype exited at about the same value, it minted 11. And if you put London aside, the rest of the UK is now poorer per capita than Mississippi.</p><p> </p><p>And the AI boom has only compounded all this, with half of last year’s key research papers coming from China, 40% from America, and just 4% from Europe. So really the new geography of innovation is the old geography. Only with China replacing Europe as the only serious competitor to American innovation. Oh lord, oh lord. As a Mississippi bluesman might summarize Europe’s predicament.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Golden Shares: The Two Systems Are Converging. </strong>OpenAI offering Washington a 5% stake, the US government owning Intel — these are Chinese moves, and Gul argues the two models are becoming more alike than either admits. But he pushes back on the lazy version of the China story: its tech sector rose despite the state, not because of it. Jack Ma exiled to Japan, Didi hit with a billion in fines, entire sectors decapitated overnight in 2021 under the banner of common prosperity. In a country with no independent media and no opposition parties, the only rival to centralized power is the tech sector — and the party knows it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Two Countries — and Everyone Else. </strong>Gul started writing expecting to find ten or twelve countries punching at America’s level; the honest answer turned out to be two. Only China has broad-based competence across technologies and a genuinely competitive relationship with the US. The middle powers — South Korea, Israel, India — are extensions of the American system, not rivals to it. That finding surprised the author as much as anyone: it’s not the book he set out to write.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Europe: Renters, Not Owners. </strong>After the Fable 5 and Mythos bans, Europe woke up to being a renter of American technology — foundation models, NVIDIA GPUs, all of it. Its best companies keep leaving: DeepMind to Google, Arm to a New York listing, Hugging Face from Paris to Manhattan — while Volvo, Supercell, and KUKA sold to China. Gul’s diagnosis is institutional, not cultural: European employees own half as much of their startups as American ones, so there is no European PayPal mafia. His fixes: a European Nasdaq to replace 41 competing capital markets, and pension funds unleashed into venture capital.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Question Nobody Is Asking. </strong>Since 1990, America’s share of global GDP has held at 25% while China’s multiplied tenfold — the loser is Europe. The top ten American tech companies are worth $27 trillion, more than the GDP of every country on earth except America itself. Tech is not one industry among many; it is the foundation of all of them — the new cars came from Tesla, not GM. Gul’s message to the skeptical Spaniard enjoying long lunches: the last sixty years of American platform dominance skewed power across the Atlantic, and the next sixty will add China to the bill.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Rest of the Map: Anti Case Studies. </strong>Japan tops the freedom indexes, has the technical schools, and still never escaped the keiretsu — disproving Matt Ridley’s claim that innovation is simply the child of freedom. Taiwan’s relevance comes down to one company and Morris Chang’s missed promotion at Texas Instruments. Singapore is an inspiration, not a model — a one-party city-state that invoices NVIDIA’s chips and banks ASEAN’s venture capital. India underperforms while Indians excel — 56 notable American foundation models last year, 35 Chinese, barely one Indian. And Switzerland reminds us innovation isn’t only venture-backed: a train network running on renewables since the 1960s.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://mehrangul.com/">Mehran Gul</a> writes about technology and business. He is the winner of the <em>Financial Times</em>/McKinsey Bracken Bower Prize, from which <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-New-Geography-of-Innovation/Mehran-Gul/9781982110536"><em>The New Geography of Innovation</em></a> grew. He attended Yale as a Fulbright Scholar, Fox International Fellow, and Teaching Fellow, has been a Lead for the Digital Transformation of Industries at the World Economic Forum in Geneva, and served as an expert on entrepreneurship and industrial policy at the United Nations Industrial Development Organization in Vienna. Born in Pakistan, he lives in Switzerland. <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-New-Geography-of-Innovation/Mehran-Gul/9781982110536"><em>The New Geography of Innovation: The Global Contest for Breakthrough Technologies</em></a> (Avid Reader Press/Simon &amp; Schuster), a <em>Financial Times</em> Book of the Year, is his first book, out in paperback this month in the US and UK.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-New-Geography-of-Innovation/Mehran-Gul/9781982110536"><em>The New Geography of Innovation: The Global Contest for Breakthrough Technologies</em></a> by Mehran Gul (Avid Reader Press/Simon &amp; Schuster). <em>The Wall Street Journal</em>: “An ambitious tour of technological innovation.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Sebastian Mallaby — author of <em>The Power Law</em>, which argues China’s tech rise owes more to American-style risk capital arriving in Shanghai and Shenzhen than to the state; recently on the show discussing his biography of Demis Hassabis.</p><p> </p><p>•       Kai-Fu Lee — author of <em>AI Superpowers</em>, cited by Gul as the classic account of tech written through a Chinese lens.</p><p> </p><p>•       Matt Ridley — author of <em>How Innovation Works</em>, whose thesis that innovation is “the child of freedom and the parent of prosperity” Gul tests against the anti case study of Japan.</p><p> </p><p>•       Andrew Keen — author of <em>How t...</em></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“A place that doesn’t have great philosophers will not have great technologists either.” — Mehran Gul on Europe’s inexplicable underperformance</em></p><p> </p><p>The digital revolution, we were promised, would mean the end of geography. From Beijing to Birmingham to Berlin to Barcelona, anyone could invent anything anywhere, and so the geography of innovation would no longer matter. But that’s not the way it has worked out. At least according to the Geneva-based innovation geographer <a href="https://mehrangul.com/">Mehran Gul</a>.</p><p> </p><p>Gul’s acclaimed <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-New-Geography-of-Innovation/Mehran-Gul/9781982110536"><em>The New Geography of Innovation</em></a> is a travelogue of innovation. But what he finds on his journey around the world in search of innovation is the end of the end of geography. Yes, Gul reports, there’s innovation in Beijing and in Birmingham (USA) — but not in Birmingham (England), Berlin or Barcelona. All the important invention is in China and the US. There simply isn’t much radical stuff going on anywhere else.</p><p> </p><p>Gul began his journey expecting to find ten or twelve countries able to innovate competitively with the United States and China. But what he discovered is either niche players or, in the case of South Korea, Israel, and India, just an extension of the US-centric system. Europe — as renters rather than owners of American technology — comes off worst. When PayPal went public, it minted 160 millionaires who went on to help build SpaceX, Tesla, LinkedIn and Palantir; when Skype exited at about the same value, it minted 11. And if you put London aside, the rest of the UK is now poorer per capita than Mississippi.</p><p> </p><p>And the AI boom has only compounded all this, with half of last year’s key research papers coming from China, 40% from America, and just 4% from Europe. So really the new geography of innovation is the old geography. Only with China replacing Europe as the only serious competitor to American innovation. Oh lord, oh lord. As a Mississippi bluesman might summarize Europe’s predicament.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Golden Shares: The Two Systems Are Converging. </strong>OpenAI offering Washington a 5% stake, the US government owning Intel — these are Chinese moves, and Gul argues the two models are becoming more alike than either admits. But he pushes back on the lazy version of the China story: its tech sector rose despite the state, not because of it. Jack Ma exiled to Japan, Didi hit with a billion in fines, entire sectors decapitated overnight in 2021 under the banner of common prosperity. In a country with no independent media and no opposition parties, the only rival to centralized power is the tech sector — and the party knows it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Two Countries — and Everyone Else. </strong>Gul started writing expecting to find ten or twelve countries punching at America’s level; the honest answer turned out to be two. Only China has broad-based competence across technologies and a genuinely competitive relationship with the US. The middle powers — South Korea, Israel, India — are extensions of the American system, not rivals to it. That finding surprised the author as much as anyone: it’s not the book he set out to write.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Europe: Renters, Not Owners. </strong>After the Fable 5 and Mythos bans, Europe woke up to being a renter of American technology — foundation models, NVIDIA GPUs, all of it. Its best companies keep leaving: DeepMind to Google, Arm to a New York listing, Hugging Face from Paris to Manhattan — while Volvo, Supercell, and KUKA sold to China. Gul’s diagnosis is institutional, not cultural: European employees own half as much of their startups as American ones, so there is no European PayPal mafia. His fixes: a European Nasdaq to replace 41 competing capital markets, and pension funds unleashed into venture capital.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Question Nobody Is Asking. </strong>Since 1990, America’s share of global GDP has held at 25% while China’s multiplied tenfold — the loser is Europe. The top ten American tech companies are worth $27 trillion, more than the GDP of every country on earth except America itself. Tech is not one industry among many; it is the foundation of all of them — the new cars came from Tesla, not GM. Gul’s message to the skeptical Spaniard enjoying long lunches: the last sixty years of American platform dominance skewed power across the Atlantic, and the next sixty will add China to the bill.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Rest of the Map: Anti Case Studies. </strong>Japan tops the freedom indexes, has the technical schools, and still never escaped the keiretsu — disproving Matt Ridley’s claim that innovation is simply the child of freedom. Taiwan’s relevance comes down to one company and Morris Chang’s missed promotion at Texas Instruments. Singapore is an inspiration, not a model — a one-party city-state that invoices NVIDIA’s chips and banks ASEAN’s venture capital. India underperforms while Indians excel — 56 notable American foundation models last year, 35 Chinese, barely one Indian. And Switzerland reminds us innovation isn’t only venture-backed: a train network running on renewables since the 1960s.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://mehrangul.com/">Mehran Gul</a> writes about technology and business. He is the winner of the <em>Financial Times</em>/McKinsey Bracken Bower Prize, from which <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-New-Geography-of-Innovation/Mehran-Gul/9781982110536"><em>The New Geography of Innovation</em></a> grew. He attended Yale as a Fulbright Scholar, Fox International Fellow, and Teaching Fellow, has been a Lead for the Digital Transformation of Industries at the World Economic Forum in Geneva, and served as an expert on entrepreneurship and industrial policy at the United Nations Industrial Development Organization in Vienna. Born in Pakistan, he lives in Switzerland. <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-New-Geography-of-Innovation/Mehran-Gul/9781982110536"><em>The New Geography of Innovation: The Global Contest for Breakthrough Technologies</em></a> (Avid Reader Press/Simon &amp; Schuster), a <em>Financial Times</em> Book of the Year, is his first book, out in paperback this month in the US and UK.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-New-Geography-of-Innovation/Mehran-Gul/9781982110536"><em>The New Geography of Innovation: The Global Contest for Breakthrough Technologies</em></a> by Mehran Gul (Avid Reader Press/Simon &amp; Schuster). <em>The Wall Street Journal</em>: “An ambitious tour of technological innovation.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Sebastian Mallaby — author of <em>The Power Law</em>, which argues China’s tech rise owes more to American-style risk capital arriving in Shanghai and Shenzhen than to the state; recently on the show discussing his biography of Demis Hassabis.</p><p> </p><p>•       Kai-Fu Lee — author of <em>AI Superpowers</em>, cited by Gul as the classic account of tech written through a Chinese lens.</p><p> </p><p>•       Matt Ridley — author of <em>How Innovation Works</em>, whose thesis that innovation is “the child of freedom and the parent of prosperity” Gul tests against the anti case study of Japan.</p><p> </p><p>•       Andrew Keen — author of <em>How t...</em></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Jul 2026 06:45:06 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/74e4fc94/c254fd81.mp3" length="47342569" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3430480" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/74e4fc94/c254fd81.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=05kpaJGYxRg">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/bFReKUimTcUHZSQlmE5qeysIf2V_cB4E_DblapgnxeM/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iOWRl/OTNhZTNhNGQyZmMy/ZjJiOTYwNzliZTUy/NTg4OS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2955</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“A place that doesn’t have great philosophers will not have great technologists either.” — Mehran Gul on Europe’s inexplicable underperformance</em></p><p> </p><p>The digital revolution, we were promised, would mean the end of geography. From Beijing to Birmingham to Berlin to Barcelona, anyone could invent anything anywhere, and so the geography of innovation would no longer matter. But that’s not the way it has worked out. At least according to the Geneva-based innovation geographer <a href="https://mehrangul.com/">Mehran Gul</a>.</p><p> </p><p>Gul’s acclaimed <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-New-Geography-of-Innovation/Mehran-Gul/9781982110536"><em>The New Geography of Innovation</em></a> is a travelogue of innovation. But what he finds on his journey around the world in search of innovation is the end of the end of geography. Yes, Gul reports, there’s innovation in Beijing and in Birmingham (USA) — but not in Birmingham (England), Berlin or Barcelona. All the important invention is in China and the US. There simply isn’t much radical stuff going on anywhere else.</p><p> </p><p>Gul began his journey expecting to find ten or twelve countries able to innovate competitively with the United States and China. But what he discovered is either niche players or, in the case of South Korea, Israel, and India, just an extension of the US-centric system. Europe — as renters rather than owners of American technology — comes off worst. When PayPal went public, it minted 160 millionaires who went on to help build SpaceX, Tesla, LinkedIn and Palantir; when Skype exited at about the same value, it minted 11. And if you put London aside, the rest of the UK is now poorer per capita than Mississippi.</p><p> </p><p>And the AI boom has only compounded all this, with half of last year’s key research papers coming from China, 40% from America, and just 4% from Europe. So really the new geography of innovation is the old geography. Only with China replacing Europe as the only serious competitor to American innovation. Oh lord, oh lord. As a Mississippi bluesman might summarize Europe’s predicament.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Golden Shares: The Two Systems Are Converging. </strong>OpenAI offering Washington a 5% stake, the US government owning Intel — these are Chinese moves, and Gul argues the two models are becoming more alike than either admits. But he pushes back on the lazy version of the China story: its tech sector rose despite the state, not because of it. Jack Ma exiled to Japan, Didi hit with a billion in fines, entire sectors decapitated overnight in 2021 under the banner of common prosperity. In a country with no independent media and no opposition parties, the only rival to centralized power is the tech sector — and the party knows it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Two Countries — and Everyone Else. </strong>Gul started writing expecting to find ten or twelve countries punching at America’s level; the honest answer turned out to be two. Only China has broad-based competence across technologies and a genuinely competitive relationship with the US. The middle powers — South Korea, Israel, India — are extensions of the American system, not rivals to it. That finding surprised the author as much as anyone: it’s not the book he set out to write.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Europe: Renters, Not Owners. </strong>After the Fable 5 and Mythos bans, Europe woke up to being a renter of American technology — foundation models, NVIDIA GPUs, all of it. Its best companies keep leaving: DeepMind to Google, Arm to a New York listing, Hugging Face from Paris to Manhattan — while Volvo, Supercell, and KUKA sold to China. Gul’s diagnosis is institutional, not cultural: European employees own half as much of their startups as American ones, so there is no European PayPal mafia. His fixes: a European Nasdaq to replace 41 competing capital markets, and pension funds unleashed into venture capital.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Question Nobody Is Asking. </strong>Since 1990, America’s share of global GDP has held at 25% while China’s multiplied tenfold — the loser is Europe. The top ten American tech companies are worth $27 trillion, more than the GDP of every country on earth except America itself. Tech is not one industry among many; it is the foundation of all of them — the new cars came from Tesla, not GM. Gul’s message to the skeptical Spaniard enjoying long lunches: the last sixty years of American platform dominance skewed power across the Atlantic, and the next sixty will add China to the bill.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Rest of the Map: Anti Case Studies. </strong>Japan tops the freedom indexes, has the technical schools, and still never escaped the keiretsu — disproving Matt Ridley’s claim that innovation is simply the child of freedom. Taiwan’s relevance comes down to one company and Morris Chang’s missed promotion at Texas Instruments. Singapore is an inspiration, not a model — a one-party city-state that invoices NVIDIA’s chips and banks ASEAN’s venture capital. India underperforms while Indians excel — 56 notable American foundation models last year, 35 Chinese, barely one Indian. And Switzerland reminds us innovation isn’t only venture-backed: a train network running on renewables since the 1960s.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://mehrangul.com/">Mehran Gul</a> writes about technology and business. He is the winner of the <em>Financial Times</em>/McKinsey Bracken Bower Prize, from which <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-New-Geography-of-Innovation/Mehran-Gul/9781982110536"><em>The New Geography of Innovation</em></a> grew. He attended Yale as a Fulbright Scholar, Fox International Fellow, and Teaching Fellow, has been a Lead for the Digital Transformation of Industries at the World Economic Forum in Geneva, and served as an expert on entrepreneurship and industrial policy at the United Nations Industrial Development Organization in Vienna. Born in Pakistan, he lives in Switzerland. <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-New-Geography-of-Innovation/Mehran-Gul/9781982110536"><em>The New Geography of Innovation: The Global Contest for Breakthrough Technologies</em></a> (Avid Reader Press/Simon &amp; Schuster), a <em>Financial Times</em> Book of the Year, is his first book, out in paperback this month in the US and UK.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-New-Geography-of-Innovation/Mehran-Gul/9781982110536"><em>The New Geography of Innovation: The Global Contest for Breakthrough Technologies</em></a> by Mehran Gul (Avid Reader Press/Simon &amp; Schuster). <em>The Wall Street Journal</em>: “An ambitious tour of technological innovation.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Sebastian Mallaby — author of <em>The Power Law</em>, which argues China’s tech rise owes more to American-style risk capital arriving in Shanghai and Shenzhen than to the state; recently on the show discussing his biography of Demis Hassabis.</p><p> </p><p>•       Kai-Fu Lee — author of <em>AI Superpowers</em>, cited by Gul as the classic account of tech written through a Chinese lens.</p><p> </p><p>•       Matt Ridley — author of <em>How Innovation Works</em>, whose thesis that innovation is “the child of freedom and the parent of prosperity” Gul tests against the anti case study of Japan.</p><p> </p><p>•       Andrew Keen — author of <em>How t...</em></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/74e4fc94/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/74e4fc94/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Glory of Small Things: Ian Bogost on How To Be Enchanted by Diet Coke Cans &amp; Plane Tickets</title>
      <itunes:episode>2967</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2967</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Glory of Small Things: Ian Bogost on How To Be Enchanted by Diet Coke Cans &amp; Plane Tickets</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d7981aac-9591-4374-bbbb-c83152aa0c5f</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I crack the tab open, and I feel the cold metal… I hear the tink and give of the aluminum. And maybe when I’m done, I crush it into a small patty.” — Ian Bogost on the everyday enchantment of a Diet Coke can</em></p><p> </p><p>Don’t sweat the small stuff is one of the most persistent (and annoying) mantras of the self-help industry. But the counter-intuitive <em>Atlantic</em> columnist <a href="https://bogost.com/">Ian Bogost</a> advises the opposite. In his new book, <a href="https://smallstuffbook.com/"><em>The Small Stuff</em></a>, Bogost suggests that gratification lies in our appreciation of small stuff like the crinkle of empty Diet Coke cans and the foldability of plane tickets.</p><p> </p><p>Max Weber argued that disenchantment was the defining quality of modernity, but in <em>The Small Stuff</em>, Bogost maps a way back to it. What we need to get away from, he says, is “optimization” — metrics, feedback loops, money as a proxy for a place in heaven. Rather than the cult of delayed gratification, pick up that empty coke can and revel in its architectural glory. Or lick a tree. That’s how to be enchanted in postmodernity.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Sweat the Small Stuff. </strong>Bogost inverts three decades of self-help orthodoxy: the small stuff is precisely what we should be sweating. The crack of a Diet Coke tab, the cold metal warming in your hand, the can crushed into a patty before the recycling bin — these sensory encounters are not where deep purpose lives, and Bogost never claims they are. But they recur every day, sometimes several times a day, and accepting them as meaningful rather than as noise to get through delivers what he calls a surprising payload of engagement and enchantment. For some it’s Diet Coke; for others, woodworking, gardening, or the gear shift of a manual transmission.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Dematerialization: How We Lost the World. </strong>The book’s central diagnosis is what Bogost calls dematerialization — the slow disconnection from the physical world driven by convenience technologies. The QR code that replaced the concert ticket you might have pinned to a bulletin board. The automatic faucet you wave at awkwardly in the public restroom — which never works, and doesn’t even save water; it just makes buildings easier to manage. The process is decades old, hardly limited to computers, and it stripped the texture from everyday life so gradually that nobody noticed what was being given up.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>It’s Sensory, Not Physical — and Not Anti-Tech. </strong>This is not a go-touch-grass book. Bogost insists the small stuff is sensory rather than physical, and that smartphones are compelling precisely because they are delightful — the smooth glass that demands to be touched, the thunderstorm animation in the weather app. Everything is technology, including the clothes on your body and the language in your mouth. He gave his twelve-year-old a smartwatch rather than banning screens, because parenting means living in the same world as your kids — and kids must live a contemporary life to become the adults who invent the next one.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We Already Got Rid of God — So Meaning Had to Move. </strong>Pressed on Weber and the Protestant ethic, Bogost argues that secularization emptied out the place where meaning used to live — good works justified by an infinite time in heaven — and replaced it with happiness, purpose, and wealth as proxies. The result is a hyper-optimized, future-oriented culture in which everything worth doing is worth doing for some later payoff. Bogost admits he struggles with this himself: the health wearable he wears while writing a book against quantification. What he loves about his morning walk isn’t the step count. It’s the twigs crunching underfoot.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Quietism Charge — and the AI Twist. </strong>Isn’t this stoicism for the age of Trump, the same charge leveled at Heidegger’s silence before the Nazis? Bogost anticipates the critique: we are and must be both political creatures and creatures who live moment to moment in our bodies — he asks no one to abandon the fight, only to stop missing the life underneath it. And the timing is no accident. As AI takes over the big stuff, Bogost suspects it may push us back into the sensory world — he consults ChatGPT about fixing his range thermostat, then goes and fixes it with his hands.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Small-Stuff/Ian-Bogost/9781668062630">Ian Bogost</a> is a contributing writer at <em>The Atlantic</em> and the author of eleven books, including <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Small-Stuff/Ian-Bogost/9781668062630"><em>The Small Stuff</em></a> and <em>Play Anything</em>. He is the Barbara and David Thomas Distinguished Professor at Washington University in St. Louis, where he teaches computer science and engineering, film and media studies, and art and design. He is also an award-winning game designer whose work is held in collections including the Smithsonian American Art Museum. He is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Small-Stuff/Ian-Bogost/9781668062630"><em>The Small Stuff: How to Lead a More Gratifying Life</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, July 7, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Small-Stuff/Ian-Bogost/9781668062630"><em>The Small Stuff: How to Lead a More Gratifying Life</em></a> by Ian Bogost (Simon &amp; Schuster, July 7, 2026). <em>The New Yorker</em>: “Bogost’s joy is infectious.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Play Anything: The Pleasure of Limits, the Uses of Boredom, and the Secret of Games</em> (2016) — Bogost’s earlier book, the subject of his June 2020 appearance on the show.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Alien Phenomenology, or What It’s Like to Be a Thing</em> (2012) — Bogost’s “straight up philosophy book” where he first explored the idea of wonder.</p><p> </p><p>•       Max Weber — the German sociologist who identified disenchantment as the defining quality of modernity, and whose <em>The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism</em> frames the discussion of delayed gratification and the afterlife.</p><p> </p><p>•       Matthew Crawford — mutual friend of host and guest, author of <em>Shop Class as Soulcraft</em> and <em>The World Beyond Your Head</em>, earlier explorers of the same terrain.</p><p> </p><p>•       Martin Heidegger — the philosopher whose ideas of thrownness and being-in-the-world haunt the book, though his name never appears in it, and whose Nazi-era quietism frames the political critique.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p> </p><p><a></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I crack the tab open, and I feel the cold metal… I hear the tink and give of the aluminum. And maybe when I’m done, I crush it into a small patty.” — Ian Bogost on the everyday enchantment of a Diet Coke can</em></p><p> </p><p>Don’t sweat the small stuff is one of the most persistent (and annoying) mantras of the self-help industry. But the counter-intuitive <em>Atlantic</em> columnist <a href="https://bogost.com/">Ian Bogost</a> advises the opposite. In his new book, <a href="https://smallstuffbook.com/"><em>The Small Stuff</em></a>, Bogost suggests that gratification lies in our appreciation of small stuff like the crinkle of empty Diet Coke cans and the foldability of plane tickets.</p><p> </p><p>Max Weber argued that disenchantment was the defining quality of modernity, but in <em>The Small Stuff</em>, Bogost maps a way back to it. What we need to get away from, he says, is “optimization” — metrics, feedback loops, money as a proxy for a place in heaven. Rather than the cult of delayed gratification, pick up that empty coke can and revel in its architectural glory. Or lick a tree. That’s how to be enchanted in postmodernity.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Sweat the Small Stuff. </strong>Bogost inverts three decades of self-help orthodoxy: the small stuff is precisely what we should be sweating. The crack of a Diet Coke tab, the cold metal warming in your hand, the can crushed into a patty before the recycling bin — these sensory encounters are not where deep purpose lives, and Bogost never claims they are. But they recur every day, sometimes several times a day, and accepting them as meaningful rather than as noise to get through delivers what he calls a surprising payload of engagement and enchantment. For some it’s Diet Coke; for others, woodworking, gardening, or the gear shift of a manual transmission.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Dematerialization: How We Lost the World. </strong>The book’s central diagnosis is what Bogost calls dematerialization — the slow disconnection from the physical world driven by convenience technologies. The QR code that replaced the concert ticket you might have pinned to a bulletin board. The automatic faucet you wave at awkwardly in the public restroom — which never works, and doesn’t even save water; it just makes buildings easier to manage. The process is decades old, hardly limited to computers, and it stripped the texture from everyday life so gradually that nobody noticed what was being given up.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>It’s Sensory, Not Physical — and Not Anti-Tech. </strong>This is not a go-touch-grass book. Bogost insists the small stuff is sensory rather than physical, and that smartphones are compelling precisely because they are delightful — the smooth glass that demands to be touched, the thunderstorm animation in the weather app. Everything is technology, including the clothes on your body and the language in your mouth. He gave his twelve-year-old a smartwatch rather than banning screens, because parenting means living in the same world as your kids — and kids must live a contemporary life to become the adults who invent the next one.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We Already Got Rid of God — So Meaning Had to Move. </strong>Pressed on Weber and the Protestant ethic, Bogost argues that secularization emptied out the place where meaning used to live — good works justified by an infinite time in heaven — and replaced it with happiness, purpose, and wealth as proxies. The result is a hyper-optimized, future-oriented culture in which everything worth doing is worth doing for some later payoff. Bogost admits he struggles with this himself: the health wearable he wears while writing a book against quantification. What he loves about his morning walk isn’t the step count. It’s the twigs crunching underfoot.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Quietism Charge — and the AI Twist. </strong>Isn’t this stoicism for the age of Trump, the same charge leveled at Heidegger’s silence before the Nazis? Bogost anticipates the critique: we are and must be both political creatures and creatures who live moment to moment in our bodies — he asks no one to abandon the fight, only to stop missing the life underneath it. And the timing is no accident. As AI takes over the big stuff, Bogost suspects it may push us back into the sensory world — he consults ChatGPT about fixing his range thermostat, then goes and fixes it with his hands.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Small-Stuff/Ian-Bogost/9781668062630">Ian Bogost</a> is a contributing writer at <em>The Atlantic</em> and the author of eleven books, including <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Small-Stuff/Ian-Bogost/9781668062630"><em>The Small Stuff</em></a> and <em>Play Anything</em>. He is the Barbara and David Thomas Distinguished Professor at Washington University in St. Louis, where he teaches computer science and engineering, film and media studies, and art and design. He is also an award-winning game designer whose work is held in collections including the Smithsonian American Art Museum. He is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Small-Stuff/Ian-Bogost/9781668062630"><em>The Small Stuff: How to Lead a More Gratifying Life</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, July 7, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Small-Stuff/Ian-Bogost/9781668062630"><em>The Small Stuff: How to Lead a More Gratifying Life</em></a> by Ian Bogost (Simon &amp; Schuster, July 7, 2026). <em>The New Yorker</em>: “Bogost’s joy is infectious.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Play Anything: The Pleasure of Limits, the Uses of Boredom, and the Secret of Games</em> (2016) — Bogost’s earlier book, the subject of his June 2020 appearance on the show.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Alien Phenomenology, or What It’s Like to Be a Thing</em> (2012) — Bogost’s “straight up philosophy book” where he first explored the idea of wonder.</p><p> </p><p>•       Max Weber — the German sociologist who identified disenchantment as the defining quality of modernity, and whose <em>The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism</em> frames the discussion of delayed gratification and the afterlife.</p><p> </p><p>•       Matthew Crawford — mutual friend of host and guest, author of <em>Shop Class as Soulcraft</em> and <em>The World Beyond Your Head</em>, earlier explorers of the same terrain.</p><p> </p><p>•       Martin Heidegger — the philosopher whose ideas of thrownness and being-in-the-world haunt the book, though his name never appears in it, and whose Nazi-era quietism frames the political critique.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p> </p><p><a></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Jul 2026 07:28:25 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/b8a99311/458c8c5e.mp3" length="40389996" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3463944" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/b8a99311/458c8c5e.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q98YnUNVdFs">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/YO0Yf1yyAgOpS8wqVpstv2ZU3-OE1LJwh5wColZ59W0/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8zMjU2/NjZlNmZlOTQxOGMx/ODI2ZWE1MTlmNGYy/OWQ1Yy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2523</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I crack the tab open, and I feel the cold metal… I hear the tink and give of the aluminum. And maybe when I’m done, I crush it into a small patty.” — Ian Bogost on the everyday enchantment of a Diet Coke can</em></p><p> </p><p>Don’t sweat the small stuff is one of the most persistent (and annoying) mantras of the self-help industry. But the counter-intuitive <em>Atlantic</em> columnist <a href="https://bogost.com/">Ian Bogost</a> advises the opposite. In his new book, <a href="https://smallstuffbook.com/"><em>The Small Stuff</em></a>, Bogost suggests that gratification lies in our appreciation of small stuff like the crinkle of empty Diet Coke cans and the foldability of plane tickets.</p><p> </p><p>Max Weber argued that disenchantment was the defining quality of modernity, but in <em>The Small Stuff</em>, Bogost maps a way back to it. What we need to get away from, he says, is “optimization” — metrics, feedback loops, money as a proxy for a place in heaven. Rather than the cult of delayed gratification, pick up that empty coke can and revel in its architectural glory. Or lick a tree. That’s how to be enchanted in postmodernity.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Sweat the Small Stuff. </strong>Bogost inverts three decades of self-help orthodoxy: the small stuff is precisely what we should be sweating. The crack of a Diet Coke tab, the cold metal warming in your hand, the can crushed into a patty before the recycling bin — these sensory encounters are not where deep purpose lives, and Bogost never claims they are. But they recur every day, sometimes several times a day, and accepting them as meaningful rather than as noise to get through delivers what he calls a surprising payload of engagement and enchantment. For some it’s Diet Coke; for others, woodworking, gardening, or the gear shift of a manual transmission.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Dematerialization: How We Lost the World. </strong>The book’s central diagnosis is what Bogost calls dematerialization — the slow disconnection from the physical world driven by convenience technologies. The QR code that replaced the concert ticket you might have pinned to a bulletin board. The automatic faucet you wave at awkwardly in the public restroom — which never works, and doesn’t even save water; it just makes buildings easier to manage. The process is decades old, hardly limited to computers, and it stripped the texture from everyday life so gradually that nobody noticed what was being given up.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>It’s Sensory, Not Physical — and Not Anti-Tech. </strong>This is not a go-touch-grass book. Bogost insists the small stuff is sensory rather than physical, and that smartphones are compelling precisely because they are delightful — the smooth glass that demands to be touched, the thunderstorm animation in the weather app. Everything is technology, including the clothes on your body and the language in your mouth. He gave his twelve-year-old a smartwatch rather than banning screens, because parenting means living in the same world as your kids — and kids must live a contemporary life to become the adults who invent the next one.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We Already Got Rid of God — So Meaning Had to Move. </strong>Pressed on Weber and the Protestant ethic, Bogost argues that secularization emptied out the place where meaning used to live — good works justified by an infinite time in heaven — and replaced it with happiness, purpose, and wealth as proxies. The result is a hyper-optimized, future-oriented culture in which everything worth doing is worth doing for some later payoff. Bogost admits he struggles with this himself: the health wearable he wears while writing a book against quantification. What he loves about his morning walk isn’t the step count. It’s the twigs crunching underfoot.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Quietism Charge — and the AI Twist. </strong>Isn’t this stoicism for the age of Trump, the same charge leveled at Heidegger’s silence before the Nazis? Bogost anticipates the critique: we are and must be both political creatures and creatures who live moment to moment in our bodies — he asks no one to abandon the fight, only to stop missing the life underneath it. And the timing is no accident. As AI takes over the big stuff, Bogost suspects it may push us back into the sensory world — he consults ChatGPT about fixing his range thermostat, then goes and fixes it with his hands.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Small-Stuff/Ian-Bogost/9781668062630">Ian Bogost</a> is a contributing writer at <em>The Atlantic</em> and the author of eleven books, including <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Small-Stuff/Ian-Bogost/9781668062630"><em>The Small Stuff</em></a> and <em>Play Anything</em>. He is the Barbara and David Thomas Distinguished Professor at Washington University in St. Louis, where he teaches computer science and engineering, film and media studies, and art and design. He is also an award-winning game designer whose work is held in collections including the Smithsonian American Art Museum. He is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Small-Stuff/Ian-Bogost/9781668062630"><em>The Small Stuff: How to Lead a More Gratifying Life</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, July 7, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/The-Small-Stuff/Ian-Bogost/9781668062630"><em>The Small Stuff: How to Lead a More Gratifying Life</em></a> by Ian Bogost (Simon &amp; Schuster, July 7, 2026). <em>The New Yorker</em>: “Bogost’s joy is infectious.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Play Anything: The Pleasure of Limits, the Uses of Boredom, and the Secret of Games</em> (2016) — Bogost’s earlier book, the subject of his June 2020 appearance on the show.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Alien Phenomenology, or What It’s Like to Be a Thing</em> (2012) — Bogost’s “straight up philosophy book” where he first explored the idea of wonder.</p><p> </p><p>•       Max Weber — the German sociologist who identified disenchantment as the defining quality of modernity, and whose <em>The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism</em> frames the discussion of delayed gratification and the afterlife.</p><p> </p><p>•       Matthew Crawford — mutual friend of host and guest, author of <em>Shop Class as Soulcraft</em> and <em>The World Beyond Your Head</em>, earlier explorers of the same terrain.</p><p> </p><p>•       Martin Heidegger — the philosopher whose ideas of thrownness and being-in-the-world haunt the book, though his name never appears in it, and whose Nazi-era quietism frames the political critique.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p> </p><p><a></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b8a99311/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How the Democrats Screwed Bernie: Tad Devine on the 2016 Campaign, the Rigged Economy, and What’s at Stake in 2028</title>
      <itunes:episode>2966</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2966</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How the Democrats Screwed Bernie: Tad Devine on the 2016 Campaign, the Rigged Economy, and What’s at Stake in 2028</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8ed8a667-b921-4c72-b040-17da98012202</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“America has a rigged economy held in place by a corrupt system of campaign finance.” — the message Tad Devine and Ben Tulchin developed for Bernie Sanders, which tested highest in Iowa and New Hampshire in 2015</em></p><p> </p><p><em>How the Democrats Screwed Bernie</em>. It could have been coined by Donald Trump. That was <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-the-Democrats-Screwed-Bernie/Tad-Devine/9781668232286">Tad Devine</a>’s first objection when his editor floated it. But as Devine, Bernie Sanders’ chief strategist on his 2016 Presidential campaign, worked on the book about the 2016 campaign, he realised it most accurately expressed how he felt about what actually happened. And so the new tell-all — the inside account of the historic Sanders campaign — is, indeed, entitled <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-the-Democrats-Screwed-Bernie/Tad-Devine/9781668232286"><em>How the Democrats Screwed Bernie</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p>Devine was never an outsider. He worked on Al Gore’s 2000 and John Kerry’s 2004 presidential campaigns. He first met Bernie Sanders in 1996, when Peter DeFazio — the Oregon congressman for whom Devine and his partner Mike Donilon had just run a near-miraculous campaign — suggested they meet. Sanders had almost lost his House seat in 1994. Devine’s campaign won it back by 26 points. Ten years later, Devine ran Sanders’ successful Senate campaign against a free-spending billionaire. They won by 30 points. Devine schooled Bernie in the insider-politics of the Democratic party. But he didn’t transform him into an insider. Bernie was and is always Bernie. The consummate outsider.</p><p> </p><p>So how, exactly, did the Dems screw Bernie? According to Devine, it was a coordinated campaign by the Clinton Machine, the DNC, and a network of Super PACs to stop a wildly popular outsider through dark money, dirty tricks, and deliberately structured primary rules. The unHillary candidate who, Devine argues, may well have been the people’s choice — and could have beaten Donald Trump in November 2016.</p><p> </p><p>But Bernie’s real legacy, Devine insists, is not what was done to him. It’s his campaign message. “America has a rigged economy held in place by a corrupt system of campaign finance.” That outsider language — which Devine developed with pollster Ben Tulchin — captures how America is screwing itself. The consummate insider Trump stole Bernie’s language. And if the Democrats want to screw the MAGA crowd in 2028, they need to seize back this outsider message.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Title That Sounded Like Trump: </strong>Devine’s first reaction when his Simon &amp; Schuster editor proposed the title: I don’t want to be anything like Trump. But as he worked through the process of writing the book, he came to see that the title most accurately expressed how he felt about what happened in 2016. The Democratic establishment — the Clinton Machine, the DNC, the network of Super PACs and media allies — used dark money, dirty tricks, opposition research, and deliberately structured primary rules to stop a wildly popular outsider candidate. A candidate who, the book argues, may well have been the people’s choice and may well have defeated Donald Trump.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>How Devine Met Bernie: 1996, Peter DeFazio, and 26 Points: </strong>Devine was already a Democratic establishment figure when Peter DeFazio — a progressive Oregon congressman — introduced him to Sanders in early 1996. Sanders had almost lost his House seat in 1994; Devine’s firm came in a month before the 1996 election and reversed the trajectory. Sanders won by 26 points. Ten years later, Devine ran Sanders’ Senate campaign against a billionaire who spent the equivalent of $350 million in California, and they won by 30 points. A bond of trust formed between the establishment consultant and the independent socialist, though it was a relationship in which the label-defying aspect went both ways: Bernie, you’re a United States senator, Devine told him. That is the establishment.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Rigged Economy Message: What Bernie Actually Contributed: </strong>The most important moment in the 2016 campaign was not a debate or a rally. It was a polling session in 2015 in which Devine and pollster Ben Tulchin combined two separate arguments — a rigged economy and a corrupt system of campaign finance — into a single sentence: “America has a rigged economy held in place by a corrupt system of campaign finance.” It tested as the highest message in Iowa and New Hampshire. That, Devine argues, is Bernie’s real legacy: the identification of the structural problem. Until that problem is fixed — until the campaign finance system that rigs the economy is reformed — the economy will continue to crush the middle class and make it impossible for people to afford groceries, gas, and healthcare.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Real Populist vs the Phony One: </strong>Trump saw the same diagnosis Bernie had identified and grabbed it — infusing it with his xenophobia, racism, pathological lying, and contempt for democratic norms. The populist message was the same; the bundle around it was entirely different. Bernie represents a belief that government has a role in serving people. Trump represents a belief that government should serve rich people and punish everyone else, wrapped in the language of the working class. That, Devine argues, is the distinction that matters for 2028. The fight is not between left and right. It is between the real and the phony.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AOC, Ro Khanna, and the 2028 Democratic Race: </strong>Bernie won’t run in 2028. But Devine is certain that one or more Bernie-style candidates will. AOC and Ro Khanna are the most obvious — both have toured with Bernie, both share his core principles, both are committed to Medicare for All. But Devine adds: at this point in the calendar going into 2006, Barack Obama was a state senator from Illinois. The candidate who actually wins the 2028 nomination may not yet be on the radar. What is on the radar: a Democratic base that is desperate for new leadership and a new direction. And a president, Trump, who Devine believes is capable of doing anything to hold power, including worse than January 6. The only way to stop him is to beat him in elections.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-the-Democrats-Screwed-Bernie/Tad-Devine/9781668232286">Tad Devine</a> is a Democratic political strategist with over thirty years of campaign experience. He served as chief strategist for Bernie Sanders’ 2016 presidential campaign and as a senior adviser in Al Gore’s 2000 and John Kerry’s 2004 presidential campaigns. He has held academic positions at Boston University, the Harvard Kennedy School, and George Washington University. He is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-the-Democrats-Screwed-Bernie/Tad-Devine/9781668232286"><em>How the Democrats Screwed Bernie</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, July 7, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-the-Democrats-Screwed-Bernie/Tad-Devine/9781668232286"><em>How the Democrats Screwed Bernie</em></a> by Tad Devine (Simon &amp; Schuster, July 7, 2026). <em>Publishers Weekly</em>: “An enraging account… a keen cautionary tale.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Mike Donilon — Devine’s former partner; later became Joe Biden’s top strategist in the White House.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“America has a rigged economy held in place by a corrupt system of campaign finance.” — the message Tad Devine and Ben Tulchin developed for Bernie Sanders, which tested highest in Iowa and New Hampshire in 2015</em></p><p> </p><p><em>How the Democrats Screwed Bernie</em>. It could have been coined by Donald Trump. That was <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-the-Democrats-Screwed-Bernie/Tad-Devine/9781668232286">Tad Devine</a>’s first objection when his editor floated it. But as Devine, Bernie Sanders’ chief strategist on his 2016 Presidential campaign, worked on the book about the 2016 campaign, he realised it most accurately expressed how he felt about what actually happened. And so the new tell-all — the inside account of the historic Sanders campaign — is, indeed, entitled <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-the-Democrats-Screwed-Bernie/Tad-Devine/9781668232286"><em>How the Democrats Screwed Bernie</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p>Devine was never an outsider. He worked on Al Gore’s 2000 and John Kerry’s 2004 presidential campaigns. He first met Bernie Sanders in 1996, when Peter DeFazio — the Oregon congressman for whom Devine and his partner Mike Donilon had just run a near-miraculous campaign — suggested they meet. Sanders had almost lost his House seat in 1994. Devine’s campaign won it back by 26 points. Ten years later, Devine ran Sanders’ successful Senate campaign against a free-spending billionaire. They won by 30 points. Devine schooled Bernie in the insider-politics of the Democratic party. But he didn’t transform him into an insider. Bernie was and is always Bernie. The consummate outsider.</p><p> </p><p>So how, exactly, did the Dems screw Bernie? According to Devine, it was a coordinated campaign by the Clinton Machine, the DNC, and a network of Super PACs to stop a wildly popular outsider through dark money, dirty tricks, and deliberately structured primary rules. The unHillary candidate who, Devine argues, may well have been the people’s choice — and could have beaten Donald Trump in November 2016.</p><p> </p><p>But Bernie’s real legacy, Devine insists, is not what was done to him. It’s his campaign message. “America has a rigged economy held in place by a corrupt system of campaign finance.” That outsider language — which Devine developed with pollster Ben Tulchin — captures how America is screwing itself. The consummate insider Trump stole Bernie’s language. And if the Democrats want to screw the MAGA crowd in 2028, they need to seize back this outsider message.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Title That Sounded Like Trump: </strong>Devine’s first reaction when his Simon &amp; Schuster editor proposed the title: I don’t want to be anything like Trump. But as he worked through the process of writing the book, he came to see that the title most accurately expressed how he felt about what happened in 2016. The Democratic establishment — the Clinton Machine, the DNC, the network of Super PACs and media allies — used dark money, dirty tricks, opposition research, and deliberately structured primary rules to stop a wildly popular outsider candidate. A candidate who, the book argues, may well have been the people’s choice and may well have defeated Donald Trump.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>How Devine Met Bernie: 1996, Peter DeFazio, and 26 Points: </strong>Devine was already a Democratic establishment figure when Peter DeFazio — a progressive Oregon congressman — introduced him to Sanders in early 1996. Sanders had almost lost his House seat in 1994; Devine’s firm came in a month before the 1996 election and reversed the trajectory. Sanders won by 26 points. Ten years later, Devine ran Sanders’ Senate campaign against a billionaire who spent the equivalent of $350 million in California, and they won by 30 points. A bond of trust formed between the establishment consultant and the independent socialist, though it was a relationship in which the label-defying aspect went both ways: Bernie, you’re a United States senator, Devine told him. That is the establishment.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Rigged Economy Message: What Bernie Actually Contributed: </strong>The most important moment in the 2016 campaign was not a debate or a rally. It was a polling session in 2015 in which Devine and pollster Ben Tulchin combined two separate arguments — a rigged economy and a corrupt system of campaign finance — into a single sentence: “America has a rigged economy held in place by a corrupt system of campaign finance.” It tested as the highest message in Iowa and New Hampshire. That, Devine argues, is Bernie’s real legacy: the identification of the structural problem. Until that problem is fixed — until the campaign finance system that rigs the economy is reformed — the economy will continue to crush the middle class and make it impossible for people to afford groceries, gas, and healthcare.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Real Populist vs the Phony One: </strong>Trump saw the same diagnosis Bernie had identified and grabbed it — infusing it with his xenophobia, racism, pathological lying, and contempt for democratic norms. The populist message was the same; the bundle around it was entirely different. Bernie represents a belief that government has a role in serving people. Trump represents a belief that government should serve rich people and punish everyone else, wrapped in the language of the working class. That, Devine argues, is the distinction that matters for 2028. The fight is not between left and right. It is between the real and the phony.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AOC, Ro Khanna, and the 2028 Democratic Race: </strong>Bernie won’t run in 2028. But Devine is certain that one or more Bernie-style candidates will. AOC and Ro Khanna are the most obvious — both have toured with Bernie, both share his core principles, both are committed to Medicare for All. But Devine adds: at this point in the calendar going into 2006, Barack Obama was a state senator from Illinois. The candidate who actually wins the 2028 nomination may not yet be on the radar. What is on the radar: a Democratic base that is desperate for new leadership and a new direction. And a president, Trump, who Devine believes is capable of doing anything to hold power, including worse than January 6. The only way to stop him is to beat him in elections.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-the-Democrats-Screwed-Bernie/Tad-Devine/9781668232286">Tad Devine</a> is a Democratic political strategist with over thirty years of campaign experience. He served as chief strategist for Bernie Sanders’ 2016 presidential campaign and as a senior adviser in Al Gore’s 2000 and John Kerry’s 2004 presidential campaigns. He has held academic positions at Boston University, the Harvard Kennedy School, and George Washington University. He is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-the-Democrats-Screwed-Bernie/Tad-Devine/9781668232286"><em>How the Democrats Screwed Bernie</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, July 7, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-the-Democrats-Screwed-Bernie/Tad-Devine/9781668232286"><em>How the Democrats Screwed Bernie</em></a> by Tad Devine (Simon &amp; Schuster, July 7, 2026). <em>Publishers Weekly</em>: “An enraging account… a keen cautionary tale.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Mike Donilon — Devine’s former partner; later became Joe Biden’s top strategist in the White House.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Jul 2026 07:24:57 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/17b9280e/96dccfcd.mp3" length="43844917" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3468568" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/17b9280e/96dccfcd.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f6XqMMrzx3E">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/AAf9jhxc4Zk-ygL8A4sw4oH8ifFJB6MazemBr_yLtY8/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS84MTIx/YWIwM2M2ZTYxYjI4/NjQxNzc2ZDA2NjIx/ZWFiYi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2738</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“America has a rigged economy held in place by a corrupt system of campaign finance.” — the message Tad Devine and Ben Tulchin developed for Bernie Sanders, which tested highest in Iowa and New Hampshire in 2015</em></p><p> </p><p><em>How the Democrats Screwed Bernie</em>. It could have been coined by Donald Trump. That was <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-the-Democrats-Screwed-Bernie/Tad-Devine/9781668232286">Tad Devine</a>’s first objection when his editor floated it. But as Devine, Bernie Sanders’ chief strategist on his 2016 Presidential campaign, worked on the book about the 2016 campaign, he realised it most accurately expressed how he felt about what actually happened. And so the new tell-all — the inside account of the historic Sanders campaign — is, indeed, entitled <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-the-Democrats-Screwed-Bernie/Tad-Devine/9781668232286"><em>How the Democrats Screwed Bernie</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p>Devine was never an outsider. He worked on Al Gore’s 2000 and John Kerry’s 2004 presidential campaigns. He first met Bernie Sanders in 1996, when Peter DeFazio — the Oregon congressman for whom Devine and his partner Mike Donilon had just run a near-miraculous campaign — suggested they meet. Sanders had almost lost his House seat in 1994. Devine’s campaign won it back by 26 points. Ten years later, Devine ran Sanders’ successful Senate campaign against a free-spending billionaire. They won by 30 points. Devine schooled Bernie in the insider-politics of the Democratic party. But he didn’t transform him into an insider. Bernie was and is always Bernie. The consummate outsider.</p><p> </p><p>So how, exactly, did the Dems screw Bernie? According to Devine, it was a coordinated campaign by the Clinton Machine, the DNC, and a network of Super PACs to stop a wildly popular outsider through dark money, dirty tricks, and deliberately structured primary rules. The unHillary candidate who, Devine argues, may well have been the people’s choice — and could have beaten Donald Trump in November 2016.</p><p> </p><p>But Bernie’s real legacy, Devine insists, is not what was done to him. It’s his campaign message. “America has a rigged economy held in place by a corrupt system of campaign finance.” That outsider language — which Devine developed with pollster Ben Tulchin — captures how America is screwing itself. The consummate insider Trump stole Bernie’s language. And if the Democrats want to screw the MAGA crowd in 2028, they need to seize back this outsider message.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Title That Sounded Like Trump: </strong>Devine’s first reaction when his Simon &amp; Schuster editor proposed the title: I don’t want to be anything like Trump. But as he worked through the process of writing the book, he came to see that the title most accurately expressed how he felt about what happened in 2016. The Democratic establishment — the Clinton Machine, the DNC, the network of Super PACs and media allies — used dark money, dirty tricks, opposition research, and deliberately structured primary rules to stop a wildly popular outsider candidate. A candidate who, the book argues, may well have been the people’s choice and may well have defeated Donald Trump.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>How Devine Met Bernie: 1996, Peter DeFazio, and 26 Points: </strong>Devine was already a Democratic establishment figure when Peter DeFazio — a progressive Oregon congressman — introduced him to Sanders in early 1996. Sanders had almost lost his House seat in 1994; Devine’s firm came in a month before the 1996 election and reversed the trajectory. Sanders won by 26 points. Ten years later, Devine ran Sanders’ Senate campaign against a billionaire who spent the equivalent of $350 million in California, and they won by 30 points. A bond of trust formed between the establishment consultant and the independent socialist, though it was a relationship in which the label-defying aspect went both ways: Bernie, you’re a United States senator, Devine told him. That is the establishment.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Rigged Economy Message: What Bernie Actually Contributed: </strong>The most important moment in the 2016 campaign was not a debate or a rally. It was a polling session in 2015 in which Devine and pollster Ben Tulchin combined two separate arguments — a rigged economy and a corrupt system of campaign finance — into a single sentence: “America has a rigged economy held in place by a corrupt system of campaign finance.” It tested as the highest message in Iowa and New Hampshire. That, Devine argues, is Bernie’s real legacy: the identification of the structural problem. Until that problem is fixed — until the campaign finance system that rigs the economy is reformed — the economy will continue to crush the middle class and make it impossible for people to afford groceries, gas, and healthcare.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Real Populist vs the Phony One: </strong>Trump saw the same diagnosis Bernie had identified and grabbed it — infusing it with his xenophobia, racism, pathological lying, and contempt for democratic norms. The populist message was the same; the bundle around it was entirely different. Bernie represents a belief that government has a role in serving people. Trump represents a belief that government should serve rich people and punish everyone else, wrapped in the language of the working class. That, Devine argues, is the distinction that matters for 2028. The fight is not between left and right. It is between the real and the phony.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AOC, Ro Khanna, and the 2028 Democratic Race: </strong>Bernie won’t run in 2028. But Devine is certain that one or more Bernie-style candidates will. AOC and Ro Khanna are the most obvious — both have toured with Bernie, both share his core principles, both are committed to Medicare for All. But Devine adds: at this point in the calendar going into 2006, Barack Obama was a state senator from Illinois. The candidate who actually wins the 2028 nomination may not yet be on the radar. What is on the radar: a Democratic base that is desperate for new leadership and a new direction. And a president, Trump, who Devine believes is capable of doing anything to hold power, including worse than January 6. The only way to stop him is to beat him in elections.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-the-Democrats-Screwed-Bernie/Tad-Devine/9781668232286">Tad Devine</a> is a Democratic political strategist with over thirty years of campaign experience. He served as chief strategist for Bernie Sanders’ 2016 presidential campaign and as a senior adviser in Al Gore’s 2000 and John Kerry’s 2004 presidential campaigns. He has held academic positions at Boston University, the Harvard Kennedy School, and George Washington University. He is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-the-Democrats-Screwed-Bernie/Tad-Devine/9781668232286"><em>How the Democrats Screwed Bernie</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, July 7, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-the-Democrats-Screwed-Bernie/Tad-Devine/9781668232286"><em>How the Democrats Screwed Bernie</em></a> by Tad Devine (Simon &amp; Schuster, July 7, 2026). <em>Publishers Weekly</em>: “An enraging account… a keen cautionary tale.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Mike Donilon — Devine’s former partner; later became Joe Biden’s top strategist in the White House.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/17b9280e/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/17b9280e/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Sudden Flicker of Light: Has David Thomson Fallen Out of Love With the Movies?</title>
      <itunes:episode>2965</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2965</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>A Sudden Flicker of Light: Has David Thomson Fallen Out of Love With the Movies?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0c709616-3e07-4310-8a38-bfc584ba572b</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“For all the paperwork of democracy — government by and for the people — we have become a citizenry of spectators who simply want to be entertained. And we are accustomed to the realization that we can’t do anything about what’s on the screen.” — David Thomson</em></p><p> </p><p>Has the prolific film critic <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/A-Sudden-Flicker-of-Light/David-Thomson/9781668205730">David Thomson</a> fallen out of love with the movies? That’s the question I began my conversation with Thomson, arguably the greatest living writer on film. My question was triggered by his revisionist movie history (out today), <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/A-Sudden-Flicker-of-Light/David-Thomson/9781668205730"><em>A Sudden Flicker of Light</em></a>, which, while still glorifying film, nonetheless recognizes the damage that the medium has done to us.</p><p> </p><p>No, he hasn’t fallen out of love with the movies, Thomson responded. But he did acknowledge a new kind of wariness about his beloved medium — a suspicion of auteur worship, that tradition which concentrates on the great artistry of individual directors like Welles, Hitchcock, and Scorsese while ignoring what the motion picture medium as a whole has done to society.</p><p> </p><p>“What has God wrought?” Samuel Morse asked about the telegraph. David Thomson is asking the same question about the consequence of movies.</p><p> </p><p>Cinema, particularly Hollywood, Thomson argues, has spent a century disempowering audiences. Sitting in the dark, gazing at the screen, people have lost their agency. This passivity, Thomson argues, has invaded our political life, transforming us from citizens into spectators. No, Mr Smith hasn’t gone to Washington. Instead, America has become a theater of gawkers addicted to screen entertainment, unable to discriminate between a sudden flicker of light and reality.</p><p> </p><p>Thus the degeneration of America into a violent Coppola movie. Thus The Joker who has crawled out of primeval darkness and now monopolizes all our screens. You could make a movie about it. Call it “Being There” or “Network.” Or perhaps “The Truman Show.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Cinema Has Trained Us to Be Spectators — and That Has Destroyed Our Agency: </strong>Thomson’s central argument: sitting in the dark watching a bright light in front of them, audiences learned that the thing on the screen is not their responsibility. People are not really hurt on screen, no matter their bodies are torn apart. They are not really happy, no matter what they say in the film. And whatever happens, the audience remains a spectator. Extrapolate that out into a broader world and you have a society in which, for all the paperwork of democracy and government by and for the people, people have become a citizenry of spectators who simply want to be entertained. America, Thomson believes, is in that state.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Every Cut Is Violent — and Every Cut Is a Marriage: </strong>Thomson’s most original observation is the smallest: the cut. A cut is where the stream of imagery you are watching goes from one shot to another. It is a separation — but it is also a marriage. Every cut says: join them up. The way we measure the effectiveness of directors from D.W. Griffith onward is that they found ways to put shots together so that film had sequence and order, like the order of sentences in writing. And every cut has an element of violence in it, because you are seeing one thing and then, bang, you are watching something quite different. We have never taught our children what a cut is — even though they have spent far more of their lives watching moving imagery than reading. That neglect, Thomson argues, is consequential.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Culture of Manhood and the Systematic Neglect of Women: </strong>Thomson’s most politically charged observation: the culture of manhood and the serious neglect of women was going on in virtually every film he saw until at least the 1980s, and you could argue well beyond that. That is, he says, a kind of tacit advertising — a way of saying, look, this is really a very good way for how the world should be. It is something that has become harder and harder for him to endure as an idea. And he thinks that the war in Iran would not have been as likely if America had had enough women running the country — because women feel and think together in concert in different ways, with more room for compassion, sentiment, and plain rationality.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Cinema Is Deeply Educational — and We Have Ignored That: </strong>Thomson’s answer to Andrew’s challenge: what does any of this have to do with movies? Everything. You cannot have a mass medium without the mass being affected, without the ways in which they think being shaped. The movies have given us examples of how to live that have been intensely persuasive. They are deeply educational. And yet we have permitted them, and like every technology humans have ever invented, we have let the technology take control of us rather than the other way around. Children spend far more time watching moving imagery than reading — and yet we do not teach them what a cut is, what a camera angle means, how the medium constructs its reality. That neglect has been, Thomson believes, catastrophic.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Citizen Kane Is the Definitive American Film — Not The Godfather: </strong>Andrew’s final question: what is the definitive movie about America? Not <em>The Godfather</em>, Thomson says, because the Godfather films cannot overcome their attraction to authority. There is a reverence for dark power in the Godfather films. Whereas in <em>Citizen Kane</em>, there is all through the film a terrible ruefulness about what happens to people who seek power. Welles absolutely understood and was intensely critical of the personality that needed power and authority — and he was afraid of it. For that reason, it is still for Thomson the definitive American film. Thomson has been known to doze off watching it, because he knows it too well. On July 4, he plans to watch something different. Ideally, <em>The Odyssey</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/A-Sudden-Flicker-of-Light/David-Thomson/9781668205730">David Thomson</a> is the author of more than twenty books on film, including <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/A-Sudden-Flicker-of-Light/David-Thomson/9781668205730"><em>A Sudden Flicker of Light: A Revisionist History of the Movies</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, July 7, 2026), <em>The New Biographical Dictionary of Film</em> (six editions, 1975–2014), <em>Orson Welles</em>, <em>The Big Screen</em>, <em>Have You Seen…?</em>, and biographies of David O. Selznick, Marlon Brando, and Nicole Kidman. Michael Ondaatje has called him “the best writer on film in our time.” He lives in San Francisco, where he is Andrew Keen’s neighbour.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/A-Sudden-Flicker-of-Light/David-Thomson/9781668205730"><em>A Sudden Flicker of Light: A Revisionist History of the Movies</em></a> by David Thomson (Simon &amp; Schuster, July 7, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Citizen Kane</em> (Orson Welles, 1941) — Thomson’s definitive American film; discussed extensively in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Godfather</em> (Francis Ford Coppola, 1972) — referenced as ...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“For all the paperwork of democracy — government by and for the people — we have become a citizenry of spectators who simply want to be entertained. And we are accustomed to the realization that we can’t do anything about what’s on the screen.” — David Thomson</em></p><p> </p><p>Has the prolific film critic <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/A-Sudden-Flicker-of-Light/David-Thomson/9781668205730">David Thomson</a> fallen out of love with the movies? That’s the question I began my conversation with Thomson, arguably the greatest living writer on film. My question was triggered by his revisionist movie history (out today), <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/A-Sudden-Flicker-of-Light/David-Thomson/9781668205730"><em>A Sudden Flicker of Light</em></a>, which, while still glorifying film, nonetheless recognizes the damage that the medium has done to us.</p><p> </p><p>No, he hasn’t fallen out of love with the movies, Thomson responded. But he did acknowledge a new kind of wariness about his beloved medium — a suspicion of auteur worship, that tradition which concentrates on the great artistry of individual directors like Welles, Hitchcock, and Scorsese while ignoring what the motion picture medium as a whole has done to society.</p><p> </p><p>“What has God wrought?” Samuel Morse asked about the telegraph. David Thomson is asking the same question about the consequence of movies.</p><p> </p><p>Cinema, particularly Hollywood, Thomson argues, has spent a century disempowering audiences. Sitting in the dark, gazing at the screen, people have lost their agency. This passivity, Thomson argues, has invaded our political life, transforming us from citizens into spectators. No, Mr Smith hasn’t gone to Washington. Instead, America has become a theater of gawkers addicted to screen entertainment, unable to discriminate between a sudden flicker of light and reality.</p><p> </p><p>Thus the degeneration of America into a violent Coppola movie. Thus The Joker who has crawled out of primeval darkness and now monopolizes all our screens. You could make a movie about it. Call it “Being There” or “Network.” Or perhaps “The Truman Show.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Cinema Has Trained Us to Be Spectators — and That Has Destroyed Our Agency: </strong>Thomson’s central argument: sitting in the dark watching a bright light in front of them, audiences learned that the thing on the screen is not their responsibility. People are not really hurt on screen, no matter their bodies are torn apart. They are not really happy, no matter what they say in the film. And whatever happens, the audience remains a spectator. Extrapolate that out into a broader world and you have a society in which, for all the paperwork of democracy and government by and for the people, people have become a citizenry of spectators who simply want to be entertained. America, Thomson believes, is in that state.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Every Cut Is Violent — and Every Cut Is a Marriage: </strong>Thomson’s most original observation is the smallest: the cut. A cut is where the stream of imagery you are watching goes from one shot to another. It is a separation — but it is also a marriage. Every cut says: join them up. The way we measure the effectiveness of directors from D.W. Griffith onward is that they found ways to put shots together so that film had sequence and order, like the order of sentences in writing. And every cut has an element of violence in it, because you are seeing one thing and then, bang, you are watching something quite different. We have never taught our children what a cut is — even though they have spent far more of their lives watching moving imagery than reading. That neglect, Thomson argues, is consequential.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Culture of Manhood and the Systematic Neglect of Women: </strong>Thomson’s most politically charged observation: the culture of manhood and the serious neglect of women was going on in virtually every film he saw until at least the 1980s, and you could argue well beyond that. That is, he says, a kind of tacit advertising — a way of saying, look, this is really a very good way for how the world should be. It is something that has become harder and harder for him to endure as an idea. And he thinks that the war in Iran would not have been as likely if America had had enough women running the country — because women feel and think together in concert in different ways, with more room for compassion, sentiment, and plain rationality.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Cinema Is Deeply Educational — and We Have Ignored That: </strong>Thomson’s answer to Andrew’s challenge: what does any of this have to do with movies? Everything. You cannot have a mass medium without the mass being affected, without the ways in which they think being shaped. The movies have given us examples of how to live that have been intensely persuasive. They are deeply educational. And yet we have permitted them, and like every technology humans have ever invented, we have let the technology take control of us rather than the other way around. Children spend far more time watching moving imagery than reading — and yet we do not teach them what a cut is, what a camera angle means, how the medium constructs its reality. That neglect has been, Thomson believes, catastrophic.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Citizen Kane Is the Definitive American Film — Not The Godfather: </strong>Andrew’s final question: what is the definitive movie about America? Not <em>The Godfather</em>, Thomson says, because the Godfather films cannot overcome their attraction to authority. There is a reverence for dark power in the Godfather films. Whereas in <em>Citizen Kane</em>, there is all through the film a terrible ruefulness about what happens to people who seek power. Welles absolutely understood and was intensely critical of the personality that needed power and authority — and he was afraid of it. For that reason, it is still for Thomson the definitive American film. Thomson has been known to doze off watching it, because he knows it too well. On July 4, he plans to watch something different. Ideally, <em>The Odyssey</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/A-Sudden-Flicker-of-Light/David-Thomson/9781668205730">David Thomson</a> is the author of more than twenty books on film, including <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/A-Sudden-Flicker-of-Light/David-Thomson/9781668205730"><em>A Sudden Flicker of Light: A Revisionist History of the Movies</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, July 7, 2026), <em>The New Biographical Dictionary of Film</em> (six editions, 1975–2014), <em>Orson Welles</em>, <em>The Big Screen</em>, <em>Have You Seen…?</em>, and biographies of David O. Selznick, Marlon Brando, and Nicole Kidman. Michael Ondaatje has called him “the best writer on film in our time.” He lives in San Francisco, where he is Andrew Keen’s neighbour.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/A-Sudden-Flicker-of-Light/David-Thomson/9781668205730"><em>A Sudden Flicker of Light: A Revisionist History of the Movies</em></a> by David Thomson (Simon &amp; Schuster, July 7, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Citizen Kane</em> (Orson Welles, 1941) — Thomson’s definitive American film; discussed extensively in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Godfather</em> (Francis Ford Coppola, 1972) — referenced as ...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2026 08:36:10 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/aacf304c/dc7d806f.mp3" length="54993847" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3473653" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/aacf304c/dc7d806f.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6fx68lu2P-E">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/o3Y2nJC0RlHD7WA9U5WqrSkFApoj-pxk1MBAX3rPzxE/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS83MGE4/MTU3ODg1NDg4NDgy/MGYyNTE3OGU2ZTJj/MWMwZS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3434</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“For all the paperwork of democracy — government by and for the people — we have become a citizenry of spectators who simply want to be entertained. And we are accustomed to the realization that we can’t do anything about what’s on the screen.” — David Thomson</em></p><p> </p><p>Has the prolific film critic <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/A-Sudden-Flicker-of-Light/David-Thomson/9781668205730">David Thomson</a> fallen out of love with the movies? That’s the question I began my conversation with Thomson, arguably the greatest living writer on film. My question was triggered by his revisionist movie history (out today), <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/A-Sudden-Flicker-of-Light/David-Thomson/9781668205730"><em>A Sudden Flicker of Light</em></a>, which, while still glorifying film, nonetheless recognizes the damage that the medium has done to us.</p><p> </p><p>No, he hasn’t fallen out of love with the movies, Thomson responded. But he did acknowledge a new kind of wariness about his beloved medium — a suspicion of auteur worship, that tradition which concentrates on the great artistry of individual directors like Welles, Hitchcock, and Scorsese while ignoring what the motion picture medium as a whole has done to society.</p><p> </p><p>“What has God wrought?” Samuel Morse asked about the telegraph. David Thomson is asking the same question about the consequence of movies.</p><p> </p><p>Cinema, particularly Hollywood, Thomson argues, has spent a century disempowering audiences. Sitting in the dark, gazing at the screen, people have lost their agency. This passivity, Thomson argues, has invaded our political life, transforming us from citizens into spectators. No, Mr Smith hasn’t gone to Washington. Instead, America has become a theater of gawkers addicted to screen entertainment, unable to discriminate between a sudden flicker of light and reality.</p><p> </p><p>Thus the degeneration of America into a violent Coppola movie. Thus The Joker who has crawled out of primeval darkness and now monopolizes all our screens. You could make a movie about it. Call it “Being There” or “Network.” Or perhaps “The Truman Show.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Cinema Has Trained Us to Be Spectators — and That Has Destroyed Our Agency: </strong>Thomson’s central argument: sitting in the dark watching a bright light in front of them, audiences learned that the thing on the screen is not their responsibility. People are not really hurt on screen, no matter their bodies are torn apart. They are not really happy, no matter what they say in the film. And whatever happens, the audience remains a spectator. Extrapolate that out into a broader world and you have a society in which, for all the paperwork of democracy and government by and for the people, people have become a citizenry of spectators who simply want to be entertained. America, Thomson believes, is in that state.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Every Cut Is Violent — and Every Cut Is a Marriage: </strong>Thomson’s most original observation is the smallest: the cut. A cut is where the stream of imagery you are watching goes from one shot to another. It is a separation — but it is also a marriage. Every cut says: join them up. The way we measure the effectiveness of directors from D.W. Griffith onward is that they found ways to put shots together so that film had sequence and order, like the order of sentences in writing. And every cut has an element of violence in it, because you are seeing one thing and then, bang, you are watching something quite different. We have never taught our children what a cut is — even though they have spent far more of their lives watching moving imagery than reading. That neglect, Thomson argues, is consequential.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Culture of Manhood and the Systematic Neglect of Women: </strong>Thomson’s most politically charged observation: the culture of manhood and the serious neglect of women was going on in virtually every film he saw until at least the 1980s, and you could argue well beyond that. That is, he says, a kind of tacit advertising — a way of saying, look, this is really a very good way for how the world should be. It is something that has become harder and harder for him to endure as an idea. And he thinks that the war in Iran would not have been as likely if America had had enough women running the country — because women feel and think together in concert in different ways, with more room for compassion, sentiment, and plain rationality.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Cinema Is Deeply Educational — and We Have Ignored That: </strong>Thomson’s answer to Andrew’s challenge: what does any of this have to do with movies? Everything. You cannot have a mass medium without the mass being affected, without the ways in which they think being shaped. The movies have given us examples of how to live that have been intensely persuasive. They are deeply educational. And yet we have permitted them, and like every technology humans have ever invented, we have let the technology take control of us rather than the other way around. Children spend far more time watching moving imagery than reading — and yet we do not teach them what a cut is, what a camera angle means, how the medium constructs its reality. That neglect has been, Thomson believes, catastrophic.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Citizen Kane Is the Definitive American Film — Not The Godfather: </strong>Andrew’s final question: what is the definitive movie about America? Not <em>The Godfather</em>, Thomson says, because the Godfather films cannot overcome their attraction to authority. There is a reverence for dark power in the Godfather films. Whereas in <em>Citizen Kane</em>, there is all through the film a terrible ruefulness about what happens to people who seek power. Welles absolutely understood and was intensely critical of the personality that needed power and authority — and he was afraid of it. For that reason, it is still for Thomson the definitive American film. Thomson has been known to doze off watching it, because he knows it too well. On July 4, he plans to watch something different. Ideally, <em>The Odyssey</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/A-Sudden-Flicker-of-Light/David-Thomson/9781668205730">David Thomson</a> is the author of more than twenty books on film, including <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/A-Sudden-Flicker-of-Light/David-Thomson/9781668205730"><em>A Sudden Flicker of Light: A Revisionist History of the Movies</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, July 7, 2026), <em>The New Biographical Dictionary of Film</em> (six editions, 1975–2014), <em>Orson Welles</em>, <em>The Big Screen</em>, <em>Have You Seen…?</em>, and biographies of David O. Selznick, Marlon Brando, and Nicole Kidman. Michael Ondaatje has called him “the best writer on film in our time.” He lives in San Francisco, where he is Andrew Keen’s neighbour.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/A-Sudden-Flicker-of-Light/David-Thomson/9781668205730"><em>A Sudden Flicker of Light: A Revisionist History of the Movies</em></a> by David Thomson (Simon &amp; Schuster, July 7, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Citizen Kane</em> (Orson Welles, 1941) — Thomson’s definitive American film; discussed extensively in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Godfather</em> (Francis Ford Coppola, 1972) — referenced as ...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/aacf304c/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/aacf304c/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Was the Colonization of North America a Genocidal Project? David Silverman on the Tragic Fate of Native Americans</title>
      <itunes:episode>2964</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2964</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Was the Colonization of North America a Genocidal Project? David Silverman on the Tragic Fate of Native Americans</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7b089fef-8d00-45ba-a957-4dabe2199113</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/2d192692</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“White Americans considered themselves chosen by God to possess the continent and lord it over others — and they saw Native people as indelibly savage and fated by God to extinction.” — David J. Silverman</em></p><p> </p><p>Was the colonization of North America a genocidal project? That is the delicate question <a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/us/chosen-and-the-damned-9781635578386/">David J. Silverman</a> confronts in his powerful new book, <a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/us/chosen-and-the-damned-9781635578386/"><em>The Chosen and the Damned: Native Americans and the Making of Race in the United States</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p>Yes, Silverman concludes, there was an American genocide. But with a crucial distinction. Rather than a top-down government-organised “Final Solution,” the fate of Native Americans was what Silverman calls a “structural genocide.” It reflected a complete indifference to Native American life, grounded in a religious and racial ideology that gave white Americans the right to possess the continent and viewed Native Americans as indelibly savage and fated by God to extinction.</p><p> </p><p>The Spanish colonization of Latin America, Silverman notes, intended to subjugate the Native population and keep them as tributaries. The English, and their American successors, in contrast, intended to replace them. It’s the same structural genocide that occurred in Canada, New Zealand, Australia, and South Africa.</p><p> </p><p>For all Silverman’s dark take, there is good news. He argues that this structural genocide came to an end in the late 1960s. In an extraordinary and underappreciated transformation, Native American activists convinced a broad majority of Americans that tribes as tribes should be a permanent part of the United States. White supremacy, Silverman concludes, has been a feature of North American history since its colonization. But so has pluralism. American genocide vs American pluralism. Is history once again repeating itself in Trump’s America?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Structural Genocide: Society-Wide Indifference, Not Just Government Policy: </strong>Silverman’s central concept: structural genocide. Not the top-down, government-directed campaign to exterminate a people — though there were moments of exactly that across the centuries, when the government decided certain groups of Native people should be exterminated for resisting American rule. What he’s describing is a society-wide and culture-wide indifference to Native American life, grounded in a racial ideology in which white Americans considered themselves chosen by God to possess the continent and Native Americans indelibly savage and fated by God to extinction. That ideology, combined with the imperative to seize Native American land, led white Americans from the seventeenth century through the twentieth to destroy Native American life through dozens of different forms.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Anglo vs Spanish Colonialism: Replacement vs Subjugation: </strong>The Spanish in Latin America and the Caribbean were violent and horrific — but their purpose was to subjugate the Native population and have them subservient, not to replace them. Once the Spanish had defeated Native people, they took their foot off the gas and kept the surviving population as tributaries. The English colonies, and their American successors, intended to replace Native people — to displace them from the land and install new settler societies of men, women, and children. That pattern is also visible in Canada, New Zealand, Australia, and South Africa. It is not unique to the United States, but it is particular to English-origin settler colonialism.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>White Americans as “Chosen”: The Theological Foundation of Racial Ideology: </strong>Silverman’s most striking argument is the theological one. White Americans did not merely believe they were racially superior — they believed they were chosen by God to possess the North American continent and lord it over others, and that Native people were equally fated by God to extinction in the name of white Christian civilisation. Native people countered with their own theology: the Great Spirit had created Indians and Whites separately and intended America to belong to Indians alone. This was not just a political dispute. It was a cosmic one. The racial ideology of white election — the sense of being chosen — is, Silverman argues, inseparable from the structural genocide that followed.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Good News: Structural Genocide Came to an End in the Late 1960s: </strong>An extraordinary and largely unacknowledged transformation. Native American activists and their non-Native allies convinced a broad American majority — Democrats and Republicans — that Native tribes as tribes, not just individuals, should be a permanent part of the United States, and that the treaties signed by the republic should be honoured as the supreme law of the land. For most of American history, the government’s programme was to exterminate Native people physically or as cultural, social, and political units. That is no longer the case. Native Americans are rising: in numbers, in well-being, in political power. Light years to go. But it is a stunning transformation.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Honoring Treaties Is Not Reparations — It Is the Constitution: </strong>On the question of Native land rights and casino rights, Silverman is precise: what you are seeing is not special privileges granted out of white guilt. It is the United States honouring the treaties it signed with Native tribes in the nineteenth century — treaties that under the United States Constitution are the supreme law of the land. The United States has not honoured those treaties for most of its history. It has begun to do so since the 1960s. This is not reparations. It is the republic living up to its word and its constitutional duties. The distinction matters, and Silverman draws it carefully.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/us/chosen-and-the-damned-9781635578386/">David J. Silverman</a> is Professor of History at George Washington University. He is the author of <a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/us/chosen-and-the-damned-9781635578386/"><em>The Chosen and the Damned: Native Americans and the Making of Race in the United States</em></a> (Bloomsbury, February 10, 2026), <em>This Land Is Their Land: The Wampanoag Indians, Plymouth Colony, and the Troubled History of Thanksgiving</em> (Bloomsbury, 2019; winner of multiple awards), <em>Thundersticks</em>, <em>Ninigret</em>, <em>Red Brethren</em>, and <em>Faith and Boundaries</em>. His essays have appeared in <em>The New York Times</em>, <em>The Atlantic</em>, the <em>Washington Post</em>, <em>National Geographic</em>, and <em>The Daily Beast</em>. He is based in Washington DC.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/us/chosen-and-the-damned-9781635578386/"><em>The Chosen and the Damned: Native Americans and the Making of Race in the United States</em></a> by David J. Silverman (Bloomsbury, February 10, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Konstanty Gebert (Warsaw, Episode 2952) — referenced at the opening for his discussion of the definition of genocide.</p><p> </p><p>•       Isabel Wilkerson, <em>Caste</em> — referenced in the closing section on racial hierarchy as caste.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“White Americans considered themselves chosen by God to possess the continent and lord it over others — and they saw Native people as indelibly savage and fated by God to extinction.” — David J. Silverman</em></p><p> </p><p>Was the colonization of North America a genocidal project? That is the delicate question <a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/us/chosen-and-the-damned-9781635578386/">David J. Silverman</a> confronts in his powerful new book, <a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/us/chosen-and-the-damned-9781635578386/"><em>The Chosen and the Damned: Native Americans and the Making of Race in the United States</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p>Yes, Silverman concludes, there was an American genocide. But with a crucial distinction. Rather than a top-down government-organised “Final Solution,” the fate of Native Americans was what Silverman calls a “structural genocide.” It reflected a complete indifference to Native American life, grounded in a religious and racial ideology that gave white Americans the right to possess the continent and viewed Native Americans as indelibly savage and fated by God to extinction.</p><p> </p><p>The Spanish colonization of Latin America, Silverman notes, intended to subjugate the Native population and keep them as tributaries. The English, and their American successors, in contrast, intended to replace them. It’s the same structural genocide that occurred in Canada, New Zealand, Australia, and South Africa.</p><p> </p><p>For all Silverman’s dark take, there is good news. He argues that this structural genocide came to an end in the late 1960s. In an extraordinary and underappreciated transformation, Native American activists convinced a broad majority of Americans that tribes as tribes should be a permanent part of the United States. White supremacy, Silverman concludes, has been a feature of North American history since its colonization. But so has pluralism. American genocide vs American pluralism. Is history once again repeating itself in Trump’s America?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Structural Genocide: Society-Wide Indifference, Not Just Government Policy: </strong>Silverman’s central concept: structural genocide. Not the top-down, government-directed campaign to exterminate a people — though there were moments of exactly that across the centuries, when the government decided certain groups of Native people should be exterminated for resisting American rule. What he’s describing is a society-wide and culture-wide indifference to Native American life, grounded in a racial ideology in which white Americans considered themselves chosen by God to possess the continent and Native Americans indelibly savage and fated by God to extinction. That ideology, combined with the imperative to seize Native American land, led white Americans from the seventeenth century through the twentieth to destroy Native American life through dozens of different forms.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Anglo vs Spanish Colonialism: Replacement vs Subjugation: </strong>The Spanish in Latin America and the Caribbean were violent and horrific — but their purpose was to subjugate the Native population and have them subservient, not to replace them. Once the Spanish had defeated Native people, they took their foot off the gas and kept the surviving population as tributaries. The English colonies, and their American successors, intended to replace Native people — to displace them from the land and install new settler societies of men, women, and children. That pattern is also visible in Canada, New Zealand, Australia, and South Africa. It is not unique to the United States, but it is particular to English-origin settler colonialism.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>White Americans as “Chosen”: The Theological Foundation of Racial Ideology: </strong>Silverman’s most striking argument is the theological one. White Americans did not merely believe they were racially superior — they believed they were chosen by God to possess the North American continent and lord it over others, and that Native people were equally fated by God to extinction in the name of white Christian civilisation. Native people countered with their own theology: the Great Spirit had created Indians and Whites separately and intended America to belong to Indians alone. This was not just a political dispute. It was a cosmic one. The racial ideology of white election — the sense of being chosen — is, Silverman argues, inseparable from the structural genocide that followed.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Good News: Structural Genocide Came to an End in the Late 1960s: </strong>An extraordinary and largely unacknowledged transformation. Native American activists and their non-Native allies convinced a broad American majority — Democrats and Republicans — that Native tribes as tribes, not just individuals, should be a permanent part of the United States, and that the treaties signed by the republic should be honoured as the supreme law of the land. For most of American history, the government’s programme was to exterminate Native people physically or as cultural, social, and political units. That is no longer the case. Native Americans are rising: in numbers, in well-being, in political power. Light years to go. But it is a stunning transformation.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Honoring Treaties Is Not Reparations — It Is the Constitution: </strong>On the question of Native land rights and casino rights, Silverman is precise: what you are seeing is not special privileges granted out of white guilt. It is the United States honouring the treaties it signed with Native tribes in the nineteenth century — treaties that under the United States Constitution are the supreme law of the land. The United States has not honoured those treaties for most of its history. It has begun to do so since the 1960s. This is not reparations. It is the republic living up to its word and its constitutional duties. The distinction matters, and Silverman draws it carefully.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/us/chosen-and-the-damned-9781635578386/">David J. Silverman</a> is Professor of History at George Washington University. He is the author of <a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/us/chosen-and-the-damned-9781635578386/"><em>The Chosen and the Damned: Native Americans and the Making of Race in the United States</em></a> (Bloomsbury, February 10, 2026), <em>This Land Is Their Land: The Wampanoag Indians, Plymouth Colony, and the Troubled History of Thanksgiving</em> (Bloomsbury, 2019; winner of multiple awards), <em>Thundersticks</em>, <em>Ninigret</em>, <em>Red Brethren</em>, and <em>Faith and Boundaries</em>. His essays have appeared in <em>The New York Times</em>, <em>The Atlantic</em>, the <em>Washington Post</em>, <em>National Geographic</em>, and <em>The Daily Beast</em>. He is based in Washington DC.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/us/chosen-and-the-damned-9781635578386/"><em>The Chosen and the Damned: Native Americans and the Making of Race in the United States</em></a> by David J. Silverman (Bloomsbury, February 10, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Konstanty Gebert (Warsaw, Episode 2952) — referenced at the opening for his discussion of the definition of genocide.</p><p> </p><p>•       Isabel Wilkerson, <em>Caste</em> — referenced in the closing section on racial hierarchy as caste.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Jul 2026 06:54:31 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/2d192692/0eae8915.mp3" length="41634461" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3447230" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/2d192692/0eae8915.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/Zm3CN4tWxddg34IIPF2KSPtpOJjtJN3qxYQnkurlt60/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iMmJk/NmI1Y2FmN2JhNzEy/MTA2YzFlMmVhZjU1/NzE3ZC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2599</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“White Americans considered themselves chosen by God to possess the continent and lord it over others — and they saw Native people as indelibly savage and fated by God to extinction.” — David J. Silverman</em></p><p> </p><p>Was the colonization of North America a genocidal project? That is the delicate question <a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/us/chosen-and-the-damned-9781635578386/">David J. Silverman</a> confronts in his powerful new book, <a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/us/chosen-and-the-damned-9781635578386/"><em>The Chosen and the Damned: Native Americans and the Making of Race in the United States</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p>Yes, Silverman concludes, there was an American genocide. But with a crucial distinction. Rather than a top-down government-organised “Final Solution,” the fate of Native Americans was what Silverman calls a “structural genocide.” It reflected a complete indifference to Native American life, grounded in a religious and racial ideology that gave white Americans the right to possess the continent and viewed Native Americans as indelibly savage and fated by God to extinction.</p><p> </p><p>The Spanish colonization of Latin America, Silverman notes, intended to subjugate the Native population and keep them as tributaries. The English, and their American successors, in contrast, intended to replace them. It’s the same structural genocide that occurred in Canada, New Zealand, Australia, and South Africa.</p><p> </p><p>For all Silverman’s dark take, there is good news. He argues that this structural genocide came to an end in the late 1960s. In an extraordinary and underappreciated transformation, Native American activists convinced a broad majority of Americans that tribes as tribes should be a permanent part of the United States. White supremacy, Silverman concludes, has been a feature of North American history since its colonization. But so has pluralism. American genocide vs American pluralism. Is history once again repeating itself in Trump’s America?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Structural Genocide: Society-Wide Indifference, Not Just Government Policy: </strong>Silverman’s central concept: structural genocide. Not the top-down, government-directed campaign to exterminate a people — though there were moments of exactly that across the centuries, when the government decided certain groups of Native people should be exterminated for resisting American rule. What he’s describing is a society-wide and culture-wide indifference to Native American life, grounded in a racial ideology in which white Americans considered themselves chosen by God to possess the continent and Native Americans indelibly savage and fated by God to extinction. That ideology, combined with the imperative to seize Native American land, led white Americans from the seventeenth century through the twentieth to destroy Native American life through dozens of different forms.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Anglo vs Spanish Colonialism: Replacement vs Subjugation: </strong>The Spanish in Latin America and the Caribbean were violent and horrific — but their purpose was to subjugate the Native population and have them subservient, not to replace them. Once the Spanish had defeated Native people, they took their foot off the gas and kept the surviving population as tributaries. The English colonies, and their American successors, intended to replace Native people — to displace them from the land and install new settler societies of men, women, and children. That pattern is also visible in Canada, New Zealand, Australia, and South Africa. It is not unique to the United States, but it is particular to English-origin settler colonialism.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>White Americans as “Chosen”: The Theological Foundation of Racial Ideology: </strong>Silverman’s most striking argument is the theological one. White Americans did not merely believe they were racially superior — they believed they were chosen by God to possess the North American continent and lord it over others, and that Native people were equally fated by God to extinction in the name of white Christian civilisation. Native people countered with their own theology: the Great Spirit had created Indians and Whites separately and intended America to belong to Indians alone. This was not just a political dispute. It was a cosmic one. The racial ideology of white election — the sense of being chosen — is, Silverman argues, inseparable from the structural genocide that followed.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Good News: Structural Genocide Came to an End in the Late 1960s: </strong>An extraordinary and largely unacknowledged transformation. Native American activists and their non-Native allies convinced a broad American majority — Democrats and Republicans — that Native tribes as tribes, not just individuals, should be a permanent part of the United States, and that the treaties signed by the republic should be honoured as the supreme law of the land. For most of American history, the government’s programme was to exterminate Native people physically or as cultural, social, and political units. That is no longer the case. Native Americans are rising: in numbers, in well-being, in political power. Light years to go. But it is a stunning transformation.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Honoring Treaties Is Not Reparations — It Is the Constitution: </strong>On the question of Native land rights and casino rights, Silverman is precise: what you are seeing is not special privileges granted out of white guilt. It is the United States honouring the treaties it signed with Native tribes in the nineteenth century — treaties that under the United States Constitution are the supreme law of the land. The United States has not honoured those treaties for most of its history. It has begun to do so since the 1960s. This is not reparations. It is the republic living up to its word and its constitutional duties. The distinction matters, and Silverman draws it carefully.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/us/chosen-and-the-damned-9781635578386/">David J. Silverman</a> is Professor of History at George Washington University. He is the author of <a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/us/chosen-and-the-damned-9781635578386/"><em>The Chosen and the Damned: Native Americans and the Making of Race in the United States</em></a> (Bloomsbury, February 10, 2026), <em>This Land Is Their Land: The Wampanoag Indians, Plymouth Colony, and the Troubled History of Thanksgiving</em> (Bloomsbury, 2019; winner of multiple awards), <em>Thundersticks</em>, <em>Ninigret</em>, <em>Red Brethren</em>, and <em>Faith and Boundaries</em>. His essays have appeared in <em>The New York Times</em>, <em>The Atlantic</em>, the <em>Washington Post</em>, <em>National Geographic</em>, and <em>The Daily Beast</em>. He is based in Washington DC.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/us/chosen-and-the-damned-9781635578386/"><em>The Chosen and the Damned: Native Americans and the Making of Race in the United States</em></a> by David J. Silverman (Bloomsbury, February 10, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Konstanty Gebert (Warsaw, Episode 2952) — referenced at the opening for his discussion of the definition of genocide.</p><p> </p><p>•       Isabel Wilkerson, <em>Caste</em> — referenced in the closing section on racial hierarchy as caste.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2d192692/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2d192692/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Universal Basic Capitalism: The Next American Revolution Or More Trickle Down Economics?</title>
      <itunes:episode>2963</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2963</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Universal Basic Capitalism: The Next American Revolution Or More Trickle Down Economics?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6b0b7f94-15e5-4609-b195-ae5b4c77b0c8</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The pinnacle of capitalism is still flawed. Any idea that it’s perfect — this idea of the perfect union — is deeply flawed as a concept and always has been.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>With July 4 finally done, we can look forward to the next American revolution. Just as AI is revolutionizing the economy, so too are radical ideas about harnessing this disruption for the benefit of all Americans. One idea that is acquiring more and more currency in and out of Silicon Valley is what we might call universal basic capitalism.</p><p> </p><p>Six months ago, nobody knew what “universal basic capital” even meant. Now <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/economy/2026/07/universal-basic-capital-ai/687759/">everyone</a> is talking about it. What if the answer to inequality, AI disruption, and the slow hollowing out of the American economy isn’t a return to socialism — but a new, more distributive kind of capitalism? As <em>That Was The Week</em>’s <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> argues in our weekly tech roundup, universal basic capitalism offers the best way to simultaneously empower all Americans without turning them into the welfare “queens” so disparaged by neo-liberals.</p><p> </p><p>Economists agree that AI is going to eliminate vast numbers of jobs, probably within the decade, certainly in time for America’s 300th anniversary. One fix is the democratic socialist strategy of tax and spend through the state. Universal basic capitalism, in contrast, takes the wealth generated by AI companies, puts it into a sovereign wealth fund, and distributes the dividends directly to citizens. Rather than an ever-more-bloated bureaucracy redistributing wealth, the state miraculously shrinks.</p><p> </p><p>It’s a neat idea. Instead of welfare queens, we get shareholding kings. But is this really the next American revolution? Or just the trickle-down economics of the DOGE crowd for an AI age of mass unemployment?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>America the Beautiful — and Its Profound Flaws: </strong>Keith’s 250th editorial acknowledges America’s extraordinary achievements: the growth in wealth, living standards, and democratic governance over two and a half centuries. The fact that Donald Trump won the presidency, Keith notes, is itself evidence that the people still rule — most intellectuals didn’t want him, but the people voted for him. At the same time: capitalism at its best still has huge swathes of poor people who can barely eat. The perfect union is deeply flawed as a concept and always has been. America has probably peaked in world terms. The next 250 years are not a foregone conclusion.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>1,200 New Millionaires a Day: The American Prosperity Machine: </strong>The stat of the week: the United States added 1,200 new millionaires a day last year, bringing its total to nearly 24 million. China has just over 5 million; Italy, the Netherlands, South Korea, Australia, France, and the UK are all under 3 million. The math: US GDP per capita is around $85,000 a year; China’s is around $20,000-something. In California in particular, where house prices routinely exceed $1 million and there are 50–60 million residents, the numbers are doing a lot of work disguising a highly skewed distribution concentrated in coastal cities.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Universal Basic Capital vs Democratic Socialism: The State Shrinks: </strong>Keith draws a sharp distinction between UBC — the sovereign wealth fund model — and democratic socialism as practised by Mamdani, Sanders, and AOC. In the socialist tradition, you seize the state through elections and use taxes and spending for good ends. Under UBC, the sovereign wealth fund becomes the distribution mechanism and the state shrinks to an administrative function: roads, health, education, defence. The actual AI companies don’t become the state. The state becomes a shareholder in the fund. Money flows to citizens; the state shrinks. It’s an interesting inversion.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The AI Jobs Debate: Short-Term Boom, Long-Term Automation: </strong>Erik Brynjolfsson of Stanford is at the centre of a debate this week. One body of evidence says companies using AI are hiring faster than companies that don’t — Amazon and Microsoft both announced plans to put thousands of engineers on the front line helping customers implement AI. But Brynjolfsson’s longer view says automation will accelerate: the things you need a front-end engineer for today will be done by agents tomorrow. Keith agrees with the long view: declining employment over five to fifteen years, which doesn’t have to be a bad thing if universal basic capital is in place. Look at Musk’s robot plans. It is definitely declining employment.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Om Malik: The Liberal Humanist Who Prefigured Substack: </strong>Om Malik died this week at 59 — the tech journalist and venture capitalist who founded GigaOm and co-hosted the Crunchies with Mike Arrington. Keith knew him from Iceland, from photography, from the whole era of early tech blogging. His assessment: Om was a liberal with a capital L and a humanist, often writing critically about the extremes of capitalism and favourably about remedies. He became a capitalist to be independent, and that independence gave him freedom. Without GigaOm and TechCrunch, there would be no Substack. The line runs from the <em>New York Times</em> to GigaOm to TechCrunch to Substack to <em>That Was The Week</em>. Thank you, Om.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was The Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and Andrew’s regular TWTW co-host.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was The Week</a> by Keith Teare — the newsletter on which this episode is based.</p><p> </p><p>•       Erik Brynjolfsson (Stanford) — referenced for his argument that AI will accelerate long-term job automation, despite short-term hiring booms.</p><p> </p><p>•       Jennifer Harris, “The Generational Force Hollowing Out the Economy,” <em>The New York Times</em> — referenced in the closing discussion.</p><p> </p><p>•       Om Malik — founder of GigaOm; venture capitalist at True Ventures; died July 4, 2026, aged 59.</p><p> </p><p>•       MG Siegler — referenced for his obituary of Om Malik.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The pinnacle of capitalism is still flawed. Any idea that it’s perfect — this idea of the perfect union — is deeply flawed as a concept and always has been.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>With July 4 finally done, we can look forward to the next American revolution. Just as AI is revolutionizing the economy, so too are radical ideas about harnessing this disruption for the benefit of all Americans. One idea that is acquiring more and more currency in and out of Silicon Valley is what we might call universal basic capitalism.</p><p> </p><p>Six months ago, nobody knew what “universal basic capital” even meant. Now <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/economy/2026/07/universal-basic-capital-ai/687759/">everyone</a> is talking about it. What if the answer to inequality, AI disruption, and the slow hollowing out of the American economy isn’t a return to socialism — but a new, more distributive kind of capitalism? As <em>That Was The Week</em>’s <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> argues in our weekly tech roundup, universal basic capitalism offers the best way to simultaneously empower all Americans without turning them into the welfare “queens” so disparaged by neo-liberals.</p><p> </p><p>Economists agree that AI is going to eliminate vast numbers of jobs, probably within the decade, certainly in time for America’s 300th anniversary. One fix is the democratic socialist strategy of tax and spend through the state. Universal basic capitalism, in contrast, takes the wealth generated by AI companies, puts it into a sovereign wealth fund, and distributes the dividends directly to citizens. Rather than an ever-more-bloated bureaucracy redistributing wealth, the state miraculously shrinks.</p><p> </p><p>It’s a neat idea. Instead of welfare queens, we get shareholding kings. But is this really the next American revolution? Or just the trickle-down economics of the DOGE crowd for an AI age of mass unemployment?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>America the Beautiful — and Its Profound Flaws: </strong>Keith’s 250th editorial acknowledges America’s extraordinary achievements: the growth in wealth, living standards, and democratic governance over two and a half centuries. The fact that Donald Trump won the presidency, Keith notes, is itself evidence that the people still rule — most intellectuals didn’t want him, but the people voted for him. At the same time: capitalism at its best still has huge swathes of poor people who can barely eat. The perfect union is deeply flawed as a concept and always has been. America has probably peaked in world terms. The next 250 years are not a foregone conclusion.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>1,200 New Millionaires a Day: The American Prosperity Machine: </strong>The stat of the week: the United States added 1,200 new millionaires a day last year, bringing its total to nearly 24 million. China has just over 5 million; Italy, the Netherlands, South Korea, Australia, France, and the UK are all under 3 million. The math: US GDP per capita is around $85,000 a year; China’s is around $20,000-something. In California in particular, where house prices routinely exceed $1 million and there are 50–60 million residents, the numbers are doing a lot of work disguising a highly skewed distribution concentrated in coastal cities.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Universal Basic Capital vs Democratic Socialism: The State Shrinks: </strong>Keith draws a sharp distinction between UBC — the sovereign wealth fund model — and democratic socialism as practised by Mamdani, Sanders, and AOC. In the socialist tradition, you seize the state through elections and use taxes and spending for good ends. Under UBC, the sovereign wealth fund becomes the distribution mechanism and the state shrinks to an administrative function: roads, health, education, defence. The actual AI companies don’t become the state. The state becomes a shareholder in the fund. Money flows to citizens; the state shrinks. It’s an interesting inversion.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The AI Jobs Debate: Short-Term Boom, Long-Term Automation: </strong>Erik Brynjolfsson of Stanford is at the centre of a debate this week. One body of evidence says companies using AI are hiring faster than companies that don’t — Amazon and Microsoft both announced plans to put thousands of engineers on the front line helping customers implement AI. But Brynjolfsson’s longer view says automation will accelerate: the things you need a front-end engineer for today will be done by agents tomorrow. Keith agrees with the long view: declining employment over five to fifteen years, which doesn’t have to be a bad thing if universal basic capital is in place. Look at Musk’s robot plans. It is definitely declining employment.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Om Malik: The Liberal Humanist Who Prefigured Substack: </strong>Om Malik died this week at 59 — the tech journalist and venture capitalist who founded GigaOm and co-hosted the Crunchies with Mike Arrington. Keith knew him from Iceland, from photography, from the whole era of early tech blogging. His assessment: Om was a liberal with a capital L and a humanist, often writing critically about the extremes of capitalism and favourably about remedies. He became a capitalist to be independent, and that independence gave him freedom. Without GigaOm and TechCrunch, there would be no Substack. The line runs from the <em>New York Times</em> to GigaOm to TechCrunch to Substack to <em>That Was The Week</em>. Thank you, Om.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was The Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and Andrew’s regular TWTW co-host.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was The Week</a> by Keith Teare — the newsletter on which this episode is based.</p><p> </p><p>•       Erik Brynjolfsson (Stanford) — referenced for his argument that AI will accelerate long-term job automation, despite short-term hiring booms.</p><p> </p><p>•       Jennifer Harris, “The Generational Force Hollowing Out the Economy,” <em>The New York Times</em> — referenced in the closing discussion.</p><p> </p><p>•       Om Malik — founder of GigaOm; venture capitalist at True Ventures; died July 4, 2026, aged 59.</p><p> </p><p>•       MG Siegler — referenced for his obituary of Om Malik.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 05 Jul 2026 09:08:06 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/36181c27/e88d7940.mp3" length="36983192" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3363473" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/36181c27/e88d7940.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1klxYl8SYyM">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/LzmkxdlTisuF9p6pdw0YnzvWvvw_g72g6qRHF1qHUdg/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8yOTAx/YjhhNDY0ODJiMThh/MDZlNWUxODg5ZDRh/MGM3ZS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2308</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The pinnacle of capitalism is still flawed. Any idea that it’s perfect — this idea of the perfect union — is deeply flawed as a concept and always has been.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>With July 4 finally done, we can look forward to the next American revolution. Just as AI is revolutionizing the economy, so too are radical ideas about harnessing this disruption for the benefit of all Americans. One idea that is acquiring more and more currency in and out of Silicon Valley is what we might call universal basic capitalism.</p><p> </p><p>Six months ago, nobody knew what “universal basic capital” even meant. Now <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/economy/2026/07/universal-basic-capital-ai/687759/">everyone</a> is talking about it. What if the answer to inequality, AI disruption, and the slow hollowing out of the American economy isn’t a return to socialism — but a new, more distributive kind of capitalism? As <em>That Was The Week</em>’s <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> argues in our weekly tech roundup, universal basic capitalism offers the best way to simultaneously empower all Americans without turning them into the welfare “queens” so disparaged by neo-liberals.</p><p> </p><p>Economists agree that AI is going to eliminate vast numbers of jobs, probably within the decade, certainly in time for America’s 300th anniversary. One fix is the democratic socialist strategy of tax and spend through the state. Universal basic capitalism, in contrast, takes the wealth generated by AI companies, puts it into a sovereign wealth fund, and distributes the dividends directly to citizens. Rather than an ever-more-bloated bureaucracy redistributing wealth, the state miraculously shrinks.</p><p> </p><p>It’s a neat idea. Instead of welfare queens, we get shareholding kings. But is this really the next American revolution? Or just the trickle-down economics of the DOGE crowd for an AI age of mass unemployment?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>America the Beautiful — and Its Profound Flaws: </strong>Keith’s 250th editorial acknowledges America’s extraordinary achievements: the growth in wealth, living standards, and democratic governance over two and a half centuries. The fact that Donald Trump won the presidency, Keith notes, is itself evidence that the people still rule — most intellectuals didn’t want him, but the people voted for him. At the same time: capitalism at its best still has huge swathes of poor people who can barely eat. The perfect union is deeply flawed as a concept and always has been. America has probably peaked in world terms. The next 250 years are not a foregone conclusion.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>1,200 New Millionaires a Day: The American Prosperity Machine: </strong>The stat of the week: the United States added 1,200 new millionaires a day last year, bringing its total to nearly 24 million. China has just over 5 million; Italy, the Netherlands, South Korea, Australia, France, and the UK are all under 3 million. The math: US GDP per capita is around $85,000 a year; China’s is around $20,000-something. In California in particular, where house prices routinely exceed $1 million and there are 50–60 million residents, the numbers are doing a lot of work disguising a highly skewed distribution concentrated in coastal cities.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Universal Basic Capital vs Democratic Socialism: The State Shrinks: </strong>Keith draws a sharp distinction between UBC — the sovereign wealth fund model — and democratic socialism as practised by Mamdani, Sanders, and AOC. In the socialist tradition, you seize the state through elections and use taxes and spending for good ends. Under UBC, the sovereign wealth fund becomes the distribution mechanism and the state shrinks to an administrative function: roads, health, education, defence. The actual AI companies don’t become the state. The state becomes a shareholder in the fund. Money flows to citizens; the state shrinks. It’s an interesting inversion.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The AI Jobs Debate: Short-Term Boom, Long-Term Automation: </strong>Erik Brynjolfsson of Stanford is at the centre of a debate this week. One body of evidence says companies using AI are hiring faster than companies that don’t — Amazon and Microsoft both announced plans to put thousands of engineers on the front line helping customers implement AI. But Brynjolfsson’s longer view says automation will accelerate: the things you need a front-end engineer for today will be done by agents tomorrow. Keith agrees with the long view: declining employment over five to fifteen years, which doesn’t have to be a bad thing if universal basic capital is in place. Look at Musk’s robot plans. It is definitely declining employment.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Om Malik: The Liberal Humanist Who Prefigured Substack: </strong>Om Malik died this week at 59 — the tech journalist and venture capitalist who founded GigaOm and co-hosted the Crunchies with Mike Arrington. Keith knew him from Iceland, from photography, from the whole era of early tech blogging. His assessment: Om was a liberal with a capital L and a humanist, often writing critically about the extremes of capitalism and favourably about remedies. He became a capitalist to be independent, and that independence gave him freedom. Without GigaOm and TechCrunch, there would be no Substack. The line runs from the <em>New York Times</em> to GigaOm to TechCrunch to Substack to <em>That Was The Week</em>. Thank you, Om.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was The Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and Andrew’s regular TWTW co-host.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was The Week</a> by Keith Teare — the newsletter on which this episode is based.</p><p> </p><p>•       Erik Brynjolfsson (Stanford) — referenced for his argument that AI will accelerate long-term job automation, despite short-term hiring booms.</p><p> </p><p>•       Jennifer Harris, “The Generational Force Hollowing Out the Economy,” <em>The New York Times</em> — referenced in the closing discussion.</p><p> </p><p>•       Om Malik — founder of GigaOm; venture capitalist at True Ventures; died July 4, 2026, aged 59.</p><p> </p><p>•       MG Siegler — referenced for his obituary of Om Malik.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/36181c27/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/36181c27/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The United States of Oddity: Madeleine Schwartz on How the World Sees America at 250</title>
      <itunes:episode>2962</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2962</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The United States of Oddity: Madeleine Schwartz on How the World Sees America at 250</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1c436dd0-aa01-4b2d-be64-eb1482274f7a</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“What is happening today in America is part of a global political turn — and what’s odd is how little the American people seem to realize it.” — Madeleine Schwartz</em></p><p> </p><p>So we’ve finally arrived. America is 250 today. But where, exactly, have we come? How should we think about the United States of America on July 4, 2026?</p><p> </p><p>Rather than peering inwards, <a href="https://thenewpress.com/books/how-we-see-it">Madeleine Schwartz</a> — the Paris-based founder and editor-in-chief of <a href="https://www.thedial.world/">The Dial</a> — reverses the lens. Her anthology, <a href="https://thenewpress.com/books/how-we-see-it"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a> (The New Press), gathers twelve essays from writers in India, Canada, South Africa, Ukraine, Palestine, Taiwan, Turkey, Cuba, Egypt, Argentina, Italy, and Ireland. The result might be the most honest birthday message that America will receive today.</p><p> </p><p>What these writers all observe is the same extraordinary ambivalence about the United States. They describe a country that defines itself as the democratic purveyor of justice, while operating as a vast imperial and economic power that shapes the lives of the rest of the world. What’s odd — and Schwartz uses that word carefully — is how few Americans seem to realise this is how the world sees them.</p><p> </p><p>“The question of America is vast. It is unrelenting and unanswerable and will not be silenced,” the Gaza poet Muhammad al-Zaqzouq notes in his essay. Happy birthday, odd America. You might not know it, but the rest of the world is watching. And they won’t forget what they’ve seen.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The World’s Ambivalence: Purveyor of Hope, Imperial Power: </strong>Schwartz’s central finding from twelve countries of essays: the world does not simply hate or love America. It holds a profound ambivalence — between the country that presents itself as the beacon of hope and democracy, and the country that is a vast imperial and economic power that shapes the lives of billions who have no vote in its elections. This ambivalence is, she argues, almost impossible to fully understand from inside the United States, where the assumption of benign intent is so deep. The essays collectively diagnose what the US’s retreat from that self-image means for the world’s ability to find alternative frameworks.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Turkey and America: Erdoğan and Trump Have Learned From Each Other: </strong>Kaya Genç’s essay from Turkey is one of the collection’s most original: the Turkish right has long admired the vast powers of the American presidency as a model to follow, even as that same right has been characterised by American commentators as anti-American or Islamist. The admiration was never for American values — for free speech or civil liberties — but for the structural power of the presidency. Trump, meanwhile, has learned from Erdoğan’s playbook of media control, legal intimidation, and institutional capture. The learning has gone in both directions. What is happening in America, Genç argues, is not exceptional — it is part of a global turn.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Taiwan: Self-Defence Classes and Going It Alone: </strong>Michelle Kuo’s essay from Taiwan describes a country that has fundamentally revised its relationship with the United States. For decades, many Taiwanese believed that by adhering to certain principles — upholding liberal values, supporting LGBTQ rights, maintaining civil liberties — they would gain American favour and the protection that came with it. That thinking is now gone. People in Taiwan are taking self-defence classes, preparing for a possible Chinese invasion without the expectation of outside help. And the values they uphold — civil liberties, LGBTQ rights — are upheld now because they actually want them, not to please Washington.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Dial: 90 Countries, One Third in Translation, Based in Paris: </strong>Schwartz founded The Dial four years ago in response to a sense that American media was turning catastrophically inward, unable to understand its own moment without comparison to what was happening elsewhere. The magazine publishes work from some 90 countries, about a third of it in translation, and aims to bring voices from outside the Anglophone foreign correspondent establishment. Several pieces from the book were reprinted in <em>The Guardian</em>. The anthology grew from a special issue published during the 2024 election, asking writers from around the world to look at the United States — a reversal of the magazine’s usual direction. Schwartz will be talking about the book in Paris on July 4, not eating hot dogs.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Question of America: The Gaza Poet’s Unanswerable Verdict: </strong>Muhammad al-Zaqzouq is a Gazan poet and father of three who has spent years trying to reach the United States, only to find that under Trump’s America, asylum is no longer a possibility. His essay traces a lifetime of ambivalence — America as site of exclusion and segregation, America as specter of another possible life, America as the dream that institutions offer and that the firm hand of diplomacy snatches away. Schwartz reads the closing lines in the interview: “The question of America is vast. It is unrelenting and unanswerable and will not be silenced.” Of all the voices in the anthology, it is the one that stays.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thenewpress.com/books/how-we-see-it">Madeleine Schwartz</a> is the founder and editor-in-chief of <a href="https://www.thedial.world/">The Dial</a>, an online magazine of culture, politics, and ideas with a focus on local writing from around the world. She is the editor of <a href="https://thenewpress.com/books/how-we-see-it"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a> (The New Press, June 9, 2026). Her writing appears in <em>The London Review of Books</em>, <em>The New Yorker</em>, and <em>The New York Review of Books</em>. She teaches journalism at Sciences Po in Paris, where she is based.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thenewpress.com/books/how-we-see-it"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a> edited by Madeleine Schwartz / The Dial (The New Press, June 9, 2026). Essays from India, Canada, South Africa, Ukraine, Palestine, Taiwan, Turkey, Cuba, Egypt, Argentina, Italy, and Ireland.</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.thedial.world/">The Dial</a> — Schwartz’s magazine of international writing, based in Paris.</p><p> </p><p>•       Kaya Genç (Turkey), Michelle Kuo (Taiwan), Muhammad al-Zaqzouq (Gaza), Eve Fairbanks (South Africa) — among the essayists referenced in this conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Adam Shatz, blurb: “To read this rich, subtle, and moving anthology is to be reminded that it is often foreigners who understand us best.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is t...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“What is happening today in America is part of a global political turn — and what’s odd is how little the American people seem to realize it.” — Madeleine Schwartz</em></p><p> </p><p>So we’ve finally arrived. America is 250 today. But where, exactly, have we come? How should we think about the United States of America on July 4, 2026?</p><p> </p><p>Rather than peering inwards, <a href="https://thenewpress.com/books/how-we-see-it">Madeleine Schwartz</a> — the Paris-based founder and editor-in-chief of <a href="https://www.thedial.world/">The Dial</a> — reverses the lens. Her anthology, <a href="https://thenewpress.com/books/how-we-see-it"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a> (The New Press), gathers twelve essays from writers in India, Canada, South Africa, Ukraine, Palestine, Taiwan, Turkey, Cuba, Egypt, Argentina, Italy, and Ireland. The result might be the most honest birthday message that America will receive today.</p><p> </p><p>What these writers all observe is the same extraordinary ambivalence about the United States. They describe a country that defines itself as the democratic purveyor of justice, while operating as a vast imperial and economic power that shapes the lives of the rest of the world. What’s odd — and Schwartz uses that word carefully — is how few Americans seem to realise this is how the world sees them.</p><p> </p><p>“The question of America is vast. It is unrelenting and unanswerable and will not be silenced,” the Gaza poet Muhammad al-Zaqzouq notes in his essay. Happy birthday, odd America. You might not know it, but the rest of the world is watching. And they won’t forget what they’ve seen.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The World’s Ambivalence: Purveyor of Hope, Imperial Power: </strong>Schwartz’s central finding from twelve countries of essays: the world does not simply hate or love America. It holds a profound ambivalence — between the country that presents itself as the beacon of hope and democracy, and the country that is a vast imperial and economic power that shapes the lives of billions who have no vote in its elections. This ambivalence is, she argues, almost impossible to fully understand from inside the United States, where the assumption of benign intent is so deep. The essays collectively diagnose what the US’s retreat from that self-image means for the world’s ability to find alternative frameworks.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Turkey and America: Erdoğan and Trump Have Learned From Each Other: </strong>Kaya Genç’s essay from Turkey is one of the collection’s most original: the Turkish right has long admired the vast powers of the American presidency as a model to follow, even as that same right has been characterised by American commentators as anti-American or Islamist. The admiration was never for American values — for free speech or civil liberties — but for the structural power of the presidency. Trump, meanwhile, has learned from Erdoğan’s playbook of media control, legal intimidation, and institutional capture. The learning has gone in both directions. What is happening in America, Genç argues, is not exceptional — it is part of a global turn.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Taiwan: Self-Defence Classes and Going It Alone: </strong>Michelle Kuo’s essay from Taiwan describes a country that has fundamentally revised its relationship with the United States. For decades, many Taiwanese believed that by adhering to certain principles — upholding liberal values, supporting LGBTQ rights, maintaining civil liberties — they would gain American favour and the protection that came with it. That thinking is now gone. People in Taiwan are taking self-defence classes, preparing for a possible Chinese invasion without the expectation of outside help. And the values they uphold — civil liberties, LGBTQ rights — are upheld now because they actually want them, not to please Washington.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Dial: 90 Countries, One Third in Translation, Based in Paris: </strong>Schwartz founded The Dial four years ago in response to a sense that American media was turning catastrophically inward, unable to understand its own moment without comparison to what was happening elsewhere. The magazine publishes work from some 90 countries, about a third of it in translation, and aims to bring voices from outside the Anglophone foreign correspondent establishment. Several pieces from the book were reprinted in <em>The Guardian</em>. The anthology grew from a special issue published during the 2024 election, asking writers from around the world to look at the United States — a reversal of the magazine’s usual direction. Schwartz will be talking about the book in Paris on July 4, not eating hot dogs.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Question of America: The Gaza Poet’s Unanswerable Verdict: </strong>Muhammad al-Zaqzouq is a Gazan poet and father of three who has spent years trying to reach the United States, only to find that under Trump’s America, asylum is no longer a possibility. His essay traces a lifetime of ambivalence — America as site of exclusion and segregation, America as specter of another possible life, America as the dream that institutions offer and that the firm hand of diplomacy snatches away. Schwartz reads the closing lines in the interview: “The question of America is vast. It is unrelenting and unanswerable and will not be silenced.” Of all the voices in the anthology, it is the one that stays.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thenewpress.com/books/how-we-see-it">Madeleine Schwartz</a> is the founder and editor-in-chief of <a href="https://www.thedial.world/">The Dial</a>, an online magazine of culture, politics, and ideas with a focus on local writing from around the world. She is the editor of <a href="https://thenewpress.com/books/how-we-see-it"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a> (The New Press, June 9, 2026). Her writing appears in <em>The London Review of Books</em>, <em>The New Yorker</em>, and <em>The New York Review of Books</em>. She teaches journalism at Sciences Po in Paris, where she is based.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thenewpress.com/books/how-we-see-it"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a> edited by Madeleine Schwartz / The Dial (The New Press, June 9, 2026). Essays from India, Canada, South Africa, Ukraine, Palestine, Taiwan, Turkey, Cuba, Egypt, Argentina, Italy, and Ireland.</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.thedial.world/">The Dial</a> — Schwartz’s magazine of international writing, based in Paris.</p><p> </p><p>•       Kaya Genç (Turkey), Michelle Kuo (Taiwan), Muhammad al-Zaqzouq (Gaza), Eve Fairbanks (South Africa) — among the essayists referenced in this conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Adam Shatz, blurb: “To read this rich, subtle, and moving anthology is to be reminded that it is often foreigners who understand us best.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is t...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 04 Jul 2026 07:45:15 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/3de6bf26/2df22129.mp3" length="34002278" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3472706" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/3de6bf26/2df22129.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VoRX2MN6DsI">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/s_dl0hnYRJv86if-lohuAYLo0U2Hi8Qsg6qqs1j_21U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS81NjU4/YzM1ZGJkNDQ3Nzgx/NzI4ZjVhMzkxZDA5/NDVkMS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2124</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“What is happening today in America is part of a global political turn — and what’s odd is how little the American people seem to realize it.” — Madeleine Schwartz</em></p><p> </p><p>So we’ve finally arrived. America is 250 today. But where, exactly, have we come? How should we think about the United States of America on July 4, 2026?</p><p> </p><p>Rather than peering inwards, <a href="https://thenewpress.com/books/how-we-see-it">Madeleine Schwartz</a> — the Paris-based founder and editor-in-chief of <a href="https://www.thedial.world/">The Dial</a> — reverses the lens. Her anthology, <a href="https://thenewpress.com/books/how-we-see-it"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a> (The New Press), gathers twelve essays from writers in India, Canada, South Africa, Ukraine, Palestine, Taiwan, Turkey, Cuba, Egypt, Argentina, Italy, and Ireland. The result might be the most honest birthday message that America will receive today.</p><p> </p><p>What these writers all observe is the same extraordinary ambivalence about the United States. They describe a country that defines itself as the democratic purveyor of justice, while operating as a vast imperial and economic power that shapes the lives of the rest of the world. What’s odd — and Schwartz uses that word carefully — is how few Americans seem to realise this is how the world sees them.</p><p> </p><p>“The question of America is vast. It is unrelenting and unanswerable and will not be silenced,” the Gaza poet Muhammad al-Zaqzouq notes in his essay. Happy birthday, odd America. You might not know it, but the rest of the world is watching. And they won’t forget what they’ve seen.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The World’s Ambivalence: Purveyor of Hope, Imperial Power: </strong>Schwartz’s central finding from twelve countries of essays: the world does not simply hate or love America. It holds a profound ambivalence — between the country that presents itself as the beacon of hope and democracy, and the country that is a vast imperial and economic power that shapes the lives of billions who have no vote in its elections. This ambivalence is, she argues, almost impossible to fully understand from inside the United States, where the assumption of benign intent is so deep. The essays collectively diagnose what the US’s retreat from that self-image means for the world’s ability to find alternative frameworks.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Turkey and America: Erdoğan and Trump Have Learned From Each Other: </strong>Kaya Genç’s essay from Turkey is one of the collection’s most original: the Turkish right has long admired the vast powers of the American presidency as a model to follow, even as that same right has been characterised by American commentators as anti-American or Islamist. The admiration was never for American values — for free speech or civil liberties — but for the structural power of the presidency. Trump, meanwhile, has learned from Erdoğan’s playbook of media control, legal intimidation, and institutional capture. The learning has gone in both directions. What is happening in America, Genç argues, is not exceptional — it is part of a global turn.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Taiwan: Self-Defence Classes and Going It Alone: </strong>Michelle Kuo’s essay from Taiwan describes a country that has fundamentally revised its relationship with the United States. For decades, many Taiwanese believed that by adhering to certain principles — upholding liberal values, supporting LGBTQ rights, maintaining civil liberties — they would gain American favour and the protection that came with it. That thinking is now gone. People in Taiwan are taking self-defence classes, preparing for a possible Chinese invasion without the expectation of outside help. And the values they uphold — civil liberties, LGBTQ rights — are upheld now because they actually want them, not to please Washington.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Dial: 90 Countries, One Third in Translation, Based in Paris: </strong>Schwartz founded The Dial four years ago in response to a sense that American media was turning catastrophically inward, unable to understand its own moment without comparison to what was happening elsewhere. The magazine publishes work from some 90 countries, about a third of it in translation, and aims to bring voices from outside the Anglophone foreign correspondent establishment. Several pieces from the book were reprinted in <em>The Guardian</em>. The anthology grew from a special issue published during the 2024 election, asking writers from around the world to look at the United States — a reversal of the magazine’s usual direction. Schwartz will be talking about the book in Paris on July 4, not eating hot dogs.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Question of America: The Gaza Poet’s Unanswerable Verdict: </strong>Muhammad al-Zaqzouq is a Gazan poet and father of three who has spent years trying to reach the United States, only to find that under Trump’s America, asylum is no longer a possibility. His essay traces a lifetime of ambivalence — America as site of exclusion and segregation, America as specter of another possible life, America as the dream that institutions offer and that the firm hand of diplomacy snatches away. Schwartz reads the closing lines in the interview: “The question of America is vast. It is unrelenting and unanswerable and will not be silenced.” Of all the voices in the anthology, it is the one that stays.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thenewpress.com/books/how-we-see-it">Madeleine Schwartz</a> is the founder and editor-in-chief of <a href="https://www.thedial.world/">The Dial</a>, an online magazine of culture, politics, and ideas with a focus on local writing from around the world. She is the editor of <a href="https://thenewpress.com/books/how-we-see-it"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a> (The New Press, June 9, 2026). Her writing appears in <em>The London Review of Books</em>, <em>The New Yorker</em>, and <em>The New York Review of Books</em>. She teaches journalism at Sciences Po in Paris, where she is based.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thenewpress.com/books/how-we-see-it"><em>How We See It: The World Looks at America in the Age of Trump</em></a> edited by Madeleine Schwartz / The Dial (The New Press, June 9, 2026). Essays from India, Canada, South Africa, Ukraine, Palestine, Taiwan, Turkey, Cuba, Egypt, Argentina, Italy, and Ireland.</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.thedial.world/">The Dial</a> — Schwartz’s magazine of international writing, based in Paris.</p><p> </p><p>•       Kaya Genç (Turkey), Michelle Kuo (Taiwan), Muhammad al-Zaqzouq (Gaza), Eve Fairbanks (South Africa) — among the essayists referenced in this conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Adam Shatz, blurb: “To read this rich, subtle, and moving anthology is to be reminded that it is often foreigners who understand us best.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is t...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3de6bf26/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3de6bf26/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>America's Grand Faustian Bargain: Alexander Mikaberidze on How the Louisiana Purchase Made the United States</title>
      <itunes:episode>2961</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2961</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>America's Grand Faustian Bargain: Alexander Mikaberidze on How the Louisiana Purchase Made the United States</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ccb8260b-9672-45cc-b000-a26955e3df9b</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Tomorrow, America will celebrate its birth. But the decisive moment, even the real birth of modern America, argues <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-louisiana-purchase-9780197548141">Alexander Mikaberidze</a> in his new book <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-louisiana-purchase-9780197548141"><em>The Louisiana Purchase: The Grand Bargain and the Making of America</em></a>, may not have been 1776 at all. It was 1803, the year of the Louisiana Purchase. The year Thomas Jefferson bought the future from Napoleon Bonaparte. This was the moment the young American republic doubled its size in a single transaction, absorbed the heart of a continent and set itself on the path to becoming a global superpower.</p><p> </p><p>The numbers associated with the Louisiana Purchase are staggering. 828,000 square miles. Thirteen states. Fifteen million dollars — four cents an acre, so the mythology tells us. But Mikaberidze reminds us that the deal Jefferson signed did not actually grant the United States the land. Instead, it merely authorised the republic to negotiate the acquisition of land still owned by Native Americans. So it became the founding event of the US-Indian Treaty System that produced over 200 Native American cessions between 1804 and 1970, and cost the Republic billions of dollars.</p><p> </p><p>The Louisiana Purchase was America’s grand Faustian bargain. It was a deal that not only enabled America’s eventual rise as a 20th century superpower, but also the expansion of slavery, the destruction of Native peoples, and the 19th century imperial reach of the Monroe Doctrine. So forget 1776 and save the fireworks to remember 1803. And celebrate with croissants rather than hot dogs. Without Napoleon Bonaparte’s generosity, the United States might be just another regional power like France.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Louisiana Purchase: Arguably the Decisive Moment in American History: </strong>Mikaberidze’s opening argument: if you had to pick the single most important moment in American history, 1803 has a stronger claim than 1776. Independence established the republic. The Louisiana Purchase made it a continental power. 828,000 square miles. Thirteen states. The heart of the continent. Securing the Mississippi for American commerce. Laying the groundwork for the Monroe Doctrine, Manifest Destiny, and America’s eventual emergence as a global superpower. The revolution created the nation. The purchase created its destiny.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Four Cents an Acre? The Real Price Was Billions: </strong>The famous number: $15 million, or four cents an acre. The less famous fact: the agreement Jefferson signed did not grant the United States the land. It merely authorised the republic to negotiate the acquisition of the land, which was still owned by Native Americans. The Louisiana Purchase was the founding event of the US-Indian Treaty System — which produced over 200 Native American cessions between 1804 and 1970, and cost the United States not $15 million but billions of dollars. What appeared to be the greatest real estate deal in history was actually an authorisation to conduct the most expensive series of land negotiations in history.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Grand Faustian Bargain: Slavery, Native Peoples, and the Monroe Doctrine: </strong>Andrew’s formulation — the Grand Faustian Bargain, the deal with the devil — is one Mikaberidze accepts. The purchase did three things simultaneously: it made America a continental power and a future superpower; it enabled the expansion of slavery into the vast new territory (the Missouri crisis of 1820 was a direct consequence); and it set in motion the dispossession of Native peoples at a scale and speed that would otherwise have been impossible. The Monroe Doctrine — America’s declaration that the Western Hemisphere was its sphere of influence — would not have been conceivable without the continental reach the purchase provided.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Napoleon’s Bad Weather: The Contingency That Made America: </strong>The counterfactual at the heart of Mikaberidze’s book: in October 1802, Napoleon had 4,000 veteran French troops ready to sail for New Orleans. The bad weather delayed them. Then it was too late — war with Britain was coming, and Napoleon decided to sell. If those troops had arrived, Mikaberidze argues, France might have retained effective control of southern Louisiana, cultivated alliances with Native nations (as it historically had), and used those alliances to constrain American expansion inland. Without the Louisiana hinterland, the American republic might have been a prosperous but regionally limited power, strong in New England and the Northeast but denied the continental reach that made it a superpower.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Croissants in Kansas, Tacos in Oklahoma: The Counterfactual Continents: </strong>Andrew’s closing question: what would July 4 look like in Kansas and Oklahoma if the purchase hadn’t happened? Mikaberidze’s answer: French Louisiana, Spanish Texas, and Native-controlled hinterlands are all in play. The people of Kansas might indeed be celebrating with croissants rather than hot dogs. Mikaberidze adds: or tacos. Almost certainly more tacos and moles, given the Spanish and ultimately Mexican influence that would have prevailed across most of the continent. The American empire of liberty, in this alternative timeline, stops somewhere in the middle of what is now Missouri.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-louisiana-purchase-9780197548141">Alexander Mikaberidze</a> is Professor of History and the Ruth Herring Noel Endowed Chair at Louisiana State University-Shreveport. He is the author of <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-louisiana-purchase-9780197548141"><em>The Louisiana Purchase: The Grand Bargain and the Making of America</em></a> (Oxford University Press, July 3, 2026) and more than two dozen other books, including <em>Kutuzov: A Life in War and Peace</em> (Oxford, 2022) and <em>The Napoleonic Wars: A Global History</em> (Oxford, 2020), both winners of the Society for Military History’s Distinguished Book Award and the Gilder-Lehrman Military History Prize. He was born in Georgia (the Caucasus) and has lived in Shreveport, Louisiana for twenty-six years.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-louisiana-purchase-9780197548141"><em>The Louisiana Purchase: The Grand Bargain and the Making of America</em></a> by Alexander Mikaberidze (Oxford University Press, July 3, 2026). Part of the Pivotal Moments in American History series.</p><p> </p><p>•       Craig Fuhrman, <em>The Vast Enterprise</em> — referenced by Mikaberidze as a new reassessment of Lewis and Clark’s expedition.</p><p> </p><p>•       Jedediah Morse (1789) — the geographer who wrote of “American Empire” with a western boundary at the Pacific, referenced in the Monroe Doctrine discussion.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolif...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Tomorrow, America will celebrate its birth. But the decisive moment, even the real birth of modern America, argues <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-louisiana-purchase-9780197548141">Alexander Mikaberidze</a> in his new book <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-louisiana-purchase-9780197548141"><em>The Louisiana Purchase: The Grand Bargain and the Making of America</em></a>, may not have been 1776 at all. It was 1803, the year of the Louisiana Purchase. The year Thomas Jefferson bought the future from Napoleon Bonaparte. This was the moment the young American republic doubled its size in a single transaction, absorbed the heart of a continent and set itself on the path to becoming a global superpower.</p><p> </p><p>The numbers associated with the Louisiana Purchase are staggering. 828,000 square miles. Thirteen states. Fifteen million dollars — four cents an acre, so the mythology tells us. But Mikaberidze reminds us that the deal Jefferson signed did not actually grant the United States the land. Instead, it merely authorised the republic to negotiate the acquisition of land still owned by Native Americans. So it became the founding event of the US-Indian Treaty System that produced over 200 Native American cessions between 1804 and 1970, and cost the Republic billions of dollars.</p><p> </p><p>The Louisiana Purchase was America’s grand Faustian bargain. It was a deal that not only enabled America’s eventual rise as a 20th century superpower, but also the expansion of slavery, the destruction of Native peoples, and the 19th century imperial reach of the Monroe Doctrine. So forget 1776 and save the fireworks to remember 1803. And celebrate with croissants rather than hot dogs. Without Napoleon Bonaparte’s generosity, the United States might be just another regional power like France.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Louisiana Purchase: Arguably the Decisive Moment in American History: </strong>Mikaberidze’s opening argument: if you had to pick the single most important moment in American history, 1803 has a stronger claim than 1776. Independence established the republic. The Louisiana Purchase made it a continental power. 828,000 square miles. Thirteen states. The heart of the continent. Securing the Mississippi for American commerce. Laying the groundwork for the Monroe Doctrine, Manifest Destiny, and America’s eventual emergence as a global superpower. The revolution created the nation. The purchase created its destiny.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Four Cents an Acre? The Real Price Was Billions: </strong>The famous number: $15 million, or four cents an acre. The less famous fact: the agreement Jefferson signed did not grant the United States the land. It merely authorised the republic to negotiate the acquisition of the land, which was still owned by Native Americans. The Louisiana Purchase was the founding event of the US-Indian Treaty System — which produced over 200 Native American cessions between 1804 and 1970, and cost the United States not $15 million but billions of dollars. What appeared to be the greatest real estate deal in history was actually an authorisation to conduct the most expensive series of land negotiations in history.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Grand Faustian Bargain: Slavery, Native Peoples, and the Monroe Doctrine: </strong>Andrew’s formulation — the Grand Faustian Bargain, the deal with the devil — is one Mikaberidze accepts. The purchase did three things simultaneously: it made America a continental power and a future superpower; it enabled the expansion of slavery into the vast new territory (the Missouri crisis of 1820 was a direct consequence); and it set in motion the dispossession of Native peoples at a scale and speed that would otherwise have been impossible. The Monroe Doctrine — America’s declaration that the Western Hemisphere was its sphere of influence — would not have been conceivable without the continental reach the purchase provided.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Napoleon’s Bad Weather: The Contingency That Made America: </strong>The counterfactual at the heart of Mikaberidze’s book: in October 1802, Napoleon had 4,000 veteran French troops ready to sail for New Orleans. The bad weather delayed them. Then it was too late — war with Britain was coming, and Napoleon decided to sell. If those troops had arrived, Mikaberidze argues, France might have retained effective control of southern Louisiana, cultivated alliances with Native nations (as it historically had), and used those alliances to constrain American expansion inland. Without the Louisiana hinterland, the American republic might have been a prosperous but regionally limited power, strong in New England and the Northeast but denied the continental reach that made it a superpower.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Croissants in Kansas, Tacos in Oklahoma: The Counterfactual Continents: </strong>Andrew’s closing question: what would July 4 look like in Kansas and Oklahoma if the purchase hadn’t happened? Mikaberidze’s answer: French Louisiana, Spanish Texas, and Native-controlled hinterlands are all in play. The people of Kansas might indeed be celebrating with croissants rather than hot dogs. Mikaberidze adds: or tacos. Almost certainly more tacos and moles, given the Spanish and ultimately Mexican influence that would have prevailed across most of the continent. The American empire of liberty, in this alternative timeline, stops somewhere in the middle of what is now Missouri.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-louisiana-purchase-9780197548141">Alexander Mikaberidze</a> is Professor of History and the Ruth Herring Noel Endowed Chair at Louisiana State University-Shreveport. He is the author of <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-louisiana-purchase-9780197548141"><em>The Louisiana Purchase: The Grand Bargain and the Making of America</em></a> (Oxford University Press, July 3, 2026) and more than two dozen other books, including <em>Kutuzov: A Life in War and Peace</em> (Oxford, 2022) and <em>The Napoleonic Wars: A Global History</em> (Oxford, 2020), both winners of the Society for Military History’s Distinguished Book Award and the Gilder-Lehrman Military History Prize. He was born in Georgia (the Caucasus) and has lived in Shreveport, Louisiana for twenty-six years.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-louisiana-purchase-9780197548141"><em>The Louisiana Purchase: The Grand Bargain and the Making of America</em></a> by Alexander Mikaberidze (Oxford University Press, July 3, 2026). Part of the Pivotal Moments in American History series.</p><p> </p><p>•       Craig Fuhrman, <em>The Vast Enterprise</em> — referenced by Mikaberidze as a new reassessment of Lewis and Clark’s expedition.</p><p> </p><p>•       Jedediah Morse (1789) — the geographer who wrote of “American Empire” with a western boundary at the Pacific, referenced in the Monroe Doctrine discussion.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolif...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Jul 2026 08:27:39 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/981b580c/adf6b78e.mp3" length="48152811" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3436762" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/981b580c/adf6b78e.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1qQ7h1FIEi4">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/DK5iIMoJNEmi9CI8NUYS1RNwBFFTFqjG6DkBBCkoK1s/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85Zjg3/YzExNzBkZWM4YjMz/YjQ4M2JmNjNmNmVk/NGZhZC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3006</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Tomorrow, America will celebrate its birth. But the decisive moment, even the real birth of modern America, argues <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-louisiana-purchase-9780197548141">Alexander Mikaberidze</a> in his new book <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-louisiana-purchase-9780197548141"><em>The Louisiana Purchase: The Grand Bargain and the Making of America</em></a>, may not have been 1776 at all. It was 1803, the year of the Louisiana Purchase. The year Thomas Jefferson bought the future from Napoleon Bonaparte. This was the moment the young American republic doubled its size in a single transaction, absorbed the heart of a continent and set itself on the path to becoming a global superpower.</p><p> </p><p>The numbers associated with the Louisiana Purchase are staggering. 828,000 square miles. Thirteen states. Fifteen million dollars — four cents an acre, so the mythology tells us. But Mikaberidze reminds us that the deal Jefferson signed did not actually grant the United States the land. Instead, it merely authorised the republic to negotiate the acquisition of land still owned by Native Americans. So it became the founding event of the US-Indian Treaty System that produced over 200 Native American cessions between 1804 and 1970, and cost the Republic billions of dollars.</p><p> </p><p>The Louisiana Purchase was America’s grand Faustian bargain. It was a deal that not only enabled America’s eventual rise as a 20th century superpower, but also the expansion of slavery, the destruction of Native peoples, and the 19th century imperial reach of the Monroe Doctrine. So forget 1776 and save the fireworks to remember 1803. And celebrate with croissants rather than hot dogs. Without Napoleon Bonaparte’s generosity, the United States might be just another regional power like France.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Louisiana Purchase: Arguably the Decisive Moment in American History: </strong>Mikaberidze’s opening argument: if you had to pick the single most important moment in American history, 1803 has a stronger claim than 1776. Independence established the republic. The Louisiana Purchase made it a continental power. 828,000 square miles. Thirteen states. The heart of the continent. Securing the Mississippi for American commerce. Laying the groundwork for the Monroe Doctrine, Manifest Destiny, and America’s eventual emergence as a global superpower. The revolution created the nation. The purchase created its destiny.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Four Cents an Acre? The Real Price Was Billions: </strong>The famous number: $15 million, or four cents an acre. The less famous fact: the agreement Jefferson signed did not grant the United States the land. It merely authorised the republic to negotiate the acquisition of the land, which was still owned by Native Americans. The Louisiana Purchase was the founding event of the US-Indian Treaty System — which produced over 200 Native American cessions between 1804 and 1970, and cost the United States not $15 million but billions of dollars. What appeared to be the greatest real estate deal in history was actually an authorisation to conduct the most expensive series of land negotiations in history.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Grand Faustian Bargain: Slavery, Native Peoples, and the Monroe Doctrine: </strong>Andrew’s formulation — the Grand Faustian Bargain, the deal with the devil — is one Mikaberidze accepts. The purchase did three things simultaneously: it made America a continental power and a future superpower; it enabled the expansion of slavery into the vast new territory (the Missouri crisis of 1820 was a direct consequence); and it set in motion the dispossession of Native peoples at a scale and speed that would otherwise have been impossible. The Monroe Doctrine — America’s declaration that the Western Hemisphere was its sphere of influence — would not have been conceivable without the continental reach the purchase provided.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Napoleon’s Bad Weather: The Contingency That Made America: </strong>The counterfactual at the heart of Mikaberidze’s book: in October 1802, Napoleon had 4,000 veteran French troops ready to sail for New Orleans. The bad weather delayed them. Then it was too late — war with Britain was coming, and Napoleon decided to sell. If those troops had arrived, Mikaberidze argues, France might have retained effective control of southern Louisiana, cultivated alliances with Native nations (as it historically had), and used those alliances to constrain American expansion inland. Without the Louisiana hinterland, the American republic might have been a prosperous but regionally limited power, strong in New England and the Northeast but denied the continental reach that made it a superpower.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Croissants in Kansas, Tacos in Oklahoma: The Counterfactual Continents: </strong>Andrew’s closing question: what would July 4 look like in Kansas and Oklahoma if the purchase hadn’t happened? Mikaberidze’s answer: French Louisiana, Spanish Texas, and Native-controlled hinterlands are all in play. The people of Kansas might indeed be celebrating with croissants rather than hot dogs. Mikaberidze adds: or tacos. Almost certainly more tacos and moles, given the Spanish and ultimately Mexican influence that would have prevailed across most of the continent. The American empire of liberty, in this alternative timeline, stops somewhere in the middle of what is now Missouri.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-louisiana-purchase-9780197548141">Alexander Mikaberidze</a> is Professor of History and the Ruth Herring Noel Endowed Chair at Louisiana State University-Shreveport. He is the author of <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-louisiana-purchase-9780197548141"><em>The Louisiana Purchase: The Grand Bargain and the Making of America</em></a> (Oxford University Press, July 3, 2026) and more than two dozen other books, including <em>Kutuzov: A Life in War and Peace</em> (Oxford, 2022) and <em>The Napoleonic Wars: A Global History</em> (Oxford, 2020), both winners of the Society for Military History’s Distinguished Book Award and the Gilder-Lehrman Military History Prize. He was born in Georgia (the Caucasus) and has lived in Shreveport, Louisiana for twenty-six years.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-louisiana-purchase-9780197548141"><em>The Louisiana Purchase: The Grand Bargain and the Making of America</em></a> by Alexander Mikaberidze (Oxford University Press, July 3, 2026). Part of the Pivotal Moments in American History series.</p><p> </p><p>•       Craig Fuhrman, <em>The Vast Enterprise</em> — referenced by Mikaberidze as a new reassessment of Lewis and Clark’s expedition.</p><p> </p><p>•       Jedediah Morse (1789) — the geographer who wrote of “American Empire” with a western boundary at the Pacific, referenced in the Monroe Doctrine discussion.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolif...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/981b580c/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/981b580c/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dear America — Happy Fucking Birthday: Christopher Hooks on an Exhausted United States at 250</title>
      <itunes:episode>2960</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2960</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Dear America — Happy Fucking Birthday: Christopher Hooks on an Exhausted United States at 250</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">11d8c548-a8c0-47c6-a3f1-348a622b7f39</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“There’s a kind of exhaustion and resentment — maybe sometimes feeling a little foolish about still feeling attached to some idea of this country that seems like it’s maybe not holding that strong or that healthy anymore.” — Christopher Hooks</em></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/07/happy-fucking-birthday-christopher-hooks-semiquincentennial/">Happy fucking birthday,</a> America. No, not my tasteless language. These words adorn the cover of the July 2026 issue of the 175-year-old <em>Harper’s</em>, America’s oldest monthly publication. From one <em>alter kocker</em> to another. It’s no fun getting old.</p><p> </p><p>The <em>Harper’s</em> piece, written by the Texas-based journalist <a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/07/happy-fucking-birthday-christopher-hooks-semiquincentennial/">Christopher Hooks</a>, is a funereal essay about his travels around an exhausted America. It began as a reported account of America250 — the bipartisan commission set up in 2015–2016, at the end of the Obama era, to organise the semiquincentennial celebrations. Bipartisan? Internal bureaucratic dysfunction. Disagreements about purpose. Trumpian lawsuits. NDAs. Blah, blah, blah. Hooks found it demoralising. The landscape of Washington DC, he writes mournfully, is didactic and insistent. Some <em>alter kocker</em> is always trying to teach you something.</p><p> </p><p>But some people do, indeed, have something to teach us. Hooks’ piece ends with Thaddeus Stevens — the club-footed, cranky, ugly radical Republican congressman who was born a few years after the Constitution was ratified. Stevens spent most of his long life believing in perfect racial and ethnic equality, helped frame the 14th Amendment as a second founding father, and died deeply disappointed. And, of course, that disappointment would only be compounded if he could see what Christopher Hooks saw in his recent trip around the contemporary United States.</p><p> </p><p>Dear America — happy fucking birthday. Love, uncle Thaddeus.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Happy Fucking Birthday: The Title, the Feeling, and the Cover of Harper’s: </strong>Hooks’ editor at <em>Harper’s</em> came up with the title. Hooks is glad they did. It matches the feeling: exhaustion, resentment, and a kind of embarrassment at still feeling attached to an idea of America that seems like it’s not holding together. His father — a Republican for most of his life until 2016 — wakes up every morning and has to deal with the fact that America is maybe not the thing he thought it was. He feels humiliated. His son does too. Nobody likes to be fooled. And part of the unique indignity of the Trump era is the delight Trump and his people take in rubbing the noses of liberals in the abuse of American symbols.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The America250 Commission: Dysfunction, Lawsuits, and a Startup Fund: </strong>America250 was a bipartisan commission set up at the end of the Obama era to organise the semiquincentennial celebrations. By the time Hooks arrived at their press briefing, they had survived internal dysfunction, disagreements about purpose, lawsuits, and NDAs. Trump’s people had been brought in; fighting followed. Their proudest achievement: a venture capital seed fund to help American college students start companies, as a way of repairing the lack of patriotism polling says younger Americans feel. It felt to Hooks like it came from a past political moment — discredited and distant. He came out of the briefing dispirited.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The History of Semiquincentennials: 1876 Had Juice, 1976 Had Amnesia: </strong>Milestone commemorations have usually been emotionally complicated. 1926 was a disaster. 1976 — at the end of Vietnam and after Watergate — surprised many by producing an unexpected wave of patriotic sentiment that washed away, at least for a day, the gnawing doubts. That amnesia helped make possible both Jimmy Carter and the Reagan revolution. But the moment of maximum danger had passed by then. The one commemoration that had genuine juice, in Hooks’ view, was 1876 — the Centennial Exposition in Philadelphia, a world’s fair that was a genuine moment of national energy. The 250th is not that.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Thaddeus Stevens: The Honest Version of America’s Story: </strong>Hooks ends his piece with Thaddeus Stevens — the radical Republican congressman, club-footed, cranky, and widely described as ugly by his contemporaries. Born a few years after the Constitution was ratified. Believed in perfect racial and ethnic equality when almost no one else did. Helped frame the 14th Amendment as a second founding father of American democracy. Died deeply disappointed. His story, Hooks suggests, is the most honest version of how to be attached to America: feeling profound anger about the country as it is, working for something better, not living to see it, and laying the groundwork for what comes after.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Not Going to a Sanctioned Celebration Zone: </strong>Hooks will spend July 4 in New York, having a few beers with friends. Probably not going to a sanctioned celebration zone. Not setting off fireworks. His father will be in Texas, doing roughly the same. Both men share what Hooks calls a feeling of humiliation — a sense that they were fooled about what America was, and that the process of reckoning with that is long and ongoing. The Gilded Age was also pretty bleak, Hooks notes, and in time it was replaced by the progressive era and the New Deal. American history swings in big pendulum arcs. He wants to have hope. Some days it’s easier than others.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/07/happy-fucking-birthday-christopher-hooks-semiquincentennial/">Christopher Hooks</a> is a journalist who writes about Texas politics for <em>Texas Monthly</em> and national politics for <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>, <em>The New Republic</em>, and others. He divides his time between Austin, Texas and Brooklyn, New York. His piece <a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/07/happy-fucking-birthday-christopher-hooks-semiquincentennial/">“Happy Fucking Birthday: An Exhausted America Turns Two Hundred and Fifty,”</a> is the cover story of the July 2026 issue of <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/07/happy-fucking-birthday-christopher-hooks-semiquincentennial/">“Happy Fucking Birthday: An Exhausted America Turns Two Hundred and Fifty”</a> by Christopher Hooks, <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>, July 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ben Fountain, <em>Rasputin Swims the Potomac</em> — referenced at the opening; recent KOA guest.</p><p> </p><p>•       Peter Wehner, “The Apotheosis of Donald Trump,” <em>The Atlantic</em>, June 14, 2026 — referenced; recent KOA guest.</p><p> </p><p>•       Thaddeus Stevens (1792–1868) — radical Republican congressman, abolitionist, framer of the 14th Amendment.</p><p> </p><p>•       America250 — the federal commission organising the US semiquincentennial celebrations.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of ...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“There’s a kind of exhaustion and resentment — maybe sometimes feeling a little foolish about still feeling attached to some idea of this country that seems like it’s maybe not holding that strong or that healthy anymore.” — Christopher Hooks</em></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/07/happy-fucking-birthday-christopher-hooks-semiquincentennial/">Happy fucking birthday,</a> America. No, not my tasteless language. These words adorn the cover of the July 2026 issue of the 175-year-old <em>Harper’s</em>, America’s oldest monthly publication. From one <em>alter kocker</em> to another. It’s no fun getting old.</p><p> </p><p>The <em>Harper’s</em> piece, written by the Texas-based journalist <a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/07/happy-fucking-birthday-christopher-hooks-semiquincentennial/">Christopher Hooks</a>, is a funereal essay about his travels around an exhausted America. It began as a reported account of America250 — the bipartisan commission set up in 2015–2016, at the end of the Obama era, to organise the semiquincentennial celebrations. Bipartisan? Internal bureaucratic dysfunction. Disagreements about purpose. Trumpian lawsuits. NDAs. Blah, blah, blah. Hooks found it demoralising. The landscape of Washington DC, he writes mournfully, is didactic and insistent. Some <em>alter kocker</em> is always trying to teach you something.</p><p> </p><p>But some people do, indeed, have something to teach us. Hooks’ piece ends with Thaddeus Stevens — the club-footed, cranky, ugly radical Republican congressman who was born a few years after the Constitution was ratified. Stevens spent most of his long life believing in perfect racial and ethnic equality, helped frame the 14th Amendment as a second founding father, and died deeply disappointed. And, of course, that disappointment would only be compounded if he could see what Christopher Hooks saw in his recent trip around the contemporary United States.</p><p> </p><p>Dear America — happy fucking birthday. Love, uncle Thaddeus.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Happy Fucking Birthday: The Title, the Feeling, and the Cover of Harper’s: </strong>Hooks’ editor at <em>Harper’s</em> came up with the title. Hooks is glad they did. It matches the feeling: exhaustion, resentment, and a kind of embarrassment at still feeling attached to an idea of America that seems like it’s not holding together. His father — a Republican for most of his life until 2016 — wakes up every morning and has to deal with the fact that America is maybe not the thing he thought it was. He feels humiliated. His son does too. Nobody likes to be fooled. And part of the unique indignity of the Trump era is the delight Trump and his people take in rubbing the noses of liberals in the abuse of American symbols.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The America250 Commission: Dysfunction, Lawsuits, and a Startup Fund: </strong>America250 was a bipartisan commission set up at the end of the Obama era to organise the semiquincentennial celebrations. By the time Hooks arrived at their press briefing, they had survived internal dysfunction, disagreements about purpose, lawsuits, and NDAs. Trump’s people had been brought in; fighting followed. Their proudest achievement: a venture capital seed fund to help American college students start companies, as a way of repairing the lack of patriotism polling says younger Americans feel. It felt to Hooks like it came from a past political moment — discredited and distant. He came out of the briefing dispirited.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The History of Semiquincentennials: 1876 Had Juice, 1976 Had Amnesia: </strong>Milestone commemorations have usually been emotionally complicated. 1926 was a disaster. 1976 — at the end of Vietnam and after Watergate — surprised many by producing an unexpected wave of patriotic sentiment that washed away, at least for a day, the gnawing doubts. That amnesia helped make possible both Jimmy Carter and the Reagan revolution. But the moment of maximum danger had passed by then. The one commemoration that had genuine juice, in Hooks’ view, was 1876 — the Centennial Exposition in Philadelphia, a world’s fair that was a genuine moment of national energy. The 250th is not that.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Thaddeus Stevens: The Honest Version of America’s Story: </strong>Hooks ends his piece with Thaddeus Stevens — the radical Republican congressman, club-footed, cranky, and widely described as ugly by his contemporaries. Born a few years after the Constitution was ratified. Believed in perfect racial and ethnic equality when almost no one else did. Helped frame the 14th Amendment as a second founding father of American democracy. Died deeply disappointed. His story, Hooks suggests, is the most honest version of how to be attached to America: feeling profound anger about the country as it is, working for something better, not living to see it, and laying the groundwork for what comes after.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Not Going to a Sanctioned Celebration Zone: </strong>Hooks will spend July 4 in New York, having a few beers with friends. Probably not going to a sanctioned celebration zone. Not setting off fireworks. His father will be in Texas, doing roughly the same. Both men share what Hooks calls a feeling of humiliation — a sense that they were fooled about what America was, and that the process of reckoning with that is long and ongoing. The Gilded Age was also pretty bleak, Hooks notes, and in time it was replaced by the progressive era and the New Deal. American history swings in big pendulum arcs. He wants to have hope. Some days it’s easier than others.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/07/happy-fucking-birthday-christopher-hooks-semiquincentennial/">Christopher Hooks</a> is a journalist who writes about Texas politics for <em>Texas Monthly</em> and national politics for <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>, <em>The New Republic</em>, and others. He divides his time between Austin, Texas and Brooklyn, New York. His piece <a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/07/happy-fucking-birthday-christopher-hooks-semiquincentennial/">“Happy Fucking Birthday: An Exhausted America Turns Two Hundred and Fifty,”</a> is the cover story of the July 2026 issue of <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/07/happy-fucking-birthday-christopher-hooks-semiquincentennial/">“Happy Fucking Birthday: An Exhausted America Turns Two Hundred and Fifty”</a> by Christopher Hooks, <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>, July 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ben Fountain, <em>Rasputin Swims the Potomac</em> — referenced at the opening; recent KOA guest.</p><p> </p><p>•       Peter Wehner, “The Apotheosis of Donald Trump,” <em>The Atlantic</em>, June 14, 2026 — referenced; recent KOA guest.</p><p> </p><p>•       Thaddeus Stevens (1792–1868) — radical Republican congressman, abolitionist, framer of the 14th Amendment.</p><p> </p><p>•       America250 — the federal commission organising the US semiquincentennial celebrations.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of ...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Jul 2026 08:10:35 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/66bd1251/de1f29f6.mp3" length="32190668" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3459347" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/66bd1251/de1f29f6.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=H7UAcLSTQw4">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/6p6k5ttBYkBCoX8e0-k74T4Of0tqFzzMoqaDukXKd3s/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9jYWYz/ZGM1MGUzOTRiYzQy/OWJlNGJmNGY5Nzc2/YTFiNi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2008</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“There’s a kind of exhaustion and resentment — maybe sometimes feeling a little foolish about still feeling attached to some idea of this country that seems like it’s maybe not holding that strong or that healthy anymore.” — Christopher Hooks</em></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/07/happy-fucking-birthday-christopher-hooks-semiquincentennial/">Happy fucking birthday,</a> America. No, not my tasteless language. These words adorn the cover of the July 2026 issue of the 175-year-old <em>Harper’s</em>, America’s oldest monthly publication. From one <em>alter kocker</em> to another. It’s no fun getting old.</p><p> </p><p>The <em>Harper’s</em> piece, written by the Texas-based journalist <a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/07/happy-fucking-birthday-christopher-hooks-semiquincentennial/">Christopher Hooks</a>, is a funereal essay about his travels around an exhausted America. It began as a reported account of America250 — the bipartisan commission set up in 2015–2016, at the end of the Obama era, to organise the semiquincentennial celebrations. Bipartisan? Internal bureaucratic dysfunction. Disagreements about purpose. Trumpian lawsuits. NDAs. Blah, blah, blah. Hooks found it demoralising. The landscape of Washington DC, he writes mournfully, is didactic and insistent. Some <em>alter kocker</em> is always trying to teach you something.</p><p> </p><p>But some people do, indeed, have something to teach us. Hooks’ piece ends with Thaddeus Stevens — the club-footed, cranky, ugly radical Republican congressman who was born a few years after the Constitution was ratified. Stevens spent most of his long life believing in perfect racial and ethnic equality, helped frame the 14th Amendment as a second founding father, and died deeply disappointed. And, of course, that disappointment would only be compounded if he could see what Christopher Hooks saw in his recent trip around the contemporary United States.</p><p> </p><p>Dear America — happy fucking birthday. Love, uncle Thaddeus.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Happy Fucking Birthday: The Title, the Feeling, and the Cover of Harper’s: </strong>Hooks’ editor at <em>Harper’s</em> came up with the title. Hooks is glad they did. It matches the feeling: exhaustion, resentment, and a kind of embarrassment at still feeling attached to an idea of America that seems like it’s not holding together. His father — a Republican for most of his life until 2016 — wakes up every morning and has to deal with the fact that America is maybe not the thing he thought it was. He feels humiliated. His son does too. Nobody likes to be fooled. And part of the unique indignity of the Trump era is the delight Trump and his people take in rubbing the noses of liberals in the abuse of American symbols.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The America250 Commission: Dysfunction, Lawsuits, and a Startup Fund: </strong>America250 was a bipartisan commission set up at the end of the Obama era to organise the semiquincentennial celebrations. By the time Hooks arrived at their press briefing, they had survived internal dysfunction, disagreements about purpose, lawsuits, and NDAs. Trump’s people had been brought in; fighting followed. Their proudest achievement: a venture capital seed fund to help American college students start companies, as a way of repairing the lack of patriotism polling says younger Americans feel. It felt to Hooks like it came from a past political moment — discredited and distant. He came out of the briefing dispirited.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The History of Semiquincentennials: 1876 Had Juice, 1976 Had Amnesia: </strong>Milestone commemorations have usually been emotionally complicated. 1926 was a disaster. 1976 — at the end of Vietnam and after Watergate — surprised many by producing an unexpected wave of patriotic sentiment that washed away, at least for a day, the gnawing doubts. That amnesia helped make possible both Jimmy Carter and the Reagan revolution. But the moment of maximum danger had passed by then. The one commemoration that had genuine juice, in Hooks’ view, was 1876 — the Centennial Exposition in Philadelphia, a world’s fair that was a genuine moment of national energy. The 250th is not that.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Thaddeus Stevens: The Honest Version of America’s Story: </strong>Hooks ends his piece with Thaddeus Stevens — the radical Republican congressman, club-footed, cranky, and widely described as ugly by his contemporaries. Born a few years after the Constitution was ratified. Believed in perfect racial and ethnic equality when almost no one else did. Helped frame the 14th Amendment as a second founding father of American democracy. Died deeply disappointed. His story, Hooks suggests, is the most honest version of how to be attached to America: feeling profound anger about the country as it is, working for something better, not living to see it, and laying the groundwork for what comes after.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Not Going to a Sanctioned Celebration Zone: </strong>Hooks will spend July 4 in New York, having a few beers with friends. Probably not going to a sanctioned celebration zone. Not setting off fireworks. His father will be in Texas, doing roughly the same. Both men share what Hooks calls a feeling of humiliation — a sense that they were fooled about what America was, and that the process of reckoning with that is long and ongoing. The Gilded Age was also pretty bleak, Hooks notes, and in time it was replaced by the progressive era and the New Deal. American history swings in big pendulum arcs. He wants to have hope. Some days it’s easier than others.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/07/happy-fucking-birthday-christopher-hooks-semiquincentennial/">Christopher Hooks</a> is a journalist who writes about Texas politics for <em>Texas Monthly</em> and national politics for <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>, <em>The New Republic</em>, and others. He divides his time between Austin, Texas and Brooklyn, New York. His piece <a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/07/happy-fucking-birthday-christopher-hooks-semiquincentennial/">“Happy Fucking Birthday: An Exhausted America Turns Two Hundred and Fifty,”</a> is the cover story of the July 2026 issue of <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://harpers.org/archive/2026/07/happy-fucking-birthday-christopher-hooks-semiquincentennial/">“Happy Fucking Birthday: An Exhausted America Turns Two Hundred and Fifty”</a> by Christopher Hooks, <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>, July 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ben Fountain, <em>Rasputin Swims the Potomac</em> — referenced at the opening; recent KOA guest.</p><p> </p><p>•       Peter Wehner, “The Apotheosis of Donald Trump,” <em>The Atlantic</em>, June 14, 2026 — referenced; recent KOA guest.</p><p> </p><p>•       Thaddeus Stevens (1792–1868) — radical Republican congressman, abolitionist, framer of the 14th Amendment.</p><p> </p><p>•       America250 — the federal commission organising the US semiquincentennial celebrations.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of ...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/66bd1251/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/66bd1251/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How We Disappear: Thomas Mullaney’s All-Too-Personal History of Information</title>
      <itunes:episode>2959</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2959</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How We Disappear: Thomas Mullaney’s All-Too-Personal History of Information</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8f2c3dca-72d7-4b66-9561-6d7b1086aef4</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The second law of thermodynamics is not to be negotiated with.” — Thomas S. Mullaney</em></p><p> </p><p>The second law of thermodynamics is non-negotiable. The universe will end. Every human being dies. Everything decays and every record disintegrates. So why record history? Why bother remembering? These are the questions that the Stanford historian <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324020783">Thomas S. Mullaney</a> addresses in his intriguing new book, <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324020783"><em>How We Disappear: A Personal History of Information</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p><em>How We Disappear</em> is triggered by grief. Mullaney’s father — a man he never fully understood, an exile in an estranged household — died unexpectedly in 2017. Sitting in his father’s office surrounded by the “paperwork of death,” Mullaney’s training as a historian crystallised into an all-too-personal project of disappearance. It’s a book about what Mullaney calls “intransitive disappearance” — not the spectacular, cataclysmic kind of traditional historiography (wars, book burnings, genocide) but the everyday, uneventful ways things fall apart. Like Thomas Mullaney’s dad. Existence as obsolescence, erosion, sinescence and the slow drift of the unremarkable into nothing.</p><p> </p><p>History, in Mullaney’s account, is a Sisyphean fight against this nothingness. We tell stories to survive and maintain the polite appearance of coherence. If you actually tried to reconstruct experience — the thing-in-itself — you would need an infinite library of trillion-page books. Existence, for Mullaney, is a swirl of stimuli and daydream. History tries to domesticate this Borgesian swirl. So does consciousness itself. That’s why, as Mullaney memorably puts it, “historians do the dirty work of necromancers.” Which is to say they try to negotiate with the second law of thermodynamics.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Intransitive Disappearance: The Everyday Way Things Fall Apart: </strong>Mullaney’s central concept: intransitive disappearance. Not the spectacular, cataclysmic kind — book burnings, genocide, the destruction of the Library of Alexandria — but the everyday, drifty, uneventful ways things disintegrate. Obsolescence. Erosion. Sinescence. The unremarkable drift of the unremarkable into nothing. He became obsessed with these forms of disappearance — a pack rat across every discipline he could think of — for twenty-five years. His father’s unexpected death in 2017, sitting in his father’s office amid the paperwork of death, crystallised what had been inchoate into a book.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>History as Domesticated Experience: The Trillion-Page Book: </strong>If you tried to actually reconstruct experience — the actual thing, unfiltered — you would need a trillion-page book that would make <em>Naked Lunch</em> look like a kindergarten primer. You’d have to say how many hairs were on his head; whether he favoured his left foot over his right; the scent of his aftershave. Experience, unfiltered, is an n-dimensional vortex of stimuli and daydream. Anytime you read a work of history, you are reading experience that has been domesticated into narrative — with turning points, main characters, thematic arguments. Historians know this. Every practising historian knows that the ideal of reconstructing human experience can never be reached.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Vocal Defence of History: Why Do It If You Know It’s Impossible? </strong>Mullaney’s answer to the subversive question: history is just the professional counterpart of what every human being does every second of their existence. You, right now, telling yourself the story of your experience, are already well into postproduction. Your experience of being a person in a chair talking to another person on a couch — that is already domesticated. Human beings need to tell stories to live, to maintain continuity, to maintain coherence. Historians do the same thing under certain rules and protocols. The futility of history is the futility of consciousness itself. Neither is a reason not to try.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Second Law of Thermodynamics Is Not to Be Negotiated With: </strong>The universe will end. Every human being dies. Everything we create decays. Every record disintegrates. Mullaney is unsparing about this. He is also, in his strange way, cheerful about it: we don’t need to last forever to have meant something. The meaning is not in the permanence. It is in the making. He would like the Silicon Valley immortality seekers — Kurzweil, the others, all those negotiating with thermodynamics from Palo Alto — to read the book, to face the facts, and then to find the alternative: rejoining physical reality and finding very deep meaning in that.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Bots of Deceased Parents: Stop: </strong>Andrew raises the obvious question: what would Mullaney say to the people in Palo Alto building AI bots of your deceased mother and father, so they can exist forever for your children and grandchildren? Mullaney’s answer is one word: stop. Human beings do not have the wetware — the biological critical apparatus — to maintain distance from a deep fake of their deceased parent. It short-circuits us. It bypasses our limitations. He cannot fathom, outside of very specific, closely monitored therapeutic settings, an argument in which this is a good idea. Paul Postman’s phrase: we are amusing ourselves to death. And there is very little critical reflection coming out of the neighbourhoods where this stuff is being made.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324020783">Thomas S. Mullaney</a> is Professor of History at Stanford University, a Guggenheim Fellow, and the former Kluge Chair in Technology and Society at the Library of Congress. He is the author of <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324020783"><em>How We Disappear: A Personal History of Information</em></a> (W. W. Norton, June 23, 2026) and four previous books on Chinese history and technology, including <em>The Chinese Typewriter: A History</em> (winner of multiple awards). He lives in Palo Alto, California.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324020783"><em>How We Disappear: A Personal History of Information</em></a> by Thomas S. Mullaney (W. W. Norton, June 23, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Jorge Luis Borges — referenced; the infinite library, the map that equals the terrain.</p><p> </p><p>•       Neil Postman, <em>Amusing Ourselves to Death</em> — referenced in the closing discussion on AI and human limitations.</p><p> </p><p>•       Kara Swisher — referenced for her CNN series on Silicon Valley immortality seekers.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ray Kurzweil — referenced as an exemplar of tech-utopian immortality thinking.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/..."></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The second law of thermodynamics is not to be negotiated with.” — Thomas S. Mullaney</em></p><p> </p><p>The second law of thermodynamics is non-negotiable. The universe will end. Every human being dies. Everything decays and every record disintegrates. So why record history? Why bother remembering? These are the questions that the Stanford historian <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324020783">Thomas S. Mullaney</a> addresses in his intriguing new book, <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324020783"><em>How We Disappear: A Personal History of Information</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p><em>How We Disappear</em> is triggered by grief. Mullaney’s father — a man he never fully understood, an exile in an estranged household — died unexpectedly in 2017. Sitting in his father’s office surrounded by the “paperwork of death,” Mullaney’s training as a historian crystallised into an all-too-personal project of disappearance. It’s a book about what Mullaney calls “intransitive disappearance” — not the spectacular, cataclysmic kind of traditional historiography (wars, book burnings, genocide) but the everyday, uneventful ways things fall apart. Like Thomas Mullaney’s dad. Existence as obsolescence, erosion, sinescence and the slow drift of the unremarkable into nothing.</p><p> </p><p>History, in Mullaney’s account, is a Sisyphean fight against this nothingness. We tell stories to survive and maintain the polite appearance of coherence. If you actually tried to reconstruct experience — the thing-in-itself — you would need an infinite library of trillion-page books. Existence, for Mullaney, is a swirl of stimuli and daydream. History tries to domesticate this Borgesian swirl. So does consciousness itself. That’s why, as Mullaney memorably puts it, “historians do the dirty work of necromancers.” Which is to say they try to negotiate with the second law of thermodynamics.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Intransitive Disappearance: The Everyday Way Things Fall Apart: </strong>Mullaney’s central concept: intransitive disappearance. Not the spectacular, cataclysmic kind — book burnings, genocide, the destruction of the Library of Alexandria — but the everyday, drifty, uneventful ways things disintegrate. Obsolescence. Erosion. Sinescence. The unremarkable drift of the unremarkable into nothing. He became obsessed with these forms of disappearance — a pack rat across every discipline he could think of — for twenty-five years. His father’s unexpected death in 2017, sitting in his father’s office amid the paperwork of death, crystallised what had been inchoate into a book.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>History as Domesticated Experience: The Trillion-Page Book: </strong>If you tried to actually reconstruct experience — the actual thing, unfiltered — you would need a trillion-page book that would make <em>Naked Lunch</em> look like a kindergarten primer. You’d have to say how many hairs were on his head; whether he favoured his left foot over his right; the scent of his aftershave. Experience, unfiltered, is an n-dimensional vortex of stimuli and daydream. Anytime you read a work of history, you are reading experience that has been domesticated into narrative — with turning points, main characters, thematic arguments. Historians know this. Every practising historian knows that the ideal of reconstructing human experience can never be reached.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Vocal Defence of History: Why Do It If You Know It’s Impossible? </strong>Mullaney’s answer to the subversive question: history is just the professional counterpart of what every human being does every second of their existence. You, right now, telling yourself the story of your experience, are already well into postproduction. Your experience of being a person in a chair talking to another person on a couch — that is already domesticated. Human beings need to tell stories to live, to maintain continuity, to maintain coherence. Historians do the same thing under certain rules and protocols. The futility of history is the futility of consciousness itself. Neither is a reason not to try.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Second Law of Thermodynamics Is Not to Be Negotiated With: </strong>The universe will end. Every human being dies. Everything we create decays. Every record disintegrates. Mullaney is unsparing about this. He is also, in his strange way, cheerful about it: we don’t need to last forever to have meant something. The meaning is not in the permanence. It is in the making. He would like the Silicon Valley immortality seekers — Kurzweil, the others, all those negotiating with thermodynamics from Palo Alto — to read the book, to face the facts, and then to find the alternative: rejoining physical reality and finding very deep meaning in that.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Bots of Deceased Parents: Stop: </strong>Andrew raises the obvious question: what would Mullaney say to the people in Palo Alto building AI bots of your deceased mother and father, so they can exist forever for your children and grandchildren? Mullaney’s answer is one word: stop. Human beings do not have the wetware — the biological critical apparatus — to maintain distance from a deep fake of their deceased parent. It short-circuits us. It bypasses our limitations. He cannot fathom, outside of very specific, closely monitored therapeutic settings, an argument in which this is a good idea. Paul Postman’s phrase: we are amusing ourselves to death. And there is very little critical reflection coming out of the neighbourhoods where this stuff is being made.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324020783">Thomas S. Mullaney</a> is Professor of History at Stanford University, a Guggenheim Fellow, and the former Kluge Chair in Technology and Society at the Library of Congress. He is the author of <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324020783"><em>How We Disappear: A Personal History of Information</em></a> (W. W. Norton, June 23, 2026) and four previous books on Chinese history and technology, including <em>The Chinese Typewriter: A History</em> (winner of multiple awards). He lives in Palo Alto, California.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324020783"><em>How We Disappear: A Personal History of Information</em></a> by Thomas S. Mullaney (W. W. Norton, June 23, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Jorge Luis Borges — referenced; the infinite library, the map that equals the terrain.</p><p> </p><p>•       Neil Postman, <em>Amusing Ourselves to Death</em> — referenced in the closing discussion on AI and human limitations.</p><p> </p><p>•       Kara Swisher — referenced for her CNN series on Silicon Valley immortality seekers.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ray Kurzweil — referenced as an exemplar of tech-utopian immortality thinking.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/..."></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Jul 2026 07:06:32 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/8538393b/45135ee1.mp3" length="41197665" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3475903" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/8538393b/45135ee1.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dyYy9KoAhvs">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/OQI9u8rGDir79QEHjJW-X6icWWU9-Jtl-K7EBNtUl5o/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iYWNh/YzA0ZjBlY2RkMmRj/OGNhODhiYjQyNTMw/Zjg4ZS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2572</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The second law of thermodynamics is not to be negotiated with.” — Thomas S. Mullaney</em></p><p> </p><p>The second law of thermodynamics is non-negotiable. The universe will end. Every human being dies. Everything decays and every record disintegrates. So why record history? Why bother remembering? These are the questions that the Stanford historian <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324020783">Thomas S. Mullaney</a> addresses in his intriguing new book, <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324020783"><em>How We Disappear: A Personal History of Information</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p><em>How We Disappear</em> is triggered by grief. Mullaney’s father — a man he never fully understood, an exile in an estranged household — died unexpectedly in 2017. Sitting in his father’s office surrounded by the “paperwork of death,” Mullaney’s training as a historian crystallised into an all-too-personal project of disappearance. It’s a book about what Mullaney calls “intransitive disappearance” — not the spectacular, cataclysmic kind of traditional historiography (wars, book burnings, genocide) but the everyday, uneventful ways things fall apart. Like Thomas Mullaney’s dad. Existence as obsolescence, erosion, sinescence and the slow drift of the unremarkable into nothing.</p><p> </p><p>History, in Mullaney’s account, is a Sisyphean fight against this nothingness. We tell stories to survive and maintain the polite appearance of coherence. If you actually tried to reconstruct experience — the thing-in-itself — you would need an infinite library of trillion-page books. Existence, for Mullaney, is a swirl of stimuli and daydream. History tries to domesticate this Borgesian swirl. So does consciousness itself. That’s why, as Mullaney memorably puts it, “historians do the dirty work of necromancers.” Which is to say they try to negotiate with the second law of thermodynamics.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Intransitive Disappearance: The Everyday Way Things Fall Apart: </strong>Mullaney’s central concept: intransitive disappearance. Not the spectacular, cataclysmic kind — book burnings, genocide, the destruction of the Library of Alexandria — but the everyday, drifty, uneventful ways things disintegrate. Obsolescence. Erosion. Sinescence. The unremarkable drift of the unremarkable into nothing. He became obsessed with these forms of disappearance — a pack rat across every discipline he could think of — for twenty-five years. His father’s unexpected death in 2017, sitting in his father’s office amid the paperwork of death, crystallised what had been inchoate into a book.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>History as Domesticated Experience: The Trillion-Page Book: </strong>If you tried to actually reconstruct experience — the actual thing, unfiltered — you would need a trillion-page book that would make <em>Naked Lunch</em> look like a kindergarten primer. You’d have to say how many hairs were on his head; whether he favoured his left foot over his right; the scent of his aftershave. Experience, unfiltered, is an n-dimensional vortex of stimuli and daydream. Anytime you read a work of history, you are reading experience that has been domesticated into narrative — with turning points, main characters, thematic arguments. Historians know this. Every practising historian knows that the ideal of reconstructing human experience can never be reached.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Vocal Defence of History: Why Do It If You Know It’s Impossible? </strong>Mullaney’s answer to the subversive question: history is just the professional counterpart of what every human being does every second of their existence. You, right now, telling yourself the story of your experience, are already well into postproduction. Your experience of being a person in a chair talking to another person on a couch — that is already domesticated. Human beings need to tell stories to live, to maintain continuity, to maintain coherence. Historians do the same thing under certain rules and protocols. The futility of history is the futility of consciousness itself. Neither is a reason not to try.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Second Law of Thermodynamics Is Not to Be Negotiated With: </strong>The universe will end. Every human being dies. Everything we create decays. Every record disintegrates. Mullaney is unsparing about this. He is also, in his strange way, cheerful about it: we don’t need to last forever to have meant something. The meaning is not in the permanence. It is in the making. He would like the Silicon Valley immortality seekers — Kurzweil, the others, all those negotiating with thermodynamics from Palo Alto — to read the book, to face the facts, and then to find the alternative: rejoining physical reality and finding very deep meaning in that.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Bots of Deceased Parents: Stop: </strong>Andrew raises the obvious question: what would Mullaney say to the people in Palo Alto building AI bots of your deceased mother and father, so they can exist forever for your children and grandchildren? Mullaney’s answer is one word: stop. Human beings do not have the wetware — the biological critical apparatus — to maintain distance from a deep fake of their deceased parent. It short-circuits us. It bypasses our limitations. He cannot fathom, outside of very specific, closely monitored therapeutic settings, an argument in which this is a good idea. Paul Postman’s phrase: we are amusing ourselves to death. And there is very little critical reflection coming out of the neighbourhoods where this stuff is being made.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324020783">Thomas S. Mullaney</a> is Professor of History at Stanford University, a Guggenheim Fellow, and the former Kluge Chair in Technology and Society at the Library of Congress. He is the author of <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324020783"><em>How We Disappear: A Personal History of Information</em></a> (W. W. Norton, June 23, 2026) and four previous books on Chinese history and technology, including <em>The Chinese Typewriter: A History</em> (winner of multiple awards). He lives in Palo Alto, California.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324020783"><em>How We Disappear: A Personal History of Information</em></a> by Thomas S. Mullaney (W. W. Norton, June 23, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Jorge Luis Borges — referenced; the infinite library, the map that equals the terrain.</p><p> </p><p>•       Neil Postman, <em>Amusing Ourselves to Death</em> — referenced in the closing discussion on AI and human limitations.</p><p> </p><p>•       Kara Swisher — referenced for her CNN series on Silicon Valley immortality seekers.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ray Kurzweil — referenced as an exemplar of tech-utopian immortality thinking.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/..."></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8538393b/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8538393b/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>If I Perish, I Perish: Katie Gaddini on the Army of Esthers Powering the American Right</title>
      <itunes:episode>2958</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2958</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>If I Perish, I Perish: Katie Gaddini on the Army of Esthers Powering the American Right</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1a90401e-c8c0-4c8e-b55e-c5bdc2287b7e</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If I perish, I perish.” — the chant Katie Gaddini heard from Esther’s Army at the National Mall, weeks before the 2024 election</em></p><p> </p><p>Back in 2021, at the height of the pandemic, Margaret Atwood <a href="https://lithub.com/margaret-atwood-on-democracy-citizenship-and-dystopian-fiction/">came on</a> the show to talk about <em>The Handmaid’s Tale</em> — her warning of how trad wives, to borrow a contemporary phrase, could be exploited by an evangelical patriarchy. Five years later, the Stanford fellow <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324123767">Katie Gaddini</a> offers a strikingly different vision. Her new book, <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324123767"><em>Esther’s Army: The Christian Women Who Power the American Right</em></a> (out today), is the product of nine years of research and over 100 interviews with conservative Christian women across 28 states.</p><p> </p><p>These women, this army of Esthers, are not handmaidens, Gaddini concludes. “They are very much in charge. They are politically engaged. They, in many cases, hold political positions of power.”</p><p> </p><p>Gaddini grew up as an evangelical — her father a pastor, with four more pastors in her extended family. She voted for George Bush “naturally,” before discovering she could be a Christian and not a Republican. But she is less a rebel against her upbringing as much as a sociologist with a Cambridge doctorate.</p><p> </p><p>She was living in London when Trump won the 2016 nomination and wondered how it was that Christian women were planning to vote for this most imperfect of men? Nine years and 100 interviews later, the answer turns out to be more complicated than the standard liberal media exploitation tale about handmaids.</p><p> </p><p>The book’s title comes from the women themselves. At a 250,000-person rally on the National Mall weeks before the 2024 election, Gaddini saw women wearing gold-plated Esther necklaces, chanting “If I perish, I perish” from the Book of Esther. Gaddini interprets this as a striking theological shift — away from the forgiveness of the New Testament toward the Manichaean Old Testament narrative of violence, destruction, and an imperfect male figure designed by God to redeem the rest of us. Donald Trump, in this telling, is King David. Or Jehu.</p><p> </p><p>Margaret Atwood better watch out. This Army of Esthers are warriors, not handmaidens, and they are preparing for an apocalyptical war. If you perish, you perish. Another Old Testament-style pandemic.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Not Handmaids: Trad Wives Are a Tiny, Overhyped Fringe: </strong>Gaddini went into nine years of research expecting to find Atwood-style oppression. Instead: only one of her hundred-plus interviewees follows a trad wife on social media. Trad wives are overpopulated in media attention but represent a much smaller political force than coverage suggests. The women Gaddini actually studied span homeschool moms involved in local politics to Heritage Foundation lawyers to women working at the top echelons of power in Washington DC. They are diehard MAGA supporters and politically engaged — the opposite of passive.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Hidden History: Women Built the Conservative Movement Since the 1970s: </strong>Gaddini’s archival research into the Reagan administration found women — never household names — who drafted legislation that still shapes policy today, including the squashing of federal child care. Phyllis Schlafly was not an aberration but part of coordinated networks of women who strategised together at national conventions, even as Schlafly took the spotlight while others worked behind the scenes. Books about the Christian right’s formation in the 1980s have largely written women out of the story. Gaddini is writing them back in.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Conservative Feminism: A More Complicated Relationship Than Expected: </strong>Gaddini expected uniform hostility to feminism, the classic Schlafly-era position. Instead she found a more nuanced split: some women reject feminism as toxic; others embrace a self-styled “conservative feminism,” remapping their politics onto a new understanding of women’s empowerment. They reframe issues the left claims as women’s issues — reproductive rights, birth control — as harmful to women, and argue that capitalism itself benefits women by letting families thrive on a single strong salary. A repackaging of feminist language for a conservative, highly gendered worldview.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>If I Perish, I Perish: The Old Testament Shift and the Esther Necklaces: </strong>At a 250,000-person rally on the National Mall weeks before the 2024 election, Gaddini saw international attendees — women from South Korea, Brazil, nuns from Nantucket — wearing gold Esther necklaces and chanting the book of Esther’s key line. The theological shift she’s tracking: away from the New Testament and Jesus, toward Old Testament violence, destruction, and imperfect male figures redeemed for God’s purposes — the allegories comparing Trump to King David or Jehu. These women see themselves as warriors, not handmaidens. There is, in their minds, an absolute war going on.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Fracture Lines: Iran, MAHA, and the Jesus Selfie: </strong>Gaddini’s research captures real fault lines opening in 2026: the Iran strikes alienated Trump voters who wanted America out of foreign wars; MAHA women — anti-vax homeschool moms alongside liberal Bay Area “crunchy” mothers, an unlikely ideological alliance forged through RFK Jr.’s endorsement — are furious about pesticide regulation rollbacks; and Trump’s social media image styled as Jesus (he said it was meant to be a doctor) did not land well even with his base. Nobody Gaddini interviewed thinks Trump is a good Christian. They believe his policies align with their vision of America. That, for them, is what matters.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324123767">Katie Gaddini</a> is a Visiting Scholar at Stanford University, Associate Professor of Sociology at the Social Research Institute, University College London, and a UKRI Research Fellow at Stanford and UCL (2022–2026). She is the author of <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324123767"><em>Esther’s Army: The Christian Women Who Power the American Right</em></a> (W.W. Norton, June 30, 2026) and <em>The Struggle to Stay: Why Single Evangelical Women Are Leaving the Church</em>. Her writing has appeared in <em>TIME</em>, <em>The Huffington Post</em>, the <em>San Francisco Chronicle</em>, and <em>The Hill</em>. She hosts the <em>Podium and the Pulpit</em> podcast and Substack.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324123767"><em>Esther’s Army: The Christian Women Who Power the American Right</em></a> by Katie Gaddini (W.W. Norton, June 30, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Margaret Atwood, <em>The Handmaid’s Tale</em> — referenced at the opening; Atwood previously appeared on KOA.</p><p> </p><p>•       Phyllis Schlafly — the 1970s conservative organiser; previously covered on KOA.</p><p> </p><p>•       Delano Squires, <em>The Vanishing Black Family</em> — referenced; Heritage Foundation fellow, recent KOA guest.</p><p> </p><p>•       Arlie Russell Hochschild, <em>Stolen Pride</em> — referenced as a sociological influence and fellow Bay Area scholar; ...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If I perish, I perish.” — the chant Katie Gaddini heard from Esther’s Army at the National Mall, weeks before the 2024 election</em></p><p> </p><p>Back in 2021, at the height of the pandemic, Margaret Atwood <a href="https://lithub.com/margaret-atwood-on-democracy-citizenship-and-dystopian-fiction/">came on</a> the show to talk about <em>The Handmaid’s Tale</em> — her warning of how trad wives, to borrow a contemporary phrase, could be exploited by an evangelical patriarchy. Five years later, the Stanford fellow <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324123767">Katie Gaddini</a> offers a strikingly different vision. Her new book, <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324123767"><em>Esther’s Army: The Christian Women Who Power the American Right</em></a> (out today), is the product of nine years of research and over 100 interviews with conservative Christian women across 28 states.</p><p> </p><p>These women, this army of Esthers, are not handmaidens, Gaddini concludes. “They are very much in charge. They are politically engaged. They, in many cases, hold political positions of power.”</p><p> </p><p>Gaddini grew up as an evangelical — her father a pastor, with four more pastors in her extended family. She voted for George Bush “naturally,” before discovering she could be a Christian and not a Republican. But she is less a rebel against her upbringing as much as a sociologist with a Cambridge doctorate.</p><p> </p><p>She was living in London when Trump won the 2016 nomination and wondered how it was that Christian women were planning to vote for this most imperfect of men? Nine years and 100 interviews later, the answer turns out to be more complicated than the standard liberal media exploitation tale about handmaids.</p><p> </p><p>The book’s title comes from the women themselves. At a 250,000-person rally on the National Mall weeks before the 2024 election, Gaddini saw women wearing gold-plated Esther necklaces, chanting “If I perish, I perish” from the Book of Esther. Gaddini interprets this as a striking theological shift — away from the forgiveness of the New Testament toward the Manichaean Old Testament narrative of violence, destruction, and an imperfect male figure designed by God to redeem the rest of us. Donald Trump, in this telling, is King David. Or Jehu.</p><p> </p><p>Margaret Atwood better watch out. This Army of Esthers are warriors, not handmaidens, and they are preparing for an apocalyptical war. If you perish, you perish. Another Old Testament-style pandemic.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Not Handmaids: Trad Wives Are a Tiny, Overhyped Fringe: </strong>Gaddini went into nine years of research expecting to find Atwood-style oppression. Instead: only one of her hundred-plus interviewees follows a trad wife on social media. Trad wives are overpopulated in media attention but represent a much smaller political force than coverage suggests. The women Gaddini actually studied span homeschool moms involved in local politics to Heritage Foundation lawyers to women working at the top echelons of power in Washington DC. They are diehard MAGA supporters and politically engaged — the opposite of passive.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Hidden History: Women Built the Conservative Movement Since the 1970s: </strong>Gaddini’s archival research into the Reagan administration found women — never household names — who drafted legislation that still shapes policy today, including the squashing of federal child care. Phyllis Schlafly was not an aberration but part of coordinated networks of women who strategised together at national conventions, even as Schlafly took the spotlight while others worked behind the scenes. Books about the Christian right’s formation in the 1980s have largely written women out of the story. Gaddini is writing them back in.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Conservative Feminism: A More Complicated Relationship Than Expected: </strong>Gaddini expected uniform hostility to feminism, the classic Schlafly-era position. Instead she found a more nuanced split: some women reject feminism as toxic; others embrace a self-styled “conservative feminism,” remapping their politics onto a new understanding of women’s empowerment. They reframe issues the left claims as women’s issues — reproductive rights, birth control — as harmful to women, and argue that capitalism itself benefits women by letting families thrive on a single strong salary. A repackaging of feminist language for a conservative, highly gendered worldview.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>If I Perish, I Perish: The Old Testament Shift and the Esther Necklaces: </strong>At a 250,000-person rally on the National Mall weeks before the 2024 election, Gaddini saw international attendees — women from South Korea, Brazil, nuns from Nantucket — wearing gold Esther necklaces and chanting the book of Esther’s key line. The theological shift she’s tracking: away from the New Testament and Jesus, toward Old Testament violence, destruction, and imperfect male figures redeemed for God’s purposes — the allegories comparing Trump to King David or Jehu. These women see themselves as warriors, not handmaidens. There is, in their minds, an absolute war going on.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Fracture Lines: Iran, MAHA, and the Jesus Selfie: </strong>Gaddini’s research captures real fault lines opening in 2026: the Iran strikes alienated Trump voters who wanted America out of foreign wars; MAHA women — anti-vax homeschool moms alongside liberal Bay Area “crunchy” mothers, an unlikely ideological alliance forged through RFK Jr.’s endorsement — are furious about pesticide regulation rollbacks; and Trump’s social media image styled as Jesus (he said it was meant to be a doctor) did not land well even with his base. Nobody Gaddini interviewed thinks Trump is a good Christian. They believe his policies align with their vision of America. That, for them, is what matters.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324123767">Katie Gaddini</a> is a Visiting Scholar at Stanford University, Associate Professor of Sociology at the Social Research Institute, University College London, and a UKRI Research Fellow at Stanford and UCL (2022–2026). She is the author of <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324123767"><em>Esther’s Army: The Christian Women Who Power the American Right</em></a> (W.W. Norton, June 30, 2026) and <em>The Struggle to Stay: Why Single Evangelical Women Are Leaving the Church</em>. Her writing has appeared in <em>TIME</em>, <em>The Huffington Post</em>, the <em>San Francisco Chronicle</em>, and <em>The Hill</em>. She hosts the <em>Podium and the Pulpit</em> podcast and Substack.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324123767"><em>Esther’s Army: The Christian Women Who Power the American Right</em></a> by Katie Gaddini (W.W. Norton, June 30, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Margaret Atwood, <em>The Handmaid’s Tale</em> — referenced at the opening; Atwood previously appeared on KOA.</p><p> </p><p>•       Phyllis Schlafly — the 1970s conservative organiser; previously covered on KOA.</p><p> </p><p>•       Delano Squires, <em>The Vanishing Black Family</em> — referenced; Heritage Foundation fellow, recent KOA guest.</p><p> </p><p>•       Arlie Russell Hochschild, <em>Stolen Pride</em> — referenced as a sociological influence and fellow Bay Area scholar; ...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2026 07:51:50 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/f94ba259/19fbe995.mp3" length="35999532" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3469443" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/f94ba259/19fbe995.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MMHTFGscAgM">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/H1U_GWoHIpnBxB82RDCw-XckISyzSrIO16XVxCLF84Y/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9jMmI4/ZmFkYjg1MTgzYTI1/NjNlODIwMTY4MGVj/MmRiOC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2247</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If I perish, I perish.” — the chant Katie Gaddini heard from Esther’s Army at the National Mall, weeks before the 2024 election</em></p><p> </p><p>Back in 2021, at the height of the pandemic, Margaret Atwood <a href="https://lithub.com/margaret-atwood-on-democracy-citizenship-and-dystopian-fiction/">came on</a> the show to talk about <em>The Handmaid’s Tale</em> — her warning of how trad wives, to borrow a contemporary phrase, could be exploited by an evangelical patriarchy. Five years later, the Stanford fellow <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324123767">Katie Gaddini</a> offers a strikingly different vision. Her new book, <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324123767"><em>Esther’s Army: The Christian Women Who Power the American Right</em></a> (out today), is the product of nine years of research and over 100 interviews with conservative Christian women across 28 states.</p><p> </p><p>These women, this army of Esthers, are not handmaidens, Gaddini concludes. “They are very much in charge. They are politically engaged. They, in many cases, hold political positions of power.”</p><p> </p><p>Gaddini grew up as an evangelical — her father a pastor, with four more pastors in her extended family. She voted for George Bush “naturally,” before discovering she could be a Christian and not a Republican. But she is less a rebel against her upbringing as much as a sociologist with a Cambridge doctorate.</p><p> </p><p>She was living in London when Trump won the 2016 nomination and wondered how it was that Christian women were planning to vote for this most imperfect of men? Nine years and 100 interviews later, the answer turns out to be more complicated than the standard liberal media exploitation tale about handmaids.</p><p> </p><p>The book’s title comes from the women themselves. At a 250,000-person rally on the National Mall weeks before the 2024 election, Gaddini saw women wearing gold-plated Esther necklaces, chanting “If I perish, I perish” from the Book of Esther. Gaddini interprets this as a striking theological shift — away from the forgiveness of the New Testament toward the Manichaean Old Testament narrative of violence, destruction, and an imperfect male figure designed by God to redeem the rest of us. Donald Trump, in this telling, is King David. Or Jehu.</p><p> </p><p>Margaret Atwood better watch out. This Army of Esthers are warriors, not handmaidens, and they are preparing for an apocalyptical war. If you perish, you perish. Another Old Testament-style pandemic.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Not Handmaids: Trad Wives Are a Tiny, Overhyped Fringe: </strong>Gaddini went into nine years of research expecting to find Atwood-style oppression. Instead: only one of her hundred-plus interviewees follows a trad wife on social media. Trad wives are overpopulated in media attention but represent a much smaller political force than coverage suggests. The women Gaddini actually studied span homeschool moms involved in local politics to Heritage Foundation lawyers to women working at the top echelons of power in Washington DC. They are diehard MAGA supporters and politically engaged — the opposite of passive.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Hidden History: Women Built the Conservative Movement Since the 1970s: </strong>Gaddini’s archival research into the Reagan administration found women — never household names — who drafted legislation that still shapes policy today, including the squashing of federal child care. Phyllis Schlafly was not an aberration but part of coordinated networks of women who strategised together at national conventions, even as Schlafly took the spotlight while others worked behind the scenes. Books about the Christian right’s formation in the 1980s have largely written women out of the story. Gaddini is writing them back in.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Conservative Feminism: A More Complicated Relationship Than Expected: </strong>Gaddini expected uniform hostility to feminism, the classic Schlafly-era position. Instead she found a more nuanced split: some women reject feminism as toxic; others embrace a self-styled “conservative feminism,” remapping their politics onto a new understanding of women’s empowerment. They reframe issues the left claims as women’s issues — reproductive rights, birth control — as harmful to women, and argue that capitalism itself benefits women by letting families thrive on a single strong salary. A repackaging of feminist language for a conservative, highly gendered worldview.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>If I Perish, I Perish: The Old Testament Shift and the Esther Necklaces: </strong>At a 250,000-person rally on the National Mall weeks before the 2024 election, Gaddini saw international attendees — women from South Korea, Brazil, nuns from Nantucket — wearing gold Esther necklaces and chanting the book of Esther’s key line. The theological shift she’s tracking: away from the New Testament and Jesus, toward Old Testament violence, destruction, and imperfect male figures redeemed for God’s purposes — the allegories comparing Trump to King David or Jehu. These women see themselves as warriors, not handmaidens. There is, in their minds, an absolute war going on.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Fracture Lines: Iran, MAHA, and the Jesus Selfie: </strong>Gaddini’s research captures real fault lines opening in 2026: the Iran strikes alienated Trump voters who wanted America out of foreign wars; MAHA women — anti-vax homeschool moms alongside liberal Bay Area “crunchy” mothers, an unlikely ideological alliance forged through RFK Jr.’s endorsement — are furious about pesticide regulation rollbacks; and Trump’s social media image styled as Jesus (he said it was meant to be a doctor) did not land well even with his base. Nobody Gaddini interviewed thinks Trump is a good Christian. They believe his policies align with their vision of America. That, for them, is what matters.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324123767">Katie Gaddini</a> is a Visiting Scholar at Stanford University, Associate Professor of Sociology at the Social Research Institute, University College London, and a UKRI Research Fellow at Stanford and UCL (2022–2026). She is the author of <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324123767"><em>Esther’s Army: The Christian Women Who Power the American Right</em></a> (W.W. Norton, June 30, 2026) and <em>The Struggle to Stay: Why Single Evangelical Women Are Leaving the Church</em>. Her writing has appeared in <em>TIME</em>, <em>The Huffington Post</em>, the <em>San Francisco Chronicle</em>, and <em>The Hill</em>. She hosts the <em>Podium and the Pulpit</em> podcast and Substack.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324123767"><em>Esther’s Army: The Christian Women Who Power the American Right</em></a> by Katie Gaddini (W.W. Norton, June 30, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Margaret Atwood, <em>The Handmaid’s Tale</em> — referenced at the opening; Atwood previously appeared on KOA.</p><p> </p><p>•       Phyllis Schlafly — the 1970s conservative organiser; previously covered on KOA.</p><p> </p><p>•       Delano Squires, <em>The Vanishing Black Family</em> — referenced; Heritage Foundation fellow, recent KOA guest.</p><p> </p><p>•       Arlie Russell Hochschild, <em>Stolen Pride</em> — referenced as a sociological influence and fellow Bay Area scholar; ...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f94ba259/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f94ba259/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Russian-American Confessions: Jamison Firestone on Putin’s Russia and a Criminal American Dad</title>
      <itunes:episode>2957</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2957</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Russian-American Confessions: Jamison Firestone on Putin’s Russia and a Criminal American Dad</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">995c33a1-85b3-4514-83d8-7531f5a14dd0</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“My brothers always think: what would Jesus do? And they do that. I think: what would dad do? And I do the opposite.” — Jamison Firestone</em></p><p> </p><p>What do you do if your dad was a multimillionaire conman, crack addict, and owner of New York’s most expensive brothel? If you’re <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/rule-of-lies-my-wild-ride-through-chaos-corruption-and-murder-in-putins-russia-jamison-r-firestone">Jamison Firestone</a>, you transform yourself into his antithesis. You go to law school. You go to post-Soviet Russia and establish the country’s first independent foreign law firm. You employ Sergei Magnitsky and befriend Alexei Navalny. You transform yourself into one of Vladimir Putin’s most vocal foreign critics.</p><p> </p><p>It’s quite a story. His memoir, <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/rule-of-lies-my-wild-ride-through-chaos-corruption-and-murder-in-putins-russia-jamison-r-firestone"><em>Rule of Lies: My Wild Ride Through Chaos, Corruption, and Murder in Putin’s Russia</em></a> (HarperCollins, June 4, 2026), is both a Russian and American confession. As an old friend of the show, Peter Pomerantsev, says: “This book is NUTS! — in the best possible way.”</p><p> </p><p>Yes, <em>Rule of Lies</em> is nuts. But it’s also the best kind of contemporary history. Firestone arrived in Russia in 1991, at the very moment the KGB hardliners rolled tanks into the streets and kidnapped Gorbachev. He watched, within days, as the Russian people confronted the tanks. He saw Yeltsin emerge as the hero, the Soviet Union dissolve, and the promise of a free-market democracy consumed by mafia groups, corrupt officials, and the structural lawlessness of the transition. In 1993, Yeltsin shelled his own congress. In 1999, on New Year’s Eve, he got on television, wished everyone a happy new year, and resigned — handing the country to Vladimir Putin in exchange for a pardon. That, says Firestone, is how we got to Putinism’s kleptocratic rule of lies.</p><p> </p><p>Firestone’s Russian memoir is also the Magnitsky story. He employed an accountant called Sergei Magnitsky, who uncovered the largest tax theft in Russian history, was arrested on fabricated charges, and died in pre-trial detention — probably murdered by the same corrupt officials he had exposed. The Magnitsky Act, the Magnitsky sanctions, the Global Magnitsky Justice Campaign — all of it connects back to Jamison Firestone. And, in a way, back to his dad, Richard, the New York City crook who schooled his rebellious son in the value of obeying the law and telling the truth.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Criminal Father Who Taught Him Everything He Needed for Russia: </strong>Firestone’s father was a brilliant, charming man who turned out, when Firestone was 15, to be a multimillionaire fraudster defrauding investors and the IRS. Indicted, his father went a little crazy: became a crack addict, bought New York’s most expensive brothel, started hanging out with loan sharks and contract killers. Firestone spent his late high school years learning to talk to contract killers — respectfully, to make them laugh, to say no and not get killed. That skill, he says, turned out to be exactly what he needed in Russia in the 1990s, when everyone was mafia. His father taught him crime doesn’t pay. He believed it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Arriving in Russia at the Moment of the Coup: </strong>Firestone arrived in Russia in 1991, at the very end of the Gorbachev era, during the opening of the Soviet Union. Within days, KGB hardliners rolled tanks into the streets, kidnapped Gorbachev, and declared the reforms over. Then — the extraordinary thing — the Russian people stood up. The tanks backed down. Gorbachev was released. But the hero of the day was Yeltsin, not Gorbachev. The Soviet Union dissolved within months. What followed was a chaotic, disorderly transition in which democracy got lost: everyone, including Firestone and the US government, was so concentrated on the business opportunities that no one noticed the democratic backsliding until it was too late.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Yeltsin Shelling His Congress, and Putin’s New Year’s Eve Deal: </strong>Two moments stand out in Firestone’s account of Russia’s democratic failure. First: in 1993, Yeltsin resolved a standoff with his own congress by shelling it — the equivalent, Firestone says, now that January 6 has happened, of not unimaginable. Everyone — the US government, Firestone himself — saw it as a triumph for the free market. They didn’t recognise how undemocratic it was. Second: on New Year’s Eve 1999, Yeltsin got on national television, wished everyone a happy new year, and resigned — handing the country to Vladimir Putin in exchange for a pardon. “That’s how we got Putin,” Firestone says. For a pardon.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Sergei Magnitsky: The Tax Fraud, the Murder, and the Act: </strong>Firestone employed Sergei Magnitsky as a tax adviser and auditor. Magnitsky uncovered what was then the largest tax theft in Russian history — committed by the same government officials who had raided and seized a Browder-connected fund. Magnitsky reported it to the authorities. He was arrested on fabricated charges, denied medical treatment in pre-trial detention, and died — murdered, in Firestone’s view, by the officials he had exposed. The Magnitsky Act, which sanctions human rights abusers, grew from that death. The Global Magnitsky Justice Campaign, which Firestone co-founded with Bill Browder, has extended it worldwide.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Russia’s Precarity and Why Ukraine Must Not Fall: </strong>Firestone’s current work is dedicated to seizing Russian state assets for the benefit of Ukraine. His strategic assessment: Russia has burnt through its $600 billion reserve fund under sanctions — it took four years, but it’s done. Russia now owes hundreds of billions of dollars. Putin cannot force a mass mobilisation without becoming deeply unpopular, and even the huge financial incentives he’s offering for enlistment are no longer working. The regime is precarious. But Firestone’s long-term hopes for Russia do not change his short-term argument: if Russia is not stopped in Ukraine, the West will be fighting it when it takes a chunk of Europe that used to be part of the Soviet Union.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/rule-of-lies-my-wild-ride-through-chaos-corruption-and-murder-in-putins-russia-jamison-r-firestone">Jamison Firestone</a> established Russia’s first independent foreign law firm, where he worked for eighteen years. He is the author of <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/rule-of-lies-my-wild-ride-through-chaos-corruption-and-murder-in-putins-russia-jamison-r-firestone"><em>Rule of Lies: My Wild Ride Through Chaos, Corruption, and Murder in Putin’s Russia</em></a> (HarperCollins, June 4, 2026). He is co-founder (with Sir William Browder) of the Global Magnitsky Justice Campaign, which created the Magnitsky human rights and anti-corruption sanctions regimes. He also ran the Navalny 35 campaign promoting the sanctioning of corrupt oligarchs and officials identified by Alexei Navalny. He currently works on seizing Russian state assets for the benefit of Ukraine. He lives in London.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/rule-of-lies-my-wild-ride-through-chaos-corruption-and-murder-in-putins-russia-jamison-r-firestone"><em>Rule of Lies: My Wild Ride Through Chaos, Corruption, and Murder in Putin...</em></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“My brothers always think: what would Jesus do? And they do that. I think: what would dad do? And I do the opposite.” — Jamison Firestone</em></p><p> </p><p>What do you do if your dad was a multimillionaire conman, crack addict, and owner of New York’s most expensive brothel? If you’re <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/rule-of-lies-my-wild-ride-through-chaos-corruption-and-murder-in-putins-russia-jamison-r-firestone">Jamison Firestone</a>, you transform yourself into his antithesis. You go to law school. You go to post-Soviet Russia and establish the country’s first independent foreign law firm. You employ Sergei Magnitsky and befriend Alexei Navalny. You transform yourself into one of Vladimir Putin’s most vocal foreign critics.</p><p> </p><p>It’s quite a story. His memoir, <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/rule-of-lies-my-wild-ride-through-chaos-corruption-and-murder-in-putins-russia-jamison-r-firestone"><em>Rule of Lies: My Wild Ride Through Chaos, Corruption, and Murder in Putin’s Russia</em></a> (HarperCollins, June 4, 2026), is both a Russian and American confession. As an old friend of the show, Peter Pomerantsev, says: “This book is NUTS! — in the best possible way.”</p><p> </p><p>Yes, <em>Rule of Lies</em> is nuts. But it’s also the best kind of contemporary history. Firestone arrived in Russia in 1991, at the very moment the KGB hardliners rolled tanks into the streets and kidnapped Gorbachev. He watched, within days, as the Russian people confronted the tanks. He saw Yeltsin emerge as the hero, the Soviet Union dissolve, and the promise of a free-market democracy consumed by mafia groups, corrupt officials, and the structural lawlessness of the transition. In 1993, Yeltsin shelled his own congress. In 1999, on New Year’s Eve, he got on television, wished everyone a happy new year, and resigned — handing the country to Vladimir Putin in exchange for a pardon. That, says Firestone, is how we got to Putinism’s kleptocratic rule of lies.</p><p> </p><p>Firestone’s Russian memoir is also the Magnitsky story. He employed an accountant called Sergei Magnitsky, who uncovered the largest tax theft in Russian history, was arrested on fabricated charges, and died in pre-trial detention — probably murdered by the same corrupt officials he had exposed. The Magnitsky Act, the Magnitsky sanctions, the Global Magnitsky Justice Campaign — all of it connects back to Jamison Firestone. And, in a way, back to his dad, Richard, the New York City crook who schooled his rebellious son in the value of obeying the law and telling the truth.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Criminal Father Who Taught Him Everything He Needed for Russia: </strong>Firestone’s father was a brilliant, charming man who turned out, when Firestone was 15, to be a multimillionaire fraudster defrauding investors and the IRS. Indicted, his father went a little crazy: became a crack addict, bought New York’s most expensive brothel, started hanging out with loan sharks and contract killers. Firestone spent his late high school years learning to talk to contract killers — respectfully, to make them laugh, to say no and not get killed. That skill, he says, turned out to be exactly what he needed in Russia in the 1990s, when everyone was mafia. His father taught him crime doesn’t pay. He believed it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Arriving in Russia at the Moment of the Coup: </strong>Firestone arrived in Russia in 1991, at the very end of the Gorbachev era, during the opening of the Soviet Union. Within days, KGB hardliners rolled tanks into the streets, kidnapped Gorbachev, and declared the reforms over. Then — the extraordinary thing — the Russian people stood up. The tanks backed down. Gorbachev was released. But the hero of the day was Yeltsin, not Gorbachev. The Soviet Union dissolved within months. What followed was a chaotic, disorderly transition in which democracy got lost: everyone, including Firestone and the US government, was so concentrated on the business opportunities that no one noticed the democratic backsliding until it was too late.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Yeltsin Shelling His Congress, and Putin’s New Year’s Eve Deal: </strong>Two moments stand out in Firestone’s account of Russia’s democratic failure. First: in 1993, Yeltsin resolved a standoff with his own congress by shelling it — the equivalent, Firestone says, now that January 6 has happened, of not unimaginable. Everyone — the US government, Firestone himself — saw it as a triumph for the free market. They didn’t recognise how undemocratic it was. Second: on New Year’s Eve 1999, Yeltsin got on national television, wished everyone a happy new year, and resigned — handing the country to Vladimir Putin in exchange for a pardon. “That’s how we got Putin,” Firestone says. For a pardon.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Sergei Magnitsky: The Tax Fraud, the Murder, and the Act: </strong>Firestone employed Sergei Magnitsky as a tax adviser and auditor. Magnitsky uncovered what was then the largest tax theft in Russian history — committed by the same government officials who had raided and seized a Browder-connected fund. Magnitsky reported it to the authorities. He was arrested on fabricated charges, denied medical treatment in pre-trial detention, and died — murdered, in Firestone’s view, by the officials he had exposed. The Magnitsky Act, which sanctions human rights abusers, grew from that death. The Global Magnitsky Justice Campaign, which Firestone co-founded with Bill Browder, has extended it worldwide.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Russia’s Precarity and Why Ukraine Must Not Fall: </strong>Firestone’s current work is dedicated to seizing Russian state assets for the benefit of Ukraine. His strategic assessment: Russia has burnt through its $600 billion reserve fund under sanctions — it took four years, but it’s done. Russia now owes hundreds of billions of dollars. Putin cannot force a mass mobilisation without becoming deeply unpopular, and even the huge financial incentives he’s offering for enlistment are no longer working. The regime is precarious. But Firestone’s long-term hopes for Russia do not change his short-term argument: if Russia is not stopped in Ukraine, the West will be fighting it when it takes a chunk of Europe that used to be part of the Soviet Union.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/rule-of-lies-my-wild-ride-through-chaos-corruption-and-murder-in-putins-russia-jamison-r-firestone">Jamison Firestone</a> established Russia’s first independent foreign law firm, where he worked for eighteen years. He is the author of <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/rule-of-lies-my-wild-ride-through-chaos-corruption-and-murder-in-putins-russia-jamison-r-firestone"><em>Rule of Lies: My Wild Ride Through Chaos, Corruption, and Murder in Putin’s Russia</em></a> (HarperCollins, June 4, 2026). He is co-founder (with Sir William Browder) of the Global Magnitsky Justice Campaign, which created the Magnitsky human rights and anti-corruption sanctions regimes. He also ran the Navalny 35 campaign promoting the sanctioning of corrupt oligarchs and officials identified by Alexei Navalny. He currently works on seizing Russian state assets for the benefit of Ukraine. He lives in London.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/rule-of-lies-my-wild-ride-through-chaos-corruption-and-murder-in-putins-russia-jamison-r-firestone"><em>Rule of Lies: My Wild Ride Through Chaos, Corruption, and Murder in Putin...</em></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Jun 2026 07:22:48 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/c7ae1e09/606311ad.mp3" length="39577716" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3450498" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/c7ae1e09/606311ad.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3cjhY4eYMZU">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/gmHKkTgtDctABSkogOP8-gIIFRIYogcJXskuKrOGZ_c/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9mNTc4/NDYyNzY3ZDhhNzc5/Mjk3NmU1NmRiMzJm/OTBjMC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2471</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“My brothers always think: what would Jesus do? And they do that. I think: what would dad do? And I do the opposite.” — Jamison Firestone</em></p><p> </p><p>What do you do if your dad was a multimillionaire conman, crack addict, and owner of New York’s most expensive brothel? If you’re <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/rule-of-lies-my-wild-ride-through-chaos-corruption-and-murder-in-putins-russia-jamison-r-firestone">Jamison Firestone</a>, you transform yourself into his antithesis. You go to law school. You go to post-Soviet Russia and establish the country’s first independent foreign law firm. You employ Sergei Magnitsky and befriend Alexei Navalny. You transform yourself into one of Vladimir Putin’s most vocal foreign critics.</p><p> </p><p>It’s quite a story. His memoir, <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/rule-of-lies-my-wild-ride-through-chaos-corruption-and-murder-in-putins-russia-jamison-r-firestone"><em>Rule of Lies: My Wild Ride Through Chaos, Corruption, and Murder in Putin’s Russia</em></a> (HarperCollins, June 4, 2026), is both a Russian and American confession. As an old friend of the show, Peter Pomerantsev, says: “This book is NUTS! — in the best possible way.”</p><p> </p><p>Yes, <em>Rule of Lies</em> is nuts. But it’s also the best kind of contemporary history. Firestone arrived in Russia in 1991, at the very moment the KGB hardliners rolled tanks into the streets and kidnapped Gorbachev. He watched, within days, as the Russian people confronted the tanks. He saw Yeltsin emerge as the hero, the Soviet Union dissolve, and the promise of a free-market democracy consumed by mafia groups, corrupt officials, and the structural lawlessness of the transition. In 1993, Yeltsin shelled his own congress. In 1999, on New Year’s Eve, he got on television, wished everyone a happy new year, and resigned — handing the country to Vladimir Putin in exchange for a pardon. That, says Firestone, is how we got to Putinism’s kleptocratic rule of lies.</p><p> </p><p>Firestone’s Russian memoir is also the Magnitsky story. He employed an accountant called Sergei Magnitsky, who uncovered the largest tax theft in Russian history, was arrested on fabricated charges, and died in pre-trial detention — probably murdered by the same corrupt officials he had exposed. The Magnitsky Act, the Magnitsky sanctions, the Global Magnitsky Justice Campaign — all of it connects back to Jamison Firestone. And, in a way, back to his dad, Richard, the New York City crook who schooled his rebellious son in the value of obeying the law and telling the truth.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Criminal Father Who Taught Him Everything He Needed for Russia: </strong>Firestone’s father was a brilliant, charming man who turned out, when Firestone was 15, to be a multimillionaire fraudster defrauding investors and the IRS. Indicted, his father went a little crazy: became a crack addict, bought New York’s most expensive brothel, started hanging out with loan sharks and contract killers. Firestone spent his late high school years learning to talk to contract killers — respectfully, to make them laugh, to say no and not get killed. That skill, he says, turned out to be exactly what he needed in Russia in the 1990s, when everyone was mafia. His father taught him crime doesn’t pay. He believed it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Arriving in Russia at the Moment of the Coup: </strong>Firestone arrived in Russia in 1991, at the very end of the Gorbachev era, during the opening of the Soviet Union. Within days, KGB hardliners rolled tanks into the streets, kidnapped Gorbachev, and declared the reforms over. Then — the extraordinary thing — the Russian people stood up. The tanks backed down. Gorbachev was released. But the hero of the day was Yeltsin, not Gorbachev. The Soviet Union dissolved within months. What followed was a chaotic, disorderly transition in which democracy got lost: everyone, including Firestone and the US government, was so concentrated on the business opportunities that no one noticed the democratic backsliding until it was too late.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Yeltsin Shelling His Congress, and Putin’s New Year’s Eve Deal: </strong>Two moments stand out in Firestone’s account of Russia’s democratic failure. First: in 1993, Yeltsin resolved a standoff with his own congress by shelling it — the equivalent, Firestone says, now that January 6 has happened, of not unimaginable. Everyone — the US government, Firestone himself — saw it as a triumph for the free market. They didn’t recognise how undemocratic it was. Second: on New Year’s Eve 1999, Yeltsin got on national television, wished everyone a happy new year, and resigned — handing the country to Vladimir Putin in exchange for a pardon. “That’s how we got Putin,” Firestone says. For a pardon.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Sergei Magnitsky: The Tax Fraud, the Murder, and the Act: </strong>Firestone employed Sergei Magnitsky as a tax adviser and auditor. Magnitsky uncovered what was then the largest tax theft in Russian history — committed by the same government officials who had raided and seized a Browder-connected fund. Magnitsky reported it to the authorities. He was arrested on fabricated charges, denied medical treatment in pre-trial detention, and died — murdered, in Firestone’s view, by the officials he had exposed. The Magnitsky Act, which sanctions human rights abusers, grew from that death. The Global Magnitsky Justice Campaign, which Firestone co-founded with Bill Browder, has extended it worldwide.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Russia’s Precarity and Why Ukraine Must Not Fall: </strong>Firestone’s current work is dedicated to seizing Russian state assets for the benefit of Ukraine. His strategic assessment: Russia has burnt through its $600 billion reserve fund under sanctions — it took four years, but it’s done. Russia now owes hundreds of billions of dollars. Putin cannot force a mass mobilisation without becoming deeply unpopular, and even the huge financial incentives he’s offering for enlistment are no longer working. The regime is precarious. But Firestone’s long-term hopes for Russia do not change his short-term argument: if Russia is not stopped in Ukraine, the West will be fighting it when it takes a chunk of Europe that used to be part of the Soviet Union.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/rule-of-lies-my-wild-ride-through-chaos-corruption-and-murder-in-putins-russia-jamison-r-firestone">Jamison Firestone</a> established Russia’s first independent foreign law firm, where he worked for eighteen years. He is the author of <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/rule-of-lies-my-wild-ride-through-chaos-corruption-and-murder-in-putins-russia-jamison-r-firestone"><em>Rule of Lies: My Wild Ride Through Chaos, Corruption, and Murder in Putin’s Russia</em></a> (HarperCollins, June 4, 2026). He is co-founder (with Sir William Browder) of the Global Magnitsky Justice Campaign, which created the Magnitsky human rights and anti-corruption sanctions regimes. He also ran the Navalny 35 campaign promoting the sanctioning of corrupt oligarchs and officials identified by Alexei Navalny. He currently works on seizing Russian state assets for the benefit of Ukraine. He lives in London.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/rule-of-lies-my-wild-ride-through-chaos-corruption-and-murder-in-putins-russia-jamison-r-firestone"><em>Rule of Lies: My Wild Ride Through Chaos, Corruption, and Murder in Putin...</em></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/c7ae1e09/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Apotheosis of Donald Trump? Peter Wehner on Madness, Mayhem and How Trump Eludes Shakespearean Tragedy</title>
      <itunes:episode>2956</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2956</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Apotheosis of Donald Trump? Peter Wehner on Madness, Mayhem and How Trump Eludes Shakespearean Tragedy</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">66df7f13-1b79-4fcf-a8ac-1b375293cfbb</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“His descent is in a sense our descent.” — Peter Wehner on Trump at 80</em></p><p> </p><p>Donald Trump turned 80 two weeks ago. But <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/peter-wehner/">Peter Wehner</a>’s timely <em>Atlantic</em> <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/ideas/2026/06/trump-decline-ufc-fight/687582/">piece</a>, “The Apotheosis of Donald Trump,” isn’t much of a birthday present. Wehner even suggests that for all Trump’s madness, mayhem and malevolence, the orange octogenarian eludes Shakespearean tragedy. So no historic hall of infamy for Donald. He’s too sad for that.</p><p> </p><p>Trump is a man, Wehner says, of borderless corruption — malicious, totally corrupt, without any visible redeeming qualities. But he isn’t King Lear. Trump lacks Lear’s complexity, Wehner says. Lear was a figure with whom you could have some empathy. Trump is not. He is, as Wehner notes, “a flatter figure in that sense” — but that doesn’t make him any less dangerous.</p><p> </p><p>For the DC-based Wehner, what makes Trump more dangerous, as an octogenarian, is his decomposition. The signs are everywhere: the disinhibition intensifying, the impulsivity more easily triggered, the volatility producing a foreign policy that no ally can track or trust. His descent, Wehner warns, might be our descent. Peak Trump. The apotheosis of a pathetically malevolent madman. Just in time for the semiquincentennial, which Wehner will “celebrate” at Monticello.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump at 80: The Apotheosis and the Decomposition: </strong>Wehner’s Atlantic piece, written to mark Trump’s 80th birthday, argues that what we are seeing is not just the decline of an old man but a visible decomposition in his mental and physical capacities that is making him more, not less, dangerous. The disinhibition is more intense. The impulsivity is more easily triggered. The volatility is producing a foreign policy that no ally can track or trust. Trump 2.0 is more dangerous than Trump 1.0 — and Trump 1.0 was not a walk in the park. The question is not whether this ends well. The question is how badly it ends.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Not King Lear: A Man of Borderless Corruption: </strong>Wehner uses a King Lear allusion in his Atlantic essay but hesitates to lean on it. Lear was a complicated figure — someone you could have empathy with, who saw things at the end he hadn’t seen earlier. Trump is not like that. He is, as best Wehner can tell, a man of borderless corruption, malicious from head to toe, with no visible redeeming qualities — a flatter figure in the Shakespearean sense. That flatness makes the Lear parallel partial. But it does not diminish the danger. His descent is in a sense our descent.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>European Mystification: When It Happens Twice, That Breaks Trust: </strong>Andrew has just returned from Europe, where every prominent journalist and historian he met was mystified by Trump. Wehner agrees: Trump is sui generis, unlike any leader the post-war world has produced. What he says is particularly disturbing is the second election. If it had happened once, Europe could have told itself it was a parenthesis. When it happens twice, that breaks trust. Even if the next president is sane and rational, there is no guarantee the following one will be. That uncertainty, Wehner says, is a real inflection point in the relationship between the United States and the rest of the world.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Crack-Up of MAGA World: </strong>The cult-like grip Trump had on the Republican Party and the MAGA base is no longer there. His approval among Republicans has dropped from the nineties to the seventies — still high, but significant. And the fissures in MAGA world are, in Wehner’s word, extraordinary: Tucker Carlson and Megyn Kelly and Candace Owens have broken from the movement or turned on its leadership. Marjorie Taylor Greene too. The crack-up has begun. Whether it is fast enough or decisive enough to matter remains to be seen. But the movement that once seemed invincible is showing its first serious cracks.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Monticello for the 250th: Welcoming New Immigrants: </strong>Wehner and his wife are considering spending July 4 at Monticello — Thomas Jefferson’s house in Charlottesville, Virginia — where a friend has invited them to an event welcoming new American citizens and immigrants. It is, he says, going to be a birthday that is not untainted by sadness even as there will also be hope of what can still happen. Six days from the 250th, Andrew asks what Jefferson would think of Trump. Wehner: probably not terribly favourable. Probably true of most of the founders.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/peter-wehner/">Peter Wehner</a> is a Contributing Editor at <em>The Atlantic</em> and a senior fellow at the Ethics and Public Policy Center. He served as a senior policy adviser in the administrations of Presidents Ronald Reagan, George H.W. Bush, and George W. Bush. He is a frequent contributor to <em>The New York Times</em>. His <em>Atlantic</em> piece “The Apotheosis of Donald Trump” was published June 14, 2026.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/peter-wehner/">Peter Wehner, “The Apotheosis of Donald Trump,”</a> <em>The Atlantic</em>, June 14, 2026 — the piece that occasions this conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2945: Samuel Moyn on <em>Gerontocracy in America</em> — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Monticello, Charlottesville, Virginia — Thomas Jefferson’s home; venue for the July 4 immigrant-welcoming event Wehner mentions.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Trump at 80 and the apotheosis</li>
<li>(02:07) - Visible decomposition: more dangerous than Trump 1.0</li>
<li>(02:54) - Something to celebrate or be concerned about?</li>
<li>(03:21) - The disinhibition intensifies; impulsivity more easily triggered</li>
<li>(04:18) - Is there a Shakespearean arc?</li>
<li>(04:54) - King Lear allusion: hesitation; Trump is a flatter figure</li>
<li>(05:30) - Man of borderless corruption; his descent is our descent</li>
<li>(06:40) - European mystification: just back from Poland</li>
<li>(07:18) - Trump is sui generis</li>
<li>(08:10) - When it happens twice, that breaks trust</li>
<li>(10:22) - Not everyone elected Trump: the Republican question</li>
<li>(11:16) - The crack-up of MAGA world</li>
<li>(12:19) - Marjorie Taylor Gre...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“His descent is in a sense our descent.” — Peter Wehner on Trump at 80</em></p><p> </p><p>Donald Trump turned 80 two weeks ago. But <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/peter-wehner/">Peter Wehner</a>’s timely <em>Atlantic</em> <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/ideas/2026/06/trump-decline-ufc-fight/687582/">piece</a>, “The Apotheosis of Donald Trump,” isn’t much of a birthday present. Wehner even suggests that for all Trump’s madness, mayhem and malevolence, the orange octogenarian eludes Shakespearean tragedy. So no historic hall of infamy for Donald. He’s too sad for that.</p><p> </p><p>Trump is a man, Wehner says, of borderless corruption — malicious, totally corrupt, without any visible redeeming qualities. But he isn’t King Lear. Trump lacks Lear’s complexity, Wehner says. Lear was a figure with whom you could have some empathy. Trump is not. He is, as Wehner notes, “a flatter figure in that sense” — but that doesn’t make him any less dangerous.</p><p> </p><p>For the DC-based Wehner, what makes Trump more dangerous, as an octogenarian, is his decomposition. The signs are everywhere: the disinhibition intensifying, the impulsivity more easily triggered, the volatility producing a foreign policy that no ally can track or trust. His descent, Wehner warns, might be our descent. Peak Trump. The apotheosis of a pathetically malevolent madman. Just in time for the semiquincentennial, which Wehner will “celebrate” at Monticello.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump at 80: The Apotheosis and the Decomposition: </strong>Wehner’s Atlantic piece, written to mark Trump’s 80th birthday, argues that what we are seeing is not just the decline of an old man but a visible decomposition in his mental and physical capacities that is making him more, not less, dangerous. The disinhibition is more intense. The impulsivity is more easily triggered. The volatility is producing a foreign policy that no ally can track or trust. Trump 2.0 is more dangerous than Trump 1.0 — and Trump 1.0 was not a walk in the park. The question is not whether this ends well. The question is how badly it ends.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Not King Lear: A Man of Borderless Corruption: </strong>Wehner uses a King Lear allusion in his Atlantic essay but hesitates to lean on it. Lear was a complicated figure — someone you could have empathy with, who saw things at the end he hadn’t seen earlier. Trump is not like that. He is, as best Wehner can tell, a man of borderless corruption, malicious from head to toe, with no visible redeeming qualities — a flatter figure in the Shakespearean sense. That flatness makes the Lear parallel partial. But it does not diminish the danger. His descent is in a sense our descent.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>European Mystification: When It Happens Twice, That Breaks Trust: </strong>Andrew has just returned from Europe, where every prominent journalist and historian he met was mystified by Trump. Wehner agrees: Trump is sui generis, unlike any leader the post-war world has produced. What he says is particularly disturbing is the second election. If it had happened once, Europe could have told itself it was a parenthesis. When it happens twice, that breaks trust. Even if the next president is sane and rational, there is no guarantee the following one will be. That uncertainty, Wehner says, is a real inflection point in the relationship between the United States and the rest of the world.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Crack-Up of MAGA World: </strong>The cult-like grip Trump had on the Republican Party and the MAGA base is no longer there. His approval among Republicans has dropped from the nineties to the seventies — still high, but significant. And the fissures in MAGA world are, in Wehner’s word, extraordinary: Tucker Carlson and Megyn Kelly and Candace Owens have broken from the movement or turned on its leadership. Marjorie Taylor Greene too. The crack-up has begun. Whether it is fast enough or decisive enough to matter remains to be seen. But the movement that once seemed invincible is showing its first serious cracks.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Monticello for the 250th: Welcoming New Immigrants: </strong>Wehner and his wife are considering spending July 4 at Monticello — Thomas Jefferson’s house in Charlottesville, Virginia — where a friend has invited them to an event welcoming new American citizens and immigrants. It is, he says, going to be a birthday that is not untainted by sadness even as there will also be hope of what can still happen. Six days from the 250th, Andrew asks what Jefferson would think of Trump. Wehner: probably not terribly favourable. Probably true of most of the founders.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/peter-wehner/">Peter Wehner</a> is a Contributing Editor at <em>The Atlantic</em> and a senior fellow at the Ethics and Public Policy Center. He served as a senior policy adviser in the administrations of Presidents Ronald Reagan, George H.W. Bush, and George W. Bush. He is a frequent contributor to <em>The New York Times</em>. His <em>Atlantic</em> piece “The Apotheosis of Donald Trump” was published June 14, 2026.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/peter-wehner/">Peter Wehner, “The Apotheosis of Donald Trump,”</a> <em>The Atlantic</em>, June 14, 2026 — the piece that occasions this conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2945: Samuel Moyn on <em>Gerontocracy in America</em> — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Monticello, Charlottesville, Virginia — Thomas Jefferson’s home; venue for the July 4 immigrant-welcoming event Wehner mentions.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Trump at 80 and the apotheosis</li>
<li>(02:07) - Visible decomposition: more dangerous than Trump 1.0</li>
<li>(02:54) - Something to celebrate or be concerned about?</li>
<li>(03:21) - The disinhibition intensifies; impulsivity more easily triggered</li>
<li>(04:18) - Is there a Shakespearean arc?</li>
<li>(04:54) - King Lear allusion: hesitation; Trump is a flatter figure</li>
<li>(05:30) - Man of borderless corruption; his descent is our descent</li>
<li>(06:40) - European mystification: just back from Poland</li>
<li>(07:18) - Trump is sui generis</li>
<li>(08:10) - When it happens twice, that breaks trust</li>
<li>(10:22) - Not everyone elected Trump: the Republican question</li>
<li>(11:16) - The crack-up of MAGA world</li>
<li>(12:19) - Marjorie Taylor Gre...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 28 Jun 2026 08:14:35 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/d4d78a2d/bde1b2a7.mp3" length="48004656" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3463429" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/d4d78a2d/bde1b2a7.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h9Dx2Ip06ns">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/bNRaEWZbCjsWji8BOp_6Ihmp_j59zedMArTVCM2kKy4/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8yYzI2/NTc5M2NkYjA2YmQz/Y2Y1YjY1MjZjZGJl/NjQxMi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2999</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“His descent is in a sense our descent.” — Peter Wehner on Trump at 80</em></p><p> </p><p>Donald Trump turned 80 two weeks ago. But <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/peter-wehner/">Peter Wehner</a>’s timely <em>Atlantic</em> <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/ideas/2026/06/trump-decline-ufc-fight/687582/">piece</a>, “The Apotheosis of Donald Trump,” isn’t much of a birthday present. Wehner even suggests that for all Trump’s madness, mayhem and malevolence, the orange octogenarian eludes Shakespearean tragedy. So no historic hall of infamy for Donald. He’s too sad for that.</p><p> </p><p>Trump is a man, Wehner says, of borderless corruption — malicious, totally corrupt, without any visible redeeming qualities. But he isn’t King Lear. Trump lacks Lear’s complexity, Wehner says. Lear was a figure with whom you could have some empathy. Trump is not. He is, as Wehner notes, “a flatter figure in that sense” — but that doesn’t make him any less dangerous.</p><p> </p><p>For the DC-based Wehner, what makes Trump more dangerous, as an octogenarian, is his decomposition. The signs are everywhere: the disinhibition intensifying, the impulsivity more easily triggered, the volatility producing a foreign policy that no ally can track or trust. His descent, Wehner warns, might be our descent. Peak Trump. The apotheosis of a pathetically malevolent madman. Just in time for the semiquincentennial, which Wehner will “celebrate” at Monticello.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump at 80: The Apotheosis and the Decomposition: </strong>Wehner’s Atlantic piece, written to mark Trump’s 80th birthday, argues that what we are seeing is not just the decline of an old man but a visible decomposition in his mental and physical capacities that is making him more, not less, dangerous. The disinhibition is more intense. The impulsivity is more easily triggered. The volatility is producing a foreign policy that no ally can track or trust. Trump 2.0 is more dangerous than Trump 1.0 — and Trump 1.0 was not a walk in the park. The question is not whether this ends well. The question is how badly it ends.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Not King Lear: A Man of Borderless Corruption: </strong>Wehner uses a King Lear allusion in his Atlantic essay but hesitates to lean on it. Lear was a complicated figure — someone you could have empathy with, who saw things at the end he hadn’t seen earlier. Trump is not like that. He is, as best Wehner can tell, a man of borderless corruption, malicious from head to toe, with no visible redeeming qualities — a flatter figure in the Shakespearean sense. That flatness makes the Lear parallel partial. But it does not diminish the danger. His descent is in a sense our descent.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>European Mystification: When It Happens Twice, That Breaks Trust: </strong>Andrew has just returned from Europe, where every prominent journalist and historian he met was mystified by Trump. Wehner agrees: Trump is sui generis, unlike any leader the post-war world has produced. What he says is particularly disturbing is the second election. If it had happened once, Europe could have told itself it was a parenthesis. When it happens twice, that breaks trust. Even if the next president is sane and rational, there is no guarantee the following one will be. That uncertainty, Wehner says, is a real inflection point in the relationship between the United States and the rest of the world.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Crack-Up of MAGA World: </strong>The cult-like grip Trump had on the Republican Party and the MAGA base is no longer there. His approval among Republicans has dropped from the nineties to the seventies — still high, but significant. And the fissures in MAGA world are, in Wehner’s word, extraordinary: Tucker Carlson and Megyn Kelly and Candace Owens have broken from the movement or turned on its leadership. Marjorie Taylor Greene too. The crack-up has begun. Whether it is fast enough or decisive enough to matter remains to be seen. But the movement that once seemed invincible is showing its first serious cracks.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Monticello for the 250th: Welcoming New Immigrants: </strong>Wehner and his wife are considering spending July 4 at Monticello — Thomas Jefferson’s house in Charlottesville, Virginia — where a friend has invited them to an event welcoming new American citizens and immigrants. It is, he says, going to be a birthday that is not untainted by sadness even as there will also be hope of what can still happen. Six days from the 250th, Andrew asks what Jefferson would think of Trump. Wehner: probably not terribly favourable. Probably true of most of the founders.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/peter-wehner/">Peter Wehner</a> is a Contributing Editor at <em>The Atlantic</em> and a senior fellow at the Ethics and Public Policy Center. He served as a senior policy adviser in the administrations of Presidents Ronald Reagan, George H.W. Bush, and George W. Bush. He is a frequent contributor to <em>The New York Times</em>. His <em>Atlantic</em> piece “The Apotheosis of Donald Trump” was published June 14, 2026.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/peter-wehner/">Peter Wehner, “The Apotheosis of Donald Trump,”</a> <em>The Atlantic</em>, June 14, 2026 — the piece that occasions this conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2945: Samuel Moyn on <em>Gerontocracy in America</em> — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Monticello, Charlottesville, Virginia — Thomas Jefferson’s home; venue for the July 4 immigrant-welcoming event Wehner mentions.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Trump at 80 and the apotheosis</li>
<li>(02:07) - Visible decomposition: more dangerous than Trump 1.0</li>
<li>(02:54) - Something to celebrate or be concerned about?</li>
<li>(03:21) - The disinhibition intensifies; impulsivity more easily triggered</li>
<li>(04:18) - Is there a Shakespearean arc?</li>
<li>(04:54) - King Lear allusion: hesitation; Trump is a flatter figure</li>
<li>(05:30) - Man of borderless corruption; his descent is our descent</li>
<li>(06:40) - European mystification: just back from Poland</li>
<li>(07:18) - Trump is sui generis</li>
<li>(08:10) - When it happens twice, that breaks trust</li>
<li>(10:22) - Not everyone elected Trump: the Republican question</li>
<li>(11:16) - The crack-up of MAGA world</li>
<li>(12:19) - Marjorie Taylor Gre...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d4d78a2d/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d4d78a2d/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Payback’s a Bitch: AI Sovereign Wealth Funds, the Fake Andrew Keen, and America’s Inevitable Decline</title>
      <itunes:episode>2955</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2955</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Payback’s a Bitch: AI Sovereign Wealth Funds, the Fake Andrew Keen, and America’s Inevitable Decline</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f490374f-2a30-4372-8960-a711548e413d</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The frontier AI companies invited the government into the room. Now the government is beginning to behave as if it owns the door, the guest list, the schedule, and the product roadmap.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>Last week, I was away in Europe. So <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> ran our <em>That Was The Week</em> show solo — with a chillingly authentic Andrew Keen bot. So realistic, in fact, that the fake version sounds (to me, at least) more interesting than the real one.</p><p> </p><p>The bad news is that I’m back. The good news is it’s been an interesting week in tech. That was the week in which the US Commerce Department told both OpenAI and Anthropic that they now need government approval for whom they can sell their frontier AI models. This is supposedly “voluntary” — for now, at least.</p><p> </p><p>Keith’s <em>TWTW</em> editorial argues that Dario Amodei and Sam Altman have spent over a year crying wolf about the dangers of their own technology, supposedly deliberately seeking government involvement as a regulatory moat against competitors. And now the government has walked through the door that Sam and Dario left ajar. Now, Keith argues, the US government is behaving as if it owns not just the door and the guest list, but the entire product roadmap. “Payback’s a bitch,” Keith bristles in his editorial.</p><p> </p><p>The other major news this week is the rumour (via David Sacks) that OpenAI has offered the US government a 50% stake in a sovereign wealth fund. If true, this would change everything — not just in Silicon Valley, but in the political debate about public ownership of our AI economy. It’s not just tech insiders like Sacks and Altman who are on board the sovereign wealth fund express, but also Bernie Sanders and other leftist critics of Big Tech. So maybe payback, at least when it comes to public investment in AI, isn’t always such a bitch.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Fake Andrew Keen: An Hour of Work on a Local Nvidia Card: </strong>Keith ran last week’s show solo with an AI-generated Andrew Keen: trained on a few episodes of the show, animated from a YouTube still, scripted from Keith’s newsletter. No third-party service. Just a local PC with an Nvidia GPU, about an hour of work, three attempts. Andrew, listening back, second-guessed whether he was actually there. The result was “pretty bad compared to our normal actual live shows,” Keith says. But also: really good. The question hanging over this episode and every future one: which Andrew are you listening to?</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Payback’s a Bitch: How AI Companies Created Their Own Regulatory Trap: </strong>The US Commerce Department has told OpenAI and Anthropic they need government permission for who gets to use their latest models. Voluntary, for now. Keith’s diagnosis: AI leadership spent more than a year crying wolf about existential risk — not because they believed it, but because government regulation creates a moat against competitors. Now the government has taken them at their word. Dario and Sam Altman wanted to be wrapped in government clothing. They are. The government now owns the door. They asked for this. They got it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>American and Chinese State Capitalism: Converging Models: </strong>Andrew raises the macro argument: what we’re watching is the convergence of American and Chinese models of capitalism toward a more state-centric model. China has always been explicit about state control. America has prided itself on free enterprise — even when the internet, atomic technology, and now AI were all substantially government-funded or government-shaped. Keith agrees at this level: all governments seek to control things they frame as dangerous. The difference is the framing. The direction of travel is the same.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>OpenAI’s Rumoured 50% Stake Offer to the Government: </strong>Keith has heard — from sources including David Sacks, who should know — that OpenAI has offered the US government a very large stake, potentially 50%, in a sovereign wealth fund that would then distribute dividends to citizens. Sacks is not only unsurprised but in favour: he thinks 50% is too small. Andrew’s question: why would OpenAI give away 50% of the company? Keith’s answer: because it’s the price of the regulatory moat. The government as partner rather than the government as regulator. A company that once aspired to “open” AI is now offering the state a controlling interest in its future.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Paul Kennedy and America’s Inevitable Decline: </strong>Keith has Paul Kennedy’s <em>Rise and Fall of the Great Powers</em> on his shelf. His conclusion from it: it is historically impossible for America to retain its first-place status. No country ever has. Newly capitalised countries produce things more cheaply; China, India, and large parts of Asia are where most future growth will be. Does the AI boom change this? Keith’s honest answer: no. It may slow the decline. It will not reverse it. America will, like an older gentleman on a rocking chair outside the house, accept its fate. Europe won’t even be in the rocking chair.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and Andrew’s regular TWTW co-host.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> by Keith Teare — the newsletter on which this episode is based.</p><p> </p><p>•       Azeem Azhar, <em>The Exponential View</em> — his report quantifying the AI economy at roughly $175 billion, referenced in the closing section.</p><p> </p><p>•       Alex Lazarow, <em>99%Tech</em> — referenced for his piece on the emergence of an AI trust layer, the “Lloyds of AI.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Paul Kennedy, <em>The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers</em> — on Keith’s shelf; referenced in the America-China decline section.</p><p> </p><p>•       David Sacks — referenced as the source for the OpenAI sovereign wealth fund rumour.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:38) - Introduction: the fake Andrew Keen from last week</li>
<li>(01:14) - Keith explains how he did it: local Nvidia card, one hour, three attempts</li>
<li>(02:11) - The big story: Commerce Department tells OpenAI and Anthropic they need permission</li>
<li>...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The frontier AI companies invited the government into the room. Now the government is beginning to behave as if it owns the door, the guest list, the schedule, and the product roadmap.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>Last week, I was away in Europe. So <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> ran our <em>That Was The Week</em> show solo — with a chillingly authentic Andrew Keen bot. So realistic, in fact, that the fake version sounds (to me, at least) more interesting than the real one.</p><p> </p><p>The bad news is that I’m back. The good news is it’s been an interesting week in tech. That was the week in which the US Commerce Department told both OpenAI and Anthropic that they now need government approval for whom they can sell their frontier AI models. This is supposedly “voluntary” — for now, at least.</p><p> </p><p>Keith’s <em>TWTW</em> editorial argues that Dario Amodei and Sam Altman have spent over a year crying wolf about the dangers of their own technology, supposedly deliberately seeking government involvement as a regulatory moat against competitors. And now the government has walked through the door that Sam and Dario left ajar. Now, Keith argues, the US government is behaving as if it owns not just the door and the guest list, but the entire product roadmap. “Payback’s a bitch,” Keith bristles in his editorial.</p><p> </p><p>The other major news this week is the rumour (via David Sacks) that OpenAI has offered the US government a 50% stake in a sovereign wealth fund. If true, this would change everything — not just in Silicon Valley, but in the political debate about public ownership of our AI economy. It’s not just tech insiders like Sacks and Altman who are on board the sovereign wealth fund express, but also Bernie Sanders and other leftist critics of Big Tech. So maybe payback, at least when it comes to public investment in AI, isn’t always such a bitch.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Fake Andrew Keen: An Hour of Work on a Local Nvidia Card: </strong>Keith ran last week’s show solo with an AI-generated Andrew Keen: trained on a few episodes of the show, animated from a YouTube still, scripted from Keith’s newsletter. No third-party service. Just a local PC with an Nvidia GPU, about an hour of work, three attempts. Andrew, listening back, second-guessed whether he was actually there. The result was “pretty bad compared to our normal actual live shows,” Keith says. But also: really good. The question hanging over this episode and every future one: which Andrew are you listening to?</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Payback’s a Bitch: How AI Companies Created Their Own Regulatory Trap: </strong>The US Commerce Department has told OpenAI and Anthropic they need government permission for who gets to use their latest models. Voluntary, for now. Keith’s diagnosis: AI leadership spent more than a year crying wolf about existential risk — not because they believed it, but because government regulation creates a moat against competitors. Now the government has taken them at their word. Dario and Sam Altman wanted to be wrapped in government clothing. They are. The government now owns the door. They asked for this. They got it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>American and Chinese State Capitalism: Converging Models: </strong>Andrew raises the macro argument: what we’re watching is the convergence of American and Chinese models of capitalism toward a more state-centric model. China has always been explicit about state control. America has prided itself on free enterprise — even when the internet, atomic technology, and now AI were all substantially government-funded or government-shaped. Keith agrees at this level: all governments seek to control things they frame as dangerous. The difference is the framing. The direction of travel is the same.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>OpenAI’s Rumoured 50% Stake Offer to the Government: </strong>Keith has heard — from sources including David Sacks, who should know — that OpenAI has offered the US government a very large stake, potentially 50%, in a sovereign wealth fund that would then distribute dividends to citizens. Sacks is not only unsurprised but in favour: he thinks 50% is too small. Andrew’s question: why would OpenAI give away 50% of the company? Keith’s answer: because it’s the price of the regulatory moat. The government as partner rather than the government as regulator. A company that once aspired to “open” AI is now offering the state a controlling interest in its future.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Paul Kennedy and America’s Inevitable Decline: </strong>Keith has Paul Kennedy’s <em>Rise and Fall of the Great Powers</em> on his shelf. His conclusion from it: it is historically impossible for America to retain its first-place status. No country ever has. Newly capitalised countries produce things more cheaply; China, India, and large parts of Asia are where most future growth will be. Does the AI boom change this? Keith’s honest answer: no. It may slow the decline. It will not reverse it. America will, like an older gentleman on a rocking chair outside the house, accept its fate. Europe won’t even be in the rocking chair.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and Andrew’s regular TWTW co-host.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> by Keith Teare — the newsletter on which this episode is based.</p><p> </p><p>•       Azeem Azhar, <em>The Exponential View</em> — his report quantifying the AI economy at roughly $175 billion, referenced in the closing section.</p><p> </p><p>•       Alex Lazarow, <em>99%Tech</em> — referenced for his piece on the emergence of an AI trust layer, the “Lloyds of AI.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Paul Kennedy, <em>The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers</em> — on Keith’s shelf; referenced in the America-China decline section.</p><p> </p><p>•       David Sacks — referenced as the source for the OpenAI sovereign wealth fund rumour.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:38) - Introduction: the fake Andrew Keen from last week</li>
<li>(01:14) - Keith explains how he did it: local Nvidia card, one hour, three attempts</li>
<li>(02:11) - The big story: Commerce Department tells OpenAI and Anthropic they need permission</li>
<li>...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 27 Jun 2026 10:22:32 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/01090ff8/aae8cb0d.mp3" length="34303071" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3402733" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/01090ff8/aae8cb0d.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1J9nqMMzm_4">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/p8YsgXcEzDORY9crHR-vHhkM3zQ_5GJeRggpL0uHPPI/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8zYzk5/ZWRiNDg0YjQyNzI5/NTNiY2YzN2M4Yzcx/MzY0Ni5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2141</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The frontier AI companies invited the government into the room. Now the government is beginning to behave as if it owns the door, the guest list, the schedule, and the product roadmap.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>Last week, I was away in Europe. So <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> ran our <em>That Was The Week</em> show solo — with a chillingly authentic Andrew Keen bot. So realistic, in fact, that the fake version sounds (to me, at least) more interesting than the real one.</p><p> </p><p>The bad news is that I’m back. The good news is it’s been an interesting week in tech. That was the week in which the US Commerce Department told both OpenAI and Anthropic that they now need government approval for whom they can sell their frontier AI models. This is supposedly “voluntary” — for now, at least.</p><p> </p><p>Keith’s <em>TWTW</em> editorial argues that Dario Amodei and Sam Altman have spent over a year crying wolf about the dangers of their own technology, supposedly deliberately seeking government involvement as a regulatory moat against competitors. And now the government has walked through the door that Sam and Dario left ajar. Now, Keith argues, the US government is behaving as if it owns not just the door and the guest list, but the entire product roadmap. “Payback’s a bitch,” Keith bristles in his editorial.</p><p> </p><p>The other major news this week is the rumour (via David Sacks) that OpenAI has offered the US government a 50% stake in a sovereign wealth fund. If true, this would change everything — not just in Silicon Valley, but in the political debate about public ownership of our AI economy. It’s not just tech insiders like Sacks and Altman who are on board the sovereign wealth fund express, but also Bernie Sanders and other leftist critics of Big Tech. So maybe payback, at least when it comes to public investment in AI, isn’t always such a bitch.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Fake Andrew Keen: An Hour of Work on a Local Nvidia Card: </strong>Keith ran last week’s show solo with an AI-generated Andrew Keen: trained on a few episodes of the show, animated from a YouTube still, scripted from Keith’s newsletter. No third-party service. Just a local PC with an Nvidia GPU, about an hour of work, three attempts. Andrew, listening back, second-guessed whether he was actually there. The result was “pretty bad compared to our normal actual live shows,” Keith says. But also: really good. The question hanging over this episode and every future one: which Andrew are you listening to?</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Payback’s a Bitch: How AI Companies Created Their Own Regulatory Trap: </strong>The US Commerce Department has told OpenAI and Anthropic they need government permission for who gets to use their latest models. Voluntary, for now. Keith’s diagnosis: AI leadership spent more than a year crying wolf about existential risk — not because they believed it, but because government regulation creates a moat against competitors. Now the government has taken them at their word. Dario and Sam Altman wanted to be wrapped in government clothing. They are. The government now owns the door. They asked for this. They got it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>American and Chinese State Capitalism: Converging Models: </strong>Andrew raises the macro argument: what we’re watching is the convergence of American and Chinese models of capitalism toward a more state-centric model. China has always been explicit about state control. America has prided itself on free enterprise — even when the internet, atomic technology, and now AI were all substantially government-funded or government-shaped. Keith agrees at this level: all governments seek to control things they frame as dangerous. The difference is the framing. The direction of travel is the same.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>OpenAI’s Rumoured 50% Stake Offer to the Government: </strong>Keith has heard — from sources including David Sacks, who should know — that OpenAI has offered the US government a very large stake, potentially 50%, in a sovereign wealth fund that would then distribute dividends to citizens. Sacks is not only unsurprised but in favour: he thinks 50% is too small. Andrew’s question: why would OpenAI give away 50% of the company? Keith’s answer: because it’s the price of the regulatory moat. The government as partner rather than the government as regulator. A company that once aspired to “open” AI is now offering the state a controlling interest in its future.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Paul Kennedy and America’s Inevitable Decline: </strong>Keith has Paul Kennedy’s <em>Rise and Fall of the Great Powers</em> on his shelf. His conclusion from it: it is historically impossible for America to retain its first-place status. No country ever has. Newly capitalised countries produce things more cheaply; China, India, and large parts of Asia are where most future growth will be. Does the AI boom change this? Keith’s honest answer: no. It may slow the decline. It will not reverse it. America will, like an older gentleman on a rocking chair outside the house, accept its fate. Europe won’t even be in the rocking chair.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and Andrew’s regular TWTW co-host.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> by Keith Teare — the newsletter on which this episode is based.</p><p> </p><p>•       Azeem Azhar, <em>The Exponential View</em> — his report quantifying the AI economy at roughly $175 billion, referenced in the closing section.</p><p> </p><p>•       Alex Lazarow, <em>99%Tech</em> — referenced for his piece on the emergence of an AI trust layer, the “Lloyds of AI.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Paul Kennedy, <em>The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers</em> — on Keith’s shelf; referenced in the America-China decline section.</p><p> </p><p>•       David Sacks — referenced as the source for the OpenAI sovereign wealth fund rumour.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:38) - Introduction: the fake Andrew Keen from last week</li>
<li>(01:14) - Keith explains how he did it: local Nvidia card, one hour, three attempts</li>
<li>(02:11) - The big story: Commerce Department tells OpenAI and Anthropic they need permission</li>
<li>...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/01090ff8/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/01090ff8/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Down the Democratic Drain: Justin Gest on How Migration Is Unintentionally Strengthening Authoritarianism Around the World</title>
      <itunes:episode>2954</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2954</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Down the Democratic Drain: Justin Gest on How Migration Is Unintentionally Strengthening Authoritarianism Around the World</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">623d2c2f-6a8b-48c0-99ae-4d822bc3ac79</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You cannot expect a society to open its doors if there is no way to close them. You cannot expect a society to open its gates if there is no gate to open.” — Justin Gest</em></p><p> </p><p>It’s a counterintuitive and deliberately provocative argument. Rather than bolstering open societies, migration actually benefits authoritarianism. And it’s the argument that <a href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/democratic-drain/D8497D6A38FCA61ADE68CC62235449B9">Justin Gest</a> makes in his new book, <a href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/democratic-drain/D8497D6A38FCA61ADE68CC62235449B9"><em>Democratic Drain: Global Migration and the Struggle for Democracy</em></a>. Drawing on data from 149 countries, Gest shows that global migration has been inadvertently strengthening authoritarianism by stealing liberal democrats from the places that need them most.</p><p> </p><p>When liberals emigrate from authoritarian countries, Gest argues, they take their democratic values with them. As a consequence, fewer people dare to vote against the autocrat, fewer people protest, fewer people cling to liberal norms. The argument turns the normal discourse about migration on its head. Immigration is usually framed as a question about the countries experiencing migration. But Gest reframes it from the perspective of the countries losing people. So, for example, when Hungary’s young liberal professionals move to Berlin or London, Orbán’s job got easier. Or when Venezuela’s middle class emigrated to Miami, Maduro’s grip tightened.</p><p> </p><p>And, of course, when people leave America, it benefits Trump. That’s the real bite in his polemic. Be patriotic, Justin Gest is telling American liberals. Stay home. Don’t go down the democratic drain.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Democratic Drain: Migration Is Strengthening Authoritarianism: </strong>Gest’s central argument: when people emigrate from authoritarian countries, they are disproportionately people who hold liberal democratic values — people who would vote against the autocrat, protest in the streets, or organise civil society. He calls them “demmigrants.” When they leave, they leave behind a population that is, on average, more sympathetic to authoritarian governance. The result: Orbán’s Hungary is easier to govern after Hungary’s young liberals move to Berlin; Maduro’s Venezuela tightens its grip as the middle class departs for Miami. Across 149 countries, the correlation is striking.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>White Working Class as Protest Voters, Not Authoritarians: </strong>Gest, whose earlier book <em>The New Minority</em> anticipated the Trump and Brexit era, pushes back on the characterisation of working-class voters as simply authoritarian. Many are protest voters: they want to see the system shaken, they see populists as the only candidates willing to speak truth about the system’s failures, and they are willing to tolerate short-run damage to democratic institutions in the hope of building something better from the ashes. Immigration is the sine qua non of far-right populism: when immigrants are framed as an existential threat, voters make transactional short-run compromises to democratic integrity. They are not irrational. They are strategic.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Left Must Embrace Nationalism to Win the Immigration Argument: </strong>Gest’s most provocative political prescription: the left has ceded nationalism to the right as if there is no nationalist case for immigration, no nationalist case for climate policy, no nationalist case for progressive values. This is, he says, inexcusable. The national interest served by carefully selected immigration is plain: immigrants make countries younger, fill labour shortages, innovate, create jobs. If the left can frame the immigration debate in terms of the national interest rather than moral obligation, the debate changes. He wrote a piece for the <em>Washington Post</em> on this in March 2022.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Can You Be an Enlightened Anti-Immigrationist? The Internationalist Paradox: </strong>Andrew raises a sharp question: if democratic drain is real, then an internationalist who cares about democracy globally might logically oppose emigration from authoritarian countries, since it strengthens those authoritarian governments. Gest’s response: possible, but foolish. You don’t stop the drain by damming the river. You stop it by growing the democratic movement — by demonstrating the vitality and virtues of democracy and the perils of authoritarianism — so that there are more democrats to spare even after emigration.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Three Fault Lines for the 21st Century: </strong>Gest maps three overlapping fault lines that will define the 21st century’s politics. First: democrats vs authoritarians (the Wieliński argument, which Gest confirms and extends). Second: winners vs losers of globalisation (which often determines the first). Third — and Gest’s own addition: those who understand their nation in civic terms vs those who understand it in ethno-religious terms. The civic imagination: a country grounded in ideas, institutions, interdependency, and a devotion to co-evolution together. The ethno-religious imagination: a country derived from static, unchanging ancestral roots. Whichever fault line you look at, he says, you end up at the same place.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/democratic-drain/D8497D6A38FCA61ADE68CC62235449B9">Justin Gest</a> is Professor and Director of the Public Policy Program at George Mason University’s Schar School of Policy and Government. He is the author of <a href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/democratic-drain/D8497D6A38FCA61ADE68CC62235449B9"><em>Democratic Drain: Global Migration and the Struggle for Democracy</em></a> (Cambridge University Press, May 2026), <em>Majority Minority: Racialized Divisions in the New American Order</em> (2022), <em>The New Minority: White Working Class Politics in an Age of Immigration and Inequality</em> (2016), and four other books. A founding editor of the Oxford University Press series “Oxford Studies in Migration and Citizenship,” he has published commentary in <em>The New York Times</em>, <em>The Wall Street Journal</em>, <em>The Washington Post</em>, and <em>The Atlantic</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/democratic-drain/D8497D6A38FCA61ADE68CC62235449B9"><em>Democratic Drain: Global Migration and the Struggle for Democracy</em></a> by Justin Gest (Cambridge University Press, May 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Justin Gest, “How the Left Can Embrace Nationalism While Maintaining Its Values,” <em>Washington Post</em>, March 2022 — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2951: Bartosz Wieliński on “We No Longer Dream of the United States” — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Central European University, Budapest — where Gest is teaching this week.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America...</em></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You cannot expect a society to open its doors if there is no way to close them. You cannot expect a society to open its gates if there is no gate to open.” — Justin Gest</em></p><p> </p><p>It’s a counterintuitive and deliberately provocative argument. Rather than bolstering open societies, migration actually benefits authoritarianism. And it’s the argument that <a href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/democratic-drain/D8497D6A38FCA61ADE68CC62235449B9">Justin Gest</a> makes in his new book, <a href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/democratic-drain/D8497D6A38FCA61ADE68CC62235449B9"><em>Democratic Drain: Global Migration and the Struggle for Democracy</em></a>. Drawing on data from 149 countries, Gest shows that global migration has been inadvertently strengthening authoritarianism by stealing liberal democrats from the places that need them most.</p><p> </p><p>When liberals emigrate from authoritarian countries, Gest argues, they take their democratic values with them. As a consequence, fewer people dare to vote against the autocrat, fewer people protest, fewer people cling to liberal norms. The argument turns the normal discourse about migration on its head. Immigration is usually framed as a question about the countries experiencing migration. But Gest reframes it from the perspective of the countries losing people. So, for example, when Hungary’s young liberal professionals move to Berlin or London, Orbán’s job got easier. Or when Venezuela’s middle class emigrated to Miami, Maduro’s grip tightened.</p><p> </p><p>And, of course, when people leave America, it benefits Trump. That’s the real bite in his polemic. Be patriotic, Justin Gest is telling American liberals. Stay home. Don’t go down the democratic drain.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Democratic Drain: Migration Is Strengthening Authoritarianism: </strong>Gest’s central argument: when people emigrate from authoritarian countries, they are disproportionately people who hold liberal democratic values — people who would vote against the autocrat, protest in the streets, or organise civil society. He calls them “demmigrants.” When they leave, they leave behind a population that is, on average, more sympathetic to authoritarian governance. The result: Orbán’s Hungary is easier to govern after Hungary’s young liberals move to Berlin; Maduro’s Venezuela tightens its grip as the middle class departs for Miami. Across 149 countries, the correlation is striking.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>White Working Class as Protest Voters, Not Authoritarians: </strong>Gest, whose earlier book <em>The New Minority</em> anticipated the Trump and Brexit era, pushes back on the characterisation of working-class voters as simply authoritarian. Many are protest voters: they want to see the system shaken, they see populists as the only candidates willing to speak truth about the system’s failures, and they are willing to tolerate short-run damage to democratic institutions in the hope of building something better from the ashes. Immigration is the sine qua non of far-right populism: when immigrants are framed as an existential threat, voters make transactional short-run compromises to democratic integrity. They are not irrational. They are strategic.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Left Must Embrace Nationalism to Win the Immigration Argument: </strong>Gest’s most provocative political prescription: the left has ceded nationalism to the right as if there is no nationalist case for immigration, no nationalist case for climate policy, no nationalist case for progressive values. This is, he says, inexcusable. The national interest served by carefully selected immigration is plain: immigrants make countries younger, fill labour shortages, innovate, create jobs. If the left can frame the immigration debate in terms of the national interest rather than moral obligation, the debate changes. He wrote a piece for the <em>Washington Post</em> on this in March 2022.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Can You Be an Enlightened Anti-Immigrationist? The Internationalist Paradox: </strong>Andrew raises a sharp question: if democratic drain is real, then an internationalist who cares about democracy globally might logically oppose emigration from authoritarian countries, since it strengthens those authoritarian governments. Gest’s response: possible, but foolish. You don’t stop the drain by damming the river. You stop it by growing the democratic movement — by demonstrating the vitality and virtues of democracy and the perils of authoritarianism — so that there are more democrats to spare even after emigration.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Three Fault Lines for the 21st Century: </strong>Gest maps three overlapping fault lines that will define the 21st century’s politics. First: democrats vs authoritarians (the Wieliński argument, which Gest confirms and extends). Second: winners vs losers of globalisation (which often determines the first). Third — and Gest’s own addition: those who understand their nation in civic terms vs those who understand it in ethno-religious terms. The civic imagination: a country grounded in ideas, institutions, interdependency, and a devotion to co-evolution together. The ethno-religious imagination: a country derived from static, unchanging ancestral roots. Whichever fault line you look at, he says, you end up at the same place.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/democratic-drain/D8497D6A38FCA61ADE68CC62235449B9">Justin Gest</a> is Professor and Director of the Public Policy Program at George Mason University’s Schar School of Policy and Government. He is the author of <a href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/democratic-drain/D8497D6A38FCA61ADE68CC62235449B9"><em>Democratic Drain: Global Migration and the Struggle for Democracy</em></a> (Cambridge University Press, May 2026), <em>Majority Minority: Racialized Divisions in the New American Order</em> (2022), <em>The New Minority: White Working Class Politics in an Age of Immigration and Inequality</em> (2016), and four other books. A founding editor of the Oxford University Press series “Oxford Studies in Migration and Citizenship,” he has published commentary in <em>The New York Times</em>, <em>The Wall Street Journal</em>, <em>The Washington Post</em>, and <em>The Atlantic</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/democratic-drain/D8497D6A38FCA61ADE68CC62235449B9"><em>Democratic Drain: Global Migration and the Struggle for Democracy</em></a> by Justin Gest (Cambridge University Press, May 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Justin Gest, “How the Left Can Embrace Nationalism While Maintaining Its Values,” <em>Washington Post</em>, March 2022 — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2951: Bartosz Wieliński on “We No Longer Dream of the United States” — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Central European University, Budapest — where Gest is teaching this week.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America...</em></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Jun 2026 09:53:54 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/fe4c8692/6cc70a87.mp3" length="33543607" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3414514" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/fe4c8692/6cc70a87.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ob3zkKOy5wU">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/ZeTldFTlz1dR22q-kK_huoUMyCTuXazyHeNWAEN_OWI/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNjll/ZTZlNTY0MDhiMGVi/Y2VjN2RjNzEzOWE4/YmIwOS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2095</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You cannot expect a society to open its doors if there is no way to close them. You cannot expect a society to open its gates if there is no gate to open.” — Justin Gest</em></p><p> </p><p>It’s a counterintuitive and deliberately provocative argument. Rather than bolstering open societies, migration actually benefits authoritarianism. And it’s the argument that <a href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/democratic-drain/D8497D6A38FCA61ADE68CC62235449B9">Justin Gest</a> makes in his new book, <a href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/democratic-drain/D8497D6A38FCA61ADE68CC62235449B9"><em>Democratic Drain: Global Migration and the Struggle for Democracy</em></a>. Drawing on data from 149 countries, Gest shows that global migration has been inadvertently strengthening authoritarianism by stealing liberal democrats from the places that need them most.</p><p> </p><p>When liberals emigrate from authoritarian countries, Gest argues, they take their democratic values with them. As a consequence, fewer people dare to vote against the autocrat, fewer people protest, fewer people cling to liberal norms. The argument turns the normal discourse about migration on its head. Immigration is usually framed as a question about the countries experiencing migration. But Gest reframes it from the perspective of the countries losing people. So, for example, when Hungary’s young liberal professionals move to Berlin or London, Orbán’s job got easier. Or when Venezuela’s middle class emigrated to Miami, Maduro’s grip tightened.</p><p> </p><p>And, of course, when people leave America, it benefits Trump. That’s the real bite in his polemic. Be patriotic, Justin Gest is telling American liberals. Stay home. Don’t go down the democratic drain.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Democratic Drain: Migration Is Strengthening Authoritarianism: </strong>Gest’s central argument: when people emigrate from authoritarian countries, they are disproportionately people who hold liberal democratic values — people who would vote against the autocrat, protest in the streets, or organise civil society. He calls them “demmigrants.” When they leave, they leave behind a population that is, on average, more sympathetic to authoritarian governance. The result: Orbán’s Hungary is easier to govern after Hungary’s young liberals move to Berlin; Maduro’s Venezuela tightens its grip as the middle class departs for Miami. Across 149 countries, the correlation is striking.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>White Working Class as Protest Voters, Not Authoritarians: </strong>Gest, whose earlier book <em>The New Minority</em> anticipated the Trump and Brexit era, pushes back on the characterisation of working-class voters as simply authoritarian. Many are protest voters: they want to see the system shaken, they see populists as the only candidates willing to speak truth about the system’s failures, and they are willing to tolerate short-run damage to democratic institutions in the hope of building something better from the ashes. Immigration is the sine qua non of far-right populism: when immigrants are framed as an existential threat, voters make transactional short-run compromises to democratic integrity. They are not irrational. They are strategic.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Left Must Embrace Nationalism to Win the Immigration Argument: </strong>Gest’s most provocative political prescription: the left has ceded nationalism to the right as if there is no nationalist case for immigration, no nationalist case for climate policy, no nationalist case for progressive values. This is, he says, inexcusable. The national interest served by carefully selected immigration is plain: immigrants make countries younger, fill labour shortages, innovate, create jobs. If the left can frame the immigration debate in terms of the national interest rather than moral obligation, the debate changes. He wrote a piece for the <em>Washington Post</em> on this in March 2022.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Can You Be an Enlightened Anti-Immigrationist? The Internationalist Paradox: </strong>Andrew raises a sharp question: if democratic drain is real, then an internationalist who cares about democracy globally might logically oppose emigration from authoritarian countries, since it strengthens those authoritarian governments. Gest’s response: possible, but foolish. You don’t stop the drain by damming the river. You stop it by growing the democratic movement — by demonstrating the vitality and virtues of democracy and the perils of authoritarianism — so that there are more democrats to spare even after emigration.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Three Fault Lines for the 21st Century: </strong>Gest maps three overlapping fault lines that will define the 21st century’s politics. First: democrats vs authoritarians (the Wieliński argument, which Gest confirms and extends). Second: winners vs losers of globalisation (which often determines the first). Third — and Gest’s own addition: those who understand their nation in civic terms vs those who understand it in ethno-religious terms. The civic imagination: a country grounded in ideas, institutions, interdependency, and a devotion to co-evolution together. The ethno-religious imagination: a country derived from static, unchanging ancestral roots. Whichever fault line you look at, he says, you end up at the same place.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/democratic-drain/D8497D6A38FCA61ADE68CC62235449B9">Justin Gest</a> is Professor and Director of the Public Policy Program at George Mason University’s Schar School of Policy and Government. He is the author of <a href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/democratic-drain/D8497D6A38FCA61ADE68CC62235449B9"><em>Democratic Drain: Global Migration and the Struggle for Democracy</em></a> (Cambridge University Press, May 2026), <em>Majority Minority: Racialized Divisions in the New American Order</em> (2022), <em>The New Minority: White Working Class Politics in an Age of Immigration and Inequality</em> (2016), and four other books. A founding editor of the Oxford University Press series “Oxford Studies in Migration and Citizenship,” he has published commentary in <em>The New York Times</em>, <em>The Wall Street Journal</em>, <em>The Washington Post</em>, and <em>The Atlantic</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/democratic-drain/D8497D6A38FCA61ADE68CC62235449B9"><em>Democratic Drain: Global Migration and the Struggle for Democracy</em></a> by Justin Gest (Cambridge University Press, May 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Justin Gest, “How the Left Can Embrace Nationalism While Maintaining Its Values,” <em>Washington Post</em>, March 2022 — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2951: Bartosz Wieliński on “We No Longer Dream of the United States” — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Central European University, Budapest — where Gest is teaching this week.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America...</em></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/fe4c8692/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/fe4c8692/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is London Really Falling? Patrick Radden Keefe's Search for Truth in the Most Invisible of Cities</title>
      <itunes:episode>2953</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2953</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Is London Really Falling? Patrick Radden Keefe's Search for Truth in the Most Invisible of Cities</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5edbf94e-bd58-49a8-99ad-47b757edbb66</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Narrative remains a pretty unbeatable delivery device for information.” — Patrick Radden Keefe</em></p><p> </p><p>Has London really fallen? That’s the question <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/788428/london-falling-by-patrick-radden-keefe/">Patrick Radden Keefe</a> — staff writer at <em>The New Yorker</em> and bestselling author of <em>Empire of Pain</em> and <em>Say Nothing</em> — addressed in his new book, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/788428/london-falling-by-patrick-radden-keefe/"><em>London Falling: A Mysterious Death in a Gilded City and a Family’s Search for Truth</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p>One thing for sure is that Keefe himself hasn’t fallen. He’s been surprised by the book’s success. “I thought the antibodies would get up because I’m an interloper,” the American confesses about writing about Britain. Antibodies or not, the book has been a #1 bestseller in both the UK and US. And we can look forward to an A24 and Brightstar TV adaptation soon.</p><p> </p><p>On London, the story is murkier. <em>London Falling</em> begins on November 29, 2019, when nineteen-year-old Zac Brettler falls to his death from a luxury apartment above the Thames. Every parent’s ultimate nightmare. As it happens, I’ve known Zac’s dad, Matthew, for many years. But what appeared to be a tragic accident or a suicide turned out to be something far more sinister — a story of double lives, dirty money, a dishonest businessman named Akbar Shamji, and a terrifyingly violent gangster known as Indian Dave.</p><p> </p><p>Lurking behind the Brettler death is what Keefe presents as the greatest deceit of all — London’s cruel descent into what he sees as the moneyed miasma of post-Thatcherite neo-liberalism. London is, in Keefe’s compelling narrative, the most invisible of cities — where power lies with criminals like Indian Dave, where the police are at best bystanders, and where a teenage fantasist from a comfortable middle-class family can become fatally entangled in a fallen world he barely understood.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Zac Brettler: The Double Life That Led to His Death: </strong>Zac Brettler was nineteen years old. He fell — or was pushed, or was forced to jump — from a luxury apartment balcony above the Thames on November 29, 2019. He had been living a double life: to London’s criminal underworld, he was Zac Ismailov, the son of a Russian oligarch, heir to a great fortune. He had even fabricated bank statements showing a personal account holding $1 million. Under this guise, he became entangled with Akbar Shamji, a slippery businessman, and a man known as Indian Dave, a violent extortionist. Keefe’s reporting suggests Zac jumped to escape from one of these men. Scotland Yard’s passivity in investigating the case is, in Keefe’s word, bizarre.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>London as a Twenty-Four-Hour Laundromat for Dirty Money: </strong>Keefe’s portrait of London is the book’s macro argument: a global city that has been hollowed out by decades of financial deregulation, whose financial sector is stacked with professional facilitators eager to help protect or conceal a dubious fortune, where posh mansions and private nightclubs serve as the visible surface of a hidden economy of criminal money. Zac Brettler was not rich. He was a boy from a comfortably off family who became fixated on the glitzy, mercenary, aspirational culture embodied by foreign billionaires who had bought mansions and football clubs in his city. London, in Keefe’s telling, did this to him.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Brettlers’ Consent: A Long Haul With the Family: </strong>Keefe had written 15,000 words for <em>The New Yorker</em> when he knew there was a book. He went to Matthew and Rochelle Brettler and their surviving son Joe and told them: I will only do this with your blessing. They read the finished piece, talked amongst themselves, and came back with a yes. Keefe’s method: he is an open book; he invites sources to read his previous work. It took him an LSE graduate who became one of the most trusted journalists in the world to persuade a devastated family to trust him with their son’s story. They made the right decision.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Narrative as Delivery Device: Keefe’s Method: </strong>Keefe on why he writes the way he writes: everyone has a phone in their pocket making claims on their attention. Narrative — true stories about real people, told with enough seductive propulsive energy — remains the most powerful way to convey information, to make someone who would not otherwise read nonfiction want to keep turning pages. He is looking, always, for inherently dramatic stories. <em>London Falling</em> is that: a whodunit, a parental love story, a portrait of a corrupted city, and a thriller, all in one book. The <em>New York Times</em> described the whole book as one of the best of 2026 so far.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Television Adaptation: A24, Brightstar, and the Lessons of Say Nothing: </strong>A24 and Brightstar are producing the television adaptation of <em>London Falling</em>. Five production companies had to audition for the Brettlers over Zoom. The family is involved. Keefe knows from <em>Say Nothing</em> — which took five years from book to screen and won awards as an FX series — that this cannot go on autopilot. The aim: something sophisticated, sensitive, and just to the family’s story. The first word on the Mill Hill School website is “integrity.” Whether that word will survive contact with a television adaptation remains to be seen.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/788428/london-falling-by-patrick-radden-keefe/">Patrick Radden Keefe</a> is a staff writer at <em>The New Yorker</em> and the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/788428/london-falling-by-patrick-radden-keefe/"><em>London Falling: A Mysterious Death in a Gilded City and a Family’s Search for Truth</em></a> (Doubleday, April 7, 2026; #1 <em>New York Times</em> bestseller), <em>Empire of Pain: The Secret History of the Sackler Dynasty</em> (winner of the Baillie Gifford Prize), <em>Say Nothing: A True Story of Murder and Memory in Northern Ireland</em> (National Book Critics Circle Award; named one of the twenty best books of the 21st century by the <em>New York Times</em>), <em>Rogues</em>, and <em>Chatter</em>. He is the recipient of a Guggenheim Fellowship, the National Magazine Award, and the Orwell Prize. He served as executive producer on the award-winning FX series <em>Say Nothing</em> and is the creator and host of the podcast <em>Wind of Change</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/788428/london-falling-by-patrick-radden-keefe/"><em>London Falling: A Mysterious Death in a Gilded City and a Family’s Search for Truth</em></a> by Patrick Radden Keefe (Doubleday, April 7, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Empire of Pain: The Secret History of the Sackler Dynasty</em> by Patrick Radden Keefe — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Say Nothing</em> (FX series, executive produced by Keefe) — referenced in the closing section.</p><p> </p><p>•       Andrew O’Hagan, <em>Caledonian Road</em> — referenced as covering similar London territory in fiction.</p><p> </p><p>•       A24 and Brightstar — the production companies making the <em>London Falling</em> television adaptatio...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Narrative remains a pretty unbeatable delivery device for information.” — Patrick Radden Keefe</em></p><p> </p><p>Has London really fallen? That’s the question <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/788428/london-falling-by-patrick-radden-keefe/">Patrick Radden Keefe</a> — staff writer at <em>The New Yorker</em> and bestselling author of <em>Empire of Pain</em> and <em>Say Nothing</em> — addressed in his new book, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/788428/london-falling-by-patrick-radden-keefe/"><em>London Falling: A Mysterious Death in a Gilded City and a Family’s Search for Truth</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p>One thing for sure is that Keefe himself hasn’t fallen. He’s been surprised by the book’s success. “I thought the antibodies would get up because I’m an interloper,” the American confesses about writing about Britain. Antibodies or not, the book has been a #1 bestseller in both the UK and US. And we can look forward to an A24 and Brightstar TV adaptation soon.</p><p> </p><p>On London, the story is murkier. <em>London Falling</em> begins on November 29, 2019, when nineteen-year-old Zac Brettler falls to his death from a luxury apartment above the Thames. Every parent’s ultimate nightmare. As it happens, I’ve known Zac’s dad, Matthew, for many years. But what appeared to be a tragic accident or a suicide turned out to be something far more sinister — a story of double lives, dirty money, a dishonest businessman named Akbar Shamji, and a terrifyingly violent gangster known as Indian Dave.</p><p> </p><p>Lurking behind the Brettler death is what Keefe presents as the greatest deceit of all — London’s cruel descent into what he sees as the moneyed miasma of post-Thatcherite neo-liberalism. London is, in Keefe’s compelling narrative, the most invisible of cities — where power lies with criminals like Indian Dave, where the police are at best bystanders, and where a teenage fantasist from a comfortable middle-class family can become fatally entangled in a fallen world he barely understood.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Zac Brettler: The Double Life That Led to His Death: </strong>Zac Brettler was nineteen years old. He fell — or was pushed, or was forced to jump — from a luxury apartment balcony above the Thames on November 29, 2019. He had been living a double life: to London’s criminal underworld, he was Zac Ismailov, the son of a Russian oligarch, heir to a great fortune. He had even fabricated bank statements showing a personal account holding $1 million. Under this guise, he became entangled with Akbar Shamji, a slippery businessman, and a man known as Indian Dave, a violent extortionist. Keefe’s reporting suggests Zac jumped to escape from one of these men. Scotland Yard’s passivity in investigating the case is, in Keefe’s word, bizarre.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>London as a Twenty-Four-Hour Laundromat for Dirty Money: </strong>Keefe’s portrait of London is the book’s macro argument: a global city that has been hollowed out by decades of financial deregulation, whose financial sector is stacked with professional facilitators eager to help protect or conceal a dubious fortune, where posh mansions and private nightclubs serve as the visible surface of a hidden economy of criminal money. Zac Brettler was not rich. He was a boy from a comfortably off family who became fixated on the glitzy, mercenary, aspirational culture embodied by foreign billionaires who had bought mansions and football clubs in his city. London, in Keefe’s telling, did this to him.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Brettlers’ Consent: A Long Haul With the Family: </strong>Keefe had written 15,000 words for <em>The New Yorker</em> when he knew there was a book. He went to Matthew and Rochelle Brettler and their surviving son Joe and told them: I will only do this with your blessing. They read the finished piece, talked amongst themselves, and came back with a yes. Keefe’s method: he is an open book; he invites sources to read his previous work. It took him an LSE graduate who became one of the most trusted journalists in the world to persuade a devastated family to trust him with their son’s story. They made the right decision.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Narrative as Delivery Device: Keefe’s Method: </strong>Keefe on why he writes the way he writes: everyone has a phone in their pocket making claims on their attention. Narrative — true stories about real people, told with enough seductive propulsive energy — remains the most powerful way to convey information, to make someone who would not otherwise read nonfiction want to keep turning pages. He is looking, always, for inherently dramatic stories. <em>London Falling</em> is that: a whodunit, a parental love story, a portrait of a corrupted city, and a thriller, all in one book. The <em>New York Times</em> described the whole book as one of the best of 2026 so far.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Television Adaptation: A24, Brightstar, and the Lessons of Say Nothing: </strong>A24 and Brightstar are producing the television adaptation of <em>London Falling</em>. Five production companies had to audition for the Brettlers over Zoom. The family is involved. Keefe knows from <em>Say Nothing</em> — which took five years from book to screen and won awards as an FX series — that this cannot go on autopilot. The aim: something sophisticated, sensitive, and just to the family’s story. The first word on the Mill Hill School website is “integrity.” Whether that word will survive contact with a television adaptation remains to be seen.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/788428/london-falling-by-patrick-radden-keefe/">Patrick Radden Keefe</a> is a staff writer at <em>The New Yorker</em> and the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/788428/london-falling-by-patrick-radden-keefe/"><em>London Falling: A Mysterious Death in a Gilded City and a Family’s Search for Truth</em></a> (Doubleday, April 7, 2026; #1 <em>New York Times</em> bestseller), <em>Empire of Pain: The Secret History of the Sackler Dynasty</em> (winner of the Baillie Gifford Prize), <em>Say Nothing: A True Story of Murder and Memory in Northern Ireland</em> (National Book Critics Circle Award; named one of the twenty best books of the 21st century by the <em>New York Times</em>), <em>Rogues</em>, and <em>Chatter</em>. He is the recipient of a Guggenheim Fellowship, the National Magazine Award, and the Orwell Prize. He served as executive producer on the award-winning FX series <em>Say Nothing</em> and is the creator and host of the podcast <em>Wind of Change</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/788428/london-falling-by-patrick-radden-keefe/"><em>London Falling: A Mysterious Death in a Gilded City and a Family’s Search for Truth</em></a> by Patrick Radden Keefe (Doubleday, April 7, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Empire of Pain: The Secret History of the Sackler Dynasty</em> by Patrick Radden Keefe — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Say Nothing</em> (FX series, executive produced by Keefe) — referenced in the closing section.</p><p> </p><p>•       Andrew O’Hagan, <em>Caledonian Road</em> — referenced as covering similar London territory in fiction.</p><p> </p><p>•       A24 and Brightstar — the production companies making the <em>London Falling</em> television adaptatio...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jun 2026 06:22:20 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/ec3e7789/2eb973f2.mp3" length="41533042" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3467353" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/ec3e7789/2eb973f2.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iIRVsoFCeI0">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/rcjaQcLUhVCvZm8V4wbGhMaz7WrU4tCVbr2kLY3LydI/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80MTVi/M2QxMDVjNTVlNDNk/YWZmOGMyMmVhODFm/ZGZkYS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2595</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Narrative remains a pretty unbeatable delivery device for information.” — Patrick Radden Keefe</em></p><p> </p><p>Has London really fallen? That’s the question <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/788428/london-falling-by-patrick-radden-keefe/">Patrick Radden Keefe</a> — staff writer at <em>The New Yorker</em> and bestselling author of <em>Empire of Pain</em> and <em>Say Nothing</em> — addressed in his new book, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/788428/london-falling-by-patrick-radden-keefe/"><em>London Falling: A Mysterious Death in a Gilded City and a Family’s Search for Truth</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p>One thing for sure is that Keefe himself hasn’t fallen. He’s been surprised by the book’s success. “I thought the antibodies would get up because I’m an interloper,” the American confesses about writing about Britain. Antibodies or not, the book has been a #1 bestseller in both the UK and US. And we can look forward to an A24 and Brightstar TV adaptation soon.</p><p> </p><p>On London, the story is murkier. <em>London Falling</em> begins on November 29, 2019, when nineteen-year-old Zac Brettler falls to his death from a luxury apartment above the Thames. Every parent’s ultimate nightmare. As it happens, I’ve known Zac’s dad, Matthew, for many years. But what appeared to be a tragic accident or a suicide turned out to be something far more sinister — a story of double lives, dirty money, a dishonest businessman named Akbar Shamji, and a terrifyingly violent gangster known as Indian Dave.</p><p> </p><p>Lurking behind the Brettler death is what Keefe presents as the greatest deceit of all — London’s cruel descent into what he sees as the moneyed miasma of post-Thatcherite neo-liberalism. London is, in Keefe’s compelling narrative, the most invisible of cities — where power lies with criminals like Indian Dave, where the police are at best bystanders, and where a teenage fantasist from a comfortable middle-class family can become fatally entangled in a fallen world he barely understood.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Zac Brettler: The Double Life That Led to His Death: </strong>Zac Brettler was nineteen years old. He fell — or was pushed, or was forced to jump — from a luxury apartment balcony above the Thames on November 29, 2019. He had been living a double life: to London’s criminal underworld, he was Zac Ismailov, the son of a Russian oligarch, heir to a great fortune. He had even fabricated bank statements showing a personal account holding $1 million. Under this guise, he became entangled with Akbar Shamji, a slippery businessman, and a man known as Indian Dave, a violent extortionist. Keefe’s reporting suggests Zac jumped to escape from one of these men. Scotland Yard’s passivity in investigating the case is, in Keefe’s word, bizarre.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>London as a Twenty-Four-Hour Laundromat for Dirty Money: </strong>Keefe’s portrait of London is the book’s macro argument: a global city that has been hollowed out by decades of financial deregulation, whose financial sector is stacked with professional facilitators eager to help protect or conceal a dubious fortune, where posh mansions and private nightclubs serve as the visible surface of a hidden economy of criminal money. Zac Brettler was not rich. He was a boy from a comfortably off family who became fixated on the glitzy, mercenary, aspirational culture embodied by foreign billionaires who had bought mansions and football clubs in his city. London, in Keefe’s telling, did this to him.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Brettlers’ Consent: A Long Haul With the Family: </strong>Keefe had written 15,000 words for <em>The New Yorker</em> when he knew there was a book. He went to Matthew and Rochelle Brettler and their surviving son Joe and told them: I will only do this with your blessing. They read the finished piece, talked amongst themselves, and came back with a yes. Keefe’s method: he is an open book; he invites sources to read his previous work. It took him an LSE graduate who became one of the most trusted journalists in the world to persuade a devastated family to trust him with their son’s story. They made the right decision.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Narrative as Delivery Device: Keefe’s Method: </strong>Keefe on why he writes the way he writes: everyone has a phone in their pocket making claims on their attention. Narrative — true stories about real people, told with enough seductive propulsive energy — remains the most powerful way to convey information, to make someone who would not otherwise read nonfiction want to keep turning pages. He is looking, always, for inherently dramatic stories. <em>London Falling</em> is that: a whodunit, a parental love story, a portrait of a corrupted city, and a thriller, all in one book. The <em>New York Times</em> described the whole book as one of the best of 2026 so far.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Television Adaptation: A24, Brightstar, and the Lessons of Say Nothing: </strong>A24 and Brightstar are producing the television adaptation of <em>London Falling</em>. Five production companies had to audition for the Brettlers over Zoom. The family is involved. Keefe knows from <em>Say Nothing</em> — which took five years from book to screen and won awards as an FX series — that this cannot go on autopilot. The aim: something sophisticated, sensitive, and just to the family’s story. The first word on the Mill Hill School website is “integrity.” Whether that word will survive contact with a television adaptation remains to be seen.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/788428/london-falling-by-patrick-radden-keefe/">Patrick Radden Keefe</a> is a staff writer at <em>The New Yorker</em> and the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/788428/london-falling-by-patrick-radden-keefe/"><em>London Falling: A Mysterious Death in a Gilded City and a Family’s Search for Truth</em></a> (Doubleday, April 7, 2026; #1 <em>New York Times</em> bestseller), <em>Empire of Pain: The Secret History of the Sackler Dynasty</em> (winner of the Baillie Gifford Prize), <em>Say Nothing: A True Story of Murder and Memory in Northern Ireland</em> (National Book Critics Circle Award; named one of the twenty best books of the 21st century by the <em>New York Times</em>), <em>Rogues</em>, and <em>Chatter</em>. He is the recipient of a Guggenheim Fellowship, the National Magazine Award, and the Orwell Prize. He served as executive producer on the award-winning FX series <em>Say Nothing</em> and is the creator and host of the podcast <em>Wind of Change</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/788428/london-falling-by-patrick-radden-keefe/"><em>London Falling: A Mysterious Death in a Gilded City and a Family’s Search for Truth</em></a> by Patrick Radden Keefe (Doubleday, April 7, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Empire of Pain: The Secret History of the Sackler Dynasty</em> by Patrick Radden Keefe — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Say Nothing</em> (FX series, executive produced by Keefe) — referenced in the closing section.</p><p> </p><p>•       Andrew O’Hagan, <em>Caledonian Road</em> — referenced as covering similar London territory in fiction.</p><p> </p><p>•       A24 and Brightstar — the production companies making the <em>London Falling</em> television adaptatio...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ec3e7789/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ec3e7789/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Best and Worst Thing About America: Konstanty Gebert on the Interlibrary Loan and Yalta</title>
      <itunes:episode>2952</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2952</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Best and Worst Thing About America: Konstanty Gebert on the Interlibrary Loan and Yalta</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cd5fddaa-9a8e-43cd-b3d5-8916296f6301</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The United States and America are not the same thing. The United States is a government, an administration. America is an idea — and that idea is still there, even when the government is not.” — Konstanty Gebert</em></p><p> </p><p>What is the best thing about America? At least when viewed from Warsaw. For <a href="https://ecfr.eu/profile/konstanty-gebert/">Konstanty Gebert</a> — Polish-Jewish journalist, Solidarity activist, co-founder of <em>Gazeta Wyborcza</em>, and one of his country’s most celebrated public intellectuals — the answer is the interlibrary loan system. The ability to order any book from any library in the United States and have it delivered to your local branch within days, for free. To Gebert, it represents something irreducibly American: access to knowledge as a public good. What the internet once was. What America once represented to freedom-loving Poles like Gebert.</p><p> </p><p>And the worst? Yalta. Gebert’s narrative is damning. In February 1945, FDR and Churchill caved into Stalin’s demands and agreed to Soviet colonisation of Eastern Europe in exchange for Russia’s entry into the Pacific War. Poland was once again bartered by the great powers. “We were sold,” Gebert describes a perfidy that resulted in a forty-year Soviet occupation of Poland.</p><p> </p><p>Between the interlibrary loan and Yalta lies a more complex Polish-American history: Woodrow Wilson’s 14 Points enabling an independent Poland; Herbert Hoover feeding a starving Europe after WW1; Reagan’s support for Solidarity. Now, however, Konstanty Gebert warns, Trump’s America isn’t just failing Poland, but all of Europe in its disdain for freedom, especially in Ukraine. That’s the view from Warsaw. And it’s closer to Yalta than the interlibrary loan system.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Interlibrary Loan System: The Peak of American Civilisation: </strong>Gebert’s opening answer to Andrew’s question about what the United States means to him: the interlibrary loan system. The ability to order any book from any library in the country and have it delivered to your local branch within days, for free. It represents something specific about the American idea: that access to knowledge is a public good, that no individual library can hold everything, and that the solution is to share rather than compete. It is, he says, the most civilised thing any country has ever done. He is not entirely joking.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The United States and America Are Not the Same Thing: </strong>Gebert’s structural distinction: the United States is a government, a foreign policy, a set of institutions that can be well or badly run. America is an idea — a myth of liberty, opportunity, and democratic self-governance — that has shaped the world’s imagination since 1776. When the United States fails, as it has under Trump, that is serious and damaging. But it does not destroy America. The idea persists independently of what any administration does to it. Poland’s relationship is with America, not just the United States. That is what survived Yalta. That is what survived Trump’s first term. He is less sure it will survive the second.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Wilson Square, Hoover, and Yalta: America’s Polish History: </strong>The arc of American-Polish relations is extraordinary. Woodrow Wilson’s 14 Points gave Poland its independence after 123 years of partition — which is why Wilson Square in Warsaw exists. Herbert Hoover fed Europe after the First World War — a gesture of generosity that Poles still remember. But at Yalta in 1945, Franklin Roosevelt traded Eastern Europe to Stalin in exchange for Soviet entry into the Pacific War — or so the Polish reading goes. “We were sold,” Gebert says flatly. Reagan’s support for Solidarity rehabilitated the American image. Trump’s presidency has damaged it again. The cycle is long but the memory is longer.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Solidarity and America: Personal History: </strong>Gebert was a Solidarity activist and underground journalist — writing under the pseudonym Dawid Warszawski — during the 1980s. The movement was sustained, in part, by American moral and material support: the Reagan administration, the CIA, Western unions, the Catholic Church in America. For Gebert’s generation, America meant: someone in the world cares about us. Someone knows what is happening in Warsaw. We are not alone. That is the emotional core of the Poland-America relationship. Trump’s abandonment of Ukraine — not just Ukraine but the principle that democracies defend each other — tears at that core.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Gaza, Genocide, and the Precision of Language: </strong>The conversation’s most unexpected and bravest section. Gebert — as a prominent Polish Jew, Solidarity activist, and scholar of comparative genocide — refuses the word “genocide” for Gaza, and explains why. The legal and historical definition, established at Srebrenica and Nuremberg, requires evidence of systematic intent to destroy a people as such. What is happening in Gaza is, he says, horrifying, criminal, and a moral catastrophe for Israel. But the precision of the word “genocide” is what gives it its power to prevent future atrocities. Diluting it into a synonym for mass killing weakens the concept at the moment we most need it. The Nazis’ General Plan Ost would have turned to Slavs next. That is the context in which the word was forged.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://ecfr.eu/profile/konstanty-gebert/">Konstanty Gebert</a> (also known as Dawid Warszawski) is a journalist, author, and Jewish activist, and one of Poland’s most celebrated public intellectuals. He was a democratic opposition activist in the 1970s, an underground journalist during martial law in the 1980s, a co-founder of <em>Gazeta Wyborcza</em> in 1989, a war correspondent in Yugoslavia in the 1990s, and co-founder of <em>Midrasz</em>, Poland’s leading Jewish intellectual monthly. He is an Associate Fellow of the European Council on Foreign Relations and has taught at Hebrew University, UC Berkeley, and Grinnell College. He is the author of more than a dozen books in Polish, covering Poland’s Round Table negotiations of 1989, the Yugoslav wars, Israeli history, comparative genocide, and commentaries on the Torah.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       Wilson Square, Warsaw — named for President Woodrow Wilson, whose 14 Points included Polish independence; renamed Paris Commune Square under communism, restored in 1989.</p><p> </p><p>•       Woodrow Wilson’s 14 Points (1918) — Point 13 called for an independent Poland with access to the sea.</p><p> </p><p>•       Herbert Hoover’s post-WWI European relief programme — referenced as an act of American generosity Poles still remember.</p><p> </p><p>•       The Yalta Conference (1945) — where Roosevelt and Churchill agreed to Soviet influence over Eastern Europe, which Poles describe as a betrayal.</p><p> </p><p>•       Srebrenica — referenced as the legal touchstone for the definition of genocide in international law.</p><p> </p><p>•       Andrew Keen’s forthcoming book: <em>Where Have You Gone, Bobby Kennedy? My Search for a Lost America</em> — the conversation is part of Andrew’s European research trip for the book.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer a...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The United States and America are not the same thing. The United States is a government, an administration. America is an idea — and that idea is still there, even when the government is not.” — Konstanty Gebert</em></p><p> </p><p>What is the best thing about America? At least when viewed from Warsaw. For <a href="https://ecfr.eu/profile/konstanty-gebert/">Konstanty Gebert</a> — Polish-Jewish journalist, Solidarity activist, co-founder of <em>Gazeta Wyborcza</em>, and one of his country’s most celebrated public intellectuals — the answer is the interlibrary loan system. The ability to order any book from any library in the United States and have it delivered to your local branch within days, for free. To Gebert, it represents something irreducibly American: access to knowledge as a public good. What the internet once was. What America once represented to freedom-loving Poles like Gebert.</p><p> </p><p>And the worst? Yalta. Gebert’s narrative is damning. In February 1945, FDR and Churchill caved into Stalin’s demands and agreed to Soviet colonisation of Eastern Europe in exchange for Russia’s entry into the Pacific War. Poland was once again bartered by the great powers. “We were sold,” Gebert describes a perfidy that resulted in a forty-year Soviet occupation of Poland.</p><p> </p><p>Between the interlibrary loan and Yalta lies a more complex Polish-American history: Woodrow Wilson’s 14 Points enabling an independent Poland; Herbert Hoover feeding a starving Europe after WW1; Reagan’s support for Solidarity. Now, however, Konstanty Gebert warns, Trump’s America isn’t just failing Poland, but all of Europe in its disdain for freedom, especially in Ukraine. That’s the view from Warsaw. And it’s closer to Yalta than the interlibrary loan system.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Interlibrary Loan System: The Peak of American Civilisation: </strong>Gebert’s opening answer to Andrew’s question about what the United States means to him: the interlibrary loan system. The ability to order any book from any library in the country and have it delivered to your local branch within days, for free. It represents something specific about the American idea: that access to knowledge is a public good, that no individual library can hold everything, and that the solution is to share rather than compete. It is, he says, the most civilised thing any country has ever done. He is not entirely joking.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The United States and America Are Not the Same Thing: </strong>Gebert’s structural distinction: the United States is a government, a foreign policy, a set of institutions that can be well or badly run. America is an idea — a myth of liberty, opportunity, and democratic self-governance — that has shaped the world’s imagination since 1776. When the United States fails, as it has under Trump, that is serious and damaging. But it does not destroy America. The idea persists independently of what any administration does to it. Poland’s relationship is with America, not just the United States. That is what survived Yalta. That is what survived Trump’s first term. He is less sure it will survive the second.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Wilson Square, Hoover, and Yalta: America’s Polish History: </strong>The arc of American-Polish relations is extraordinary. Woodrow Wilson’s 14 Points gave Poland its independence after 123 years of partition — which is why Wilson Square in Warsaw exists. Herbert Hoover fed Europe after the First World War — a gesture of generosity that Poles still remember. But at Yalta in 1945, Franklin Roosevelt traded Eastern Europe to Stalin in exchange for Soviet entry into the Pacific War — or so the Polish reading goes. “We were sold,” Gebert says flatly. Reagan’s support for Solidarity rehabilitated the American image. Trump’s presidency has damaged it again. The cycle is long but the memory is longer.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Solidarity and America: Personal History: </strong>Gebert was a Solidarity activist and underground journalist — writing under the pseudonym Dawid Warszawski — during the 1980s. The movement was sustained, in part, by American moral and material support: the Reagan administration, the CIA, Western unions, the Catholic Church in America. For Gebert’s generation, America meant: someone in the world cares about us. Someone knows what is happening in Warsaw. We are not alone. That is the emotional core of the Poland-America relationship. Trump’s abandonment of Ukraine — not just Ukraine but the principle that democracies defend each other — tears at that core.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Gaza, Genocide, and the Precision of Language: </strong>The conversation’s most unexpected and bravest section. Gebert — as a prominent Polish Jew, Solidarity activist, and scholar of comparative genocide — refuses the word “genocide” for Gaza, and explains why. The legal and historical definition, established at Srebrenica and Nuremberg, requires evidence of systematic intent to destroy a people as such. What is happening in Gaza is, he says, horrifying, criminal, and a moral catastrophe for Israel. But the precision of the word “genocide” is what gives it its power to prevent future atrocities. Diluting it into a synonym for mass killing weakens the concept at the moment we most need it. The Nazis’ General Plan Ost would have turned to Slavs next. That is the context in which the word was forged.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://ecfr.eu/profile/konstanty-gebert/">Konstanty Gebert</a> (also known as Dawid Warszawski) is a journalist, author, and Jewish activist, and one of Poland’s most celebrated public intellectuals. He was a democratic opposition activist in the 1970s, an underground journalist during martial law in the 1980s, a co-founder of <em>Gazeta Wyborcza</em> in 1989, a war correspondent in Yugoslavia in the 1990s, and co-founder of <em>Midrasz</em>, Poland’s leading Jewish intellectual monthly. He is an Associate Fellow of the European Council on Foreign Relations and has taught at Hebrew University, UC Berkeley, and Grinnell College. He is the author of more than a dozen books in Polish, covering Poland’s Round Table negotiations of 1989, the Yugoslav wars, Israeli history, comparative genocide, and commentaries on the Torah.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       Wilson Square, Warsaw — named for President Woodrow Wilson, whose 14 Points included Polish independence; renamed Paris Commune Square under communism, restored in 1989.</p><p> </p><p>•       Woodrow Wilson’s 14 Points (1918) — Point 13 called for an independent Poland with access to the sea.</p><p> </p><p>•       Herbert Hoover’s post-WWI European relief programme — referenced as an act of American generosity Poles still remember.</p><p> </p><p>•       The Yalta Conference (1945) — where Roosevelt and Churchill agreed to Soviet influence over Eastern Europe, which Poles describe as a betrayal.</p><p> </p><p>•       Srebrenica — referenced as the legal touchstone for the definition of genocide in international law.</p><p> </p><p>•       Andrew Keen’s forthcoming book: <em>Where Have You Gone, Bobby Kennedy? My Search for a Lost America</em> — the conversation is part of Andrew’s European research trip for the book.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer a...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Jun 2026 06:40:35 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/2ff3490c/66c328f0.mp3" length="64393598" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3658473" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/2ff3490c/66c328f0.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=npJQebEBvHc">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CtObbSGeGNU39m-VwN2eviFNPQnyHRjn9LIRRVdFNFo/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hMTdj/ZTA5YTNjZTEyMGE1/OTM0ZTNlYzRhZTRj/Mjg3Ny5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4023</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The United States and America are not the same thing. The United States is a government, an administration. America is an idea — and that idea is still there, even when the government is not.” — Konstanty Gebert</em></p><p> </p><p>What is the best thing about America? At least when viewed from Warsaw. For <a href="https://ecfr.eu/profile/konstanty-gebert/">Konstanty Gebert</a> — Polish-Jewish journalist, Solidarity activist, co-founder of <em>Gazeta Wyborcza</em>, and one of his country’s most celebrated public intellectuals — the answer is the interlibrary loan system. The ability to order any book from any library in the United States and have it delivered to your local branch within days, for free. To Gebert, it represents something irreducibly American: access to knowledge as a public good. What the internet once was. What America once represented to freedom-loving Poles like Gebert.</p><p> </p><p>And the worst? Yalta. Gebert’s narrative is damning. In February 1945, FDR and Churchill caved into Stalin’s demands and agreed to Soviet colonisation of Eastern Europe in exchange for Russia’s entry into the Pacific War. Poland was once again bartered by the great powers. “We were sold,” Gebert describes a perfidy that resulted in a forty-year Soviet occupation of Poland.</p><p> </p><p>Between the interlibrary loan and Yalta lies a more complex Polish-American history: Woodrow Wilson’s 14 Points enabling an independent Poland; Herbert Hoover feeding a starving Europe after WW1; Reagan’s support for Solidarity. Now, however, Konstanty Gebert warns, Trump’s America isn’t just failing Poland, but all of Europe in its disdain for freedom, especially in Ukraine. That’s the view from Warsaw. And it’s closer to Yalta than the interlibrary loan system.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Interlibrary Loan System: The Peak of American Civilisation: </strong>Gebert’s opening answer to Andrew’s question about what the United States means to him: the interlibrary loan system. The ability to order any book from any library in the country and have it delivered to your local branch within days, for free. It represents something specific about the American idea: that access to knowledge is a public good, that no individual library can hold everything, and that the solution is to share rather than compete. It is, he says, the most civilised thing any country has ever done. He is not entirely joking.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The United States and America Are Not the Same Thing: </strong>Gebert’s structural distinction: the United States is a government, a foreign policy, a set of institutions that can be well or badly run. America is an idea — a myth of liberty, opportunity, and democratic self-governance — that has shaped the world’s imagination since 1776. When the United States fails, as it has under Trump, that is serious and damaging. But it does not destroy America. The idea persists independently of what any administration does to it. Poland’s relationship is with America, not just the United States. That is what survived Yalta. That is what survived Trump’s first term. He is less sure it will survive the second.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Wilson Square, Hoover, and Yalta: America’s Polish History: </strong>The arc of American-Polish relations is extraordinary. Woodrow Wilson’s 14 Points gave Poland its independence after 123 years of partition — which is why Wilson Square in Warsaw exists. Herbert Hoover fed Europe after the First World War — a gesture of generosity that Poles still remember. But at Yalta in 1945, Franklin Roosevelt traded Eastern Europe to Stalin in exchange for Soviet entry into the Pacific War — or so the Polish reading goes. “We were sold,” Gebert says flatly. Reagan’s support for Solidarity rehabilitated the American image. Trump’s presidency has damaged it again. The cycle is long but the memory is longer.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Solidarity and America: Personal History: </strong>Gebert was a Solidarity activist and underground journalist — writing under the pseudonym Dawid Warszawski — during the 1980s. The movement was sustained, in part, by American moral and material support: the Reagan administration, the CIA, Western unions, the Catholic Church in America. For Gebert’s generation, America meant: someone in the world cares about us. Someone knows what is happening in Warsaw. We are not alone. That is the emotional core of the Poland-America relationship. Trump’s abandonment of Ukraine — not just Ukraine but the principle that democracies defend each other — tears at that core.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Gaza, Genocide, and the Precision of Language: </strong>The conversation’s most unexpected and bravest section. Gebert — as a prominent Polish Jew, Solidarity activist, and scholar of comparative genocide — refuses the word “genocide” for Gaza, and explains why. The legal and historical definition, established at Srebrenica and Nuremberg, requires evidence of systematic intent to destroy a people as such. What is happening in Gaza is, he says, horrifying, criminal, and a moral catastrophe for Israel. But the precision of the word “genocide” is what gives it its power to prevent future atrocities. Diluting it into a synonym for mass killing weakens the concept at the moment we most need it. The Nazis’ General Plan Ost would have turned to Slavs next. That is the context in which the word was forged.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://ecfr.eu/profile/konstanty-gebert/">Konstanty Gebert</a> (also known as Dawid Warszawski) is a journalist, author, and Jewish activist, and one of Poland’s most celebrated public intellectuals. He was a democratic opposition activist in the 1970s, an underground journalist during martial law in the 1980s, a co-founder of <em>Gazeta Wyborcza</em> in 1989, a war correspondent in Yugoslavia in the 1990s, and co-founder of <em>Midrasz</em>, Poland’s leading Jewish intellectual monthly. He is an Associate Fellow of the European Council on Foreign Relations and has taught at Hebrew University, UC Berkeley, and Grinnell College. He is the author of more than a dozen books in Polish, covering Poland’s Round Table negotiations of 1989, the Yugoslav wars, Israeli history, comparative genocide, and commentaries on the Torah.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       Wilson Square, Warsaw — named for President Woodrow Wilson, whose 14 Points included Polish independence; renamed Paris Commune Square under communism, restored in 1989.</p><p> </p><p>•       Woodrow Wilson’s 14 Points (1918) — Point 13 called for an independent Poland with access to the sea.</p><p> </p><p>•       Herbert Hoover’s post-WWI European relief programme — referenced as an act of American generosity Poles still remember.</p><p> </p><p>•       The Yalta Conference (1945) — where Roosevelt and Churchill agreed to Soviet influence over Eastern Europe, which Poles describe as a betrayal.</p><p> </p><p>•       Srebrenica — referenced as the legal touchstone for the definition of genocide in international law.</p><p> </p><p>•       Andrew Keen’s forthcoming book: <em>Where Have You Gone, Bobby Kennedy? My Search for a Lost America</em> — the conversation is part of Andrew’s European research trip for the book.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer a...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2ff3490c/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2ff3490c/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We No Longer Dream of the United States: Bartosz Wieliński on America, Poland, and the Suicide of a Superpower</title>
      <itunes:episode>2951</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2951</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>We No Longer Dream of the United States: Bartosz Wieliński on America, Poland, and the Suicide of a Superpower</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">edf9d3b6-9aed-459f-9082-cf07b0e239ea</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d0750444</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“People in my generation worshipped the United States during communism. Everybody wanted to flee to the US. It was the land of the dream. And now we confront a different type of country, different type of politics — and we don’t dream of the US anymore.” — Bartosz Wieliński</em></p><p> </p><p>I’m just back from Warsaw where I spent an afternoon at the offices of <em>Gazeta Wyborcza</em>, Poland’s liberal newspaper of record. I talked with <a href="https://wyborcza.pl/">Bartosz Wieliński</a>, the newspaper’s Deputy Editor and one of the country’s most respected journalists.</p><p> </p><p>The message from Warsaw is dire — at least for America. Wieliński told me that his generation grew up worshipping the United States. But they no longer do. The Americans, he says, have lost not only their credibility and their values, but their minds.</p><p> </p><p>Invoking Timothy Snyder, Wieliński describes this as the “suicide of a superpower.” Trump didn’t have to start a trade war. He didn’t have to bomb Iran without strategic objectives. He didn’t have to destroy US aid programmes that were the most cost-effective democracy-promotion tool in the world. He didn’t have to cripple NATO or sacrifice Ukraine. He chose to do all of it.</p><p> </p><p>Wake up, America! That’s Bartosz Wieliński’s stark message from Warsaw. Don’t lose Europe. Trump will be gone sooner or later. Make sure he hasn’t burned every bridge with Europe before he exits.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We No Longer Dream of the United States: </strong>Wieliński’s generation grew up under communism worshipping America — the land of the dream, the place everyone wanted to reach. Now they confront a different country with a different politics. The Americans, he says, didn’t lose anything. The Poles didn’t lose their innocence. The Americans lost their credibility, their values, and their minds by electing Donald Trump. If anyone lost anything, it was Americans. Not Poles.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Suicide of a Superpower: </strong>Wieliński invokes Timothy Snyder’s phrase to describe what Trump is doing. The US started a war with Iran without having any strategic objectives. Nobody heard Trump say what his objective was. America had friends, influence, and soft power — US aid was the most cost-effective democracy-promotion tool in the world. It is being deliberately destroyed. NATO was the best investment America ever made: the only time Article Five was invoked was by Europeans, to defend America, after September 11. Crippling NATO means losing Europe, and there is no way back.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Dark Enlightenment and Silicon Valley: </strong>Wieliński identifies a specific group behind Trump’s project: very rich and powerful people connected to big tech who believe they can reshape politics through platforms, influence behaviour through technology, and create a new technological order — reversing political development back to before the Enlightenment. They call it the dark enlightenment. Europe, he says, rejects it. Europe will defend its societies against that influence.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The New Division: Democrats vs Anti-Democrats: </strong>The key political division everywhere Wieliński looks is no longer between left and right. It is between supporters of democracy and its enemies. In Germany: the AfD at 30%, while the mainstream parties have collapsed from a combined 70% to a combined 35%. In France: the horseshoe theory — far left and far right meeting at the ends of the arc, both willing to work together to dismantle democracy. In Poland: a colourful coalition from right to left defending democracy against PiS. The same coalition will be needed everywhere.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Wake Up: Don’t Lose Europe: </strong>Wieliński’s message to Americans: wake up. You still have friends in Europe. Europeans still want to believe in America as the land of promise and freedom. But don’t destroy what you spent so many decades building. Trump will be gone sooner or later. Make sure he hasn’t burned every bridge with Europe before he exits. If those bridges are destroyed, they will be very hard to rebuild.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://wyborcza.pl/">Bartosz Wieliński</a> is Deputy Editor in Chief of <em>Gazeta Wyborcza</em>, Poland’s leading liberal daily newspaper. He was formerly the paper’s Berlin correspondent. <em>Gazeta Wyborcza</em> was founded in 1989, the year of Poland’s first free elections.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://wyborcza.pl/">Gazeta Wyborcza</a> — Poland’s liberal newspaper of record, founded 1989.</p><p> </p><p>•       Timothy Snyder — referenced for “suicide of a superpower.” Previously appeared on KOA.</p><p> </p><p>•       The horseshoe theory — the idea that the extreme left and extreme right, at the ends of the political horseshoe, are closer to each other than either is to the centre.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:30) - Introduction: Warsaw, Gazeta Wyborcza, and lost illusions</li>
<li>(01:25) - We no longer dream of the United States</li>
<li>(02:17) - The Americans lost their credibility, not the Poles</li>
<li>(02:41) - Message to Trump voters: you did it wrong</li>
<li>(03:51) - Timothy Snyder: the suicide of a superpower</li>
<li>(05:00) - The Iran war: no strategic objectives</li>
<li>(06:00) - US aid: the most cost-effective democracy tool ever destroyed</li>
<li>(07:00) - NATO: Article Five was invoked by Europeans, for America</li>
<li>(08:10) - Silicon Valley and the dark enlightenment</li>
<li>(09:14) - Trump’s policy as an opportunity for Europe</li>
<li>(27:26) - The new division: democrats vs anti-democrats</li>
<li>(27:52) - Germany: the AfD at 30%</li>
<li>(31:15) - The horseshoe theory</li>
<li>(33:45) - Wake up, America: don’t lose Europe</li>
</ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“People in my generation worshipped the United States during communism. Everybody wanted to flee to the US. It was the land of the dream. And now we confront a different type of country, different type of politics — and we don’t dream of the US anymore.” — Bartosz Wieliński</em></p><p> </p><p>I’m just back from Warsaw where I spent an afternoon at the offices of <em>Gazeta Wyborcza</em>, Poland’s liberal newspaper of record. I talked with <a href="https://wyborcza.pl/">Bartosz Wieliński</a>, the newspaper’s Deputy Editor and one of the country’s most respected journalists.</p><p> </p><p>The message from Warsaw is dire — at least for America. Wieliński told me that his generation grew up worshipping the United States. But they no longer do. The Americans, he says, have lost not only their credibility and their values, but their minds.</p><p> </p><p>Invoking Timothy Snyder, Wieliński describes this as the “suicide of a superpower.” Trump didn’t have to start a trade war. He didn’t have to bomb Iran without strategic objectives. He didn’t have to destroy US aid programmes that were the most cost-effective democracy-promotion tool in the world. He didn’t have to cripple NATO or sacrifice Ukraine. He chose to do all of it.</p><p> </p><p>Wake up, America! That’s Bartosz Wieliński’s stark message from Warsaw. Don’t lose Europe. Trump will be gone sooner or later. Make sure he hasn’t burned every bridge with Europe before he exits.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We No Longer Dream of the United States: </strong>Wieliński’s generation grew up under communism worshipping America — the land of the dream, the place everyone wanted to reach. Now they confront a different country with a different politics. The Americans, he says, didn’t lose anything. The Poles didn’t lose their innocence. The Americans lost their credibility, their values, and their minds by electing Donald Trump. If anyone lost anything, it was Americans. Not Poles.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Suicide of a Superpower: </strong>Wieliński invokes Timothy Snyder’s phrase to describe what Trump is doing. The US started a war with Iran without having any strategic objectives. Nobody heard Trump say what his objective was. America had friends, influence, and soft power — US aid was the most cost-effective democracy-promotion tool in the world. It is being deliberately destroyed. NATO was the best investment America ever made: the only time Article Five was invoked was by Europeans, to defend America, after September 11. Crippling NATO means losing Europe, and there is no way back.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Dark Enlightenment and Silicon Valley: </strong>Wieliński identifies a specific group behind Trump’s project: very rich and powerful people connected to big tech who believe they can reshape politics through platforms, influence behaviour through technology, and create a new technological order — reversing political development back to before the Enlightenment. They call it the dark enlightenment. Europe, he says, rejects it. Europe will defend its societies against that influence.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The New Division: Democrats vs Anti-Democrats: </strong>The key political division everywhere Wieliński looks is no longer between left and right. It is between supporters of democracy and its enemies. In Germany: the AfD at 30%, while the mainstream parties have collapsed from a combined 70% to a combined 35%. In France: the horseshoe theory — far left and far right meeting at the ends of the arc, both willing to work together to dismantle democracy. In Poland: a colourful coalition from right to left defending democracy against PiS. The same coalition will be needed everywhere.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Wake Up: Don’t Lose Europe: </strong>Wieliński’s message to Americans: wake up. You still have friends in Europe. Europeans still want to believe in America as the land of promise and freedom. But don’t destroy what you spent so many decades building. Trump will be gone sooner or later. Make sure he hasn’t burned every bridge with Europe before he exits. If those bridges are destroyed, they will be very hard to rebuild.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://wyborcza.pl/">Bartosz Wieliński</a> is Deputy Editor in Chief of <em>Gazeta Wyborcza</em>, Poland’s leading liberal daily newspaper. He was formerly the paper’s Berlin correspondent. <em>Gazeta Wyborcza</em> was founded in 1989, the year of Poland’s first free elections.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://wyborcza.pl/">Gazeta Wyborcza</a> — Poland’s liberal newspaper of record, founded 1989.</p><p> </p><p>•       Timothy Snyder — referenced for “suicide of a superpower.” Previously appeared on KOA.</p><p> </p><p>•       The horseshoe theory — the idea that the extreme left and extreme right, at the ends of the political horseshoe, are closer to each other than either is to the centre.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:30) - Introduction: Warsaw, Gazeta Wyborcza, and lost illusions</li>
<li>(01:25) - We no longer dream of the United States</li>
<li>(02:17) - The Americans lost their credibility, not the Poles</li>
<li>(02:41) - Message to Trump voters: you did it wrong</li>
<li>(03:51) - Timothy Snyder: the suicide of a superpower</li>
<li>(05:00) - The Iran war: no strategic objectives</li>
<li>(06:00) - US aid: the most cost-effective democracy tool ever destroyed</li>
<li>(07:00) - NATO: Article Five was invoked by Europeans, for America</li>
<li>(08:10) - Silicon Valley and the dark enlightenment</li>
<li>(09:14) - Trump’s policy as an opportunity for Europe</li>
<li>(27:26) - The new division: democrats vs anti-democrats</li>
<li>(27:52) - Germany: the AfD at 30%</li>
<li>(31:15) - The horseshoe theory</li>
<li>(33:45) - Wake up, America: don’t lose Europe</li>
</ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2026 18:27:54 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/d0750444/222f15bc.mp3" length="69036344" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/UvFZ-nQlOuUT1rjVSC_5sUnaR9GliJfJbjf4c-1ifFM/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9mOWZh/ODNkMTJmMDNmMzFi/YTIwNzMxMmQ1OTBk/YzU0Yi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2157</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“People in my generation worshipped the United States during communism. Everybody wanted to flee to the US. It was the land of the dream. And now we confront a different type of country, different type of politics — and we don’t dream of the US anymore.” — Bartosz Wieliński</em></p><p> </p><p>I’m just back from Warsaw where I spent an afternoon at the offices of <em>Gazeta Wyborcza</em>, Poland’s liberal newspaper of record. I talked with <a href="https://wyborcza.pl/">Bartosz Wieliński</a>, the newspaper’s Deputy Editor and one of the country’s most respected journalists.</p><p> </p><p>The message from Warsaw is dire — at least for America. Wieliński told me that his generation grew up worshipping the United States. But they no longer do. The Americans, he says, have lost not only their credibility and their values, but their minds.</p><p> </p><p>Invoking Timothy Snyder, Wieliński describes this as the “suicide of a superpower.” Trump didn’t have to start a trade war. He didn’t have to bomb Iran without strategic objectives. He didn’t have to destroy US aid programmes that were the most cost-effective democracy-promotion tool in the world. He didn’t have to cripple NATO or sacrifice Ukraine. He chose to do all of it.</p><p> </p><p>Wake up, America! That’s Bartosz Wieliński’s stark message from Warsaw. Don’t lose Europe. Trump will be gone sooner or later. Make sure he hasn’t burned every bridge with Europe before he exits.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We No Longer Dream of the United States: </strong>Wieliński’s generation grew up under communism worshipping America — the land of the dream, the place everyone wanted to reach. Now they confront a different country with a different politics. The Americans, he says, didn’t lose anything. The Poles didn’t lose their innocence. The Americans lost their credibility, their values, and their minds by electing Donald Trump. If anyone lost anything, it was Americans. Not Poles.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Suicide of a Superpower: </strong>Wieliński invokes Timothy Snyder’s phrase to describe what Trump is doing. The US started a war with Iran without having any strategic objectives. Nobody heard Trump say what his objective was. America had friends, influence, and soft power — US aid was the most cost-effective democracy-promotion tool in the world. It is being deliberately destroyed. NATO was the best investment America ever made: the only time Article Five was invoked was by Europeans, to defend America, after September 11. Crippling NATO means losing Europe, and there is no way back.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Dark Enlightenment and Silicon Valley: </strong>Wieliński identifies a specific group behind Trump’s project: very rich and powerful people connected to big tech who believe they can reshape politics through platforms, influence behaviour through technology, and create a new technological order — reversing political development back to before the Enlightenment. They call it the dark enlightenment. Europe, he says, rejects it. Europe will defend its societies against that influence.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The New Division: Democrats vs Anti-Democrats: </strong>The key political division everywhere Wieliński looks is no longer between left and right. It is between supporters of democracy and its enemies. In Germany: the AfD at 30%, while the mainstream parties have collapsed from a combined 70% to a combined 35%. In France: the horseshoe theory — far left and far right meeting at the ends of the arc, both willing to work together to dismantle democracy. In Poland: a colourful coalition from right to left defending democracy against PiS. The same coalition will be needed everywhere.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Wake Up: Don’t Lose Europe: </strong>Wieliński’s message to Americans: wake up. You still have friends in Europe. Europeans still want to believe in America as the land of promise and freedom. But don’t destroy what you spent so many decades building. Trump will be gone sooner or later. Make sure he hasn’t burned every bridge with Europe before he exits. If those bridges are destroyed, they will be very hard to rebuild.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://wyborcza.pl/">Bartosz Wieliński</a> is Deputy Editor in Chief of <em>Gazeta Wyborcza</em>, Poland’s leading liberal daily newspaper. He was formerly the paper’s Berlin correspondent. <em>Gazeta Wyborcza</em> was founded in 1989, the year of Poland’s first free elections.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://wyborcza.pl/">Gazeta Wyborcza</a> — Poland’s liberal newspaper of record, founded 1989.</p><p> </p><p>•       Timothy Snyder — referenced for “suicide of a superpower.” Previously appeared on KOA.</p><p> </p><p>•       The horseshoe theory — the idea that the extreme left and extreme right, at the ends of the political horseshoe, are closer to each other than either is to the centre.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:30) - Introduction: Warsaw, Gazeta Wyborcza, and lost illusions</li>
<li>(01:25) - We no longer dream of the United States</li>
<li>(02:17) - The Americans lost their credibility, not the Poles</li>
<li>(02:41) - Message to Trump voters: you did it wrong</li>
<li>(03:51) - Timothy Snyder: the suicide of a superpower</li>
<li>(05:00) - The Iran war: no strategic objectives</li>
<li>(06:00) - US aid: the most cost-effective democracy tool ever destroyed</li>
<li>(07:00) - NATO: Article Five was invoked by Europeans, for America</li>
<li>(08:10) - Silicon Valley and the dark enlightenment</li>
<li>(09:14) - Trump’s policy as an opportunity for Europe</li>
<li>(27:26) - The new division: democrats vs anti-democrats</li>
<li>(27:52) - Germany: the AfD at 30%</li>
<li>(31:15) - The horseshoe theory</li>
<li>(33:45) - Wake up, America: don’t lose Europe</li>
</ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d0750444/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d0750444/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Let’s Agree to Disagree: Maciej Kisilowski on How to Save Democracy From Deplorables on All Sides</title>
      <itunes:episode>2950</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2950</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Let’s Agree to Disagree: Maciej Kisilowski on How to Save Democracy From Deplorables on All Sides</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9dd5945c-95b8-42c6-89d5-98f4b7755fe9</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If your opening position is: your views are beyond the pale, you are deplorable, there is no space for you in democracy — then how on earth do we expect anything other than revolutionary conservatism as a response?” — Maciej Kisilowski</em></p><p> </p><p>For Americans concerned about the fragility of their democracy, Poland offers some reassuring news. Having experienced its own illiberal blip, democracy in Poland now seems amongst the healthiest in Eastern Europe. So what does a democracy only created in 1989 teach America as the old republic braces for its surreal semiquincentennial celebration?</p><p> </p><p>The Vienna-based constitutional scholar <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/lets-agree-on-poland-9780198979562">Maciej Kisilowski</a> is the author of <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/lets-agree-on-poland-9780198979562"><em>Let’s Agree on Poland: A Case Study in Strategic Constitutional Design</em></a>. In this bestselling 2025 book, Kisilowski argues that Poland is a map of where other Western democracies could go. If they choose to.</p><p> </p><p>Poland elected its first illiberal conservative government in 2005. Hungary followed in 2010. Both explicitly served as models for Donald Trump — relatively tamed in his first term, unshackled in his second. Like the United States, Poland is a relatively rich country with per capita GDP growing an astonishing 650% in a single generation. So, Kisilowski argues, the conventional argument that Poland embraced illiberalism in response to economic hardship is mostly wrong. Instead, what triggered illiberalism in Poland was culture, particularly the compressed, accelerated challenge to traditional identity — national, male, religious — that EU accession triggered in Central Europe.</p><p> </p><p>Kisilowski, who teaches at Central European University, might have entitled his book <em>Let’s Agree to Disagree</em>. Poland’s solution to this cultural crisis of identity is what Kisilowski calls “subsidiarity” — genuine decentralisation that allows both conservative communities to remain traditional and liberal cities to become progressive, all within a common democratic framework. He warns both the left and the right that if you tell people their views are somehow foreign, it’s entirely rational for them to want to smash their “foreign” democracy.</p><p> </p><p>This is the Polish model of a viable 21st century democracy. Ironically, it’s a Madisonian warning about the dangers of faction. The “deplorable” gambit always backfires. Péter Magyar’s remarkable victory in Hungary — a staunch conservative ending Orbán’s 16-year mafia-style illiberal chapter — offers the Hungarian model of Kisilowski’s argument. So this July 4, worried Americans might read <em>Let’s Agree on Poland</em>. Or reread James Madison.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Central Europe as the Leading Indicator: Poland and Hungary Before Trump: </strong>Poland elected its first revolutionary conservative government in 2005 — sixteen years before the January 6 insurrection. Hungary followed in 2010. Both were explicitly cited as models by the architects of Trump’s political project. Kisilowski’s argument: what happened in Central Europe is not a regional anomaly but a leading indicator of what happens when open society’s challenge to traditional identity is concentrated and rapid rather than gradual. The walls of liberal democratic institutions were weaker in Warsaw and Budapest. They will not hold indefinitely in Washington or London either.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>It’s Not the Economy, Stupid: The Case Against Materialist Explanations: </strong>Poland and Hungary are economic opposites. Hungary was the “happiest barrack” of the Soviet bloc but fared poorly after 1989. Poland was among the poorer countries of the bloc and grew 650% in per capita GDP in one generation, with a Gini coefficient below France’s. Same revolutionary conservative politics. Opposite economic trajectories. Kisilowski’s conclusion: the materialist explanation — people turn right because of economic hardship — is flatly wrong. The driver is identity: the compressed, accelerated challenge to national, male, and religious identity imposed by EU accession conditionality in a decade.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Deplorable Problem: Why Exclusion Rationally Produces Authoritarianism: </strong>Kisilowski’s most politically pointed argument: if your opening position to conservatives is that their views are beyond the pale, they are deplorable, there is no space for them in democracy — then it is entirely rational for them to break democracy. Not irrational. Not manipulated. Rational. If there is no space for me inside the system, I must break the system. That is what revolutionary conservatism is: a rational response to liberal exclusion. The solution is not to validate the views. The solution is to demonstrate that there is a place for those people and their communities within a democratic framework. That is the Madisonian insight.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Subsidiarity as the Solution: Conservative Communities, Liberal Cities, Common Framework: </strong>Kisilowski’s constitutional proposal, worked out with co-authors from the full ideological spectrum, is subsidiarity: genuine decentralization that allows conservative rural communities to be conservative and liberal cities to be liberal, within a common democratic framework. Budapest, in Magyar’s Hungary, should get strong autonomy to pursue the more liberal policies its electorate wants. Warsaw and Kraków should be able to differ. The European Union is, in this reading, the model: different countries, different cultures, one framework. The alternative is winner-takes-all, which always produces a revolutionary reaction from the losers.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Peter Magyar and Hungary: Proof of Concept for the Compromise Strategy: </strong>Magyar’s extraordinary victory in Hungary — winning a constitutional majority against a 16-year right-wing regime rightly called a mafia state, in elections skewed heavily toward the government — is, in Kisilowski’s reading, direct evidence that the compromise strategy works. Magyar is a staunch conservative and former member of the Orbán government. He won because he demonstrated to far-right voters that there was a place for them and their views within democratic Europe. The 2 million liberal Budapest voters who voted for him did so not because they like his conservatism but because he was unquestionably preferable to Orbán. Kisilowski made sure Magyar got the book.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/lets-agree-on-poland-9780198979562">Maciej Kisilowski</a> is Associate Professor of Law and Strategy at Central European University (CEU) in Vienna. He is co-editor (with Anna Wojciuk) of <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/lets-agree-on-poland-9780198979562"><em>Let’s Agree on Poland: A Case Study in Strategic Constitutional Design</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2025). He is a Europe’s Futures Fellow at the Institute for Human Sciences (IWM) in Vienna and a visiting fellow at Harvard Law School. He writes frequently for <em>Project Syndicate</em>, <em>Politico</em>, and <em>The EU Observer</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/lets-agree-on-poland-9780198979562"><em>Let’s Agree on Poland: A Case Study in Strategic Constitutional Design</em></a> by Maciej Kisilowski and Anna Wojciuk (Oxford University Press, 202...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If your opening position is: your views are beyond the pale, you are deplorable, there is no space for you in democracy — then how on earth do we expect anything other than revolutionary conservatism as a response?” — Maciej Kisilowski</em></p><p> </p><p>For Americans concerned about the fragility of their democracy, Poland offers some reassuring news. Having experienced its own illiberal blip, democracy in Poland now seems amongst the healthiest in Eastern Europe. So what does a democracy only created in 1989 teach America as the old republic braces for its surreal semiquincentennial celebration?</p><p> </p><p>The Vienna-based constitutional scholar <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/lets-agree-on-poland-9780198979562">Maciej Kisilowski</a> is the author of <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/lets-agree-on-poland-9780198979562"><em>Let’s Agree on Poland: A Case Study in Strategic Constitutional Design</em></a>. In this bestselling 2025 book, Kisilowski argues that Poland is a map of where other Western democracies could go. If they choose to.</p><p> </p><p>Poland elected its first illiberal conservative government in 2005. Hungary followed in 2010. Both explicitly served as models for Donald Trump — relatively tamed in his first term, unshackled in his second. Like the United States, Poland is a relatively rich country with per capita GDP growing an astonishing 650% in a single generation. So, Kisilowski argues, the conventional argument that Poland embraced illiberalism in response to economic hardship is mostly wrong. Instead, what triggered illiberalism in Poland was culture, particularly the compressed, accelerated challenge to traditional identity — national, male, religious — that EU accession triggered in Central Europe.</p><p> </p><p>Kisilowski, who teaches at Central European University, might have entitled his book <em>Let’s Agree to Disagree</em>. Poland’s solution to this cultural crisis of identity is what Kisilowski calls “subsidiarity” — genuine decentralisation that allows both conservative communities to remain traditional and liberal cities to become progressive, all within a common democratic framework. He warns both the left and the right that if you tell people their views are somehow foreign, it’s entirely rational for them to want to smash their “foreign” democracy.</p><p> </p><p>This is the Polish model of a viable 21st century democracy. Ironically, it’s a Madisonian warning about the dangers of faction. The “deplorable” gambit always backfires. Péter Magyar’s remarkable victory in Hungary — a staunch conservative ending Orbán’s 16-year mafia-style illiberal chapter — offers the Hungarian model of Kisilowski’s argument. So this July 4, worried Americans might read <em>Let’s Agree on Poland</em>. Or reread James Madison.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Central Europe as the Leading Indicator: Poland and Hungary Before Trump: </strong>Poland elected its first revolutionary conservative government in 2005 — sixteen years before the January 6 insurrection. Hungary followed in 2010. Both were explicitly cited as models by the architects of Trump’s political project. Kisilowski’s argument: what happened in Central Europe is not a regional anomaly but a leading indicator of what happens when open society’s challenge to traditional identity is concentrated and rapid rather than gradual. The walls of liberal democratic institutions were weaker in Warsaw and Budapest. They will not hold indefinitely in Washington or London either.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>It’s Not the Economy, Stupid: The Case Against Materialist Explanations: </strong>Poland and Hungary are economic opposites. Hungary was the “happiest barrack” of the Soviet bloc but fared poorly after 1989. Poland was among the poorer countries of the bloc and grew 650% in per capita GDP in one generation, with a Gini coefficient below France’s. Same revolutionary conservative politics. Opposite economic trajectories. Kisilowski’s conclusion: the materialist explanation — people turn right because of economic hardship — is flatly wrong. The driver is identity: the compressed, accelerated challenge to national, male, and religious identity imposed by EU accession conditionality in a decade.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Deplorable Problem: Why Exclusion Rationally Produces Authoritarianism: </strong>Kisilowski’s most politically pointed argument: if your opening position to conservatives is that their views are beyond the pale, they are deplorable, there is no space for them in democracy — then it is entirely rational for them to break democracy. Not irrational. Not manipulated. Rational. If there is no space for me inside the system, I must break the system. That is what revolutionary conservatism is: a rational response to liberal exclusion. The solution is not to validate the views. The solution is to demonstrate that there is a place for those people and their communities within a democratic framework. That is the Madisonian insight.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Subsidiarity as the Solution: Conservative Communities, Liberal Cities, Common Framework: </strong>Kisilowski’s constitutional proposal, worked out with co-authors from the full ideological spectrum, is subsidiarity: genuine decentralization that allows conservative rural communities to be conservative and liberal cities to be liberal, within a common democratic framework. Budapest, in Magyar’s Hungary, should get strong autonomy to pursue the more liberal policies its electorate wants. Warsaw and Kraków should be able to differ. The European Union is, in this reading, the model: different countries, different cultures, one framework. The alternative is winner-takes-all, which always produces a revolutionary reaction from the losers.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Peter Magyar and Hungary: Proof of Concept for the Compromise Strategy: </strong>Magyar’s extraordinary victory in Hungary — winning a constitutional majority against a 16-year right-wing regime rightly called a mafia state, in elections skewed heavily toward the government — is, in Kisilowski’s reading, direct evidence that the compromise strategy works. Magyar is a staunch conservative and former member of the Orbán government. He won because he demonstrated to far-right voters that there was a place for them and their views within democratic Europe. The 2 million liberal Budapest voters who voted for him did so not because they like his conservatism but because he was unquestionably preferable to Orbán. Kisilowski made sure Magyar got the book.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/lets-agree-on-poland-9780198979562">Maciej Kisilowski</a> is Associate Professor of Law and Strategy at Central European University (CEU) in Vienna. He is co-editor (with Anna Wojciuk) of <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/lets-agree-on-poland-9780198979562"><em>Let’s Agree on Poland: A Case Study in Strategic Constitutional Design</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2025). He is a Europe’s Futures Fellow at the Institute for Human Sciences (IWM) in Vienna and a visiting fellow at Harvard Law School. He writes frequently for <em>Project Syndicate</em>, <em>Politico</em>, and <em>The EU Observer</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/lets-agree-on-poland-9780198979562"><em>Let’s Agree on Poland: A Case Study in Strategic Constitutional Design</em></a> by Maciej Kisilowski and Anna Wojciuk (Oxford University Press, 202...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2026 00:04:34 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/d98d00ff/2a3e6a99.mp3" length="47625611" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3455287" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/d98d00ff/2a3e6a99.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FlcxMWs2-Jw">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/Nb6PAxWIeK5E5_rN4uirGLCWIITbNqJMzB1h_xl70GQ/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80NTZh/ZTc3Y2NjZmQ5NzE0/ZmJkMTc5NDA4ZWFk/ZGM1MC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2975</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If your opening position is: your views are beyond the pale, you are deplorable, there is no space for you in democracy — then how on earth do we expect anything other than revolutionary conservatism as a response?” — Maciej Kisilowski</em></p><p> </p><p>For Americans concerned about the fragility of their democracy, Poland offers some reassuring news. Having experienced its own illiberal blip, democracy in Poland now seems amongst the healthiest in Eastern Europe. So what does a democracy only created in 1989 teach America as the old republic braces for its surreal semiquincentennial celebration?</p><p> </p><p>The Vienna-based constitutional scholar <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/lets-agree-on-poland-9780198979562">Maciej Kisilowski</a> is the author of <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/lets-agree-on-poland-9780198979562"><em>Let’s Agree on Poland: A Case Study in Strategic Constitutional Design</em></a>. In this bestselling 2025 book, Kisilowski argues that Poland is a map of where other Western democracies could go. If they choose to.</p><p> </p><p>Poland elected its first illiberal conservative government in 2005. Hungary followed in 2010. Both explicitly served as models for Donald Trump — relatively tamed in his first term, unshackled in his second. Like the United States, Poland is a relatively rich country with per capita GDP growing an astonishing 650% in a single generation. So, Kisilowski argues, the conventional argument that Poland embraced illiberalism in response to economic hardship is mostly wrong. Instead, what triggered illiberalism in Poland was culture, particularly the compressed, accelerated challenge to traditional identity — national, male, religious — that EU accession triggered in Central Europe.</p><p> </p><p>Kisilowski, who teaches at Central European University, might have entitled his book <em>Let’s Agree to Disagree</em>. Poland’s solution to this cultural crisis of identity is what Kisilowski calls “subsidiarity” — genuine decentralisation that allows both conservative communities to remain traditional and liberal cities to become progressive, all within a common democratic framework. He warns both the left and the right that if you tell people their views are somehow foreign, it’s entirely rational for them to want to smash their “foreign” democracy.</p><p> </p><p>This is the Polish model of a viable 21st century democracy. Ironically, it’s a Madisonian warning about the dangers of faction. The “deplorable” gambit always backfires. Péter Magyar’s remarkable victory in Hungary — a staunch conservative ending Orbán’s 16-year mafia-style illiberal chapter — offers the Hungarian model of Kisilowski’s argument. So this July 4, worried Americans might read <em>Let’s Agree on Poland</em>. Or reread James Madison.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Central Europe as the Leading Indicator: Poland and Hungary Before Trump: </strong>Poland elected its first revolutionary conservative government in 2005 — sixteen years before the January 6 insurrection. Hungary followed in 2010. Both were explicitly cited as models by the architects of Trump’s political project. Kisilowski’s argument: what happened in Central Europe is not a regional anomaly but a leading indicator of what happens when open society’s challenge to traditional identity is concentrated and rapid rather than gradual. The walls of liberal democratic institutions were weaker in Warsaw and Budapest. They will not hold indefinitely in Washington or London either.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>It’s Not the Economy, Stupid: The Case Against Materialist Explanations: </strong>Poland and Hungary are economic opposites. Hungary was the “happiest barrack” of the Soviet bloc but fared poorly after 1989. Poland was among the poorer countries of the bloc and grew 650% in per capita GDP in one generation, with a Gini coefficient below France’s. Same revolutionary conservative politics. Opposite economic trajectories. Kisilowski’s conclusion: the materialist explanation — people turn right because of economic hardship — is flatly wrong. The driver is identity: the compressed, accelerated challenge to national, male, and religious identity imposed by EU accession conditionality in a decade.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Deplorable Problem: Why Exclusion Rationally Produces Authoritarianism: </strong>Kisilowski’s most politically pointed argument: if your opening position to conservatives is that their views are beyond the pale, they are deplorable, there is no space for them in democracy — then it is entirely rational for them to break democracy. Not irrational. Not manipulated. Rational. If there is no space for me inside the system, I must break the system. That is what revolutionary conservatism is: a rational response to liberal exclusion. The solution is not to validate the views. The solution is to demonstrate that there is a place for those people and their communities within a democratic framework. That is the Madisonian insight.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Subsidiarity as the Solution: Conservative Communities, Liberal Cities, Common Framework: </strong>Kisilowski’s constitutional proposal, worked out with co-authors from the full ideological spectrum, is subsidiarity: genuine decentralization that allows conservative rural communities to be conservative and liberal cities to be liberal, within a common democratic framework. Budapest, in Magyar’s Hungary, should get strong autonomy to pursue the more liberal policies its electorate wants. Warsaw and Kraków should be able to differ. The European Union is, in this reading, the model: different countries, different cultures, one framework. The alternative is winner-takes-all, which always produces a revolutionary reaction from the losers.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Peter Magyar and Hungary: Proof of Concept for the Compromise Strategy: </strong>Magyar’s extraordinary victory in Hungary — winning a constitutional majority against a 16-year right-wing regime rightly called a mafia state, in elections skewed heavily toward the government — is, in Kisilowski’s reading, direct evidence that the compromise strategy works. Magyar is a staunch conservative and former member of the Orbán government. He won because he demonstrated to far-right voters that there was a place for them and their views within democratic Europe. The 2 million liberal Budapest voters who voted for him did so not because they like his conservatism but because he was unquestionably preferable to Orbán. Kisilowski made sure Magyar got the book.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/lets-agree-on-poland-9780198979562">Maciej Kisilowski</a> is Associate Professor of Law and Strategy at Central European University (CEU) in Vienna. He is co-editor (with Anna Wojciuk) of <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/lets-agree-on-poland-9780198979562"><em>Let’s Agree on Poland: A Case Study in Strategic Constitutional Design</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2025). He is a Europe’s Futures Fellow at the Institute for Human Sciences (IWM) in Vienna and a visiting fellow at Harvard Law School. He writes frequently for <em>Project Syndicate</em>, <em>Politico</em>, and <em>The EU Observer</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/lets-agree-on-poland-9780198979562"><em>Let’s Agree on Poland: A Case Study in Strategic Constitutional Design</em></a> by Maciej Kisilowski and Anna Wojciuk (Oxford University Press, 202...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d98d00ff/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d98d00ff/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Life After GDP: Tim Jackson Returns to 1968 to Excavate a Post-Capitalist Future</title>
      <itunes:episode>2949</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2949</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Life After GDP: Tim Jackson Returns to 1968 to Excavate a Post-Capitalist Future</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f906b729-f9fc-44f6-b86a-5bc285bfc199</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The Gross National Product measures everything except that which makes life worthwhile.” — Robert F. Kennedy, University of Kansas, March 18, 1968</em></p><p> </p><p>It is June 5, 1968. An eleven-year-old English boy is watching the assassination of Bobby Kennedy on his black and white television. That little boy is <a href="https://timjackson.org.uk/">Tim Jackson</a> — now one of Britain’s most influential critics of capitalism. He had no idea then that RFK would change his life. It happened years later, when Jackson discovered a speech Kennedy gave in Kansas in the spring of 1968. It was a speech that changed the way Tim Jackson thought about economics.</p><p> </p><p>The March 1968 speech, one of the first of RFK’s presidential campaign, was delivered at Phog Allen Fieldhouse, University of Kansas. It opened with a joke at the expense of rival Kansas State University. Then Bobby turned deadly serious. For the first time (at least for a Presidential candidate), he attacked the very idea of the Gross National Product itself. RFK argued that GDP quantifies all the worst stuff including air pollution, cigarette advertising and jails. But it doesn’t measure the health of our children, the quality of their education, or the joy of their play. It quantifies everything except that which makes life worthwhile. Then fetishizes the data. Worse than wrong, Bobby Kennedy suggested, GDP makes data evil.</p><p> </p><p>For Jackson, who has spent his career mulling over the idea of economic growth, RFK’s Phog Allen Fieldhouse speech came as a revelation. Indeed much of his later thinking, including his 2021 award-winning book <a href="https://timjackson.org.uk/ecological-economics/postgrowth-book/"><em>Post Growth: Life After Capitalism</em></a>, is indebted to this March 1968 speech. Almost sixty years later, in our ever-more-quantifiable age of data-centres, it’s a speech that appears uncannily prescient. Both Tim Jackson and Bobby Kennedy are right to remind us that there is an alternative to quantifying progress. There is, indeed, life after GDP. And it can’t be measured.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>An 11-Year-Old Watching the Assassination on His Birthday: </strong>Tim Jackson was born on June 4. On the night of June 4–5, 1968, after the California primary, RFK was shot at the Ambassador Hotel in Los Angeles. Jackson — watching on a black and white television in the UK — remembers thinking: oh no, not again. His aunt had just sailed for America from Southampton. Is this the country she is going to? Two high-profile assassinations. Violence as a condition of American political life. He had no idea then that RFK would become important to him professionally two or three decades later.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Kansas Speech: GDP Measures Everything Except What Makes Life Worthwhile: </strong>The speech RFK gave at Phog Allen Fieldhouse, University of Kansas, March 1968 — one of the first of his presidential campaign — opened with a joke at the expense of rival Kansas State University and became one of the most prescient political speeches of the 20th century. Kennedy attacked GDP directly: it counts air pollution, cigarette advertising, and the jails for the people who break the law. It does not count the health of our children, the quality of their education, or the joy of their play. It measures everything, in short, except that which makes life worthwhile.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Two Wrong Turns of Post-War Capitalism: </strong>Jackson’s account: fossil fuels made mass production possible; the Great Depression revealed the danger of overproduction; the post-war solution was to persuade people that having more stuff is what matters. Two big mistakes were embedded in that solution. First: material consumption is not all we are — we have social, relational, spiritual needs that GDP ignores. Second: more production does more environmental damage. Both wrong turns are what Kennedy was already diagnosing in Kansas in 1968. Both are what we are now living with in extremis.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Trillionaire and the 2 Billion: </strong>The interview is recorded the day after the world’s first trillionaire arrived on the scene. Jackson’s response: this is an obscene amount of money for one person to have, while 2 billion people lack access to clean water and electricity. The same structural observation could be made about the 1850s: monarchs parading luxury while the people around them starved. The trillionaire is not a new phenomenon. He is the latest expression of an economic system that was always building toward this endpoint.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>They Created a Desert and Called It Peace: </strong>In the Kansas speech, RFK quoted Tacitus on Rome: “they created a desert and called it peace.” Jackson applies it directly to today’s America: what is it to be a citizen of the affluent West only on the back of a flattened Gaza, a distant war, the creation of violence to preserve a failing hegemonic empire? Bobby was saying: we have values around social justice. We have a fragile planet. These are what matter. Bernie Sanders said the same things. AOC picked up the mantle. The message is unchanged. It is still Kansas, 1968.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://timjackson.org.uk/">Tim Jackson</a> is Professor of Sustainable Development at the University of Surrey and Director of the Centre for the Understanding of Sustainable Prosperity (CUSP). He is the author of <a href="https://timjackson.org.uk/ecological-economics/postgrowth-book/"><em>Post Growth: Life After Capitalism</em></a> (Polity Press, 2021; winner of the 2022 Eric Zencey Prize for Economics) and <em>Prosperity Without Growth</em> (2009/2017; <em>Financial Times</em> book of the year). He is also an award-winning BBC radio dramatist. He lives in Guildford, Surrey.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://timjackson.org.uk/ecological-economics/postgrowth-book/"><em>Post Growth: Life After Capitalism</em></a> by Tim Jackson (Polity Press, 2021).</p><p> </p><p>•       RFK’s University of Kansas speech, March 18, 1968 — delivered at Phog Allen Fieldhouse, Lawrence, Kansas.</p><p> </p><p>•       Tacitus, <em>Agricola</em> — “they created a desert and called it peace,” quoted by RFK in the Kansas speech.</p><p> </p><p>•       Kerry Kennedy, <em>Ripples of Hope</em> — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Andrew Keen’s forthcoming book: <em>Where Have You Gone, Bobby Kennedy? My Search for a Lost America</em> — the RFK book this conversation feeds directly into.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a>&lt;...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The Gross National Product measures everything except that which makes life worthwhile.” — Robert F. Kennedy, University of Kansas, March 18, 1968</em></p><p> </p><p>It is June 5, 1968. An eleven-year-old English boy is watching the assassination of Bobby Kennedy on his black and white television. That little boy is <a href="https://timjackson.org.uk/">Tim Jackson</a> — now one of Britain’s most influential critics of capitalism. He had no idea then that RFK would change his life. It happened years later, when Jackson discovered a speech Kennedy gave in Kansas in the spring of 1968. It was a speech that changed the way Tim Jackson thought about economics.</p><p> </p><p>The March 1968 speech, one of the first of RFK’s presidential campaign, was delivered at Phog Allen Fieldhouse, University of Kansas. It opened with a joke at the expense of rival Kansas State University. Then Bobby turned deadly serious. For the first time (at least for a Presidential candidate), he attacked the very idea of the Gross National Product itself. RFK argued that GDP quantifies all the worst stuff including air pollution, cigarette advertising and jails. But it doesn’t measure the health of our children, the quality of their education, or the joy of their play. It quantifies everything except that which makes life worthwhile. Then fetishizes the data. Worse than wrong, Bobby Kennedy suggested, GDP makes data evil.</p><p> </p><p>For Jackson, who has spent his career mulling over the idea of economic growth, RFK’s Phog Allen Fieldhouse speech came as a revelation. Indeed much of his later thinking, including his 2021 award-winning book <a href="https://timjackson.org.uk/ecological-economics/postgrowth-book/"><em>Post Growth: Life After Capitalism</em></a>, is indebted to this March 1968 speech. Almost sixty years later, in our ever-more-quantifiable age of data-centres, it’s a speech that appears uncannily prescient. Both Tim Jackson and Bobby Kennedy are right to remind us that there is an alternative to quantifying progress. There is, indeed, life after GDP. And it can’t be measured.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>An 11-Year-Old Watching the Assassination on His Birthday: </strong>Tim Jackson was born on June 4. On the night of June 4–5, 1968, after the California primary, RFK was shot at the Ambassador Hotel in Los Angeles. Jackson — watching on a black and white television in the UK — remembers thinking: oh no, not again. His aunt had just sailed for America from Southampton. Is this the country she is going to? Two high-profile assassinations. Violence as a condition of American political life. He had no idea then that RFK would become important to him professionally two or three decades later.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Kansas Speech: GDP Measures Everything Except What Makes Life Worthwhile: </strong>The speech RFK gave at Phog Allen Fieldhouse, University of Kansas, March 1968 — one of the first of his presidential campaign — opened with a joke at the expense of rival Kansas State University and became one of the most prescient political speeches of the 20th century. Kennedy attacked GDP directly: it counts air pollution, cigarette advertising, and the jails for the people who break the law. It does not count the health of our children, the quality of their education, or the joy of their play. It measures everything, in short, except that which makes life worthwhile.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Two Wrong Turns of Post-War Capitalism: </strong>Jackson’s account: fossil fuels made mass production possible; the Great Depression revealed the danger of overproduction; the post-war solution was to persuade people that having more stuff is what matters. Two big mistakes were embedded in that solution. First: material consumption is not all we are — we have social, relational, spiritual needs that GDP ignores. Second: more production does more environmental damage. Both wrong turns are what Kennedy was already diagnosing in Kansas in 1968. Both are what we are now living with in extremis.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Trillionaire and the 2 Billion: </strong>The interview is recorded the day after the world’s first trillionaire arrived on the scene. Jackson’s response: this is an obscene amount of money for one person to have, while 2 billion people lack access to clean water and electricity. The same structural observation could be made about the 1850s: monarchs parading luxury while the people around them starved. The trillionaire is not a new phenomenon. He is the latest expression of an economic system that was always building toward this endpoint.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>They Created a Desert and Called It Peace: </strong>In the Kansas speech, RFK quoted Tacitus on Rome: “they created a desert and called it peace.” Jackson applies it directly to today’s America: what is it to be a citizen of the affluent West only on the back of a flattened Gaza, a distant war, the creation of violence to preserve a failing hegemonic empire? Bobby was saying: we have values around social justice. We have a fragile planet. These are what matter. Bernie Sanders said the same things. AOC picked up the mantle. The message is unchanged. It is still Kansas, 1968.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://timjackson.org.uk/">Tim Jackson</a> is Professor of Sustainable Development at the University of Surrey and Director of the Centre for the Understanding of Sustainable Prosperity (CUSP). He is the author of <a href="https://timjackson.org.uk/ecological-economics/postgrowth-book/"><em>Post Growth: Life After Capitalism</em></a> (Polity Press, 2021; winner of the 2022 Eric Zencey Prize for Economics) and <em>Prosperity Without Growth</em> (2009/2017; <em>Financial Times</em> book of the year). He is also an award-winning BBC radio dramatist. He lives in Guildford, Surrey.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://timjackson.org.uk/ecological-economics/postgrowth-book/"><em>Post Growth: Life After Capitalism</em></a> by Tim Jackson (Polity Press, 2021).</p><p> </p><p>•       RFK’s University of Kansas speech, March 18, 1968 — delivered at Phog Allen Fieldhouse, Lawrence, Kansas.</p><p> </p><p>•       Tacitus, <em>Agricola</em> — “they created a desert and called it peace,” quoted by RFK in the Kansas speech.</p><p> </p><p>•       Kerry Kennedy, <em>Ripples of Hope</em> — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Andrew Keen’s forthcoming book: <em>Where Have You Gone, Bobby Kennedy? My Search for a Lost America</em> — the RFK book this conversation feeds directly into.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a>&lt;...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 21 Jun 2026 23:10:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/0c88eb81/91f2a9d5.mp3" length="30908435" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3377175" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/0c88eb81/91f2a9d5.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WzbvLnzAqsU">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/LOZjcZmGy_GNKjZ8NFtTipUhzbWlF0QJpjXYWezkJzw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9kNGFl/Njc4ZjUxYmUwYTU0/OGE2OWZlMTcxZDNm/ZDNjMS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1930</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The Gross National Product measures everything except that which makes life worthwhile.” — Robert F. Kennedy, University of Kansas, March 18, 1968</em></p><p> </p><p>It is June 5, 1968. An eleven-year-old English boy is watching the assassination of Bobby Kennedy on his black and white television. That little boy is <a href="https://timjackson.org.uk/">Tim Jackson</a> — now one of Britain’s most influential critics of capitalism. He had no idea then that RFK would change his life. It happened years later, when Jackson discovered a speech Kennedy gave in Kansas in the spring of 1968. It was a speech that changed the way Tim Jackson thought about economics.</p><p> </p><p>The March 1968 speech, one of the first of RFK’s presidential campaign, was delivered at Phog Allen Fieldhouse, University of Kansas. It opened with a joke at the expense of rival Kansas State University. Then Bobby turned deadly serious. For the first time (at least for a Presidential candidate), he attacked the very idea of the Gross National Product itself. RFK argued that GDP quantifies all the worst stuff including air pollution, cigarette advertising and jails. But it doesn’t measure the health of our children, the quality of their education, or the joy of their play. It quantifies everything except that which makes life worthwhile. Then fetishizes the data. Worse than wrong, Bobby Kennedy suggested, GDP makes data evil.</p><p> </p><p>For Jackson, who has spent his career mulling over the idea of economic growth, RFK’s Phog Allen Fieldhouse speech came as a revelation. Indeed much of his later thinking, including his 2021 award-winning book <a href="https://timjackson.org.uk/ecological-economics/postgrowth-book/"><em>Post Growth: Life After Capitalism</em></a>, is indebted to this March 1968 speech. Almost sixty years later, in our ever-more-quantifiable age of data-centres, it’s a speech that appears uncannily prescient. Both Tim Jackson and Bobby Kennedy are right to remind us that there is an alternative to quantifying progress. There is, indeed, life after GDP. And it can’t be measured.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>An 11-Year-Old Watching the Assassination on His Birthday: </strong>Tim Jackson was born on June 4. On the night of June 4–5, 1968, after the California primary, RFK was shot at the Ambassador Hotel in Los Angeles. Jackson — watching on a black and white television in the UK — remembers thinking: oh no, not again. His aunt had just sailed for America from Southampton. Is this the country she is going to? Two high-profile assassinations. Violence as a condition of American political life. He had no idea then that RFK would become important to him professionally two or three decades later.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Kansas Speech: GDP Measures Everything Except What Makes Life Worthwhile: </strong>The speech RFK gave at Phog Allen Fieldhouse, University of Kansas, March 1968 — one of the first of his presidential campaign — opened with a joke at the expense of rival Kansas State University and became one of the most prescient political speeches of the 20th century. Kennedy attacked GDP directly: it counts air pollution, cigarette advertising, and the jails for the people who break the law. It does not count the health of our children, the quality of their education, or the joy of their play. It measures everything, in short, except that which makes life worthwhile.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Two Wrong Turns of Post-War Capitalism: </strong>Jackson’s account: fossil fuels made mass production possible; the Great Depression revealed the danger of overproduction; the post-war solution was to persuade people that having more stuff is what matters. Two big mistakes were embedded in that solution. First: material consumption is not all we are — we have social, relational, spiritual needs that GDP ignores. Second: more production does more environmental damage. Both wrong turns are what Kennedy was already diagnosing in Kansas in 1968. Both are what we are now living with in extremis.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Trillionaire and the 2 Billion: </strong>The interview is recorded the day after the world’s first trillionaire arrived on the scene. Jackson’s response: this is an obscene amount of money for one person to have, while 2 billion people lack access to clean water and electricity. The same structural observation could be made about the 1850s: monarchs parading luxury while the people around them starved. The trillionaire is not a new phenomenon. He is the latest expression of an economic system that was always building toward this endpoint.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>They Created a Desert and Called It Peace: </strong>In the Kansas speech, RFK quoted Tacitus on Rome: “they created a desert and called it peace.” Jackson applies it directly to today’s America: what is it to be a citizen of the affluent West only on the back of a flattened Gaza, a distant war, the creation of violence to preserve a failing hegemonic empire? Bobby was saying: we have values around social justice. We have a fragile planet. These are what matter. Bernie Sanders said the same things. AOC picked up the mantle. The message is unchanged. It is still Kansas, 1968.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://timjackson.org.uk/">Tim Jackson</a> is Professor of Sustainable Development at the University of Surrey and Director of the Centre for the Understanding of Sustainable Prosperity (CUSP). He is the author of <a href="https://timjackson.org.uk/ecological-economics/postgrowth-book/"><em>Post Growth: Life After Capitalism</em></a> (Polity Press, 2021; winner of the 2022 Eric Zencey Prize for Economics) and <em>Prosperity Without Growth</em> (2009/2017; <em>Financial Times</em> book of the year). He is also an award-winning BBC radio dramatist. He lives in Guildford, Surrey.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://timjackson.org.uk/ecological-economics/postgrowth-book/"><em>Post Growth: Life After Capitalism</em></a> by Tim Jackson (Polity Press, 2021).</p><p> </p><p>•       RFK’s University of Kansas speech, March 18, 1968 — delivered at Phog Allen Fieldhouse, Lawrence, Kansas.</p><p> </p><p>•       Tacitus, <em>Agricola</em> — “they created a desert and called it peace,” quoted by RFK in the Kansas speech.</p><p> </p><p>•       Kerry Kennedy, <em>Ripples of Hope</em> — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Andrew Keen’s forthcoming book: <em>Where Have You Gone, Bobby Kennedy? My Search for a Lost America</em> — the RFK book this conversation feeds directly into.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a>&lt;...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0c88eb81/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0c88eb81/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Middlewomen: Laura McGrath on the 25 People Who Control American Fiction</title>
      <itunes:episode>2948</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2948</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Middlewomen: Laura McGrath on the 25 People Who Control American Fiction</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cace3a50-caa6-4e4e-98e7-e192f2a6eccc</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Just 25 literary agents represent more than half of all prizewinning novelists in the 21st century. The agent is the unacknowledged legislator of the literary field.” — Laura McGrath</em></p><p> </p><p>We think of publishers and editors as the ultimate tastemakers. As those godlike gatekeepers controlling what we read. But if you’re looking for literary gods, <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691256160/middlemen">Laura McGrath</a> argues, then you need to look at literary agents rather than publishers or editors. Her ten-year project, <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691256160/middlemen"><em>Middlemen: Literary Agents and the Making of American Fiction</em></a>, is the first serious scholarly account of the literary agent’s astonishingly powerful role in shaping what America reads. Except, of course, the Middlemen are actually Middlewomen — since 80% of literary agents are women.</p><p> </p><p>The numbers are striking. Just 25 literary agents represent more than half of all prizewinning novelists in the 21st century. McGrath interviewed 75 of them over ten years. Shelley called poets the unacknowledged legislators of the world. McGrath’s agents are the unacknowledged legislators of the literary field. They shaped postmodernism (Candida Donadio and Pynchon, Heller, Gaddis). They launched the debut novel as a literary form. They made the short story collection viable. And 25 of them control more than half of the prizes.</p><p> </p><p>So will AI replace the agent? In operations, perhaps, McGrath acknowledges — the slush pile is overwhelming and smart machine assistance is welcome. But in creative work — in the business of writing, editing, translation, cover design, and above all taste — she thinks not. No algorithm will ever learn the <em>Catch-22</em> of publishing — separating the Thomas Pynchon or Joseph Heller from all the dross. And no bot (male or female) is ever going to host a three-martini lunch in Manhattan.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Literary Agent as the New Gatekeeper: Replacing the Publisher: </strong>In the early 20th century, publishing was shaped by the taste of individual publishers: Bennett Cerf at Random House, Alfred and Blanche Knopf at their imprint, Max Perkins at Scribner’s. Those days are over. Publishers are now conglomerates where individual editors may have excellent taste but no single figure shapes the house. Into that vacuum has come the literary agent — who now operates, McGrath argues, exactly as the great publishers once did: as the primary tastemaker, the person whose aesthetic and commercial judgment shapes what America reads.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>25 Agents, Half the Prizes, 80% Women: The Numbers: </strong>McGrath’s most striking statistical finding: just 25 literary agents represent more than half of all prizewinning novelists in the 21st century. Twenty-five people. The field is 80% women — hence the tongue-in-cheek title — and 73% white. Agents tend, McGrath found, to represent authors who resemble themselves. One answer to the question “why is contemporary literary fiction so white?” is: because agents are. And agents, because they work on contingency fees rather than salaries, face severe financial pressures that concentrate power at the top of the profession.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Unacknowledged Legislators: Agents Shaped American Literary History: </strong>McGrath’s book is full of literary history rewritten from the agent’s perspective. Sterling Lord persisted past dozens of rejections to place <em>On the Road</em> for Kerouac. Candida Donadio — Pynchon’s, Heller’s, Gaddis’s, and early Philip Roth’s agent — championed maximalist, experimental writers whom no one was interested in, and built the social network of editor relationships that made postmodernism possible. The debut novel as a cultural form, the persistence of the short story collection despite poor sales, the rise of the New York novel — all are, in McGrath’s account, partly agent-made.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Can White Male Writers Not Get Published? No: </strong>Andrew raises the complaint he hears from white male writers: that they can no longer get published because of diversity initiatives. McGrath’s answer is flat. No. She thinks it’s silly. The number of books published each week is staggering. Being able to see some success on the part of writers of colour does not diminish the work white men are doing. The complaint, she notes, circulates every ten years, typically after a boom in support for writers of colour. We are in another round of this cycle. There will be another one in a decade.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Will AI Replace the Literary Agent? In Operations, Maybe. In Taste, No: </strong>Andrew’s closing question: will AI replace the middlemen? McGrath draws the distinction she heard at the US Book Show: AI in operations (slush pile management, contract tracking), yes, possibly. AI in creative work — writing, editing, translation, cover design, and above all taste — she hopes not. An algorithm is built on priors. It narrows the window of possibility endlessly, replicating itself. That is not what a good literary agent does. A good literary agent is looking for books that surprise, frustrate, and thrill. No algorithm has learned to take an author out for a three-martini lunch.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691256160/middlemen">Laura McGrath</a> is an assistant professor of English at Temple University and a National Endowment for the Humanities Fellow. She was formerly the associate director of the Literary Lab at Stanford University. She is the author of <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691256160/middlemen"><em>Middlemen: Literary Agents and the Making of American Fiction</em></a> (Princeton University Press, April 28, 2026). She writes the <em>textCrunch</em> Substack on literary and publishing culture.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691256160/middlemen"><em>Middlemen: Literary Agents and the Making of American Fiction</em></a> by Laura McGrath (Princeton University Press, April 28, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Earlier on KOA: Gayle Feldman on <em>Nothing Random: Bennett Cerf and the Publishing House He Built</em> — the companion episode referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Sterling Lord (agent for Kerouac), Candida Donadio (Pynchon, Heller, Gaddis, Roth), Andrew Wylie — agents profiled in the book.</p><p> </p><p>•       Andrew Keen, <em>Cult of the Amateur</em> (2007) — referenced as Andrew’s own defence of gatekeepers.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts..."></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Just 25 literary agents represent more than half of all prizewinning novelists in the 21st century. The agent is the unacknowledged legislator of the literary field.” — Laura McGrath</em></p><p> </p><p>We think of publishers and editors as the ultimate tastemakers. As those godlike gatekeepers controlling what we read. But if you’re looking for literary gods, <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691256160/middlemen">Laura McGrath</a> argues, then you need to look at literary agents rather than publishers or editors. Her ten-year project, <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691256160/middlemen"><em>Middlemen: Literary Agents and the Making of American Fiction</em></a>, is the first serious scholarly account of the literary agent’s astonishingly powerful role in shaping what America reads. Except, of course, the Middlemen are actually Middlewomen — since 80% of literary agents are women.</p><p> </p><p>The numbers are striking. Just 25 literary agents represent more than half of all prizewinning novelists in the 21st century. McGrath interviewed 75 of them over ten years. Shelley called poets the unacknowledged legislators of the world. McGrath’s agents are the unacknowledged legislators of the literary field. They shaped postmodernism (Candida Donadio and Pynchon, Heller, Gaddis). They launched the debut novel as a literary form. They made the short story collection viable. And 25 of them control more than half of the prizes.</p><p> </p><p>So will AI replace the agent? In operations, perhaps, McGrath acknowledges — the slush pile is overwhelming and smart machine assistance is welcome. But in creative work — in the business of writing, editing, translation, cover design, and above all taste — she thinks not. No algorithm will ever learn the <em>Catch-22</em> of publishing — separating the Thomas Pynchon or Joseph Heller from all the dross. And no bot (male or female) is ever going to host a three-martini lunch in Manhattan.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Literary Agent as the New Gatekeeper: Replacing the Publisher: </strong>In the early 20th century, publishing was shaped by the taste of individual publishers: Bennett Cerf at Random House, Alfred and Blanche Knopf at their imprint, Max Perkins at Scribner’s. Those days are over. Publishers are now conglomerates where individual editors may have excellent taste but no single figure shapes the house. Into that vacuum has come the literary agent — who now operates, McGrath argues, exactly as the great publishers once did: as the primary tastemaker, the person whose aesthetic and commercial judgment shapes what America reads.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>25 Agents, Half the Prizes, 80% Women: The Numbers: </strong>McGrath’s most striking statistical finding: just 25 literary agents represent more than half of all prizewinning novelists in the 21st century. Twenty-five people. The field is 80% women — hence the tongue-in-cheek title — and 73% white. Agents tend, McGrath found, to represent authors who resemble themselves. One answer to the question “why is contemporary literary fiction so white?” is: because agents are. And agents, because they work on contingency fees rather than salaries, face severe financial pressures that concentrate power at the top of the profession.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Unacknowledged Legislators: Agents Shaped American Literary History: </strong>McGrath’s book is full of literary history rewritten from the agent’s perspective. Sterling Lord persisted past dozens of rejections to place <em>On the Road</em> for Kerouac. Candida Donadio — Pynchon’s, Heller’s, Gaddis’s, and early Philip Roth’s agent — championed maximalist, experimental writers whom no one was interested in, and built the social network of editor relationships that made postmodernism possible. The debut novel as a cultural form, the persistence of the short story collection despite poor sales, the rise of the New York novel — all are, in McGrath’s account, partly agent-made.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Can White Male Writers Not Get Published? No: </strong>Andrew raises the complaint he hears from white male writers: that they can no longer get published because of diversity initiatives. McGrath’s answer is flat. No. She thinks it’s silly. The number of books published each week is staggering. Being able to see some success on the part of writers of colour does not diminish the work white men are doing. The complaint, she notes, circulates every ten years, typically after a boom in support for writers of colour. We are in another round of this cycle. There will be another one in a decade.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Will AI Replace the Literary Agent? In Operations, Maybe. In Taste, No: </strong>Andrew’s closing question: will AI replace the middlemen? McGrath draws the distinction she heard at the US Book Show: AI in operations (slush pile management, contract tracking), yes, possibly. AI in creative work — writing, editing, translation, cover design, and above all taste — she hopes not. An algorithm is built on priors. It narrows the window of possibility endlessly, replicating itself. That is not what a good literary agent does. A good literary agent is looking for books that surprise, frustrate, and thrill. No algorithm has learned to take an author out for a three-martini lunch.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691256160/middlemen">Laura McGrath</a> is an assistant professor of English at Temple University and a National Endowment for the Humanities Fellow. She was formerly the associate director of the Literary Lab at Stanford University. She is the author of <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691256160/middlemen"><em>Middlemen: Literary Agents and the Making of American Fiction</em></a> (Princeton University Press, April 28, 2026). She writes the <em>textCrunch</em> Substack on literary and publishing culture.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691256160/middlemen"><em>Middlemen: Literary Agents and the Making of American Fiction</em></a> by Laura McGrath (Princeton University Press, April 28, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Earlier on KOA: Gayle Feldman on <em>Nothing Random: Bennett Cerf and the Publishing House He Built</em> — the companion episode referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Sterling Lord (agent for Kerouac), Candida Donadio (Pynchon, Heller, Gaddis, Roth), Andrew Wylie — agents profiled in the book.</p><p> </p><p>•       Andrew Keen, <em>Cult of the Amateur</em> (2007) — referenced as Andrew’s own defence of gatekeepers.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts..."></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 20 Jun 2026 22:57:12 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/3bd0a42c/105521d9.mp3" length="35385667" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3456034" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/3bd0a42c/105521d9.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZUana6lTNRA">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/c7Oc8cutBgG_AX42mtNQDdlhp2aXTnjFz3YvTCd0qRQ/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS82NTlh/NzViZmZmZTc5YWZk/YzUyNmFkNGE0MDk3/NmQzMC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2210</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Just 25 literary agents represent more than half of all prizewinning novelists in the 21st century. The agent is the unacknowledged legislator of the literary field.” — Laura McGrath</em></p><p> </p><p>We think of publishers and editors as the ultimate tastemakers. As those godlike gatekeepers controlling what we read. But if you’re looking for literary gods, <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691256160/middlemen">Laura McGrath</a> argues, then you need to look at literary agents rather than publishers or editors. Her ten-year project, <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691256160/middlemen"><em>Middlemen: Literary Agents and the Making of American Fiction</em></a>, is the first serious scholarly account of the literary agent’s astonishingly powerful role in shaping what America reads. Except, of course, the Middlemen are actually Middlewomen — since 80% of literary agents are women.</p><p> </p><p>The numbers are striking. Just 25 literary agents represent more than half of all prizewinning novelists in the 21st century. McGrath interviewed 75 of them over ten years. Shelley called poets the unacknowledged legislators of the world. McGrath’s agents are the unacknowledged legislators of the literary field. They shaped postmodernism (Candida Donadio and Pynchon, Heller, Gaddis). They launched the debut novel as a literary form. They made the short story collection viable. And 25 of them control more than half of the prizes.</p><p> </p><p>So will AI replace the agent? In operations, perhaps, McGrath acknowledges — the slush pile is overwhelming and smart machine assistance is welcome. But in creative work — in the business of writing, editing, translation, cover design, and above all taste — she thinks not. No algorithm will ever learn the <em>Catch-22</em> of publishing — separating the Thomas Pynchon or Joseph Heller from all the dross. And no bot (male or female) is ever going to host a three-martini lunch in Manhattan.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Literary Agent as the New Gatekeeper: Replacing the Publisher: </strong>In the early 20th century, publishing was shaped by the taste of individual publishers: Bennett Cerf at Random House, Alfred and Blanche Knopf at their imprint, Max Perkins at Scribner’s. Those days are over. Publishers are now conglomerates where individual editors may have excellent taste but no single figure shapes the house. Into that vacuum has come the literary agent — who now operates, McGrath argues, exactly as the great publishers once did: as the primary tastemaker, the person whose aesthetic and commercial judgment shapes what America reads.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>25 Agents, Half the Prizes, 80% Women: The Numbers: </strong>McGrath’s most striking statistical finding: just 25 literary agents represent more than half of all prizewinning novelists in the 21st century. Twenty-five people. The field is 80% women — hence the tongue-in-cheek title — and 73% white. Agents tend, McGrath found, to represent authors who resemble themselves. One answer to the question “why is contemporary literary fiction so white?” is: because agents are. And agents, because they work on contingency fees rather than salaries, face severe financial pressures that concentrate power at the top of the profession.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Unacknowledged Legislators: Agents Shaped American Literary History: </strong>McGrath’s book is full of literary history rewritten from the agent’s perspective. Sterling Lord persisted past dozens of rejections to place <em>On the Road</em> for Kerouac. Candida Donadio — Pynchon’s, Heller’s, Gaddis’s, and early Philip Roth’s agent — championed maximalist, experimental writers whom no one was interested in, and built the social network of editor relationships that made postmodernism possible. The debut novel as a cultural form, the persistence of the short story collection despite poor sales, the rise of the New York novel — all are, in McGrath’s account, partly agent-made.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Can White Male Writers Not Get Published? No: </strong>Andrew raises the complaint he hears from white male writers: that they can no longer get published because of diversity initiatives. McGrath’s answer is flat. No. She thinks it’s silly. The number of books published each week is staggering. Being able to see some success on the part of writers of colour does not diminish the work white men are doing. The complaint, she notes, circulates every ten years, typically after a boom in support for writers of colour. We are in another round of this cycle. There will be another one in a decade.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Will AI Replace the Literary Agent? In Operations, Maybe. In Taste, No: </strong>Andrew’s closing question: will AI replace the middlemen? McGrath draws the distinction she heard at the US Book Show: AI in operations (slush pile management, contract tracking), yes, possibly. AI in creative work — writing, editing, translation, cover design, and above all taste — she hopes not. An algorithm is built on priors. It narrows the window of possibility endlessly, replicating itself. That is not what a good literary agent does. A good literary agent is looking for books that surprise, frustrate, and thrill. No algorithm has learned to take an author out for a three-martini lunch.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691256160/middlemen">Laura McGrath</a> is an assistant professor of English at Temple University and a National Endowment for the Humanities Fellow. She was formerly the associate director of the Literary Lab at Stanford University. She is the author of <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691256160/middlemen"><em>Middlemen: Literary Agents and the Making of American Fiction</em></a> (Princeton University Press, April 28, 2026). She writes the <em>textCrunch</em> Substack on literary and publishing culture.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691256160/middlemen"><em>Middlemen: Literary Agents and the Making of American Fiction</em></a> by Laura McGrath (Princeton University Press, April 28, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Earlier on KOA: Gayle Feldman on <em>Nothing Random: Bennett Cerf and the Publishing House He Built</em> — the companion episode referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Sterling Lord (agent for Kerouac), Candida Donadio (Pynchon, Heller, Gaddis, Roth), Andrew Wylie — agents profiled in the book.</p><p> </p><p>•       Andrew Keen, <em>Cult of the Amateur</em> (2007) — referenced as Andrew’s own defence of gatekeepers.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts..."></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3bd0a42c/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3bd0a42c/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Makes Us Human? Kate O’Neill on the H Word, Verbal Slop, and the Meaning of Tech Humanism</title>
      <itunes:episode>2947</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2947</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What Makes Us Human? Kate O’Neill on the H Word, Verbal Slop, and the Meaning of Tech Humanism</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">185a9b5d-bbaf-4705-a56b-fa770a80c113</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“AI companies are taking advantage of our natural tendency to ascribe an inner life to our interlocutors. They profit when you think the chatbot cares.” — Kate O’Neill</em></p><p> </p><p>If we don’t like someone, we call them a fascist. And if we like them, we say they are a humanist. The F and H words. Both meaningless in our sloppy, bot-infested age. But maybe I’m just a cranky anti-humanist. Even anti-human — whatever that means.</p><p> </p><p>Or maybe I’m being harsh (moi?). Humanism certainly is all the rage in our AI age. Corporate consultant <a href="https://www.koinsights.com/">Kate O’Neill</a> likes the word so much that she has built her brand around it. The self-styled “Tech Humanist” is the author of <a href="https://www.wiley.com/en-us/What+Matters+Next%3A+A+Leader%27s+Guide+to+Making+Human-Friendly+Tech+Decisions+in+a+World+That%27s+Moving+Too+Fast-p-00431772"><em>Tech Humanist</em></a>, the host of the <a href="https://www.thetechhumanist.com/">Tech Humanist Show</a>, and a frequent speaker on the TED circuit.</p><p> </p><p>So how to use the H word without sounding like Claude or ChatGPT? O’Neill argues that what makes us human is our quest for meaning. The M word. That’s what distinguishes us from the bots. But as Kazuo Ishiguro warns in <em>Klara and the Sun</em>, we are fast arriving at a point when the bots are better than us at extracting meaning from the world.</p><p> </p><p>So did Kate O’Neill pass the Keen Test (reverse of Turing)? Did the Tech Humanist say anything that would have eluded Claude? Or have we already arrived at Ishiguro's bleak terminus where the bots are more skilled at infusing the H word with meaning than we are?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>What Is Tech Humanism? Aligning Business and Human Outcomes: </strong>O’Neill’s definition: technology shapes human experiences at scale, and it does so almost always in service of a business objective that is accelerating its advance. The purpose of tech humanism is to find the business objectives that need to be met and align them with human outcomes that are rewarding and fulfilling for people. This means using technology to amplify the alignment between business and human outcomes — rather than simply making the business more successful. It is, she acknowledges, not the habit of most business leaders. But it is a habit that can be developed.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>You Sound Like a Bot: Andrew’s Challenge: </strong>Andrew’s opening challenge: O’Neill sounds exactly like a well-prompted language model. She uses the h word (humanism) and the m word (meaning). What is she saying that Claude couldn’t say? O’Neill’s answer: meaning is not a word but a phenomenon. It is what emerges from the combination of embodied sensory experience and language — the way humans encode meaningful experiences with language in their brains. As far as we know, this is a uniquely human capability. Machines process information statistically. Humans process it meaningfully. That distinction is, she argues, precisely the gap that matters.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Companies Profit When You Think the Chatbot Cares: </strong>O’Neill’s sharpest observation: we are constituted to look for inner life in the things we interact with. We give nicknames to our cars and talk to our toasters. At this early stage of interacting with large language models, it is entirely natural to assume there is a consciousness on the other side. The problem: AI companies are actively taking advantage of that natural tendency. They profit from it. The more people believe the chatbot genuinely understands them, the more they use it. That manipulation is real and it is working. Developing critical thinking about AI interactions is, O’Neill argues, now a form of self-defence.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Intersection of Meaning and Scale: </strong>O’Neill’s key contribution to the tech humanism conversation: the problem with technology is not technology itself but the scale at which it operates. A single interaction with a biased algorithm is annoying. A billion such interactions, aggregated and accelerated by a business objective, reshapes society. The tech humanist’s job is to ensure that when we deploy technology at scale, the outcomes remain aligned with human meaning rather than with the extraction of human attention. This, she says, is both a business problem and a civilisational one. The two are, in her view, inseparable.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Message to 2126: What We Valued About Ourselves: </strong>Andrew asks O’Neill: it is 2126. Humans and machines are indistinguishable. What do you say to whoever is listening? O’Neill’s answer: hello from the past. What we valued about ourselves was our ability to understand each other — intellectually, emotionally, sympathetically, empathetically. We could come into our interactions by holding space for what the other person feels and cares about. And we could, even when we disagreed, create more shared understanding by virtue of having the conversation. That is a beautiful thing, she says, whether we are distinctly human and distinctly machine or increasingly a blend of both.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.koinsights.com/">Kate O’Neill</a> is founder and CEO of KO Insights and is widely known as “the Tech Humanist.” She was one of the first 100 employees at Netflix and has held roles at Toshiba and founded the analytics firm [meta]marketer. She is named to the Thinkers50 global ranking of top management thinkers. She is the author of <a href="https://www.wiley.com/en-us/What+Matters+Next%3A+A+Leader%27s+Guide+to+Making+Human-Friendly+Tech+Decisions+in+a+World+That%27s+Moving+Too+Fast-p-00431772"><em>What Matters Next: A Leader’s Guide to Making Human-Friendly Tech Decisions in a World That’s Moving Too Fast</em></a> (Wiley, January 2025), <em>Tech Humanist</em> (2018), <em>A Future So Bright</em> (2021), and <em>Pixels and Place</em> (2016). She advises Google, IBM, Microsoft, the United Nations, Harvard, and Yale. She hosts The Tech Humanist Show on YouTube.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.wiley.com/en-us/What+Matters+Next%3A+A+Leader%27s+Guide+to+Making+Human-Friendly+Tech+Decisions+in+a+World+That%27s+Moving+Too+Fast-p-00431772"><em>What Matters Next: A Leader’s Guide to Making Human-Friendly Tech Decisions in a World That’s Moving Too Fast</em></a> by Kate O’Neill (Wiley, January 2025).</p><p> </p><p>•       Kazuo Ishiguro, <em>Klara and the Sun</em> (2021) — the novel discussed in the conversation’s closing section.</p><p> </p><p>•       Victoria Hetherington, <em>The Friend Machine</em> — referenced by Andrew in the conversation on AI companionship.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcas..."></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“AI companies are taking advantage of our natural tendency to ascribe an inner life to our interlocutors. They profit when you think the chatbot cares.” — Kate O’Neill</em></p><p> </p><p>If we don’t like someone, we call them a fascist. And if we like them, we say they are a humanist. The F and H words. Both meaningless in our sloppy, bot-infested age. But maybe I’m just a cranky anti-humanist. Even anti-human — whatever that means.</p><p> </p><p>Or maybe I’m being harsh (moi?). Humanism certainly is all the rage in our AI age. Corporate consultant <a href="https://www.koinsights.com/">Kate O’Neill</a> likes the word so much that she has built her brand around it. The self-styled “Tech Humanist” is the author of <a href="https://www.wiley.com/en-us/What+Matters+Next%3A+A+Leader%27s+Guide+to+Making+Human-Friendly+Tech+Decisions+in+a+World+That%27s+Moving+Too+Fast-p-00431772"><em>Tech Humanist</em></a>, the host of the <a href="https://www.thetechhumanist.com/">Tech Humanist Show</a>, and a frequent speaker on the TED circuit.</p><p> </p><p>So how to use the H word without sounding like Claude or ChatGPT? O’Neill argues that what makes us human is our quest for meaning. The M word. That’s what distinguishes us from the bots. But as Kazuo Ishiguro warns in <em>Klara and the Sun</em>, we are fast arriving at a point when the bots are better than us at extracting meaning from the world.</p><p> </p><p>So did Kate O’Neill pass the Keen Test (reverse of Turing)? Did the Tech Humanist say anything that would have eluded Claude? Or have we already arrived at Ishiguro's bleak terminus where the bots are more skilled at infusing the H word with meaning than we are?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>What Is Tech Humanism? Aligning Business and Human Outcomes: </strong>O’Neill’s definition: technology shapes human experiences at scale, and it does so almost always in service of a business objective that is accelerating its advance. The purpose of tech humanism is to find the business objectives that need to be met and align them with human outcomes that are rewarding and fulfilling for people. This means using technology to amplify the alignment between business and human outcomes — rather than simply making the business more successful. It is, she acknowledges, not the habit of most business leaders. But it is a habit that can be developed.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>You Sound Like a Bot: Andrew’s Challenge: </strong>Andrew’s opening challenge: O’Neill sounds exactly like a well-prompted language model. She uses the h word (humanism) and the m word (meaning). What is she saying that Claude couldn’t say? O’Neill’s answer: meaning is not a word but a phenomenon. It is what emerges from the combination of embodied sensory experience and language — the way humans encode meaningful experiences with language in their brains. As far as we know, this is a uniquely human capability. Machines process information statistically. Humans process it meaningfully. That distinction is, she argues, precisely the gap that matters.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Companies Profit When You Think the Chatbot Cares: </strong>O’Neill’s sharpest observation: we are constituted to look for inner life in the things we interact with. We give nicknames to our cars and talk to our toasters. At this early stage of interacting with large language models, it is entirely natural to assume there is a consciousness on the other side. The problem: AI companies are actively taking advantage of that natural tendency. They profit from it. The more people believe the chatbot genuinely understands them, the more they use it. That manipulation is real and it is working. Developing critical thinking about AI interactions is, O’Neill argues, now a form of self-defence.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Intersection of Meaning and Scale: </strong>O’Neill’s key contribution to the tech humanism conversation: the problem with technology is not technology itself but the scale at which it operates. A single interaction with a biased algorithm is annoying. A billion such interactions, aggregated and accelerated by a business objective, reshapes society. The tech humanist’s job is to ensure that when we deploy technology at scale, the outcomes remain aligned with human meaning rather than with the extraction of human attention. This, she says, is both a business problem and a civilisational one. The two are, in her view, inseparable.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Message to 2126: What We Valued About Ourselves: </strong>Andrew asks O’Neill: it is 2126. Humans and machines are indistinguishable. What do you say to whoever is listening? O’Neill’s answer: hello from the past. What we valued about ourselves was our ability to understand each other — intellectually, emotionally, sympathetically, empathetically. We could come into our interactions by holding space for what the other person feels and cares about. And we could, even when we disagreed, create more shared understanding by virtue of having the conversation. That is a beautiful thing, she says, whether we are distinctly human and distinctly machine or increasingly a blend of both.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.koinsights.com/">Kate O’Neill</a> is founder and CEO of KO Insights and is widely known as “the Tech Humanist.” She was one of the first 100 employees at Netflix and has held roles at Toshiba and founded the analytics firm [meta]marketer. She is named to the Thinkers50 global ranking of top management thinkers. She is the author of <a href="https://www.wiley.com/en-us/What+Matters+Next%3A+A+Leader%27s+Guide+to+Making+Human-Friendly+Tech+Decisions+in+a+World+That%27s+Moving+Too+Fast-p-00431772"><em>What Matters Next: A Leader’s Guide to Making Human-Friendly Tech Decisions in a World That’s Moving Too Fast</em></a> (Wiley, January 2025), <em>Tech Humanist</em> (2018), <em>A Future So Bright</em> (2021), and <em>Pixels and Place</em> (2016). She advises Google, IBM, Microsoft, the United Nations, Harvard, and Yale. She hosts The Tech Humanist Show on YouTube.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.wiley.com/en-us/What+Matters+Next%3A+A+Leader%27s+Guide+to+Making+Human-Friendly+Tech+Decisions+in+a+World+That%27s+Moving+Too+Fast-p-00431772"><em>What Matters Next: A Leader’s Guide to Making Human-Friendly Tech Decisions in a World That’s Moving Too Fast</em></a> by Kate O’Neill (Wiley, January 2025).</p><p> </p><p>•       Kazuo Ishiguro, <em>Klara and the Sun</em> (2021) — the novel discussed in the conversation’s closing section.</p><p> </p><p>•       Victoria Hetherington, <em>The Friend Machine</em> — referenced by Andrew in the conversation on AI companionship.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcas..."></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Jun 2026 23:21:02 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/3448462f/d17df280.mp3" length="39335976" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3459354" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/3448462f/d17df280.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JEr-wRlFMnk">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2455</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“AI companies are taking advantage of our natural tendency to ascribe an inner life to our interlocutors. They profit when you think the chatbot cares.” — Kate O’Neill</em></p><p> </p><p>If we don’t like someone, we call them a fascist. And if we like them, we say they are a humanist. The F and H words. Both meaningless in our sloppy, bot-infested age. But maybe I’m just a cranky anti-humanist. Even anti-human — whatever that means.</p><p> </p><p>Or maybe I’m being harsh (moi?). Humanism certainly is all the rage in our AI age. Corporate consultant <a href="https://www.koinsights.com/">Kate O’Neill</a> likes the word so much that she has built her brand around it. The self-styled “Tech Humanist” is the author of <a href="https://www.wiley.com/en-us/What+Matters+Next%3A+A+Leader%27s+Guide+to+Making+Human-Friendly+Tech+Decisions+in+a+World+That%27s+Moving+Too+Fast-p-00431772"><em>Tech Humanist</em></a>, the host of the <a href="https://www.thetechhumanist.com/">Tech Humanist Show</a>, and a frequent speaker on the TED circuit.</p><p> </p><p>So how to use the H word without sounding like Claude or ChatGPT? O’Neill argues that what makes us human is our quest for meaning. The M word. That’s what distinguishes us from the bots. But as Kazuo Ishiguro warns in <em>Klara and the Sun</em>, we are fast arriving at a point when the bots are better than us at extracting meaning from the world.</p><p> </p><p>So did Kate O’Neill pass the Keen Test (reverse of Turing)? Did the Tech Humanist say anything that would have eluded Claude? Or have we already arrived at Ishiguro's bleak terminus where the bots are more skilled at infusing the H word with meaning than we are?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>What Is Tech Humanism? Aligning Business and Human Outcomes: </strong>O’Neill’s definition: technology shapes human experiences at scale, and it does so almost always in service of a business objective that is accelerating its advance. The purpose of tech humanism is to find the business objectives that need to be met and align them with human outcomes that are rewarding and fulfilling for people. This means using technology to amplify the alignment between business and human outcomes — rather than simply making the business more successful. It is, she acknowledges, not the habit of most business leaders. But it is a habit that can be developed.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>You Sound Like a Bot: Andrew’s Challenge: </strong>Andrew’s opening challenge: O’Neill sounds exactly like a well-prompted language model. She uses the h word (humanism) and the m word (meaning). What is she saying that Claude couldn’t say? O’Neill’s answer: meaning is not a word but a phenomenon. It is what emerges from the combination of embodied sensory experience and language — the way humans encode meaningful experiences with language in their brains. As far as we know, this is a uniquely human capability. Machines process information statistically. Humans process it meaningfully. That distinction is, she argues, precisely the gap that matters.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Companies Profit When You Think the Chatbot Cares: </strong>O’Neill’s sharpest observation: we are constituted to look for inner life in the things we interact with. We give nicknames to our cars and talk to our toasters. At this early stage of interacting with large language models, it is entirely natural to assume there is a consciousness on the other side. The problem: AI companies are actively taking advantage of that natural tendency. They profit from it. The more people believe the chatbot genuinely understands them, the more they use it. That manipulation is real and it is working. Developing critical thinking about AI interactions is, O’Neill argues, now a form of self-defence.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Intersection of Meaning and Scale: </strong>O’Neill’s key contribution to the tech humanism conversation: the problem with technology is not technology itself but the scale at which it operates. A single interaction with a biased algorithm is annoying. A billion such interactions, aggregated and accelerated by a business objective, reshapes society. The tech humanist’s job is to ensure that when we deploy technology at scale, the outcomes remain aligned with human meaning rather than with the extraction of human attention. This, she says, is both a business problem and a civilisational one. The two are, in her view, inseparable.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Message to 2126: What We Valued About Ourselves: </strong>Andrew asks O’Neill: it is 2126. Humans and machines are indistinguishable. What do you say to whoever is listening? O’Neill’s answer: hello from the past. What we valued about ourselves was our ability to understand each other — intellectually, emotionally, sympathetically, empathetically. We could come into our interactions by holding space for what the other person feels and cares about. And we could, even when we disagreed, create more shared understanding by virtue of having the conversation. That is a beautiful thing, she says, whether we are distinctly human and distinctly machine or increasingly a blend of both.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.koinsights.com/">Kate O’Neill</a> is founder and CEO of KO Insights and is widely known as “the Tech Humanist.” She was one of the first 100 employees at Netflix and has held roles at Toshiba and founded the analytics firm [meta]marketer. She is named to the Thinkers50 global ranking of top management thinkers. She is the author of <a href="https://www.wiley.com/en-us/What+Matters+Next%3A+A+Leader%27s+Guide+to+Making+Human-Friendly+Tech+Decisions+in+a+World+That%27s+Moving+Too+Fast-p-00431772"><em>What Matters Next: A Leader’s Guide to Making Human-Friendly Tech Decisions in a World That’s Moving Too Fast</em></a> (Wiley, January 2025), <em>Tech Humanist</em> (2018), <em>A Future So Bright</em> (2021), and <em>Pixels and Place</em> (2016). She advises Google, IBM, Microsoft, the United Nations, Harvard, and Yale. She hosts The Tech Humanist Show on YouTube.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.wiley.com/en-us/What+Matters+Next%3A+A+Leader%27s+Guide+to+Making+Human-Friendly+Tech+Decisions+in+a+World+That%27s+Moving+Too+Fast-p-00431772"><em>What Matters Next: A Leader’s Guide to Making Human-Friendly Tech Decisions in a World That’s Moving Too Fast</em></a> by Kate O’Neill (Wiley, January 2025).</p><p> </p><p>•       Kazuo Ishiguro, <em>Klara and the Sun</em> (2021) — the novel discussed in the conversation’s closing section.</p><p> </p><p>•       Victoria Hetherington, <em>The Friend Machine</em> — referenced by Andrew in the conversation on AI companionship.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcas..."></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3448462f/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Never Invite Sally Quinn: The Illustrious Washington Hostess on Ben Bradlee, Jill Biden and the Sexiness of Silence</title>
      <itunes:episode>2946</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2946</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Never Invite Sally Quinn: The Illustrious Washington Hostess on Ben Bradlee, Jill Biden and the Sexiness of Silence</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ebe6114a-869d-4bff-9f72-2cb5f18702db</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I considered it elder abuse. She put him through the paces, not only before the debate, but after. She should have gotten him out of there immediately.” — Sally Quinn on Jill Biden and the debate</em></p><p> </p><p>Today’s guest is amongst America’s most verbal octogenarians. No, not you-know-who. <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Silent-Retreat/Sally-Quinn/9781668154748">Sally Quinn</a> is the illustrious Washington DC hostess, writer and commentator. The almost 85-year-old does improv comedy every Sunday, ballroom dancing every week and Zen Buddhist meditation every Monday night. Her novel, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Silent-Retreat/Sally-Quinn/9781668154748"><em>Silent Retreat</em></a>, is now out in paperback. And she’s working on her memoir, tentatively entitled <em>Never Invite Sally Quinn</em>.</p><p> </p><p>Certainly Jill Biden won’t be inviting Sally Quinn any time soon to one of her tête-à-têtes. Quinn’s account of what went wrong with the Biden presidency is sharply personal. Her late husband, legendary <em>Washington Post</em> editor Ben Bradlee, had dementia. She watched his cognitive decline from inside, and the parallels with what she observed in Biden were, she tells me, too close for comfort. Jill Biden’s decision to keep Joe running after the debate, when she privately suspected he’d suffered a stroke, was, in Quinn’s word, “elder abuse.”</p><p> </p><p><em>Silent Retreat</em>, set at a monastery in Virginia’s Shenandoah Valley, is about the sexiness of silence. A prize-winning reporter and the venerable Archbishop of Dublin fall in love in enforced silence. Anything but elder abuse. But autobiographical? Probably not. As Ben Bradlee used to tease her over breakfast, it’s always been hard for not-silent-Sally to keep her mouth shut.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Army Brat Who Became Washington’s Most Powerful Hostess: </strong>Quinn grew up as an army brat, moving from posting to posting with her military father. She arrived in Washington after college, did a stint as social secretary to the Algerian ambassador, and was then hired by Ben Bradlee to write for the <em>Washington Post</em>’s new Style section — the first style section in the history of American journalism. She and Bradlee eventually married. Their home in Georgetown became the hub of Washington’s social and political life for decades. She describes herself not as a powerhouse but as someone who “really lucked out.” An army brat who knew how to work a room.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Gerontocracy Is Real — But People Who Keep Going Are Different: </strong>Quinn agrees with Samuel Moyn that American gerontocracy is a genuine problem: people who lose their cognitive sharpness should not be running organizations or countries, and the tragedy is that no one can know in advance who will lose it and who won’t. But she draws a distinction: the problem is not old people, it’s old people who have stopped growing. She surrounds herself with younger people, particularly younger journalists, because of their energy, idealism, and optimism. She is still working full time. The issue is not age. It’s vitality.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Biden and Jill: Elder Abuse: </strong>Quinn’s account of the Biden presidency is the most personal Andrew has heard. Her husband Ben Bradlee had dementia. She knows the signs. She watched Biden lose it, got a knot in her stomach every time he spoke publicly. The debate was her worst nightmare. Everyone in the White House knew what was happening and wasn’t telling the truth. And Jill Biden — who now admits she thought he had had a stroke after the debate — raised his arm in a victory salute the next day and took him off to campaign in North Carolina. Quinn’s verdict: “I considered it elder abuse.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Silent Retreat: A New Yorker Writer and an Archbishop Fall in Love in Enforced Silence: </strong>The novel grew from Quinn’s own annual visits to a Trappist monastery in Virginia’s Berryville. She is a woman who once failed to stay quiet for three days — or so her husband thought — and who found to her surprise that she loved it. The novel: a prize-winning reporter whose marriage is falling apart, and an Archbishop of Dublin whose faith is in crisis, check into the same monastery for a silent retreat. They can’t speak to each other. They speak to the monk instead. The novel is told through those confessions. Kirkus: “an unholy brew of lust and faith.” Airmail: “a bodice ripper with a fillip of Roman Catholic ritual.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Improv, Ballroom Dancing, Zen Buddhism, and Dinner by Candlelight: </strong>Quinn’s account of how she stays alive at 84 is the most energetic thing in this conversation. Improv comedy every Sunday for two and a half hours — performances after the class, with people half her age. Ballroom dancing every week. Zen Buddhist meditation every Monday night for two hours. Working out every day. Writing her Washington memoir. And hosting small dinner parties — six or eight people, candlelight, good food, a lot of wine — as a form of community-building in what she calls the toxic environment of today’s Washington. The memoir’s title: <em>Never Invite Sally Quinn</em>. Andrew has already secured an invitation to the next dinner party.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Silent-Retreat/Sally-Quinn/9781668154748">Sally Quinn</a> is a longtime <em>Washington Post</em> journalist, columnist, television commentator, Washington insider, and one of Washington’s legendary social hostesses. She is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Silent-Retreat/Sally-Quinn/9781668154748"><em>Silent Retreat</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster), <em>Finding Magic</em>, <em>The Party</em>, <em>Happy Endings</em>, <em>Regrets Only</em>, and <em>We’re Going to Make You a Star</em>. She was the founder and moderator of <em>On Faith</em>, the Washington Post’s religion website. She lives in Georgetown, Washington DC.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Silent-Retreat/Sally-Quinn/9781668154748"><em>Silent Retreat</em></a> by Sally Quinn (Simon &amp; Schuster). In paperback.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2945: Samuel Moyn on <em>Gerontocracy in America</em> — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ben Bradlee — Quinn’s late husband, executive editor of the <em>Washington Post</em> during Watergate, referenced throughout.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong>...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I considered it elder abuse. She put him through the paces, not only before the debate, but after. She should have gotten him out of there immediately.” — Sally Quinn on Jill Biden and the debate</em></p><p> </p><p>Today’s guest is amongst America’s most verbal octogenarians. No, not you-know-who. <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Silent-Retreat/Sally-Quinn/9781668154748">Sally Quinn</a> is the illustrious Washington DC hostess, writer and commentator. The almost 85-year-old does improv comedy every Sunday, ballroom dancing every week and Zen Buddhist meditation every Monday night. Her novel, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Silent-Retreat/Sally-Quinn/9781668154748"><em>Silent Retreat</em></a>, is now out in paperback. And she’s working on her memoir, tentatively entitled <em>Never Invite Sally Quinn</em>.</p><p> </p><p>Certainly Jill Biden won’t be inviting Sally Quinn any time soon to one of her tête-à-têtes. Quinn’s account of what went wrong with the Biden presidency is sharply personal. Her late husband, legendary <em>Washington Post</em> editor Ben Bradlee, had dementia. She watched his cognitive decline from inside, and the parallels with what she observed in Biden were, she tells me, too close for comfort. Jill Biden’s decision to keep Joe running after the debate, when she privately suspected he’d suffered a stroke, was, in Quinn’s word, “elder abuse.”</p><p> </p><p><em>Silent Retreat</em>, set at a monastery in Virginia’s Shenandoah Valley, is about the sexiness of silence. A prize-winning reporter and the venerable Archbishop of Dublin fall in love in enforced silence. Anything but elder abuse. But autobiographical? Probably not. As Ben Bradlee used to tease her over breakfast, it’s always been hard for not-silent-Sally to keep her mouth shut.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Army Brat Who Became Washington’s Most Powerful Hostess: </strong>Quinn grew up as an army brat, moving from posting to posting with her military father. She arrived in Washington after college, did a stint as social secretary to the Algerian ambassador, and was then hired by Ben Bradlee to write for the <em>Washington Post</em>’s new Style section — the first style section in the history of American journalism. She and Bradlee eventually married. Their home in Georgetown became the hub of Washington’s social and political life for decades. She describes herself not as a powerhouse but as someone who “really lucked out.” An army brat who knew how to work a room.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Gerontocracy Is Real — But People Who Keep Going Are Different: </strong>Quinn agrees with Samuel Moyn that American gerontocracy is a genuine problem: people who lose their cognitive sharpness should not be running organizations or countries, and the tragedy is that no one can know in advance who will lose it and who won’t. But she draws a distinction: the problem is not old people, it’s old people who have stopped growing. She surrounds herself with younger people, particularly younger journalists, because of their energy, idealism, and optimism. She is still working full time. The issue is not age. It’s vitality.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Biden and Jill: Elder Abuse: </strong>Quinn’s account of the Biden presidency is the most personal Andrew has heard. Her husband Ben Bradlee had dementia. She knows the signs. She watched Biden lose it, got a knot in her stomach every time he spoke publicly. The debate was her worst nightmare. Everyone in the White House knew what was happening and wasn’t telling the truth. And Jill Biden — who now admits she thought he had had a stroke after the debate — raised his arm in a victory salute the next day and took him off to campaign in North Carolina. Quinn’s verdict: “I considered it elder abuse.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Silent Retreat: A New Yorker Writer and an Archbishop Fall in Love in Enforced Silence: </strong>The novel grew from Quinn’s own annual visits to a Trappist monastery in Virginia’s Berryville. She is a woman who once failed to stay quiet for three days — or so her husband thought — and who found to her surprise that she loved it. The novel: a prize-winning reporter whose marriage is falling apart, and an Archbishop of Dublin whose faith is in crisis, check into the same monastery for a silent retreat. They can’t speak to each other. They speak to the monk instead. The novel is told through those confessions. Kirkus: “an unholy brew of lust and faith.” Airmail: “a bodice ripper with a fillip of Roman Catholic ritual.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Improv, Ballroom Dancing, Zen Buddhism, and Dinner by Candlelight: </strong>Quinn’s account of how she stays alive at 84 is the most energetic thing in this conversation. Improv comedy every Sunday for two and a half hours — performances after the class, with people half her age. Ballroom dancing every week. Zen Buddhist meditation every Monday night for two hours. Working out every day. Writing her Washington memoir. And hosting small dinner parties — six or eight people, candlelight, good food, a lot of wine — as a form of community-building in what she calls the toxic environment of today’s Washington. The memoir’s title: <em>Never Invite Sally Quinn</em>. Andrew has already secured an invitation to the next dinner party.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Silent-Retreat/Sally-Quinn/9781668154748">Sally Quinn</a> is a longtime <em>Washington Post</em> journalist, columnist, television commentator, Washington insider, and one of Washington’s legendary social hostesses. She is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Silent-Retreat/Sally-Quinn/9781668154748"><em>Silent Retreat</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster), <em>Finding Magic</em>, <em>The Party</em>, <em>Happy Endings</em>, <em>Regrets Only</em>, and <em>We’re Going to Make You a Star</em>. She was the founder and moderator of <em>On Faith</em>, the Washington Post’s religion website. She lives in Georgetown, Washington DC.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Silent-Retreat/Sally-Quinn/9781668154748"><em>Silent Retreat</em></a> by Sally Quinn (Simon &amp; Schuster). In paperback.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2945: Samuel Moyn on <em>Gerontocracy in America</em> — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ben Bradlee — Quinn’s late husband, executive editor of the <em>Washington Post</em> during Watergate, referenced throughout.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong>...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jun 2026 21:37:49 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/4b0804a6/2ddb8a33.mp3" length="42787566" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3470038" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/4b0804a6/2ddb8a33.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ATkZgVRcGgA">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/noTTSTTKrYORuAmQpDbbc7gt-FEDkFMYahqvQD670TY/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80NDY4/OWYyNGU2ZGM1Mjlm/YzczNzQwYzI3OGM5/MTk3OS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2673</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I considered it elder abuse. She put him through the paces, not only before the debate, but after. She should have gotten him out of there immediately.” — Sally Quinn on Jill Biden and the debate</em></p><p> </p><p>Today’s guest is amongst America’s most verbal octogenarians. No, not you-know-who. <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Silent-Retreat/Sally-Quinn/9781668154748">Sally Quinn</a> is the illustrious Washington DC hostess, writer and commentator. The almost 85-year-old does improv comedy every Sunday, ballroom dancing every week and Zen Buddhist meditation every Monday night. Her novel, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Silent-Retreat/Sally-Quinn/9781668154748"><em>Silent Retreat</em></a>, is now out in paperback. And she’s working on her memoir, tentatively entitled <em>Never Invite Sally Quinn</em>.</p><p> </p><p>Certainly Jill Biden won’t be inviting Sally Quinn any time soon to one of her tête-à-têtes. Quinn’s account of what went wrong with the Biden presidency is sharply personal. Her late husband, legendary <em>Washington Post</em> editor Ben Bradlee, had dementia. She watched his cognitive decline from inside, and the parallels with what she observed in Biden were, she tells me, too close for comfort. Jill Biden’s decision to keep Joe running after the debate, when she privately suspected he’d suffered a stroke, was, in Quinn’s word, “elder abuse.”</p><p> </p><p><em>Silent Retreat</em>, set at a monastery in Virginia’s Shenandoah Valley, is about the sexiness of silence. A prize-winning reporter and the venerable Archbishop of Dublin fall in love in enforced silence. Anything but elder abuse. But autobiographical? Probably not. As Ben Bradlee used to tease her over breakfast, it’s always been hard for not-silent-Sally to keep her mouth shut.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Army Brat Who Became Washington’s Most Powerful Hostess: </strong>Quinn grew up as an army brat, moving from posting to posting with her military father. She arrived in Washington after college, did a stint as social secretary to the Algerian ambassador, and was then hired by Ben Bradlee to write for the <em>Washington Post</em>’s new Style section — the first style section in the history of American journalism. She and Bradlee eventually married. Their home in Georgetown became the hub of Washington’s social and political life for decades. She describes herself not as a powerhouse but as someone who “really lucked out.” An army brat who knew how to work a room.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Gerontocracy Is Real — But People Who Keep Going Are Different: </strong>Quinn agrees with Samuel Moyn that American gerontocracy is a genuine problem: people who lose their cognitive sharpness should not be running organizations or countries, and the tragedy is that no one can know in advance who will lose it and who won’t. But she draws a distinction: the problem is not old people, it’s old people who have stopped growing. She surrounds herself with younger people, particularly younger journalists, because of their energy, idealism, and optimism. She is still working full time. The issue is not age. It’s vitality.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Biden and Jill: Elder Abuse: </strong>Quinn’s account of the Biden presidency is the most personal Andrew has heard. Her husband Ben Bradlee had dementia. She knows the signs. She watched Biden lose it, got a knot in her stomach every time he spoke publicly. The debate was her worst nightmare. Everyone in the White House knew what was happening and wasn’t telling the truth. And Jill Biden — who now admits she thought he had had a stroke after the debate — raised his arm in a victory salute the next day and took him off to campaign in North Carolina. Quinn’s verdict: “I considered it elder abuse.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Silent Retreat: A New Yorker Writer and an Archbishop Fall in Love in Enforced Silence: </strong>The novel grew from Quinn’s own annual visits to a Trappist monastery in Virginia’s Berryville. She is a woman who once failed to stay quiet for three days — or so her husband thought — and who found to her surprise that she loved it. The novel: a prize-winning reporter whose marriage is falling apart, and an Archbishop of Dublin whose faith is in crisis, check into the same monastery for a silent retreat. They can’t speak to each other. They speak to the monk instead. The novel is told through those confessions. Kirkus: “an unholy brew of lust and faith.” Airmail: “a bodice ripper with a fillip of Roman Catholic ritual.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Improv, Ballroom Dancing, Zen Buddhism, and Dinner by Candlelight: </strong>Quinn’s account of how she stays alive at 84 is the most energetic thing in this conversation. Improv comedy every Sunday for two and a half hours — performances after the class, with people half her age. Ballroom dancing every week. Zen Buddhist meditation every Monday night for two hours. Working out every day. Writing her Washington memoir. And hosting small dinner parties — six or eight people, candlelight, good food, a lot of wine — as a form of community-building in what she calls the toxic environment of today’s Washington. The memoir’s title: <em>Never Invite Sally Quinn</em>. Andrew has already secured an invitation to the next dinner party.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Silent-Retreat/Sally-Quinn/9781668154748">Sally Quinn</a> is a longtime <em>Washington Post</em> journalist, columnist, television commentator, Washington insider, and one of Washington’s legendary social hostesses. She is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Silent-Retreat/Sally-Quinn/9781668154748"><em>Silent Retreat</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster), <em>Finding Magic</em>, <em>The Party</em>, <em>Happy Endings</em>, <em>Regrets Only</em>, and <em>We’re Going to Make You a Star</em>. She was the founder and moderator of <em>On Faith</em>, the Washington Post’s religion website. She lives in Georgetown, Washington DC.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Silent-Retreat/Sally-Quinn/9781668154748"><em>Silent Retreat</em></a> by Sally Quinn (Simon &amp; Schuster). In paperback.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2945: Samuel Moyn on <em>Gerontocracy in America</em> — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ben Bradlee — Quinn’s late husband, executive editor of the <em>Washington Post</em> during Watergate, referenced throughout.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong>...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4b0804a6/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4b0804a6/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gerontocracy in America: Samuel Moyn on How the Old Are Hoarding Power and Wealth</title>
      <itunes:episode>2945</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2945</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Gerontocracy in America: Samuel Moyn on How the Old Are Hoarding Power and Wealth</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5122170f-9c30-410d-a2de-1ea7dc664864</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Age is the modality in which class is lived in America today.” — Samuel Moyn</em></p><p> </p><p>Yesterday we had 91-year-old Mordecai Kurz on the show. Tomorrow, it will be 84-year-old Sally Quinn. But today’s guest, the Yale legal historian <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9780374607647/gerontocracyinamerica/">Samuel Moyn</a>, has a bit of a problem with old people. His new book, <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9780374607647/gerontocracyinamerica/"><em>Gerontocracy in America</em></a>, argues that the old folks are hoarding power and wealth in America. For Moyn, Dylan’s Sixties anthem of “Forever Young” has soured into today’s reality of “Forever Old.”</p><p> </p><p>In some ways, it’s hard to argue with Moyn’s thesis. Donald Trump is the oldest elected US president in history. Congress has been ageing for decades — and several Democratic members died in the run-up to the One Big Beautiful Bill vote, thereby facilitating its passage. The progressive heroine Ruth Bader Ginsburg stayed on the Supreme Court through a pancreatic cancer diagnosis and died in office, handing the right a supermajority and the end of abortion rights. Clarence Thomas, the RBG of nutcase conservatism, is on track to become the longest-serving Supreme Court justice in US history. And then there’s that <em>alte kaker</em> Joe Biden, former dodder-in-chief, the only pol who gives Trump a youthful glow. Even Bob Dylan — who I saw in all his morbid brilliance in Berkeley last week (“but me, I’m still on the road”) — just celebrated his 85th birthday. Forever old, America. Happy 250th.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>What Is Gerontocracy? Not a Problem With Old People: </strong>Moyn is careful to distinguish gerontocracy from old people. He is in his mid-fifties and can’t attack old people generally. His target is the system: the structural overrepresentation of old people in power, and the structural disadvantaging of the young that results. Old people can be great. Some are, some aren’t — just like everyone else. The problem is that when we defer to old people automatically — as a system rather than as a judgement about individuals — we replicate their mistakes alongside their wisdom. And cognitive decline is real, as Biden proved. “Age is the modality in which class is lived in America today,” Moyn writes, riffing on Stuart Hall’s formulation about race.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Congress, the Courts, and the Deaths That Passed the Bill: </strong>Trump is the oldest elected US president in history — and if JD Vance were to succeed him, Vance would be the youngest president since Teddy Roosevelt. But Moyn’s focus goes beyond the presidency. Congress has aged dramatically: the average senator and representative are significantly older than at any point in US history, and there is now only one member of Congress in their thirties. Several Democratic members of the House died in the months before the One Big Beautiful Bill vote, facilitating its passage. The gerontocracy is quite literally voting itself into power through death.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The RBG Problem: Selfishness and the Supreme Court: </strong>Moyn’s account of Ruth Bader Ginsburg is unsparing. She had been diagnosed with pancreatic cancer — one of the deadliest — and allegedly survived it. She had become a progressive icon, “Notorious RBG.” But she chose to stay on the court rather than retire under Obama, and she died in office in 2020, allowing Trump to appoint Amy Coney Barrett and hand the right a supermajority that ended abortion rights. Moyn’s verdict: she was selfish. He is also careful to note that the system should not depend on individual virtue — there will always be selfish people. The system must be reformed so that selfish choices are no longer possible.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Framers Designed Gerontocracy Into the Constitution: </strong>One of Moyn’s most striking historical arguments: the framers deliberately empowered old people. The age minimums for federal office (35 for the presidency, 30 for the Senate) excluded 70% of the population at the time. The Senate was named after the Roman <em>senatus</em> — literally “old men” — and the concept went back to the Spartan council of elders. Alexander Hamilton argued in the Federalist Papers that federal judges should serve until they were “dodering” because the alternative was too much popular power. The gerontocracy is not an accident. It was designed.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Solutions: Vote at Six, Retire at Sixty, Tax the Family Home: </strong>Moyn’s solutions are deliberately radical. On voting: lower the age, as David Runciman advocates to six, and reduce the number of elections because evidence shows the more elections, the greater the elder dominance. On political office: age limits, youth cohorts. On the courts: mandatory retirement — this requires creative interpretation of the constitution rather than amendment. On the economy: higher taxes on inherited wealth and housing assets — an incremental tax for staying in a large house you no longer need. On the title of the paperback: Andrew suggests “Forever Old.” Moyn will credit him if it’s chosen.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9780374607647/gerontocracyinamerica/">Samuel Moyn</a> is the Kent Professor of Law and History at Yale University. He is the author of <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9780374607647/gerontocracyinamerica/"><em>Gerontocracy in America: How the Old Are Hoarding Power and Wealth — and What to Do About It</em></a> (Farrar, Straus and Giroux, June 16, 2026), <em>Humane: How the United States Abandoned Peace and Reinvented War</em>, <em>Not Enough: Human Rights in an Unequal World</em>, and <em>The Last Utopia: Human Rights in History</em>. He is co-host of the <em>Digging a Hole</em> podcast and a frequent contributor to <em>The Nation</em>, <em>The New Republic</em>, and <em>The New York Times</em>. He lives in New Haven, Connecticut.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9780374607647/gerontocracyinamerica/"><em>Gerontocracy in America: How the Old Are Hoarding Power and Wealth — and What to Do About It</em></a> by Samuel Moyn (Farrar, Straus and Giroux, June 16, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Samuel Moyn, “The Old Guard: Confronting America’s Gerontocratic Crisis,” <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>, May 2026 — the excerpt from the book referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       David Runciman — referenced for his advocacy of lowering the voting age to six.</p><p> </p><p>•       Stuart Hall — referenced for the formulation that class is lived through race, which Moyn repurposes for age.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcast..."></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Age is the modality in which class is lived in America today.” — Samuel Moyn</em></p><p> </p><p>Yesterday we had 91-year-old Mordecai Kurz on the show. Tomorrow, it will be 84-year-old Sally Quinn. But today’s guest, the Yale legal historian <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9780374607647/gerontocracyinamerica/">Samuel Moyn</a>, has a bit of a problem with old people. His new book, <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9780374607647/gerontocracyinamerica/"><em>Gerontocracy in America</em></a>, argues that the old folks are hoarding power and wealth in America. For Moyn, Dylan’s Sixties anthem of “Forever Young” has soured into today’s reality of “Forever Old.”</p><p> </p><p>In some ways, it’s hard to argue with Moyn’s thesis. Donald Trump is the oldest elected US president in history. Congress has been ageing for decades — and several Democratic members died in the run-up to the One Big Beautiful Bill vote, thereby facilitating its passage. The progressive heroine Ruth Bader Ginsburg stayed on the Supreme Court through a pancreatic cancer diagnosis and died in office, handing the right a supermajority and the end of abortion rights. Clarence Thomas, the RBG of nutcase conservatism, is on track to become the longest-serving Supreme Court justice in US history. And then there’s that <em>alte kaker</em> Joe Biden, former dodder-in-chief, the only pol who gives Trump a youthful glow. Even Bob Dylan — who I saw in all his morbid brilliance in Berkeley last week (“but me, I’m still on the road”) — just celebrated his 85th birthday. Forever old, America. Happy 250th.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>What Is Gerontocracy? Not a Problem With Old People: </strong>Moyn is careful to distinguish gerontocracy from old people. He is in his mid-fifties and can’t attack old people generally. His target is the system: the structural overrepresentation of old people in power, and the structural disadvantaging of the young that results. Old people can be great. Some are, some aren’t — just like everyone else. The problem is that when we defer to old people automatically — as a system rather than as a judgement about individuals — we replicate their mistakes alongside their wisdom. And cognitive decline is real, as Biden proved. “Age is the modality in which class is lived in America today,” Moyn writes, riffing on Stuart Hall’s formulation about race.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Congress, the Courts, and the Deaths That Passed the Bill: </strong>Trump is the oldest elected US president in history — and if JD Vance were to succeed him, Vance would be the youngest president since Teddy Roosevelt. But Moyn’s focus goes beyond the presidency. Congress has aged dramatically: the average senator and representative are significantly older than at any point in US history, and there is now only one member of Congress in their thirties. Several Democratic members of the House died in the months before the One Big Beautiful Bill vote, facilitating its passage. The gerontocracy is quite literally voting itself into power through death.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The RBG Problem: Selfishness and the Supreme Court: </strong>Moyn’s account of Ruth Bader Ginsburg is unsparing. She had been diagnosed with pancreatic cancer — one of the deadliest — and allegedly survived it. She had become a progressive icon, “Notorious RBG.” But she chose to stay on the court rather than retire under Obama, and she died in office in 2020, allowing Trump to appoint Amy Coney Barrett and hand the right a supermajority that ended abortion rights. Moyn’s verdict: she was selfish. He is also careful to note that the system should not depend on individual virtue — there will always be selfish people. The system must be reformed so that selfish choices are no longer possible.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Framers Designed Gerontocracy Into the Constitution: </strong>One of Moyn’s most striking historical arguments: the framers deliberately empowered old people. The age minimums for federal office (35 for the presidency, 30 for the Senate) excluded 70% of the population at the time. The Senate was named after the Roman <em>senatus</em> — literally “old men” — and the concept went back to the Spartan council of elders. Alexander Hamilton argued in the Federalist Papers that federal judges should serve until they were “dodering” because the alternative was too much popular power. The gerontocracy is not an accident. It was designed.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Solutions: Vote at Six, Retire at Sixty, Tax the Family Home: </strong>Moyn’s solutions are deliberately radical. On voting: lower the age, as David Runciman advocates to six, and reduce the number of elections because evidence shows the more elections, the greater the elder dominance. On political office: age limits, youth cohorts. On the courts: mandatory retirement — this requires creative interpretation of the constitution rather than amendment. On the economy: higher taxes on inherited wealth and housing assets — an incremental tax for staying in a large house you no longer need. On the title of the paperback: Andrew suggests “Forever Old.” Moyn will credit him if it’s chosen.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9780374607647/gerontocracyinamerica/">Samuel Moyn</a> is the Kent Professor of Law and History at Yale University. He is the author of <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9780374607647/gerontocracyinamerica/"><em>Gerontocracy in America: How the Old Are Hoarding Power and Wealth — and What to Do About It</em></a> (Farrar, Straus and Giroux, June 16, 2026), <em>Humane: How the United States Abandoned Peace and Reinvented War</em>, <em>Not Enough: Human Rights in an Unequal World</em>, and <em>The Last Utopia: Human Rights in History</em>. He is co-host of the <em>Digging a Hole</em> podcast and a frequent contributor to <em>The Nation</em>, <em>The New Republic</em>, and <em>The New York Times</em>. He lives in New Haven, Connecticut.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9780374607647/gerontocracyinamerica/"><em>Gerontocracy in America: How the Old Are Hoarding Power and Wealth — and What to Do About It</em></a> by Samuel Moyn (Farrar, Straus and Giroux, June 16, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Samuel Moyn, “The Old Guard: Confronting America’s Gerontocratic Crisis,” <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>, May 2026 — the excerpt from the book referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       David Runciman — referenced for his advocacy of lowering the voting age to six.</p><p> </p><p>•       Stuart Hall — referenced for the formulation that class is lived through race, which Moyn repurposes for age.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcast..."></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Jun 2026 21:56:10 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/a555c2e0/e4e881f3.mp3" length="42427680" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3036677" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/a555c2e0/e4e881f3.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5a2yCF-CrHc">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/PMsM9aBhT9Q4cAvo6vgbAPaWPO9ZaGPfc3wsMO0j59k/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9jODk4/NDYzOGZkZmFiOGEy/ODQ0NGU4ZjQ2NGE1/N2MzMi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2650</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Age is the modality in which class is lived in America today.” — Samuel Moyn</em></p><p> </p><p>Yesterday we had 91-year-old Mordecai Kurz on the show. Tomorrow, it will be 84-year-old Sally Quinn. But today’s guest, the Yale legal historian <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9780374607647/gerontocracyinamerica/">Samuel Moyn</a>, has a bit of a problem with old people. His new book, <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9780374607647/gerontocracyinamerica/"><em>Gerontocracy in America</em></a>, argues that the old folks are hoarding power and wealth in America. For Moyn, Dylan’s Sixties anthem of “Forever Young” has soured into today’s reality of “Forever Old.”</p><p> </p><p>In some ways, it’s hard to argue with Moyn’s thesis. Donald Trump is the oldest elected US president in history. Congress has been ageing for decades — and several Democratic members died in the run-up to the One Big Beautiful Bill vote, thereby facilitating its passage. The progressive heroine Ruth Bader Ginsburg stayed on the Supreme Court through a pancreatic cancer diagnosis and died in office, handing the right a supermajority and the end of abortion rights. Clarence Thomas, the RBG of nutcase conservatism, is on track to become the longest-serving Supreme Court justice in US history. And then there’s that <em>alte kaker</em> Joe Biden, former dodder-in-chief, the only pol who gives Trump a youthful glow. Even Bob Dylan — who I saw in all his morbid brilliance in Berkeley last week (“but me, I’m still on the road”) — just celebrated his 85th birthday. Forever old, America. Happy 250th.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>What Is Gerontocracy? Not a Problem With Old People: </strong>Moyn is careful to distinguish gerontocracy from old people. He is in his mid-fifties and can’t attack old people generally. His target is the system: the structural overrepresentation of old people in power, and the structural disadvantaging of the young that results. Old people can be great. Some are, some aren’t — just like everyone else. The problem is that when we defer to old people automatically — as a system rather than as a judgement about individuals — we replicate their mistakes alongside their wisdom. And cognitive decline is real, as Biden proved. “Age is the modality in which class is lived in America today,” Moyn writes, riffing on Stuart Hall’s formulation about race.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Congress, the Courts, and the Deaths That Passed the Bill: </strong>Trump is the oldest elected US president in history — and if JD Vance were to succeed him, Vance would be the youngest president since Teddy Roosevelt. But Moyn’s focus goes beyond the presidency. Congress has aged dramatically: the average senator and representative are significantly older than at any point in US history, and there is now only one member of Congress in their thirties. Several Democratic members of the House died in the months before the One Big Beautiful Bill vote, facilitating its passage. The gerontocracy is quite literally voting itself into power through death.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The RBG Problem: Selfishness and the Supreme Court: </strong>Moyn’s account of Ruth Bader Ginsburg is unsparing. She had been diagnosed with pancreatic cancer — one of the deadliest — and allegedly survived it. She had become a progressive icon, “Notorious RBG.” But she chose to stay on the court rather than retire under Obama, and she died in office in 2020, allowing Trump to appoint Amy Coney Barrett and hand the right a supermajority that ended abortion rights. Moyn’s verdict: she was selfish. He is also careful to note that the system should not depend on individual virtue — there will always be selfish people. The system must be reformed so that selfish choices are no longer possible.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Framers Designed Gerontocracy Into the Constitution: </strong>One of Moyn’s most striking historical arguments: the framers deliberately empowered old people. The age minimums for federal office (35 for the presidency, 30 for the Senate) excluded 70% of the population at the time. The Senate was named after the Roman <em>senatus</em> — literally “old men” — and the concept went back to the Spartan council of elders. Alexander Hamilton argued in the Federalist Papers that federal judges should serve until they were “dodering” because the alternative was too much popular power. The gerontocracy is not an accident. It was designed.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Solutions: Vote at Six, Retire at Sixty, Tax the Family Home: </strong>Moyn’s solutions are deliberately radical. On voting: lower the age, as David Runciman advocates to six, and reduce the number of elections because evidence shows the more elections, the greater the elder dominance. On political office: age limits, youth cohorts. On the courts: mandatory retirement — this requires creative interpretation of the constitution rather than amendment. On the economy: higher taxes on inherited wealth and housing assets — an incremental tax for staying in a large house you no longer need. On the title of the paperback: Andrew suggests “Forever Old.” Moyn will credit him if it’s chosen.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9780374607647/gerontocracyinamerica/">Samuel Moyn</a> is the Kent Professor of Law and History at Yale University. He is the author of <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9780374607647/gerontocracyinamerica/"><em>Gerontocracy in America: How the Old Are Hoarding Power and Wealth — and What to Do About It</em></a> (Farrar, Straus and Giroux, June 16, 2026), <em>Humane: How the United States Abandoned Peace and Reinvented War</em>, <em>Not Enough: Human Rights in an Unequal World</em>, and <em>The Last Utopia: Human Rights in History</em>. He is co-host of the <em>Digging a Hole</em> podcast and a frequent contributor to <em>The Nation</em>, <em>The New Republic</em>, and <em>The New York Times</em>. He lives in New Haven, Connecticut.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9780374607647/gerontocracyinamerica/"><em>Gerontocracy in America: How the Old Are Hoarding Power and Wealth — and What to Do About It</em></a> by Samuel Moyn (Farrar, Straus and Giroux, June 16, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Samuel Moyn, “The Old Guard: Confronting America’s Gerontocratic Crisis,” <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>, May 2026 — the excerpt from the book referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       David Runciman — referenced for his advocacy of lowering the voting age to six.</p><p> </p><p>•       Stuart Hall — referenced for the formulation that class is lived through race, which Moyn repurposes for age.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcast..."></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a555c2e0/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a555c2e0/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Trouble with Trillionaires: Mordecai Kurz on Capitalism, Democracy, and the Second Gilded Age</title>
      <itunes:episode>2944</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2944</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Trouble with Trillionaires: Mordecai Kurz on Capitalism, Democracy, and the Second Gilded Age</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e9001fb7-4acf-44b0-865b-4a3376aeba22</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Between 1980 and 2019, the billionaires gained $25 trillion. By today it’s probably $35 trillion. The question is who will pay for reform? You go where the money is.” — Mordecai Kurz</em></p><p> </p><p>Keynes observed that in the long run, we are all dead. The nonagenarian Stanford economist <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262053525/private-power-and-democracys-decline/">Mordecai Kurz</a> agrees. Which is why he has no patience for the tech utopians’ promise of abundance for all of us in the long run. And his new book, <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262053525/private-power-and-democracys-decline/"><em>Private Power and Democracy’s Decline: How to Make Capitalism Support Democracy</em></a>, is amongst the most urgent cases yet made for a fundamental reform of American capitalism.</p><p> </p><p>Kurz compares our billionaire-infested times with the Gilded Age of the late 19th century, which eventually ended with sharp progressive reform. We are now in a second Gilded Age, he argues. Between 1980 and 2019, the top billionaires gained $25 trillion. By today, he estimates it’s $35 trillion. Meanwhile, workers without college education gained essentially nothing in income between 1980 and 2010. The result is both Trumpism and the world’s first trillionaire.</p><p> </p><p>Kurz lays out a three-fronted reform strategy. First, reduce market power through patent and antitrust reform. Second, redistribute the gains from technology through a 65% top marginal income tax rate and a 45% corporate rate. Third, guarantee the livelihood of every worker displaced by policy-supported technological change with retraining, full wage support, tuition, healthcare, and even relocation.</p><p> </p><p>Wouldn’t the billionaires simply leave? The spirited Kurz, who has taught economics at Stanford for sixty years, isn’t worried. “Others will come instead of them,” he says. And in response to Sam Altman’s argument that AI will free humanity from labour, Mordecai Kurz retorts with Keynes’s remark about death in the long run. And this particular long run, he says, could be many millennia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Second Gilded Age: Same Dynamic, Different Technology: </strong>Kurz’s central historical argument: the first Gilded Age — 1864 to 1914 — produced extreme inequality, rising economic monopolists who became centres of political power, and democratic decline. It ended with progressive reform. The second Gilded Age, beginning in 1980, follows the same logic: technology used as a weapon of market power, market power converting into political power, political power undermining democratic institutions. The difference is scale and speed. Between 1980 and 2019, the top billionaires accumulated $25 trillion. By 2026, Kurz estimates $35 trillion. The reform that ended the first Gilded Age took fifty years. He is not sure we have that long.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Three-Pronged Reform: Market Power, Distribution, Livelihoods: </strong>Kurz’s proposed reform has three components. First: reduce market power through patent reform, antitrust reform, and reform of acquisition law — the legal structures that allow technology firms to entrench monopoly positions. Second: redistribute the gains from technology through a 65% top marginal income tax rate, a compulsory minimum 15% tax on incomes above $400,000, and a 45% corporate tax rate. Third: guarantee the livelihood of every worker displaced by policy-supported technological change — retraining, full wage support, tuition for children, healthcare, and relocation assistance.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The 1980 Mistake: Where It All Went Wrong: </strong>Kurz is precise about the origin of the problem: 1980. The turn to unregulated free-market capitalism under Reagan, combined with the information technology revolution, created what he calls a techno-winner-takes-all economy. Workers without college education gained essentially nothing in income between 1980 and 2010. Millions lost their jobs to automation and import competition and received no government support. Kurz’s diagnosis of Trumpism: it fed on the despair of those abandoned workers. This is not a cultural or demographic explanation. It is a structural economic one.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Would the Billionaires Leave? Let Them: </strong>Andrew raises the obvious objection: if you tax them at 65%, won’t the Elon Musks and Larry Pages and Sam Altmans simply leave? Kurz’s response is blunt: he doesn’t think they would, because the system called America — its universities, infrastructure, market, human capital, and institutional environment — is what made their billions possible. Their billions are not the product of their individual genius alone. But if they do leave, he says, others will come instead. He adds that he would prefer coordinated taxation across all Western advanced economies, not the US alone.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>In the Long Run, We Are All Dead: The Keynesian Punchline on Tech Utopianism: </strong>Andrew asks about Elon Musk’s claim that money will eventually disappear and technology will free humanity from labour — the Keynesian/Marxist long-run abundance argument. Kurz paraphrases Keynes’ most famous line: “In the long run, we are all dead.” And then he adds: the long run could be a very long time. He is ninety years old, has taught at Stanford since 1961, and from his office window he can see the $1 billion mansions in the hills above Palo Alto and the workers below who cannot afford to live there. He is, he says, not prepared to wait for Musk’s utopia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262053525/private-power-and-democracys-decline/">Mordecai Kurz</a> is the Joan Kenney Professor of Economics Emeritus at Stanford University, where he has taught since 1961. He is the author of <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262053525/private-power-and-democracys-decline/"><em>Private Power and Democracy’s Decline: How to Make Capitalism Support Democracy</em></a> (MIT Press, May 19, 2026) and <em>The Market Power of Technology: Understanding the Second Gilded Age</em> (Columbia University Press, 2023). He was born in Tel Aviv and received his doctorate from MIT.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262053525/private-power-and-democracys-decline/"><em>Private Power and Democracy’s Decline: How to Make Capitalism Support Democracy</em></a> by Mordecai Kurz (MIT Press, May 19, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Market Power of Technology: Understanding the Second Gilded Age</em> by Mordecai Kurz (Columbia University Press, 2023) — the preceding volume, referenced throughout.</p><p> </p><p>•       Thomas Piketty — blurbed the book: “A great book, a must-read.” Also referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Dani Rodrik and Gabriel Zucman — referenced as fellow economists in Kurz’s camp.</p><p> </p><p>•       Marc Andreessen — referenced for his counter-argument that high taxation destroys innovation.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes s...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Between 1980 and 2019, the billionaires gained $25 trillion. By today it’s probably $35 trillion. The question is who will pay for reform? You go where the money is.” — Mordecai Kurz</em></p><p> </p><p>Keynes observed that in the long run, we are all dead. The nonagenarian Stanford economist <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262053525/private-power-and-democracys-decline/">Mordecai Kurz</a> agrees. Which is why he has no patience for the tech utopians’ promise of abundance for all of us in the long run. And his new book, <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262053525/private-power-and-democracys-decline/"><em>Private Power and Democracy’s Decline: How to Make Capitalism Support Democracy</em></a>, is amongst the most urgent cases yet made for a fundamental reform of American capitalism.</p><p> </p><p>Kurz compares our billionaire-infested times with the Gilded Age of the late 19th century, which eventually ended with sharp progressive reform. We are now in a second Gilded Age, he argues. Between 1980 and 2019, the top billionaires gained $25 trillion. By today, he estimates it’s $35 trillion. Meanwhile, workers without college education gained essentially nothing in income between 1980 and 2010. The result is both Trumpism and the world’s first trillionaire.</p><p> </p><p>Kurz lays out a three-fronted reform strategy. First, reduce market power through patent and antitrust reform. Second, redistribute the gains from technology through a 65% top marginal income tax rate and a 45% corporate rate. Third, guarantee the livelihood of every worker displaced by policy-supported technological change with retraining, full wage support, tuition, healthcare, and even relocation.</p><p> </p><p>Wouldn’t the billionaires simply leave? The spirited Kurz, who has taught economics at Stanford for sixty years, isn’t worried. “Others will come instead of them,” he says. And in response to Sam Altman’s argument that AI will free humanity from labour, Mordecai Kurz retorts with Keynes’s remark about death in the long run. And this particular long run, he says, could be many millennia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Second Gilded Age: Same Dynamic, Different Technology: </strong>Kurz’s central historical argument: the first Gilded Age — 1864 to 1914 — produced extreme inequality, rising economic monopolists who became centres of political power, and democratic decline. It ended with progressive reform. The second Gilded Age, beginning in 1980, follows the same logic: technology used as a weapon of market power, market power converting into political power, political power undermining democratic institutions. The difference is scale and speed. Between 1980 and 2019, the top billionaires accumulated $25 trillion. By 2026, Kurz estimates $35 trillion. The reform that ended the first Gilded Age took fifty years. He is not sure we have that long.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Three-Pronged Reform: Market Power, Distribution, Livelihoods: </strong>Kurz’s proposed reform has three components. First: reduce market power through patent reform, antitrust reform, and reform of acquisition law — the legal structures that allow technology firms to entrench monopoly positions. Second: redistribute the gains from technology through a 65% top marginal income tax rate, a compulsory minimum 15% tax on incomes above $400,000, and a 45% corporate tax rate. Third: guarantee the livelihood of every worker displaced by policy-supported technological change — retraining, full wage support, tuition for children, healthcare, and relocation assistance.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The 1980 Mistake: Where It All Went Wrong: </strong>Kurz is precise about the origin of the problem: 1980. The turn to unregulated free-market capitalism under Reagan, combined with the information technology revolution, created what he calls a techno-winner-takes-all economy. Workers without college education gained essentially nothing in income between 1980 and 2010. Millions lost their jobs to automation and import competition and received no government support. Kurz’s diagnosis of Trumpism: it fed on the despair of those abandoned workers. This is not a cultural or demographic explanation. It is a structural economic one.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Would the Billionaires Leave? Let Them: </strong>Andrew raises the obvious objection: if you tax them at 65%, won’t the Elon Musks and Larry Pages and Sam Altmans simply leave? Kurz’s response is blunt: he doesn’t think they would, because the system called America — its universities, infrastructure, market, human capital, and institutional environment — is what made their billions possible. Their billions are not the product of their individual genius alone. But if they do leave, he says, others will come instead. He adds that he would prefer coordinated taxation across all Western advanced economies, not the US alone.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>In the Long Run, We Are All Dead: The Keynesian Punchline on Tech Utopianism: </strong>Andrew asks about Elon Musk’s claim that money will eventually disappear and technology will free humanity from labour — the Keynesian/Marxist long-run abundance argument. Kurz paraphrases Keynes’ most famous line: “In the long run, we are all dead.” And then he adds: the long run could be a very long time. He is ninety years old, has taught at Stanford since 1961, and from his office window he can see the $1 billion mansions in the hills above Palo Alto and the workers below who cannot afford to live there. He is, he says, not prepared to wait for Musk’s utopia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262053525/private-power-and-democracys-decline/">Mordecai Kurz</a> is the Joan Kenney Professor of Economics Emeritus at Stanford University, where he has taught since 1961. He is the author of <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262053525/private-power-and-democracys-decline/"><em>Private Power and Democracy’s Decline: How to Make Capitalism Support Democracy</em></a> (MIT Press, May 19, 2026) and <em>The Market Power of Technology: Understanding the Second Gilded Age</em> (Columbia University Press, 2023). He was born in Tel Aviv and received his doctorate from MIT.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262053525/private-power-and-democracys-decline/"><em>Private Power and Democracy’s Decline: How to Make Capitalism Support Democracy</em></a> by Mordecai Kurz (MIT Press, May 19, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Market Power of Technology: Understanding the Second Gilded Age</em> by Mordecai Kurz (Columbia University Press, 2023) — the preceding volume, referenced throughout.</p><p> </p><p>•       Thomas Piketty — blurbed the book: “A great book, a must-read.” Also referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Dani Rodrik and Gabriel Zucman — referenced as fellow economists in Kurz’s camp.</p><p> </p><p>•       Marc Andreessen — referenced for his counter-argument that high taxation destroys innovation.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes s...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Jun 2026 08:15:09 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/cc569b97/06ac0a5b.mp3" length="42420662" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3036677" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/cc569b97/06ac0a5b.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3CWi3F_H7sw">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/VNL9r77eFds-ZZN4bBmy_cPg_CM_pnN7pI2MsG-1q5w/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS84YzRl/OTUxNTBmZjY3MTdh/ZmQ1ZGFhNzlkMDhm/Mjg4My5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2650</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Between 1980 and 2019, the billionaires gained $25 trillion. By today it’s probably $35 trillion. The question is who will pay for reform? You go where the money is.” — Mordecai Kurz</em></p><p> </p><p>Keynes observed that in the long run, we are all dead. The nonagenarian Stanford economist <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262053525/private-power-and-democracys-decline/">Mordecai Kurz</a> agrees. Which is why he has no patience for the tech utopians’ promise of abundance for all of us in the long run. And his new book, <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262053525/private-power-and-democracys-decline/"><em>Private Power and Democracy’s Decline: How to Make Capitalism Support Democracy</em></a>, is amongst the most urgent cases yet made for a fundamental reform of American capitalism.</p><p> </p><p>Kurz compares our billionaire-infested times with the Gilded Age of the late 19th century, which eventually ended with sharp progressive reform. We are now in a second Gilded Age, he argues. Between 1980 and 2019, the top billionaires gained $25 trillion. By today, he estimates it’s $35 trillion. Meanwhile, workers without college education gained essentially nothing in income between 1980 and 2010. The result is both Trumpism and the world’s first trillionaire.</p><p> </p><p>Kurz lays out a three-fronted reform strategy. First, reduce market power through patent and antitrust reform. Second, redistribute the gains from technology through a 65% top marginal income tax rate and a 45% corporate rate. Third, guarantee the livelihood of every worker displaced by policy-supported technological change with retraining, full wage support, tuition, healthcare, and even relocation.</p><p> </p><p>Wouldn’t the billionaires simply leave? The spirited Kurz, who has taught economics at Stanford for sixty years, isn’t worried. “Others will come instead of them,” he says. And in response to Sam Altman’s argument that AI will free humanity from labour, Mordecai Kurz retorts with Keynes’s remark about death in the long run. And this particular long run, he says, could be many millennia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Second Gilded Age: Same Dynamic, Different Technology: </strong>Kurz’s central historical argument: the first Gilded Age — 1864 to 1914 — produced extreme inequality, rising economic monopolists who became centres of political power, and democratic decline. It ended with progressive reform. The second Gilded Age, beginning in 1980, follows the same logic: technology used as a weapon of market power, market power converting into political power, political power undermining democratic institutions. The difference is scale and speed. Between 1980 and 2019, the top billionaires accumulated $25 trillion. By 2026, Kurz estimates $35 trillion. The reform that ended the first Gilded Age took fifty years. He is not sure we have that long.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Three-Pronged Reform: Market Power, Distribution, Livelihoods: </strong>Kurz’s proposed reform has three components. First: reduce market power through patent reform, antitrust reform, and reform of acquisition law — the legal structures that allow technology firms to entrench monopoly positions. Second: redistribute the gains from technology through a 65% top marginal income tax rate, a compulsory minimum 15% tax on incomes above $400,000, and a 45% corporate tax rate. Third: guarantee the livelihood of every worker displaced by policy-supported technological change — retraining, full wage support, tuition for children, healthcare, and relocation assistance.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The 1980 Mistake: Where It All Went Wrong: </strong>Kurz is precise about the origin of the problem: 1980. The turn to unregulated free-market capitalism under Reagan, combined with the information technology revolution, created what he calls a techno-winner-takes-all economy. Workers without college education gained essentially nothing in income between 1980 and 2010. Millions lost their jobs to automation and import competition and received no government support. Kurz’s diagnosis of Trumpism: it fed on the despair of those abandoned workers. This is not a cultural or demographic explanation. It is a structural economic one.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Would the Billionaires Leave? Let Them: </strong>Andrew raises the obvious objection: if you tax them at 65%, won’t the Elon Musks and Larry Pages and Sam Altmans simply leave? Kurz’s response is blunt: he doesn’t think they would, because the system called America — its universities, infrastructure, market, human capital, and institutional environment — is what made their billions possible. Their billions are not the product of their individual genius alone. But if they do leave, he says, others will come instead. He adds that he would prefer coordinated taxation across all Western advanced economies, not the US alone.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>In the Long Run, We Are All Dead: The Keynesian Punchline on Tech Utopianism: </strong>Andrew asks about Elon Musk’s claim that money will eventually disappear and technology will free humanity from labour — the Keynesian/Marxist long-run abundance argument. Kurz paraphrases Keynes’ most famous line: “In the long run, we are all dead.” And then he adds: the long run could be a very long time. He is ninety years old, has taught at Stanford since 1961, and from his office window he can see the $1 billion mansions in the hills above Palo Alto and the workers below who cannot afford to live there. He is, he says, not prepared to wait for Musk’s utopia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262053525/private-power-and-democracys-decline/">Mordecai Kurz</a> is the Joan Kenney Professor of Economics Emeritus at Stanford University, where he has taught since 1961. He is the author of <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262053525/private-power-and-democracys-decline/"><em>Private Power and Democracy’s Decline: How to Make Capitalism Support Democracy</em></a> (MIT Press, May 19, 2026) and <em>The Market Power of Technology: Understanding the Second Gilded Age</em> (Columbia University Press, 2023). He was born in Tel Aviv and received his doctorate from MIT.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262053525/private-power-and-democracys-decline/"><em>Private Power and Democracy’s Decline: How to Make Capitalism Support Democracy</em></a> by Mordecai Kurz (MIT Press, May 19, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Market Power of Technology: Understanding the Second Gilded Age</em> by Mordecai Kurz (Columbia University Press, 2023) — the preceding volume, referenced throughout.</p><p> </p><p>•       Thomas Piketty — blurbed the book: “A great book, a must-read.” Also referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Dani Rodrik and Gabriel Zucman — referenced as fellow economists in Kurz’s camp.</p><p> </p><p>•       Marc Andreessen — referenced for his counter-argument that high taxation destroys innovation.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 3,000 episodes s...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/cc569b97/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Vanishing Black Family: Delano Squires on Marriage, Moynihan, and the Crisis in Black America</title>
      <itunes:episode>2943</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2943</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Vanishing Black Family: Delano Squires on Marriage, Moynihan, and the Crisis in Black America</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">871f74e4-1a1e-412f-8031-6a4df00e0445</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Second wave feminism taught women that femininity was weak, masculinity was toxic, marriage was oppressive, the home was a prison, and children are a burden.” — Delano Squires</em></p><p> </p><p>Sixty years ago, Daniel Patrick Moynihan published <em>The Negro Family: The Case for National Action</em>, which was immediately attacked by the left as victim-blaming and by the right as an admission of state responsibility. In 1965, 25% of black children were born to unmarried parents. Today the figure is 70%. So is the black American family vanishing? <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/763688/the-vanishing-black-family-by-delano-squires/">Delano Squires</a> — director of the Richard and Helen DeVos Center for Human Flourishing at the Heritage Foundation — certainly thinks so. In his controversial new book, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/763688/the-vanishing-black-family-by-delano-squires/"><em>The Vanishing Black Family</em></a>, Squires argues that “welfare” and “feminism” have made black marriage optional and children vulnerable.</p><p> </p><p>Squires identifies what he calls the “sinister six” forces that have dismantled the black family: slavery’s legacy, the welfare state, second wave feminism, popular culture, the failure of the black church, and the indifference of black progressive leadership. Perhaps his most controversial claim is that the second wave feminism of Betty Friedan did specific damage in black communities by weakening the social norms that survived slavery and Jim Crow.</p><p> </p><p>His prescription is a Heritage Foundation-style free market revolution led by black institutions rather than by Daniel Patrick Moynihan’s federal government. The church, HBCUs and black media should all embrace education, work, marriage and family. Give her a ring before she gives you a baby, Squires advises young black men. But leave Betty Friedan literature off the wedding gift list.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>From 25% to 70%: The Statistics Behind the Book: </strong>In 1965, when Moynihan wrote his report, 25% of black children were born to unmarried parents — a figure Moynihan regarded as a national crisis requiring urgent political response. The national average was 7%. Today, 70% of black children are born to unmarried parents. The national average has risen to 40%. Squires’ argument: the gap has widened, the scale has changed, and the Moynihan consensus — that this is a serious problem requiring serious attention — has been largely abandoned by black progressive leadership. Only 33% of black adults are married, compared to 48% of Hispanics, 57% of whites, and 63% of Asians.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Second Wave Feminism Argument: Squires’ Most Contested Claim: </strong>Squires devotes an entire chapter to second wave feminism and its specific damage in black communities. His top-line claim: that second wave feminism — from Betty Friedan’s characterisation of the suburban home as a “comfortable concentration camp”, to Gloria Steinem’s description of married women as “hostesses” — taught women that femininity was weak, masculinity was toxic, marriage was oppressive, the home was a prison, and children a burden. He is careful to distinguish this from the franchise and access to credit. He argues this ideological framework did particular damage in communities where family structures had already been weakened by slavery and segregation.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Success Sequence: Finish School, Get a Job, Get Married, Then Have Children: </strong>Squires’ prescribed alternative to the cultural norms he critiques: the “success sequence,” a term drawn from social science research. If you finish high school, get a job, get married, and then have children — in that order — your chances of living in poverty are in the single digits, approximately 3%. His slogan: give her a ring before she gives you a baby. He advocates for government awareness campaigns in cities like Baltimore, Memphis, and Detroit, but argues that 90% of the required change has to happen in the culture, led by black institutions: the black church, HBCUs, and black media.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Black Leadership’s Failure: Far More Invested in the White House Than the Black Family: </strong>Squires’ sharpest political observation: black progressive leaders today are, in his view, far more invested in retaking the White House than rebuilding the black family. He argues that the institutions of black civil society — the church, the HBCU, the cultural and media establishment — have collectively failed to make family formation a priority, and that this failure is traceable to an ideological commitment to progressive politics that makes marriage advocacy feel retrograde. He does not spare conservatives: the government policies of the right have often failed black families too.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Advice to Ambitious Black Women: The Cornerstone vs the Capstone Marriage: </strong>Andrew asks what Squires would say to a highly ambitious young black woman. His answer: he would give it “in a fatherly tone.” Women, he argues, naturally seek partners who match or exceed their social status — a Bloomberg analysis of married couples by occupation confirmed this. The higher a woman’s earnings, the smaller her pool of eligible partners. His recommendation: prioritise marriage earlier rather than later. The median age of first marriage in 1980 was 24 for men and 22 for women; today it is 31 and 29. He distinguishes between the “cornerstone marriage” — where two people build together from a young age — and the “capstone marriage,” where people wait until all individual goals are achieved, often leaving the biological clock behind.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/763688/the-vanishing-black-family-by-delano-squires/">Delano Squires</a> is the director of the Richard and Helen DeVos Center for Human Flourishing at the Heritage Foundation, where he studies the impact of marriage and family structure on social outcomes. He worked for fifteen years in local government in Washington, D.C. before joining Heritage. He is the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/763688/the-vanishing-black-family-by-delano-squires/"><em>The Vanishing Black Family: How Welfare and Feminism Made Marriage Optional and Children Vulnerable</em></a> (Sentinel/Penguin Random House, June 16, 2026). His writing has appeared in the <em>New York Post</em>, <em>Newsweek</em>, <em>National Review</em>, and <em>Compact</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/763688/the-vanishing-black-family-by-delano-squires/"><em>The Vanishing Black Family: How Welfare and Feminism Made Marriage Optional and Children Vulnerable</em></a> by Delano Squires (Sentinel/Penguin Random House, June 16, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Daniel Patrick Moynihan, <em>The Negro Family: The Case for National Action</em> (1965) — the foundational text Squires explicitly updates.</p><p> </p><p>•       Betty Friedan, <em>The Feminine Mystique</em> (1963) — referenced extensively in Squires’ chapter on second wave feminism.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting dail...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Second wave feminism taught women that femininity was weak, masculinity was toxic, marriage was oppressive, the home was a prison, and children are a burden.” — Delano Squires</em></p><p> </p><p>Sixty years ago, Daniel Patrick Moynihan published <em>The Negro Family: The Case for National Action</em>, which was immediately attacked by the left as victim-blaming and by the right as an admission of state responsibility. In 1965, 25% of black children were born to unmarried parents. Today the figure is 70%. So is the black American family vanishing? <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/763688/the-vanishing-black-family-by-delano-squires/">Delano Squires</a> — director of the Richard and Helen DeVos Center for Human Flourishing at the Heritage Foundation — certainly thinks so. In his controversial new book, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/763688/the-vanishing-black-family-by-delano-squires/"><em>The Vanishing Black Family</em></a>, Squires argues that “welfare” and “feminism” have made black marriage optional and children vulnerable.</p><p> </p><p>Squires identifies what he calls the “sinister six” forces that have dismantled the black family: slavery’s legacy, the welfare state, second wave feminism, popular culture, the failure of the black church, and the indifference of black progressive leadership. Perhaps his most controversial claim is that the second wave feminism of Betty Friedan did specific damage in black communities by weakening the social norms that survived slavery and Jim Crow.</p><p> </p><p>His prescription is a Heritage Foundation-style free market revolution led by black institutions rather than by Daniel Patrick Moynihan’s federal government. The church, HBCUs and black media should all embrace education, work, marriage and family. Give her a ring before she gives you a baby, Squires advises young black men. But leave Betty Friedan literature off the wedding gift list.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>From 25% to 70%: The Statistics Behind the Book: </strong>In 1965, when Moynihan wrote his report, 25% of black children were born to unmarried parents — a figure Moynihan regarded as a national crisis requiring urgent political response. The national average was 7%. Today, 70% of black children are born to unmarried parents. The national average has risen to 40%. Squires’ argument: the gap has widened, the scale has changed, and the Moynihan consensus — that this is a serious problem requiring serious attention — has been largely abandoned by black progressive leadership. Only 33% of black adults are married, compared to 48% of Hispanics, 57% of whites, and 63% of Asians.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Second Wave Feminism Argument: Squires’ Most Contested Claim: </strong>Squires devotes an entire chapter to second wave feminism and its specific damage in black communities. His top-line claim: that second wave feminism — from Betty Friedan’s characterisation of the suburban home as a “comfortable concentration camp”, to Gloria Steinem’s description of married women as “hostesses” — taught women that femininity was weak, masculinity was toxic, marriage was oppressive, the home was a prison, and children a burden. He is careful to distinguish this from the franchise and access to credit. He argues this ideological framework did particular damage in communities where family structures had already been weakened by slavery and segregation.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Success Sequence: Finish School, Get a Job, Get Married, Then Have Children: </strong>Squires’ prescribed alternative to the cultural norms he critiques: the “success sequence,” a term drawn from social science research. If you finish high school, get a job, get married, and then have children — in that order — your chances of living in poverty are in the single digits, approximately 3%. His slogan: give her a ring before she gives you a baby. He advocates for government awareness campaigns in cities like Baltimore, Memphis, and Detroit, but argues that 90% of the required change has to happen in the culture, led by black institutions: the black church, HBCUs, and black media.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Black Leadership’s Failure: Far More Invested in the White House Than the Black Family: </strong>Squires’ sharpest political observation: black progressive leaders today are, in his view, far more invested in retaking the White House than rebuilding the black family. He argues that the institutions of black civil society — the church, the HBCU, the cultural and media establishment — have collectively failed to make family formation a priority, and that this failure is traceable to an ideological commitment to progressive politics that makes marriage advocacy feel retrograde. He does not spare conservatives: the government policies of the right have often failed black families too.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Advice to Ambitious Black Women: The Cornerstone vs the Capstone Marriage: </strong>Andrew asks what Squires would say to a highly ambitious young black woman. His answer: he would give it “in a fatherly tone.” Women, he argues, naturally seek partners who match or exceed their social status — a Bloomberg analysis of married couples by occupation confirmed this. The higher a woman’s earnings, the smaller her pool of eligible partners. His recommendation: prioritise marriage earlier rather than later. The median age of first marriage in 1980 was 24 for men and 22 for women; today it is 31 and 29. He distinguishes between the “cornerstone marriage” — where two people build together from a young age — and the “capstone marriage,” where people wait until all individual goals are achieved, often leaving the biological clock behind.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/763688/the-vanishing-black-family-by-delano-squires/">Delano Squires</a> is the director of the Richard and Helen DeVos Center for Human Flourishing at the Heritage Foundation, where he studies the impact of marriage and family structure on social outcomes. He worked for fifteen years in local government in Washington, D.C. before joining Heritage. He is the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/763688/the-vanishing-black-family-by-delano-squires/"><em>The Vanishing Black Family: How Welfare and Feminism Made Marriage Optional and Children Vulnerable</em></a> (Sentinel/Penguin Random House, June 16, 2026). His writing has appeared in the <em>New York Post</em>, <em>Newsweek</em>, <em>National Review</em>, and <em>Compact</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/763688/the-vanishing-black-family-by-delano-squires/"><em>The Vanishing Black Family: How Welfare and Feminism Made Marriage Optional and Children Vulnerable</em></a> by Delano Squires (Sentinel/Penguin Random House, June 16, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Daniel Patrick Moynihan, <em>The Negro Family: The Case for National Action</em> (1965) — the foundational text Squires explicitly updates.</p><p> </p><p>•       Betty Friedan, <em>The Feminine Mystique</em> (1963) — referenced extensively in Squires’ chapter on second wave feminism.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting dail...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2026 21:34:09 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/ceea6648/27a6b496.mp3" length="50168903" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3463875" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/ceea6648/27a6b496.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ar7x422UP_I">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/kOJvStV5Tr74Cvn4W1tdmJ-U0tXoxqS_z8RqB5yN4VM/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS81MTcw/ODZjY2I1MmI1YmUz/YzRlOGEwMGZmODhi/ODcwMS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3134</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Second wave feminism taught women that femininity was weak, masculinity was toxic, marriage was oppressive, the home was a prison, and children are a burden.” — Delano Squires</em></p><p> </p><p>Sixty years ago, Daniel Patrick Moynihan published <em>The Negro Family: The Case for National Action</em>, which was immediately attacked by the left as victim-blaming and by the right as an admission of state responsibility. In 1965, 25% of black children were born to unmarried parents. Today the figure is 70%. So is the black American family vanishing? <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/763688/the-vanishing-black-family-by-delano-squires/">Delano Squires</a> — director of the Richard and Helen DeVos Center for Human Flourishing at the Heritage Foundation — certainly thinks so. In his controversial new book, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/763688/the-vanishing-black-family-by-delano-squires/"><em>The Vanishing Black Family</em></a>, Squires argues that “welfare” and “feminism” have made black marriage optional and children vulnerable.</p><p> </p><p>Squires identifies what he calls the “sinister six” forces that have dismantled the black family: slavery’s legacy, the welfare state, second wave feminism, popular culture, the failure of the black church, and the indifference of black progressive leadership. Perhaps his most controversial claim is that the second wave feminism of Betty Friedan did specific damage in black communities by weakening the social norms that survived slavery and Jim Crow.</p><p> </p><p>His prescription is a Heritage Foundation-style free market revolution led by black institutions rather than by Daniel Patrick Moynihan’s federal government. The church, HBCUs and black media should all embrace education, work, marriage and family. Give her a ring before she gives you a baby, Squires advises young black men. But leave Betty Friedan literature off the wedding gift list.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>From 25% to 70%: The Statistics Behind the Book: </strong>In 1965, when Moynihan wrote his report, 25% of black children were born to unmarried parents — a figure Moynihan regarded as a national crisis requiring urgent political response. The national average was 7%. Today, 70% of black children are born to unmarried parents. The national average has risen to 40%. Squires’ argument: the gap has widened, the scale has changed, and the Moynihan consensus — that this is a serious problem requiring serious attention — has been largely abandoned by black progressive leadership. Only 33% of black adults are married, compared to 48% of Hispanics, 57% of whites, and 63% of Asians.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Second Wave Feminism Argument: Squires’ Most Contested Claim: </strong>Squires devotes an entire chapter to second wave feminism and its specific damage in black communities. His top-line claim: that second wave feminism — from Betty Friedan’s characterisation of the suburban home as a “comfortable concentration camp”, to Gloria Steinem’s description of married women as “hostesses” — taught women that femininity was weak, masculinity was toxic, marriage was oppressive, the home was a prison, and children a burden. He is careful to distinguish this from the franchise and access to credit. He argues this ideological framework did particular damage in communities where family structures had already been weakened by slavery and segregation.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Success Sequence: Finish School, Get a Job, Get Married, Then Have Children: </strong>Squires’ prescribed alternative to the cultural norms he critiques: the “success sequence,” a term drawn from social science research. If you finish high school, get a job, get married, and then have children — in that order — your chances of living in poverty are in the single digits, approximately 3%. His slogan: give her a ring before she gives you a baby. He advocates for government awareness campaigns in cities like Baltimore, Memphis, and Detroit, but argues that 90% of the required change has to happen in the culture, led by black institutions: the black church, HBCUs, and black media.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Black Leadership’s Failure: Far More Invested in the White House Than the Black Family: </strong>Squires’ sharpest political observation: black progressive leaders today are, in his view, far more invested in retaking the White House than rebuilding the black family. He argues that the institutions of black civil society — the church, the HBCU, the cultural and media establishment — have collectively failed to make family formation a priority, and that this failure is traceable to an ideological commitment to progressive politics that makes marriage advocacy feel retrograde. He does not spare conservatives: the government policies of the right have often failed black families too.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Advice to Ambitious Black Women: The Cornerstone vs the Capstone Marriage: </strong>Andrew asks what Squires would say to a highly ambitious young black woman. His answer: he would give it “in a fatherly tone.” Women, he argues, naturally seek partners who match or exceed their social status — a Bloomberg analysis of married couples by occupation confirmed this. The higher a woman’s earnings, the smaller her pool of eligible partners. His recommendation: prioritise marriage earlier rather than later. The median age of first marriage in 1980 was 24 for men and 22 for women; today it is 31 and 29. He distinguishes between the “cornerstone marriage” — where two people build together from a young age — and the “capstone marriage,” where people wait until all individual goals are achieved, often leaving the biological clock behind.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/763688/the-vanishing-black-family-by-delano-squires/">Delano Squires</a> is the director of the Richard and Helen DeVos Center for Human Flourishing at the Heritage Foundation, where he studies the impact of marriage and family structure on social outcomes. He worked for fifteen years in local government in Washington, D.C. before joining Heritage. He is the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/763688/the-vanishing-black-family-by-delano-squires/"><em>The Vanishing Black Family: How Welfare and Feminism Made Marriage Optional and Children Vulnerable</em></a> (Sentinel/Penguin Random House, June 16, 2026). His writing has appeared in the <em>New York Post</em>, <em>Newsweek</em>, <em>National Review</em>, and <em>Compact</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/763688/the-vanishing-black-family-by-delano-squires/"><em>The Vanishing Black Family: How Welfare and Feminism Made Marriage Optional and Children Vulnerable</em></a> by Delano Squires (Sentinel/Penguin Random House, June 16, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Daniel Patrick Moynihan, <em>The Negro Family: The Case for National Action</em> (1965) — the foundational text Squires explicitly updates.</p><p> </p><p>•       Betty Friedan, <em>The Feminine Mystique</em> (1963) — referenced extensively in Squires’ chapter on second wave feminism.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting dail...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ceea6648/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ceea6648/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Century of Orations: Nathan Perl-Rosenthal Listens to 2,500 Voices of the American Revolution</title>
      <itunes:episode>2942</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2942</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>A Century of Orations: Nathan Perl-Rosenthal Listens to 2,500 Voices of the American Revolution</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c8694696-5939-4ac0-9912-8ac02ff10611</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“As early as 1805, you had orators getting up there — barely twenty years after American independence was recognised by Great Britain — saying: the Republic is over. We’ve had it. So there is a tradition of calling it the end times.” — Nathan Perl-Rosenthal</em></p><p> </p><p>It’s less than three weeks until America’s big birthday bash. But what exactly will be celebrated this 250th Independence Day? In <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/nathan-perl-rosenthal/the-long-revolution/9781541606630/?lens=basic-books"><em>The Long Revolution: Creating a United States After 1776</em></a>, the historian <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/nathan-perl-rosenthal/the-long-revolution/9781541606630/?lens=basic-books">Nathan Perl-Rosenthal</a> read some 2,500 July 4 orations delivered in the hundred years after independence. And what he found is that most Americans didn’t believe that the revolution was really over.</p><p> </p><p>Orators often unfavourably compared the American Revolution to the French, Spanish American, and European revolutions of 1830 and 1848. They argued bitterly about slavery. As late as the 1870s, leading orators were insisting that the revolution was unfinished because the truths of the Declaration of Independence had not yet been fully worked out.</p><p> </p><p>Fast forward to 2026 and Perl-Rosenthal suggests a return to the kind of sustained public dialogue that the oratorical tradition once represented. So put down your smartphones on July 4 and tell the world where America currently is and where it should go. The act of oration, Perl-Rosenthal suggests, is not just a civic act, but essential to the country’s long revolutionary tradition. So happy birthday America. And many many more.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>100,000 Orations: The Archive Nobody Knew About: </strong>In the first century after independence, an estimated 100,000 July 4 orations were delivered across the United States — roughly a thousand towns and villages, each holding an annual address for a hundred years. Of those, 2,500 survive in published form as pamphlets, now collected in a digital database at fourthofjulyorations.org. These are not peripheral documents. They were delivered by the most prominent public figures of their day — lawyers, clergymen, politicians — before large audiences. They are among the richest sources we have for what ordinary Americans actually thought about their revolution and their republic.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Revolution Was Ongoing: Most Orators Believed This Well Into the 1870s: </strong>The single most striking finding of Perl-Rosenthal’s research: most orators, deep into the nineteenth century, did not regard the revolution as a completed historical event. They saw themselves not as commemorating it but as participating in it. As late as the 1870s, leading orators were insisting the revolution remained unfinished. One orator in Boston in 1870, in a debate about immigration policy and Chinese exclusion, argued that the revolution could not be over because the inalienable rights proclaimed in the Declaration had not yet been universally extended. The parallel to the immigration debates of 2026 is, Perl-Rosenthal suggests, striking.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Orations Were Critical, Not Triumphalist: </strong>Perl-Rosenthal went into the archive expecting, as he puts it, “rah America.” He found something quite different. Many orators compared the American Revolution unfavourably to other revolutions: to the French in the 1790s, to Spanish American revolutions in the 1810s and 1820s, to the European revolutions of 1830 and 1848. The comparisons often did not flatter America. Wealthy Bostonians giving the prestigious Boston oration — one of the oldest and most prominent in the country — would argue explicitly that the founders had failed to deal with slavery. The critical tradition was mainstream, not marginal.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>1876 as the Turning Point: When the Tradition Died: </strong>The July 4 oration tradition effectively ended after 1876. That year, Congress for the first time asked towns and cities to deliver historical rather than political orations — accounts of local history rather than arguments about the present. A tenfold increase in orations was followed by a rapid collapse of the tradition. The shift was significant: from argument to commemoration, from an ongoing political conversation to a museum piece. The practice of serious sustained public political dialogue — an hour or more, in public, about the state of the republic — has not recovered.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Low, Dishonest Period: What the Tradition Offers Now: </strong>Mark Lilla’s blurb: “a low, dishonest period in our history. This surprisingly timely book reminds us of our responsibilities.” Perl-Rosenthal is not catastrophist about the current moment — he notes that orators were calling it the end times as early as 1805. But he is clear about what is missing: a forum for sustained public argument about where America is and where it should go. The smartphone generation, he acknowledges, is unlikely to sit through an hour-long oration. That, he suggests, is precisely the problem.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/nathan-perl-rosenthal/the-long-revolution/9781541606630/?lens=basic-books">Nathan Perl-Rosenthal</a> is a professor of history, French and Italian, and law at the University of Southern California. He has been a fellow at Harvard and Cambridge. He is the author of <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/nathan-perl-rosenthal/the-long-revolution/9781541606630/?lens=basic-books"><em>The Long Revolution: Creating a United States After 1776</em></a> (Basic Books, June 2, 2026), <em>Citizen Sailors: Becoming American in the Age of Revolution</em> (Belknap/Harvard), and <em>The Age of Revolutions</em>. His writing has appeared in <em>The Wall Street Journal</em>, <em>The Atlantic</em>, <em>The Nation</em>, and the <em>Los Angeles Times</em>. He lives in Los Angeles and Cambridge, Massachusetts.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/nathan-perl-rosenthal/the-long-revolution/9781541606630/?lens=basic-books"><em>The Long Revolution: Creating a United States After 1776</em></a> by Nathan Perl-Rosenthal (Basic Books, June 2, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       fourthofjulyorations.org — the digital database of 2,500 published July 4 orations referenced throughout.</p><p> </p><p>•       Eric Foner — Perl-Rosenthal’s dissertation adviser at Columbia, referenced as still giving July 4 orations in his Connecticut town.</p><p> </p><p>•       Mark Lilla — referenced for his blurb: “a low, dishonest period in our history. This surprisingly timely book reminds us of our responsibilities.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“As early as 1805, you had orators getting up there — barely twenty years after American independence was recognised by Great Britain — saying: the Republic is over. We’ve had it. So there is a tradition of calling it the end times.” — Nathan Perl-Rosenthal</em></p><p> </p><p>It’s less than three weeks until America’s big birthday bash. But what exactly will be celebrated this 250th Independence Day? In <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/nathan-perl-rosenthal/the-long-revolution/9781541606630/?lens=basic-books"><em>The Long Revolution: Creating a United States After 1776</em></a>, the historian <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/nathan-perl-rosenthal/the-long-revolution/9781541606630/?lens=basic-books">Nathan Perl-Rosenthal</a> read some 2,500 July 4 orations delivered in the hundred years after independence. And what he found is that most Americans didn’t believe that the revolution was really over.</p><p> </p><p>Orators often unfavourably compared the American Revolution to the French, Spanish American, and European revolutions of 1830 and 1848. They argued bitterly about slavery. As late as the 1870s, leading orators were insisting that the revolution was unfinished because the truths of the Declaration of Independence had not yet been fully worked out.</p><p> </p><p>Fast forward to 2026 and Perl-Rosenthal suggests a return to the kind of sustained public dialogue that the oratorical tradition once represented. So put down your smartphones on July 4 and tell the world where America currently is and where it should go. The act of oration, Perl-Rosenthal suggests, is not just a civic act, but essential to the country’s long revolutionary tradition. So happy birthday America. And many many more.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>100,000 Orations: The Archive Nobody Knew About: </strong>In the first century after independence, an estimated 100,000 July 4 orations were delivered across the United States — roughly a thousand towns and villages, each holding an annual address for a hundred years. Of those, 2,500 survive in published form as pamphlets, now collected in a digital database at fourthofjulyorations.org. These are not peripheral documents. They were delivered by the most prominent public figures of their day — lawyers, clergymen, politicians — before large audiences. They are among the richest sources we have for what ordinary Americans actually thought about their revolution and their republic.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Revolution Was Ongoing: Most Orators Believed This Well Into the 1870s: </strong>The single most striking finding of Perl-Rosenthal’s research: most orators, deep into the nineteenth century, did not regard the revolution as a completed historical event. They saw themselves not as commemorating it but as participating in it. As late as the 1870s, leading orators were insisting the revolution remained unfinished. One orator in Boston in 1870, in a debate about immigration policy and Chinese exclusion, argued that the revolution could not be over because the inalienable rights proclaimed in the Declaration had not yet been universally extended. The parallel to the immigration debates of 2026 is, Perl-Rosenthal suggests, striking.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Orations Were Critical, Not Triumphalist: </strong>Perl-Rosenthal went into the archive expecting, as he puts it, “rah America.” He found something quite different. Many orators compared the American Revolution unfavourably to other revolutions: to the French in the 1790s, to Spanish American revolutions in the 1810s and 1820s, to the European revolutions of 1830 and 1848. The comparisons often did not flatter America. Wealthy Bostonians giving the prestigious Boston oration — one of the oldest and most prominent in the country — would argue explicitly that the founders had failed to deal with slavery. The critical tradition was mainstream, not marginal.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>1876 as the Turning Point: When the Tradition Died: </strong>The July 4 oration tradition effectively ended after 1876. That year, Congress for the first time asked towns and cities to deliver historical rather than political orations — accounts of local history rather than arguments about the present. A tenfold increase in orations was followed by a rapid collapse of the tradition. The shift was significant: from argument to commemoration, from an ongoing political conversation to a museum piece. The practice of serious sustained public political dialogue — an hour or more, in public, about the state of the republic — has not recovered.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Low, Dishonest Period: What the Tradition Offers Now: </strong>Mark Lilla’s blurb: “a low, dishonest period in our history. This surprisingly timely book reminds us of our responsibilities.” Perl-Rosenthal is not catastrophist about the current moment — he notes that orators were calling it the end times as early as 1805. But he is clear about what is missing: a forum for sustained public argument about where America is and where it should go. The smartphone generation, he acknowledges, is unlikely to sit through an hour-long oration. That, he suggests, is precisely the problem.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/nathan-perl-rosenthal/the-long-revolution/9781541606630/?lens=basic-books">Nathan Perl-Rosenthal</a> is a professor of history, French and Italian, and law at the University of Southern California. He has been a fellow at Harvard and Cambridge. He is the author of <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/nathan-perl-rosenthal/the-long-revolution/9781541606630/?lens=basic-books"><em>The Long Revolution: Creating a United States After 1776</em></a> (Basic Books, June 2, 2026), <em>Citizen Sailors: Becoming American in the Age of Revolution</em> (Belknap/Harvard), and <em>The Age of Revolutions</em>. His writing has appeared in <em>The Wall Street Journal</em>, <em>The Atlantic</em>, <em>The Nation</em>, and the <em>Los Angeles Times</em>. He lives in Los Angeles and Cambridge, Massachusetts.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/nathan-perl-rosenthal/the-long-revolution/9781541606630/?lens=basic-books"><em>The Long Revolution: Creating a United States After 1776</em></a> by Nathan Perl-Rosenthal (Basic Books, June 2, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       fourthofjulyorations.org — the digital database of 2,500 published July 4 orations referenced throughout.</p><p> </p><p>•       Eric Foner — Perl-Rosenthal’s dissertation adviser at Columbia, referenced as still giving July 4 orations in his Connecticut town.</p><p> </p><p>•       Mark Lilla — referenced for his blurb: “a low, dishonest period in our history. This surprisingly timely book reminds us of our responsibilities.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Jun 2026 14:36:27 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/675f1d38/245c55d5.mp3" length="43346452" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3467940" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/675f1d38/245c55d5.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DRG6OL9DIE8">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/ZbJRqHwyuv1hSy9mJDX-OqJrd2iypIlwCpxUf8eVcmY/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS84M2Jm/MmI4YmE0OWQwMTgz/ZjJkZTQ2OTA0ODll/YTM2Ny5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2708</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“As early as 1805, you had orators getting up there — barely twenty years after American independence was recognised by Great Britain — saying: the Republic is over. We’ve had it. So there is a tradition of calling it the end times.” — Nathan Perl-Rosenthal</em></p><p> </p><p>It’s less than three weeks until America’s big birthday bash. But what exactly will be celebrated this 250th Independence Day? In <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/nathan-perl-rosenthal/the-long-revolution/9781541606630/?lens=basic-books"><em>The Long Revolution: Creating a United States After 1776</em></a>, the historian <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/nathan-perl-rosenthal/the-long-revolution/9781541606630/?lens=basic-books">Nathan Perl-Rosenthal</a> read some 2,500 July 4 orations delivered in the hundred years after independence. And what he found is that most Americans didn’t believe that the revolution was really over.</p><p> </p><p>Orators often unfavourably compared the American Revolution to the French, Spanish American, and European revolutions of 1830 and 1848. They argued bitterly about slavery. As late as the 1870s, leading orators were insisting that the revolution was unfinished because the truths of the Declaration of Independence had not yet been fully worked out.</p><p> </p><p>Fast forward to 2026 and Perl-Rosenthal suggests a return to the kind of sustained public dialogue that the oratorical tradition once represented. So put down your smartphones on July 4 and tell the world where America currently is and where it should go. The act of oration, Perl-Rosenthal suggests, is not just a civic act, but essential to the country’s long revolutionary tradition. So happy birthday America. And many many more.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>100,000 Orations: The Archive Nobody Knew About: </strong>In the first century after independence, an estimated 100,000 July 4 orations were delivered across the United States — roughly a thousand towns and villages, each holding an annual address for a hundred years. Of those, 2,500 survive in published form as pamphlets, now collected in a digital database at fourthofjulyorations.org. These are not peripheral documents. They were delivered by the most prominent public figures of their day — lawyers, clergymen, politicians — before large audiences. They are among the richest sources we have for what ordinary Americans actually thought about their revolution and their republic.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Revolution Was Ongoing: Most Orators Believed This Well Into the 1870s: </strong>The single most striking finding of Perl-Rosenthal’s research: most orators, deep into the nineteenth century, did not regard the revolution as a completed historical event. They saw themselves not as commemorating it but as participating in it. As late as the 1870s, leading orators were insisting the revolution remained unfinished. One orator in Boston in 1870, in a debate about immigration policy and Chinese exclusion, argued that the revolution could not be over because the inalienable rights proclaimed in the Declaration had not yet been universally extended. The parallel to the immigration debates of 2026 is, Perl-Rosenthal suggests, striking.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Orations Were Critical, Not Triumphalist: </strong>Perl-Rosenthal went into the archive expecting, as he puts it, “rah America.” He found something quite different. Many orators compared the American Revolution unfavourably to other revolutions: to the French in the 1790s, to Spanish American revolutions in the 1810s and 1820s, to the European revolutions of 1830 and 1848. The comparisons often did not flatter America. Wealthy Bostonians giving the prestigious Boston oration — one of the oldest and most prominent in the country — would argue explicitly that the founders had failed to deal with slavery. The critical tradition was mainstream, not marginal.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>1876 as the Turning Point: When the Tradition Died: </strong>The July 4 oration tradition effectively ended after 1876. That year, Congress for the first time asked towns and cities to deliver historical rather than political orations — accounts of local history rather than arguments about the present. A tenfold increase in orations was followed by a rapid collapse of the tradition. The shift was significant: from argument to commemoration, from an ongoing political conversation to a museum piece. The practice of serious sustained public political dialogue — an hour or more, in public, about the state of the republic — has not recovered.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Low, Dishonest Period: What the Tradition Offers Now: </strong>Mark Lilla’s blurb: “a low, dishonest period in our history. This surprisingly timely book reminds us of our responsibilities.” Perl-Rosenthal is not catastrophist about the current moment — he notes that orators were calling it the end times as early as 1805. But he is clear about what is missing: a forum for sustained public argument about where America is and where it should go. The smartphone generation, he acknowledges, is unlikely to sit through an hour-long oration. That, he suggests, is precisely the problem.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/nathan-perl-rosenthal/the-long-revolution/9781541606630/?lens=basic-books">Nathan Perl-Rosenthal</a> is a professor of history, French and Italian, and law at the University of Southern California. He has been a fellow at Harvard and Cambridge. He is the author of <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/nathan-perl-rosenthal/the-long-revolution/9781541606630/?lens=basic-books"><em>The Long Revolution: Creating a United States After 1776</em></a> (Basic Books, June 2, 2026), <em>Citizen Sailors: Becoming American in the Age of Revolution</em> (Belknap/Harvard), and <em>The Age of Revolutions</em>. His writing has appeared in <em>The Wall Street Journal</em>, <em>The Atlantic</em>, <em>The Nation</em>, and the <em>Los Angeles Times</em>. He lives in Los Angeles and Cambridge, Massachusetts.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/nathan-perl-rosenthal/the-long-revolution/9781541606630/?lens=basic-books"><em>The Long Revolution: Creating a United States After 1776</em></a> by Nathan Perl-Rosenthal (Basic Books, June 2, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       fourthofjulyorations.org — the digital database of 2,500 published July 4 orations referenced throughout.</p><p> </p><p>•       Eric Foner — Perl-Rosenthal’s dissertation adviser at Columbia, referenced as still giving July 4 orations in his Connecticut town.</p><p> </p><p>•       Mark Lilla — referenced for his blurb: “a low, dishonest period in our history. This surprisingly timely book reminds us of our responsibilities.”</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/675f1d38/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Up to the Stars and Down into the Gutter: Elon Musk's Ascent/Descent to SpaceX and White Nationalist Violence</title>
      <itunes:episode>2941</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2941</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Up to the Stars and Down into the Gutter: Elon Musk's Ascent/Descent to SpaceX and White Nationalist Violence</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ee108f8e-fa1d-430d-8f58-d5dd7e687644</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>“We are all in the gutter, but some of us are looking at the stars,” Oscar Wilde wrote in his 1892 play <em>Lady Windermere’s Fan</em>. This week, Elon Musk managed — not for the first time — to be simultaneously in the stars and the gutter. SpaceX’s IPO valued his rocket company at $2 trillion — making Musk, officially, a trillionaire, the richest person in the world by a very large margin. The space Musk — the defiant genius who bet everything on a reusable rocket and the promise of a cosmic monopoly — is astonishing. The <em>Wall Street Journal</em> called the IPO a Goldilocks debut with Musk starring as the three bears.</p><p> </p><p>But there is another Musk — the one in the gutter, promoting white nationalist violence from his platform on X. This week Musk not only stoked the anti-immigrant riots in Belfast but reiterated his support for the English white supremacist gangster Tommy Robinson.</p><p> </p><p>So is this another <em>Strange Case of Dr Jekyll and Mr Hyde</em>, Robert Louis Stevenson’s 1886 novella? <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a>, publisher of <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a>, certainly thinks so. While Keith is in awe of Musk’s entrepreneurial genius at SpaceX, he seems to excuse Musk’s support for Tommy Robinson’s paramilitarism. “I’m not even sure I like him,” Keith confesses in his musings on “civilisation.” Nor do the rest of us.</p><p> </p><p>But I wonder if this good/bad Elon narrative is too convenient. There is an uncomfortable symbiosis between Musk’s journey to SpaceX and to white nationalist violence. For all the utopian cornucopia of space, our earthly reality is one of scarce land and fear of immigrants — Trump, Tommy Robinson, and this weekend’s Swiss referendum on capping its population at 10 million. For all the Muskian promise of cosmic abundance, today’s Muskian politics is paranoid and exclusionary. So maybe it’s not just Elon. Everyone these days is simultaneously in the gutter and looking up at the stars.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>SpaceX: From El Segundo Warehouse to $2 Trillion Juggernaut: </strong>SpaceX is 25 years old. It started in a warehouse near Los Angeles, in an area with a concentration of rocket scientists. Musk bet almost all of his Tesla gains on the idea of a reusable rocket — and nearly lost everything. Then a rocket worked. Since then: iterative improvement, the rockets getting bigger and more reliable, a virtual global monopoly on delivering payloads to space, Starlink (satellite internet that actually works at gigabit speeds), and NASA subcontracting its launches. Now: $2 trillion at IPO, Musk a trillionaire. Wall-to-wall applause from the startup world. Wall-to-wall pylon on social media. Both simultaneously true.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Grimace vs the Applause: Andrew vs Keith’s Media Diet: </strong>Keith says most commentators are grimacing at the valuation and Musk’s net worth. Andrew says the serious press — the <em>Wall Street Journal</em>, even the <em>New York Times</em> — is largely applauding. The exchange reveals the media bifurcation: mainstream outlets cover the achievement; social media — X, Facebook, LinkedIn — is wall-to-wall outrage about a trillionaire in a world of growing inequality. Keith’s verdict on Musk: he doesn’t care whether people like him. Neither, in Keith’s view, should we. You judge him not on likability but on criteria: civilization or net worth. Different criteria, different judgment.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>California and Europe: The Failure of Government: </strong>Fareed Zakaria in the <em>Washington Post</em>: California is a case study in failed government. Andrew had Jonathan Weber on the show this week — <em>City on the Edge</em>, the historic dysfunctionality of San Francisco city government. Fukuyama is trying to be optimistic about Europe’s liberal future. Keith’s counter: Fukuyama ignores the structural problem — top-heavy EU bureaucracy that overrides countries, producing dislike of the EU in every European nation, even France, which built it. Populism, Keith argues, is not the disease. It’s the symptom. The disease is twenty years of bad policy.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Bernie Sanders Finally Had an Insight: The Sovereign Wealth Fund: </strong>Sanders has proposed a sovereign wealth fund owning 50% of all high-growth AI companies, giving every citizen ownership shares. Keith, who last week said 50% wasn’t enough, this week credits it as the first genuine insight Sanders has had. The kicker: David Sacks — arch right-winger, former PayPal Mafia, Andreessen Horowitz — agreed on his podcast and said it should be 75%. Keith’s observation: when David Sacks and Bernie Sanders can agree on the direction, left-right labels stop helping. The question is just how to make capitalism’s gains flow to everyone.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Planning Beats Complaint: </strong>Keith’s editorial closer. The choice is not between liking Musk and hating Musk, not between celebrating SpaceX and resenting its valuation. The choice is between complaining and planning. John O’Farrell, former general partner at Andreessen Horowitz, resigned and wrote an op-ed in the <em>New York Times</em>: “We can’t let my former venture capital colleagues buy off democracy.” Gary Tan organised an Asian-American reaction against San Francisco’s school board and won. Citizens who act beat citizens who complain. That’s the week’s lesson. That’s Keith’s lesson. Andrew is away next week.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and Andrew’s regular TWTW co-host.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> by Keith Teare.</p><p> </p><p>•       Fareed Zakaria, “How California Became a Case Study in Failed Government,” <em>Washington Post</em> — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       John O’Farrell, “We Can’t Let My Former Venture Capital Colleagues Buy Off Democracy,” <em>New York Times</em> — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Francis Fukuyama on the liberal vision of Europe — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2938: Jonathan Weber on <em>City on the Edge</em> — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: SpaceX IPO, ...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>“We are all in the gutter, but some of us are looking at the stars,” Oscar Wilde wrote in his 1892 play <em>Lady Windermere’s Fan</em>. This week, Elon Musk managed — not for the first time — to be simultaneously in the stars and the gutter. SpaceX’s IPO valued his rocket company at $2 trillion — making Musk, officially, a trillionaire, the richest person in the world by a very large margin. The space Musk — the defiant genius who bet everything on a reusable rocket and the promise of a cosmic monopoly — is astonishing. The <em>Wall Street Journal</em> called the IPO a Goldilocks debut with Musk starring as the three bears.</p><p> </p><p>But there is another Musk — the one in the gutter, promoting white nationalist violence from his platform on X. This week Musk not only stoked the anti-immigrant riots in Belfast but reiterated his support for the English white supremacist gangster Tommy Robinson.</p><p> </p><p>So is this another <em>Strange Case of Dr Jekyll and Mr Hyde</em>, Robert Louis Stevenson’s 1886 novella? <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a>, publisher of <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a>, certainly thinks so. While Keith is in awe of Musk’s entrepreneurial genius at SpaceX, he seems to excuse Musk’s support for Tommy Robinson’s paramilitarism. “I’m not even sure I like him,” Keith confesses in his musings on “civilisation.” Nor do the rest of us.</p><p> </p><p>But I wonder if this good/bad Elon narrative is too convenient. There is an uncomfortable symbiosis between Musk’s journey to SpaceX and to white nationalist violence. For all the utopian cornucopia of space, our earthly reality is one of scarce land and fear of immigrants — Trump, Tommy Robinson, and this weekend’s Swiss referendum on capping its population at 10 million. For all the Muskian promise of cosmic abundance, today’s Muskian politics is paranoid and exclusionary. So maybe it’s not just Elon. Everyone these days is simultaneously in the gutter and looking up at the stars.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>SpaceX: From El Segundo Warehouse to $2 Trillion Juggernaut: </strong>SpaceX is 25 years old. It started in a warehouse near Los Angeles, in an area with a concentration of rocket scientists. Musk bet almost all of his Tesla gains on the idea of a reusable rocket — and nearly lost everything. Then a rocket worked. Since then: iterative improvement, the rockets getting bigger and more reliable, a virtual global monopoly on delivering payloads to space, Starlink (satellite internet that actually works at gigabit speeds), and NASA subcontracting its launches. Now: $2 trillion at IPO, Musk a trillionaire. Wall-to-wall applause from the startup world. Wall-to-wall pylon on social media. Both simultaneously true.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Grimace vs the Applause: Andrew vs Keith’s Media Diet: </strong>Keith says most commentators are grimacing at the valuation and Musk’s net worth. Andrew says the serious press — the <em>Wall Street Journal</em>, even the <em>New York Times</em> — is largely applauding. The exchange reveals the media bifurcation: mainstream outlets cover the achievement; social media — X, Facebook, LinkedIn — is wall-to-wall outrage about a trillionaire in a world of growing inequality. Keith’s verdict on Musk: he doesn’t care whether people like him. Neither, in Keith’s view, should we. You judge him not on likability but on criteria: civilization or net worth. Different criteria, different judgment.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>California and Europe: The Failure of Government: </strong>Fareed Zakaria in the <em>Washington Post</em>: California is a case study in failed government. Andrew had Jonathan Weber on the show this week — <em>City on the Edge</em>, the historic dysfunctionality of San Francisco city government. Fukuyama is trying to be optimistic about Europe’s liberal future. Keith’s counter: Fukuyama ignores the structural problem — top-heavy EU bureaucracy that overrides countries, producing dislike of the EU in every European nation, even France, which built it. Populism, Keith argues, is not the disease. It’s the symptom. The disease is twenty years of bad policy.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Bernie Sanders Finally Had an Insight: The Sovereign Wealth Fund: </strong>Sanders has proposed a sovereign wealth fund owning 50% of all high-growth AI companies, giving every citizen ownership shares. Keith, who last week said 50% wasn’t enough, this week credits it as the first genuine insight Sanders has had. The kicker: David Sacks — arch right-winger, former PayPal Mafia, Andreessen Horowitz — agreed on his podcast and said it should be 75%. Keith’s observation: when David Sacks and Bernie Sanders can agree on the direction, left-right labels stop helping. The question is just how to make capitalism’s gains flow to everyone.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Planning Beats Complaint: </strong>Keith’s editorial closer. The choice is not between liking Musk and hating Musk, not between celebrating SpaceX and resenting its valuation. The choice is between complaining and planning. John O’Farrell, former general partner at Andreessen Horowitz, resigned and wrote an op-ed in the <em>New York Times</em>: “We can’t let my former venture capital colleagues buy off democracy.” Gary Tan organised an Asian-American reaction against San Francisco’s school board and won. Citizens who act beat citizens who complain. That’s the week’s lesson. That’s Keith’s lesson. Andrew is away next week.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and Andrew’s regular TWTW co-host.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> by Keith Teare.</p><p> </p><p>•       Fareed Zakaria, “How California Became a Case Study in Failed Government,” <em>Washington Post</em> — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       John O’Farrell, “We Can’t Let My Former Venture Capital Colleagues Buy Off Democracy,” <em>New York Times</em> — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Francis Fukuyama on the liberal vision of Europe — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2938: Jonathan Weber on <em>City on the Edge</em> — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: SpaceX IPO, ...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 14 Jun 2026 08:45:03 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/ed5ff5dd/74f53950.mp3" length="38097070" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3310712" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/ed5ff5dd/74f53950.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F4okRiXifSU">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/tcrhxOP0tQIwTPxaDtT9wTgXYXWL-kKNmHvWcNccD5E/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xOGMx/MDEwZjUwMjcyZGEx/OGQ3NmUyYzY2ZWNi/ZjBhZC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2379</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>“We are all in the gutter, but some of us are looking at the stars,” Oscar Wilde wrote in his 1892 play <em>Lady Windermere’s Fan</em>. This week, Elon Musk managed — not for the first time — to be simultaneously in the stars and the gutter. SpaceX’s IPO valued his rocket company at $2 trillion — making Musk, officially, a trillionaire, the richest person in the world by a very large margin. The space Musk — the defiant genius who bet everything on a reusable rocket and the promise of a cosmic monopoly — is astonishing. The <em>Wall Street Journal</em> called the IPO a Goldilocks debut with Musk starring as the three bears.</p><p> </p><p>But there is another Musk — the one in the gutter, promoting white nationalist violence from his platform on X. This week Musk not only stoked the anti-immigrant riots in Belfast but reiterated his support for the English white supremacist gangster Tommy Robinson.</p><p> </p><p>So is this another <em>Strange Case of Dr Jekyll and Mr Hyde</em>, Robert Louis Stevenson’s 1886 novella? <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a>, publisher of <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a>, certainly thinks so. While Keith is in awe of Musk’s entrepreneurial genius at SpaceX, he seems to excuse Musk’s support for Tommy Robinson’s paramilitarism. “I’m not even sure I like him,” Keith confesses in his musings on “civilisation.” Nor do the rest of us.</p><p> </p><p>But I wonder if this good/bad Elon narrative is too convenient. There is an uncomfortable symbiosis between Musk’s journey to SpaceX and to white nationalist violence. For all the utopian cornucopia of space, our earthly reality is one of scarce land and fear of immigrants — Trump, Tommy Robinson, and this weekend’s Swiss referendum on capping its population at 10 million. For all the Muskian promise of cosmic abundance, today’s Muskian politics is paranoid and exclusionary. So maybe it’s not just Elon. Everyone these days is simultaneously in the gutter and looking up at the stars.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>SpaceX: From El Segundo Warehouse to $2 Trillion Juggernaut: </strong>SpaceX is 25 years old. It started in a warehouse near Los Angeles, in an area with a concentration of rocket scientists. Musk bet almost all of his Tesla gains on the idea of a reusable rocket — and nearly lost everything. Then a rocket worked. Since then: iterative improvement, the rockets getting bigger and more reliable, a virtual global monopoly on delivering payloads to space, Starlink (satellite internet that actually works at gigabit speeds), and NASA subcontracting its launches. Now: $2 trillion at IPO, Musk a trillionaire. Wall-to-wall applause from the startup world. Wall-to-wall pylon on social media. Both simultaneously true.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Grimace vs the Applause: Andrew vs Keith’s Media Diet: </strong>Keith says most commentators are grimacing at the valuation and Musk’s net worth. Andrew says the serious press — the <em>Wall Street Journal</em>, even the <em>New York Times</em> — is largely applauding. The exchange reveals the media bifurcation: mainstream outlets cover the achievement; social media — X, Facebook, LinkedIn — is wall-to-wall outrage about a trillionaire in a world of growing inequality. Keith’s verdict on Musk: he doesn’t care whether people like him. Neither, in Keith’s view, should we. You judge him not on likability but on criteria: civilization or net worth. Different criteria, different judgment.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>California and Europe: The Failure of Government: </strong>Fareed Zakaria in the <em>Washington Post</em>: California is a case study in failed government. Andrew had Jonathan Weber on the show this week — <em>City on the Edge</em>, the historic dysfunctionality of San Francisco city government. Fukuyama is trying to be optimistic about Europe’s liberal future. Keith’s counter: Fukuyama ignores the structural problem — top-heavy EU bureaucracy that overrides countries, producing dislike of the EU in every European nation, even France, which built it. Populism, Keith argues, is not the disease. It’s the symptom. The disease is twenty years of bad policy.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Bernie Sanders Finally Had an Insight: The Sovereign Wealth Fund: </strong>Sanders has proposed a sovereign wealth fund owning 50% of all high-growth AI companies, giving every citizen ownership shares. Keith, who last week said 50% wasn’t enough, this week credits it as the first genuine insight Sanders has had. The kicker: David Sacks — arch right-winger, former PayPal Mafia, Andreessen Horowitz — agreed on his podcast and said it should be 75%. Keith’s observation: when David Sacks and Bernie Sanders can agree on the direction, left-right labels stop helping. The question is just how to make capitalism’s gains flow to everyone.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Planning Beats Complaint: </strong>Keith’s editorial closer. The choice is not between liking Musk and hating Musk, not between celebrating SpaceX and resenting its valuation. The choice is between complaining and planning. John O’Farrell, former general partner at Andreessen Horowitz, resigned and wrote an op-ed in the <em>New York Times</em>: “We can’t let my former venture capital colleagues buy off democracy.” Gary Tan organised an Asian-American reaction against San Francisco’s school board and won. Citizens who act beat citizens who complain. That’s the week’s lesson. That’s Keith’s lesson. Andrew is away next week.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and Andrew’s regular TWTW co-host.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> by Keith Teare.</p><p> </p><p>•       Fareed Zakaria, “How California Became a Case Study in Failed Government,” <em>Washington Post</em> — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       John O’Farrell, “We Can’t Let My Former Venture Capital Colleagues Buy Off Democracy,” <em>New York Times</em> — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Francis Fukuyama on the liberal vision of Europe — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2938: Jonathan Weber on <em>City on the Edge</em> — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: SpaceX IPO, ...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ed5ff5dd/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ed5ff5dd/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>No Statecraft for Old Men: Jack Watling on the New Rules of Power in a Chaotic World</title>
      <itunes:episode>2940</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2940</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>No Statecraft for Old Men: Jack Watling on the New Rules of Power in a Chaotic World</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">faa884c0-6e16-4084-a2e8-74ba60b293c5</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Power trumps money fundamentally. And I think we’ve seen the extent to which these companies are very subservient to the US government. Because the US government can break them in an instant.” — Jack Watling on whether Anthropic and OpenAI can become geopolitical players</em></p><p> </p><p>In Cormac McCarthy’s 2005 novel <em>No Country for Old Men</em>, an ageing Texas sheriff finds himself outmatched by a killer operating by a logic the old rules can’t contain. It’s the story of a man shaped by one world, and then trying to operate in an entirely different system.</p><p> </p><p>That’s also the situation facing many statesmen today who are having to operate in an international system where the old rules no longer apply. The British military strategist <a href="https://www.panmacmillan.com/authors/jack-watling/statecraft/9781035059034">Jack Watling</a> argues in his new book <a href="https://www.panmacmillan.com/authors/jack-watling/statecraft/9781035059034"><em>Statecraft: The New Rules of Power in a Divided World</em></a> that we have moved from a monopolar world to one of intensely multipolar competition where adversaries can subvert all the premises of another state’s strategy.</p><p> </p><p>These disruptive rules of the 21st century multipolar international system aren’t entirely new. There are, for example, eerie similarities with the chaotically multipolar system that led to the First World War. But they are new to the leaders who have to apply them. So, for example, they are having to deal with Vladimir Putin who is locked into an eighth-century Orthodox Holy Russian Empire fantasy. Or with the impulsive and disruptive Donald Trump whose only goal, it sometimes seems, is to subvert all the rules of the old world. These are Jack Watling’s new rules of power in a divided world. New statecraft for old men. Or maybe old statecraft for new men.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Rules Are New to the Leaders, Not the World: </strong>Watling’s thesis: many of the principles in his book are old, as a historian he knows that. But they are new to the current crop of political leaders because they were formed in a monopolar world where America had primacy, crises were resolved, and the status quo was restored. We are now in a period of intense interstate competition where changes are permanent — the interventions that are being made fundamentally shift the trend. That does require a new way of thinking. The tragedy is that the leaders who most need to think in new ways — Putin and Trump in particular — are the least capable of it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Putin vs Trump: Two Different Kinds of Fallibility: </strong>Putin has locked himself into a rubric of looking at the world through the lens of the Orthodox Holy Russian Empire — a framework that doesn’t align with how anyone else reads the map. He’s not a pragmatic dealmaker; when you get him to the table, as Trump found in Alaska, he starts referring back to the eighth century. Trump is very different: much less cautious, much more impulsive, skilled at making the conversation happen on his terms by disrupting everything around him. The problem with impulsive rather than deliberate is that he has no clear idea of where he wants to get to. Both fallible. Neither predictable.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The WWI Parallel: Over By Christmas: </strong>Watling’s most sobering analogy: when we look at 1914, nobody thought it would become what it became. The assumption was over by Christmas. It grew out of any capacity to control it. Today, the rules between the great powers don’t reflect where power actually sits. The capacity for a conflagration — Taiwan being the obvious tipping point — to suddenly trigger a series of escalations around the world is very real. We have to be cognisant that risk is latent in the system. The outcome we most wish to avoid is also the most mutually calamitous one. That’s not a guarantee it won’t happen.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Power Trumps Money — Even Trumpian Power Trumps Trumpian Money: </strong>Andrew asks whether Anthropic and OpenAI could become geopolitical players — more powerful than middle powers like Brazil or Japan. Watling’s answer: no. Russian oligarchs made this mistake in the 1990s. They thought that because they had huge amounts of money and controlled valuable resources they could play geopolitically. They were very quickly subsumed by the state. These tech companies are very subservient to the US government, which can break them in an instant. The pun lands perfectly: even Trumpian power trumps Trumpian money.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>How Smaller States Build Leverage: Stay Off the Menu: </strong>One of the book’s central arguments: how do smaller states shape world events when dwarfed by superpowers? Watling’s answer: leverage is not just military. It is economic, informational, reputational. The UK spends billions on aircraft carriers it struggles to support at sea — a good illustration of how a state can mistake the form of power for its substance. Smaller states that build genuine leverage — through control of chokepoints, indispensable relationships, asymmetric capabilities — can stay off the menu even in a world dominated by great powers. That requires statecraft. Not just military spending.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.panmacmillan.com/authors/jack-watling/statecraft/9781035059034">Jack Watling</a> is Senior Research Fellow for Land Warfare at the Royal United Services Institute (RUSI) in London. He works closely with the British, Ukrainian, and American military and advises governments on security and strategy. He was formerly a Global Fellow at the Wilson Center in Washington, D.C. He is the author of <a href="https://www.panmacmillan.com/authors/jack-watling/statecraft/9781035059034"><em>Statecraft: The New Rules of Power in a Divided World</em></a> (Pan Macmillan, 2026) and <em>The Arms of the Future: Technology and Close Combat in the Twenty-First Century</em>. Originally a journalist, he has contributed to <em>Reuters</em>, <em>The Atlantic</em>, <em>Foreign Policy</em>, and <em>The Guardian</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.panmacmillan.com/authors/jack-watling/statecraft/9781035059034"><em>Statecraft: The New Rules of Power in a Divided World</em></a> by Jack Watling (Pan Macmillan, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2935: Michael Mandelbaum on <em>The American Way of Foreign Policy</em> — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       RUSI (Royal United Services Institute), Whitehall, London — Watling’s institutional base.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.s..."></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Power trumps money fundamentally. And I think we’ve seen the extent to which these companies are very subservient to the US government. Because the US government can break them in an instant.” — Jack Watling on whether Anthropic and OpenAI can become geopolitical players</em></p><p> </p><p>In Cormac McCarthy’s 2005 novel <em>No Country for Old Men</em>, an ageing Texas sheriff finds himself outmatched by a killer operating by a logic the old rules can’t contain. It’s the story of a man shaped by one world, and then trying to operate in an entirely different system.</p><p> </p><p>That’s also the situation facing many statesmen today who are having to operate in an international system where the old rules no longer apply. The British military strategist <a href="https://www.panmacmillan.com/authors/jack-watling/statecraft/9781035059034">Jack Watling</a> argues in his new book <a href="https://www.panmacmillan.com/authors/jack-watling/statecraft/9781035059034"><em>Statecraft: The New Rules of Power in a Divided World</em></a> that we have moved from a monopolar world to one of intensely multipolar competition where adversaries can subvert all the premises of another state’s strategy.</p><p> </p><p>These disruptive rules of the 21st century multipolar international system aren’t entirely new. There are, for example, eerie similarities with the chaotically multipolar system that led to the First World War. But they are new to the leaders who have to apply them. So, for example, they are having to deal with Vladimir Putin who is locked into an eighth-century Orthodox Holy Russian Empire fantasy. Or with the impulsive and disruptive Donald Trump whose only goal, it sometimes seems, is to subvert all the rules of the old world. These are Jack Watling’s new rules of power in a divided world. New statecraft for old men. Or maybe old statecraft for new men.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Rules Are New to the Leaders, Not the World: </strong>Watling’s thesis: many of the principles in his book are old, as a historian he knows that. But they are new to the current crop of political leaders because they were formed in a monopolar world where America had primacy, crises were resolved, and the status quo was restored. We are now in a period of intense interstate competition where changes are permanent — the interventions that are being made fundamentally shift the trend. That does require a new way of thinking. The tragedy is that the leaders who most need to think in new ways — Putin and Trump in particular — are the least capable of it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Putin vs Trump: Two Different Kinds of Fallibility: </strong>Putin has locked himself into a rubric of looking at the world through the lens of the Orthodox Holy Russian Empire — a framework that doesn’t align with how anyone else reads the map. He’s not a pragmatic dealmaker; when you get him to the table, as Trump found in Alaska, he starts referring back to the eighth century. Trump is very different: much less cautious, much more impulsive, skilled at making the conversation happen on his terms by disrupting everything around him. The problem with impulsive rather than deliberate is that he has no clear idea of where he wants to get to. Both fallible. Neither predictable.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The WWI Parallel: Over By Christmas: </strong>Watling’s most sobering analogy: when we look at 1914, nobody thought it would become what it became. The assumption was over by Christmas. It grew out of any capacity to control it. Today, the rules between the great powers don’t reflect where power actually sits. The capacity for a conflagration — Taiwan being the obvious tipping point — to suddenly trigger a series of escalations around the world is very real. We have to be cognisant that risk is latent in the system. The outcome we most wish to avoid is also the most mutually calamitous one. That’s not a guarantee it won’t happen.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Power Trumps Money — Even Trumpian Power Trumps Trumpian Money: </strong>Andrew asks whether Anthropic and OpenAI could become geopolitical players — more powerful than middle powers like Brazil or Japan. Watling’s answer: no. Russian oligarchs made this mistake in the 1990s. They thought that because they had huge amounts of money and controlled valuable resources they could play geopolitically. They were very quickly subsumed by the state. These tech companies are very subservient to the US government, which can break them in an instant. The pun lands perfectly: even Trumpian power trumps Trumpian money.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>How Smaller States Build Leverage: Stay Off the Menu: </strong>One of the book’s central arguments: how do smaller states shape world events when dwarfed by superpowers? Watling’s answer: leverage is not just military. It is economic, informational, reputational. The UK spends billions on aircraft carriers it struggles to support at sea — a good illustration of how a state can mistake the form of power for its substance. Smaller states that build genuine leverage — through control of chokepoints, indispensable relationships, asymmetric capabilities — can stay off the menu even in a world dominated by great powers. That requires statecraft. Not just military spending.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.panmacmillan.com/authors/jack-watling/statecraft/9781035059034">Jack Watling</a> is Senior Research Fellow for Land Warfare at the Royal United Services Institute (RUSI) in London. He works closely with the British, Ukrainian, and American military and advises governments on security and strategy. He was formerly a Global Fellow at the Wilson Center in Washington, D.C. He is the author of <a href="https://www.panmacmillan.com/authors/jack-watling/statecraft/9781035059034"><em>Statecraft: The New Rules of Power in a Divided World</em></a> (Pan Macmillan, 2026) and <em>The Arms of the Future: Technology and Close Combat in the Twenty-First Century</em>. Originally a journalist, he has contributed to <em>Reuters</em>, <em>The Atlantic</em>, <em>Foreign Policy</em>, and <em>The Guardian</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.panmacmillan.com/authors/jack-watling/statecraft/9781035059034"><em>Statecraft: The New Rules of Power in a Divided World</em></a> by Jack Watling (Pan Macmillan, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2935: Michael Mandelbaum on <em>The American Way of Foreign Policy</em> — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       RUSI (Royal United Services Institute), Whitehall, London — Watling’s institutional base.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.s..."></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 13 Jun 2026 06:41:43 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/263cdc8a/4368c61c.mp3" length="39821755" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3454457" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/263cdc8a/4368c61c.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9PsGsKC1P78">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/WJepuMStuASbmP-uZx3AacJHylQFxZFPjcXpD07T5kU/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS82MmFl/YjA3NTM2ODU2OTM0/YmU2OTA5ZmMwOGIz/MjdiMi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2487</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Power trumps money fundamentally. And I think we’ve seen the extent to which these companies are very subservient to the US government. Because the US government can break them in an instant.” — Jack Watling on whether Anthropic and OpenAI can become geopolitical players</em></p><p> </p><p>In Cormac McCarthy’s 2005 novel <em>No Country for Old Men</em>, an ageing Texas sheriff finds himself outmatched by a killer operating by a logic the old rules can’t contain. It’s the story of a man shaped by one world, and then trying to operate in an entirely different system.</p><p> </p><p>That’s also the situation facing many statesmen today who are having to operate in an international system where the old rules no longer apply. The British military strategist <a href="https://www.panmacmillan.com/authors/jack-watling/statecraft/9781035059034">Jack Watling</a> argues in his new book <a href="https://www.panmacmillan.com/authors/jack-watling/statecraft/9781035059034"><em>Statecraft: The New Rules of Power in a Divided World</em></a> that we have moved from a monopolar world to one of intensely multipolar competition where adversaries can subvert all the premises of another state’s strategy.</p><p> </p><p>These disruptive rules of the 21st century multipolar international system aren’t entirely new. There are, for example, eerie similarities with the chaotically multipolar system that led to the First World War. But they are new to the leaders who have to apply them. So, for example, they are having to deal with Vladimir Putin who is locked into an eighth-century Orthodox Holy Russian Empire fantasy. Or with the impulsive and disruptive Donald Trump whose only goal, it sometimes seems, is to subvert all the rules of the old world. These are Jack Watling’s new rules of power in a divided world. New statecraft for old men. Or maybe old statecraft for new men.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Rules Are New to the Leaders, Not the World: </strong>Watling’s thesis: many of the principles in his book are old, as a historian he knows that. But they are new to the current crop of political leaders because they were formed in a monopolar world where America had primacy, crises were resolved, and the status quo was restored. We are now in a period of intense interstate competition where changes are permanent — the interventions that are being made fundamentally shift the trend. That does require a new way of thinking. The tragedy is that the leaders who most need to think in new ways — Putin and Trump in particular — are the least capable of it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Putin vs Trump: Two Different Kinds of Fallibility: </strong>Putin has locked himself into a rubric of looking at the world through the lens of the Orthodox Holy Russian Empire — a framework that doesn’t align with how anyone else reads the map. He’s not a pragmatic dealmaker; when you get him to the table, as Trump found in Alaska, he starts referring back to the eighth century. Trump is very different: much less cautious, much more impulsive, skilled at making the conversation happen on his terms by disrupting everything around him. The problem with impulsive rather than deliberate is that he has no clear idea of where he wants to get to. Both fallible. Neither predictable.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The WWI Parallel: Over By Christmas: </strong>Watling’s most sobering analogy: when we look at 1914, nobody thought it would become what it became. The assumption was over by Christmas. It grew out of any capacity to control it. Today, the rules between the great powers don’t reflect where power actually sits. The capacity for a conflagration — Taiwan being the obvious tipping point — to suddenly trigger a series of escalations around the world is very real. We have to be cognisant that risk is latent in the system. The outcome we most wish to avoid is also the most mutually calamitous one. That’s not a guarantee it won’t happen.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Power Trumps Money — Even Trumpian Power Trumps Trumpian Money: </strong>Andrew asks whether Anthropic and OpenAI could become geopolitical players — more powerful than middle powers like Brazil or Japan. Watling’s answer: no. Russian oligarchs made this mistake in the 1990s. They thought that because they had huge amounts of money and controlled valuable resources they could play geopolitically. They were very quickly subsumed by the state. These tech companies are very subservient to the US government, which can break them in an instant. The pun lands perfectly: even Trumpian power trumps Trumpian money.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>How Smaller States Build Leverage: Stay Off the Menu: </strong>One of the book’s central arguments: how do smaller states shape world events when dwarfed by superpowers? Watling’s answer: leverage is not just military. It is economic, informational, reputational. The UK spends billions on aircraft carriers it struggles to support at sea — a good illustration of how a state can mistake the form of power for its substance. Smaller states that build genuine leverage — through control of chokepoints, indispensable relationships, asymmetric capabilities — can stay off the menu even in a world dominated by great powers. That requires statecraft. Not just military spending.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.panmacmillan.com/authors/jack-watling/statecraft/9781035059034">Jack Watling</a> is Senior Research Fellow for Land Warfare at the Royal United Services Institute (RUSI) in London. He works closely with the British, Ukrainian, and American military and advises governments on security and strategy. He was formerly a Global Fellow at the Wilson Center in Washington, D.C. He is the author of <a href="https://www.panmacmillan.com/authors/jack-watling/statecraft/9781035059034"><em>Statecraft: The New Rules of Power in a Divided World</em></a> (Pan Macmillan, 2026) and <em>The Arms of the Future: Technology and Close Combat in the Twenty-First Century</em>. Originally a journalist, he has contributed to <em>Reuters</em>, <em>The Atlantic</em>, <em>Foreign Policy</em>, and <em>The Guardian</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.panmacmillan.com/authors/jack-watling/statecraft/9781035059034"><em>Statecraft: The New Rules of Power in a Divided World</em></a> by Jack Watling (Pan Macmillan, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2935: Michael Mandelbaum on <em>The American Way of Foreign Policy</em> — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       RUSI (Royal United Services Institute), Whitehall, London — Watling’s institutional base.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.s..."></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/263cdc8a/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/263cdc8a/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The David Frum Show: Frum on Gatsby, Trump the Fascoid and What It Means to Be an American</title>
      <itunes:episode>2939</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2939</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The David Frum Show: Frum on Gatsby, Trump the Fascoid and What It Means to Be an American</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ce317a9e-7e55-4b6b-b9c1-7623ca8a1229</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“That’s not the America that I believed in and that I chose to merge my fate with.” — David Frum on Trump’s predatory foreign policy</em></p><p> </p><p>What does it mean to be an American? It’s a slippery question — especially for those of us born outside the United States. Take, for example, <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/david-frum/">David Frum</a>, the Toronto-born writer and Presidential speechwriter who coined the phrase “Axis of Evil” in 2002. Back then, it included Iran, Iraq and North Korea. Today, one wonders if Frum, who has written two powerful jeremiads about Donald Trump, would include what he calls this "fascoid" in this exclusive club.</p><p> </p><p>Frum still lives part of the year on Loyalist Parkway in Ontario — a road honouring British troops fleeing the American Revolution. From his deck, what remains of the Canadian in Frum gazes across Lake Ontario at the American shore. The lights on the other side of the lake, he admits, are more glittering. But unlike Nick Carraway in his favourite American novel <em>The Great Gatsby</em>, David Frum isn’t seduced by all that glitters. Carraway, Frum says, is an unreliable narrator impressed by the gangster glamour of Jay Gatsby. But Gatsby, like Donald Trump, Frum reminds us, is a criminal. And Gatsby, perhaps also like Trump, is at least part of the answer of what it means to be an American.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Loyalist Parkway: Canada as the Product of the American Revolution: </strong>Frum spends part of the year on Loyalist Parkway in Ontario — a road named for the refugees who fled the American Revolution northward and settled across Lake Ontario. Canada, in his telling, is the product of what he calls the American civil war that nobody calls that: the revolution of 1776. It was, for the Loyalists, a shattering loss. From his house, he looks across the lake at the American shore. There is something brighter there, more glittering, more charged. That particular Canadian vantage point — attracted to and slightly outside of America — is where Frum and Zakaria both live.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Predatory America: Trump vs the American Tradition: </strong>America is currently at war with Iran. Trump’s stated aim, in Frum’s analysis, is purely predatory — to take Iran’s oil, enrich the United States by impoverishing Iranians, plunder like a bandit. He compares this to Trump’s Venezuela policy. Frum’s verdict: that is a president against the American tradition. George W. Bush — whatever the failures of the Iraq war — went to Iraq to overthrow a dictatorship and bring a better future. He went in the name of American ideals. Trump invokes no ideals. He just wants the oil.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Axis of Evil Defence: </strong>Andrew raises the uncomfortable parallel: Frum coined “axis of evil,” worked for Bush, helped set the fuse for the wars that led, arguably, to the current moment. Frum’s defence is structural. The Iraq war of 2003 was the continuation of a conflict that began when Saddam Hussein invaded Kuwait in 1990. Bill Clinton nearly returned to war with Iraq in 1994 and struck it in 1998, for the same reason: Iraq’s violation of the 1991 armistice. Bush was following that path. He went to war in the name of ideals. He didn’t go to steal Iraq’s oil. That is the American tradition, even in failure.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Nick Carraway Is an Unreliable Narrator: </strong>The conversation’s most surprising section: Frum on <em>The Great Gatsby</em>. Nick Carraway, Frum argues, is not a reliable guide to Gatsby’s moral complexity. He is a narrator seduced by gangster glamour — who constructs moral explanations for an attraction he knows he shouldn’t feel. The tell: Nick is horrified by the glamour one night, then thrilled the next morning to fly in Gatsby’s private seaplane. Gatsby is a criminal. And Gatsby is, for Fitzgerald, a symbol of America: a self-invented person with a fabricated backstory, living on bootlegging and organised crime, staring across the water at a green light he can never reach.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Looking Across the Lake: The Canadian Analyst of American Life: </strong>Frum’s closing meditation: there is something about knowing America from the inside, but there is also something valuable about the critical distance of the outsider. He looks across Lake Ontario at the American shore from which the Loyalists fled — the shore they looked back at because there was something magical on the other side. Fareed Zakaria looks across the Atlantic from India. Both naturalized citizens brought to America by an idea of what it was. Both rethinking that idea now. Frum’s plan for July 4: sitting on his deck in Ontario, looking across the water, wishing well to American democracy.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/david-frum/">David Frum</a> is a senior editor at <em>The Atlantic</em> and the host of <em>The David Frum Show</em>. He was a speechwriter and special assistant to President George W. Bush in 2001–2002. He is the author of <em>Trumpocracy: The Corruption of the American Republic</em> (HarperCollins, 2018) and <em>Trumpocalypse: Restoring American Democracy</em> (HarperCollins, 2020). He lives in Washington, D.C. and Wellington, Ontario. He is working on a memoir.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/david-frum/">The David Frum Show</a> — Frum’s show at <em>The Atlantic</em>, where his interview with Fareed Zakaria is referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Great Gatsby</em> by F. Scott Fitzgerald — the central text of the conversation’s second half.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Trumpocracy: The Corruption of the American Republic</em> by David Frum (HarperCollins, 2018).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Trumpocalypse: Restoring American Democracy</em> by David Frum (HarperCollins, 2020).</p><p> </p><p>•       Loyalist Parkway, Ontario — the road where Frum lives part of the year, named for the refugees from the American Revolution.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“That’s not the America that I believed in and that I chose to merge my fate with.” — David Frum on Trump’s predatory foreign policy</em></p><p> </p><p>What does it mean to be an American? It’s a slippery question — especially for those of us born outside the United States. Take, for example, <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/david-frum/">David Frum</a>, the Toronto-born writer and Presidential speechwriter who coined the phrase “Axis of Evil” in 2002. Back then, it included Iran, Iraq and North Korea. Today, one wonders if Frum, who has written two powerful jeremiads about Donald Trump, would include what he calls this "fascoid" in this exclusive club.</p><p> </p><p>Frum still lives part of the year on Loyalist Parkway in Ontario — a road honouring British troops fleeing the American Revolution. From his deck, what remains of the Canadian in Frum gazes across Lake Ontario at the American shore. The lights on the other side of the lake, he admits, are more glittering. But unlike Nick Carraway in his favourite American novel <em>The Great Gatsby</em>, David Frum isn’t seduced by all that glitters. Carraway, Frum says, is an unreliable narrator impressed by the gangster glamour of Jay Gatsby. But Gatsby, like Donald Trump, Frum reminds us, is a criminal. And Gatsby, perhaps also like Trump, is at least part of the answer of what it means to be an American.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Loyalist Parkway: Canada as the Product of the American Revolution: </strong>Frum spends part of the year on Loyalist Parkway in Ontario — a road named for the refugees who fled the American Revolution northward and settled across Lake Ontario. Canada, in his telling, is the product of what he calls the American civil war that nobody calls that: the revolution of 1776. It was, for the Loyalists, a shattering loss. From his house, he looks across the lake at the American shore. There is something brighter there, more glittering, more charged. That particular Canadian vantage point — attracted to and slightly outside of America — is where Frum and Zakaria both live.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Predatory America: Trump vs the American Tradition: </strong>America is currently at war with Iran. Trump’s stated aim, in Frum’s analysis, is purely predatory — to take Iran’s oil, enrich the United States by impoverishing Iranians, plunder like a bandit. He compares this to Trump’s Venezuela policy. Frum’s verdict: that is a president against the American tradition. George W. Bush — whatever the failures of the Iraq war — went to Iraq to overthrow a dictatorship and bring a better future. He went in the name of American ideals. Trump invokes no ideals. He just wants the oil.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Axis of Evil Defence: </strong>Andrew raises the uncomfortable parallel: Frum coined “axis of evil,” worked for Bush, helped set the fuse for the wars that led, arguably, to the current moment. Frum’s defence is structural. The Iraq war of 2003 was the continuation of a conflict that began when Saddam Hussein invaded Kuwait in 1990. Bill Clinton nearly returned to war with Iraq in 1994 and struck it in 1998, for the same reason: Iraq’s violation of the 1991 armistice. Bush was following that path. He went to war in the name of ideals. He didn’t go to steal Iraq’s oil. That is the American tradition, even in failure.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Nick Carraway Is an Unreliable Narrator: </strong>The conversation’s most surprising section: Frum on <em>The Great Gatsby</em>. Nick Carraway, Frum argues, is not a reliable guide to Gatsby’s moral complexity. He is a narrator seduced by gangster glamour — who constructs moral explanations for an attraction he knows he shouldn’t feel. The tell: Nick is horrified by the glamour one night, then thrilled the next morning to fly in Gatsby’s private seaplane. Gatsby is a criminal. And Gatsby is, for Fitzgerald, a symbol of America: a self-invented person with a fabricated backstory, living on bootlegging and organised crime, staring across the water at a green light he can never reach.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Looking Across the Lake: The Canadian Analyst of American Life: </strong>Frum’s closing meditation: there is something about knowing America from the inside, but there is also something valuable about the critical distance of the outsider. He looks across Lake Ontario at the American shore from which the Loyalists fled — the shore they looked back at because there was something magical on the other side. Fareed Zakaria looks across the Atlantic from India. Both naturalized citizens brought to America by an idea of what it was. Both rethinking that idea now. Frum’s plan for July 4: sitting on his deck in Ontario, looking across the water, wishing well to American democracy.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/david-frum/">David Frum</a> is a senior editor at <em>The Atlantic</em> and the host of <em>The David Frum Show</em>. He was a speechwriter and special assistant to President George W. Bush in 2001–2002. He is the author of <em>Trumpocracy: The Corruption of the American Republic</em> (HarperCollins, 2018) and <em>Trumpocalypse: Restoring American Democracy</em> (HarperCollins, 2020). He lives in Washington, D.C. and Wellington, Ontario. He is working on a memoir.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/david-frum/">The David Frum Show</a> — Frum’s show at <em>The Atlantic</em>, where his interview with Fareed Zakaria is referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Great Gatsby</em> by F. Scott Fitzgerald — the central text of the conversation’s second half.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Trumpocracy: The Corruption of the American Republic</em> by David Frum (HarperCollins, 2018).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Trumpocalypse: Restoring American Democracy</em> by David Frum (HarperCollins, 2020).</p><p> </p><p>•       Loyalist Parkway, Ontario — the road where Frum lives part of the year, named for the refugees from the American Revolution.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Jun 2026 06:53:30 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/567eabcd/3f7110d6.mp3" length="48325829" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3470182" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/567eabcd/3f7110d6.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D6viTDKkLJA">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/raPydgQRxInSxkUmg0CLyXFztAFm0m9BJvRUQufWjDo/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8wZGUx/Mjk2M2FlZGE4Njgz/N2Y1MmE2NWY0OTc5/YjQxYi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3019</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“That’s not the America that I believed in and that I chose to merge my fate with.” — David Frum on Trump’s predatory foreign policy</em></p><p> </p><p>What does it mean to be an American? It’s a slippery question — especially for those of us born outside the United States. Take, for example, <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/david-frum/">David Frum</a>, the Toronto-born writer and Presidential speechwriter who coined the phrase “Axis of Evil” in 2002. Back then, it included Iran, Iraq and North Korea. Today, one wonders if Frum, who has written two powerful jeremiads about Donald Trump, would include what he calls this "fascoid" in this exclusive club.</p><p> </p><p>Frum still lives part of the year on Loyalist Parkway in Ontario — a road honouring British troops fleeing the American Revolution. From his deck, what remains of the Canadian in Frum gazes across Lake Ontario at the American shore. The lights on the other side of the lake, he admits, are more glittering. But unlike Nick Carraway in his favourite American novel <em>The Great Gatsby</em>, David Frum isn’t seduced by all that glitters. Carraway, Frum says, is an unreliable narrator impressed by the gangster glamour of Jay Gatsby. But Gatsby, like Donald Trump, Frum reminds us, is a criminal. And Gatsby, perhaps also like Trump, is at least part of the answer of what it means to be an American.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Loyalist Parkway: Canada as the Product of the American Revolution: </strong>Frum spends part of the year on Loyalist Parkway in Ontario — a road named for the refugees who fled the American Revolution northward and settled across Lake Ontario. Canada, in his telling, is the product of what he calls the American civil war that nobody calls that: the revolution of 1776. It was, for the Loyalists, a shattering loss. From his house, he looks across the lake at the American shore. There is something brighter there, more glittering, more charged. That particular Canadian vantage point — attracted to and slightly outside of America — is where Frum and Zakaria both live.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Predatory America: Trump vs the American Tradition: </strong>America is currently at war with Iran. Trump’s stated aim, in Frum’s analysis, is purely predatory — to take Iran’s oil, enrich the United States by impoverishing Iranians, plunder like a bandit. He compares this to Trump’s Venezuela policy. Frum’s verdict: that is a president against the American tradition. George W. Bush — whatever the failures of the Iraq war — went to Iraq to overthrow a dictatorship and bring a better future. He went in the name of American ideals. Trump invokes no ideals. He just wants the oil.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Axis of Evil Defence: </strong>Andrew raises the uncomfortable parallel: Frum coined “axis of evil,” worked for Bush, helped set the fuse for the wars that led, arguably, to the current moment. Frum’s defence is structural. The Iraq war of 2003 was the continuation of a conflict that began when Saddam Hussein invaded Kuwait in 1990. Bill Clinton nearly returned to war with Iraq in 1994 and struck it in 1998, for the same reason: Iraq’s violation of the 1991 armistice. Bush was following that path. He went to war in the name of ideals. He didn’t go to steal Iraq’s oil. That is the American tradition, even in failure.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Nick Carraway Is an Unreliable Narrator: </strong>The conversation’s most surprising section: Frum on <em>The Great Gatsby</em>. Nick Carraway, Frum argues, is not a reliable guide to Gatsby’s moral complexity. He is a narrator seduced by gangster glamour — who constructs moral explanations for an attraction he knows he shouldn’t feel. The tell: Nick is horrified by the glamour one night, then thrilled the next morning to fly in Gatsby’s private seaplane. Gatsby is a criminal. And Gatsby is, for Fitzgerald, a symbol of America: a self-invented person with a fabricated backstory, living on bootlegging and organised crime, staring across the water at a green light he can never reach.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Looking Across the Lake: The Canadian Analyst of American Life: </strong>Frum’s closing meditation: there is something about knowing America from the inside, but there is also something valuable about the critical distance of the outsider. He looks across Lake Ontario at the American shore from which the Loyalists fled — the shore they looked back at because there was something magical on the other side. Fareed Zakaria looks across the Atlantic from India. Both naturalized citizens brought to America by an idea of what it was. Both rethinking that idea now. Frum’s plan for July 4: sitting on his deck in Ontario, looking across the water, wishing well to American democracy.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/david-frum/">David Frum</a> is a senior editor at <em>The Atlantic</em> and the host of <em>The David Frum Show</em>. He was a speechwriter and special assistant to President George W. Bush in 2001–2002. He is the author of <em>Trumpocracy: The Corruption of the American Republic</em> (HarperCollins, 2018) and <em>Trumpocalypse: Restoring American Democracy</em> (HarperCollins, 2020). He lives in Washington, D.C. and Wellington, Ontario. He is working on a memoir.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/david-frum/">The David Frum Show</a> — Frum’s show at <em>The Atlantic</em>, where his interview with Fareed Zakaria is referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Great Gatsby</em> by F. Scott Fitzgerald — the central text of the conversation’s second half.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Trumpocracy: The Corruption of the American Republic</em> by David Frum (HarperCollins, 2018).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Trumpocalypse: Restoring American Democracy</em> by David Frum (HarperCollins, 2020).</p><p> </p><p>•       Loyalist Parkway, Ontario — the road where Frum lives part of the year, named for the refugees from the American Revolution.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/567eabcd/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Save San Francisco’s Soul: Jonathan Weber on Technology and Politics in the City By the Bay</title>
      <itunes:episode>2938</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2938</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Save San Francisco’s Soul: Jonathan Weber on Technology and Politics in the City By the Bay</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d2f3a36f-115a-4cc3-8201-6143853ecefb</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The same creative and political forces that gave rise to [San Francisco’s] boom nearly engineered its collapse.” — Jonathan Weber</em></p><p> </p><p>In Hitchcock’s <em>Vertigo</em>, the quintessential San Francisco movie, the villain points to an old painting of the city and tells Jimmy Stewart that San Francisco has changed. The real city has been lost, he says. Somebody has stolen San Francisco’s soul.</p><p> </p><p>The veteran tech journalist <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-the-Edge/Jonathan-Weber/9781668074916">Jonathan Weber</a> is the latest writer to search for that soul. In <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-the-Edge/Jonathan-Weber/9781668074916"><em>City on the Edge: Technology, Politics, and the Fight for the Soul of San Francisco</em></a>, Weber bemoans the disappearance of the real San Francisco — the city not just of the Beats and the Counterculture but also of ordinary teachers and policemen. We’ve had thirty years of boom, bust, and Big Tech. The ordinary folks of San Francisco have been replaced by a new class of tech bros.</p><p> </p><p>In 1992, just 2% of San Franciscans worked in tech. By 2019 it was 35%. As a longtime San Franciscan, Weber had a front-row seat on the dot-com mania, the rise of social media, Uber and Airbnb, the pandemic’s great emptying of downtown, and now the AI boom driven by the San Francisco-based Anthropic and OpenAI. In <em>City on the Edge</em>, Weber argues that the same creative and political forces that gave rise to the boom — the counterculture’s anarchic spirit, the city’s love affair with eccentricity, the tech industry’s utopian self-belief — also engineered its near-collapse. Digital vertigo, so to speak. Once again somebody has stolen San Francisco’s soul.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>From 2% to 35%: The Numbers Behind the Transformation: </strong>In 1992, just 2% of San Francisco workers were in tech. By 2019 it was 35%. The book traces how this happened: a city economically troubled in the early 1990s, still reeling from AIDS and the 1989 Loma Prieta earthquake, with its manufacturing base gone and its corporate headquarters thinning out. Into this vacuum came a group of free-thinking technologists immersed in the city’s creative counterculture. They invented the contemporary internet. What followed was one of the most rapid urban transformations in American history.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Cacophony Society and the Founding of Burning Man: </strong>Before the tech boom, San Francisco in the early 1990s had a remarkable underground culture. Weber writes about the Cacophony Society — the group of anarchic free spirits who effectively founded the Burning Man festival. The Cacophony Society emerged from the counterculture of the 1960s through various evolutions — Situationist pranks, urban exploration, radical creativity. Burning Man began as their annual trip to the Black Rock Desert. The spirit of that founding: go somewhere, build something, be someone different, leave no trace. That spirit was the soul of the city too.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The City of Nostalgia: Always Believing Yesterday Was Better: </strong>Weber takes his Vertigo reference seriously. San Francisco is structurally a city of nostalgia — people arrive with a fixed idea of what the city is, and it inevitably becomes something different. The gap between the idea and the reality generates permanent mourning. This is not unique to San Francisco — Trump has built a presidency on the idea that things were better in the 1950s — but it is intensified here by the height of the hopes people bring. The city means something bigger than itself. That is both its greatest asset and its permanent wound.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The AI Boom and the Coming IPO Earthquake: </strong>The current AI boom is, in Weber’s reading, likely to be the largest yet. OpenAI and Anthropic are both based in the city. When those IPOs happen, San Francisco real estate — already rising 25–50% in some neighbourhoods, Andrew notes — will go, in Weber’s words, “really, really crazy again.” Hundreds of thousands of millionaires will be created overnight. The city is gradually becoming uniformly wealthy. Some of the old tensions may be less intense for that reason. But Weber does not think the cycles are over. The current boom will bust, as all booms do. What comes next is the question.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Burning Man, the Internet, and the Future of Cities: </strong>Weber ends the book at Burning Man. His closing observation: when the internet arrived on the playa, Burning Man lost the sense that it was a separate world — a place where you could be a different person, because nothing from your regular life could reach you. Now everyone has a phone. The privacy is gone. The sense of separation is gone. For cities: part of the power of cities is that they bring people together, and good things arise from that friction. But if technology no longer requires you to be in the same place, cities become less essential. What is the future of the city in the age of technology? Weber doesn’t have a tidy answer. Neither does anyone else.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-the-Edge/Jonathan-Weber/9781668074916">Jonathan Weber</a> is a veteran technology journalist and the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-the-Edge/Jonathan-Weber/9781668074916"><em>City on the Edge: Technology, Politics, and the Fight for the Soul of San Francisco</em></a> (Atria Books, June 9, 2026). He was the founding editor-in-chief of <em>The Industry Standard</em>, former editor-in-chief of the <em>San Francisco Standard</em>, and covered the technology industry for the <em>Los Angeles Times</em>. He lives in San Francisco.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-the-Edge/Jonathan-Weber/9781668074916"><em>City on the Edge: Technology, Politics, and the Fight for the Soul of San Francisco</em></a> by Jonathan Weber (Atria Books, June 9, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       David Talbot, <em>Season of the Witch: Enchantment, Terror, and Deliverance in the City of Love</em> — referenced in the conversation; Weber’s recommended companion read on 1970s San Francisco.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ezra Klein and Derek Thompson, <em>Abundance</em> — referenced in the closing exchange.</p><p> </p><p>•       Joan Didion, <em>Slouching Towards Bethlehem</em> — the opening epigraph to Weber’s book, referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Alfred Hitchcock, <em>Vertigo</em> (1958) — Andrew’s reference; the film’s own meditation on San Francisco as a city of nostalgia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube...."></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The same creative and political forces that gave rise to [San Francisco’s] boom nearly engineered its collapse.” — Jonathan Weber</em></p><p> </p><p>In Hitchcock’s <em>Vertigo</em>, the quintessential San Francisco movie, the villain points to an old painting of the city and tells Jimmy Stewart that San Francisco has changed. The real city has been lost, he says. Somebody has stolen San Francisco’s soul.</p><p> </p><p>The veteran tech journalist <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-the-Edge/Jonathan-Weber/9781668074916">Jonathan Weber</a> is the latest writer to search for that soul. In <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-the-Edge/Jonathan-Weber/9781668074916"><em>City on the Edge: Technology, Politics, and the Fight for the Soul of San Francisco</em></a>, Weber bemoans the disappearance of the real San Francisco — the city not just of the Beats and the Counterculture but also of ordinary teachers and policemen. We’ve had thirty years of boom, bust, and Big Tech. The ordinary folks of San Francisco have been replaced by a new class of tech bros.</p><p> </p><p>In 1992, just 2% of San Franciscans worked in tech. By 2019 it was 35%. As a longtime San Franciscan, Weber had a front-row seat on the dot-com mania, the rise of social media, Uber and Airbnb, the pandemic’s great emptying of downtown, and now the AI boom driven by the San Francisco-based Anthropic and OpenAI. In <em>City on the Edge</em>, Weber argues that the same creative and political forces that gave rise to the boom — the counterculture’s anarchic spirit, the city’s love affair with eccentricity, the tech industry’s utopian self-belief — also engineered its near-collapse. Digital vertigo, so to speak. Once again somebody has stolen San Francisco’s soul.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>From 2% to 35%: The Numbers Behind the Transformation: </strong>In 1992, just 2% of San Francisco workers were in tech. By 2019 it was 35%. The book traces how this happened: a city economically troubled in the early 1990s, still reeling from AIDS and the 1989 Loma Prieta earthquake, with its manufacturing base gone and its corporate headquarters thinning out. Into this vacuum came a group of free-thinking technologists immersed in the city’s creative counterculture. They invented the contemporary internet. What followed was one of the most rapid urban transformations in American history.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Cacophony Society and the Founding of Burning Man: </strong>Before the tech boom, San Francisco in the early 1990s had a remarkable underground culture. Weber writes about the Cacophony Society — the group of anarchic free spirits who effectively founded the Burning Man festival. The Cacophony Society emerged from the counterculture of the 1960s through various evolutions — Situationist pranks, urban exploration, radical creativity. Burning Man began as their annual trip to the Black Rock Desert. The spirit of that founding: go somewhere, build something, be someone different, leave no trace. That spirit was the soul of the city too.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The City of Nostalgia: Always Believing Yesterday Was Better: </strong>Weber takes his Vertigo reference seriously. San Francisco is structurally a city of nostalgia — people arrive with a fixed idea of what the city is, and it inevitably becomes something different. The gap between the idea and the reality generates permanent mourning. This is not unique to San Francisco — Trump has built a presidency on the idea that things were better in the 1950s — but it is intensified here by the height of the hopes people bring. The city means something bigger than itself. That is both its greatest asset and its permanent wound.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The AI Boom and the Coming IPO Earthquake: </strong>The current AI boom is, in Weber’s reading, likely to be the largest yet. OpenAI and Anthropic are both based in the city. When those IPOs happen, San Francisco real estate — already rising 25–50% in some neighbourhoods, Andrew notes — will go, in Weber’s words, “really, really crazy again.” Hundreds of thousands of millionaires will be created overnight. The city is gradually becoming uniformly wealthy. Some of the old tensions may be less intense for that reason. But Weber does not think the cycles are over. The current boom will bust, as all booms do. What comes next is the question.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Burning Man, the Internet, and the Future of Cities: </strong>Weber ends the book at Burning Man. His closing observation: when the internet arrived on the playa, Burning Man lost the sense that it was a separate world — a place where you could be a different person, because nothing from your regular life could reach you. Now everyone has a phone. The privacy is gone. The sense of separation is gone. For cities: part of the power of cities is that they bring people together, and good things arise from that friction. But if technology no longer requires you to be in the same place, cities become less essential. What is the future of the city in the age of technology? Weber doesn’t have a tidy answer. Neither does anyone else.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-the-Edge/Jonathan-Weber/9781668074916">Jonathan Weber</a> is a veteran technology journalist and the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-the-Edge/Jonathan-Weber/9781668074916"><em>City on the Edge: Technology, Politics, and the Fight for the Soul of San Francisco</em></a> (Atria Books, June 9, 2026). He was the founding editor-in-chief of <em>The Industry Standard</em>, former editor-in-chief of the <em>San Francisco Standard</em>, and covered the technology industry for the <em>Los Angeles Times</em>. He lives in San Francisco.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-the-Edge/Jonathan-Weber/9781668074916"><em>City on the Edge: Technology, Politics, and the Fight for the Soul of San Francisco</em></a> by Jonathan Weber (Atria Books, June 9, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       David Talbot, <em>Season of the Witch: Enchantment, Terror, and Deliverance in the City of Love</em> — referenced in the conversation; Weber’s recommended companion read on 1970s San Francisco.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ezra Klein and Derek Thompson, <em>Abundance</em> — referenced in the closing exchange.</p><p> </p><p>•       Joan Didion, <em>Slouching Towards Bethlehem</em> — the opening epigraph to Weber’s book, referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Alfred Hitchcock, <em>Vertigo</em> (1958) — Andrew’s reference; the film’s own meditation on San Francisco as a city of nostalgia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube...."></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2026 06:36:04 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/bb3b9a24/7df2952c.mp3" length="62594043" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3658860" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/bb3b9a24/7df2952c.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WK7BbFiG7Uk">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/WAcjAXCKdvMRalez6y5GV9DcWL5NUk24wwJ9yTRdIbk/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85NDY2/OTQ1MzZlOTc3ODMx/Y2Q0YTNkZDkxZjY0/ODk3Yi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3910</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The same creative and political forces that gave rise to [San Francisco’s] boom nearly engineered its collapse.” — Jonathan Weber</em></p><p> </p><p>In Hitchcock’s <em>Vertigo</em>, the quintessential San Francisco movie, the villain points to an old painting of the city and tells Jimmy Stewart that San Francisco has changed. The real city has been lost, he says. Somebody has stolen San Francisco’s soul.</p><p> </p><p>The veteran tech journalist <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-the-Edge/Jonathan-Weber/9781668074916">Jonathan Weber</a> is the latest writer to search for that soul. In <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-the-Edge/Jonathan-Weber/9781668074916"><em>City on the Edge: Technology, Politics, and the Fight for the Soul of San Francisco</em></a>, Weber bemoans the disappearance of the real San Francisco — the city not just of the Beats and the Counterculture but also of ordinary teachers and policemen. We’ve had thirty years of boom, bust, and Big Tech. The ordinary folks of San Francisco have been replaced by a new class of tech bros.</p><p> </p><p>In 1992, just 2% of San Franciscans worked in tech. By 2019 it was 35%. As a longtime San Franciscan, Weber had a front-row seat on the dot-com mania, the rise of social media, Uber and Airbnb, the pandemic’s great emptying of downtown, and now the AI boom driven by the San Francisco-based Anthropic and OpenAI. In <em>City on the Edge</em>, Weber argues that the same creative and political forces that gave rise to the boom — the counterculture’s anarchic spirit, the city’s love affair with eccentricity, the tech industry’s utopian self-belief — also engineered its near-collapse. Digital vertigo, so to speak. Once again somebody has stolen San Francisco’s soul.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>From 2% to 35%: The Numbers Behind the Transformation: </strong>In 1992, just 2% of San Francisco workers were in tech. By 2019 it was 35%. The book traces how this happened: a city economically troubled in the early 1990s, still reeling from AIDS and the 1989 Loma Prieta earthquake, with its manufacturing base gone and its corporate headquarters thinning out. Into this vacuum came a group of free-thinking technologists immersed in the city’s creative counterculture. They invented the contemporary internet. What followed was one of the most rapid urban transformations in American history.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Cacophony Society and the Founding of Burning Man: </strong>Before the tech boom, San Francisco in the early 1990s had a remarkable underground culture. Weber writes about the Cacophony Society — the group of anarchic free spirits who effectively founded the Burning Man festival. The Cacophony Society emerged from the counterculture of the 1960s through various evolutions — Situationist pranks, urban exploration, radical creativity. Burning Man began as their annual trip to the Black Rock Desert. The spirit of that founding: go somewhere, build something, be someone different, leave no trace. That spirit was the soul of the city too.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The City of Nostalgia: Always Believing Yesterday Was Better: </strong>Weber takes his Vertigo reference seriously. San Francisco is structurally a city of nostalgia — people arrive with a fixed idea of what the city is, and it inevitably becomes something different. The gap between the idea and the reality generates permanent mourning. This is not unique to San Francisco — Trump has built a presidency on the idea that things were better in the 1950s — but it is intensified here by the height of the hopes people bring. The city means something bigger than itself. That is both its greatest asset and its permanent wound.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The AI Boom and the Coming IPO Earthquake: </strong>The current AI boom is, in Weber’s reading, likely to be the largest yet. OpenAI and Anthropic are both based in the city. When those IPOs happen, San Francisco real estate — already rising 25–50% in some neighbourhoods, Andrew notes — will go, in Weber’s words, “really, really crazy again.” Hundreds of thousands of millionaires will be created overnight. The city is gradually becoming uniformly wealthy. Some of the old tensions may be less intense for that reason. But Weber does not think the cycles are over. The current boom will bust, as all booms do. What comes next is the question.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Burning Man, the Internet, and the Future of Cities: </strong>Weber ends the book at Burning Man. His closing observation: when the internet arrived on the playa, Burning Man lost the sense that it was a separate world — a place where you could be a different person, because nothing from your regular life could reach you. Now everyone has a phone. The privacy is gone. The sense of separation is gone. For cities: part of the power of cities is that they bring people together, and good things arise from that friction. But if technology no longer requires you to be in the same place, cities become less essential. What is the future of the city in the age of technology? Weber doesn’t have a tidy answer. Neither does anyone else.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-the-Edge/Jonathan-Weber/9781668074916">Jonathan Weber</a> is a veteran technology journalist and the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-the-Edge/Jonathan-Weber/9781668074916"><em>City on the Edge: Technology, Politics, and the Fight for the Soul of San Francisco</em></a> (Atria Books, June 9, 2026). He was the founding editor-in-chief of <em>The Industry Standard</em>, former editor-in-chief of the <em>San Francisco Standard</em>, and covered the technology industry for the <em>Los Angeles Times</em>. He lives in San Francisco.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-the-Edge/Jonathan-Weber/9781668074916"><em>City on the Edge: Technology, Politics, and the Fight for the Soul of San Francisco</em></a> by Jonathan Weber (Atria Books, June 9, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       David Talbot, <em>Season of the Witch: Enchantment, Terror, and Deliverance in the City of Love</em> — referenced in the conversation; Weber’s recommended companion read on 1970s San Francisco.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ezra Klein and Derek Thompson, <em>Abundance</em> — referenced in the closing exchange.</p><p> </p><p>•       Joan Didion, <em>Slouching Towards Bethlehem</em> — the opening epigraph to Weber’s book, referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Alfred Hitchcock, <em>Vertigo</em> (1958) — Andrew’s reference; the film’s own meditation on San Francisco as a city of nostalgia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube...."></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/bb3b9a24/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/bb3b9a24/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brooklyn Al Primo Posto: Vincent Coppola’s Magical Memoir of the Church, the Mafia and the Gowanus Canal</title>
      <itunes:episode>2937</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2937</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Brooklyn Al Primo Posto: Vincent Coppola’s Magical Memoir of the Church, the Mafia and the Gowanus Canal</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7e99bbd0-906c-413c-929b-cf992d3f8974</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I never knew, and I was a bright kid. I didn’t know who the mayor of New York was, but I could tell you the names of all the mafia guys on the corner.” — Vincent Coppola</em></p><p> </p><p>So we finally found a Coppola for the show. No, not Francis Ford. But somebody just as cool and even more authentic. The longtime <em>Newsweek</em> reporter <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250904126/gowanuscrossing/">Vincent Coppola</a> grew up in Brooklyn three subway stops from Manhattan, but never went there until he was a teenager, nor even visited Central Park until his twenties. Coppola’s version of Brooklyn, a teeming Italian ghetto squeezed between the banks of the polluted Gowanus Canal, no longer exists. Except in his exquisitely rendered new memoir, <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250904126/gowanuscrossing/"><em>Gowanus Crossing: A Brooklyn Boyhood</em></a>, which has the most delicious story about an Easter pie recipe you’ll ever read.</p><p> </p><p>The Brooklyn of Vinnie’s childhood was intact, insular, cut off from everywhere more than three stops away. It had its own government — the Mafia; its own religion — the Catholic Church; its own poisoned geography — the Gowanus Canal. A world inside a world. He didn’t know who the mayor of New York was, but he knew the name of every wise guy on every street corner. To a kid, Gowanus was a magical place. The grown Vinnie (now called Vincent), having crossed his own Rubicon to attend Columbia journalism school, describes it as a “toxic snow globe.” Brooklyn über alles. Or, more authentically, al primo posto. Especially now, when only a real Coppola can resurrect it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Toxic Snow Globe: Cut Off Three Stops from Manhattan: </strong>Coppola grew up in an Italian enclave on the Gowanus Canal — a waterway that was, unbeknownst to its residents, one of the most polluted in America. The community was so insular that Coppola — a bright, bookish kid — never went to Manhattan until he was a teenager, never visited Central Park until he was in his twenties, though he was three subway stops away. He knew the names of all the Mafia guys on the corner. He did not know who the mayor of New York was. A toxic snow globe: its own rules, its own government, its own religion. Intact and entirely cut off from the rest of the world.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Mafia as Shadow Government: </strong>The Mafia was not background colour in Coppola’s childhood. It was the actual government. Police from the 78th Precinct pulled up to the social club on Sundays; officers walked in and walked out with brown paper bags full of cash. Squad cars ferried a hitman — the bodyguard of Carmine Persico — as if they were taxis. This corrupted any childlike innocence about institutions. The stereotype of the nice policeman, the honest cop, the beloved priest: none of them applied. Because they were poor, nobody cared. Nobody cared about the canal being polluted until real estate people came in.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Predatory Priest and the Code of Silence: </strong>A local priest molested altar boys for decades, including Coppola’s best friend. Nobody in the community knew. Coppola’s observation: if the Mafia had known, they would have killed that man. It would have been that simple. Two oppressive codes of silence — the Mafia’s omertà and the Church’s own silence — operated in parallel. One protected criminals who were also community pillars. The other protected a predator. The community was too poor, too preoccupied, too isolated to see what was happening in front of their eyes.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Easter Pie Recipe: A Story About Secrets and Mothers: </strong>One of the great set pieces of the book. Coppola was obsessed throughout his life with a specific Easter pastry — pizza di grano, a grain pie — that the old neighbourhood women made and would not share the recipe for. He worked for Newsweek, had access to chefs everywhere, could not reproduce it. At his mother’s funeral, an old neighbour pressed a piece of paper into his hand. Weeks later he found it in his jacket pocket and opened it. Not cash — the recipe. Written in Italian. Beginning: “under a full moon.” It was a hundred years old. He wasn’t going to be baking under full moons.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Ghost Town: A Million-Dollar Desert: </strong>Coppola returned to Gowanus three weeks before the interview, invited to speak at a public library. His neighbourhood was blooming with skyscrapers and condominiums. And it was dead silent. When he grew up, the streets were teeming — children playing hopscotch, women gossiping on chairs outside, music, grilling on the corner, betting. He came back to a million-dollar ghost town. It broke his heart. The people he grew up with had been driven out — priced out of the place where they belonged. That is the elegy the book is writing. He hopes he preserved the best of that world.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250904126/gowanuscrossing/">Vincent Coppola</a> is a journalist and the author of six books. A former reporter at <em>Newsweek</em>, he has written for <em>Esquire</em>, <em>Rolling Stone</em>, <em>Men’s Journal</em>, and <em>Atlanta</em> magazine. He is a 1977 honours graduate of the Columbia University Graduate School of Journalism. His essay on his mother’s battle with cancer won the William Allen White Gold Medal. He is the author of <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250904126/gowanuscrossing/"><em>Gowanus Crossing: A Brooklyn Boyhood</em></a> (Henry Holt, June 9, 2026). He lives in Savannah, Georgia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250904126/gowanuscrossing/"><em>Gowanus Crossing: A Brooklyn Boyhood</em></a> by Vincent Coppola (Henry Holt, June 9, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Frank McCourt, <em>Angela’s Ashes</em> — the publisher’s comparison: “Frank McCourt’s gimlet eye with the exuberant menace of a Scorsese movie.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Carmine Persico — the mafioso boss referenced in the conversation; his bodyguard is a character in the book.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: the Brooklyn of Whole Foods vs the Brooklyn of the Gowanus Canal</li>
<li>(01:20) - An Italian village plucked from the south of Italy and dropped in Brooklyn</li>
<li>(02:04) - Vince, did you ever really leave?</li>
<li>(02:27) - Stage four cancer: the trigger for the memoir</li>
<li>(03:11) - The Gowanus C...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I never knew, and I was a bright kid. I didn’t know who the mayor of New York was, but I could tell you the names of all the mafia guys on the corner.” — Vincent Coppola</em></p><p> </p><p>So we finally found a Coppola for the show. No, not Francis Ford. But somebody just as cool and even more authentic. The longtime <em>Newsweek</em> reporter <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250904126/gowanuscrossing/">Vincent Coppola</a> grew up in Brooklyn three subway stops from Manhattan, but never went there until he was a teenager, nor even visited Central Park until his twenties. Coppola’s version of Brooklyn, a teeming Italian ghetto squeezed between the banks of the polluted Gowanus Canal, no longer exists. Except in his exquisitely rendered new memoir, <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250904126/gowanuscrossing/"><em>Gowanus Crossing: A Brooklyn Boyhood</em></a>, which has the most delicious story about an Easter pie recipe you’ll ever read.</p><p> </p><p>The Brooklyn of Vinnie’s childhood was intact, insular, cut off from everywhere more than three stops away. It had its own government — the Mafia; its own religion — the Catholic Church; its own poisoned geography — the Gowanus Canal. A world inside a world. He didn’t know who the mayor of New York was, but he knew the name of every wise guy on every street corner. To a kid, Gowanus was a magical place. The grown Vinnie (now called Vincent), having crossed his own Rubicon to attend Columbia journalism school, describes it as a “toxic snow globe.” Brooklyn über alles. Or, more authentically, al primo posto. Especially now, when only a real Coppola can resurrect it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Toxic Snow Globe: Cut Off Three Stops from Manhattan: </strong>Coppola grew up in an Italian enclave on the Gowanus Canal — a waterway that was, unbeknownst to its residents, one of the most polluted in America. The community was so insular that Coppola — a bright, bookish kid — never went to Manhattan until he was a teenager, never visited Central Park until he was in his twenties, though he was three subway stops away. He knew the names of all the Mafia guys on the corner. He did not know who the mayor of New York was. A toxic snow globe: its own rules, its own government, its own religion. Intact and entirely cut off from the rest of the world.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Mafia as Shadow Government: </strong>The Mafia was not background colour in Coppola’s childhood. It was the actual government. Police from the 78th Precinct pulled up to the social club on Sundays; officers walked in and walked out with brown paper bags full of cash. Squad cars ferried a hitman — the bodyguard of Carmine Persico — as if they were taxis. This corrupted any childlike innocence about institutions. The stereotype of the nice policeman, the honest cop, the beloved priest: none of them applied. Because they were poor, nobody cared. Nobody cared about the canal being polluted until real estate people came in.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Predatory Priest and the Code of Silence: </strong>A local priest molested altar boys for decades, including Coppola’s best friend. Nobody in the community knew. Coppola’s observation: if the Mafia had known, they would have killed that man. It would have been that simple. Two oppressive codes of silence — the Mafia’s omertà and the Church’s own silence — operated in parallel. One protected criminals who were also community pillars. The other protected a predator. The community was too poor, too preoccupied, too isolated to see what was happening in front of their eyes.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Easter Pie Recipe: A Story About Secrets and Mothers: </strong>One of the great set pieces of the book. Coppola was obsessed throughout his life with a specific Easter pastry — pizza di grano, a grain pie — that the old neighbourhood women made and would not share the recipe for. He worked for Newsweek, had access to chefs everywhere, could not reproduce it. At his mother’s funeral, an old neighbour pressed a piece of paper into his hand. Weeks later he found it in his jacket pocket and opened it. Not cash — the recipe. Written in Italian. Beginning: “under a full moon.” It was a hundred years old. He wasn’t going to be baking under full moons.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Ghost Town: A Million-Dollar Desert: </strong>Coppola returned to Gowanus three weeks before the interview, invited to speak at a public library. His neighbourhood was blooming with skyscrapers and condominiums. And it was dead silent. When he grew up, the streets were teeming — children playing hopscotch, women gossiping on chairs outside, music, grilling on the corner, betting. He came back to a million-dollar ghost town. It broke his heart. The people he grew up with had been driven out — priced out of the place where they belonged. That is the elegy the book is writing. He hopes he preserved the best of that world.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250904126/gowanuscrossing/">Vincent Coppola</a> is a journalist and the author of six books. A former reporter at <em>Newsweek</em>, he has written for <em>Esquire</em>, <em>Rolling Stone</em>, <em>Men’s Journal</em>, and <em>Atlanta</em> magazine. He is a 1977 honours graduate of the Columbia University Graduate School of Journalism. His essay on his mother’s battle with cancer won the William Allen White Gold Medal. He is the author of <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250904126/gowanuscrossing/"><em>Gowanus Crossing: A Brooklyn Boyhood</em></a> (Henry Holt, June 9, 2026). He lives in Savannah, Georgia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250904126/gowanuscrossing/"><em>Gowanus Crossing: A Brooklyn Boyhood</em></a> by Vincent Coppola (Henry Holt, June 9, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Frank McCourt, <em>Angela’s Ashes</em> — the publisher’s comparison: “Frank McCourt’s gimlet eye with the exuberant menace of a Scorsese movie.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Carmine Persico — the mafioso boss referenced in the conversation; his bodyguard is a character in the book.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: the Brooklyn of Whole Foods vs the Brooklyn of the Gowanus Canal</li>
<li>(01:20) - An Italian village plucked from the south of Italy and dropped in Brooklyn</li>
<li>(02:04) - Vince, did you ever really leave?</li>
<li>(02:27) - Stage four cancer: the trigger for the memoir</li>
<li>(03:11) - The Gowanus C...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Jun 2026 08:38:31 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/2423dde1/a540fe66.mp3" length="41241579" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3462715" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/2423dde1/a540fe66.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XVrlkaBMP_Q">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/0TXsRwNacUn-RIbBDkpvHaIwas9omYRXvIzI9PToMbk/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS83Mzhi/MWRlZjAwODQzOTRl/YTJkMjQzYWQ4MDI2/MWU0OC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2576</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I never knew, and I was a bright kid. I didn’t know who the mayor of New York was, but I could tell you the names of all the mafia guys on the corner.” — Vincent Coppola</em></p><p> </p><p>So we finally found a Coppola for the show. No, not Francis Ford. But somebody just as cool and even more authentic. The longtime <em>Newsweek</em> reporter <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250904126/gowanuscrossing/">Vincent Coppola</a> grew up in Brooklyn three subway stops from Manhattan, but never went there until he was a teenager, nor even visited Central Park until his twenties. Coppola’s version of Brooklyn, a teeming Italian ghetto squeezed between the banks of the polluted Gowanus Canal, no longer exists. Except in his exquisitely rendered new memoir, <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250904126/gowanuscrossing/"><em>Gowanus Crossing: A Brooklyn Boyhood</em></a>, which has the most delicious story about an Easter pie recipe you’ll ever read.</p><p> </p><p>The Brooklyn of Vinnie’s childhood was intact, insular, cut off from everywhere more than three stops away. It had its own government — the Mafia; its own religion — the Catholic Church; its own poisoned geography — the Gowanus Canal. A world inside a world. He didn’t know who the mayor of New York was, but he knew the name of every wise guy on every street corner. To a kid, Gowanus was a magical place. The grown Vinnie (now called Vincent), having crossed his own Rubicon to attend Columbia journalism school, describes it as a “toxic snow globe.” Brooklyn über alles. Or, more authentically, al primo posto. Especially now, when only a real Coppola can resurrect it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Toxic Snow Globe: Cut Off Three Stops from Manhattan: </strong>Coppola grew up in an Italian enclave on the Gowanus Canal — a waterway that was, unbeknownst to its residents, one of the most polluted in America. The community was so insular that Coppola — a bright, bookish kid — never went to Manhattan until he was a teenager, never visited Central Park until he was in his twenties, though he was three subway stops away. He knew the names of all the Mafia guys on the corner. He did not know who the mayor of New York was. A toxic snow globe: its own rules, its own government, its own religion. Intact and entirely cut off from the rest of the world.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Mafia as Shadow Government: </strong>The Mafia was not background colour in Coppola’s childhood. It was the actual government. Police from the 78th Precinct pulled up to the social club on Sundays; officers walked in and walked out with brown paper bags full of cash. Squad cars ferried a hitman — the bodyguard of Carmine Persico — as if they were taxis. This corrupted any childlike innocence about institutions. The stereotype of the nice policeman, the honest cop, the beloved priest: none of them applied. Because they were poor, nobody cared. Nobody cared about the canal being polluted until real estate people came in.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Predatory Priest and the Code of Silence: </strong>A local priest molested altar boys for decades, including Coppola’s best friend. Nobody in the community knew. Coppola’s observation: if the Mafia had known, they would have killed that man. It would have been that simple. Two oppressive codes of silence — the Mafia’s omertà and the Church’s own silence — operated in parallel. One protected criminals who were also community pillars. The other protected a predator. The community was too poor, too preoccupied, too isolated to see what was happening in front of their eyes.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Easter Pie Recipe: A Story About Secrets and Mothers: </strong>One of the great set pieces of the book. Coppola was obsessed throughout his life with a specific Easter pastry — pizza di grano, a grain pie — that the old neighbourhood women made and would not share the recipe for. He worked for Newsweek, had access to chefs everywhere, could not reproduce it. At his mother’s funeral, an old neighbour pressed a piece of paper into his hand. Weeks later he found it in his jacket pocket and opened it. Not cash — the recipe. Written in Italian. Beginning: “under a full moon.” It was a hundred years old. He wasn’t going to be baking under full moons.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Ghost Town: A Million-Dollar Desert: </strong>Coppola returned to Gowanus three weeks before the interview, invited to speak at a public library. His neighbourhood was blooming with skyscrapers and condominiums. And it was dead silent. When he grew up, the streets were teeming — children playing hopscotch, women gossiping on chairs outside, music, grilling on the corner, betting. He came back to a million-dollar ghost town. It broke his heart. The people he grew up with had been driven out — priced out of the place where they belonged. That is the elegy the book is writing. He hopes he preserved the best of that world.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250904126/gowanuscrossing/">Vincent Coppola</a> is a journalist and the author of six books. A former reporter at <em>Newsweek</em>, he has written for <em>Esquire</em>, <em>Rolling Stone</em>, <em>Men’s Journal</em>, and <em>Atlanta</em> magazine. He is a 1977 honours graduate of the Columbia University Graduate School of Journalism. His essay on his mother’s battle with cancer won the William Allen White Gold Medal. He is the author of <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250904126/gowanuscrossing/"><em>Gowanus Crossing: A Brooklyn Boyhood</em></a> (Henry Holt, June 9, 2026). He lives in Savannah, Georgia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250904126/gowanuscrossing/"><em>Gowanus Crossing: A Brooklyn Boyhood</em></a> by Vincent Coppola (Henry Holt, June 9, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Frank McCourt, <em>Angela’s Ashes</em> — the publisher’s comparison: “Frank McCourt’s gimlet eye with the exuberant menace of a Scorsese movie.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Carmine Persico — the mafioso boss referenced in the conversation; his bodyguard is a character in the book.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: the Brooklyn of Whole Foods vs the Brooklyn of the Gowanus Canal</li>
<li>(01:20) - An Italian village plucked from the south of Italy and dropped in Brooklyn</li>
<li>(02:04) - Vince, did you ever really leave?</li>
<li>(02:27) - Stage four cancer: the trigger for the memoir</li>
<li>(03:11) - The Gowanus C...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2423dde1/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2423dde1/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Trump Finally Gets the Priceless Book He Deserves: Ben Fountain on How Rasputin Swims the Potomac</title>
      <itunes:episode>2936</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2936</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Trump Finally Gets the Priceless Book He Deserves: Ben Fountain on How Rasputin Swims the Potomac</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">31004076-c8d2-4381-86a4-08bc8a93f2de</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The hyperreal is the real. The surreal is the real in The United States. We’ve reached that point. The absurd is the real. And so that’s what I was trying to capture in the book.” — Ben Fountain</em></p><p> </p><p>Our absurdist-in-chief wants a $250 banknote with his face on it. But the satirist <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250776549/rasputinswimsthepotomac/">Ben Fountain</a> gives the President something even more valuable. In his new novel <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250776549/rasputinswimsthepotomac/"><em>Rasputin Swims the Potomac</em></a>, Fountain delivers something quite priceless: a book that Trump deserves.</p><p> </p><p>In Fountain’s novel, a sitting president, running for a third term, enlists a world champion professional wrestler, Grigory Yefimovich Rasputin, to help secure his re-election. Born Patrick Walsh Strickland in Buffalo, New York, Rasputin served in special forces in Afghanistan and Iraq, spent six years in a monastery, became fluent in Russian, and claims to be a real Russian monk. Evangelicals start defecting to Rasputin. A pandemic of “weeping sickness” sweeps the nation. It’s almost as unbelievable as a sitting President wanting a $250 banknote glowing with his orange face.</p><p> </p><p>Fountain’s parallels with late Tsarist Russia are hard to miss — the chasmic wealth inequality, the impossible get-rich schemes, the quack religions, the gilded decadence, the dying social classes, the mad politicians. It’s scary stuff. Fountain says that we should even be careful taking his summer novel to the beach. Rather than Jaws-dropping, <em>Rasputin Swims the Potomac</em>, he warns, might bite us back. Maybe we should put Ben Fountain’s face on that $250 bill.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Hyperreal Is the Real: America Has Beaten Its Satirists: </strong>When Fountain sat down to write the book in early 2023, he was thinking about the blurring of the line between reality and fantasy in American life. Trump, throughout his career, has blurred that line to masterful effect. Fountain’s question: what would be the next step on that continuum? His answer: professional wrestling — famously fake, scripted, and yet real, happening in real flesh and blood. Suppose a wrestler ran for president as his wrestling persona, with the fake baked in and everyone knowing it’s fake. Suppose the country buys it. Because the hyperreal is the real. The surreal is the real. America has already reached that point.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Why Wrestling, Not Politics: </strong>Jesse Ventura — “Jesse the Body” — ran for governor of Minnesota and won. But he ran as Jesse Ventura himself. Fountain’s innovation: a wrestler who runs as his or her wrestling persona, with the character fully intact. Rasputin — born Patrick Walsh Strickland in Buffalo, special forces veteran, six years in a Russian monastery, world champion wrestler in Japan, legally changed name — never breaks character. He is the historical Rasputin, back from the dead, a holy man of the Russian Orthodox Church. Evangelicals start defecting to him because he’s speaking their language. The fake is the real.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Late Tsarist Russia and Contemporary America: Striking Parallels: </strong>Fountain read three or four biographies of the historical Rasputin. The deeper he got, the more striking the parallels. Late Tsarist Russia: extreme wealth inequality, get-rich schemes everywhere in St Petersburg and Moscow, quack religions and spiritualists plying their trade, extreme decadence among the upper classes. A social structure that could not be maintained. People’s emotional responses to chaos. Fountain: not just in material terms but in terms of how people were feeling, the parallels to the United States are really striking. Gogol, not Baudrillard, is his natural ancestor.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Satirist as Realist: </strong>Andrew raises Baudrillard and hyper-realism. Fountain’s response: he is a realist down to his bones. Whatever he does, it has to be anchored in some fundamental sense in the real world, as he understands it. American life has become such that the surreal is the real, the comical is the real, the absurd is the real. He didn’t set out to write satire. He set out to write the story as genuinely and authentically as he could. The question of genre came afterwards, asked by other people. He is just a realist. It’s just that American reality is Rasputin swimming the Potomac.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Living in the Belly of the Beast: Dallas and North Carolina: </strong>Fountain lived in Dallas, Texas for forty-one years — what he calls the most American city of all, better and worse. In Dallas, the free market and capitalism are so much a part of daily consciousness that there’s very little awareness that there might be different ways of living. Fountain: it’s very conservative and very conservative. For someone to the left of Gandhi, his assumptions are always being challenged. He has to think about how he’s thinking about things. That productive discomfort — not Brooklyn, not Los Angeles — is where this book comes from.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250776549/rasputinswimsthepotomac/">Ben Fountain</a> is the author of <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250776549/rasputinswimsthepotomac/"><em>Rasputin Swims the Potomac</em></a> (Flatiron Books, June 9, 2026), <em>Billy Lynn’s Long Halftime Walk</em> (National Book Critics Circle Award winner, National Book Award finalist), <em>Beautiful Country Burn Again</em>, and <em>Brief Encounters with Che Guevara</em> (PEN/Hemingway Award). He is the recipient of the Joyce Carol Oates Prize, the Thomas Wolfe Prize, and a Whiting Writers Award. He lives in New Bern, North Carolina.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250776549/rasputinswimsthepotomac/"><em>Rasputin Swims the Potomac</em></a> by Ben Fountain (Flatiron Books, June 9, 2026). Named a Best Book of Summer by the <em>LA Times</em>, Kirkus, <em>Publishers Weekly</em>, <em>Boston Globe</em>, Newsday, and <em>New York Post</em>.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Billy Lynn’s Long Halftime Walk</em> by Ben Fountain (2012) — the predecessor referenced throughout.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Beautiful Country Burn Again: Democracy, Rebellion, and Revolution</em> by Ben Fountain (2018) — his 2016 election nonfiction, referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The hyperreal is the real. The surreal is the real in The United States. We’ve reached that point. The absurd is the real. And so that’s what I was trying to capture in the book.” — Ben Fountain</em></p><p> </p><p>Our absurdist-in-chief wants a $250 banknote with his face on it. But the satirist <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250776549/rasputinswimsthepotomac/">Ben Fountain</a> gives the President something even more valuable. In his new novel <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250776549/rasputinswimsthepotomac/"><em>Rasputin Swims the Potomac</em></a>, Fountain delivers something quite priceless: a book that Trump deserves.</p><p> </p><p>In Fountain’s novel, a sitting president, running for a third term, enlists a world champion professional wrestler, Grigory Yefimovich Rasputin, to help secure his re-election. Born Patrick Walsh Strickland in Buffalo, New York, Rasputin served in special forces in Afghanistan and Iraq, spent six years in a monastery, became fluent in Russian, and claims to be a real Russian monk. Evangelicals start defecting to Rasputin. A pandemic of “weeping sickness” sweeps the nation. It’s almost as unbelievable as a sitting President wanting a $250 banknote glowing with his orange face.</p><p> </p><p>Fountain’s parallels with late Tsarist Russia are hard to miss — the chasmic wealth inequality, the impossible get-rich schemes, the quack religions, the gilded decadence, the dying social classes, the mad politicians. It’s scary stuff. Fountain says that we should even be careful taking his summer novel to the beach. Rather than Jaws-dropping, <em>Rasputin Swims the Potomac</em>, he warns, might bite us back. Maybe we should put Ben Fountain’s face on that $250 bill.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Hyperreal Is the Real: America Has Beaten Its Satirists: </strong>When Fountain sat down to write the book in early 2023, he was thinking about the blurring of the line between reality and fantasy in American life. Trump, throughout his career, has blurred that line to masterful effect. Fountain’s question: what would be the next step on that continuum? His answer: professional wrestling — famously fake, scripted, and yet real, happening in real flesh and blood. Suppose a wrestler ran for president as his wrestling persona, with the fake baked in and everyone knowing it’s fake. Suppose the country buys it. Because the hyperreal is the real. The surreal is the real. America has already reached that point.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Why Wrestling, Not Politics: </strong>Jesse Ventura — “Jesse the Body” — ran for governor of Minnesota and won. But he ran as Jesse Ventura himself. Fountain’s innovation: a wrestler who runs as his or her wrestling persona, with the character fully intact. Rasputin — born Patrick Walsh Strickland in Buffalo, special forces veteran, six years in a Russian monastery, world champion wrestler in Japan, legally changed name — never breaks character. He is the historical Rasputin, back from the dead, a holy man of the Russian Orthodox Church. Evangelicals start defecting to him because he’s speaking their language. The fake is the real.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Late Tsarist Russia and Contemporary America: Striking Parallels: </strong>Fountain read three or four biographies of the historical Rasputin. The deeper he got, the more striking the parallels. Late Tsarist Russia: extreme wealth inequality, get-rich schemes everywhere in St Petersburg and Moscow, quack religions and spiritualists plying their trade, extreme decadence among the upper classes. A social structure that could not be maintained. People’s emotional responses to chaos. Fountain: not just in material terms but in terms of how people were feeling, the parallels to the United States are really striking. Gogol, not Baudrillard, is his natural ancestor.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Satirist as Realist: </strong>Andrew raises Baudrillard and hyper-realism. Fountain’s response: he is a realist down to his bones. Whatever he does, it has to be anchored in some fundamental sense in the real world, as he understands it. American life has become such that the surreal is the real, the comical is the real, the absurd is the real. He didn’t set out to write satire. He set out to write the story as genuinely and authentically as he could. The question of genre came afterwards, asked by other people. He is just a realist. It’s just that American reality is Rasputin swimming the Potomac.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Living in the Belly of the Beast: Dallas and North Carolina: </strong>Fountain lived in Dallas, Texas for forty-one years — what he calls the most American city of all, better and worse. In Dallas, the free market and capitalism are so much a part of daily consciousness that there’s very little awareness that there might be different ways of living. Fountain: it’s very conservative and very conservative. For someone to the left of Gandhi, his assumptions are always being challenged. He has to think about how he’s thinking about things. That productive discomfort — not Brooklyn, not Los Angeles — is where this book comes from.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250776549/rasputinswimsthepotomac/">Ben Fountain</a> is the author of <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250776549/rasputinswimsthepotomac/"><em>Rasputin Swims the Potomac</em></a> (Flatiron Books, June 9, 2026), <em>Billy Lynn’s Long Halftime Walk</em> (National Book Critics Circle Award winner, National Book Award finalist), <em>Beautiful Country Burn Again</em>, and <em>Brief Encounters with Che Guevara</em> (PEN/Hemingway Award). He is the recipient of the Joyce Carol Oates Prize, the Thomas Wolfe Prize, and a Whiting Writers Award. He lives in New Bern, North Carolina.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250776549/rasputinswimsthepotomac/"><em>Rasputin Swims the Potomac</em></a> by Ben Fountain (Flatiron Books, June 9, 2026). Named a Best Book of Summer by the <em>LA Times</em>, Kirkus, <em>Publishers Weekly</em>, <em>Boston Globe</em>, Newsday, and <em>New York Post</em>.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Billy Lynn’s Long Halftime Walk</em> by Ben Fountain (2012) — the predecessor referenced throughout.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Beautiful Country Burn Again: Democracy, Rebellion, and Revolution</em> by Ben Fountain (2018) — his 2016 election nonfiction, referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2026 06:33:14 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/4a05c0a0/4cd5f67f.mp3" length="45564054" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3443063" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/4a05c0a0/4cd5f67f.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nGtK_EZnHUw">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/ggKffOO3zNZ5ryo2TV6wT1HKzKkEa8R3aH13u7r0Uj0/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hZDJk/YzM2NWM4MTVjNDI4/MzNlNGNkOGUwMWM0/NTIzZi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2846</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The hyperreal is the real. The surreal is the real in The United States. We’ve reached that point. The absurd is the real. And so that’s what I was trying to capture in the book.” — Ben Fountain</em></p><p> </p><p>Our absurdist-in-chief wants a $250 banknote with his face on it. But the satirist <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250776549/rasputinswimsthepotomac/">Ben Fountain</a> gives the President something even more valuable. In his new novel <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250776549/rasputinswimsthepotomac/"><em>Rasputin Swims the Potomac</em></a>, Fountain delivers something quite priceless: a book that Trump deserves.</p><p> </p><p>In Fountain’s novel, a sitting president, running for a third term, enlists a world champion professional wrestler, Grigory Yefimovich Rasputin, to help secure his re-election. Born Patrick Walsh Strickland in Buffalo, New York, Rasputin served in special forces in Afghanistan and Iraq, spent six years in a monastery, became fluent in Russian, and claims to be a real Russian monk. Evangelicals start defecting to Rasputin. A pandemic of “weeping sickness” sweeps the nation. It’s almost as unbelievable as a sitting President wanting a $250 banknote glowing with his orange face.</p><p> </p><p>Fountain’s parallels with late Tsarist Russia are hard to miss — the chasmic wealth inequality, the impossible get-rich schemes, the quack religions, the gilded decadence, the dying social classes, the mad politicians. It’s scary stuff. Fountain says that we should even be careful taking his summer novel to the beach. Rather than Jaws-dropping, <em>Rasputin Swims the Potomac</em>, he warns, might bite us back. Maybe we should put Ben Fountain’s face on that $250 bill.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Hyperreal Is the Real: America Has Beaten Its Satirists: </strong>When Fountain sat down to write the book in early 2023, he was thinking about the blurring of the line between reality and fantasy in American life. Trump, throughout his career, has blurred that line to masterful effect. Fountain’s question: what would be the next step on that continuum? His answer: professional wrestling — famously fake, scripted, and yet real, happening in real flesh and blood. Suppose a wrestler ran for president as his wrestling persona, with the fake baked in and everyone knowing it’s fake. Suppose the country buys it. Because the hyperreal is the real. The surreal is the real. America has already reached that point.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Why Wrestling, Not Politics: </strong>Jesse Ventura — “Jesse the Body” — ran for governor of Minnesota and won. But he ran as Jesse Ventura himself. Fountain’s innovation: a wrestler who runs as his or her wrestling persona, with the character fully intact. Rasputin — born Patrick Walsh Strickland in Buffalo, special forces veteran, six years in a Russian monastery, world champion wrestler in Japan, legally changed name — never breaks character. He is the historical Rasputin, back from the dead, a holy man of the Russian Orthodox Church. Evangelicals start defecting to him because he’s speaking their language. The fake is the real.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Late Tsarist Russia and Contemporary America: Striking Parallels: </strong>Fountain read three or four biographies of the historical Rasputin. The deeper he got, the more striking the parallels. Late Tsarist Russia: extreme wealth inequality, get-rich schemes everywhere in St Petersburg and Moscow, quack religions and spiritualists plying their trade, extreme decadence among the upper classes. A social structure that could not be maintained. People’s emotional responses to chaos. Fountain: not just in material terms but in terms of how people were feeling, the parallels to the United States are really striking. Gogol, not Baudrillard, is his natural ancestor.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Satirist as Realist: </strong>Andrew raises Baudrillard and hyper-realism. Fountain’s response: he is a realist down to his bones. Whatever he does, it has to be anchored in some fundamental sense in the real world, as he understands it. American life has become such that the surreal is the real, the comical is the real, the absurd is the real. He didn’t set out to write satire. He set out to write the story as genuinely and authentically as he could. The question of genre came afterwards, asked by other people. He is just a realist. It’s just that American reality is Rasputin swimming the Potomac.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Living in the Belly of the Beast: Dallas and North Carolina: </strong>Fountain lived in Dallas, Texas for forty-one years — what he calls the most American city of all, better and worse. In Dallas, the free market and capitalism are so much a part of daily consciousness that there’s very little awareness that there might be different ways of living. Fountain: it’s very conservative and very conservative. For someone to the left of Gandhi, his assumptions are always being challenged. He has to think about how he’s thinking about things. That productive discomfort — not Brooklyn, not Los Angeles — is where this book comes from.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250776549/rasputinswimsthepotomac/">Ben Fountain</a> is the author of <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250776549/rasputinswimsthepotomac/"><em>Rasputin Swims the Potomac</em></a> (Flatiron Books, June 9, 2026), <em>Billy Lynn’s Long Halftime Walk</em> (National Book Critics Circle Award winner, National Book Award finalist), <em>Beautiful Country Burn Again</em>, and <em>Brief Encounters with Che Guevara</em> (PEN/Hemingway Award). He is the recipient of the Joyce Carol Oates Prize, the Thomas Wolfe Prize, and a Whiting Writers Award. He lives in New Bern, North Carolina.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250776549/rasputinswimsthepotomac/"><em>Rasputin Swims the Potomac</em></a> by Ben Fountain (Flatiron Books, June 9, 2026). Named a Best Book of Summer by the <em>LA Times</em>, Kirkus, <em>Publishers Weekly</em>, <em>Boston Globe</em>, Newsday, and <em>New York Post</em>.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Billy Lynn’s Long Halftime Walk</em> by Ben Fountain (2012) — the predecessor referenced throughout.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Beautiful Country Burn Again: Democracy, Rebellion, and Revolution</em> by Ben Fountain (2018) — his 2016 election nonfiction, referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4a05c0a0/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4a05c0a0/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Unexceptional Exceptionalism of the United States: Michael Mandelbaum on the American Way of Foreign Policy</title>
      <itunes:episode>2935</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2935</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Unexceptional Exceptionalism of the United States: Michael Mandelbaum on the American Way of Foreign Policy</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">535d9808-59b7-4236-a305-28dfd2ab2a89</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The United States has conducted an unusually ideological foreign policy, an unusually economic foreign policy, and an unusually democratic foreign policy. These three features have been present from the eighteenth century to the present.” — Michael Mandelbaum</em></p><p> </p><p>Is there an “American way” of foreign policy? Does that make the now almost 250 year-old republic unique? <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-american-way-of-foreign-policy-9780197840931">Michael Mandelbaum</a>, author of <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-american-way-of-foreign-policy-9780197840931"><em>The American Way of Foreign Policy: Ideology, Economics, Democracy</em></a>, says yes and no. America is exceptional. But that exceptionalism is unexceptional.</p><p> </p><p>Mandelbaum says that American foreign policy over the last 250 years has been unusually ideological, economic, and democratic. Foreign policy realists say great powers all behave the same way. Mandelbaum, as an idealist, says: not America. Uniquely in world history, he says, America has pursued its principles overseas without prioritising its political, economic, or military self-interest.</p><p> </p><p>And yet <em>The American Way of Foreign Policy</em> isn’t triumphalist. Mandelbaum opposed NATO expansion in the 1990s. He was in the anti-Vietnam marches as a Harvard student in the Sixties. Nor is he partial to demonstrations of overt nationalism. His July 4 plans, for example, are to watch baseball. As a lucky man in a fortunate Republic, what better way to celebrate 250 years of independence than to enjoy its national pastime?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Three Distinctive Features: Ideological, Economic, Democratic: </strong>Mandelbaum’s thesis: American foreign policy has differed from the foreign policies of other countries in three enduring ways. First, ideological: political ideas and the effort to spread them have been more important to America than to other powers. Second, economic: America has used economic instruments to achieve political goals — trade, aid, sanctions — rather than the imperial model of using political power for economic gain. Third, democratic: American public opinion has always had greater influence over foreign policy than in other countries. For almost all other countries, for most of their histories, foreign policy was the preserve of a small elite. That was never true of the United States.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Idealist and Realist: Both Apply: </strong>Andrew invokes Kenneth Waltz and the realist tradition, which argues that great powers always behave the same way regardless of their self-image. Mandelbaum’s response: realism fits American foreign policy up to a point. America has fought twelve significant wars and has not been oblivious to military power. But it has also conducted idealist foreign policies that cannot be explained by realism — policies driven by its liberal political ideas rather than its material interests. The distinctive feature of American foreign policy is not that it ignores realism, but that it goes beyond realism in ways that other great powers have not.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>NATO Expansion: Mandelbaum’s One Big Regret: </strong>In the 1990s, Mandelbaum was opposed to the expansion of NATO, alongside George Kennan — one of the architects of Cold War containment. His fear: it would do a lot to alienate Russia. He acknowledges that he cannot blame NATO expansion explicitly for the Russian attack on Ukraine. But he notes that the fear was reasonable and that, as he puts it, alas, it has come to pass. He does not think that the Russian attack was inevitable or that NATO caused it. But he does think the warning was worth issuing and that it deserved more serious consideration than it received.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Vietnam and the Antiwar Movement: Was It Counterproductive? </strong>As a graduate student at Harvard under Stanley Hoffmann, Mandelbaum was opposed to Vietnam and took part in marches. He has since revised his views — not on whether Vietnam was a mistake (it was) but on whether the antiwar movement had any positive effect on the course of policy. His conclusion: it probably didn’t, and may have been perverse. Nixon used the antiwar movement as a foil. The war ended because most Americans decided it was costing too much in American lives — not because the goals were wrong. That was the democratic aspect of American foreign policy in action.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Israel, Gaza, and the American Way: </strong>Andrew suggests that Israel has been able to push America around, and that this is “un-American.” Mandelbaum pushes back firmly. America supports Israel for two reasons: strategic advantage (Israel as a bulwark against threats to American interests in the Middle East) and shared values (Israel is the only country in the region that shares American political values). When interests diverged — the 1980s anti-aircraft arms sale, Obama’s Iran deal — America went its own way. The reverse is also true: America doesn’t have the capacity to push Israel around in Gaza, because for Israel these are matters of national survival.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-american-way-of-foreign-policy-9780197840931">Michael Mandelbaum</a> is the Christian A. Herter Professor Emeritus of American Foreign Policy at the Johns Hopkins University School of Advanced International Studies. He previously taught at Harvard, Columbia, and the US Naval Academy, and was a Senior Fellow at the Council on Foreign Relations. He holds a BA from Yale, an MA from King’s College Cambridge, and a PhD from Harvard. He is the author or co-author of thirteen books, including <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-american-way-of-foreign-policy-9780197840931"><em>The American Way of Foreign Policy: Ideology, Economics, Democracy</em></a> (Oxford University Press, April 2026) and <em>The Four Ages of American Foreign Policy: Weak Power, Great Power, Superpower, Hyperpower</em>. He lives in the Washington DC suburbs.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-american-way-of-foreign-policy-9780197840931"><em>The American Way of Foreign Policy: Ideology, Economics, Democracy</em></a> by Michael Mandelbaum (Oxford University Press, April 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Four Ages of American Foreign Policy: Weak Power, Great Power, Superpower, Hyperpower</em> by Michael Mandelbaum — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Kenneth Waltz and the realist school of international relations — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ernst Haas and the idealist school — referenced at the opening; Andrew’s teachers at Berkeley.</p><p> </p><p>•       George Kennan — referenced as Mandelbaum’s fellow opponent of NATO expansion in the 1990s.</p><p> </p><p>•       Stanley Hoffmann — Mandelbaum’s Harvard PhD supervisor, referenced at the close.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly ...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The United States has conducted an unusually ideological foreign policy, an unusually economic foreign policy, and an unusually democratic foreign policy. These three features have been present from the eighteenth century to the present.” — Michael Mandelbaum</em></p><p> </p><p>Is there an “American way” of foreign policy? Does that make the now almost 250 year-old republic unique? <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-american-way-of-foreign-policy-9780197840931">Michael Mandelbaum</a>, author of <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-american-way-of-foreign-policy-9780197840931"><em>The American Way of Foreign Policy: Ideology, Economics, Democracy</em></a>, says yes and no. America is exceptional. But that exceptionalism is unexceptional.</p><p> </p><p>Mandelbaum says that American foreign policy over the last 250 years has been unusually ideological, economic, and democratic. Foreign policy realists say great powers all behave the same way. Mandelbaum, as an idealist, says: not America. Uniquely in world history, he says, America has pursued its principles overseas without prioritising its political, economic, or military self-interest.</p><p> </p><p>And yet <em>The American Way of Foreign Policy</em> isn’t triumphalist. Mandelbaum opposed NATO expansion in the 1990s. He was in the anti-Vietnam marches as a Harvard student in the Sixties. Nor is he partial to demonstrations of overt nationalism. His July 4 plans, for example, are to watch baseball. As a lucky man in a fortunate Republic, what better way to celebrate 250 years of independence than to enjoy its national pastime?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Three Distinctive Features: Ideological, Economic, Democratic: </strong>Mandelbaum’s thesis: American foreign policy has differed from the foreign policies of other countries in three enduring ways. First, ideological: political ideas and the effort to spread them have been more important to America than to other powers. Second, economic: America has used economic instruments to achieve political goals — trade, aid, sanctions — rather than the imperial model of using political power for economic gain. Third, democratic: American public opinion has always had greater influence over foreign policy than in other countries. For almost all other countries, for most of their histories, foreign policy was the preserve of a small elite. That was never true of the United States.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Idealist and Realist: Both Apply: </strong>Andrew invokes Kenneth Waltz and the realist tradition, which argues that great powers always behave the same way regardless of their self-image. Mandelbaum’s response: realism fits American foreign policy up to a point. America has fought twelve significant wars and has not been oblivious to military power. But it has also conducted idealist foreign policies that cannot be explained by realism — policies driven by its liberal political ideas rather than its material interests. The distinctive feature of American foreign policy is not that it ignores realism, but that it goes beyond realism in ways that other great powers have not.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>NATO Expansion: Mandelbaum’s One Big Regret: </strong>In the 1990s, Mandelbaum was opposed to the expansion of NATO, alongside George Kennan — one of the architects of Cold War containment. His fear: it would do a lot to alienate Russia. He acknowledges that he cannot blame NATO expansion explicitly for the Russian attack on Ukraine. But he notes that the fear was reasonable and that, as he puts it, alas, it has come to pass. He does not think that the Russian attack was inevitable or that NATO caused it. But he does think the warning was worth issuing and that it deserved more serious consideration than it received.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Vietnam and the Antiwar Movement: Was It Counterproductive? </strong>As a graduate student at Harvard under Stanley Hoffmann, Mandelbaum was opposed to Vietnam and took part in marches. He has since revised his views — not on whether Vietnam was a mistake (it was) but on whether the antiwar movement had any positive effect on the course of policy. His conclusion: it probably didn’t, and may have been perverse. Nixon used the antiwar movement as a foil. The war ended because most Americans decided it was costing too much in American lives — not because the goals were wrong. That was the democratic aspect of American foreign policy in action.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Israel, Gaza, and the American Way: </strong>Andrew suggests that Israel has been able to push America around, and that this is “un-American.” Mandelbaum pushes back firmly. America supports Israel for two reasons: strategic advantage (Israel as a bulwark against threats to American interests in the Middle East) and shared values (Israel is the only country in the region that shares American political values). When interests diverged — the 1980s anti-aircraft arms sale, Obama’s Iran deal — America went its own way. The reverse is also true: America doesn’t have the capacity to push Israel around in Gaza, because for Israel these are matters of national survival.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-american-way-of-foreign-policy-9780197840931">Michael Mandelbaum</a> is the Christian A. Herter Professor Emeritus of American Foreign Policy at the Johns Hopkins University School of Advanced International Studies. He previously taught at Harvard, Columbia, and the US Naval Academy, and was a Senior Fellow at the Council on Foreign Relations. He holds a BA from Yale, an MA from King’s College Cambridge, and a PhD from Harvard. He is the author or co-author of thirteen books, including <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-american-way-of-foreign-policy-9780197840931"><em>The American Way of Foreign Policy: Ideology, Economics, Democracy</em></a> (Oxford University Press, April 2026) and <em>The Four Ages of American Foreign Policy: Weak Power, Great Power, Superpower, Hyperpower</em>. He lives in the Washington DC suburbs.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-american-way-of-foreign-policy-9780197840931"><em>The American Way of Foreign Policy: Ideology, Economics, Democracy</em></a> by Michael Mandelbaum (Oxford University Press, April 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Four Ages of American Foreign Policy: Weak Power, Great Power, Superpower, Hyperpower</em> by Michael Mandelbaum — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Kenneth Waltz and the realist school of international relations — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ernst Haas and the idealist school — referenced at the opening; Andrew’s teachers at Berkeley.</p><p> </p><p>•       George Kennan — referenced as Mandelbaum’s fellow opponent of NATO expansion in the 1990s.</p><p> </p><p>•       Stanley Hoffmann — Mandelbaum’s Harvard PhD supervisor, referenced at the close.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly ...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Jun 2026 09:45:57 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/98dc8e41/fb34dc7e.mp3" length="53407572" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3441246" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/98dc8e41/fb34dc7e.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DmNV7Czu_xQ">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/gOteJAA-aU-dqhp88cYj4NqxyIH6MHENgDdArUIQjPw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iZGU4/YzhmMWQ5ZTUxMTIz/ZTVmZTU5NTgzNWM5/OWI5Yy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3337</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The United States has conducted an unusually ideological foreign policy, an unusually economic foreign policy, and an unusually democratic foreign policy. These three features have been present from the eighteenth century to the present.” — Michael Mandelbaum</em></p><p> </p><p>Is there an “American way” of foreign policy? Does that make the now almost 250 year-old republic unique? <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-american-way-of-foreign-policy-9780197840931">Michael Mandelbaum</a>, author of <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-american-way-of-foreign-policy-9780197840931"><em>The American Way of Foreign Policy: Ideology, Economics, Democracy</em></a>, says yes and no. America is exceptional. But that exceptionalism is unexceptional.</p><p> </p><p>Mandelbaum says that American foreign policy over the last 250 years has been unusually ideological, economic, and democratic. Foreign policy realists say great powers all behave the same way. Mandelbaum, as an idealist, says: not America. Uniquely in world history, he says, America has pursued its principles overseas without prioritising its political, economic, or military self-interest.</p><p> </p><p>And yet <em>The American Way of Foreign Policy</em> isn’t triumphalist. Mandelbaum opposed NATO expansion in the 1990s. He was in the anti-Vietnam marches as a Harvard student in the Sixties. Nor is he partial to demonstrations of overt nationalism. His July 4 plans, for example, are to watch baseball. As a lucky man in a fortunate Republic, what better way to celebrate 250 years of independence than to enjoy its national pastime?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Three Distinctive Features: Ideological, Economic, Democratic: </strong>Mandelbaum’s thesis: American foreign policy has differed from the foreign policies of other countries in three enduring ways. First, ideological: political ideas and the effort to spread them have been more important to America than to other powers. Second, economic: America has used economic instruments to achieve political goals — trade, aid, sanctions — rather than the imperial model of using political power for economic gain. Third, democratic: American public opinion has always had greater influence over foreign policy than in other countries. For almost all other countries, for most of their histories, foreign policy was the preserve of a small elite. That was never true of the United States.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Idealist and Realist: Both Apply: </strong>Andrew invokes Kenneth Waltz and the realist tradition, which argues that great powers always behave the same way regardless of their self-image. Mandelbaum’s response: realism fits American foreign policy up to a point. America has fought twelve significant wars and has not been oblivious to military power. But it has also conducted idealist foreign policies that cannot be explained by realism — policies driven by its liberal political ideas rather than its material interests. The distinctive feature of American foreign policy is not that it ignores realism, but that it goes beyond realism in ways that other great powers have not.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>NATO Expansion: Mandelbaum’s One Big Regret: </strong>In the 1990s, Mandelbaum was opposed to the expansion of NATO, alongside George Kennan — one of the architects of Cold War containment. His fear: it would do a lot to alienate Russia. He acknowledges that he cannot blame NATO expansion explicitly for the Russian attack on Ukraine. But he notes that the fear was reasonable and that, as he puts it, alas, it has come to pass. He does not think that the Russian attack was inevitable or that NATO caused it. But he does think the warning was worth issuing and that it deserved more serious consideration than it received.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Vietnam and the Antiwar Movement: Was It Counterproductive? </strong>As a graduate student at Harvard under Stanley Hoffmann, Mandelbaum was opposed to Vietnam and took part in marches. He has since revised his views — not on whether Vietnam was a mistake (it was) but on whether the antiwar movement had any positive effect on the course of policy. His conclusion: it probably didn’t, and may have been perverse. Nixon used the antiwar movement as a foil. The war ended because most Americans decided it was costing too much in American lives — not because the goals were wrong. That was the democratic aspect of American foreign policy in action.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Israel, Gaza, and the American Way: </strong>Andrew suggests that Israel has been able to push America around, and that this is “un-American.” Mandelbaum pushes back firmly. America supports Israel for two reasons: strategic advantage (Israel as a bulwark against threats to American interests in the Middle East) and shared values (Israel is the only country in the region that shares American political values). When interests diverged — the 1980s anti-aircraft arms sale, Obama’s Iran deal — America went its own way. The reverse is also true: America doesn’t have the capacity to push Israel around in Gaza, because for Israel these are matters of national survival.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-american-way-of-foreign-policy-9780197840931">Michael Mandelbaum</a> is the Christian A. Herter Professor Emeritus of American Foreign Policy at the Johns Hopkins University School of Advanced International Studies. He previously taught at Harvard, Columbia, and the US Naval Academy, and was a Senior Fellow at the Council on Foreign Relations. He holds a BA from Yale, an MA from King’s College Cambridge, and a PhD from Harvard. He is the author or co-author of thirteen books, including <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-american-way-of-foreign-policy-9780197840931"><em>The American Way of Foreign Policy: Ideology, Economics, Democracy</em></a> (Oxford University Press, April 2026) and <em>The Four Ages of American Foreign Policy: Weak Power, Great Power, Superpower, Hyperpower</em>. He lives in the Washington DC suburbs.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://global.oup.com/academic/product/the-american-way-of-foreign-policy-9780197840931"><em>The American Way of Foreign Policy: Ideology, Economics, Democracy</em></a> by Michael Mandelbaum (Oxford University Press, April 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Four Ages of American Foreign Policy: Weak Power, Great Power, Superpower, Hyperpower</em> by Michael Mandelbaum — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Kenneth Waltz and the realist school of international relations — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ernst Haas and the idealist school — referenced at the opening; Andrew’s teachers at Berkeley.</p><p> </p><p>•       George Kennan — referenced as Mandelbaum’s fellow opponent of NATO expansion in the 1990s.</p><p> </p><p>•       Stanley Hoffmann — Mandelbaum’s Harvard PhD supervisor, referenced at the close.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly ...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/98dc8e41/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Jeffrey Epstein of Antiquities: Matthew Campbell on the Man Who Got Away With Stealing the Gods,</title>
      <itunes:episode>2934</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2934</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Jeffrey Epstein of Antiquities: Matthew Campbell on the Man Who Got Away With Stealing the Gods,</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0f748b20-363f-4f11-b3a3-8c6690e2cacb</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Objects in museums have to come from somewhere. The stories of how they came to be in those collections often involve laws being broken, unethical behaviour, and extreme violence.” — Matthew Campbell</em></p><p> </p><p>Imagine a gay Jeffrey Epstein who set up shop in Thailand. Only rather than peddling young girls, he traded in bodybuilders and priceless antiquities. That’s the story of the British émigré Douglas Latchford, the subject of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/739182/the-man-who-stole-the-gods-by-matthew-campbell/">Matthew Campbell</a>’s new book <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/739182/the-man-who-stole-the-gods-by-matthew-campbell/"><em>The Man Who Stole the Gods</em></a>. It’s the true story of a man who was born in the last days of the British Raj, made his fortune in Bangkok, became the world’s leading dealer of Khmer antiquities, and was indicted for criminal conspiracy in 2019.</p><p> </p><p>Campbell’s tale is simultaneously a crime story, a history of Cambodia, and a parable about the relationship between Western wealth and the world’s cultural heritage. The Khmer Empire, which dominated Southeast Asia from the ninth to the fifteenth centuries, produced one of the finest civilisations of the medieval world. Angkor in the twelfth century had 750,000 people — making it ten times the size of London. After the genocidal Khmer Rouge regime, every Khmer site in Cambodia was systematically looted. The pieces went to the Metropolitan Museum, to Christie’s, to private American collectors. Latchford was the central conduit. The Jeffrey Epstein enabler.</p><p> </p><p>Like Epstein, Latchford got away with it for years. Unlike Epstein, he died a free man, even chalking up a 2020 <em>New York Times</em> <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2020/08/27/arts/douglas-aj-latchford-khmer-antiquities-expert-dies-at-88.html">obituary</a> as a Khmer antiquities expert.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Douglas Latchford: The British Jeffrey Epstein of Asian Art: </strong>Born in the last days of the British Raj, educated in the UK, Latchford made his fortune in Bangkok and became the world’s leading dealer of Southeast Asian antiquities — selling pieces for millions of dollars to the Metropolitan Museum, Christie’s, and wealthy American collectors. He presented himself as an expert and connoisseur. He gave to universities and lent to exhibitions. He received a glowing obituary in the <em>New York Times</em> in August 2020. The dark side: he was, Campbell shows, the central organiser of a decades-long criminal conspiracy to loot Cambodia’s cultural heritage. He was indicted in 2019 but died before he could be extradited.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Khmer Empire: 750,000 People When London Had 40,000: </strong>The Khmer Empire dominated Southeast Asia from the ninth to the fifteenth centuries, ruling directly or indirectly over what is now Thailand, Vietnam, Laos, and parts of Malaysia. Its capital, Angkor, had 750,000 people in the twelfth century — when London had 40,000 at the absolute outside. The Khmer built extraordinary temple cities — Angkor Wat is only the most famous — and produced remarkable stone and bronze sculpture. Every single Khmer site in Cambodia was systematically looted. The pieces all went somewhere. A great many came to the West.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Vietnam War, Nixon, Kissinger, and the Conditions for Genocide: </strong>The Vietnam War is central to Campbell’s story. The Ho Chi Minh Trail ran partly through Cambodia, making Cambodia of great interest to Nixon and Kissinger. Beginning in 1968, large-scale American bombing of Cambodia — ostensibly aimed at destroying a supposed communist headquarters that, Campbell notes, never actually existed — helped destabilise the country and created the conditions in which the Khmer Rouge could emerge. The Khmer Rouge ideology: Pol Pot believed civilisation needed not to be reformed but erased. A blank slate. Rebuild from zero.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Museum World’s Complicity: The Sackler Parallel: </strong>The Metropolitan Museum of Art features prominently in Campbell’s account. Objects in museums have to come from somewhere — the works in the Met did not originate in New York. How they came to be in those collections often involved laws being broken, unethical behaviour, and extreme violence. Campbell draws a parallel with Patrick Radden Keefe’s account of the Sacklers: the more investigative journalists look at the wealthy donors and private collectors associated with major cultural institutions, the more troubling the stories that emerge. The museum world has a serious provenance problem.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Happy Ending: Repatriation and the National Museum in Phnom Penh: </strong>Latchford was indicted in 2019 for criminal conspiracy. He died in 2020, in a monastery in Northern Thailand, before he could be extradited. He never went to trial. But the recovery effort — a remarkable collaboration between Cambodia and the US Department of Justice — tracked down hundreds of stolen objects through meticulous detective work. The pieces have been returned to Cambodia. The National Museum in Phnom Penh now has so many repatriated objects that it is running out of room and may need to build a new wing. As Campbell says: that’s a good problem to have.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/739182/the-man-who-stole-the-gods-by-matthew-campbell/">Matthew Campbell</a> is an award-winning investigative journalist at <em>Bloomberg Businessweek</em>. He is the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/739182/the-man-who-stole-the-gods-by-matthew-campbell/"><em>The Man Who Stole the Gods: A True Story of War, Obsession, and a Global Art Conspiracy</em></a> (Portfolio/Penguin Random House, June 2, 2026) and co-author, with Kit Chellel, of <em>Dead in the Water</em> (a Book of the Year in <em>The Economist</em>, <em>Financial Times</em>, and <em>The Times</em>; called a ‘masterpiece’ by the <em>New York Times</em>). A 2025 Jonathan Logan Family Foundation Fellow at New America, Campbell has reported from more than 25 countries. He lives in Singapore.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/739182/the-man-who-stole-the-gods-by-matthew-campbell/"><em>The Man Who Stole the Gods: A True Story of War, Obsession, and a Global Art Conspiracy</em></a> by Matthew Campbell (Portfolio/Penguin Random House, June 2, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Dead in the Water</em> by Matthew Campbell and Kit Chellel (2022) — the preceding book, referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Patrick Radden Keefe, <em>Empire of Pain</em> — referenced as a parallel account of museum world complicity.</p><p> </p><p>•       The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York — a central institution in the Latchford network.</p><p> </p><p>•       Cambodia’s National Museum, Phnom Penh — the destination of the repatriated objects.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Objects in museums have to come from somewhere. The stories of how they came to be in those collections often involve laws being broken, unethical behaviour, and extreme violence.” — Matthew Campbell</em></p><p> </p><p>Imagine a gay Jeffrey Epstein who set up shop in Thailand. Only rather than peddling young girls, he traded in bodybuilders and priceless antiquities. That’s the story of the British émigré Douglas Latchford, the subject of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/739182/the-man-who-stole-the-gods-by-matthew-campbell/">Matthew Campbell</a>’s new book <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/739182/the-man-who-stole-the-gods-by-matthew-campbell/"><em>The Man Who Stole the Gods</em></a>. It’s the true story of a man who was born in the last days of the British Raj, made his fortune in Bangkok, became the world’s leading dealer of Khmer antiquities, and was indicted for criminal conspiracy in 2019.</p><p> </p><p>Campbell’s tale is simultaneously a crime story, a history of Cambodia, and a parable about the relationship between Western wealth and the world’s cultural heritage. The Khmer Empire, which dominated Southeast Asia from the ninth to the fifteenth centuries, produced one of the finest civilisations of the medieval world. Angkor in the twelfth century had 750,000 people — making it ten times the size of London. After the genocidal Khmer Rouge regime, every Khmer site in Cambodia was systematically looted. The pieces went to the Metropolitan Museum, to Christie’s, to private American collectors. Latchford was the central conduit. The Jeffrey Epstein enabler.</p><p> </p><p>Like Epstein, Latchford got away with it for years. Unlike Epstein, he died a free man, even chalking up a 2020 <em>New York Times</em> <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2020/08/27/arts/douglas-aj-latchford-khmer-antiquities-expert-dies-at-88.html">obituary</a> as a Khmer antiquities expert.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Douglas Latchford: The British Jeffrey Epstein of Asian Art: </strong>Born in the last days of the British Raj, educated in the UK, Latchford made his fortune in Bangkok and became the world’s leading dealer of Southeast Asian antiquities — selling pieces for millions of dollars to the Metropolitan Museum, Christie’s, and wealthy American collectors. He presented himself as an expert and connoisseur. He gave to universities and lent to exhibitions. He received a glowing obituary in the <em>New York Times</em> in August 2020. The dark side: he was, Campbell shows, the central organiser of a decades-long criminal conspiracy to loot Cambodia’s cultural heritage. He was indicted in 2019 but died before he could be extradited.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Khmer Empire: 750,000 People When London Had 40,000: </strong>The Khmer Empire dominated Southeast Asia from the ninth to the fifteenth centuries, ruling directly or indirectly over what is now Thailand, Vietnam, Laos, and parts of Malaysia. Its capital, Angkor, had 750,000 people in the twelfth century — when London had 40,000 at the absolute outside. The Khmer built extraordinary temple cities — Angkor Wat is only the most famous — and produced remarkable stone and bronze sculpture. Every single Khmer site in Cambodia was systematically looted. The pieces all went somewhere. A great many came to the West.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Vietnam War, Nixon, Kissinger, and the Conditions for Genocide: </strong>The Vietnam War is central to Campbell’s story. The Ho Chi Minh Trail ran partly through Cambodia, making Cambodia of great interest to Nixon and Kissinger. Beginning in 1968, large-scale American bombing of Cambodia — ostensibly aimed at destroying a supposed communist headquarters that, Campbell notes, never actually existed — helped destabilise the country and created the conditions in which the Khmer Rouge could emerge. The Khmer Rouge ideology: Pol Pot believed civilisation needed not to be reformed but erased. A blank slate. Rebuild from zero.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Museum World’s Complicity: The Sackler Parallel: </strong>The Metropolitan Museum of Art features prominently in Campbell’s account. Objects in museums have to come from somewhere — the works in the Met did not originate in New York. How they came to be in those collections often involved laws being broken, unethical behaviour, and extreme violence. Campbell draws a parallel with Patrick Radden Keefe’s account of the Sacklers: the more investigative journalists look at the wealthy donors and private collectors associated with major cultural institutions, the more troubling the stories that emerge. The museum world has a serious provenance problem.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Happy Ending: Repatriation and the National Museum in Phnom Penh: </strong>Latchford was indicted in 2019 for criminal conspiracy. He died in 2020, in a monastery in Northern Thailand, before he could be extradited. He never went to trial. But the recovery effort — a remarkable collaboration between Cambodia and the US Department of Justice — tracked down hundreds of stolen objects through meticulous detective work. The pieces have been returned to Cambodia. The National Museum in Phnom Penh now has so many repatriated objects that it is running out of room and may need to build a new wing. As Campbell says: that’s a good problem to have.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/739182/the-man-who-stole-the-gods-by-matthew-campbell/">Matthew Campbell</a> is an award-winning investigative journalist at <em>Bloomberg Businessweek</em>. He is the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/739182/the-man-who-stole-the-gods-by-matthew-campbell/"><em>The Man Who Stole the Gods: A True Story of War, Obsession, and a Global Art Conspiracy</em></a> (Portfolio/Penguin Random House, June 2, 2026) and co-author, with Kit Chellel, of <em>Dead in the Water</em> (a Book of the Year in <em>The Economist</em>, <em>Financial Times</em>, and <em>The Times</em>; called a ‘masterpiece’ by the <em>New York Times</em>). A 2025 Jonathan Logan Family Foundation Fellow at New America, Campbell has reported from more than 25 countries. He lives in Singapore.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/739182/the-man-who-stole-the-gods-by-matthew-campbell/"><em>The Man Who Stole the Gods: A True Story of War, Obsession, and a Global Art Conspiracy</em></a> by Matthew Campbell (Portfolio/Penguin Random House, June 2, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Dead in the Water</em> by Matthew Campbell and Kit Chellel (2022) — the preceding book, referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Patrick Radden Keefe, <em>Empire of Pain</em> — referenced as a parallel account of museum world complicity.</p><p> </p><p>•       The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York — a central institution in the Latchford network.</p><p> </p><p>•       Cambodia’s National Museum, Phnom Penh — the destination of the repatriated objects.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 07 Jun 2026 07:43:58 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/3c33bc0b/afa4730d.mp3" length="45807062" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3303451" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/3c33bc0b/afa4730d.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3uzhchRD_xY">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/62VCGJJ0DPnFjjUhRUL_4JzxhwFBPx873glnuqj-qeU/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8wZjcz/MzhlZDZkYzdmNzcw/NTM3Njk2YjkyZDI0/MDhjYS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2861</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Objects in museums have to come from somewhere. The stories of how they came to be in those collections often involve laws being broken, unethical behaviour, and extreme violence.” — Matthew Campbell</em></p><p> </p><p>Imagine a gay Jeffrey Epstein who set up shop in Thailand. Only rather than peddling young girls, he traded in bodybuilders and priceless antiquities. That’s the story of the British émigré Douglas Latchford, the subject of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/739182/the-man-who-stole-the-gods-by-matthew-campbell/">Matthew Campbell</a>’s new book <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/739182/the-man-who-stole-the-gods-by-matthew-campbell/"><em>The Man Who Stole the Gods</em></a>. It’s the true story of a man who was born in the last days of the British Raj, made his fortune in Bangkok, became the world’s leading dealer of Khmer antiquities, and was indicted for criminal conspiracy in 2019.</p><p> </p><p>Campbell’s tale is simultaneously a crime story, a history of Cambodia, and a parable about the relationship between Western wealth and the world’s cultural heritage. The Khmer Empire, which dominated Southeast Asia from the ninth to the fifteenth centuries, produced one of the finest civilisations of the medieval world. Angkor in the twelfth century had 750,000 people — making it ten times the size of London. After the genocidal Khmer Rouge regime, every Khmer site in Cambodia was systematically looted. The pieces went to the Metropolitan Museum, to Christie’s, to private American collectors. Latchford was the central conduit. The Jeffrey Epstein enabler.</p><p> </p><p>Like Epstein, Latchford got away with it for years. Unlike Epstein, he died a free man, even chalking up a 2020 <em>New York Times</em> <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2020/08/27/arts/douglas-aj-latchford-khmer-antiquities-expert-dies-at-88.html">obituary</a> as a Khmer antiquities expert.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Douglas Latchford: The British Jeffrey Epstein of Asian Art: </strong>Born in the last days of the British Raj, educated in the UK, Latchford made his fortune in Bangkok and became the world’s leading dealer of Southeast Asian antiquities — selling pieces for millions of dollars to the Metropolitan Museum, Christie’s, and wealthy American collectors. He presented himself as an expert and connoisseur. He gave to universities and lent to exhibitions. He received a glowing obituary in the <em>New York Times</em> in August 2020. The dark side: he was, Campbell shows, the central organiser of a decades-long criminal conspiracy to loot Cambodia’s cultural heritage. He was indicted in 2019 but died before he could be extradited.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Khmer Empire: 750,000 People When London Had 40,000: </strong>The Khmer Empire dominated Southeast Asia from the ninth to the fifteenth centuries, ruling directly or indirectly over what is now Thailand, Vietnam, Laos, and parts of Malaysia. Its capital, Angkor, had 750,000 people in the twelfth century — when London had 40,000 at the absolute outside. The Khmer built extraordinary temple cities — Angkor Wat is only the most famous — and produced remarkable stone and bronze sculpture. Every single Khmer site in Cambodia was systematically looted. The pieces all went somewhere. A great many came to the West.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Vietnam War, Nixon, Kissinger, and the Conditions for Genocide: </strong>The Vietnam War is central to Campbell’s story. The Ho Chi Minh Trail ran partly through Cambodia, making Cambodia of great interest to Nixon and Kissinger. Beginning in 1968, large-scale American bombing of Cambodia — ostensibly aimed at destroying a supposed communist headquarters that, Campbell notes, never actually existed — helped destabilise the country and created the conditions in which the Khmer Rouge could emerge. The Khmer Rouge ideology: Pol Pot believed civilisation needed not to be reformed but erased. A blank slate. Rebuild from zero.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Museum World’s Complicity: The Sackler Parallel: </strong>The Metropolitan Museum of Art features prominently in Campbell’s account. Objects in museums have to come from somewhere — the works in the Met did not originate in New York. How they came to be in those collections often involved laws being broken, unethical behaviour, and extreme violence. Campbell draws a parallel with Patrick Radden Keefe’s account of the Sacklers: the more investigative journalists look at the wealthy donors and private collectors associated with major cultural institutions, the more troubling the stories that emerge. The museum world has a serious provenance problem.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Happy Ending: Repatriation and the National Museum in Phnom Penh: </strong>Latchford was indicted in 2019 for criminal conspiracy. He died in 2020, in a monastery in Northern Thailand, before he could be extradited. He never went to trial. But the recovery effort — a remarkable collaboration between Cambodia and the US Department of Justice — tracked down hundreds of stolen objects through meticulous detective work. The pieces have been returned to Cambodia. The National Museum in Phnom Penh now has so many repatriated objects that it is running out of room and may need to build a new wing. As Campbell says: that’s a good problem to have.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/739182/the-man-who-stole-the-gods-by-matthew-campbell/">Matthew Campbell</a> is an award-winning investigative journalist at <em>Bloomberg Businessweek</em>. He is the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/739182/the-man-who-stole-the-gods-by-matthew-campbell/"><em>The Man Who Stole the Gods: A True Story of War, Obsession, and a Global Art Conspiracy</em></a> (Portfolio/Penguin Random House, June 2, 2026) and co-author, with Kit Chellel, of <em>Dead in the Water</em> (a Book of the Year in <em>The Economist</em>, <em>Financial Times</em>, and <em>The Times</em>; called a ‘masterpiece’ by the <em>New York Times</em>). A 2025 Jonathan Logan Family Foundation Fellow at New America, Campbell has reported from more than 25 countries. He lives in Singapore.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/739182/the-man-who-stole-the-gods-by-matthew-campbell/"><em>The Man Who Stole the Gods: A True Story of War, Obsession, and a Global Art Conspiracy</em></a> by Matthew Campbell (Portfolio/Penguin Random House, June 2, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Dead in the Water</em> by Matthew Campbell and Kit Chellel (2022) — the preceding book, referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Patrick Radden Keefe, <em>Empire of Pain</em> — referenced as a parallel account of museum world complicity.</p><p> </p><p>•       The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York — a central institution in the Latchford network.</p><p> </p><p>•       Cambodia’s National Museum, Phnom Penh — the destination of the repatriated objects.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3c33bc0b/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3c33bc0b/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>D-Day for AI: How to Create an End Game That Will Benefit Everyone</title>
      <itunes:episode>2933</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2933</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>D-Day for AI: How to Create an End Game That Will Benefit Everyone</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6ebc98ba-e2e4-4349-be5e-595e98f9862d</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“AI represents successful capitalism. What we have alongside that is unsuccessful government. Government has no plan — left or right.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>It’s the 82nd anniversary of D-Day. On June 6, 1944, there was an unambiguous end game — the defeat of Nazi Germany. But today, end games are more controversial, especially in terms of harnessing the AI revolution to benefit everyone.</p><p> </p><p>For <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a>, publisher of <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a>, the AI end game requires an “Institute of the Future.” Everyone from Bernie Sanders and Elizabeth Warren to Elon Musk and Sam Altman should hammer out a plan to harness AI for the benefit of society. Keith offers the internet governance organisation ICANN as a model for this institute. It will shape the future for all of our benefit, he promises.</p><p> </p><p>So a D-Day for AI? I’m sceptical of this type of Brave New World-style technocracy. Firstly, Sanders, Warren, Musk and Altman agree on very little. And Musk and Altman hate each other. I’m also dubious that AI will or can benefit everyone. As Keith notes, some professions — teachers, for example — will be decimated by AI. Where I agree with Keith, however, is that we need a new politics for this new age. Political parties, rather than institutes, of the future. Innovation rather than ICANN.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Anthropic IPO Slip — and Why SpaceX Now Looks Small: </strong>Anthropic accidentally filed for its IPO this week — what the <em>New York Times</em> described as a slip. The terms of SpaceX’s unconventional $75 billion IPO were also revealed. Keith’s observation: SpaceX now looks small by comparison. He tried to buy SpaceX shares this week through his brokerage and expects to get none — the demand will be way bigger than the supply, and the price will go up from the offering. San Francisco real estate is already feeling the Cerebras effect: 800 employees are now millionaires. The three big IPOs — Anthropic, OpenAI, SpaceX — will compound that on a much larger scale.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Successful Capitalism, Unsuccessful Government: </strong>Keith’s framework for the week: AI is capitalism working. Resources are directed to money-making opportunities via the profit motive, which coincides with innovation and, at least in the short term, creates lots of jobs. That is successful capitalism. Alongside it: unsuccessful government. The Trump administration went from hands-off to requiring all AI models to be submitted for a 30-day assessment before launch — in the same week. No plan. No endgame. Everyone has an opinion. Nobody states what outcome they want.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Keith’s PhD: Why Capitalism Is Never Static: </strong>Andrew challenges Keith’s authority to pronounce on these matters. Keith reveals: he has a PhD from the University of Kent in Canterbury — on why capitalism is never static, and why new entrants always eclipse what went before. Andrew: that was the 1970s, Keith. Does a fifty-year-old PhD give you authority? Keith: it’s a useless criticism. You could say that to anyone about anything. The exchange is revealing: the argument is not about credentials but about frameworks. And Keith’s framework — capitalism as dynamic, government as static — has at least the virtue of consistency.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Credit to Bernie and Warren: At Least They’re Having the Conversation: </strong>Andrew expects Keith to trash Bernie Sanders (50% government ownership of AI companies) and Elizabeth Warren (high taxation of AI profits). Keith surprises him: at least they’re having the conversation. His criticism is not that they’re wrong to want wealth distribution but that their framing — tax, centralise, spend — is unattractive to most people and captured by the interests of the old economy: teachers’ unions, trade unions, legacy coalitions that can’t think freely about a future without teachers as they currently exist.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>An ICANN for AI: Keith’s One Concrete Prescription: </strong>Andrew pushes Keith for one concrete thing politicians should do this year. Keith’s answer: create an Institute for the Future. Bring Musk, Altman, Amodei, Sanders, Warren, and everyone else to the table with a clear mandate — define the future you want, agree actual outcomes, seek governmental authority to implement them. His model: ICANN, the global internet governance body, which disagrees constantly and still makes decisions. Andrew’s verdict: Keith wants to create an ICANN for society. Interesting idea. History’s jury is out.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and Andrew’s regular TWTW co-host. He holds a PhD from the University of Kent.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> by Keith Teare.</p><p> </p><p>•       Noah Smith, “We Need Liberal Nationalism to Come Back” — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Economist</em>, “American Capitalism Has Taken an Apocalyptic Turn” — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ben Thompson on Google becoming a capital company; John Battelle on Google reinventing itself from search to data infrastructure — both referenced.</p><p> </p><p>•       ICANN — the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers, Keith’s model for AI governance.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: D-Day, June 6, and the Anthropic IPO slip</li>
<li>(02:26) - What is the endgame? AI is no longer just a tech story</li>
<li>(03:46) - Successful capitalism, unsuccessful government</li>
<li>(04:49) - Atomisation and the absence of proper conversation</li>
<li>(05:33) - Andrew challenges Keith’s authority</li>
<li>(06:42) - Keith’s PhD: capitalism is never static</li>
<li>(07:13) - Bernie Sanders: 50% ownership of AI companies</li>
<li>(07:30) - At least they’re having the conversation</li>
<li>(07:55) - The old economy framing: tax, centralise, spend</li>
<li>(08:25) - What gives Keith the authority?</li>
<li>(09:00) - Jack Clark and the call to slow down</li>
<li>(10:00) - The Trump administration at war with itself</li>
<li>(15:00) - Andrew Yang and universal capital distribution</li>
<li>(20:00) - ...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“AI represents successful capitalism. What we have alongside that is unsuccessful government. Government has no plan — left or right.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>It’s the 82nd anniversary of D-Day. On June 6, 1944, there was an unambiguous end game — the defeat of Nazi Germany. But today, end games are more controversial, especially in terms of harnessing the AI revolution to benefit everyone.</p><p> </p><p>For <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a>, publisher of <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a>, the AI end game requires an “Institute of the Future.” Everyone from Bernie Sanders and Elizabeth Warren to Elon Musk and Sam Altman should hammer out a plan to harness AI for the benefit of society. Keith offers the internet governance organisation ICANN as a model for this institute. It will shape the future for all of our benefit, he promises.</p><p> </p><p>So a D-Day for AI? I’m sceptical of this type of Brave New World-style technocracy. Firstly, Sanders, Warren, Musk and Altman agree on very little. And Musk and Altman hate each other. I’m also dubious that AI will or can benefit everyone. As Keith notes, some professions — teachers, for example — will be decimated by AI. Where I agree with Keith, however, is that we need a new politics for this new age. Political parties, rather than institutes, of the future. Innovation rather than ICANN.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Anthropic IPO Slip — and Why SpaceX Now Looks Small: </strong>Anthropic accidentally filed for its IPO this week — what the <em>New York Times</em> described as a slip. The terms of SpaceX’s unconventional $75 billion IPO were also revealed. Keith’s observation: SpaceX now looks small by comparison. He tried to buy SpaceX shares this week through his brokerage and expects to get none — the demand will be way bigger than the supply, and the price will go up from the offering. San Francisco real estate is already feeling the Cerebras effect: 800 employees are now millionaires. The three big IPOs — Anthropic, OpenAI, SpaceX — will compound that on a much larger scale.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Successful Capitalism, Unsuccessful Government: </strong>Keith’s framework for the week: AI is capitalism working. Resources are directed to money-making opportunities via the profit motive, which coincides with innovation and, at least in the short term, creates lots of jobs. That is successful capitalism. Alongside it: unsuccessful government. The Trump administration went from hands-off to requiring all AI models to be submitted for a 30-day assessment before launch — in the same week. No plan. No endgame. Everyone has an opinion. Nobody states what outcome they want.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Keith’s PhD: Why Capitalism Is Never Static: </strong>Andrew challenges Keith’s authority to pronounce on these matters. Keith reveals: he has a PhD from the University of Kent in Canterbury — on why capitalism is never static, and why new entrants always eclipse what went before. Andrew: that was the 1970s, Keith. Does a fifty-year-old PhD give you authority? Keith: it’s a useless criticism. You could say that to anyone about anything. The exchange is revealing: the argument is not about credentials but about frameworks. And Keith’s framework — capitalism as dynamic, government as static — has at least the virtue of consistency.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Credit to Bernie and Warren: At Least They’re Having the Conversation: </strong>Andrew expects Keith to trash Bernie Sanders (50% government ownership of AI companies) and Elizabeth Warren (high taxation of AI profits). Keith surprises him: at least they’re having the conversation. His criticism is not that they’re wrong to want wealth distribution but that their framing — tax, centralise, spend — is unattractive to most people and captured by the interests of the old economy: teachers’ unions, trade unions, legacy coalitions that can’t think freely about a future without teachers as they currently exist.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>An ICANN for AI: Keith’s One Concrete Prescription: </strong>Andrew pushes Keith for one concrete thing politicians should do this year. Keith’s answer: create an Institute for the Future. Bring Musk, Altman, Amodei, Sanders, Warren, and everyone else to the table with a clear mandate — define the future you want, agree actual outcomes, seek governmental authority to implement them. His model: ICANN, the global internet governance body, which disagrees constantly and still makes decisions. Andrew’s verdict: Keith wants to create an ICANN for society. Interesting idea. History’s jury is out.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and Andrew’s regular TWTW co-host. He holds a PhD from the University of Kent.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> by Keith Teare.</p><p> </p><p>•       Noah Smith, “We Need Liberal Nationalism to Come Back” — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Economist</em>, “American Capitalism Has Taken an Apocalyptic Turn” — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ben Thompson on Google becoming a capital company; John Battelle on Google reinventing itself from search to data infrastructure — both referenced.</p><p> </p><p>•       ICANN — the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers, Keith’s model for AI governance.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: D-Day, June 6, and the Anthropic IPO slip</li>
<li>(02:26) - What is the endgame? AI is no longer just a tech story</li>
<li>(03:46) - Successful capitalism, unsuccessful government</li>
<li>(04:49) - Atomisation and the absence of proper conversation</li>
<li>(05:33) - Andrew challenges Keith’s authority</li>
<li>(06:42) - Keith’s PhD: capitalism is never static</li>
<li>(07:13) - Bernie Sanders: 50% ownership of AI companies</li>
<li>(07:30) - At least they’re having the conversation</li>
<li>(07:55) - The old economy framing: tax, centralise, spend</li>
<li>(08:25) - What gives Keith the authority?</li>
<li>(09:00) - Jack Clark and the call to slow down</li>
<li>(10:00) - The Trump administration at war with itself</li>
<li>(15:00) - Andrew Yang and universal capital distribution</li>
<li>(20:00) - ...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 06 Jun 2026 10:54:41 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/91584817/780154ef.mp3" length="36718533" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3328959" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/91584817/780154ef.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6qWG5rjRgW8">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/jHYZatkejld8uwl3vDephiifFIiwhktIP1NGMcFrxqk/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8wY2Zk/Y2YyYmQ2NjRiMjlh/ZDQ0MGFjNzkwNGYz/ZDhkMS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2293</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“AI represents successful capitalism. What we have alongside that is unsuccessful government. Government has no plan — left or right.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>It’s the 82nd anniversary of D-Day. On June 6, 1944, there was an unambiguous end game — the defeat of Nazi Germany. But today, end games are more controversial, especially in terms of harnessing the AI revolution to benefit everyone.</p><p> </p><p>For <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a>, publisher of <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a>, the AI end game requires an “Institute of the Future.” Everyone from Bernie Sanders and Elizabeth Warren to Elon Musk and Sam Altman should hammer out a plan to harness AI for the benefit of society. Keith offers the internet governance organisation ICANN as a model for this institute. It will shape the future for all of our benefit, he promises.</p><p> </p><p>So a D-Day for AI? I’m sceptical of this type of Brave New World-style technocracy. Firstly, Sanders, Warren, Musk and Altman agree on very little. And Musk and Altman hate each other. I’m also dubious that AI will or can benefit everyone. As Keith notes, some professions — teachers, for example — will be decimated by AI. Where I agree with Keith, however, is that we need a new politics for this new age. Political parties, rather than institutes, of the future. Innovation rather than ICANN.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Anthropic IPO Slip — and Why SpaceX Now Looks Small: </strong>Anthropic accidentally filed for its IPO this week — what the <em>New York Times</em> described as a slip. The terms of SpaceX’s unconventional $75 billion IPO were also revealed. Keith’s observation: SpaceX now looks small by comparison. He tried to buy SpaceX shares this week through his brokerage and expects to get none — the demand will be way bigger than the supply, and the price will go up from the offering. San Francisco real estate is already feeling the Cerebras effect: 800 employees are now millionaires. The three big IPOs — Anthropic, OpenAI, SpaceX — will compound that on a much larger scale.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Successful Capitalism, Unsuccessful Government: </strong>Keith’s framework for the week: AI is capitalism working. Resources are directed to money-making opportunities via the profit motive, which coincides with innovation and, at least in the short term, creates lots of jobs. That is successful capitalism. Alongside it: unsuccessful government. The Trump administration went from hands-off to requiring all AI models to be submitted for a 30-day assessment before launch — in the same week. No plan. No endgame. Everyone has an opinion. Nobody states what outcome they want.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Keith’s PhD: Why Capitalism Is Never Static: </strong>Andrew challenges Keith’s authority to pronounce on these matters. Keith reveals: he has a PhD from the University of Kent in Canterbury — on why capitalism is never static, and why new entrants always eclipse what went before. Andrew: that was the 1970s, Keith. Does a fifty-year-old PhD give you authority? Keith: it’s a useless criticism. You could say that to anyone about anything. The exchange is revealing: the argument is not about credentials but about frameworks. And Keith’s framework — capitalism as dynamic, government as static — has at least the virtue of consistency.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Credit to Bernie and Warren: At Least They’re Having the Conversation: </strong>Andrew expects Keith to trash Bernie Sanders (50% government ownership of AI companies) and Elizabeth Warren (high taxation of AI profits). Keith surprises him: at least they’re having the conversation. His criticism is not that they’re wrong to want wealth distribution but that their framing — tax, centralise, spend — is unattractive to most people and captured by the interests of the old economy: teachers’ unions, trade unions, legacy coalitions that can’t think freely about a future without teachers as they currently exist.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>An ICANN for AI: Keith’s One Concrete Prescription: </strong>Andrew pushes Keith for one concrete thing politicians should do this year. Keith’s answer: create an Institute for the Future. Bring Musk, Altman, Amodei, Sanders, Warren, and everyone else to the table with a clear mandate — define the future you want, agree actual outcomes, seek governmental authority to implement them. His model: ICANN, the global internet governance body, which disagrees constantly and still makes decisions. Andrew’s verdict: Keith wants to create an ICANN for society. Interesting idea. History’s jury is out.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and Andrew’s regular TWTW co-host. He holds a PhD from the University of Kent.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> by Keith Teare.</p><p> </p><p>•       Noah Smith, “We Need Liberal Nationalism to Come Back” — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Economist</em>, “American Capitalism Has Taken an Apocalyptic Turn” — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ben Thompson on Google becoming a capital company; John Battelle on Google reinventing itself from search to data infrastructure — both referenced.</p><p> </p><p>•       ICANN — the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers, Keith’s model for AI governance.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: D-Day, June 6, and the Anthropic IPO slip</li>
<li>(02:26) - What is the endgame? AI is no longer just a tech story</li>
<li>(03:46) - Successful capitalism, unsuccessful government</li>
<li>(04:49) - Atomisation and the absence of proper conversation</li>
<li>(05:33) - Andrew challenges Keith’s authority</li>
<li>(06:42) - Keith’s PhD: capitalism is never static</li>
<li>(07:13) - Bernie Sanders: 50% ownership of AI companies</li>
<li>(07:30) - At least they’re having the conversation</li>
<li>(07:55) - The old economy framing: tax, centralise, spend</li>
<li>(08:25) - What gives Keith the authority?</li>
<li>(09:00) - Jack Clark and the call to slow down</li>
<li>(10:00) - The Trump administration at war with itself</li>
<li>(15:00) - Andrew Yang and universal capital distribution</li>
<li>(20:00) - ...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/91584817/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/91584817/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Good Bobby, Bad Bobby: Evan Thomas on the Greatest Riddle in 20th Century American Politics</title>
      <itunes:episode>2932</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2932</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Good Bobby, Bad Bobby: Evan Thomas on the Greatest Riddle in 20th Century American Politics</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">de252199-d85f-488f-a569-62c91fadfb66</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“He didn’t just say it, he meant it, he felt it — and the combination of the power guy, the ruthless power guy, and the profound idealist was fascinating, and also hard for him.” — Evan Thomas on Bobby Kennedy</em></p><p> </p><p>Who was the greatest riddle in 20th century American political life? Judging from the ever-expanding library of Bobby biographies, Robert Francis Kennedy ranks very high on that list. Indeed, according to <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/authors/Evan-Thomas/1067235">Evan Thomas</a>, one of RFK’s most acclaimed biographers, this third Kennedy son is, indeed, the most sphinx-like riddle in 20th century America.</p><p> </p><p>In his classic 2000 biography, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Robert-Kennedy/Evan-Thomas/9780743203296"><em>Robert Kennedy: His Life</em></a>, Thomas unravels the good and the bad Bobby. But, rather than presenting parallel narratives, his portrait treats the Machiavellian and the idealist as the same riddle. Raised by his father to exercise raw power, RFK discovered that mid-century America wasn’t living up to its own ideals. The contradiction of the ruthless Kennedy machine politician and the profound idealist was what continues to make him so intriguing to Americans of every political stripe.</p><p> </p><p>Bobby concurred with Churchill’s dictum that courage is the greatest virtue because, without it, you can’t have the other virtues. So he lived a life of ridiculous physical and moral courage — taking insane risks that would terrify ordinary mortals. And, of course, his most insanely courageous act was his last — running for President in 1968 knowing that he was likely to be assassinated. Where have you gone, Bobby Kennedy? A nation turns its lonely eyes to you.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Central Paradox: Power Guy and Idealist in the Same Man: </strong>Bobby Kennedy was raised by his father to be the henchman of the Kennedy machine — doing the dirty stuff in Boston politics to keep Jack floating free and grand. He was pretty ruthless about it. At the same time, in mid-century America, he discovered that the country was not living up to its own constitution, and he wanted to make things right, and genuinely felt it. The combination of the machine politician and the profound idealist was what made him so endlessly fascinating. It also made him hard for himself: a man permanently at war with his own nature.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Courage: The Only Word That Mattered: </strong>No word was more important to Bobby Kennedy than courage. Churchill: it’s the greatest virtue, because without it you can’t have the others. Kennedy believed in physical courage, emotional courage, mental courage. He was a runty little kid at the wrong end of the dinner table — Jack and Joe and Kick at the golden end with the father, Bobby with the nuns and the mum. He got kicked out of prep school for cheating. He was not the athlete, not the golden one. Real courage comes from suffering. It took courage just to overcome being the loser. That was the source.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Making Up for Missing the War: Physical and Moral Courage: </strong>Bobby missed World War Two, basically. He got in at the very end and ended up scraping the deck of a destroyer in the Caribbean, far from combat. His brother Jack is a war hero on steroids — PT boat cut in half by a Japanese destroyer, rescues his men, written about in <em>The New Yorker</em> and <em>Reader’s Digest</em>. Joe volunteers for a secret dangerous mission to replicate Jack’s glory and dies. Pretty high bar of courage. Bobby spends the rest of his life making up for it — swimming the Colorado River, climbing Mount Kennedy in the Yukon, jumping overboard off the coast of Maine to save Jack’s jacket. Sometimes stunts. But increasingly, moral courage — which is the greater thing.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Mob, Joe Kennedy, and the Beehive: </strong>When Bobby starts poking around in the mob as a Senate aide, J. Edgar Hoover is only too happy to point out: keep going here, you know where it’s going to end up. With Joe Kennedy. Bobby’s investigation of Giancana and Frank Sinatra starts grazing against his own father. Thomas’s reading: whether conscious or unconscious, there is an element of rebellion. Bobby, appointed henchman, doing the dirty stuff for pop, resenting it, starts poking the beehive that might expose him. It never fully landed. But it started. And Hoover used it to blackmail the Kennedys.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Ripple of Hope, and RFK Jr. as Tragedy: </strong>Bobby’s trip to South Africa — apartheid everywhere, the freedom movement barely existing, everybody in prison. His speech: every time somebody does something brave or heroic, it causes a ripple, and that gives you hope. A young Margaret Marshall, later Chief Justice of the Massachusetts Supreme Judicial Court, was in the audience. He gave us hope where there was none. That is the ghost Andrew went looking for at Hickory Hill and didn’t find. The contrast with RFK Jr. is, for Thomas, simply sad. Poignant. His own family has disavowed him. Caroline Kennedy made a broadcast accusing him of crimes. The idea of Robert Kennedy Jr. is tragic.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/authors/Evan-Thomas/1067235">Evan Thomas</a> is an American writer and historian. He was Washington bureau chief of <em>Newsweek</em> for ten years and a writer and editor there for thirty-three years. He is the author of ten books, including <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Robert-Kennedy/Evan-Thomas/9780743203296"><em>Robert Kennedy: His Life</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, 2000), <em>Being Nixon</em>, <em>Road to Surrender</em>, and, with Walter Isaacson, <em>The Wise Men</em>. He has taught at Harvard and Princeton. His biography of Churchill is forthcoming from Simon &amp; Schuster in December 2026.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Robert-Kennedy/Evan-Thomas/9780743203296"><em>Robert Kennedy: His Life</em></a> by Evan Thomas (Simon &amp; Schuster, 2000).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Wise Men</em> by Evan Thomas and Walter Isaacson (Simon &amp; Schuster, 1986) — referenced in the closing.</p><p> </p><p>•       Robert Coles — Bobby Kennedy’s psychologist friend, referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Hickory Hill, McLean, Virginia — the Kennedy family home Andrew visited on this trip to Washington DC.</p><p> </p><p>•       Bobby Kennedy’s “Ripple of Hope” speech, University of Cape Town, South Africa, June 6, 1966.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id14..."></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“He didn’t just say it, he meant it, he felt it — and the combination of the power guy, the ruthless power guy, and the profound idealist was fascinating, and also hard for him.” — Evan Thomas on Bobby Kennedy</em></p><p> </p><p>Who was the greatest riddle in 20th century American political life? Judging from the ever-expanding library of Bobby biographies, Robert Francis Kennedy ranks very high on that list. Indeed, according to <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/authors/Evan-Thomas/1067235">Evan Thomas</a>, one of RFK’s most acclaimed biographers, this third Kennedy son is, indeed, the most sphinx-like riddle in 20th century America.</p><p> </p><p>In his classic 2000 biography, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Robert-Kennedy/Evan-Thomas/9780743203296"><em>Robert Kennedy: His Life</em></a>, Thomas unravels the good and the bad Bobby. But, rather than presenting parallel narratives, his portrait treats the Machiavellian and the idealist as the same riddle. Raised by his father to exercise raw power, RFK discovered that mid-century America wasn’t living up to its own ideals. The contradiction of the ruthless Kennedy machine politician and the profound idealist was what continues to make him so intriguing to Americans of every political stripe.</p><p> </p><p>Bobby concurred with Churchill’s dictum that courage is the greatest virtue because, without it, you can’t have the other virtues. So he lived a life of ridiculous physical and moral courage — taking insane risks that would terrify ordinary mortals. And, of course, his most insanely courageous act was his last — running for President in 1968 knowing that he was likely to be assassinated. Where have you gone, Bobby Kennedy? A nation turns its lonely eyes to you.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Central Paradox: Power Guy and Idealist in the Same Man: </strong>Bobby Kennedy was raised by his father to be the henchman of the Kennedy machine — doing the dirty stuff in Boston politics to keep Jack floating free and grand. He was pretty ruthless about it. At the same time, in mid-century America, he discovered that the country was not living up to its own constitution, and he wanted to make things right, and genuinely felt it. The combination of the machine politician and the profound idealist was what made him so endlessly fascinating. It also made him hard for himself: a man permanently at war with his own nature.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Courage: The Only Word That Mattered: </strong>No word was more important to Bobby Kennedy than courage. Churchill: it’s the greatest virtue, because without it you can’t have the others. Kennedy believed in physical courage, emotional courage, mental courage. He was a runty little kid at the wrong end of the dinner table — Jack and Joe and Kick at the golden end with the father, Bobby with the nuns and the mum. He got kicked out of prep school for cheating. He was not the athlete, not the golden one. Real courage comes from suffering. It took courage just to overcome being the loser. That was the source.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Making Up for Missing the War: Physical and Moral Courage: </strong>Bobby missed World War Two, basically. He got in at the very end and ended up scraping the deck of a destroyer in the Caribbean, far from combat. His brother Jack is a war hero on steroids — PT boat cut in half by a Japanese destroyer, rescues his men, written about in <em>The New Yorker</em> and <em>Reader’s Digest</em>. Joe volunteers for a secret dangerous mission to replicate Jack’s glory and dies. Pretty high bar of courage. Bobby spends the rest of his life making up for it — swimming the Colorado River, climbing Mount Kennedy in the Yukon, jumping overboard off the coast of Maine to save Jack’s jacket. Sometimes stunts. But increasingly, moral courage — which is the greater thing.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Mob, Joe Kennedy, and the Beehive: </strong>When Bobby starts poking around in the mob as a Senate aide, J. Edgar Hoover is only too happy to point out: keep going here, you know where it’s going to end up. With Joe Kennedy. Bobby’s investigation of Giancana and Frank Sinatra starts grazing against his own father. Thomas’s reading: whether conscious or unconscious, there is an element of rebellion. Bobby, appointed henchman, doing the dirty stuff for pop, resenting it, starts poking the beehive that might expose him. It never fully landed. But it started. And Hoover used it to blackmail the Kennedys.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Ripple of Hope, and RFK Jr. as Tragedy: </strong>Bobby’s trip to South Africa — apartheid everywhere, the freedom movement barely existing, everybody in prison. His speech: every time somebody does something brave or heroic, it causes a ripple, and that gives you hope. A young Margaret Marshall, later Chief Justice of the Massachusetts Supreme Judicial Court, was in the audience. He gave us hope where there was none. That is the ghost Andrew went looking for at Hickory Hill and didn’t find. The contrast with RFK Jr. is, for Thomas, simply sad. Poignant. His own family has disavowed him. Caroline Kennedy made a broadcast accusing him of crimes. The idea of Robert Kennedy Jr. is tragic.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/authors/Evan-Thomas/1067235">Evan Thomas</a> is an American writer and historian. He was Washington bureau chief of <em>Newsweek</em> for ten years and a writer and editor there for thirty-three years. He is the author of ten books, including <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Robert-Kennedy/Evan-Thomas/9780743203296"><em>Robert Kennedy: His Life</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, 2000), <em>Being Nixon</em>, <em>Road to Surrender</em>, and, with Walter Isaacson, <em>The Wise Men</em>. He has taught at Harvard and Princeton. His biography of Churchill is forthcoming from Simon &amp; Schuster in December 2026.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Robert-Kennedy/Evan-Thomas/9780743203296"><em>Robert Kennedy: His Life</em></a> by Evan Thomas (Simon &amp; Schuster, 2000).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Wise Men</em> by Evan Thomas and Walter Isaacson (Simon &amp; Schuster, 1986) — referenced in the closing.</p><p> </p><p>•       Robert Coles — Bobby Kennedy’s psychologist friend, referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Hickory Hill, McLean, Virginia — the Kennedy family home Andrew visited on this trip to Washington DC.</p><p> </p><p>•       Bobby Kennedy’s “Ripple of Hope” speech, University of Cape Town, South Africa, June 6, 1966.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id14..."></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Jun 2026 10:03:37 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/8ac1c768/fffa6571.mp3" length="36306949" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3660771" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/8ac1c768/fffa6571.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AGlfpkELMYk">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/nKfkqouMhDLqpVPxk-H1jSaOYXnafv5TewKCyAbfNMM/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80ZmI1/MDA1Y2RhOWUzOWJi/ZWRiMmFjMDY0OTc0/OGZhMS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2268</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“He didn’t just say it, he meant it, he felt it — and the combination of the power guy, the ruthless power guy, and the profound idealist was fascinating, and also hard for him.” — Evan Thomas on Bobby Kennedy</em></p><p> </p><p>Who was the greatest riddle in 20th century American political life? Judging from the ever-expanding library of Bobby biographies, Robert Francis Kennedy ranks very high on that list. Indeed, according to <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/authors/Evan-Thomas/1067235">Evan Thomas</a>, one of RFK’s most acclaimed biographers, this third Kennedy son is, indeed, the most sphinx-like riddle in 20th century America.</p><p> </p><p>In his classic 2000 biography, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Robert-Kennedy/Evan-Thomas/9780743203296"><em>Robert Kennedy: His Life</em></a>, Thomas unravels the good and the bad Bobby. But, rather than presenting parallel narratives, his portrait treats the Machiavellian and the idealist as the same riddle. Raised by his father to exercise raw power, RFK discovered that mid-century America wasn’t living up to its own ideals. The contradiction of the ruthless Kennedy machine politician and the profound idealist was what continues to make him so intriguing to Americans of every political stripe.</p><p> </p><p>Bobby concurred with Churchill’s dictum that courage is the greatest virtue because, without it, you can’t have the other virtues. So he lived a life of ridiculous physical and moral courage — taking insane risks that would terrify ordinary mortals. And, of course, his most insanely courageous act was his last — running for President in 1968 knowing that he was likely to be assassinated. Where have you gone, Bobby Kennedy? A nation turns its lonely eyes to you.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Central Paradox: Power Guy and Idealist in the Same Man: </strong>Bobby Kennedy was raised by his father to be the henchman of the Kennedy machine — doing the dirty stuff in Boston politics to keep Jack floating free and grand. He was pretty ruthless about it. At the same time, in mid-century America, he discovered that the country was not living up to its own constitution, and he wanted to make things right, and genuinely felt it. The combination of the machine politician and the profound idealist was what made him so endlessly fascinating. It also made him hard for himself: a man permanently at war with his own nature.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Courage: The Only Word That Mattered: </strong>No word was more important to Bobby Kennedy than courage. Churchill: it’s the greatest virtue, because without it you can’t have the others. Kennedy believed in physical courage, emotional courage, mental courage. He was a runty little kid at the wrong end of the dinner table — Jack and Joe and Kick at the golden end with the father, Bobby with the nuns and the mum. He got kicked out of prep school for cheating. He was not the athlete, not the golden one. Real courage comes from suffering. It took courage just to overcome being the loser. That was the source.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Making Up for Missing the War: Physical and Moral Courage: </strong>Bobby missed World War Two, basically. He got in at the very end and ended up scraping the deck of a destroyer in the Caribbean, far from combat. His brother Jack is a war hero on steroids — PT boat cut in half by a Japanese destroyer, rescues his men, written about in <em>The New Yorker</em> and <em>Reader’s Digest</em>. Joe volunteers for a secret dangerous mission to replicate Jack’s glory and dies. Pretty high bar of courage. Bobby spends the rest of his life making up for it — swimming the Colorado River, climbing Mount Kennedy in the Yukon, jumping overboard off the coast of Maine to save Jack’s jacket. Sometimes stunts. But increasingly, moral courage — which is the greater thing.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Mob, Joe Kennedy, and the Beehive: </strong>When Bobby starts poking around in the mob as a Senate aide, J. Edgar Hoover is only too happy to point out: keep going here, you know where it’s going to end up. With Joe Kennedy. Bobby’s investigation of Giancana and Frank Sinatra starts grazing against his own father. Thomas’s reading: whether conscious or unconscious, there is an element of rebellion. Bobby, appointed henchman, doing the dirty stuff for pop, resenting it, starts poking the beehive that might expose him. It never fully landed. But it started. And Hoover used it to blackmail the Kennedys.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Ripple of Hope, and RFK Jr. as Tragedy: </strong>Bobby’s trip to South Africa — apartheid everywhere, the freedom movement barely existing, everybody in prison. His speech: every time somebody does something brave or heroic, it causes a ripple, and that gives you hope. A young Margaret Marshall, later Chief Justice of the Massachusetts Supreme Judicial Court, was in the audience. He gave us hope where there was none. That is the ghost Andrew went looking for at Hickory Hill and didn’t find. The contrast with RFK Jr. is, for Thomas, simply sad. Poignant. His own family has disavowed him. Caroline Kennedy made a broadcast accusing him of crimes. The idea of Robert Kennedy Jr. is tragic.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/authors/Evan-Thomas/1067235">Evan Thomas</a> is an American writer and historian. He was Washington bureau chief of <em>Newsweek</em> for ten years and a writer and editor there for thirty-three years. He is the author of ten books, including <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Robert-Kennedy/Evan-Thomas/9780743203296"><em>Robert Kennedy: His Life</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, 2000), <em>Being Nixon</em>, <em>Road to Surrender</em>, and, with Walter Isaacson, <em>The Wise Men</em>. He has taught at Harvard and Princeton. His biography of Churchill is forthcoming from Simon &amp; Schuster in December 2026.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Robert-Kennedy/Evan-Thomas/9780743203296"><em>Robert Kennedy: His Life</em></a> by Evan Thomas (Simon &amp; Schuster, 2000).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Wise Men</em> by Evan Thomas and Walter Isaacson (Simon &amp; Schuster, 1986) — referenced in the closing.</p><p> </p><p>•       Robert Coles — Bobby Kennedy’s psychologist friend, referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Hickory Hill, McLean, Virginia — the Kennedy family home Andrew visited on this trip to Washington DC.</p><p> </p><p>•       Bobby Kennedy’s “Ripple of Hope” speech, University of Cape Town, South Africa, June 6, 1966.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id14..."></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8ac1c768/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Football Saves Our Souls: Brian Bunk on the Collective Beauty of the World’s Most Popular Game</title>
      <itunes:episode>2931</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2931</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Football Saves Our Souls: Brian Bunk on the Collective Beauty of the World’s Most Popular Game</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ed2202d2-a431-45e6-807b-977e0f44341a</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“That kind of put soccer on my radar as a sport. I saw how deeply it meant to people, in a way I didn’t appreciate prior to that. And then I was in London when the World Cup began, and I saw the opening match — Argentina and Cameroon, with Cameroon winning in an upset. Just the whole spectacle of it gave me an appreciation for the game.” — Brian Bunk, on Ireland, Italia ’90, and the moment everything changed</em></p><p> </p><p>Not long now. Only seven days until the World Cup begins. Just enough time to read <a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/summer-2026/the-shortest-history-of-soccer/">Brian D. Bunk</a>’s new <a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/summer-2026/the-shortest-history-of-soccer/"><em>The Shortest History of Soccer: From Ancient Kicking Games to the World’s Most Popular Sport</em></a>. History isn’t Bunk with Brian. He looks a bit like Elton John, which is appropriate given that old Rocket Man was chairman of Watford and bankrolled the tiny English club to almost winning the league. Pop stars like Ed Sheeran (Ipswich) and Robert Plant (Wolves) love football, Bunk notes. Probably because it reminds them of where they came from.</p><p> </p><p>Bunk’s thesis is that soccer’s global dominance is not accidental. Born in the industrial communities of nineteenth-century England, the game gave workers a new identity, new evidence of their collective power, proof they’ll never walk alone. That same logic explains why middle-aged men all over America religiously gather at their local bars to watch English teams with strange names like Ipswich Town and Wolverhampton Wanderers. Such is religion in our globalised post-industrial age.</p><p> </p><p>“Some people think football is a matter of life and death. I don’t like that attitude. I can assure them it is much more serious than that,” the great Liverpool manager Bill Shankly quipped. That’s the shortest of short histories of football. What the working-class Shankly meant was that it gives us social meaning — which is, indeed, more historically significant than the life or death of a single individual. Or even God. Football saves our souls, Brian Bunk concurs with Bill Shankly. Enjoy the World Cup.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Soccer Was Born in Industrial Communities for a Reason: </strong>The game emerged in industrial Britain in the second half of the nineteenth century not by accident but because industrialisation had shattered traditional community life. Mass migration to cities, technological disruption, the loss of familiar rhythms — all created a need for new kinds of identity and belonging. Soccer filled that need. It gave factory workers a team to follow, a ground to gather at, a shared identity that transcended ethnic and class lines. Bunk’s argument: this community function is baked into the game itself, which is why it has replicated across every culture it has touched.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Why Americans Love the Premier League: </strong>Bunk identifies the 1990s as the pivotal decade for American soccer. The 1994 World Cup on home soil. The women’s World Cup. The formation of MLS. The arrival of the FIFA video game. The Premier League broadcasting deals with ESPN and Fox. All of these combined and snowballed. Add to that the NFL owners investing in English clubs, the celebrity ownership wave (Ryan Reynolds, Elton John), and the cultural footprint of shows like <em>Ted Lasso</em> and <em>Welcome to Wrexham</em>. The result: a generation of Americans for whom following the Premier League is a primary source of community.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Maradona: All the Contradictions of Football in One Man: </strong>Asked which historical match he would most want to attend, Bunk chooses Mexico City, June 1986: Argentina vs England. Not for the Hand of God goal — which was cheating — but for the second goal, the one where Maradona picked up the ball in his own half, went past five English players, and scored what is generally considered the greatest goal in the history of the game. Bryon Butler’s BBC radio commentary: “turning like a little eel.” Andrew’s verdict: if any single figure captures all the genius, joy, turbulence, and tragedy of football, it is Maradona.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The World Cup Returns to North America: </strong>In seven days, the 2026 FIFA World Cup begins in the United States, Canada, and Mexico — the first time the tournament has returned to North America since the USA hosted in 1994. The timing of Bunk’s book is deliberate. Soccer is more popular in America than at any point in history, and the home World Cup is the event that could push it into the first tier of American sports culture. The Premier League, MLS, women’s soccer, and now the World Cup: the game’s US footprint is larger than it has ever been.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Andrew’s Game: Tottenham vs Benfica, April 1962: </strong>Andrew’s own fantasy match, offered unprompted at the end: the first leg of the 1962 European Cup semi-final between Tottenham Hotspur and Benfica at the Est00e1dio da Luz in Lisbon on March 20, 1962, with Eusebio and Jimmy Greaves on the same pitch. Spurs lost 320131 on the night, went out 420132 on aggregate. Two clear penalties not given. Andrew’s conclusion: had Spurs won that match, the history of European football — and possibly his own life — would have been different. He notes that he has a son, and that he should have called him Jimmy.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/summer-2026/the-shortest-history-of-soccer/">Brian D. Bunk</a> is a Senior Lecturer in History at the University of Massachusetts Amherst, where he teaches courses on world history, modern Europe, and the global history of soccer. He is the author of <a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/summer-2026/the-shortest-history-of-soccer/"><em>The Shortest History of Soccer: From Ancient Kicking Games to the World’s Most Popular Sport</em></a> (The Experiment, June 2026), <em>Beyond the Field: How Soccer Built Community in the United States</em> (University of Illinois Press, 2025), and <em>From Football to Soccer: The Early History of the Beautiful Game in the United States</em> (University of Illinois Press, 2021). He lives in Northampton, Massachusetts.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/summer-2026/the-shortest-history-of-soccer/"><em>The Shortest History of Soccer</em></a> by Brian D. Bunk (The Experiment, June 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Beyond the Field: How Soccer Built Community in the United States</em> by Brian D. Bunk (University of Illinois Press, 2025).</p><p> </p><p>•       Argentina vs England, FIFA World Cup quarter-final, Azteca Stadium, Mexico City, June 22, 1986 — the Hand of God game, referenced as Bunk’s fantasy match.</p><p> </p><p>•       Tottenham Hotspur vs Benfica, European Cup semi-final, Estádio da Luz, Lisbon, April 1962 — Andrew’s fantasy match.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On A...</em></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“That kind of put soccer on my radar as a sport. I saw how deeply it meant to people, in a way I didn’t appreciate prior to that. And then I was in London when the World Cup began, and I saw the opening match — Argentina and Cameroon, with Cameroon winning in an upset. Just the whole spectacle of it gave me an appreciation for the game.” — Brian Bunk, on Ireland, Italia ’90, and the moment everything changed</em></p><p> </p><p>Not long now. Only seven days until the World Cup begins. Just enough time to read <a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/summer-2026/the-shortest-history-of-soccer/">Brian D. Bunk</a>’s new <a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/summer-2026/the-shortest-history-of-soccer/"><em>The Shortest History of Soccer: From Ancient Kicking Games to the World’s Most Popular Sport</em></a>. History isn’t Bunk with Brian. He looks a bit like Elton John, which is appropriate given that old Rocket Man was chairman of Watford and bankrolled the tiny English club to almost winning the league. Pop stars like Ed Sheeran (Ipswich) and Robert Plant (Wolves) love football, Bunk notes. Probably because it reminds them of where they came from.</p><p> </p><p>Bunk’s thesis is that soccer’s global dominance is not accidental. Born in the industrial communities of nineteenth-century England, the game gave workers a new identity, new evidence of their collective power, proof they’ll never walk alone. That same logic explains why middle-aged men all over America religiously gather at their local bars to watch English teams with strange names like Ipswich Town and Wolverhampton Wanderers. Such is religion in our globalised post-industrial age.</p><p> </p><p>“Some people think football is a matter of life and death. I don’t like that attitude. I can assure them it is much more serious than that,” the great Liverpool manager Bill Shankly quipped. That’s the shortest of short histories of football. What the working-class Shankly meant was that it gives us social meaning — which is, indeed, more historically significant than the life or death of a single individual. Or even God. Football saves our souls, Brian Bunk concurs with Bill Shankly. Enjoy the World Cup.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Soccer Was Born in Industrial Communities for a Reason: </strong>The game emerged in industrial Britain in the second half of the nineteenth century not by accident but because industrialisation had shattered traditional community life. Mass migration to cities, technological disruption, the loss of familiar rhythms — all created a need for new kinds of identity and belonging. Soccer filled that need. It gave factory workers a team to follow, a ground to gather at, a shared identity that transcended ethnic and class lines. Bunk’s argument: this community function is baked into the game itself, which is why it has replicated across every culture it has touched.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Why Americans Love the Premier League: </strong>Bunk identifies the 1990s as the pivotal decade for American soccer. The 1994 World Cup on home soil. The women’s World Cup. The formation of MLS. The arrival of the FIFA video game. The Premier League broadcasting deals with ESPN and Fox. All of these combined and snowballed. Add to that the NFL owners investing in English clubs, the celebrity ownership wave (Ryan Reynolds, Elton John), and the cultural footprint of shows like <em>Ted Lasso</em> and <em>Welcome to Wrexham</em>. The result: a generation of Americans for whom following the Premier League is a primary source of community.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Maradona: All the Contradictions of Football in One Man: </strong>Asked which historical match he would most want to attend, Bunk chooses Mexico City, June 1986: Argentina vs England. Not for the Hand of God goal — which was cheating — but for the second goal, the one where Maradona picked up the ball in his own half, went past five English players, and scored what is generally considered the greatest goal in the history of the game. Bryon Butler’s BBC radio commentary: “turning like a little eel.” Andrew’s verdict: if any single figure captures all the genius, joy, turbulence, and tragedy of football, it is Maradona.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The World Cup Returns to North America: </strong>In seven days, the 2026 FIFA World Cup begins in the United States, Canada, and Mexico — the first time the tournament has returned to North America since the USA hosted in 1994. The timing of Bunk’s book is deliberate. Soccer is more popular in America than at any point in history, and the home World Cup is the event that could push it into the first tier of American sports culture. The Premier League, MLS, women’s soccer, and now the World Cup: the game’s US footprint is larger than it has ever been.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Andrew’s Game: Tottenham vs Benfica, April 1962: </strong>Andrew’s own fantasy match, offered unprompted at the end: the first leg of the 1962 European Cup semi-final between Tottenham Hotspur and Benfica at the Est00e1dio da Luz in Lisbon on March 20, 1962, with Eusebio and Jimmy Greaves on the same pitch. Spurs lost 320131 on the night, went out 420132 on aggregate. Two clear penalties not given. Andrew’s conclusion: had Spurs won that match, the history of European football — and possibly his own life — would have been different. He notes that he has a son, and that he should have called him Jimmy.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/summer-2026/the-shortest-history-of-soccer/">Brian D. Bunk</a> is a Senior Lecturer in History at the University of Massachusetts Amherst, where he teaches courses on world history, modern Europe, and the global history of soccer. He is the author of <a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/summer-2026/the-shortest-history-of-soccer/"><em>The Shortest History of Soccer: From Ancient Kicking Games to the World’s Most Popular Sport</em></a> (The Experiment, June 2026), <em>Beyond the Field: How Soccer Built Community in the United States</em> (University of Illinois Press, 2025), and <em>From Football to Soccer: The Early History of the Beautiful Game in the United States</em> (University of Illinois Press, 2021). He lives in Northampton, Massachusetts.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/summer-2026/the-shortest-history-of-soccer/"><em>The Shortest History of Soccer</em></a> by Brian D. Bunk (The Experiment, June 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Beyond the Field: How Soccer Built Community in the United States</em> by Brian D. Bunk (University of Illinois Press, 2025).</p><p> </p><p>•       Argentina vs England, FIFA World Cup quarter-final, Azteca Stadium, Mexico City, June 22, 1986 — the Hand of God game, referenced as Bunk’s fantasy match.</p><p> </p><p>•       Tottenham Hotspur vs Benfica, European Cup semi-final, Estádio da Luz, Lisbon, April 1962 — Andrew’s fantasy match.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On A...</em></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jun 2026 08:52:30 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/1e33f7be/5f932429.mp3" length="46755789" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3414637" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/1e33f7be/5f932429.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_SIFgj_sZuc">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/l81PPOtgg6VKyUKBEwd8eL73R8DUB6FWocHTFo9qDHk/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8yYzJh/NjYyMzM3YjIwNTY1/NDQxMjYzOTg0MzZk/YTJhNi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2919</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“That kind of put soccer on my radar as a sport. I saw how deeply it meant to people, in a way I didn’t appreciate prior to that. And then I was in London when the World Cup began, and I saw the opening match — Argentina and Cameroon, with Cameroon winning in an upset. Just the whole spectacle of it gave me an appreciation for the game.” — Brian Bunk, on Ireland, Italia ’90, and the moment everything changed</em></p><p> </p><p>Not long now. Only seven days until the World Cup begins. Just enough time to read <a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/summer-2026/the-shortest-history-of-soccer/">Brian D. Bunk</a>’s new <a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/summer-2026/the-shortest-history-of-soccer/"><em>The Shortest History of Soccer: From Ancient Kicking Games to the World’s Most Popular Sport</em></a>. History isn’t Bunk with Brian. He looks a bit like Elton John, which is appropriate given that old Rocket Man was chairman of Watford and bankrolled the tiny English club to almost winning the league. Pop stars like Ed Sheeran (Ipswich) and Robert Plant (Wolves) love football, Bunk notes. Probably because it reminds them of where they came from.</p><p> </p><p>Bunk’s thesis is that soccer’s global dominance is not accidental. Born in the industrial communities of nineteenth-century England, the game gave workers a new identity, new evidence of their collective power, proof they’ll never walk alone. That same logic explains why middle-aged men all over America religiously gather at their local bars to watch English teams with strange names like Ipswich Town and Wolverhampton Wanderers. Such is religion in our globalised post-industrial age.</p><p> </p><p>“Some people think football is a matter of life and death. I don’t like that attitude. I can assure them it is much more serious than that,” the great Liverpool manager Bill Shankly quipped. That’s the shortest of short histories of football. What the working-class Shankly meant was that it gives us social meaning — which is, indeed, more historically significant than the life or death of a single individual. Or even God. Football saves our souls, Brian Bunk concurs with Bill Shankly. Enjoy the World Cup.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Soccer Was Born in Industrial Communities for a Reason: </strong>The game emerged in industrial Britain in the second half of the nineteenth century not by accident but because industrialisation had shattered traditional community life. Mass migration to cities, technological disruption, the loss of familiar rhythms — all created a need for new kinds of identity and belonging. Soccer filled that need. It gave factory workers a team to follow, a ground to gather at, a shared identity that transcended ethnic and class lines. Bunk’s argument: this community function is baked into the game itself, which is why it has replicated across every culture it has touched.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Why Americans Love the Premier League: </strong>Bunk identifies the 1990s as the pivotal decade for American soccer. The 1994 World Cup on home soil. The women’s World Cup. The formation of MLS. The arrival of the FIFA video game. The Premier League broadcasting deals with ESPN and Fox. All of these combined and snowballed. Add to that the NFL owners investing in English clubs, the celebrity ownership wave (Ryan Reynolds, Elton John), and the cultural footprint of shows like <em>Ted Lasso</em> and <em>Welcome to Wrexham</em>. The result: a generation of Americans for whom following the Premier League is a primary source of community.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Maradona: All the Contradictions of Football in One Man: </strong>Asked which historical match he would most want to attend, Bunk chooses Mexico City, June 1986: Argentina vs England. Not for the Hand of God goal — which was cheating — but for the second goal, the one where Maradona picked up the ball in his own half, went past five English players, and scored what is generally considered the greatest goal in the history of the game. Bryon Butler’s BBC radio commentary: “turning like a little eel.” Andrew’s verdict: if any single figure captures all the genius, joy, turbulence, and tragedy of football, it is Maradona.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The World Cup Returns to North America: </strong>In seven days, the 2026 FIFA World Cup begins in the United States, Canada, and Mexico — the first time the tournament has returned to North America since the USA hosted in 1994. The timing of Bunk’s book is deliberate. Soccer is more popular in America than at any point in history, and the home World Cup is the event that could push it into the first tier of American sports culture. The Premier League, MLS, women’s soccer, and now the World Cup: the game’s US footprint is larger than it has ever been.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Andrew’s Game: Tottenham vs Benfica, April 1962: </strong>Andrew’s own fantasy match, offered unprompted at the end: the first leg of the 1962 European Cup semi-final between Tottenham Hotspur and Benfica at the Est00e1dio da Luz in Lisbon on March 20, 1962, with Eusebio and Jimmy Greaves on the same pitch. Spurs lost 320131 on the night, went out 420132 on aggregate. Two clear penalties not given. Andrew’s conclusion: had Spurs won that match, the history of European football — and possibly his own life — would have been different. He notes that he has a son, and that he should have called him Jimmy.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/summer-2026/the-shortest-history-of-soccer/">Brian D. Bunk</a> is a Senior Lecturer in History at the University of Massachusetts Amherst, where he teaches courses on world history, modern Europe, and the global history of soccer. He is the author of <a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/summer-2026/the-shortest-history-of-soccer/"><em>The Shortest History of Soccer: From Ancient Kicking Games to the World’s Most Popular Sport</em></a> (The Experiment, June 2026), <em>Beyond the Field: How Soccer Built Community in the United States</em> (University of Illinois Press, 2025), and <em>From Football to Soccer: The Early History of the Beautiful Game in the United States</em> (University of Illinois Press, 2021). He lives in Northampton, Massachusetts.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/summer-2026/the-shortest-history-of-soccer/"><em>The Shortest History of Soccer</em></a> by Brian D. Bunk (The Experiment, June 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Beyond the Field: How Soccer Built Community in the United States</em> by Brian D. Bunk (University of Illinois Press, 2025).</p><p> </p><p>•       Argentina vs England, FIFA World Cup quarter-final, Azteca Stadium, Mexico City, June 22, 1986 — the Hand of God game, referenced as Bunk’s fantasy match.</p><p> </p><p>•       Tottenham Hotspur vs Benfica, European Cup semi-final, Estádio da Luz, Lisbon, April 1962 — Andrew’s fantasy match.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On A...</em></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/1e33f7be/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/1e33f7be/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Get the F*** Out of Your House: Yotam Marom on How to Raise the Volume on the Politics of Powerlessness</title>
      <itunes:episode>2930</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2930</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Get the F*** Out of Your House: Yotam Marom on How to Raise the Volume on the Politics of Powerlessness</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1d1cf2ea-f821-431c-b319-0ee142a7b90b</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Get the f*** out of your house and join an organisation. Groups are how we make movements. They’re how we make political and social change. They’re how we transform. Nobody does anything of value alone.” — Yotam Marom</em></p><p> </p><p>If you’re feeling politically powerless, you’re not alone. <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/for-louder-days/">Yotam Marom</a> — full-time organiser, facilitator and veteran of Occupy Wall Street and Black Lives Matter — has spent his adult life on the front lines of progressive movements. His new book, <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/for-louder-days/"><em>For Louder Days: Reaching Beyond the Politics of Powerlessness</em></a>, explains why progressive movements keep losing — and what to do about it.</p><p> </p><p>Marom’s diagnosis is that the left has developed a “politics of powerlessness” — an attachment to purity, insularity, and performing resistance rather than building power. In contrast, the right understands that people’s pain is real, and channelling it into something organised is the only route to political change. The liberal model of showing up every few years, voting, and then going home is insufficient. And the left too often sabotages itself by dodging conflict and choosing righteousness over action.</p><p> </p><p>His prescription is to “get the f*** out of your house” and join an organisation. Groups are how societies change and where people find meaning, purpose, and connection. So go on the streets. Turn up the volume. Your days will be louder and more meaningful.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Politics of Powerlessness: Why the Left Keeps Losing: </strong>Progressive and left movements have repeatedly put enormous numbers of people into the streets — and repeatedly failed to convert that energy into durable political power. Marom’s explanation: a politics of powerlessness has taken hold. It prizes purity over winning, insularity over coalition, righteousness over effectiveness. It avoids conflict because conflict feels dangerous. It avoids leadership because leadership feels hierarchical. The result is movements that are morally serious and politically weak. The right, by contrast, is very good at taking pain and converting it into organised power.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Right Channels Pain. The Left Needs to Do the Same: </strong>Trump’s most effective political move, in Marom’s analysis: he tells people that they’re being screwed — and he’s right about that. Then he continues to screw them. But the left cannot simply counter this with policy arguments. The people who voted for Trump are not wrong that the system has failed them. Income inequality is growing. Politicians don’t listen. There is no leverage. Marom’s argument: the left needs its own version of this — speaking directly to people’s pain and offering a genuine path to power. Bernie, AOC, and Mamdani know how to do this. They’re not the only ones.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Liberal Democracy Is Necessary but Insufficient: </strong>Voting, electoral participation, civic engagement — these are important and necessary parts of a healthy democratic society. But they are not sufficient to make big political change. The right understands this and has been exploiting it for a decade: the failure of the liberal establishment to deliver for ordinary people is the fuel for right-wing populism. Marom’s answer is not to abandon liberal democracy but to supplement it with the kind of mass social movement that has historically produced the big political changes: the labour movement, the civil rights movement, the suffragette movement.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Conflict and Leadership Are Good, Actually: </strong>Two of the left’s most self-destructive habits, in Marom’s experience as a facilitator: avoiding conflict and avoiding leadership. Groups that learn to face conflict with dignity and care come out with better strategies. Leaders who accept the responsibility of leadership — who are willing to be visible, to take risks, to be wrong in public — give movements something to coalesce around. The fetishisation of horizontalism and the terror of hierarchy have kept many progressive organisations small, fractured, and ineffective. Leadership is not domination. It is responsibility.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Get the F*** Out of Your House: </strong>Marom’s prescription for individuals who feel powerless: join an organisation. Not a party, not a mailing list — an actual organisation where people gather, disagree, decide things together, and act collectively. It doesn’t have to be a national political organisation. It can be a union, a community organisation, a neighbourhood group, a mutual aid network. The point is the group. Groups are where political change happens. They are also where people find meaning, purpose, and connection. Nobody does anything of value alone. Not political change, and not a good life.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/for-louder-days/">Yotam Marom</a> is a full-time organiser and facilitator based in Brooklyn, New York. He has been active in movements since the US invasion of Iraq in 2003, played leadership roles at Occupy Wall Street, and co-founded IfNotNow and the Wildfire Project. He is the author of <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/for-louder-days/"><em>For Louder Days: Reaching Beyond the Politics of Powerlessness</em></a> (The New Press, June 2, 2026). He lives in Brooklyn with his wife and children.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/for-louder-days/"><em>For Louder Days: Reaching Beyond the Politics of Powerlessness</em></a> by Yotam Marom (The New Press, June 2, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2919: David Masciotra on <em>A Country of Strangers</em> — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2903: Ece Temelkuran on <em>Nation of Strangers</em> — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Christopher Clark, <em>Revolutionary Spring: Europe Aflame and the Fight for a New World, 1848–1849</em> — referenced in the closing exchange.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p> </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Get the f*** out of your house and join an organisation. Groups are how we make movements. They’re how we make political and social change. They’re how we transform. Nobody does anything of value alone.” — Yotam Marom</em></p><p> </p><p>If you’re feeling politically powerless, you’re not alone. <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/for-louder-days/">Yotam Marom</a> — full-time organiser, facilitator and veteran of Occupy Wall Street and Black Lives Matter — has spent his adult life on the front lines of progressive movements. His new book, <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/for-louder-days/"><em>For Louder Days: Reaching Beyond the Politics of Powerlessness</em></a>, explains why progressive movements keep losing — and what to do about it.</p><p> </p><p>Marom’s diagnosis is that the left has developed a “politics of powerlessness” — an attachment to purity, insularity, and performing resistance rather than building power. In contrast, the right understands that people’s pain is real, and channelling it into something organised is the only route to political change. The liberal model of showing up every few years, voting, and then going home is insufficient. And the left too often sabotages itself by dodging conflict and choosing righteousness over action.</p><p> </p><p>His prescription is to “get the f*** out of your house” and join an organisation. Groups are how societies change and where people find meaning, purpose, and connection. So go on the streets. Turn up the volume. Your days will be louder and more meaningful.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Politics of Powerlessness: Why the Left Keeps Losing: </strong>Progressive and left movements have repeatedly put enormous numbers of people into the streets — and repeatedly failed to convert that energy into durable political power. Marom’s explanation: a politics of powerlessness has taken hold. It prizes purity over winning, insularity over coalition, righteousness over effectiveness. It avoids conflict because conflict feels dangerous. It avoids leadership because leadership feels hierarchical. The result is movements that are morally serious and politically weak. The right, by contrast, is very good at taking pain and converting it into organised power.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Right Channels Pain. The Left Needs to Do the Same: </strong>Trump’s most effective political move, in Marom’s analysis: he tells people that they’re being screwed — and he’s right about that. Then he continues to screw them. But the left cannot simply counter this with policy arguments. The people who voted for Trump are not wrong that the system has failed them. Income inequality is growing. Politicians don’t listen. There is no leverage. Marom’s argument: the left needs its own version of this — speaking directly to people’s pain and offering a genuine path to power. Bernie, AOC, and Mamdani know how to do this. They’re not the only ones.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Liberal Democracy Is Necessary but Insufficient: </strong>Voting, electoral participation, civic engagement — these are important and necessary parts of a healthy democratic society. But they are not sufficient to make big political change. The right understands this and has been exploiting it for a decade: the failure of the liberal establishment to deliver for ordinary people is the fuel for right-wing populism. Marom’s answer is not to abandon liberal democracy but to supplement it with the kind of mass social movement that has historically produced the big political changes: the labour movement, the civil rights movement, the suffragette movement.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Conflict and Leadership Are Good, Actually: </strong>Two of the left’s most self-destructive habits, in Marom’s experience as a facilitator: avoiding conflict and avoiding leadership. Groups that learn to face conflict with dignity and care come out with better strategies. Leaders who accept the responsibility of leadership — who are willing to be visible, to take risks, to be wrong in public — give movements something to coalesce around. The fetishisation of horizontalism and the terror of hierarchy have kept many progressive organisations small, fractured, and ineffective. Leadership is not domination. It is responsibility.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Get the F*** Out of Your House: </strong>Marom’s prescription for individuals who feel powerless: join an organisation. Not a party, not a mailing list — an actual organisation where people gather, disagree, decide things together, and act collectively. It doesn’t have to be a national political organisation. It can be a union, a community organisation, a neighbourhood group, a mutual aid network. The point is the group. Groups are where political change happens. They are also where people find meaning, purpose, and connection. Nobody does anything of value alone. Not political change, and not a good life.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/for-louder-days/">Yotam Marom</a> is a full-time organiser and facilitator based in Brooklyn, New York. He has been active in movements since the US invasion of Iraq in 2003, played leadership roles at Occupy Wall Street, and co-founded IfNotNow and the Wildfire Project. He is the author of <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/for-louder-days/"><em>For Louder Days: Reaching Beyond the Politics of Powerlessness</em></a> (The New Press, June 2, 2026). He lives in Brooklyn with his wife and children.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/for-louder-days/"><em>For Louder Days: Reaching Beyond the Politics of Powerlessness</em></a> by Yotam Marom (The New Press, June 2, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2919: David Masciotra on <em>A Country of Strangers</em> — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2903: Ece Temelkuran on <em>Nation of Strangers</em> — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Christopher Clark, <em>Revolutionary Spring: Europe Aflame and the Fight for a New World, 1848–1849</em> — referenced in the closing exchange.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p> </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Jun 2026 03:48:52 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/4fbea92b/11b8ddd5.mp3" length="42809940" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:alternateEnclosure type="application/x-mpegURL" length="0" bitrate="3466910" height="1080" lang="en" title="HD Video Stream" rel="alternate">
        <podcast:source uri="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/4fbea92b/11b8ddd5.m3u8"/>
      </podcast:alternateEnclosure>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NMA2PKBFBt8">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/sRxLs9zaufHBw_rwHLEGAhDE0ZMZ8zhkM5gIzx-Fedw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8yMjNl/NGM2MGFiMTAzM2Iy/YjNiMjBiNWFmYTU2/MWNhZi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2674</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Get the f*** out of your house and join an organisation. Groups are how we make movements. They’re how we make political and social change. They’re how we transform. Nobody does anything of value alone.” — Yotam Marom</em></p><p> </p><p>If you’re feeling politically powerless, you’re not alone. <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/for-louder-days/">Yotam Marom</a> — full-time organiser, facilitator and veteran of Occupy Wall Street and Black Lives Matter — has spent his adult life on the front lines of progressive movements. His new book, <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/for-louder-days/"><em>For Louder Days: Reaching Beyond the Politics of Powerlessness</em></a>, explains why progressive movements keep losing — and what to do about it.</p><p> </p><p>Marom’s diagnosis is that the left has developed a “politics of powerlessness” — an attachment to purity, insularity, and performing resistance rather than building power. In contrast, the right understands that people’s pain is real, and channelling it into something organised is the only route to political change. The liberal model of showing up every few years, voting, and then going home is insufficient. And the left too often sabotages itself by dodging conflict and choosing righteousness over action.</p><p> </p><p>His prescription is to “get the f*** out of your house” and join an organisation. Groups are how societies change and where people find meaning, purpose, and connection. So go on the streets. Turn up the volume. Your days will be louder and more meaningful.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Politics of Powerlessness: Why the Left Keeps Losing: </strong>Progressive and left movements have repeatedly put enormous numbers of people into the streets — and repeatedly failed to convert that energy into durable political power. Marom’s explanation: a politics of powerlessness has taken hold. It prizes purity over winning, insularity over coalition, righteousness over effectiveness. It avoids conflict because conflict feels dangerous. It avoids leadership because leadership feels hierarchical. The result is movements that are morally serious and politically weak. The right, by contrast, is very good at taking pain and converting it into organised power.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Right Channels Pain. The Left Needs to Do the Same: </strong>Trump’s most effective political move, in Marom’s analysis: he tells people that they’re being screwed — and he’s right about that. Then he continues to screw them. But the left cannot simply counter this with policy arguments. The people who voted for Trump are not wrong that the system has failed them. Income inequality is growing. Politicians don’t listen. There is no leverage. Marom’s argument: the left needs its own version of this — speaking directly to people’s pain and offering a genuine path to power. Bernie, AOC, and Mamdani know how to do this. They’re not the only ones.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Liberal Democracy Is Necessary but Insufficient: </strong>Voting, electoral participation, civic engagement — these are important and necessary parts of a healthy democratic society. But they are not sufficient to make big political change. The right understands this and has been exploiting it for a decade: the failure of the liberal establishment to deliver for ordinary people is the fuel for right-wing populism. Marom’s answer is not to abandon liberal democracy but to supplement it with the kind of mass social movement that has historically produced the big political changes: the labour movement, the civil rights movement, the suffragette movement.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Conflict and Leadership Are Good, Actually: </strong>Two of the left’s most self-destructive habits, in Marom’s experience as a facilitator: avoiding conflict and avoiding leadership. Groups that learn to face conflict with dignity and care come out with better strategies. Leaders who accept the responsibility of leadership — who are willing to be visible, to take risks, to be wrong in public — give movements something to coalesce around. The fetishisation of horizontalism and the terror of hierarchy have kept many progressive organisations small, fractured, and ineffective. Leadership is not domination. It is responsibility.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Get the F*** Out of Your House: </strong>Marom’s prescription for individuals who feel powerless: join an organisation. Not a party, not a mailing list — an actual organisation where people gather, disagree, decide things together, and act collectively. It doesn’t have to be a national political organisation. It can be a union, a community organisation, a neighbourhood group, a mutual aid network. The point is the group. Groups are where political change happens. They are also where people find meaning, purpose, and connection. Nobody does anything of value alone. Not political change, and not a good life.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/for-louder-days/">Yotam Marom</a> is a full-time organiser and facilitator based in Brooklyn, New York. He has been active in movements since the US invasion of Iraq in 2003, played leadership roles at Occupy Wall Street, and co-founded IfNotNow and the Wildfire Project. He is the author of <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/for-louder-days/"><em>For Louder Days: Reaching Beyond the Politics of Powerlessness</em></a> (The New Press, June 2, 2026). He lives in Brooklyn with his wife and children.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/for-louder-days/"><em>For Louder Days: Reaching Beyond the Politics of Powerlessness</em></a> by Yotam Marom (The New Press, June 2, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2919: David Masciotra on <em>A Country of Strangers</em> — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2903: Ece Temelkuran on <em>Nation of Strangers</em> — referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Christopher Clark, <em>Revolutionary Spring: Europe Aflame and the Fight for a New World, 1848–1849</em> — referenced in the closing exchange.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p> </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4fbea92b/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Around the World in One Long Depression: Liaquat Ahamed on 1873 &amp; the Making of the Global Economy</title>
      <itunes:episode>2929</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2929</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Around the World in One Long Depression: Liaquat Ahamed on 1873 &amp; the Making of the Global Economy</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5d8a4006-52a9-46ac-a4ef-aff2109dd516</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Be optimistic about the boom, but don’t buy the stock.” — Liaquat Ahamed on the AI bubble</em></p><p> </p><p>Yesterday, Alexander Starritt argued that the 2008 financial crash ruined the lives of his generation. But compared with the great crash of 1873, 2008 looks like a tremor. The Pulitzer Prize-winning economic historian <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/306461/1873-by-liaquat-ahamed/">Liaquat Ahamed</a> has a new book out today, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/306461/1873-by-liaquat-ahamed/"><em>1873</em></a>, which presents this 19th century economic crash as the first truly global financial crisis.</p><p> </p><p>In 1870, three globalising infrastructure projects were completed in quick succession: the US transcontinental railroad, the Suez Canal, and the Trans-India railroad linking Bombay to Calcutta. Into this newly integrated global economy, the Franco-Prussian War injected a trillion-dollar-equivalent indemnity that the Rothschilds helped France raise — and the resulting dramatic capital flows produced three simultaneous bubbles in Berlin, Vienna, and New York. A French journalist named Jules Verne worked out that for the first time, you could circumnavigate the globe in less than eighty days. Around the world in one global economic crisis.</p><p> </p><p>The lesson for posterity, Ahamed warns, is that the authorities made a catastrophic error by doubling down on the gold standard, producing decades of deflation that triggered an anti-semitic and anti-globalist populism, and ultimately led to the Great Depression of the 1930s. So what does that tell us about today’s AI boom, which is about to be rocketed by three trillion-dollar IPOs? Be optimistic about the boom, the wise Ahamed says. But don’t buy the stock.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Jules Verne and the First Global Economy: </strong>In 1870, three iconic infrastructure projects were completed: the US transcontinental railroad, the Suez Canal, and the Trans-India railroad linking Bombay to Calcutta. A French newspaper noted that for the first time, a traveller could circle the globe in less than eighty days. Jules Verne read the article and found his next novel. The point for Ahamed: this moment marked the creation of a genuinely integrated global economy for the first time in history. And with global integration came the first global financial crisis. The boom of the 1850s and 1860s was not irrational. It reflected real economic growth. The crash came from what happened next.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Trillion-Dollar Indemnity and Three Simultaneous Bubbles: </strong>Under the peace treaty ending the Franco-Prussian War, France was required to pay Germany an indemnity worth the equivalent of $1.2 trillion in today’s money. With the help of the Rothschilds, France raised this sum in six months. The resulting capital injection caused the Berlin and Vienna equity markets to rise 200–300 percent. Simultaneously, European capital fleeing the war flowed into US railroad construction, inflating that bubble further. A third bubble formed in foreign borrowing on the London capital markets, as money chased yield in countries that should never have been given credit. Three bubbles, one crash.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Wrong Lesson from 1873: Gold Standard Orthodoxy: </strong>When the crash came, the authorities made a catastrophic error: they concluded that the gold standard had worked because the 1850s and 1860s boom had happened under it. They failed to see that the crash itself was partly produced by the gold standard’s rigidities. The resulting decade of deflation crushed farmers, debtors, and ordinary people across Europe and America, fuelling anti-globalist populism. The same orthodoxy — applied by Montagu Norman and others in the 1920s — helped cause the Great Depression. We always fight the last war.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Rothschilds: Scapegoated Despite Being Innocent: </strong>The Rothschilds were at the centre of the 1873 boom as the world’s leading bond underwriters. Presciently, they kept a low profile during the most speculative phase of the bubble. When the crash came, they were viciously scapegoated — part of the wave of antisemitism that swept Europe in the wake of the depression. Ahamed’s irony: the Rothschilds were blamed for a crisis they had been cautious enough to partially avoid. The story of 1873 is, among other things, a story of how financial panic turns into political persecution.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The AI Boom: Be Optimistic, Don’t Buy the Stock: </strong>Andrew’s final question: should we buy Anthropic and OpenAI when they go public? Ahamed’s answer, via the lesson of every bubble from 1873 to 1929 to the dot-com era: bull markets are usually driven by real fundamentals — until the last phase, when they become untethered. The 1920s were rational until 1927; the dot-com era was rational until 1997. The dilemma: the last irrational phase may still produce 40 percent gains. Ahamed’s advice: be optimistic about the AI boom. It reflects real productivity growth. But don’t buy the stock.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/306461/1873-by-liaquat-ahamed/">Liaquat Ahamed</a> is a financial historian and investment manager. He graduated with degrees in economics from Cambridge and Harvard, worked at the World Bank in Washington, D.C., and had a twenty-five-year career as a professional investment manager based in London and New York before turning to writing. He is the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/306461/1873-by-liaquat-ahamed/"><em>1873: The Rothschilds, the First Great Depression, and the Making of the Modern World</em></a> (Penguin Press, June 2, 2026) and <em>Lords of Finance: The Bankers Who Broke the World</em> (winner of the 2010 Pulitzer Prize, the Council on Foreign Relations Arthur Ross Gold Medal, and the <em>Financial Times</em> Best Business Book of the Year). He lives in Washington, D.C.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/306461/1873-by-liaquat-ahamed/"><em>1873: The Rothschilds, the First Great Depression, and the Making of the Modern World</em></a> by Liaquat Ahamed (Penguin Press, June 2, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Lords of Finance: The Bankers Who Broke the World</em> by Liaquat Ahamed (Penguin Press, 2009) — the Pulitzer Prize-winning predecessor, referenced throughout.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2928: Alexander Starritt on <em>Drayton and Mackenzie</em> — directly referenced at the opening; the 2008 companion.</p><p> </p><p>•       James Surowiecki, “Why Stocks Keep Going Up,” <em>The Atlantic</em> — referenced in the final exchange.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@..."></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Be optimistic about the boom, but don’t buy the stock.” — Liaquat Ahamed on the AI bubble</em></p><p> </p><p>Yesterday, Alexander Starritt argued that the 2008 financial crash ruined the lives of his generation. But compared with the great crash of 1873, 2008 looks like a tremor. The Pulitzer Prize-winning economic historian <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/306461/1873-by-liaquat-ahamed/">Liaquat Ahamed</a> has a new book out today, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/306461/1873-by-liaquat-ahamed/"><em>1873</em></a>, which presents this 19th century economic crash as the first truly global financial crisis.</p><p> </p><p>In 1870, three globalising infrastructure projects were completed in quick succession: the US transcontinental railroad, the Suez Canal, and the Trans-India railroad linking Bombay to Calcutta. Into this newly integrated global economy, the Franco-Prussian War injected a trillion-dollar-equivalent indemnity that the Rothschilds helped France raise — and the resulting dramatic capital flows produced three simultaneous bubbles in Berlin, Vienna, and New York. A French journalist named Jules Verne worked out that for the first time, you could circumnavigate the globe in less than eighty days. Around the world in one global economic crisis.</p><p> </p><p>The lesson for posterity, Ahamed warns, is that the authorities made a catastrophic error by doubling down on the gold standard, producing decades of deflation that triggered an anti-semitic and anti-globalist populism, and ultimately led to the Great Depression of the 1930s. So what does that tell us about today’s AI boom, which is about to be rocketed by three trillion-dollar IPOs? Be optimistic about the boom, the wise Ahamed says. But don’t buy the stock.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Jules Verne and the First Global Economy: </strong>In 1870, three iconic infrastructure projects were completed: the US transcontinental railroad, the Suez Canal, and the Trans-India railroad linking Bombay to Calcutta. A French newspaper noted that for the first time, a traveller could circle the globe in less than eighty days. Jules Verne read the article and found his next novel. The point for Ahamed: this moment marked the creation of a genuinely integrated global economy for the first time in history. And with global integration came the first global financial crisis. The boom of the 1850s and 1860s was not irrational. It reflected real economic growth. The crash came from what happened next.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Trillion-Dollar Indemnity and Three Simultaneous Bubbles: </strong>Under the peace treaty ending the Franco-Prussian War, France was required to pay Germany an indemnity worth the equivalent of $1.2 trillion in today’s money. With the help of the Rothschilds, France raised this sum in six months. The resulting capital injection caused the Berlin and Vienna equity markets to rise 200–300 percent. Simultaneously, European capital fleeing the war flowed into US railroad construction, inflating that bubble further. A third bubble formed in foreign borrowing on the London capital markets, as money chased yield in countries that should never have been given credit. Three bubbles, one crash.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Wrong Lesson from 1873: Gold Standard Orthodoxy: </strong>When the crash came, the authorities made a catastrophic error: they concluded that the gold standard had worked because the 1850s and 1860s boom had happened under it. They failed to see that the crash itself was partly produced by the gold standard’s rigidities. The resulting decade of deflation crushed farmers, debtors, and ordinary people across Europe and America, fuelling anti-globalist populism. The same orthodoxy — applied by Montagu Norman and others in the 1920s — helped cause the Great Depression. We always fight the last war.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Rothschilds: Scapegoated Despite Being Innocent: </strong>The Rothschilds were at the centre of the 1873 boom as the world’s leading bond underwriters. Presciently, they kept a low profile during the most speculative phase of the bubble. When the crash came, they were viciously scapegoated — part of the wave of antisemitism that swept Europe in the wake of the depression. Ahamed’s irony: the Rothschilds were blamed for a crisis they had been cautious enough to partially avoid. The story of 1873 is, among other things, a story of how financial panic turns into political persecution.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The AI Boom: Be Optimistic, Don’t Buy the Stock: </strong>Andrew’s final question: should we buy Anthropic and OpenAI when they go public? Ahamed’s answer, via the lesson of every bubble from 1873 to 1929 to the dot-com era: bull markets are usually driven by real fundamentals — until the last phase, when they become untethered. The 1920s were rational until 1927; the dot-com era was rational until 1997. The dilemma: the last irrational phase may still produce 40 percent gains. Ahamed’s advice: be optimistic about the AI boom. It reflects real productivity growth. But don’t buy the stock.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/306461/1873-by-liaquat-ahamed/">Liaquat Ahamed</a> is a financial historian and investment manager. He graduated with degrees in economics from Cambridge and Harvard, worked at the World Bank in Washington, D.C., and had a twenty-five-year career as a professional investment manager based in London and New York before turning to writing. He is the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/306461/1873-by-liaquat-ahamed/"><em>1873: The Rothschilds, the First Great Depression, and the Making of the Modern World</em></a> (Penguin Press, June 2, 2026) and <em>Lords of Finance: The Bankers Who Broke the World</em> (winner of the 2010 Pulitzer Prize, the Council on Foreign Relations Arthur Ross Gold Medal, and the <em>Financial Times</em> Best Business Book of the Year). He lives in Washington, D.C.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/306461/1873-by-liaquat-ahamed/"><em>1873: The Rothschilds, the First Great Depression, and the Making of the Modern World</em></a> by Liaquat Ahamed (Penguin Press, June 2, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Lords of Finance: The Bankers Who Broke the World</em> by Liaquat Ahamed (Penguin Press, 2009) — the Pulitzer Prize-winning predecessor, referenced throughout.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2928: Alexander Starritt on <em>Drayton and Mackenzie</em> — directly referenced at the opening; the 2008 companion.</p><p> </p><p>•       James Surowiecki, “Why Stocks Keep Going Up,” <em>The Atlantic</em> — referenced in the final exchange.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@..."></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2026 03:47:18 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/60ff013b/ec4e4379.mp3" length="115962308" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Wut2iGatGiw">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/FPtnQw6F2IlPpCP3sLqSPhH9d7H7iBOXXczb4mwE9RM/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8wZDE1/MmQ3OTY0MWE0Y2I5/NTdjM2Q0OWY0NTNj/YmI2MC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3623</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Be optimistic about the boom, but don’t buy the stock.” — Liaquat Ahamed on the AI bubble</em></p><p> </p><p>Yesterday, Alexander Starritt argued that the 2008 financial crash ruined the lives of his generation. But compared with the great crash of 1873, 2008 looks like a tremor. The Pulitzer Prize-winning economic historian <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/306461/1873-by-liaquat-ahamed/">Liaquat Ahamed</a> has a new book out today, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/306461/1873-by-liaquat-ahamed/"><em>1873</em></a>, which presents this 19th century economic crash as the first truly global financial crisis.</p><p> </p><p>In 1870, three globalising infrastructure projects were completed in quick succession: the US transcontinental railroad, the Suez Canal, and the Trans-India railroad linking Bombay to Calcutta. Into this newly integrated global economy, the Franco-Prussian War injected a trillion-dollar-equivalent indemnity that the Rothschilds helped France raise — and the resulting dramatic capital flows produced three simultaneous bubbles in Berlin, Vienna, and New York. A French journalist named Jules Verne worked out that for the first time, you could circumnavigate the globe in less than eighty days. Around the world in one global economic crisis.</p><p> </p><p>The lesson for posterity, Ahamed warns, is that the authorities made a catastrophic error by doubling down on the gold standard, producing decades of deflation that triggered an anti-semitic and anti-globalist populism, and ultimately led to the Great Depression of the 1930s. So what does that tell us about today’s AI boom, which is about to be rocketed by three trillion-dollar IPOs? Be optimistic about the boom, the wise Ahamed says. But don’t buy the stock.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Jules Verne and the First Global Economy: </strong>In 1870, three iconic infrastructure projects were completed: the US transcontinental railroad, the Suez Canal, and the Trans-India railroad linking Bombay to Calcutta. A French newspaper noted that for the first time, a traveller could circle the globe in less than eighty days. Jules Verne read the article and found his next novel. The point for Ahamed: this moment marked the creation of a genuinely integrated global economy for the first time in history. And with global integration came the first global financial crisis. The boom of the 1850s and 1860s was not irrational. It reflected real economic growth. The crash came from what happened next.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Trillion-Dollar Indemnity and Three Simultaneous Bubbles: </strong>Under the peace treaty ending the Franco-Prussian War, France was required to pay Germany an indemnity worth the equivalent of $1.2 trillion in today’s money. With the help of the Rothschilds, France raised this sum in six months. The resulting capital injection caused the Berlin and Vienna equity markets to rise 200–300 percent. Simultaneously, European capital fleeing the war flowed into US railroad construction, inflating that bubble further. A third bubble formed in foreign borrowing on the London capital markets, as money chased yield in countries that should never have been given credit. Three bubbles, one crash.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Wrong Lesson from 1873: Gold Standard Orthodoxy: </strong>When the crash came, the authorities made a catastrophic error: they concluded that the gold standard had worked because the 1850s and 1860s boom had happened under it. They failed to see that the crash itself was partly produced by the gold standard’s rigidities. The resulting decade of deflation crushed farmers, debtors, and ordinary people across Europe and America, fuelling anti-globalist populism. The same orthodoxy — applied by Montagu Norman and others in the 1920s — helped cause the Great Depression. We always fight the last war.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Rothschilds: Scapegoated Despite Being Innocent: </strong>The Rothschilds were at the centre of the 1873 boom as the world’s leading bond underwriters. Presciently, they kept a low profile during the most speculative phase of the bubble. When the crash came, they were viciously scapegoated — part of the wave of antisemitism that swept Europe in the wake of the depression. Ahamed’s irony: the Rothschilds were blamed for a crisis they had been cautious enough to partially avoid. The story of 1873 is, among other things, a story of how financial panic turns into political persecution.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The AI Boom: Be Optimistic, Don’t Buy the Stock: </strong>Andrew’s final question: should we buy Anthropic and OpenAI when they go public? Ahamed’s answer, via the lesson of every bubble from 1873 to 1929 to the dot-com era: bull markets are usually driven by real fundamentals — until the last phase, when they become untethered. The 1920s were rational until 1927; the dot-com era was rational until 1997. The dilemma: the last irrational phase may still produce 40 percent gains. Ahamed’s advice: be optimistic about the AI boom. It reflects real productivity growth. But don’t buy the stock.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/306461/1873-by-liaquat-ahamed/">Liaquat Ahamed</a> is a financial historian and investment manager. He graduated with degrees in economics from Cambridge and Harvard, worked at the World Bank in Washington, D.C., and had a twenty-five-year career as a professional investment manager based in London and New York before turning to writing. He is the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/306461/1873-by-liaquat-ahamed/"><em>1873: The Rothschilds, the First Great Depression, and the Making of the Modern World</em></a> (Penguin Press, June 2, 2026) and <em>Lords of Finance: The Bankers Who Broke the World</em> (winner of the 2010 Pulitzer Prize, the Council on Foreign Relations Arthur Ross Gold Medal, and the <em>Financial Times</em> Best Business Book of the Year). He lives in Washington, D.C.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/306461/1873-by-liaquat-ahamed/"><em>1873: The Rothschilds, the First Great Depression, and the Making of the Modern World</em></a> by Liaquat Ahamed (Penguin Press, June 2, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Lords of Finance: The Bankers Who Broke the World</em> by Liaquat Ahamed (Penguin Press, 2009) — the Pulitzer Prize-winning predecessor, referenced throughout.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2928: Alexander Starritt on <em>Drayton and Mackenzie</em> — directly referenced at the opening; the 2008 companion.</p><p> </p><p>•       James Surowiecki, “Why Stocks Keep Going Up,” <em>The Atlantic</em> — referenced in the final exchange.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@..."></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/60ff013b/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/60ff013b/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Drayton and Mackenzie: Alexander Starritt on How the 2008 Crash Ruined Everything</title>
      <itunes:episode>2928</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2928</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Drayton and Mackenzie: Alexander Starritt on How the 2008 Crash Ruined Everything</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d5c41c38-5f28-4244-8939-b73afc86b3e2</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“To explain the lives of people living in this moment, to look at the historical forces that are shaping all of us, you have to look at business and technology. In our period, what is it that’s shaping us? I would suggest it’s the long fallout from the 2008 financial crisis and the technology revolution that’s been happening in California.” — Alexander Starritt</em></p><p> </p><p>How to write a novel about our times? For <a href="https://groveatlantic.com/book/drayton-and-mackenzie/">Alexander Starritt</a>, it means juxtaposing friendship and ambition alongside the grand historical forces of the age. Just as George Eliot did in <em>Middlemarch</em>. Whereas for Eliot, those forces were the 1832 Reform Acts and the industrial revolution, Starritt’s forces are the 2008 financial crisis and the digital revolution.</p><p> </p><p>His novel, <a href="https://groveatlantic.com/book/drayton-and-mackenzie/"><em>Drayton and Mackenzie</em></a>, longlisted for the <em>Financial Times</em> Business Book of the Year, follows two ambitious Gen X’ers through the first two decades of the twenty-first century. The 2008 crash, Starritt says, ruined the lives of many of his generation. Rather than being in a Gramscian interregnum, our brave new 21st century world is already visible. But in contrast with many progressive critics of our neo-liberalism age, Starritt isn’t apocalyptic about the future. Think of <a href="https://groveatlantic.com/book/drayton-and-mackenzie/"><em>Drayton and Mackenzie</em></a> as <em>Middlemarch</em> and McKinsey. Revolutions will come and go, but, for Alexander Starritt, friendship and ambition are unchanging.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The First Novel on the FT Business Book List in 15 Years: </strong>The <em>Financial Times</em> and Schroders Business Book of the Year longlist typically features books on China, AI, and tech giants. In 2025, for the first time in fifteen years, it included a novel. Starritt’s reading of why: there’s a gap. The literary and cultural worlds have become so estranged from the business world that very few writers are even attempting to write seriously about the forces that actually shape people’s lives. That gap, he says, says as much about the cultural moment as any quality the book itself might have.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>George Eliot’s Method: Historical Forces as the Engine of Fiction: </strong>When George Eliot wrote <em>Middlemarch</em>, the historical forces she was dramatising were the Reform Acts and the industrial revolution. Starritt’s equivalent: the 2008 financial crisis and the California tech revolution. His method is Eliot’s — use a closely observed relationship (in his case, a male friendship rather than a marriage) as the engine through which the reader experiences history. The friendship gives the historical canvas an emotional charge. The historical canvas gives the friendship its full weight. Neither works without the other.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Male Friendship: The Most Important Relationship Nobody Writes About: </strong>We’ve all read too many books and seen too many films about romantic and sexual relationships. Starritt’s observation: there is another type of relationship — friendship — that is incredibly important to almost all of us, and that gets almost no literary attention. <em>Drayton and Mackenzie</em> is his attempt to take it seriously. The friendship between James (straight-lined, disciplined, brilliant) and Roland (impulsive, self-sabotaging, charming) evolves from incomprehension to something described by the <em>Financial Times</em> as “unbreakable” — and the reviewer admitted that by the end, their vision wasn’t the clearest.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Post-Liberal World Is Already Here: </strong>Everyone quotes Gramsci’s interregnum — the old world is dying, the new one hasn’t been born yet. Starritt’s counter: the new world has already been born. You can see it everywhere across the Western world. British jobs for British workers. Reshoring manufacturing. Keeping out undesirable foreigners. There is, he notes, quite a lot of consensus about these things, even if the discourse around them is contested. The post-liberal world is already here. The question is not whether it will arrive but what we do with it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>European Optimism: The Separation From America May Be for Europe’s Own Good: </strong>Starritt’s closing optimism, which he acknowledges may not be welcome news for American listeners: the painful separation from America that America is forcing upon Europe is probably, in the long run, for Europe’s own good. Rather than relying on the White House, Europeans can take responsibility for themselves. David Runciman’s idea: democracy needs to be renewed every generation. The external pressure of China, Russia, and an America that no longer wants to help may be the forcing function that produces that renewal. Maybe we can get some agency back.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://groveatlantic.com/book/drayton-and-mackenzie/">Alexander Starritt</a> is a Scottish novelist and entrepreneur. He was born in 1985 and is the author of <a href="https://groveatlantic.com/book/drayton-and-mackenzie/"><em>Drayton and Mackenzie</em></a> (Atlantic Monthly Press, June 2, 2026), <em>We Germans</em> (winner of the Dayton Literary Peace Prize), and <em>The Beast</em> (a 2017 <em>Spectator</em> book of the year). He was a founding team member of the policy platform Apolitical. He lives in London.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://groveatlantic.com/book/drayton-and-mackenzie/"><em>Drayton and Mackenzie</em></a> by Alexander Starritt (Atlantic Monthly Press, June 2, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       George Eliot, <em>Middlemarch</em> — Starritt’s primary literary model, referenced explicitly.</p><p> </p><p>•       Adrian Wooldridge, “Bring Back the Big Business Novel,” <em>Bloomberg</em> — the piece referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       David Runciman — referenced for his argument about democratic renewal.</p><p> </p><p>•       Michael Chabon, <em>The Amazing Adventures of Kavalier &amp; Clay</em> — the <em>Financial Times</em> comparison.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: the FT Business Book longlist and the first novel in 15 years</li>
<li>(02:03) - The gap in culture: literary and business worlds estranged</li>
<li>(02:50) - Adrian Wooldridge: bring back the big business no...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“To explain the lives of people living in this moment, to look at the historical forces that are shaping all of us, you have to look at business and technology. In our period, what is it that’s shaping us? I would suggest it’s the long fallout from the 2008 financial crisis and the technology revolution that’s been happening in California.” — Alexander Starritt</em></p><p> </p><p>How to write a novel about our times? For <a href="https://groveatlantic.com/book/drayton-and-mackenzie/">Alexander Starritt</a>, it means juxtaposing friendship and ambition alongside the grand historical forces of the age. Just as George Eliot did in <em>Middlemarch</em>. Whereas for Eliot, those forces were the 1832 Reform Acts and the industrial revolution, Starritt’s forces are the 2008 financial crisis and the digital revolution.</p><p> </p><p>His novel, <a href="https://groveatlantic.com/book/drayton-and-mackenzie/"><em>Drayton and Mackenzie</em></a>, longlisted for the <em>Financial Times</em> Business Book of the Year, follows two ambitious Gen X’ers through the first two decades of the twenty-first century. The 2008 crash, Starritt says, ruined the lives of many of his generation. Rather than being in a Gramscian interregnum, our brave new 21st century world is already visible. But in contrast with many progressive critics of our neo-liberalism age, Starritt isn’t apocalyptic about the future. Think of <a href="https://groveatlantic.com/book/drayton-and-mackenzie/"><em>Drayton and Mackenzie</em></a> as <em>Middlemarch</em> and McKinsey. Revolutions will come and go, but, for Alexander Starritt, friendship and ambition are unchanging.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The First Novel on the FT Business Book List in 15 Years: </strong>The <em>Financial Times</em> and Schroders Business Book of the Year longlist typically features books on China, AI, and tech giants. In 2025, for the first time in fifteen years, it included a novel. Starritt’s reading of why: there’s a gap. The literary and cultural worlds have become so estranged from the business world that very few writers are even attempting to write seriously about the forces that actually shape people’s lives. That gap, he says, says as much about the cultural moment as any quality the book itself might have.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>George Eliot’s Method: Historical Forces as the Engine of Fiction: </strong>When George Eliot wrote <em>Middlemarch</em>, the historical forces she was dramatising were the Reform Acts and the industrial revolution. Starritt’s equivalent: the 2008 financial crisis and the California tech revolution. His method is Eliot’s — use a closely observed relationship (in his case, a male friendship rather than a marriage) as the engine through which the reader experiences history. The friendship gives the historical canvas an emotional charge. The historical canvas gives the friendship its full weight. Neither works without the other.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Male Friendship: The Most Important Relationship Nobody Writes About: </strong>We’ve all read too many books and seen too many films about romantic and sexual relationships. Starritt’s observation: there is another type of relationship — friendship — that is incredibly important to almost all of us, and that gets almost no literary attention. <em>Drayton and Mackenzie</em> is his attempt to take it seriously. The friendship between James (straight-lined, disciplined, brilliant) and Roland (impulsive, self-sabotaging, charming) evolves from incomprehension to something described by the <em>Financial Times</em> as “unbreakable” — and the reviewer admitted that by the end, their vision wasn’t the clearest.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Post-Liberal World Is Already Here: </strong>Everyone quotes Gramsci’s interregnum — the old world is dying, the new one hasn’t been born yet. Starritt’s counter: the new world has already been born. You can see it everywhere across the Western world. British jobs for British workers. Reshoring manufacturing. Keeping out undesirable foreigners. There is, he notes, quite a lot of consensus about these things, even if the discourse around them is contested. The post-liberal world is already here. The question is not whether it will arrive but what we do with it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>European Optimism: The Separation From America May Be for Europe’s Own Good: </strong>Starritt’s closing optimism, which he acknowledges may not be welcome news for American listeners: the painful separation from America that America is forcing upon Europe is probably, in the long run, for Europe’s own good. Rather than relying on the White House, Europeans can take responsibility for themselves. David Runciman’s idea: democracy needs to be renewed every generation. The external pressure of China, Russia, and an America that no longer wants to help may be the forcing function that produces that renewal. Maybe we can get some agency back.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://groveatlantic.com/book/drayton-and-mackenzie/">Alexander Starritt</a> is a Scottish novelist and entrepreneur. He was born in 1985 and is the author of <a href="https://groveatlantic.com/book/drayton-and-mackenzie/"><em>Drayton and Mackenzie</em></a> (Atlantic Monthly Press, June 2, 2026), <em>We Germans</em> (winner of the Dayton Literary Peace Prize), and <em>The Beast</em> (a 2017 <em>Spectator</em> book of the year). He was a founding team member of the policy platform Apolitical. He lives in London.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://groveatlantic.com/book/drayton-and-mackenzie/"><em>Drayton and Mackenzie</em></a> by Alexander Starritt (Atlantic Monthly Press, June 2, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       George Eliot, <em>Middlemarch</em> — Starritt’s primary literary model, referenced explicitly.</p><p> </p><p>•       Adrian Wooldridge, “Bring Back the Big Business Novel,” <em>Bloomberg</em> — the piece referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       David Runciman — referenced for his argument about democratic renewal.</p><p> </p><p>•       Michael Chabon, <em>The Amazing Adventures of Kavalier &amp; Clay</em> — the <em>Financial Times</em> comparison.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: the FT Business Book longlist and the first novel in 15 years</li>
<li>(02:03) - The gap in culture: literary and business worlds estranged</li>
<li>(02:50) - Adrian Wooldridge: bring back the big business no...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Jun 2026 05:24:32 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/d33b928b/877d1e92.mp3" length="97725260" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xU_CU66K5AU">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/vyjGL1z-yJqi0hNBhT4P8VVzRYOYggRAi66csSEv8vE/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85ZWIy/Y2IxNmVkOTc1MTEy/ODZiZWQzZGEzYjcx/YWI3NC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3053</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“To explain the lives of people living in this moment, to look at the historical forces that are shaping all of us, you have to look at business and technology. In our period, what is it that’s shaping us? I would suggest it’s the long fallout from the 2008 financial crisis and the technology revolution that’s been happening in California.” — Alexander Starritt</em></p><p> </p><p>How to write a novel about our times? For <a href="https://groveatlantic.com/book/drayton-and-mackenzie/">Alexander Starritt</a>, it means juxtaposing friendship and ambition alongside the grand historical forces of the age. Just as George Eliot did in <em>Middlemarch</em>. Whereas for Eliot, those forces were the 1832 Reform Acts and the industrial revolution, Starritt’s forces are the 2008 financial crisis and the digital revolution.</p><p> </p><p>His novel, <a href="https://groveatlantic.com/book/drayton-and-mackenzie/"><em>Drayton and Mackenzie</em></a>, longlisted for the <em>Financial Times</em> Business Book of the Year, follows two ambitious Gen X’ers through the first two decades of the twenty-first century. The 2008 crash, Starritt says, ruined the lives of many of his generation. Rather than being in a Gramscian interregnum, our brave new 21st century world is already visible. But in contrast with many progressive critics of our neo-liberalism age, Starritt isn’t apocalyptic about the future. Think of <a href="https://groveatlantic.com/book/drayton-and-mackenzie/"><em>Drayton and Mackenzie</em></a> as <em>Middlemarch</em> and McKinsey. Revolutions will come and go, but, for Alexander Starritt, friendship and ambition are unchanging.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The First Novel on the FT Business Book List in 15 Years: </strong>The <em>Financial Times</em> and Schroders Business Book of the Year longlist typically features books on China, AI, and tech giants. In 2025, for the first time in fifteen years, it included a novel. Starritt’s reading of why: there’s a gap. The literary and cultural worlds have become so estranged from the business world that very few writers are even attempting to write seriously about the forces that actually shape people’s lives. That gap, he says, says as much about the cultural moment as any quality the book itself might have.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>George Eliot’s Method: Historical Forces as the Engine of Fiction: </strong>When George Eliot wrote <em>Middlemarch</em>, the historical forces she was dramatising were the Reform Acts and the industrial revolution. Starritt’s equivalent: the 2008 financial crisis and the California tech revolution. His method is Eliot’s — use a closely observed relationship (in his case, a male friendship rather than a marriage) as the engine through which the reader experiences history. The friendship gives the historical canvas an emotional charge. The historical canvas gives the friendship its full weight. Neither works without the other.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Male Friendship: The Most Important Relationship Nobody Writes About: </strong>We’ve all read too many books and seen too many films about romantic and sexual relationships. Starritt’s observation: there is another type of relationship — friendship — that is incredibly important to almost all of us, and that gets almost no literary attention. <em>Drayton and Mackenzie</em> is his attempt to take it seriously. The friendship between James (straight-lined, disciplined, brilliant) and Roland (impulsive, self-sabotaging, charming) evolves from incomprehension to something described by the <em>Financial Times</em> as “unbreakable” — and the reviewer admitted that by the end, their vision wasn’t the clearest.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Post-Liberal World Is Already Here: </strong>Everyone quotes Gramsci’s interregnum — the old world is dying, the new one hasn’t been born yet. Starritt’s counter: the new world has already been born. You can see it everywhere across the Western world. British jobs for British workers. Reshoring manufacturing. Keeping out undesirable foreigners. There is, he notes, quite a lot of consensus about these things, even if the discourse around them is contested. The post-liberal world is already here. The question is not whether it will arrive but what we do with it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>European Optimism: The Separation From America May Be for Europe’s Own Good: </strong>Starritt’s closing optimism, which he acknowledges may not be welcome news for American listeners: the painful separation from America that America is forcing upon Europe is probably, in the long run, for Europe’s own good. Rather than relying on the White House, Europeans can take responsibility for themselves. David Runciman’s idea: democracy needs to be renewed every generation. The external pressure of China, Russia, and an America that no longer wants to help may be the forcing function that produces that renewal. Maybe we can get some agency back.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://groveatlantic.com/book/drayton-and-mackenzie/">Alexander Starritt</a> is a Scottish novelist and entrepreneur. He was born in 1985 and is the author of <a href="https://groveatlantic.com/book/drayton-and-mackenzie/"><em>Drayton and Mackenzie</em></a> (Atlantic Monthly Press, June 2, 2026), <em>We Germans</em> (winner of the Dayton Literary Peace Prize), and <em>The Beast</em> (a 2017 <em>Spectator</em> book of the year). He was a founding team member of the policy platform Apolitical. He lives in London.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://groveatlantic.com/book/drayton-and-mackenzie/"><em>Drayton and Mackenzie</em></a> by Alexander Starritt (Atlantic Monthly Press, June 2, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       George Eliot, <em>Middlemarch</em> — Starritt’s primary literary model, referenced explicitly.</p><p> </p><p>•       Adrian Wooldridge, “Bring Back the Big Business Novel,” <em>Bloomberg</em> — the piece referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       David Runciman — referenced for his argument about democratic renewal.</p><p> </p><p>•       Michael Chabon, <em>The Amazing Adventures of Kavalier &amp; Clay</em> — the <em>Financial Times</em> comparison.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: the FT Business Book longlist and the first novel in 15 years</li>
<li>(02:03) - The gap in culture: literary and business worlds estranged</li>
<li>(02:50) - Adrian Wooldridge: bring back the big business no...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d33b928b/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d33b928b/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ecocivilization and Our Discontents: Jeremy Lent on Why TINA Is Wrong</title>
      <itunes:episode>2927</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2927</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Ecocivilization and Our Discontents: Jeremy Lent on Why TINA Is Wrong</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">88af6ca1-404c-426a-a817-de0c4f315b63</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“When you’re in a world that is careening out of control, where we’ve broken through seven of the nine safe dimensions of safe operating space that scientists have discovered, it’s unrealistic in my view to focus on those little things and think that will lead to a real better outcome. What’s realistic is backcasting.” — Jeremy Lent</em></p><p> </p><p>There Is An Alternative. That is the central argument of <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/ecocivilization/">Jeremy Lent</a>’s new book, <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/ecocivilization/"><em>Ecocivilization: Making a World That Works for All</em></a>. Margaret Thatcher’s historically materialist TINA — THERE IS NO ALTERNATIVE — was both the most seductive and disempowering message the neoliberal establishment ever produced. As long as everyone believes in the inevitability of free market capitalism, nothing will ever really change. Anti-agency is the name of agency. We just push for slightly higher carbon taxes and slightly fewer fossil fuel subsidies and give it the euphemism of “progress.” For Lent, however, this is environmental capitulation.</p><p> </p><p>Jeremy Lent imagines a genuinely sustainable world — one where humans have a long-term relationship with the living Earth. From that vantage point, the steps that look realistic to the incrementalists seem timid or counterproductive. He reminds us that we’ve broken through seven of the nine safe operating dimensions that scientists have identified for a stable Earth system. No, incrementalism isn’t realism. Rather than progress, it’s a trance-like slide into the apocalypse.</p><p> </p><p>Rather than state control or free markets, the alternative Lent introduces in <em>Ecocivilization</em> is the commons — Nobel Prize-winning economist Elinor Ostrom’s third way in which humans self-organise in the collaborative ways of the natural world. It is already happening, he says, in places as far apart as Cleveland, Ohio and Jackson, Mississippi. Maggie was wrong, the Anglo-American Lent insists. TINA is bunk. THERE IS AN ALTERNATIVE.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Consensus Trance: Why Nobody Is Freaking Out: </strong>Everyone knows who’s in and who’s out in Washington today. Everyone knows their team’s sports score. Almost nobody is aware of some of the bigger existential questions facing all of us. Lent’s explanation: we have media owned by billionaires who don’t benefit from people freaking out. The entire system is designed to lull people into what he calls a “consensus trance.” We broke through seven of the nine safe operating dimensions that scientists have identified for a stable Earth system. In normal times that would be front-page news every day. Instead: the news cycle moves on.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Backcasting vs Incrementalism: The Two Realisms: </strong>There are two ways to use the word “realistic.” Realistic given the forces of destruction and oppression all around us right now: push for slightly higher taxes on the uber-wealthy, slightly fewer fossil fuel subsidies. Realistic given what a genuinely sustainable world would actually look like: start from the destination and work backwards. The first kind of realism may be taking us in the wrong direction. Lent’s argument: when you’re in a world careening out of control, the timid steps of incremental realism are not realistic. Backcasting is.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Commons: Ostrom’s Third Way: </strong>The political debate of the last hundred years has been between state control and free markets. Both have failed. Lent’s alternative, via Nobel Prize-winning economist Elinor Ostrom: the commons. Not the state owning things. Not markets extracting profit. Humans self-organising together in the way they evolved to do — collaboratively, cooperatively, with attention to the common good. Ostrom showed, empirically, that commons governance works. The Evergreen Cooperatives in Cleveland, Cooperation Jackson in Mississippi: these are working prototypes of what Lent means.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>TINA Is the Most Disempowering Message Ever Produced: </strong>Margaret Thatcher’s “there is no alternative” — shortened to TINA — is, for Lent, the central ideological achievement of neoliberalism. As long as everyone believes there is no alternative, people will just try to improve the situation that little bit and nothing will change fundamentally. <em>Ecocivilization</em> is Lent’s counter-argument: there is an alternative. The first step is to believe it. Once you believe it, the second step is to figure out what the practical steps are to get there. The book is those practical steps.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Authoritarian Moment: Why People Vote for Strongmen: </strong>People drawn to authoritarian strongmen feel in their gut that the system is designed to screw them. They’re right about that. They’re wrong about the solution — the strongmen are offering greater inequality dressed as populism. Lent’s prescription: what AOC, Bernie Sanders, Mamdani represent is the alternative — the courage to actually stand for human dignity. When things swing to one extreme, they tend to swing back. We could be surprised at the speed of change. It’s already happening in local communities — islands of coherence in a sea of chaos — and it can happen at the mainstream level too.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/ecocivilization/">Jeremy Lent</a> is an author and speaker described by George Monbiot as “one of the greatest thinkers of our age.” He is the founder of the Deep Transformation Network and the nonprofit Liology Institute. He is the author of <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/ecocivilization/"><em>Ecocivilization: Making a World That Works for All</em></a> (Melville House, May 26, 2026), <em>The Patterning Instinct: A Cultural History of Humanity’s Search for Meaning</em>, and <em>The Web of Meaning: Integrating Science and Traditional Wisdom to Find Our Place in the Universe</em>. He lives in Berkeley, California.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/ecocivilization/"><em>Ecocivilization: Making a World That Works for All</em></a> by Jeremy Lent (Melville House, May 26, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Elinor Ostrom, <em>Governing the Commons</em> — the Nobel Prize-winning work on commons governance referenced throughout.</p><p> </p><p>•       Kate Raworth, <em>Doughnut Economics</em> — referenced in the conversation as a related framework.</p><p> </p><p>•       Wilkinson and Pickett, <em>The Spirit Level</em> — the study showing higher well-being in more equal societies, referenced by Lent.</p><p> </p><p>•       The Evergreen Cooperatives, Cleveland, Ohio — referenced as a working prototype of commons governance.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.co..."></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“When you’re in a world that is careening out of control, where we’ve broken through seven of the nine safe dimensions of safe operating space that scientists have discovered, it’s unrealistic in my view to focus on those little things and think that will lead to a real better outcome. What’s realistic is backcasting.” — Jeremy Lent</em></p><p> </p><p>There Is An Alternative. That is the central argument of <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/ecocivilization/">Jeremy Lent</a>’s new book, <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/ecocivilization/"><em>Ecocivilization: Making a World That Works for All</em></a>. Margaret Thatcher’s historically materialist TINA — THERE IS NO ALTERNATIVE — was both the most seductive and disempowering message the neoliberal establishment ever produced. As long as everyone believes in the inevitability of free market capitalism, nothing will ever really change. Anti-agency is the name of agency. We just push for slightly higher carbon taxes and slightly fewer fossil fuel subsidies and give it the euphemism of “progress.” For Lent, however, this is environmental capitulation.</p><p> </p><p>Jeremy Lent imagines a genuinely sustainable world — one where humans have a long-term relationship with the living Earth. From that vantage point, the steps that look realistic to the incrementalists seem timid or counterproductive. He reminds us that we’ve broken through seven of the nine safe operating dimensions that scientists have identified for a stable Earth system. No, incrementalism isn’t realism. Rather than progress, it’s a trance-like slide into the apocalypse.</p><p> </p><p>Rather than state control or free markets, the alternative Lent introduces in <em>Ecocivilization</em> is the commons — Nobel Prize-winning economist Elinor Ostrom’s third way in which humans self-organise in the collaborative ways of the natural world. It is already happening, he says, in places as far apart as Cleveland, Ohio and Jackson, Mississippi. Maggie was wrong, the Anglo-American Lent insists. TINA is bunk. THERE IS AN ALTERNATIVE.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Consensus Trance: Why Nobody Is Freaking Out: </strong>Everyone knows who’s in and who’s out in Washington today. Everyone knows their team’s sports score. Almost nobody is aware of some of the bigger existential questions facing all of us. Lent’s explanation: we have media owned by billionaires who don’t benefit from people freaking out. The entire system is designed to lull people into what he calls a “consensus trance.” We broke through seven of the nine safe operating dimensions that scientists have identified for a stable Earth system. In normal times that would be front-page news every day. Instead: the news cycle moves on.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Backcasting vs Incrementalism: The Two Realisms: </strong>There are two ways to use the word “realistic.” Realistic given the forces of destruction and oppression all around us right now: push for slightly higher taxes on the uber-wealthy, slightly fewer fossil fuel subsidies. Realistic given what a genuinely sustainable world would actually look like: start from the destination and work backwards. The first kind of realism may be taking us in the wrong direction. Lent’s argument: when you’re in a world careening out of control, the timid steps of incremental realism are not realistic. Backcasting is.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Commons: Ostrom’s Third Way: </strong>The political debate of the last hundred years has been between state control and free markets. Both have failed. Lent’s alternative, via Nobel Prize-winning economist Elinor Ostrom: the commons. Not the state owning things. Not markets extracting profit. Humans self-organising together in the way they evolved to do — collaboratively, cooperatively, with attention to the common good. Ostrom showed, empirically, that commons governance works. The Evergreen Cooperatives in Cleveland, Cooperation Jackson in Mississippi: these are working prototypes of what Lent means.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>TINA Is the Most Disempowering Message Ever Produced: </strong>Margaret Thatcher’s “there is no alternative” — shortened to TINA — is, for Lent, the central ideological achievement of neoliberalism. As long as everyone believes there is no alternative, people will just try to improve the situation that little bit and nothing will change fundamentally. <em>Ecocivilization</em> is Lent’s counter-argument: there is an alternative. The first step is to believe it. Once you believe it, the second step is to figure out what the practical steps are to get there. The book is those practical steps.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Authoritarian Moment: Why People Vote for Strongmen: </strong>People drawn to authoritarian strongmen feel in their gut that the system is designed to screw them. They’re right about that. They’re wrong about the solution — the strongmen are offering greater inequality dressed as populism. Lent’s prescription: what AOC, Bernie Sanders, Mamdani represent is the alternative — the courage to actually stand for human dignity. When things swing to one extreme, they tend to swing back. We could be surprised at the speed of change. It’s already happening in local communities — islands of coherence in a sea of chaos — and it can happen at the mainstream level too.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/ecocivilization/">Jeremy Lent</a> is an author and speaker described by George Monbiot as “one of the greatest thinkers of our age.” He is the founder of the Deep Transformation Network and the nonprofit Liology Institute. He is the author of <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/ecocivilization/"><em>Ecocivilization: Making a World That Works for All</em></a> (Melville House, May 26, 2026), <em>The Patterning Instinct: A Cultural History of Humanity’s Search for Meaning</em>, and <em>The Web of Meaning: Integrating Science and Traditional Wisdom to Find Our Place in the Universe</em>. He lives in Berkeley, California.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/ecocivilization/"><em>Ecocivilization: Making a World That Works for All</em></a> by Jeremy Lent (Melville House, May 26, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Elinor Ostrom, <em>Governing the Commons</em> — the Nobel Prize-winning work on commons governance referenced throughout.</p><p> </p><p>•       Kate Raworth, <em>Doughnut Economics</em> — referenced in the conversation as a related framework.</p><p> </p><p>•       Wilkinson and Pickett, <em>The Spirit Level</em> — the study showing higher well-being in more equal societies, referenced by Lent.</p><p> </p><p>•       The Evergreen Cooperatives, Cleveland, Ohio — referenced as a working prototype of commons governance.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.co..."></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 31 May 2026 14:17:54 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/5de2ef63/795bec6f.mp3" length="87002794" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=99TDkE6WseM">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/KsfoygrJk3UPmOT8nSDlFdXSwYBy0s2SAltU54NYffk/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8yOWI4/NWZkZTk2ODU1OTE4/ZWUxYTNlZDkwNTA1/ODMxNi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2718</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“When you’re in a world that is careening out of control, where we’ve broken through seven of the nine safe dimensions of safe operating space that scientists have discovered, it’s unrealistic in my view to focus on those little things and think that will lead to a real better outcome. What’s realistic is backcasting.” — Jeremy Lent</em></p><p> </p><p>There Is An Alternative. That is the central argument of <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/ecocivilization/">Jeremy Lent</a>’s new book, <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/ecocivilization/"><em>Ecocivilization: Making a World That Works for All</em></a>. Margaret Thatcher’s historically materialist TINA — THERE IS NO ALTERNATIVE — was both the most seductive and disempowering message the neoliberal establishment ever produced. As long as everyone believes in the inevitability of free market capitalism, nothing will ever really change. Anti-agency is the name of agency. We just push for slightly higher carbon taxes and slightly fewer fossil fuel subsidies and give it the euphemism of “progress.” For Lent, however, this is environmental capitulation.</p><p> </p><p>Jeremy Lent imagines a genuinely sustainable world — one where humans have a long-term relationship with the living Earth. From that vantage point, the steps that look realistic to the incrementalists seem timid or counterproductive. He reminds us that we’ve broken through seven of the nine safe operating dimensions that scientists have identified for a stable Earth system. No, incrementalism isn’t realism. Rather than progress, it’s a trance-like slide into the apocalypse.</p><p> </p><p>Rather than state control or free markets, the alternative Lent introduces in <em>Ecocivilization</em> is the commons — Nobel Prize-winning economist Elinor Ostrom’s third way in which humans self-organise in the collaborative ways of the natural world. It is already happening, he says, in places as far apart as Cleveland, Ohio and Jackson, Mississippi. Maggie was wrong, the Anglo-American Lent insists. TINA is bunk. THERE IS AN ALTERNATIVE.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Consensus Trance: Why Nobody Is Freaking Out: </strong>Everyone knows who’s in and who’s out in Washington today. Everyone knows their team’s sports score. Almost nobody is aware of some of the bigger existential questions facing all of us. Lent’s explanation: we have media owned by billionaires who don’t benefit from people freaking out. The entire system is designed to lull people into what he calls a “consensus trance.” We broke through seven of the nine safe operating dimensions that scientists have identified for a stable Earth system. In normal times that would be front-page news every day. Instead: the news cycle moves on.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Backcasting vs Incrementalism: The Two Realisms: </strong>There are two ways to use the word “realistic.” Realistic given the forces of destruction and oppression all around us right now: push for slightly higher taxes on the uber-wealthy, slightly fewer fossil fuel subsidies. Realistic given what a genuinely sustainable world would actually look like: start from the destination and work backwards. The first kind of realism may be taking us in the wrong direction. Lent’s argument: when you’re in a world careening out of control, the timid steps of incremental realism are not realistic. Backcasting is.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Commons: Ostrom’s Third Way: </strong>The political debate of the last hundred years has been between state control and free markets. Both have failed. Lent’s alternative, via Nobel Prize-winning economist Elinor Ostrom: the commons. Not the state owning things. Not markets extracting profit. Humans self-organising together in the way they evolved to do — collaboratively, cooperatively, with attention to the common good. Ostrom showed, empirically, that commons governance works. The Evergreen Cooperatives in Cleveland, Cooperation Jackson in Mississippi: these are working prototypes of what Lent means.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>TINA Is the Most Disempowering Message Ever Produced: </strong>Margaret Thatcher’s “there is no alternative” — shortened to TINA — is, for Lent, the central ideological achievement of neoliberalism. As long as everyone believes there is no alternative, people will just try to improve the situation that little bit and nothing will change fundamentally. <em>Ecocivilization</em> is Lent’s counter-argument: there is an alternative. The first step is to believe it. Once you believe it, the second step is to figure out what the practical steps are to get there. The book is those practical steps.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Authoritarian Moment: Why People Vote for Strongmen: </strong>People drawn to authoritarian strongmen feel in their gut that the system is designed to screw them. They’re right about that. They’re wrong about the solution — the strongmen are offering greater inequality dressed as populism. Lent’s prescription: what AOC, Bernie Sanders, Mamdani represent is the alternative — the courage to actually stand for human dignity. When things swing to one extreme, they tend to swing back. We could be surprised at the speed of change. It’s already happening in local communities — islands of coherence in a sea of chaos — and it can happen at the mainstream level too.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/ecocivilization/">Jeremy Lent</a> is an author and speaker described by George Monbiot as “one of the greatest thinkers of our age.” He is the founder of the Deep Transformation Network and the nonprofit Liology Institute. He is the author of <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/ecocivilization/"><em>Ecocivilization: Making a World That Works for All</em></a> (Melville House, May 26, 2026), <em>The Patterning Instinct: A Cultural History of Humanity’s Search for Meaning</em>, and <em>The Web of Meaning: Integrating Science and Traditional Wisdom to Find Our Place in the Universe</em>. He lives in Berkeley, California.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/ecocivilization/"><em>Ecocivilization: Making a World That Works for All</em></a> by Jeremy Lent (Melville House, May 26, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Elinor Ostrom, <em>Governing the Commons</em> — the Nobel Prize-winning work on commons governance referenced throughout.</p><p> </p><p>•       Kate Raworth, <em>Doughnut Economics</em> — referenced in the conversation as a related framework.</p><p> </p><p>•       Wilkinson and Pickett, <em>The Spirit Level</em> — the study showing higher well-being in more equal societies, referenced by Lent.</p><p> </p><p>•       The Evergreen Cooperatives, Cleveland, Ohio — referenced as a working prototype of commons governance.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.co..."></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/5de2ef63/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anthropic Trounces OpenAI with Its Papal Pivot: Value Investing in Our AI Age</title>
      <itunes:episode>2926</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2926</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Anthropic Trounces OpenAI with Its Papal Pivot: Value Investing in Our AI Age</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9b9b2c3a-6a63-41a3-8ee1-54c222a4aaa1</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I don’t look to companies to be moral guides. I want them to be good companies. When you invest in the stock market, you want them to be growing fast and making profit. That’s it. There’s nothing more to it.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>If it’s Saturday, it must be our weekly tech show. Before we went live, <em>That Was the Week</em> publisher <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> told me it wasn’t a big news week. He was wrong, of course (as he often is). The really BIG news this week, which Keith conveniently missed, is that Anthropic overtook OpenAI as the world’s most valuable AI startup. Dario Amodei’s AI startup raised $65 billion this week, putting its valuation at $900 billion, way ahead of OpenAI’s last round at $730 billion. Keith says, without any proof, that they’ve cooked their numbers. Which makes this week’s news even tastier.</p><p> </p><p>The more interesting story, for Keith at least, is Sam Altman’s latest pivot: that humans need stakes in the AI platforms whose wealth they help create. Rather than Patagonia-style moral corporations (which Keith says would make him “throw up”), it should be the responsibility of the state or government to make capitalism more moral.</p><p> </p><p>But even slippery Sam got outpivoted this week by Anthropic, who sent a co-founder to Rome to do a deal with the Pope. Leo XIV’s new encyclical, “Magnifica Humanitas,” is Anthropic’s papal pivot. It’s the smart model for value investing in the AI age.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Anthropic Tops OpenAI — But the Numbers May Be Wrong: </strong>Anthropic raised $65 billion this week at a $900 billion valuation, overtaking OpenAI’s last round at $730 billion. The VCs backing it — Green Oaks, Sequoia, Altimeter, Dragoneer — are credible. Andrew’s argument: they’ve seen the books. Keith’s counter: the VCs are playing a different game. They expect two to three times their money at IPO and they’ll probably get it — not because the revenue numbers are solid, but because the only way is up right now. The real test: the S-1, which requires audited accounts. Keith’s prediction: the revenue numbers will look different when the SEC sees them.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Dario’s Credibility Problem — But Claude 4.8 Is Fantastic: </strong>Keith has consistently characterised Dario Amodei as “slightly juvenile” and has long been sceptical of Anthropic’s public positioning. This week he cites Om Malik and the All In podcast in support of the revenue numbers critique. But he is careful to separate the man from the product: Claude 4.8, released two days ago, is “fantastic.” At SignalRank, Keith’s firm, Claude rebuilt an entire agent valuation workflow in an hour that would have taken days manually. Andrew’s observation: Andrew is now Anthropic’s newest fan. He has replaced Spurs with Anthropic as his team.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Altman’s Pivot: From UBI to Ownership: </strong>Sam Altman has shifted his public narrative on AI and labour. Previously: UBI — universal basic income — as the answer to mass unemployment. Now: ownership. Humans need to own stakes in the AI platforms whose wealth they help generate. Not welfare. Not redistribution. Ownership. Keith’s verdict: it’s an interesting and significant move. More interesting than Amodei’s continued fearmongering about AI devastation. Andrew notes that Altman seems to have genuinely grown up in the last two months. His tone is markedly different.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Patagonia Capitalism Would Make Keith Throw Up: </strong>The week’s interview of the week: Eric Ries on <em>Incorruptible</em>, arguing that great companies stay great by choosing a higher moral purpose — the Patagonia model. Keith’s response: it would make him throw up. He doesn’t want companies to be moral guides. He wants them to be profit machines. Moral guidance is the job of politics. And politics, he acknowledges, is massively disappointing. He does agree with Ries on one thing: Sundar Pichai, as an individual, should care about the future. But Google’s job is to make money. That’s it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Where Does Moral Guidance Come From? The Populists: </strong>Andrew’s closing question: if not corporations, not politicians, not the pope — where does moral guidance come from? Keith’s reluctant answer: the populists. Because the people care. They care about the future. And in the absence of politicians they can trust, they go elsewhere. Keith sees this as inevitable rather than desirable. Populism is the unintended consequence of political failure. The people filling the gap that broken institutions left. It’s not a solution. It’s a symptom.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and Andrew’s regular TWTW co-host.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> by Keith Teare.</p><p> </p><p>•       Om Malik, “The Copy and the Guru” — the post on Anthropic’s revenue numbers referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       All In Podcast — referenced for the Anthropic S-1 revenue discussion.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2921: Eric Ries on <em>Incorruptible</em> — the interview of the week discussed in the show.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2915: Keith Teare on capitalism and AI — the preceding TWTW, referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: ten days since the last TWTW</li>
<li>(01:01) - The big news: Anthropic tops OpenAI at $900 billion</li>
<li>(01:53) - Keith’s reaction: both true and BS</li>
<li>(02:22) - OpenAI is further ahead on IPO filing</li>
<li>(03:15) - Om Malik and the revenue numbers: what does misleading mean?</li>
<li>(03:41) - The All In podcast and Dario’s credibility</li>
<li>(04:21) - Anthropic’s $65 billion raise: the VCs’ game</li>
<li>(04:42) - But Claude 4.8 is fantastic: the SignalRank story</li>
<li>(06:16) - Dario vs Sam: who’s more grown up?</li>
<li>(07:00) - Altman’s pivot: from UBI to ownership</li>
<li>(08:00) - Keith admits he was wrong about OpenAI’s dominance</li>
<li>(09:47) - What did Keith get wrong?</li>
<li>(10:36) - Corporate vs consumer AI dominance</li>
<li>(15:00) - Agentic AI: the big theme in Keith’s newsletter</li>
<li>(20:00) - The pope: Leo XIV and AI</li>
<li>(25:00) - Moral cap...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I don’t look to companies to be moral guides. I want them to be good companies. When you invest in the stock market, you want them to be growing fast and making profit. That’s it. There’s nothing more to it.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>If it’s Saturday, it must be our weekly tech show. Before we went live, <em>That Was the Week</em> publisher <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> told me it wasn’t a big news week. He was wrong, of course (as he often is). The really BIG news this week, which Keith conveniently missed, is that Anthropic overtook OpenAI as the world’s most valuable AI startup. Dario Amodei’s AI startup raised $65 billion this week, putting its valuation at $900 billion, way ahead of OpenAI’s last round at $730 billion. Keith says, without any proof, that they’ve cooked their numbers. Which makes this week’s news even tastier.</p><p> </p><p>The more interesting story, for Keith at least, is Sam Altman’s latest pivot: that humans need stakes in the AI platforms whose wealth they help create. Rather than Patagonia-style moral corporations (which Keith says would make him “throw up”), it should be the responsibility of the state or government to make capitalism more moral.</p><p> </p><p>But even slippery Sam got outpivoted this week by Anthropic, who sent a co-founder to Rome to do a deal with the Pope. Leo XIV’s new encyclical, “Magnifica Humanitas,” is Anthropic’s papal pivot. It’s the smart model for value investing in the AI age.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Anthropic Tops OpenAI — But the Numbers May Be Wrong: </strong>Anthropic raised $65 billion this week at a $900 billion valuation, overtaking OpenAI’s last round at $730 billion. The VCs backing it — Green Oaks, Sequoia, Altimeter, Dragoneer — are credible. Andrew’s argument: they’ve seen the books. Keith’s counter: the VCs are playing a different game. They expect two to three times their money at IPO and they’ll probably get it — not because the revenue numbers are solid, but because the only way is up right now. The real test: the S-1, which requires audited accounts. Keith’s prediction: the revenue numbers will look different when the SEC sees them.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Dario’s Credibility Problem — But Claude 4.8 Is Fantastic: </strong>Keith has consistently characterised Dario Amodei as “slightly juvenile” and has long been sceptical of Anthropic’s public positioning. This week he cites Om Malik and the All In podcast in support of the revenue numbers critique. But he is careful to separate the man from the product: Claude 4.8, released two days ago, is “fantastic.” At SignalRank, Keith’s firm, Claude rebuilt an entire agent valuation workflow in an hour that would have taken days manually. Andrew’s observation: Andrew is now Anthropic’s newest fan. He has replaced Spurs with Anthropic as his team.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Altman’s Pivot: From UBI to Ownership: </strong>Sam Altman has shifted his public narrative on AI and labour. Previously: UBI — universal basic income — as the answer to mass unemployment. Now: ownership. Humans need to own stakes in the AI platforms whose wealth they help generate. Not welfare. Not redistribution. Ownership. Keith’s verdict: it’s an interesting and significant move. More interesting than Amodei’s continued fearmongering about AI devastation. Andrew notes that Altman seems to have genuinely grown up in the last two months. His tone is markedly different.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Patagonia Capitalism Would Make Keith Throw Up: </strong>The week’s interview of the week: Eric Ries on <em>Incorruptible</em>, arguing that great companies stay great by choosing a higher moral purpose — the Patagonia model. Keith’s response: it would make him throw up. He doesn’t want companies to be moral guides. He wants them to be profit machines. Moral guidance is the job of politics. And politics, he acknowledges, is massively disappointing. He does agree with Ries on one thing: Sundar Pichai, as an individual, should care about the future. But Google’s job is to make money. That’s it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Where Does Moral Guidance Come From? The Populists: </strong>Andrew’s closing question: if not corporations, not politicians, not the pope — where does moral guidance come from? Keith’s reluctant answer: the populists. Because the people care. They care about the future. And in the absence of politicians they can trust, they go elsewhere. Keith sees this as inevitable rather than desirable. Populism is the unintended consequence of political failure. The people filling the gap that broken institutions left. It’s not a solution. It’s a symptom.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and Andrew’s regular TWTW co-host.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> by Keith Teare.</p><p> </p><p>•       Om Malik, “The Copy and the Guru” — the post on Anthropic’s revenue numbers referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       All In Podcast — referenced for the Anthropic S-1 revenue discussion.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2921: Eric Ries on <em>Incorruptible</em> — the interview of the week discussed in the show.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2915: Keith Teare on capitalism and AI — the preceding TWTW, referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: ten days since the last TWTW</li>
<li>(01:01) - The big news: Anthropic tops OpenAI at $900 billion</li>
<li>(01:53) - Keith’s reaction: both true and BS</li>
<li>(02:22) - OpenAI is further ahead on IPO filing</li>
<li>(03:15) - Om Malik and the revenue numbers: what does misleading mean?</li>
<li>(03:41) - The All In podcast and Dario’s credibility</li>
<li>(04:21) - Anthropic’s $65 billion raise: the VCs’ game</li>
<li>(04:42) - But Claude 4.8 is fantastic: the SignalRank story</li>
<li>(06:16) - Dario vs Sam: who’s more grown up?</li>
<li>(07:00) - Altman’s pivot: from UBI to ownership</li>
<li>(08:00) - Keith admits he was wrong about OpenAI’s dominance</li>
<li>(09:47) - What did Keith get wrong?</li>
<li>(10:36) - Corporate vs consumer AI dominance</li>
<li>(15:00) - Agentic AI: the big theme in Keith’s newsletter</li>
<li>(20:00) - The pope: Leo XIV and AI</li>
<li>(25:00) - Moral cap...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 30 May 2026 13:29:15 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/2f2c3c32/a730c312.mp3" length="75264747" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=USGO1eIyBZ0">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/HCl0cjEe5qKR1-fgHaH7OeVnR3VBX8tdNb6dAcfTV9U/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9mOTEw/YjY4MWVkODhiM2Jk/ZjA5YzY4MmRkNzgz/Mzk0My5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2350</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I don’t look to companies to be moral guides. I want them to be good companies. When you invest in the stock market, you want them to be growing fast and making profit. That’s it. There’s nothing more to it.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>If it’s Saturday, it must be our weekly tech show. Before we went live, <em>That Was the Week</em> publisher <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> told me it wasn’t a big news week. He was wrong, of course (as he often is). The really BIG news this week, which Keith conveniently missed, is that Anthropic overtook OpenAI as the world’s most valuable AI startup. Dario Amodei’s AI startup raised $65 billion this week, putting its valuation at $900 billion, way ahead of OpenAI’s last round at $730 billion. Keith says, without any proof, that they’ve cooked their numbers. Which makes this week’s news even tastier.</p><p> </p><p>The more interesting story, for Keith at least, is Sam Altman’s latest pivot: that humans need stakes in the AI platforms whose wealth they help create. Rather than Patagonia-style moral corporations (which Keith says would make him “throw up”), it should be the responsibility of the state or government to make capitalism more moral.</p><p> </p><p>But even slippery Sam got outpivoted this week by Anthropic, who sent a co-founder to Rome to do a deal with the Pope. Leo XIV’s new encyclical, “Magnifica Humanitas,” is Anthropic’s papal pivot. It’s the smart model for value investing in the AI age.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Anthropic Tops OpenAI — But the Numbers May Be Wrong: </strong>Anthropic raised $65 billion this week at a $900 billion valuation, overtaking OpenAI’s last round at $730 billion. The VCs backing it — Green Oaks, Sequoia, Altimeter, Dragoneer — are credible. Andrew’s argument: they’ve seen the books. Keith’s counter: the VCs are playing a different game. They expect two to three times their money at IPO and they’ll probably get it — not because the revenue numbers are solid, but because the only way is up right now. The real test: the S-1, which requires audited accounts. Keith’s prediction: the revenue numbers will look different when the SEC sees them.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Dario’s Credibility Problem — But Claude 4.8 Is Fantastic: </strong>Keith has consistently characterised Dario Amodei as “slightly juvenile” and has long been sceptical of Anthropic’s public positioning. This week he cites Om Malik and the All In podcast in support of the revenue numbers critique. But he is careful to separate the man from the product: Claude 4.8, released two days ago, is “fantastic.” At SignalRank, Keith’s firm, Claude rebuilt an entire agent valuation workflow in an hour that would have taken days manually. Andrew’s observation: Andrew is now Anthropic’s newest fan. He has replaced Spurs with Anthropic as his team.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Altman’s Pivot: From UBI to Ownership: </strong>Sam Altman has shifted his public narrative on AI and labour. Previously: UBI — universal basic income — as the answer to mass unemployment. Now: ownership. Humans need to own stakes in the AI platforms whose wealth they help generate. Not welfare. Not redistribution. Ownership. Keith’s verdict: it’s an interesting and significant move. More interesting than Amodei’s continued fearmongering about AI devastation. Andrew notes that Altman seems to have genuinely grown up in the last two months. His tone is markedly different.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Patagonia Capitalism Would Make Keith Throw Up: </strong>The week’s interview of the week: Eric Ries on <em>Incorruptible</em>, arguing that great companies stay great by choosing a higher moral purpose — the Patagonia model. Keith’s response: it would make him throw up. He doesn’t want companies to be moral guides. He wants them to be profit machines. Moral guidance is the job of politics. And politics, he acknowledges, is massively disappointing. He does agree with Ries on one thing: Sundar Pichai, as an individual, should care about the future. But Google’s job is to make money. That’s it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Where Does Moral Guidance Come From? The Populists: </strong>Andrew’s closing question: if not corporations, not politicians, not the pope — where does moral guidance come from? Keith’s reluctant answer: the populists. Because the people care. They care about the future. And in the absence of politicians they can trust, they go elsewhere. Keith sees this as inevitable rather than desirable. Populism is the unintended consequence of political failure. The people filling the gap that broken institutions left. It’s not a solution. It’s a symptom.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and Andrew’s regular TWTW co-host.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> by Keith Teare.</p><p> </p><p>•       Om Malik, “The Copy and the Guru” — the post on Anthropic’s revenue numbers referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       All In Podcast — referenced for the Anthropic S-1 revenue discussion.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2921: Eric Ries on <em>Incorruptible</em> — the interview of the week discussed in the show.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2915: Keith Teare on capitalism and AI — the preceding TWTW, referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: ten days since the last TWTW</li>
<li>(01:01) - The big news: Anthropic tops OpenAI at $900 billion</li>
<li>(01:53) - Keith’s reaction: both true and BS</li>
<li>(02:22) - OpenAI is further ahead on IPO filing</li>
<li>(03:15) - Om Malik and the revenue numbers: what does misleading mean?</li>
<li>(03:41) - The All In podcast and Dario’s credibility</li>
<li>(04:21) - Anthropic’s $65 billion raise: the VCs’ game</li>
<li>(04:42) - But Claude 4.8 is fantastic: the SignalRank story</li>
<li>(06:16) - Dario vs Sam: who’s more grown up?</li>
<li>(07:00) - Altman’s pivot: from UBI to ownership</li>
<li>(08:00) - Keith admits he was wrong about OpenAI’s dominance</li>
<li>(09:47) - What did Keith get wrong?</li>
<li>(10:36) - Corporate vs consumer AI dominance</li>
<li>(15:00) - Agentic AI: the big theme in Keith’s newsletter</li>
<li>(20:00) - The pope: Leo XIV and AI</li>
<li>(25:00) - Moral cap...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2f2c3c32/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2f2c3c32/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>1776 as 1917: Sarah Pearsall's World History of the American Revolution</title>
      <itunes:episode>2925</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2925</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>1776 as 1917: Sarah Pearsall's World History of the American Revolution</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c9dca9df-c79e-460c-a985-6f4d74197d01</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The thirteen colonies that became the United States were not even half of the British colonies that existed in the eighteenth century. We need to think about why some colonies rebelled and others did not.” — Sarah Pearsall</em></p><p> </p><p>Earlier today, the historian Dominic Erdozain <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/to-love-or-hate-the-united-states">came on</a> the show to argue that American patriotism has the same exceptionalist Puritan roots as British imperialism. But not all historians of the American revolution would agree. Take, for example, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/707010/freedom-round-the-globe-by-sarah-m-s-pearsall/">Sarah Pearsall</a>, author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/707010/freedom-round-the-globe-by-sarah-m-s-pearsall/"><em>Freedom Round the Globe</em></a>, who turns 1776 inside out to present the American rebellion as a kind of world revolution. 1776 as 1917. American patriotism as an explosion of borderless humanity.</p><p> </p><p>Pearsall argues that 1776 was as globally significant in its revolutionary promise as 1789, 1848 or 1917. She reminds us that there were at least 26, possibly as many as 32 British colonies in existence in 1775 — in the Caribbean, in Canada, in East and West Florida. And the radical ideas that drove the Declaration of Independence — security, happiness, respect — were being asserted simultaneously all over the world. So in Edinburgh debating clubs, Caribbean sugar plantations and West African castles, the American revolution was welcomed as a global revolution. Universal rather than exceptional. The Tea Party as the Storming of the Winter Palace.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>32 British Colonies, Not 13: The Forgotten Empire: </strong>People talk about the thirteen colonies as if they were all the British colonies in North America. They weren’t. There were at least 26, possibly as many as 32, depending on how you count groups of islands. British colonies in the Caribbean. In Canada. In East and West Florida. Each had its own relationship to the British Empire, its own internal tensions, its own calculations about the costs and benefits of rebellion. The question Pearsall asks — why did some rebel and others not? — is the question that opens up the global story.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Caribbean Undermines the Slavery Thesis: </strong>There is a popular argument that the American Revolution was primarily fought to preserve slavery — that the colonists feared British abolition and revolted to protect the institution. Pearsall’s counter: if this were the main driver, the Caribbean colonies would have been the first to join. They were far more dependent on slavery than the mainland colonies. They did not join. The relationship between slavery and the revolution is genuinely complicated — not simple in either direction. The Caribbean story is the evidence that demands a more nuanced account.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>From St Kitts to Kolkata: The Declaration’s Global Keywords: </strong>Pearsall’s organising device: she takes thirteen key words from the Declaration of Independence and finds the spark of each in a far-flung location. Security in the Six Nations cornfields of upstate New York, where it meant something very different to the Haudenosaunee than to the Philadelphia delegates. Happiness in the debating clubs of Edinburgh, where women were demanding it alongside men for the first time. Respect in the streets of Kolkata. This device lets her write about the globe without losing the Declaration as her anchor.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Americans Were Already Thinking Globally in 1776: </strong>One of Pearsall’s more surprising findings: Americans in 1776 were far more aware of global events than we tend to assume. They were reading about events in India. The Boston Tea Party is unintelligible without knowing that tea was an Asian commodity and that the East India Company was simultaneously extracting profit from Asia and from the American colonies. Colonists compared themselves explicitly to Indians under the Company’s thumb. They saw the connections. The isolation of American history as a subject of study is a modern academic choice, not an eighteenth-century reality.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Read the Declaration, Not the Constitution: Pearsall’s July 4 Prescription: </strong>Andrew asks Pearsall what she’ll be doing on July 4 and suggests people should read the Constitution. Pearsall gently corrects him: the Declaration of Independence. Two very different documents from very different moments. The Declaration, published on July 4, 1776, is short, bold, and reaches toward universal ideals. The Constitution, ratified in 1788, is a compromise document about how to govern. On the 250th anniversary of the Declaration, Pearsall’s prescription: read the Declaration. The IndyCar races and the UFC match at the White House can wait.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/707010/freedom-round-the-globe-by-sarah-m-s-pearsall/">Sarah Pearsall</a> is a prize-winning historian at Johns Hopkins University and the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/707010/freedom-round-the-globe-by-sarah-m-s-pearsall/"><em>Freedom Round the Globe: A World History of the American Revolution</em></a> (Knopf/Penguin Random House, May 2026). She previously taught at the University of Cambridge, where she was a colleague of Christopher Clark. She grew up in the United States and lives in Baltimore, Maryland.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/707010/freedom-round-the-globe-by-sarah-m-s-pearsall/"><em>Freedom Round the Globe: A World History of the American Revolution</em></a> by Sarah M. S. Pearsall (Knopf/Penguin Random House, May 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Christopher Clark, <em>Revolutionary Spring: Europe Aflame and the Fight for a New World, 1848–1849</em> — referenced in the conversation; Pearsall’s former Cambridge colleague and friend.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2924: Dominic Erdozain on <em>To Love a Country</em> — the morning’s companion episode, directly referenced.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2922: Alexandra Natapoff on <em>America Unfinished</em> — the week’s America 250 series.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Erdozain this morning, Pearsall this afternoon</li>
<li>(01:57) - A meta vantage point: turning the revolution inside out</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The thirteen colonies that became the United States were not even half of the British colonies that existed in the eighteenth century. We need to think about why some colonies rebelled and others did not.” — Sarah Pearsall</em></p><p> </p><p>Earlier today, the historian Dominic Erdozain <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/to-love-or-hate-the-united-states">came on</a> the show to argue that American patriotism has the same exceptionalist Puritan roots as British imperialism. But not all historians of the American revolution would agree. Take, for example, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/707010/freedom-round-the-globe-by-sarah-m-s-pearsall/">Sarah Pearsall</a>, author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/707010/freedom-round-the-globe-by-sarah-m-s-pearsall/"><em>Freedom Round the Globe</em></a>, who turns 1776 inside out to present the American rebellion as a kind of world revolution. 1776 as 1917. American patriotism as an explosion of borderless humanity.</p><p> </p><p>Pearsall argues that 1776 was as globally significant in its revolutionary promise as 1789, 1848 or 1917. She reminds us that there were at least 26, possibly as many as 32 British colonies in existence in 1775 — in the Caribbean, in Canada, in East and West Florida. And the radical ideas that drove the Declaration of Independence — security, happiness, respect — were being asserted simultaneously all over the world. So in Edinburgh debating clubs, Caribbean sugar plantations and West African castles, the American revolution was welcomed as a global revolution. Universal rather than exceptional. The Tea Party as the Storming of the Winter Palace.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>32 British Colonies, Not 13: The Forgotten Empire: </strong>People talk about the thirteen colonies as if they were all the British colonies in North America. They weren’t. There were at least 26, possibly as many as 32, depending on how you count groups of islands. British colonies in the Caribbean. In Canada. In East and West Florida. Each had its own relationship to the British Empire, its own internal tensions, its own calculations about the costs and benefits of rebellion. The question Pearsall asks — why did some rebel and others not? — is the question that opens up the global story.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Caribbean Undermines the Slavery Thesis: </strong>There is a popular argument that the American Revolution was primarily fought to preserve slavery — that the colonists feared British abolition and revolted to protect the institution. Pearsall’s counter: if this were the main driver, the Caribbean colonies would have been the first to join. They were far more dependent on slavery than the mainland colonies. They did not join. The relationship between slavery and the revolution is genuinely complicated — not simple in either direction. The Caribbean story is the evidence that demands a more nuanced account.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>From St Kitts to Kolkata: The Declaration’s Global Keywords: </strong>Pearsall’s organising device: she takes thirteen key words from the Declaration of Independence and finds the spark of each in a far-flung location. Security in the Six Nations cornfields of upstate New York, where it meant something very different to the Haudenosaunee than to the Philadelphia delegates. Happiness in the debating clubs of Edinburgh, where women were demanding it alongside men for the first time. Respect in the streets of Kolkata. This device lets her write about the globe without losing the Declaration as her anchor.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Americans Were Already Thinking Globally in 1776: </strong>One of Pearsall’s more surprising findings: Americans in 1776 were far more aware of global events than we tend to assume. They were reading about events in India. The Boston Tea Party is unintelligible without knowing that tea was an Asian commodity and that the East India Company was simultaneously extracting profit from Asia and from the American colonies. Colonists compared themselves explicitly to Indians under the Company’s thumb. They saw the connections. The isolation of American history as a subject of study is a modern academic choice, not an eighteenth-century reality.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Read the Declaration, Not the Constitution: Pearsall’s July 4 Prescription: </strong>Andrew asks Pearsall what she’ll be doing on July 4 and suggests people should read the Constitution. Pearsall gently corrects him: the Declaration of Independence. Two very different documents from very different moments. The Declaration, published on July 4, 1776, is short, bold, and reaches toward universal ideals. The Constitution, ratified in 1788, is a compromise document about how to govern. On the 250th anniversary of the Declaration, Pearsall’s prescription: read the Declaration. The IndyCar races and the UFC match at the White House can wait.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/707010/freedom-round-the-globe-by-sarah-m-s-pearsall/">Sarah Pearsall</a> is a prize-winning historian at Johns Hopkins University and the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/707010/freedom-round-the-globe-by-sarah-m-s-pearsall/"><em>Freedom Round the Globe: A World History of the American Revolution</em></a> (Knopf/Penguin Random House, May 2026). She previously taught at the University of Cambridge, where she was a colleague of Christopher Clark. She grew up in the United States and lives in Baltimore, Maryland.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/707010/freedom-round-the-globe-by-sarah-m-s-pearsall/"><em>Freedom Round the Globe: A World History of the American Revolution</em></a> by Sarah M. S. Pearsall (Knopf/Penguin Random House, May 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Christopher Clark, <em>Revolutionary Spring: Europe Aflame and the Fight for a New World, 1848–1849</em> — referenced in the conversation; Pearsall’s former Cambridge colleague and friend.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2924: Dominic Erdozain on <em>To Love a Country</em> — the morning’s companion episode, directly referenced.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2922: Alexandra Natapoff on <em>America Unfinished</em> — the week’s America 250 series.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Erdozain this morning, Pearsall this afternoon</li>
<li>(01:57) - A meta vantage point: turning the revolution inside out</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2026 17:40:59 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/4643c1cc/86d0f997.mp3" length="97447887" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5q3vCji-S4M">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/N-MAP_lQ-UKugvL8NxWa8MitfdVi69bjnK7TQ8mNCZs/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8zZGRm/M2FjZTFmNGNlMjRk/Zjg3YWIxZjZlOTk5/YjdlNS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3045</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The thirteen colonies that became the United States were not even half of the British colonies that existed in the eighteenth century. We need to think about why some colonies rebelled and others did not.” — Sarah Pearsall</em></p><p> </p><p>Earlier today, the historian Dominic Erdozain <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/to-love-or-hate-the-united-states">came on</a> the show to argue that American patriotism has the same exceptionalist Puritan roots as British imperialism. But not all historians of the American revolution would agree. Take, for example, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/707010/freedom-round-the-globe-by-sarah-m-s-pearsall/">Sarah Pearsall</a>, author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/707010/freedom-round-the-globe-by-sarah-m-s-pearsall/"><em>Freedom Round the Globe</em></a>, who turns 1776 inside out to present the American rebellion as a kind of world revolution. 1776 as 1917. American patriotism as an explosion of borderless humanity.</p><p> </p><p>Pearsall argues that 1776 was as globally significant in its revolutionary promise as 1789, 1848 or 1917. She reminds us that there were at least 26, possibly as many as 32 British colonies in existence in 1775 — in the Caribbean, in Canada, in East and West Florida. And the radical ideas that drove the Declaration of Independence — security, happiness, respect — were being asserted simultaneously all over the world. So in Edinburgh debating clubs, Caribbean sugar plantations and West African castles, the American revolution was welcomed as a global revolution. Universal rather than exceptional. The Tea Party as the Storming of the Winter Palace.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>32 British Colonies, Not 13: The Forgotten Empire: </strong>People talk about the thirteen colonies as if they were all the British colonies in North America. They weren’t. There were at least 26, possibly as many as 32, depending on how you count groups of islands. British colonies in the Caribbean. In Canada. In East and West Florida. Each had its own relationship to the British Empire, its own internal tensions, its own calculations about the costs and benefits of rebellion. The question Pearsall asks — why did some rebel and others not? — is the question that opens up the global story.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Caribbean Undermines the Slavery Thesis: </strong>There is a popular argument that the American Revolution was primarily fought to preserve slavery — that the colonists feared British abolition and revolted to protect the institution. Pearsall’s counter: if this were the main driver, the Caribbean colonies would have been the first to join. They were far more dependent on slavery than the mainland colonies. They did not join. The relationship between slavery and the revolution is genuinely complicated — not simple in either direction. The Caribbean story is the evidence that demands a more nuanced account.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>From St Kitts to Kolkata: The Declaration’s Global Keywords: </strong>Pearsall’s organising device: she takes thirteen key words from the Declaration of Independence and finds the spark of each in a far-flung location. Security in the Six Nations cornfields of upstate New York, where it meant something very different to the Haudenosaunee than to the Philadelphia delegates. Happiness in the debating clubs of Edinburgh, where women were demanding it alongside men for the first time. Respect in the streets of Kolkata. This device lets her write about the globe without losing the Declaration as her anchor.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Americans Were Already Thinking Globally in 1776: </strong>One of Pearsall’s more surprising findings: Americans in 1776 were far more aware of global events than we tend to assume. They were reading about events in India. The Boston Tea Party is unintelligible without knowing that tea was an Asian commodity and that the East India Company was simultaneously extracting profit from Asia and from the American colonies. Colonists compared themselves explicitly to Indians under the Company’s thumb. They saw the connections. The isolation of American history as a subject of study is a modern academic choice, not an eighteenth-century reality.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Read the Declaration, Not the Constitution: Pearsall’s July 4 Prescription: </strong>Andrew asks Pearsall what she’ll be doing on July 4 and suggests people should read the Constitution. Pearsall gently corrects him: the Declaration of Independence. Two very different documents from very different moments. The Declaration, published on July 4, 1776, is short, bold, and reaches toward universal ideals. The Constitution, ratified in 1788, is a compromise document about how to govern. On the 250th anniversary of the Declaration, Pearsall’s prescription: read the Declaration. The IndyCar races and the UFC match at the White House can wait.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/707010/freedom-round-the-globe-by-sarah-m-s-pearsall/">Sarah Pearsall</a> is a prize-winning historian at Johns Hopkins University and the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/707010/freedom-round-the-globe-by-sarah-m-s-pearsall/"><em>Freedom Round the Globe: A World History of the American Revolution</em></a> (Knopf/Penguin Random House, May 2026). She previously taught at the University of Cambridge, where she was a colleague of Christopher Clark. She grew up in the United States and lives in Baltimore, Maryland.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/707010/freedom-round-the-globe-by-sarah-m-s-pearsall/"><em>Freedom Round the Globe: A World History of the American Revolution</em></a> by Sarah M. S. Pearsall (Knopf/Penguin Random House, May 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Christopher Clark, <em>Revolutionary Spring: Europe Aflame and the Fight for a New World, 1848–1849</em> — referenced in the conversation; Pearsall’s former Cambridge colleague and friend.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2924: Dominic Erdozain on <em>To Love a Country</em> — the morning’s companion episode, directly referenced.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2922: Alexandra Natapoff on <em>America Unfinished</em> — the week’s America 250 series.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Erdozain this morning, Pearsall this afternoon</li>
<li>(01:57) - A meta vantage point: turning the revolution inside out</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4643c1cc/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4643c1cc/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>To Love or Hate the United States? Dominic Erdozain on the Problem of American Patriotism</title>
      <itunes:episode>2924</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2924</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>To Love or Hate the United States? Dominic Erdozain on the Problem of American Patriotism</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">67fa5eac-c206-4d39-894c-ad523a8d1ebe</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We must perpetrate the paradox that our American cultural tradition lies in the future.” — Randolph Bourne, via Dominic Erdozain</em></p><p> </p><p>Should Americans be proud of their country? The Anglo-American historian <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/795670/to-love-a-country-by-dominic-erdozain/">Dominic Erdozain</a> thinks not. His new book, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/795670/to-love-a-country-by-dominic-erdozain/"><em>To Love a Country</em></a>, argues that there’s a problem with American patriotism. Americans shouldn’t love their country, Erdozain says. It’s not a good place.</p><p> </p><p>His argument is that American patriotism has the same Puritan root as British imperialism. The idea of a chosen people, a city on the hill, a nation with a special mission is a kind of moral virus. He says it infected America in the great awakenings of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries and has provided moral cover for slavery, military aggression abroad, and the denial of rights at home.</p><p> </p><p>So what America needs, he argues, is a new set of foundational myths laid out by progressives like Jane Addams, Frederick Douglass, William Lloyd Garrison and Martin Luther King Jr. This would establish a new kind of American patriotism which is forward-looking and internationalist rather than nativist or exceptionalist. Erdozain even gives Gandhi a shoutout as a model of American patriotism, although one wonders what the Indian pacifist would have made of this.</p><p> </p><p>So what will the Atlanta-based Erdozain be doing on July 4? Hiding under his bed, perhaps, rather than enjoying the hotdogs and fireworks. In hiding from hundreds of millions of patriotic Americans.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Puritan Root of American Exceptionalism: </strong>The idea of America as a chosen people, a city on a hill with a special mission to the world, was not invented in America. It was inherited from English Puritanism. As it spread through the first and second great awakenings of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries — what some scholars call the New Englandization of America — it became the canopy under which very different kinds of people sheltered. You didn’t have to be a Puritan in any theological sense. You just had to accept the premise that America was righteously exceptional. And once you accepted that, a great deal of scrutiny became unavailable.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Nationalism Is Immune to Failure: </strong>One of Erdozain’s sharpest observations, via historian Lindsey O’Rourke’s work on American interventionism: nationalism can absorb any amount of failure. The defeat in Vietnam, the disaster of Iraq, the failure of Afghanistan — a certain kind of nationalism insulates itself from the lessons these events might teach. It’s always someone else’s fault. It’s always a particular administration’s failure, never the national premise. This makes exceptionalism uniquely resistant to the ordinary mechanism of democratic accountability.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Randolph Bourne and the Patriotism of the Future: </strong>Erdozain’s most original historical recovery: Randolph Bourne, a radical journalist writing during the First World War, who argued that nativism and nationalism were European imports, backward-looking and derivative. Bourne’s phrase: “we must perpetrate the paradox that our American cultural tradition lies in the future.” A patriotism faithful to the diversity of modern America — its bustling pluralism, its immigrant energy — cannot be built by looking backward to the founders. It must be built by looking forward to the founders we have not yet had.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Alternative Founders: Addams, Douglass, Garrison, King: </strong>Erdozain proposes replacing — or at least supplementing — the canonical founders with a different cast. Jane Addams, who said the question is not what can we teach the bewildered immigrant but what can we learn from them. Frederick Douglass, who held America to account for its foundational promises. William Lloyd Garrison, the abolitionist. Martin Luther King Jr., who went to India to learn about nonviolence from Gandhi. These are the people, Erdozain argues, who offer a patriotism adequate to the diversity and complexity of twenty-first century America.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>JFK’s Strategy of Peace: The Possibility of Reinvention: </strong>Erdozain ends the book with Kennedy’s strategy of peace speech at American University in June 1963 — two months before his assassination. By then, Kennedy had come to believe that the impetus for war was coming from within his own country, from his own military and CIA, not from the Soviets. His speech — conceding nothing to communism as an ideology, but immensely generous about the Russian people and about Khrushchev as a leader — is Erdozain’s model for what reinvention looks like. The Bay of Pigs taught him something. By the end, he was talking about Vietnam as not America’s fight. Lessons can be learned, even in office, even at the last moment.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/795670/to-love-a-country-by-dominic-erdozain/">Dominic Erdozain</a> is a historian and writer, graduate of Oxford and Cambridge, and visiting professor of history at Emory University in Atlanta. He is the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/795670/to-love-a-country-by-dominic-erdozain/"><em>To Love a Country: The Problem of Patriotism in America</em></a> (Crown, June 2, 2026) and <em>One Nation Under Guns</em>. He grew up in Preston, Lancashire, supports Liverpool FC, and lives in Atlanta, Georgia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/795670/to-love-a-country-by-dominic-erdozain/"><em>To Love a Country: The Problem of Patriotism in America</em></a> by Dominic Erdozain (Crown, June 2, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Randolph Bourne — radical journalist and critic of American nationalism during the First World War. His phrase “our American cultural tradition lies in the future” is the book’s central provocation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Jane Addams — co-founder of Hull House, Nobel Peace Prize laureate. Referenced as an alternative founder.</p><p> </p><p>•       JFK’s Strategy of Peace speech, American University, June 10, 1963 — the closing argument of the book.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2922: Alexandra Natapoff on <em>America Unfinished</em> — directly referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2923: Joe Cunningham on <em>Life of the Party</em> — directly referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a>&lt;...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We must perpetrate the paradox that our American cultural tradition lies in the future.” — Randolph Bourne, via Dominic Erdozain</em></p><p> </p><p>Should Americans be proud of their country? The Anglo-American historian <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/795670/to-love-a-country-by-dominic-erdozain/">Dominic Erdozain</a> thinks not. His new book, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/795670/to-love-a-country-by-dominic-erdozain/"><em>To Love a Country</em></a>, argues that there’s a problem with American patriotism. Americans shouldn’t love their country, Erdozain says. It’s not a good place.</p><p> </p><p>His argument is that American patriotism has the same Puritan root as British imperialism. The idea of a chosen people, a city on the hill, a nation with a special mission is a kind of moral virus. He says it infected America in the great awakenings of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries and has provided moral cover for slavery, military aggression abroad, and the denial of rights at home.</p><p> </p><p>So what America needs, he argues, is a new set of foundational myths laid out by progressives like Jane Addams, Frederick Douglass, William Lloyd Garrison and Martin Luther King Jr. This would establish a new kind of American patriotism which is forward-looking and internationalist rather than nativist or exceptionalist. Erdozain even gives Gandhi a shoutout as a model of American patriotism, although one wonders what the Indian pacifist would have made of this.</p><p> </p><p>So what will the Atlanta-based Erdozain be doing on July 4? Hiding under his bed, perhaps, rather than enjoying the hotdogs and fireworks. In hiding from hundreds of millions of patriotic Americans.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Puritan Root of American Exceptionalism: </strong>The idea of America as a chosen people, a city on a hill with a special mission to the world, was not invented in America. It was inherited from English Puritanism. As it spread through the first and second great awakenings of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries — what some scholars call the New Englandization of America — it became the canopy under which very different kinds of people sheltered. You didn’t have to be a Puritan in any theological sense. You just had to accept the premise that America was righteously exceptional. And once you accepted that, a great deal of scrutiny became unavailable.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Nationalism Is Immune to Failure: </strong>One of Erdozain’s sharpest observations, via historian Lindsey O’Rourke’s work on American interventionism: nationalism can absorb any amount of failure. The defeat in Vietnam, the disaster of Iraq, the failure of Afghanistan — a certain kind of nationalism insulates itself from the lessons these events might teach. It’s always someone else’s fault. It’s always a particular administration’s failure, never the national premise. This makes exceptionalism uniquely resistant to the ordinary mechanism of democratic accountability.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Randolph Bourne and the Patriotism of the Future: </strong>Erdozain’s most original historical recovery: Randolph Bourne, a radical journalist writing during the First World War, who argued that nativism and nationalism were European imports, backward-looking and derivative. Bourne’s phrase: “we must perpetrate the paradox that our American cultural tradition lies in the future.” A patriotism faithful to the diversity of modern America — its bustling pluralism, its immigrant energy — cannot be built by looking backward to the founders. It must be built by looking forward to the founders we have not yet had.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Alternative Founders: Addams, Douglass, Garrison, King: </strong>Erdozain proposes replacing — or at least supplementing — the canonical founders with a different cast. Jane Addams, who said the question is not what can we teach the bewildered immigrant but what can we learn from them. Frederick Douglass, who held America to account for its foundational promises. William Lloyd Garrison, the abolitionist. Martin Luther King Jr., who went to India to learn about nonviolence from Gandhi. These are the people, Erdozain argues, who offer a patriotism adequate to the diversity and complexity of twenty-first century America.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>JFK’s Strategy of Peace: The Possibility of Reinvention: </strong>Erdozain ends the book with Kennedy’s strategy of peace speech at American University in June 1963 — two months before his assassination. By then, Kennedy had come to believe that the impetus for war was coming from within his own country, from his own military and CIA, not from the Soviets. His speech — conceding nothing to communism as an ideology, but immensely generous about the Russian people and about Khrushchev as a leader — is Erdozain’s model for what reinvention looks like. The Bay of Pigs taught him something. By the end, he was talking about Vietnam as not America’s fight. Lessons can be learned, even in office, even at the last moment.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/795670/to-love-a-country-by-dominic-erdozain/">Dominic Erdozain</a> is a historian and writer, graduate of Oxford and Cambridge, and visiting professor of history at Emory University in Atlanta. He is the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/795670/to-love-a-country-by-dominic-erdozain/"><em>To Love a Country: The Problem of Patriotism in America</em></a> (Crown, June 2, 2026) and <em>One Nation Under Guns</em>. He grew up in Preston, Lancashire, supports Liverpool FC, and lives in Atlanta, Georgia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/795670/to-love-a-country-by-dominic-erdozain/"><em>To Love a Country: The Problem of Patriotism in America</em></a> by Dominic Erdozain (Crown, June 2, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Randolph Bourne — radical journalist and critic of American nationalism during the First World War. His phrase “our American cultural tradition lies in the future” is the book’s central provocation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Jane Addams — co-founder of Hull House, Nobel Peace Prize laureate. Referenced as an alternative founder.</p><p> </p><p>•       JFK’s Strategy of Peace speech, American University, June 10, 1963 — the closing argument of the book.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2922: Alexandra Natapoff on <em>America Unfinished</em> — directly referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2923: Joe Cunningham on <em>Life of the Party</em> — directly referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a>&lt;...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2026 06:45:11 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/8b9d6b5c/ab78ecc5.mp3" length="83280479" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xGTVnqLagdA">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/O6Ekz6q2SelsoM1cjFHG1-U2iindwBGRmvO7T5dqDVE/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9mMTg0/N2FkMTk0YzJlOTI0/NTZmZDgxMTU4YTAw/ODgyYy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2602</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We must perpetrate the paradox that our American cultural tradition lies in the future.” — Randolph Bourne, via Dominic Erdozain</em></p><p> </p><p>Should Americans be proud of their country? The Anglo-American historian <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/795670/to-love-a-country-by-dominic-erdozain/">Dominic Erdozain</a> thinks not. His new book, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/795670/to-love-a-country-by-dominic-erdozain/"><em>To Love a Country</em></a>, argues that there’s a problem with American patriotism. Americans shouldn’t love their country, Erdozain says. It’s not a good place.</p><p> </p><p>His argument is that American patriotism has the same Puritan root as British imperialism. The idea of a chosen people, a city on the hill, a nation with a special mission is a kind of moral virus. He says it infected America in the great awakenings of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries and has provided moral cover for slavery, military aggression abroad, and the denial of rights at home.</p><p> </p><p>So what America needs, he argues, is a new set of foundational myths laid out by progressives like Jane Addams, Frederick Douglass, William Lloyd Garrison and Martin Luther King Jr. This would establish a new kind of American patriotism which is forward-looking and internationalist rather than nativist or exceptionalist. Erdozain even gives Gandhi a shoutout as a model of American patriotism, although one wonders what the Indian pacifist would have made of this.</p><p> </p><p>So what will the Atlanta-based Erdozain be doing on July 4? Hiding under his bed, perhaps, rather than enjoying the hotdogs and fireworks. In hiding from hundreds of millions of patriotic Americans.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Puritan Root of American Exceptionalism: </strong>The idea of America as a chosen people, a city on a hill with a special mission to the world, was not invented in America. It was inherited from English Puritanism. As it spread through the first and second great awakenings of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries — what some scholars call the New Englandization of America — it became the canopy under which very different kinds of people sheltered. You didn’t have to be a Puritan in any theological sense. You just had to accept the premise that America was righteously exceptional. And once you accepted that, a great deal of scrutiny became unavailable.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Nationalism Is Immune to Failure: </strong>One of Erdozain’s sharpest observations, via historian Lindsey O’Rourke’s work on American interventionism: nationalism can absorb any amount of failure. The defeat in Vietnam, the disaster of Iraq, the failure of Afghanistan — a certain kind of nationalism insulates itself from the lessons these events might teach. It’s always someone else’s fault. It’s always a particular administration’s failure, never the national premise. This makes exceptionalism uniquely resistant to the ordinary mechanism of democratic accountability.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Randolph Bourne and the Patriotism of the Future: </strong>Erdozain’s most original historical recovery: Randolph Bourne, a radical journalist writing during the First World War, who argued that nativism and nationalism were European imports, backward-looking and derivative. Bourne’s phrase: “we must perpetrate the paradox that our American cultural tradition lies in the future.” A patriotism faithful to the diversity of modern America — its bustling pluralism, its immigrant energy — cannot be built by looking backward to the founders. It must be built by looking forward to the founders we have not yet had.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Alternative Founders: Addams, Douglass, Garrison, King: </strong>Erdozain proposes replacing — or at least supplementing — the canonical founders with a different cast. Jane Addams, who said the question is not what can we teach the bewildered immigrant but what can we learn from them. Frederick Douglass, who held America to account for its foundational promises. William Lloyd Garrison, the abolitionist. Martin Luther King Jr., who went to India to learn about nonviolence from Gandhi. These are the people, Erdozain argues, who offer a patriotism adequate to the diversity and complexity of twenty-first century America.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>JFK’s Strategy of Peace: The Possibility of Reinvention: </strong>Erdozain ends the book with Kennedy’s strategy of peace speech at American University in June 1963 — two months before his assassination. By then, Kennedy had come to believe that the impetus for war was coming from within his own country, from his own military and CIA, not from the Soviets. His speech — conceding nothing to communism as an ideology, but immensely generous about the Russian people and about Khrushchev as a leader — is Erdozain’s model for what reinvention looks like. The Bay of Pigs taught him something. By the end, he was talking about Vietnam as not America’s fight. Lessons can be learned, even in office, even at the last moment.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/795670/to-love-a-country-by-dominic-erdozain/">Dominic Erdozain</a> is a historian and writer, graduate of Oxford and Cambridge, and visiting professor of history at Emory University in Atlanta. He is the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/795670/to-love-a-country-by-dominic-erdozain/"><em>To Love a Country: The Problem of Patriotism in America</em></a> (Crown, June 2, 2026) and <em>One Nation Under Guns</em>. He grew up in Preston, Lancashire, supports Liverpool FC, and lives in Atlanta, Georgia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/795670/to-love-a-country-by-dominic-erdozain/"><em>To Love a Country: The Problem of Patriotism in America</em></a> by Dominic Erdozain (Crown, June 2, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Randolph Bourne — radical journalist and critic of American nationalism during the First World War. His phrase “our American cultural tradition lies in the future” is the book’s central provocation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Jane Addams — co-founder of Hull House, Nobel Peace Prize laureate. Referenced as an alternative founder.</p><p> </p><p>•       JFK’s Strategy of Peace speech, American University, June 10, 1963 — the closing argument of the book.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2922: Alexandra Natapoff on <em>America Unfinished</em> — directly referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2923: Joe Cunningham on <em>Life of the Party</em> — directly referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a>&lt;...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8b9d6b5c/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8b9d6b5c/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Life of the Party: Joe Cunningham on How Democrats Lost America’s Trust and How They Can Win It Back</title>
      <itunes:episode>2923</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2923</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Life of the Party: Joe Cunningham on How Democrats Lost America’s Trust and How They Can Win It Back</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0283c0a5-42ae-4aa3-81e3-411ab6b07696</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><br></p><p> <em>“I deliver it with the credibility of having won a district that Trump carried by 13 points. Not only how to speak to these voters, but how to win them back.” — Joe Cunningham</em></p><p> </p><p>Yesterday’s guest was Alexandra Natapoff, co-editor of <em>America Unfinished</em> — a collection of essays by illustrious Harvard Law School professors grading the march toward justice in the United States over the last 250 years. America got about a C+ from this progressive clique. “Could do better” their report cards suggested.</p><p> </p><p>Today’s guest is a very different kind of Democrat. <a href="https://lifeofthepartybook.com/">Joe Cunningham</a> is a lawyer and personal injury attorney in Charleston, South Carolina, a one-term US representative, and the author of <a href="https://lifeofthepartybook.com/"><em>Life of the Party: How Democrats Lost America’s Trust and How They Can Win It Back</em></a>. Cunningham got his law degree at Northern Kentucky University’s Salmon P. Chase College of Law. Harvard, he jokes, was his safety school.</p><p> </p><p>In contrast with Harvard Law professors, Cunningham’s credibility is hard to dress up. He was the first Democrat to win South Carolina’s 1st Congressional District in over forty years, in a seat Trump carried by 13 points. He was also the first Democrat in elected office to publicly warn against Biden seeking re-election. His diagnosis of what went wrong is that the Democratic Party abandoned kitchen-table economic issues in favour of culture wars, dismissed legitimate voter concerns as bigotry, and told people what they should care about rather than listening to what they actually cared about. The party, he argues, replaced empathy with arrogance. It’s as if it’s been colonized by morally prickly Harvard Law professors. Professor Cunningham gives the Dems a D+. Could do significantly better.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Winning Trump +13: The Credibility Argument: </strong>Cunningham’s case for why his diagnosis should be taken seriously is not his ideology but his record. He won South Carolina’s 1st Congressional District in 2018 — a heavily gerrymandered seat that Trump had carried by 13 points — making him the first Democrat to hold it in over forty years. He was also the first elected Democrat to publicly warn against Biden seeking re-election. His prescriptions don’t come from a think tank or an op-ed page. They come from a man who has actually won where Democrats can’t win, and lost where Democrats keep losing.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Party Replaced Empathy with Arrogance: </strong>Cunningham’s central diagnosis: the Democratic Party stopped listening and started lecturing. It told people what they should care about — immigration wasn’t an issue in West Virginia because West Virginia is far from the border. It told people the economy was fine when they couldn’t afford their bills. It dismissed legitimate concerns about crime, immigration, and cultural change as bigotry rather than trying to understand them. The result: voters who felt condescended to left. The party that was founded on speaking for ordinary people no longer speaks their language.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Big Publishing’s Progressive Insularity: </strong>The book didn’t get picked up by a major publisher. Cunningham was told, more or less directly, that a book this critical of the Democratic Party — of Biden, of Harris, of the party’s leadership — was too much. He published it himself, through South Battery Press, named for a street in Charleston. Andrew’s observation: isn’t this itself evidence of what the book argues? If progressive culture controls big media and big publishing, those institutions will inevitably filter out self-criticism and reinforce the insularity that caused the problem in the first place.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Geriatric Oligarchy and the Technology Frontier: </strong>Cunningham uses the phrase “geriatric oligarchy” — the same phenomenon Andrew has been calling a gerontocracy — to describe Congress’s inability to grapple with technology, AI, and social media. The vast majority of members of Congress cannot understand the problems that are emerging: social media preying on children, identity theft, artificially inflated prices, the environmental impact of data centres. The party needs new leaders who understand these issues. The answer to data centres is not a blanket ban — it’s community-level decisions and proper regulation.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Party Needs Bloodletting, Not Just Rebrand: </strong>Cunningham’s sharpest prescription for the Democratic Party: a coming-to-Jesus moment or genuine accountability for what led to 2024. After the debate, Democratic officials stood outside the White House claiming Biden was fine. His staff said he’d go to bed earlier, wake up later, and shorten his workday — as if this would reassure Americans. Cunningham’s verdict: lessons will be repeated until they’re learned. The party needs a Newsom-level confrontation — real winners and real losers — not the bloodless triangulation it currently offers. Only then can it earn back trust.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://lifeofthepartybook.com/">Joe Cunningham</a> is a personal injury attorney and former US Representative from South Carolina’s 1st Congressional District, the first Democrat to win that seat in nearly forty years. An attorney and ocean engineer by training, he was the Democratic nominee for Governor of South Carolina in 2022. He is the author of <a href="https://lifeofthepartybook.com/"><em>Life of the Party: How Democrats Lost America’s Trust and How They Can Win It Back</em></a> (South Battery Press, May 20, 2026). He lives in Charleston, South Carolina, with his wife Ashley and their children.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://lifeofthepartybook.com/"><em>Life of the Party: How Democrats Lost America’s Trust and How They Can Win It Back</em></a> by Joe Cunningham (South Battery Press, May 20, 2026). Available at <a href="https://lifeofthepartybook.com/">lifeofthepartybook.com</a>.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2922: Alexandra Natapoff on <em>America Unfinished</em> — the preceding episode referenced at the opening; the Harvard Law contrast.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2912: Michael Clinton on <em>Longevity Nation</em> — the gerontocracy argument directly referenced.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Natapoff’s Harvard Law vs Cunningham’s Charlesto...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br></p><p> <em>“I deliver it with the credibility of having won a district that Trump carried by 13 points. Not only how to speak to these voters, but how to win them back.” — Joe Cunningham</em></p><p> </p><p>Yesterday’s guest was Alexandra Natapoff, co-editor of <em>America Unfinished</em> — a collection of essays by illustrious Harvard Law School professors grading the march toward justice in the United States over the last 250 years. America got about a C+ from this progressive clique. “Could do better” their report cards suggested.</p><p> </p><p>Today’s guest is a very different kind of Democrat. <a href="https://lifeofthepartybook.com/">Joe Cunningham</a> is a lawyer and personal injury attorney in Charleston, South Carolina, a one-term US representative, and the author of <a href="https://lifeofthepartybook.com/"><em>Life of the Party: How Democrats Lost America’s Trust and How They Can Win It Back</em></a>. Cunningham got his law degree at Northern Kentucky University’s Salmon P. Chase College of Law. Harvard, he jokes, was his safety school.</p><p> </p><p>In contrast with Harvard Law professors, Cunningham’s credibility is hard to dress up. He was the first Democrat to win South Carolina’s 1st Congressional District in over forty years, in a seat Trump carried by 13 points. He was also the first Democrat in elected office to publicly warn against Biden seeking re-election. His diagnosis of what went wrong is that the Democratic Party abandoned kitchen-table economic issues in favour of culture wars, dismissed legitimate voter concerns as bigotry, and told people what they should care about rather than listening to what they actually cared about. The party, he argues, replaced empathy with arrogance. It’s as if it’s been colonized by morally prickly Harvard Law professors. Professor Cunningham gives the Dems a D+. Could do significantly better.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Winning Trump +13: The Credibility Argument: </strong>Cunningham’s case for why his diagnosis should be taken seriously is not his ideology but his record. He won South Carolina’s 1st Congressional District in 2018 — a heavily gerrymandered seat that Trump had carried by 13 points — making him the first Democrat to hold it in over forty years. He was also the first elected Democrat to publicly warn against Biden seeking re-election. His prescriptions don’t come from a think tank or an op-ed page. They come from a man who has actually won where Democrats can’t win, and lost where Democrats keep losing.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Party Replaced Empathy with Arrogance: </strong>Cunningham’s central diagnosis: the Democratic Party stopped listening and started lecturing. It told people what they should care about — immigration wasn’t an issue in West Virginia because West Virginia is far from the border. It told people the economy was fine when they couldn’t afford their bills. It dismissed legitimate concerns about crime, immigration, and cultural change as bigotry rather than trying to understand them. The result: voters who felt condescended to left. The party that was founded on speaking for ordinary people no longer speaks their language.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Big Publishing’s Progressive Insularity: </strong>The book didn’t get picked up by a major publisher. Cunningham was told, more or less directly, that a book this critical of the Democratic Party — of Biden, of Harris, of the party’s leadership — was too much. He published it himself, through South Battery Press, named for a street in Charleston. Andrew’s observation: isn’t this itself evidence of what the book argues? If progressive culture controls big media and big publishing, those institutions will inevitably filter out self-criticism and reinforce the insularity that caused the problem in the first place.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Geriatric Oligarchy and the Technology Frontier: </strong>Cunningham uses the phrase “geriatric oligarchy” — the same phenomenon Andrew has been calling a gerontocracy — to describe Congress’s inability to grapple with technology, AI, and social media. The vast majority of members of Congress cannot understand the problems that are emerging: social media preying on children, identity theft, artificially inflated prices, the environmental impact of data centres. The party needs new leaders who understand these issues. The answer to data centres is not a blanket ban — it’s community-level decisions and proper regulation.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Party Needs Bloodletting, Not Just Rebrand: </strong>Cunningham’s sharpest prescription for the Democratic Party: a coming-to-Jesus moment or genuine accountability for what led to 2024. After the debate, Democratic officials stood outside the White House claiming Biden was fine. His staff said he’d go to bed earlier, wake up later, and shorten his workday — as if this would reassure Americans. Cunningham’s verdict: lessons will be repeated until they’re learned. The party needs a Newsom-level confrontation — real winners and real losers — not the bloodless triangulation it currently offers. Only then can it earn back trust.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://lifeofthepartybook.com/">Joe Cunningham</a> is a personal injury attorney and former US Representative from South Carolina’s 1st Congressional District, the first Democrat to win that seat in nearly forty years. An attorney and ocean engineer by training, he was the Democratic nominee for Governor of South Carolina in 2022. He is the author of <a href="https://lifeofthepartybook.com/"><em>Life of the Party: How Democrats Lost America’s Trust and How They Can Win It Back</em></a> (South Battery Press, May 20, 2026). He lives in Charleston, South Carolina, with his wife Ashley and their children.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://lifeofthepartybook.com/"><em>Life of the Party: How Democrats Lost America’s Trust and How They Can Win It Back</em></a> by Joe Cunningham (South Battery Press, May 20, 2026). Available at <a href="https://lifeofthepartybook.com/">lifeofthepartybook.com</a>.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2922: Alexandra Natapoff on <em>America Unfinished</em> — the preceding episode referenced at the opening; the Harvard Law contrast.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2912: Michael Clinton on <em>Longevity Nation</em> — the gerontocracy argument directly referenced.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Natapoff’s Harvard Law vs Cunningham’s Charlesto...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2026 08:05:38 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/b3675311/32d7bc8c.mp3" length="92958128" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NfmRfLK5FQ4">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/td3KlNcIotMcaJC7Mhvflleq01u_7sHFwG4zMY7Fu1w/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9kMGQ3/ZjkzNWU1ODc2Yjcz/MjIxMGIyNTNkYThl/Zjc4NS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2904</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><br></p><p> <em>“I deliver it with the credibility of having won a district that Trump carried by 13 points. Not only how to speak to these voters, but how to win them back.” — Joe Cunningham</em></p><p> </p><p>Yesterday’s guest was Alexandra Natapoff, co-editor of <em>America Unfinished</em> — a collection of essays by illustrious Harvard Law School professors grading the march toward justice in the United States over the last 250 years. America got about a C+ from this progressive clique. “Could do better” their report cards suggested.</p><p> </p><p>Today’s guest is a very different kind of Democrat. <a href="https://lifeofthepartybook.com/">Joe Cunningham</a> is a lawyer and personal injury attorney in Charleston, South Carolina, a one-term US representative, and the author of <a href="https://lifeofthepartybook.com/"><em>Life of the Party: How Democrats Lost America’s Trust and How They Can Win It Back</em></a>. Cunningham got his law degree at Northern Kentucky University’s Salmon P. Chase College of Law. Harvard, he jokes, was his safety school.</p><p> </p><p>In contrast with Harvard Law professors, Cunningham’s credibility is hard to dress up. He was the first Democrat to win South Carolina’s 1st Congressional District in over forty years, in a seat Trump carried by 13 points. He was also the first Democrat in elected office to publicly warn against Biden seeking re-election. His diagnosis of what went wrong is that the Democratic Party abandoned kitchen-table economic issues in favour of culture wars, dismissed legitimate voter concerns as bigotry, and told people what they should care about rather than listening to what they actually cared about. The party, he argues, replaced empathy with arrogance. It’s as if it’s been colonized by morally prickly Harvard Law professors. Professor Cunningham gives the Dems a D+. Could do significantly better.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Winning Trump +13: The Credibility Argument: </strong>Cunningham’s case for why his diagnosis should be taken seriously is not his ideology but his record. He won South Carolina’s 1st Congressional District in 2018 — a heavily gerrymandered seat that Trump had carried by 13 points — making him the first Democrat to hold it in over forty years. He was also the first elected Democrat to publicly warn against Biden seeking re-election. His prescriptions don’t come from a think tank or an op-ed page. They come from a man who has actually won where Democrats can’t win, and lost where Democrats keep losing.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Party Replaced Empathy with Arrogance: </strong>Cunningham’s central diagnosis: the Democratic Party stopped listening and started lecturing. It told people what they should care about — immigration wasn’t an issue in West Virginia because West Virginia is far from the border. It told people the economy was fine when they couldn’t afford their bills. It dismissed legitimate concerns about crime, immigration, and cultural change as bigotry rather than trying to understand them. The result: voters who felt condescended to left. The party that was founded on speaking for ordinary people no longer speaks their language.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Big Publishing’s Progressive Insularity: </strong>The book didn’t get picked up by a major publisher. Cunningham was told, more or less directly, that a book this critical of the Democratic Party — of Biden, of Harris, of the party’s leadership — was too much. He published it himself, through South Battery Press, named for a street in Charleston. Andrew’s observation: isn’t this itself evidence of what the book argues? If progressive culture controls big media and big publishing, those institutions will inevitably filter out self-criticism and reinforce the insularity that caused the problem in the first place.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Geriatric Oligarchy and the Technology Frontier: </strong>Cunningham uses the phrase “geriatric oligarchy” — the same phenomenon Andrew has been calling a gerontocracy — to describe Congress’s inability to grapple with technology, AI, and social media. The vast majority of members of Congress cannot understand the problems that are emerging: social media preying on children, identity theft, artificially inflated prices, the environmental impact of data centres. The party needs new leaders who understand these issues. The answer to data centres is not a blanket ban — it’s community-level decisions and proper regulation.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Party Needs Bloodletting, Not Just Rebrand: </strong>Cunningham’s sharpest prescription for the Democratic Party: a coming-to-Jesus moment or genuine accountability for what led to 2024. After the debate, Democratic officials stood outside the White House claiming Biden was fine. His staff said he’d go to bed earlier, wake up later, and shorten his workday — as if this would reassure Americans. Cunningham’s verdict: lessons will be repeated until they’re learned. The party needs a Newsom-level confrontation — real winners and real losers — not the bloodless triangulation it currently offers. Only then can it earn back trust.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://lifeofthepartybook.com/">Joe Cunningham</a> is a personal injury attorney and former US Representative from South Carolina’s 1st Congressional District, the first Democrat to win that seat in nearly forty years. An attorney and ocean engineer by training, he was the Democratic nominee for Governor of South Carolina in 2022. He is the author of <a href="https://lifeofthepartybook.com/"><em>Life of the Party: How Democrats Lost America’s Trust and How They Can Win It Back</em></a> (South Battery Press, May 20, 2026). He lives in Charleston, South Carolina, with his wife Ashley and their children.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://lifeofthepartybook.com/"><em>Life of the Party: How Democrats Lost America’s Trust and How They Can Win It Back</em></a> by Joe Cunningham (South Battery Press, May 20, 2026). Available at <a href="https://lifeofthepartybook.com/">lifeofthepartybook.com</a>.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2922: Alexandra Natapoff on <em>America Unfinished</em> — the preceding episode referenced at the opening; the Harvard Law contrast.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2912: Michael Clinton on <em>Longevity Nation</em> — the gerontocracy argument directly referenced.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Natapoff’s Harvard Law vs Cunningham’s Charlesto...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b3675311/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b3675311/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is America Unfinished or Just Getting Started? Alexandra Natapoff on 250 Years of Justice and Injustice in the United States</title>
      <itunes:episode>2922</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2922</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Is America Unfinished or Just Getting Started? Alexandra Natapoff on 250 Years of Justice and Injustice in the United States</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4a503412-996d-4ac8-9709-c25caf2d3846</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“As long as democracy is a collective endeavour of all the people who belong to it, in some sense it can never be finished — because we are constantly bequeathing to the next generation the opportunity and the freedom to have these conversations over and over again.” — Alexandra Natapoff</em></p><p> </p><p>It’s less than six weeks until America’s 250th birthday. The official America 250 store is selling T-shirts while Harvard Law School is doing something slightly less commercial. 62 HLS professors have written 1,000-word essays, assembled into a single volume to be published on July 4. Entitled <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/"><em>America Unfinished: Two Hundred and Fifty Years of Law and Governance</em></a>, it’s co-edited by <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/">Alexandra Natapoff</a>, a Harvard Law professor who spent years as a federal public defender in Baltimore. The title, of course, is borrowed from the Gettysburg Address, where Lincoln charged the living with completing “the unfinished work” of those who died in the Civil War.</p><p> </p><p>So is America unfinished or is it just getting started? For Natapoff and other Harvard Law School professors like this year’s Pulitzer Prize-winning Jill Lepore, the answer is suitably complex. Yes and no and maybe. Everything all at once. The essays focus on 250 years of both justice and injustice in America. Perhaps the only thing all authors agree on is the central role of capitalism in the history of the United States. Follow the money, Natapoff suggests. Those dollars will transport the reader to the heart of the American story.</p><p> </p><p>That said, <em>America Unfinished</em> will certainly cost you less than a three-year Harvard Law degree. And if you wait six months, the book will be available at no cost online. So follow the money. It will take you to some unexpectedly free places.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Gettysburg Address as the Title’s Source: </strong>The book does not merely allude to Lincoln’s famous speech — it reproduces it at the front, so readers can go back to the original. In the Address, Lincoln charged the living with completing “the unfinished work” of those who died at Gettysburg — the work of building a government of the people, by the people, and for the people. Natapoff and Charles chose this frame because it captures both the challenge and the hope: democracy is unfinished in the sense that it demands active work from every generation. It is not a gift that has been fully delivered. It is a task being handed on.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>America and Democracy Are Not the Same Thing: </strong>Andrew’s challenge — you use the words interchangeably — earns a concession. Natapoff’s work in criminal justice has led her to argue repeatedly that the American criminal system fails many tests of democracy: it is exclusive, inegalitarian, overly coercive, inconsistent with democratic principles. So ‘America’ and ‘democracy’ are not synonyms in the book. Many of the 62 essays disagree about the state of various pieces of governance. The book’s inquiry is whether it is fair to call any particular piece of American legal governance a democracy — which both editors consider a compliment, and not a certainty.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Federal Public Defender in Baltimore: The Biography Behind the Scholarship: </strong>Before she became a law professor, Natapoff was a federal public defender in Baltimore’s federal courts. Her job was to be adverse to the federal government all day every day, defending some of the most vulnerable and dispossessed people in the city against the massive resources and power of the federal apparatus. Those years shaped everything: her subsequent twenty years of scholarship on criminal courts, plea bargaining, misdemeanors, and race and inequality; her book <em>Punishment Without Crime</em>; and her contribution to <em>America Unfinished</em>. In her reading, the experience of her clients — people facing off against the federal government — is now more widely shared than it used to be.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>It’s the Money, Not the Lawyers: </strong>Dan Wang’s recent book <em>Breakneck</em> contrasts China, run by engineers, and America, run by lawyers. Natapoff’s counter, via the book’s economic governance essays: it’s much more complicated than that. Six very different scholars who disagree about almost everything converge on a perhaps surprising answer: it’s the money. Financial interests, corporate interests, the ownership class — in one way or another, they’ve been running America. The lawyers helped. They were part of the management scheme. But they weren’t making the decisions. If you have a hammer, everything looks like a nail.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Molly Brady’s Essay: Property Law and the Destruction of Community: </strong>Asked to pick her favourite essay without starting a fight with 61 colleagues, Natapoff flags the very last one: Professor Maureen “Molly” Brady on property law. Brady argues that property law has permitted suburban sprawl and the destruction of physical community — the kind of infrastructure that makes analog life (libraries, neighbours, public space) possible — while being profligate in its support for social media and the dispersed, thinner version of community. She exhorts us to remember how law has contributed positively to communities we are proud of, and to stand up for that vision. For Natapoff, it captures both the critical nature of this moment and why lawyering still holds out some important promise.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://hls.harvard.edu/faculty/alexandra-natapoff/">Alexandra Natapoff</a> is the Lee S. Kreindler Professor of Law at Harvard Law School, a 2016 Guggenheim Fellow, and a graduate of Yale University and Stanford Law School. She began her legal career as a federal public defender in Baltimore. She is the author of <em>Punishment Without Crime: How Our Massive Misdemeanor System Traps the Innocent and Makes America More Unequal</em> (Basic Books) and <em>Snitching: Criminal Informants and the Erosion of American Justice</em> (NYU Press). She is co-editor, with Guy-Uriel Charles, of <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/"><em>America Unfinished: Two Hundred and Fifty Years of Law and Governance</em></a> (MIT Press, July 4, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/"><em>America Unfinished: Two Hundred and Fifty Years of Law and Governance</em></a>, co-edited by Alexandra Natapoff and Guy-Uriel Charles (MIT Press, July 4, 2026). Open access from January 2027.</p><p> </p><p>•       Alexandra Natapoff, <em>Punishment Without Crime: How Our Massive Misdemeanor System Traps the Innocent and Makes America More Unequal</em> (Basic Books, 2018).</p><p> </p><p>•       Dan Wang, <em>Breakneck: China’s Quest to Engineer the Future</em> — referenced in the interview as the “America run by lawyers” contrast.</p><p> </p><p>•       Lincoln’s Gettysburg Address (1863) — reproduced at the front of the book; the source of the title.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since ...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“As long as democracy is a collective endeavour of all the people who belong to it, in some sense it can never be finished — because we are constantly bequeathing to the next generation the opportunity and the freedom to have these conversations over and over again.” — Alexandra Natapoff</em></p><p> </p><p>It’s less than six weeks until America’s 250th birthday. The official America 250 store is selling T-shirts while Harvard Law School is doing something slightly less commercial. 62 HLS professors have written 1,000-word essays, assembled into a single volume to be published on July 4. Entitled <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/"><em>America Unfinished: Two Hundred and Fifty Years of Law and Governance</em></a>, it’s co-edited by <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/">Alexandra Natapoff</a>, a Harvard Law professor who spent years as a federal public defender in Baltimore. The title, of course, is borrowed from the Gettysburg Address, where Lincoln charged the living with completing “the unfinished work” of those who died in the Civil War.</p><p> </p><p>So is America unfinished or is it just getting started? For Natapoff and other Harvard Law School professors like this year’s Pulitzer Prize-winning Jill Lepore, the answer is suitably complex. Yes and no and maybe. Everything all at once. The essays focus on 250 years of both justice and injustice in America. Perhaps the only thing all authors agree on is the central role of capitalism in the history of the United States. Follow the money, Natapoff suggests. Those dollars will transport the reader to the heart of the American story.</p><p> </p><p>That said, <em>America Unfinished</em> will certainly cost you less than a three-year Harvard Law degree. And if you wait six months, the book will be available at no cost online. So follow the money. It will take you to some unexpectedly free places.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Gettysburg Address as the Title’s Source: </strong>The book does not merely allude to Lincoln’s famous speech — it reproduces it at the front, so readers can go back to the original. In the Address, Lincoln charged the living with completing “the unfinished work” of those who died at Gettysburg — the work of building a government of the people, by the people, and for the people. Natapoff and Charles chose this frame because it captures both the challenge and the hope: democracy is unfinished in the sense that it demands active work from every generation. It is not a gift that has been fully delivered. It is a task being handed on.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>America and Democracy Are Not the Same Thing: </strong>Andrew’s challenge — you use the words interchangeably — earns a concession. Natapoff’s work in criminal justice has led her to argue repeatedly that the American criminal system fails many tests of democracy: it is exclusive, inegalitarian, overly coercive, inconsistent with democratic principles. So ‘America’ and ‘democracy’ are not synonyms in the book. Many of the 62 essays disagree about the state of various pieces of governance. The book’s inquiry is whether it is fair to call any particular piece of American legal governance a democracy — which both editors consider a compliment, and not a certainty.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Federal Public Defender in Baltimore: The Biography Behind the Scholarship: </strong>Before she became a law professor, Natapoff was a federal public defender in Baltimore’s federal courts. Her job was to be adverse to the federal government all day every day, defending some of the most vulnerable and dispossessed people in the city against the massive resources and power of the federal apparatus. Those years shaped everything: her subsequent twenty years of scholarship on criminal courts, plea bargaining, misdemeanors, and race and inequality; her book <em>Punishment Without Crime</em>; and her contribution to <em>America Unfinished</em>. In her reading, the experience of her clients — people facing off against the federal government — is now more widely shared than it used to be.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>It’s the Money, Not the Lawyers: </strong>Dan Wang’s recent book <em>Breakneck</em> contrasts China, run by engineers, and America, run by lawyers. Natapoff’s counter, via the book’s economic governance essays: it’s much more complicated than that. Six very different scholars who disagree about almost everything converge on a perhaps surprising answer: it’s the money. Financial interests, corporate interests, the ownership class — in one way or another, they’ve been running America. The lawyers helped. They were part of the management scheme. But they weren’t making the decisions. If you have a hammer, everything looks like a nail.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Molly Brady’s Essay: Property Law and the Destruction of Community: </strong>Asked to pick her favourite essay without starting a fight with 61 colleagues, Natapoff flags the very last one: Professor Maureen “Molly” Brady on property law. Brady argues that property law has permitted suburban sprawl and the destruction of physical community — the kind of infrastructure that makes analog life (libraries, neighbours, public space) possible — while being profligate in its support for social media and the dispersed, thinner version of community. She exhorts us to remember how law has contributed positively to communities we are proud of, and to stand up for that vision. For Natapoff, it captures both the critical nature of this moment and why lawyering still holds out some important promise.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://hls.harvard.edu/faculty/alexandra-natapoff/">Alexandra Natapoff</a> is the Lee S. Kreindler Professor of Law at Harvard Law School, a 2016 Guggenheim Fellow, and a graduate of Yale University and Stanford Law School. She began her legal career as a federal public defender in Baltimore. She is the author of <em>Punishment Without Crime: How Our Massive Misdemeanor System Traps the Innocent and Makes America More Unequal</em> (Basic Books) and <em>Snitching: Criminal Informants and the Erosion of American Justice</em> (NYU Press). She is co-editor, with Guy-Uriel Charles, of <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/"><em>America Unfinished: Two Hundred and Fifty Years of Law and Governance</em></a> (MIT Press, July 4, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/"><em>America Unfinished: Two Hundred and Fifty Years of Law and Governance</em></a>, co-edited by Alexandra Natapoff and Guy-Uriel Charles (MIT Press, July 4, 2026). Open access from January 2027.</p><p> </p><p>•       Alexandra Natapoff, <em>Punishment Without Crime: How Our Massive Misdemeanor System Traps the Innocent and Makes America More Unequal</em> (Basic Books, 2018).</p><p> </p><p>•       Dan Wang, <em>Breakneck: China’s Quest to Engineer the Future</em> — referenced in the interview as the “America run by lawyers” contrast.</p><p> </p><p>•       Lincoln’s Gettysburg Address (1863) — reproduced at the front of the book; the source of the title.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since ...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 May 2026 11:50:55 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/3dbd2e6a/bb1fff68.mp3" length="85812339" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1ZOulaeUo3g">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/-zu9vasyb8PC3aCa0jdHVTF05MsICioGzFMTVfl5xag/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9kMWY1/MjIwODQyNTdiYWEx/ODk2MjFiYmQzZGU0/MGMxOC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2681</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“As long as democracy is a collective endeavour of all the people who belong to it, in some sense it can never be finished — because we are constantly bequeathing to the next generation the opportunity and the freedom to have these conversations over and over again.” — Alexandra Natapoff</em></p><p> </p><p>It’s less than six weeks until America’s 250th birthday. The official America 250 store is selling T-shirts while Harvard Law School is doing something slightly less commercial. 62 HLS professors have written 1,000-word essays, assembled into a single volume to be published on July 4. Entitled <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/"><em>America Unfinished: Two Hundred and Fifty Years of Law and Governance</em></a>, it’s co-edited by <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/">Alexandra Natapoff</a>, a Harvard Law professor who spent years as a federal public defender in Baltimore. The title, of course, is borrowed from the Gettysburg Address, where Lincoln charged the living with completing “the unfinished work” of those who died in the Civil War.</p><p> </p><p>So is America unfinished or is it just getting started? For Natapoff and other Harvard Law School professors like this year’s Pulitzer Prize-winning Jill Lepore, the answer is suitably complex. Yes and no and maybe. Everything all at once. The essays focus on 250 years of both justice and injustice in America. Perhaps the only thing all authors agree on is the central role of capitalism in the history of the United States. Follow the money, Natapoff suggests. Those dollars will transport the reader to the heart of the American story.</p><p> </p><p>That said, <em>America Unfinished</em> will certainly cost you less than a three-year Harvard Law degree. And if you wait six months, the book will be available at no cost online. So follow the money. It will take you to some unexpectedly free places.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Gettysburg Address as the Title’s Source: </strong>The book does not merely allude to Lincoln’s famous speech — it reproduces it at the front, so readers can go back to the original. In the Address, Lincoln charged the living with completing “the unfinished work” of those who died at Gettysburg — the work of building a government of the people, by the people, and for the people. Natapoff and Charles chose this frame because it captures both the challenge and the hope: democracy is unfinished in the sense that it demands active work from every generation. It is not a gift that has been fully delivered. It is a task being handed on.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>America and Democracy Are Not the Same Thing: </strong>Andrew’s challenge — you use the words interchangeably — earns a concession. Natapoff’s work in criminal justice has led her to argue repeatedly that the American criminal system fails many tests of democracy: it is exclusive, inegalitarian, overly coercive, inconsistent with democratic principles. So ‘America’ and ‘democracy’ are not synonyms in the book. Many of the 62 essays disagree about the state of various pieces of governance. The book’s inquiry is whether it is fair to call any particular piece of American legal governance a democracy — which both editors consider a compliment, and not a certainty.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Federal Public Defender in Baltimore: The Biography Behind the Scholarship: </strong>Before she became a law professor, Natapoff was a federal public defender in Baltimore’s federal courts. Her job was to be adverse to the federal government all day every day, defending some of the most vulnerable and dispossessed people in the city against the massive resources and power of the federal apparatus. Those years shaped everything: her subsequent twenty years of scholarship on criminal courts, plea bargaining, misdemeanors, and race and inequality; her book <em>Punishment Without Crime</em>; and her contribution to <em>America Unfinished</em>. In her reading, the experience of her clients — people facing off against the federal government — is now more widely shared than it used to be.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>It’s the Money, Not the Lawyers: </strong>Dan Wang’s recent book <em>Breakneck</em> contrasts China, run by engineers, and America, run by lawyers. Natapoff’s counter, via the book’s economic governance essays: it’s much more complicated than that. Six very different scholars who disagree about almost everything converge on a perhaps surprising answer: it’s the money. Financial interests, corporate interests, the ownership class — in one way or another, they’ve been running America. The lawyers helped. They were part of the management scheme. But they weren’t making the decisions. If you have a hammer, everything looks like a nail.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Molly Brady’s Essay: Property Law and the Destruction of Community: </strong>Asked to pick her favourite essay without starting a fight with 61 colleagues, Natapoff flags the very last one: Professor Maureen “Molly” Brady on property law. Brady argues that property law has permitted suburban sprawl and the destruction of physical community — the kind of infrastructure that makes analog life (libraries, neighbours, public space) possible — while being profligate in its support for social media and the dispersed, thinner version of community. She exhorts us to remember how law has contributed positively to communities we are proud of, and to stand up for that vision. For Natapoff, it captures both the critical nature of this moment and why lawyering still holds out some important promise.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://hls.harvard.edu/faculty/alexandra-natapoff/">Alexandra Natapoff</a> is the Lee S. Kreindler Professor of Law at Harvard Law School, a 2016 Guggenheim Fellow, and a graduate of Yale University and Stanford Law School. She began her legal career as a federal public defender in Baltimore. She is the author of <em>Punishment Without Crime: How Our Massive Misdemeanor System Traps the Innocent and Makes America More Unequal</em> (Basic Books) and <em>Snitching: Criminal Informants and the Erosion of American Justice</em> (NYU Press). She is co-editor, with Guy-Uriel Charles, of <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/"><em>America Unfinished: Two Hundred and Fifty Years of Law and Governance</em></a> (MIT Press, July 4, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://mitpress.mit.edu/"><em>America Unfinished: Two Hundred and Fifty Years of Law and Governance</em></a>, co-edited by Alexandra Natapoff and Guy-Uriel Charles (MIT Press, July 4, 2026). Open access from January 2027.</p><p> </p><p>•       Alexandra Natapoff, <em>Punishment Without Crime: How Our Massive Misdemeanor System Traps the Innocent and Makes America More Unequal</em> (Basic Books, 2018).</p><p> </p><p>•       Dan Wang, <em>Breakneck: China’s Quest to Engineer the Future</em> — referenced in the interview as the “America run by lawyers” contrast.</p><p> </p><p>•       Lincoln’s Gettysburg Address (1863) — reproduced at the front of the book; the source of the title.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since ...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3dbd2e6a/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Beyond the Lean Startup: Eric Ries on Why Good Companies Go Bad and How Great Ones Stay Great,</title>
      <itunes:episode>2921</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2921</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Beyond the Lean Startup: Eric Ries on Why Good Companies Go Bad and How Great Ones Stay Great,</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9b481fed-c96e-4c7c-811a-2aceca6a0c6e</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I took it for granted that we were trying to make the world a better place. But I think in retrospect that was naïve. What kind of change? For whom? We kind of forgot to specify what the purpose of all this disruption was.” — Eric Ries</em></p><p> </p><p>In 2011, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Incorruptible/Eric-Ries/9798893311860">Eric Ries</a> published <em>The Lean Startup</em>, a book that reflected the optimistic zeitgeist about disruptive Silicon Valley companies. Fifteen years later, in <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Incorruptible/Eric-Ries/9798893311860"><em>Incorruptible: Why Good Companies Go Bad and How Great Companies Stay Great</em></a>, Ries reflects today’s totally different zeitgeist about the value of companies inside and outside Silicon Valley.</p><p> </p><p>Back in 2011, everybody loved tech. Ries, creator of the Lean Startup method and founder of the Long-Term Stock Exchange, admits he was naïve in his positive view of disruptive corporations. In <em>Incorruptible</em>, Ries argues that corporate corruption is structural, rather than a problem of bad actors. As organisations grow (ie: become more disruptive), the systems that govern them — ownership, incentives, charters, accountability — quietly reshape behaviour. Success itself becomes a form of financial gravity, diverting companies away from their original purpose.</p><p> </p><p>Ries proposes that we design organisations to be incorruptible from the beginning. It’s the Patagonia model. When the outdoor clothing company almost went bankrupt in the 1990s, their bank agreed to restructure their loans if they would suspend their charitable donations for a couple of years. No deal, the CEO said. The bank blinked and Patagonia remained Patagonia. Now, Ries argues, every corporation should try to emulate Patagonia and become the incorruptible corporation. We must all join Eric Ries in getting beyond the lean startup.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Corporate Corruption Is Structural, Not Ethical: </strong>For decades, we’ve explained corporate failures as problems of bad actors, moral weakness, or isolated scandals. Ries’ argument: that story doesn’t match reality. Again and again, companies founded with strong ideals drift toward short-term thinking, extractive behaviour, and mission abandonment — often despite the best intentions of people inside them. The failure is structural. As organisations grow, the systems that govern them — ownership structures, incentives, charters — quietly reshape behaviour. Success becomes financial gravity, bending companies away from their purpose.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Patagonia Model: Organisational Strength, Not Moral Righteousness: </strong>When Patagonia nearly went bankrupt in the 1990s due to outsourcing to poor-quality foreign factories, their lead lender agreed to restructure the loans on one condition: suspend charitable donations during the restructuring. Reasonable request — any other company would have said yes. Patagonia said no. The bank blinked. Ries’ reading: this is not moral righteousness. It is organisational strength. The ability to resist external pressure and stay true to a core principle. That is what makes a company not just good but great. Also: Black Wednesday, the day of their layoffs, is still referred to by name inside the company.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Wrong Distinction: For-Profit vs Non-Profit: </strong>Ries argues that the distinction between for-profit and non-profit is fundamentally a tax code distinction that has come to define how we think about organisations in ways that are misleading and harmful. He proposes a reframe: if profit means the maximisation of human flourishing, then the Smithsonian is very for-profit and Philip Morris is very non-profit. This reframe changes what we should demand of governance, of accountability, of what organisations are for. It is simultaneously an economic and a political argument.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Civic Infrastructure: The Political Dimension: </strong>Ries’ book ends with a chapter on what he calls civic infrastructure — the kinds of organisations that set the rules of the road for others. He argues that the principles of incorruptible design apply not just to companies but to the institutions of governance. The darkness of the current political moment is, for him, partly a failure of organisational design. When this darkness passes, he argues, the generation that follows will have to rebuild civic infrastructure in the way the generation that survived the Depression built the institutions that governed the second half of the twentieth century.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Anakin/Padamé Problem: Ries’ Mea Culpa: </strong>Ries opens with a reference to the famous internet meme — Anakin says he’s going to change the world, and Padamé asks: for the better? He grins mischievously. Ries used to find it funny. Then it stopped being funny. When he wrote <em>The Lean Startup</em>, he assumed the purpose of disruption was to make the world a better place. He took it for granted. He now thinks that was naïve. The lesson: you have to specify the purpose. What kind of change? For whom? That is the question that <em>Incorruptible</em> is trying to answer.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Incorruptible/Eric-Ries/9798893311860">Eric Ries</a> is the creator of the Lean Startup method and the author of the <em>New York Times</em> bestseller <em>The Lean Startup</em>, <em>The Leader’s Guide</em>, and <em>The Startup Way</em>. As a founder, he has put his ideas into practice with the Long-Term Stock Exchange (LTSE), Answer.AI, Virgil, and IMVU. He is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Incorruptible/Eric-Ries/9798893311860"><em>Incorruptible: Why Good Companies Go Bad and How Great Companies Stay Great</em></a> (Authors Equity/Simon &amp; Schuster, May 26, 2026). He lives in the San Francisco Bay Area.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Incorruptible/Eric-Ries/9798893311860"><em>Incorruptible: Why Good Companies Go Bad and How Great Companies Stay Great</em></a> by Eric Ries (Authors Equity, May 26, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Lean Startup</em> by Eric Ries (Crown Business, 2011).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Startup Way</em> by Eric Ries (Currency, 2017).</p><p> </p><p>•       More information and bonus materials at <a href="https://www.incorruptible.co/">incorruptible.co</a>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Sp...</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I took it for granted that we were trying to make the world a better place. But I think in retrospect that was naïve. What kind of change? For whom? We kind of forgot to specify what the purpose of all this disruption was.” — Eric Ries</em></p><p> </p><p>In 2011, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Incorruptible/Eric-Ries/9798893311860">Eric Ries</a> published <em>The Lean Startup</em>, a book that reflected the optimistic zeitgeist about disruptive Silicon Valley companies. Fifteen years later, in <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Incorruptible/Eric-Ries/9798893311860"><em>Incorruptible: Why Good Companies Go Bad and How Great Companies Stay Great</em></a>, Ries reflects today’s totally different zeitgeist about the value of companies inside and outside Silicon Valley.</p><p> </p><p>Back in 2011, everybody loved tech. Ries, creator of the Lean Startup method and founder of the Long-Term Stock Exchange, admits he was naïve in his positive view of disruptive corporations. In <em>Incorruptible</em>, Ries argues that corporate corruption is structural, rather than a problem of bad actors. As organisations grow (ie: become more disruptive), the systems that govern them — ownership, incentives, charters, accountability — quietly reshape behaviour. Success itself becomes a form of financial gravity, diverting companies away from their original purpose.</p><p> </p><p>Ries proposes that we design organisations to be incorruptible from the beginning. It’s the Patagonia model. When the outdoor clothing company almost went bankrupt in the 1990s, their bank agreed to restructure their loans if they would suspend their charitable donations for a couple of years. No deal, the CEO said. The bank blinked and Patagonia remained Patagonia. Now, Ries argues, every corporation should try to emulate Patagonia and become the incorruptible corporation. We must all join Eric Ries in getting beyond the lean startup.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Corporate Corruption Is Structural, Not Ethical: </strong>For decades, we’ve explained corporate failures as problems of bad actors, moral weakness, or isolated scandals. Ries’ argument: that story doesn’t match reality. Again and again, companies founded with strong ideals drift toward short-term thinking, extractive behaviour, and mission abandonment — often despite the best intentions of people inside them. The failure is structural. As organisations grow, the systems that govern them — ownership structures, incentives, charters — quietly reshape behaviour. Success becomes financial gravity, bending companies away from their purpose.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Patagonia Model: Organisational Strength, Not Moral Righteousness: </strong>When Patagonia nearly went bankrupt in the 1990s due to outsourcing to poor-quality foreign factories, their lead lender agreed to restructure the loans on one condition: suspend charitable donations during the restructuring. Reasonable request — any other company would have said yes. Patagonia said no. The bank blinked. Ries’ reading: this is not moral righteousness. It is organisational strength. The ability to resist external pressure and stay true to a core principle. That is what makes a company not just good but great. Also: Black Wednesday, the day of their layoffs, is still referred to by name inside the company.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Wrong Distinction: For-Profit vs Non-Profit: </strong>Ries argues that the distinction between for-profit and non-profit is fundamentally a tax code distinction that has come to define how we think about organisations in ways that are misleading and harmful. He proposes a reframe: if profit means the maximisation of human flourishing, then the Smithsonian is very for-profit and Philip Morris is very non-profit. This reframe changes what we should demand of governance, of accountability, of what organisations are for. It is simultaneously an economic and a political argument.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Civic Infrastructure: The Political Dimension: </strong>Ries’ book ends with a chapter on what he calls civic infrastructure — the kinds of organisations that set the rules of the road for others. He argues that the principles of incorruptible design apply not just to companies but to the institutions of governance. The darkness of the current political moment is, for him, partly a failure of organisational design. When this darkness passes, he argues, the generation that follows will have to rebuild civic infrastructure in the way the generation that survived the Depression built the institutions that governed the second half of the twentieth century.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Anakin/Padamé Problem: Ries’ Mea Culpa: </strong>Ries opens with a reference to the famous internet meme — Anakin says he’s going to change the world, and Padamé asks: for the better? He grins mischievously. Ries used to find it funny. Then it stopped being funny. When he wrote <em>The Lean Startup</em>, he assumed the purpose of disruption was to make the world a better place. He took it for granted. He now thinks that was naïve. The lesson: you have to specify the purpose. What kind of change? For whom? That is the question that <em>Incorruptible</em> is trying to answer.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Incorruptible/Eric-Ries/9798893311860">Eric Ries</a> is the creator of the Lean Startup method and the author of the <em>New York Times</em> bestseller <em>The Lean Startup</em>, <em>The Leader’s Guide</em>, and <em>The Startup Way</em>. As a founder, he has put his ideas into practice with the Long-Term Stock Exchange (LTSE), Answer.AI, Virgil, and IMVU. He is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Incorruptible/Eric-Ries/9798893311860"><em>Incorruptible: Why Good Companies Go Bad and How Great Companies Stay Great</em></a> (Authors Equity/Simon &amp; Schuster, May 26, 2026). He lives in the San Francisco Bay Area.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Incorruptible/Eric-Ries/9798893311860"><em>Incorruptible: Why Good Companies Go Bad and How Great Companies Stay Great</em></a> by Eric Ries (Authors Equity, May 26, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Lean Startup</em> by Eric Ries (Crown Business, 2011).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Startup Way</em> by Eric Ries (Currency, 2017).</p><p> </p><p>•       More information and bonus materials at <a href="https://www.incorruptible.co/">incorruptible.co</a>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Sp...</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2026 07:40:34 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/adf7034f/6ec95f70.mp3" length="87824769" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z8K8He7fbDo">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/x5SlGvOOuVYgNcMIZBawahfWuULn7SPYj7OKCz8my8I/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iZTlj/YzUxOWY0ZjM2NTQ3/MjBjNjY3ODE0YTcx/NGU3NC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2744</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I took it for granted that we were trying to make the world a better place. But I think in retrospect that was naïve. What kind of change? For whom? We kind of forgot to specify what the purpose of all this disruption was.” — Eric Ries</em></p><p> </p><p>In 2011, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Incorruptible/Eric-Ries/9798893311860">Eric Ries</a> published <em>The Lean Startup</em>, a book that reflected the optimistic zeitgeist about disruptive Silicon Valley companies. Fifteen years later, in <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Incorruptible/Eric-Ries/9798893311860"><em>Incorruptible: Why Good Companies Go Bad and How Great Companies Stay Great</em></a>, Ries reflects today’s totally different zeitgeist about the value of companies inside and outside Silicon Valley.</p><p> </p><p>Back in 2011, everybody loved tech. Ries, creator of the Lean Startup method and founder of the Long-Term Stock Exchange, admits he was naïve in his positive view of disruptive corporations. In <em>Incorruptible</em>, Ries argues that corporate corruption is structural, rather than a problem of bad actors. As organisations grow (ie: become more disruptive), the systems that govern them — ownership, incentives, charters, accountability — quietly reshape behaviour. Success itself becomes a form of financial gravity, diverting companies away from their original purpose.</p><p> </p><p>Ries proposes that we design organisations to be incorruptible from the beginning. It’s the Patagonia model. When the outdoor clothing company almost went bankrupt in the 1990s, their bank agreed to restructure their loans if they would suspend their charitable donations for a couple of years. No deal, the CEO said. The bank blinked and Patagonia remained Patagonia. Now, Ries argues, every corporation should try to emulate Patagonia and become the incorruptible corporation. We must all join Eric Ries in getting beyond the lean startup.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Corporate Corruption Is Structural, Not Ethical: </strong>For decades, we’ve explained corporate failures as problems of bad actors, moral weakness, or isolated scandals. Ries’ argument: that story doesn’t match reality. Again and again, companies founded with strong ideals drift toward short-term thinking, extractive behaviour, and mission abandonment — often despite the best intentions of people inside them. The failure is structural. As organisations grow, the systems that govern them — ownership structures, incentives, charters — quietly reshape behaviour. Success becomes financial gravity, bending companies away from their purpose.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Patagonia Model: Organisational Strength, Not Moral Righteousness: </strong>When Patagonia nearly went bankrupt in the 1990s due to outsourcing to poor-quality foreign factories, their lead lender agreed to restructure the loans on one condition: suspend charitable donations during the restructuring. Reasonable request — any other company would have said yes. Patagonia said no. The bank blinked. Ries’ reading: this is not moral righteousness. It is organisational strength. The ability to resist external pressure and stay true to a core principle. That is what makes a company not just good but great. Also: Black Wednesday, the day of their layoffs, is still referred to by name inside the company.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Wrong Distinction: For-Profit vs Non-Profit: </strong>Ries argues that the distinction between for-profit and non-profit is fundamentally a tax code distinction that has come to define how we think about organisations in ways that are misleading and harmful. He proposes a reframe: if profit means the maximisation of human flourishing, then the Smithsonian is very for-profit and Philip Morris is very non-profit. This reframe changes what we should demand of governance, of accountability, of what organisations are for. It is simultaneously an economic and a political argument.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Civic Infrastructure: The Political Dimension: </strong>Ries’ book ends with a chapter on what he calls civic infrastructure — the kinds of organisations that set the rules of the road for others. He argues that the principles of incorruptible design apply not just to companies but to the institutions of governance. The darkness of the current political moment is, for him, partly a failure of organisational design. When this darkness passes, he argues, the generation that follows will have to rebuild civic infrastructure in the way the generation that survived the Depression built the institutions that governed the second half of the twentieth century.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Anakin/Padamé Problem: Ries’ Mea Culpa: </strong>Ries opens with a reference to the famous internet meme — Anakin says he’s going to change the world, and Padamé asks: for the better? He grins mischievously. Ries used to find it funny. Then it stopped being funny. When he wrote <em>The Lean Startup</em>, he assumed the purpose of disruption was to make the world a better place. He took it for granted. He now thinks that was naïve. The lesson: you have to specify the purpose. What kind of change? For whom? That is the question that <em>Incorruptible</em> is trying to answer.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Incorruptible/Eric-Ries/9798893311860">Eric Ries</a> is the creator of the Lean Startup method and the author of the <em>New York Times</em> bestseller <em>The Lean Startup</em>, <em>The Leader’s Guide</em>, and <em>The Startup Way</em>. As a founder, he has put his ideas into practice with the Long-Term Stock Exchange (LTSE), Answer.AI, Virgil, and IMVU. He is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Incorruptible/Eric-Ries/9798893311860"><em>Incorruptible: Why Good Companies Go Bad and How Great Companies Stay Great</em></a> (Authors Equity/Simon &amp; Schuster, May 26, 2026). He lives in the San Francisco Bay Area.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Incorruptible/Eric-Ries/9798893311860"><em>Incorruptible: Why Good Companies Go Bad and How Great Companies Stay Great</em></a> by Eric Ries (Authors Equity, May 26, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Lean Startup</em> by Eric Ries (Crown Business, 2011).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Startup Way</em> by Eric Ries (Currency, 2017).</p><p> </p><p>•       More information and bonus materials at <a href="https://www.incorruptible.co/">incorruptible.co</a>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Sp...</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/adf7034f/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/adf7034f/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>God Forgives, Brothers Don’t: Jasper Craven on the Damage West Point Has Done to American Boys</title>
      <itunes:episode>2920</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2920</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>God Forgives, Brothers Don’t: Jasper Craven on the Damage West Point Has Done to American Boys</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9f8a2ea0-5c60-4efa-9dda-3060b27f1f78</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“There is a pretty powerful strain in America today in which men feel some need to be violent and domineering to sort of prove their masculinity. And there’s sort of less intense but still prevalent strains that infect many other types of men.” — Jasper Craven</em></p><p> </p><p>Today is Memorial Day — America’s annual celebration of its warriors and military ethic. But for <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/God-Forgives-Brothers-Dont/Jasper-Craven/9781668087190">Jasper Craven</a>, author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/God-Forgives-Brothers-Dont/Jasper-Craven/9781668087190"><em>God Forgives, Brothers Don’t: The Long March of Military Education and the Making of American Manhood</em></a>, it should be a day of muted self-reflection rather than bellicose celebration. Especially in May 2026 with America involved in another ludicrous overseas war.</p><p> </p><p>Craven’s argument is that from George Washington onwards, America has fused military manliness with a self-destructive masculine identity. Thus young men are trained at top military academies like West Point to be unthinkingly domineering and violent. But for Craven, America — a continent surrounded by oceans to the east and west and by friendly neighbours to the north and south — has no need for the unreflective militarism fetishised by its military academies and culture.</p><p> </p><p>So what has West Point wrought? A nation of Pete Hegseths, Jasper Craven implies. Happy (ie: peaceful) Memorial Day everyone.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Military Manliness and American Identity: From Washington to Hegseth: </strong>From the Founding Fathers — most of whom were Revolutionary War veterans — America has explicitly fused military manliness with core masculine identity. Boys who want to define themselves as Americans have felt a need to be strong, to serve, to defend. The archetype has only been beefed up over time: through the steroid era and into the world of Navy SEALs and special operators. The result is a culture where men feel the need to be violent and domineering to prove their masculinity, from carrying AK-47s to protests to becoming ICE agents. The problem: the archetype has no relationship to actual national security needs.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>West Point and the Civil War: A Fuse, Not a Remedy: </strong>West Point was created to produce a well-schooled officer class. What Craven argues: when you allocate massive resources to building a military, you will feel the consequences. Before the Civil War, West Point was segregated into northern and southern companies — which exacerbated tensions rather than building union. When war broke out, many West Point officers defected to the Confederacy, including Robert E. Lee, who had been superintendent. West Point officers on opposite sides then killed each other in their thousands. Many lawmakers called for West Point to be abolished. They were not heeded.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Race, Integration, and the Military’s Complex Legacy: </strong>Craven acknowledges the military’s partial role in racial integration: Truman’s executive order in 1948 desegregated the armed forces, which was a genuine milestone ahead of civilian institutions. But he is careful about what this means. Integration at the institutional level did not eliminate racism within the culture. And the same military that desegregated also produced the culture of violence, dehumanisation of the other, and misogyny and homophobia that Craven chronicles throughout the book. Partial credit is still only partial credit.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>January 6th and the Politicisation of the Officer Class: </strong>In Trump’s first term, General Mattis and General Kelly and others demonstrated real courage in reining in Trump’s worst impulses. By the end of that term, they had all been replaced by loyalists. During the transition to Biden, Trump’s military cronies at the Pentagon went dark. January 6th was largely carried out by military veterans. More than 100 senior retired military officers penned an op-ed supporting what Trump had done. In Trump’s second term, the politicisation of the officer class has only accelerated. The non-political professional officer class is now divided.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>ROTC, Not West Point: Craven’s Prescription: </strong>Craven’s preferred model: ROTC — military training supplemental to traditional liberal arts education. Survey data shows ROTC officers, because of exposure to Plato, Shakespeare, and the rest, are more well-rounded and better thinkers than West Point graduates. At West Point, it is essentially all STEM. Craven’s prescription: introduce the humanities, expose cadets to civilians, break the silos. Ideally, West Point could become a national university that includes military programmes alongside the training of doctors and aid workers. The military-civilian divide is as much the military’s creation as the civilian’s.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/God-Forgives-Brothers-Dont/Jasper-Craven/9781668087190">Jasper Craven</a> is a freelance reporter covering the military and veterans’ issues. His work has appeared in the <em>New York Times</em>, <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>, <em>Politico</em>, <em>The Baffler</em>, and the <em>New Republic</em>. He is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/God-Forgives-Brothers-Dont/Jasper-Craven/9781668087190"><em>God Forgives, Brothers Don’t: The Long March of Military Education and the Making of American Manhood</em></a> (Atria/One Signal Publishers, May 19, 2026) and the co-author, with Suzanne Gordon and Steve Early, of <em>Our Veterans</em>. He lives in Brooklyn, New York.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/God-Forgives-Brothers-Dont/Jasper-Craven/9781668087190"><em>God Forgives, Brothers Don’t: The Long March of Military Education and the Making of American Manhood</em></a> by Jasper Craven (Atria/One Signal Publishers, May 19, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Sebastian Junger, <em>Tribe</em> — referenced in the publishers’ framing as a companion text.</p><p> </p><p>•       Chris Hedges, <em>War Is a Force That Gives Us Meaning</em> — referenced as a companion text.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2907: Brandon Webb on <em>Puddle Jumpers</em> — the companion episode referenced at the opening; the pro-military counterpart to Craven’s critique.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2909: Adrian Goldsworthy on Athens vs Sparta — also referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“There is a pretty powerful strain in America today in which men feel some need to be violent and domineering to sort of prove their masculinity. And there’s sort of less intense but still prevalent strains that infect many other types of men.” — Jasper Craven</em></p><p> </p><p>Today is Memorial Day — America’s annual celebration of its warriors and military ethic. But for <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/God-Forgives-Brothers-Dont/Jasper-Craven/9781668087190">Jasper Craven</a>, author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/God-Forgives-Brothers-Dont/Jasper-Craven/9781668087190"><em>God Forgives, Brothers Don’t: The Long March of Military Education and the Making of American Manhood</em></a>, it should be a day of muted self-reflection rather than bellicose celebration. Especially in May 2026 with America involved in another ludicrous overseas war.</p><p> </p><p>Craven’s argument is that from George Washington onwards, America has fused military manliness with a self-destructive masculine identity. Thus young men are trained at top military academies like West Point to be unthinkingly domineering and violent. But for Craven, America — a continent surrounded by oceans to the east and west and by friendly neighbours to the north and south — has no need for the unreflective militarism fetishised by its military academies and culture.</p><p> </p><p>So what has West Point wrought? A nation of Pete Hegseths, Jasper Craven implies. Happy (ie: peaceful) Memorial Day everyone.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Military Manliness and American Identity: From Washington to Hegseth: </strong>From the Founding Fathers — most of whom were Revolutionary War veterans — America has explicitly fused military manliness with core masculine identity. Boys who want to define themselves as Americans have felt a need to be strong, to serve, to defend. The archetype has only been beefed up over time: through the steroid era and into the world of Navy SEALs and special operators. The result is a culture where men feel the need to be violent and domineering to prove their masculinity, from carrying AK-47s to protests to becoming ICE agents. The problem: the archetype has no relationship to actual national security needs.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>West Point and the Civil War: A Fuse, Not a Remedy: </strong>West Point was created to produce a well-schooled officer class. What Craven argues: when you allocate massive resources to building a military, you will feel the consequences. Before the Civil War, West Point was segregated into northern and southern companies — which exacerbated tensions rather than building union. When war broke out, many West Point officers defected to the Confederacy, including Robert E. Lee, who had been superintendent. West Point officers on opposite sides then killed each other in their thousands. Many lawmakers called for West Point to be abolished. They were not heeded.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Race, Integration, and the Military’s Complex Legacy: </strong>Craven acknowledges the military’s partial role in racial integration: Truman’s executive order in 1948 desegregated the armed forces, which was a genuine milestone ahead of civilian institutions. But he is careful about what this means. Integration at the institutional level did not eliminate racism within the culture. And the same military that desegregated also produced the culture of violence, dehumanisation of the other, and misogyny and homophobia that Craven chronicles throughout the book. Partial credit is still only partial credit.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>January 6th and the Politicisation of the Officer Class: </strong>In Trump’s first term, General Mattis and General Kelly and others demonstrated real courage in reining in Trump’s worst impulses. By the end of that term, they had all been replaced by loyalists. During the transition to Biden, Trump’s military cronies at the Pentagon went dark. January 6th was largely carried out by military veterans. More than 100 senior retired military officers penned an op-ed supporting what Trump had done. In Trump’s second term, the politicisation of the officer class has only accelerated. The non-political professional officer class is now divided.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>ROTC, Not West Point: Craven’s Prescription: </strong>Craven’s preferred model: ROTC — military training supplemental to traditional liberal arts education. Survey data shows ROTC officers, because of exposure to Plato, Shakespeare, and the rest, are more well-rounded and better thinkers than West Point graduates. At West Point, it is essentially all STEM. Craven’s prescription: introduce the humanities, expose cadets to civilians, break the silos. Ideally, West Point could become a national university that includes military programmes alongside the training of doctors and aid workers. The military-civilian divide is as much the military’s creation as the civilian’s.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/God-Forgives-Brothers-Dont/Jasper-Craven/9781668087190">Jasper Craven</a> is a freelance reporter covering the military and veterans’ issues. His work has appeared in the <em>New York Times</em>, <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>, <em>Politico</em>, <em>The Baffler</em>, and the <em>New Republic</em>. He is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/God-Forgives-Brothers-Dont/Jasper-Craven/9781668087190"><em>God Forgives, Brothers Don’t: The Long March of Military Education and the Making of American Manhood</em></a> (Atria/One Signal Publishers, May 19, 2026) and the co-author, with Suzanne Gordon and Steve Early, of <em>Our Veterans</em>. He lives in Brooklyn, New York.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/God-Forgives-Brothers-Dont/Jasper-Craven/9781668087190"><em>God Forgives, Brothers Don’t: The Long March of Military Education and the Making of American Manhood</em></a> by Jasper Craven (Atria/One Signal Publishers, May 19, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Sebastian Junger, <em>Tribe</em> — referenced in the publishers’ framing as a companion text.</p><p> </p><p>•       Chris Hedges, <em>War Is a Force That Gives Us Meaning</em> — referenced as a companion text.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2907: Brandon Webb on <em>Puddle Jumpers</em> — the companion episode referenced at the opening; the pro-military counterpart to Craven’s critique.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2909: Adrian Goldsworthy on Athens vs Sparta — also referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 May 2026 13:26:05 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/1f9914df/ec9aa8dc.mp3" length="87834750" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3_fUTbd3UiI">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/rxllMHuUPNInJCGUUTwWmo0y9zGyHK3t0UE3rR8lEhU/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80ZTc3/MmUyYWQwNjAxYmI5/MWM4N2VjZDdjNGE3/NzUyOS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2744</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“There is a pretty powerful strain in America today in which men feel some need to be violent and domineering to sort of prove their masculinity. And there’s sort of less intense but still prevalent strains that infect many other types of men.” — Jasper Craven</em></p><p> </p><p>Today is Memorial Day — America’s annual celebration of its warriors and military ethic. But for <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/God-Forgives-Brothers-Dont/Jasper-Craven/9781668087190">Jasper Craven</a>, author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/God-Forgives-Brothers-Dont/Jasper-Craven/9781668087190"><em>God Forgives, Brothers Don’t: The Long March of Military Education and the Making of American Manhood</em></a>, it should be a day of muted self-reflection rather than bellicose celebration. Especially in May 2026 with America involved in another ludicrous overseas war.</p><p> </p><p>Craven’s argument is that from George Washington onwards, America has fused military manliness with a self-destructive masculine identity. Thus young men are trained at top military academies like West Point to be unthinkingly domineering and violent. But for Craven, America — a continent surrounded by oceans to the east and west and by friendly neighbours to the north and south — has no need for the unreflective militarism fetishised by its military academies and culture.</p><p> </p><p>So what has West Point wrought? A nation of Pete Hegseths, Jasper Craven implies. Happy (ie: peaceful) Memorial Day everyone.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Military Manliness and American Identity: From Washington to Hegseth: </strong>From the Founding Fathers — most of whom were Revolutionary War veterans — America has explicitly fused military manliness with core masculine identity. Boys who want to define themselves as Americans have felt a need to be strong, to serve, to defend. The archetype has only been beefed up over time: through the steroid era and into the world of Navy SEALs and special operators. The result is a culture where men feel the need to be violent and domineering to prove their masculinity, from carrying AK-47s to protests to becoming ICE agents. The problem: the archetype has no relationship to actual national security needs.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>West Point and the Civil War: A Fuse, Not a Remedy: </strong>West Point was created to produce a well-schooled officer class. What Craven argues: when you allocate massive resources to building a military, you will feel the consequences. Before the Civil War, West Point was segregated into northern and southern companies — which exacerbated tensions rather than building union. When war broke out, many West Point officers defected to the Confederacy, including Robert E. Lee, who had been superintendent. West Point officers on opposite sides then killed each other in their thousands. Many lawmakers called for West Point to be abolished. They were not heeded.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Race, Integration, and the Military’s Complex Legacy: </strong>Craven acknowledges the military’s partial role in racial integration: Truman’s executive order in 1948 desegregated the armed forces, which was a genuine milestone ahead of civilian institutions. But he is careful about what this means. Integration at the institutional level did not eliminate racism within the culture. And the same military that desegregated also produced the culture of violence, dehumanisation of the other, and misogyny and homophobia that Craven chronicles throughout the book. Partial credit is still only partial credit.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>January 6th and the Politicisation of the Officer Class: </strong>In Trump’s first term, General Mattis and General Kelly and others demonstrated real courage in reining in Trump’s worst impulses. By the end of that term, they had all been replaced by loyalists. During the transition to Biden, Trump’s military cronies at the Pentagon went dark. January 6th was largely carried out by military veterans. More than 100 senior retired military officers penned an op-ed supporting what Trump had done. In Trump’s second term, the politicisation of the officer class has only accelerated. The non-political professional officer class is now divided.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>ROTC, Not West Point: Craven’s Prescription: </strong>Craven’s preferred model: ROTC — military training supplemental to traditional liberal arts education. Survey data shows ROTC officers, because of exposure to Plato, Shakespeare, and the rest, are more well-rounded and better thinkers than West Point graduates. At West Point, it is essentially all STEM. Craven’s prescription: introduce the humanities, expose cadets to civilians, break the silos. Ideally, West Point could become a national university that includes military programmes alongside the training of doctors and aid workers. The military-civilian divide is as much the military’s creation as the civilian’s.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/God-Forgives-Brothers-Dont/Jasper-Craven/9781668087190">Jasper Craven</a> is a freelance reporter covering the military and veterans’ issues. His work has appeared in the <em>New York Times</em>, <em>Harper’s Magazine</em>, <em>Politico</em>, <em>The Baffler</em>, and the <em>New Republic</em>. He is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/God-Forgives-Brothers-Dont/Jasper-Craven/9781668087190"><em>God Forgives, Brothers Don’t: The Long March of Military Education and the Making of American Manhood</em></a> (Atria/One Signal Publishers, May 19, 2026) and the co-author, with Suzanne Gordon and Steve Early, of <em>Our Veterans</em>. He lives in Brooklyn, New York.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/God-Forgives-Brothers-Dont/Jasper-Craven/9781668087190"><em>God Forgives, Brothers Don’t: The Long March of Military Education and the Making of American Manhood</em></a> by Jasper Craven (Atria/One Signal Publishers, May 19, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Sebastian Junger, <em>Tribe</em> — referenced in the publishers’ framing as a companion text.</p><p> </p><p>•       Chris Hedges, <em>War Is a Force That Gives Us Meaning</em> — referenced as a companion text.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2907: Brandon Webb on <em>Puddle Jumpers</em> — the companion episode referenced at the opening; the pro-military counterpart to Craven’s critique.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2909: Adrian Goldsworthy on Athens vs Sparta — also referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/1f9914df/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Albert Camus Teaches Us About America: David Masciotra on a Country of Strangers,</title>
      <itunes:episode>2919</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2919</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What Albert Camus Teaches Us About America: David Masciotra on a Country of Strangers,</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">634f72e3-1956-4804-baef-76b698b78e50</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We’ve learned how to tolerate acts of violence, acts of widespread death, disease — that other developed nations simply don’t tolerate. And that tolerance manifesting in myriad political failures — all of which go back to our refusal to maturely deal with mortality and issues of grief.” — David Masciotra</em></p><p> </p><p>Earlier this week, we talked to Ece Temelkuran about her book <em>Nation of Strangers</em>, a manifesto about strangers finding one another. But for the cultural critic <a href="https://www.counterpunch.org/2026/05/01/a-country-of-strangers-death-despair-and-indifference-in-the-us/">David Masciotra</a>, strangerdom is the problem rather than the solution. Contemporary America, he argues in his new essay <a href="https://www.counterpunch.org/2026/05/01/a-country-of-strangers-death-despair-and-indifference-in-the-us/"><em>A Country of Strangers</em></a>, has become a place of death, despair and indifference.</p><p> </p><p>Masciotra takes his cue from Albert Camus’ 1942 novella <em>The Stranger</em>. Camus’ Meursault — the narrator of <em>The Stranger</em> — is a man completely detached from meaning. He attends his own mother’s funeral without feeling anything. He murders an Arab man on a beach without motive. He faces his execution with a shrug. Masciotra’s argument is that the United States has become Meursault writ large. America’s failure is existential rather than political. It is a failure to mourn — a sustained refusal to engage with death, grief, and the weight of history that produces a society of strangers who cannot connect with one another across race, class, or geography.</p><p> </p><p>So is Masciotra right? Are we all Meursault now? What can Albert Camus teach us about America?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Meursault and America: The Same Detachment: </strong>Camus’ <em>The Stranger</em> is narrated by Meursault — a man who attends his mother’s memorial without feeling, murders an Arab man on a beach without motive, and faces execution with indifference. The novel, Camus said, was his attempt to detail “man’s confrontation with absurdity in its nakedness.” Masciotra’s argument: this is America now. A country that has adopted Meursault’s emotional posture toward mass death. Columbine stopped the nation in 1999. Mass shootings now barely register. That is not political failure. It is existential failure.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Failure to Mourn: </strong>Masciotra’s central thesis: America’s deepest problem is its refusal to mourn. Not guilt — he is careful to distinguish mourning from guilt. You can have a national memory that reckons with both what you celebrate and what you grieve. If the Founding Fathers are worth preserving in active memory, so are the people they enslaved. Never properly dealing with the Civil War allowed the resurgence of white supremacist movements. Never properly mourning mass shootings allows them to accelerate. The failure to grieve is not sentimental. It is political.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Is Meursault Autistic? The Spectrum Reading: </strong>Some contemporary critics read Meursault as someone on the autism spectrum — a man whose emotional detachment reflects neurodivergence rather than moral failure. Masciotra is skeptical. His reading: Camus’ portrait is one of moral refusal, not neurological condition. The distinction matters for the American parallel: if America’s indifference is a structural feature rather than a disease, the remedy is not therapy but political and cultural change. You can’t medicate a country into empathy.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Colonial Murder and the Racial Hierarchy: </strong>Meursault murders an Arab man in French Algeria and feels nothing. Some critics fault Camus for not making colonialism more explicit. Masciotra defends Camus: Meursault doesn’t care about anything, including his own mother’s death. His indifference to his Arab victim’s humanity is the point, not an evasion. The parallel to America: the hierarchy of victims, where Black Americans have historically ranked lower in the eyes of law and institution. David Shipler’s 1997 book <em>A Country of Strangers</em> documented the same failure of Black and white Americans to actually talk to one another.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>You Are the First Close White Friends I’ve Had: </strong>Masciotra’s friend Alana — a highly educated, cultured Black woman who lived in Chicago — once told him and his wife: “You are the first close white friends I’ve had.” They said the same back. This, Masciotra argues, is the country of strangers in daily life. Not the horror stories of overt racism. The quieter failure of self-imposed segregation that persists in a society that preaches diversity but, judging from its own behaviour, doesn’t really want it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.counterpunch.org/2026/05/01/a-country-of-strangers-death-despair-and-indifference-in-the-us/">David Masciotra</a> is a cultural critic and the author of six books, including <em>Exurbia Now: The Battleground of American Democracy</em>, <em>I Am Somebody: Why Jesse Jackson Matters</em>, and <em>Mellencamp: American Troubadour</em>. He has written for the <em>Progressive</em>, the <em>New Republic</em>, <em>Liberties</em>, and many other publications about politics, literature, and music. His Substack is Absurdia Now.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.counterpunch.org/2026/05/01/a-country-of-strangers-death-despair-and-indifference-in-the-us/"><em>A Country of Strangers: Death, Despair and Indifference in the US</em></a> by David Masciotra, <em>CounterPunch</em>, May 1, 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       Albert Camus, <em>The Stranger</em> (1942). Camus’ novella, the primary text of the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Albert Camus, <em>The Myth of Sisyphus</em> and <em>The Rebel</em> — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       François Ozon, <em>The Stranger</em> (2024 film) — the adaptation that prompted the essay.</p><p> </p><p>•       David Shipler, <em>A Country of Strangers: Blacks and Whites in America</em> (1997) — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2903: Ece Temelkuran on <em>Nation of Strangers</em> — the companion episode referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Temelkuran’s nation of strangers and Masciotra’s country of strangers</li>
<li>(01...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We’ve learned how to tolerate acts of violence, acts of widespread death, disease — that other developed nations simply don’t tolerate. And that tolerance manifesting in myriad political failures — all of which go back to our refusal to maturely deal with mortality and issues of grief.” — David Masciotra</em></p><p> </p><p>Earlier this week, we talked to Ece Temelkuran about her book <em>Nation of Strangers</em>, a manifesto about strangers finding one another. But for the cultural critic <a href="https://www.counterpunch.org/2026/05/01/a-country-of-strangers-death-despair-and-indifference-in-the-us/">David Masciotra</a>, strangerdom is the problem rather than the solution. Contemporary America, he argues in his new essay <a href="https://www.counterpunch.org/2026/05/01/a-country-of-strangers-death-despair-and-indifference-in-the-us/"><em>A Country of Strangers</em></a>, has become a place of death, despair and indifference.</p><p> </p><p>Masciotra takes his cue from Albert Camus’ 1942 novella <em>The Stranger</em>. Camus’ Meursault — the narrator of <em>The Stranger</em> — is a man completely detached from meaning. He attends his own mother’s funeral without feeling anything. He murders an Arab man on a beach without motive. He faces his execution with a shrug. Masciotra’s argument is that the United States has become Meursault writ large. America’s failure is existential rather than political. It is a failure to mourn — a sustained refusal to engage with death, grief, and the weight of history that produces a society of strangers who cannot connect with one another across race, class, or geography.</p><p> </p><p>So is Masciotra right? Are we all Meursault now? What can Albert Camus teach us about America?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Meursault and America: The Same Detachment: </strong>Camus’ <em>The Stranger</em> is narrated by Meursault — a man who attends his mother’s memorial without feeling, murders an Arab man on a beach without motive, and faces execution with indifference. The novel, Camus said, was his attempt to detail “man’s confrontation with absurdity in its nakedness.” Masciotra’s argument: this is America now. A country that has adopted Meursault’s emotional posture toward mass death. Columbine stopped the nation in 1999. Mass shootings now barely register. That is not political failure. It is existential failure.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Failure to Mourn: </strong>Masciotra’s central thesis: America’s deepest problem is its refusal to mourn. Not guilt — he is careful to distinguish mourning from guilt. You can have a national memory that reckons with both what you celebrate and what you grieve. If the Founding Fathers are worth preserving in active memory, so are the people they enslaved. Never properly dealing with the Civil War allowed the resurgence of white supremacist movements. Never properly mourning mass shootings allows them to accelerate. The failure to grieve is not sentimental. It is political.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Is Meursault Autistic? The Spectrum Reading: </strong>Some contemporary critics read Meursault as someone on the autism spectrum — a man whose emotional detachment reflects neurodivergence rather than moral failure. Masciotra is skeptical. His reading: Camus’ portrait is one of moral refusal, not neurological condition. The distinction matters for the American parallel: if America’s indifference is a structural feature rather than a disease, the remedy is not therapy but political and cultural change. You can’t medicate a country into empathy.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Colonial Murder and the Racial Hierarchy: </strong>Meursault murders an Arab man in French Algeria and feels nothing. Some critics fault Camus for not making colonialism more explicit. Masciotra defends Camus: Meursault doesn’t care about anything, including his own mother’s death. His indifference to his Arab victim’s humanity is the point, not an evasion. The parallel to America: the hierarchy of victims, where Black Americans have historically ranked lower in the eyes of law and institution. David Shipler’s 1997 book <em>A Country of Strangers</em> documented the same failure of Black and white Americans to actually talk to one another.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>You Are the First Close White Friends I’ve Had: </strong>Masciotra’s friend Alana — a highly educated, cultured Black woman who lived in Chicago — once told him and his wife: “You are the first close white friends I’ve had.” They said the same back. This, Masciotra argues, is the country of strangers in daily life. Not the horror stories of overt racism. The quieter failure of self-imposed segregation that persists in a society that preaches diversity but, judging from its own behaviour, doesn’t really want it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.counterpunch.org/2026/05/01/a-country-of-strangers-death-despair-and-indifference-in-the-us/">David Masciotra</a> is a cultural critic and the author of six books, including <em>Exurbia Now: The Battleground of American Democracy</em>, <em>I Am Somebody: Why Jesse Jackson Matters</em>, and <em>Mellencamp: American Troubadour</em>. He has written for the <em>Progressive</em>, the <em>New Republic</em>, <em>Liberties</em>, and many other publications about politics, literature, and music. His Substack is Absurdia Now.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.counterpunch.org/2026/05/01/a-country-of-strangers-death-despair-and-indifference-in-the-us/"><em>A Country of Strangers: Death, Despair and Indifference in the US</em></a> by David Masciotra, <em>CounterPunch</em>, May 1, 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       Albert Camus, <em>The Stranger</em> (1942). Camus’ novella, the primary text of the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Albert Camus, <em>The Myth of Sisyphus</em> and <em>The Rebel</em> — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       François Ozon, <em>The Stranger</em> (2024 film) — the adaptation that prompted the essay.</p><p> </p><p>•       David Shipler, <em>A Country of Strangers: Blacks and Whites in America</em> (1997) — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2903: Ece Temelkuran on <em>Nation of Strangers</em> — the companion episode referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Temelkuran’s nation of strangers and Masciotra’s country of strangers</li>
<li>(01...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 24 May 2026 09:20:35 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/fd82add3/e6f19df5.mp3" length="65795755" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0HPdOkVhxgc">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/Nq5pNHInDSIQDdrfP5kUsF1i2dcNiK3W8Ba5VKWTV2E/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80Y2I1/YTY5NGJkODMzZjE5/YmExMzc2YjNlZWM2/ZTAwYS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2055</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We’ve learned how to tolerate acts of violence, acts of widespread death, disease — that other developed nations simply don’t tolerate. And that tolerance manifesting in myriad political failures — all of which go back to our refusal to maturely deal with mortality and issues of grief.” — David Masciotra</em></p><p> </p><p>Earlier this week, we talked to Ece Temelkuran about her book <em>Nation of Strangers</em>, a manifesto about strangers finding one another. But for the cultural critic <a href="https://www.counterpunch.org/2026/05/01/a-country-of-strangers-death-despair-and-indifference-in-the-us/">David Masciotra</a>, strangerdom is the problem rather than the solution. Contemporary America, he argues in his new essay <a href="https://www.counterpunch.org/2026/05/01/a-country-of-strangers-death-despair-and-indifference-in-the-us/"><em>A Country of Strangers</em></a>, has become a place of death, despair and indifference.</p><p> </p><p>Masciotra takes his cue from Albert Camus’ 1942 novella <em>The Stranger</em>. Camus’ Meursault — the narrator of <em>The Stranger</em> — is a man completely detached from meaning. He attends his own mother’s funeral without feeling anything. He murders an Arab man on a beach without motive. He faces his execution with a shrug. Masciotra’s argument is that the United States has become Meursault writ large. America’s failure is existential rather than political. It is a failure to mourn — a sustained refusal to engage with death, grief, and the weight of history that produces a society of strangers who cannot connect with one another across race, class, or geography.</p><p> </p><p>So is Masciotra right? Are we all Meursault now? What can Albert Camus teach us about America?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Meursault and America: The Same Detachment: </strong>Camus’ <em>The Stranger</em> is narrated by Meursault — a man who attends his mother’s memorial without feeling, murders an Arab man on a beach without motive, and faces execution with indifference. The novel, Camus said, was his attempt to detail “man’s confrontation with absurdity in its nakedness.” Masciotra’s argument: this is America now. A country that has adopted Meursault’s emotional posture toward mass death. Columbine stopped the nation in 1999. Mass shootings now barely register. That is not political failure. It is existential failure.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Failure to Mourn: </strong>Masciotra’s central thesis: America’s deepest problem is its refusal to mourn. Not guilt — he is careful to distinguish mourning from guilt. You can have a national memory that reckons with both what you celebrate and what you grieve. If the Founding Fathers are worth preserving in active memory, so are the people they enslaved. Never properly dealing with the Civil War allowed the resurgence of white supremacist movements. Never properly mourning mass shootings allows them to accelerate. The failure to grieve is not sentimental. It is political.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Is Meursault Autistic? The Spectrum Reading: </strong>Some contemporary critics read Meursault as someone on the autism spectrum — a man whose emotional detachment reflects neurodivergence rather than moral failure. Masciotra is skeptical. His reading: Camus’ portrait is one of moral refusal, not neurological condition. The distinction matters for the American parallel: if America’s indifference is a structural feature rather than a disease, the remedy is not therapy but political and cultural change. You can’t medicate a country into empathy.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Colonial Murder and the Racial Hierarchy: </strong>Meursault murders an Arab man in French Algeria and feels nothing. Some critics fault Camus for not making colonialism more explicit. Masciotra defends Camus: Meursault doesn’t care about anything, including his own mother’s death. His indifference to his Arab victim’s humanity is the point, not an evasion. The parallel to America: the hierarchy of victims, where Black Americans have historically ranked lower in the eyes of law and institution. David Shipler’s 1997 book <em>A Country of Strangers</em> documented the same failure of Black and white Americans to actually talk to one another.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>You Are the First Close White Friends I’ve Had: </strong>Masciotra’s friend Alana — a highly educated, cultured Black woman who lived in Chicago — once told him and his wife: “You are the first close white friends I’ve had.” They said the same back. This, Masciotra argues, is the country of strangers in daily life. Not the horror stories of overt racism. The quieter failure of self-imposed segregation that persists in a society that preaches diversity but, judging from its own behaviour, doesn’t really want it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.counterpunch.org/2026/05/01/a-country-of-strangers-death-despair-and-indifference-in-the-us/">David Masciotra</a> is a cultural critic and the author of six books, including <em>Exurbia Now: The Battleground of American Democracy</em>, <em>I Am Somebody: Why Jesse Jackson Matters</em>, and <em>Mellencamp: American Troubadour</em>. He has written for the <em>Progressive</em>, the <em>New Republic</em>, <em>Liberties</em>, and many other publications about politics, literature, and music. His Substack is Absurdia Now.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.counterpunch.org/2026/05/01/a-country-of-strangers-death-despair-and-indifference-in-the-us/"><em>A Country of Strangers: Death, Despair and Indifference in the US</em></a> by David Masciotra, <em>CounterPunch</em>, May 1, 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       Albert Camus, <em>The Stranger</em> (1942). Camus’ novella, the primary text of the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Albert Camus, <em>The Myth of Sisyphus</em> and <em>The Rebel</em> — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       François Ozon, <em>The Stranger</em> (2024 film) — the adaptation that prompted the essay.</p><p> </p><p>•       David Shipler, <em>A Country of Strangers: Blacks and Whites in America</em> (1997) — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2903: Ece Temelkuran on <em>Nation of Strangers</em> — the companion episode referenced at the opening.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Temelkuran’s nation of strangers and Masciotra’s country of strangers</li>
<li>(01...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/fd82add3/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/fd82add3/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Boy Meets Girl Meets AI Therapist: Fred Lunzer on Sike, Fictional Realism, and the Future of Love</title>
      <itunes:episode>2918</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2918</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Boy Meets Girl Meets AI Therapist: Fred Lunzer on Sike, Fictional Realism, and the Future of Love</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">37115ce2-707d-4b20-8fd8-1bb5b83c88a7</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If you write something you think is really fanciful today, tomorrow’s news headlines might be telling the exact same story. That’s the challenge of writing realism today — when everything feels so sci-fi and so dystopic.” — Fred Lunzer</em></p><p> </p><p>Boy meets girl meets AI therapist. That is the premise of <a href="https://celadonbooks.com/book/sike/"><em>Sike</em></a>, the debut novel by <a href="https://celadonbooks.com/book/sike/">Fred Lunzer</a>. Adrian is a rap ghostwriter who has never met any of the rappers he writes for. After a relationship collapse, he signs up for Sike — a Facebook-style AI psychotherapy app that tracks your every move and emotion via smart glasses and guides you toward mental contentment. He meets Maquie, a venture capitalist and Sike refusnik. You can imagine the rest.</p><p> </p><p><em>Sike</em> is a self-consciously “realist” love story set in a world where AI therapy is ubiquitous. Lunzer wanted to write AI fiction that is realistic rather than dystopian or utopian. He started it speculatively. By the time he’d finished, ChatGPT had launched and what he’d once fancifully imagined had become reality. It’s the futuristic writer’s permanent predicament. Make the future believable before it becomes so familiar that we barely notice it. Turn science fiction into social realism.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Fiction Without Dystopia: The Gap Lunzer Is Filling: </strong>Almost all AI fiction is either utopian or dystopian. James Bond loves gadgets. Most literary fiction treats technology as vaguely grubby and pushes it into genre. Lunzer’s ambition: find the realism. Write about a world where AI is already everywhere, the initial fears are already past, and we’ve reached the same ambivalent relationship with it that we have with our smartphones. We don’t know what model we have. We barely think about it. That’s where the interesting questions live.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Reality Caught Up Before He Finished: </strong>Lunzer wrote <em>Sike</em> speculatively. By the time he finished, ChatGPT had launched. William Gibson’s observation: the future is already here, just unevenly distributed. His corollary: if you write something fanciful today, it’s tomorrow’s news story. Lunzer’s solution to this perpetual problem is to stop writing near-future speculation and instead set the story in a world where the technology is already past its introduction — where the hype is over and the real reckoning begins.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Realism Is the Hardest Genre Right Now: </strong>Andrew’s observation: the best AI fiction is realist. Ishiguro’s <em>Klara and the Sun</em> treats unimaginable things as taken for granted. That’s the technique. Lunzer agrees — and notes that realism is particularly hard to write now because everything already feels surreal. Trump, AI, the state of the world: if you’d described any of it thirty years ago, people would have called it fiction. The challenge of the realist novelist in 2026 is to find the quiet normality inside the chaos.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Non-Polarising AI Fiction: </strong>Lunzer deliberately avoided writing a book that slams Meta, or that is obviously pro- or anti-AI. He calls it non-polarised. In <em>Sike</em>, some characters love the AI therapy app, some refuse to use it. No one is obviously right. The book’s thesis — insofar as it has one — is that the interesting questions about AI are not the ones about whether it’s good or bad, but the ones that arise once you’ve stopped arguing about that and started living with it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Economics of Writing: Trenches, Not Glamour: </strong>Lunzer has a day job — AI researcher at Sony. <em>Sike</em> was his first published novel, not his first written. Before it: a travel narrative about the Japanese restaurant industry that went nowhere, and a novel about a global pandemic finished in early 2020 and overtaken by COVID before any publisher would touch it. His verdict on the publishing world: not glamorous. A lot of books. A lot of writers. Not much money except for a few. He got an advance. Most debut novelists don’t earn it back. The lesson he draws from Norman Mailer: writing a good novel is like learning to play the piano well. It just takes time.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://celadonbooks.com/book/sike/">Fred Lunzer</a> is an AI researcher at Sony and the author of <a href="https://celadonbooks.com/book/sike/"><em>Sike: A Novel</em></a> (Celadon Books, 2024; paperback 2026). He was born in London and lives in West Sussex, England.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://celadonbooks.com/book/sike/"><em>Sike: A Novel</em></a> by Fred Lunzer (Celadon Books, 2024; paperback 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Kazuo Ishiguro, <em>Klara and the Sun</em> — the key comparison text referenced in the interview.</p><p> </p><p>•       William Gibson — two quotes referenced: “The future is already here, just unevenly distributed”; and the observation about reality catching up with fiction.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If you write something you think is really fanciful today, tomorrow’s news headlines might be telling the exact same story. That’s the challenge of writing realism today — when everything feels so sci-fi and so dystopic.” — Fred Lunzer</em></p><p> </p><p>Boy meets girl meets AI therapist. That is the premise of <a href="https://celadonbooks.com/book/sike/"><em>Sike</em></a>, the debut novel by <a href="https://celadonbooks.com/book/sike/">Fred Lunzer</a>. Adrian is a rap ghostwriter who has never met any of the rappers he writes for. After a relationship collapse, he signs up for Sike — a Facebook-style AI psychotherapy app that tracks your every move and emotion via smart glasses and guides you toward mental contentment. He meets Maquie, a venture capitalist and Sike refusnik. You can imagine the rest.</p><p> </p><p><em>Sike</em> is a self-consciously “realist” love story set in a world where AI therapy is ubiquitous. Lunzer wanted to write AI fiction that is realistic rather than dystopian or utopian. He started it speculatively. By the time he’d finished, ChatGPT had launched and what he’d once fancifully imagined had become reality. It’s the futuristic writer’s permanent predicament. Make the future believable before it becomes so familiar that we barely notice it. Turn science fiction into social realism.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Fiction Without Dystopia: The Gap Lunzer Is Filling: </strong>Almost all AI fiction is either utopian or dystopian. James Bond loves gadgets. Most literary fiction treats technology as vaguely grubby and pushes it into genre. Lunzer’s ambition: find the realism. Write about a world where AI is already everywhere, the initial fears are already past, and we’ve reached the same ambivalent relationship with it that we have with our smartphones. We don’t know what model we have. We barely think about it. That’s where the interesting questions live.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Reality Caught Up Before He Finished: </strong>Lunzer wrote <em>Sike</em> speculatively. By the time he finished, ChatGPT had launched. William Gibson’s observation: the future is already here, just unevenly distributed. His corollary: if you write something fanciful today, it’s tomorrow’s news story. Lunzer’s solution to this perpetual problem is to stop writing near-future speculation and instead set the story in a world where the technology is already past its introduction — where the hype is over and the real reckoning begins.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Realism Is the Hardest Genre Right Now: </strong>Andrew’s observation: the best AI fiction is realist. Ishiguro’s <em>Klara and the Sun</em> treats unimaginable things as taken for granted. That’s the technique. Lunzer agrees — and notes that realism is particularly hard to write now because everything already feels surreal. Trump, AI, the state of the world: if you’d described any of it thirty years ago, people would have called it fiction. The challenge of the realist novelist in 2026 is to find the quiet normality inside the chaos.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Non-Polarising AI Fiction: </strong>Lunzer deliberately avoided writing a book that slams Meta, or that is obviously pro- or anti-AI. He calls it non-polarised. In <em>Sike</em>, some characters love the AI therapy app, some refuse to use it. No one is obviously right. The book’s thesis — insofar as it has one — is that the interesting questions about AI are not the ones about whether it’s good or bad, but the ones that arise once you’ve stopped arguing about that and started living with it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Economics of Writing: Trenches, Not Glamour: </strong>Lunzer has a day job — AI researcher at Sony. <em>Sike</em> was his first published novel, not his first written. Before it: a travel narrative about the Japanese restaurant industry that went nowhere, and a novel about a global pandemic finished in early 2020 and overtaken by COVID before any publisher would touch it. His verdict on the publishing world: not glamorous. A lot of books. A lot of writers. Not much money except for a few. He got an advance. Most debut novelists don’t earn it back. The lesson he draws from Norman Mailer: writing a good novel is like learning to play the piano well. It just takes time.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://celadonbooks.com/book/sike/">Fred Lunzer</a> is an AI researcher at Sony and the author of <a href="https://celadonbooks.com/book/sike/"><em>Sike: A Novel</em></a> (Celadon Books, 2024; paperback 2026). He was born in London and lives in West Sussex, England.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://celadonbooks.com/book/sike/"><em>Sike: A Novel</em></a> by Fred Lunzer (Celadon Books, 2024; paperback 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Kazuo Ishiguro, <em>Klara and the Sun</em> — the key comparison text referenced in the interview.</p><p> </p><p>•       William Gibson — two quotes referenced: “The future is already here, just unevenly distributed”; and the observation about reality catching up with fiction.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 23 May 2026 16:28:33 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/f764a728/b812d77f.mp3" length="77441895" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rLsHVC4hp-4">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/lJ9zYHDx7s6_kK-Ixa3B_PkfgvPTHQfOMqYXwrlkXBs/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85M2Yx/OWNkNjg3Y2VlZmVj/YWQ2N2Q2YzkwZDIx/Y2U5Zi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2420</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If you write something you think is really fanciful today, tomorrow’s news headlines might be telling the exact same story. That’s the challenge of writing realism today — when everything feels so sci-fi and so dystopic.” — Fred Lunzer</em></p><p> </p><p>Boy meets girl meets AI therapist. That is the premise of <a href="https://celadonbooks.com/book/sike/"><em>Sike</em></a>, the debut novel by <a href="https://celadonbooks.com/book/sike/">Fred Lunzer</a>. Adrian is a rap ghostwriter who has never met any of the rappers he writes for. After a relationship collapse, he signs up for Sike — a Facebook-style AI psychotherapy app that tracks your every move and emotion via smart glasses and guides you toward mental contentment. He meets Maquie, a venture capitalist and Sike refusnik. You can imagine the rest.</p><p> </p><p><em>Sike</em> is a self-consciously “realist” love story set in a world where AI therapy is ubiquitous. Lunzer wanted to write AI fiction that is realistic rather than dystopian or utopian. He started it speculatively. By the time he’d finished, ChatGPT had launched and what he’d once fancifully imagined had become reality. It’s the futuristic writer’s permanent predicament. Make the future believable before it becomes so familiar that we barely notice it. Turn science fiction into social realism.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Fiction Without Dystopia: The Gap Lunzer Is Filling: </strong>Almost all AI fiction is either utopian or dystopian. James Bond loves gadgets. Most literary fiction treats technology as vaguely grubby and pushes it into genre. Lunzer’s ambition: find the realism. Write about a world where AI is already everywhere, the initial fears are already past, and we’ve reached the same ambivalent relationship with it that we have with our smartphones. We don’t know what model we have. We barely think about it. That’s where the interesting questions live.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Reality Caught Up Before He Finished: </strong>Lunzer wrote <em>Sike</em> speculatively. By the time he finished, ChatGPT had launched. William Gibson’s observation: the future is already here, just unevenly distributed. His corollary: if you write something fanciful today, it’s tomorrow’s news story. Lunzer’s solution to this perpetual problem is to stop writing near-future speculation and instead set the story in a world where the technology is already past its introduction — where the hype is over and the real reckoning begins.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Realism Is the Hardest Genre Right Now: </strong>Andrew’s observation: the best AI fiction is realist. Ishiguro’s <em>Klara and the Sun</em> treats unimaginable things as taken for granted. That’s the technique. Lunzer agrees — and notes that realism is particularly hard to write now because everything already feels surreal. Trump, AI, the state of the world: if you’d described any of it thirty years ago, people would have called it fiction. The challenge of the realist novelist in 2026 is to find the quiet normality inside the chaos.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Non-Polarising AI Fiction: </strong>Lunzer deliberately avoided writing a book that slams Meta, or that is obviously pro- or anti-AI. He calls it non-polarised. In <em>Sike</em>, some characters love the AI therapy app, some refuse to use it. No one is obviously right. The book’s thesis — insofar as it has one — is that the interesting questions about AI are not the ones about whether it’s good or bad, but the ones that arise once you’ve stopped arguing about that and started living with it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Economics of Writing: Trenches, Not Glamour: </strong>Lunzer has a day job — AI researcher at Sony. <em>Sike</em> was his first published novel, not his first written. Before it: a travel narrative about the Japanese restaurant industry that went nowhere, and a novel about a global pandemic finished in early 2020 and overtaken by COVID before any publisher would touch it. His verdict on the publishing world: not glamorous. A lot of books. A lot of writers. Not much money except for a few. He got an advance. Most debut novelists don’t earn it back. The lesson he draws from Norman Mailer: writing a good novel is like learning to play the piano well. It just takes time.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://celadonbooks.com/book/sike/">Fred Lunzer</a> is an AI researcher at Sony and the author of <a href="https://celadonbooks.com/book/sike/"><em>Sike: A Novel</em></a> (Celadon Books, 2024; paperback 2026). He was born in London and lives in West Sussex, England.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://celadonbooks.com/book/sike/"><em>Sike: A Novel</em></a> by Fred Lunzer (Celadon Books, 2024; paperback 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Kazuo Ishiguro, <em>Klara and the Sun</em> — the key comparison text referenced in the interview.</p><p> </p><p>•       William Gibson — two quotes referenced: “The future is already here, just unevenly distributed”; and the observation about reality catching up with fiction.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f764a728/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unvaccinated Under God: Kira Ganga Kieffer on Religion and Vaccine Hesitancy in Modern America</title>
      <itunes:episode>2917</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2917</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Unvaccinated Under God: Kira Ganga Kieffer on Religion and Vaccine Hesitancy in Modern America</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b3f98311-4377-4bed-9469-0c08d20d3f10</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Vaccine hesitancy in the U.S. should be understood as religious expression — not as the product of scientific misinformation. These debates have been proxies for existential concerns about justice and morality.” — Kira Ganga Kieffer</em></p><p> </p><p>Are anti-vaxxers simply bizarre anti-science crazies egged on by conspiracists like RFK Jr? For <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691224664/unvaccinated-under-god">Kira Ganga Kieffer</a>, author of <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691224664/unvaccinated-under-god"><em>Unvaccinated Under God</em></a>, what she calls “vaccine hesitancy” in America is actually a more complicated and prescient affair.</p><p> </p><p>The prevailing narrative — that vaccine-hesitant people lack scientific facts or serve their own individual agendas — misunderstands what’s actually happening. Kieffer’s argument is that vaccine hesitancy is best understood as a kind of religiosity. Not in the narrow context of church doctrine, but in the broader sense of meaning-making, moral reasoning, and an intensely individualist relationship with the body that is deeply rooted in American evangelical and alternative-spiritual tradition.</p><p> </p><p>This hesitancy, Kieffer shows, is not new. It has been present since the smallpox vaccine in the eighteenth century. What recurs across very different eras and very different communities is a set of metaphysical rather than scientific concerns expressed in the language of wellness, purity, and bodily sovereignty.</p><p> </p><p>The most interesting political implication of Kieffer’s argument is that the same hyperindividualistic anti-modern instinct behind vaccine hesitancy also drives the wellness movement, the rejection of AI, and the political coalition that coalesced around RFK Jr. She sees this as a broad and growing constituency that neither party has fully understood nor spoken to. Rather than crazies, today’s anti-vaxxers might offer a window onto tomorrow’s American politics.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Vaccine Hesitancy Is Moral Meaning-Making, Not Ignorance: </strong>The dominant public health framing: vaccine-hesitant people lack scientific knowledge. Kieffer’s reframe: they are engaged in profound moral reasoning about the body, purity, parental responsibility, and the relationship between the individual and the state. The parent who fears the MMR vaccine is not asking a scientific question. They are asking: if I consent to this intervention and my child is harmed, am I responsible? That is a theological question — about guilt, intention, and moral agency — dressed in the language of health.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Evangelical Hyperindividualism Is the Root: </strong>Kieffer’s structural argument: American evangelical Christianity is, at its core, an individualist proposition. You are saved by your personal choices. This translates directly into the wellness culture’s logic of bodily salvation: you are saved from illness, aging, and death by your personal choices about diet, supplements, and vaccines. The individual body becomes the site of spiritual as well as physical salvation. This hyperindividualism is very American — and very old. It predates the wellness movement and will outlast it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Vaccine Hesitancy Has Been Present Since the Eighteenth Century: </strong>Kieffer’s most important historical corrective: vaccine hesitancy did not begin with COVID, with MMR, or with the anti-vaccine movement of the 1990s. It has been present since the smallpox inoculations of colonial Massachusetts. What recurs across very different eras is not the same people or the same science — it’s the same core concerns: bodily purity, parental moral responsibility, and distrust of external authority over the body. Each generation clothes these concerns in the available language. Today it is wellness. Earlier it was religious freedom.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>RFK Jr.: Evangelical Crusader or Wellness Influencer? </strong>RFK Jr. shares many characteristics of the evangelical crusader — a sense of special mission, a narrative of persecution, a world divided into the awakened and the deceived. But Kieffer is careful not to put words in his mouth. What she observes: in his crusade for wellness and his critique of organised medicine, he channels the same instincts she traces throughout the book. His coalition is now showing signs of disillusionment — followers who believed he was a true believer are finding that political power complicates purity. They are looking for someone else.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Anti-Modern Instinct Will Shape American Politics: </strong>The same hyperindividualist, anti-modern instinct that drives vaccine hesitancy also drives the rejection of AI, the wellness movement’s critique of pharmaceutical medicine, and the political formations that coalesced around RFK Jr. Kieffer sees a broad and growing constituency that packages distrust of modernity in spiritual terms: what is essentially good is nature, humanity, the unmediated body. Neither party has fully understood or spoken to this constituency. As skepticism about AI and hypertechnology grows, Kieffer expects it to become more politically significant, not less.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691224664/unvaccinated-under-god">Kira Ganga Kieffer</a> is a scholar of American religions, history, culture, and politics. She holds a PhD in Religious Studies from Boston University and is Visiting Assistant Professor of Religious Studies at Fairfield University. She is the author of <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691224664/unvaccinated-under-god"><em>Unvaccinated Under God: Religion and Vaccine Hesitancy in Modern America</em></a> (Princeton University Press, May 19, 2026). She lives in Westport, Connecticut.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691224664/unvaccinated-under-god"><em>Unvaccinated Under God: Religion and Vaccine Hesitancy in Modern America</em></a> by Kira Ganga Kieffer (Princeton University Press, May 19, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Matthew Avery Sutton, <em>Chosen Land: How Christianity Made America and Americans Remade Christianity</em> — referenced in the opening; the preceding KOA episode on American religion.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2913: David Ost on Red Pill Politics — the companion episode on the anti-modern political impulse that Kieffer’s book helps explain.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p>&lt;...]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Vaccine hesitancy in the U.S. should be understood as religious expression — not as the product of scientific misinformation. These debates have been proxies for existential concerns about justice and morality.” — Kira Ganga Kieffer</em></p><p> </p><p>Are anti-vaxxers simply bizarre anti-science crazies egged on by conspiracists like RFK Jr? For <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691224664/unvaccinated-under-god">Kira Ganga Kieffer</a>, author of <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691224664/unvaccinated-under-god"><em>Unvaccinated Under God</em></a>, what she calls “vaccine hesitancy” in America is actually a more complicated and prescient affair.</p><p> </p><p>The prevailing narrative — that vaccine-hesitant people lack scientific facts or serve their own individual agendas — misunderstands what’s actually happening. Kieffer’s argument is that vaccine hesitancy is best understood as a kind of religiosity. Not in the narrow context of church doctrine, but in the broader sense of meaning-making, moral reasoning, and an intensely individualist relationship with the body that is deeply rooted in American evangelical and alternative-spiritual tradition.</p><p> </p><p>This hesitancy, Kieffer shows, is not new. It has been present since the smallpox vaccine in the eighteenth century. What recurs across very different eras and very different communities is a set of metaphysical rather than scientific concerns expressed in the language of wellness, purity, and bodily sovereignty.</p><p> </p><p>The most interesting political implication of Kieffer’s argument is that the same hyperindividualistic anti-modern instinct behind vaccine hesitancy also drives the wellness movement, the rejection of AI, and the political coalition that coalesced around RFK Jr. She sees this as a broad and growing constituency that neither party has fully understood nor spoken to. Rather than crazies, today’s anti-vaxxers might offer a window onto tomorrow’s American politics.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Vaccine Hesitancy Is Moral Meaning-Making, Not Ignorance: </strong>The dominant public health framing: vaccine-hesitant people lack scientific knowledge. Kieffer’s reframe: they are engaged in profound moral reasoning about the body, purity, parental responsibility, and the relationship between the individual and the state. The parent who fears the MMR vaccine is not asking a scientific question. They are asking: if I consent to this intervention and my child is harmed, am I responsible? That is a theological question — about guilt, intention, and moral agency — dressed in the language of health.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Evangelical Hyperindividualism Is the Root: </strong>Kieffer’s structural argument: American evangelical Christianity is, at its core, an individualist proposition. You are saved by your personal choices. This translates directly into the wellness culture’s logic of bodily salvation: you are saved from illness, aging, and death by your personal choices about diet, supplements, and vaccines. The individual body becomes the site of spiritual as well as physical salvation. This hyperindividualism is very American — and very old. It predates the wellness movement and will outlast it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Vaccine Hesitancy Has Been Present Since the Eighteenth Century: </strong>Kieffer’s most important historical corrective: vaccine hesitancy did not begin with COVID, with MMR, or with the anti-vaccine movement of the 1990s. It has been present since the smallpox inoculations of colonial Massachusetts. What recurs across very different eras is not the same people or the same science — it’s the same core concerns: bodily purity, parental moral responsibility, and distrust of external authority over the body. Each generation clothes these concerns in the available language. Today it is wellness. Earlier it was religious freedom.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>RFK Jr.: Evangelical Crusader or Wellness Influencer? </strong>RFK Jr. shares many characteristics of the evangelical crusader — a sense of special mission, a narrative of persecution, a world divided into the awakened and the deceived. But Kieffer is careful not to put words in his mouth. What she observes: in his crusade for wellness and his critique of organised medicine, he channels the same instincts she traces throughout the book. His coalition is now showing signs of disillusionment — followers who believed he was a true believer are finding that political power complicates purity. They are looking for someone else.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Anti-Modern Instinct Will Shape American Politics: </strong>The same hyperindividualist, anti-modern instinct that drives vaccine hesitancy also drives the rejection of AI, the wellness movement’s critique of pharmaceutical medicine, and the political formations that coalesced around RFK Jr. Kieffer sees a broad and growing constituency that packages distrust of modernity in spiritual terms: what is essentially good is nature, humanity, the unmediated body. Neither party has fully understood or spoken to this constituency. As skepticism about AI and hypertechnology grows, Kieffer expects it to become more politically significant, not less.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691224664/unvaccinated-under-god">Kira Ganga Kieffer</a> is a scholar of American religions, history, culture, and politics. She holds a PhD in Religious Studies from Boston University and is Visiting Assistant Professor of Religious Studies at Fairfield University. She is the author of <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691224664/unvaccinated-under-god"><em>Unvaccinated Under God: Religion and Vaccine Hesitancy in Modern America</em></a> (Princeton University Press, May 19, 2026). She lives in Westport, Connecticut.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691224664/unvaccinated-under-god"><em>Unvaccinated Under God: Religion and Vaccine Hesitancy in Modern America</em></a> by Kira Ganga Kieffer (Princeton University Press, May 19, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Matthew Avery Sutton, <em>Chosen Land: How Christianity Made America and Americans Remade Christianity</em> — referenced in the opening; the preceding KOA episode on American religion.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2913: David Ost on Red Pill Politics — the companion episode on the anti-modern political impulse that Kieffer’s book helps explain.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p>&lt;...]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 May 2026 11:23:53 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/f6828162/47f966f4.mp3" length="89260971" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2QQUqbQITRA">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/mI2V2hyDb8Upavy5cMLmqxN5sJfwvVQOTv2dWjhAtYY/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85YmI0/Y2QyYjQ1ZjBlZTE1/MmU1NzA2OGUxMGRh/MDg3OS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2789</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Vaccine hesitancy in the U.S. should be understood as religious expression — not as the product of scientific misinformation. These debates have been proxies for existential concerns about justice and morality.” — Kira Ganga Kieffer</em></p><p> </p><p>Are anti-vaxxers simply bizarre anti-science crazies egged on by conspiracists like RFK Jr? For <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691224664/unvaccinated-under-god">Kira Ganga Kieffer</a>, author of <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691224664/unvaccinated-under-god"><em>Unvaccinated Under God</em></a>, what she calls “vaccine hesitancy” in America is actually a more complicated and prescient affair.</p><p> </p><p>The prevailing narrative — that vaccine-hesitant people lack scientific facts or serve their own individual agendas — misunderstands what’s actually happening. Kieffer’s argument is that vaccine hesitancy is best understood as a kind of religiosity. Not in the narrow context of church doctrine, but in the broader sense of meaning-making, moral reasoning, and an intensely individualist relationship with the body that is deeply rooted in American evangelical and alternative-spiritual tradition.</p><p> </p><p>This hesitancy, Kieffer shows, is not new. It has been present since the smallpox vaccine in the eighteenth century. What recurs across very different eras and very different communities is a set of metaphysical rather than scientific concerns expressed in the language of wellness, purity, and bodily sovereignty.</p><p> </p><p>The most interesting political implication of Kieffer’s argument is that the same hyperindividualistic anti-modern instinct behind vaccine hesitancy also drives the wellness movement, the rejection of AI, and the political coalition that coalesced around RFK Jr. She sees this as a broad and growing constituency that neither party has fully understood nor spoken to. Rather than crazies, today’s anti-vaxxers might offer a window onto tomorrow’s American politics.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Vaccine Hesitancy Is Moral Meaning-Making, Not Ignorance: </strong>The dominant public health framing: vaccine-hesitant people lack scientific knowledge. Kieffer’s reframe: they are engaged in profound moral reasoning about the body, purity, parental responsibility, and the relationship between the individual and the state. The parent who fears the MMR vaccine is not asking a scientific question. They are asking: if I consent to this intervention and my child is harmed, am I responsible? That is a theological question — about guilt, intention, and moral agency — dressed in the language of health.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Evangelical Hyperindividualism Is the Root: </strong>Kieffer’s structural argument: American evangelical Christianity is, at its core, an individualist proposition. You are saved by your personal choices. This translates directly into the wellness culture’s logic of bodily salvation: you are saved from illness, aging, and death by your personal choices about diet, supplements, and vaccines. The individual body becomes the site of spiritual as well as physical salvation. This hyperindividualism is very American — and very old. It predates the wellness movement and will outlast it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Vaccine Hesitancy Has Been Present Since the Eighteenth Century: </strong>Kieffer’s most important historical corrective: vaccine hesitancy did not begin with COVID, with MMR, or with the anti-vaccine movement of the 1990s. It has been present since the smallpox inoculations of colonial Massachusetts. What recurs across very different eras is not the same people or the same science — it’s the same core concerns: bodily purity, parental moral responsibility, and distrust of external authority over the body. Each generation clothes these concerns in the available language. Today it is wellness. Earlier it was religious freedom.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>RFK Jr.: Evangelical Crusader or Wellness Influencer? </strong>RFK Jr. shares many characteristics of the evangelical crusader — a sense of special mission, a narrative of persecution, a world divided into the awakened and the deceived. But Kieffer is careful not to put words in his mouth. What she observes: in his crusade for wellness and his critique of organised medicine, he channels the same instincts she traces throughout the book. His coalition is now showing signs of disillusionment — followers who believed he was a true believer are finding that political power complicates purity. They are looking for someone else.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Anti-Modern Instinct Will Shape American Politics: </strong>The same hyperindividualist, anti-modern instinct that drives vaccine hesitancy also drives the rejection of AI, the wellness movement’s critique of pharmaceutical medicine, and the political formations that coalesced around RFK Jr. Kieffer sees a broad and growing constituency that packages distrust of modernity in spiritual terms: what is essentially good is nature, humanity, the unmediated body. Neither party has fully understood or spoken to this constituency. As skepticism about AI and hypertechnology grows, Kieffer expects it to become more politically significant, not less.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691224664/unvaccinated-under-god">Kira Ganga Kieffer</a> is a scholar of American religions, history, culture, and politics. She holds a PhD in Religious Studies from Boston University and is Visiting Assistant Professor of Religious Studies at Fairfield University. She is the author of <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691224664/unvaccinated-under-god"><em>Unvaccinated Under God: Religion and Vaccine Hesitancy in Modern America</em></a> (Princeton University Press, May 19, 2026). She lives in Westport, Connecticut.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691224664/unvaccinated-under-god"><em>Unvaccinated Under God: Religion and Vaccine Hesitancy in Modern America</em></a> by Kira Ganga Kieffer (Princeton University Press, May 19, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Matthew Avery Sutton, <em>Chosen Land: How Christianity Made America and Americans Remade Christianity</em> — referenced in the opening; the preceding KOA episode on American religion.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2913: David Ost on Red Pill Politics — the companion episode on the anti-modern political impulse that Kieffer’s book helps explain.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p>&lt;...]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f6828162/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f6828162/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Win a Trade War: Soumaya Keynes on Trump, China, and Her Great-Great-Uncle Maynard</title>
      <itunes:episode>2916</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2916</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Win a Trade War: Soumaya Keynes on Trump, China, and Her Great-Great-Uncle Maynard</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cb2116e6-03bc-4159-a7bd-0177db861ba6</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The rules-based system just hasn’t worked. China’s system is so opaque that you can’t see the subsidies. And when you’ve got China not interested in new rules and the US not interested in a referee, you’ve got two of the world’s biggest actors who aren’t on board.” — Soumaya Keynes</em></p><p> </p><p>It would have been nice to get John Maynard Keynes on the show to get his critique of Trump’s trade war. But in the long run, we’re all dead — even old Maynard. So instead, we found his great-great-niece, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-to-Win-a-Trade-War/Soumaya-Keynes/9781668221310">Soumaya Keynes</a> — <em>Financial Times</em> columnist and co-author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-to-Win-a-Trade-War/Soumaya-Keynes/9781668221310"><em>How to Win a Trade War: An Optimistic Guide to an Anxious Global Economy</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p>Having already appeared on Jon Stewart this week, Soumaya has a bit of Keynesian star quality about her. But she’s also a first-rate economist. Her thesis is that the old rules-based trading system that her great-great-uncle helped design after World War II is gone. And it ain’t coming back. China’s subsidies are so opaque that rules can’t be written to constrain them, let alone enforced. The US is no longer willing to submit to a referee. Without the two biggest players, no rules-based system is meaningful.</p><p> </p><p>So — now what? Keynes says we must think like a trade warrior. Donald Trump should leverage the tools available — but use them strategically. Trump’s error in his second term was not being tough on China while being too tough on everyone else, especially allies like Canada and Mexico.</p><p> </p><p>Soumaya Keynes’ most contemporary idea might be her most Keynesian one. John Maynard Keynes proposed penalties for countries running large trade surpluses as well as those running deficits — recognising that global imbalances are a two-sided problem. That idea didn’t make it into the 1944 Bretton Woods agreement. Eighty years later, in equally anxious economic times, his optimistic great-great-niece is reviving it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Can Trade Wars Be Won? Yes, Sometimes: </strong>The conventional wisdom: no one wins a trade war. Keynes and Bown agree — in theory. In practice, countries in a weaker position cave. History has examples: France in the late nineteenth century told its trading partners they were renegotiating treaties, and the smaller partners complied. Trump’s tariffs in his first term produced concessions. The problem is not that trade wars can’t be won. It’s that the smaller power’s only defence — coordinating with other smaller powers — is extremely hard to sustain. There’s always an incentive to cut a deal first.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>China Is the Doper on the Sports Field: </strong>Keynes’s sharpest analogy: the global trading system is like a sports game that needs rules to ensure a level playing field. China’s subsidies — cheap credit, corporate handouts, opaque support for state-linked companies — are the equivalent of performance-enhancing drugs. The problem is that unlike doping in sport, China’s subsidies are invisible. You can write a rule saying China won’t give these handouts. But you can’t verify compliance. And without enforcement, rules are meaningless. The WTO has not solved this. Nothing has solved this.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump Was Right About China, Wrong About Everything Else: </strong>Keynes is careful here. She credits Robert Lighthizer in Trump’s first term with identifying China as the real problem and building a focused strategy. In the second term, Trump put tariffs on everyone simultaneously — which dissipated leverage, alienated the coalition of allies needed to pressure Beijing, and mixed up the problem of China’s subsidies with grievances against Canada, Mexico, and the EU. If you were genuinely tough on China, you wouldn’t have put tariffs on everyone. You would have been more targeted.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Rules-Based System Is Gone and Isn’t Coming Back: </strong>Why can’t we return to the system Keynes’s great-great-uncle helped build? Two reasons. China’s subsidies are too opaque to write enforceable rules against. And the US has lost confidence in any international referee — a long and complex story, but the result is that America won’t submit to neutral adjudication. Without the two biggest players, no rules-based system is meaningful. Yearning for the old approach is not an option. A new strategy is needed — and that’s what the book is about.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI and the Next Trade War: Services: </strong>AI is central to the US-China conflict already — chip restrictions, military advantage, economic supremacy. But Keynes’s less-noticed observation: AI could fundamentally reshape international services trade. The UK, for example, is a massive services exporter — finance, legal, consulting, accounting. If AI eliminates demand for those services, the UK faces a new current account crisis, new trade tensions, a new wave of economic conflict. Nobody knows how this plays out. Which is why, she suggests, the tools in the book will remain relevant for longer than the current tariff cycle.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guests</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-to-Win-a-Trade-War/Soumaya-Keynes/9781668221310">Soumaya Keynes</a> is an economics columnist at the <em>Financial Times</em> and host of <em>The Economics Show with Soumaya Keynes</em>. Before joining the <em>FT</em> she spent eight years at <em>The Economist</em>. She co-founded the <em>Trade Talks</em> podcast with Chad Bown during Trump’s first term.</p><p> </p><p>Chad P. Bown is the Reginald Jones Senior Fellow at the Peterson Institute for International Economics and former Chief Economist at the US State Department under President Biden.</p><p> </p><p>Together they are the authors of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-to-Win-a-Trade-War/Soumaya-Keynes/9781668221310"><em>How to Win a Trade War: An Optimistic Guide to an Anxious Global Economy</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, May 26, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-to-Win-a-Trade-War/Soumaya-Keynes/9781668221310"><em>How to Win a Trade War: An Optimistic Guide to an Anxious Global Economy</em></a> by Soumaya Keynes and Chad P. Bown (Simon &amp; Schuster, May 26, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Soumaya Keynes on <em>The Daily Show with Jon Stewart</em>, May 19, 2026 — referenced in the interview.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2892: Jason Pack on the Iran war — the companion episode on America’s strategic distractions from the China problem.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouT...</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The rules-based system just hasn’t worked. China’s system is so opaque that you can’t see the subsidies. And when you’ve got China not interested in new rules and the US not interested in a referee, you’ve got two of the world’s biggest actors who aren’t on board.” — Soumaya Keynes</em></p><p> </p><p>It would have been nice to get John Maynard Keynes on the show to get his critique of Trump’s trade war. But in the long run, we’re all dead — even old Maynard. So instead, we found his great-great-niece, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-to-Win-a-Trade-War/Soumaya-Keynes/9781668221310">Soumaya Keynes</a> — <em>Financial Times</em> columnist and co-author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-to-Win-a-Trade-War/Soumaya-Keynes/9781668221310"><em>How to Win a Trade War: An Optimistic Guide to an Anxious Global Economy</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p>Having already appeared on Jon Stewart this week, Soumaya has a bit of Keynesian star quality about her. But she’s also a first-rate economist. Her thesis is that the old rules-based trading system that her great-great-uncle helped design after World War II is gone. And it ain’t coming back. China’s subsidies are so opaque that rules can’t be written to constrain them, let alone enforced. The US is no longer willing to submit to a referee. Without the two biggest players, no rules-based system is meaningful.</p><p> </p><p>So — now what? Keynes says we must think like a trade warrior. Donald Trump should leverage the tools available — but use them strategically. Trump’s error in his second term was not being tough on China while being too tough on everyone else, especially allies like Canada and Mexico.</p><p> </p><p>Soumaya Keynes’ most contemporary idea might be her most Keynesian one. John Maynard Keynes proposed penalties for countries running large trade surpluses as well as those running deficits — recognising that global imbalances are a two-sided problem. That idea didn’t make it into the 1944 Bretton Woods agreement. Eighty years later, in equally anxious economic times, his optimistic great-great-niece is reviving it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Can Trade Wars Be Won? Yes, Sometimes: </strong>The conventional wisdom: no one wins a trade war. Keynes and Bown agree — in theory. In practice, countries in a weaker position cave. History has examples: France in the late nineteenth century told its trading partners they were renegotiating treaties, and the smaller partners complied. Trump’s tariffs in his first term produced concessions. The problem is not that trade wars can’t be won. It’s that the smaller power’s only defence — coordinating with other smaller powers — is extremely hard to sustain. There’s always an incentive to cut a deal first.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>China Is the Doper on the Sports Field: </strong>Keynes’s sharpest analogy: the global trading system is like a sports game that needs rules to ensure a level playing field. China’s subsidies — cheap credit, corporate handouts, opaque support for state-linked companies — are the equivalent of performance-enhancing drugs. The problem is that unlike doping in sport, China’s subsidies are invisible. You can write a rule saying China won’t give these handouts. But you can’t verify compliance. And without enforcement, rules are meaningless. The WTO has not solved this. Nothing has solved this.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump Was Right About China, Wrong About Everything Else: </strong>Keynes is careful here. She credits Robert Lighthizer in Trump’s first term with identifying China as the real problem and building a focused strategy. In the second term, Trump put tariffs on everyone simultaneously — which dissipated leverage, alienated the coalition of allies needed to pressure Beijing, and mixed up the problem of China’s subsidies with grievances against Canada, Mexico, and the EU. If you were genuinely tough on China, you wouldn’t have put tariffs on everyone. You would have been more targeted.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Rules-Based System Is Gone and Isn’t Coming Back: </strong>Why can’t we return to the system Keynes’s great-great-uncle helped build? Two reasons. China’s subsidies are too opaque to write enforceable rules against. And the US has lost confidence in any international referee — a long and complex story, but the result is that America won’t submit to neutral adjudication. Without the two biggest players, no rules-based system is meaningful. Yearning for the old approach is not an option. A new strategy is needed — and that’s what the book is about.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI and the Next Trade War: Services: </strong>AI is central to the US-China conflict already — chip restrictions, military advantage, economic supremacy. But Keynes’s less-noticed observation: AI could fundamentally reshape international services trade. The UK, for example, is a massive services exporter — finance, legal, consulting, accounting. If AI eliminates demand for those services, the UK faces a new current account crisis, new trade tensions, a new wave of economic conflict. Nobody knows how this plays out. Which is why, she suggests, the tools in the book will remain relevant for longer than the current tariff cycle.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guests</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-to-Win-a-Trade-War/Soumaya-Keynes/9781668221310">Soumaya Keynes</a> is an economics columnist at the <em>Financial Times</em> and host of <em>The Economics Show with Soumaya Keynes</em>. Before joining the <em>FT</em> she spent eight years at <em>The Economist</em>. She co-founded the <em>Trade Talks</em> podcast with Chad Bown during Trump’s first term.</p><p> </p><p>Chad P. Bown is the Reginald Jones Senior Fellow at the Peterson Institute for International Economics and former Chief Economist at the US State Department under President Biden.</p><p> </p><p>Together they are the authors of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-to-Win-a-Trade-War/Soumaya-Keynes/9781668221310"><em>How to Win a Trade War: An Optimistic Guide to an Anxious Global Economy</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, May 26, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-to-Win-a-Trade-War/Soumaya-Keynes/9781668221310"><em>How to Win a Trade War: An Optimistic Guide to an Anxious Global Economy</em></a> by Soumaya Keynes and Chad P. Bown (Simon &amp; Schuster, May 26, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Soumaya Keynes on <em>The Daily Show with Jon Stewart</em>, May 19, 2026 — referenced in the interview.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2892: Jason Pack on the Iran war — the companion episode on America’s strategic distractions from the China problem.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouT...</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 May 2026 07:49:37 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/e185d0b2/ca1611f5.mp3" length="79661780" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fu3ocig3gRA">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/Q1Z3cvhm3gWRqwBu0YCEhwTceAa18gCYgNFm2dUoIOo/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8wNmIz/Njc3NDgzYTBlN2Zj/NWVlZDZhZGYwMzA3/ODZmYy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2489</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The rules-based system just hasn’t worked. China’s system is so opaque that you can’t see the subsidies. And when you’ve got China not interested in new rules and the US not interested in a referee, you’ve got two of the world’s biggest actors who aren’t on board.” — Soumaya Keynes</em></p><p> </p><p>It would have been nice to get John Maynard Keynes on the show to get his critique of Trump’s trade war. But in the long run, we’re all dead — even old Maynard. So instead, we found his great-great-niece, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-to-Win-a-Trade-War/Soumaya-Keynes/9781668221310">Soumaya Keynes</a> — <em>Financial Times</em> columnist and co-author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-to-Win-a-Trade-War/Soumaya-Keynes/9781668221310"><em>How to Win a Trade War: An Optimistic Guide to an Anxious Global Economy</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p>Having already appeared on Jon Stewart this week, Soumaya has a bit of Keynesian star quality about her. But she’s also a first-rate economist. Her thesis is that the old rules-based trading system that her great-great-uncle helped design after World War II is gone. And it ain’t coming back. China’s subsidies are so opaque that rules can’t be written to constrain them, let alone enforced. The US is no longer willing to submit to a referee. Without the two biggest players, no rules-based system is meaningful.</p><p> </p><p>So — now what? Keynes says we must think like a trade warrior. Donald Trump should leverage the tools available — but use them strategically. Trump’s error in his second term was not being tough on China while being too tough on everyone else, especially allies like Canada and Mexico.</p><p> </p><p>Soumaya Keynes’ most contemporary idea might be her most Keynesian one. John Maynard Keynes proposed penalties for countries running large trade surpluses as well as those running deficits — recognising that global imbalances are a two-sided problem. That idea didn’t make it into the 1944 Bretton Woods agreement. Eighty years later, in equally anxious economic times, his optimistic great-great-niece is reviving it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Can Trade Wars Be Won? Yes, Sometimes: </strong>The conventional wisdom: no one wins a trade war. Keynes and Bown agree — in theory. In practice, countries in a weaker position cave. History has examples: France in the late nineteenth century told its trading partners they were renegotiating treaties, and the smaller partners complied. Trump’s tariffs in his first term produced concessions. The problem is not that trade wars can’t be won. It’s that the smaller power’s only defence — coordinating with other smaller powers — is extremely hard to sustain. There’s always an incentive to cut a deal first.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>China Is the Doper on the Sports Field: </strong>Keynes’s sharpest analogy: the global trading system is like a sports game that needs rules to ensure a level playing field. China’s subsidies — cheap credit, corporate handouts, opaque support for state-linked companies — are the equivalent of performance-enhancing drugs. The problem is that unlike doping in sport, China’s subsidies are invisible. You can write a rule saying China won’t give these handouts. But you can’t verify compliance. And without enforcement, rules are meaningless. The WTO has not solved this. Nothing has solved this.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump Was Right About China, Wrong About Everything Else: </strong>Keynes is careful here. She credits Robert Lighthizer in Trump’s first term with identifying China as the real problem and building a focused strategy. In the second term, Trump put tariffs on everyone simultaneously — which dissipated leverage, alienated the coalition of allies needed to pressure Beijing, and mixed up the problem of China’s subsidies with grievances against Canada, Mexico, and the EU. If you were genuinely tough on China, you wouldn’t have put tariffs on everyone. You would have been more targeted.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Rules-Based System Is Gone and Isn’t Coming Back: </strong>Why can’t we return to the system Keynes’s great-great-uncle helped build? Two reasons. China’s subsidies are too opaque to write enforceable rules against. And the US has lost confidence in any international referee — a long and complex story, but the result is that America won’t submit to neutral adjudication. Without the two biggest players, no rules-based system is meaningful. Yearning for the old approach is not an option. A new strategy is needed — and that’s what the book is about.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI and the Next Trade War: Services: </strong>AI is central to the US-China conflict already — chip restrictions, military advantage, economic supremacy. But Keynes’s less-noticed observation: AI could fundamentally reshape international services trade. The UK, for example, is a massive services exporter — finance, legal, consulting, accounting. If AI eliminates demand for those services, the UK faces a new current account crisis, new trade tensions, a new wave of economic conflict. Nobody knows how this plays out. Which is why, she suggests, the tools in the book will remain relevant for longer than the current tariff cycle.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guests</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-to-Win-a-Trade-War/Soumaya-Keynes/9781668221310">Soumaya Keynes</a> is an economics columnist at the <em>Financial Times</em> and host of <em>The Economics Show with Soumaya Keynes</em>. Before joining the <em>FT</em> she spent eight years at <em>The Economist</em>. She co-founded the <em>Trade Talks</em> podcast with Chad Bown during Trump’s first term.</p><p> </p><p>Chad P. Bown is the Reginald Jones Senior Fellow at the Peterson Institute for International Economics and former Chief Economist at the US State Department under President Biden.</p><p> </p><p>Together they are the authors of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-to-Win-a-Trade-War/Soumaya-Keynes/9781668221310"><em>How to Win a Trade War: An Optimistic Guide to an Anxious Global Economy</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, May 26, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/How-to-Win-a-Trade-War/Soumaya-Keynes/9781668221310"><em>How to Win a Trade War: An Optimistic Guide to an Anxious Global Economy</em></a> by Soumaya Keynes and Chad P. Bown (Simon &amp; Schuster, May 26, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Soumaya Keynes on <em>The Daily Show with Jon Stewart</em>, May 19, 2026 — referenced in the interview.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2892: Jason Pack on the Iran war — the companion episode on America’s strategic distractions from the China problem.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouT...</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/e185d0b2/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/e185d0b2/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bad Entrepreneurs and Even Worse Artists: Does Capitalism Have a Future in the AI Age?</title>
      <itunes:episode>2915</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2915</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Bad Entrepreneurs and Even Worse Artists: Does Capitalism Have a Future in the AI Age?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0a0ed312-d525-4d39-ba2e-b2915ca93300</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The end of labor means the end of paid slavery. And the opening up of freedom — that is to say, choice of how to spend your time. The only question, a big question, is how do you eat?” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>Does capitalism have a future in our AI age? For Musk, Silicon Valley’s baddest bad entrepreneur, the answer might surprise. Musk seems to think that in the long run, money and wealth will disappear in an age of abundant intelligence. Which, presumably, will include hundreds of billions of his own dollars. Although given Musk’s determination to sue and take money from OpenAI, some might be slightly sceptical of his real faith in a post-money cornucopia.</p><p> </p><p>It’s not just Musk and <em>That Was the Week</em> publisher <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> who are reimagining capitalism in our AI age. The former World Bank chief economist, Branko Milanovic, drawing on Karl Marx and Adam Smith in equal measure, argues that if AI eliminates the labor component of production, things will become free — thereby creating the conditions for the destruction of capitalism. Keith agrees — and goes further than Milanovic. The end of paid labor, he insists, borrowing also from Marx, is not a catastrophe. It’s the end of what he calls “paid slavery” and the opening of genuine freedom.</p><p> </p><p>I’m not so sure. If nobody has to work, we’ll all become bad artists. The cult of the amateur. The future is of bad entrepreneurs like Elon Musk and even worse artists. Hyper-capitalism in our age of AI.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Musk-OpenAI Trial: A Big Yawn That Cost Millions: </strong>An Oakland jury rejected Elon Musk’s claim against OpenAI in under two hours — not because OpenAI didn’t do what Musk alleged, but because the statute of limitations had expired. Someone should have caught this before two weeks of trial. Musk has vowed to appeal, but it’s hard to see how you get around a statute of limitations. Keith’s verdict: sideshow, big yawn, ego contest. The lawyers won. The real question — who owns OpenAI after it converts to for-profit — was never going to be answered here.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Sam Altman’s Credibility Problem: </strong>The <em>New York Times</em> took five takeaways from the trial, one of which was that Sam Altman has a credibility problem. Keith’s response: not new information. What the trial did reveal is the depth of mutual animosity between Musk and Altman — two people who, despite everything, share more beliefs about where AI is going than almost anyone else in the world. Keith on who he’d back in a Stalin vs Hitler choice: Stalin, 100 times out of 100. Which is not to say he’s enthusiastic about either.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Krugman on Europe: Right Analysis, Wrong Conclusion: </strong>Paul Krugman, touring Europe, argues that GDP per capita understates European quality of life. A third of US income buys more than a third of US lifestyle in Europe — healthcare, education, travel, housing are all significantly cheaper. Keith agrees with the analysis. His counter: Europe’s structural hostility to innovation means it can maintain its lifestyle but not grow it. The social democratic model is sustainable until it isn’t. It needs to unlock innovation or it will slowly fall behind. Hard to do when you’re spending your time writing regulations.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Milanovic’s AI Thesis: When Things Are Free: </strong>Branko Milanovic — Marxist and neoclassical economist — argues that if AI eliminates the labor component of production, value in the classical Adam Smith/Ricardo/Marx sense disappears, and things approach free. Keith agrees and goes further: this isn’t just Marxist logic, it’s classical economics. The organic composition of capital. If variable capital — mostly labor — tends toward zero, costs tend toward zero, prices tend toward zero, and the distinction between capitalism and its opposite dissolves. Musk says the same thing. Agree or disagree, it’s the most interesting economic argument of our time.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The End of Paid Labor Is the End of Paid Slavery: </strong>Keith’s most provocative position. The end of paid labor is not something to fear. It is freedom — the opening up of genuine choice about how to spend your time. What remains are human-to-human activities: care work, travel companionship, live music, the masseur. These will be in demand. They just won’t constitute most of what 8 billion people do. The question of how the previously employed population participates in society — eats, lives, has purpose — is real and large. Keith’s position: it’s not an inconceivable problem. Andrew’s counter: if nobody has to work, we’ll all become bad artists.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and Andrew’s regular TWTW co-host.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> by Keith Teare.</p><p> </p><p>•       Branko Milanovic, “Artificial Intelligence and the Future of Capitalism from a Marxist and Neoclassical Point of View,” Substack.</p><p> </p><p>•       Paul Krugman, “Is Europe in Economic Decline?” <em>The New York Times</em> / Substack.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2910: Keith Teare and Jonathan Rauch on AI — the preceding special edition, directly referenced.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p> </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The end of labor means the end of paid slavery. And the opening up of freedom — that is to say, choice of how to spend your time. The only question, a big question, is how do you eat?” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>Does capitalism have a future in our AI age? For Musk, Silicon Valley’s baddest bad entrepreneur, the answer might surprise. Musk seems to think that in the long run, money and wealth will disappear in an age of abundant intelligence. Which, presumably, will include hundreds of billions of his own dollars. Although given Musk’s determination to sue and take money from OpenAI, some might be slightly sceptical of his real faith in a post-money cornucopia.</p><p> </p><p>It’s not just Musk and <em>That Was the Week</em> publisher <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> who are reimagining capitalism in our AI age. The former World Bank chief economist, Branko Milanovic, drawing on Karl Marx and Adam Smith in equal measure, argues that if AI eliminates the labor component of production, things will become free — thereby creating the conditions for the destruction of capitalism. Keith agrees — and goes further than Milanovic. The end of paid labor, he insists, borrowing also from Marx, is not a catastrophe. It’s the end of what he calls “paid slavery” and the opening of genuine freedom.</p><p> </p><p>I’m not so sure. If nobody has to work, we’ll all become bad artists. The cult of the amateur. The future is of bad entrepreneurs like Elon Musk and even worse artists. Hyper-capitalism in our age of AI.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Musk-OpenAI Trial: A Big Yawn That Cost Millions: </strong>An Oakland jury rejected Elon Musk’s claim against OpenAI in under two hours — not because OpenAI didn’t do what Musk alleged, but because the statute of limitations had expired. Someone should have caught this before two weeks of trial. Musk has vowed to appeal, but it’s hard to see how you get around a statute of limitations. Keith’s verdict: sideshow, big yawn, ego contest. The lawyers won. The real question — who owns OpenAI after it converts to for-profit — was never going to be answered here.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Sam Altman’s Credibility Problem: </strong>The <em>New York Times</em> took five takeaways from the trial, one of which was that Sam Altman has a credibility problem. Keith’s response: not new information. What the trial did reveal is the depth of mutual animosity between Musk and Altman — two people who, despite everything, share more beliefs about where AI is going than almost anyone else in the world. Keith on who he’d back in a Stalin vs Hitler choice: Stalin, 100 times out of 100. Which is not to say he’s enthusiastic about either.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Krugman on Europe: Right Analysis, Wrong Conclusion: </strong>Paul Krugman, touring Europe, argues that GDP per capita understates European quality of life. A third of US income buys more than a third of US lifestyle in Europe — healthcare, education, travel, housing are all significantly cheaper. Keith agrees with the analysis. His counter: Europe’s structural hostility to innovation means it can maintain its lifestyle but not grow it. The social democratic model is sustainable until it isn’t. It needs to unlock innovation or it will slowly fall behind. Hard to do when you’re spending your time writing regulations.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Milanovic’s AI Thesis: When Things Are Free: </strong>Branko Milanovic — Marxist and neoclassical economist — argues that if AI eliminates the labor component of production, value in the classical Adam Smith/Ricardo/Marx sense disappears, and things approach free. Keith agrees and goes further: this isn’t just Marxist logic, it’s classical economics. The organic composition of capital. If variable capital — mostly labor — tends toward zero, costs tend toward zero, prices tend toward zero, and the distinction between capitalism and its opposite dissolves. Musk says the same thing. Agree or disagree, it’s the most interesting economic argument of our time.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The End of Paid Labor Is the End of Paid Slavery: </strong>Keith’s most provocative position. The end of paid labor is not something to fear. It is freedom — the opening up of genuine choice about how to spend your time. What remains are human-to-human activities: care work, travel companionship, live music, the masseur. These will be in demand. They just won’t constitute most of what 8 billion people do. The question of how the previously employed population participates in society — eats, lives, has purpose — is real and large. Keith’s position: it’s not an inconceivable problem. Andrew’s counter: if nobody has to work, we’ll all become bad artists.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and Andrew’s regular TWTW co-host.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> by Keith Teare.</p><p> </p><p>•       Branko Milanovic, “Artificial Intelligence and the Future of Capitalism from a Marxist and Neoclassical Point of View,” Substack.</p><p> </p><p>•       Paul Krugman, “Is Europe in Economic Decline?” <em>The New York Times</em> / Substack.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2910: Keith Teare and Jonathan Rauch on AI — the preceding special edition, directly referenced.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p> </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 May 2026 11:38:09 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/abc4a278/961273ad.mp3" length="83231433" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BzJpgCPmlN4">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/kogtZk_V5-FzAuESmyTPOvCZvaw_kdQzM4gdlYhYAg8/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lY2Iz/ODVhYTNmZGU5NWJi/OTcyODg2ODU0ZDQ3/NTIzNi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2600</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The end of labor means the end of paid slavery. And the opening up of freedom — that is to say, choice of how to spend your time. The only question, a big question, is how do you eat?” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>Does capitalism have a future in our AI age? For Musk, Silicon Valley’s baddest bad entrepreneur, the answer might surprise. Musk seems to think that in the long run, money and wealth will disappear in an age of abundant intelligence. Which, presumably, will include hundreds of billions of his own dollars. Although given Musk’s determination to sue and take money from OpenAI, some might be slightly sceptical of his real faith in a post-money cornucopia.</p><p> </p><p>It’s not just Musk and <em>That Was the Week</em> publisher <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> who are reimagining capitalism in our AI age. The former World Bank chief economist, Branko Milanovic, drawing on Karl Marx and Adam Smith in equal measure, argues that if AI eliminates the labor component of production, things will become free — thereby creating the conditions for the destruction of capitalism. Keith agrees — and goes further than Milanovic. The end of paid labor, he insists, borrowing also from Marx, is not a catastrophe. It’s the end of what he calls “paid slavery” and the opening of genuine freedom.</p><p> </p><p>I’m not so sure. If nobody has to work, we’ll all become bad artists. The cult of the amateur. The future is of bad entrepreneurs like Elon Musk and even worse artists. Hyper-capitalism in our age of AI.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Musk-OpenAI Trial: A Big Yawn That Cost Millions: </strong>An Oakland jury rejected Elon Musk’s claim against OpenAI in under two hours — not because OpenAI didn’t do what Musk alleged, but because the statute of limitations had expired. Someone should have caught this before two weeks of trial. Musk has vowed to appeal, but it’s hard to see how you get around a statute of limitations. Keith’s verdict: sideshow, big yawn, ego contest. The lawyers won. The real question — who owns OpenAI after it converts to for-profit — was never going to be answered here.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Sam Altman’s Credibility Problem: </strong>The <em>New York Times</em> took five takeaways from the trial, one of which was that Sam Altman has a credibility problem. Keith’s response: not new information. What the trial did reveal is the depth of mutual animosity between Musk and Altman — two people who, despite everything, share more beliefs about where AI is going than almost anyone else in the world. Keith on who he’d back in a Stalin vs Hitler choice: Stalin, 100 times out of 100. Which is not to say he’s enthusiastic about either.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Krugman on Europe: Right Analysis, Wrong Conclusion: </strong>Paul Krugman, touring Europe, argues that GDP per capita understates European quality of life. A third of US income buys more than a third of US lifestyle in Europe — healthcare, education, travel, housing are all significantly cheaper. Keith agrees with the analysis. His counter: Europe’s structural hostility to innovation means it can maintain its lifestyle but not grow it. The social democratic model is sustainable until it isn’t. It needs to unlock innovation or it will slowly fall behind. Hard to do when you’re spending your time writing regulations.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Milanovic’s AI Thesis: When Things Are Free: </strong>Branko Milanovic — Marxist and neoclassical economist — argues that if AI eliminates the labor component of production, value in the classical Adam Smith/Ricardo/Marx sense disappears, and things approach free. Keith agrees and goes further: this isn’t just Marxist logic, it’s classical economics. The organic composition of capital. If variable capital — mostly labor — tends toward zero, costs tend toward zero, prices tend toward zero, and the distinction between capitalism and its opposite dissolves. Musk says the same thing. Agree or disagree, it’s the most interesting economic argument of our time.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The End of Paid Labor Is the End of Paid Slavery: </strong>Keith’s most provocative position. The end of paid labor is not something to fear. It is freedom — the opening up of genuine choice about how to spend your time. What remains are human-to-human activities: care work, travel companionship, live music, the masseur. These will be in demand. They just won’t constitute most of what 8 billion people do. The question of how the previously employed population participates in society — eats, lives, has purpose — is real and large. Keith’s position: it’s not an inconceivable problem. Andrew’s counter: if nobody has to work, we’ll all become bad artists.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and Andrew’s regular TWTW co-host.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> by Keith Teare.</p><p> </p><p>•       Branko Milanovic, “Artificial Intelligence and the Future of Capitalism from a Marxist and Neoclassical Point of View,” Substack.</p><p> </p><p>•       Paul Krugman, “Is Europe in Economic Decline?” <em>The New York Times</em> / Substack.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2910: Keith Teare and Jonathan Rauch on AI — the preceding special edition, directly referenced.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p> </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/abc4a278/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When California Was an Island: Peter Keating on the Cartography That Maps How We See the World</title>
      <itunes:episode>2914</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2914</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When California Was an Island: Peter Keating on the Cartography That Maps How We See the World</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">39032d37-22aa-45ec-8992-05f96a2be7ea</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Maps are communicating vast quantities of new knowledge that was only estimated. They convey this imaginative energy — an imaginative energy that maps today have lost, because today maps are so functional, so utilitarian.” — Peter Keating</em></p><p> </p><p>In the sixteenth century, Spanish cartographers represented California as an island. They weren’t being careless. Nor were they drawing <em>New Yorker</em> covers. These 16th century cartographers were, instead, mapping the limits of both what they knew and what they imagined.</p><p> </p><p>Cartography is as much an art as a science and maps always mirror how we see the world. Thus <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/peter-keating/power-lines/9781579658779/">Peter Keating</a>’s beautifully illustrated new book, <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/peter-keating/power-lines/9781579658779/"><em>Power Lines: Maps That Shaped the Way We See the World</em></a>. Assembling nearly 100 of history’s most consequential political maps, Keating’s thesis is that maps are not neutral. They are arguments. Every map centers something — a religion, an empire, a people — and pushes something else to the margins. The story of cartography, then, is the story of power.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>California Was an Island: The Power of Imagined Geography: </strong>In the sixteenth century, Spanish cartographers drew California as a large island off the coast of America. They weren’t being careless — they were mapping the edge of what was known and imaginable. Before any map can draw a border, Keating argues, it has to decide what is real. The T-and-O medieval maps placed Jerusalem at the center of the world, with the biblically admitted lands of Europe, Africa, and Asia radiating outward. Only slowly, and with great difficulty, did the Western cartographic tradition absorb the fact that there was a whole continent between their imagination and the Pacific.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Oldest Tension in Cartography: Sacred vs Scientific: </strong>Keating identifies two traditions in constant tension throughout Western history. The cosmographical tradition: center what you know and believe, place your gods and sacred lands at the middle of the world, and mix fantasy with inquiry. The scientific tradition: starting with Ptolemy in ancient Greece and independently in ancient China, create maps that generals and kings could actually use to expand territory, find resources, and identify enemies. With Rome’s Christianisation, the cosmographical tradition dominated for nearly a thousand years. The Ptolemaic scientific tradition only re-emerged with the Renaissance and exploration.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Poland: The Most Erased Country in Cartographic History: </strong>Keating’s answer to his own question — which country has been wiped off maps most often yet survived? Poland. It disappeared from maps at least three times, divided and partitioned by more geographically fortunate powers — Habsburgs, Russians, Nazis — whose cultural and military might seemed overwhelming. And yet Poland survived every erasure in the hearts of its people. A 1956 map of Poland as a carnation, published by the communist government as a May Day celebration, reads — Keating argues — as subversive under the surface: a nation asserting its existence against the regime that claimed to represent it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Lincoln’s Favorite Map: The Slave Density Survey: </strong>The most powerful map in the book: the 1861 Coast Survey, a non-ideological government project that shaded American counties by the density of enslaved populations. Lincoln studied it obsessively. He reasoned that where enslaved people were densest, Union troops could arrive as liberators and find support. Where they were rare — in predominantly white areas of the South — he could pursue accommodation and peace. The map shaped the Emancipation Proclamation’s geography. And because enslaved populations had settled where the delta soils were richest, the map also explains the cultural and political geography of the American South today.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Two-Color Election Map Is Making Democracy Worse: </strong>Every two years, Americans are shown the same red-and-blue electoral map. Keating’s verdict: it is a bad projection, a winner-take-all distortion, and a representation of the Electoral College’s biases rather than actual political sentiment. Research shows that two-color maps increase cynicism, cause people to underestimate the number of fellow-partisans in other states, and erode faith in politics. In a democracy, maps should reflect actual political support. The United States is overdue for population-based electoral maps.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/peter-keating/power-lines/9781579658779/">Peter Keating</a> is a narrative journalist whose work has appeared in <em>GQ</em>, <em>Mother Jones</em>, <em>National Geographic</em>, and <em>Politico</em>. He was a longtime columnist and founding member of the Investigative Unit at ESPN, where he was part of teams that won three National Magazine Awards. He is the author of <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/peter-keating/power-lines/9781579658779/"><em>Power Lines: Maps That Shaped the Way We See the World</em></a> (Black Dog &amp; Leventhal, May 12, 2026) and <em>Dingers! A Short History of the Long Ball</em>. He lives in Montclair, New Jersey.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/peter-keating/power-lines/9781579658779/"><em>Power Lines: Maps That Shaped the Way We See the World</em></a> by Peter Keating (Black Dog &amp; Leventhal, May 12, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Saul Steinberg’s “View of the World from 9th Avenue,” <em>The New Yorker</em>, 1976 — the famous New Yorker cover discussed in the interview.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2908: Audun Dahl on moral judgements — the parallel episode on how framing shapes perception.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2909: Adrian Goldsworthy on Athens and Sparta — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - California as an island: sixteenth-century Spanish maps</li>
<li>(02:14) - What imagined maps teach us: the limits of knowledge</li>
<li>(04:30) - The New Yorker cover of 1976: New York’s view of the world</li>
<li>(05:22) - Two traditions in tension: cosmographical vs scientific</li>
<li>(08:13) - Geo...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Maps are communicating vast quantities of new knowledge that was only estimated. They convey this imaginative energy — an imaginative energy that maps today have lost, because today maps are so functional, so utilitarian.” — Peter Keating</em></p><p> </p><p>In the sixteenth century, Spanish cartographers represented California as an island. They weren’t being careless. Nor were they drawing <em>New Yorker</em> covers. These 16th century cartographers were, instead, mapping the limits of both what they knew and what they imagined.</p><p> </p><p>Cartography is as much an art as a science and maps always mirror how we see the world. Thus <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/peter-keating/power-lines/9781579658779/">Peter Keating</a>’s beautifully illustrated new book, <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/peter-keating/power-lines/9781579658779/"><em>Power Lines: Maps That Shaped the Way We See the World</em></a>. Assembling nearly 100 of history’s most consequential political maps, Keating’s thesis is that maps are not neutral. They are arguments. Every map centers something — a religion, an empire, a people — and pushes something else to the margins. The story of cartography, then, is the story of power.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>California Was an Island: The Power of Imagined Geography: </strong>In the sixteenth century, Spanish cartographers drew California as a large island off the coast of America. They weren’t being careless — they were mapping the edge of what was known and imaginable. Before any map can draw a border, Keating argues, it has to decide what is real. The T-and-O medieval maps placed Jerusalem at the center of the world, with the biblically admitted lands of Europe, Africa, and Asia radiating outward. Only slowly, and with great difficulty, did the Western cartographic tradition absorb the fact that there was a whole continent between their imagination and the Pacific.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Oldest Tension in Cartography: Sacred vs Scientific: </strong>Keating identifies two traditions in constant tension throughout Western history. The cosmographical tradition: center what you know and believe, place your gods and sacred lands at the middle of the world, and mix fantasy with inquiry. The scientific tradition: starting with Ptolemy in ancient Greece and independently in ancient China, create maps that generals and kings could actually use to expand territory, find resources, and identify enemies. With Rome’s Christianisation, the cosmographical tradition dominated for nearly a thousand years. The Ptolemaic scientific tradition only re-emerged with the Renaissance and exploration.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Poland: The Most Erased Country in Cartographic History: </strong>Keating’s answer to his own question — which country has been wiped off maps most often yet survived? Poland. It disappeared from maps at least three times, divided and partitioned by more geographically fortunate powers — Habsburgs, Russians, Nazis — whose cultural and military might seemed overwhelming. And yet Poland survived every erasure in the hearts of its people. A 1956 map of Poland as a carnation, published by the communist government as a May Day celebration, reads — Keating argues — as subversive under the surface: a nation asserting its existence against the regime that claimed to represent it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Lincoln’s Favorite Map: The Slave Density Survey: </strong>The most powerful map in the book: the 1861 Coast Survey, a non-ideological government project that shaded American counties by the density of enslaved populations. Lincoln studied it obsessively. He reasoned that where enslaved people were densest, Union troops could arrive as liberators and find support. Where they were rare — in predominantly white areas of the South — he could pursue accommodation and peace. The map shaped the Emancipation Proclamation’s geography. And because enslaved populations had settled where the delta soils were richest, the map also explains the cultural and political geography of the American South today.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Two-Color Election Map Is Making Democracy Worse: </strong>Every two years, Americans are shown the same red-and-blue electoral map. Keating’s verdict: it is a bad projection, a winner-take-all distortion, and a representation of the Electoral College’s biases rather than actual political sentiment. Research shows that two-color maps increase cynicism, cause people to underestimate the number of fellow-partisans in other states, and erode faith in politics. In a democracy, maps should reflect actual political support. The United States is overdue for population-based electoral maps.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/peter-keating/power-lines/9781579658779/">Peter Keating</a> is a narrative journalist whose work has appeared in <em>GQ</em>, <em>Mother Jones</em>, <em>National Geographic</em>, and <em>Politico</em>. He was a longtime columnist and founding member of the Investigative Unit at ESPN, where he was part of teams that won three National Magazine Awards. He is the author of <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/peter-keating/power-lines/9781579658779/"><em>Power Lines: Maps That Shaped the Way We See the World</em></a> (Black Dog &amp; Leventhal, May 12, 2026) and <em>Dingers! A Short History of the Long Ball</em>. He lives in Montclair, New Jersey.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/peter-keating/power-lines/9781579658779/"><em>Power Lines: Maps That Shaped the Way We See the World</em></a> by Peter Keating (Black Dog &amp; Leventhal, May 12, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Saul Steinberg’s “View of the World from 9th Avenue,” <em>The New Yorker</em>, 1976 — the famous New Yorker cover discussed in the interview.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2908: Audun Dahl on moral judgements — the parallel episode on how framing shapes perception.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2909: Adrian Goldsworthy on Athens and Sparta — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - California as an island: sixteenth-century Spanish maps</li>
<li>(02:14) - What imagined maps teach us: the limits of knowledge</li>
<li>(04:30) - The New Yorker cover of 1976: New York’s view of the world</li>
<li>(05:22) - Two traditions in tension: cosmographical vs scientific</li>
<li>(08:13) - Geo...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2026 15:23:06 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/e5178519/d541cb82.mp3" length="97368385" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6zr35zLpUcI">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/02ylvwiUrbgd2uM_a_LWE9-1CafeNujhckG4f-SAgYw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS83NDVm/NTE3MmZjYWRkNmI0/NGRjYjY2OTAwOGFi/ODg3NC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3042</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Maps are communicating vast quantities of new knowledge that was only estimated. They convey this imaginative energy — an imaginative energy that maps today have lost, because today maps are so functional, so utilitarian.” — Peter Keating</em></p><p> </p><p>In the sixteenth century, Spanish cartographers represented California as an island. They weren’t being careless. Nor were they drawing <em>New Yorker</em> covers. These 16th century cartographers were, instead, mapping the limits of both what they knew and what they imagined.</p><p> </p><p>Cartography is as much an art as a science and maps always mirror how we see the world. Thus <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/peter-keating/power-lines/9781579658779/">Peter Keating</a>’s beautifully illustrated new book, <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/peter-keating/power-lines/9781579658779/"><em>Power Lines: Maps That Shaped the Way We See the World</em></a>. Assembling nearly 100 of history’s most consequential political maps, Keating’s thesis is that maps are not neutral. They are arguments. Every map centers something — a religion, an empire, a people — and pushes something else to the margins. The story of cartography, then, is the story of power.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>California Was an Island: The Power of Imagined Geography: </strong>In the sixteenth century, Spanish cartographers drew California as a large island off the coast of America. They weren’t being careless — they were mapping the edge of what was known and imaginable. Before any map can draw a border, Keating argues, it has to decide what is real. The T-and-O medieval maps placed Jerusalem at the center of the world, with the biblically admitted lands of Europe, Africa, and Asia radiating outward. Only slowly, and with great difficulty, did the Western cartographic tradition absorb the fact that there was a whole continent between their imagination and the Pacific.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Oldest Tension in Cartography: Sacred vs Scientific: </strong>Keating identifies two traditions in constant tension throughout Western history. The cosmographical tradition: center what you know and believe, place your gods and sacred lands at the middle of the world, and mix fantasy with inquiry. The scientific tradition: starting with Ptolemy in ancient Greece and independently in ancient China, create maps that generals and kings could actually use to expand territory, find resources, and identify enemies. With Rome’s Christianisation, the cosmographical tradition dominated for nearly a thousand years. The Ptolemaic scientific tradition only re-emerged with the Renaissance and exploration.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Poland: The Most Erased Country in Cartographic History: </strong>Keating’s answer to his own question — which country has been wiped off maps most often yet survived? Poland. It disappeared from maps at least three times, divided and partitioned by more geographically fortunate powers — Habsburgs, Russians, Nazis — whose cultural and military might seemed overwhelming. And yet Poland survived every erasure in the hearts of its people. A 1956 map of Poland as a carnation, published by the communist government as a May Day celebration, reads — Keating argues — as subversive under the surface: a nation asserting its existence against the regime that claimed to represent it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Lincoln’s Favorite Map: The Slave Density Survey: </strong>The most powerful map in the book: the 1861 Coast Survey, a non-ideological government project that shaded American counties by the density of enslaved populations. Lincoln studied it obsessively. He reasoned that where enslaved people were densest, Union troops could arrive as liberators and find support. Where they were rare — in predominantly white areas of the South — he could pursue accommodation and peace. The map shaped the Emancipation Proclamation’s geography. And because enslaved populations had settled where the delta soils were richest, the map also explains the cultural and political geography of the American South today.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Two-Color Election Map Is Making Democracy Worse: </strong>Every two years, Americans are shown the same red-and-blue electoral map. Keating’s verdict: it is a bad projection, a winner-take-all distortion, and a representation of the Electoral College’s biases rather than actual political sentiment. Research shows that two-color maps increase cynicism, cause people to underestimate the number of fellow-partisans in other states, and erode faith in politics. In a democracy, maps should reflect actual political support. The United States is overdue for population-based electoral maps.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/peter-keating/power-lines/9781579658779/">Peter Keating</a> is a narrative journalist whose work has appeared in <em>GQ</em>, <em>Mother Jones</em>, <em>National Geographic</em>, and <em>Politico</em>. He was a longtime columnist and founding member of the Investigative Unit at ESPN, where he was part of teams that won three National Magazine Awards. He is the author of <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/peter-keating/power-lines/9781579658779/"><em>Power Lines: Maps That Shaped the Way We See the World</em></a> (Black Dog &amp; Leventhal, May 12, 2026) and <em>Dingers! A Short History of the Long Ball</em>. He lives in Montclair, New Jersey.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/peter-keating/power-lines/9781579658779/"><em>Power Lines: Maps That Shaped the Way We See the World</em></a> by Peter Keating (Black Dog &amp; Leventhal, May 12, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Saul Steinberg’s “View of the World from 9th Avenue,” <em>The New Yorker</em>, 1976 — the famous New Yorker cover discussed in the interview.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2908: Audun Dahl on moral judgements — the parallel episode on how framing shapes perception.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2909: Adrian Goldsworthy on Athens and Sparta — referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - California as an island: sixteenth-century Spanish maps</li>
<li>(02:14) - What imagined maps teach us: the limits of knowledge</li>
<li>(04:30) - The New Yorker cover of 1976: New York’s view of the world</li>
<li>(05:22) - Two traditions in tension: cosmographical vs scientific</li>
<li>(08:13) - Geo...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/e5178519/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/e5178519/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Don’t Use the F-Word: David Ost on Why the Red Pill, Not Fascism, Demystifies the Far Right</title>
      <itunes:episode>2913</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2913</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Don’t Use the F-Word: David Ost on Why the Red Pill, Not Fascism, Demystifies the Far Right</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8382e008-9e4c-4d60-8ab1-e2bb6076dee1</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Fascism is the term that is everywhere and nowhere in contemporary political discussions. We can talk about right-wing populism — but the type of politics they share with classic fascism is what I call red pill politics.” — David Ost</em></p><p> </p><p>Please don’t use the F-word. At least to describe the politics of Trump, Orbán, Meloni, Netanyahu, Modi, Farage et al. Rather than fascism, the best way to demystify far-right populism is via the movie <em>The Matrix</em> through its idea of “red pill” politics.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/red-pill-politics/">David Ost</a>’s new book, <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/red-pill-politics/"><em>Red Pill Politics: Demystifying Today’s Far Right</em></a>, argues that to grasp the threat we need to stop stepping out of the Third Reich and into <em>The Matrix</em>. The red pill, borrowed from the 1999 dystopian classic, has been appropriated by the far right as a metaphor for seeing through the liberal hegemony they claim distorts reality. Popping a red pill himself, Ost argues that while today’s far right shares the essential DNA of classical fascism, it nonetheless operates in a world in which outright dictatorship isn’t viable. Mussolini, Ost warns, didn’t become totalitarian until four years after taking power. Fascism, then, is a process. It takes time. Even dystopias require patience.</p><p> </p><p>The book is also a manifesto for left counter-politics. Yes, Law and Justice in Poland and Orbán in Hungary have both been voted out, Ost acknowledges. But in Poland, he warns, the Tusk government won power in 2023 and then governed timidly, afraid of alienating the center, failing its own base on abortion and LGBT rights, and then losing the presidential election. So the lesson from Eastern Europe is that economic left populism, not liberal caution, is the best antidote to red pill politics. Mamdani not Starmer. Otherwise the F-word will once again become a reality.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The F-Word Has Become Meaningless: </strong>Every application of “fascism” to Trump, Orbán, or Meloni is immediately met with the counter: “Are we killing you? Are we throwing you in jail?” And seemingly the matter is put to rest. Ost’s argument: the f-word has become a conversation-stopper rather than a conversation-starter. It lets the far right off the hook by setting the bar at Nazi-level violence. The actual threat — the delegitimisation of institutions, the treatment of opponents as traitors, the erosion of democratic norms — is already underway, without the gas chambers that the f-word implies.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Opponents vs Traitors: The Defining Distinction: </strong>In a democracy, you have opponents. You disagree with them, you campaign against them, you try to vote them out. In far-right politics, you have traitors. People who disagree with you are not legitimate participants in a political contest — they are enemies of the nation, people who do not belong, people who are working against the interests of the real people. This distinction — not violence, not the gas chambers, but the redefinition of legitimate opposition as treachery — is Ost’s clearest marker of the transition from normal democratic politics to something else.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Mussolini’s Four Years: How Long Before Dictatorship? </strong>When Mussolini first came to power, there were still elections. He tried to rig the game — to gerrymander, to use contemporary parlance — and institutionalise his authority. He only turned to outright dictatorship after four years in power. That was a different time. But the pattern — of coming to power through elections and then slowly making it impossible to be removed through elections — is not unique to Italy. Ost argues we may currently be in the equivalent of Mussolini’s first four years in several countries simultaneously.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>What Eastern Europe Teaches America: The Tusk Warning: </strong>Law and Justice in Poland governed for eight years and was voted out in 2023. The lesson should be hopeful. But the coalition that replaced it, led by Donald Tusk, governed timidly — afraid of doing anything that might alienate the center, failing to deliver on abortion rights and domestic partnerships, and then lost the presidential election. Ost’s verdict: a Biden mistake. When the center-left or left comes to power, it must be consequentially left populist — not just different from the right in tone and temperament, but materially different in what it does for regular people. Caution is its own kind of failure.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Mamdani as Real-World Exhibit A: </strong>Ost was writing the book when Zohran Mamdani won the New York City Democratic mayoral primary. Mamdani campaigned explicitly to speak to voters who had voted for Trump — asking why they were moving in that direction and arguing that a universalist left could speak to their material concerns without abandoning minorities. For Ost, this is the model: economic populism that is genuinely redistributionist, that speaks to small cities and rural areas, that is tough on the issues rather than cautious about public opinion. A left that actually stands for something.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/red-pill-politics/">David Ost</a> is an emeritus professor of politics at Hobart and William Smith Colleges. He is the author of <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/red-pill-politics/"><em>Red Pill Politics: Demystifying Today’s Far Right</em></a> (The New Press, May 19, 2026), <em>The Defeat of Solidarity: Anger and Politics in Postcommunist Europe</em>, <em>Solidarity and the Politics of Anti-Politics</em>, and other books. He has written for a wide range of scholarly and popular publications, has done research in Polish factories, and once drove a NYC taxi. He lives in Ithaca, New York.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/red-pill-politics/"><em>Red Pill Politics: Demystifying Today’s Far Right</em></a> by David Ost (The New Press, May 19, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Jonathan Rauch, “Yes, It’s Fascism,” <em>The Atlantic</em> — the piece Andrew references at the opening, and the episode we produced around it.</p><p> </p><p>•       Jason Stanley, <em>How Fascism Works</em> — cited as the book Ost’s is in conversation with.</p><p> </p><p>•       Steven Levitsky &amp; Daniel Ziblatt, <em>How Democracies Die</em> — Levitsky blurbs the book.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2894: Marc Loustau on making Hungary boring again — the companion episode on Orbán’s defeat, referenced directly.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts...."></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Fascism is the term that is everywhere and nowhere in contemporary political discussions. We can talk about right-wing populism — but the type of politics they share with classic fascism is what I call red pill politics.” — David Ost</em></p><p> </p><p>Please don’t use the F-word. At least to describe the politics of Trump, Orbán, Meloni, Netanyahu, Modi, Farage et al. Rather than fascism, the best way to demystify far-right populism is via the movie <em>The Matrix</em> through its idea of “red pill” politics.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/red-pill-politics/">David Ost</a>’s new book, <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/red-pill-politics/"><em>Red Pill Politics: Demystifying Today’s Far Right</em></a>, argues that to grasp the threat we need to stop stepping out of the Third Reich and into <em>The Matrix</em>. The red pill, borrowed from the 1999 dystopian classic, has been appropriated by the far right as a metaphor for seeing through the liberal hegemony they claim distorts reality. Popping a red pill himself, Ost argues that while today’s far right shares the essential DNA of classical fascism, it nonetheless operates in a world in which outright dictatorship isn’t viable. Mussolini, Ost warns, didn’t become totalitarian until four years after taking power. Fascism, then, is a process. It takes time. Even dystopias require patience.</p><p> </p><p>The book is also a manifesto for left counter-politics. Yes, Law and Justice in Poland and Orbán in Hungary have both been voted out, Ost acknowledges. But in Poland, he warns, the Tusk government won power in 2023 and then governed timidly, afraid of alienating the center, failing its own base on abortion and LGBT rights, and then losing the presidential election. So the lesson from Eastern Europe is that economic left populism, not liberal caution, is the best antidote to red pill politics. Mamdani not Starmer. Otherwise the F-word will once again become a reality.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The F-Word Has Become Meaningless: </strong>Every application of “fascism” to Trump, Orbán, or Meloni is immediately met with the counter: “Are we killing you? Are we throwing you in jail?” And seemingly the matter is put to rest. Ost’s argument: the f-word has become a conversation-stopper rather than a conversation-starter. It lets the far right off the hook by setting the bar at Nazi-level violence. The actual threat — the delegitimisation of institutions, the treatment of opponents as traitors, the erosion of democratic norms — is already underway, without the gas chambers that the f-word implies.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Opponents vs Traitors: The Defining Distinction: </strong>In a democracy, you have opponents. You disagree with them, you campaign against them, you try to vote them out. In far-right politics, you have traitors. People who disagree with you are not legitimate participants in a political contest — they are enemies of the nation, people who do not belong, people who are working against the interests of the real people. This distinction — not violence, not the gas chambers, but the redefinition of legitimate opposition as treachery — is Ost’s clearest marker of the transition from normal democratic politics to something else.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Mussolini’s Four Years: How Long Before Dictatorship? </strong>When Mussolini first came to power, there were still elections. He tried to rig the game — to gerrymander, to use contemporary parlance — and institutionalise his authority. He only turned to outright dictatorship after four years in power. That was a different time. But the pattern — of coming to power through elections and then slowly making it impossible to be removed through elections — is not unique to Italy. Ost argues we may currently be in the equivalent of Mussolini’s first four years in several countries simultaneously.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>What Eastern Europe Teaches America: The Tusk Warning: </strong>Law and Justice in Poland governed for eight years and was voted out in 2023. The lesson should be hopeful. But the coalition that replaced it, led by Donald Tusk, governed timidly — afraid of doing anything that might alienate the center, failing to deliver on abortion rights and domestic partnerships, and then lost the presidential election. Ost’s verdict: a Biden mistake. When the center-left or left comes to power, it must be consequentially left populist — not just different from the right in tone and temperament, but materially different in what it does for regular people. Caution is its own kind of failure.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Mamdani as Real-World Exhibit A: </strong>Ost was writing the book when Zohran Mamdani won the New York City Democratic mayoral primary. Mamdani campaigned explicitly to speak to voters who had voted for Trump — asking why they were moving in that direction and arguing that a universalist left could speak to their material concerns without abandoning minorities. For Ost, this is the model: economic populism that is genuinely redistributionist, that speaks to small cities and rural areas, that is tough on the issues rather than cautious about public opinion. A left that actually stands for something.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/red-pill-politics/">David Ost</a> is an emeritus professor of politics at Hobart and William Smith Colleges. He is the author of <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/red-pill-politics/"><em>Red Pill Politics: Demystifying Today’s Far Right</em></a> (The New Press, May 19, 2026), <em>The Defeat of Solidarity: Anger and Politics in Postcommunist Europe</em>, <em>Solidarity and the Politics of Anti-Politics</em>, and other books. He has written for a wide range of scholarly and popular publications, has done research in Polish factories, and once drove a NYC taxi. He lives in Ithaca, New York.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/red-pill-politics/"><em>Red Pill Politics: Demystifying Today’s Far Right</em></a> by David Ost (The New Press, May 19, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Jonathan Rauch, “Yes, It’s Fascism,” <em>The Atlantic</em> — the piece Andrew references at the opening, and the episode we produced around it.</p><p> </p><p>•       Jason Stanley, <em>How Fascism Works</em> — cited as the book Ost’s is in conversation with.</p><p> </p><p>•       Steven Levitsky &amp; Daniel Ziblatt, <em>How Democracies Die</em> — Levitsky blurbs the book.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2894: Marc Loustau on making Hungary boring again — the companion episode on Orbán’s defeat, referenced directly.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts...."></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 May 2026 20:52:02 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/0f3bea35/f89d5c2b.mp3" length="89899762" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1uKoPbaSmTU">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/5vfrALAK2eKcnypCW1D0Tt6-wpmUVuXp-OEIWJIEnuU/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9jOTU2/OTZhNmM3YThjODMx/YmRlZjllOGMxMTA4/MGQzMy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2809</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Fascism is the term that is everywhere and nowhere in contemporary political discussions. We can talk about right-wing populism — but the type of politics they share with classic fascism is what I call red pill politics.” — David Ost</em></p><p> </p><p>Please don’t use the F-word. At least to describe the politics of Trump, Orbán, Meloni, Netanyahu, Modi, Farage et al. Rather than fascism, the best way to demystify far-right populism is via the movie <em>The Matrix</em> through its idea of “red pill” politics.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/red-pill-politics/">David Ost</a>’s new book, <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/red-pill-politics/"><em>Red Pill Politics: Demystifying Today’s Far Right</em></a>, argues that to grasp the threat we need to stop stepping out of the Third Reich and into <em>The Matrix</em>. The red pill, borrowed from the 1999 dystopian classic, has been appropriated by the far right as a metaphor for seeing through the liberal hegemony they claim distorts reality. Popping a red pill himself, Ost argues that while today’s far right shares the essential DNA of classical fascism, it nonetheless operates in a world in which outright dictatorship isn’t viable. Mussolini, Ost warns, didn’t become totalitarian until four years after taking power. Fascism, then, is a process. It takes time. Even dystopias require patience.</p><p> </p><p>The book is also a manifesto for left counter-politics. Yes, Law and Justice in Poland and Orbán in Hungary have both been voted out, Ost acknowledges. But in Poland, he warns, the Tusk government won power in 2023 and then governed timidly, afraid of alienating the center, failing its own base on abortion and LGBT rights, and then losing the presidential election. So the lesson from Eastern Europe is that economic left populism, not liberal caution, is the best antidote to red pill politics. Mamdani not Starmer. Otherwise the F-word will once again become a reality.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The F-Word Has Become Meaningless: </strong>Every application of “fascism” to Trump, Orbán, or Meloni is immediately met with the counter: “Are we killing you? Are we throwing you in jail?” And seemingly the matter is put to rest. Ost’s argument: the f-word has become a conversation-stopper rather than a conversation-starter. It lets the far right off the hook by setting the bar at Nazi-level violence. The actual threat — the delegitimisation of institutions, the treatment of opponents as traitors, the erosion of democratic norms — is already underway, without the gas chambers that the f-word implies.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Opponents vs Traitors: The Defining Distinction: </strong>In a democracy, you have opponents. You disagree with them, you campaign against them, you try to vote them out. In far-right politics, you have traitors. People who disagree with you are not legitimate participants in a political contest — they are enemies of the nation, people who do not belong, people who are working against the interests of the real people. This distinction — not violence, not the gas chambers, but the redefinition of legitimate opposition as treachery — is Ost’s clearest marker of the transition from normal democratic politics to something else.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Mussolini’s Four Years: How Long Before Dictatorship? </strong>When Mussolini first came to power, there were still elections. He tried to rig the game — to gerrymander, to use contemporary parlance — and institutionalise his authority. He only turned to outright dictatorship after four years in power. That was a different time. But the pattern — of coming to power through elections and then slowly making it impossible to be removed through elections — is not unique to Italy. Ost argues we may currently be in the equivalent of Mussolini’s first four years in several countries simultaneously.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>What Eastern Europe Teaches America: The Tusk Warning: </strong>Law and Justice in Poland governed for eight years and was voted out in 2023. The lesson should be hopeful. But the coalition that replaced it, led by Donald Tusk, governed timidly — afraid of doing anything that might alienate the center, failing to deliver on abortion rights and domestic partnerships, and then lost the presidential election. Ost’s verdict: a Biden mistake. When the center-left or left comes to power, it must be consequentially left populist — not just different from the right in tone and temperament, but materially different in what it does for regular people. Caution is its own kind of failure.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Mamdani as Real-World Exhibit A: </strong>Ost was writing the book when Zohran Mamdani won the New York City Democratic mayoral primary. Mamdani campaigned explicitly to speak to voters who had voted for Trump — asking why they were moving in that direction and arguing that a universalist left could speak to their material concerns without abandoning minorities. For Ost, this is the model: economic populism that is genuinely redistributionist, that speaks to small cities and rural areas, that is tough on the issues rather than cautious about public opinion. A left that actually stands for something.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/red-pill-politics/">David Ost</a> is an emeritus professor of politics at Hobart and William Smith Colleges. He is the author of <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/red-pill-politics/"><em>Red Pill Politics: Demystifying Today’s Far Right</em></a> (The New Press, May 19, 2026), <em>The Defeat of Solidarity: Anger and Politics in Postcommunist Europe</em>, <em>Solidarity and the Politics of Anti-Politics</em>, and other books. He has written for a wide range of scholarly and popular publications, has done research in Polish factories, and once drove a NYC taxi. He lives in Ithaca, New York.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thenewpress.org/books/red-pill-politics/"><em>Red Pill Politics: Demystifying Today’s Far Right</em></a> by David Ost (The New Press, May 19, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Jonathan Rauch, “Yes, It’s Fascism,” <em>The Atlantic</em> — the piece Andrew references at the opening, and the episode we produced around it.</p><p> </p><p>•       Jason Stanley, <em>How Fascism Works</em> — cited as the book Ost’s is in conversation with.</p><p> </p><p>•       Steven Levitsky &amp; Daniel Ziblatt, <em>How Democracies Die</em> — Levitsky blurbs the book.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2894: Marc Loustau on making Hungary boring again — the companion episode on Orbán’s defeat, referenced directly.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts...."></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>Yes</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0f3bea35/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0f3bea35/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Don't Retire, Rewire: Michael Clinton's Longevity Nation</title>
      <itunes:episode>2912</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2912</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Don't Retire, Rewire: Michael Clinton's Longevity Nation</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9cc4ffda-ffa6-44b3-a29d-d893cc1eed8b</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Retirement is a false construct created a hundred years ago by the government. It was basically created when Social Security was born. Prior to that, people worked until they died — because they didn’t live as long.” — Michael Clinton</em></p><p> </p><p>At the ripe young age of 70, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Longevity-Nation/Michael-Clinton/9781582709628">Michael Clinton</a> hiked nine days to Everest Base Camp and ran the Tenzing-Hillary Marathon down. Now 72, he is president of his own longevity consultancy, a columnist for <em>Esquire</em> and <em>Men’s Health</em>, a private pilot, part-owner of a vineyard in Argentina, and the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Longevity-Nation/Michael-Clinton/9781582709628"><em>Longevity Nation: The People, Ideas, and Trends Changing the Second Half of Our Lives</em></a> (Atria/Beyond Words, May 5, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>Rather than about living forever, <em>Longevity Nation</em> dares us to redefine what the second half of our lives can look like. And Clinton wants us to reinvent society accordingly. A hundred years ago, he reminds us, only seven million Americans were over 65. Today there are 62 million, which will quickly grow to 80 million. The whole world is aging, and its institutions are not keeping up. Retirement, Michael Clinton explains, is a false construct invented a century ago by industrial age governments. Rewire, the septuagenarian marathoner says. Don’t retire.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>This Is What 72 Looks Like Today: </strong>Clinton’s opening provocation: at 70, he hiked to Everest Base Camp and ran the marathon down. He’s visited 125 countries, run marathons on all seven continents, holds two master’s degrees, and is a private pilot. His point is not to brag. It is that the cultural image of what 70 or 80 looks like has not caught up with the reality of what a subset of 70 and 80-year-olds — and, increasingly, a growing proportion of 70 and 80-year-olds — actually look like and are capable of. When he was 40, 72 seemed ancient. Now he is 72. It doesn’t.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>GLP-1: Hotel California or Longevity’s First Democratised Drug? </strong>The sharpest exchange in the interview. Andrew’s framing: GLP-1 is Hotel California — you can check in but not check out. Stop taking it and the weight and inflammation return. Clinton’s response: yes, that seems to be the story right now, and nobody knows the long-term play. But GLP-1 is coming to Medicare this summer, price cut in half, and it may become the first truly democratised longevity drug — reducing obesity, inflammation, and cardiovascular risk across the income spectrum, not just for the wealthy. Exciting and uncertain in equal measure.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Retirement Is a False Construct: </strong>Social Security was created at a moment when most Americans died before collecting it. Life expectancy was 62. The retirement age was 65. The construct was built for a world that no longer exists. Clinton’s prescription: don’t retire. Rewire. You don’t have to do the same thing, but do something. Stay engaged. Stay purposeful. If you’re 65 and live another thirty years, the retirement construct — move to Florida, play golf, wait — is not merely insufficient. It is actively harmful to cognitive and physical health.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Longevity Nation vs Gerontocracy: </strong>Andrew raises the counter-argument: is longevity nation actually gerontocracy? Trump, Biden, Trump. Ruth Bader Ginsburg. Nancy Pelosi. A class of elderly people who won’t step aside, hoarding power and preventing generational renewal. Clinton’s response: he is opposed to formal retirement ages for anyone. His answer to the political hoarding of power is not age limits but engagement — people need purpose, and purpose should be redirected, not cut off. Andrew’s unspoken counter: this is easy to say when you’re not the one being blocked by an eighty-year-old senator.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Who Do You Want Around Your Deathbed? </strong>Clinton’s most personal observation, via the book he co-authored: as you think about living longer, ask yourself — who are the five people you would want around your deathbed? And are you maintaining those relationships? The grandson of a funeral director, Clinton has a different relationship with death than most. His prescription: the longer you live, the more important it becomes to keep your closest relationships strong. Longevity without community is not longevity. It is just duration.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Longevity-Nation/Michael-Clinton/9781582709628">Michael Clinton</a> is the former president and publishing director of Hearst Magazines, founder of Roar Forward, and the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Longevity-Nation/Michael-Clinton/9781582709628"><em>Longevity Nation: The People, Ideas, and Trends Changing the Second Half of Our Lives</em></a> (Atria/Beyond Words, May 5, 2026) and <em>Roar: Into the Second Half of Your Life (Before It’s Too Late)</em>. He is a columnist for <em>Men’s Health</em> and <em>Esquire</em>, a private pilot, a marathon runner on all seven continents, and a part-owner of a vineyard in Argentina. He lives in New York City and Water Mill, Long Island.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Longevity-Nation/Michael-Clinton/9781582709628"><em>Longevity Nation: The People, Ideas, and Trends Changing the Second Half of Our Lives</em></a> by Michael Clinton (Atria/Beyond Words, May 5, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Stanford Center on Longevity, <em>New Map of Life</em> — cited by Clinton as one of the major research frameworks behind the book.</p><p> </p><p>•       Samuel Moyn, <em>Gerontocratic Nation</em> — the Yale professor’s forthcoming counter-argument, referenced by Andrew.</p><p> </p><p>•       Cara Swisher, <em>Cara Swisher Wants to Live Forever</em> — the CNN series referenced at the opening as the sceptical counterpart to Clinton’s optimism.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Cara Swisher wants to live forever</li>
<li>(01:33) - How old are you, Michael? 72 and proud</li>
<li>(01:57) - The Everest Base Camp hike at 70</li>
<li>(02:17) - Is the longevity boom a coastal elite phenomenon?</li>
<li>(03:15) - A hundred years ago: seven million over-65s; today, 62 million</li>
<li>(03:46) - The cultural shift:...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Retirement is a false construct created a hundred years ago by the government. It was basically created when Social Security was born. Prior to that, people worked until they died — because they didn’t live as long.” — Michael Clinton</em></p><p> </p><p>At the ripe young age of 70, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Longevity-Nation/Michael-Clinton/9781582709628">Michael Clinton</a> hiked nine days to Everest Base Camp and ran the Tenzing-Hillary Marathon down. Now 72, he is president of his own longevity consultancy, a columnist for <em>Esquire</em> and <em>Men’s Health</em>, a private pilot, part-owner of a vineyard in Argentina, and the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Longevity-Nation/Michael-Clinton/9781582709628"><em>Longevity Nation: The People, Ideas, and Trends Changing the Second Half of Our Lives</em></a> (Atria/Beyond Words, May 5, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>Rather than about living forever, <em>Longevity Nation</em> dares us to redefine what the second half of our lives can look like. And Clinton wants us to reinvent society accordingly. A hundred years ago, he reminds us, only seven million Americans were over 65. Today there are 62 million, which will quickly grow to 80 million. The whole world is aging, and its institutions are not keeping up. Retirement, Michael Clinton explains, is a false construct invented a century ago by industrial age governments. Rewire, the septuagenarian marathoner says. Don’t retire.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>This Is What 72 Looks Like Today: </strong>Clinton’s opening provocation: at 70, he hiked to Everest Base Camp and ran the marathon down. He’s visited 125 countries, run marathons on all seven continents, holds two master’s degrees, and is a private pilot. His point is not to brag. It is that the cultural image of what 70 or 80 looks like has not caught up with the reality of what a subset of 70 and 80-year-olds — and, increasingly, a growing proportion of 70 and 80-year-olds — actually look like and are capable of. When he was 40, 72 seemed ancient. Now he is 72. It doesn’t.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>GLP-1: Hotel California or Longevity’s First Democratised Drug? </strong>The sharpest exchange in the interview. Andrew’s framing: GLP-1 is Hotel California — you can check in but not check out. Stop taking it and the weight and inflammation return. Clinton’s response: yes, that seems to be the story right now, and nobody knows the long-term play. But GLP-1 is coming to Medicare this summer, price cut in half, and it may become the first truly democratised longevity drug — reducing obesity, inflammation, and cardiovascular risk across the income spectrum, not just for the wealthy. Exciting and uncertain in equal measure.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Retirement Is a False Construct: </strong>Social Security was created at a moment when most Americans died before collecting it. Life expectancy was 62. The retirement age was 65. The construct was built for a world that no longer exists. Clinton’s prescription: don’t retire. Rewire. You don’t have to do the same thing, but do something. Stay engaged. Stay purposeful. If you’re 65 and live another thirty years, the retirement construct — move to Florida, play golf, wait — is not merely insufficient. It is actively harmful to cognitive and physical health.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Longevity Nation vs Gerontocracy: </strong>Andrew raises the counter-argument: is longevity nation actually gerontocracy? Trump, Biden, Trump. Ruth Bader Ginsburg. Nancy Pelosi. A class of elderly people who won’t step aside, hoarding power and preventing generational renewal. Clinton’s response: he is opposed to formal retirement ages for anyone. His answer to the political hoarding of power is not age limits but engagement — people need purpose, and purpose should be redirected, not cut off. Andrew’s unspoken counter: this is easy to say when you’re not the one being blocked by an eighty-year-old senator.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Who Do You Want Around Your Deathbed? </strong>Clinton’s most personal observation, via the book he co-authored: as you think about living longer, ask yourself — who are the five people you would want around your deathbed? And are you maintaining those relationships? The grandson of a funeral director, Clinton has a different relationship with death than most. His prescription: the longer you live, the more important it becomes to keep your closest relationships strong. Longevity without community is not longevity. It is just duration.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Longevity-Nation/Michael-Clinton/9781582709628">Michael Clinton</a> is the former president and publishing director of Hearst Magazines, founder of Roar Forward, and the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Longevity-Nation/Michael-Clinton/9781582709628"><em>Longevity Nation: The People, Ideas, and Trends Changing the Second Half of Our Lives</em></a> (Atria/Beyond Words, May 5, 2026) and <em>Roar: Into the Second Half of Your Life (Before It’s Too Late)</em>. He is a columnist for <em>Men’s Health</em> and <em>Esquire</em>, a private pilot, a marathon runner on all seven continents, and a part-owner of a vineyard in Argentina. He lives in New York City and Water Mill, Long Island.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Longevity-Nation/Michael-Clinton/9781582709628"><em>Longevity Nation: The People, Ideas, and Trends Changing the Second Half of Our Lives</em></a> by Michael Clinton (Atria/Beyond Words, May 5, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Stanford Center on Longevity, <em>New Map of Life</em> — cited by Clinton as one of the major research frameworks behind the book.</p><p> </p><p>•       Samuel Moyn, <em>Gerontocratic Nation</em> — the Yale professor’s forthcoming counter-argument, referenced by Andrew.</p><p> </p><p>•       Cara Swisher, <em>Cara Swisher Wants to Live Forever</em> — the CNN series referenced at the opening as the sceptical counterpart to Clinton’s optimism.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Cara Swisher wants to live forever</li>
<li>(01:33) - How old are you, Michael? 72 and proud</li>
<li>(01:57) - The Everest Base Camp hike at 70</li>
<li>(02:17) - Is the longevity boom a coastal elite phenomenon?</li>
<li>(03:15) - A hundred years ago: seven million over-65s; today, 62 million</li>
<li>(03:46) - The cultural shift:...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 May 2026 06:40:59 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/31177ea4/20c46555.mp3" length="81561386" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7qaQSAmeovc">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/HDToJyojYFNWAfgbKf-6OKSpGbuiOfq_l3JH1Ii_qlg/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9jZDA2/NjJkMzM2N2MyZGEx/YmY2Mzg1YzNiYTAy/NDU5Mi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2548</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Retirement is a false construct created a hundred years ago by the government. It was basically created when Social Security was born. Prior to that, people worked until they died — because they didn’t live as long.” — Michael Clinton</em></p><p> </p><p>At the ripe young age of 70, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Longevity-Nation/Michael-Clinton/9781582709628">Michael Clinton</a> hiked nine days to Everest Base Camp and ran the Tenzing-Hillary Marathon down. Now 72, he is president of his own longevity consultancy, a columnist for <em>Esquire</em> and <em>Men’s Health</em>, a private pilot, part-owner of a vineyard in Argentina, and the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Longevity-Nation/Michael-Clinton/9781582709628"><em>Longevity Nation: The People, Ideas, and Trends Changing the Second Half of Our Lives</em></a> (Atria/Beyond Words, May 5, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>Rather than about living forever, <em>Longevity Nation</em> dares us to redefine what the second half of our lives can look like. And Clinton wants us to reinvent society accordingly. A hundred years ago, he reminds us, only seven million Americans were over 65. Today there are 62 million, which will quickly grow to 80 million. The whole world is aging, and its institutions are not keeping up. Retirement, Michael Clinton explains, is a false construct invented a century ago by industrial age governments. Rewire, the septuagenarian marathoner says. Don’t retire.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>This Is What 72 Looks Like Today: </strong>Clinton’s opening provocation: at 70, he hiked to Everest Base Camp and ran the marathon down. He’s visited 125 countries, run marathons on all seven continents, holds two master’s degrees, and is a private pilot. His point is not to brag. It is that the cultural image of what 70 or 80 looks like has not caught up with the reality of what a subset of 70 and 80-year-olds — and, increasingly, a growing proportion of 70 and 80-year-olds — actually look like and are capable of. When he was 40, 72 seemed ancient. Now he is 72. It doesn’t.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>GLP-1: Hotel California or Longevity’s First Democratised Drug? </strong>The sharpest exchange in the interview. Andrew’s framing: GLP-1 is Hotel California — you can check in but not check out. Stop taking it and the weight and inflammation return. Clinton’s response: yes, that seems to be the story right now, and nobody knows the long-term play. But GLP-1 is coming to Medicare this summer, price cut in half, and it may become the first truly democratised longevity drug — reducing obesity, inflammation, and cardiovascular risk across the income spectrum, not just for the wealthy. Exciting and uncertain in equal measure.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Retirement Is a False Construct: </strong>Social Security was created at a moment when most Americans died before collecting it. Life expectancy was 62. The retirement age was 65. The construct was built for a world that no longer exists. Clinton’s prescription: don’t retire. Rewire. You don’t have to do the same thing, but do something. Stay engaged. Stay purposeful. If you’re 65 and live another thirty years, the retirement construct — move to Florida, play golf, wait — is not merely insufficient. It is actively harmful to cognitive and physical health.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Longevity Nation vs Gerontocracy: </strong>Andrew raises the counter-argument: is longevity nation actually gerontocracy? Trump, Biden, Trump. Ruth Bader Ginsburg. Nancy Pelosi. A class of elderly people who won’t step aside, hoarding power and preventing generational renewal. Clinton’s response: he is opposed to formal retirement ages for anyone. His answer to the political hoarding of power is not age limits but engagement — people need purpose, and purpose should be redirected, not cut off. Andrew’s unspoken counter: this is easy to say when you’re not the one being blocked by an eighty-year-old senator.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Who Do You Want Around Your Deathbed? </strong>Clinton’s most personal observation, via the book he co-authored: as you think about living longer, ask yourself — who are the five people you would want around your deathbed? And are you maintaining those relationships? The grandson of a funeral director, Clinton has a different relationship with death than most. His prescription: the longer you live, the more important it becomes to keep your closest relationships strong. Longevity without community is not longevity. It is just duration.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Longevity-Nation/Michael-Clinton/9781582709628">Michael Clinton</a> is the former president and publishing director of Hearst Magazines, founder of Roar Forward, and the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Longevity-Nation/Michael-Clinton/9781582709628"><em>Longevity Nation: The People, Ideas, and Trends Changing the Second Half of Our Lives</em></a> (Atria/Beyond Words, May 5, 2026) and <em>Roar: Into the Second Half of Your Life (Before It’s Too Late)</em>. He is a columnist for <em>Men’s Health</em> and <em>Esquire</em>, a private pilot, a marathon runner on all seven continents, and a part-owner of a vineyard in Argentina. He lives in New York City and Water Mill, Long Island.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Longevity-Nation/Michael-Clinton/9781582709628"><em>Longevity Nation: The People, Ideas, and Trends Changing the Second Half of Our Lives</em></a> by Michael Clinton (Atria/Beyond Words, May 5, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Stanford Center on Longevity, <em>New Map of Life</em> — cited by Clinton as one of the major research frameworks behind the book.</p><p> </p><p>•       Samuel Moyn, <em>Gerontocratic Nation</em> — the Yale professor’s forthcoming counter-argument, referenced by Andrew.</p><p> </p><p>•       Cara Swisher, <em>Cara Swisher Wants to Live Forever</em> — the CNN series referenced at the opening as the sceptical counterpart to Clinton’s optimism.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Cara Swisher wants to live forever</li>
<li>(01:33) - How old are you, Michael? 72 and proud</li>
<li>(01:57) - The Everest Base Camp hike at 70</li>
<li>(02:17) - Is the longevity boom a coastal elite phenomenon?</li>
<li>(03:15) - A hundred years ago: seven million over-65s; today, 62 million</li>
<li>(03:46) - The cultural shift:...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/31177ea4/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Watch the World Cup Like a Genius: Nick Greene on Why the Best Team Doesn’t Always Win</title>
      <itunes:episode>2911</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2911</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Watch the World Cup Like a Genius: Nick Greene on Why the Best Team Doesn’t Always Win</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b1c08aef-62be-47ab-8cb1-d1b08d04da7d</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Soccer matches are poorly designed experiments — you don’t necessarily find out which team was better. But any soccer fan will tell you that. Oftentimes, the better team does not win.” — Nick Greene, via a NASA scientist</em></p><p> </p><p>On June 11, the World Cup comes to North America. Fifty-six years ago, I watched the searing injustice of Johann Cruyff’s Holland getting robbed in the 1974 final by Germany. Today I talk with someone who explains how this kind of injustice is built into the game’s DNA. <a href="https://www.abramsbooks.com/product/how-to-watch-soccer-like-a-genius_9781419777172/">Nick Greene</a> — long-suffering Newcastle United fan and author of <em>How to Watch Basketball Like a Genius</em> — has a new book, <a href="https://www.abramsbooks.com/product/how-to-watch-soccer-like-a-genius_9781419777172/"><em>How to Watch Soccer Like a Genius</em></a>, which tells us what architects, stuntwomen, paleoanthropologists and computer scientists tell us about the beautiful game.</p><p> </p><p>What they tell us is that the game isn’t fair. One NASA scientist tells Greene that soccer is a “poorly designed experiment” because the low-scoring nature of the game means results don’t reliably identify the better team. Thus the dark fate of the free-scoring, brilliantly inventive Hungarians in 1954 and the Dutch in 1974. So if you want to watch the World Cup like a genius, don’t expect the best team to win the tournament. Which may explain why Greene suspects that England — where the pain of World Cup injustice is a national fetish — will win in 2026. On penalties probably. Arsenal style. After 120 minutes of goalless football.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Soccer Is a Poorly Designed Experiment: </strong>A NASA scientist published a peer-reviewed paper concluding that soccer is a “poorly designed experiment” — the low number of goals means results don’t reliably identify the better team. Greene’s observation: any soccer fan could have told him that, and saved the journal space. But this is also what makes the game what it is. Unlike basketball’s seven-game playoff series — which gives the best team enough chances to emerge on top — a single World Cup match, in a single-elimination tournament, means one error can have outsized consequences. The imperfect and the human are inseparable.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Justice Has Nothing to Do With It: The 1974 Dutch vs 2004 Greece: </strong>Andrew’s most painful memory: the 1974 World Cup final, where the magnificent Dutch side led by Cruyff was beaten by the Germans. The Dutch didn’t win, but they are remembered as one of the greatest teams in history. The 2004 Greek side, which won Euro 2004 by parking the bus and grinding nil-nil victories, actually won — and are remembered as a fluke. The lesson Greene draws: the shared understanding built into soccer watching is that winning is only one metric, and often not the most important one. It is an imperfect and profoundly human enterprise.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>How to Appreciate Defense: </strong>The cliché American complaint about soccer is the low scoring. Greene’s response: this is partly a failure to appreciate defense, which in soccer can look like the absence of good offense. He discusses Italy’s history of outstanding defensive play — the Catenaccio system, Paolo Maldini, Beckenbauer — and the intelligence required to prevent goals. Andrew’s contribution: his wife, who watches American football, taught him that defense is where the sophistication lives. The same is true of soccer. The genius watcher watches the defenders.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>VAR: Too Much, Going in the Right Direction: </strong>Greene’s measured verdict on VAR — video assistant refereeing. His worst case: when it ruins a goal celebration. The player scores, the crowd erupts, the flag goes up, three minutes of review, okay everyone start celebrating again. That destroys the cathartic moment that makes soccer’s rare goals so electrifying. His prediction: VAR will evolve toward the coach’s challenge model used in American football and basketball — a limited number of challenges per half, preserving the flow of the game while correcting the worst errors. It’s relatively young. It’ll be futted and fidgeted with.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Don’t Bet On It. Watch the Game: </strong>Greene’s best advice for American newcomers to soccer. Not about tactics, not about history. Betting on soccer is a mug’s game — partly because results don’t reliably reflect the better team (the NASA paper again), and partly because talking about your bets is the least interesting conversation you can have about sport. His prediction for the tournament: England. Reasoning: Harry Kane is playing. Andrew’s reaction: Kane is a Spurs man, so reluctant endorsement. But please, Nick. Don’t.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.abramsbooks.com/product/how-to-watch-soccer-like-a-genius_9781419777172/">Nick Greene</a> is a contributing writer at Slate and the author of <a href="https://www.abramsbooks.com/product/how-to-watch-soccer-like-a-genius_9781419777172/"><em>How to Watch Soccer Like a Genius: What Architects, Stuntwomen, Paleoanthropologists, and Computer Scientists Reveal About the World’s Game</em></a> (Abrams Press, May 12, 2026) and <em>How to Watch Basketball Like a Genius</em> (Abrams Press, 2021). His work has appeared in the <em>Washington Post</em>, <em>Chicago Magazine</em>, and elsewhere. He is a Newcastle United fan and lives in Berkeley, California.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.abramsbooks.com/product/how-to-watch-soccer-like-a-genius_9781419777172/"><em>How to Watch Soccer Like a Genius</em></a> by Nick Greene (Abrams Press, May 12, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Simon Kuper, <em>Going to the Match</em> — referenced in the introduction as a recent KOA episode on nine consecutive World Cups.</p><p> </p><p>•       Franklin Foer, <em>How Soccer Explains the World</em> — referenced as the prior KOA World Cup episode.</p><p> </p><p>•       David Winner, <em>Brilliant Orange: The Neurotic Genius of Dutch Soccer</em> — blurbed the book; relevant to the 1974 Dutch discussion.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Soccer matches are poorly designed experiments — you don’t necessarily find out which team was better. But any soccer fan will tell you that. Oftentimes, the better team does not win.” — Nick Greene, via a NASA scientist</em></p><p> </p><p>On June 11, the World Cup comes to North America. Fifty-six years ago, I watched the searing injustice of Johann Cruyff’s Holland getting robbed in the 1974 final by Germany. Today I talk with someone who explains how this kind of injustice is built into the game’s DNA. <a href="https://www.abramsbooks.com/product/how-to-watch-soccer-like-a-genius_9781419777172/">Nick Greene</a> — long-suffering Newcastle United fan and author of <em>How to Watch Basketball Like a Genius</em> — has a new book, <a href="https://www.abramsbooks.com/product/how-to-watch-soccer-like-a-genius_9781419777172/"><em>How to Watch Soccer Like a Genius</em></a>, which tells us what architects, stuntwomen, paleoanthropologists and computer scientists tell us about the beautiful game.</p><p> </p><p>What they tell us is that the game isn’t fair. One NASA scientist tells Greene that soccer is a “poorly designed experiment” because the low-scoring nature of the game means results don’t reliably identify the better team. Thus the dark fate of the free-scoring, brilliantly inventive Hungarians in 1954 and the Dutch in 1974. So if you want to watch the World Cup like a genius, don’t expect the best team to win the tournament. Which may explain why Greene suspects that England — where the pain of World Cup injustice is a national fetish — will win in 2026. On penalties probably. Arsenal style. After 120 minutes of goalless football.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Soccer Is a Poorly Designed Experiment: </strong>A NASA scientist published a peer-reviewed paper concluding that soccer is a “poorly designed experiment” — the low number of goals means results don’t reliably identify the better team. Greene’s observation: any soccer fan could have told him that, and saved the journal space. But this is also what makes the game what it is. Unlike basketball’s seven-game playoff series — which gives the best team enough chances to emerge on top — a single World Cup match, in a single-elimination tournament, means one error can have outsized consequences. The imperfect and the human are inseparable.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Justice Has Nothing to Do With It: The 1974 Dutch vs 2004 Greece: </strong>Andrew’s most painful memory: the 1974 World Cup final, where the magnificent Dutch side led by Cruyff was beaten by the Germans. The Dutch didn’t win, but they are remembered as one of the greatest teams in history. The 2004 Greek side, which won Euro 2004 by parking the bus and grinding nil-nil victories, actually won — and are remembered as a fluke. The lesson Greene draws: the shared understanding built into soccer watching is that winning is only one metric, and often not the most important one. It is an imperfect and profoundly human enterprise.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>How to Appreciate Defense: </strong>The cliché American complaint about soccer is the low scoring. Greene’s response: this is partly a failure to appreciate defense, which in soccer can look like the absence of good offense. He discusses Italy’s history of outstanding defensive play — the Catenaccio system, Paolo Maldini, Beckenbauer — and the intelligence required to prevent goals. Andrew’s contribution: his wife, who watches American football, taught him that defense is where the sophistication lives. The same is true of soccer. The genius watcher watches the defenders.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>VAR: Too Much, Going in the Right Direction: </strong>Greene’s measured verdict on VAR — video assistant refereeing. His worst case: when it ruins a goal celebration. The player scores, the crowd erupts, the flag goes up, three minutes of review, okay everyone start celebrating again. That destroys the cathartic moment that makes soccer’s rare goals so electrifying. His prediction: VAR will evolve toward the coach’s challenge model used in American football and basketball — a limited number of challenges per half, preserving the flow of the game while correcting the worst errors. It’s relatively young. It’ll be futted and fidgeted with.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Don’t Bet On It. Watch the Game: </strong>Greene’s best advice for American newcomers to soccer. Not about tactics, not about history. Betting on soccer is a mug’s game — partly because results don’t reliably reflect the better team (the NASA paper again), and partly because talking about your bets is the least interesting conversation you can have about sport. His prediction for the tournament: England. Reasoning: Harry Kane is playing. Andrew’s reaction: Kane is a Spurs man, so reluctant endorsement. But please, Nick. Don’t.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.abramsbooks.com/product/how-to-watch-soccer-like-a-genius_9781419777172/">Nick Greene</a> is a contributing writer at Slate and the author of <a href="https://www.abramsbooks.com/product/how-to-watch-soccer-like-a-genius_9781419777172/"><em>How to Watch Soccer Like a Genius: What Architects, Stuntwomen, Paleoanthropologists, and Computer Scientists Reveal About the World’s Game</em></a> (Abrams Press, May 12, 2026) and <em>How to Watch Basketball Like a Genius</em> (Abrams Press, 2021). His work has appeared in the <em>Washington Post</em>, <em>Chicago Magazine</em>, and elsewhere. He is a Newcastle United fan and lives in Berkeley, California.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.abramsbooks.com/product/how-to-watch-soccer-like-a-genius_9781419777172/"><em>How to Watch Soccer Like a Genius</em></a> by Nick Greene (Abrams Press, May 12, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Simon Kuper, <em>Going to the Match</em> — referenced in the introduction as a recent KOA episode on nine consecutive World Cups.</p><p> </p><p>•       Franklin Foer, <em>How Soccer Explains the World</em> — referenced as the prior KOA World Cup episode.</p><p> </p><p>•       David Winner, <em>Brilliant Orange: The Neurotic Genius of Dutch Soccer</em> — blurbed the book; relevant to the 1974 Dutch discussion.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 17 May 2026 16:14:34 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/245590a3/c467b15b.mp3" length="116067128" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ULsVRPpkGus">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/sKDCZXZbV2FKq7RBli5cf9lQNAInKrA2rQwiax5THBI/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85YWU0/YTBmZTEyM2NiNzYz/NTYwZTBjZjIwODE2/NDA4OS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3626</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Soccer matches are poorly designed experiments — you don’t necessarily find out which team was better. But any soccer fan will tell you that. Oftentimes, the better team does not win.” — Nick Greene, via a NASA scientist</em></p><p> </p><p>On June 11, the World Cup comes to North America. Fifty-six years ago, I watched the searing injustice of Johann Cruyff’s Holland getting robbed in the 1974 final by Germany. Today I talk with someone who explains how this kind of injustice is built into the game’s DNA. <a href="https://www.abramsbooks.com/product/how-to-watch-soccer-like-a-genius_9781419777172/">Nick Greene</a> — long-suffering Newcastle United fan and author of <em>How to Watch Basketball Like a Genius</em> — has a new book, <a href="https://www.abramsbooks.com/product/how-to-watch-soccer-like-a-genius_9781419777172/"><em>How to Watch Soccer Like a Genius</em></a>, which tells us what architects, stuntwomen, paleoanthropologists and computer scientists tell us about the beautiful game.</p><p> </p><p>What they tell us is that the game isn’t fair. One NASA scientist tells Greene that soccer is a “poorly designed experiment” because the low-scoring nature of the game means results don’t reliably identify the better team. Thus the dark fate of the free-scoring, brilliantly inventive Hungarians in 1954 and the Dutch in 1974. So if you want to watch the World Cup like a genius, don’t expect the best team to win the tournament. Which may explain why Greene suspects that England — where the pain of World Cup injustice is a national fetish — will win in 2026. On penalties probably. Arsenal style. After 120 minutes of goalless football.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Soccer Is a Poorly Designed Experiment: </strong>A NASA scientist published a peer-reviewed paper concluding that soccer is a “poorly designed experiment” — the low number of goals means results don’t reliably identify the better team. Greene’s observation: any soccer fan could have told him that, and saved the journal space. But this is also what makes the game what it is. Unlike basketball’s seven-game playoff series — which gives the best team enough chances to emerge on top — a single World Cup match, in a single-elimination tournament, means one error can have outsized consequences. The imperfect and the human are inseparable.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Justice Has Nothing to Do With It: The 1974 Dutch vs 2004 Greece: </strong>Andrew’s most painful memory: the 1974 World Cup final, where the magnificent Dutch side led by Cruyff was beaten by the Germans. The Dutch didn’t win, but they are remembered as one of the greatest teams in history. The 2004 Greek side, which won Euro 2004 by parking the bus and grinding nil-nil victories, actually won — and are remembered as a fluke. The lesson Greene draws: the shared understanding built into soccer watching is that winning is only one metric, and often not the most important one. It is an imperfect and profoundly human enterprise.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>How to Appreciate Defense: </strong>The cliché American complaint about soccer is the low scoring. Greene’s response: this is partly a failure to appreciate defense, which in soccer can look like the absence of good offense. He discusses Italy’s history of outstanding defensive play — the Catenaccio system, Paolo Maldini, Beckenbauer — and the intelligence required to prevent goals. Andrew’s contribution: his wife, who watches American football, taught him that defense is where the sophistication lives. The same is true of soccer. The genius watcher watches the defenders.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>VAR: Too Much, Going in the Right Direction: </strong>Greene’s measured verdict on VAR — video assistant refereeing. His worst case: when it ruins a goal celebration. The player scores, the crowd erupts, the flag goes up, three minutes of review, okay everyone start celebrating again. That destroys the cathartic moment that makes soccer’s rare goals so electrifying. His prediction: VAR will evolve toward the coach’s challenge model used in American football and basketball — a limited number of challenges per half, preserving the flow of the game while correcting the worst errors. It’s relatively young. It’ll be futted and fidgeted with.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Don’t Bet On It. Watch the Game: </strong>Greene’s best advice for American newcomers to soccer. Not about tactics, not about history. Betting on soccer is a mug’s game — partly because results don’t reliably reflect the better team (the NASA paper again), and partly because talking about your bets is the least interesting conversation you can have about sport. His prediction for the tournament: England. Reasoning: Harry Kane is playing. Andrew’s reaction: Kane is a Spurs man, so reluctant endorsement. But please, Nick. Don’t.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.abramsbooks.com/product/how-to-watch-soccer-like-a-genius_9781419777172/">Nick Greene</a> is a contributing writer at Slate and the author of <a href="https://www.abramsbooks.com/product/how-to-watch-soccer-like-a-genius_9781419777172/"><em>How to Watch Soccer Like a Genius: What Architects, Stuntwomen, Paleoanthropologists, and Computer Scientists Reveal About the World’s Game</em></a> (Abrams Press, May 12, 2026) and <em>How to Watch Basketball Like a Genius</em> (Abrams Press, 2021). His work has appeared in the <em>Washington Post</em>, <em>Chicago Magazine</em>, and elsewhere. He is a Newcastle United fan and lives in Berkeley, California.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.abramsbooks.com/product/how-to-watch-soccer-like-a-genius_9781419777172/"><em>How to Watch Soccer Like a Genius</em></a> by Nick Greene (Abrams Press, May 12, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Simon Kuper, <em>Going to the Match</em> — referenced in the introduction as a recent KOA episode on nine consecutive World Cups.</p><p> </p><p>•       Franklin Foer, <em>How Soccer Explains the World</em> — referenced as the prior KOA World Cup episode.</p><p> </p><p>•       David Winner, <em>Brilliant Orange: The Neurotic Genius of Dutch Soccer</em> — blurbed the book; relevant to the 1974 Dutch discussion.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/245590a3/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can Keith Teare Convince Jonathan Rauch That AI Is Benign? That Was the Week, Special Edition</title>
      <itunes:episode>2910</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2910</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Can Keith Teare Convince Jonathan Rauch That AI Is Benign? That Was the Week, Special Edition</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0c9657cd-71ee-444e-910a-3571e2fc97fd</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The dangers are human, not AI. What’s dangerous is what a human does with AI, not what the AI does itself. In fact, even the idea that there is such a thing as the AI in itself is a mistake.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>I’m in Korea this week. So rather than doing a traditional one-on-one <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> tech summary, <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> and I are trying something different. We invited <a href="https://www.brookings.edu/people/jonathan-rauch/">Jonathan Rauch</a> — Brookings Institution senior fellow, serial author and one of the most rigorous minds in Washington — onto the show to discuss AI.</p><p> </p><p>Rauch had a simple mission. He wanted to find out why Keith Teare is just about the only person in the universe who believes that AI is benign. Jon had five buckets of doom to dump on Keith: labour market disruption, political upheaval, mental health and cognition, malicious actors, and the biggest daddy of all — AI developing consciousness, setting its own agenda, and killing everyone (even Keith).</p><p> </p><p>But Keith maintained his Yorkshire stoicism under intense scrutiny from the analogue Rauch machine. AI is a word-counting machine, he explained. Large language models train on words, not experience. They split words into a probabilistic graph of correlations. When you ask a question, a large statistical engine fires, word by word. In that sense, he says, AI is no cleverer than a calculator. The idea that it has awareness, consciousness, or a plan is mythological. What’s dangerous is what a human does with AI, not what AI does itself. The dangers, he says, are human.</p><p> </p><p>Jon wasn’t entirely reassured (his Brookings brand is scepticism, after all). What worries him most is that humans will handle these technologies irresponsibly. On that, he and Keith agree. The short-term labour disruption will be significant. White-collar service provision — legal, accounting, junior consulting — is already going. Jobs will go too. Work, Keith insists, will not. But nobody in politics is having the conversation about what comes next. Not JD. Not AOC. Only Keith and Jon.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Is a Word-Counting Machine: Keith’s Core Argument: </strong>Large language models train on words and only words. They split those words into a probabilistic graph — how close is word A to word B? When you ask a question, a large statistical engine fires, producing output word by word. There is no awareness. There is no consciousness. There is no plan. The idea that such a system could develop its own agenda is mythological. It’s no cleverer than a calculator. It’s just a very big, very fast calculator. Rauch’s counter: the brain is also just dumb neurons. We get emergence from dumb neurons. Keith’s reply: what the AI can do is constrained by what humans allow it to do. The agency is human.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Doomerism as Business Model: </strong>Before engaging with any specific AI doom argument, Keith signals a prior: whenever there is ambiguity in a major technological change, a business model emerges to monetize doubt. It was true of nuclear power. It was true of climate change. It is true of AI. This doesn’t mean the fears are groundless — they wouldn’t sell if they weren’t reasonable. But it means they should be approached with prior scepticism. The doom argument works precisely because AI genuinely contains possible negative outcomes. The business model packages and amplifies those possibilities beyond their actual probability.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Guardrails Are Human: </strong>Keith’s metaphor: AI sits in a prison where humans decide what the doors are. If you give it access to email, it can email. If you don’t, it can’t. It cannot take actions it has not been permitted to take. The word “guardrails” is commonly used, and it’s apt: the constraints on what AI can do are entirely under human control. The word output is the statistical engine — that’s not controllable. But its ability to act on words is highly constrained. The danger is not what AI does. It is what humans choose to allow AI to do.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Jobs vs Work: The Labour Disruption Argument: </strong>Rauch’s young friends in junior consulting are watching their jobs go in real time. Keith distinguishes between jobs — paid labour — and work, which is closer to effort and creative agency. Jobs can go. Work, he argues, will not — humans will always be reinterpreting the future they want and working to make it happen. But the short-term disruption will be significant: white-collar service provision (legal, accounting, consulting), teaching, driving. The wealth creation AI enables could supplement the end of paid labour. But no one in government is having that conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Rauch’s Verdict: Clarified, Not Reassured: </strong>After fifty minutes with Keith Teare, Jonathan Rauch reaches a considered position: his worst fear — that AI becomes an autonomous engine of anti-human malfeasance — is unlikely to happen unless humans make it happen. His residual concern: that humans will not handle these technologies as maturely as one could wish. He’s not optimistic about political systems that are already too rigid, too partisan, and too dysfunctional to adjust as they did to the industrialization of the late nineteenth century. On that, he and Keith agree. Nobody knows. Not Keith. Not Andrew. And, despite his brilliance, not Jonathan Rauch.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guests</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.brookings.edu/people/jonathan-rauch/">Jonathan Rauch</a> is a Senior Fellow at the Brookings Institution and a contributing writer at <em>The Atlantic</em>. He is the author of <em>The Constitution of Knowledge: A Defense of Truth</em>, <em>The Happiness Curve</em>, <em>Kindly Inquisitors</em>, <em>Gay Marriage: Why It Is Good for Gays, Good for Straights, and Good for America</em>, and many other books. He is based in Washington, D.C.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> by Keith Teare.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Constitution of Knowledge: A Defense of Truth</em> by Jonathan Rauch.</p><p> </p><p>•       Eliezer Yudkowsky and Nate Soares, <em>If Anyone Builds It, Everyone Dies</em> — the AI doom book referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Sam Harris and Tristan Harris podcast on AI risk — referenced by Rauch as the catalyst for his questions.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2902: Keith Teare on his jobless AI future vision — the preceding TWTW episode directly referenced.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The dangers are human, not AI. What’s dangerous is what a human does with AI, not what the AI does itself. In fact, even the idea that there is such a thing as the AI in itself is a mistake.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>I’m in Korea this week. So rather than doing a traditional one-on-one <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> tech summary, <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> and I are trying something different. We invited <a href="https://www.brookings.edu/people/jonathan-rauch/">Jonathan Rauch</a> — Brookings Institution senior fellow, serial author and one of the most rigorous minds in Washington — onto the show to discuss AI.</p><p> </p><p>Rauch had a simple mission. He wanted to find out why Keith Teare is just about the only person in the universe who believes that AI is benign. Jon had five buckets of doom to dump on Keith: labour market disruption, political upheaval, mental health and cognition, malicious actors, and the biggest daddy of all — AI developing consciousness, setting its own agenda, and killing everyone (even Keith).</p><p> </p><p>But Keith maintained his Yorkshire stoicism under intense scrutiny from the analogue Rauch machine. AI is a word-counting machine, he explained. Large language models train on words, not experience. They split words into a probabilistic graph of correlations. When you ask a question, a large statistical engine fires, word by word. In that sense, he says, AI is no cleverer than a calculator. The idea that it has awareness, consciousness, or a plan is mythological. What’s dangerous is what a human does with AI, not what AI does itself. The dangers, he says, are human.</p><p> </p><p>Jon wasn’t entirely reassured (his Brookings brand is scepticism, after all). What worries him most is that humans will handle these technologies irresponsibly. On that, he and Keith agree. The short-term labour disruption will be significant. White-collar service provision — legal, accounting, junior consulting — is already going. Jobs will go too. Work, Keith insists, will not. But nobody in politics is having the conversation about what comes next. Not JD. Not AOC. Only Keith and Jon.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Is a Word-Counting Machine: Keith’s Core Argument: </strong>Large language models train on words and only words. They split those words into a probabilistic graph — how close is word A to word B? When you ask a question, a large statistical engine fires, producing output word by word. There is no awareness. There is no consciousness. There is no plan. The idea that such a system could develop its own agenda is mythological. It’s no cleverer than a calculator. It’s just a very big, very fast calculator. Rauch’s counter: the brain is also just dumb neurons. We get emergence from dumb neurons. Keith’s reply: what the AI can do is constrained by what humans allow it to do. The agency is human.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Doomerism as Business Model: </strong>Before engaging with any specific AI doom argument, Keith signals a prior: whenever there is ambiguity in a major technological change, a business model emerges to monetize doubt. It was true of nuclear power. It was true of climate change. It is true of AI. This doesn’t mean the fears are groundless — they wouldn’t sell if they weren’t reasonable. But it means they should be approached with prior scepticism. The doom argument works precisely because AI genuinely contains possible negative outcomes. The business model packages and amplifies those possibilities beyond their actual probability.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Guardrails Are Human: </strong>Keith’s metaphor: AI sits in a prison where humans decide what the doors are. If you give it access to email, it can email. If you don’t, it can’t. It cannot take actions it has not been permitted to take. The word “guardrails” is commonly used, and it’s apt: the constraints on what AI can do are entirely under human control. The word output is the statistical engine — that’s not controllable. But its ability to act on words is highly constrained. The danger is not what AI does. It is what humans choose to allow AI to do.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Jobs vs Work: The Labour Disruption Argument: </strong>Rauch’s young friends in junior consulting are watching their jobs go in real time. Keith distinguishes between jobs — paid labour — and work, which is closer to effort and creative agency. Jobs can go. Work, he argues, will not — humans will always be reinterpreting the future they want and working to make it happen. But the short-term disruption will be significant: white-collar service provision (legal, accounting, consulting), teaching, driving. The wealth creation AI enables could supplement the end of paid labour. But no one in government is having that conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Rauch’s Verdict: Clarified, Not Reassured: </strong>After fifty minutes with Keith Teare, Jonathan Rauch reaches a considered position: his worst fear — that AI becomes an autonomous engine of anti-human malfeasance — is unlikely to happen unless humans make it happen. His residual concern: that humans will not handle these technologies as maturely as one could wish. He’s not optimistic about political systems that are already too rigid, too partisan, and too dysfunctional to adjust as they did to the industrialization of the late nineteenth century. On that, he and Keith agree. Nobody knows. Not Keith. Not Andrew. And, despite his brilliance, not Jonathan Rauch.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guests</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.brookings.edu/people/jonathan-rauch/">Jonathan Rauch</a> is a Senior Fellow at the Brookings Institution and a contributing writer at <em>The Atlantic</em>. He is the author of <em>The Constitution of Knowledge: A Defense of Truth</em>, <em>The Happiness Curve</em>, <em>Kindly Inquisitors</em>, <em>Gay Marriage: Why It Is Good for Gays, Good for Straights, and Good for America</em>, and many other books. He is based in Washington, D.C.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> by Keith Teare.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Constitution of Knowledge: A Defense of Truth</em> by Jonathan Rauch.</p><p> </p><p>•       Eliezer Yudkowsky and Nate Soares, <em>If Anyone Builds It, Everyone Dies</em> — the AI doom book referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Sam Harris and Tristan Harris podcast on AI risk — referenced by Rauch as the catalyst for his questions.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2902: Keith Teare on his jobless AI future vision — the preceding TWTW episode directly referenced.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 16 May 2026 15:57:17 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/2636c27c/b33d8197.mp3" length="106916517" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s7adZLSAhBc">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/2BnzkTz1FOGozU19_92KFxa8ZNADRDRT4L30MW8QKVA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS83NGJm/MjczZjFjYjcxNzk4/NWQ5NTMzZTQzNjE2/NWM4OC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3341</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The dangers are human, not AI. What’s dangerous is what a human does with AI, not what the AI does itself. In fact, even the idea that there is such a thing as the AI in itself is a mistake.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>I’m in Korea this week. So rather than doing a traditional one-on-one <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> tech summary, <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> and I are trying something different. We invited <a href="https://www.brookings.edu/people/jonathan-rauch/">Jonathan Rauch</a> — Brookings Institution senior fellow, serial author and one of the most rigorous minds in Washington — onto the show to discuss AI.</p><p> </p><p>Rauch had a simple mission. He wanted to find out why Keith Teare is just about the only person in the universe who believes that AI is benign. Jon had five buckets of doom to dump on Keith: labour market disruption, political upheaval, mental health and cognition, malicious actors, and the biggest daddy of all — AI developing consciousness, setting its own agenda, and killing everyone (even Keith).</p><p> </p><p>But Keith maintained his Yorkshire stoicism under intense scrutiny from the analogue Rauch machine. AI is a word-counting machine, he explained. Large language models train on words, not experience. They split words into a probabilistic graph of correlations. When you ask a question, a large statistical engine fires, word by word. In that sense, he says, AI is no cleverer than a calculator. The idea that it has awareness, consciousness, or a plan is mythological. What’s dangerous is what a human does with AI, not what AI does itself. The dangers, he says, are human.</p><p> </p><p>Jon wasn’t entirely reassured (his Brookings brand is scepticism, after all). What worries him most is that humans will handle these technologies irresponsibly. On that, he and Keith agree. The short-term labour disruption will be significant. White-collar service provision — legal, accounting, junior consulting — is already going. Jobs will go too. Work, Keith insists, will not. But nobody in politics is having the conversation about what comes next. Not JD. Not AOC. Only Keith and Jon.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Is a Word-Counting Machine: Keith’s Core Argument: </strong>Large language models train on words and only words. They split those words into a probabilistic graph — how close is word A to word B? When you ask a question, a large statistical engine fires, producing output word by word. There is no awareness. There is no consciousness. There is no plan. The idea that such a system could develop its own agenda is mythological. It’s no cleverer than a calculator. It’s just a very big, very fast calculator. Rauch’s counter: the brain is also just dumb neurons. We get emergence from dumb neurons. Keith’s reply: what the AI can do is constrained by what humans allow it to do. The agency is human.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Doomerism as Business Model: </strong>Before engaging with any specific AI doom argument, Keith signals a prior: whenever there is ambiguity in a major technological change, a business model emerges to monetize doubt. It was true of nuclear power. It was true of climate change. It is true of AI. This doesn’t mean the fears are groundless — they wouldn’t sell if they weren’t reasonable. But it means they should be approached with prior scepticism. The doom argument works precisely because AI genuinely contains possible negative outcomes. The business model packages and amplifies those possibilities beyond their actual probability.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Guardrails Are Human: </strong>Keith’s metaphor: AI sits in a prison where humans decide what the doors are. If you give it access to email, it can email. If you don’t, it can’t. It cannot take actions it has not been permitted to take. The word “guardrails” is commonly used, and it’s apt: the constraints on what AI can do are entirely under human control. The word output is the statistical engine — that’s not controllable. But its ability to act on words is highly constrained. The danger is not what AI does. It is what humans choose to allow AI to do.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Jobs vs Work: The Labour Disruption Argument: </strong>Rauch’s young friends in junior consulting are watching their jobs go in real time. Keith distinguishes between jobs — paid labour — and work, which is closer to effort and creative agency. Jobs can go. Work, he argues, will not — humans will always be reinterpreting the future they want and working to make it happen. But the short-term disruption will be significant: white-collar service provision (legal, accounting, consulting), teaching, driving. The wealth creation AI enables could supplement the end of paid labour. But no one in government is having that conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Rauch’s Verdict: Clarified, Not Reassured: </strong>After fifty minutes with Keith Teare, Jonathan Rauch reaches a considered position: his worst fear — that AI becomes an autonomous engine of anti-human malfeasance — is unlikely to happen unless humans make it happen. His residual concern: that humans will not handle these technologies as maturely as one could wish. He’s not optimistic about political systems that are already too rigid, too partisan, and too dysfunctional to adjust as they did to the industrialization of the late nineteenth century. On that, he and Keith agree. Nobody knows. Not Keith. Not Andrew. And, despite his brilliance, not Jonathan Rauch.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guests</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.brookings.edu/people/jonathan-rauch/">Jonathan Rauch</a> is a Senior Fellow at the Brookings Institution and a contributing writer at <em>The Atlantic</em>. He is the author of <em>The Constitution of Knowledge: A Defense of Truth</em>, <em>The Happiness Curve</em>, <em>Kindly Inquisitors</em>, <em>Gay Marriage: Why It Is Good for Gays, Good for Straights, and Good for America</em>, and many other books. He is based in Washington, D.C.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> by Keith Teare.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Constitution of Knowledge: A Defense of Truth</em> by Jonathan Rauch.</p><p> </p><p>•       Eliezer Yudkowsky and Nate Soares, <em>If Anyone Builds It, Everyone Dies</em> — the AI doom book referenced in the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Sam Harris and Tristan Harris podcast on AI risk — referenced by Rauch as the catalyst for his questions.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2902: Keith Teare on his jobless AI future vision — the preceding TWTW episode directly referenced.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2636c27c/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2636c27c/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Athens vs Sparta: Adrian Goldsworthy on the Rivalry That Made the West</title>
      <itunes:episode>2909</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2909</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Athens vs Sparta: Adrian Goldsworthy on the Rivalry That Made the West</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22fea1cc-7db4-45ca-96e6-5a7704116db7</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“History is really interesting because it’s about people. And people are interesting. So there are plenty of different ways of doing this, and I think there’s room for everybody.” — Adrian Goldsworthy</em></p><p> </p><p>The greatest rivalry in antiquity is also uncomfortably relevant to us today. In <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/adrian-goldsworthy/athens-and-sparta/9781541619982/"><em>Athens and Sparta: The Rivalry That Shaped Ancient Greece</em></a>, the classical scholar <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/adrian-goldsworthy/athens-and-sparta/9781541619982/">Adrian Goldsworthy</a> covers the long fifth century BC, from the Persian Wars that forced Athens and Sparta into alliance, through the Peloponnesian War that set them against each other.</p><p> </p><p>The parallels of the rivalry between Sparta and Athens are uncannily relevant today. Goldsworthy traces the NATO-like structure of the Athenian alliance, with its familiar complaint that the allies weren’t paying enough. He notes that Athens, which outgrew its ability to grow its own food, had to secure its grain supply from the Black Sea — in the same way as closing the Straits of Hormuz has disrupted modern supply chains. And he observes that the Spartans won the Peloponnesian War by getting Persian money — while the Athenians were doing exactly the same thing. Persia, he notes, is always lurking in the background. There would be no “west” without it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Athens and Sparta: Two Experiments, One Greek Longing: </strong>Both city states were driven by the same competitive Greek impulse — the desire to excel, to be the best. But they ran radically different experiments in how to achieve it. Athens: radical democracy, open society, maritime empire, philosophy, drama. Sparta: apartheid military state, in which a tiny Spartan elite was freed from all labour by a vast population of helots, so that they could devote their entire lives to being warriors and citizens. Two models for a polity that still structure political argument today.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Thucydides: Essential but Embittered: </strong>The History of the Peloponnesian War is the essential source — and the problematic one. Thucydides was an Athenian general who failed to save a city from a Spartan-led force and went into exile as a result. He is analytical and apparently balanced in ways that seem modern. But he cannot hide his biases: the demagogue Cleon gets speeches written for him that make him look like a self-interested buffoon. And his silences are as revealing as his words — large events, including an Athenian disaster in Egypt, are mentioned only vaguely. He tells us what he wants to tell.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The NATO Parallel: They Weren’t Paying Enough: </strong>The Delian League — the Athenian alliance that emerged after the Persian Wars — has a structural similarity to NATO that Goldsworthy notes carefully. Athens, like the United States, is the dominant naval power that has mobilised for a great threat and then chosen not to demobilise. The allies, like European NATO members in successive administrations’ complaints, weren’t willing to send ships or men. They’d just send a bit of cash. The Athenian fleet ends up overwhelmingly Athenian. As the threat recedes, the other states increasingly resent the protection they’re receiving from it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Persia Is Always There: </strong>The Spartans won the Peloponnesian War by securing subsidies from the Persian Empire. The Athenians were doing the same thing. The irony: both sides of the Greek world’s greatest internal conflict ended up funded by the barbarian power they had united to defeat a generation earlier. Goldsworthy draws the modern parallel delicately: America is now fighting a war in Iran, once known as Persia. Europe chose not to join. The question of who Persia is in any given age is always live. Persia, he says, is always there. It always has been.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Athens as a Theme Park: The Roman Legacy: </strong>In the Roman period, Athens and Sparta became what Goldsworthy calls “university cities or, in Sparta’s case, a theme park.” Sparta, having lost any real military or political power, invented a public performance of its old customs — a tourist attraction for Roman visitors who wanted to see the old ways enacted. Athens was a university town for the Roman elite, whose children went there as we might go to Oxford. What we think we know about classical Greece is partly filtered through this late antique nostalgia — a celebration of how great we used to be.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/adrian-goldsworthy/athens-and-sparta/9781541619982/">Adrian Goldsworthy</a> is a historian, novelist, and YouTuber with a DPhil from Oxford. He is the author of <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/adrian-goldsworthy/athens-and-sparta/9781541619982/"><em>Athens and Sparta: The Rivalry That Shaped Ancient Greece</em></a> (Basic Books, May 12, 2026), <em>Caesar: Life of a Colossus</em>, <em>Augustus: First Emperor of Rome</em>, <em>How Rome Fell</em>, <em>Philip and Alexander</em>, <em>Rome and Persia</em>, and many other books. He lives in Penarth, South Wales.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/adrian-goldsworthy/athens-and-sparta/9781541619982/"><em>Athens and Sparta: The Rivalry That Shaped Ancient Greece</em></a> by Adrian Goldsworthy (Basic Books, May 12, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Thucydides, <em>History of the Peloponnesian War</em> — the essential and problematic source, discussed at length.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2897: Patrick Wyman on <em>Lost Worlds</em> — directly referenced in the interview as a contrasting style of history.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2892: Jason Pack on the Iran war — the companion episode on the modern Persian conflict, referenced in the interview.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“History is really interesting because it’s about people. And people are interesting. So there are plenty of different ways of doing this, and I think there’s room for everybody.” — Adrian Goldsworthy</em></p><p> </p><p>The greatest rivalry in antiquity is also uncomfortably relevant to us today. In <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/adrian-goldsworthy/athens-and-sparta/9781541619982/"><em>Athens and Sparta: The Rivalry That Shaped Ancient Greece</em></a>, the classical scholar <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/adrian-goldsworthy/athens-and-sparta/9781541619982/">Adrian Goldsworthy</a> covers the long fifth century BC, from the Persian Wars that forced Athens and Sparta into alliance, through the Peloponnesian War that set them against each other.</p><p> </p><p>The parallels of the rivalry between Sparta and Athens are uncannily relevant today. Goldsworthy traces the NATO-like structure of the Athenian alliance, with its familiar complaint that the allies weren’t paying enough. He notes that Athens, which outgrew its ability to grow its own food, had to secure its grain supply from the Black Sea — in the same way as closing the Straits of Hormuz has disrupted modern supply chains. And he observes that the Spartans won the Peloponnesian War by getting Persian money — while the Athenians were doing exactly the same thing. Persia, he notes, is always lurking in the background. There would be no “west” without it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Athens and Sparta: Two Experiments, One Greek Longing: </strong>Both city states were driven by the same competitive Greek impulse — the desire to excel, to be the best. But they ran radically different experiments in how to achieve it. Athens: radical democracy, open society, maritime empire, philosophy, drama. Sparta: apartheid military state, in which a tiny Spartan elite was freed from all labour by a vast population of helots, so that they could devote their entire lives to being warriors and citizens. Two models for a polity that still structure political argument today.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Thucydides: Essential but Embittered: </strong>The History of the Peloponnesian War is the essential source — and the problematic one. Thucydides was an Athenian general who failed to save a city from a Spartan-led force and went into exile as a result. He is analytical and apparently balanced in ways that seem modern. But he cannot hide his biases: the demagogue Cleon gets speeches written for him that make him look like a self-interested buffoon. And his silences are as revealing as his words — large events, including an Athenian disaster in Egypt, are mentioned only vaguely. He tells us what he wants to tell.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The NATO Parallel: They Weren’t Paying Enough: </strong>The Delian League — the Athenian alliance that emerged after the Persian Wars — has a structural similarity to NATO that Goldsworthy notes carefully. Athens, like the United States, is the dominant naval power that has mobilised for a great threat and then chosen not to demobilise. The allies, like European NATO members in successive administrations’ complaints, weren’t willing to send ships or men. They’d just send a bit of cash. The Athenian fleet ends up overwhelmingly Athenian. As the threat recedes, the other states increasingly resent the protection they’re receiving from it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Persia Is Always There: </strong>The Spartans won the Peloponnesian War by securing subsidies from the Persian Empire. The Athenians were doing the same thing. The irony: both sides of the Greek world’s greatest internal conflict ended up funded by the barbarian power they had united to defeat a generation earlier. Goldsworthy draws the modern parallel delicately: America is now fighting a war in Iran, once known as Persia. Europe chose not to join. The question of who Persia is in any given age is always live. Persia, he says, is always there. It always has been.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Athens as a Theme Park: The Roman Legacy: </strong>In the Roman period, Athens and Sparta became what Goldsworthy calls “university cities or, in Sparta’s case, a theme park.” Sparta, having lost any real military or political power, invented a public performance of its old customs — a tourist attraction for Roman visitors who wanted to see the old ways enacted. Athens was a university town for the Roman elite, whose children went there as we might go to Oxford. What we think we know about classical Greece is partly filtered through this late antique nostalgia — a celebration of how great we used to be.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/adrian-goldsworthy/athens-and-sparta/9781541619982/">Adrian Goldsworthy</a> is a historian, novelist, and YouTuber with a DPhil from Oxford. He is the author of <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/adrian-goldsworthy/athens-and-sparta/9781541619982/"><em>Athens and Sparta: The Rivalry That Shaped Ancient Greece</em></a> (Basic Books, May 12, 2026), <em>Caesar: Life of a Colossus</em>, <em>Augustus: First Emperor of Rome</em>, <em>How Rome Fell</em>, <em>Philip and Alexander</em>, <em>Rome and Persia</em>, and many other books. He lives in Penarth, South Wales.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/adrian-goldsworthy/athens-and-sparta/9781541619982/"><em>Athens and Sparta: The Rivalry That Shaped Ancient Greece</em></a> by Adrian Goldsworthy (Basic Books, May 12, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Thucydides, <em>History of the Peloponnesian War</em> — the essential and problematic source, discussed at length.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2897: Patrick Wyman on <em>Lost Worlds</em> — directly referenced in the interview as a contrasting style of history.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2892: Jason Pack on the Iran war — the companion episode on the modern Persian conflict, referenced in the interview.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 16 May 2026 06:09:39 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/e503b289/5192b031.mp3" length="80999665" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XdWSZsrpfEw">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/tWIazqFSQigDCH938n-ivrx4V83aH6i7TZH5XwsXpRk/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iMGUy/ZTJhOWQ1NWIyNzhj/MDBiZTgzNWZlZTEy/MTU0Ni5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2531</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“History is really interesting because it’s about people. And people are interesting. So there are plenty of different ways of doing this, and I think there’s room for everybody.” — Adrian Goldsworthy</em></p><p> </p><p>The greatest rivalry in antiquity is also uncomfortably relevant to us today. In <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/adrian-goldsworthy/athens-and-sparta/9781541619982/"><em>Athens and Sparta: The Rivalry That Shaped Ancient Greece</em></a>, the classical scholar <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/adrian-goldsworthy/athens-and-sparta/9781541619982/">Adrian Goldsworthy</a> covers the long fifth century BC, from the Persian Wars that forced Athens and Sparta into alliance, through the Peloponnesian War that set them against each other.</p><p> </p><p>The parallels of the rivalry between Sparta and Athens are uncannily relevant today. Goldsworthy traces the NATO-like structure of the Athenian alliance, with its familiar complaint that the allies weren’t paying enough. He notes that Athens, which outgrew its ability to grow its own food, had to secure its grain supply from the Black Sea — in the same way as closing the Straits of Hormuz has disrupted modern supply chains. And he observes that the Spartans won the Peloponnesian War by getting Persian money — while the Athenians were doing exactly the same thing. Persia, he notes, is always lurking in the background. There would be no “west” without it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Athens and Sparta: Two Experiments, One Greek Longing: </strong>Both city states were driven by the same competitive Greek impulse — the desire to excel, to be the best. But they ran radically different experiments in how to achieve it. Athens: radical democracy, open society, maritime empire, philosophy, drama. Sparta: apartheid military state, in which a tiny Spartan elite was freed from all labour by a vast population of helots, so that they could devote their entire lives to being warriors and citizens. Two models for a polity that still structure political argument today.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Thucydides: Essential but Embittered: </strong>The History of the Peloponnesian War is the essential source — and the problematic one. Thucydides was an Athenian general who failed to save a city from a Spartan-led force and went into exile as a result. He is analytical and apparently balanced in ways that seem modern. But he cannot hide his biases: the demagogue Cleon gets speeches written for him that make him look like a self-interested buffoon. And his silences are as revealing as his words — large events, including an Athenian disaster in Egypt, are mentioned only vaguely. He tells us what he wants to tell.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The NATO Parallel: They Weren’t Paying Enough: </strong>The Delian League — the Athenian alliance that emerged after the Persian Wars — has a structural similarity to NATO that Goldsworthy notes carefully. Athens, like the United States, is the dominant naval power that has mobilised for a great threat and then chosen not to demobilise. The allies, like European NATO members in successive administrations’ complaints, weren’t willing to send ships or men. They’d just send a bit of cash. The Athenian fleet ends up overwhelmingly Athenian. As the threat recedes, the other states increasingly resent the protection they’re receiving from it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Persia Is Always There: </strong>The Spartans won the Peloponnesian War by securing subsidies from the Persian Empire. The Athenians were doing the same thing. The irony: both sides of the Greek world’s greatest internal conflict ended up funded by the barbarian power they had united to defeat a generation earlier. Goldsworthy draws the modern parallel delicately: America is now fighting a war in Iran, once known as Persia. Europe chose not to join. The question of who Persia is in any given age is always live. Persia, he says, is always there. It always has been.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Athens as a Theme Park: The Roman Legacy: </strong>In the Roman period, Athens and Sparta became what Goldsworthy calls “university cities or, in Sparta’s case, a theme park.” Sparta, having lost any real military or political power, invented a public performance of its old customs — a tourist attraction for Roman visitors who wanted to see the old ways enacted. Athens was a university town for the Roman elite, whose children went there as we might go to Oxford. What we think we know about classical Greece is partly filtered through this late antique nostalgia — a celebration of how great we used to be.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/adrian-goldsworthy/athens-and-sparta/9781541619982/">Adrian Goldsworthy</a> is a historian, novelist, and YouTuber with a DPhil from Oxford. He is the author of <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/adrian-goldsworthy/athens-and-sparta/9781541619982/"><em>Athens and Sparta: The Rivalry That Shaped Ancient Greece</em></a> (Basic Books, May 12, 2026), <em>Caesar: Life of a Colossus</em>, <em>Augustus: First Emperor of Rome</em>, <em>How Rome Fell</em>, <em>Philip and Alexander</em>, <em>Rome and Persia</em>, and many other books. He lives in Penarth, South Wales.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/adrian-goldsworthy/athens-and-sparta/9781541619982/"><em>Athens and Sparta: The Rivalry That Shaped Ancient Greece</em></a> by Adrian Goldsworthy (Basic Books, May 12, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Thucydides, <em>History of the Peloponnesian War</em> — the essential and problematic source, discussed at length.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2897: Patrick Wyman on <em>Lost Worlds</em> — directly referenced in the interview as a contrasting style of history.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2892: Jason Pack on the Iran war — the companion episode on the modern Persian conflict, referenced in the interview.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/e503b289/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sometimes Fixed Sometimes Fickle: Audun Dahl on Why Our Moral Judgements Are Always in Flux</title>
      <itunes:episode>2908</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2908</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Sometimes Fixed Sometimes Fickle: Audun Dahl on Why Our Moral Judgements Are Always in Flux</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7f1c99e4-11a0-4a6b-92a8-4fc693f5c026</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We need to develop better theories of why the other side believes what they do. Having an accurate theory includes recognizing if somebody is a psychopath — but also recognizing that psychopaths are rarer than we think.” — Audun Dahl</em></p><p> </p><p>If you’re not a liberal at twenty, you have no heart; if you’re not a conservative at forty, you have no head. While this sounds like an annoying cliché (especially to people under forty), it does recognize that our moral views change. But, as the Cornell psychologist <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674292086">Audun Dahl</a> argues in his new book <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674292086"><em>Between Fixed and Fickle: Why Our Moral Views Keep Changing</em></a>, the most interesting question is why our moral principles always seem in flux. Why people who say cheating is wrong cheat. Why people who say violence is wrong turn a blind moral eye to their own insurrections.</p><p> </p><p>Dahl is a psychologist, not a moralist. He is not interested in what we should believe, but in what we think we believe. His central finding is that human morality is neither fixed nor fickle. People change their moral views when they believe they have good reasons to — reasons they can, indeed, articulate. The problem isn’t hypocrisy per se. It’s that we struggle to understand why the other side believes what it does. In morally polarised societies like contemporary America, we over-attribute psychopathy to political opponents. Most Republicans and most Democrats do have genuine moral commitments. But they are just different principles, applied to parallel moral hierarchies. Rather than morality perhaps, we need more empathy. Don’t judge. Understand.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Two Kinds of Moral Change: </strong>Dahl identifies two forms of moral change that should trouble us. Situational moral change: people espouse one principle and act against it in a specific situation — the person who says cheating is wrong and cheats on an exam, the January 6th rioter who says violence is wrong. Historical moral change: the same principles coexisting with practices that contradict them — Thomas Jefferson proclaiming inalienable rights while enslaving hundreds. Both are not simply hypocrisy: they reflect the genuine messiness of moral life, where competing principles create constant conflict.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Morality Emerges in the First Three Years of Life: </strong>Dahl’s most striking empirical finding: by around age three, virtually all children develop an intrinsic concern with how we ought to treat other sentient beings. It is not taught as an external rule. It emerges. A three-year-old will say: it’s wrong to harm others, you shouldn’t steal. No other animal acquires this. It is a uniquely human characteristic. The question is not whether people have moral commitments — almost everyone does. The question is how those commitments interact with other concerns, pressures, and competing principles.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We Over-Attribute Psychopathy to the Other Side: </strong>One of the most robustly documented findings in political psychology: Republicans and Democrats don’t merely think the other side is wrong. They think the other side is evil — likely to condone things they would never condone. Research shows both sides significantly over-estimate the other’s extremism and moral depravity. Dahl’s prescription: develop better theories of why the other side believes what it does. An accurate theory includes recognising genuine psychopaths and bad actors when they exist. It also includes recognising that they are rarer than we think.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Jefferson, Epstein, and the Exceptions: </strong>Two historical anchors. Jefferson: the author of the Declaration of Independence’s inalienable rights, who enslaved hundreds. The question is not whether he was a hypocrite — he clearly was — but how someone could hold both positions simultaneously. The answer Dahl finds most compelling: conflicting moral principles applied with different weights in different contexts, not the absence of moral concern. Epstein: the opposite case, a man who concealed an absence of moral concern behind a veneer of respectability. The lesson: some people genuinely lack it, but they are exceptions.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Elbow Room: The Hilary Mantel Closer: </strong>Dahl’s two wishes for a more moral world. First: that we understand why the other side disagrees. Second: that we have more “elbow room” — the phrase from Hilary Mantel’s Cromwell trilogy — to make decisions based on what we actually think is right rather than what we need to do to survive. Machiavelli and Cromwell operated in a world where survival left almost no room for principled action. If that is becoming our world again, the prospects for moral progress are bleak. Dahl is cautiously hopeful. The creative, restless energy of each new generation — willing to say this is unjust, this is unfair — is what abolished slavery. It is what drives moral change still.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674292086">Audun Dahl</a> is Associate Professor of Psychology at Cornell University. He is the author of <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674292086"><em>Between Fixed and Fickle: Why Our Moral Views Keep Changing</em></a> (Harvard University Press, April 2026). He grew up in Norway and is based in Ithaca, New York.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674292086"><em>Between Fixed and Fickle: Why Our Moral Views Keep Changing</em></a> by Audun Dahl (Harvard University Press, April 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Hilary Mantel, <em>Wolf Hall</em> trilogy — cited by Dahl as capturing the “elbow room” problem of moral action under survival pressure.</p><p> </p><p>•       Viktor Frankl, <em>Man’s Search for Meaning</em> — referenced in the same context as Mantel.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2906: Dylan Gottlieb on <em>Yuppies</em> — the companion episode on how professional class morality was shaped by competing incentives.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - The Churchill/Adams quote: liberal at 20, conservative at 40</li>
<li>(02:08) - Dahl’s Norwegian grandpa and the disputed attribution</li>
<li>(02:30) - Two kinds of troubling moral change: situational and historical</li>
<li>(03:10) - Jefferson’s Declaration of Independence and his enslaved peopl...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We need to develop better theories of why the other side believes what they do. Having an accurate theory includes recognizing if somebody is a psychopath — but also recognizing that psychopaths are rarer than we think.” — Audun Dahl</em></p><p> </p><p>If you’re not a liberal at twenty, you have no heart; if you’re not a conservative at forty, you have no head. While this sounds like an annoying cliché (especially to people under forty), it does recognize that our moral views change. But, as the Cornell psychologist <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674292086">Audun Dahl</a> argues in his new book <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674292086"><em>Between Fixed and Fickle: Why Our Moral Views Keep Changing</em></a>, the most interesting question is why our moral principles always seem in flux. Why people who say cheating is wrong cheat. Why people who say violence is wrong turn a blind moral eye to their own insurrections.</p><p> </p><p>Dahl is a psychologist, not a moralist. He is not interested in what we should believe, but in what we think we believe. His central finding is that human morality is neither fixed nor fickle. People change their moral views when they believe they have good reasons to — reasons they can, indeed, articulate. The problem isn’t hypocrisy per se. It’s that we struggle to understand why the other side believes what it does. In morally polarised societies like contemporary America, we over-attribute psychopathy to political opponents. Most Republicans and most Democrats do have genuine moral commitments. But they are just different principles, applied to parallel moral hierarchies. Rather than morality perhaps, we need more empathy. Don’t judge. Understand.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Two Kinds of Moral Change: </strong>Dahl identifies two forms of moral change that should trouble us. Situational moral change: people espouse one principle and act against it in a specific situation — the person who says cheating is wrong and cheats on an exam, the January 6th rioter who says violence is wrong. Historical moral change: the same principles coexisting with practices that contradict them — Thomas Jefferson proclaiming inalienable rights while enslaving hundreds. Both are not simply hypocrisy: they reflect the genuine messiness of moral life, where competing principles create constant conflict.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Morality Emerges in the First Three Years of Life: </strong>Dahl’s most striking empirical finding: by around age three, virtually all children develop an intrinsic concern with how we ought to treat other sentient beings. It is not taught as an external rule. It emerges. A three-year-old will say: it’s wrong to harm others, you shouldn’t steal. No other animal acquires this. It is a uniquely human characteristic. The question is not whether people have moral commitments — almost everyone does. The question is how those commitments interact with other concerns, pressures, and competing principles.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We Over-Attribute Psychopathy to the Other Side: </strong>One of the most robustly documented findings in political psychology: Republicans and Democrats don’t merely think the other side is wrong. They think the other side is evil — likely to condone things they would never condone. Research shows both sides significantly over-estimate the other’s extremism and moral depravity. Dahl’s prescription: develop better theories of why the other side believes what it does. An accurate theory includes recognising genuine psychopaths and bad actors when they exist. It also includes recognising that they are rarer than we think.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Jefferson, Epstein, and the Exceptions: </strong>Two historical anchors. Jefferson: the author of the Declaration of Independence’s inalienable rights, who enslaved hundreds. The question is not whether he was a hypocrite — he clearly was — but how someone could hold both positions simultaneously. The answer Dahl finds most compelling: conflicting moral principles applied with different weights in different contexts, not the absence of moral concern. Epstein: the opposite case, a man who concealed an absence of moral concern behind a veneer of respectability. The lesson: some people genuinely lack it, but they are exceptions.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Elbow Room: The Hilary Mantel Closer: </strong>Dahl’s two wishes for a more moral world. First: that we understand why the other side disagrees. Second: that we have more “elbow room” — the phrase from Hilary Mantel’s Cromwell trilogy — to make decisions based on what we actually think is right rather than what we need to do to survive. Machiavelli and Cromwell operated in a world where survival left almost no room for principled action. If that is becoming our world again, the prospects for moral progress are bleak. Dahl is cautiously hopeful. The creative, restless energy of each new generation — willing to say this is unjust, this is unfair — is what abolished slavery. It is what drives moral change still.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674292086">Audun Dahl</a> is Associate Professor of Psychology at Cornell University. He is the author of <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674292086"><em>Between Fixed and Fickle: Why Our Moral Views Keep Changing</em></a> (Harvard University Press, April 2026). He grew up in Norway and is based in Ithaca, New York.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674292086"><em>Between Fixed and Fickle: Why Our Moral Views Keep Changing</em></a> by Audun Dahl (Harvard University Press, April 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Hilary Mantel, <em>Wolf Hall</em> trilogy — cited by Dahl as capturing the “elbow room” problem of moral action under survival pressure.</p><p> </p><p>•       Viktor Frankl, <em>Man’s Search for Meaning</em> — referenced in the same context as Mantel.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2906: Dylan Gottlieb on <em>Yuppies</em> — the companion episode on how professional class morality was shaped by competing incentives.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - The Churchill/Adams quote: liberal at 20, conservative at 40</li>
<li>(02:08) - Dahl’s Norwegian grandpa and the disputed attribution</li>
<li>(02:30) - Two kinds of troubling moral change: situational and historical</li>
<li>(03:10) - Jefferson’s Declaration of Independence and his enslaved peopl...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 May 2026 17:41:29 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/0e0899c4/fe225510.mp3" length="99385638" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A8Vt_BK_Aqo">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/WXwNccG08MR0N2ci9nRR88Q-Xf-VC_NX177EDxZPffc/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9kNTM1/NjA0OTc5OGE0OTU4/MTZjZjc2ZTU4NzY4/NTNkZC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3105</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We need to develop better theories of why the other side believes what they do. Having an accurate theory includes recognizing if somebody is a psychopath — but also recognizing that psychopaths are rarer than we think.” — Audun Dahl</em></p><p> </p><p>If you’re not a liberal at twenty, you have no heart; if you’re not a conservative at forty, you have no head. While this sounds like an annoying cliché (especially to people under forty), it does recognize that our moral views change. But, as the Cornell psychologist <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674292086">Audun Dahl</a> argues in his new book <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674292086"><em>Between Fixed and Fickle: Why Our Moral Views Keep Changing</em></a>, the most interesting question is why our moral principles always seem in flux. Why people who say cheating is wrong cheat. Why people who say violence is wrong turn a blind moral eye to their own insurrections.</p><p> </p><p>Dahl is a psychologist, not a moralist. He is not interested in what we should believe, but in what we think we believe. His central finding is that human morality is neither fixed nor fickle. People change their moral views when they believe they have good reasons to — reasons they can, indeed, articulate. The problem isn’t hypocrisy per se. It’s that we struggle to understand why the other side believes what it does. In morally polarised societies like contemporary America, we over-attribute psychopathy to political opponents. Most Republicans and most Democrats do have genuine moral commitments. But they are just different principles, applied to parallel moral hierarchies. Rather than morality perhaps, we need more empathy. Don’t judge. Understand.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Two Kinds of Moral Change: </strong>Dahl identifies two forms of moral change that should trouble us. Situational moral change: people espouse one principle and act against it in a specific situation — the person who says cheating is wrong and cheats on an exam, the January 6th rioter who says violence is wrong. Historical moral change: the same principles coexisting with practices that contradict them — Thomas Jefferson proclaiming inalienable rights while enslaving hundreds. Both are not simply hypocrisy: they reflect the genuine messiness of moral life, where competing principles create constant conflict.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Morality Emerges in the First Three Years of Life: </strong>Dahl’s most striking empirical finding: by around age three, virtually all children develop an intrinsic concern with how we ought to treat other sentient beings. It is not taught as an external rule. It emerges. A three-year-old will say: it’s wrong to harm others, you shouldn’t steal. No other animal acquires this. It is a uniquely human characteristic. The question is not whether people have moral commitments — almost everyone does. The question is how those commitments interact with other concerns, pressures, and competing principles.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We Over-Attribute Psychopathy to the Other Side: </strong>One of the most robustly documented findings in political psychology: Republicans and Democrats don’t merely think the other side is wrong. They think the other side is evil — likely to condone things they would never condone. Research shows both sides significantly over-estimate the other’s extremism and moral depravity. Dahl’s prescription: develop better theories of why the other side believes what it does. An accurate theory includes recognising genuine psychopaths and bad actors when they exist. It also includes recognising that they are rarer than we think.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Jefferson, Epstein, and the Exceptions: </strong>Two historical anchors. Jefferson: the author of the Declaration of Independence’s inalienable rights, who enslaved hundreds. The question is not whether he was a hypocrite — he clearly was — but how someone could hold both positions simultaneously. The answer Dahl finds most compelling: conflicting moral principles applied with different weights in different contexts, not the absence of moral concern. Epstein: the opposite case, a man who concealed an absence of moral concern behind a veneer of respectability. The lesson: some people genuinely lack it, but they are exceptions.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Elbow Room: The Hilary Mantel Closer: </strong>Dahl’s two wishes for a more moral world. First: that we understand why the other side disagrees. Second: that we have more “elbow room” — the phrase from Hilary Mantel’s Cromwell trilogy — to make decisions based on what we actually think is right rather than what we need to do to survive. Machiavelli and Cromwell operated in a world where survival left almost no room for principled action. If that is becoming our world again, the prospects for moral progress are bleak. Dahl is cautiously hopeful. The creative, restless energy of each new generation — willing to say this is unjust, this is unfair — is what abolished slavery. It is what drives moral change still.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674292086">Audun Dahl</a> is Associate Professor of Psychology at Cornell University. He is the author of <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674292086"><em>Between Fixed and Fickle: Why Our Moral Views Keep Changing</em></a> (Harvard University Press, April 2026). He grew up in Norway and is based in Ithaca, New York.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674292086"><em>Between Fixed and Fickle: Why Our Moral Views Keep Changing</em></a> by Audun Dahl (Harvard University Press, April 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Hilary Mantel, <em>Wolf Hall</em> trilogy — cited by Dahl as capturing the “elbow room” problem of moral action under survival pressure.</p><p> </p><p>•       Viktor Frankl, <em>Man’s Search for Meaning</em> — referenced in the same context as Mantel.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2906: Dylan Gottlieb on <em>Yuppies</em> — the companion episode on how professional class morality was shaped by competing incentives.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - The Churchill/Adams quote: liberal at 20, conservative at 40</li>
<li>(02:08) - Dahl’s Norwegian grandpa and the disputed attribution</li>
<li>(02:30) - Two kinds of troubling moral change: situational and historical</li>
<li>(03:10) - Jefferson’s Declaration of Independence and his enslaved peopl...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0e0899c4/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0e0899c4/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From SEAL Sniper to Puddle Jumper: Brandon Webb on How to Raise Confident and Joyful Kids</title>
      <itunes:episode>2907</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2907</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>From SEAL Sniper to Puddle Jumper: Brandon Webb on How to Raise Confident and Joyful Kids</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">86b394a5-c98d-44dd-a228-c80b8208139e</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Being a father is probably one of the toughest and most rewarding jobs I’ve ever had. A lot of the principles I used to teach snipers apply to kids: dealing with negativity, replacing negative self-talk, learning that well-meaning adults can say terrible things — and you don’t have to take that on as baggage.” — Brandon Webb</em></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Puddle-Jumpers/Brandon-Webb/9798893311884">Brandon Webb</a> defines himself as an author, entrepreneur, Navy SEAL sniper, and father. But not in that order. The first three he leveraged into a series of bestselling books about the art of sniping. The fourth — the art of being a loving father — he dodged and ducked for years.</p><p> </p><p>But fatherhood might be Webb’s real calling. People regularly pulled him aside after meeting his grown children to ask him about his “secret” for being an effective dad. His kids were making eye contact, they were asking good questions rather than staring at their phones. Most astonishingly, they seemed happy.</p><p> </p><p>Webb’s new book, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Puddle-Jumpers/Brandon-Webb/9798893311884"><em>Puddle Jumpers: Simple and Proven Ways to Raise Confident and Joyful Kids</em></a>, reveals his secret of parenting. It applies the positive performance psychology Webb learned as a Navy SEAL sniper instructor — how to redirect negative self-talk, how to deal with well-meaning adults who say damaging things, how to build mental toughness without destroying connection — to the work of raising children. It outlines his parenting philosophy of both high expectations and high support. Think of <em>Puddle Jumpers</em> as simultaneously the manual for tiger and the bunny parenting.</p><p> </p><p>Brandon Webb’s ultimate calling in life is as a parent. Father, author, entrepreneur and Navy SEAL sniper. In that order.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Sniper Instructor as Parenting Coach: </strong>Webb was running the Navy SEAL sniper program at 27 years old. The psychology they taught there — positive self-talk, replacing negative internal narratives, dealing with adversity without being broken by it — is what he applied to parenting. The connection is not as strange as it sounds: both sniping and parenting require performing under pressure, dealing with failure without catastrophising, and building confidence that is genuine rather than brittle. The difference is that the stakes in parenting last a lifetime.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>High Expectations, High Support: </strong>Webb’s alternative to the false choice between permissive parenting and authoritarian discipline. Permissive parenting replaces preparation with protection. Authoritarian discipline breaks connection. Puddle Jumper Parenting holds both simultaneously: clear expectations and emotional safety. Kids need to know what’s required of them. They also need to know they won’t be abandoned when they fail. Webb’s word for children raised this way: puddle jumpers — kids who leap into life’s messy moments with full-hearted abandon, not because they’re fearless but because they trust themselves to recover.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Credit Card Lesson: Don’t Bail Them Out: </strong>Webb’s son Jackson managed a self-storage facility through college and ended up with a $25,000 ownership payout as a sophomore at St Andrews. He spent it like a drunken sailor on shore leave, got a credit card, ran up $12,000 in debt at predatory interest rates, and called his father for help. Webb’s response: you remember that conversation we had? Figure it out. He let his son suffer. Jackson’s girlfriend hated Webb for two years. At the end, Jackson paid off the debt with a new business and told his father it was one of the best lessons he’d ever been taught. It would have been easy to bail him out. The suffering was the lesson.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Purpose and the War Veteran: Viktor Frankl’s Lesson: </strong>How does a combat veteran come home intact? Webb’s answer: purpose. His Afghanistan deployment had clear moral logic — the propaganda posters in the caves, the training camps, the towers. That clarity carried him through. Iraq was different. Soldiers who went to Iraq with no understanding of why they were there — and whose friends in 2010 were saying we have no idea what we’re doing here — came home broken. Viktor Frankl’s <em>Man’s Search for Meaning</em>: purpose is the thing that makes endurance possible. Without it, violence that cannot be assigned rational meaning produces serious mental illness.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Teach Kids About Money: The American Economy Preys on Them: </strong>Webb has strong opinions: America’s economy is largely fuelled by consumer debt. Credit card companies prey on college students because they know the parents will bail them out. Kids need to understand the system before the system takes advantage of them. His prescription: teach them age-appropriate financial literacy early. The Acorns Early app gamifies financial learning for children. The deal he struck with all his kids in college: I pay for school, you have a roof and food, but if you want to socialise, get a job. The lesson is not just about money. It’s about agency.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Puddle-Jumpers/Brandon-Webb/9798893311884">Brandon Webb</a> is a combat-decorated Navy SEAL sniper, multiple <em>New York Times</em> bestselling author, Harvard Business School alumnus, and father of three. He is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Puddle-Jumpers/Brandon-Webb/9798893311884"><em>Puddle Jumpers: Simple and Proven Ways to Raise Confident and Joyful Kids</em></a> (Authors Equity/Simon &amp; Schuster, May 12, 2026), <em>The Red Circle</em>, <em>The Killing School</em>, and <em>The Making of a Navy SEAL</em>. He divides his time between Portugal and New York City.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Puddle-Jumpers/Brandon-Webb/9798893311884"><em>Puddle Jumpers: Simple and Proven Ways to Raise Confident and Joyful Kids</em></a> by Brandon Webb (Authors Equity/Simon &amp; Schuster, May 12, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Viktor Frankl, <em>Man’s Search for Meaning</em> — Webb cites it as one of his favourite books, and the source of his thinking on purpose and combat trauma.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2888: Helen Benedict on <em>The Soldier’s House</em> — directly referenced in the interview; Webb’s purpose-in-war argument is the complement to Benedict’s moral injury argument.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https..."></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Being a father is probably one of the toughest and most rewarding jobs I’ve ever had. A lot of the principles I used to teach snipers apply to kids: dealing with negativity, replacing negative self-talk, learning that well-meaning adults can say terrible things — and you don’t have to take that on as baggage.” — Brandon Webb</em></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Puddle-Jumpers/Brandon-Webb/9798893311884">Brandon Webb</a> defines himself as an author, entrepreneur, Navy SEAL sniper, and father. But not in that order. The first three he leveraged into a series of bestselling books about the art of sniping. The fourth — the art of being a loving father — he dodged and ducked for years.</p><p> </p><p>But fatherhood might be Webb’s real calling. People regularly pulled him aside after meeting his grown children to ask him about his “secret” for being an effective dad. His kids were making eye contact, they were asking good questions rather than staring at their phones. Most astonishingly, they seemed happy.</p><p> </p><p>Webb’s new book, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Puddle-Jumpers/Brandon-Webb/9798893311884"><em>Puddle Jumpers: Simple and Proven Ways to Raise Confident and Joyful Kids</em></a>, reveals his secret of parenting. It applies the positive performance psychology Webb learned as a Navy SEAL sniper instructor — how to redirect negative self-talk, how to deal with well-meaning adults who say damaging things, how to build mental toughness without destroying connection — to the work of raising children. It outlines his parenting philosophy of both high expectations and high support. Think of <em>Puddle Jumpers</em> as simultaneously the manual for tiger and the bunny parenting.</p><p> </p><p>Brandon Webb’s ultimate calling in life is as a parent. Father, author, entrepreneur and Navy SEAL sniper. In that order.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Sniper Instructor as Parenting Coach: </strong>Webb was running the Navy SEAL sniper program at 27 years old. The psychology they taught there — positive self-talk, replacing negative internal narratives, dealing with adversity without being broken by it — is what he applied to parenting. The connection is not as strange as it sounds: both sniping and parenting require performing under pressure, dealing with failure without catastrophising, and building confidence that is genuine rather than brittle. The difference is that the stakes in parenting last a lifetime.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>High Expectations, High Support: </strong>Webb’s alternative to the false choice between permissive parenting and authoritarian discipline. Permissive parenting replaces preparation with protection. Authoritarian discipline breaks connection. Puddle Jumper Parenting holds both simultaneously: clear expectations and emotional safety. Kids need to know what’s required of them. They also need to know they won’t be abandoned when they fail. Webb’s word for children raised this way: puddle jumpers — kids who leap into life’s messy moments with full-hearted abandon, not because they’re fearless but because they trust themselves to recover.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Credit Card Lesson: Don’t Bail Them Out: </strong>Webb’s son Jackson managed a self-storage facility through college and ended up with a $25,000 ownership payout as a sophomore at St Andrews. He spent it like a drunken sailor on shore leave, got a credit card, ran up $12,000 in debt at predatory interest rates, and called his father for help. Webb’s response: you remember that conversation we had? Figure it out. He let his son suffer. Jackson’s girlfriend hated Webb for two years. At the end, Jackson paid off the debt with a new business and told his father it was one of the best lessons he’d ever been taught. It would have been easy to bail him out. The suffering was the lesson.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Purpose and the War Veteran: Viktor Frankl’s Lesson: </strong>How does a combat veteran come home intact? Webb’s answer: purpose. His Afghanistan deployment had clear moral logic — the propaganda posters in the caves, the training camps, the towers. That clarity carried him through. Iraq was different. Soldiers who went to Iraq with no understanding of why they were there — and whose friends in 2010 were saying we have no idea what we’re doing here — came home broken. Viktor Frankl’s <em>Man’s Search for Meaning</em>: purpose is the thing that makes endurance possible. Without it, violence that cannot be assigned rational meaning produces serious mental illness.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Teach Kids About Money: The American Economy Preys on Them: </strong>Webb has strong opinions: America’s economy is largely fuelled by consumer debt. Credit card companies prey on college students because they know the parents will bail them out. Kids need to understand the system before the system takes advantage of them. His prescription: teach them age-appropriate financial literacy early. The Acorns Early app gamifies financial learning for children. The deal he struck with all his kids in college: I pay for school, you have a roof and food, but if you want to socialise, get a job. The lesson is not just about money. It’s about agency.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Puddle-Jumpers/Brandon-Webb/9798893311884">Brandon Webb</a> is a combat-decorated Navy SEAL sniper, multiple <em>New York Times</em> bestselling author, Harvard Business School alumnus, and father of three. He is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Puddle-Jumpers/Brandon-Webb/9798893311884"><em>Puddle Jumpers: Simple and Proven Ways to Raise Confident and Joyful Kids</em></a> (Authors Equity/Simon &amp; Schuster, May 12, 2026), <em>The Red Circle</em>, <em>The Killing School</em>, and <em>The Making of a Navy SEAL</em>. He divides his time between Portugal and New York City.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Puddle-Jumpers/Brandon-Webb/9798893311884"><em>Puddle Jumpers: Simple and Proven Ways to Raise Confident and Joyful Kids</em></a> by Brandon Webb (Authors Equity/Simon &amp; Schuster, May 12, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Viktor Frankl, <em>Man’s Search for Meaning</em> — Webb cites it as one of his favourite books, and the source of his thinking on purpose and combat trauma.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2888: Helen Benedict on <em>The Soldier’s House</em> — directly referenced in the interview; Webb’s purpose-in-war argument is the complement to Benedict’s moral injury argument.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https..."></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 May 2026 20:51:40 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/7177ce76/0c47d9bd.mp3" length="103715668" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=97Hoh04tOyc">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/E9XmN5fmnsq_JuMfDbGe17i-WzB6sqX7v-_WPVtbH2E/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS82MGYy/ZGUyNzFkMDM1YTJl/NTUyNDhjZDNlZGIz/ZmJhMC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3240</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Being a father is probably one of the toughest and most rewarding jobs I’ve ever had. A lot of the principles I used to teach snipers apply to kids: dealing with negativity, replacing negative self-talk, learning that well-meaning adults can say terrible things — and you don’t have to take that on as baggage.” — Brandon Webb</em></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Puddle-Jumpers/Brandon-Webb/9798893311884">Brandon Webb</a> defines himself as an author, entrepreneur, Navy SEAL sniper, and father. But not in that order. The first three he leveraged into a series of bestselling books about the art of sniping. The fourth — the art of being a loving father — he dodged and ducked for years.</p><p> </p><p>But fatherhood might be Webb’s real calling. People regularly pulled him aside after meeting his grown children to ask him about his “secret” for being an effective dad. His kids were making eye contact, they were asking good questions rather than staring at their phones. Most astonishingly, they seemed happy.</p><p> </p><p>Webb’s new book, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Puddle-Jumpers/Brandon-Webb/9798893311884"><em>Puddle Jumpers: Simple and Proven Ways to Raise Confident and Joyful Kids</em></a>, reveals his secret of parenting. It applies the positive performance psychology Webb learned as a Navy SEAL sniper instructor — how to redirect negative self-talk, how to deal with well-meaning adults who say damaging things, how to build mental toughness without destroying connection — to the work of raising children. It outlines his parenting philosophy of both high expectations and high support. Think of <em>Puddle Jumpers</em> as simultaneously the manual for tiger and the bunny parenting.</p><p> </p><p>Brandon Webb’s ultimate calling in life is as a parent. Father, author, entrepreneur and Navy SEAL sniper. In that order.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Sniper Instructor as Parenting Coach: </strong>Webb was running the Navy SEAL sniper program at 27 years old. The psychology they taught there — positive self-talk, replacing negative internal narratives, dealing with adversity without being broken by it — is what he applied to parenting. The connection is not as strange as it sounds: both sniping and parenting require performing under pressure, dealing with failure without catastrophising, and building confidence that is genuine rather than brittle. The difference is that the stakes in parenting last a lifetime.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>High Expectations, High Support: </strong>Webb’s alternative to the false choice between permissive parenting and authoritarian discipline. Permissive parenting replaces preparation with protection. Authoritarian discipline breaks connection. Puddle Jumper Parenting holds both simultaneously: clear expectations and emotional safety. Kids need to know what’s required of them. They also need to know they won’t be abandoned when they fail. Webb’s word for children raised this way: puddle jumpers — kids who leap into life’s messy moments with full-hearted abandon, not because they’re fearless but because they trust themselves to recover.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Credit Card Lesson: Don’t Bail Them Out: </strong>Webb’s son Jackson managed a self-storage facility through college and ended up with a $25,000 ownership payout as a sophomore at St Andrews. He spent it like a drunken sailor on shore leave, got a credit card, ran up $12,000 in debt at predatory interest rates, and called his father for help. Webb’s response: you remember that conversation we had? Figure it out. He let his son suffer. Jackson’s girlfriend hated Webb for two years. At the end, Jackson paid off the debt with a new business and told his father it was one of the best lessons he’d ever been taught. It would have been easy to bail him out. The suffering was the lesson.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Purpose and the War Veteran: Viktor Frankl’s Lesson: </strong>How does a combat veteran come home intact? Webb’s answer: purpose. His Afghanistan deployment had clear moral logic — the propaganda posters in the caves, the training camps, the towers. That clarity carried him through. Iraq was different. Soldiers who went to Iraq with no understanding of why they were there — and whose friends in 2010 were saying we have no idea what we’re doing here — came home broken. Viktor Frankl’s <em>Man’s Search for Meaning</em>: purpose is the thing that makes endurance possible. Without it, violence that cannot be assigned rational meaning produces serious mental illness.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Teach Kids About Money: The American Economy Preys on Them: </strong>Webb has strong opinions: America’s economy is largely fuelled by consumer debt. Credit card companies prey on college students because they know the parents will bail them out. Kids need to understand the system before the system takes advantage of them. His prescription: teach them age-appropriate financial literacy early. The Acorns Early app gamifies financial learning for children. The deal he struck with all his kids in college: I pay for school, you have a roof and food, but if you want to socialise, get a job. The lesson is not just about money. It’s about agency.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Puddle-Jumpers/Brandon-Webb/9798893311884">Brandon Webb</a> is a combat-decorated Navy SEAL sniper, multiple <em>New York Times</em> bestselling author, Harvard Business School alumnus, and father of three. He is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Puddle-Jumpers/Brandon-Webb/9798893311884"><em>Puddle Jumpers: Simple and Proven Ways to Raise Confident and Joyful Kids</em></a> (Authors Equity/Simon &amp; Schuster, May 12, 2026), <em>The Red Circle</em>, <em>The Killing School</em>, and <em>The Making of a Navy SEAL</em>. He divides his time between Portugal and New York City.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Puddle-Jumpers/Brandon-Webb/9798893311884"><em>Puddle Jumpers: Simple and Proven Ways to Raise Confident and Joyful Kids</em></a> by Brandon Webb (Authors Equity/Simon &amp; Schuster, May 12, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Viktor Frankl, <em>Man’s Search for Meaning</em> — Webb cites it as one of his favourite books, and the source of his thinking on purpose and combat trauma.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2888: Helen Benedict on <em>The Soldier’s House</em> — directly referenced in the interview; Webb’s purpose-in-war argument is the complement to Benedict’s moral injury argument.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https..."></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7177ce76/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7177ce76/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Sweatshop of the Meritocracy: Dylan Gottlieb on How the Yuppies Conquered America</title>
      <itunes:episode>2906</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2906</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Sweatshop of the Meritocracy: Dylan Gottlieb on How the Yuppies Conquered America</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9d26944d-8b3e-40f6-acde-773d702ebcc9</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“As recently as the mid-seventies, under 5% of Ivy Leaguers are headed to Wall Street. It’s actually not that attractive. But as Wall Street’s deregulated, it changes the incentive structure — it makes it much more profitable and demands this huge labor force.” — Dylan Gottlieb</em></p><p> </p><p>They stalked the sidewalks of Manhattan in button-down shirts embroidered with the names of investment banks. They jogged. They drank Beaujolais Nouveau. They gentrified neighborhoods. They were the Yuppies — and with the Boston-based <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674248977">Dylan Gottlieb</a>, they’ve found their young urban professional biographer.</p><p> </p><p>In <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674248977"><em>Yuppies: The Bankers, Lawyers, Joggers, and Gourmands Who Conquered New York</em></a>, Gottlieb offers both a social history of financialization and a collective biography of the professional class that came of age in the Reagan years. Rather than a passing 1980s stereotype, Gottlieb argues that the Yuppie is a phenomenon that remade the American economy, city, and political class. As recently as the mid-1970s, under 5 percent of Ivy League graduates went to Wall Street. A decade of deregulation later, banks were recruiting a third of graduating classes from top universities. The sweatshop of the meritocracy was born. Most of us are still sweating.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>From Yippie to Yuppie: The Word’s Origins: </strong>Yuppie resonates with Yippie — the iconographic late-sixties radicals of the New Left, for whom Jerry Rubin was the signifier. The word first appeared in a Chicago alt-weekly in the late 1970s to describe highly educated young people trickling into gentrifying North Side neighbourhoods. It didn’t achieve full cultural dominance until 1984, when it became the frame for supporters of Gary Hart’s presidential campaign — a prototypical Yuppie candidate who stormed the Democratic primary and represented a new professional vanguard within the party. The word named something that was already happening. It didn’t create it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Incentive Structure Changed: Under 5% to One Third: </strong>As recently as the mid-1970s, under 5 percent of Ivy League graduates went to Wall Street. It was seen as the preserve of WASPy children who used family connections to get a bank job. By the mid-1980s, banks were recruiting roughly a third of graduating classes at top universities. What happened: deregulation made finance enormously more profitable; finance demanded a large educated labour force to do the work of putting finance at the centre of the American economy; and the most talented students — those who might have become poets or public servants — followed the money. At mid-century, the most prestigious option for a Princeton graduate was middle management at a Fortune 500 company. By 1985, it was Wall Street.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Democratization and Distinction: The Double Movement: </strong>Gottlieb’s central thesis is a double movement. The Yuppie era brought genuine diversification to America’s elite: Jewish lawyers could now make partner at firms previously closed to them; women entered investment banks in numbers that would have been inconceivable in 1965; Black and Asian Americans got at least a foot in the door. This was new, and it mattered. Simultaneously, that newly diversified elite pulled further away from the rest of America, extracting profits from companies being financialized and rents from communities being gentrified. Democratization and distinction in constant tension. The elite became more diverse and more remote at the same time.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Pyramid to Cylinder Shift: </strong>AI is about to do to the Yuppie what the Yuppie did to everybody else. Gottlieb spoke recently to an HR representative at an investment bank — name and bank withheld — who said the firm was moving from a pyramid structure to a cylinder structure for employment. The wide base of entry-level workers that finance has depended on since the 1980s will shrink dramatically. Only the best and brightest will be selected; the rest will be automated. Gottlieb wrote about the era of the large pyramid — the exploited many at the bottom who hoped to reach the top. What happens to the professional class when that pyramid disappears?</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Are the Yuppies Becoming Socialists? </strong>A long-running trend: the pressures of the sweatshop of the meritocracy have embittered many members of the professional class. Academics work in conditions demonstrably worse than they were forty years ago. Doctors are evaluated on metrics that resemble those of factory workers. Journalists are precarious. The housing market in the cities where professionals cluster has made the cost of replicating their social status for their children prohibitive. And into this comes AI, threatening the entry-level pipeline. Gottlieb’s question: will the investment bankers see their plight as similar to the Amazon warehouse worker’s? Or will the edifice of meritocratic myth-making — the deep conviction that you’re special — hold them back from that solidarity?</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674248977">Dylan Gottlieb</a> is Assistant Professor of History at Bentley University and co-host of the <em>Who Makes Cents: A History of Capitalism</em> podcast. He is the author of <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674248977"><em>Yuppies: The Bankers, Lawyers, Joggers, and Gourmands Who Conquered New York</em></a> (Harvard University Press, May 12, 2026), winner of the Herman E. Krooss Prize for Best Dissertation in Business History. He has written for the <em>Washington Post</em>, <em>Gotham</em>, the <em>Journal of American History</em>, and <em>Public Seminar</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674248977"><em>Yuppies: The Bankers, Lawyers, Joggers, and Gourmands Who Conquered New York</em></a> by Dylan Gottlieb (Harvard University Press, May 12, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Noam Scheiber, <em>Mutiny: The Rise and Revolt of a College-Educated Working Class</em> — the companion book, referenced in the interview as directly relevant to Gottlieb’s thesis.</p><p> </p><p>•       Barbara Ehrenreich — referenced by Gottlieb as the first to identify the downwardly mobile tranche of the professional class.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2895: Glyn Morgan on the rise and fall of American Europe — the companion episode on how the professional class shaped American foreign policy.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Ap...</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“As recently as the mid-seventies, under 5% of Ivy Leaguers are headed to Wall Street. It’s actually not that attractive. But as Wall Street’s deregulated, it changes the incentive structure — it makes it much more profitable and demands this huge labor force.” — Dylan Gottlieb</em></p><p> </p><p>They stalked the sidewalks of Manhattan in button-down shirts embroidered with the names of investment banks. They jogged. They drank Beaujolais Nouveau. They gentrified neighborhoods. They were the Yuppies — and with the Boston-based <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674248977">Dylan Gottlieb</a>, they’ve found their young urban professional biographer.</p><p> </p><p>In <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674248977"><em>Yuppies: The Bankers, Lawyers, Joggers, and Gourmands Who Conquered New York</em></a>, Gottlieb offers both a social history of financialization and a collective biography of the professional class that came of age in the Reagan years. Rather than a passing 1980s stereotype, Gottlieb argues that the Yuppie is a phenomenon that remade the American economy, city, and political class. As recently as the mid-1970s, under 5 percent of Ivy League graduates went to Wall Street. A decade of deregulation later, banks were recruiting a third of graduating classes from top universities. The sweatshop of the meritocracy was born. Most of us are still sweating.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>From Yippie to Yuppie: The Word’s Origins: </strong>Yuppie resonates with Yippie — the iconographic late-sixties radicals of the New Left, for whom Jerry Rubin was the signifier. The word first appeared in a Chicago alt-weekly in the late 1970s to describe highly educated young people trickling into gentrifying North Side neighbourhoods. It didn’t achieve full cultural dominance until 1984, when it became the frame for supporters of Gary Hart’s presidential campaign — a prototypical Yuppie candidate who stormed the Democratic primary and represented a new professional vanguard within the party. The word named something that was already happening. It didn’t create it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Incentive Structure Changed: Under 5% to One Third: </strong>As recently as the mid-1970s, under 5 percent of Ivy League graduates went to Wall Street. It was seen as the preserve of WASPy children who used family connections to get a bank job. By the mid-1980s, banks were recruiting roughly a third of graduating classes at top universities. What happened: deregulation made finance enormously more profitable; finance demanded a large educated labour force to do the work of putting finance at the centre of the American economy; and the most talented students — those who might have become poets or public servants — followed the money. At mid-century, the most prestigious option for a Princeton graduate was middle management at a Fortune 500 company. By 1985, it was Wall Street.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Democratization and Distinction: The Double Movement: </strong>Gottlieb’s central thesis is a double movement. The Yuppie era brought genuine diversification to America’s elite: Jewish lawyers could now make partner at firms previously closed to them; women entered investment banks in numbers that would have been inconceivable in 1965; Black and Asian Americans got at least a foot in the door. This was new, and it mattered. Simultaneously, that newly diversified elite pulled further away from the rest of America, extracting profits from companies being financialized and rents from communities being gentrified. Democratization and distinction in constant tension. The elite became more diverse and more remote at the same time.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Pyramid to Cylinder Shift: </strong>AI is about to do to the Yuppie what the Yuppie did to everybody else. Gottlieb spoke recently to an HR representative at an investment bank — name and bank withheld — who said the firm was moving from a pyramid structure to a cylinder structure for employment. The wide base of entry-level workers that finance has depended on since the 1980s will shrink dramatically. Only the best and brightest will be selected; the rest will be automated. Gottlieb wrote about the era of the large pyramid — the exploited many at the bottom who hoped to reach the top. What happens to the professional class when that pyramid disappears?</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Are the Yuppies Becoming Socialists? </strong>A long-running trend: the pressures of the sweatshop of the meritocracy have embittered many members of the professional class. Academics work in conditions demonstrably worse than they were forty years ago. Doctors are evaluated on metrics that resemble those of factory workers. Journalists are precarious. The housing market in the cities where professionals cluster has made the cost of replicating their social status for their children prohibitive. And into this comes AI, threatening the entry-level pipeline. Gottlieb’s question: will the investment bankers see their plight as similar to the Amazon warehouse worker’s? Or will the edifice of meritocratic myth-making — the deep conviction that you’re special — hold them back from that solidarity?</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674248977">Dylan Gottlieb</a> is Assistant Professor of History at Bentley University and co-host of the <em>Who Makes Cents: A History of Capitalism</em> podcast. He is the author of <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674248977"><em>Yuppies: The Bankers, Lawyers, Joggers, and Gourmands Who Conquered New York</em></a> (Harvard University Press, May 12, 2026), winner of the Herman E. Krooss Prize for Best Dissertation in Business History. He has written for the <em>Washington Post</em>, <em>Gotham</em>, the <em>Journal of American History</em>, and <em>Public Seminar</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674248977"><em>Yuppies: The Bankers, Lawyers, Joggers, and Gourmands Who Conquered New York</em></a> by Dylan Gottlieb (Harvard University Press, May 12, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Noam Scheiber, <em>Mutiny: The Rise and Revolt of a College-Educated Working Class</em> — the companion book, referenced in the interview as directly relevant to Gottlieb’s thesis.</p><p> </p><p>•       Barbara Ehrenreich — referenced by Gottlieb as the first to identify the downwardly mobile tranche of the professional class.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2895: Glyn Morgan on the rise and fall of American Europe — the companion episode on how the professional class shaped American foreign policy.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Ap...</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 May 2026 06:18:43 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/f2713a08/64781f33.mp3" length="97737436" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KOebr3WoLhY">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/maKIVjxcc1-Nh_79206HnHKxvUwswCYUTPQ_rKAiPxg/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS82ZWEw/MmE0MjMxYjZlNjdl/OTFmMTRkNjc3MDlk/NDkwZS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3054</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“As recently as the mid-seventies, under 5% of Ivy Leaguers are headed to Wall Street. It’s actually not that attractive. But as Wall Street’s deregulated, it changes the incentive structure — it makes it much more profitable and demands this huge labor force.” — Dylan Gottlieb</em></p><p> </p><p>They stalked the sidewalks of Manhattan in button-down shirts embroidered with the names of investment banks. They jogged. They drank Beaujolais Nouveau. They gentrified neighborhoods. They were the Yuppies — and with the Boston-based <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674248977">Dylan Gottlieb</a>, they’ve found their young urban professional biographer.</p><p> </p><p>In <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674248977"><em>Yuppies: The Bankers, Lawyers, Joggers, and Gourmands Who Conquered New York</em></a>, Gottlieb offers both a social history of financialization and a collective biography of the professional class that came of age in the Reagan years. Rather than a passing 1980s stereotype, Gottlieb argues that the Yuppie is a phenomenon that remade the American economy, city, and political class. As recently as the mid-1970s, under 5 percent of Ivy League graduates went to Wall Street. A decade of deregulation later, banks were recruiting a third of graduating classes from top universities. The sweatshop of the meritocracy was born. Most of us are still sweating.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>From Yippie to Yuppie: The Word’s Origins: </strong>Yuppie resonates with Yippie — the iconographic late-sixties radicals of the New Left, for whom Jerry Rubin was the signifier. The word first appeared in a Chicago alt-weekly in the late 1970s to describe highly educated young people trickling into gentrifying North Side neighbourhoods. It didn’t achieve full cultural dominance until 1984, when it became the frame for supporters of Gary Hart’s presidential campaign — a prototypical Yuppie candidate who stormed the Democratic primary and represented a new professional vanguard within the party. The word named something that was already happening. It didn’t create it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Incentive Structure Changed: Under 5% to One Third: </strong>As recently as the mid-1970s, under 5 percent of Ivy League graduates went to Wall Street. It was seen as the preserve of WASPy children who used family connections to get a bank job. By the mid-1980s, banks were recruiting roughly a third of graduating classes at top universities. What happened: deregulation made finance enormously more profitable; finance demanded a large educated labour force to do the work of putting finance at the centre of the American economy; and the most talented students — those who might have become poets or public servants — followed the money. At mid-century, the most prestigious option for a Princeton graduate was middle management at a Fortune 500 company. By 1985, it was Wall Street.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Democratization and Distinction: The Double Movement: </strong>Gottlieb’s central thesis is a double movement. The Yuppie era brought genuine diversification to America’s elite: Jewish lawyers could now make partner at firms previously closed to them; women entered investment banks in numbers that would have been inconceivable in 1965; Black and Asian Americans got at least a foot in the door. This was new, and it mattered. Simultaneously, that newly diversified elite pulled further away from the rest of America, extracting profits from companies being financialized and rents from communities being gentrified. Democratization and distinction in constant tension. The elite became more diverse and more remote at the same time.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Pyramid to Cylinder Shift: </strong>AI is about to do to the Yuppie what the Yuppie did to everybody else. Gottlieb spoke recently to an HR representative at an investment bank — name and bank withheld — who said the firm was moving from a pyramid structure to a cylinder structure for employment. The wide base of entry-level workers that finance has depended on since the 1980s will shrink dramatically. Only the best and brightest will be selected; the rest will be automated. Gottlieb wrote about the era of the large pyramid — the exploited many at the bottom who hoped to reach the top. What happens to the professional class when that pyramid disappears?</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Are the Yuppies Becoming Socialists? </strong>A long-running trend: the pressures of the sweatshop of the meritocracy have embittered many members of the professional class. Academics work in conditions demonstrably worse than they were forty years ago. Doctors are evaluated on metrics that resemble those of factory workers. Journalists are precarious. The housing market in the cities where professionals cluster has made the cost of replicating their social status for their children prohibitive. And into this comes AI, threatening the entry-level pipeline. Gottlieb’s question: will the investment bankers see their plight as similar to the Amazon warehouse worker’s? Or will the edifice of meritocratic myth-making — the deep conviction that you’re special — hold them back from that solidarity?</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674248977">Dylan Gottlieb</a> is Assistant Professor of History at Bentley University and co-host of the <em>Who Makes Cents: A History of Capitalism</em> podcast. He is the author of <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674248977"><em>Yuppies: The Bankers, Lawyers, Joggers, and Gourmands Who Conquered New York</em></a> (Harvard University Press, May 12, 2026), winner of the Herman E. Krooss Prize for Best Dissertation in Business History. He has written for the <em>Washington Post</em>, <em>Gotham</em>, the <em>Journal of American History</em>, and <em>Public Seminar</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hup.harvard.edu/books/9780674248977"><em>Yuppies: The Bankers, Lawyers, Joggers, and Gourmands Who Conquered New York</em></a> by Dylan Gottlieb (Harvard University Press, May 12, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Noam Scheiber, <em>Mutiny: The Rise and Revolt of a College-Educated Working Class</em> — the companion book, referenced in the interview as directly relevant to Gottlieb’s thesis.</p><p> </p><p>•       Barbara Ehrenreich — referenced by Gottlieb as the first to identify the downwardly mobile tranche of the professional class.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2895: Glyn Morgan on the rise and fall of American Europe — the companion episode on how the professional class shaped American foreign policy.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Ap...</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f2713a08/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f2713a08/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Where Are the Firefighters? Jonathan Vigliotti on How Los Angeles Was Left to Burn</title>
      <itunes:episode>2905</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2905</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Where Are the Firefighters? Jonathan Vigliotti on How Los Angeles Was Left to Burn</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">46895842-ada9-43c6-9c68-75d79756ddc7</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“All the warnings were there. It was almost a carbon copy — the same warnings that were ignored before Paradise, ignored again before the Palisades. And nobody was held accountable.” — Jonathan Vigliotti</em></p><p> </p><p>On January 7, 2025, the Palisades Fire ignited in Los Angeles. Over the first few hours of the fire, the second-largest city in America had no firefighters on the front lines and no coordinated evacuation. Residents fought the flames with garden hoses.</p><p> </p><p>“Where are the firefighters?” somebody, running from the fire, screamed into a live television shot.</p><p> </p><p>Where, indeed, were Los Angeles firefighters? <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Torched/Jonathan-Vigliotti/9781668219034">Jonathan Vigliotti</a> — CBS national correspondent, Emmy and Edward R. Murrow Award winner — was there from the beginning. His new book, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Torched/Jonathan-Vigliotti/9781668219034"><em>Torched: How a City Was Left to Burn and the Olympic Rush to Rebuild Los Angeles</em></a>, is the searing firsthand account of the tragic failure of the Los Angeles authorities to respond to the fire.</p><p> </p><p>The story Vigliotti tells is not new. In some ways, it is a carbon copy of the 2018 Camp Fire that destroyed Paradise in Northern California. First as tragedy then as farce: inadequate evacuation routes, uncleared fuel loads, officials who failed to act were repeated almost exactly in Pacific Palisades and Altadena. More than eighty people died in Paradise and more than thirty in the LA fires. The economic damage in LA will likely make it the costliest natural disaster in US history. And when the LA mayor and the Californian governor appeared in the first press conference after the fires broke out, Vigliotti reports, all Karen Bass and Gavin Newsom were talking about was the 2028 Olympics.</p><p> </p><p>The political reckoning has not happened, Vigliotti warns. Bass is still mayor and Newsom is a Presidential frontrunner for 2028. California’s current governor’s race is dominated by homelessness and crime. Wildfire — the existential threat to the state, the one where more than $2 billion in taxpayer money was pumped into agencies over several years with more than half a billion unaccounted for — is barely mentioned.</p><p> </p><p>The fires will be back, Vigliotti warns. Maybe this year for the World Cup, maybe in 2028 for the Olympics. So where are the firefighters?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Where Are the Firefighters? The Central Question: </strong>Vigliotti was on scene from the first moments of the Palisades Fire. What struck him was not the scale of the flames — he’d seen wildfires before — but the absence of any official response. No firefighters at ground zero. No coordinated evacuation. The traffic gridlock that formed within an hour of ignition blocked fire trucks from getting through. Residents fought embers with garden hoses. A man running from the hillside screamed into Vigliotti’s live shot: “Where are the firefighters?” That question became the question of the disaster — and the book.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Carbon Copy of Paradise: </strong>The 2018 Camp Fire destroyed the Northern California town of Paradise. More than eighty people died. Before it happened: weeks and months of warnings about inadequate evacuation routes, uncleared fuel loads, and officials who failed to act. The same warnings, in almost identical form, were issued for Pacific Palisades and Altadena before January 7, 2025. They were ignored in the same way. The LA fires killed more than thirty people and will likely be the costliest natural disaster in US history. Nobody has been held accountable. Nobody has been fired.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Olympics Come First: </strong>Vigliotti’s most damning reporting: in the first press conference after the Palisades Fire broke out, Mayor Karen Bass and Governor Gavin Newsom were already talking about the 2028 Olympic Games and Los Angeles’s ability to rebuild in time. The fires were still burning. The framing was already: how do we make this a story of resilience and recovery? Vigliotti’s counter: the story is not resilience. It is accountability. The question is not whether Los Angeles can rebuild. It is whether it can avoid the same disaster happening again.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>$2 Billion, Half a Billion Unaccounted For: </strong>California’s taxes are already among the highest in the country. More than $2 billion in taxpayer money was pumped into homeless-related agencies over several years. More than half a billion was unaccounted for. And the agencies responsible for wildfire prevention and emergency management are chronically underfunded. Vigliotti’s argument: it is not that Californians need to pay more taxes. It is that the taxes they pay need to go to the right agencies. The budget for fighting climate change and protecting communities from fire is dwarfed by the budget for crime. Fire kills more people.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Political Reckoning That Hasn’t Happened: </strong>California’s governor’s race, in the wake of the deadliest and costliest fire season in recent memory, is dominated by homelessness and crime. Wildfire — the existential threat to the state — is barely mentioned. Nobody in the political class, Vigliotti reports, has come to him asking for advice or analysis. He is not holding his breath. His warning: this summer, and every summer, the fire will come back. The conditions that created the Palisades disaster have not been remedied. Los Angeles is not ready.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Torched/Jonathan-Vigliotti/9781668219034">Jonathan Vigliotti</a> is a CBS News national correspondent and Emmy and Edward R. Murrow Award winner. He is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Torched/Jonathan-Vigliotti/9781668219034"><em>Torched: How a City Was Left to Burn and the Olympic Rush to Rebuild Los Angeles</em></a> (Atria/One Signal, May 12, 2026) and <em>Before It's Gone: Stories from the Front Lines of Climate Change in Small-Town America</em>. He is based in Los Angeles.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Torched/Jonathan-Vigliotti/9781668219034"><em>Torched: How a City Was Left to Burn and the Olympic Rush to Rebuild Los Angeles</em></a> by Jonathan Vigliotti (Atria/One Signal, May 12, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Lizzie Johnson, <em>Paradise: One Town’s Struggle to Survive an American Wildfire</em> — the companion book on the 2018 Camp Fire, referenced in the interview.</p><p> </p><p>•       Watch Duty — the wildfire monitoring app Vigliotti mentions as standard equipment for California residents.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“All the warnings were there. It was almost a carbon copy — the same warnings that were ignored before Paradise, ignored again before the Palisades. And nobody was held accountable.” — Jonathan Vigliotti</em></p><p> </p><p>On January 7, 2025, the Palisades Fire ignited in Los Angeles. Over the first few hours of the fire, the second-largest city in America had no firefighters on the front lines and no coordinated evacuation. Residents fought the flames with garden hoses.</p><p> </p><p>“Where are the firefighters?” somebody, running from the fire, screamed into a live television shot.</p><p> </p><p>Where, indeed, were Los Angeles firefighters? <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Torched/Jonathan-Vigliotti/9781668219034">Jonathan Vigliotti</a> — CBS national correspondent, Emmy and Edward R. Murrow Award winner — was there from the beginning. His new book, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Torched/Jonathan-Vigliotti/9781668219034"><em>Torched: How a City Was Left to Burn and the Olympic Rush to Rebuild Los Angeles</em></a>, is the searing firsthand account of the tragic failure of the Los Angeles authorities to respond to the fire.</p><p> </p><p>The story Vigliotti tells is not new. In some ways, it is a carbon copy of the 2018 Camp Fire that destroyed Paradise in Northern California. First as tragedy then as farce: inadequate evacuation routes, uncleared fuel loads, officials who failed to act were repeated almost exactly in Pacific Palisades and Altadena. More than eighty people died in Paradise and more than thirty in the LA fires. The economic damage in LA will likely make it the costliest natural disaster in US history. And when the LA mayor and the Californian governor appeared in the first press conference after the fires broke out, Vigliotti reports, all Karen Bass and Gavin Newsom were talking about was the 2028 Olympics.</p><p> </p><p>The political reckoning has not happened, Vigliotti warns. Bass is still mayor and Newsom is a Presidential frontrunner for 2028. California’s current governor’s race is dominated by homelessness and crime. Wildfire — the existential threat to the state, the one where more than $2 billion in taxpayer money was pumped into agencies over several years with more than half a billion unaccounted for — is barely mentioned.</p><p> </p><p>The fires will be back, Vigliotti warns. Maybe this year for the World Cup, maybe in 2028 for the Olympics. So where are the firefighters?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Where Are the Firefighters? The Central Question: </strong>Vigliotti was on scene from the first moments of the Palisades Fire. What struck him was not the scale of the flames — he’d seen wildfires before — but the absence of any official response. No firefighters at ground zero. No coordinated evacuation. The traffic gridlock that formed within an hour of ignition blocked fire trucks from getting through. Residents fought embers with garden hoses. A man running from the hillside screamed into Vigliotti’s live shot: “Where are the firefighters?” That question became the question of the disaster — and the book.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Carbon Copy of Paradise: </strong>The 2018 Camp Fire destroyed the Northern California town of Paradise. More than eighty people died. Before it happened: weeks and months of warnings about inadequate evacuation routes, uncleared fuel loads, and officials who failed to act. The same warnings, in almost identical form, were issued for Pacific Palisades and Altadena before January 7, 2025. They were ignored in the same way. The LA fires killed more than thirty people and will likely be the costliest natural disaster in US history. Nobody has been held accountable. Nobody has been fired.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Olympics Come First: </strong>Vigliotti’s most damning reporting: in the first press conference after the Palisades Fire broke out, Mayor Karen Bass and Governor Gavin Newsom were already talking about the 2028 Olympic Games and Los Angeles’s ability to rebuild in time. The fires were still burning. The framing was already: how do we make this a story of resilience and recovery? Vigliotti’s counter: the story is not resilience. It is accountability. The question is not whether Los Angeles can rebuild. It is whether it can avoid the same disaster happening again.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>$2 Billion, Half a Billion Unaccounted For: </strong>California’s taxes are already among the highest in the country. More than $2 billion in taxpayer money was pumped into homeless-related agencies over several years. More than half a billion was unaccounted for. And the agencies responsible for wildfire prevention and emergency management are chronically underfunded. Vigliotti’s argument: it is not that Californians need to pay more taxes. It is that the taxes they pay need to go to the right agencies. The budget for fighting climate change and protecting communities from fire is dwarfed by the budget for crime. Fire kills more people.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Political Reckoning That Hasn’t Happened: </strong>California’s governor’s race, in the wake of the deadliest and costliest fire season in recent memory, is dominated by homelessness and crime. Wildfire — the existential threat to the state — is barely mentioned. Nobody in the political class, Vigliotti reports, has come to him asking for advice or analysis. He is not holding his breath. His warning: this summer, and every summer, the fire will come back. The conditions that created the Palisades disaster have not been remedied. Los Angeles is not ready.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Torched/Jonathan-Vigliotti/9781668219034">Jonathan Vigliotti</a> is a CBS News national correspondent and Emmy and Edward R. Murrow Award winner. He is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Torched/Jonathan-Vigliotti/9781668219034"><em>Torched: How a City Was Left to Burn and the Olympic Rush to Rebuild Los Angeles</em></a> (Atria/One Signal, May 12, 2026) and <em>Before It's Gone: Stories from the Front Lines of Climate Change in Small-Town America</em>. He is based in Los Angeles.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Torched/Jonathan-Vigliotti/9781668219034"><em>Torched: How a City Was Left to Burn and the Olympic Rush to Rebuild Los Angeles</em></a> by Jonathan Vigliotti (Atria/One Signal, May 12, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Lizzie Johnson, <em>Paradise: One Town’s Struggle to Survive an American Wildfire</em> — the companion book on the 2018 Camp Fire, referenced in the interview.</p><p> </p><p>•       Watch Duty — the wildfire monitoring app Vigliotti mentions as standard equipment for California residents.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 May 2026 05:28:21 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/d1efa658/55a7435d.mp3" length="85560048" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9JLT7AH__hU">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/KT1rq8k4GcRHvQmFy5GPFyNkGTrEGo8tsaMzljW1rEA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS82ZWJm/OWM4ZWZjNTQ0ODk4/ZGFhYjNmY2EzODQy/Mzc2MS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2673</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“All the warnings were there. It was almost a carbon copy — the same warnings that were ignored before Paradise, ignored again before the Palisades. And nobody was held accountable.” — Jonathan Vigliotti</em></p><p> </p><p>On January 7, 2025, the Palisades Fire ignited in Los Angeles. Over the first few hours of the fire, the second-largest city in America had no firefighters on the front lines and no coordinated evacuation. Residents fought the flames with garden hoses.</p><p> </p><p>“Where are the firefighters?” somebody, running from the fire, screamed into a live television shot.</p><p> </p><p>Where, indeed, were Los Angeles firefighters? <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Torched/Jonathan-Vigliotti/9781668219034">Jonathan Vigliotti</a> — CBS national correspondent, Emmy and Edward R. Murrow Award winner — was there from the beginning. His new book, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Torched/Jonathan-Vigliotti/9781668219034"><em>Torched: How a City Was Left to Burn and the Olympic Rush to Rebuild Los Angeles</em></a>, is the searing firsthand account of the tragic failure of the Los Angeles authorities to respond to the fire.</p><p> </p><p>The story Vigliotti tells is not new. In some ways, it is a carbon copy of the 2018 Camp Fire that destroyed Paradise in Northern California. First as tragedy then as farce: inadequate evacuation routes, uncleared fuel loads, officials who failed to act were repeated almost exactly in Pacific Palisades and Altadena. More than eighty people died in Paradise and more than thirty in the LA fires. The economic damage in LA will likely make it the costliest natural disaster in US history. And when the LA mayor and the Californian governor appeared in the first press conference after the fires broke out, Vigliotti reports, all Karen Bass and Gavin Newsom were talking about was the 2028 Olympics.</p><p> </p><p>The political reckoning has not happened, Vigliotti warns. Bass is still mayor and Newsom is a Presidential frontrunner for 2028. California’s current governor’s race is dominated by homelessness and crime. Wildfire — the existential threat to the state, the one where more than $2 billion in taxpayer money was pumped into agencies over several years with more than half a billion unaccounted for — is barely mentioned.</p><p> </p><p>The fires will be back, Vigliotti warns. Maybe this year for the World Cup, maybe in 2028 for the Olympics. So where are the firefighters?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Where Are the Firefighters? The Central Question: </strong>Vigliotti was on scene from the first moments of the Palisades Fire. What struck him was not the scale of the flames — he’d seen wildfires before — but the absence of any official response. No firefighters at ground zero. No coordinated evacuation. The traffic gridlock that formed within an hour of ignition blocked fire trucks from getting through. Residents fought embers with garden hoses. A man running from the hillside screamed into Vigliotti’s live shot: “Where are the firefighters?” That question became the question of the disaster — and the book.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>A Carbon Copy of Paradise: </strong>The 2018 Camp Fire destroyed the Northern California town of Paradise. More than eighty people died. Before it happened: weeks and months of warnings about inadequate evacuation routes, uncleared fuel loads, and officials who failed to act. The same warnings, in almost identical form, were issued for Pacific Palisades and Altadena before January 7, 2025. They were ignored in the same way. The LA fires killed more than thirty people and will likely be the costliest natural disaster in US history. Nobody has been held accountable. Nobody has been fired.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Olympics Come First: </strong>Vigliotti’s most damning reporting: in the first press conference after the Palisades Fire broke out, Mayor Karen Bass and Governor Gavin Newsom were already talking about the 2028 Olympic Games and Los Angeles’s ability to rebuild in time. The fires were still burning. The framing was already: how do we make this a story of resilience and recovery? Vigliotti’s counter: the story is not resilience. It is accountability. The question is not whether Los Angeles can rebuild. It is whether it can avoid the same disaster happening again.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>$2 Billion, Half a Billion Unaccounted For: </strong>California’s taxes are already among the highest in the country. More than $2 billion in taxpayer money was pumped into homeless-related agencies over several years. More than half a billion was unaccounted for. And the agencies responsible for wildfire prevention and emergency management are chronically underfunded. Vigliotti’s argument: it is not that Californians need to pay more taxes. It is that the taxes they pay need to go to the right agencies. The budget for fighting climate change and protecting communities from fire is dwarfed by the budget for crime. Fire kills more people.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Political Reckoning That Hasn’t Happened: </strong>California’s governor’s race, in the wake of the deadliest and costliest fire season in recent memory, is dominated by homelessness and crime. Wildfire — the existential threat to the state — is barely mentioned. Nobody in the political class, Vigliotti reports, has come to him asking for advice or analysis. He is not holding his breath. His warning: this summer, and every summer, the fire will come back. The conditions that created the Palisades disaster have not been remedied. Los Angeles is not ready.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Torched/Jonathan-Vigliotti/9781668219034">Jonathan Vigliotti</a> is a CBS News national correspondent and Emmy and Edward R. Murrow Award winner. He is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Torched/Jonathan-Vigliotti/9781668219034"><em>Torched: How a City Was Left to Burn and the Olympic Rush to Rebuild Los Angeles</em></a> (Atria/One Signal, May 12, 2026) and <em>Before It's Gone: Stories from the Front Lines of Climate Change in Small-Town America</em>. He is based in Los Angeles.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Torched/Jonathan-Vigliotti/9781668219034"><em>Torched: How a City Was Left to Burn and the Olympic Rush to Rebuild Los Angeles</em></a> by Jonathan Vigliotti (Atria/One Signal, May 12, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Lizzie Johnson, <em>Paradise: One Town’s Struggle to Survive an American Wildfire</em> — the companion book on the 2018 Camp Fire, referenced in the interview.</p><p> </p><p>•       Watch Duty — the wildfire monitoring app Vigliotti mentions as standard equipment for California residents.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Would You Do With the Last 19 Minutes of Your Life? Vincent Yu on an Apocalypse that Fizzled</title>
      <itunes:episode>2904</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2904</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What Would You Do With the Last 19 Minutes of Your Life? Vincent Yu on an Apocalypse that Fizzled</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5a9b5c7b-080a-43af-a36e-9324a44426a1</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p> </p><p><em>“They’re all me. Every single one. I see them almost as if they’re inoculated on various petri dishes, and the petri dishes are all put into this pressure-cooker situation — that of a missile alert.” — Vincent Yu</em></p><p> </p><p>So what would you do with the last 19 minutes of your life? That’s the question <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250410122/seekimmediateshelter/">Vincent Yu</a> plays with in <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250410122/seekimmediateshelter/"><em>Seek Immediate Shelter</em></a>. Triggered (so to speak) by a 2018 Hawaii missile alert of an apocalypse that fizzled, Yu’s novel is about a false alarm that sent Asian-American residents of a small Massachusetts town into 19 minutes of existential panic. <em>Seek Immediate Shelter</em> really starts after the fictional all-clear. Because now everyone has revealed their cards. The real games begin.</p><p> </p><p>F. Scott Fitzgerald famously wrote that there are no second acts in American lives. <em>Seek Immediate Shelter</em> is really a novel about third acts, not second. The first act is normal life. The second is the nineteen minutes of terror. The third — the one that really matters — is the reckoning: the mother who used the alert as an excuse to cruelly insult her daughter; the man who hit the gas and sped away from his family; the woman who confessed her unrequited love. So all clear does not mean all right. The missile alert strips away all the lies of daily life. What’s left is a truth as explosive as any missile.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Third Act, Not the Second: </strong>F. Scott Fitzgerald said there are no second acts in American lives — and Yu’s novel is a direct argument against that claim. But the book’s real focus is the third act: not the nineteen minutes of terror (the second), but the aftermath. The mother who used the alert as permission to say something cruel. The man who sped away from his wife and child. The woman who confessed her love. These are the decisions people made when they thought it was the end. Now they have to live with them. All clear does not mean all right.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Petri Dish Method: </strong>Yu has a background in biology and no formal training in fiction. He approaches writing scientifically: characters as specimens on petri dishes, a missile alert as the experimental conditions. The pressure-cooker situation strips away the social armour and reveals the character beneath. His goal was not cruelty but pressure — there’s a difference. He feels profound empathy for every character. When asked if any are based on real people: they’re all me. Every single one.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Asian American Silence and the Langston Hughes Principle: </strong>Yu originally wrote the characters without race. But honesty required him to make them Asian American — citing Langston Hughes’s argument that a Black poet cannot write outside of race even if he wants to. Asian American fiction has long focused on immigrant trauma and the difficult parent-child relationship. Yu wants to push beyond that: third- and fourth-generation stories, people who are simply American. The missile alert forces the silence of striving and quiet excellence to break. What’s underneath is the novel’s real subject.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Can AI Write This Kind of Novel? </strong>Yu has never used AI for his writing and — he admits — hasn’t been curious enough to try. His verdict: AI is nowhere close to writing a novel like this. Some genres, with more uniform rubrics, are more vulnerable. But the distinctive cadences of AI writing are currently easy to detect. He is, however, optimistic: the proliferation of AI-generated plots may make readers more discerning, better at recognizing tropes, more hungry for genuinely fresh storytelling. AI might, paradoxically, sharpen the audience for literary fiction.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Cuban Missile Crisis, Trump, and COVID as Crucibles: </strong>Andrew’s provocation: was the Cuban Missile Crisis actually good for America? Did it force a national reckoning? And might Trump and COVID do the same? Yu is reluctant to apply this logic to countries — he deals in characters. But at the individual level: yes. A crucible that forces you to confront what you most cannot bear to part with, what truly matters, can be clarifying. The novel’s premise is that the missile alert was such a crucible. The broader lesson may be that we are all living through one.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250410122/seekimmediateshelter/">Vincent Yu</a> is a fiction writer and sales manager at W. W. Norton/Liveright. He is the winner of the 2021 Ashley Bourne Prize for fiction from <em>Ploughshares</em> and the author of <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250410122/seekimmediateshelter/"><em>Seek Immediate Shelter</em></a> (Flatiron Books, May 5, 2026). His short fiction has been published in <em>Prairie Schooner</em>, <em>StoryQuarterly</em>, <em>Ninth Letter</em>, <em>Able Muse</em>, and elsewhere. He lives in Brooklyn, New York.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250410122/seekimmediateshelter/"><em>Seek Immediate Shelter</em></a> by Vincent Yu (Flatiron Books, May 5, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       The 2018 Hawaii missile alert — the real-life false alarm that inspired the novel.</p><p> </p><p>•       Langston Hughes, “The Negro Artist and the Racial Mountain” (1926) — the essay Yu cites on writing within race.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2898: James Lasdun on <em>The Family Man</em> — the companion episode on fiction’s capacity to go where journalism cannot.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p> </p><p><em>“They’re all me. Every single one. I see them almost as if they’re inoculated on various petri dishes, and the petri dishes are all put into this pressure-cooker situation — that of a missile alert.” — Vincent Yu</em></p><p> </p><p>So what would you do with the last 19 minutes of your life? That’s the question <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250410122/seekimmediateshelter/">Vincent Yu</a> plays with in <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250410122/seekimmediateshelter/"><em>Seek Immediate Shelter</em></a>. Triggered (so to speak) by a 2018 Hawaii missile alert of an apocalypse that fizzled, Yu’s novel is about a false alarm that sent Asian-American residents of a small Massachusetts town into 19 minutes of existential panic. <em>Seek Immediate Shelter</em> really starts after the fictional all-clear. Because now everyone has revealed their cards. The real games begin.</p><p> </p><p>F. Scott Fitzgerald famously wrote that there are no second acts in American lives. <em>Seek Immediate Shelter</em> is really a novel about third acts, not second. The first act is normal life. The second is the nineteen minutes of terror. The third — the one that really matters — is the reckoning: the mother who used the alert as an excuse to cruelly insult her daughter; the man who hit the gas and sped away from his family; the woman who confessed her unrequited love. So all clear does not mean all right. The missile alert strips away all the lies of daily life. What’s left is a truth as explosive as any missile.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Third Act, Not the Second: </strong>F. Scott Fitzgerald said there are no second acts in American lives — and Yu’s novel is a direct argument against that claim. But the book’s real focus is the third act: not the nineteen minutes of terror (the second), but the aftermath. The mother who used the alert as permission to say something cruel. The man who sped away from his wife and child. The woman who confessed her love. These are the decisions people made when they thought it was the end. Now they have to live with them. All clear does not mean all right.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Petri Dish Method: </strong>Yu has a background in biology and no formal training in fiction. He approaches writing scientifically: characters as specimens on petri dishes, a missile alert as the experimental conditions. The pressure-cooker situation strips away the social armour and reveals the character beneath. His goal was not cruelty but pressure — there’s a difference. He feels profound empathy for every character. When asked if any are based on real people: they’re all me. Every single one.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Asian American Silence and the Langston Hughes Principle: </strong>Yu originally wrote the characters without race. But honesty required him to make them Asian American — citing Langston Hughes’s argument that a Black poet cannot write outside of race even if he wants to. Asian American fiction has long focused on immigrant trauma and the difficult parent-child relationship. Yu wants to push beyond that: third- and fourth-generation stories, people who are simply American. The missile alert forces the silence of striving and quiet excellence to break. What’s underneath is the novel’s real subject.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Can AI Write This Kind of Novel? </strong>Yu has never used AI for his writing and — he admits — hasn’t been curious enough to try. His verdict: AI is nowhere close to writing a novel like this. Some genres, with more uniform rubrics, are more vulnerable. But the distinctive cadences of AI writing are currently easy to detect. He is, however, optimistic: the proliferation of AI-generated plots may make readers more discerning, better at recognizing tropes, more hungry for genuinely fresh storytelling. AI might, paradoxically, sharpen the audience for literary fiction.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Cuban Missile Crisis, Trump, and COVID as Crucibles: </strong>Andrew’s provocation: was the Cuban Missile Crisis actually good for America? Did it force a national reckoning? And might Trump and COVID do the same? Yu is reluctant to apply this logic to countries — he deals in characters. But at the individual level: yes. A crucible that forces you to confront what you most cannot bear to part with, what truly matters, can be clarifying. The novel’s premise is that the missile alert was such a crucible. The broader lesson may be that we are all living through one.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250410122/seekimmediateshelter/">Vincent Yu</a> is a fiction writer and sales manager at W. W. Norton/Liveright. He is the winner of the 2021 Ashley Bourne Prize for fiction from <em>Ploughshares</em> and the author of <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250410122/seekimmediateshelter/"><em>Seek Immediate Shelter</em></a> (Flatiron Books, May 5, 2026). His short fiction has been published in <em>Prairie Schooner</em>, <em>StoryQuarterly</em>, <em>Ninth Letter</em>, <em>Able Muse</em>, and elsewhere. He lives in Brooklyn, New York.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250410122/seekimmediateshelter/"><em>Seek Immediate Shelter</em></a> by Vincent Yu (Flatiron Books, May 5, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       The 2018 Hawaii missile alert — the real-life false alarm that inspired the novel.</p><p> </p><p>•       Langston Hughes, “The Negro Artist and the Racial Mountain” (1926) — the essay Yu cites on writing within race.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2898: James Lasdun on <em>The Family Man</em> — the companion episode on fiction’s capacity to go where journalism cannot.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2026 17:02:58 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/c9673cb5/327549b1.mp3" length="73001922" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lsCATkL_Fs0">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/_RwCkf97WtOlWg_A8g1NlOtK16_AeA6nsUPKGc8qU_A/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8zZDk1/ODBmM2U0ZDM4Zjhh/NzI0NzJhYzBkNjg4/M2YzYS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2281</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p> </p><p><em>“They’re all me. Every single one. I see them almost as if they’re inoculated on various petri dishes, and the petri dishes are all put into this pressure-cooker situation — that of a missile alert.” — Vincent Yu</em></p><p> </p><p>So what would you do with the last 19 minutes of your life? That’s the question <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250410122/seekimmediateshelter/">Vincent Yu</a> plays with in <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250410122/seekimmediateshelter/"><em>Seek Immediate Shelter</em></a>. Triggered (so to speak) by a 2018 Hawaii missile alert of an apocalypse that fizzled, Yu’s novel is about a false alarm that sent Asian-American residents of a small Massachusetts town into 19 minutes of existential panic. <em>Seek Immediate Shelter</em> really starts after the fictional all-clear. Because now everyone has revealed their cards. The real games begin.</p><p> </p><p>F. Scott Fitzgerald famously wrote that there are no second acts in American lives. <em>Seek Immediate Shelter</em> is really a novel about third acts, not second. The first act is normal life. The second is the nineteen minutes of terror. The third — the one that really matters — is the reckoning: the mother who used the alert as an excuse to cruelly insult her daughter; the man who hit the gas and sped away from his family; the woman who confessed her unrequited love. So all clear does not mean all right. The missile alert strips away all the lies of daily life. What’s left is a truth as explosive as any missile.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Third Act, Not the Second: </strong>F. Scott Fitzgerald said there are no second acts in American lives — and Yu’s novel is a direct argument against that claim. But the book’s real focus is the third act: not the nineteen minutes of terror (the second), but the aftermath. The mother who used the alert as permission to say something cruel. The man who sped away from his wife and child. The woman who confessed her love. These are the decisions people made when they thought it was the end. Now they have to live with them. All clear does not mean all right.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Petri Dish Method: </strong>Yu has a background in biology and no formal training in fiction. He approaches writing scientifically: characters as specimens on petri dishes, a missile alert as the experimental conditions. The pressure-cooker situation strips away the social armour and reveals the character beneath. His goal was not cruelty but pressure — there’s a difference. He feels profound empathy for every character. When asked if any are based on real people: they’re all me. Every single one.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Asian American Silence and the Langston Hughes Principle: </strong>Yu originally wrote the characters without race. But honesty required him to make them Asian American — citing Langston Hughes’s argument that a Black poet cannot write outside of race even if he wants to. Asian American fiction has long focused on immigrant trauma and the difficult parent-child relationship. Yu wants to push beyond that: third- and fourth-generation stories, people who are simply American. The missile alert forces the silence of striving and quiet excellence to break. What’s underneath is the novel’s real subject.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Can AI Write This Kind of Novel? </strong>Yu has never used AI for his writing and — he admits — hasn’t been curious enough to try. His verdict: AI is nowhere close to writing a novel like this. Some genres, with more uniform rubrics, are more vulnerable. But the distinctive cadences of AI writing are currently easy to detect. He is, however, optimistic: the proliferation of AI-generated plots may make readers more discerning, better at recognizing tropes, more hungry for genuinely fresh storytelling. AI might, paradoxically, sharpen the audience for literary fiction.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Cuban Missile Crisis, Trump, and COVID as Crucibles: </strong>Andrew’s provocation: was the Cuban Missile Crisis actually good for America? Did it force a national reckoning? And might Trump and COVID do the same? Yu is reluctant to apply this logic to countries — he deals in characters. But at the individual level: yes. A crucible that forces you to confront what you most cannot bear to part with, what truly matters, can be clarifying. The novel’s premise is that the missile alert was such a crucible. The broader lesson may be that we are all living through one.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250410122/seekimmediateshelter/">Vincent Yu</a> is a fiction writer and sales manager at W. W. Norton/Liveright. He is the winner of the 2021 Ashley Bourne Prize for fiction from <em>Ploughshares</em> and the author of <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250410122/seekimmediateshelter/"><em>Seek Immediate Shelter</em></a> (Flatiron Books, May 5, 2026). His short fiction has been published in <em>Prairie Schooner</em>, <em>StoryQuarterly</em>, <em>Ninth Letter</em>, <em>Able Muse</em>, and elsewhere. He lives in Brooklyn, New York.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://us.macmillan.com/books/9781250410122/seekimmediateshelter/"><em>Seek Immediate Shelter</em></a> by Vincent Yu (Flatiron Books, May 5, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       The 2018 Hawaii missile alert — the real-life false alarm that inspired the novel.</p><p> </p><p>•       Langston Hughes, “The Negro Artist and the Racial Mountain” (1926) — the essay Yu cites on writing within race.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2898: James Lasdun on <em>The Family Man</em> — the companion episode on fiction’s capacity to go where journalism cannot.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/c9673cb5/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Nation of Strangers: Ece Temelkuran on Rebuilding Home in a Homeless World</title>
      <itunes:episode>2903</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2903</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>A Nation of Strangers: Ece Temelkuran on Rebuilding Home in a Homeless World</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">241315c6-e58a-4912-98c5-12a84225093d</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We’re losing home on so many different levels. Physically. Politically. Morally. And after AI, spiritually — because language, our spiritual home, is taken away from us. We now have to share it with an unhuman entity.” — Ece Temelkuran</em></p><p> </p><p>Do you feel homeless — physically, politically, morally or spiritually? That’s the question posed by <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Nation-of-Strangers/Ece-Temelkuran/9781668094570">Ece Temelkuran</a>’s new book <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Nation-of-Strangers/Ece-Temelkuran/9781668094570"><em>Nation of Strangers: Rebuilding Home in the Twenty-First Century</em></a>. Shortlisted for the 2026 Women’s Prize for Nonfiction, the narrative is structured as a series of letters from one homeless stranger to another. Temelkuran left Turkey in 2016, after threats to her life made staying untenable. After seven years of exile — in Beirut, Tunis, Oxford, Paris, Zagreb, and now Berlin — she has written both her own and our story in today’s globalized, populist age.</p><p> </p><p>She’s been called everything from a 21st century Hannah Arendt to a “ruthless Cassandra.” And yet she retains faith in the future — as a defiant stance, a can-do-no-other attitude against rootlessness and loneliness. The wisdom of survival, Ece Temelkuran argues, lies with refugees, exiles and migrants like herself. This nation of strangers are rebuilding home in our homeless world.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Four Kinds of Homelessness: </strong>Temelkuran identifies four simultaneous crises of home. Physical homelessness: refugees, migrants, the displaced. Political homelessness: people who no longer recognize their countries, who feel unrepresented by any party, who cannot feel that they belong where they are. Moral homelessness: people who see the cruelty of our times and find no institution — state, court, international organization — capable of stopping it. And spiritual homelessness: the loss of language as our innermost home, now shared with AI. Four levels of being unhoused at once. That is the human condition of 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Minneapolis as a Nation of Strangers: </strong>The week the book was published in the US, Minneapolis happened — ordinary people forming human chains to resist ICE agents. Temelkuran’s reading: that was a Nation of Strangers in action. People who had never met, people from different communities who owed each other nothing in the old sense, holding on to each other because they recognized a shared condition. Not an ideology, not a party, not a leader — just strangers building a home together in real time. That, she says, is what the book is about.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Digital Refugees: </strong>When Elon Musk bought Twitter, millions of people fled to Mastodon, Bluesky, and other platforms — behaving, Temelkuran observes, exactly like refugees. Looking back at the old home while building a new one. Checking both simultaneously. She asks: why did no one think to occupy Twitter? To say: this is ours, not yours? Her conclusion: our political imagination has become extraordinarily limited. We accept displacement, digital or physical, as inevitable. We do not think to resist it by occupying the space rather than fleeing.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Gaza and the Move-On Ideology: </strong>Gaza was the ultimate test of how much humanity can swallow. Temelkuran draws an arc from Colin Powell’s tube in the UN Security Council in 2003 — when a global anti-war movement was brushed aside — to today. Each time people mobilize and are ignored, they lose a little more faith in themselves, in politics, in institutions. What devastated Temelkuran most was not the bombing but Jared Kushner at Davos presenting his PowerPoint for a seaside resort in Gaza. That, she says, is what neoliberal morality looks like. Move on. That is the lowest of the low.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Pioneers of History: Refugees as the Advance Guard: </strong>Temelkuran resisted writing her own story for years — she came from a leftist family where talking about yourself was suspect, and she feared being seen as a victim. What changed: she realized her story intersected with the story of the masses. The wisdom of survival — how to remake home from scratch, how to survive with dignity, how to rebuild identity after losing everything — belongs to refugees, exiles, and migrants. These are the pioneers of history. Soon everyone will need what they know. That is why their stories matter now.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Nation-of-Strangers/Ece-Temelkuran/9781668094570">Ece Temelkuran</a> is a Turkish writer, political thinker, and public speaker. She is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Nation-of-Strangers/Ece-Temelkuran/9781668094570"><em>Nation of Strangers: Rebuilding Home in the Twenty-First Century</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, May 2026), shortlisted for the 2026 Women’s Prize for Nonfiction; <em>How to Lose a Country: The Seven Steps from Democracy to Fascism</em>; and <em>Together: A Manifesto Against a Heartless World</em>. She was born in Turkey and is based in Berlin.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Nation-of-Strangers/Ece-Temelkuran/9781668094570"><em>Nation of Strangers: Rebuilding Home in the Twenty-First Century</em></a> by Ece Temelkuran (Simon &amp; Schuster, May 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>How to Lose a Country: The Seven Steps from Democracy to Fascism</em> by Ece Temelkuran — the book that made her reputation in the West.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Together: A Manifesto Against a Heartless World</em> by Ece Temelkuran — the second book, between <em>How to Lose a Country</em> and <em>Nation of Strangers</em>.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2894: Marc Loustau on why Orbán lost and how to defeat Trump — the companion episode on defeating fascism from within the system.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Is Ece still retaining faith in the future?</li>
<li>(01:47) - Faith as a stance: like Martin Luther, here I stand</li>
<li>(02:30) - How to Lose a Country and what comes next</li>
<li>(02:57) - Minneapolis as a Nation of Strangers</li>
<li>(04:00) - Four kinds of homelessness: physical, political, moral, spiritual</li>
<li>(04:35) - AI and the loss of language as spiritual home</li>
<li>(05:10) - Why this book now — and why it’s the most personal&lt;...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We’re losing home on so many different levels. Physically. Politically. Morally. And after AI, spiritually — because language, our spiritual home, is taken away from us. We now have to share it with an unhuman entity.” — Ece Temelkuran</em></p><p> </p><p>Do you feel homeless — physically, politically, morally or spiritually? That’s the question posed by <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Nation-of-Strangers/Ece-Temelkuran/9781668094570">Ece Temelkuran</a>’s new book <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Nation-of-Strangers/Ece-Temelkuran/9781668094570"><em>Nation of Strangers: Rebuilding Home in the Twenty-First Century</em></a>. Shortlisted for the 2026 Women’s Prize for Nonfiction, the narrative is structured as a series of letters from one homeless stranger to another. Temelkuran left Turkey in 2016, after threats to her life made staying untenable. After seven years of exile — in Beirut, Tunis, Oxford, Paris, Zagreb, and now Berlin — she has written both her own and our story in today’s globalized, populist age.</p><p> </p><p>She’s been called everything from a 21st century Hannah Arendt to a “ruthless Cassandra.” And yet she retains faith in the future — as a defiant stance, a can-do-no-other attitude against rootlessness and loneliness. The wisdom of survival, Ece Temelkuran argues, lies with refugees, exiles and migrants like herself. This nation of strangers are rebuilding home in our homeless world.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Four Kinds of Homelessness: </strong>Temelkuran identifies four simultaneous crises of home. Physical homelessness: refugees, migrants, the displaced. Political homelessness: people who no longer recognize their countries, who feel unrepresented by any party, who cannot feel that they belong where they are. Moral homelessness: people who see the cruelty of our times and find no institution — state, court, international organization — capable of stopping it. And spiritual homelessness: the loss of language as our innermost home, now shared with AI. Four levels of being unhoused at once. That is the human condition of 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Minneapolis as a Nation of Strangers: </strong>The week the book was published in the US, Minneapolis happened — ordinary people forming human chains to resist ICE agents. Temelkuran’s reading: that was a Nation of Strangers in action. People who had never met, people from different communities who owed each other nothing in the old sense, holding on to each other because they recognized a shared condition. Not an ideology, not a party, not a leader — just strangers building a home together in real time. That, she says, is what the book is about.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Digital Refugees: </strong>When Elon Musk bought Twitter, millions of people fled to Mastodon, Bluesky, and other platforms — behaving, Temelkuran observes, exactly like refugees. Looking back at the old home while building a new one. Checking both simultaneously. She asks: why did no one think to occupy Twitter? To say: this is ours, not yours? Her conclusion: our political imagination has become extraordinarily limited. We accept displacement, digital or physical, as inevitable. We do not think to resist it by occupying the space rather than fleeing.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Gaza and the Move-On Ideology: </strong>Gaza was the ultimate test of how much humanity can swallow. Temelkuran draws an arc from Colin Powell’s tube in the UN Security Council in 2003 — when a global anti-war movement was brushed aside — to today. Each time people mobilize and are ignored, they lose a little more faith in themselves, in politics, in institutions. What devastated Temelkuran most was not the bombing but Jared Kushner at Davos presenting his PowerPoint for a seaside resort in Gaza. That, she says, is what neoliberal morality looks like. Move on. That is the lowest of the low.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Pioneers of History: Refugees as the Advance Guard: </strong>Temelkuran resisted writing her own story for years — she came from a leftist family where talking about yourself was suspect, and she feared being seen as a victim. What changed: she realized her story intersected with the story of the masses. The wisdom of survival — how to remake home from scratch, how to survive with dignity, how to rebuild identity after losing everything — belongs to refugees, exiles, and migrants. These are the pioneers of history. Soon everyone will need what they know. That is why their stories matter now.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Nation-of-Strangers/Ece-Temelkuran/9781668094570">Ece Temelkuran</a> is a Turkish writer, political thinker, and public speaker. She is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Nation-of-Strangers/Ece-Temelkuran/9781668094570"><em>Nation of Strangers: Rebuilding Home in the Twenty-First Century</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, May 2026), shortlisted for the 2026 Women’s Prize for Nonfiction; <em>How to Lose a Country: The Seven Steps from Democracy to Fascism</em>; and <em>Together: A Manifesto Against a Heartless World</em>. She was born in Turkey and is based in Berlin.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Nation-of-Strangers/Ece-Temelkuran/9781668094570"><em>Nation of Strangers: Rebuilding Home in the Twenty-First Century</em></a> by Ece Temelkuran (Simon &amp; Schuster, May 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>How to Lose a Country: The Seven Steps from Democracy to Fascism</em> by Ece Temelkuran — the book that made her reputation in the West.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Together: A Manifesto Against a Heartless World</em> by Ece Temelkuran — the second book, between <em>How to Lose a Country</em> and <em>Nation of Strangers</em>.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2894: Marc Loustau on why Orbán lost and how to defeat Trump — the companion episode on defeating fascism from within the system.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Is Ece still retaining faith in the future?</li>
<li>(01:47) - Faith as a stance: like Martin Luther, here I stand</li>
<li>(02:30) - How to Lose a Country and what comes next</li>
<li>(02:57) - Minneapolis as a Nation of Strangers</li>
<li>(04:00) - Four kinds of homelessness: physical, political, moral, spiritual</li>
<li>(04:35) - AI and the loss of language as spiritual home</li>
<li>(05:10) - Why this book now — and why it’s the most personal&lt;...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 May 2026 16:21:55 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/08f51b39/f56d37e7.mp3" length="79425279" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=21zI5iXt9eo">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/o2GYHrEDdpW_CDbio7J_vfRAssEGEm_-nfppe__J9NA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85NWRm/YjAyMjU1NTI2NDg4/OWVlOTEwMjU0ZDZl/NjU1Mi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2481</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We’re losing home on so many different levels. Physically. Politically. Morally. And after AI, spiritually — because language, our spiritual home, is taken away from us. We now have to share it with an unhuman entity.” — Ece Temelkuran</em></p><p> </p><p>Do you feel homeless — physically, politically, morally or spiritually? That’s the question posed by <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Nation-of-Strangers/Ece-Temelkuran/9781668094570">Ece Temelkuran</a>’s new book <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Nation-of-Strangers/Ece-Temelkuran/9781668094570"><em>Nation of Strangers: Rebuilding Home in the Twenty-First Century</em></a>. Shortlisted for the 2026 Women’s Prize for Nonfiction, the narrative is structured as a series of letters from one homeless stranger to another. Temelkuran left Turkey in 2016, after threats to her life made staying untenable. After seven years of exile — in Beirut, Tunis, Oxford, Paris, Zagreb, and now Berlin — she has written both her own and our story in today’s globalized, populist age.</p><p> </p><p>She’s been called everything from a 21st century Hannah Arendt to a “ruthless Cassandra.” And yet she retains faith in the future — as a defiant stance, a can-do-no-other attitude against rootlessness and loneliness. The wisdom of survival, Ece Temelkuran argues, lies with refugees, exiles and migrants like herself. This nation of strangers are rebuilding home in our homeless world.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Four Kinds of Homelessness: </strong>Temelkuran identifies four simultaneous crises of home. Physical homelessness: refugees, migrants, the displaced. Political homelessness: people who no longer recognize their countries, who feel unrepresented by any party, who cannot feel that they belong where they are. Moral homelessness: people who see the cruelty of our times and find no institution — state, court, international organization — capable of stopping it. And spiritual homelessness: the loss of language as our innermost home, now shared with AI. Four levels of being unhoused at once. That is the human condition of 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Minneapolis as a Nation of Strangers: </strong>The week the book was published in the US, Minneapolis happened — ordinary people forming human chains to resist ICE agents. Temelkuran’s reading: that was a Nation of Strangers in action. People who had never met, people from different communities who owed each other nothing in the old sense, holding on to each other because they recognized a shared condition. Not an ideology, not a party, not a leader — just strangers building a home together in real time. That, she says, is what the book is about.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Digital Refugees: </strong>When Elon Musk bought Twitter, millions of people fled to Mastodon, Bluesky, and other platforms — behaving, Temelkuran observes, exactly like refugees. Looking back at the old home while building a new one. Checking both simultaneously. She asks: why did no one think to occupy Twitter? To say: this is ours, not yours? Her conclusion: our political imagination has become extraordinarily limited. We accept displacement, digital or physical, as inevitable. We do not think to resist it by occupying the space rather than fleeing.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Gaza and the Move-On Ideology: </strong>Gaza was the ultimate test of how much humanity can swallow. Temelkuran draws an arc from Colin Powell’s tube in the UN Security Council in 2003 — when a global anti-war movement was brushed aside — to today. Each time people mobilize and are ignored, they lose a little more faith in themselves, in politics, in institutions. What devastated Temelkuran most was not the bombing but Jared Kushner at Davos presenting his PowerPoint for a seaside resort in Gaza. That, she says, is what neoliberal morality looks like. Move on. That is the lowest of the low.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Pioneers of History: Refugees as the Advance Guard: </strong>Temelkuran resisted writing her own story for years — she came from a leftist family where talking about yourself was suspect, and she feared being seen as a victim. What changed: she realized her story intersected with the story of the masses. The wisdom of survival — how to remake home from scratch, how to survive with dignity, how to rebuild identity after losing everything — belongs to refugees, exiles, and migrants. These are the pioneers of history. Soon everyone will need what they know. That is why their stories matter now.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Nation-of-Strangers/Ece-Temelkuran/9781668094570">Ece Temelkuran</a> is a Turkish writer, political thinker, and public speaker. She is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Nation-of-Strangers/Ece-Temelkuran/9781668094570"><em>Nation of Strangers: Rebuilding Home in the Twenty-First Century</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, May 2026), shortlisted for the 2026 Women’s Prize for Nonfiction; <em>How to Lose a Country: The Seven Steps from Democracy to Fascism</em>; and <em>Together: A Manifesto Against a Heartless World</em>. She was born in Turkey and is based in Berlin.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/Nation-of-Strangers/Ece-Temelkuran/9781668094570"><em>Nation of Strangers: Rebuilding Home in the Twenty-First Century</em></a> by Ece Temelkuran (Simon &amp; Schuster, May 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>How to Lose a Country: The Seven Steps from Democracy to Fascism</em> by Ece Temelkuran — the book that made her reputation in the West.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Together: A Manifesto Against a Heartless World</em> by Ece Temelkuran — the second book, between <em>How to Lose a Country</em> and <em>Nation of Strangers</em>.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2894: Marc Loustau on why Orbán lost and how to defeat Trump — the companion episode on defeating fascism from within the system.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Is Ece still retaining faith in the future?</li>
<li>(01:47) - Faith as a stance: like Martin Luther, here I stand</li>
<li>(02:30) - How to Lose a Country and what comes next</li>
<li>(02:57) - Minneapolis as a Nation of Strangers</li>
<li>(04:00) - Four kinds of homelessness: physical, political, moral, spiritual</li>
<li>(04:35) - AI and the loss of language as spiritual home</li>
<li>(05:10) - Why this book now — and why it’s the most personal&lt;...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/08f51b39/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/08f51b39/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>That Sounds Incredibly Boring: Keith Teare's Vision of our Jobless AI Future</title>
      <itunes:episode>2902</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2902</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>That Sounds Incredibly Boring: Keith Teare's Vision of our Jobless AI Future</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0c84d848-d03f-4a75-ad02-47c1846ac405</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You can’t be confident about human decision-making. You can be confident on the potential of technology. Humans are quite capable of making both wrong and bad decisions.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>Is a jobless AI future really something to celebrate? <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> publisher <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> certainly thinks so. His editorial “Civilization: What Is Worth Doing” this week imagines a future in which nobody has to work unless they choose to, basic necessities are no longer scarce, leisure time is abundant, and governance fades to near-invisibility.</p><p> </p><p>I’m not so sure. As I told Keith, “That sounds incredibly boring. I don’t want to live in that kind of society.”</p><p> </p><p>The conversation this week has been civilizational. A few days ago, the podcaster Patrick Wyman came on the show to <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/why-history-keeps-happening">argue</a> that history is mostly unintentional and unexpected. But Keith says civilization is broadly linear and tends, if not toward justice, toward progress. Wyman says civilizations are plural and never inevitable.</p><p> </p><p>“Why History Keeps Happening” is how Wyman put it. The end and the beginning of history are, thus, delusional. We are, then, always in the middle of history. That’s the wisdom missing from all the ridiculous hysteria about AI. It’s just one chapter in our history. The promise that AI will create mass abundance is as somnolent as the fear it will wipe out our civilization. Pass the Soma.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Civilization: Singular or Plural? </strong>Wyman’s argument: civilizations are plural, nonlinear, full of failure and unintended consequence. Keith’s counter: civilization — singular — is the long arc of human progress collectively, broadly linear over two hundred years. Both are right at different scales. Andrew’s instinct: we’re in a nonlinear moment masquerading as progress. Keith’s: we’re at a fork in the road. That much they agree on. The more interesting question is who controls which direction the fork takes.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Paul Ehrlich and the Limits of Forecasting: </strong>Norman Lewis’s cautionary tale: Paul Ehrlich predicted in the 1970s that population growth would exhaust the Earth’s resources within a generation. He was famously, totally wrong. Andrew’s application: most people are probably wrong about AI right now — both the doomers and the optimists. The future is not the thing you think you’re heading toward. The Wyman principle: history keeps happening in directions nobody predicted.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Pyramid of Change: </strong>Keith’s model for how history gets made. Agents of change form a pyramid. At the top: a small number of people who have a much larger influence on what happens than everyone at the base. Most people receive change rather than make it. Those who step outside the norms and make things happen — those are the ones who make history. The question of our moment: who is at the top of the pyramid? And do they share your values? Or anyone else’s?</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Panic in the Media: Reflecting, Not Forming: </strong>Nirit Weiss-Blatt’s research into ten studies on AI coverage: the media is overwhelmingly negative. Keith’s reading: media reflects opinion rather than forming it. Negativity around AI is a reasonable reaction to not knowing. When you don’t know, you can believe anything, and most of the available influence is negative. If AI delivers real benefits, opinion will change, and media will follow. Andrew’s reading: the cause is genuine uncertainty, not media panic.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Keith’s Utopia: “That Sounds Incredibly Boring”: </strong>Keith’s vision: everyone eats, everyone is warm, nobody has to work unless they choose to, leisure time is abundant, paid labour replaced by a society that provides for all, governance shrinking toward irrelevance as satisfaction rises. Andrew’s verdict: “that sounds incredibly boring. I don’t want to live in that kind of society.” The Germans, Keith notes, will still be putting their towels out at dawn to claim the beach. Some scarcities will always remain.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and Andrew’s regular TWTW co-host.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a>: “Civilization: What Is Worth Doing” by Keith Teare.</p><p> </p><p>•       Norman Lewis, “The Future Is Not Scarce,” <em>Nervous</em>.</p><p> </p><p>•       Nirit Weiss-Blatt, “What 10 Studies Revealed About AI Panic in the Media.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Ezra Klein, “Why the AI Job Apocalypse Probably Won’t Happen,” <em>The New York Times</em>.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2897: Patrick Wyman on <em>Lost Worlds</em> — the companion episode on civilization’s unintended consequences, directly referenced in this conversation.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You can’t be confident about human decision-making. You can be confident on the potential of technology. Humans are quite capable of making both wrong and bad decisions.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>Is a jobless AI future really something to celebrate? <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> publisher <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> certainly thinks so. His editorial “Civilization: What Is Worth Doing” this week imagines a future in which nobody has to work unless they choose to, basic necessities are no longer scarce, leisure time is abundant, and governance fades to near-invisibility.</p><p> </p><p>I’m not so sure. As I told Keith, “That sounds incredibly boring. I don’t want to live in that kind of society.”</p><p> </p><p>The conversation this week has been civilizational. A few days ago, the podcaster Patrick Wyman came on the show to <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/why-history-keeps-happening">argue</a> that history is mostly unintentional and unexpected. But Keith says civilization is broadly linear and tends, if not toward justice, toward progress. Wyman says civilizations are plural and never inevitable.</p><p> </p><p>“Why History Keeps Happening” is how Wyman put it. The end and the beginning of history are, thus, delusional. We are, then, always in the middle of history. That’s the wisdom missing from all the ridiculous hysteria about AI. It’s just one chapter in our history. The promise that AI will create mass abundance is as somnolent as the fear it will wipe out our civilization. Pass the Soma.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Civilization: Singular or Plural? </strong>Wyman’s argument: civilizations are plural, nonlinear, full of failure and unintended consequence. Keith’s counter: civilization — singular — is the long arc of human progress collectively, broadly linear over two hundred years. Both are right at different scales. Andrew’s instinct: we’re in a nonlinear moment masquerading as progress. Keith’s: we’re at a fork in the road. That much they agree on. The more interesting question is who controls which direction the fork takes.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Paul Ehrlich and the Limits of Forecasting: </strong>Norman Lewis’s cautionary tale: Paul Ehrlich predicted in the 1970s that population growth would exhaust the Earth’s resources within a generation. He was famously, totally wrong. Andrew’s application: most people are probably wrong about AI right now — both the doomers and the optimists. The future is not the thing you think you’re heading toward. The Wyman principle: history keeps happening in directions nobody predicted.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Pyramid of Change: </strong>Keith’s model for how history gets made. Agents of change form a pyramid. At the top: a small number of people who have a much larger influence on what happens than everyone at the base. Most people receive change rather than make it. Those who step outside the norms and make things happen — those are the ones who make history. The question of our moment: who is at the top of the pyramid? And do they share your values? Or anyone else’s?</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Panic in the Media: Reflecting, Not Forming: </strong>Nirit Weiss-Blatt’s research into ten studies on AI coverage: the media is overwhelmingly negative. Keith’s reading: media reflects opinion rather than forming it. Negativity around AI is a reasonable reaction to not knowing. When you don’t know, you can believe anything, and most of the available influence is negative. If AI delivers real benefits, opinion will change, and media will follow. Andrew’s reading: the cause is genuine uncertainty, not media panic.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Keith’s Utopia: “That Sounds Incredibly Boring”: </strong>Keith’s vision: everyone eats, everyone is warm, nobody has to work unless they choose to, leisure time is abundant, paid labour replaced by a society that provides for all, governance shrinking toward irrelevance as satisfaction rises. Andrew’s verdict: “that sounds incredibly boring. I don’t want to live in that kind of society.” The Germans, Keith notes, will still be putting their towels out at dawn to claim the beach. Some scarcities will always remain.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and Andrew’s regular TWTW co-host.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a>: “Civilization: What Is Worth Doing” by Keith Teare.</p><p> </p><p>•       Norman Lewis, “The Future Is Not Scarce,” <em>Nervous</em>.</p><p> </p><p>•       Nirit Weiss-Blatt, “What 10 Studies Revealed About AI Panic in the Media.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Ezra Klein, “Why the AI Job Apocalypse Probably Won’t Happen,” <em>The New York Times</em>.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2897: Patrick Wyman on <em>Lost Worlds</em> — the companion episode on civilization’s unintended consequences, directly referenced in this conversation.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 10 May 2026 06:32:37 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/43564d4f/d38e1d64.mp3" length="61713602" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VvU4qdnIlzA">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/lvk8v0ROt3BqUPt5aA8DtffuEYiAcESkgRJCmaE2co4/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lZmYw/NWI0OGE4YTMxNmU0/N2Q2ZjIxNTliYWU5/ODI5NS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1928</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You can’t be confident about human decision-making. You can be confident on the potential of technology. Humans are quite capable of making both wrong and bad decisions.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>Is a jobless AI future really something to celebrate? <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> publisher <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> certainly thinks so. His editorial “Civilization: What Is Worth Doing” this week imagines a future in which nobody has to work unless they choose to, basic necessities are no longer scarce, leisure time is abundant, and governance fades to near-invisibility.</p><p> </p><p>I’m not so sure. As I told Keith, “That sounds incredibly boring. I don’t want to live in that kind of society.”</p><p> </p><p>The conversation this week has been civilizational. A few days ago, the podcaster Patrick Wyman came on the show to <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/why-history-keeps-happening">argue</a> that history is mostly unintentional and unexpected. But Keith says civilization is broadly linear and tends, if not toward justice, toward progress. Wyman says civilizations are plural and never inevitable.</p><p> </p><p>“Why History Keeps Happening” is how Wyman put it. The end and the beginning of history are, thus, delusional. We are, then, always in the middle of history. That’s the wisdom missing from all the ridiculous hysteria about AI. It’s just one chapter in our history. The promise that AI will create mass abundance is as somnolent as the fear it will wipe out our civilization. Pass the Soma.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Civilization: Singular or Plural? </strong>Wyman’s argument: civilizations are plural, nonlinear, full of failure and unintended consequence. Keith’s counter: civilization — singular — is the long arc of human progress collectively, broadly linear over two hundred years. Both are right at different scales. Andrew’s instinct: we’re in a nonlinear moment masquerading as progress. Keith’s: we’re at a fork in the road. That much they agree on. The more interesting question is who controls which direction the fork takes.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Paul Ehrlich and the Limits of Forecasting: </strong>Norman Lewis’s cautionary tale: Paul Ehrlich predicted in the 1970s that population growth would exhaust the Earth’s resources within a generation. He was famously, totally wrong. Andrew’s application: most people are probably wrong about AI right now — both the doomers and the optimists. The future is not the thing you think you’re heading toward. The Wyman principle: history keeps happening in directions nobody predicted.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Pyramid of Change: </strong>Keith’s model for how history gets made. Agents of change form a pyramid. At the top: a small number of people who have a much larger influence on what happens than everyone at the base. Most people receive change rather than make it. Those who step outside the norms and make things happen — those are the ones who make history. The question of our moment: who is at the top of the pyramid? And do they share your values? Or anyone else’s?</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Panic in the Media: Reflecting, Not Forming: </strong>Nirit Weiss-Blatt’s research into ten studies on AI coverage: the media is overwhelmingly negative. Keith’s reading: media reflects opinion rather than forming it. Negativity around AI is a reasonable reaction to not knowing. When you don’t know, you can believe anything, and most of the available influence is negative. If AI delivers real benefits, opinion will change, and media will follow. Andrew’s reading: the cause is genuine uncertainty, not media panic.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Keith’s Utopia: “That Sounds Incredibly Boring”: </strong>Keith’s vision: everyone eats, everyone is warm, nobody has to work unless they choose to, leisure time is abundant, paid labour replaced by a society that provides for all, governance shrinking toward irrelevance as satisfaction rises. Andrew’s verdict: “that sounds incredibly boring. I don’t want to live in that kind of society.” The Germans, Keith notes, will still be putting their towels out at dawn to claim the beach. Some scarcities will always remain.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and Andrew’s regular TWTW co-host.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a>: “Civilization: What Is Worth Doing” by Keith Teare.</p><p> </p><p>•       Norman Lewis, “The Future Is Not Scarce,” <em>Nervous</em>.</p><p> </p><p>•       Nirit Weiss-Blatt, “What 10 Studies Revealed About AI Panic in the Media.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Ezra Klein, “Why the AI Job Apocalypse Probably Won’t Happen,” <em>The New York Times</em>.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2897: Patrick Wyman on <em>Lost Worlds</em> — the companion episode on civilization’s unintended consequences, directly referenced in this conversation.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/43564d4f/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hong Kong Burning: Simon Elegant on the 2019 Protests </title>
      <itunes:episode>2901</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2901</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Hong Kong Burning: Simon Elegant on the 2019 Protests </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b2e738d1-ea4e-4bca-8b82-6d046f1777a8</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“It was a completely unthinking exercise in cost-cutting that made no sense in terms of the newspaper. I think perhaps if you want to destroy the newspaper, it made sense.” — Simon Elegant on being ‘eliminated’ by the Washington Post</em></p><p> </p><p>Hong Kong in 2019. A dismembered body is found in a landfill. A disgraced police superintendent is called back from internal exile to solve it. The city around him is burning. Rather than a John Woo movie, this is the setting for a <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-Fire/Simon-Elegant/9798897100958">Simon Elegant</a> thriller. Born in Hong Kong, former Beijing bureau chief for <em>Time</em> magazine, most recently the Washington Post’s man in China until Jeff Bezos “eliminated” him three months ago — Elegant has written the definitive Hong Kong novel.</p><p> </p><p>First and foremost, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-Fire/Simon-Elegant/9798897100958"><em>City on Fire: A Novel of Hong Kong</em></a> is a crime thriller. Superintendent Killian Tong — half-Chinese, half-Irish, loved by no one in his department — investigates a murder while his sister is noisily demonstrating on the other side of the barricades. But the book doubles as a compressed history of Hong Kong: from Palmerston’s “barren rock” in the 1840s — seized from China after the opium wars — through the ninety-nine-year lease, the handover in 1997, and the slow strangulation of the “one country, two systems” promise.</p><p> </p><p>Elegant is neither a hardline China hawk nor an apologist for Beijing. Yes, he credits the British with a relatively enlightened administration — from its public housing to the uncorrupt civil service that inspired the Singapore model. But he is also clear about what happened after 1997. Hong Kong people assumed Beijing would honour the Thatcher-Deng terms, and then discovered, to their horror, that they had no rights. It was a silent coup rather than a gaudy takeover of power. And so the 2019 protests — when a million people went onto the streets — are not just a backdrop to <em>City on Fire</em> but also the real-life stage on which Hong Kong burnt.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Enlightened Colonialism — With Caveats: </strong>Was Hong Kong an example of enlightened British colonialism? Elegant says: relatively, yes. The administration was light-handed. The public housing was so good that Singapore copied it. The civil service was — after 1972, when they had to create the ICAC following a police corruption scandal — genuinely clean. Milton Friedman praised the free-market model. But it was also racialized: the upper levels were almost entirely white Anglo, and the Chinese were largely excluded from administrative power. Governor Jock MacLehose changed this. Enlightened colonialism, Elegant concludes, is not a contradiction in terms — but it is relative. Compared to the Belgian Congo, Hong Kong was paradise.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>One Country, Two Systems: A Promise Broken: </strong>The terms negotiated by Thatcher and Deng in the 1980s guaranteed Hong Kong’s autonomy until 2047. Hong Kong people assumed these terms were real and would be adhered to. They were not. The first attempt to pass a national security law came in 2004. There were mass protests in 2014. In 2019, a million people — in a city of six million — were on the streets. Beijing’s choice was not between crushing them or not. It was between blood in the streets and a silent coup. They chose the silent coup. The national security law of 2020 was the final instrument. There is no longer any meaningful “one country, two systems.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Policeman as Moral Complexity: </strong>Elegant’s decision to make his protagonist a policeman — rather than a protester — is the novel’s central artistic choice. Superintendent Killian Tong is not a villain. He is a man caught between institutions he has served his whole life and a conscience that knows what’s happening is wrong. His younger sister is on the other side of the barricades. The murder investigation forces him to confront not just the crime but the system that made it possible. Elegant wanted to write about moral complexity, not propaganda — and the only way to do that was to give the story to the person most implicated in the system.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Bezos ‘Eliminated’ the Washington Post’s Foreign Staff: </strong>Simon Elegant’s final paycheck from the Washington Post used the word “eliminated.” He was one of 35-40 foreign correspondents let go in a single exercise — one of the biggest foreign staffs at any American newspaper. No one, he says, can explain what the thinking was, or if there was any. Every person he meets in Washington has cancelled their subscription. The Post still has excellent national security reporters, but in terms of foreign coverage it is, Elegant says, “doomed.” His conclusion: “perhaps if you want to destroy the newspaper, it made sense.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Hemingway’s Iceberg, Applied: </strong>What did writing fiction teach Simon Elegant after a career in journalism? The iceberg principle, which Hemingway described: seven-eighths of a book — the knowledge, the research, the reported detail — should sit below the waterline. Only the tippy-top should be visible. The weight of the knowledge gives the visible surface its authority. The book started at 128,000 words — every reported detail jammed in. By the third or fourth round of cuts with the editor’s blade, it was 75,000. The lesson: don’t jam in your entire notebook. Fiction goes more directly into the heart. It bypasses the brain and seeks a different truth.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-Fire/Simon-Elegant/9798897100958">Simon Elegant</a> is a journalist and novelist born in Hong Kong. He was Beijing bureau chief for <em>Time</em> magazine and most recently China bureau chief for the <em>Washington Post</em>. He is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-Fire/Simon-Elegant/9798897100958"><em>City on Fire: A Novel of Hong Kong</em></a> (Pegasus Crime, May 5, 2026), <em>A Floating Life</em> (Ecco/HarperCollins), and <em>A Chinese Wedding</em> (Piatkus). He is based in Kuala Lumpur.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-Fire/Simon-Elegant/9798897100958"><em>City on Fire: A Novel of Hong Kong</em></a> by Simon Elegant (Pegasus Crime, May 5, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2870: Eyck Freymann on <em>Defending Taiwan: A Strategy to Prevent War with China</em> — the companion episode on Taiwan and the growing China crisis.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Pod...</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“It was a completely unthinking exercise in cost-cutting that made no sense in terms of the newspaper. I think perhaps if you want to destroy the newspaper, it made sense.” — Simon Elegant on being ‘eliminated’ by the Washington Post</em></p><p> </p><p>Hong Kong in 2019. A dismembered body is found in a landfill. A disgraced police superintendent is called back from internal exile to solve it. The city around him is burning. Rather than a John Woo movie, this is the setting for a <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-Fire/Simon-Elegant/9798897100958">Simon Elegant</a> thriller. Born in Hong Kong, former Beijing bureau chief for <em>Time</em> magazine, most recently the Washington Post’s man in China until Jeff Bezos “eliminated” him three months ago — Elegant has written the definitive Hong Kong novel.</p><p> </p><p>First and foremost, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-Fire/Simon-Elegant/9798897100958"><em>City on Fire: A Novel of Hong Kong</em></a> is a crime thriller. Superintendent Killian Tong — half-Chinese, half-Irish, loved by no one in his department — investigates a murder while his sister is noisily demonstrating on the other side of the barricades. But the book doubles as a compressed history of Hong Kong: from Palmerston’s “barren rock” in the 1840s — seized from China after the opium wars — through the ninety-nine-year lease, the handover in 1997, and the slow strangulation of the “one country, two systems” promise.</p><p> </p><p>Elegant is neither a hardline China hawk nor an apologist for Beijing. Yes, he credits the British with a relatively enlightened administration — from its public housing to the uncorrupt civil service that inspired the Singapore model. But he is also clear about what happened after 1997. Hong Kong people assumed Beijing would honour the Thatcher-Deng terms, and then discovered, to their horror, that they had no rights. It was a silent coup rather than a gaudy takeover of power. And so the 2019 protests — when a million people went onto the streets — are not just a backdrop to <em>City on Fire</em> but also the real-life stage on which Hong Kong burnt.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Enlightened Colonialism — With Caveats: </strong>Was Hong Kong an example of enlightened British colonialism? Elegant says: relatively, yes. The administration was light-handed. The public housing was so good that Singapore copied it. The civil service was — after 1972, when they had to create the ICAC following a police corruption scandal — genuinely clean. Milton Friedman praised the free-market model. But it was also racialized: the upper levels were almost entirely white Anglo, and the Chinese were largely excluded from administrative power. Governor Jock MacLehose changed this. Enlightened colonialism, Elegant concludes, is not a contradiction in terms — but it is relative. Compared to the Belgian Congo, Hong Kong was paradise.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>One Country, Two Systems: A Promise Broken: </strong>The terms negotiated by Thatcher and Deng in the 1980s guaranteed Hong Kong’s autonomy until 2047. Hong Kong people assumed these terms were real and would be adhered to. They were not. The first attempt to pass a national security law came in 2004. There were mass protests in 2014. In 2019, a million people — in a city of six million — were on the streets. Beijing’s choice was not between crushing them or not. It was between blood in the streets and a silent coup. They chose the silent coup. The national security law of 2020 was the final instrument. There is no longer any meaningful “one country, two systems.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Policeman as Moral Complexity: </strong>Elegant’s decision to make his protagonist a policeman — rather than a protester — is the novel’s central artistic choice. Superintendent Killian Tong is not a villain. He is a man caught between institutions he has served his whole life and a conscience that knows what’s happening is wrong. His younger sister is on the other side of the barricades. The murder investigation forces him to confront not just the crime but the system that made it possible. Elegant wanted to write about moral complexity, not propaganda — and the only way to do that was to give the story to the person most implicated in the system.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Bezos ‘Eliminated’ the Washington Post’s Foreign Staff: </strong>Simon Elegant’s final paycheck from the Washington Post used the word “eliminated.” He was one of 35-40 foreign correspondents let go in a single exercise — one of the biggest foreign staffs at any American newspaper. No one, he says, can explain what the thinking was, or if there was any. Every person he meets in Washington has cancelled their subscription. The Post still has excellent national security reporters, but in terms of foreign coverage it is, Elegant says, “doomed.” His conclusion: “perhaps if you want to destroy the newspaper, it made sense.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Hemingway’s Iceberg, Applied: </strong>What did writing fiction teach Simon Elegant after a career in journalism? The iceberg principle, which Hemingway described: seven-eighths of a book — the knowledge, the research, the reported detail — should sit below the waterline. Only the tippy-top should be visible. The weight of the knowledge gives the visible surface its authority. The book started at 128,000 words — every reported detail jammed in. By the third or fourth round of cuts with the editor’s blade, it was 75,000. The lesson: don’t jam in your entire notebook. Fiction goes more directly into the heart. It bypasses the brain and seeks a different truth.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-Fire/Simon-Elegant/9798897100958">Simon Elegant</a> is a journalist and novelist born in Hong Kong. He was Beijing bureau chief for <em>Time</em> magazine and most recently China bureau chief for the <em>Washington Post</em>. He is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-Fire/Simon-Elegant/9798897100958"><em>City on Fire: A Novel of Hong Kong</em></a> (Pegasus Crime, May 5, 2026), <em>A Floating Life</em> (Ecco/HarperCollins), and <em>A Chinese Wedding</em> (Piatkus). He is based in Kuala Lumpur.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-Fire/Simon-Elegant/9798897100958"><em>City on Fire: A Novel of Hong Kong</em></a> by Simon Elegant (Pegasus Crime, May 5, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2870: Eyck Freymann on <em>Defending Taiwan: A Strategy to Prevent War with China</em> — the companion episode on Taiwan and the growing China crisis.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Pod...</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 09 May 2026 07:53:57 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/0c186cac/95c31863.mp3" length="96166401" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iqgrJ31P824">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/DPQKA1NqPx2y0BnfoDSYcqHjsj43lJycJpw7ZL8YSyI/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS84MmI4/M2JkMDI3ZTEwNDll/YmFmMzBhYzEyM2Y2/MGNiMC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3004</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“It was a completely unthinking exercise in cost-cutting that made no sense in terms of the newspaper. I think perhaps if you want to destroy the newspaper, it made sense.” — Simon Elegant on being ‘eliminated’ by the Washington Post</em></p><p> </p><p>Hong Kong in 2019. A dismembered body is found in a landfill. A disgraced police superintendent is called back from internal exile to solve it. The city around him is burning. Rather than a John Woo movie, this is the setting for a <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-Fire/Simon-Elegant/9798897100958">Simon Elegant</a> thriller. Born in Hong Kong, former Beijing bureau chief for <em>Time</em> magazine, most recently the Washington Post’s man in China until Jeff Bezos “eliminated” him three months ago — Elegant has written the definitive Hong Kong novel.</p><p> </p><p>First and foremost, <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-Fire/Simon-Elegant/9798897100958"><em>City on Fire: A Novel of Hong Kong</em></a> is a crime thriller. Superintendent Killian Tong — half-Chinese, half-Irish, loved by no one in his department — investigates a murder while his sister is noisily demonstrating on the other side of the barricades. But the book doubles as a compressed history of Hong Kong: from Palmerston’s “barren rock” in the 1840s — seized from China after the opium wars — through the ninety-nine-year lease, the handover in 1997, and the slow strangulation of the “one country, two systems” promise.</p><p> </p><p>Elegant is neither a hardline China hawk nor an apologist for Beijing. Yes, he credits the British with a relatively enlightened administration — from its public housing to the uncorrupt civil service that inspired the Singapore model. But he is also clear about what happened after 1997. Hong Kong people assumed Beijing would honour the Thatcher-Deng terms, and then discovered, to their horror, that they had no rights. It was a silent coup rather than a gaudy takeover of power. And so the 2019 protests — when a million people went onto the streets — are not just a backdrop to <em>City on Fire</em> but also the real-life stage on which Hong Kong burnt.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Enlightened Colonialism — With Caveats: </strong>Was Hong Kong an example of enlightened British colonialism? Elegant says: relatively, yes. The administration was light-handed. The public housing was so good that Singapore copied it. The civil service was — after 1972, when they had to create the ICAC following a police corruption scandal — genuinely clean. Milton Friedman praised the free-market model. But it was also racialized: the upper levels were almost entirely white Anglo, and the Chinese were largely excluded from administrative power. Governor Jock MacLehose changed this. Enlightened colonialism, Elegant concludes, is not a contradiction in terms — but it is relative. Compared to the Belgian Congo, Hong Kong was paradise.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>One Country, Two Systems: A Promise Broken: </strong>The terms negotiated by Thatcher and Deng in the 1980s guaranteed Hong Kong’s autonomy until 2047. Hong Kong people assumed these terms were real and would be adhered to. They were not. The first attempt to pass a national security law came in 2004. There were mass protests in 2014. In 2019, a million people — in a city of six million — were on the streets. Beijing’s choice was not between crushing them or not. It was between blood in the streets and a silent coup. They chose the silent coup. The national security law of 2020 was the final instrument. There is no longer any meaningful “one country, two systems.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Policeman as Moral Complexity: </strong>Elegant’s decision to make his protagonist a policeman — rather than a protester — is the novel’s central artistic choice. Superintendent Killian Tong is not a villain. He is a man caught between institutions he has served his whole life and a conscience that knows what’s happening is wrong. His younger sister is on the other side of the barricades. The murder investigation forces him to confront not just the crime but the system that made it possible. Elegant wanted to write about moral complexity, not propaganda — and the only way to do that was to give the story to the person most implicated in the system.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Bezos ‘Eliminated’ the Washington Post’s Foreign Staff: </strong>Simon Elegant’s final paycheck from the Washington Post used the word “eliminated.” He was one of 35-40 foreign correspondents let go in a single exercise — one of the biggest foreign staffs at any American newspaper. No one, he says, can explain what the thinking was, or if there was any. Every person he meets in Washington has cancelled their subscription. The Post still has excellent national security reporters, but in terms of foreign coverage it is, Elegant says, “doomed.” His conclusion: “perhaps if you want to destroy the newspaper, it made sense.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Hemingway’s Iceberg, Applied: </strong>What did writing fiction teach Simon Elegant after a career in journalism? The iceberg principle, which Hemingway described: seven-eighths of a book — the knowledge, the research, the reported detail — should sit below the waterline. Only the tippy-top should be visible. The weight of the knowledge gives the visible surface its authority. The book started at 128,000 words — every reported detail jammed in. By the third or fourth round of cuts with the editor’s blade, it was 75,000. The lesson: don’t jam in your entire notebook. Fiction goes more directly into the heart. It bypasses the brain and seeks a different truth.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-Fire/Simon-Elegant/9798897100958">Simon Elegant</a> is a journalist and novelist born in Hong Kong. He was Beijing bureau chief for <em>Time</em> magazine and most recently China bureau chief for the <em>Washington Post</em>. He is the author of <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-Fire/Simon-Elegant/9798897100958"><em>City on Fire: A Novel of Hong Kong</em></a> (Pegasus Crime, May 5, 2026), <em>A Floating Life</em> (Ecco/HarperCollins), and <em>A Chinese Wedding</em> (Piatkus). He is based in Kuala Lumpur.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/City-on-Fire/Simon-Elegant/9798897100958"><em>City on Fire: A Novel of Hong Kong</em></a> by Simon Elegant (Pegasus Crime, May 5, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2870: Eyck Freymann on <em>Defending Taiwan: A Strategy to Prevent War with China</em> — the companion episode on Taiwan and the growing China crisis.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Pod...</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0c186cac/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0c186cac/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is London Really Falling? Bethanne Patrick on Patrick Radden Keefe, Freya India and the Collapse of Book Reviewing</title>
      <itunes:episode>2900</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2900</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Is London Really Falling? Bethanne Patrick on Patrick Radden Keefe, Freya India and the Collapse of Book Reviewing</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d234e41f-6d38-4ff5-82ed-1cecd3b3803b</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If criticism isn’t going to be written by one human mind, what else is it for? Criticism done by AI means nothing.” — Bethanne Patrick</em></p><p> </p><p>Is London really falling? Perhaps. This week on <em>Keen On America</em>, everything seems to be falling. There are young men falling from riverside apartments. Girlhood is falling to the commodification of appearance. Book reviewing is falling to AI. Mary Todd Lincoln fell through history as a shrill and inconvenient widow. And just three days ago, Yale historian Ian Shapiro <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/how-politicians-broke-our-world">argued</a> that democracy itself has fallen — from the euphoric heights of 1989 to today’s nadir of illiberal populism.</p><p> </p><p>One person who never falls is our unfailingly literate friend <a href="https://www.latimes.com/entertainment-arts/books">Bethanne Patrick</a> — book critic at the <em>Los Angeles Times</em>, founder of #FridayReads, and the best-read lady in America. And her May list of recommended reads is full of books about falling. Take, for example, the <em>New York Times</em> bestselling <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/747792/london-falling-by-patrick-radden-keefe/"><em>London Falling</em></a> by Patrick Radden Keefe — a true crime whodunnit about Zac Brettler, a nineteen-year-old who reinvented himself as the son of a Kazakh oligarch and fell to his death from a Thames-side luxury apartment. Then there’s <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/770037/girls-by-freya-india/"><em>Girls</em></a> by Freya India on Gen Z and the commodification of girlhood; <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/770012/make-believe-by-mac-barnett/"><em>Make Believe</em></a> by Mac Barnett, the Children’s Laureate, on storytelling as an art of raising kids; <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/770000/i-am-not-a-robot-by-joanna-stern/"><em>I Am Not a Robot</em></a> by Joanna Stern on AI as useful tool, not a civilizational menace; and <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/An-Inconvenient-Widow/Lois-Romano/9781668052808"><em>An Inconvenient Widow</em></a> by Lois Romano which rehabilitates the already fallen Mary Todd Lincoln.</p><p> </p><p>And then there’s the fall of book reviewing itself. Where have all the critics gone? <em>New York Times</em> book critic Dwight Garner <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/04/27/books/review/ai-book-reviews.html">wrote</a> its obituary this week. But Bethanne Patrick hasn’t fallen. And, last I checked, London is still standing.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>London Falling: The Oligarchs Were the Problem: </strong>Patrick Radden Keefe’s new <em>New York Times</em> bestseller is about Zac Brettler, a nineteen-year-old London boy who reinvented himself as the son of a Kazakh oligarch and fell to his death from a Thames-side luxury apartment. Bethanne’s reading: the most interesting element is not the Brettler family’s grief — sympathetic as they are — but the portrait of a London transformed by money from overseas. Twenty years ago, the worry was economic immigrants. The people who really changed London were the oligarchs. Andrew is sceptical of the neoliberalism-as-villain thesis. Janan Ganesh: London has always been defined by capitalism.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Girls: The Commodification of Girlhood: </strong> by Freya India (born 1999) argues that Gen Z girls have always been girls — but technology has made the existing anxieties about appearance, body, and social status thousands of times worse. Face-tuning, influencers, targeted advertising, social media bullying. Bethanne’s daughter — summa cum laude in economics — relaxes by watching reality shows about the commodification of female appearance. The book’s parallel with London Falling: both are about young people who cannot escape the mirror of other people’s wealth and image.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Make Believe: Art for Children, Not Just Books: </strong>Mac Barnett, current Children’s Laureate of the Library of Congress, argues in Make Believe that children don’t just need books — they need art. Great literature, beauty, truth. The book echoes Robert Coles’ The Call of Stories and pushes back against the passive consumption of screens. Bethanne’s connection to London Falling: Zac Brettler was a brilliant storyteller. He might have been a writer or filmmaker. But stories have to move you toward caring about other people. They’re not just about taking in — they’re about give and take.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>I Am Not a Robot: AI as Tool, Not Menace: </strong>Joanna Stern, the Wall Street Journal’s consumer tech columnist, spent a year using AI for almost everything. The book is a stunt memoir in the tradition of “my year of doing this” — but also genuinely useful. Her verdict: AI is a tool. It’s not good or bad. She wrote every sentence herself but used AI for spell-checking, research, and editing. Meanwhile: the Authors Guild raised close to $900,000 at their annual gala, with David Baldacci giving an impassioned speech about AI and intellectual property. The Chicago Tribune published AI-generated summer reading recommendations that included a Louise Erdrich novel she never wrote.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Where Have All the Book Reviewers Gone? </strong>A Dwight Garner piece in the <em>New York Times</em> cites a 1981 Donald Barthelme story predicting machines doing reviews. Now it’s happening: the <em>New York Times</em> recently discovered a freelance reviewer had been using AI for several reviews. Google Gemini now summarises reviews before you see them. Bethanne Patrick, book critic at the <em>Los Angeles Times</em>, is one of a tiny handful of full-time book critics left. Her verdict: criticism done by a non-human entity misses the point. The point of criticism is judgment. Judgment requires a human mind.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.latimes.com/entertainment-arts/books">Bethanne Patrick</a> is a book critic at the <em>Los Angeles Times</em>, founder of #FridayReads, host of the <em>Missing Pages</em> podcast, and the author of <em>Life B: Overcoming Double Depression</em> (Counterpoint, 2023). She is also known as @TheBookMaven on social media.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Books Discussed:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/747792/london-falling-by-patrick-radden-keefe/"><em>London Falling: A Mysterious Death in a Gilded City and a Family's Search for Truth</em></a> by Patrick Radden Keefe (Doubleday, April 7, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/770037/girls-by-freya-india/"><em>Girls</em></a> by Freya India (2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/770012/make-believe-by-mac-barnett/"><em>Make Believe</em></a> by Mac Barnett (2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/770000/i-am-not-a-robot-by-joanna-stern/"><em>I Am Not a Robot: My Year Using AI to Do Almost Everything</em></a> by Joanna Stern (2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/An-Inconvenient-Widow/Lois-Romano/9781668052808"><em>An Inconvenient Widow: The Torment, Trial, and Triumph of Mary Todd Lincoln</em></a> by Lois Romano (Simon &amp; Schuster, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-Ame...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If criticism isn’t going to be written by one human mind, what else is it for? Criticism done by AI means nothing.” — Bethanne Patrick</em></p><p> </p><p>Is London really falling? Perhaps. This week on <em>Keen On America</em>, everything seems to be falling. There are young men falling from riverside apartments. Girlhood is falling to the commodification of appearance. Book reviewing is falling to AI. Mary Todd Lincoln fell through history as a shrill and inconvenient widow. And just three days ago, Yale historian Ian Shapiro <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/how-politicians-broke-our-world">argued</a> that democracy itself has fallen — from the euphoric heights of 1989 to today’s nadir of illiberal populism.</p><p> </p><p>One person who never falls is our unfailingly literate friend <a href="https://www.latimes.com/entertainment-arts/books">Bethanne Patrick</a> — book critic at the <em>Los Angeles Times</em>, founder of #FridayReads, and the best-read lady in America. And her May list of recommended reads is full of books about falling. Take, for example, the <em>New York Times</em> bestselling <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/747792/london-falling-by-patrick-radden-keefe/"><em>London Falling</em></a> by Patrick Radden Keefe — a true crime whodunnit about Zac Brettler, a nineteen-year-old who reinvented himself as the son of a Kazakh oligarch and fell to his death from a Thames-side luxury apartment. Then there’s <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/770037/girls-by-freya-india/"><em>Girls</em></a> by Freya India on Gen Z and the commodification of girlhood; <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/770012/make-believe-by-mac-barnett/"><em>Make Believe</em></a> by Mac Barnett, the Children’s Laureate, on storytelling as an art of raising kids; <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/770000/i-am-not-a-robot-by-joanna-stern/"><em>I Am Not a Robot</em></a> by Joanna Stern on AI as useful tool, not a civilizational menace; and <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/An-Inconvenient-Widow/Lois-Romano/9781668052808"><em>An Inconvenient Widow</em></a> by Lois Romano which rehabilitates the already fallen Mary Todd Lincoln.</p><p> </p><p>And then there’s the fall of book reviewing itself. Where have all the critics gone? <em>New York Times</em> book critic Dwight Garner <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/04/27/books/review/ai-book-reviews.html">wrote</a> its obituary this week. But Bethanne Patrick hasn’t fallen. And, last I checked, London is still standing.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>London Falling: The Oligarchs Were the Problem: </strong>Patrick Radden Keefe’s new <em>New York Times</em> bestseller is about Zac Brettler, a nineteen-year-old London boy who reinvented himself as the son of a Kazakh oligarch and fell to his death from a Thames-side luxury apartment. Bethanne’s reading: the most interesting element is not the Brettler family’s grief — sympathetic as they are — but the portrait of a London transformed by money from overseas. Twenty years ago, the worry was economic immigrants. The people who really changed London were the oligarchs. Andrew is sceptical of the neoliberalism-as-villain thesis. Janan Ganesh: London has always been defined by capitalism.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Girls: The Commodification of Girlhood: </strong> by Freya India (born 1999) argues that Gen Z girls have always been girls — but technology has made the existing anxieties about appearance, body, and social status thousands of times worse. Face-tuning, influencers, targeted advertising, social media bullying. Bethanne’s daughter — summa cum laude in economics — relaxes by watching reality shows about the commodification of female appearance. The book’s parallel with London Falling: both are about young people who cannot escape the mirror of other people’s wealth and image.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Make Believe: Art for Children, Not Just Books: </strong>Mac Barnett, current Children’s Laureate of the Library of Congress, argues in Make Believe that children don’t just need books — they need art. Great literature, beauty, truth. The book echoes Robert Coles’ The Call of Stories and pushes back against the passive consumption of screens. Bethanne’s connection to London Falling: Zac Brettler was a brilliant storyteller. He might have been a writer or filmmaker. But stories have to move you toward caring about other people. They’re not just about taking in — they’re about give and take.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>I Am Not a Robot: AI as Tool, Not Menace: </strong>Joanna Stern, the Wall Street Journal’s consumer tech columnist, spent a year using AI for almost everything. The book is a stunt memoir in the tradition of “my year of doing this” — but also genuinely useful. Her verdict: AI is a tool. It’s not good or bad. She wrote every sentence herself but used AI for spell-checking, research, and editing. Meanwhile: the Authors Guild raised close to $900,000 at their annual gala, with David Baldacci giving an impassioned speech about AI and intellectual property. The Chicago Tribune published AI-generated summer reading recommendations that included a Louise Erdrich novel she never wrote.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Where Have All the Book Reviewers Gone? </strong>A Dwight Garner piece in the <em>New York Times</em> cites a 1981 Donald Barthelme story predicting machines doing reviews. Now it’s happening: the <em>New York Times</em> recently discovered a freelance reviewer had been using AI for several reviews. Google Gemini now summarises reviews before you see them. Bethanne Patrick, book critic at the <em>Los Angeles Times</em>, is one of a tiny handful of full-time book critics left. Her verdict: criticism done by a non-human entity misses the point. The point of criticism is judgment. Judgment requires a human mind.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.latimes.com/entertainment-arts/books">Bethanne Patrick</a> is a book critic at the <em>Los Angeles Times</em>, founder of #FridayReads, host of the <em>Missing Pages</em> podcast, and the author of <em>Life B: Overcoming Double Depression</em> (Counterpoint, 2023). She is also known as @TheBookMaven on social media.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Books Discussed:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/747792/london-falling-by-patrick-radden-keefe/"><em>London Falling: A Mysterious Death in a Gilded City and a Family's Search for Truth</em></a> by Patrick Radden Keefe (Doubleday, April 7, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/770037/girls-by-freya-india/"><em>Girls</em></a> by Freya India (2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/770012/make-believe-by-mac-barnett/"><em>Make Believe</em></a> by Mac Barnett (2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/770000/i-am-not-a-robot-by-joanna-stern/"><em>I Am Not a Robot: My Year Using AI to Do Almost Everything</em></a> by Joanna Stern (2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/An-Inconvenient-Widow/Lois-Romano/9781668052808"><em>An Inconvenient Widow: The Torment, Trial, and Triumph of Mary Todd Lincoln</em></a> by Lois Romano (Simon &amp; Schuster, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-Ame...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 May 2026 14:51:41 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/bfbb3dfc/e6145e4d.mp3" length="92803243" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yGkFGm1KF64">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/6uXnLINVM7ccs4V1TH3wGv4x64cyzgSdl_NjRfahwf8/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9kMDY3/NGMwNGFlNTlhNjRl/OWQwNWRjYmJkYTgz/YmYxYi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2900</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If criticism isn’t going to be written by one human mind, what else is it for? Criticism done by AI means nothing.” — Bethanne Patrick</em></p><p> </p><p>Is London really falling? Perhaps. This week on <em>Keen On America</em>, everything seems to be falling. There are young men falling from riverside apartments. Girlhood is falling to the commodification of appearance. Book reviewing is falling to AI. Mary Todd Lincoln fell through history as a shrill and inconvenient widow. And just three days ago, Yale historian Ian Shapiro <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/p/how-politicians-broke-our-world">argued</a> that democracy itself has fallen — from the euphoric heights of 1989 to today’s nadir of illiberal populism.</p><p> </p><p>One person who never falls is our unfailingly literate friend <a href="https://www.latimes.com/entertainment-arts/books">Bethanne Patrick</a> — book critic at the <em>Los Angeles Times</em>, founder of #FridayReads, and the best-read lady in America. And her May list of recommended reads is full of books about falling. Take, for example, the <em>New York Times</em> bestselling <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/747792/london-falling-by-patrick-radden-keefe/"><em>London Falling</em></a> by Patrick Radden Keefe — a true crime whodunnit about Zac Brettler, a nineteen-year-old who reinvented himself as the son of a Kazakh oligarch and fell to his death from a Thames-side luxury apartment. Then there’s <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/770037/girls-by-freya-india/"><em>Girls</em></a> by Freya India on Gen Z and the commodification of girlhood; <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/770012/make-believe-by-mac-barnett/"><em>Make Believe</em></a> by Mac Barnett, the Children’s Laureate, on storytelling as an art of raising kids; <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/770000/i-am-not-a-robot-by-joanna-stern/"><em>I Am Not a Robot</em></a> by Joanna Stern on AI as useful tool, not a civilizational menace; and <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/An-Inconvenient-Widow/Lois-Romano/9781668052808"><em>An Inconvenient Widow</em></a> by Lois Romano which rehabilitates the already fallen Mary Todd Lincoln.</p><p> </p><p>And then there’s the fall of book reviewing itself. Where have all the critics gone? <em>New York Times</em> book critic Dwight Garner <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/04/27/books/review/ai-book-reviews.html">wrote</a> its obituary this week. But Bethanne Patrick hasn’t fallen. And, last I checked, London is still standing.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>London Falling: The Oligarchs Were the Problem: </strong>Patrick Radden Keefe’s new <em>New York Times</em> bestseller is about Zac Brettler, a nineteen-year-old London boy who reinvented himself as the son of a Kazakh oligarch and fell to his death from a Thames-side luxury apartment. Bethanne’s reading: the most interesting element is not the Brettler family’s grief — sympathetic as they are — but the portrait of a London transformed by money from overseas. Twenty years ago, the worry was economic immigrants. The people who really changed London were the oligarchs. Andrew is sceptical of the neoliberalism-as-villain thesis. Janan Ganesh: London has always been defined by capitalism.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Girls: The Commodification of Girlhood: </strong> by Freya India (born 1999) argues that Gen Z girls have always been girls — but technology has made the existing anxieties about appearance, body, and social status thousands of times worse. Face-tuning, influencers, targeted advertising, social media bullying. Bethanne’s daughter — summa cum laude in economics — relaxes by watching reality shows about the commodification of female appearance. The book’s parallel with London Falling: both are about young people who cannot escape the mirror of other people’s wealth and image.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Make Believe: Art for Children, Not Just Books: </strong>Mac Barnett, current Children’s Laureate of the Library of Congress, argues in Make Believe that children don’t just need books — they need art. Great literature, beauty, truth. The book echoes Robert Coles’ The Call of Stories and pushes back against the passive consumption of screens. Bethanne’s connection to London Falling: Zac Brettler was a brilliant storyteller. He might have been a writer or filmmaker. But stories have to move you toward caring about other people. They’re not just about taking in — they’re about give and take.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>I Am Not a Robot: AI as Tool, Not Menace: </strong>Joanna Stern, the Wall Street Journal’s consumer tech columnist, spent a year using AI for almost everything. The book is a stunt memoir in the tradition of “my year of doing this” — but also genuinely useful. Her verdict: AI is a tool. It’s not good or bad. She wrote every sentence herself but used AI for spell-checking, research, and editing. Meanwhile: the Authors Guild raised close to $900,000 at their annual gala, with David Baldacci giving an impassioned speech about AI and intellectual property. The Chicago Tribune published AI-generated summer reading recommendations that included a Louise Erdrich novel she never wrote.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Where Have All the Book Reviewers Gone? </strong>A Dwight Garner piece in the <em>New York Times</em> cites a 1981 Donald Barthelme story predicting machines doing reviews. Now it’s happening: the <em>New York Times</em> recently discovered a freelance reviewer had been using AI for several reviews. Google Gemini now summarises reviews before you see them. Bethanne Patrick, book critic at the <em>Los Angeles Times</em>, is one of a tiny handful of full-time book critics left. Her verdict: criticism done by a non-human entity misses the point. The point of criticism is judgment. Judgment requires a human mind.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.latimes.com/entertainment-arts/books">Bethanne Patrick</a> is a book critic at the <em>Los Angeles Times</em>, founder of #FridayReads, host of the <em>Missing Pages</em> podcast, and the author of <em>Life B: Overcoming Double Depression</em> (Counterpoint, 2023). She is also known as @TheBookMaven on social media.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Books Discussed:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/747792/london-falling-by-patrick-radden-keefe/"><em>London Falling: A Mysterious Death in a Gilded City and a Family's Search for Truth</em></a> by Patrick Radden Keefe (Doubleday, April 7, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/770037/girls-by-freya-india/"><em>Girls</em></a> by Freya India (2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/770012/make-believe-by-mac-barnett/"><em>Make Believe</em></a> by Mac Barnett (2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/770000/i-am-not-a-robot-by-joanna-stern/"><em>I Am Not a Robot: My Year Using AI to Do Almost Everything</em></a> by Joanna Stern (2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/An-Inconvenient-Widow/Lois-Romano/9781668052808"><em>An Inconvenient Widow: The Torment, Trial, and Triumph of Mary Todd Lincoln</em></a> by Lois Romano (Simon &amp; Schuster, 2026).</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-Ame...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/bfbb3dfc/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/bfbb3dfc/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Never Trust a Handsome Soldier: Becky Holmes on the Past, Present and Future of Fraud</title>
      <itunes:episode>2899</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2899</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Never Trust a Handsome Soldier: Becky Holmes on the Past, Present and Future of Fraud</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">39e808e2-6668-4e67-b258-b8a96c81cbd6</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Fraud makes up between 40 and 50 percent of all crime in the UK. Police resource dedicated to fraud: 1 percent. No country is giving fraud the attention it deserves.” — Becky Holmes</em></p><p> </p><p>Was Shakespeare a fraud? Possibly, says <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/the-future-of-fraud">Becky Holmes</a>, the Stratford-upon-Avon-based writer and the lady behind the X account @deathtospinach. She should know. Best known as the author of <a href="https://unbound.com/books/keanu-reeves-is-not-in-love-with-you/"><em>Keanu Reeves Is Not In Love With You</em></a>, a cult hit among the romance fraud crowd, Holmes’ latest book is <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/the-future-of-fraud"><em>The Future of Fraud</em></a>. It’s a short, sharp, witty history and anatomy of fraud, from the first recorded case in ancient Greece to today’s AI-enabled deepfakes and romance scams.</p><p> </p><p>Holmes’ most alarming statistic is that fraud accounts for between 40 and 50 percent of all crime in the United Kingdom, while only 1% of police resources are dedicated to investigating it. No wonder so few fraudsters are ever prosecuted. Holmes wants more Sherlocks. She wants fraud awareness on every school curriculum. And she wants our language to change. No, you didn’t “fall for” a scam. Your money was stolen from you. As if you were mugged on the street or your home was broken into.</p><p> </p><p>The internet was bad enough for fraud. But AI, she warns, offers online criminals even more opportunity. It’s not just Keanu Reeves who isn’t in love with you. Never trust a handsome soldier, she says. Especially a virtual one.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The First Recorded Fraud: 300 BC, Greece: </strong>A Greek merchant took out an insurance policy on his boat, borrowed money, and planned to sink it and collect the proceeds. It didn’t go according to plan. But the basic structure — a false representation designed to extract money or goods from another party — has not changed in 2,300 years. Every fraud since, from the South Sea Bubble to Bernie Madoff to AI-enabled romance scams, is a variation on the same theme: getting something from someone by not telling the truth.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Has Erased All the Red Flags: </strong>Holmes used to advise romance fraud victims and potential victims: if he won’t do a video call, that’s suspicious. If the voice sounds wrong, that’s suspicious. If he can’t meet in person, that’s suspicious. AI has rendered all of these warnings useless. You can now have a fully convincing video call, voice message, and real-time conversation with someone who doesn’t exist. Deepfakes mean you can’t even trust what your eyes tell you. The “red flags” that protected fraud victims for thirty years are gone.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>40 to 50 Percent of Crime, 1 Percent of Resource: </strong>In the United Kingdom, fraud accounts for between 40 and 50 percent of all recorded crime. Police resources dedicated to investigating fraud: 1 percent. Holmes cites a comparable US statistic: in one state, there were millions of people and ten police officers dedicated to cybercrime — and not one of them did it as their primary job. No country, Holmes argues, is giving fraud the attention it deserves. The gap between the scale of the problem and the resources devoted to it is not a funding issue. It is a political choice.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>You Didn’t Lose Your Money. It Was Taken from You: </strong>Holmes has a crusade about language. The phrase “fell for a scam” implies the victim’s credulity caused the loss. “Lost their money” implies carelessness. Both are wrong: in fraud, money is taken by a deliberate criminal act. Holmes wants the language changed because language shapes understanding, and understanding shapes policy. If fraud victims are seen as complicit in their own victimhood, society finds it easier to underfund investigation and under-prosecute offenders. Reclaiming the language is not symbolic. It is strategic.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Fraud Awareness Should Be on Every School Curriculum: </strong>Holmes’s most concrete prescription. Every person on the planet will encounter fraud at some point. Teaching children to recognise it should be as basic as teaching them to cross the road safely. It should be age-appropriate: fraud awareness around gaming sites and online chat when children first go online; around bank accounts and credit cards when they turn eighteen; around investment fraud at university level. The alternative — leaving it to parents, who are often themselves uneducated about fraud — is not good enough. The next generation of fraudsters is already on the gaming headsets.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/the-future-of-fraud">Becky Holmes</a> is the creator of the X account @deathtospinach, a fraud prevention speaker and writer, and the author of <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/the-future-of-fraud"><em>The Future of Fraud</em></a> (Melville House, April 2026) and <a href="https://unbound.com/books/keanu-reeves-is-not-in-love-with-you/"><em>Keanu Reeves Is Not In Love With You: The Murky World of Online Romance Fraud</em></a>. She lives in Stratford-upon-Avon.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/the-future-of-fraud"><em>The Future of Fraud</em></a> by Becky Holmes (Melville House, April 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://unbound.com/books/keanu-reeves-is-not-in-love-with-you/"><em>Keanu Reeves Is Not In Love With You: The Murky World of Online Romance Fraud</em></a> by Becky Holmes (Unbound, 2024).</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2890: Anja Shortland on <em>Dark Screens</em> — ransomware as the companion episode on the booming business of cybercrime.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Was Shakespeare a fraud?</li>
<li>(01:35) - Everyone has been into fraud at some point in history</li>
<li>(01:44) - What is fraud? A working definition</li>
<li>(02:41) - Anja Shortland and the British women and fraud connection</li>
<li>(03:16) - How Becky got into fraud: handsome soldiers on Twitter during lockdown</li>
<li>(03:32) - @deathtospinach: the origin of the handle</li>
<li>(04:53) - Where does romance fraud end and marketing oneself begin?</li>
<li>(05:27) - Motive is the line: wanting money from a relationship</li>
<li>(06:09) - Fraud for sex and power: a different kind of romance fraud</li>
<li>(06:50) - The spinach debate: raw vs. cooked</li>
<li>(...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Fraud makes up between 40 and 50 percent of all crime in the UK. Police resource dedicated to fraud: 1 percent. No country is giving fraud the attention it deserves.” — Becky Holmes</em></p><p> </p><p>Was Shakespeare a fraud? Possibly, says <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/the-future-of-fraud">Becky Holmes</a>, the Stratford-upon-Avon-based writer and the lady behind the X account @deathtospinach. She should know. Best known as the author of <a href="https://unbound.com/books/keanu-reeves-is-not-in-love-with-you/"><em>Keanu Reeves Is Not In Love With You</em></a>, a cult hit among the romance fraud crowd, Holmes’ latest book is <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/the-future-of-fraud"><em>The Future of Fraud</em></a>. It’s a short, sharp, witty history and anatomy of fraud, from the first recorded case in ancient Greece to today’s AI-enabled deepfakes and romance scams.</p><p> </p><p>Holmes’ most alarming statistic is that fraud accounts for between 40 and 50 percent of all crime in the United Kingdom, while only 1% of police resources are dedicated to investigating it. No wonder so few fraudsters are ever prosecuted. Holmes wants more Sherlocks. She wants fraud awareness on every school curriculum. And she wants our language to change. No, you didn’t “fall for” a scam. Your money was stolen from you. As if you were mugged on the street or your home was broken into.</p><p> </p><p>The internet was bad enough for fraud. But AI, she warns, offers online criminals even more opportunity. It’s not just Keanu Reeves who isn’t in love with you. Never trust a handsome soldier, she says. Especially a virtual one.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The First Recorded Fraud: 300 BC, Greece: </strong>A Greek merchant took out an insurance policy on his boat, borrowed money, and planned to sink it and collect the proceeds. It didn’t go according to plan. But the basic structure — a false representation designed to extract money or goods from another party — has not changed in 2,300 years. Every fraud since, from the South Sea Bubble to Bernie Madoff to AI-enabled romance scams, is a variation on the same theme: getting something from someone by not telling the truth.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Has Erased All the Red Flags: </strong>Holmes used to advise romance fraud victims and potential victims: if he won’t do a video call, that’s suspicious. If the voice sounds wrong, that’s suspicious. If he can’t meet in person, that’s suspicious. AI has rendered all of these warnings useless. You can now have a fully convincing video call, voice message, and real-time conversation with someone who doesn’t exist. Deepfakes mean you can’t even trust what your eyes tell you. The “red flags” that protected fraud victims for thirty years are gone.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>40 to 50 Percent of Crime, 1 Percent of Resource: </strong>In the United Kingdom, fraud accounts for between 40 and 50 percent of all recorded crime. Police resources dedicated to investigating fraud: 1 percent. Holmes cites a comparable US statistic: in one state, there were millions of people and ten police officers dedicated to cybercrime — and not one of them did it as their primary job. No country, Holmes argues, is giving fraud the attention it deserves. The gap between the scale of the problem and the resources devoted to it is not a funding issue. It is a political choice.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>You Didn’t Lose Your Money. It Was Taken from You: </strong>Holmes has a crusade about language. The phrase “fell for a scam” implies the victim’s credulity caused the loss. “Lost their money” implies carelessness. Both are wrong: in fraud, money is taken by a deliberate criminal act. Holmes wants the language changed because language shapes understanding, and understanding shapes policy. If fraud victims are seen as complicit in their own victimhood, society finds it easier to underfund investigation and under-prosecute offenders. Reclaiming the language is not symbolic. It is strategic.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Fraud Awareness Should Be on Every School Curriculum: </strong>Holmes’s most concrete prescription. Every person on the planet will encounter fraud at some point. Teaching children to recognise it should be as basic as teaching them to cross the road safely. It should be age-appropriate: fraud awareness around gaming sites and online chat when children first go online; around bank accounts and credit cards when they turn eighteen; around investment fraud at university level. The alternative — leaving it to parents, who are often themselves uneducated about fraud — is not good enough. The next generation of fraudsters is already on the gaming headsets.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/the-future-of-fraud">Becky Holmes</a> is the creator of the X account @deathtospinach, a fraud prevention speaker and writer, and the author of <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/the-future-of-fraud"><em>The Future of Fraud</em></a> (Melville House, April 2026) and <a href="https://unbound.com/books/keanu-reeves-is-not-in-love-with-you/"><em>Keanu Reeves Is Not In Love With You: The Murky World of Online Romance Fraud</em></a>. She lives in Stratford-upon-Avon.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/the-future-of-fraud"><em>The Future of Fraud</em></a> by Becky Holmes (Melville House, April 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://unbound.com/books/keanu-reeves-is-not-in-love-with-you/"><em>Keanu Reeves Is Not In Love With You: The Murky World of Online Romance Fraud</em></a> by Becky Holmes (Unbound, 2024).</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2890: Anja Shortland on <em>Dark Screens</em> — ransomware as the companion episode on the booming business of cybercrime.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Was Shakespeare a fraud?</li>
<li>(01:35) - Everyone has been into fraud at some point in history</li>
<li>(01:44) - What is fraud? A working definition</li>
<li>(02:41) - Anja Shortland and the British women and fraud connection</li>
<li>(03:16) - How Becky got into fraud: handsome soldiers on Twitter during lockdown</li>
<li>(03:32) - @deathtospinach: the origin of the handle</li>
<li>(04:53) - Where does romance fraud end and marketing oneself begin?</li>
<li>(05:27) - Motive is the line: wanting money from a relationship</li>
<li>(06:09) - Fraud for sex and power: a different kind of romance fraud</li>
<li>(06:50) - The spinach debate: raw vs. cooked</li>
<li>(...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 May 2026 21:42:27 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/4fcb2e6d/d512c92b.mp3" length="88869694" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XvjEMfwFQQY">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/WCy8Fm-23AMQBlBD-WwaoYUrOA8-42029lmtbn1XySg/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9kMWNk/ODEwNGVmZTI3N2Fj/YWU0NGI1NGI4YmQ5/MWQ4Mi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2776</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Fraud makes up between 40 and 50 percent of all crime in the UK. Police resource dedicated to fraud: 1 percent. No country is giving fraud the attention it deserves.” — Becky Holmes</em></p><p> </p><p>Was Shakespeare a fraud? Possibly, says <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/the-future-of-fraud">Becky Holmes</a>, the Stratford-upon-Avon-based writer and the lady behind the X account @deathtospinach. She should know. Best known as the author of <a href="https://unbound.com/books/keanu-reeves-is-not-in-love-with-you/"><em>Keanu Reeves Is Not In Love With You</em></a>, a cult hit among the romance fraud crowd, Holmes’ latest book is <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/the-future-of-fraud"><em>The Future of Fraud</em></a>. It’s a short, sharp, witty history and anatomy of fraud, from the first recorded case in ancient Greece to today’s AI-enabled deepfakes and romance scams.</p><p> </p><p>Holmes’ most alarming statistic is that fraud accounts for between 40 and 50 percent of all crime in the United Kingdom, while only 1% of police resources are dedicated to investigating it. No wonder so few fraudsters are ever prosecuted. Holmes wants more Sherlocks. She wants fraud awareness on every school curriculum. And she wants our language to change. No, you didn’t “fall for” a scam. Your money was stolen from you. As if you were mugged on the street or your home was broken into.</p><p> </p><p>The internet was bad enough for fraud. But AI, she warns, offers online criminals even more opportunity. It’s not just Keanu Reeves who isn’t in love with you. Never trust a handsome soldier, she says. Especially a virtual one.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The First Recorded Fraud: 300 BC, Greece: </strong>A Greek merchant took out an insurance policy on his boat, borrowed money, and planned to sink it and collect the proceeds. It didn’t go according to plan. But the basic structure — a false representation designed to extract money or goods from another party — has not changed in 2,300 years. Every fraud since, from the South Sea Bubble to Bernie Madoff to AI-enabled romance scams, is a variation on the same theme: getting something from someone by not telling the truth.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Has Erased All the Red Flags: </strong>Holmes used to advise romance fraud victims and potential victims: if he won’t do a video call, that’s suspicious. If the voice sounds wrong, that’s suspicious. If he can’t meet in person, that’s suspicious. AI has rendered all of these warnings useless. You can now have a fully convincing video call, voice message, and real-time conversation with someone who doesn’t exist. Deepfakes mean you can’t even trust what your eyes tell you. The “red flags” that protected fraud victims for thirty years are gone.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>40 to 50 Percent of Crime, 1 Percent of Resource: </strong>In the United Kingdom, fraud accounts for between 40 and 50 percent of all recorded crime. Police resources dedicated to investigating fraud: 1 percent. Holmes cites a comparable US statistic: in one state, there were millions of people and ten police officers dedicated to cybercrime — and not one of them did it as their primary job. No country, Holmes argues, is giving fraud the attention it deserves. The gap between the scale of the problem and the resources devoted to it is not a funding issue. It is a political choice.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>You Didn’t Lose Your Money. It Was Taken from You: </strong>Holmes has a crusade about language. The phrase “fell for a scam” implies the victim’s credulity caused the loss. “Lost their money” implies carelessness. Both are wrong: in fraud, money is taken by a deliberate criminal act. Holmes wants the language changed because language shapes understanding, and understanding shapes policy. If fraud victims are seen as complicit in their own victimhood, society finds it easier to underfund investigation and under-prosecute offenders. Reclaiming the language is not symbolic. It is strategic.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Fraud Awareness Should Be on Every School Curriculum: </strong>Holmes’s most concrete prescription. Every person on the planet will encounter fraud at some point. Teaching children to recognise it should be as basic as teaching them to cross the road safely. It should be age-appropriate: fraud awareness around gaming sites and online chat when children first go online; around bank accounts and credit cards when they turn eighteen; around investment fraud at university level. The alternative — leaving it to parents, who are often themselves uneducated about fraud — is not good enough. The next generation of fraudsters is already on the gaming headsets.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/the-future-of-fraud">Becky Holmes</a> is the creator of the X account @deathtospinach, a fraud prevention speaker and writer, and the author of <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/the-future-of-fraud"><em>The Future of Fraud</em></a> (Melville House, April 2026) and <a href="https://unbound.com/books/keanu-reeves-is-not-in-love-with-you/"><em>Keanu Reeves Is Not In Love With You: The Murky World of Online Romance Fraud</em></a>. She lives in Stratford-upon-Avon.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://mhpbooks.com/books/the-future-of-fraud"><em>The Future of Fraud</em></a> by Becky Holmes (Melville House, April 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://unbound.com/books/keanu-reeves-is-not-in-love-with-you/"><em>Keanu Reeves Is Not In Love With You: The Murky World of Online Romance Fraud</em></a> by Becky Holmes (Unbound, 2024).</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2890: Anja Shortland on <em>Dark Screens</em> — ransomware as the companion episode on the booming business of cybercrime.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Was Shakespeare a fraud?</li>
<li>(01:35) - Everyone has been into fraud at some point in history</li>
<li>(01:44) - What is fraud? A working definition</li>
<li>(02:41) - Anja Shortland and the British women and fraud connection</li>
<li>(03:16) - How Becky got into fraud: handsome soldiers on Twitter during lockdown</li>
<li>(03:32) - @deathtospinach: the origin of the handle</li>
<li>(04:53) - Where does romance fraud end and marketing oneself begin?</li>
<li>(05:27) - Motive is the line: wanting money from a relationship</li>
<li>(06:09) - Fraud for sex and power: a different kind of romance fraud</li>
<li>(06:50) - The spinach debate: raw vs. cooked</li>
<li>(...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4fcb2e6d/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4fcb2e6d/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title> The Mysterious Mr Murdaugh: James Lasdun on Why a Father Annihilated His Son</title>
      <itunes:episode>2898</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2898</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title> The Mysterious Mr Murdaugh: James Lasdun on Why a Father Annihilated His Son</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">551df3ff-6584-4f70-9885-4e242559d67a</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Justice may have been served, but the human element of the story didn’t seem to add up.” — James Lasdun</em></p><p> </p><p>In March 2023, Alex Murdaugh — wealthy scion of a South Carolina prosecutorial dynasty — was found guilty of murdering his wife Maggie and his son Paul at their family estate. With its opioid addiction, fatal boat crash, staged suicide, and a cousin called Eddie, the case could have been invented for our true crime age. And who better to tell the story of the mysterious Mr Murdaugh than the literary crime writer <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324075325">James Lasdun</a> whose 2023 <em>New Yorker</em> <a href="https://www.newyorker.com/news/news-desk/the-lingering-mystery-of-the-alex-murdaugh-murder-trial">piece</a> about the trial became the magazine’s most-read story of the year.</p><p> </p><p>Lasdun’s new book, <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324075325"><em>The Family Man: Blood and Betrayal in the House of Murdaugh</em></a>, tries to answer the one question the trial never answered. Why would a father annihilate his son?</p><p> </p><p>The prosecution claimed that Alex killed Maggie and Paul to distract from a web of financial crimes about to be exposed. While this is theoretically possible, Lasdun acknowledges, it is totally implausible psychologically. Coming from a family of prosecutors, Murdaugh would have known he would be the prime suspect. And this family annihilator, as the prosecutor described him, murdered not just his wife, but his boy. Who would annihilate their beloved child to muddy a prosaic embezzlement?</p><p> </p><p>The Southern gothic case isn’t over. The court clerk who managed the Murdaugh trial resigned in disgrace after it emerged she had interfered with the jury — fabricating a Facebook post to remove a juror who was bending toward acquittal. Murdaugh has appealed to the South Carolina Supreme Court. A retrial isn’t inconceivable. But even if the murder conviction is overturned, Murdaugh faces forty years inside for his financial crimes. So he’s never going free. But James Lasdun’s core question remains unanswered. Why?</p><p> </p><p>“Justice may have been served,” Lasdun concludes, “but the human element of the story didn’t seem to add up.” Mr Murdaugh remains a mystery, perhaps even to himself.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Family Annihilator: A Psychological Category: </strong>The term “family annihilator” — first used at the Murdaugh trial — is not a well-developed criminological category. There isn’t much psychology behind it. What Lasdun found in his research: most family annihilators are men who kill their families when they believe everything is about to be taken from them — not out of hatred, but out of a grotesque form of ownership. The family is theirs. If their world is ending, the family ends with it. This pattern, Lasdun argues, begins to illuminate what happened at Moselle. Not excusing it. Illuminating it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Thirteen Minutes of Mystery: </strong>The murders took place in a thirteen-minute window at the kennel at Moselle. In thirteen minutes, Alex was supposed to have shot his wife with a shotgun and his son with a rifle, staged the scene, called 911, and composed himself sufficiently to appear on a video call immediately afterward showing no signs of distress. Lasdun’s question: was he capable of that? The prosecution said yes, and the jury agreed. Lasdun is not saying they were wrong. He is saying that the how and why of those thirteen minutes remain genuinely mysterious — and that the mystery is part of what makes the case important.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Cousin Eddie and the Staged Shooting: </strong>Three months after the murders, Alex arranged a meeting on a rural road with his cousin Eddie — a distant relative — and emerged with an entry and exit wound at the back of his head. Alex claimed he had asked Eddie to shoot him dead so that his surviving son Buster could collect his $10 million life insurance. Eddie denies this account entirely. The police concluded quickly that the “shooter” was not a stranger seeking vengeance for the boat crash, as Alex had initially claimed. Lasdun’s reading: Alex was trying to reinforce the vendetta narrative that would implicate Anthony and Connor Cook, the young men who had been on the boat when Mallory Beach was killed.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Court Clerk and the Removed Juror: </strong>One juror was leaning toward acquittal in the final hours of deliberation. That juror was removed from the jury on the last day of the trial, after the clerk of court produced evidence that the juror had been indiscreet about the case on Facebook. It subsequently emerged that the clerk had fabricated the Facebook post. She resigned in disgrace. The Murdaugh appeal is partly based on this interference. The South Carolina Supreme Court has taken it seriously. A retrial is not inconceivable. The legal situation is still live.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Murdaugh as an American Story: </strong>Lasdun’s book, like Capote’s <em>In Cold Blood</em>, is not ultimately about a crime. It is about a society. The Murdaughs were prosecutors — the family that put people in prison, that sent people to death row. The corruption that enabled Alex’s embezzlement was not unusual in Hampton County; it was systemic. The opioids that fuelled his addiction were everywhere. The insularity and entitlement of the Lowcountry ruling class created the conditions in which Alex Murdaugh could operate for twenty years without exposure. The murders are a symptom. The disease is American.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324075325">James Lasdun</a> is a poet, novelist, memoirist, and staff writer at <em>The New Yorker</em>. He is the author of <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324075325"><em>The Family Man: Blood and Betrayal in the House of Murdaugh</em></a> (W. W. Norton, May 5, 2026), <em>Afternoon of a Faun</em>, <em>Give Me Everything You Have</em>, and many other works. He was born in London and lives in Brooklyn, New York.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324075325"><em>The Family Man: Blood and Betrayal in the House of Murdaugh</em></a> by James Lasdun (W. W. Norton, May 5, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       James Lasdun’s two <em>New Yorker</em> pieces on the Murdaugh case — the magazine’s most-read stories of the year.</p><p> </p><p>•       Truman Capote, <em>In Cold Blood</em> — the comparison Lasdun’s reviewers have drawn and that the interview raises explicitly.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotif..."></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Justice may have been served, but the human element of the story didn’t seem to add up.” — James Lasdun</em></p><p> </p><p>In March 2023, Alex Murdaugh — wealthy scion of a South Carolina prosecutorial dynasty — was found guilty of murdering his wife Maggie and his son Paul at their family estate. With its opioid addiction, fatal boat crash, staged suicide, and a cousin called Eddie, the case could have been invented for our true crime age. And who better to tell the story of the mysterious Mr Murdaugh than the literary crime writer <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324075325">James Lasdun</a> whose 2023 <em>New Yorker</em> <a href="https://www.newyorker.com/news/news-desk/the-lingering-mystery-of-the-alex-murdaugh-murder-trial">piece</a> about the trial became the magazine’s most-read story of the year.</p><p> </p><p>Lasdun’s new book, <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324075325"><em>The Family Man: Blood and Betrayal in the House of Murdaugh</em></a>, tries to answer the one question the trial never answered. Why would a father annihilate his son?</p><p> </p><p>The prosecution claimed that Alex killed Maggie and Paul to distract from a web of financial crimes about to be exposed. While this is theoretically possible, Lasdun acknowledges, it is totally implausible psychologically. Coming from a family of prosecutors, Murdaugh would have known he would be the prime suspect. And this family annihilator, as the prosecutor described him, murdered not just his wife, but his boy. Who would annihilate their beloved child to muddy a prosaic embezzlement?</p><p> </p><p>The Southern gothic case isn’t over. The court clerk who managed the Murdaugh trial resigned in disgrace after it emerged she had interfered with the jury — fabricating a Facebook post to remove a juror who was bending toward acquittal. Murdaugh has appealed to the South Carolina Supreme Court. A retrial isn’t inconceivable. But even if the murder conviction is overturned, Murdaugh faces forty years inside for his financial crimes. So he’s never going free. But James Lasdun’s core question remains unanswered. Why?</p><p> </p><p>“Justice may have been served,” Lasdun concludes, “but the human element of the story didn’t seem to add up.” Mr Murdaugh remains a mystery, perhaps even to himself.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Family Annihilator: A Psychological Category: </strong>The term “family annihilator” — first used at the Murdaugh trial — is not a well-developed criminological category. There isn’t much psychology behind it. What Lasdun found in his research: most family annihilators are men who kill their families when they believe everything is about to be taken from them — not out of hatred, but out of a grotesque form of ownership. The family is theirs. If their world is ending, the family ends with it. This pattern, Lasdun argues, begins to illuminate what happened at Moselle. Not excusing it. Illuminating it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Thirteen Minutes of Mystery: </strong>The murders took place in a thirteen-minute window at the kennel at Moselle. In thirteen minutes, Alex was supposed to have shot his wife with a shotgun and his son with a rifle, staged the scene, called 911, and composed himself sufficiently to appear on a video call immediately afterward showing no signs of distress. Lasdun’s question: was he capable of that? The prosecution said yes, and the jury agreed. Lasdun is not saying they were wrong. He is saying that the how and why of those thirteen minutes remain genuinely mysterious — and that the mystery is part of what makes the case important.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Cousin Eddie and the Staged Shooting: </strong>Three months after the murders, Alex arranged a meeting on a rural road with his cousin Eddie — a distant relative — and emerged with an entry and exit wound at the back of his head. Alex claimed he had asked Eddie to shoot him dead so that his surviving son Buster could collect his $10 million life insurance. Eddie denies this account entirely. The police concluded quickly that the “shooter” was not a stranger seeking vengeance for the boat crash, as Alex had initially claimed. Lasdun’s reading: Alex was trying to reinforce the vendetta narrative that would implicate Anthony and Connor Cook, the young men who had been on the boat when Mallory Beach was killed.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Court Clerk and the Removed Juror: </strong>One juror was leaning toward acquittal in the final hours of deliberation. That juror was removed from the jury on the last day of the trial, after the clerk of court produced evidence that the juror had been indiscreet about the case on Facebook. It subsequently emerged that the clerk had fabricated the Facebook post. She resigned in disgrace. The Murdaugh appeal is partly based on this interference. The South Carolina Supreme Court has taken it seriously. A retrial is not inconceivable. The legal situation is still live.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Murdaugh as an American Story: </strong>Lasdun’s book, like Capote’s <em>In Cold Blood</em>, is not ultimately about a crime. It is about a society. The Murdaughs were prosecutors — the family that put people in prison, that sent people to death row. The corruption that enabled Alex’s embezzlement was not unusual in Hampton County; it was systemic. The opioids that fuelled his addiction were everywhere. The insularity and entitlement of the Lowcountry ruling class created the conditions in which Alex Murdaugh could operate for twenty years without exposure. The murders are a symptom. The disease is American.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324075325">James Lasdun</a> is a poet, novelist, memoirist, and staff writer at <em>The New Yorker</em>. He is the author of <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324075325"><em>The Family Man: Blood and Betrayal in the House of Murdaugh</em></a> (W. W. Norton, May 5, 2026), <em>Afternoon of a Faun</em>, <em>Give Me Everything You Have</em>, and many other works. He was born in London and lives in Brooklyn, New York.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324075325"><em>The Family Man: Blood and Betrayal in the House of Murdaugh</em></a> by James Lasdun (W. W. Norton, May 5, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       James Lasdun’s two <em>New Yorker</em> pieces on the Murdaugh case — the magazine’s most-read stories of the year.</p><p> </p><p>•       Truman Capote, <em>In Cold Blood</em> — the comparison Lasdun’s reviewers have drawn and that the interview raises explicitly.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotif..."></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 May 2026 22:14:24 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/44f35cc7/46cb99d0.mp3" length="82741133" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iKgAPMAxpFo">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/xx2m3iwNyeDV_FufliO781kuUmpaUcOGuW119ZU_J3Q/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8zNmVl/MmM3YmE4ZjRjY2Fm/ZTllNjBmOGM3NTZi/Nzk4ZS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2585</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Justice may have been served, but the human element of the story didn’t seem to add up.” — James Lasdun</em></p><p> </p><p>In March 2023, Alex Murdaugh — wealthy scion of a South Carolina prosecutorial dynasty — was found guilty of murdering his wife Maggie and his son Paul at their family estate. With its opioid addiction, fatal boat crash, staged suicide, and a cousin called Eddie, the case could have been invented for our true crime age. And who better to tell the story of the mysterious Mr Murdaugh than the literary crime writer <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324075325">James Lasdun</a> whose 2023 <em>New Yorker</em> <a href="https://www.newyorker.com/news/news-desk/the-lingering-mystery-of-the-alex-murdaugh-murder-trial">piece</a> about the trial became the magazine’s most-read story of the year.</p><p> </p><p>Lasdun’s new book, <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324075325"><em>The Family Man: Blood and Betrayal in the House of Murdaugh</em></a>, tries to answer the one question the trial never answered. Why would a father annihilate his son?</p><p> </p><p>The prosecution claimed that Alex killed Maggie and Paul to distract from a web of financial crimes about to be exposed. While this is theoretically possible, Lasdun acknowledges, it is totally implausible psychologically. Coming from a family of prosecutors, Murdaugh would have known he would be the prime suspect. And this family annihilator, as the prosecutor described him, murdered not just his wife, but his boy. Who would annihilate their beloved child to muddy a prosaic embezzlement?</p><p> </p><p>The Southern gothic case isn’t over. The court clerk who managed the Murdaugh trial resigned in disgrace after it emerged she had interfered with the jury — fabricating a Facebook post to remove a juror who was bending toward acquittal. Murdaugh has appealed to the South Carolina Supreme Court. A retrial isn’t inconceivable. But even if the murder conviction is overturned, Murdaugh faces forty years inside for his financial crimes. So he’s never going free. But James Lasdun’s core question remains unanswered. Why?</p><p> </p><p>“Justice may have been served,” Lasdun concludes, “but the human element of the story didn’t seem to add up.” Mr Murdaugh remains a mystery, perhaps even to himself.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Family Annihilator: A Psychological Category: </strong>The term “family annihilator” — first used at the Murdaugh trial — is not a well-developed criminological category. There isn’t much psychology behind it. What Lasdun found in his research: most family annihilators are men who kill their families when they believe everything is about to be taken from them — not out of hatred, but out of a grotesque form of ownership. The family is theirs. If their world is ending, the family ends with it. This pattern, Lasdun argues, begins to illuminate what happened at Moselle. Not excusing it. Illuminating it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Thirteen Minutes of Mystery: </strong>The murders took place in a thirteen-minute window at the kennel at Moselle. In thirteen minutes, Alex was supposed to have shot his wife with a shotgun and his son with a rifle, staged the scene, called 911, and composed himself sufficiently to appear on a video call immediately afterward showing no signs of distress. Lasdun’s question: was he capable of that? The prosecution said yes, and the jury agreed. Lasdun is not saying they were wrong. He is saying that the how and why of those thirteen minutes remain genuinely mysterious — and that the mystery is part of what makes the case important.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Cousin Eddie and the Staged Shooting: </strong>Three months after the murders, Alex arranged a meeting on a rural road with his cousin Eddie — a distant relative — and emerged with an entry and exit wound at the back of his head. Alex claimed he had asked Eddie to shoot him dead so that his surviving son Buster could collect his $10 million life insurance. Eddie denies this account entirely. The police concluded quickly that the “shooter” was not a stranger seeking vengeance for the boat crash, as Alex had initially claimed. Lasdun’s reading: Alex was trying to reinforce the vendetta narrative that would implicate Anthony and Connor Cook, the young men who had been on the boat when Mallory Beach was killed.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Court Clerk and the Removed Juror: </strong>One juror was leaning toward acquittal in the final hours of deliberation. That juror was removed from the jury on the last day of the trial, after the clerk of court produced evidence that the juror had been indiscreet about the case on Facebook. It subsequently emerged that the clerk had fabricated the Facebook post. She resigned in disgrace. The Murdaugh appeal is partly based on this interference. The South Carolina Supreme Court has taken it seriously. A retrial is not inconceivable. The legal situation is still live.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Murdaugh as an American Story: </strong>Lasdun’s book, like Capote’s <em>In Cold Blood</em>, is not ultimately about a crime. It is about a society. The Murdaughs were prosecutors — the family that put people in prison, that sent people to death row. The corruption that enabled Alex’s embezzlement was not unusual in Hampton County; it was systemic. The opioids that fuelled his addiction were everywhere. The insularity and entitlement of the Lowcountry ruling class created the conditions in which Alex Murdaugh could operate for twenty years without exposure. The murders are a symptom. The disease is American.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324075325">James Lasdun</a> is a poet, novelist, memoirist, and staff writer at <em>The New Yorker</em>. He is the author of <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324075325"><em>The Family Man: Blood and Betrayal in the House of Murdaugh</em></a> (W. W. Norton, May 5, 2026), <em>Afternoon of a Faun</em>, <em>Give Me Everything You Have</em>, and many other works. He was born in London and lives in Brooklyn, New York.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://wwnorton.com/books/9781324075325"><em>The Family Man: Blood and Betrayal in the House of Murdaugh</em></a> by James Lasdun (W. W. Norton, May 5, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       James Lasdun’s two <em>New Yorker</em> pieces on the Murdaugh case — the magazine’s most-read stories of the year.</p><p> </p><p>•       Truman Capote, <em>In Cold Blood</em> — the comparison Lasdun’s reviewers have drawn and that the interview raises explicitly.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotif..."></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/44f35cc7/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/44f35cc7/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why History Keeps Happening: Patrick Wyman on Human Failure and Success in Building Civilizations,</title>
      <itunes:episode>2897</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2897</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why History Keeps Happening: Patrick Wyman on Human Failure and Success in Building Civilizations,</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d246c3b2-1927-4a8b-ba0f-4f2bab8b9613</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Every single person that we meet was both the endpoint of thousands of years that brought them there, and the midpoint of some other process, and was the beginning of something else entirely. Think of yourselves as the middle and the beginning, not just the end.” — Patrick Wyman</em></p><p> </p><p>History, we are often told, is a simple story of progress — from caves and villages to cities; from forests and farms to factories; from chieftains and kings to democracies. But, for <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/lost-worlds-how-humans-tried-failed-succeeded-and-built-our-world-patrick-wyman">Patrick Wyman</a>, host of the enormously popular <em>Tides of History</em> and <em>Fall of Rome</em> podcasts, that’s far too linear a narrative. In his new book, <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/lost-worlds-how-humans-tried-failed-succeeded-and-built-our-world-patrick-wyman"><em>Lost Worlds: How Humans Tried, Failed, Succeeded, and Built Our World</em></a>, Wyman argues that rather than a teleological inevitability, civilization is a chaotic ten thousand year story of improvisation, experiment, failure, and unintended consequence. It is never ending. We are always in the middle of it.</p><p> </p><p>Dramatic advances in archaeological technology triggered Wyman’s argument in <em>Lost Worlds</em>. Ancient DNA, isotope analysis, LiDAR, cutting-edge excavation are all opening up what Wyman calls “a golden age for popular historians.” We can now trace the lives of individuals in ways that were inconceivable just a generation ago. Wyman’s star is Ötzi the Iceman — a man murdered 5,300 years ago in the Alps, whose gut contents, DNA, last meal, and likely killers we now know. Rather than a symbol of prehistoric life, Ötzi the Iceman reveals why history keeps happening.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Prelapsarian Fallacy: Hunter-Gatherers Weren’t Paradise: </strong>The romantic idea — popular in the last decade as people read Graeber and Wengrow or Yuval Noah Harari — is that hunter-gatherers had it better. Farming made us smaller, sicker, more crowded, more unequal. Wyman’s counter: yes, on some metrics early farmers were less healthy than foragers. But farming also supported enormously larger populations. It expanded the possibilities of human life in ways that foraging never could. Looking back at the past and calling it paradise says more about the critique of the present than about the actual realities of past lives.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Civilization Was Not Inevitable: </strong>We have a story about how we got from foragers to cities: people settled, started farming, produced surplus, developed specialisation, built states. But Wyman’s new archaeology shows that this story is wrong at every step. Farming didn’t always replace foraging. Villages didn’t automatically spark agriculture. Cities didn’t necessitate rigid hierarchies. For every society that moved from one stage to the next, there are others that moved in different directions, collapsed, hybridised, or simply chose something else. The line of progress is a retrospective fiction.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Ötzi the Iceman: A Man With a Story: </strong>Wyman’s most vivid example of what the new archaeology makes possible: Ötzi, a man murdered 5,300 years ago in the Alps, whose mummified body was found in 1991. From isotope analysis of his teeth, we know where he grew up. From his gut contents, we know what he ate in his last meal — venison and ibex. From his DNA, we know his ancestry. From the arrow in his back, we know how he died. We don’t know his name, but we know enough to recognise him as fully human. That is what the new tools give us: not symbols of a lost world, but individual people with individual stories.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Fall of Rome Was Not a Tragedy: </strong>Wyman spent fifteen years of his life thinking about the fall of the Roman Empire and hosting a podcast about it. Writing this book changed how he sees it. He used to view it as a tragedy — something lost. Now he views it as a natural part of the rhythms that pulse through human societies over long periods of time. The remarkable thing about Rome is not that it fell. All empires fall. All societies eventually reach the limits of their technologies, their environments, their ways of organising life. The remarkable thing is that it lasted as long as it did. Six hundred years. That’s the story.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Think of Yourself as the Middle, Not the End: </strong>Wyman’s message for the AI apocalypticists — and for everyone else who believes they’re living at the final chapter of human history. Every person at every point in the past believed the same thing. The Neolithic farmers Wyman studies. The Bronze Age city-dwellers. The Romans. Every one of them was both an endpoint and a beginning. The AI revolution may transform the world. But it will not end it. Stop thinking in terms of next quarter. Start thinking of yourself as part of something much, much bigger — that will extend long after your name has been forgotten.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/lost-worlds-how-humans-tried-failed-succeeded-and-built-our-world-patrick-wyman">Patrick Wyman</a> is the host of the <em>Tides of History</em>, <em>Fall of Rome</em>, and <em>Past Lives</em> podcasts, and the author of <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/lost-worlds-how-humans-tried-failed-succeeded-and-built-our-world-patrick-wyman"><em>Lost Worlds: How Humans Tried, Failed, Succeeded, and Built Our World</em></a> (Harper, May 5, 2026) and <em>The Verge: Renaissance, Reformation, and Forty Years That Shook the World</em>. He has a PhD in History from USC and lives in Phoenix, Arizona.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/lost-worlds-how-humans-tried-failed-succeeded-and-built-our-world-patrick-wyman"><em>Lost Worlds: How Humans Tried, Failed, Succeeded, and Built Our World</em></a> by Patrick Wyman (Harper, May 5, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Tides of History</em> podcast by Patrick Wyman — currently covering the Iron Age.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Fall of Rome</em> podcast by Patrick Wyman.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2891: John Steele Gordon on information technology and American unity — the companion piece on how technology changes history at the deep level.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: from the Ice Age to the Bronze Age...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Every single person that we meet was both the endpoint of thousands of years that brought them there, and the midpoint of some other process, and was the beginning of something else entirely. Think of yourselves as the middle and the beginning, not just the end.” — Patrick Wyman</em></p><p> </p><p>History, we are often told, is a simple story of progress — from caves and villages to cities; from forests and farms to factories; from chieftains and kings to democracies. But, for <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/lost-worlds-how-humans-tried-failed-succeeded-and-built-our-world-patrick-wyman">Patrick Wyman</a>, host of the enormously popular <em>Tides of History</em> and <em>Fall of Rome</em> podcasts, that’s far too linear a narrative. In his new book, <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/lost-worlds-how-humans-tried-failed-succeeded-and-built-our-world-patrick-wyman"><em>Lost Worlds: How Humans Tried, Failed, Succeeded, and Built Our World</em></a>, Wyman argues that rather than a teleological inevitability, civilization is a chaotic ten thousand year story of improvisation, experiment, failure, and unintended consequence. It is never ending. We are always in the middle of it.</p><p> </p><p>Dramatic advances in archaeological technology triggered Wyman’s argument in <em>Lost Worlds</em>. Ancient DNA, isotope analysis, LiDAR, cutting-edge excavation are all opening up what Wyman calls “a golden age for popular historians.” We can now trace the lives of individuals in ways that were inconceivable just a generation ago. Wyman’s star is Ötzi the Iceman — a man murdered 5,300 years ago in the Alps, whose gut contents, DNA, last meal, and likely killers we now know. Rather than a symbol of prehistoric life, Ötzi the Iceman reveals why history keeps happening.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Prelapsarian Fallacy: Hunter-Gatherers Weren’t Paradise: </strong>The romantic idea — popular in the last decade as people read Graeber and Wengrow or Yuval Noah Harari — is that hunter-gatherers had it better. Farming made us smaller, sicker, more crowded, more unequal. Wyman’s counter: yes, on some metrics early farmers were less healthy than foragers. But farming also supported enormously larger populations. It expanded the possibilities of human life in ways that foraging never could. Looking back at the past and calling it paradise says more about the critique of the present than about the actual realities of past lives.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Civilization Was Not Inevitable: </strong>We have a story about how we got from foragers to cities: people settled, started farming, produced surplus, developed specialisation, built states. But Wyman’s new archaeology shows that this story is wrong at every step. Farming didn’t always replace foraging. Villages didn’t automatically spark agriculture. Cities didn’t necessitate rigid hierarchies. For every society that moved from one stage to the next, there are others that moved in different directions, collapsed, hybridised, or simply chose something else. The line of progress is a retrospective fiction.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Ötzi the Iceman: A Man With a Story: </strong>Wyman’s most vivid example of what the new archaeology makes possible: Ötzi, a man murdered 5,300 years ago in the Alps, whose mummified body was found in 1991. From isotope analysis of his teeth, we know where he grew up. From his gut contents, we know what he ate in his last meal — venison and ibex. From his DNA, we know his ancestry. From the arrow in his back, we know how he died. We don’t know his name, but we know enough to recognise him as fully human. That is what the new tools give us: not symbols of a lost world, but individual people with individual stories.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Fall of Rome Was Not a Tragedy: </strong>Wyman spent fifteen years of his life thinking about the fall of the Roman Empire and hosting a podcast about it. Writing this book changed how he sees it. He used to view it as a tragedy — something lost. Now he views it as a natural part of the rhythms that pulse through human societies over long periods of time. The remarkable thing about Rome is not that it fell. All empires fall. All societies eventually reach the limits of their technologies, their environments, their ways of organising life. The remarkable thing is that it lasted as long as it did. Six hundred years. That’s the story.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Think of Yourself as the Middle, Not the End: </strong>Wyman’s message for the AI apocalypticists — and for everyone else who believes they’re living at the final chapter of human history. Every person at every point in the past believed the same thing. The Neolithic farmers Wyman studies. The Bronze Age city-dwellers. The Romans. Every one of them was both an endpoint and a beginning. The AI revolution may transform the world. But it will not end it. Stop thinking in terms of next quarter. Start thinking of yourself as part of something much, much bigger — that will extend long after your name has been forgotten.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/lost-worlds-how-humans-tried-failed-succeeded-and-built-our-world-patrick-wyman">Patrick Wyman</a> is the host of the <em>Tides of History</em>, <em>Fall of Rome</em>, and <em>Past Lives</em> podcasts, and the author of <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/lost-worlds-how-humans-tried-failed-succeeded-and-built-our-world-patrick-wyman"><em>Lost Worlds: How Humans Tried, Failed, Succeeded, and Built Our World</em></a> (Harper, May 5, 2026) and <em>The Verge: Renaissance, Reformation, and Forty Years That Shook the World</em>. He has a PhD in History from USC and lives in Phoenix, Arizona.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/lost-worlds-how-humans-tried-failed-succeeded-and-built-our-world-patrick-wyman"><em>Lost Worlds: How Humans Tried, Failed, Succeeded, and Built Our World</em></a> by Patrick Wyman (Harper, May 5, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Tides of History</em> podcast by Patrick Wyman — currently covering the Iron Age.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Fall of Rome</em> podcast by Patrick Wyman.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2891: John Steele Gordon on information technology and American unity — the companion piece on how technology changes history at the deep level.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: from the Ice Age to the Bronze Age...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 May 2026 06:45:23 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/48715892/7ed78958.mp3" length="105003511" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zu2T4-TK2PE">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/AiwBq3Sx47_RoKyYHvrOx52yJ9Ll11nhZ9-UwqJCr40/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9mNjY5/MzhiZGUzMjdjNTQx/NDczNjE2OThhNzEy/YTI5OS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3281</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Every single person that we meet was both the endpoint of thousands of years that brought them there, and the midpoint of some other process, and was the beginning of something else entirely. Think of yourselves as the middle and the beginning, not just the end.” — Patrick Wyman</em></p><p> </p><p>History, we are often told, is a simple story of progress — from caves and villages to cities; from forests and farms to factories; from chieftains and kings to democracies. But, for <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/lost-worlds-how-humans-tried-failed-succeeded-and-built-our-world-patrick-wyman">Patrick Wyman</a>, host of the enormously popular <em>Tides of History</em> and <em>Fall of Rome</em> podcasts, that’s far too linear a narrative. In his new book, <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/lost-worlds-how-humans-tried-failed-succeeded-and-built-our-world-patrick-wyman"><em>Lost Worlds: How Humans Tried, Failed, Succeeded, and Built Our World</em></a>, Wyman argues that rather than a teleological inevitability, civilization is a chaotic ten thousand year story of improvisation, experiment, failure, and unintended consequence. It is never ending. We are always in the middle of it.</p><p> </p><p>Dramatic advances in archaeological technology triggered Wyman’s argument in <em>Lost Worlds</em>. Ancient DNA, isotope analysis, LiDAR, cutting-edge excavation are all opening up what Wyman calls “a golden age for popular historians.” We can now trace the lives of individuals in ways that were inconceivable just a generation ago. Wyman’s star is Ötzi the Iceman — a man murdered 5,300 years ago in the Alps, whose gut contents, DNA, last meal, and likely killers we now know. Rather than a symbol of prehistoric life, Ötzi the Iceman reveals why history keeps happening.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Prelapsarian Fallacy: Hunter-Gatherers Weren’t Paradise: </strong>The romantic idea — popular in the last decade as people read Graeber and Wengrow or Yuval Noah Harari — is that hunter-gatherers had it better. Farming made us smaller, sicker, more crowded, more unequal. Wyman’s counter: yes, on some metrics early farmers were less healthy than foragers. But farming also supported enormously larger populations. It expanded the possibilities of human life in ways that foraging never could. Looking back at the past and calling it paradise says more about the critique of the present than about the actual realities of past lives.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Civilization Was Not Inevitable: </strong>We have a story about how we got from foragers to cities: people settled, started farming, produced surplus, developed specialisation, built states. But Wyman’s new archaeology shows that this story is wrong at every step. Farming didn’t always replace foraging. Villages didn’t automatically spark agriculture. Cities didn’t necessitate rigid hierarchies. For every society that moved from one stage to the next, there are others that moved in different directions, collapsed, hybridised, or simply chose something else. The line of progress is a retrospective fiction.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Ötzi the Iceman: A Man With a Story: </strong>Wyman’s most vivid example of what the new archaeology makes possible: Ötzi, a man murdered 5,300 years ago in the Alps, whose mummified body was found in 1991. From isotope analysis of his teeth, we know where he grew up. From his gut contents, we know what he ate in his last meal — venison and ibex. From his DNA, we know his ancestry. From the arrow in his back, we know how he died. We don’t know his name, but we know enough to recognise him as fully human. That is what the new tools give us: not symbols of a lost world, but individual people with individual stories.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Fall of Rome Was Not a Tragedy: </strong>Wyman spent fifteen years of his life thinking about the fall of the Roman Empire and hosting a podcast about it. Writing this book changed how he sees it. He used to view it as a tragedy — something lost. Now he views it as a natural part of the rhythms that pulse through human societies over long periods of time. The remarkable thing about Rome is not that it fell. All empires fall. All societies eventually reach the limits of their technologies, their environments, their ways of organising life. The remarkable thing is that it lasted as long as it did. Six hundred years. That’s the story.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Think of Yourself as the Middle, Not the End: </strong>Wyman’s message for the AI apocalypticists — and for everyone else who believes they’re living at the final chapter of human history. Every person at every point in the past believed the same thing. The Neolithic farmers Wyman studies. The Bronze Age city-dwellers. The Romans. Every one of them was both an endpoint and a beginning. The AI revolution may transform the world. But it will not end it. Stop thinking in terms of next quarter. Start thinking of yourself as part of something much, much bigger — that will extend long after your name has been forgotten.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/lost-worlds-how-humans-tried-failed-succeeded-and-built-our-world-patrick-wyman">Patrick Wyman</a> is the host of the <em>Tides of History</em>, <em>Fall of Rome</em>, and <em>Past Lives</em> podcasts, and the author of <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/lost-worlds-how-humans-tried-failed-succeeded-and-built-our-world-patrick-wyman"><em>Lost Worlds: How Humans Tried, Failed, Succeeded, and Built Our World</em></a> (Harper, May 5, 2026) and <em>The Verge: Renaissance, Reformation, and Forty Years That Shook the World</em>. He has a PhD in History from USC and lives in Phoenix, Arizona.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://harpercollins.co.uk/products/lost-worlds-how-humans-tried-failed-succeeded-and-built-our-world-patrick-wyman"><em>Lost Worlds: How Humans Tried, Failed, Succeeded, and Built Our World</em></a> by Patrick Wyman (Harper, May 5, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Tides of History</em> podcast by Patrick Wyman — currently covering the Iron Age.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Fall of Rome</em> podcast by Patrick Wyman.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2891: John Steele Gordon on information technology and American unity — the companion piece on how technology changes history at the deep level.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: from the Ice Age to the Bronze Age...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/48715892/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/48715892/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Politicians Broke Our World: Ian Shapiro on Raising Ourselves Up After the Fall</title>
      <itunes:episode>2896</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2896</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Politicians Broke Our World: Ian Shapiro on Raising Ourselves Up After the Fall</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">29fcd6c6-a95d-4354-96bb-dff2af57ea6e</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The current crisis was far from inevitable. Politicians made consistently bad choices. In doing so, they fostered a crisis of confidence in political institutions, empowered anti-system candidates, and produced a new Cold War as dangerous as the last.” — Ian Shapiro</em></p><p> </p><p>The fall of the Berlin Wall in November 1989 was a moment of extraordinary euphoria. Fukuyama even described it as the end of history. But what seems to have really fallen in November ’89 was the vitality of democracy. Almost forty years later, we have Donald Trump, Marine Le Pen, and, perhaps most worrying of all, Keir Starmer. Callous and inept politicians are breaking our democratic world. Our job is to put it back together.</p><p> </p><p>That’s the thesis of a new book by <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ian-shapiro/after-the-fall/9781541606272/?lens=basic-books">Ian Shapiro</a> — Sterling Professor of Political Science at Yale. In <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ian-shapiro/after-the-fall/9781541606272/?lens=basic-books"><em>After the Fall</em></a>, Shapiro argues that it’s politicians who have created today’s crisis of democracy. His pivotal moment is 2008 rather than 1989. The global financial crisis was the inflection point — the moment at which the corruption of the neoliberal order became self-evident, when elites bailed out the banks and we see the birth of left and right wing illiberal populism.</p><p> </p><p>The roots go back before 2008. Clinton’s greatest failure, Shapiro argues, was not NAFTA or welfare reform. It was Russia. Yeltsin wanted to join NATO. Even Putin, in his early years in power, acknowledged that Russia considered itself European. George Kennan, Brent Scowcroft and Richard Nixon warned that expanding NATO eastward would create a new enemy. Clinton ignored them all. So history repeated itself in the form of Versailles rather than the Marshall Plan.</p><p> </p><p>So how to raise ourselves up after this fall? What road to take? Maps, Shapiro suggests, aren’t always helpful. The New Deal had no GPS algorithm. FDR invented it on the fly. What democratic governments need now, he insists, is massive investment in physical, technological, and labor market infrastructure. Charismatic leaders matter. But the ideas matter more. We need politicians who take risks. Otherwise we’ll be saddled with Keir Starmer and our current crisis of extraordinary dysphoria.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>2008, Not 1989, Was the Inflection Point: </strong>The fall of the Wall in 1989 produced euphoria. The real break came nineteen years later. The 2008 financial crisis exposed the neoliberal model, undermined the supremacy of the US-led world system, and — crucially — left behind a large population that would subsequently be mobilizable by political entrepreneurs. Elites bailed out the banks and returned to business as usual. They didn’t realize that business as usual was over. From 2008 you can draw a straight line to 2016, to Brexit, to Trump, to every anti-system surge that followed.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We Repeated the Mistake of Versailles: </strong>After World War II, the Marshall Plan invested in the defeated powers — Germany, Japan — and folded them into the new security and economic architecture. After World War I, Versailles punished Germany, and Keynes predicted the results. After the Cold War, the victorious West chose Versailles over Marshall. Yeltsin wanted to join NATO and the EU. Even early Putin said Russia considered itself European. Kennan, Scowcroft, Nixon all warned that expanding NATO eastward would create a new enemy. Clinton ignored them. We created the enemy we warned ourselves about.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Politicians Broke the World — Not Capitalism, Not Culture: </strong>Shapiro’s subtitle is precise. The crisis of democracy was not caused by inevitable economic forces or cultural shifts. It was caused by specific bad decisions by specific politicians at specific moments of choice. Clinton on NATO expansion. Bush on the Iraq War and the refusal to build a genuine rules-based international order after 9/11. Obama on the financial crisis response. These were decisions, not fates. They could have been made differently. Which means the current situation is not irreversible — and that future decisions can be made better.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Starmer as Exhibit A: Having Power Without Ideas: </strong>Shapiro’s prescription for what democratic governments need: a policy agenda. His cautionary tale: Keir Starmer. Starmer came into office with a massive parliamentary majority — he could have passed legislation that attracted 50 or 60 backbench no votes and still won. He had nothing to pass. Tiny step left, tiny step right, reverse, repeat. His comparison: Trump’s main policies came out of Project 2025 — put together not by Trump himself but by people who created the ramp he ran on. Without a ramp, even a charismatic leader stumbles. Without ideas, power is squandered.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The New Deal Had No Blueprint: FDR Made It Up: </strong>The lesson for what comes next. The New Deal — the last great democratic reconstruction — was not designed in advance. Roosevelt made it up as he went along, trying things, abandoning what didn’t work, building a coalition of extraordinarily unlikely bedfellows. What democratic governments need now, Shapiro argues, is massive infrastructure investment: physical infrastructure, tech infrastructure, labor market infrastructure. The CHIPS Act model. Incentivize business to retrain the workforce for the tech revolution and the green transition. Chancellor Merz in Germany has just borrowed half a trillion euros for this. Without it, there will be another Trump. And another. And another.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ian-shapiro/after-the-fall/9781541606272/?lens=basic-books">Ian Shapiro</a> is Sterling Professor of Political Science and Global Affairs at Yale University and a member of the Council on Foreign Relations. He is the author of <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ian-shapiro/after-the-fall/9781541606272/?lens=basic-books"><em>After the Fall: From the End of History to the Crisis of Democracy — How Politicians Broke Our World</em></a> (Basic Books, May 5, 2026), <em>Uncommon Sense</em>, <em>The Wolf at the Door</em> (with Michael Graetz), and many other books. He lives in New Haven, Connecticut.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ian-shapiro/after-the-fall/9781541606272/?lens=basic-books"><em>After the Fall: From the End of History to the Crisis of Democracy — How Politicians Broke Our World</em></a> by Ian Shapiro (Basic Books, May 5, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2881: Adrian Wooldridge on <em>The Revolutionary Center</em> — the companion episode on the crisis of liberalism that Shapiro’s book diagnoses.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2895: Glyn Morgan on <em>The Rise and Fall of American Europe</em> — the international dimension of Shapiro’s argument about the post-Cold War missed opportunities.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2880: Gal Beckerman on <em>How to Be a Dissident</em> — on the tradition of resistance that Shapiro’s “roads not taken” argument implicitly invokes.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than th...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The current crisis was far from inevitable. Politicians made consistently bad choices. In doing so, they fostered a crisis of confidence in political institutions, empowered anti-system candidates, and produced a new Cold War as dangerous as the last.” — Ian Shapiro</em></p><p> </p><p>The fall of the Berlin Wall in November 1989 was a moment of extraordinary euphoria. Fukuyama even described it as the end of history. But what seems to have really fallen in November ’89 was the vitality of democracy. Almost forty years later, we have Donald Trump, Marine Le Pen, and, perhaps most worrying of all, Keir Starmer. Callous and inept politicians are breaking our democratic world. Our job is to put it back together.</p><p> </p><p>That’s the thesis of a new book by <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ian-shapiro/after-the-fall/9781541606272/?lens=basic-books">Ian Shapiro</a> — Sterling Professor of Political Science at Yale. In <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ian-shapiro/after-the-fall/9781541606272/?lens=basic-books"><em>After the Fall</em></a>, Shapiro argues that it’s politicians who have created today’s crisis of democracy. His pivotal moment is 2008 rather than 1989. The global financial crisis was the inflection point — the moment at which the corruption of the neoliberal order became self-evident, when elites bailed out the banks and we see the birth of left and right wing illiberal populism.</p><p> </p><p>The roots go back before 2008. Clinton’s greatest failure, Shapiro argues, was not NAFTA or welfare reform. It was Russia. Yeltsin wanted to join NATO. Even Putin, in his early years in power, acknowledged that Russia considered itself European. George Kennan, Brent Scowcroft and Richard Nixon warned that expanding NATO eastward would create a new enemy. Clinton ignored them all. So history repeated itself in the form of Versailles rather than the Marshall Plan.</p><p> </p><p>So how to raise ourselves up after this fall? What road to take? Maps, Shapiro suggests, aren’t always helpful. The New Deal had no GPS algorithm. FDR invented it on the fly. What democratic governments need now, he insists, is massive investment in physical, technological, and labor market infrastructure. Charismatic leaders matter. But the ideas matter more. We need politicians who take risks. Otherwise we’ll be saddled with Keir Starmer and our current crisis of extraordinary dysphoria.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>2008, Not 1989, Was the Inflection Point: </strong>The fall of the Wall in 1989 produced euphoria. The real break came nineteen years later. The 2008 financial crisis exposed the neoliberal model, undermined the supremacy of the US-led world system, and — crucially — left behind a large population that would subsequently be mobilizable by political entrepreneurs. Elites bailed out the banks and returned to business as usual. They didn’t realize that business as usual was over. From 2008 you can draw a straight line to 2016, to Brexit, to Trump, to every anti-system surge that followed.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We Repeated the Mistake of Versailles: </strong>After World War II, the Marshall Plan invested in the defeated powers — Germany, Japan — and folded them into the new security and economic architecture. After World War I, Versailles punished Germany, and Keynes predicted the results. After the Cold War, the victorious West chose Versailles over Marshall. Yeltsin wanted to join NATO and the EU. Even early Putin said Russia considered itself European. Kennan, Scowcroft, Nixon all warned that expanding NATO eastward would create a new enemy. Clinton ignored them. We created the enemy we warned ourselves about.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Politicians Broke the World — Not Capitalism, Not Culture: </strong>Shapiro’s subtitle is precise. The crisis of democracy was not caused by inevitable economic forces or cultural shifts. It was caused by specific bad decisions by specific politicians at specific moments of choice. Clinton on NATO expansion. Bush on the Iraq War and the refusal to build a genuine rules-based international order after 9/11. Obama on the financial crisis response. These were decisions, not fates. They could have been made differently. Which means the current situation is not irreversible — and that future decisions can be made better.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Starmer as Exhibit A: Having Power Without Ideas: </strong>Shapiro’s prescription for what democratic governments need: a policy agenda. His cautionary tale: Keir Starmer. Starmer came into office with a massive parliamentary majority — he could have passed legislation that attracted 50 or 60 backbench no votes and still won. He had nothing to pass. Tiny step left, tiny step right, reverse, repeat. His comparison: Trump’s main policies came out of Project 2025 — put together not by Trump himself but by people who created the ramp he ran on. Without a ramp, even a charismatic leader stumbles. Without ideas, power is squandered.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The New Deal Had No Blueprint: FDR Made It Up: </strong>The lesson for what comes next. The New Deal — the last great democratic reconstruction — was not designed in advance. Roosevelt made it up as he went along, trying things, abandoning what didn’t work, building a coalition of extraordinarily unlikely bedfellows. What democratic governments need now, Shapiro argues, is massive infrastructure investment: physical infrastructure, tech infrastructure, labor market infrastructure. The CHIPS Act model. Incentivize business to retrain the workforce for the tech revolution and the green transition. Chancellor Merz in Germany has just borrowed half a trillion euros for this. Without it, there will be another Trump. And another. And another.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ian-shapiro/after-the-fall/9781541606272/?lens=basic-books">Ian Shapiro</a> is Sterling Professor of Political Science and Global Affairs at Yale University and a member of the Council on Foreign Relations. He is the author of <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ian-shapiro/after-the-fall/9781541606272/?lens=basic-books"><em>After the Fall: From the End of History to the Crisis of Democracy — How Politicians Broke Our World</em></a> (Basic Books, May 5, 2026), <em>Uncommon Sense</em>, <em>The Wolf at the Door</em> (with Michael Graetz), and many other books. He lives in New Haven, Connecticut.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ian-shapiro/after-the-fall/9781541606272/?lens=basic-books"><em>After the Fall: From the End of History to the Crisis of Democracy — How Politicians Broke Our World</em></a> by Ian Shapiro (Basic Books, May 5, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2881: Adrian Wooldridge on <em>The Revolutionary Center</em> — the companion episode on the crisis of liberalism that Shapiro’s book diagnoses.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2895: Glyn Morgan on <em>The Rise and Fall of American Europe</em> — the international dimension of Shapiro’s argument about the post-Cold War missed opportunities.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2880: Gal Beckerman on <em>How to Be a Dissident</em> — on the tradition of resistance that Shapiro’s “roads not taken” argument implicitly invokes.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than th...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2026 07:41:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/634a7a86/dc084aee.mp3" length="100429296" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1igzFRUXmEw">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/PVJxeVWSJ7h9DjpQIPwfhGHCf1rqW4KLqyyUJe7cakA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9mYTA3/YWIyMTZmNjZkMzg2/MjFiYTk5Mzk5NGMy/NWM4NS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3138</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The current crisis was far from inevitable. Politicians made consistently bad choices. In doing so, they fostered a crisis of confidence in political institutions, empowered anti-system candidates, and produced a new Cold War as dangerous as the last.” — Ian Shapiro</em></p><p> </p><p>The fall of the Berlin Wall in November 1989 was a moment of extraordinary euphoria. Fukuyama even described it as the end of history. But what seems to have really fallen in November ’89 was the vitality of democracy. Almost forty years later, we have Donald Trump, Marine Le Pen, and, perhaps most worrying of all, Keir Starmer. Callous and inept politicians are breaking our democratic world. Our job is to put it back together.</p><p> </p><p>That’s the thesis of a new book by <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ian-shapiro/after-the-fall/9781541606272/?lens=basic-books">Ian Shapiro</a> — Sterling Professor of Political Science at Yale. In <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ian-shapiro/after-the-fall/9781541606272/?lens=basic-books"><em>After the Fall</em></a>, Shapiro argues that it’s politicians who have created today’s crisis of democracy. His pivotal moment is 2008 rather than 1989. The global financial crisis was the inflection point — the moment at which the corruption of the neoliberal order became self-evident, when elites bailed out the banks and we see the birth of left and right wing illiberal populism.</p><p> </p><p>The roots go back before 2008. Clinton’s greatest failure, Shapiro argues, was not NAFTA or welfare reform. It was Russia. Yeltsin wanted to join NATO. Even Putin, in his early years in power, acknowledged that Russia considered itself European. George Kennan, Brent Scowcroft and Richard Nixon warned that expanding NATO eastward would create a new enemy. Clinton ignored them all. So history repeated itself in the form of Versailles rather than the Marshall Plan.</p><p> </p><p>So how to raise ourselves up after this fall? What road to take? Maps, Shapiro suggests, aren’t always helpful. The New Deal had no GPS algorithm. FDR invented it on the fly. What democratic governments need now, he insists, is massive investment in physical, technological, and labor market infrastructure. Charismatic leaders matter. But the ideas matter more. We need politicians who take risks. Otherwise we’ll be saddled with Keir Starmer and our current crisis of extraordinary dysphoria.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>2008, Not 1989, Was the Inflection Point: </strong>The fall of the Wall in 1989 produced euphoria. The real break came nineteen years later. The 2008 financial crisis exposed the neoliberal model, undermined the supremacy of the US-led world system, and — crucially — left behind a large population that would subsequently be mobilizable by political entrepreneurs. Elites bailed out the banks and returned to business as usual. They didn’t realize that business as usual was over. From 2008 you can draw a straight line to 2016, to Brexit, to Trump, to every anti-system surge that followed.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We Repeated the Mistake of Versailles: </strong>After World War II, the Marshall Plan invested in the defeated powers — Germany, Japan — and folded them into the new security and economic architecture. After World War I, Versailles punished Germany, and Keynes predicted the results. After the Cold War, the victorious West chose Versailles over Marshall. Yeltsin wanted to join NATO and the EU. Even early Putin said Russia considered itself European. Kennan, Scowcroft, Nixon all warned that expanding NATO eastward would create a new enemy. Clinton ignored them. We created the enemy we warned ourselves about.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Politicians Broke the World — Not Capitalism, Not Culture: </strong>Shapiro’s subtitle is precise. The crisis of democracy was not caused by inevitable economic forces or cultural shifts. It was caused by specific bad decisions by specific politicians at specific moments of choice. Clinton on NATO expansion. Bush on the Iraq War and the refusal to build a genuine rules-based international order after 9/11. Obama on the financial crisis response. These were decisions, not fates. They could have been made differently. Which means the current situation is not irreversible — and that future decisions can be made better.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Starmer as Exhibit A: Having Power Without Ideas: </strong>Shapiro’s prescription for what democratic governments need: a policy agenda. His cautionary tale: Keir Starmer. Starmer came into office with a massive parliamentary majority — he could have passed legislation that attracted 50 or 60 backbench no votes and still won. He had nothing to pass. Tiny step left, tiny step right, reverse, repeat. His comparison: Trump’s main policies came out of Project 2025 — put together not by Trump himself but by people who created the ramp he ran on. Without a ramp, even a charismatic leader stumbles. Without ideas, power is squandered.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The New Deal Had No Blueprint: FDR Made It Up: </strong>The lesson for what comes next. The New Deal — the last great democratic reconstruction — was not designed in advance. Roosevelt made it up as he went along, trying things, abandoning what didn’t work, building a coalition of extraordinarily unlikely bedfellows. What democratic governments need now, Shapiro argues, is massive infrastructure investment: physical infrastructure, tech infrastructure, labor market infrastructure. The CHIPS Act model. Incentivize business to retrain the workforce for the tech revolution and the green transition. Chancellor Merz in Germany has just borrowed half a trillion euros for this. Without it, there will be another Trump. And another. And another.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ian-shapiro/after-the-fall/9781541606272/?lens=basic-books">Ian Shapiro</a> is Sterling Professor of Political Science and Global Affairs at Yale University and a member of the Council on Foreign Relations. He is the author of <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ian-shapiro/after-the-fall/9781541606272/?lens=basic-books"><em>After the Fall: From the End of History to the Crisis of Democracy — How Politicians Broke Our World</em></a> (Basic Books, May 5, 2026), <em>Uncommon Sense</em>, <em>The Wolf at the Door</em> (with Michael Graetz), and many other books. He lives in New Haven, Connecticut.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.hachettebookgroup.com/titles/ian-shapiro/after-the-fall/9781541606272/?lens=basic-books"><em>After the Fall: From the End of History to the Crisis of Democracy — How Politicians Broke Our World</em></a> by Ian Shapiro (Basic Books, May 5, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2881: Adrian Wooldridge on <em>The Revolutionary Center</em> — the companion episode on the crisis of liberalism that Shapiro’s book diagnoses.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2895: Glyn Morgan on <em>The Rise and Fall of American Europe</em> — the international dimension of Shapiro’s argument about the post-Cold War missed opportunities.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2880: Gal Beckerman on <em>How to Be a Dissident</em> — on the tradition of resistance that Shapiro’s “roads not taken” argument implicitly invokes.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than th...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/634a7a86/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/634a7a86/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why the Future of Europe Is Wales: Glyn Morgan on the Rise and Fall of American Europe</title>
      <itunes:episode>2895</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2895</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why the Future of Europe Is Wales: Glyn Morgan on the Rise and Fall of American Europe</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">98dc3ce3-d499-49cd-97cc-cef527601d4a</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Post-war Europe is essentially an American protectorate. Europeans don’t like to admit that. They only came to realize just how dependent they were on the United States in 2025, when Trump basically leveraged US security and forced Europe into a very disadvantageous trade deal.” — Glyn Morgan</em></p><p> </p><p>Post Second World War Europe was always an American project. At least according to <a href="https://www.politybooks.com/bookdetail?book_slug=the-rise-and-fall-of-american-europe--9781509573202"><em>The Rise and Fall of American Europe</em></a> by <a href="https://www.politybooks.com/bookdetail?book_slug=the-rise-and-fall-of-american-europe--9781509573202">Glyn Morgan</a>, the Director of the Moynihan Center of European Studies at Syracuse University and a proud Welshman. All that post-war civilizational jazz — the Marshall Plan, NATO, the EU — weren’t really European achievements. Instead, they were American-designed ideas and institutions that proud Europeans boasted they had built themselves. For Morgan, post-war Europe was, in fact, little more than a US protectorate. Gaul colonized by Rome. Wales as a backwater of Great Britain.</p><p> </p><p>Europeans only discovered this unpalatable truth in 2025, when Trump leveraged their security dependence to force a ruinous trade deal. JD Vance made the official press announcement at the Munich Security Conference. Today’s crisis of NATO is its obit.</p><p> </p><p>The original architects of American Europe were deeply Europeanized Americans — Bill Bullitt, who loved France; George Kennan, who spoke better German than most Germans; Ivy League Libs who cherished Europe as a café-rich sibling of New York City. That imaginary continent lasted eighty years. Morgan defines its MAGA replacement as “civilizational America.” It’s a United States that sees itself as a distinct civilization with distinct interests, willing to transact with Russia and China and leave an increasingly marginalized Europe to fend for itself.</p><p> </p><p>Wales is the future of Europe, Morgan says. The Welsh lost the Darwinian struggle for world power very early — conquered, then absorbed and shrunken into a rainy museum for English romantics. Sheep, rugby and singing ex-miners. That’s the fate of 21st century Europe. Bon Voyage. And don’t forget your umbrella.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>American Europe Was a US Protectorate: </strong>The story Europeans like to tell is that they built post-war Europe themselves — the Marshall Plan, the Treaty of Paris, the Treaty of Rome, the EU. Morgan’s counter: the construction of post-war Europe was theorized by Americans and pushed through by American pressure. Europeans resisted and begrudgingly went along. NATO provided the security. The EU organized the trade. Democratic nation states were the units. Enlargement was the engine. Europeans got comfortable inside this structure and convinced themselves they were in charge. Trump’s arrival in 2025 revealed the truth they had been avoiding for eighty years.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Architects: Bullitt, Kennan, and the Europeanized Americans: </strong>The Roosevelt Democrats who built American Europe were deeply European in origin and values. Bill Bullitt loved France. George Kennan spoke better German than most Germans. They were steeped in the idea that America and Europe were one civilization. They wanted to rescue Europe both from the Europeans themselves and from the Soviet threat they were among the first to identify clearly. Bullitt and Kennan broke with Roosevelt over the Soviets — Roosevelt thought a deal could be struck; they said no. A strong democratic Europe as a bulwark against Soviet communism was the founding logic of the whole enterprise.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump and Vance: The Return of Isolationism: </strong>American isolationism — powerful in the 1930s, defeated by Pearl Harbor, marginalized through the Cold War — has returned. It returned in JD Vance’s speech at the Munich Security Conference in 2025, and in Trump’s leveraging of European security dependence to force a disadvantageous trade deal. Morgan’s framing: what has emerged is “civilizational America” — a United States that sees itself not as the guarantor of European democracy but as a distinct civilization with distinct interests, willing to transact with Russia and China and leave Europe to manage its own affairs.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Putin and Trump Are Playing the Same Playbook: </strong>Putin seeks a Europe of nation states — not the integrated EU — where he can deal transactionally, playing different European states against each other. Europeans were slow to realize that’s what they were facing. Then they faced the same thing from Trump. The beneficiary of the collapse of American Europe, Morgan argues, is China: investing in Eastern Europe, doing trade deals across the continent, acquiring economic leverage while Russia and America compete for security dominance. A Chinese Europe in fifty years is not inconceivable.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>No Solution: Look to Wales: </strong>Europe faces an impossible dilemma. Rebuild the military and lose the welfare state. Or preserve the welfare state and rely on security that may no longer be provided. De Gaulle’s line: it is a fundamental error to think that to every problem there is a solution. At some moments there is no solution. We await a Bismarck; we have mediocre politicians who can only stop things from getting worse. The bleak future: a pleasant museum, highly dependent on American tech, visited by Chinese and American tourists. Morgan is from Wales. Wales lost the struggle for world power very early. He can see what’s coming.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.politybooks.com/bookdetail?book_slug=the-rise-and-fall-of-american-europe--9781509573202">Glyn Morgan</a> is Director of the Moynihan Center of European Studies at Syracuse University and the author of <a href="https://www.politybooks.com/bookdetail?book_slug=the-rise-and-fall-of-american-europe--9781509573202"><em>The Rise and Fall of American Europe</em></a> (Polity, August 2026) and <em>The Idea of a European Superstate</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.politybooks.com/bookdetail?book_slug=the-rise-and-fall-of-american-europe--9781509573202"><em>The Rise and Fall of American Europe</em></a> by Glyn Morgan (Polity, August 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2875: Daniel Bessner on <em>Cold War Liberalism</em> — the companion episode on the Cold War liberal tradition that built American Europe.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2887: Steven J. Ross on <em>The Secret War Against Hate</em> — referenced in the interview; the American neo-Nazi tradition that ran alongside American Europe.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2881: Adrian Wooldridge on <em>The Revolutionary Center</em> — the crisis of liberalism that American Europe’s collapse is accelerating.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual intervi...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Post-war Europe is essentially an American protectorate. Europeans don’t like to admit that. They only came to realize just how dependent they were on the United States in 2025, when Trump basically leveraged US security and forced Europe into a very disadvantageous trade deal.” — Glyn Morgan</em></p><p> </p><p>Post Second World War Europe was always an American project. At least according to <a href="https://www.politybooks.com/bookdetail?book_slug=the-rise-and-fall-of-american-europe--9781509573202"><em>The Rise and Fall of American Europe</em></a> by <a href="https://www.politybooks.com/bookdetail?book_slug=the-rise-and-fall-of-american-europe--9781509573202">Glyn Morgan</a>, the Director of the Moynihan Center of European Studies at Syracuse University and a proud Welshman. All that post-war civilizational jazz — the Marshall Plan, NATO, the EU — weren’t really European achievements. Instead, they were American-designed ideas and institutions that proud Europeans boasted they had built themselves. For Morgan, post-war Europe was, in fact, little more than a US protectorate. Gaul colonized by Rome. Wales as a backwater of Great Britain.</p><p> </p><p>Europeans only discovered this unpalatable truth in 2025, when Trump leveraged their security dependence to force a ruinous trade deal. JD Vance made the official press announcement at the Munich Security Conference. Today’s crisis of NATO is its obit.</p><p> </p><p>The original architects of American Europe were deeply Europeanized Americans — Bill Bullitt, who loved France; George Kennan, who spoke better German than most Germans; Ivy League Libs who cherished Europe as a café-rich sibling of New York City. That imaginary continent lasted eighty years. Morgan defines its MAGA replacement as “civilizational America.” It’s a United States that sees itself as a distinct civilization with distinct interests, willing to transact with Russia and China and leave an increasingly marginalized Europe to fend for itself.</p><p> </p><p>Wales is the future of Europe, Morgan says. The Welsh lost the Darwinian struggle for world power very early — conquered, then absorbed and shrunken into a rainy museum for English romantics. Sheep, rugby and singing ex-miners. That’s the fate of 21st century Europe. Bon Voyage. And don’t forget your umbrella.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>American Europe Was a US Protectorate: </strong>The story Europeans like to tell is that they built post-war Europe themselves — the Marshall Plan, the Treaty of Paris, the Treaty of Rome, the EU. Morgan’s counter: the construction of post-war Europe was theorized by Americans and pushed through by American pressure. Europeans resisted and begrudgingly went along. NATO provided the security. The EU organized the trade. Democratic nation states were the units. Enlargement was the engine. Europeans got comfortable inside this structure and convinced themselves they were in charge. Trump’s arrival in 2025 revealed the truth they had been avoiding for eighty years.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Architects: Bullitt, Kennan, and the Europeanized Americans: </strong>The Roosevelt Democrats who built American Europe were deeply European in origin and values. Bill Bullitt loved France. George Kennan spoke better German than most Germans. They were steeped in the idea that America and Europe were one civilization. They wanted to rescue Europe both from the Europeans themselves and from the Soviet threat they were among the first to identify clearly. Bullitt and Kennan broke with Roosevelt over the Soviets — Roosevelt thought a deal could be struck; they said no. A strong democratic Europe as a bulwark against Soviet communism was the founding logic of the whole enterprise.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump and Vance: The Return of Isolationism: </strong>American isolationism — powerful in the 1930s, defeated by Pearl Harbor, marginalized through the Cold War — has returned. It returned in JD Vance’s speech at the Munich Security Conference in 2025, and in Trump’s leveraging of European security dependence to force a disadvantageous trade deal. Morgan’s framing: what has emerged is “civilizational America” — a United States that sees itself not as the guarantor of European democracy but as a distinct civilization with distinct interests, willing to transact with Russia and China and leave Europe to manage its own affairs.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Putin and Trump Are Playing the Same Playbook: </strong>Putin seeks a Europe of nation states — not the integrated EU — where he can deal transactionally, playing different European states against each other. Europeans were slow to realize that’s what they were facing. Then they faced the same thing from Trump. The beneficiary of the collapse of American Europe, Morgan argues, is China: investing in Eastern Europe, doing trade deals across the continent, acquiring economic leverage while Russia and America compete for security dominance. A Chinese Europe in fifty years is not inconceivable.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>No Solution: Look to Wales: </strong>Europe faces an impossible dilemma. Rebuild the military and lose the welfare state. Or preserve the welfare state and rely on security that may no longer be provided. De Gaulle’s line: it is a fundamental error to think that to every problem there is a solution. At some moments there is no solution. We await a Bismarck; we have mediocre politicians who can only stop things from getting worse. The bleak future: a pleasant museum, highly dependent on American tech, visited by Chinese and American tourists. Morgan is from Wales. Wales lost the struggle for world power very early. He can see what’s coming.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.politybooks.com/bookdetail?book_slug=the-rise-and-fall-of-american-europe--9781509573202">Glyn Morgan</a> is Director of the Moynihan Center of European Studies at Syracuse University and the author of <a href="https://www.politybooks.com/bookdetail?book_slug=the-rise-and-fall-of-american-europe--9781509573202"><em>The Rise and Fall of American Europe</em></a> (Polity, August 2026) and <em>The Idea of a European Superstate</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.politybooks.com/bookdetail?book_slug=the-rise-and-fall-of-american-europe--9781509573202"><em>The Rise and Fall of American Europe</em></a> by Glyn Morgan (Polity, August 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2875: Daniel Bessner on <em>Cold War Liberalism</em> — the companion episode on the Cold War liberal tradition that built American Europe.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2887: Steven J. Ross on <em>The Secret War Against Hate</em> — referenced in the interview; the American neo-Nazi tradition that ran alongside American Europe.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2881: Adrian Wooldridge on <em>The Revolutionary Center</em> — the crisis of liberalism that American Europe’s collapse is accelerating.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual intervi...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 May 2026 07:00:57 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/2d251046/2084f862.mp3" length="78127281" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CKSgN-bcx2Q">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/XlRqiLfuNcGPbLHrBKx_FG1AxCYD-qK5R7iYjglfoes/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9iMzZh/YzQxZTVmODQ2ZTNj/ZWZkNzNiYmQxMTg0/ZmMyOS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2441</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Post-war Europe is essentially an American protectorate. Europeans don’t like to admit that. They only came to realize just how dependent they were on the United States in 2025, when Trump basically leveraged US security and forced Europe into a very disadvantageous trade deal.” — Glyn Morgan</em></p><p> </p><p>Post Second World War Europe was always an American project. At least according to <a href="https://www.politybooks.com/bookdetail?book_slug=the-rise-and-fall-of-american-europe--9781509573202"><em>The Rise and Fall of American Europe</em></a> by <a href="https://www.politybooks.com/bookdetail?book_slug=the-rise-and-fall-of-american-europe--9781509573202">Glyn Morgan</a>, the Director of the Moynihan Center of European Studies at Syracuse University and a proud Welshman. All that post-war civilizational jazz — the Marshall Plan, NATO, the EU — weren’t really European achievements. Instead, they were American-designed ideas and institutions that proud Europeans boasted they had built themselves. For Morgan, post-war Europe was, in fact, little more than a US protectorate. Gaul colonized by Rome. Wales as a backwater of Great Britain.</p><p> </p><p>Europeans only discovered this unpalatable truth in 2025, when Trump leveraged their security dependence to force a ruinous trade deal. JD Vance made the official press announcement at the Munich Security Conference. Today’s crisis of NATO is its obit.</p><p> </p><p>The original architects of American Europe were deeply Europeanized Americans — Bill Bullitt, who loved France; George Kennan, who spoke better German than most Germans; Ivy League Libs who cherished Europe as a café-rich sibling of New York City. That imaginary continent lasted eighty years. Morgan defines its MAGA replacement as “civilizational America.” It’s a United States that sees itself as a distinct civilization with distinct interests, willing to transact with Russia and China and leave an increasingly marginalized Europe to fend for itself.</p><p> </p><p>Wales is the future of Europe, Morgan says. The Welsh lost the Darwinian struggle for world power very early — conquered, then absorbed and shrunken into a rainy museum for English romantics. Sheep, rugby and singing ex-miners. That’s the fate of 21st century Europe. Bon Voyage. And don’t forget your umbrella.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>American Europe Was a US Protectorate: </strong>The story Europeans like to tell is that they built post-war Europe themselves — the Marshall Plan, the Treaty of Paris, the Treaty of Rome, the EU. Morgan’s counter: the construction of post-war Europe was theorized by Americans and pushed through by American pressure. Europeans resisted and begrudgingly went along. NATO provided the security. The EU organized the trade. Democratic nation states were the units. Enlargement was the engine. Europeans got comfortable inside this structure and convinced themselves they were in charge. Trump’s arrival in 2025 revealed the truth they had been avoiding for eighty years.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Architects: Bullitt, Kennan, and the Europeanized Americans: </strong>The Roosevelt Democrats who built American Europe were deeply European in origin and values. Bill Bullitt loved France. George Kennan spoke better German than most Germans. They were steeped in the idea that America and Europe were one civilization. They wanted to rescue Europe both from the Europeans themselves and from the Soviet threat they were among the first to identify clearly. Bullitt and Kennan broke with Roosevelt over the Soviets — Roosevelt thought a deal could be struck; they said no. A strong democratic Europe as a bulwark against Soviet communism was the founding logic of the whole enterprise.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump and Vance: The Return of Isolationism: </strong>American isolationism — powerful in the 1930s, defeated by Pearl Harbor, marginalized through the Cold War — has returned. It returned in JD Vance’s speech at the Munich Security Conference in 2025, and in Trump’s leveraging of European security dependence to force a disadvantageous trade deal. Morgan’s framing: what has emerged is “civilizational America” — a United States that sees itself not as the guarantor of European democracy but as a distinct civilization with distinct interests, willing to transact with Russia and China and leave Europe to manage its own affairs.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Putin and Trump Are Playing the Same Playbook: </strong>Putin seeks a Europe of nation states — not the integrated EU — where he can deal transactionally, playing different European states against each other. Europeans were slow to realize that’s what they were facing. Then they faced the same thing from Trump. The beneficiary of the collapse of American Europe, Morgan argues, is China: investing in Eastern Europe, doing trade deals across the continent, acquiring economic leverage while Russia and America compete for security dominance. A Chinese Europe in fifty years is not inconceivable.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>No Solution: Look to Wales: </strong>Europe faces an impossible dilemma. Rebuild the military and lose the welfare state. Or preserve the welfare state and rely on security that may no longer be provided. De Gaulle’s line: it is a fundamental error to think that to every problem there is a solution. At some moments there is no solution. We await a Bismarck; we have mediocre politicians who can only stop things from getting worse. The bleak future: a pleasant museum, highly dependent on American tech, visited by Chinese and American tourists. Morgan is from Wales. Wales lost the struggle for world power very early. He can see what’s coming.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.politybooks.com/bookdetail?book_slug=the-rise-and-fall-of-american-europe--9781509573202">Glyn Morgan</a> is Director of the Moynihan Center of European Studies at Syracuse University and the author of <a href="https://www.politybooks.com/bookdetail?book_slug=the-rise-and-fall-of-american-europe--9781509573202"><em>The Rise and Fall of American Europe</em></a> (Polity, August 2026) and <em>The Idea of a European Superstate</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.politybooks.com/bookdetail?book_slug=the-rise-and-fall-of-american-europe--9781509573202"><em>The Rise and Fall of American Europe</em></a> by Glyn Morgan (Polity, August 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2875: Daniel Bessner on <em>Cold War Liberalism</em> — the companion episode on the Cold War liberal tradition that built American Europe.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2887: Steven J. Ross on <em>The Secret War Against Hate</em> — referenced in the interview; the American neo-Nazi tradition that ran alongside American Europe.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2881: Adrian Wooldridge on <em>The Revolutionary Center</em> — the crisis of liberalism that American Europe’s collapse is accelerating.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual intervi...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2d251046/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2d251046/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Make Hungary (and America) Boring Again: Marc Loustau on Why Orbán Lost and How to Defeat Trump</title>
      <itunes:episode>2894</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2894</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Make Hungary (and America) Boring Again: Marc Loustau on Why Orbán Lost and How to Defeat Trump</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cbe41db8-1f61-4465-bc1d-2b133a68b425</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Orbán rigged the electoral system to highly benefit the winner. He thought he would never face the realistic possibility of losing. When someone actually threatened his plan, he just couldn’t imagine it. And that person got more than 55% — a two-thirds-plus majority. Orbán shot himself in the foot.” — Marc Loustau</em></p><p> </p><p>On April 12, Viktor Orbán — the populist who invented the illiberal playbook — got booted out of office by the Hungarian electorate. His defeat, says <a href="https://marcloust.substack.com/">Marc Loustau</a>, Harvard PhD and fellow at the Institute for Advanced Study at Central European University, represents a playbook for defeating illiberalism. Orbán had rigged the electoral system so dramatically — giving the winner 1.5 votes for every vote the loser got — that when Péter Magyar got more than 55 percent of the vote, Orbán’s own system destroyed him. The gods must have their fun — Hungarian poetic justice.</p><p> </p><p>Orbán’s cronies, Loustau reports, are fleeing to Dubai with their hot rod car collections and ill-gotten gains from sixteen years in power. But the mid- and upper-tier bureaucrats, Loustau warns, are still in office. Not having any other skills, they’re going to be difficult to dislodge. Making Hungary a functional democracy again won’t happen overnight.</p><p> </p><p>The goal of Péter Magyar’s government, Loustau says, is to “make Hungary boring again.” That should be the lesson for the anti-Trumpists in his native America, Loustau says. Build the broadest possible coalition, never kick anyone out of it, and refuse to be drawn onto the deadly culture-war terrain. When Orbán banned the Budapest Pride parade to force Péter Magyar to take a stand on LGBTQ issues, Magyar flew to a Greek island. It was, Loustau says, the smartest move of the campaign. Make America boring again. The anti-Hollywood playbook for defeating illiberalism. Are you watching Gavin &amp; Kamala?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Poetic Justice: Orbán’s System Destroyed Him: </strong>Orbán rigged Hungary’s electoral system to massively benefit the winner: if you get more than 55 percent of the vote, you get roughly 70 percent of parliamentary seats, and effectively 1.5 votes for every vote your opponent receives. He did this because he never imagined anyone could get above 50 percent against him. When Péter Magyar did — comfortably — Orbán’s own system gave Magyar a supermajority. Loustau’s verdict: it is rare that there is genuine poetic justice in life. This is one of those moments.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Cronies Are Heading for Dubai: </strong>Sixteen years of a two-thirds majority in parliament allowed Orbán to pack every institution in Hungary with loyalists — friends, family, friends of friends — from top to bottom. In the end, this became part of his undoing: when you bleed out talent and fill institutions with cronies, you end up with an inept government. The most visible Orbán figures are now heading to Dubai with their hot rod car collections. But the mid-level “authoritarian cadre circles” burrowed into every institution will be much harder to remove. It will take years to restore functional public services.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Make Hungary Boring Again: </strong>The incoming government’s agenda, in Loustau’s formulation, is to make Hungary boring again. No more brinkmanship between Russia, Brussels, and Washington. No more geopolitical risk-taking. Hungary belongs in the EU, and if the EU likes anything, it is stultifying bureaucracy. That, paradoxically, may be the best thing for ordinary Hungarians. It does not signal the end of the far-right threat globally. So long as Putin is alive, Loustau argues, we must remain vigilant.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Magyar Goes to Greece: The Culture War Lesson: </strong>One of Orbán’s favourite tactics was to force opposition politicians to take a stand on LGBTQ issues. He banned the Budapest Pride parade specifically to create a trap for Magyar — either come out against the ban and look soft on “family values,” or attend the parade and look radical. Magyar’s response: he went on holiday to Greece. He wasn’t even in the country. Loustau calls it one of the slyest moves of the campaign. The lesson for Trump’s opponents: never engage on the terrain your opponent has chosen.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Can Disaffected Trumpians Defeat Trumpism? </strong>Magyar came from within Orbán’s government and broke with him at a moment of genuine moral crisis — a scandal involving pardons for those who covered up sexual abuse at state-run orphanages. That moral authority gave him a platform. Loustau’s honest assessment: disaffected Trumpians who had any dealings with Trump are radioactive, perhaps permanently. But the broader lesson holds: when government inaction harms the innocent and powerless, someone who stands up and says “enough is enough” can build a majority. Magyar didn’t win on policy. He won on decency.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://marcloust.substack.com/">Marc Loustau</a> is a Harvard PhD, Fellow at the Institute for Advanced Study at Central European University in Budapest, and author of the <a href="https://marcloust.substack.com/">At the Edges</a> Substack. He writes on Central and Eastern European politics, religion, and society.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://marcloust.substack.com/">At the Edges</a> by Marc Loustau — his Substack on Central and Eastern European politics.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2880: Gal Beckerman on <em>How to Be a Dissident</em> — the companion episode on the theory of resistance that Magyar’s campaign enacted.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2881: Adrian Wooldridge on <em>The Revolutionary Center</em> — on the crisis of liberalism that Orbán exploited and Magyar may have reversed.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - How significant was the Hungarian election in historical terms?</li>
<li>(01:30) - Orbán’s authoritarianism: model for the world, now defeated</li>
<li>(02:56) - Was the left paranoid? How did Orbán actually lose?</li>
<li>(03:50) - Poetic justice: Orbán rigged the system and it destroyed him</li>
<li>(05:46) - Corruption uncovered: the regime unraveling</li>
<li>(06:38) - Sixteen years of cronyism: what remains?</li>
<li>(07:51) - Authoritarian cadre circles: how long to dislodge them?</li>
<li>(08:24) - The cronies heading for Dubai with their hot rod collections</li>
<li>(10:38) - Romania, Ceauşescu, and celebrat...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Orbán rigged the electoral system to highly benefit the winner. He thought he would never face the realistic possibility of losing. When someone actually threatened his plan, he just couldn’t imagine it. And that person got more than 55% — a two-thirds-plus majority. Orbán shot himself in the foot.” — Marc Loustau</em></p><p> </p><p>On April 12, Viktor Orbán — the populist who invented the illiberal playbook — got booted out of office by the Hungarian electorate. His defeat, says <a href="https://marcloust.substack.com/">Marc Loustau</a>, Harvard PhD and fellow at the Institute for Advanced Study at Central European University, represents a playbook for defeating illiberalism. Orbán had rigged the electoral system so dramatically — giving the winner 1.5 votes for every vote the loser got — that when Péter Magyar got more than 55 percent of the vote, Orbán’s own system destroyed him. The gods must have their fun — Hungarian poetic justice.</p><p> </p><p>Orbán’s cronies, Loustau reports, are fleeing to Dubai with their hot rod car collections and ill-gotten gains from sixteen years in power. But the mid- and upper-tier bureaucrats, Loustau warns, are still in office. Not having any other skills, they’re going to be difficult to dislodge. Making Hungary a functional democracy again won’t happen overnight.</p><p> </p><p>The goal of Péter Magyar’s government, Loustau says, is to “make Hungary boring again.” That should be the lesson for the anti-Trumpists in his native America, Loustau says. Build the broadest possible coalition, never kick anyone out of it, and refuse to be drawn onto the deadly culture-war terrain. When Orbán banned the Budapest Pride parade to force Péter Magyar to take a stand on LGBTQ issues, Magyar flew to a Greek island. It was, Loustau says, the smartest move of the campaign. Make America boring again. The anti-Hollywood playbook for defeating illiberalism. Are you watching Gavin &amp; Kamala?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Poetic Justice: Orbán’s System Destroyed Him: </strong>Orbán rigged Hungary’s electoral system to massively benefit the winner: if you get more than 55 percent of the vote, you get roughly 70 percent of parliamentary seats, and effectively 1.5 votes for every vote your opponent receives. He did this because he never imagined anyone could get above 50 percent against him. When Péter Magyar did — comfortably — Orbán’s own system gave Magyar a supermajority. Loustau’s verdict: it is rare that there is genuine poetic justice in life. This is one of those moments.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Cronies Are Heading for Dubai: </strong>Sixteen years of a two-thirds majority in parliament allowed Orbán to pack every institution in Hungary with loyalists — friends, family, friends of friends — from top to bottom. In the end, this became part of his undoing: when you bleed out talent and fill institutions with cronies, you end up with an inept government. The most visible Orbán figures are now heading to Dubai with their hot rod car collections. But the mid-level “authoritarian cadre circles” burrowed into every institution will be much harder to remove. It will take years to restore functional public services.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Make Hungary Boring Again: </strong>The incoming government’s agenda, in Loustau’s formulation, is to make Hungary boring again. No more brinkmanship between Russia, Brussels, and Washington. No more geopolitical risk-taking. Hungary belongs in the EU, and if the EU likes anything, it is stultifying bureaucracy. That, paradoxically, may be the best thing for ordinary Hungarians. It does not signal the end of the far-right threat globally. So long as Putin is alive, Loustau argues, we must remain vigilant.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Magyar Goes to Greece: The Culture War Lesson: </strong>One of Orbán’s favourite tactics was to force opposition politicians to take a stand on LGBTQ issues. He banned the Budapest Pride parade specifically to create a trap for Magyar — either come out against the ban and look soft on “family values,” or attend the parade and look radical. Magyar’s response: he went on holiday to Greece. He wasn’t even in the country. Loustau calls it one of the slyest moves of the campaign. The lesson for Trump’s opponents: never engage on the terrain your opponent has chosen.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Can Disaffected Trumpians Defeat Trumpism? </strong>Magyar came from within Orbán’s government and broke with him at a moment of genuine moral crisis — a scandal involving pardons for those who covered up sexual abuse at state-run orphanages. That moral authority gave him a platform. Loustau’s honest assessment: disaffected Trumpians who had any dealings with Trump are radioactive, perhaps permanently. But the broader lesson holds: when government inaction harms the innocent and powerless, someone who stands up and says “enough is enough” can build a majority. Magyar didn’t win on policy. He won on decency.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://marcloust.substack.com/">Marc Loustau</a> is a Harvard PhD, Fellow at the Institute for Advanced Study at Central European University in Budapest, and author of the <a href="https://marcloust.substack.com/">At the Edges</a> Substack. He writes on Central and Eastern European politics, religion, and society.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://marcloust.substack.com/">At the Edges</a> by Marc Loustau — his Substack on Central and Eastern European politics.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2880: Gal Beckerman on <em>How to Be a Dissident</em> — the companion episode on the theory of resistance that Magyar’s campaign enacted.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2881: Adrian Wooldridge on <em>The Revolutionary Center</em> — on the crisis of liberalism that Orbán exploited and Magyar may have reversed.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - How significant was the Hungarian election in historical terms?</li>
<li>(01:30) - Orbán’s authoritarianism: model for the world, now defeated</li>
<li>(02:56) - Was the left paranoid? How did Orbán actually lose?</li>
<li>(03:50) - Poetic justice: Orbán rigged the system and it destroyed him</li>
<li>(05:46) - Corruption uncovered: the regime unraveling</li>
<li>(06:38) - Sixteen years of cronyism: what remains?</li>
<li>(07:51) - Authoritarian cadre circles: how long to dislodge them?</li>
<li>(08:24) - The cronies heading for Dubai with their hot rod collections</li>
<li>(10:38) - Romania, Ceauşescu, and celebrat...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 03 May 2026 08:48:08 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/8f6727b0/5c05367d.mp3" length="83226272" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rdN60IFk-uk">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/fYc5Ful_kOMPHO9_Jj7Y5U5IOUHaIByilTtptUnR9Nk/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9jOTRi/ZWQzNmRhYjIxM2Vi/M2M3MzdmY2ExZjAz/N2EyOS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2600</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Orbán rigged the electoral system to highly benefit the winner. He thought he would never face the realistic possibility of losing. When someone actually threatened his plan, he just couldn’t imagine it. And that person got more than 55% — a two-thirds-plus majority. Orbán shot himself in the foot.” — Marc Loustau</em></p><p> </p><p>On April 12, Viktor Orbán — the populist who invented the illiberal playbook — got booted out of office by the Hungarian electorate. His defeat, says <a href="https://marcloust.substack.com/">Marc Loustau</a>, Harvard PhD and fellow at the Institute for Advanced Study at Central European University, represents a playbook for defeating illiberalism. Orbán had rigged the electoral system so dramatically — giving the winner 1.5 votes for every vote the loser got — that when Péter Magyar got more than 55 percent of the vote, Orbán’s own system destroyed him. The gods must have their fun — Hungarian poetic justice.</p><p> </p><p>Orbán’s cronies, Loustau reports, are fleeing to Dubai with their hot rod car collections and ill-gotten gains from sixteen years in power. But the mid- and upper-tier bureaucrats, Loustau warns, are still in office. Not having any other skills, they’re going to be difficult to dislodge. Making Hungary a functional democracy again won’t happen overnight.</p><p> </p><p>The goal of Péter Magyar’s government, Loustau says, is to “make Hungary boring again.” That should be the lesson for the anti-Trumpists in his native America, Loustau says. Build the broadest possible coalition, never kick anyone out of it, and refuse to be drawn onto the deadly culture-war terrain. When Orbán banned the Budapest Pride parade to force Péter Magyar to take a stand on LGBTQ issues, Magyar flew to a Greek island. It was, Loustau says, the smartest move of the campaign. Make America boring again. The anti-Hollywood playbook for defeating illiberalism. Are you watching Gavin &amp; Kamala?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Poetic Justice: Orbán’s System Destroyed Him: </strong>Orbán rigged Hungary’s electoral system to massively benefit the winner: if you get more than 55 percent of the vote, you get roughly 70 percent of parliamentary seats, and effectively 1.5 votes for every vote your opponent receives. He did this because he never imagined anyone could get above 50 percent against him. When Péter Magyar did — comfortably — Orbán’s own system gave Magyar a supermajority. Loustau’s verdict: it is rare that there is genuine poetic justice in life. This is one of those moments.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Cronies Are Heading for Dubai: </strong>Sixteen years of a two-thirds majority in parliament allowed Orbán to pack every institution in Hungary with loyalists — friends, family, friends of friends — from top to bottom. In the end, this became part of his undoing: when you bleed out talent and fill institutions with cronies, you end up with an inept government. The most visible Orbán figures are now heading to Dubai with their hot rod car collections. But the mid-level “authoritarian cadre circles” burrowed into every institution will be much harder to remove. It will take years to restore functional public services.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Make Hungary Boring Again: </strong>The incoming government’s agenda, in Loustau’s formulation, is to make Hungary boring again. No more brinkmanship between Russia, Brussels, and Washington. No more geopolitical risk-taking. Hungary belongs in the EU, and if the EU likes anything, it is stultifying bureaucracy. That, paradoxically, may be the best thing for ordinary Hungarians. It does not signal the end of the far-right threat globally. So long as Putin is alive, Loustau argues, we must remain vigilant.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Magyar Goes to Greece: The Culture War Lesson: </strong>One of Orbán’s favourite tactics was to force opposition politicians to take a stand on LGBTQ issues. He banned the Budapest Pride parade specifically to create a trap for Magyar — either come out against the ban and look soft on “family values,” or attend the parade and look radical. Magyar’s response: he went on holiday to Greece. He wasn’t even in the country. Loustau calls it one of the slyest moves of the campaign. The lesson for Trump’s opponents: never engage on the terrain your opponent has chosen.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Can Disaffected Trumpians Defeat Trumpism? </strong>Magyar came from within Orbán’s government and broke with him at a moment of genuine moral crisis — a scandal involving pardons for those who covered up sexual abuse at state-run orphanages. That moral authority gave him a platform. Loustau’s honest assessment: disaffected Trumpians who had any dealings with Trump are radioactive, perhaps permanently. But the broader lesson holds: when government inaction harms the innocent and powerless, someone who stands up and says “enough is enough” can build a majority. Magyar didn’t win on policy. He won on decency.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://marcloust.substack.com/">Marc Loustau</a> is a Harvard PhD, Fellow at the Institute for Advanced Study at Central European University in Budapest, and author of the <a href="https://marcloust.substack.com/">At the Edges</a> Substack. He writes on Central and Eastern European politics, religion, and society.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://marcloust.substack.com/">At the Edges</a> by Marc Loustau — his Substack on Central and Eastern European politics.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2880: Gal Beckerman on <em>How to Be a Dissident</em> — the companion episode on the theory of resistance that Magyar’s campaign enacted.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2881: Adrian Wooldridge on <em>The Revolutionary Center</em> — on the crisis of liberalism that Orbán exploited and Magyar may have reversed.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - How significant was the Hungarian election in historical terms?</li>
<li>(01:30) - Orbán’s authoritarianism: model for the world, now defeated</li>
<li>(02:56) - Was the left paranoid? How did Orbán actually lose?</li>
<li>(03:50) - Poetic justice: Orbán rigged the system and it destroyed him</li>
<li>(05:46) - Corruption uncovered: the regime unraveling</li>
<li>(06:38) - Sixteen years of cronyism: what remains?</li>
<li>(07:51) - Authoritarian cadre circles: how long to dislodge them?</li>
<li>(08:24) - The cronies heading for Dubai with their hot rod collections</li>
<li>(10:38) - Romania, Ceauşescu, and celebrat...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8f6727b0/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8f6727b0/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Do We Really Want a No-Hands Job From Silicon Valley? Who Holds the Power in the Age of AGI</title>
      <itunes:episode>2893</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2893</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Do We Really Want a No-Hands Job From Silicon Valley? Who Holds the Power in the Age of AGI</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ebb3d37c-06a0-409c-b270-792968963690</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Anyone that’s properly using AI now knows that you tell it what you want, it gives you a plan, carries out the work, and you judge and tweak. You’re not a passive victim — you’re an active user with outcomes in mind.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>Do we really want a no-hands job from Silicon Valley? <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> newsletter publisher <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> — who thinks all tech innovation results in human progress — thinks we do. No hands, no problem, Keith says. But I’m not sure. Especially given the powers-that-be giving us that no-hands job.</p><p> </p><p>Keith welcomes the end of what he calls the “typed” and “touched” computing era — keyboards, mice, touchscreens, and all the manifold ways we have used our hands to interact with computers since the 1980s. That’s the outcome, he predicts, of the race to AGI. So far so good. But what happens if our no-hands AI future is controlled by Google, Microsoft, Amazon, and Facebook? This week these four behemoths committed 00 billion to AI infrastructure investment in 2026 alone — 2 percent of all US GDP. These companies are racing to build (and own) the foundational mechanics of AGI.</p><p> </p><p>That’s always how it’s been, Keith says, embracing our no-hands future. I’m less open-armed. What happens if we want our hands to fend off AGI? No, I’m not so keen on a no-hands job from Silicon Valley. Especially one couched in the altruism of human progress.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The End of the Hand-Driven Computing Era: </strong>Andrej Karpathy’s observation at Sequoia’s AI Ascent: he no longer uses his hands to do his work. He speaks to the computer; the computer acts; he judges and refines. The keyboard, the mouse, the touchscreen — all the hand-driven interfaces that have defined computing since the 1980s are entering their twilight. Karpathy calls it “software 3.0”. Keith, two years ago, wrote an editorial called “eyes, hands, ears, and mouth” about the inclusion of other human attributes beyond hands. That prediction has arrived.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>$700 Billion: The CapEx Explosion: </strong>A post by @Signal framed the week’s numbers: $700 billion in AI infrastructure spending in 2026, equivalent to 2 percent of all US GDP. This kind of spending, the post observes, usually happens via governments or wars. This time, it’s four private companies — Microsoft, Amazon, Google, and Meta — racing to build the foundational mechanics of AGI. Meta was punished by Wall Street for overspending; Google was rewarded because its numbers were strong enough to justify it. The same bet, two different verdicts, depending on your quarterly earnings.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Was the Internet Privately Built? The ARPANET Argument: </strong>Keith’s claim: innovation waves have always been privately financed. The railways, the telephone, the electricity grid, the commercial internet. Andrew’s counter: ARPANET was a massive government investment that created the protocols on which the internet runs. Keith’s response: ARPANET was a university bulletin board that created the precedent, not the infrastructure. Andrew’s response: that’s not exactly what ARPANET was. They agree that government research matters. They disagree on how much credit it deserves for what became the commercial internet.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Revenge of the Idea Guy: </strong>Sam Altman’s line of the week. In the past, an idea person came up with a concept and then needed expensive engineers to build it. Many ideas never saw the light of day because the engineering cost was prohibitive. Now, anyone can speak an idea into existence. AI builds the plan, executes the work, and you judge and refine. That changes the economics of creativity, advertising, software development, and anything else that used to require specialist execution. The specialist is not dead — but specialists will increasingly use AI to scale themselves, rather than being hired one at a time.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Should Kids Use AI in Schools? </strong>A <em>New Yorker</em> piece asks what it would take to get AI out of schools. Keith’s view: the premise misunderstands how AI works now. The fear is passive students asking chatbots for answers and having their brains atrophy. The reality is that proper AI use requires active judgment at every step — telling it what you want, refining the plan, evaluating the output. If schools understand that, they embrace AI. If they don’t, they produce graduates unequipped for a world in which the idea guy with AI tools now has the power the engineering team used to have. Andrew’s prediction: the kids whose parents ban AI will eventually sue them.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter — a daily curation of the most important stories at the intersection of technology, business, and culture. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and a long-time interlocutor on <em>Keen On America</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> newsletter by Keith Teare — this week’s editorial: “Hand Job?”</p><p> </p><p>•       Andrej Karpathy at Sequoia Capital AI Ascent 2026 — the Karpathy interview on Software 3.0 and the end of typed input.</p><p> </p><p>•       @Signal, “$700 billion on AI infrastructure” — the post that framed the CapEx question.</p><p> </p><p>•       Jessica Winter, “What Will It Take to Get AI Out of Schools?” <em>The New Yorker</em>, 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2891: John Steele Gordon on how information technology knitted America together — the ARPANET backstory that feeds directly into this week’s argument.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Keith leads with “Hand Job?” — explaining the headline</li>
<li>(03:27) - Karpathy at Sequoia: the end of typed and touched input</li>
<li>(04:30) - CapEx: the real story of the week</li>
<li>(05:35) - $700 billion — 2% of US GDP on AI infrastructure</li>
<li>(06:38) - Was the commercial internet privately built?</li>
<li>(07:35) - ARPANET: pathetic bulletin board or foundational infrastructure?</li>
<li>(09:08) - Keith and Andrew agree to disagree on government’s role</li>
<li>(11:00) - Big Tech earnings: Google up, Meta down, and why</li>
<li>(17:00) - OpenAI’s strategy: the long game</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Anyone that’s properly using AI now knows that you tell it what you want, it gives you a plan, carries out the work, and you judge and tweak. You’re not a passive victim — you’re an active user with outcomes in mind.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>Do we really want a no-hands job from Silicon Valley? <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> newsletter publisher <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> — who thinks all tech innovation results in human progress — thinks we do. No hands, no problem, Keith says. But I’m not sure. Especially given the powers-that-be giving us that no-hands job.</p><p> </p><p>Keith welcomes the end of what he calls the “typed” and “touched” computing era — keyboards, mice, touchscreens, and all the manifold ways we have used our hands to interact with computers since the 1980s. That’s the outcome, he predicts, of the race to AGI. So far so good. But what happens if our no-hands AI future is controlled by Google, Microsoft, Amazon, and Facebook? This week these four behemoths committed 00 billion to AI infrastructure investment in 2026 alone — 2 percent of all US GDP. These companies are racing to build (and own) the foundational mechanics of AGI.</p><p> </p><p>That’s always how it’s been, Keith says, embracing our no-hands future. I’m less open-armed. What happens if we want our hands to fend off AGI? No, I’m not so keen on a no-hands job from Silicon Valley. Especially one couched in the altruism of human progress.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The End of the Hand-Driven Computing Era: </strong>Andrej Karpathy’s observation at Sequoia’s AI Ascent: he no longer uses his hands to do his work. He speaks to the computer; the computer acts; he judges and refines. The keyboard, the mouse, the touchscreen — all the hand-driven interfaces that have defined computing since the 1980s are entering their twilight. Karpathy calls it “software 3.0”. Keith, two years ago, wrote an editorial called “eyes, hands, ears, and mouth” about the inclusion of other human attributes beyond hands. That prediction has arrived.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>$700 Billion: The CapEx Explosion: </strong>A post by @Signal framed the week’s numbers: $700 billion in AI infrastructure spending in 2026, equivalent to 2 percent of all US GDP. This kind of spending, the post observes, usually happens via governments or wars. This time, it’s four private companies — Microsoft, Amazon, Google, and Meta — racing to build the foundational mechanics of AGI. Meta was punished by Wall Street for overspending; Google was rewarded because its numbers were strong enough to justify it. The same bet, two different verdicts, depending on your quarterly earnings.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Was the Internet Privately Built? The ARPANET Argument: </strong>Keith’s claim: innovation waves have always been privately financed. The railways, the telephone, the electricity grid, the commercial internet. Andrew’s counter: ARPANET was a massive government investment that created the protocols on which the internet runs. Keith’s response: ARPANET was a university bulletin board that created the precedent, not the infrastructure. Andrew’s response: that’s not exactly what ARPANET was. They agree that government research matters. They disagree on how much credit it deserves for what became the commercial internet.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Revenge of the Idea Guy: </strong>Sam Altman’s line of the week. In the past, an idea person came up with a concept and then needed expensive engineers to build it. Many ideas never saw the light of day because the engineering cost was prohibitive. Now, anyone can speak an idea into existence. AI builds the plan, executes the work, and you judge and refine. That changes the economics of creativity, advertising, software development, and anything else that used to require specialist execution. The specialist is not dead — but specialists will increasingly use AI to scale themselves, rather than being hired one at a time.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Should Kids Use AI in Schools? </strong>A <em>New Yorker</em> piece asks what it would take to get AI out of schools. Keith’s view: the premise misunderstands how AI works now. The fear is passive students asking chatbots for answers and having their brains atrophy. The reality is that proper AI use requires active judgment at every step — telling it what you want, refining the plan, evaluating the output. If schools understand that, they embrace AI. If they don’t, they produce graduates unequipped for a world in which the idea guy with AI tools now has the power the engineering team used to have. Andrew’s prediction: the kids whose parents ban AI will eventually sue them.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter — a daily curation of the most important stories at the intersection of technology, business, and culture. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and a long-time interlocutor on <em>Keen On America</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> newsletter by Keith Teare — this week’s editorial: “Hand Job?”</p><p> </p><p>•       Andrej Karpathy at Sequoia Capital AI Ascent 2026 — the Karpathy interview on Software 3.0 and the end of typed input.</p><p> </p><p>•       @Signal, “$700 billion on AI infrastructure” — the post that framed the CapEx question.</p><p> </p><p>•       Jessica Winter, “What Will It Take to Get AI Out of Schools?” <em>The New Yorker</em>, 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2891: John Steele Gordon on how information technology knitted America together — the ARPANET backstory that feeds directly into this week’s argument.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Keith leads with “Hand Job?” — explaining the headline</li>
<li>(03:27) - Karpathy at Sequoia: the end of typed and touched input</li>
<li>(04:30) - CapEx: the real story of the week</li>
<li>(05:35) - $700 billion — 2% of US GDP on AI infrastructure</li>
<li>(06:38) - Was the commercial internet privately built?</li>
<li>(07:35) - ARPANET: pathetic bulletin board or foundational infrastructure?</li>
<li>(09:08) - Keith and Andrew agree to disagree on government’s role</li>
<li>(11:00) - Big Tech earnings: Google up, Meta down, and why</li>
<li>(17:00) - OpenAI’s strategy: the long game</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 02 May 2026 12:49:15 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/7cbe302d/4d3b4a47.mp3" length="93518276" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-TYht368ADw">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/W_1n8ss5dbnjomUCMgE9G-uL1wS3lFpi0XqhGPUYuiM/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9mZWUw/OTU3MjUwNDVmZmZm/MTg4MzM2NzgyMGFi/OTk2MC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2922</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Anyone that’s properly using AI now knows that you tell it what you want, it gives you a plan, carries out the work, and you judge and tweak. You’re not a passive victim — you’re an active user with outcomes in mind.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>Do we really want a no-hands job from Silicon Valley? <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> newsletter publisher <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> — who thinks all tech innovation results in human progress — thinks we do. No hands, no problem, Keith says. But I’m not sure. Especially given the powers-that-be giving us that no-hands job.</p><p> </p><p>Keith welcomes the end of what he calls the “typed” and “touched” computing era — keyboards, mice, touchscreens, and all the manifold ways we have used our hands to interact with computers since the 1980s. That’s the outcome, he predicts, of the race to AGI. So far so good. But what happens if our no-hands AI future is controlled by Google, Microsoft, Amazon, and Facebook? This week these four behemoths committed 00 billion to AI infrastructure investment in 2026 alone — 2 percent of all US GDP. These companies are racing to build (and own) the foundational mechanics of AGI.</p><p> </p><p>That’s always how it’s been, Keith says, embracing our no-hands future. I’m less open-armed. What happens if we want our hands to fend off AGI? No, I’m not so keen on a no-hands job from Silicon Valley. Especially one couched in the altruism of human progress.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The End of the Hand-Driven Computing Era: </strong>Andrej Karpathy’s observation at Sequoia’s AI Ascent: he no longer uses his hands to do his work. He speaks to the computer; the computer acts; he judges and refines. The keyboard, the mouse, the touchscreen — all the hand-driven interfaces that have defined computing since the 1980s are entering their twilight. Karpathy calls it “software 3.0”. Keith, two years ago, wrote an editorial called “eyes, hands, ears, and mouth” about the inclusion of other human attributes beyond hands. That prediction has arrived.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>$700 Billion: The CapEx Explosion: </strong>A post by @Signal framed the week’s numbers: $700 billion in AI infrastructure spending in 2026, equivalent to 2 percent of all US GDP. This kind of spending, the post observes, usually happens via governments or wars. This time, it’s four private companies — Microsoft, Amazon, Google, and Meta — racing to build the foundational mechanics of AGI. Meta was punished by Wall Street for overspending; Google was rewarded because its numbers were strong enough to justify it. The same bet, two different verdicts, depending on your quarterly earnings.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Was the Internet Privately Built? The ARPANET Argument: </strong>Keith’s claim: innovation waves have always been privately financed. The railways, the telephone, the electricity grid, the commercial internet. Andrew’s counter: ARPANET was a massive government investment that created the protocols on which the internet runs. Keith’s response: ARPANET was a university bulletin board that created the precedent, not the infrastructure. Andrew’s response: that’s not exactly what ARPANET was. They agree that government research matters. They disagree on how much credit it deserves for what became the commercial internet.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Revenge of the Idea Guy: </strong>Sam Altman’s line of the week. In the past, an idea person came up with a concept and then needed expensive engineers to build it. Many ideas never saw the light of day because the engineering cost was prohibitive. Now, anyone can speak an idea into existence. AI builds the plan, executes the work, and you judge and refine. That changes the economics of creativity, advertising, software development, and anything else that used to require specialist execution. The specialist is not dead — but specialists will increasingly use AI to scale themselves, rather than being hired one at a time.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Should Kids Use AI in Schools? </strong>A <em>New Yorker</em> piece asks what it would take to get AI out of schools. Keith’s view: the premise misunderstands how AI works now. The fear is passive students asking chatbots for answers and having their brains atrophy. The reality is that proper AI use requires active judgment at every step — telling it what you want, refining the plan, evaluating the output. If schools understand that, they embrace AI. If they don’t, they produce graduates unequipped for a world in which the idea guy with AI tools now has the power the engineering team used to have. Andrew’s prediction: the kids whose parents ban AI will eventually sue them.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter — a daily curation of the most important stories at the intersection of technology, business, and culture. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and a long-time interlocutor on <em>Keen On America</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> newsletter by Keith Teare — this week’s editorial: “Hand Job?”</p><p> </p><p>•       Andrej Karpathy at Sequoia Capital AI Ascent 2026 — the Karpathy interview on Software 3.0 and the end of typed input.</p><p> </p><p>•       @Signal, “$700 billion on AI infrastructure” — the post that framed the CapEx question.</p><p> </p><p>•       Jessica Winter, “What Will It Take to Get AI Out of Schools?” <em>The New Yorker</em>, 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2891: John Steele Gordon on how information technology knitted America together — the ARPANET backstory that feeds directly into this week’s argument.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Keith leads with “Hand Job?” — explaining the headline</li>
<li>(03:27) - Karpathy at Sequoia: the end of typed and touched input</li>
<li>(04:30) - CapEx: the real story of the week</li>
<li>(05:35) - $700 billion — 2% of US GDP on AI infrastructure</li>
<li>(06:38) - Was the commercial internet privately built?</li>
<li>(07:35) - ARPANET: pathetic bulletin board or foundational infrastructure?</li>
<li>(09:08) - Keith and Andrew agree to disagree on government’s role</li>
<li>(11:00) - Big Tech earnings: Google up, Meta down, and why</li>
<li>(17:00) - OpenAI’s strategy: the long game</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7cbe302d/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7cbe302d/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>May Day, May Day: Jason Pack on the Unhappy War in Iran We All Want to Ignore</title>
      <itunes:episode>2892</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2892</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>May Day, May Day: Jason Pack on the Unhappy War in Iran We All Want to Ignore</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8899bae8-9968-410a-93e0-7962a23b0d8d</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Trump has no strategy and no endgame. No amount of success in tactics will win. No military campaign has ever been won solely from the air.” — Jason Pack</em></p><p> </p><p>Happy May Day! Today’s papers are leading with stories about Obamacare, a Gaza flotilla, and the price of oil. Everything but the story at both the front and back of our minds. Only the <em>Wall Street Journal</em> leads with Iran. Which is more than a bit odd, given that America is supposed to be at war there. Or is it? <a href="https://www.disorder.fm/">Jason Pack</a> — Middle East analyst, host of the <a href="https://www.disorder.fm/">Disorder</a> podcast, and our man in London — joins for a special May Day show on the most surreal conflict in recent memory.</p><p> </p><p>Both sides, Pack argues, care more about the narrative war than about actual military strategy. The official word out of DC and Tehran is the same: we’re winning. But no military campaign in history has been won solely on the airwaves. Pack sees two sides that are doing their surreal best to ignore a war that they are both fighting. If you pretend it’s not happening, then maybe it isn’t. Don’t mention the war. On this May Day, everyone is Basil Fawlty.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Two Sides with No Strategy: </strong>Both Trump and the Iranian regime are more invested in the narrative war — the story of who is winning — than in having an actual endgame. Trump says the blockade will make the Iranians cry uncle. The Iranians say they are surviving and therefore winning. Neither has clearly stated what they want from this conflict: not on the nuclear file, not on territory, not on regime change. Pack’s verdict: he sees two sides that don’t even know what they want to get out of a war they’re both pretending is going well.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>No Campaign Has Ever Been Won Solely from the Air: </strong>The American military has showcased extraordinary AI-enabled tactical capability in the Iran conflict. But war is about outcomes and strategy. Territory must be controlled. New leaders must be installed. These things cannot be done from altitude. The Israeli Twelve-Day War hit the head of the snake — the Iranian regime — but may have overplayed its hand. A Shia axis that was being systematically degraded could come back like a phoenix if the narrative of martyrdom and resistance is allowed to reconsolidate around shared injury.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump Does Projection: </strong>Pack’s most pointed observation: track what Trump accuses his adversaries of, and you learn what he is about to do. He says the blockade will make the Iranians cry uncle. Which means he is on the verge of backing down. The absolute worst outcome, Pack argues, would be Trump as the one who folds — not because America loses a war, but because it loses the credibility that underwrites the entire international order. His fear: that is exactly what is about to happen.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Pakistan: The Sleeping Giant: </strong>The story the world’s media has mostly not told: Pakistan’s role. Pakistan has nuclear weapons. Pakistan has a large Shia minority and a complex relationship with Iran. It also has a complex relationship with China, with the Gulf states, and with the United States. Any escalation that involves Iran necessarily involves the question of what Pakistan does. Pack considers this one of the most under-covered dimensions of the conflict and one of the most consequential. The sleeping giant has not yet been asked to choose sides. That moment may be coming.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The First AI War: London Antisemitism and Russian Disinformation: </strong>Six antisemitic attacks in London in six weeks since the Iran war began. Pack’s argument: the disinformation driving radicalisation on social media is not purely Iranian. Russia and North Korea are seeding the most outlandish conspiracy theories about Jewish people — great replacement, Epstein, the rest — and someone with mental health problems eventually acts. This, combined with AI-enabled targeteering and logistics in the actual conflict, makes this the first AI war. Future historians will untangle what that means. For now, it means the world is more disordered than it looks from any single headline.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.disorder.fm/">Jason Pack</a> is a Middle East analyst, host of the <a href="https://www.disorder.fm/">Disorder</a> podcast, and a Fellow at the Middle East Institute. He is the author of <em>Libya and the Global Enduring Disorder</em> and a regular contributor to international media on North Africa, the Middle East, and great power competition.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.disorder.fm/">Disorder podcast</a> by Jason Pack — disorder.fm.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2877: Keith Teare — Let’s Just Say It Out Loud: AI Is Not Dangerous — the Silicon Valley seminary argument, now tested in the first AI war.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:00) - Chapter 1</li>
<li>(00:31) - May Day check-in: is there even a war happening?</li>
<li>(02:09) - Both sides care more about the narrative than strategy</li>
<li>(02:37) - Trump’s lack of endgame: no military campaign is won from the air</li>
<li>(04:18) - How is the war covered in the Middle East?</li>
<li>(06:09) - Shia vs Sunni: does it still matter?</li>
<li>(07:54) - Hussein, martyrology, and the Shia willingness to fight the losing battle</li>
<li>(09:21) - Syria and the Alawis: off the map?</li>
<li>(11:00) - Pakistan: the sleeping giant</li>
<li>(14:00) - Is this the equivalent of Suez?</li>
<li>(18:00) - A new world order: does America want to lead it?</li>
<li>(22:00) - The Gulf states and the new regional order</li>
<li>(26:00) - Trump does projection: crying uncle</li>
<li>(30:00) - China, Russia, and who benefits</li>
<li>(34:22) - The first AI war: what will historians say?</li>
<li>(37:25) - AI company stocks keep going up</li>
<li>(38:02) - London antisemitism: six attacks in six weeks</li>
<li>(40:12) - Russian and North Korean disinformation driving radicalization</li>
<li>(42:13) - Disorder podcast: subscribe. The world needs it.</li>
</ul><p> </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Trump has no strategy and no endgame. No amount of success in tactics will win. No military campaign has ever been won solely from the air.” — Jason Pack</em></p><p> </p><p>Happy May Day! Today’s papers are leading with stories about Obamacare, a Gaza flotilla, and the price of oil. Everything but the story at both the front and back of our minds. Only the <em>Wall Street Journal</em> leads with Iran. Which is more than a bit odd, given that America is supposed to be at war there. Or is it? <a href="https://www.disorder.fm/">Jason Pack</a> — Middle East analyst, host of the <a href="https://www.disorder.fm/">Disorder</a> podcast, and our man in London — joins for a special May Day show on the most surreal conflict in recent memory.</p><p> </p><p>Both sides, Pack argues, care more about the narrative war than about actual military strategy. The official word out of DC and Tehran is the same: we’re winning. But no military campaign in history has been won solely on the airwaves. Pack sees two sides that are doing their surreal best to ignore a war that they are both fighting. If you pretend it’s not happening, then maybe it isn’t. Don’t mention the war. On this May Day, everyone is Basil Fawlty.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Two Sides with No Strategy: </strong>Both Trump and the Iranian regime are more invested in the narrative war — the story of who is winning — than in having an actual endgame. Trump says the blockade will make the Iranians cry uncle. The Iranians say they are surviving and therefore winning. Neither has clearly stated what they want from this conflict: not on the nuclear file, not on territory, not on regime change. Pack’s verdict: he sees two sides that don’t even know what they want to get out of a war they’re both pretending is going well.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>No Campaign Has Ever Been Won Solely from the Air: </strong>The American military has showcased extraordinary AI-enabled tactical capability in the Iran conflict. But war is about outcomes and strategy. Territory must be controlled. New leaders must be installed. These things cannot be done from altitude. The Israeli Twelve-Day War hit the head of the snake — the Iranian regime — but may have overplayed its hand. A Shia axis that was being systematically degraded could come back like a phoenix if the narrative of martyrdom and resistance is allowed to reconsolidate around shared injury.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump Does Projection: </strong>Pack’s most pointed observation: track what Trump accuses his adversaries of, and you learn what he is about to do. He says the blockade will make the Iranians cry uncle. Which means he is on the verge of backing down. The absolute worst outcome, Pack argues, would be Trump as the one who folds — not because America loses a war, but because it loses the credibility that underwrites the entire international order. His fear: that is exactly what is about to happen.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Pakistan: The Sleeping Giant: </strong>The story the world’s media has mostly not told: Pakistan’s role. Pakistan has nuclear weapons. Pakistan has a large Shia minority and a complex relationship with Iran. It also has a complex relationship with China, with the Gulf states, and with the United States. Any escalation that involves Iran necessarily involves the question of what Pakistan does. Pack considers this one of the most under-covered dimensions of the conflict and one of the most consequential. The sleeping giant has not yet been asked to choose sides. That moment may be coming.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The First AI War: London Antisemitism and Russian Disinformation: </strong>Six antisemitic attacks in London in six weeks since the Iran war began. Pack’s argument: the disinformation driving radicalisation on social media is not purely Iranian. Russia and North Korea are seeding the most outlandish conspiracy theories about Jewish people — great replacement, Epstein, the rest — and someone with mental health problems eventually acts. This, combined with AI-enabled targeteering and logistics in the actual conflict, makes this the first AI war. Future historians will untangle what that means. For now, it means the world is more disordered than it looks from any single headline.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.disorder.fm/">Jason Pack</a> is a Middle East analyst, host of the <a href="https://www.disorder.fm/">Disorder</a> podcast, and a Fellow at the Middle East Institute. He is the author of <em>Libya and the Global Enduring Disorder</em> and a regular contributor to international media on North Africa, the Middle East, and great power competition.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.disorder.fm/">Disorder podcast</a> by Jason Pack — disorder.fm.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2877: Keith Teare — Let’s Just Say It Out Loud: AI Is Not Dangerous — the Silicon Valley seminary argument, now tested in the first AI war.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:00) - Chapter 1</li>
<li>(00:31) - May Day check-in: is there even a war happening?</li>
<li>(02:09) - Both sides care more about the narrative than strategy</li>
<li>(02:37) - Trump’s lack of endgame: no military campaign is won from the air</li>
<li>(04:18) - How is the war covered in the Middle East?</li>
<li>(06:09) - Shia vs Sunni: does it still matter?</li>
<li>(07:54) - Hussein, martyrology, and the Shia willingness to fight the losing battle</li>
<li>(09:21) - Syria and the Alawis: off the map?</li>
<li>(11:00) - Pakistan: the sleeping giant</li>
<li>(14:00) - Is this the equivalent of Suez?</li>
<li>(18:00) - A new world order: does America want to lead it?</li>
<li>(22:00) - The Gulf states and the new regional order</li>
<li>(26:00) - Trump does projection: crying uncle</li>
<li>(30:00) - China, Russia, and who benefits</li>
<li>(34:22) - The first AI war: what will historians say?</li>
<li>(37:25) - AI company stocks keep going up</li>
<li>(38:02) - London antisemitism: six attacks in six weeks</li>
<li>(40:12) - Russian and North Korean disinformation driving radicalization</li>
<li>(42:13) - Disorder podcast: subscribe. The world needs it.</li>
</ul><p> </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 May 2026 16:42:21 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/d363c791/f5beb554.mp3" length="83966235" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NKI4G0IogR8">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/a2c96wQwbDeu-8Iv6iQk5_6EtPR83f7w2Z2fDEyF-g8/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS81N2Fm/YTk4ZTUyYTU0YTQ0/OTcyMWFkM2JhMzU1/NzZiZS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2623</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Trump has no strategy and no endgame. No amount of success in tactics will win. No military campaign has ever been won solely from the air.” — Jason Pack</em></p><p> </p><p>Happy May Day! Today’s papers are leading with stories about Obamacare, a Gaza flotilla, and the price of oil. Everything but the story at both the front and back of our minds. Only the <em>Wall Street Journal</em> leads with Iran. Which is more than a bit odd, given that America is supposed to be at war there. Or is it? <a href="https://www.disorder.fm/">Jason Pack</a> — Middle East analyst, host of the <a href="https://www.disorder.fm/">Disorder</a> podcast, and our man in London — joins for a special May Day show on the most surreal conflict in recent memory.</p><p> </p><p>Both sides, Pack argues, care more about the narrative war than about actual military strategy. The official word out of DC and Tehran is the same: we’re winning. But no military campaign in history has been won solely on the airwaves. Pack sees two sides that are doing their surreal best to ignore a war that they are both fighting. If you pretend it’s not happening, then maybe it isn’t. Don’t mention the war. On this May Day, everyone is Basil Fawlty.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Two Sides with No Strategy: </strong>Both Trump and the Iranian regime are more invested in the narrative war — the story of who is winning — than in having an actual endgame. Trump says the blockade will make the Iranians cry uncle. The Iranians say they are surviving and therefore winning. Neither has clearly stated what they want from this conflict: not on the nuclear file, not on territory, not on regime change. Pack’s verdict: he sees two sides that don’t even know what they want to get out of a war they’re both pretending is going well.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>No Campaign Has Ever Been Won Solely from the Air: </strong>The American military has showcased extraordinary AI-enabled tactical capability in the Iran conflict. But war is about outcomes and strategy. Territory must be controlled. New leaders must be installed. These things cannot be done from altitude. The Israeli Twelve-Day War hit the head of the snake — the Iranian regime — but may have overplayed its hand. A Shia axis that was being systematically degraded could come back like a phoenix if the narrative of martyrdom and resistance is allowed to reconsolidate around shared injury.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump Does Projection: </strong>Pack’s most pointed observation: track what Trump accuses his adversaries of, and you learn what he is about to do. He says the blockade will make the Iranians cry uncle. Which means he is on the verge of backing down. The absolute worst outcome, Pack argues, would be Trump as the one who folds — not because America loses a war, but because it loses the credibility that underwrites the entire international order. His fear: that is exactly what is about to happen.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Pakistan: The Sleeping Giant: </strong>The story the world’s media has mostly not told: Pakistan’s role. Pakistan has nuclear weapons. Pakistan has a large Shia minority and a complex relationship with Iran. It also has a complex relationship with China, with the Gulf states, and with the United States. Any escalation that involves Iran necessarily involves the question of what Pakistan does. Pack considers this one of the most under-covered dimensions of the conflict and one of the most consequential. The sleeping giant has not yet been asked to choose sides. That moment may be coming.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The First AI War: London Antisemitism and Russian Disinformation: </strong>Six antisemitic attacks in London in six weeks since the Iran war began. Pack’s argument: the disinformation driving radicalisation on social media is not purely Iranian. Russia and North Korea are seeding the most outlandish conspiracy theories about Jewish people — great replacement, Epstein, the rest — and someone with mental health problems eventually acts. This, combined with AI-enabled targeteering and logistics in the actual conflict, makes this the first AI war. Future historians will untangle what that means. For now, it means the world is more disordered than it looks from any single headline.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.disorder.fm/">Jason Pack</a> is a Middle East analyst, host of the <a href="https://www.disorder.fm/">Disorder</a> podcast, and a Fellow at the Middle East Institute. He is the author of <em>Libya and the Global Enduring Disorder</em> and a regular contributor to international media on North Africa, the Middle East, and great power competition.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.disorder.fm/">Disorder podcast</a> by Jason Pack — disorder.fm.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2877: Keith Teare — Let’s Just Say It Out Loud: AI Is Not Dangerous — the Silicon Valley seminary argument, now tested in the first AI war.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:00) - Chapter 1</li>
<li>(00:31) - May Day check-in: is there even a war happening?</li>
<li>(02:09) - Both sides care more about the narrative than strategy</li>
<li>(02:37) - Trump’s lack of endgame: no military campaign is won from the air</li>
<li>(04:18) - How is the war covered in the Middle East?</li>
<li>(06:09) - Shia vs Sunni: does it still matter?</li>
<li>(07:54) - Hussein, martyrology, and the Shia willingness to fight the losing battle</li>
<li>(09:21) - Syria and the Alawis: off the map?</li>
<li>(11:00) - Pakistan: the sleeping giant</li>
<li>(14:00) - Is this the equivalent of Suez?</li>
<li>(18:00) - A new world order: does America want to lead it?</li>
<li>(22:00) - The Gulf states and the new regional order</li>
<li>(26:00) - Trump does projection: crying uncle</li>
<li>(30:00) - China, Russia, and who benefits</li>
<li>(34:22) - The first AI war: what will historians say?</li>
<li>(37:25) - AI company stocks keep going up</li>
<li>(38:02) - London antisemitism: six attacks in six weeks</li>
<li>(40:12) - Russian and North Korean disinformation driving radicalization</li>
<li>(42:13) - Disorder podcast: subscribe. The world needs it.</li>
</ul><p> </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d363c791/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d363c791/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>God Looks After Fools, Drunks and the United States: John Steele Gordon on How Information Technology United America</title>
      <itunes:episode>2891</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2891</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>God Looks After Fools, Drunks and the United States: John Steele Gordon on How Information Technology United America</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">deaa4ea9-d21d-432e-807d-11cc4ab3845e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5f1a03a6</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Nobody has ever made money selling America short. We’re an extraordinary country.” — John Steele Gordon</em></p><p> </p><p>To honor America’s semiquincentennial birthday, the <em>Wall Street Journal</em> has been celebrating the <a href="https://www.wsj.com/us-news/the-most-impactful-u-s-inventions-bf44040d">most impactful</a> American inventions of all time:</p><p> </p><p>1. Internet</p><p>2. Light bulb</p><p>3. Integrated circuit</p><p>4. Personal computer</p><p>5. Airplane</p><p> </p><p>The railroad doesn’t even make the top twenty. But the business historian <a href="https://www.amazon.com/John-Steele-Gordon/e/B000AQ2SJS">John Steele Gordon</a> validates the list. Gordon’s <a href="https://www.wsj.com/tech/personal-tech/information-technology-us-4f3c71f3">piece</a> for the WSJ series is titled “From the Telegraph to the Smartphone: How Information Technology Unified a Nation.” His argument is that the United States was always in danger of falling apart and the telegraph saved the republic. Then radio, television, and even the now vilified internet knitted it even closer together.</p><p> </p><p>Otto von Bismarck quipped that God looks after three things: fools, drunks, and the United States of America. Gordon agrees with the Prussian unifier of Germany. Nobody, he notes, has ever made money selling America short. As for the now venerable republic, he thinks it’s still in pretty good hands. The ever expanding national debt, however, is another matter. That certainly wouldn’t get onto Gordon’s top 250 most impactful American inventions.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Hanging by a Thread: The Communication Crisis at the Founding: </strong>George Washington’s fear was not philosophical: it was geographic. The original United States, stretching to the Mississippi, was larger than all of Western Europe. The trans-Appalachian West couldn’t get its commerce over the mountains — it had to go down the Mississippi, which was controlled by Spain. Washington said the West was hanging by a thread. Every subsequent expansion — to California in 1850, to Oregon and Washington — only deepened the crisis. The republic could not exist without communication. That is why the post office was almost constitutionally important in Washington’s time, and why the telegraph and the transatlantic cable were understood as national security technology, not merely as business.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Atlantic Cable: Ten Days to Ten Seconds: </strong>In 1800, a transatlantic crossing took two months westbound and six weeks eastbound. By the 1850s, with steam, it was ten days either way. Cyrus Field — a paper merchant who knew nothing about cable technology — read about undersea cables and decided to lay one across the Atlantic Ocean. Gordon compares this to reading about Sputnik and deciding to go to Mars. It took six tries and ten years. William Thomson — Lord Kelvin — did the physics. The result: ten days to ten seconds. Basically simultaneous. The nineteenth century was right to call itself an age of miracles.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Robber Barons Were Misunderstood: </strong>As early as the 1850s, the New York Times was calling Commodore Vanderbilt a “robber baron” — after the medieval German toll barons on the Rhine who wouldn’t let your boat pass without paying. Gordon’s verdict: the dead can’t sue, but they should. Vanderbilt built a faster, safer, cheaper transportation network than had existed before. He died the richest man in America in 1877, worth $105 million. Henry Ford did the same thing with the automobile: took a rich man’s toy invented in Germany and built one the average man could afford. Gordon sees Elon Musk’s reusable rocket in the same tradition. Nobody complained about their products. They complained about their wealth.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Internet Is the Greatest American Invention: </strong>The Wall Street Journal’s ranking puts the Internet at number one, above the light bulb, the integrated circuit, and the personal computer. Gordon agrees. The Internet has changed everything in thirty years, and — he thinks — we’ve basically seen nothing yet. Scholars bless Google every day. Gordon spent decades going from index to index in the books behind him; today the entire intellectual world is at everyone’s fingertips. The railway, which actually unified the national economy by allowing factories in Worcester, Massachusetts to ship shoes across the continent at lower prices, doesn’t make the list. Gordon doesn’t quarrel with that either.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>God Looks After Fools, Drunks, and the United States: </strong>Gordon’s July 4th assessment: optimistic about the republic, alarmed about the national debt. The debt, he says, used to be used only for wars and great depressions. It is now used to ensure that no member of Congress ever loses an election. The budget system of the federal government is an unbelievable national disgrace. But the republic itself? Bismarck was right. Nobody has ever made money selling America short. It remains, Gordon believes, a blessed country beyond any other in the history of the world. He’s not sure about the fools and the drunks. But he’s pretty sure about the Americans.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.amazon.com/John-Steele-Gordon/e/B000AQ2SJS">John Steele Gordon</a> is an American business and technology historian and journalist. He is the author of <em>An Empire of Wealth: The Epic History of American Economic Power</em>, <em>A Thread Across the Ocean: The Heroic Story of the Transatlantic Cable</em>, and many other books. He writes for <em>The Wall Street Journal</em> and <em>Commentary</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       John Steele Gordon, “From the Telegraph to the Smartphone: How Information Technology Unified a Nation,” <em>The Wall Street Journal</em>, 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>An Empire of Wealth: The Epic History of American Economic Power</em> by John Steele Gordon.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>A Thread Across the Ocean: The Heroic Story of the Transatlantic Cable</em> by John Steele Gordon.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2874: Don Watson on <em>From One Mad King to Another</em> — the companion episode on American history and what has always made America America.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - The Wall Street Journal’s most impactful US inventions: Internet at number one</li>
<li>(01:52) - The founding fear: the US was t...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Nobody has ever made money selling America short. We’re an extraordinary country.” — John Steele Gordon</em></p><p> </p><p>To honor America’s semiquincentennial birthday, the <em>Wall Street Journal</em> has been celebrating the <a href="https://www.wsj.com/us-news/the-most-impactful-u-s-inventions-bf44040d">most impactful</a> American inventions of all time:</p><p> </p><p>1. Internet</p><p>2. Light bulb</p><p>3. Integrated circuit</p><p>4. Personal computer</p><p>5. Airplane</p><p> </p><p>The railroad doesn’t even make the top twenty. But the business historian <a href="https://www.amazon.com/John-Steele-Gordon/e/B000AQ2SJS">John Steele Gordon</a> validates the list. Gordon’s <a href="https://www.wsj.com/tech/personal-tech/information-technology-us-4f3c71f3">piece</a> for the WSJ series is titled “From the Telegraph to the Smartphone: How Information Technology Unified a Nation.” His argument is that the United States was always in danger of falling apart and the telegraph saved the republic. Then radio, television, and even the now vilified internet knitted it even closer together.</p><p> </p><p>Otto von Bismarck quipped that God looks after three things: fools, drunks, and the United States of America. Gordon agrees with the Prussian unifier of Germany. Nobody, he notes, has ever made money selling America short. As for the now venerable republic, he thinks it’s still in pretty good hands. The ever expanding national debt, however, is another matter. That certainly wouldn’t get onto Gordon’s top 250 most impactful American inventions.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Hanging by a Thread: The Communication Crisis at the Founding: </strong>George Washington’s fear was not philosophical: it was geographic. The original United States, stretching to the Mississippi, was larger than all of Western Europe. The trans-Appalachian West couldn’t get its commerce over the mountains — it had to go down the Mississippi, which was controlled by Spain. Washington said the West was hanging by a thread. Every subsequent expansion — to California in 1850, to Oregon and Washington — only deepened the crisis. The republic could not exist without communication. That is why the post office was almost constitutionally important in Washington’s time, and why the telegraph and the transatlantic cable were understood as national security technology, not merely as business.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Atlantic Cable: Ten Days to Ten Seconds: </strong>In 1800, a transatlantic crossing took two months westbound and six weeks eastbound. By the 1850s, with steam, it was ten days either way. Cyrus Field — a paper merchant who knew nothing about cable technology — read about undersea cables and decided to lay one across the Atlantic Ocean. Gordon compares this to reading about Sputnik and deciding to go to Mars. It took six tries and ten years. William Thomson — Lord Kelvin — did the physics. The result: ten days to ten seconds. Basically simultaneous. The nineteenth century was right to call itself an age of miracles.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Robber Barons Were Misunderstood: </strong>As early as the 1850s, the New York Times was calling Commodore Vanderbilt a “robber baron” — after the medieval German toll barons on the Rhine who wouldn’t let your boat pass without paying. Gordon’s verdict: the dead can’t sue, but they should. Vanderbilt built a faster, safer, cheaper transportation network than had existed before. He died the richest man in America in 1877, worth $105 million. Henry Ford did the same thing with the automobile: took a rich man’s toy invented in Germany and built one the average man could afford. Gordon sees Elon Musk’s reusable rocket in the same tradition. Nobody complained about their products. They complained about their wealth.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Internet Is the Greatest American Invention: </strong>The Wall Street Journal’s ranking puts the Internet at number one, above the light bulb, the integrated circuit, and the personal computer. Gordon agrees. The Internet has changed everything in thirty years, and — he thinks — we’ve basically seen nothing yet. Scholars bless Google every day. Gordon spent decades going from index to index in the books behind him; today the entire intellectual world is at everyone’s fingertips. The railway, which actually unified the national economy by allowing factories in Worcester, Massachusetts to ship shoes across the continent at lower prices, doesn’t make the list. Gordon doesn’t quarrel with that either.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>God Looks After Fools, Drunks, and the United States: </strong>Gordon’s July 4th assessment: optimistic about the republic, alarmed about the national debt. The debt, he says, used to be used only for wars and great depressions. It is now used to ensure that no member of Congress ever loses an election. The budget system of the federal government is an unbelievable national disgrace. But the republic itself? Bismarck was right. Nobody has ever made money selling America short. It remains, Gordon believes, a blessed country beyond any other in the history of the world. He’s not sure about the fools and the drunks. But he’s pretty sure about the Americans.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.amazon.com/John-Steele-Gordon/e/B000AQ2SJS">John Steele Gordon</a> is an American business and technology historian and journalist. He is the author of <em>An Empire of Wealth: The Epic History of American Economic Power</em>, <em>A Thread Across the Ocean: The Heroic Story of the Transatlantic Cable</em>, and many other books. He writes for <em>The Wall Street Journal</em> and <em>Commentary</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       John Steele Gordon, “From the Telegraph to the Smartphone: How Information Technology Unified a Nation,” <em>The Wall Street Journal</em>, 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>An Empire of Wealth: The Epic History of American Economic Power</em> by John Steele Gordon.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>A Thread Across the Ocean: The Heroic Story of the Transatlantic Cable</em> by John Steele Gordon.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2874: Don Watson on <em>From One Mad King to Another</em> — the companion episode on American history and what has always made America America.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - The Wall Street Journal’s most impactful US inventions: Internet at number one</li>
<li>(01:52) - The founding fear: the US was t...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 May 2026 06:55:31 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/5f1a03a6/17ec3b07.mp3" length="75639613" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/kiTEM02L6q2UnLCRRxNR3x6wWE5hhKaiWuaX34vk-1A/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85ODBl/YTNjOGZiZjk3OGFm/MDFmMGRkYWE1MWE5/MDJkMS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2363</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Nobody has ever made money selling America short. We’re an extraordinary country.” — John Steele Gordon</em></p><p> </p><p>To honor America’s semiquincentennial birthday, the <em>Wall Street Journal</em> has been celebrating the <a href="https://www.wsj.com/us-news/the-most-impactful-u-s-inventions-bf44040d">most impactful</a> American inventions of all time:</p><p> </p><p>1. Internet</p><p>2. Light bulb</p><p>3. Integrated circuit</p><p>4. Personal computer</p><p>5. Airplane</p><p> </p><p>The railroad doesn’t even make the top twenty. But the business historian <a href="https://www.amazon.com/John-Steele-Gordon/e/B000AQ2SJS">John Steele Gordon</a> validates the list. Gordon’s <a href="https://www.wsj.com/tech/personal-tech/information-technology-us-4f3c71f3">piece</a> for the WSJ series is titled “From the Telegraph to the Smartphone: How Information Technology Unified a Nation.” His argument is that the United States was always in danger of falling apart and the telegraph saved the republic. Then radio, television, and even the now vilified internet knitted it even closer together.</p><p> </p><p>Otto von Bismarck quipped that God looks after three things: fools, drunks, and the United States of America. Gordon agrees with the Prussian unifier of Germany. Nobody, he notes, has ever made money selling America short. As for the now venerable republic, he thinks it’s still in pretty good hands. The ever expanding national debt, however, is another matter. That certainly wouldn’t get onto Gordon’s top 250 most impactful American inventions.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Hanging by a Thread: The Communication Crisis at the Founding: </strong>George Washington’s fear was not philosophical: it was geographic. The original United States, stretching to the Mississippi, was larger than all of Western Europe. The trans-Appalachian West couldn’t get its commerce over the mountains — it had to go down the Mississippi, which was controlled by Spain. Washington said the West was hanging by a thread. Every subsequent expansion — to California in 1850, to Oregon and Washington — only deepened the crisis. The republic could not exist without communication. That is why the post office was almost constitutionally important in Washington’s time, and why the telegraph and the transatlantic cable were understood as national security technology, not merely as business.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Atlantic Cable: Ten Days to Ten Seconds: </strong>In 1800, a transatlantic crossing took two months westbound and six weeks eastbound. By the 1850s, with steam, it was ten days either way. Cyrus Field — a paper merchant who knew nothing about cable technology — read about undersea cables and decided to lay one across the Atlantic Ocean. Gordon compares this to reading about Sputnik and deciding to go to Mars. It took six tries and ten years. William Thomson — Lord Kelvin — did the physics. The result: ten days to ten seconds. Basically simultaneous. The nineteenth century was right to call itself an age of miracles.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Robber Barons Were Misunderstood: </strong>As early as the 1850s, the New York Times was calling Commodore Vanderbilt a “robber baron” — after the medieval German toll barons on the Rhine who wouldn’t let your boat pass without paying. Gordon’s verdict: the dead can’t sue, but they should. Vanderbilt built a faster, safer, cheaper transportation network than had existed before. He died the richest man in America in 1877, worth $105 million. Henry Ford did the same thing with the automobile: took a rich man’s toy invented in Germany and built one the average man could afford. Gordon sees Elon Musk’s reusable rocket in the same tradition. Nobody complained about their products. They complained about their wealth.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Internet Is the Greatest American Invention: </strong>The Wall Street Journal’s ranking puts the Internet at number one, above the light bulb, the integrated circuit, and the personal computer. Gordon agrees. The Internet has changed everything in thirty years, and — he thinks — we’ve basically seen nothing yet. Scholars bless Google every day. Gordon spent decades going from index to index in the books behind him; today the entire intellectual world is at everyone’s fingertips. The railway, which actually unified the national economy by allowing factories in Worcester, Massachusetts to ship shoes across the continent at lower prices, doesn’t make the list. Gordon doesn’t quarrel with that either.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>God Looks After Fools, Drunks, and the United States: </strong>Gordon’s July 4th assessment: optimistic about the republic, alarmed about the national debt. The debt, he says, used to be used only for wars and great depressions. It is now used to ensure that no member of Congress ever loses an election. The budget system of the federal government is an unbelievable national disgrace. But the republic itself? Bismarck was right. Nobody has ever made money selling America short. It remains, Gordon believes, a blessed country beyond any other in the history of the world. He’s not sure about the fools and the drunks. But he’s pretty sure about the Americans.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.amazon.com/John-Steele-Gordon/e/B000AQ2SJS">John Steele Gordon</a> is an American business and technology historian and journalist. He is the author of <em>An Empire of Wealth: The Epic History of American Economic Power</em>, <em>A Thread Across the Ocean: The Heroic Story of the Transatlantic Cable</em>, and many other books. He writes for <em>The Wall Street Journal</em> and <em>Commentary</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       John Steele Gordon, “From the Telegraph to the Smartphone: How Information Technology Unified a Nation,” <em>The Wall Street Journal</em>, 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>An Empire of Wealth: The Epic History of American Economic Power</em> by John Steele Gordon.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>A Thread Across the Ocean: The Heroic Story of the Transatlantic Cable</em> by John Steele Gordon.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2874: Don Watson on <em>From One Mad King to Another</em> — the companion episode on American history and what has always made America America.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - The Wall Street Journal’s most impactful US inventions: Internet at number one</li>
<li>(01:52) - The founding fear: the US was t...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/5f1a03a6/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/5f1a03a6/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Know You Can Pay a Million: Anja Shortland Illuminates the Dark Screen of Ransomware</title>
      <itunes:episode>2890</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2890</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>We Know You Can Pay a Million: Anja Shortland Illuminates the Dark Screen of Ransomware</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a3e30260-5492-4f2c-ab7e-2358076cffa7</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“It’s like wrecking a car to steal a pair of sunglasses. The sunglasses are the ransom. The damage to the car is fifty to seventy-five billion dollars a year.” — Anja Shortland</em></p><p> </p><p>Cybercrime is booming. Ransomware attacks — where criminal gangs encrypt your servers and hold your data hostage until you pay — cost victims somewhere between fifty and seventy-five billion dollars a year in damage. The hackers themselves pocket around a billion. As <a href="https://www.kcl.ac.uk/people/anja-shortland">Anja Shortland</a>, professor of political economy at King’s College London and author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Dark-Screens-Hackers-Heroes-Ransomware/dp/B0DGPHJKXZ"><em>Dark Screens: Hackers and Heroes in the Shadowy World of Ransomware</em></a>, puts it: “it’s like wrecking a car to steal a pair of sunglasses.” The sunglasses are the ransom. The wrecked car is the damage to the rest of us.</p><p> </p><p>Shortland is an expert in extortive crime — transactions where a legal entity has to make a deal with a criminal group under conditions of zero trust. She has studied kidnap for ransom, Somali piracy, art theft, and now the booming business of ransomware. What fascinates her is not the crime itself but the institutions that emerge in the space between the legal world and the criminal underworld: the insurance companies that price the risk, the negotiators who manage the transaction, the norms that make it possible for a corporation to pay a criminal gang and actually get its data back. In Russia, hacking Westerners isn’t even a crime. In North Korea, it’s an actual department with a small army of government employees. In Iran, it’s a foreign policy. Criminality, Shortland thus argues, is defined by whoever holds power.</p><p> </p><p>The game-changer, she argues, is cryptocurrency. Without it, ransomware doesn’t work — you can’t move money anonymously at scale without it. Regulate cryptocurrency, and you take the profit motive out of most of what she studies. The irony is that the current American administration is amongst the most crypto-friendly in history. Meanwhile, AI — specifically Anthropic’s Claude Mythos, the hacking model that was leaked rather than released — is about to give criminals tools that only well-resourced banks and corporations can currently deploy defensively. So cybercrime will continue to boom. Expect a pile-up of wrecked cars on our information highway.</p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We Know You Can Pay a Million: </strong>The title of the UK edition of Shortland’s book is the most revealing line in ransomware. Criminal gangs don’t pick ransom figures arbitrarily. They spend weeks inside the victim’s systems, studying cash flow, cash reserves, and insurance coverage, before setting a demand on the painful side of affordable. The victim usually pays — because the alternative is losing access to patient records, customer data, or patents permanently. The hackers know this. The negotiation that follows is, in Shortland’s framing, a transaction between parties with zero trust and one thing in common: both want a deal.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>In Russia, It’s Not a Crime: </strong>Ransomware is not a uniform global crime. In Russia, theft and extortion directed at Westerners is not considered a criminal act. In North Korea, hacking is organised as a government department — a state revenue stream, not a criminal enterprise. The line between crime and legitimacy is drawn by whoever holds power. This complicates any enforcement response: you cannot extradite a North Korean government employee. You cannot prosecute a Russian hacker in a Russian court. The only effective levers are diplomatic, financial, and technical — and all three are currently being weakened.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Insurance Orders Criminality: </strong>Shortland’s most counterintuitive argument: insurance companies are not passive bystanders in ransomware. They are active market-makers. By pricing the risk, they create the conditions under which a corporation can make a rational decision to pay. By negotiating on behalf of victims, they create norms — what a fair ransom looks like, what proof of decryption looks like, what happens if the hackers don’t deliver. Insurance, in Shortland’s telling, is what makes the criminal market function. Most people think insurance is boring. They are not thinking about this.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Cryptocurrency Is the Real Game-Changer: </strong>Ransomware as a profitable business model did not exist before cryptocurrency. Without the ability to move money anonymously at scale, without blockchain verification that payment has been received, the transaction between criminal and victim cannot be completed. Regulate cryptocurrency — apply the anti-money-laundering frameworks that govern wire transfers and bank accounts — and you take the profit motive out of most of what Shortland studies. The irony: the current American administration is among the most crypto-friendly in history, and the president’s own family has direct financial interests in the sector.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Claude Mythos and the Asymmetric AI Problem: </strong>Anthropic’s Claude Mythos — the AI model built to find software vulnerabilities, which was leaked rather than formally released — is the next phase of this war. The defensive use case is real: a well-resourced bank can use it to find and fix its vulnerabilities before attackers do. The problem is asymmetry. A large financial institution can deploy Claude Mythos defensively. Wiltshire County Council, a local hospital, a dental practice, a legal firm — the soft targets that ransomware gangs prefer — cannot. The hackers will eventually get it. The debate about who should be allowed to use it, and under what conditions, has not happened. That is what worries Shortland most.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.kcl.ac.uk/people/anja-shortland">Anja Shortland</a> is a Professor of Political Economy at King’s College London and the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Dark-Screens-Hackers-Heroes-Ransomware/dp/B0DGPHJKXZ"><em>Dark Screens: Hackers and Heroes in the Shadowy World of Ransomware</em></a> (Princeton University Press, 2025; US edition April 2026) and <em>Kidnap: Inside the Ransom Business</em>. She was a member of the Ransomware Task Force.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Dark-Screens-Hackers-Heroes-Ransomware/dp/B0DGPHJKXZ"><em>Dark Screens: Hackers and Heroes in the Shadowy World of Ransomware</em></a> by Anja Shortland (Princeton University Press, US edition April 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Steven Levy, <em>Hackers: Heroes of the Computer Revolution</em> (1984) — referenced in the interview as the origin story of hacking culture.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2885: Keith Teare on Adulting — the week Anthropic’s Claude Mythos was discussed; the Shortland interview is the companion piece on what it means in practice.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the histo...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“It’s like wrecking a car to steal a pair of sunglasses. The sunglasses are the ransom. The damage to the car is fifty to seventy-five billion dollars a year.” — Anja Shortland</em></p><p> </p><p>Cybercrime is booming. Ransomware attacks — where criminal gangs encrypt your servers and hold your data hostage until you pay — cost victims somewhere between fifty and seventy-five billion dollars a year in damage. The hackers themselves pocket around a billion. As <a href="https://www.kcl.ac.uk/people/anja-shortland">Anja Shortland</a>, professor of political economy at King’s College London and author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Dark-Screens-Hackers-Heroes-Ransomware/dp/B0DGPHJKXZ"><em>Dark Screens: Hackers and Heroes in the Shadowy World of Ransomware</em></a>, puts it: “it’s like wrecking a car to steal a pair of sunglasses.” The sunglasses are the ransom. The wrecked car is the damage to the rest of us.</p><p> </p><p>Shortland is an expert in extortive crime — transactions where a legal entity has to make a deal with a criminal group under conditions of zero trust. She has studied kidnap for ransom, Somali piracy, art theft, and now the booming business of ransomware. What fascinates her is not the crime itself but the institutions that emerge in the space between the legal world and the criminal underworld: the insurance companies that price the risk, the negotiators who manage the transaction, the norms that make it possible for a corporation to pay a criminal gang and actually get its data back. In Russia, hacking Westerners isn’t even a crime. In North Korea, it’s an actual department with a small army of government employees. In Iran, it’s a foreign policy. Criminality, Shortland thus argues, is defined by whoever holds power.</p><p> </p><p>The game-changer, she argues, is cryptocurrency. Without it, ransomware doesn’t work — you can’t move money anonymously at scale without it. Regulate cryptocurrency, and you take the profit motive out of most of what she studies. The irony is that the current American administration is amongst the most crypto-friendly in history. Meanwhile, AI — specifically Anthropic’s Claude Mythos, the hacking model that was leaked rather than released — is about to give criminals tools that only well-resourced banks and corporations can currently deploy defensively. So cybercrime will continue to boom. Expect a pile-up of wrecked cars on our information highway.</p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We Know You Can Pay a Million: </strong>The title of the UK edition of Shortland’s book is the most revealing line in ransomware. Criminal gangs don’t pick ransom figures arbitrarily. They spend weeks inside the victim’s systems, studying cash flow, cash reserves, and insurance coverage, before setting a demand on the painful side of affordable. The victim usually pays — because the alternative is losing access to patient records, customer data, or patents permanently. The hackers know this. The negotiation that follows is, in Shortland’s framing, a transaction between parties with zero trust and one thing in common: both want a deal.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>In Russia, It’s Not a Crime: </strong>Ransomware is not a uniform global crime. In Russia, theft and extortion directed at Westerners is not considered a criminal act. In North Korea, hacking is organised as a government department — a state revenue stream, not a criminal enterprise. The line between crime and legitimacy is drawn by whoever holds power. This complicates any enforcement response: you cannot extradite a North Korean government employee. You cannot prosecute a Russian hacker in a Russian court. The only effective levers are diplomatic, financial, and technical — and all three are currently being weakened.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Insurance Orders Criminality: </strong>Shortland’s most counterintuitive argument: insurance companies are not passive bystanders in ransomware. They are active market-makers. By pricing the risk, they create the conditions under which a corporation can make a rational decision to pay. By negotiating on behalf of victims, they create norms — what a fair ransom looks like, what proof of decryption looks like, what happens if the hackers don’t deliver. Insurance, in Shortland’s telling, is what makes the criminal market function. Most people think insurance is boring. They are not thinking about this.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Cryptocurrency Is the Real Game-Changer: </strong>Ransomware as a profitable business model did not exist before cryptocurrency. Without the ability to move money anonymously at scale, without blockchain verification that payment has been received, the transaction between criminal and victim cannot be completed. Regulate cryptocurrency — apply the anti-money-laundering frameworks that govern wire transfers and bank accounts — and you take the profit motive out of most of what Shortland studies. The irony: the current American administration is among the most crypto-friendly in history, and the president’s own family has direct financial interests in the sector.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Claude Mythos and the Asymmetric AI Problem: </strong>Anthropic’s Claude Mythos — the AI model built to find software vulnerabilities, which was leaked rather than formally released — is the next phase of this war. The defensive use case is real: a well-resourced bank can use it to find and fix its vulnerabilities before attackers do. The problem is asymmetry. A large financial institution can deploy Claude Mythos defensively. Wiltshire County Council, a local hospital, a dental practice, a legal firm — the soft targets that ransomware gangs prefer — cannot. The hackers will eventually get it. The debate about who should be allowed to use it, and under what conditions, has not happened. That is what worries Shortland most.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.kcl.ac.uk/people/anja-shortland">Anja Shortland</a> is a Professor of Political Economy at King’s College London and the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Dark-Screens-Hackers-Heroes-Ransomware/dp/B0DGPHJKXZ"><em>Dark Screens: Hackers and Heroes in the Shadowy World of Ransomware</em></a> (Princeton University Press, 2025; US edition April 2026) and <em>Kidnap: Inside the Ransom Business</em>. She was a member of the Ransomware Task Force.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Dark-Screens-Hackers-Heroes-Ransomware/dp/B0DGPHJKXZ"><em>Dark Screens: Hackers and Heroes in the Shadowy World of Ransomware</em></a> by Anja Shortland (Princeton University Press, US edition April 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Steven Levy, <em>Hackers: Heroes of the Computer Revolution</em> (1984) — referenced in the interview as the origin story of hacking culture.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2885: Keith Teare on Adulting — the week Anthropic’s Claude Mythos was discussed; the Shortland interview is the companion piece on what it means in practice.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the histo...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Apr 2026 10:33:31 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/bc3e8717/56feed5e.mp3" length="84149981" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N6w1VdMAcfw">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/-R2d_DiUCE3fiaryxa-u61IuV_ERNwyOYHGj2wPTlGc/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8wM2Zk/ZDNmMjA1Nzg0ZWU3/ODJjZmI1NDRhMDJl/NDZkYy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2629</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“It’s like wrecking a car to steal a pair of sunglasses. The sunglasses are the ransom. The damage to the car is fifty to seventy-five billion dollars a year.” — Anja Shortland</em></p><p> </p><p>Cybercrime is booming. Ransomware attacks — where criminal gangs encrypt your servers and hold your data hostage until you pay — cost victims somewhere between fifty and seventy-five billion dollars a year in damage. The hackers themselves pocket around a billion. As <a href="https://www.kcl.ac.uk/people/anja-shortland">Anja Shortland</a>, professor of political economy at King’s College London and author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Dark-Screens-Hackers-Heroes-Ransomware/dp/B0DGPHJKXZ"><em>Dark Screens: Hackers and Heroes in the Shadowy World of Ransomware</em></a>, puts it: “it’s like wrecking a car to steal a pair of sunglasses.” The sunglasses are the ransom. The wrecked car is the damage to the rest of us.</p><p> </p><p>Shortland is an expert in extortive crime — transactions where a legal entity has to make a deal with a criminal group under conditions of zero trust. She has studied kidnap for ransom, Somali piracy, art theft, and now the booming business of ransomware. What fascinates her is not the crime itself but the institutions that emerge in the space between the legal world and the criminal underworld: the insurance companies that price the risk, the negotiators who manage the transaction, the norms that make it possible for a corporation to pay a criminal gang and actually get its data back. In Russia, hacking Westerners isn’t even a crime. In North Korea, it’s an actual department with a small army of government employees. In Iran, it’s a foreign policy. Criminality, Shortland thus argues, is defined by whoever holds power.</p><p> </p><p>The game-changer, she argues, is cryptocurrency. Without it, ransomware doesn’t work — you can’t move money anonymously at scale without it. Regulate cryptocurrency, and you take the profit motive out of most of what she studies. The irony is that the current American administration is amongst the most crypto-friendly in history. Meanwhile, AI — specifically Anthropic’s Claude Mythos, the hacking model that was leaked rather than released — is about to give criminals tools that only well-resourced banks and corporations can currently deploy defensively. So cybercrime will continue to boom. Expect a pile-up of wrecked cars on our information highway.</p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>We Know You Can Pay a Million: </strong>The title of the UK edition of Shortland’s book is the most revealing line in ransomware. Criminal gangs don’t pick ransom figures arbitrarily. They spend weeks inside the victim’s systems, studying cash flow, cash reserves, and insurance coverage, before setting a demand on the painful side of affordable. The victim usually pays — because the alternative is losing access to patient records, customer data, or patents permanently. The hackers know this. The negotiation that follows is, in Shortland’s framing, a transaction between parties with zero trust and one thing in common: both want a deal.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>In Russia, It’s Not a Crime: </strong>Ransomware is not a uniform global crime. In Russia, theft and extortion directed at Westerners is not considered a criminal act. In North Korea, hacking is organised as a government department — a state revenue stream, not a criminal enterprise. The line between crime and legitimacy is drawn by whoever holds power. This complicates any enforcement response: you cannot extradite a North Korean government employee. You cannot prosecute a Russian hacker in a Russian court. The only effective levers are diplomatic, financial, and technical — and all three are currently being weakened.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Insurance Orders Criminality: </strong>Shortland’s most counterintuitive argument: insurance companies are not passive bystanders in ransomware. They are active market-makers. By pricing the risk, they create the conditions under which a corporation can make a rational decision to pay. By negotiating on behalf of victims, they create norms — what a fair ransom looks like, what proof of decryption looks like, what happens if the hackers don’t deliver. Insurance, in Shortland’s telling, is what makes the criminal market function. Most people think insurance is boring. They are not thinking about this.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Cryptocurrency Is the Real Game-Changer: </strong>Ransomware as a profitable business model did not exist before cryptocurrency. Without the ability to move money anonymously at scale, without blockchain verification that payment has been received, the transaction between criminal and victim cannot be completed. Regulate cryptocurrency — apply the anti-money-laundering frameworks that govern wire transfers and bank accounts — and you take the profit motive out of most of what Shortland studies. The irony: the current American administration is among the most crypto-friendly in history, and the president’s own family has direct financial interests in the sector.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Claude Mythos and the Asymmetric AI Problem: </strong>Anthropic’s Claude Mythos — the AI model built to find software vulnerabilities, which was leaked rather than formally released — is the next phase of this war. The defensive use case is real: a well-resourced bank can use it to find and fix its vulnerabilities before attackers do. The problem is asymmetry. A large financial institution can deploy Claude Mythos defensively. Wiltshire County Council, a local hospital, a dental practice, a legal firm — the soft targets that ransomware gangs prefer — cannot. The hackers will eventually get it. The debate about who should be allowed to use it, and under what conditions, has not happened. That is what worries Shortland most.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.kcl.ac.uk/people/anja-shortland">Anja Shortland</a> is a Professor of Political Economy at King’s College London and the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Dark-Screens-Hackers-Heroes-Ransomware/dp/B0DGPHJKXZ"><em>Dark Screens: Hackers and Heroes in the Shadowy World of Ransomware</em></a> (Princeton University Press, 2025; US edition April 2026) and <em>Kidnap: Inside the Ransom Business</em>. She was a member of the Ransomware Task Force.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Dark-Screens-Hackers-Heroes-Ransomware/dp/B0DGPHJKXZ"><em>Dark Screens: Hackers and Heroes in the Shadowy World of Ransomware</em></a> by Anja Shortland (Princeton University Press, US edition April 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Steven Levy, <em>Hackers: Heroes of the Computer Revolution</em> (1984) — referenced in the interview as the origin story of hacking culture.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2885: Keith Teare on Adulting — the week Anthropic’s Claude Mythos was discussed; the Shortland interview is the companion piece on what it means in practice.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the histo...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/bc3e8717/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/bc3e8717/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Deadliest of Plagues? Gary Slutkin on Violence as Our Most Contagious Disease</title>
      <itunes:episode>2889</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2889</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Deadliest of Plagues? Gary Slutkin on Violence as Our Most Contagious Disease</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">08d9bfc2-2a1f-470d-9188-7e7ce9b56ccc</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Violence has been misdiagnosed. And there’s a misdiagnosis that has caused us to not be able to control it as we could.” — Dr. Gary Slutkin</em></p><p> </p><p>Human violence appears ubiquitous. In Iran. In Gaza. In Ukraine. In Sudan. In American cities and homes. So widespread, indeed, that it seems naturally hardwired into us. Our species-being, so to speak.</p><p> </p><p>But, for <a href="https://cvg.org/">Dr. Gary Slutkin</a>, there is nothing inevitable about human violence. Slutkin — an epidemiologist who spent years fighting cholera, tuberculosis, and AIDS in Africa before focusing his medical mind on violence — argues that violence is neither a character flaw nor a moral failing. Rather than being baked into our natures, Slutkin sees violence as a contagious disease. It meets the clinical definition of a plague, he says. The more violent our homes, communities, media, politics, the more virally it spreads.</p><p> </p><p>Slutkin’s new book, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/End-Violence-Eliminating-Dangerous-Epidemic/dp/1637746156"><em>The End of Violence: Eliminating the World’s Most Dangerous Epidemic</em></a>, makes the case that violence has been misdiagnosed for centuries. We analyse it as a crime problem, a character problem, an inter-state problem. So we punish, incarcerate and bomb. But none of these approaches confront the contagion. This can only be done, Slutkin argues, with what he calls “violence interrupters” — people from within the infected community who find the most at-risk individuals and cool things down before they escalate. Communities that have applied this approach have seen reductions in violence of 40 to 70 percent, Slutkin boasts, with Cherry Hill, one of Chicago’s most dangerous neighbourhoods, experiencing 450 days without a shooting.</p><p> </p><p>There will be a time, he promises, when the plague of human violence will be mostly overcome. I hope Dr. Slutkin is correct. But suspect that his brave new violence-free world, like Huxley’s, might be simultaneously utopian and dystopian.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Violence Meets the Clinical Definition of a Contagious Disease: </strong>Slutkin is not speaking metaphorically. Violence meets the definition of a disease: characteristic signs and symptoms causing morbidity and mortality. It meets the definition of contagious: it causes more of itself. One violent event leads to another — in a home, in a community, in a region, in a war. The more you are exposed to it, the more likely you are to do it. This is the same mechanism as measles, as cholera, as COVID. Susceptibility varies — for violence, it has to do with how much you feel humiliated, how much social pain you carry, how much grievance a leader has taught you to feel. But the operating system is the same.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Violence Has Been Misdiagnosed: </strong>For centuries, we have treated violence as a moral failing: a matter of bad people making bad choices. The response has been punishment, incarceration, war. None of these interrupt the contagion. In fact, incarceration concentrates the infection. The misdiagnosis has cost millions of lives. The correct diagnosis — epidemic disease spreading through exposure — changes everything. You don’t blame a cholera patient for drinking contaminated water. You don’t punish a COVID patient for breathing. You interrupt the spread. You treat the susceptibility. You cool it down.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Violence Interrupters: The Epidemic Control Playbook: </strong>Cure Violence Global trains and deploys violence interrupters: people from the same community, who speak the same language, who have often been involved in violence themselves. Their job is to find the most at-risk individuals — the ones most likely to shoot or be shot next — and intervene before the next event. The approach works. Communities that have applied it have seen reductions of 40 to 70 percent. Over a dozen American cities are at fifty- or sixty-year historic lows. Cherry Hill in Chicago went 450 days without a shooting. Baltimore, New York, and other cities have had similar results.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Authoritarian Violence Disorder: </strong>Chapter eight of <em>The End of Violence</em> is called “Infections of the State.” Slutkin’s argument: authoritarian leadership is itself a form of epidemic violence. It spreads violence outward into its own population — through ICE raids, through threats, through the approval and scripting of violence by others. It also spreads it abroad, through war. Violence doesn’t know borders. The mechanism is the same: exposure increases transmission; grievance and humiliation increase susceptibility. Trump’s Iran war is not just a war. It is authoritarianism causing war. And the spread doesn’t stop at the border.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Uganda Dropped HIV 85 Percent with Behavior Change Alone: </strong>In 1987, Slutkin arrived in Uganda, then the most infected country in the world, where a third of the population had what was then a 100 percent lethal disease. Using the epidemic control playbook — no medicines, just behaviour change interventions — they dropped the rate 85 percent. The same approach drove down Ebola, drove down TB long before medication existed. Slutkin’s point: we do not need pharmacological intervention to eliminate violence. We need the right people doing the right interventions with the right understanding of how contagion works. We have done it. We can do it again.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://cvg.org/">Dr. Gary Slutkin</a> is an epidemiologist and the founder and CEO of <a href="https://cvg.org/">Cure Violence Global</a>. He is the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/End-Violence-Eliminating-Dangerous-Epidemic/dp/1637746156"><em>The End of Violence: Eliminating the World’s Most Dangerous Epidemic</em></a> (Health Communications, Inc., 2026). He is a Professor of Epidemiology and Global Health at the University of Illinois Chicago and a former WHO epidemiologist.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/End-Violence-Eliminating-Dangerous-Epidemic/dp/1637746156"><em>The End of Violence: Eliminating the World’s Most Dangerous Epidemic</em></a> by Gary Slutkin (2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://cvg.org/">Cure Violence Global</a> — Slutkin’s organisation. cvg.org.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2887: Steven J. Ross on <em>The Secret War Against Hate</em> — the historical companion on American violence and authoritarian disorder.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Violence has been misdiagnosed. And there’s a misdiagnosis that has caused us to not be able to control it as we could.” — Dr. Gary Slutkin</em></p><p> </p><p>Human violence appears ubiquitous. In Iran. In Gaza. In Ukraine. In Sudan. In American cities and homes. So widespread, indeed, that it seems naturally hardwired into us. Our species-being, so to speak.</p><p> </p><p>But, for <a href="https://cvg.org/">Dr. Gary Slutkin</a>, there is nothing inevitable about human violence. Slutkin — an epidemiologist who spent years fighting cholera, tuberculosis, and AIDS in Africa before focusing his medical mind on violence — argues that violence is neither a character flaw nor a moral failing. Rather than being baked into our natures, Slutkin sees violence as a contagious disease. It meets the clinical definition of a plague, he says. The more violent our homes, communities, media, politics, the more virally it spreads.</p><p> </p><p>Slutkin’s new book, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/End-Violence-Eliminating-Dangerous-Epidemic/dp/1637746156"><em>The End of Violence: Eliminating the World’s Most Dangerous Epidemic</em></a>, makes the case that violence has been misdiagnosed for centuries. We analyse it as a crime problem, a character problem, an inter-state problem. So we punish, incarcerate and bomb. But none of these approaches confront the contagion. This can only be done, Slutkin argues, with what he calls “violence interrupters” — people from within the infected community who find the most at-risk individuals and cool things down before they escalate. Communities that have applied this approach have seen reductions in violence of 40 to 70 percent, Slutkin boasts, with Cherry Hill, one of Chicago’s most dangerous neighbourhoods, experiencing 450 days without a shooting.</p><p> </p><p>There will be a time, he promises, when the plague of human violence will be mostly overcome. I hope Dr. Slutkin is correct. But suspect that his brave new violence-free world, like Huxley’s, might be simultaneously utopian and dystopian.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Violence Meets the Clinical Definition of a Contagious Disease: </strong>Slutkin is not speaking metaphorically. Violence meets the definition of a disease: characteristic signs and symptoms causing morbidity and mortality. It meets the definition of contagious: it causes more of itself. One violent event leads to another — in a home, in a community, in a region, in a war. The more you are exposed to it, the more likely you are to do it. This is the same mechanism as measles, as cholera, as COVID. Susceptibility varies — for violence, it has to do with how much you feel humiliated, how much social pain you carry, how much grievance a leader has taught you to feel. But the operating system is the same.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Violence Has Been Misdiagnosed: </strong>For centuries, we have treated violence as a moral failing: a matter of bad people making bad choices. The response has been punishment, incarceration, war. None of these interrupt the contagion. In fact, incarceration concentrates the infection. The misdiagnosis has cost millions of lives. The correct diagnosis — epidemic disease spreading through exposure — changes everything. You don’t blame a cholera patient for drinking contaminated water. You don’t punish a COVID patient for breathing. You interrupt the spread. You treat the susceptibility. You cool it down.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Violence Interrupters: The Epidemic Control Playbook: </strong>Cure Violence Global trains and deploys violence interrupters: people from the same community, who speak the same language, who have often been involved in violence themselves. Their job is to find the most at-risk individuals — the ones most likely to shoot or be shot next — and intervene before the next event. The approach works. Communities that have applied it have seen reductions of 40 to 70 percent. Over a dozen American cities are at fifty- or sixty-year historic lows. Cherry Hill in Chicago went 450 days without a shooting. Baltimore, New York, and other cities have had similar results.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Authoritarian Violence Disorder: </strong>Chapter eight of <em>The End of Violence</em> is called “Infections of the State.” Slutkin’s argument: authoritarian leadership is itself a form of epidemic violence. It spreads violence outward into its own population — through ICE raids, through threats, through the approval and scripting of violence by others. It also spreads it abroad, through war. Violence doesn’t know borders. The mechanism is the same: exposure increases transmission; grievance and humiliation increase susceptibility. Trump’s Iran war is not just a war. It is authoritarianism causing war. And the spread doesn’t stop at the border.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Uganda Dropped HIV 85 Percent with Behavior Change Alone: </strong>In 1987, Slutkin arrived in Uganda, then the most infected country in the world, where a third of the population had what was then a 100 percent lethal disease. Using the epidemic control playbook — no medicines, just behaviour change interventions — they dropped the rate 85 percent. The same approach drove down Ebola, drove down TB long before medication existed. Slutkin’s point: we do not need pharmacological intervention to eliminate violence. We need the right people doing the right interventions with the right understanding of how contagion works. We have done it. We can do it again.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://cvg.org/">Dr. Gary Slutkin</a> is an epidemiologist and the founder and CEO of <a href="https://cvg.org/">Cure Violence Global</a>. He is the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/End-Violence-Eliminating-Dangerous-Epidemic/dp/1637746156"><em>The End of Violence: Eliminating the World’s Most Dangerous Epidemic</em></a> (Health Communications, Inc., 2026). He is a Professor of Epidemiology and Global Health at the University of Illinois Chicago and a former WHO epidemiologist.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/End-Violence-Eliminating-Dangerous-Epidemic/dp/1637746156"><em>The End of Violence: Eliminating the World’s Most Dangerous Epidemic</em></a> by Gary Slutkin (2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://cvg.org/">Cure Violence Global</a> — Slutkin’s organisation. cvg.org.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2887: Steven J. Ross on <em>The Secret War Against Hate</em> — the historical companion on American violence and authoritarian disorder.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Apr 2026 12:38:58 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/918b12c0/a8293c77.mp3" length="101983469" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ou-qch-Wv50">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/ZLufm8WnksrGOSKQnY7zr45wdlt_W692fzqsGOgKT5g/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80YzM5/YzE0MWFmMDJlNGUz/OGU5ZTgzZTY1ODNh/MjkyZS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3186</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Violence has been misdiagnosed. And there’s a misdiagnosis that has caused us to not be able to control it as we could.” — Dr. Gary Slutkin</em></p><p> </p><p>Human violence appears ubiquitous. In Iran. In Gaza. In Ukraine. In Sudan. In American cities and homes. So widespread, indeed, that it seems naturally hardwired into us. Our species-being, so to speak.</p><p> </p><p>But, for <a href="https://cvg.org/">Dr. Gary Slutkin</a>, there is nothing inevitable about human violence. Slutkin — an epidemiologist who spent years fighting cholera, tuberculosis, and AIDS in Africa before focusing his medical mind on violence — argues that violence is neither a character flaw nor a moral failing. Rather than being baked into our natures, Slutkin sees violence as a contagious disease. It meets the clinical definition of a plague, he says. The more violent our homes, communities, media, politics, the more virally it spreads.</p><p> </p><p>Slutkin’s new book, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/End-Violence-Eliminating-Dangerous-Epidemic/dp/1637746156"><em>The End of Violence: Eliminating the World’s Most Dangerous Epidemic</em></a>, makes the case that violence has been misdiagnosed for centuries. We analyse it as a crime problem, a character problem, an inter-state problem. So we punish, incarcerate and bomb. But none of these approaches confront the contagion. This can only be done, Slutkin argues, with what he calls “violence interrupters” — people from within the infected community who find the most at-risk individuals and cool things down before they escalate. Communities that have applied this approach have seen reductions in violence of 40 to 70 percent, Slutkin boasts, with Cherry Hill, one of Chicago’s most dangerous neighbourhoods, experiencing 450 days without a shooting.</p><p> </p><p>There will be a time, he promises, when the plague of human violence will be mostly overcome. I hope Dr. Slutkin is correct. But suspect that his brave new violence-free world, like Huxley’s, might be simultaneously utopian and dystopian.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Violence Meets the Clinical Definition of a Contagious Disease: </strong>Slutkin is not speaking metaphorically. Violence meets the definition of a disease: characteristic signs and symptoms causing morbidity and mortality. It meets the definition of contagious: it causes more of itself. One violent event leads to another — in a home, in a community, in a region, in a war. The more you are exposed to it, the more likely you are to do it. This is the same mechanism as measles, as cholera, as COVID. Susceptibility varies — for violence, it has to do with how much you feel humiliated, how much social pain you carry, how much grievance a leader has taught you to feel. But the operating system is the same.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Violence Has Been Misdiagnosed: </strong>For centuries, we have treated violence as a moral failing: a matter of bad people making bad choices. The response has been punishment, incarceration, war. None of these interrupt the contagion. In fact, incarceration concentrates the infection. The misdiagnosis has cost millions of lives. The correct diagnosis — epidemic disease spreading through exposure — changes everything. You don’t blame a cholera patient for drinking contaminated water. You don’t punish a COVID patient for breathing. You interrupt the spread. You treat the susceptibility. You cool it down.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Violence Interrupters: The Epidemic Control Playbook: </strong>Cure Violence Global trains and deploys violence interrupters: people from the same community, who speak the same language, who have often been involved in violence themselves. Their job is to find the most at-risk individuals — the ones most likely to shoot or be shot next — and intervene before the next event. The approach works. Communities that have applied it have seen reductions of 40 to 70 percent. Over a dozen American cities are at fifty- or sixty-year historic lows. Cherry Hill in Chicago went 450 days without a shooting. Baltimore, New York, and other cities have had similar results.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Authoritarian Violence Disorder: </strong>Chapter eight of <em>The End of Violence</em> is called “Infections of the State.” Slutkin’s argument: authoritarian leadership is itself a form of epidemic violence. It spreads violence outward into its own population — through ICE raids, through threats, through the approval and scripting of violence by others. It also spreads it abroad, through war. Violence doesn’t know borders. The mechanism is the same: exposure increases transmission; grievance and humiliation increase susceptibility. Trump’s Iran war is not just a war. It is authoritarianism causing war. And the spread doesn’t stop at the border.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Uganda Dropped HIV 85 Percent with Behavior Change Alone: </strong>In 1987, Slutkin arrived in Uganda, then the most infected country in the world, where a third of the population had what was then a 100 percent lethal disease. Using the epidemic control playbook — no medicines, just behaviour change interventions — they dropped the rate 85 percent. The same approach drove down Ebola, drove down TB long before medication existed. Slutkin’s point: we do not need pharmacological intervention to eliminate violence. We need the right people doing the right interventions with the right understanding of how contagion works. We have done it. We can do it again.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://cvg.org/">Dr. Gary Slutkin</a> is an epidemiologist and the founder and CEO of <a href="https://cvg.org/">Cure Violence Global</a>. He is the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/End-Violence-Eliminating-Dangerous-Epidemic/dp/1637746156"><em>The End of Violence: Eliminating the World’s Most Dangerous Epidemic</em></a> (Health Communications, Inc., 2026). He is a Professor of Epidemiology and Global Health at the University of Illinois Chicago and a former WHO epidemiologist.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/End-Violence-Eliminating-Dangerous-Epidemic/dp/1637746156"><em>The End of Violence: Eliminating the World’s Most Dangerous Epidemic</em></a> by Gary Slutkin (2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://cvg.org/">Cure Violence Global</a> — Slutkin’s organisation. cvg.org.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2887: Steven J. Ross on <em>The Secret War Against Hate</em> — the historical companion on American violence and authoritarian disorder.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/918b12c0/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/918b12c0/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Iraq Turned Some American Soldiers into Monsters: Helen Benedict on the Unintended Consequences of War</title>
      <itunes:episode>2888</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2888</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Iraq Turned Some American Soldiers into Monsters: Helen Benedict on the Unintended Consequences of War</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9187d89d-1726-4fa3-8e33-94056b2de76a</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>America is once again at war. <a href="https://www.helenbenedictauthor.com/">Helen Benedict</a> is one of our most distinguished writers on the moral consequences of war. Her new novel, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Soldiers-House-Helen-Benedict/dp/1953534848"><em>The Soldier’s House</em></a>, is set in the aftermath of the Iraq war. But it could, equally, be about the aftermath of Afghanistan. Or even Iran. “The war turned me into a monster,” veterans tell Benedict, again and again. “How am I supposed to face my wife, my children, when I know I’m a monster?”</p><p> </p><p>On George W. Bush, Benedict is unambiguous. “He was a war criminal,” she says. On the Iraq war, she is equally clear: America went in on lies and killed nearly a million Iraqis, used depleted uranium in violation of international law. Today, Trump is repeating the same catastrophic playbook in Iran.</p><p> </p><p>In <em>The Soldier’s House</em>, Benedict shows how Iraq turned some American soldiers into monsters. “War is morally corrosive — especially a war where the soldiers can find no justification for what they’re doing,” Benedict says. That’s the unintended consequence of even the most morally clean war. Expect the same in Iran. If Trump’s half peace becomes a George W. Bush total war.</p><p><strong> </strong></p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>He Was a War Criminal: </strong>Benedict’s verdict on George W. Bush, stated flat and without hedge. He went to war on lies. He killed, depending on who’s counting, somewhere near a million Iraqis. The Americans and the British used depleted uranium in violation of international law — polluting the land and spreading poison, producing an epidemic of birth defects among Iraqi civilians and, some veterans claim, among their own children. The forgiveness of Bush — common on the left since Trump — is, in Benedict’s view, memory loss. He was not better than Trump. He was better in some things and just as bad in others. The bar is not very high.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Other Half of the Story: </strong>The Iraq war produced reams of American writing about American soldiers. For years, nobody thought to write about how the civilians felt. Benedict’s novel is structured to correct that: Naima, the Iraqi widow, is given equal weight and depth as Jimmy, the American veteran. The point is to push back against the worldwide demonization and scapegoating of Muslim refugees by creating characters who are just as human as anyone we know — who could be your friend, your sister, yourself. She had soldiers and Iraqis read the manuscript to ensure accuracy on both sides.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Why Fiction, Not Nonfiction: </strong>Benedict had already written the nonfiction: <em>The Lonely Soldier</em>, three and a half years of research and interviewing. But no matter how intimate the interviews, she always felt she couldn’t get deep inside the experience. In interviews, people put up self-protective barriers: things they don’t want to remember, things they are ashamed of, things that are private. Fiction allows her to go where nonfiction cannot. Take everything learned in research. Apply imagination to it. Fill it out. Illustrate the interior experience of war from moment to moment. That is the territory of the novel, and nothing else.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Moral Injury: The War Turned Me Into a Monster: </strong>Benedict’s central subject across all her books on war is moral injury: the damage done to a person’s conscience when they do things they know, deep down, they had no right to do. A war without justification is maximally corrosive because the soldier can find no frame in which the violence makes sense. It just becomes about violence. Soldiers come home carrying that. It affects everyone who knows them. It affects towns, villages, countries. We bring the war home with us. Every poet who has written about war has said so. Benedict’s novels make it visible.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Afghan and Iraqi Interpreters: A Betrayal: </strong>Trump’s abandonment of Afghan and Iraqi interpreters — people who risked their lives and their families’ lives working for the US military — is both morally appalling and strategically stupid. Benedict has met many soldiers and marines who agree. They made promises: I will save your family. I will protect you. Now they are forced to break those promises, and it hurts them. Trump started closing these programs in his first administration. The current proposal to send Afghan interpreters and their families to the Democratic Republic of Congo, or return them to the Taliban, is a betrayal of everything America promised. Nobody is going to trust us at all.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.helenbenedictauthor.com/">Helen Benedict</a> is a Professor of Journalism at Columbia University and the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Soldiers-House-Helen-Benedict/dp/1953534848"><em>The Soldier’s House</em></a> (Akashic Books, April 2026), <em>The Good Deed</em> (Dayton Literary Peace Prize finalist), <em>The Lonely Soldier: The Private War of Women Serving in Iraq</em>, and many other works of fiction and nonfiction. She is a dual British-American citizen and lives in New York City.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Soldiers-House-Helen-Benedict/dp/1953534848"><em>The Soldier’s House</em></a> by Helen Benedict (Akashic Books, April 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Lonely Soldier: The Private War of Women Serving in Iraq</em> by Helen Benedict — the nonfiction companion to the novel.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Good Deed</em> by Helen Benedict — Dayton Literary Peace Prize finalist; about the Greek refugee crisis.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2882: Peter Wehner — Something Has Gone Terribly Wrong in America — the companion episode on Hegseth’s unholy war, referenced in the interview.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>America is once again at war. <a href="https://www.helenbenedictauthor.com/">Helen Benedict</a> is one of our most distinguished writers on the moral consequences of war. Her new novel, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Soldiers-House-Helen-Benedict/dp/1953534848"><em>The Soldier’s House</em></a>, is set in the aftermath of the Iraq war. But it could, equally, be about the aftermath of Afghanistan. Or even Iran. “The war turned me into a monster,” veterans tell Benedict, again and again. “How am I supposed to face my wife, my children, when I know I’m a monster?”</p><p> </p><p>On George W. Bush, Benedict is unambiguous. “He was a war criminal,” she says. On the Iraq war, she is equally clear: America went in on lies and killed nearly a million Iraqis, used depleted uranium in violation of international law. Today, Trump is repeating the same catastrophic playbook in Iran.</p><p> </p><p>In <em>The Soldier’s House</em>, Benedict shows how Iraq turned some American soldiers into monsters. “War is morally corrosive — especially a war where the soldiers can find no justification for what they’re doing,” Benedict says. That’s the unintended consequence of even the most morally clean war. Expect the same in Iran. If Trump’s half peace becomes a George W. Bush total war.</p><p><strong> </strong></p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>He Was a War Criminal: </strong>Benedict’s verdict on George W. Bush, stated flat and without hedge. He went to war on lies. He killed, depending on who’s counting, somewhere near a million Iraqis. The Americans and the British used depleted uranium in violation of international law — polluting the land and spreading poison, producing an epidemic of birth defects among Iraqi civilians and, some veterans claim, among their own children. The forgiveness of Bush — common on the left since Trump — is, in Benedict’s view, memory loss. He was not better than Trump. He was better in some things and just as bad in others. The bar is not very high.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Other Half of the Story: </strong>The Iraq war produced reams of American writing about American soldiers. For years, nobody thought to write about how the civilians felt. Benedict’s novel is structured to correct that: Naima, the Iraqi widow, is given equal weight and depth as Jimmy, the American veteran. The point is to push back against the worldwide demonization and scapegoating of Muslim refugees by creating characters who are just as human as anyone we know — who could be your friend, your sister, yourself. She had soldiers and Iraqis read the manuscript to ensure accuracy on both sides.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Why Fiction, Not Nonfiction: </strong>Benedict had already written the nonfiction: <em>The Lonely Soldier</em>, three and a half years of research and interviewing. But no matter how intimate the interviews, she always felt she couldn’t get deep inside the experience. In interviews, people put up self-protective barriers: things they don’t want to remember, things they are ashamed of, things that are private. Fiction allows her to go where nonfiction cannot. Take everything learned in research. Apply imagination to it. Fill it out. Illustrate the interior experience of war from moment to moment. That is the territory of the novel, and nothing else.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Moral Injury: The War Turned Me Into a Monster: </strong>Benedict’s central subject across all her books on war is moral injury: the damage done to a person’s conscience when they do things they know, deep down, they had no right to do. A war without justification is maximally corrosive because the soldier can find no frame in which the violence makes sense. It just becomes about violence. Soldiers come home carrying that. It affects everyone who knows them. It affects towns, villages, countries. We bring the war home with us. Every poet who has written about war has said so. Benedict’s novels make it visible.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Afghan and Iraqi Interpreters: A Betrayal: </strong>Trump’s abandonment of Afghan and Iraqi interpreters — people who risked their lives and their families’ lives working for the US military — is both morally appalling and strategically stupid. Benedict has met many soldiers and marines who agree. They made promises: I will save your family. I will protect you. Now they are forced to break those promises, and it hurts them. Trump started closing these programs in his first administration. The current proposal to send Afghan interpreters and their families to the Democratic Republic of Congo, or return them to the Taliban, is a betrayal of everything America promised. Nobody is going to trust us at all.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.helenbenedictauthor.com/">Helen Benedict</a> is a Professor of Journalism at Columbia University and the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Soldiers-House-Helen-Benedict/dp/1953534848"><em>The Soldier’s House</em></a> (Akashic Books, April 2026), <em>The Good Deed</em> (Dayton Literary Peace Prize finalist), <em>The Lonely Soldier: The Private War of Women Serving in Iraq</em>, and many other works of fiction and nonfiction. She is a dual British-American citizen and lives in New York City.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Soldiers-House-Helen-Benedict/dp/1953534848"><em>The Soldier’s House</em></a> by Helen Benedict (Akashic Books, April 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Lonely Soldier: The Private War of Women Serving in Iraq</em> by Helen Benedict — the nonfiction companion to the novel.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Good Deed</em> by Helen Benedict — Dayton Literary Peace Prize finalist; about the Greek refugee crisis.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2882: Peter Wehner — Something Has Gone Terribly Wrong in America — the companion episode on Hegseth’s unholy war, referenced in the interview.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2026 21:03:45 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/ecfbfe51/2faf6a9c.mp3" length="71424715" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jyy1KHcqVO0">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/dLmaA-loOdDfbqw46qoBStQOXq_Y-yWzl9js3-CbDJg/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85MTkz/Zjk0OWM0YTJlNWY4/ODdlYTUxNDM0Yjc0/YTYyMC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2231</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>America is once again at war. <a href="https://www.helenbenedictauthor.com/">Helen Benedict</a> is one of our most distinguished writers on the moral consequences of war. Her new novel, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Soldiers-House-Helen-Benedict/dp/1953534848"><em>The Soldier’s House</em></a>, is set in the aftermath of the Iraq war. But it could, equally, be about the aftermath of Afghanistan. Or even Iran. “The war turned me into a monster,” veterans tell Benedict, again and again. “How am I supposed to face my wife, my children, when I know I’m a monster?”</p><p> </p><p>On George W. Bush, Benedict is unambiguous. “He was a war criminal,” she says. On the Iraq war, she is equally clear: America went in on lies and killed nearly a million Iraqis, used depleted uranium in violation of international law. Today, Trump is repeating the same catastrophic playbook in Iran.</p><p> </p><p>In <em>The Soldier’s House</em>, Benedict shows how Iraq turned some American soldiers into monsters. “War is morally corrosive — especially a war where the soldiers can find no justification for what they’re doing,” Benedict says. That’s the unintended consequence of even the most morally clean war. Expect the same in Iran. If Trump’s half peace becomes a George W. Bush total war.</p><p><strong> </strong></p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>He Was a War Criminal: </strong>Benedict’s verdict on George W. Bush, stated flat and without hedge. He went to war on lies. He killed, depending on who’s counting, somewhere near a million Iraqis. The Americans and the British used depleted uranium in violation of international law — polluting the land and spreading poison, producing an epidemic of birth defects among Iraqi civilians and, some veterans claim, among their own children. The forgiveness of Bush — common on the left since Trump — is, in Benedict’s view, memory loss. He was not better than Trump. He was better in some things and just as bad in others. The bar is not very high.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Other Half of the Story: </strong>The Iraq war produced reams of American writing about American soldiers. For years, nobody thought to write about how the civilians felt. Benedict’s novel is structured to correct that: Naima, the Iraqi widow, is given equal weight and depth as Jimmy, the American veteran. The point is to push back against the worldwide demonization and scapegoating of Muslim refugees by creating characters who are just as human as anyone we know — who could be your friend, your sister, yourself. She had soldiers and Iraqis read the manuscript to ensure accuracy on both sides.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Why Fiction, Not Nonfiction: </strong>Benedict had already written the nonfiction: <em>The Lonely Soldier</em>, three and a half years of research and interviewing. But no matter how intimate the interviews, she always felt she couldn’t get deep inside the experience. In interviews, people put up self-protective barriers: things they don’t want to remember, things they are ashamed of, things that are private. Fiction allows her to go where nonfiction cannot. Take everything learned in research. Apply imagination to it. Fill it out. Illustrate the interior experience of war from moment to moment. That is the territory of the novel, and nothing else.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Moral Injury: The War Turned Me Into a Monster: </strong>Benedict’s central subject across all her books on war is moral injury: the damage done to a person’s conscience when they do things they know, deep down, they had no right to do. A war without justification is maximally corrosive because the soldier can find no frame in which the violence makes sense. It just becomes about violence. Soldiers come home carrying that. It affects everyone who knows them. It affects towns, villages, countries. We bring the war home with us. Every poet who has written about war has said so. Benedict’s novels make it visible.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Afghan and Iraqi Interpreters: A Betrayal: </strong>Trump’s abandonment of Afghan and Iraqi interpreters — people who risked their lives and their families’ lives working for the US military — is both morally appalling and strategically stupid. Benedict has met many soldiers and marines who agree. They made promises: I will save your family. I will protect you. Now they are forced to break those promises, and it hurts them. Trump started closing these programs in his first administration. The current proposal to send Afghan interpreters and their families to the Democratic Republic of Congo, or return them to the Taliban, is a betrayal of everything America promised. Nobody is going to trust us at all.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.helenbenedictauthor.com/">Helen Benedict</a> is a Professor of Journalism at Columbia University and the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Soldiers-House-Helen-Benedict/dp/1953534848"><em>The Soldier’s House</em></a> (Akashic Books, April 2026), <em>The Good Deed</em> (Dayton Literary Peace Prize finalist), <em>The Lonely Soldier: The Private War of Women Serving in Iraq</em>, and many other works of fiction and nonfiction. She is a dual British-American citizen and lives in New York City.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Soldiers-House-Helen-Benedict/dp/1953534848"><em>The Soldier’s House</em></a> by Helen Benedict (Akashic Books, April 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Lonely Soldier: The Private War of Women Serving in Iraq</em> by Helen Benedict — the nonfiction companion to the novel.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>The Good Deed</em> by Helen Benedict — Dayton Literary Peace Prize finalist; about the Greek refugee crisis.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2882: Peter Wehner — Something Has Gone Terribly Wrong in America — the companion episode on Hegseth’s unholy war, referenced in the interview.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ecfbfe51/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Too Many Führers Problem: Steven J. Ross on the History of American Neo-Nazism</title>
      <itunes:episode>2887</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2887</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Too Many Führers Problem: Steven J. Ross on the History of American Neo-Nazism</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9fda4314-9ce0-4a76-9427-456d23a2ff41</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“All these groups from 1945 on said: we can resist any hate group in America, even the Ku Klux Klan, as long as we take them on one at a time. But our great fear is if these right-wing groups figure out a way to communicate with one another in a more instantaneous way — we are in big trouble.” — Steven J. Ross</em></p><p> </p><p>It’s not just springtime for Hitler in America. It’s winter, summer and fall too. There is what the historian of American neo-Nazism, <a href="https://dornsife.usc.edu/steven-ross/">Steven J. Ross</a>, defines as the “too many Führers Problem.” This, he says, is the central weakness of American neo-Nazism over eight decades. Every far-right leader from the 1940s onward demanded a united fascist movement — and every one of them insisted on being the Führer in charge of it. The result was the permanent fracture of the American far right. That is, until the latest wannabe Führer, Donald Trump, came along.</p><p> </p><p>Last week, the Justice Department sided with the Ku Klux Klan. The Southern Poverty Law Center — the country’s main watchdog against antisemitism, racism, and far-right violence — was accused of running agents within radical right-wing organisations and using charitable funds for improper purposes. In his new book, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Secret-War-Against-Hate-Antisemitism/dp/1668011271"><em>The Secret War Against Hate: American Resistance to Antisemitism and White Supremacy</em></a>, Ross says that this has all happened before.</p><p> </p><p>The Secret War Against Hate tells the story of three undercover spy operations — run by the American Jewish Committee, the Anti-Defamation League, and the Non-Sectarian Anti-Nazi League — that infiltrated every fascist, Nazi, and racist group in America from the 1940s through the 1970s. When government fails to protect its citizens, Ross suggests, it falls to citizens to protect themselves. J. Edgar Hoover’s FBI was obsessed with communists and mostly indifferent to antisemitism and racism. Rather than the solution, the G-Men were one more problem.</p><p> </p><p>In May 1945, a few days before VE Day, the three spy chiefs — working in offices a few blocks apart in Midtown Manhattan — wrote the identical memo on the same day. If right-wing groups, fractured by the “too many Führers problem,” ever found a way to communicate instantaneously with one another, and if one of them ever peeled off into a mainstream political party, they warned, American democracy would be in big trouble. That was their “Too Many Führers Problem.” Springtime for an American Hitler. Today this problem is no longer a joke.</p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Justice Department Sides with the KKK: </strong>The opening frame of the interview: last week, the Justice Department accused the Southern Poverty Law Center of running agents within radical right-wing groups and using charitable funds improperly. Ross’s argument: the same accusations were levelled at the undercover spy operations run by the ADL, the American Jewish Committee, and the Non-Sectarian Anti-Nazi League from the 1940s onward. Those operations, which operated because government had abrogated its responsibility to protect minorities, foiled plot after plot. The FBI informants doing the same thing were never prosecuted. The pattern — government targeting the anti-hate watchdogs while ignoring actual hate — is not new.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>J. Edgar Hoover: The Enemy Within: </strong>Hoover ran the FBI from the early 1920s until his death in 1972, and throughout that period he cared almost exclusively about communists. Correspondence with his Atlanta special agent-in-charge referred to the Anti-Defamation League as the “Anti-Deformation League.” Ross stops short of calling him an antisemite and racist — no burning gun — but says the correspondence smells like both. In 1940, the German-American Bund was operating freely in Los Angeles: the LA ports were open to Nazi spies, propaganda, and payoffs in ways that New York’s — under the watchful eye of Mayor La Guardia — were not. Because of Leon Lewis’s undercover spy network, every Nazi plot in Southern California was foiled.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Three Memos, One Day, Three Authors Who Didn’t Know Each Other: </strong>In May 1945, a few days before VE Day, the leaders of the three undercover operations — working in offices a few blocks apart in Midtown Manhattan, unknown to each other — each independently wrote the same memo. Their two shared fears: first, that if fractured right-wing groups ever found a way to communicate instantaneously with one another, the resistance would be overwhelmed. Second, that if any of them ever peeled off into a mainstream political party, bringing their antisemitic and racist views into the mainstream, the republic would be in real danger. Both predictions, Ross observes, have now come true.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Too Many Führers Problem: </strong>Every right-wing leader from the 1940s onward called for a united fascist front — and every one of them wanted to be the Führer in charge of it. The result was permanent fracture: each group too small and too self-important to unify with the others. What changed with Trump, Ross argues, is that the far right said: here is our Führer. He is articulating what we say. After Charlottesville — “there are good people on both sides” — the deal was sealed. The internet gave them the ability to communicate instantaneously. Trump gave them the figurehead. The two conditions the 1945 memos feared most had arrived simultaneously.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Jefferson’s Long-Term Solution: Educate Everyone: </strong>Ross ends his book with Thomas Jefferson — the right wing’s own favourite founding father. In his Notes on the State of Virginia, Jefferson warned that every so often a political huckster would come along and convince Americans that what was good for him was good for the country. Americans would believe it for a while. But a collectively educated citizenry, really studying the issues, would always come out on the side of democracy. Jefferson called for a constitutional amendment mandating universal education in perpetuity. Ross’s verdict: look at the voting patterns. Look at what is happening to the Department of Education. The attack on higher education is not incidental. An uneducated public is the most vulnerable public.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://dornsife.usc.edu/steven-ross/">Steven J. Ross</a> is a Distinguished Professor of History at the University of Southern California and the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Secret-War-Against-Hate-Antisemitism/dp/1668011271"><em>The Secret War Against Hate: American Resistance to Antisemitism and White Supremacy</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, April 2026) and <em>Hitler in Los Angeles: How Jews Foiled Nazi Plots Against Hollywood and America</em> (Pulitzer Prize finalist). He lives in Los Angeles.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Secret-War-Against-Hate-Antisemitism/dp/1668011271"><em>The Secret War Against Hate: American Resistance to Antisemitism and White Supremacy</em></a> by Steven J. Ross (Simon &amp; Schuster, April 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Hitler in Los Angeles: How Jews Foiled Nazi Plots Against Hollywood and America</em> by Steven J. Ross — Pulitzer Prize finalist; the companion volume.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2882: Peter Wehner on Trump’s Unholy War — the companion episode on the moral coll...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“All these groups from 1945 on said: we can resist any hate group in America, even the Ku Klux Klan, as long as we take them on one at a time. But our great fear is if these right-wing groups figure out a way to communicate with one another in a more instantaneous way — we are in big trouble.” — Steven J. Ross</em></p><p> </p><p>It’s not just springtime for Hitler in America. It’s winter, summer and fall too. There is what the historian of American neo-Nazism, <a href="https://dornsife.usc.edu/steven-ross/">Steven J. Ross</a>, defines as the “too many Führers Problem.” This, he says, is the central weakness of American neo-Nazism over eight decades. Every far-right leader from the 1940s onward demanded a united fascist movement — and every one of them insisted on being the Führer in charge of it. The result was the permanent fracture of the American far right. That is, until the latest wannabe Führer, Donald Trump, came along.</p><p> </p><p>Last week, the Justice Department sided with the Ku Klux Klan. The Southern Poverty Law Center — the country’s main watchdog against antisemitism, racism, and far-right violence — was accused of running agents within radical right-wing organisations and using charitable funds for improper purposes. In his new book, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Secret-War-Against-Hate-Antisemitism/dp/1668011271"><em>The Secret War Against Hate: American Resistance to Antisemitism and White Supremacy</em></a>, Ross says that this has all happened before.</p><p> </p><p>The Secret War Against Hate tells the story of three undercover spy operations — run by the American Jewish Committee, the Anti-Defamation League, and the Non-Sectarian Anti-Nazi League — that infiltrated every fascist, Nazi, and racist group in America from the 1940s through the 1970s. When government fails to protect its citizens, Ross suggests, it falls to citizens to protect themselves. J. Edgar Hoover’s FBI was obsessed with communists and mostly indifferent to antisemitism and racism. Rather than the solution, the G-Men were one more problem.</p><p> </p><p>In May 1945, a few days before VE Day, the three spy chiefs — working in offices a few blocks apart in Midtown Manhattan — wrote the identical memo on the same day. If right-wing groups, fractured by the “too many Führers problem,” ever found a way to communicate instantaneously with one another, and if one of them ever peeled off into a mainstream political party, they warned, American democracy would be in big trouble. That was their “Too Many Führers Problem.” Springtime for an American Hitler. Today this problem is no longer a joke.</p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Justice Department Sides with the KKK: </strong>The opening frame of the interview: last week, the Justice Department accused the Southern Poverty Law Center of running agents within radical right-wing groups and using charitable funds improperly. Ross’s argument: the same accusations were levelled at the undercover spy operations run by the ADL, the American Jewish Committee, and the Non-Sectarian Anti-Nazi League from the 1940s onward. Those operations, which operated because government had abrogated its responsibility to protect minorities, foiled plot after plot. The FBI informants doing the same thing were never prosecuted. The pattern — government targeting the anti-hate watchdogs while ignoring actual hate — is not new.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>J. Edgar Hoover: The Enemy Within: </strong>Hoover ran the FBI from the early 1920s until his death in 1972, and throughout that period he cared almost exclusively about communists. Correspondence with his Atlanta special agent-in-charge referred to the Anti-Defamation League as the “Anti-Deformation League.” Ross stops short of calling him an antisemite and racist — no burning gun — but says the correspondence smells like both. In 1940, the German-American Bund was operating freely in Los Angeles: the LA ports were open to Nazi spies, propaganda, and payoffs in ways that New York’s — under the watchful eye of Mayor La Guardia — were not. Because of Leon Lewis’s undercover spy network, every Nazi plot in Southern California was foiled.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Three Memos, One Day, Three Authors Who Didn’t Know Each Other: </strong>In May 1945, a few days before VE Day, the leaders of the three undercover operations — working in offices a few blocks apart in Midtown Manhattan, unknown to each other — each independently wrote the same memo. Their two shared fears: first, that if fractured right-wing groups ever found a way to communicate instantaneously with one another, the resistance would be overwhelmed. Second, that if any of them ever peeled off into a mainstream political party, bringing their antisemitic and racist views into the mainstream, the republic would be in real danger. Both predictions, Ross observes, have now come true.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Too Many Führers Problem: </strong>Every right-wing leader from the 1940s onward called for a united fascist front — and every one of them wanted to be the Führer in charge of it. The result was permanent fracture: each group too small and too self-important to unify with the others. What changed with Trump, Ross argues, is that the far right said: here is our Führer. He is articulating what we say. After Charlottesville — “there are good people on both sides” — the deal was sealed. The internet gave them the ability to communicate instantaneously. Trump gave them the figurehead. The two conditions the 1945 memos feared most had arrived simultaneously.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Jefferson’s Long-Term Solution: Educate Everyone: </strong>Ross ends his book with Thomas Jefferson — the right wing’s own favourite founding father. In his Notes on the State of Virginia, Jefferson warned that every so often a political huckster would come along and convince Americans that what was good for him was good for the country. Americans would believe it for a while. But a collectively educated citizenry, really studying the issues, would always come out on the side of democracy. Jefferson called for a constitutional amendment mandating universal education in perpetuity. Ross’s verdict: look at the voting patterns. Look at what is happening to the Department of Education. The attack on higher education is not incidental. An uneducated public is the most vulnerable public.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://dornsife.usc.edu/steven-ross/">Steven J. Ross</a> is a Distinguished Professor of History at the University of Southern California and the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Secret-War-Against-Hate-Antisemitism/dp/1668011271"><em>The Secret War Against Hate: American Resistance to Antisemitism and White Supremacy</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, April 2026) and <em>Hitler in Los Angeles: How Jews Foiled Nazi Plots Against Hollywood and America</em> (Pulitzer Prize finalist). He lives in Los Angeles.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Secret-War-Against-Hate-Antisemitism/dp/1668011271"><em>The Secret War Against Hate: American Resistance to Antisemitism and White Supremacy</em></a> by Steven J. Ross (Simon &amp; Schuster, April 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Hitler in Los Angeles: How Jews Foiled Nazi Plots Against Hollywood and America</em> by Steven J. Ross — Pulitzer Prize finalist; the companion volume.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2882: Peter Wehner on Trump’s Unholy War — the companion episode on the moral coll...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2026 07:13:58 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/32c93b18/81bdd019.mp3" length="94923564" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Fe9dxEOI22E">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/dn4F120xSh_MVdHKoA4o6Dy8qOVM54oBTj6HPgJ8Vks/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9jOTM5/OWVlNmQ1NzE4N2Jh/NWZkZjk3ZjQ0M2Ni/ODMxYi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2966</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“All these groups from 1945 on said: we can resist any hate group in America, even the Ku Klux Klan, as long as we take them on one at a time. But our great fear is if these right-wing groups figure out a way to communicate with one another in a more instantaneous way — we are in big trouble.” — Steven J. Ross</em></p><p> </p><p>It’s not just springtime for Hitler in America. It’s winter, summer and fall too. There is what the historian of American neo-Nazism, <a href="https://dornsife.usc.edu/steven-ross/">Steven J. Ross</a>, defines as the “too many Führers Problem.” This, he says, is the central weakness of American neo-Nazism over eight decades. Every far-right leader from the 1940s onward demanded a united fascist movement — and every one of them insisted on being the Führer in charge of it. The result was the permanent fracture of the American far right. That is, until the latest wannabe Führer, Donald Trump, came along.</p><p> </p><p>Last week, the Justice Department sided with the Ku Klux Klan. The Southern Poverty Law Center — the country’s main watchdog against antisemitism, racism, and far-right violence — was accused of running agents within radical right-wing organisations and using charitable funds for improper purposes. In his new book, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Secret-War-Against-Hate-Antisemitism/dp/1668011271"><em>The Secret War Against Hate: American Resistance to Antisemitism and White Supremacy</em></a>, Ross says that this has all happened before.</p><p> </p><p>The Secret War Against Hate tells the story of three undercover spy operations — run by the American Jewish Committee, the Anti-Defamation League, and the Non-Sectarian Anti-Nazi League — that infiltrated every fascist, Nazi, and racist group in America from the 1940s through the 1970s. When government fails to protect its citizens, Ross suggests, it falls to citizens to protect themselves. J. Edgar Hoover’s FBI was obsessed with communists and mostly indifferent to antisemitism and racism. Rather than the solution, the G-Men were one more problem.</p><p> </p><p>In May 1945, a few days before VE Day, the three spy chiefs — working in offices a few blocks apart in Midtown Manhattan — wrote the identical memo on the same day. If right-wing groups, fractured by the “too many Führers problem,” ever found a way to communicate instantaneously with one another, and if one of them ever peeled off into a mainstream political party, they warned, American democracy would be in big trouble. That was their “Too Many Führers Problem.” Springtime for an American Hitler. Today this problem is no longer a joke.</p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Justice Department Sides with the KKK: </strong>The opening frame of the interview: last week, the Justice Department accused the Southern Poverty Law Center of running agents within radical right-wing groups and using charitable funds improperly. Ross’s argument: the same accusations were levelled at the undercover spy operations run by the ADL, the American Jewish Committee, and the Non-Sectarian Anti-Nazi League from the 1940s onward. Those operations, which operated because government had abrogated its responsibility to protect minorities, foiled plot after plot. The FBI informants doing the same thing were never prosecuted. The pattern — government targeting the anti-hate watchdogs while ignoring actual hate — is not new.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>J. Edgar Hoover: The Enemy Within: </strong>Hoover ran the FBI from the early 1920s until his death in 1972, and throughout that period he cared almost exclusively about communists. Correspondence with his Atlanta special agent-in-charge referred to the Anti-Defamation League as the “Anti-Deformation League.” Ross stops short of calling him an antisemite and racist — no burning gun — but says the correspondence smells like both. In 1940, the German-American Bund was operating freely in Los Angeles: the LA ports were open to Nazi spies, propaganda, and payoffs in ways that New York’s — under the watchful eye of Mayor La Guardia — were not. Because of Leon Lewis’s undercover spy network, every Nazi plot in Southern California was foiled.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Three Memos, One Day, Three Authors Who Didn’t Know Each Other: </strong>In May 1945, a few days before VE Day, the leaders of the three undercover operations — working in offices a few blocks apart in Midtown Manhattan, unknown to each other — each independently wrote the same memo. Their two shared fears: first, that if fractured right-wing groups ever found a way to communicate instantaneously with one another, the resistance would be overwhelmed. Second, that if any of them ever peeled off into a mainstream political party, bringing their antisemitic and racist views into the mainstream, the republic would be in real danger. Both predictions, Ross observes, have now come true.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Too Many Führers Problem: </strong>Every right-wing leader from the 1940s onward called for a united fascist front — and every one of them wanted to be the Führer in charge of it. The result was permanent fracture: each group too small and too self-important to unify with the others. What changed with Trump, Ross argues, is that the far right said: here is our Führer. He is articulating what we say. After Charlottesville — “there are good people on both sides” — the deal was sealed. The internet gave them the ability to communicate instantaneously. Trump gave them the figurehead. The two conditions the 1945 memos feared most had arrived simultaneously.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Jefferson’s Long-Term Solution: Educate Everyone: </strong>Ross ends his book with Thomas Jefferson — the right wing’s own favourite founding father. In his Notes on the State of Virginia, Jefferson warned that every so often a political huckster would come along and convince Americans that what was good for him was good for the country. Americans would believe it for a while. But a collectively educated citizenry, really studying the issues, would always come out on the side of democracy. Jefferson called for a constitutional amendment mandating universal education in perpetuity. Ross’s verdict: look at the voting patterns. Look at what is happening to the Department of Education. The attack on higher education is not incidental. An uneducated public is the most vulnerable public.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://dornsife.usc.edu/steven-ross/">Steven J. Ross</a> is a Distinguished Professor of History at the University of Southern California and the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Secret-War-Against-Hate-Antisemitism/dp/1668011271"><em>The Secret War Against Hate: American Resistance to Antisemitism and White Supremacy</em></a> (Simon &amp; Schuster, April 2026) and <em>Hitler in Los Angeles: How Jews Foiled Nazi Plots Against Hollywood and America</em> (Pulitzer Prize finalist). He lives in Los Angeles.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Secret-War-Against-Hate-Antisemitism/dp/1668011271"><em>The Secret War Against Hate: American Resistance to Antisemitism and White Supremacy</em></a> by Steven J. Ross (Simon &amp; Schuster, April 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Hitler in Los Angeles: How Jews Foiled Nazi Plots Against Hollywood and America</em> by Steven J. Ross — Pulitzer Prize finalist; the companion volume.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2882: Peter Wehner on Trump’s Unholy War — the companion episode on the moral coll...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/32c93b18/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Truth Is Paywalled and the Lies Are Free: Brewster Kahle on the Internet of Forgetting</title>
      <itunes:episode>2886</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2886</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Truth Is Paywalled and the Lies Are Free: Brewster Kahle on the Internet of Forgetting</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">da303130-8d04-44a7-8cb2-4eca4e8d75ec</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The truth is paywalled, and the lies are free.” — Current Affairs editor, quoted by Brewster Kahle</em></p><p> </p><p>The internet, we were promised, would remember everything. Rather than memory, however, it is now most distinguished by its digital forgetfulness. That’s the warning in <a href="https://blog.archive.org/2026/04/23/introducing-vanishing-culture-a-new-book-on-the-loss-of-our-digital-memory/"><em>Vanishing Culture</em></a>, a new series of essays published by the San Francisco-based <a href="https://archive.org/">Internet Archive</a>. In its concluding essay by <a href="https://brewster.kahle.org/">Brewster Kahle</a> — founder of the <a href="https://archive.org/">Internet Archive</a>, member of the Internet Hall of Fame, and the closest thing the web has to an official librarian — he makes the case for preserving the online library system.</p><p> </p><p>“Our evolving digital age can be our next Carnegie moment or it can be a Library of Alexandria moment. It is up to us.”</p><p> </p><p>Today’s internet library system, Kahle argues, is worse than the analogue one he grew up with. It’s faster, he acknowledges, but shallower. The 1976 Copyright Act means that rather than buying digital books, libraries can only rent access in surveillance environments controlled by a handful of corporations. Sixty percent of news organisations now have paywalls. Academic publishing is controlled by three conglomerates. So an entire generation is growing up without access to the published works of the twentieth century.</p><p> </p><p>“The truth is paywalled, and the lies are free,” as the editor of <em>Current Affairs</em> put it. That is today’s internet. No laughter. Only forgetting.</p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Carnegie Moment or Alexandria Moment: </strong>The Internet Archive’s pamphlet <em>Vanishing Culture</em> opens with a choice. Andrew Carnegie invested in public libraries during the early twentieth century: every town in America got one, and by the time the US was thrust onto the world stage after World War II, an educated public was ready. The Library of Alexandria burned. Kahle’s argument: we are at the same fork in the road. The digital transition can be a Carnegie moment — everyone with access to all human knowledge — or it can be an Alexandria moment. Sixty percent of news organisations now have paywalls. Academic publishing is controlled by three conglomerates. The library system we have is worse, not better, than the one Kahle grew up with.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The 1976 Copyright Act as Original Sin: </strong>Copyright used to be opt-in: you had to put a ‘c’ on your work and register it. The 1976 Act made it opt-out: everything is copyrighted by default, forever, with terms that keep being extended. The consequences: Wikipedia had to be written from scratch because the encyclopedias already written couldn’t be shared openly. Academic papers are walled inside publisher systems, which is why arXiv exists. Libraries can no longer buy digital books — only rent access in surveillance environments. The bargain between publishers, libraries, authors, and the public that functioned for centuries has been dissolved by lobbyists writing copyright law.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Truth Is Paywalled and the Lies Are Free: </strong>Kahle’s most quotable line belongs to someone else — the editor of <em>Current Affairs</em>. But Kahle endorses it fully. An entire generation is now growing up without access to the published works of the twentieth century. People are genuinely confused about whether the Holocaust happened — not because the information doesn’t exist, but because it’s behind a paywall. What is free on the internet is what serves the interests of the platforms: viral, emotional, algorithmically optimised, frequently false. The deep, sourced, accurate record costs money to access. That inversion is not an accident. It is the business model.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Turnkey Tyranny: </strong>Kahle quotes Edward Snowden’s phrase for what surveillance capitalism has built: turnkey tyranny. All it needs is someone motivated to think tyrannically, and all the laws, policies, and technologies are already in place. The internet was built on a protocol: play by the rules and you’re in. That openness is gone. What replaced it is a small number of platforms with enormous centralised control of distribution, purchasing the upstream sources — Comcast buying movie studios, Amazon buying MGM. Whoever controls distribution, Lawrence Lessig’s maxim holds, will eventually control everything upstream from it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Mass Larceny? The Real Loser Is People: </strong>Asked the binary question — is AI mass larceny, yes or no? — Kahle refuses it. His answer: the fight between publishers and AI companies is Coke versus Pepsi. The real dynamic is large corporations — whether you call them AI companies or publishing conglomerates — taking from people’s goodwill, their creative output, their authorship, and landing the value in very few hands. What Kahle wants is public AI: ClimateGPT, reading the Sri Lankan 1953 fish reports and seeing the patterns in them. AI that serves the public good, not the shareholders of one, two, or three gigantic players. The answer isn’t either Coke or Pepsi. It’s water.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://brewster.kahle.org/">Brewster Kahle</a> is the founder and Digital Librarian of the <a href="https://archive.org/">Internet Archive</a>, a member of the Internet Hall of Fame, and the author or editor of <em>Vanishing Culture</em> (Internet Archive, 2024). He was previously the founder of WAIS and Alexa Internet. He lives in San Francisco.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://archive.org/">Internet Archive</a> — archive.org.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Vanishing Culture</em>: A Report on Our Disappearing Digital Heritage, ed. Brewster Kahle et al. (Internet Archive, 2024). Available free at archive.org.</p><p> </p><p>•       arXiv (<a href="https://arxiv.org/">arxiv.org</a>) — the open-access preprint server that routes around academic publishing.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2877: Keith Teare — Let’s Just Say It Out Loud: AI Is Not Dangerous. The counterpoint to Kahle’s wariness about AI centralisation.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:30) - The internet’s librarian: forgetting vs. surveillance</li>
<li>(01:55) - Carnegie moment or Alexandria moment?</li>
<li>(03:20) - Andrew Carnegi...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The truth is paywalled, and the lies are free.” — Current Affairs editor, quoted by Brewster Kahle</em></p><p> </p><p>The internet, we were promised, would remember everything. Rather than memory, however, it is now most distinguished by its digital forgetfulness. That’s the warning in <a href="https://blog.archive.org/2026/04/23/introducing-vanishing-culture-a-new-book-on-the-loss-of-our-digital-memory/"><em>Vanishing Culture</em></a>, a new series of essays published by the San Francisco-based <a href="https://archive.org/">Internet Archive</a>. In its concluding essay by <a href="https://brewster.kahle.org/">Brewster Kahle</a> — founder of the <a href="https://archive.org/">Internet Archive</a>, member of the Internet Hall of Fame, and the closest thing the web has to an official librarian — he makes the case for preserving the online library system.</p><p> </p><p>“Our evolving digital age can be our next Carnegie moment or it can be a Library of Alexandria moment. It is up to us.”</p><p> </p><p>Today’s internet library system, Kahle argues, is worse than the analogue one he grew up with. It’s faster, he acknowledges, but shallower. The 1976 Copyright Act means that rather than buying digital books, libraries can only rent access in surveillance environments controlled by a handful of corporations. Sixty percent of news organisations now have paywalls. Academic publishing is controlled by three conglomerates. So an entire generation is growing up without access to the published works of the twentieth century.</p><p> </p><p>“The truth is paywalled, and the lies are free,” as the editor of <em>Current Affairs</em> put it. That is today’s internet. No laughter. Only forgetting.</p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Carnegie Moment or Alexandria Moment: </strong>The Internet Archive’s pamphlet <em>Vanishing Culture</em> opens with a choice. Andrew Carnegie invested in public libraries during the early twentieth century: every town in America got one, and by the time the US was thrust onto the world stage after World War II, an educated public was ready. The Library of Alexandria burned. Kahle’s argument: we are at the same fork in the road. The digital transition can be a Carnegie moment — everyone with access to all human knowledge — or it can be an Alexandria moment. Sixty percent of news organisations now have paywalls. Academic publishing is controlled by three conglomerates. The library system we have is worse, not better, than the one Kahle grew up with.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The 1976 Copyright Act as Original Sin: </strong>Copyright used to be opt-in: you had to put a ‘c’ on your work and register it. The 1976 Act made it opt-out: everything is copyrighted by default, forever, with terms that keep being extended. The consequences: Wikipedia had to be written from scratch because the encyclopedias already written couldn’t be shared openly. Academic papers are walled inside publisher systems, which is why arXiv exists. Libraries can no longer buy digital books — only rent access in surveillance environments. The bargain between publishers, libraries, authors, and the public that functioned for centuries has been dissolved by lobbyists writing copyright law.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Truth Is Paywalled and the Lies Are Free: </strong>Kahle’s most quotable line belongs to someone else — the editor of <em>Current Affairs</em>. But Kahle endorses it fully. An entire generation is now growing up without access to the published works of the twentieth century. People are genuinely confused about whether the Holocaust happened — not because the information doesn’t exist, but because it’s behind a paywall. What is free on the internet is what serves the interests of the platforms: viral, emotional, algorithmically optimised, frequently false. The deep, sourced, accurate record costs money to access. That inversion is not an accident. It is the business model.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Turnkey Tyranny: </strong>Kahle quotes Edward Snowden’s phrase for what surveillance capitalism has built: turnkey tyranny. All it needs is someone motivated to think tyrannically, and all the laws, policies, and technologies are already in place. The internet was built on a protocol: play by the rules and you’re in. That openness is gone. What replaced it is a small number of platforms with enormous centralised control of distribution, purchasing the upstream sources — Comcast buying movie studios, Amazon buying MGM. Whoever controls distribution, Lawrence Lessig’s maxim holds, will eventually control everything upstream from it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Mass Larceny? The Real Loser Is People: </strong>Asked the binary question — is AI mass larceny, yes or no? — Kahle refuses it. His answer: the fight between publishers and AI companies is Coke versus Pepsi. The real dynamic is large corporations — whether you call them AI companies or publishing conglomerates — taking from people’s goodwill, their creative output, their authorship, and landing the value in very few hands. What Kahle wants is public AI: ClimateGPT, reading the Sri Lankan 1953 fish reports and seeing the patterns in them. AI that serves the public good, not the shareholders of one, two, or three gigantic players. The answer isn’t either Coke or Pepsi. It’s water.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://brewster.kahle.org/">Brewster Kahle</a> is the founder and Digital Librarian of the <a href="https://archive.org/">Internet Archive</a>, a member of the Internet Hall of Fame, and the author or editor of <em>Vanishing Culture</em> (Internet Archive, 2024). He was previously the founder of WAIS and Alexa Internet. He lives in San Francisco.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://archive.org/">Internet Archive</a> — archive.org.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Vanishing Culture</em>: A Report on Our Disappearing Digital Heritage, ed. Brewster Kahle et al. (Internet Archive, 2024). Available free at archive.org.</p><p> </p><p>•       arXiv (<a href="https://arxiv.org/">arxiv.org</a>) — the open-access preprint server that routes around academic publishing.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2877: Keith Teare — Let’s Just Say It Out Loud: AI Is Not Dangerous. The counterpoint to Kahle’s wariness about AI centralisation.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:30) - The internet’s librarian: forgetting vs. surveillance</li>
<li>(01:55) - Carnegie moment or Alexandria moment?</li>
<li>(03:20) - Andrew Carnegi...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Apr 2026 07:00:39 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/a43975f4/abaf4f43.mp3" length="82143668" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9wbwhTgYkJM">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/8ua2Jteohcv3e3jofRcoDj0usf5jD26r72xzEKXFLDU/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xNTMy/OGVhMmM5NzgxNTY1/MzFiOWFlYzkwNDk0/OWVkMC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2566</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The truth is paywalled, and the lies are free.” — Current Affairs editor, quoted by Brewster Kahle</em></p><p> </p><p>The internet, we were promised, would remember everything. Rather than memory, however, it is now most distinguished by its digital forgetfulness. That’s the warning in <a href="https://blog.archive.org/2026/04/23/introducing-vanishing-culture-a-new-book-on-the-loss-of-our-digital-memory/"><em>Vanishing Culture</em></a>, a new series of essays published by the San Francisco-based <a href="https://archive.org/">Internet Archive</a>. In its concluding essay by <a href="https://brewster.kahle.org/">Brewster Kahle</a> — founder of the <a href="https://archive.org/">Internet Archive</a>, member of the Internet Hall of Fame, and the closest thing the web has to an official librarian — he makes the case for preserving the online library system.</p><p> </p><p>“Our evolving digital age can be our next Carnegie moment or it can be a Library of Alexandria moment. It is up to us.”</p><p> </p><p>Today’s internet library system, Kahle argues, is worse than the analogue one he grew up with. It’s faster, he acknowledges, but shallower. The 1976 Copyright Act means that rather than buying digital books, libraries can only rent access in surveillance environments controlled by a handful of corporations. Sixty percent of news organisations now have paywalls. Academic publishing is controlled by three conglomerates. So an entire generation is growing up without access to the published works of the twentieth century.</p><p> </p><p>“The truth is paywalled, and the lies are free,” as the editor of <em>Current Affairs</em> put it. That is today’s internet. No laughter. Only forgetting.</p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Carnegie Moment or Alexandria Moment: </strong>The Internet Archive’s pamphlet <em>Vanishing Culture</em> opens with a choice. Andrew Carnegie invested in public libraries during the early twentieth century: every town in America got one, and by the time the US was thrust onto the world stage after World War II, an educated public was ready. The Library of Alexandria burned. Kahle’s argument: we are at the same fork in the road. The digital transition can be a Carnegie moment — everyone with access to all human knowledge — or it can be an Alexandria moment. Sixty percent of news organisations now have paywalls. Academic publishing is controlled by three conglomerates. The library system we have is worse, not better, than the one Kahle grew up with.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The 1976 Copyright Act as Original Sin: </strong>Copyright used to be opt-in: you had to put a ‘c’ on your work and register it. The 1976 Act made it opt-out: everything is copyrighted by default, forever, with terms that keep being extended. The consequences: Wikipedia had to be written from scratch because the encyclopedias already written couldn’t be shared openly. Academic papers are walled inside publisher systems, which is why arXiv exists. Libraries can no longer buy digital books — only rent access in surveillance environments. The bargain between publishers, libraries, authors, and the public that functioned for centuries has been dissolved by lobbyists writing copyright law.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Truth Is Paywalled and the Lies Are Free: </strong>Kahle’s most quotable line belongs to someone else — the editor of <em>Current Affairs</em>. But Kahle endorses it fully. An entire generation is now growing up without access to the published works of the twentieth century. People are genuinely confused about whether the Holocaust happened — not because the information doesn’t exist, but because it’s behind a paywall. What is free on the internet is what serves the interests of the platforms: viral, emotional, algorithmically optimised, frequently false. The deep, sourced, accurate record costs money to access. That inversion is not an accident. It is the business model.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Turnkey Tyranny: </strong>Kahle quotes Edward Snowden’s phrase for what surveillance capitalism has built: turnkey tyranny. All it needs is someone motivated to think tyrannically, and all the laws, policies, and technologies are already in place. The internet was built on a protocol: play by the rules and you’re in. That openness is gone. What replaced it is a small number of platforms with enormous centralised control of distribution, purchasing the upstream sources — Comcast buying movie studios, Amazon buying MGM. Whoever controls distribution, Lawrence Lessig’s maxim holds, will eventually control everything upstream from it.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Mass Larceny? The Real Loser Is People: </strong>Asked the binary question — is AI mass larceny, yes or no? — Kahle refuses it. His answer: the fight between publishers and AI companies is Coke versus Pepsi. The real dynamic is large corporations — whether you call them AI companies or publishing conglomerates — taking from people’s goodwill, their creative output, their authorship, and landing the value in very few hands. What Kahle wants is public AI: ClimateGPT, reading the Sri Lankan 1953 fish reports and seeing the patterns in them. AI that serves the public good, not the shareholders of one, two, or three gigantic players. The answer isn’t either Coke or Pepsi. It’s water.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://brewster.kahle.org/">Brewster Kahle</a> is the founder and Digital Librarian of the <a href="https://archive.org/">Internet Archive</a>, a member of the Internet Hall of Fame, and the author or editor of <em>Vanishing Culture</em> (Internet Archive, 2024). He was previously the founder of WAIS and Alexa Internet. He lives in San Francisco.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://archive.org/">Internet Archive</a> — archive.org.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Vanishing Culture</em>: A Report on Our Disappearing Digital Heritage, ed. Brewster Kahle et al. (Internet Archive, 2024). Available free at archive.org.</p><p> </p><p>•       arXiv (<a href="https://arxiv.org/">arxiv.org</a>) — the open-access preprint server that routes around academic publishing.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2877: Keith Teare — Let’s Just Say It Out Loud: AI Is Not Dangerous. The counterpoint to Kahle’s wariness about AI centralisation.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:30) - The internet’s librarian: forgetting vs. surveillance</li>
<li>(01:55) - Carnegie moment or Alexandria moment?</li>
<li>(03:20) - Andrew Carnegi...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a43975f4/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a43975f4/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Are White Men Really Smarter Than Everybody Else? Steve Phillips on Who Actually Runs America</title>
      <itunes:episode>2885</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2885</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Are White Men Really Smarter Than Everybody Else? Steve Phillips on Who Actually Runs America</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0dcf55d0-c5bf-4c21-ad27-b4e6b69f46fe</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“White men are 29 percent of the population but hold 90 percent of Fortune 500 CEO positions, 90 percent of venture capital, and 98 percent of all money managed by money managers. Is that because they’re smarter? Or is it because there is preference, inequality, and active bias in favor of white men?” — Steve Phillips</em></p><p> </p><p>Are white men really smarter than other Americans? Some white men might think so, but few others are convinced. Especially the Stanford educated <a href="https://stevephillips.com/">Steve Phillips</a> whose new book, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Are-White-Men-Smarter-Everyone/dp/1641609362"><em>Are White Men Smarter Than Everybody Else?</em></a> is designed to “play offense” in the fight for American racial justice. The title of Phillips’s new book is, of course, a provocation. White men are 29 percent of the population, he tells us, but hold 90 percent of Fortune 500 CEO positions, 90 percent of venture capital, and 98 percent of all investment funds managed by money managers. Is that really because they’re smarter than everybody else? Or is it because the system is biased in favor of white dudes who graduated from Harvard, Princeton and Stanford.</p><p> </p><p>After the murder of George Floyd in 2020, Phillips argues, there was, albeit all-too-briefly, broad agreement that systemic racism existed and needed to be addressed. Then came the 2024 election and the MAGA war against DEI. It’s time to fight back, Phillips says. Rather than defending affirmative action, Phillips says that the question is why, in the richest country in the world, white men hold 90 percent of the power when they are only 29 percent of the population. Until that mathematical inconsistency is explained, there’s no point in pretending that the arc of American history bends toward justice.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>29 Percent of the Population, 90 Percent of the Power: </strong>The book’s central data point. White men are 29 percent of the US population. They hold 90 percent of Fortune 500 CEO positions. They receive 90 percent of venture capital funding. They manage 98 percent of all investment money in the country. Phillips’s argument: you don’t need to allege conscious racism to explain this. You just need to acknowledge that a system shaped by centuries of exclusion doesn’t self-correct. The question the title asks is the question nobody wants to answer: if the system is meritocratic, why do these numbers look like this? Either white men are smarter than everybody else, or the system is not meritocratic.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Playing Offense: </strong>The book began as a study of what happened to the post-George Floyd consensus. The broad agreement that systemic racism existed — widespread in June 2020 — dissolved within months. By 2024, the political momentum had reversed entirely. Phillips’s diagnosis: the left spent the intervening years playing defense — defending DEI, defending affirmative action, defending the language of equity. The result was a retreat. His prescription: stop defending programmes and start prosecuting the inequality. Make the other side explain the numbers. Reframe the question from “should we have DEI?” to “why do white men hold 90 percent of the power?”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Biker Gang Analogy: </strong>To the objection — common from white Americans — that they personally didn’t create the racial wealth gap: Phillips offers the biker gang. A gang comes into someone’s house, takes all the resources, occupies the house, and passes it on to their children. The children can say: I didn’t do anything. But they inherited a structurally unequal situation. The GI Bill after World War II gave billions of dollars in wealth-building to white Americans while largely excluding people of color. The average white family has more than ten times the assets of the average black family. “I didn’t do it” is not the same as “I don’t benefit from it.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Confederates Never Stopped Fighting: </strong>Phillips’s underlying argument: the division in American politics is not left vs. right. It is an existential question that has never been resolved — is this a white country, or is this a multiracial democracy? The Confederates and their ideological heirs never conceded the answer. White fear and resentment at equality is the single most consistent driving force in Republican politics since 1965, the year Lyndon Johnson signed the Voting Rights Act and no Democratic presidential candidate has won the majority of the white vote since.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>America Can’t Pass a Bill to Study Reparations: </strong>The wealth of the United States was created by the labour of enslaved black people and on land taken from Native Americans. Banks and insurance companies trace their original capital to the bodies and labour of enslaved people. The racial wealth gap is the direct structural consequence of that history. Congress has repeatedly failed to pass a bill not to pay reparations, but merely to study the question. Not a single vote to begin the conversation. Until America can have that conversation, it hasn’t begun to confront what is owed.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://stevephillips.com/">Steve Phillips</a> is the founder of Democracy in Color and the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Are-White-Men-Smarter-Everyone/dp/1641609362"><em>Are White Men Smarter Than Everybody Else?</em></a>, <em>How We Won the Civil War</em>, and <em>Brown Is the New White</em>. He is a senior fellow at the Center for American Progress and a former San Francisco school board president.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Are-White-Men-Smarter-Everyone/dp/1641609362"><em>Are White Men Smarter Than Everybody Else? Playing Offense in the Fight for Racial Justice in America</em></a> by Steve Phillips.</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://democracyincolor.com/">Democracy in Color</a> — Phillips’s organisation focused on race and politics.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2883: Melvin Patrick Ely on <em>A Terrible Intimacy</em> — the companion episode on interracial life in the slaveholding South that immediately precedes this one.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:30) - Introduction: from slavery to the present — has anything changed?</li>
<li>(01:11) - The short answer: no. And what it took to end slavery.</li>
<li>(02:03) - Why the racial wealth gap persists</li>
<li>(03:26) - The Confederates never stopped f...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“White men are 29 percent of the population but hold 90 percent of Fortune 500 CEO positions, 90 percent of venture capital, and 98 percent of all money managed by money managers. Is that because they’re smarter? Or is it because there is preference, inequality, and active bias in favor of white men?” — Steve Phillips</em></p><p> </p><p>Are white men really smarter than other Americans? Some white men might think so, but few others are convinced. Especially the Stanford educated <a href="https://stevephillips.com/">Steve Phillips</a> whose new book, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Are-White-Men-Smarter-Everyone/dp/1641609362"><em>Are White Men Smarter Than Everybody Else?</em></a> is designed to “play offense” in the fight for American racial justice. The title of Phillips’s new book is, of course, a provocation. White men are 29 percent of the population, he tells us, but hold 90 percent of Fortune 500 CEO positions, 90 percent of venture capital, and 98 percent of all investment funds managed by money managers. Is that really because they’re smarter than everybody else? Or is it because the system is biased in favor of white dudes who graduated from Harvard, Princeton and Stanford.</p><p> </p><p>After the murder of George Floyd in 2020, Phillips argues, there was, albeit all-too-briefly, broad agreement that systemic racism existed and needed to be addressed. Then came the 2024 election and the MAGA war against DEI. It’s time to fight back, Phillips says. Rather than defending affirmative action, Phillips says that the question is why, in the richest country in the world, white men hold 90 percent of the power when they are only 29 percent of the population. Until that mathematical inconsistency is explained, there’s no point in pretending that the arc of American history bends toward justice.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>29 Percent of the Population, 90 Percent of the Power: </strong>The book’s central data point. White men are 29 percent of the US population. They hold 90 percent of Fortune 500 CEO positions. They receive 90 percent of venture capital funding. They manage 98 percent of all investment money in the country. Phillips’s argument: you don’t need to allege conscious racism to explain this. You just need to acknowledge that a system shaped by centuries of exclusion doesn’t self-correct. The question the title asks is the question nobody wants to answer: if the system is meritocratic, why do these numbers look like this? Either white men are smarter than everybody else, or the system is not meritocratic.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Playing Offense: </strong>The book began as a study of what happened to the post-George Floyd consensus. The broad agreement that systemic racism existed — widespread in June 2020 — dissolved within months. By 2024, the political momentum had reversed entirely. Phillips’s diagnosis: the left spent the intervening years playing defense — defending DEI, defending affirmative action, defending the language of equity. The result was a retreat. His prescription: stop defending programmes and start prosecuting the inequality. Make the other side explain the numbers. Reframe the question from “should we have DEI?” to “why do white men hold 90 percent of the power?”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Biker Gang Analogy: </strong>To the objection — common from white Americans — that they personally didn’t create the racial wealth gap: Phillips offers the biker gang. A gang comes into someone’s house, takes all the resources, occupies the house, and passes it on to their children. The children can say: I didn’t do anything. But they inherited a structurally unequal situation. The GI Bill after World War II gave billions of dollars in wealth-building to white Americans while largely excluding people of color. The average white family has more than ten times the assets of the average black family. “I didn’t do it” is not the same as “I don’t benefit from it.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Confederates Never Stopped Fighting: </strong>Phillips’s underlying argument: the division in American politics is not left vs. right. It is an existential question that has never been resolved — is this a white country, or is this a multiracial democracy? The Confederates and their ideological heirs never conceded the answer. White fear and resentment at equality is the single most consistent driving force in Republican politics since 1965, the year Lyndon Johnson signed the Voting Rights Act and no Democratic presidential candidate has won the majority of the white vote since.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>America Can’t Pass a Bill to Study Reparations: </strong>The wealth of the United States was created by the labour of enslaved black people and on land taken from Native Americans. Banks and insurance companies trace their original capital to the bodies and labour of enslaved people. The racial wealth gap is the direct structural consequence of that history. Congress has repeatedly failed to pass a bill not to pay reparations, but merely to study the question. Not a single vote to begin the conversation. Until America can have that conversation, it hasn’t begun to confront what is owed.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://stevephillips.com/">Steve Phillips</a> is the founder of Democracy in Color and the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Are-White-Men-Smarter-Everyone/dp/1641609362"><em>Are White Men Smarter Than Everybody Else?</em></a>, <em>How We Won the Civil War</em>, and <em>Brown Is the New White</em>. He is a senior fellow at the Center for American Progress and a former San Francisco school board president.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Are-White-Men-Smarter-Everyone/dp/1641609362"><em>Are White Men Smarter Than Everybody Else? Playing Offense in the Fight for Racial Justice in America</em></a> by Steve Phillips.</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://democracyincolor.com/">Democracy in Color</a> — Phillips’s organisation focused on race and politics.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2883: Melvin Patrick Ely on <em>A Terrible Intimacy</em> — the companion episode on interracial life in the slaveholding South that immediately precedes this one.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:30) - Introduction: from slavery to the present — has anything changed?</li>
<li>(01:11) - The short answer: no. And what it took to end slavery.</li>
<li>(02:03) - Why the racial wealth gap persists</li>
<li>(03:26) - The Confederates never stopped f...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 26 Apr 2026 11:14:08 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/1def48c9/e5590e90.mp3" length="110939940" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PRpAnjVK5Tw">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/QgZg2r8eQrgMaudrHa4j_YwKYcaxDQsI48iSCM-B7Aw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8yMWE1/Yjg5YjM5YmM3NzQy/MTAyNTkwODZkMDgz/NDc3My5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3466</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“White men are 29 percent of the population but hold 90 percent of Fortune 500 CEO positions, 90 percent of venture capital, and 98 percent of all money managed by money managers. Is that because they’re smarter? Or is it because there is preference, inequality, and active bias in favor of white men?” — Steve Phillips</em></p><p> </p><p>Are white men really smarter than other Americans? Some white men might think so, but few others are convinced. Especially the Stanford educated <a href="https://stevephillips.com/">Steve Phillips</a> whose new book, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Are-White-Men-Smarter-Everyone/dp/1641609362"><em>Are White Men Smarter Than Everybody Else?</em></a> is designed to “play offense” in the fight for American racial justice. The title of Phillips’s new book is, of course, a provocation. White men are 29 percent of the population, he tells us, but hold 90 percent of Fortune 500 CEO positions, 90 percent of venture capital, and 98 percent of all investment funds managed by money managers. Is that really because they’re smarter than everybody else? Or is it because the system is biased in favor of white dudes who graduated from Harvard, Princeton and Stanford.</p><p> </p><p>After the murder of George Floyd in 2020, Phillips argues, there was, albeit all-too-briefly, broad agreement that systemic racism existed and needed to be addressed. Then came the 2024 election and the MAGA war against DEI. It’s time to fight back, Phillips says. Rather than defending affirmative action, Phillips says that the question is why, in the richest country in the world, white men hold 90 percent of the power when they are only 29 percent of the population. Until that mathematical inconsistency is explained, there’s no point in pretending that the arc of American history bends toward justice.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>29 Percent of the Population, 90 Percent of the Power: </strong>The book’s central data point. White men are 29 percent of the US population. They hold 90 percent of Fortune 500 CEO positions. They receive 90 percent of venture capital funding. They manage 98 percent of all investment money in the country. Phillips’s argument: you don’t need to allege conscious racism to explain this. You just need to acknowledge that a system shaped by centuries of exclusion doesn’t self-correct. The question the title asks is the question nobody wants to answer: if the system is meritocratic, why do these numbers look like this? Either white men are smarter than everybody else, or the system is not meritocratic.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Playing Offense: </strong>The book began as a study of what happened to the post-George Floyd consensus. The broad agreement that systemic racism existed — widespread in June 2020 — dissolved within months. By 2024, the political momentum had reversed entirely. Phillips’s diagnosis: the left spent the intervening years playing defense — defending DEI, defending affirmative action, defending the language of equity. The result was a retreat. His prescription: stop defending programmes and start prosecuting the inequality. Make the other side explain the numbers. Reframe the question from “should we have DEI?” to “why do white men hold 90 percent of the power?”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Biker Gang Analogy: </strong>To the objection — common from white Americans — that they personally didn’t create the racial wealth gap: Phillips offers the biker gang. A gang comes into someone’s house, takes all the resources, occupies the house, and passes it on to their children. The children can say: I didn’t do anything. But they inherited a structurally unequal situation. The GI Bill after World War II gave billions of dollars in wealth-building to white Americans while largely excluding people of color. The average white family has more than ten times the assets of the average black family. “I didn’t do it” is not the same as “I don’t benefit from it.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Confederates Never Stopped Fighting: </strong>Phillips’s underlying argument: the division in American politics is not left vs. right. It is an existential question that has never been resolved — is this a white country, or is this a multiracial democracy? The Confederates and their ideological heirs never conceded the answer. White fear and resentment at equality is the single most consistent driving force in Republican politics since 1965, the year Lyndon Johnson signed the Voting Rights Act and no Democratic presidential candidate has won the majority of the white vote since.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>America Can’t Pass a Bill to Study Reparations: </strong>The wealth of the United States was created by the labour of enslaved black people and on land taken from Native Americans. Banks and insurance companies trace their original capital to the bodies and labour of enslaved people. The racial wealth gap is the direct structural consequence of that history. Congress has repeatedly failed to pass a bill not to pay reparations, but merely to study the question. Not a single vote to begin the conversation. Until America can have that conversation, it hasn’t begun to confront what is owed.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://stevephillips.com/">Steve Phillips</a> is the founder of Democracy in Color and the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Are-White-Men-Smarter-Everyone/dp/1641609362"><em>Are White Men Smarter Than Everybody Else?</em></a>, <em>How We Won the Civil War</em>, and <em>Brown Is the New White</em>. He is a senior fellow at the Center for American Progress and a former San Francisco school board president.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Are-White-Men-Smarter-Everyone/dp/1641609362"><em>Are White Men Smarter Than Everybody Else? Playing Offense in the Fight for Racial Justice in America</em></a> by Steve Phillips.</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://democracyincolor.com/">Democracy in Color</a> — Phillips’s organisation focused on race and politics.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2883: Melvin Patrick Ely on <em>A Terrible Intimacy</em> — the companion episode on interracial life in the slaveholding South that immediately precedes this one.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:30) - Introduction: from slavery to the present — has anything changed?</li>
<li>(01:11) - The short answer: no. And what it took to end slavery.</li>
<li>(02:03) - Why the racial wealth gap persists</li>
<li>(03:26) - The Confederates never stopped f...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/1def48c9/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/1def48c9/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Adulting: The Week That AI Finally Grew Up</title>
      <itunes:episode>2884</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2884</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Adulting: The Week That AI Finally Grew Up</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e8a5e482-1762-4345-b76d-b78a3adace5d</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Sam Altman’s best case scenario is that abundance lifts everyone up to a much higher standard, but it also exacerbates inequality. That was his favorite outcome.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>This week’s editorial from <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a>, publisher of the <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> newsletter, is entitled “Adulting.” His verdict: this was the week the AI industry finally started behaving like grown-ups. The evidence: OpenAI launched ChatGPT 5.5 and Image 2.0, both outstanding, and then made a move Keith considers more significant than either — pivoting Codex from a programmer’s tool into the central interface for everything. The gravity has shifted from the model to the user interface. You shouldn’t be using ChatGPT anymore. You should be using Codex. Meanwhile, freemium is working: less tokens, much better output, a functional free tier, and the heaviest users paying for more.</p><p> </p><p>Anthropic’s week was more complicated. The first four days were, in Keith’s word, awful: Opus 4.7 launched with a massive deterioration in performance, hallucinations back, service throttled, timeouts everywhere. Then Anthropic removed features from its paid product, got a furious backlash, and reinstated them within twenty-four hours — what Keith calls Dario’s adolescent-teenager moment. But Friday redeemed the week: Google committed up to $40 billion in infrastructure investment, Amazon added $5 billion. The money goes into data center capacity and chips — TPUs from Google, Trainium from Amazon, both competing with Nvidia. Two axes are emerging: OpenAI–Nvidia on one side, Anthropic–Google–Amazon on the other.</p><p> </p><p>The bigger question: what does adulting actually require of AI? Keith’s reading of the week’s most interesting piece — on the future of work — is that the durable jobs in an AI economy will be in the relational sector: nurses, therapists, teachers, craft brewers, live performers, care workers. Human-to-human is the scarce resource. Reid Hoffman adds: technology’s arc bends toward access, but not on its own — it requires political will. And Altman himself, in his interview with Greg Brockman, described his best-case scenario as one in which abundance lifts everyone up but exacerbates inequality. Which is to say: even optimism, in Silicon Valley, ends in more inequality. Adulting, it turns out, has its limits.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Codex Is Now the Central App: </strong>The most significant move of OpenAI’s week wasn’t ChatGPT 5.5 or Image 2.0 — both outstanding — but the repositioning of Codex. What was a programmer’s tool has become the central interface: it does more things, has access to all the models, and represents a shift in where the gravity of the company sits. From the model to the user interface. Keith’s verdict: you shouldn’t be using ChatGPT anymore for any purpose. You should be using Codex. The freemium model is working because less tokens produce much better output, making the free tier genuinely functional — and the heaviest users still pay for more.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Dario’s Adolescent-Teenager Week: </strong>Anthropic’s first four days were, in Keith’s reading, a study in how not to adult. Opus 4.7 launched with massively deteriorated performance — hallucinations returned, the service was throttled, users got timeouts. The infrastructure was creaking under load. Then, to compound the problem, Anthropic removed features from its paid tier. The backlash was immediate and furious. They reinstated the features within twenty-four hours. Keith’s diagnosis: reactive, adolescent, exactly the opposite of what OpenAI was demonstrating that same week with deliberate, long-term thinking.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>$45 Billion and Two Axes: </strong>Friday changed the Anthropic picture entirely. Google committed up to $40 billion in infrastructure investment — $10 billion initially. Amazon added an initial $5 billion. The money funds data center capacity and proprietary chips: TPUs from Google, Trainium from Amazon, both in competition with Nvidia. The implication: two separate technological axes are now forming. OpenAI and Nvidia on one side. Anthropic, Google, and Amazon on the other. Keith’s view: great for Google and Amazon; a long-term bet for Anthropic that they don’t need to be an Nvidia customer.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Future of Work Is Human-to-Human: </strong>Keith’s most interesting read of the week: a piece on the future of work that argues the durable jobs in an AI economy will be in the relational sector — the jobs where the human element is the product itself. Nurses, therapists, teachers, craft brewers, live performers, care workers, spiritual guides. Not prompt engineering (transitional). Not monitoring AI systems (transitional). Human-to-human. Nursing is already the most popular university major. Keith’s extension: as work disappears, so does the social connection it provides — family, friends, colleagues. Which means religion probably makes a comeback.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Sam Altman’s Best Case: More Inequality: </strong>In his interview with Greg Brockman on the Core Memory podcast, Altman described three possible AI futures. His favourite: abundance lifts everyone up to a much higher standard, but also exacerbates inequality. That was the good outcome. The others were worse. Reid Hoffman adds a necessary corrective: technology’s arc bends toward access, but not on its own — it requires human agency and political will. Keith’s gloss, via Robert Heinlein’s <em>For Us, The Living</em>: the heritage check — a monthly dividend to all humans from the automated economy’s surplus. Money as a mechanism for allocating scarce resources becomes less meaningful when scarcity itself disappears.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter — a daily curation of the most important stories at the intersection of technology, business, and culture. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and a long-time interlocutor on <em>Keen On America</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> newsletter by Keith Teare — this week’s editorial: “Adulting.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Greg Brockman and Sam Altman on the Core Memory podcast — the OpenAI interview that anchors the week.</p><p> </p><p>•       Reid Hoffman, “Faith in the Possible,” Substack — technology’s arc bends toward access, but not on its own.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2878: Victoria Hetherington on <em>The Friend Machine</em> — Keith weighs in on AI companionship and the loneliness question.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2877: Keith Teare — Let’s Just Say It Out Loud: AI Is Not Dangerous.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="http..."></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Sam Altman’s best case scenario is that abundance lifts everyone up to a much higher standard, but it also exacerbates inequality. That was his favorite outcome.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>This week’s editorial from <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a>, publisher of the <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> newsletter, is entitled “Adulting.” His verdict: this was the week the AI industry finally started behaving like grown-ups. The evidence: OpenAI launched ChatGPT 5.5 and Image 2.0, both outstanding, and then made a move Keith considers more significant than either — pivoting Codex from a programmer’s tool into the central interface for everything. The gravity has shifted from the model to the user interface. You shouldn’t be using ChatGPT anymore. You should be using Codex. Meanwhile, freemium is working: less tokens, much better output, a functional free tier, and the heaviest users paying for more.</p><p> </p><p>Anthropic’s week was more complicated. The first four days were, in Keith’s word, awful: Opus 4.7 launched with a massive deterioration in performance, hallucinations back, service throttled, timeouts everywhere. Then Anthropic removed features from its paid product, got a furious backlash, and reinstated them within twenty-four hours — what Keith calls Dario’s adolescent-teenager moment. But Friday redeemed the week: Google committed up to $40 billion in infrastructure investment, Amazon added $5 billion. The money goes into data center capacity and chips — TPUs from Google, Trainium from Amazon, both competing with Nvidia. Two axes are emerging: OpenAI–Nvidia on one side, Anthropic–Google–Amazon on the other.</p><p> </p><p>The bigger question: what does adulting actually require of AI? Keith’s reading of the week’s most interesting piece — on the future of work — is that the durable jobs in an AI economy will be in the relational sector: nurses, therapists, teachers, craft brewers, live performers, care workers. Human-to-human is the scarce resource. Reid Hoffman adds: technology’s arc bends toward access, but not on its own — it requires political will. And Altman himself, in his interview with Greg Brockman, described his best-case scenario as one in which abundance lifts everyone up but exacerbates inequality. Which is to say: even optimism, in Silicon Valley, ends in more inequality. Adulting, it turns out, has its limits.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Codex Is Now the Central App: </strong>The most significant move of OpenAI’s week wasn’t ChatGPT 5.5 or Image 2.0 — both outstanding — but the repositioning of Codex. What was a programmer’s tool has become the central interface: it does more things, has access to all the models, and represents a shift in where the gravity of the company sits. From the model to the user interface. Keith’s verdict: you shouldn’t be using ChatGPT anymore for any purpose. You should be using Codex. The freemium model is working because less tokens produce much better output, making the free tier genuinely functional — and the heaviest users still pay for more.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Dario’s Adolescent-Teenager Week: </strong>Anthropic’s first four days were, in Keith’s reading, a study in how not to adult. Opus 4.7 launched with massively deteriorated performance — hallucinations returned, the service was throttled, users got timeouts. The infrastructure was creaking under load. Then, to compound the problem, Anthropic removed features from its paid tier. The backlash was immediate and furious. They reinstated the features within twenty-four hours. Keith’s diagnosis: reactive, adolescent, exactly the opposite of what OpenAI was demonstrating that same week with deliberate, long-term thinking.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>$45 Billion and Two Axes: </strong>Friday changed the Anthropic picture entirely. Google committed up to $40 billion in infrastructure investment — $10 billion initially. Amazon added an initial $5 billion. The money funds data center capacity and proprietary chips: TPUs from Google, Trainium from Amazon, both in competition with Nvidia. The implication: two separate technological axes are now forming. OpenAI and Nvidia on one side. Anthropic, Google, and Amazon on the other. Keith’s view: great for Google and Amazon; a long-term bet for Anthropic that they don’t need to be an Nvidia customer.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Future of Work Is Human-to-Human: </strong>Keith’s most interesting read of the week: a piece on the future of work that argues the durable jobs in an AI economy will be in the relational sector — the jobs where the human element is the product itself. Nurses, therapists, teachers, craft brewers, live performers, care workers, spiritual guides. Not prompt engineering (transitional). Not monitoring AI systems (transitional). Human-to-human. Nursing is already the most popular university major. Keith’s extension: as work disappears, so does the social connection it provides — family, friends, colleagues. Which means religion probably makes a comeback.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Sam Altman’s Best Case: More Inequality: </strong>In his interview with Greg Brockman on the Core Memory podcast, Altman described three possible AI futures. His favourite: abundance lifts everyone up to a much higher standard, but also exacerbates inequality. That was the good outcome. The others were worse. Reid Hoffman adds a necessary corrective: technology’s arc bends toward access, but not on its own — it requires human agency and political will. Keith’s gloss, via Robert Heinlein’s <em>For Us, The Living</em>: the heritage check — a monthly dividend to all humans from the automated economy’s surplus. Money as a mechanism for allocating scarce resources becomes less meaningful when scarcity itself disappears.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter — a daily curation of the most important stories at the intersection of technology, business, and culture. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and a long-time interlocutor on <em>Keen On America</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> newsletter by Keith Teare — this week’s editorial: “Adulting.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Greg Brockman and Sam Altman on the Core Memory podcast — the OpenAI interview that anchors the week.</p><p> </p><p>•       Reid Hoffman, “Faith in the Possible,” Substack — technology’s arc bends toward access, but not on its own.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2878: Victoria Hetherington on <em>The Friend Machine</em> — Keith weighs in on AI companionship and the loneliness question.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2877: Keith Teare — Let’s Just Say It Out Loud: AI Is Not Dangerous.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="http..."></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 25 Apr 2026 12:13:54 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/81e33441/f8a116de.mp3" length="69889236" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RqajnHHCG-k">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/r1xSTv62SMq5xTtlW4P9gquMGqqJlHEIhgKkghIiJRc/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9kNWQ3/MjAwZWE3ZjMxYmRk/M2FhZjJkYzA3NDUz/ZmQzZC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2183</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Sam Altman’s best case scenario is that abundance lifts everyone up to a much higher standard, but it also exacerbates inequality. That was his favorite outcome.” — Keith Teare</em></p><p> </p><p>This week’s editorial from <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a>, publisher of the <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> newsletter, is entitled “Adulting.” His verdict: this was the week the AI industry finally started behaving like grown-ups. The evidence: OpenAI launched ChatGPT 5.5 and Image 2.0, both outstanding, and then made a move Keith considers more significant than either — pivoting Codex from a programmer’s tool into the central interface for everything. The gravity has shifted from the model to the user interface. You shouldn’t be using ChatGPT anymore. You should be using Codex. Meanwhile, freemium is working: less tokens, much better output, a functional free tier, and the heaviest users paying for more.</p><p> </p><p>Anthropic’s week was more complicated. The first four days were, in Keith’s word, awful: Opus 4.7 launched with a massive deterioration in performance, hallucinations back, service throttled, timeouts everywhere. Then Anthropic removed features from its paid product, got a furious backlash, and reinstated them within twenty-four hours — what Keith calls Dario’s adolescent-teenager moment. But Friday redeemed the week: Google committed up to $40 billion in infrastructure investment, Amazon added $5 billion. The money goes into data center capacity and chips — TPUs from Google, Trainium from Amazon, both competing with Nvidia. Two axes are emerging: OpenAI–Nvidia on one side, Anthropic–Google–Amazon on the other.</p><p> </p><p>The bigger question: what does adulting actually require of AI? Keith’s reading of the week’s most interesting piece — on the future of work — is that the durable jobs in an AI economy will be in the relational sector: nurses, therapists, teachers, craft brewers, live performers, care workers. Human-to-human is the scarce resource. Reid Hoffman adds: technology’s arc bends toward access, but not on its own — it requires political will. And Altman himself, in his interview with Greg Brockman, described his best-case scenario as one in which abundance lifts everyone up but exacerbates inequality. Which is to say: even optimism, in Silicon Valley, ends in more inequality. Adulting, it turns out, has its limits.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Codex Is Now the Central App: </strong>The most significant move of OpenAI’s week wasn’t ChatGPT 5.5 or Image 2.0 — both outstanding — but the repositioning of Codex. What was a programmer’s tool has become the central interface: it does more things, has access to all the models, and represents a shift in where the gravity of the company sits. From the model to the user interface. Keith’s verdict: you shouldn’t be using ChatGPT anymore for any purpose. You should be using Codex. The freemium model is working because less tokens produce much better output, making the free tier genuinely functional — and the heaviest users still pay for more.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Dario’s Adolescent-Teenager Week: </strong>Anthropic’s first four days were, in Keith’s reading, a study in how not to adult. Opus 4.7 launched with massively deteriorated performance — hallucinations returned, the service was throttled, users got timeouts. The infrastructure was creaking under load. Then, to compound the problem, Anthropic removed features from its paid tier. The backlash was immediate and furious. They reinstated the features within twenty-four hours. Keith’s diagnosis: reactive, adolescent, exactly the opposite of what OpenAI was demonstrating that same week with deliberate, long-term thinking.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>$45 Billion and Two Axes: </strong>Friday changed the Anthropic picture entirely. Google committed up to $40 billion in infrastructure investment — $10 billion initially. Amazon added an initial $5 billion. The money funds data center capacity and proprietary chips: TPUs from Google, Trainium from Amazon, both in competition with Nvidia. The implication: two separate technological axes are now forming. OpenAI and Nvidia on one side. Anthropic, Google, and Amazon on the other. Keith’s view: great for Google and Amazon; a long-term bet for Anthropic that they don’t need to be an Nvidia customer.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Future of Work Is Human-to-Human: </strong>Keith’s most interesting read of the week: a piece on the future of work that argues the durable jobs in an AI economy will be in the relational sector — the jobs where the human element is the product itself. Nurses, therapists, teachers, craft brewers, live performers, care workers, spiritual guides. Not prompt engineering (transitional). Not monitoring AI systems (transitional). Human-to-human. Nursing is already the most popular university major. Keith’s extension: as work disappears, so does the social connection it provides — family, friends, colleagues. Which means religion probably makes a comeback.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Sam Altman’s Best Case: More Inequality: </strong>In his interview with Greg Brockman on the Core Memory podcast, Altman described three possible AI futures. His favourite: abundance lifts everyone up to a much higher standard, but also exacerbates inequality. That was the good outcome. The others were worse. Reid Hoffman adds a necessary corrective: technology’s arc bends toward access, but not on its own — it requires human agency and political will. Keith’s gloss, via Robert Heinlein’s <em>For Us, The Living</em>: the heritage check — a monthly dividend to all humans from the automated economy’s surplus. Money as a mechanism for allocating scarce resources becomes less meaningful when scarcity itself disappears.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter — a daily curation of the most important stories at the intersection of technology, business, and culture. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and a long-time interlocutor on <em>Keen On America</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> newsletter by Keith Teare — this week’s editorial: “Adulting.”</p><p> </p><p>•       Greg Brockman and Sam Altman on the Core Memory podcast — the OpenAI interview that anchors the week.</p><p> </p><p>•       Reid Hoffman, “Faith in the Possible,” Substack — technology’s arc bends toward access, but not on its own.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2878: Victoria Hetherington on <em>The Friend Machine</em> — Keith weighs in on AI companionship and the loneliness question.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2877: Keith Teare — Let’s Just Say It Out Loud: AI Is Not Dangerous.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="http..."></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/81e33441/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/81e33441/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Terrible, Terrible Intimacy: Melvin Patrick Ely on Interracial Life in the Slaveholding South</title>
      <itunes:episode>2883</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2883</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>A Terrible, Terrible Intimacy: Melvin Patrick Ely on Interracial Life in the Slaveholding South</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8b134c9b-4414-41ad-8ab3-7d111e1d8d10</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The burdens of slavery did crush some people. They elicited outright armed rebellion from others. And between those two extremes, there’s all manner of response. But black culture was what most historians say it was: rich, semiautonomous — and yet there is all kinds of cross-fertilization that goes on.” — Melvin Patrick Ely</em></p><p> </p><p>As we approach the 250th anniversary of the republic, America is still struggling to come to terms with its original sin — slavery. With his new micro-history, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Terrible-Intimacy-Interracial-Slaveholding-South/dp/1250381118"><em>A Terrible Intimacy</em></a>, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Terrible-Intimacy-Interracial-Slaveholding-South/dp/1250381118">Melvin Patrick Ely</a> takes all the abstractions, moral and otherwise, out of the story. The meticulous Ely has spent many years in the county records of Prince Edward County, Virginia, going through 75 cartons of nineteenth-century papers: court cases, lawsuits, plantation ledgers, testimony from black and white witnesses alike. The result is a history of six criminal trials which reveals the intimacy of life between whites and blacks in the slaveholding South.</p><p> </p><p>In Prince Edward County, as on most small Southern farms — and contrary to our plantation mythology, fully half the enslaved people in the South lived on small properties of fewer than twenty people — black and white people knew each other personally. They drank together, worshipped together, spoke the same dialect, shared the same folk knowledge of weather, nature, and time. Ely tells the story of an enslaved man named Tom and his white overseer Richard Foster who consumed a quart of whiskey together in the morning, and then fought to the death that same afternoon over a surcingle strap. That was how blacks and whites lived and died. Such intimacy, Ely is careful to make clear, did not mitigate anything. Everyone knew the master who gouged a slave’s eyes with sticks and pulled sound teeth out with pliers. But he was the outlier. Life was mostly more tragically complex. That was the terribly terrible intimacy about America’s original sin.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Thirty Years in the County Records: </strong>Five or six entire summers, six days a week, eight hours a day, in the Library of Virginia — plus months of collating, plus years of writing. Seventy-five cartons of papers from Prince Edward County: court cases with witness testimony, plantation records, mercantile ledgers, letters, building contracts (including the bill from the carpenter who built the gallows on which one of the book’s central figures was hanged). Ely’s method: go through tens of thousands of documents looking for needles in a haystack — nuggets of revelatory information about how the society actually operated. Most historians process that research behind the scenes and deliver a smooth narrative. Ely does it in front of you, in conversation with the reader.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Tom and the Overseer: A Quart of Whiskey and a Fight to the Death: </strong>The book’s first chapter is built around one criminal trial. An enslaved man named Tom is on trial for killing his white overseer, Richard Foster, with the handle of a hoe. The testimony — from white witnesses including the dead man’s own sister, and from other enslaved people on the farm — reveals that in the morning of the day of the killing, the two men had sat down and drunk together as much as a quart of whiskey. Then, later in the day, a stupid verbal exchange about a missing strap escalates into a fight to the death. In a single day: drinking like buddies, then killing. That is the terrible intimacy — closeness and callousness, not as opposites, but as the same thing.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Half the Enslaved Lived on Small Farms: </strong>The plantation is the dominant image of American slavery — the sprawling estate, the hundreds of enslaved people, the distant master. But fully half of the enslaved people in the South lived on small properties of fewer than twenty people: farms where black and white people of every legal status — enslaved, free black, poor white, slaveholder — were in daily personal contact. They shared the same churches, the same dialects, the same understanding of nature and time. Black culture was rich and semiautonomous, but there was also constant cross-fertilization. The binary of master and slave does not capture what was actually happening in most of the South.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Nobody Said a Word While He Was Alive: </strong>One chapter centers on an enslaved man who killed his master — a man the testimony reveals had beaten him with sticks, broken sticks over his head, gouged his eyes, whipped him, chained him to the floor, and pulled sound teeth from his mouth with pliers. At the trial, white witnesses are called. Their testimony ranges from glossing over the abuse to calling it “barbarious.” But not one of them had spoken up while the master was alive. Not one ever said: beating a slave with a stick must never be done. The range of white feeling about permissible cruelty was finite — some drew the line at near-blindness, some did not. Nobody drew it at the start. That is the system.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Beyond Pride and Shame: </strong>Two hundred and fifty years on, the temptation is still to resolve slavery into a usable narrative — either the sentimental Southern white memory of paternalist kindness, or the equally schematic counter-narrative of unremitting oppression met by constant resistance. Ely resists both. Unremitting oppression does grind people down — but it also elicits armed rebellion, quiet subversion, rich cultural creation, and all manner of response in between. White Southerners were not all identical — but the range of their difference was constrained by a system that made economic gain dependent on the legal ownership of human beings. The book doesn’t offer resolution. It offers accuracy. Which, in the 250th anniversary year, is the harder and more necessary thing.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Terrible-Intimacy-Interracial-Slaveholding-South/dp/1250381118">Melvin Patrick Ely</a> is the William R. Kenan Jr. Professor of Humanities and Professor of History at the College of William &amp; Mary. He is the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Terrible-Intimacy-Interracial-Slaveholding-South/dp/1250381118"><em>A Terrible Intimacy: Interracial Life in the Slaveholding South</em></a> (Henry Holt, April 14, 2026), <em>Israel on the Appomattox: A Southern Experiment in Black Freedom from the 1790s Through the Civil War</em> (Bancroft Prize), and <em>The Adventures of Amos ‘n’ Andy</em>. He lives in Richmond, Virginia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Terrible-Intimacy-Interracial-Slaveholding-South/dp/1250381118"><em>A Terrible Intimacy: Interracial Life in the Slaveholding South</em></a> by Melvin Patrick Ely (Henry Holt, April 14, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Israel on the Appomattox: A Southern Experiment in Black Freedom from the 1790s Through the Civil War</em> by Melvin Patrick Ely — Bancroft Prize winner; the companion volume to this book.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2871: Beverly Gage on <em>This Land Is Your Land</em> — the road trip through American history that opens Ely’s interview as a point of departure.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody ask...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The burdens of slavery did crush some people. They elicited outright armed rebellion from others. And between those two extremes, there’s all manner of response. But black culture was what most historians say it was: rich, semiautonomous — and yet there is all kinds of cross-fertilization that goes on.” — Melvin Patrick Ely</em></p><p> </p><p>As we approach the 250th anniversary of the republic, America is still struggling to come to terms with its original sin — slavery. With his new micro-history, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Terrible-Intimacy-Interracial-Slaveholding-South/dp/1250381118"><em>A Terrible Intimacy</em></a>, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Terrible-Intimacy-Interracial-Slaveholding-South/dp/1250381118">Melvin Patrick Ely</a> takes all the abstractions, moral and otherwise, out of the story. The meticulous Ely has spent many years in the county records of Prince Edward County, Virginia, going through 75 cartons of nineteenth-century papers: court cases, lawsuits, plantation ledgers, testimony from black and white witnesses alike. The result is a history of six criminal trials which reveals the intimacy of life between whites and blacks in the slaveholding South.</p><p> </p><p>In Prince Edward County, as on most small Southern farms — and contrary to our plantation mythology, fully half the enslaved people in the South lived on small properties of fewer than twenty people — black and white people knew each other personally. They drank together, worshipped together, spoke the same dialect, shared the same folk knowledge of weather, nature, and time. Ely tells the story of an enslaved man named Tom and his white overseer Richard Foster who consumed a quart of whiskey together in the morning, and then fought to the death that same afternoon over a surcingle strap. That was how blacks and whites lived and died. Such intimacy, Ely is careful to make clear, did not mitigate anything. Everyone knew the master who gouged a slave’s eyes with sticks and pulled sound teeth out with pliers. But he was the outlier. Life was mostly more tragically complex. That was the terribly terrible intimacy about America’s original sin.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Thirty Years in the County Records: </strong>Five or six entire summers, six days a week, eight hours a day, in the Library of Virginia — plus months of collating, plus years of writing. Seventy-five cartons of papers from Prince Edward County: court cases with witness testimony, plantation records, mercantile ledgers, letters, building contracts (including the bill from the carpenter who built the gallows on which one of the book’s central figures was hanged). Ely’s method: go through tens of thousands of documents looking for needles in a haystack — nuggets of revelatory information about how the society actually operated. Most historians process that research behind the scenes and deliver a smooth narrative. Ely does it in front of you, in conversation with the reader.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Tom and the Overseer: A Quart of Whiskey and a Fight to the Death: </strong>The book’s first chapter is built around one criminal trial. An enslaved man named Tom is on trial for killing his white overseer, Richard Foster, with the handle of a hoe. The testimony — from white witnesses including the dead man’s own sister, and from other enslaved people on the farm — reveals that in the morning of the day of the killing, the two men had sat down and drunk together as much as a quart of whiskey. Then, later in the day, a stupid verbal exchange about a missing strap escalates into a fight to the death. In a single day: drinking like buddies, then killing. That is the terrible intimacy — closeness and callousness, not as opposites, but as the same thing.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Half the Enslaved Lived on Small Farms: </strong>The plantation is the dominant image of American slavery — the sprawling estate, the hundreds of enslaved people, the distant master. But fully half of the enslaved people in the South lived on small properties of fewer than twenty people: farms where black and white people of every legal status — enslaved, free black, poor white, slaveholder — were in daily personal contact. They shared the same churches, the same dialects, the same understanding of nature and time. Black culture was rich and semiautonomous, but there was also constant cross-fertilization. The binary of master and slave does not capture what was actually happening in most of the South.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Nobody Said a Word While He Was Alive: </strong>One chapter centers on an enslaved man who killed his master — a man the testimony reveals had beaten him with sticks, broken sticks over his head, gouged his eyes, whipped him, chained him to the floor, and pulled sound teeth from his mouth with pliers. At the trial, white witnesses are called. Their testimony ranges from glossing over the abuse to calling it “barbarious.” But not one of them had spoken up while the master was alive. Not one ever said: beating a slave with a stick must never be done. The range of white feeling about permissible cruelty was finite — some drew the line at near-blindness, some did not. Nobody drew it at the start. That is the system.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Beyond Pride and Shame: </strong>Two hundred and fifty years on, the temptation is still to resolve slavery into a usable narrative — either the sentimental Southern white memory of paternalist kindness, or the equally schematic counter-narrative of unremitting oppression met by constant resistance. Ely resists both. Unremitting oppression does grind people down — but it also elicits armed rebellion, quiet subversion, rich cultural creation, and all manner of response in between. White Southerners were not all identical — but the range of their difference was constrained by a system that made economic gain dependent on the legal ownership of human beings. The book doesn’t offer resolution. It offers accuracy. Which, in the 250th anniversary year, is the harder and more necessary thing.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Terrible-Intimacy-Interracial-Slaveholding-South/dp/1250381118">Melvin Patrick Ely</a> is the William R. Kenan Jr. Professor of Humanities and Professor of History at the College of William &amp; Mary. He is the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Terrible-Intimacy-Interracial-Slaveholding-South/dp/1250381118"><em>A Terrible Intimacy: Interracial Life in the Slaveholding South</em></a> (Henry Holt, April 14, 2026), <em>Israel on the Appomattox: A Southern Experiment in Black Freedom from the 1790s Through the Civil War</em> (Bancroft Prize), and <em>The Adventures of Amos ‘n’ Andy</em>. He lives in Richmond, Virginia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Terrible-Intimacy-Interracial-Slaveholding-South/dp/1250381118"><em>A Terrible Intimacy: Interracial Life in the Slaveholding South</em></a> by Melvin Patrick Ely (Henry Holt, April 14, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Israel on the Appomattox: A Southern Experiment in Black Freedom from the 1790s Through the Civil War</em> by Melvin Patrick Ely — Bancroft Prize winner; the companion volume to this book.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2871: Beverly Gage on <em>This Land Is Your Land</em> — the road trip through American history that opens Ely’s interview as a point of departure.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody ask...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Apr 2026 07:40:26 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/8711dd72/122aee1a.mp3" length="99555147" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JQsNC_X2g4Q">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/T5iMSTRVREF3Xrimn2XlXM2Z8tlIFcmDSU0gZT7UYQg/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS83YTU3/NTg5NDE5ZDVmM2Vk/N2ZiOGM0NTJjMjY4/ZGI4OS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3110</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The burdens of slavery did crush some people. They elicited outright armed rebellion from others. And between those two extremes, there’s all manner of response. But black culture was what most historians say it was: rich, semiautonomous — and yet there is all kinds of cross-fertilization that goes on.” — Melvin Patrick Ely</em></p><p> </p><p>As we approach the 250th anniversary of the republic, America is still struggling to come to terms with its original sin — slavery. With his new micro-history, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Terrible-Intimacy-Interracial-Slaveholding-South/dp/1250381118"><em>A Terrible Intimacy</em></a>, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Terrible-Intimacy-Interracial-Slaveholding-South/dp/1250381118">Melvin Patrick Ely</a> takes all the abstractions, moral and otherwise, out of the story. The meticulous Ely has spent many years in the county records of Prince Edward County, Virginia, going through 75 cartons of nineteenth-century papers: court cases, lawsuits, plantation ledgers, testimony from black and white witnesses alike. The result is a history of six criminal trials which reveals the intimacy of life between whites and blacks in the slaveholding South.</p><p> </p><p>In Prince Edward County, as on most small Southern farms — and contrary to our plantation mythology, fully half the enslaved people in the South lived on small properties of fewer than twenty people — black and white people knew each other personally. They drank together, worshipped together, spoke the same dialect, shared the same folk knowledge of weather, nature, and time. Ely tells the story of an enslaved man named Tom and his white overseer Richard Foster who consumed a quart of whiskey together in the morning, and then fought to the death that same afternoon over a surcingle strap. That was how blacks and whites lived and died. Such intimacy, Ely is careful to make clear, did not mitigate anything. Everyone knew the master who gouged a slave’s eyes with sticks and pulled sound teeth out with pliers. But he was the outlier. Life was mostly more tragically complex. That was the terribly terrible intimacy about America’s original sin.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Thirty Years in the County Records: </strong>Five or six entire summers, six days a week, eight hours a day, in the Library of Virginia — plus months of collating, plus years of writing. Seventy-five cartons of papers from Prince Edward County: court cases with witness testimony, plantation records, mercantile ledgers, letters, building contracts (including the bill from the carpenter who built the gallows on which one of the book’s central figures was hanged). Ely’s method: go through tens of thousands of documents looking for needles in a haystack — nuggets of revelatory information about how the society actually operated. Most historians process that research behind the scenes and deliver a smooth narrative. Ely does it in front of you, in conversation with the reader.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Tom and the Overseer: A Quart of Whiskey and a Fight to the Death: </strong>The book’s first chapter is built around one criminal trial. An enslaved man named Tom is on trial for killing his white overseer, Richard Foster, with the handle of a hoe. The testimony — from white witnesses including the dead man’s own sister, and from other enslaved people on the farm — reveals that in the morning of the day of the killing, the two men had sat down and drunk together as much as a quart of whiskey. Then, later in the day, a stupid verbal exchange about a missing strap escalates into a fight to the death. In a single day: drinking like buddies, then killing. That is the terrible intimacy — closeness and callousness, not as opposites, but as the same thing.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Half the Enslaved Lived on Small Farms: </strong>The plantation is the dominant image of American slavery — the sprawling estate, the hundreds of enslaved people, the distant master. But fully half of the enslaved people in the South lived on small properties of fewer than twenty people: farms where black and white people of every legal status — enslaved, free black, poor white, slaveholder — were in daily personal contact. They shared the same churches, the same dialects, the same understanding of nature and time. Black culture was rich and semiautonomous, but there was also constant cross-fertilization. The binary of master and slave does not capture what was actually happening in most of the South.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Nobody Said a Word While He Was Alive: </strong>One chapter centers on an enslaved man who killed his master — a man the testimony reveals had beaten him with sticks, broken sticks over his head, gouged his eyes, whipped him, chained him to the floor, and pulled sound teeth from his mouth with pliers. At the trial, white witnesses are called. Their testimony ranges from glossing over the abuse to calling it “barbarious.” But not one of them had spoken up while the master was alive. Not one ever said: beating a slave with a stick must never be done. The range of white feeling about permissible cruelty was finite — some drew the line at near-blindness, some did not. Nobody drew it at the start. That is the system.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Beyond Pride and Shame: </strong>Two hundred and fifty years on, the temptation is still to resolve slavery into a usable narrative — either the sentimental Southern white memory of paternalist kindness, or the equally schematic counter-narrative of unremitting oppression met by constant resistance. Ely resists both. Unremitting oppression does grind people down — but it also elicits armed rebellion, quiet subversion, rich cultural creation, and all manner of response in between. White Southerners were not all identical — but the range of their difference was constrained by a system that made economic gain dependent on the legal ownership of human beings. The book doesn’t offer resolution. It offers accuracy. Which, in the 250th anniversary year, is the harder and more necessary thing.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Terrible-Intimacy-Interracial-Slaveholding-South/dp/1250381118">Melvin Patrick Ely</a> is the William R. Kenan Jr. Professor of Humanities and Professor of History at the College of William &amp; Mary. He is the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Terrible-Intimacy-Interracial-Slaveholding-South/dp/1250381118"><em>A Terrible Intimacy: Interracial Life in the Slaveholding South</em></a> (Henry Holt, April 14, 2026), <em>Israel on the Appomattox: A Southern Experiment in Black Freedom from the 1790s Through the Civil War</em> (Bancroft Prize), and <em>The Adventures of Amos ‘n’ Andy</em>. He lives in Richmond, Virginia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Terrible-Intimacy-Interracial-Slaveholding-South/dp/1250381118"><em>A Terrible Intimacy: Interracial Life in the Slaveholding South</em></a> by Melvin Patrick Ely (Henry Holt, April 14, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Israel on the Appomattox: A Southern Experiment in Black Freedom from the 1790s Through the Civil War</em> by Melvin Patrick Ely — Bancroft Prize winner; the companion volume to this book.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2871: Beverly Gage on <em>This Land Is Your Land</em> — the road trip through American history that opens Ely’s interview as a point of departure.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody ask...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8711dd72/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8711dd72/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Something Has Gone Terribly Wrong: Peter Wehner on Trump's Unholy War</title>
      <itunes:episode>2882</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2882</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Something Has Gone Terribly Wrong: Peter Wehner on Trump's Unholy War</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e94dd67f-dd16-4182-b144-a7ab8e4155db</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“They weren’t interested in being on the side of God so much as they are insistent that God is on their side.” — Peter Wehner on Hegseth and Trump</em></p><p> </p><p>According to <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/peter-wehner/">Peter Wehner</a>, something has gone terribly wrong in America. And that something, Wehner has been warning us now for more than ten years, is Donald Trump. In his latest <em>Atlantic</em> piece, “<a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/">Hegseth’s Unholy War</a>,” Wehner aims his moral rifle at Trump’s latest outrage, the Iranian conflict. Citing Hegseth’s prayer at the Pentagon for “overwhelming violence of action against those who deserve no mercy,” Wehner argues that the Bible, in his Crusader-like hands, has been weaponized into a theological cover for bloodlust.</p><p> </p><p>Something has gone terribly wrong with the intersection of faith and American politics, Wehner believes. The evangelical church, which once commanded real moral authority, has largely become what he calls a defamation of Jesus. Thus the significance of Pope Leo XIV’s public opposition to Trump. Rather than a social media spat, Wehner sees this Papal indictment of Trump as a kind of moral war which has been brewing for some time.</p><p> </p><p>In a recent <em>New York Times</em> <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/04/10/opinion/trump-iran-psychotic-state-institutions.html">op-ed</a> co-authored with Jonathan Rauch, Wehner argued that the Trump administration has reached its psychotic stage. Having filled key institutions with Hegseth-style lackeys and hoodlums, this psychosis is now infecting not just the federal government but the whole world. Thus Iran. It’s the kind of fiasco you wouldn’t expect from middle schoolers planning a field trip, Wehner says. His fear is that as Trump is humiliated by both the Papacy and Tehran, the President of the United States will have what psychologists call an extinction burst — a five-year-old’s out-of-control tantrum. Yes, something has indeed gone terribly wrong in America.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Hegseth’s Unholy War: </strong>At a Pentagon worship service, Hegseth prayed for “overwhelming violence of action against those who deserve no mercy,” invoking imprecatory psalms — emotional laments written from the perspective of the powerless — as theological cover for the most powerful military force in history. Wehner’s sharpest line: Hegseth and his allies are not interested in being on the side of God; they are insistent that God is on their side. The Bible becomes not a text for self-examination but a weapon aimed outward. Wehner’s diagnosis: Hegseth has a bloodlust, unresolved resentments, and a conversion that is at least in part real — but real in the sense that he has locked onto a particular brand of faith to validate things he already believes.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Something Has Gone Terribly Wrong: </strong>The evangelical church, which once commanded moral authority, has become — by and large, in Wehner’s view — an awful depiction of the Christian faith and a net negative contribution to American civic life. Figures like Franklin Graham, Tony Perkins, Robert Jeffress, and Al Mohler have become vocal Trump supporters, using the name of Jesus to validate cruelty and crudity. Wehner’s explanation: too many people who know better are afraid to speak out — afraid their congregations will split, afraid of the institutional costs. But the silence is not neutral. A watching world has seen these evangelicals and concluded: you are a bunch of hypocrites who act worse than the people you criticize.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Pope Leo XIV vs. Trump: </strong>Wehner thinks this is not a tiff. It is an intellectual war, and it has been carefully planned. Pope Leo — an American pope, significantly — represents a set of contrasts almost too clean to be coincidental: a moral man against an amoral one, a person of faith against a person of no faith, someone who uses language with care against someone who cannot help but dehumanize his critics. And an institution-builder against an institution-destroyer. Wehner credits Leo with performing a necessary function that almost no one else in American public life is capable of performing — confronting Trump on explicitly moral terms with unblemished authority.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Vance: The Mask He Wears: </strong>Wehner distinguishes Hegseth from Vance: Hegseth is, in some sense, a true believer; Vance’s conversion to MAGA was transparently cynical, driven by enormous ambition. That makes him more morally culpable, not less. But Wehner also notes a psychological dynamic: when you live a life at odds with what you truly believe, cognitive dissonance is painful, and the mind mitigates that pain by rationalizing, by beginning to believe what you say. You become the mask you wear. Vance, Rubio, Graham, Johnson — these are people who knew better, decided to make a figurative deal with the devil, and convinced themselves they could do more good than harm.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Republican Party Has Become a Dark Force: </strong>Without the Republican Party, none of this could have happened. The party is hugely accountable. Trump is sociopathic — colorblind when it comes to morality, probably unable to help himself. But the Republicans in the party did know better and went along anyway. Mike Johnson, very big on proclaiming his evangelical faith, is a pathetic and disreputable figure. His reputation has been stained beyond belief. Wehner’s verdict on the party’s future: if it has any association with the current iteration, it deserves condemnation. The roots of MAGA go too deep for a snapback. This may get more chaotic after Trump leaves than less. History will get it right, Wehner believes. These people were on the wrong side of their faith, their morality, their politics, and their justice. And it will be known.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/peter-wehner/">Peter Wehner</a> is a contributing writer at <em>The Atlantic</em> and a senior fellow at the Ethics and Public Policy Center. He served in the Reagan, George H.W. Bush, and George W. Bush administrations. He is the author of <em>The Death of Politics</em> and several other books. He lives in McLean, Virginia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/">Hegseth’s Unholy War</a> by Peter Wehner, <em>The Atlantic</em>, April 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       “Pete Hegseth’s Moral Unseriousness,” by Peter Wehner, <em>The Atlantic</em>, April 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/04/10/opinion/trump-iran-psychotic-state-institutions.html">“The Trump Administration Is in a Psychotic State,”</a> by Peter Wehner and Jonathan Rauch, <em>The New York Times</em>, April 10, 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       The Barmen Declaration (1934) — Bonhoeffer’s theological break with the German Protestant church under Nazism, discussed as a historical precedent.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Ke...</em></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“They weren’t interested in being on the side of God so much as they are insistent that God is on their side.” — Peter Wehner on Hegseth and Trump</em></p><p> </p><p>According to <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/peter-wehner/">Peter Wehner</a>, something has gone terribly wrong in America. And that something, Wehner has been warning us now for more than ten years, is Donald Trump. In his latest <em>Atlantic</em> piece, “<a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/">Hegseth’s Unholy War</a>,” Wehner aims his moral rifle at Trump’s latest outrage, the Iranian conflict. Citing Hegseth’s prayer at the Pentagon for “overwhelming violence of action against those who deserve no mercy,” Wehner argues that the Bible, in his Crusader-like hands, has been weaponized into a theological cover for bloodlust.</p><p> </p><p>Something has gone terribly wrong with the intersection of faith and American politics, Wehner believes. The evangelical church, which once commanded real moral authority, has largely become what he calls a defamation of Jesus. Thus the significance of Pope Leo XIV’s public opposition to Trump. Rather than a social media spat, Wehner sees this Papal indictment of Trump as a kind of moral war which has been brewing for some time.</p><p> </p><p>In a recent <em>New York Times</em> <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/04/10/opinion/trump-iran-psychotic-state-institutions.html">op-ed</a> co-authored with Jonathan Rauch, Wehner argued that the Trump administration has reached its psychotic stage. Having filled key institutions with Hegseth-style lackeys and hoodlums, this psychosis is now infecting not just the federal government but the whole world. Thus Iran. It’s the kind of fiasco you wouldn’t expect from middle schoolers planning a field trip, Wehner says. His fear is that as Trump is humiliated by both the Papacy and Tehran, the President of the United States will have what psychologists call an extinction burst — a five-year-old’s out-of-control tantrum. Yes, something has indeed gone terribly wrong in America.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Hegseth’s Unholy War: </strong>At a Pentagon worship service, Hegseth prayed for “overwhelming violence of action against those who deserve no mercy,” invoking imprecatory psalms — emotional laments written from the perspective of the powerless — as theological cover for the most powerful military force in history. Wehner’s sharpest line: Hegseth and his allies are not interested in being on the side of God; they are insistent that God is on their side. The Bible becomes not a text for self-examination but a weapon aimed outward. Wehner’s diagnosis: Hegseth has a bloodlust, unresolved resentments, and a conversion that is at least in part real — but real in the sense that he has locked onto a particular brand of faith to validate things he already believes.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Something Has Gone Terribly Wrong: </strong>The evangelical church, which once commanded moral authority, has become — by and large, in Wehner’s view — an awful depiction of the Christian faith and a net negative contribution to American civic life. Figures like Franklin Graham, Tony Perkins, Robert Jeffress, and Al Mohler have become vocal Trump supporters, using the name of Jesus to validate cruelty and crudity. Wehner’s explanation: too many people who know better are afraid to speak out — afraid their congregations will split, afraid of the institutional costs. But the silence is not neutral. A watching world has seen these evangelicals and concluded: you are a bunch of hypocrites who act worse than the people you criticize.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Pope Leo XIV vs. Trump: </strong>Wehner thinks this is not a tiff. It is an intellectual war, and it has been carefully planned. Pope Leo — an American pope, significantly — represents a set of contrasts almost too clean to be coincidental: a moral man against an amoral one, a person of faith against a person of no faith, someone who uses language with care against someone who cannot help but dehumanize his critics. And an institution-builder against an institution-destroyer. Wehner credits Leo with performing a necessary function that almost no one else in American public life is capable of performing — confronting Trump on explicitly moral terms with unblemished authority.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Vance: The Mask He Wears: </strong>Wehner distinguishes Hegseth from Vance: Hegseth is, in some sense, a true believer; Vance’s conversion to MAGA was transparently cynical, driven by enormous ambition. That makes him more morally culpable, not less. But Wehner also notes a psychological dynamic: when you live a life at odds with what you truly believe, cognitive dissonance is painful, and the mind mitigates that pain by rationalizing, by beginning to believe what you say. You become the mask you wear. Vance, Rubio, Graham, Johnson — these are people who knew better, decided to make a figurative deal with the devil, and convinced themselves they could do more good than harm.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Republican Party Has Become a Dark Force: </strong>Without the Republican Party, none of this could have happened. The party is hugely accountable. Trump is sociopathic — colorblind when it comes to morality, probably unable to help himself. But the Republicans in the party did know better and went along anyway. Mike Johnson, very big on proclaiming his evangelical faith, is a pathetic and disreputable figure. His reputation has been stained beyond belief. Wehner’s verdict on the party’s future: if it has any association with the current iteration, it deserves condemnation. The roots of MAGA go too deep for a snapback. This may get more chaotic after Trump leaves than less. History will get it right, Wehner believes. These people were on the wrong side of their faith, their morality, their politics, and their justice. And it will be known.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/peter-wehner/">Peter Wehner</a> is a contributing writer at <em>The Atlantic</em> and a senior fellow at the Ethics and Public Policy Center. He served in the Reagan, George H.W. Bush, and George W. Bush administrations. He is the author of <em>The Death of Politics</em> and several other books. He lives in McLean, Virginia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/">Hegseth’s Unholy War</a> by Peter Wehner, <em>The Atlantic</em>, April 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       “Pete Hegseth’s Moral Unseriousness,” by Peter Wehner, <em>The Atlantic</em>, April 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/04/10/opinion/trump-iran-psychotic-state-institutions.html">“The Trump Administration Is in a Psychotic State,”</a> by Peter Wehner and Jonathan Rauch, <em>The New York Times</em>, April 10, 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       The Barmen Declaration (1934) — Bonhoeffer’s theological break with the German Protestant church under Nazism, discussed as a historical precedent.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Ke...</em></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Apr 2026 08:58:46 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/548a3b33/409cfff0.mp3" length="102195166" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l4vsj70mC0M">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/wb_tzULpbM6SQNKzqQq8qRZit-vNMr-UklrbLHiPNK0/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZWJm/M2YyM2I3YWZjMGNi/NDRkNTVlZmZmY2Jh/MDZkOS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3193</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“They weren’t interested in being on the side of God so much as they are insistent that God is on their side.” — Peter Wehner on Hegseth and Trump</em></p><p> </p><p>According to <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/peter-wehner/">Peter Wehner</a>, something has gone terribly wrong in America. And that something, Wehner has been warning us now for more than ten years, is Donald Trump. In his latest <em>Atlantic</em> piece, “<a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/">Hegseth’s Unholy War</a>,” Wehner aims his moral rifle at Trump’s latest outrage, the Iranian conflict. Citing Hegseth’s prayer at the Pentagon for “overwhelming violence of action against those who deserve no mercy,” Wehner argues that the Bible, in his Crusader-like hands, has been weaponized into a theological cover for bloodlust.</p><p> </p><p>Something has gone terribly wrong with the intersection of faith and American politics, Wehner believes. The evangelical church, which once commanded real moral authority, has largely become what he calls a defamation of Jesus. Thus the significance of Pope Leo XIV’s public opposition to Trump. Rather than a social media spat, Wehner sees this Papal indictment of Trump as a kind of moral war which has been brewing for some time.</p><p> </p><p>In a recent <em>New York Times</em> <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/04/10/opinion/trump-iran-psychotic-state-institutions.html">op-ed</a> co-authored with Jonathan Rauch, Wehner argued that the Trump administration has reached its psychotic stage. Having filled key institutions with Hegseth-style lackeys and hoodlums, this psychosis is now infecting not just the federal government but the whole world. Thus Iran. It’s the kind of fiasco you wouldn’t expect from middle schoolers planning a field trip, Wehner says. His fear is that as Trump is humiliated by both the Papacy and Tehran, the President of the United States will have what psychologists call an extinction burst — a five-year-old’s out-of-control tantrum. Yes, something has indeed gone terribly wrong in America.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Hegseth’s Unholy War: </strong>At a Pentagon worship service, Hegseth prayed for “overwhelming violence of action against those who deserve no mercy,” invoking imprecatory psalms — emotional laments written from the perspective of the powerless — as theological cover for the most powerful military force in history. Wehner’s sharpest line: Hegseth and his allies are not interested in being on the side of God; they are insistent that God is on their side. The Bible becomes not a text for self-examination but a weapon aimed outward. Wehner’s diagnosis: Hegseth has a bloodlust, unresolved resentments, and a conversion that is at least in part real — but real in the sense that he has locked onto a particular brand of faith to validate things he already believes.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Something Has Gone Terribly Wrong: </strong>The evangelical church, which once commanded moral authority, has become — by and large, in Wehner’s view — an awful depiction of the Christian faith and a net negative contribution to American civic life. Figures like Franklin Graham, Tony Perkins, Robert Jeffress, and Al Mohler have become vocal Trump supporters, using the name of Jesus to validate cruelty and crudity. Wehner’s explanation: too many people who know better are afraid to speak out — afraid their congregations will split, afraid of the institutional costs. But the silence is not neutral. A watching world has seen these evangelicals and concluded: you are a bunch of hypocrites who act worse than the people you criticize.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Pope Leo XIV vs. Trump: </strong>Wehner thinks this is not a tiff. It is an intellectual war, and it has been carefully planned. Pope Leo — an American pope, significantly — represents a set of contrasts almost too clean to be coincidental: a moral man against an amoral one, a person of faith against a person of no faith, someone who uses language with care against someone who cannot help but dehumanize his critics. And an institution-builder against an institution-destroyer. Wehner credits Leo with performing a necessary function that almost no one else in American public life is capable of performing — confronting Trump on explicitly moral terms with unblemished authority.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Vance: The Mask He Wears: </strong>Wehner distinguishes Hegseth from Vance: Hegseth is, in some sense, a true believer; Vance’s conversion to MAGA was transparently cynical, driven by enormous ambition. That makes him more morally culpable, not less. But Wehner also notes a psychological dynamic: when you live a life at odds with what you truly believe, cognitive dissonance is painful, and the mind mitigates that pain by rationalizing, by beginning to believe what you say. You become the mask you wear. Vance, Rubio, Graham, Johnson — these are people who knew better, decided to make a figurative deal with the devil, and convinced themselves they could do more good than harm.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Republican Party Has Become a Dark Force: </strong>Without the Republican Party, none of this could have happened. The party is hugely accountable. Trump is sociopathic — colorblind when it comes to morality, probably unable to help himself. But the Republicans in the party did know better and went along anyway. Mike Johnson, very big on proclaiming his evangelical faith, is a pathetic and disreputable figure. His reputation has been stained beyond belief. Wehner’s verdict on the party’s future: if it has any association with the current iteration, it deserves condemnation. The roots of MAGA go too deep for a snapback. This may get more chaotic after Trump leaves than less. History will get it right, Wehner believes. These people were on the wrong side of their faith, their morality, their politics, and their justice. And it will be known.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/peter-wehner/">Peter Wehner</a> is a contributing writer at <em>The Atlantic</em> and a senior fellow at the Ethics and Public Policy Center. He served in the Reagan, George H.W. Bush, and George W. Bush administrations. He is the author of <em>The Death of Politics</em> and several other books. He lives in McLean, Virginia.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/">Hegseth’s Unholy War</a> by Peter Wehner, <em>The Atlantic</em>, April 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       “Pete Hegseth’s Moral Unseriousness,” by Peter Wehner, <em>The Atlantic</em>, April 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/2026/04/10/opinion/trump-iran-psychotic-state-institutions.html">“The Trump Administration Is in a Psychotic State,”</a> by Peter Wehner and Jonathan Rauch, <em>The New York Times</em>, April 10, 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       The Barmen Declaration (1934) — Bonhoeffer’s theological break with the German Protestant church under Nazism, discussed as a historical precedent.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Ke...</em></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/548a3b33/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/548a3b33/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Revolutionary Center: Adrian Wooldridge on the Lost Genius of Liberalism</title>
      <itunes:episode>2881</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2881</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Revolutionary Center: Adrian Wooldridge on the Lost Genius of Liberalism</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bfe03853-db58-46c5-ad52-291973349b76</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Liberalism was founded in the middle of the eighteenth century as a revolutionary philosophy — a philosophy that tried to subvert the old world. That set of beliefs has continued to be radical and revolutionary. When liberalism fell into decadence, it examined itself, subverted itself, and became once again a revolutionary faith.” — Adrian Wooldridge</em></p><p> </p><p>We’ve lost our revolutionary center. At least according to <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Revolutionary-Center-Liberalism-Created-Modern/dp/1639369376">Adrian Wooldridge</a>, the distinguished British political writer. That revolution, Wooldridge insists, is the genius of liberalism — the radical eighteenth-century ideology that shaped the modern world. Today, however, he argues in <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Revolutionary-Center-Liberalism-Created-Modern/dp/1639369376"><em>The Revolutionary Center: The Lost Genius of Liberalism</em></a>, “liberalism” has become conservative, perhaps even reactionary, in its senescent infatuation with cultural identity. Meanwhile, the biggest threat to liberal individualism is big tech: fragmenting attention, spreading misinformation, manipulating choices through algorithms designed to excite emotion rather than inform reason. Rather than making us geniuses, Silicon Valley is turning all of us into idiots.</p><p> </p><p>To the ramparts then, Wooldridge pronounces. Liberals need to seize back the revolutionary center. Or, as Wooldridge, a Fellow of All Souls, would spell it, centre.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Erasmus and the Liberal Way of Life: </strong>Liberalism begins not as an ideology but as a way of living. Erasmus, charting a middle path between the Reformation and the counter-Reformation, offers the founding insight: a good life involves reading books, drinking wine, having discussions, and not bullying people to adopt your faith. What liberalism adds to this is intellectual skepticism — the recognition that you can’t be absolutely certain of your beliefs, and therefore that power must be constrained by constitutions. When liberalism became purely associated with political philosophy, Wooldridge argues, it lost this sense of liberalism as a way of life — and that loss is part of what needs to be recovered.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Bobo Orthodoxy and Its Wounds: </strong>The liberalism of the last forty years has been Bobo liberalism — bohemian bourgeois, David Brooks’ term. Maximum individual freedom in both the marketplace and personal conduct; no judgementalism on lifestyle choices; celebration of diversity and immigration as ipso facto goods. It did a great deal of good. Gay marriage. The dismantling of corporatist economics. But it also created problems it couldn’t see, because its own philosophy prevented it from acknowledging them. In Britain: the Bobo establishment’s inability to confront the grooming gangs, because its multiculturalist assumptions made it terrified of accusations of racism. In America: tent cities, drug addiction, the social costs of choices that nobody felt entitled to criticize.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Big Tech Is a Bigger Threat Than Putin: </strong>Wooldridge’s most provocative claim: the biggest threat to liberalism is not Putin or Xi but the tech oligarchy. Putin is a dictator; that system will eventually collapse. But big tech is dismantling liberal individualism from within. Liberalism’s foundational premise is that individuals, as the building blocks of society, must be well-informed, capable of self-control, and able to act as rational agents. What information capitalism is deliberately engineering — through algorithms designed to excite emotion, fragment attention, and spread misinformation — is the destruction of all three of those conditions. These companies need to be broken up. Not on socialist grounds. On liberal ones.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Liberalism as Senescence: Biden and Harris: </strong>Exhibit A for the Bobo orthodoxy’s exhaustion: the 2024 election. Biden, visibly too old to lead, unable to string sentences together; a whole liberal establishment around him, imprisoned by its own assumptions, running a candidate nobody could defend. Then Harris — chosen, in Wooldridge’s blunt phrase, as an affirmative action candidate. The old liberal establishment — Pelosi and the rest — had been in power since the 1990s, had accrued all the defects of the establishment, and had no blueprint to address the real problems people were encountering. The last time British liberalism looked this dead was the 1890s. Then a new programme and new talent arrived: Churchill, Lloyd George, Asquith.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Revolutionary Center: Save Capitalism from Itself: </strong>Wooldridge’s prescription is not to destroy capitalism but to reform it, as Teddy Roosevelt and Louis Brandeis did. Break up vast conglomerations of economic power. Tax inherited wealth. Recreate the conditions for a mass middle class. Brandeis’s argument: if people can buy votes, you can’t have democracy. If people have vast fortunes, you can’t have democracy. You need to save capitalism in order to make it the best version of itself. Mill understood this too: once he saw that factory owners and workers had structurally different choices, he began supporting trade unions and moved left on economics. A radical center is not a soft center. It is a center that is willing to blow up the orthodoxies that have calcified within liberalism itself.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Revolutionary-Center-Liberalism-Created-Modern/dp/1639369376">Adrian Wooldridge</a> is the global business columnist at Bloomberg Opinion and former political editor and Bagehot, Schumpeter, and Lexington columnist at <em>The Economist</em>. He is the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Revolutionary-Center-Liberalism-Created-Modern/dp/1639369376"><em>The Revolutionary Center: The Lost Genius of Liberalism</em></a> (Pegasus Books, 2026), <em>The Aristocracy of Talent</em>, and <em>Capitalism in America</em> (with Alan Greenspan). He holds a DPhil from All Souls College, Oxford, and lives in London.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Revolutionary-Center-Liberalism-Created-Modern/dp/1639369376"><em>The Revolutionary Center: The Lost Genius of Liberalism</em></a> by Adrian Wooldridge (Pegasus Books, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2880: Gal Beckerman on <em>How to Be a Dissident</em> — the companion conversation on liberalism, dissidence, and the question of the revolutionary center.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2869: Jacob Mchangama on <em>The Future of Free Speech</em> — the free speech crisis that contextualises Wooldridge’s argument about liberalism’s lost genius.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Liberalism was founded in the middle of the eighteenth century as a revolutionary philosophy — a philosophy that tried to subvert the old world. That set of beliefs has continued to be radical and revolutionary. When liberalism fell into decadence, it examined itself, subverted itself, and became once again a revolutionary faith.” — Adrian Wooldridge</em></p><p> </p><p>We’ve lost our revolutionary center. At least according to <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Revolutionary-Center-Liberalism-Created-Modern/dp/1639369376">Adrian Wooldridge</a>, the distinguished British political writer. That revolution, Wooldridge insists, is the genius of liberalism — the radical eighteenth-century ideology that shaped the modern world. Today, however, he argues in <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Revolutionary-Center-Liberalism-Created-Modern/dp/1639369376"><em>The Revolutionary Center: The Lost Genius of Liberalism</em></a>, “liberalism” has become conservative, perhaps even reactionary, in its senescent infatuation with cultural identity. Meanwhile, the biggest threat to liberal individualism is big tech: fragmenting attention, spreading misinformation, manipulating choices through algorithms designed to excite emotion rather than inform reason. Rather than making us geniuses, Silicon Valley is turning all of us into idiots.</p><p> </p><p>To the ramparts then, Wooldridge pronounces. Liberals need to seize back the revolutionary center. Or, as Wooldridge, a Fellow of All Souls, would spell it, centre.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Erasmus and the Liberal Way of Life: </strong>Liberalism begins not as an ideology but as a way of living. Erasmus, charting a middle path between the Reformation and the counter-Reformation, offers the founding insight: a good life involves reading books, drinking wine, having discussions, and not bullying people to adopt your faith. What liberalism adds to this is intellectual skepticism — the recognition that you can’t be absolutely certain of your beliefs, and therefore that power must be constrained by constitutions. When liberalism became purely associated with political philosophy, Wooldridge argues, it lost this sense of liberalism as a way of life — and that loss is part of what needs to be recovered.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Bobo Orthodoxy and Its Wounds: </strong>The liberalism of the last forty years has been Bobo liberalism — bohemian bourgeois, David Brooks’ term. Maximum individual freedom in both the marketplace and personal conduct; no judgementalism on lifestyle choices; celebration of diversity and immigration as ipso facto goods. It did a great deal of good. Gay marriage. The dismantling of corporatist economics. But it also created problems it couldn’t see, because its own philosophy prevented it from acknowledging them. In Britain: the Bobo establishment’s inability to confront the grooming gangs, because its multiculturalist assumptions made it terrified of accusations of racism. In America: tent cities, drug addiction, the social costs of choices that nobody felt entitled to criticize.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Big Tech Is a Bigger Threat Than Putin: </strong>Wooldridge’s most provocative claim: the biggest threat to liberalism is not Putin or Xi but the tech oligarchy. Putin is a dictator; that system will eventually collapse. But big tech is dismantling liberal individualism from within. Liberalism’s foundational premise is that individuals, as the building blocks of society, must be well-informed, capable of self-control, and able to act as rational agents. What information capitalism is deliberately engineering — through algorithms designed to excite emotion, fragment attention, and spread misinformation — is the destruction of all three of those conditions. These companies need to be broken up. Not on socialist grounds. On liberal ones.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Liberalism as Senescence: Biden and Harris: </strong>Exhibit A for the Bobo orthodoxy’s exhaustion: the 2024 election. Biden, visibly too old to lead, unable to string sentences together; a whole liberal establishment around him, imprisoned by its own assumptions, running a candidate nobody could defend. Then Harris — chosen, in Wooldridge’s blunt phrase, as an affirmative action candidate. The old liberal establishment — Pelosi and the rest — had been in power since the 1990s, had accrued all the defects of the establishment, and had no blueprint to address the real problems people were encountering. The last time British liberalism looked this dead was the 1890s. Then a new programme and new talent arrived: Churchill, Lloyd George, Asquith.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Revolutionary Center: Save Capitalism from Itself: </strong>Wooldridge’s prescription is not to destroy capitalism but to reform it, as Teddy Roosevelt and Louis Brandeis did. Break up vast conglomerations of economic power. Tax inherited wealth. Recreate the conditions for a mass middle class. Brandeis’s argument: if people can buy votes, you can’t have democracy. If people have vast fortunes, you can’t have democracy. You need to save capitalism in order to make it the best version of itself. Mill understood this too: once he saw that factory owners and workers had structurally different choices, he began supporting trade unions and moved left on economics. A radical center is not a soft center. It is a center that is willing to blow up the orthodoxies that have calcified within liberalism itself.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Revolutionary-Center-Liberalism-Created-Modern/dp/1639369376">Adrian Wooldridge</a> is the global business columnist at Bloomberg Opinion and former political editor and Bagehot, Schumpeter, and Lexington columnist at <em>The Economist</em>. He is the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Revolutionary-Center-Liberalism-Created-Modern/dp/1639369376"><em>The Revolutionary Center: The Lost Genius of Liberalism</em></a> (Pegasus Books, 2026), <em>The Aristocracy of Talent</em>, and <em>Capitalism in America</em> (with Alan Greenspan). He holds a DPhil from All Souls College, Oxford, and lives in London.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Revolutionary-Center-Liberalism-Created-Modern/dp/1639369376"><em>The Revolutionary Center: The Lost Genius of Liberalism</em></a> by Adrian Wooldridge (Pegasus Books, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2880: Gal Beckerman on <em>How to Be a Dissident</em> — the companion conversation on liberalism, dissidence, and the question of the revolutionary center.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2869: Jacob Mchangama on <em>The Future of Free Speech</em> — the free speech crisis that contextualises Wooldridge’s argument about liberalism’s lost genius.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Apr 2026 08:46:56 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/2c605380/c89e2aea.mp3" length="97503486" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lKdaUge-N58">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/VWD88WStK2ssTx265xRwM7UTVOK5ZK6U5KBjuuNi3Jw/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8wMDIx/MDUyZDU2YmZlMWFl/YzU5YjY2NzdiY2Ew/MGU0ZS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3046</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Liberalism was founded in the middle of the eighteenth century as a revolutionary philosophy — a philosophy that tried to subvert the old world. That set of beliefs has continued to be radical and revolutionary. When liberalism fell into decadence, it examined itself, subverted itself, and became once again a revolutionary faith.” — Adrian Wooldridge</em></p><p> </p><p>We’ve lost our revolutionary center. At least according to <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Revolutionary-Center-Liberalism-Created-Modern/dp/1639369376">Adrian Wooldridge</a>, the distinguished British political writer. That revolution, Wooldridge insists, is the genius of liberalism — the radical eighteenth-century ideology that shaped the modern world. Today, however, he argues in <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Revolutionary-Center-Liberalism-Created-Modern/dp/1639369376"><em>The Revolutionary Center: The Lost Genius of Liberalism</em></a>, “liberalism” has become conservative, perhaps even reactionary, in its senescent infatuation with cultural identity. Meanwhile, the biggest threat to liberal individualism is big tech: fragmenting attention, spreading misinformation, manipulating choices through algorithms designed to excite emotion rather than inform reason. Rather than making us geniuses, Silicon Valley is turning all of us into idiots.</p><p> </p><p>To the ramparts then, Wooldridge pronounces. Liberals need to seize back the revolutionary center. Or, as Wooldridge, a Fellow of All Souls, would spell it, centre.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Erasmus and the Liberal Way of Life: </strong>Liberalism begins not as an ideology but as a way of living. Erasmus, charting a middle path between the Reformation and the counter-Reformation, offers the founding insight: a good life involves reading books, drinking wine, having discussions, and not bullying people to adopt your faith. What liberalism adds to this is intellectual skepticism — the recognition that you can’t be absolutely certain of your beliefs, and therefore that power must be constrained by constitutions. When liberalism became purely associated with political philosophy, Wooldridge argues, it lost this sense of liberalism as a way of life — and that loss is part of what needs to be recovered.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Bobo Orthodoxy and Its Wounds: </strong>The liberalism of the last forty years has been Bobo liberalism — bohemian bourgeois, David Brooks’ term. Maximum individual freedom in both the marketplace and personal conduct; no judgementalism on lifestyle choices; celebration of diversity and immigration as ipso facto goods. It did a great deal of good. Gay marriage. The dismantling of corporatist economics. But it also created problems it couldn’t see, because its own philosophy prevented it from acknowledging them. In Britain: the Bobo establishment’s inability to confront the grooming gangs, because its multiculturalist assumptions made it terrified of accusations of racism. In America: tent cities, drug addiction, the social costs of choices that nobody felt entitled to criticize.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Big Tech Is a Bigger Threat Than Putin: </strong>Wooldridge’s most provocative claim: the biggest threat to liberalism is not Putin or Xi but the tech oligarchy. Putin is a dictator; that system will eventually collapse. But big tech is dismantling liberal individualism from within. Liberalism’s foundational premise is that individuals, as the building blocks of society, must be well-informed, capable of self-control, and able to act as rational agents. What information capitalism is deliberately engineering — through algorithms designed to excite emotion, fragment attention, and spread misinformation — is the destruction of all three of those conditions. These companies need to be broken up. Not on socialist grounds. On liberal ones.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Liberalism as Senescence: Biden and Harris: </strong>Exhibit A for the Bobo orthodoxy’s exhaustion: the 2024 election. Biden, visibly too old to lead, unable to string sentences together; a whole liberal establishment around him, imprisoned by its own assumptions, running a candidate nobody could defend. Then Harris — chosen, in Wooldridge’s blunt phrase, as an affirmative action candidate. The old liberal establishment — Pelosi and the rest — had been in power since the 1990s, had accrued all the defects of the establishment, and had no blueprint to address the real problems people were encountering. The last time British liberalism looked this dead was the 1890s. Then a new programme and new talent arrived: Churchill, Lloyd George, Asquith.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Revolutionary Center: Save Capitalism from Itself: </strong>Wooldridge’s prescription is not to destroy capitalism but to reform it, as Teddy Roosevelt and Louis Brandeis did. Break up vast conglomerations of economic power. Tax inherited wealth. Recreate the conditions for a mass middle class. Brandeis’s argument: if people can buy votes, you can’t have democracy. If people have vast fortunes, you can’t have democracy. You need to save capitalism in order to make it the best version of itself. Mill understood this too: once he saw that factory owners and workers had structurally different choices, he began supporting trade unions and moved left on economics. A radical center is not a soft center. It is a center that is willing to blow up the orthodoxies that have calcified within liberalism itself.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.amazon.com/Revolutionary-Center-Liberalism-Created-Modern/dp/1639369376">Adrian Wooldridge</a> is the global business columnist at Bloomberg Opinion and former political editor and Bagehot, Schumpeter, and Lexington columnist at <em>The Economist</em>. He is the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Revolutionary-Center-Liberalism-Created-Modern/dp/1639369376"><em>The Revolutionary Center: The Lost Genius of Liberalism</em></a> (Pegasus Books, 2026), <em>The Aristocracy of Talent</em>, and <em>Capitalism in America</em> (with Alan Greenspan). He holds a DPhil from All Souls College, Oxford, and lives in London.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Revolutionary-Center-Liberalism-Created-Modern/dp/1639369376"><em>The Revolutionary Center: The Lost Genius of Liberalism</em></a> by Adrian Wooldridge (Pegasus Books, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2880: Gal Beckerman on <em>How to Be a Dissident</em> — the companion conversation on liberalism, dissidence, and the question of the revolutionary center.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2869: Jacob Mchangama on <em>The Future of Free Speech</em> — the free speech crisis that contextualises Wooldridge’s argument about liberalism’s lost genius.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2c605380/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2c605380/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Be a Dissident: Gal Beckerman on Why Pessimism Is the Most Important Human Quality</title>
      <itunes:episode>2880</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2880</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Be a Dissident: Gal Beckerman on Why Pessimism Is the Most Important Human Quality</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">da7fba93-ede9-4cf4-a831-2c2d4ed44557</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Pessimism is not fatalism. Fatalism is the belief that things will always necessarily be worse. Pessimism is the belief that things will probably get worse. Within that ‘probably,’ it opens up space for action.” — Gal Beckerman</em></p><p> </p><p>In the first months of Trump II, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/816867/how-to-be-a-dissident-by-gal-beckerman/">Gal Beckerman</a> watched American society do something that shocked him: comply. In one pathetic example after another, prominent law firms, universities, and senior federal employees buckled to every Trumpian whim. America appeared unable to resist authoritarianism. There were no dissidents.</p><p> </p><p>Thus <a href="https://www.amazon.com/How-Be-Dissident-Gal-Beckerman/dp/B0G7C2CR4M"><em>How to Be a Dissident</em></a>. Beckerman’s new manual of resistance is inspired by history’s more insistent dissenters — from Mandelstam and Solzhenitsyn to Navalny, Ai Weiwei, Thoreau, Havel, the Mothers of the Plaza de Mayo, and demonstrators on the streets of Minneapolis. The quiet manifesto focuses on what Beckerman considers the ten most essential qualities of how to be a dissident: Be alone. Be pessimistic. Be funny. Be reckless. Be watchful.</p><p> </p><p>Pessimism, above all. Not fatalism — the belief that things will always necessarily be worse — but the belief that things will probably get worse. Optimism, in Beckerman’s mind, undermines urgency and thus enables passivity. Pessimism forces resistance. It’s the first lesson in how to be a dissident.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Moral Nausea: </strong>Beckerman’s term for the feeling most of us recognise but most of us suppress: seeing something wrong — a neighbour treated badly, a homeless person in a terrible situation, a dead child in a newspaper — and knowing ourselves somehow implicated. Most of us swallow it back down. We don’t do anything. We try not to think about it. The dissident is the person who doesn’t. What separates them, Hannah Arendt argued after studying Germans who resisted the Nazis, is a single question: can I live with myself? If the answer is no — if living with myself would mean living with a murderer — the dissident acts. That question, and the refusal to avoid it, is what makes a dissident a dissident.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Pre-Political: </strong>Havel’s definition of where dissidence begins: not in ideology or revolution, but in the defence of whatever allows a human life to feel normal. For Havel, it started with a rock band — the Plastic People of the Universe, arrested for playing unauthorised concerts in communist Czechoslovakia. They weren’t political. They sang about drinking beer. But they were gathering people together outside state sanction, and that was enough. For Iranian dissidents: being able to drive unaccompanied, or not cover one’s hair. For the Tiananmen tank man: getting home to make dinner. The dissident defends those pre-political conditions — the normal life — when the state moves to violate them.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Mandelstam’s Answer: </strong>Osip Mandelstam composed a poem mocking Stalin in the early 1930s — at the height of Stalin’s repressive era — and never wrote it down. He repeated it to his wife, Nadezhda, night after night in bed until she had memorised it. When it reached the secret police, he was arrested and brought to the Lubyanka. The interrogator asked: why did you do this? He could have denied it. Blamed his wife. Said it was a game of telephone. Instead he said: I wrote it because I hate fascism. It’s as simple as that. Beckerman opens the book with this moment because it captures the dissident at their most elemental — a man who, when asked the Arendt question, answered honestly.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Navalny Goes Back: </strong>After being poisoned by Putin and spending months recovering in Germany, Navalny returned to Russia, knowing almost certainly that in the best case he would be in prison for a very long time, and that Putin would most likely find another way to kill him. Which he did. Why go back? Navalny’s answer, in his memoir: he had made a promise to the Russian people. How could he stand on the sidelines while asking others to sacrifice so much? The scene Beckerman describes from the prison: Navalny finds a moment away from the cameras, pulls his wife Yulia aside, and tells her he’s accepted that he’s probably not getting out alive. She says: I know. I’ve thought the same thing, and I’ve accepted it. He kisses her. He needs to know she isn’t engaging in magical thinking. Optimism, in this context, would not have helped him.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Be Pessimistic: </strong>Beckerman’s most counterintuitive prescription, and his favourite. The assumption is that anyone engaged in quixotic world-changing behaviour must be an optimist. Beckerman argues the opposite. Pessimism — not fatalism — is healthier. The distinction matters: fatalism says things will always necessarily be worse. Pessimism says things will probably be worse. The “probably” leaves room for action. If you assume someone else will solve climate change, or that authoritarianism will inevitably collapse, you wait. The pessimist acts now, with what time they have, because they know things probably won’t work out otherwise. It is, Beckerman suggests, akin to accepting death: the ultimate pessimistic reality we all face, which is also the only thing that makes each day matter.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/816867/how-to-be-a-dissident-by-gal-beckerman/">Gal Beckerman</a> is a staff writer at <em>The Atlantic</em> and the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/How-Be-Dissident-Gal-Beckerman/dp/B0G7C2CR4M"><em>How to Be a Dissident</em></a> (Crown, April 21, 2026), <em>The Quiet Before: On the Unexpected Origins of Radical Ideas</em>, and <em>When They Come for Us, We’ll Be Gone: The Epic Struggle to Save Soviet Jewry</em> (Sami Rohr Prize winner). He has a PhD from Columbia University and lives in Brooklyn.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/How-Be-Dissident-Gal-Beckerman/dp/B0G7C2CR4M"><em>How to Be a Dissident</em></a> by Gal Beckerman (Crown, April 21, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Nadezhda Mandelstam, <em>Hope Against Hope</em> — the memoir Beckerman calls one of his favourite books.</p><p> </p><p>•       Alexei Navalny, <em>Patriot</em> — the memoir Beckerman draws on for the prison scene with Yulia.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2869: Jacob Mchangama on <em>The Future of Free Speech</em> — the companion episode on the crisis of free speech that contextualises this one.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/k..."></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Pessimism is not fatalism. Fatalism is the belief that things will always necessarily be worse. Pessimism is the belief that things will probably get worse. Within that ‘probably,’ it opens up space for action.” — Gal Beckerman</em></p><p> </p><p>In the first months of Trump II, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/816867/how-to-be-a-dissident-by-gal-beckerman/">Gal Beckerman</a> watched American society do something that shocked him: comply. In one pathetic example after another, prominent law firms, universities, and senior federal employees buckled to every Trumpian whim. America appeared unable to resist authoritarianism. There were no dissidents.</p><p> </p><p>Thus <a href="https://www.amazon.com/How-Be-Dissident-Gal-Beckerman/dp/B0G7C2CR4M"><em>How to Be a Dissident</em></a>. Beckerman’s new manual of resistance is inspired by history’s more insistent dissenters — from Mandelstam and Solzhenitsyn to Navalny, Ai Weiwei, Thoreau, Havel, the Mothers of the Plaza de Mayo, and demonstrators on the streets of Minneapolis. The quiet manifesto focuses on what Beckerman considers the ten most essential qualities of how to be a dissident: Be alone. Be pessimistic. Be funny. Be reckless. Be watchful.</p><p> </p><p>Pessimism, above all. Not fatalism — the belief that things will always necessarily be worse — but the belief that things will probably get worse. Optimism, in Beckerman’s mind, undermines urgency and thus enables passivity. Pessimism forces resistance. It’s the first lesson in how to be a dissident.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Moral Nausea: </strong>Beckerman’s term for the feeling most of us recognise but most of us suppress: seeing something wrong — a neighbour treated badly, a homeless person in a terrible situation, a dead child in a newspaper — and knowing ourselves somehow implicated. Most of us swallow it back down. We don’t do anything. We try not to think about it. The dissident is the person who doesn’t. What separates them, Hannah Arendt argued after studying Germans who resisted the Nazis, is a single question: can I live with myself? If the answer is no — if living with myself would mean living with a murderer — the dissident acts. That question, and the refusal to avoid it, is what makes a dissident a dissident.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Pre-Political: </strong>Havel’s definition of where dissidence begins: not in ideology or revolution, but in the defence of whatever allows a human life to feel normal. For Havel, it started with a rock band — the Plastic People of the Universe, arrested for playing unauthorised concerts in communist Czechoslovakia. They weren’t political. They sang about drinking beer. But they were gathering people together outside state sanction, and that was enough. For Iranian dissidents: being able to drive unaccompanied, or not cover one’s hair. For the Tiananmen tank man: getting home to make dinner. The dissident defends those pre-political conditions — the normal life — when the state moves to violate them.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Mandelstam’s Answer: </strong>Osip Mandelstam composed a poem mocking Stalin in the early 1930s — at the height of Stalin’s repressive era — and never wrote it down. He repeated it to his wife, Nadezhda, night after night in bed until she had memorised it. When it reached the secret police, he was arrested and brought to the Lubyanka. The interrogator asked: why did you do this? He could have denied it. Blamed his wife. Said it was a game of telephone. Instead he said: I wrote it because I hate fascism. It’s as simple as that. Beckerman opens the book with this moment because it captures the dissident at their most elemental — a man who, when asked the Arendt question, answered honestly.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Navalny Goes Back: </strong>After being poisoned by Putin and spending months recovering in Germany, Navalny returned to Russia, knowing almost certainly that in the best case he would be in prison for a very long time, and that Putin would most likely find another way to kill him. Which he did. Why go back? Navalny’s answer, in his memoir: he had made a promise to the Russian people. How could he stand on the sidelines while asking others to sacrifice so much? The scene Beckerman describes from the prison: Navalny finds a moment away from the cameras, pulls his wife Yulia aside, and tells her he’s accepted that he’s probably not getting out alive. She says: I know. I’ve thought the same thing, and I’ve accepted it. He kisses her. He needs to know she isn’t engaging in magical thinking. Optimism, in this context, would not have helped him.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Be Pessimistic: </strong>Beckerman’s most counterintuitive prescription, and his favourite. The assumption is that anyone engaged in quixotic world-changing behaviour must be an optimist. Beckerman argues the opposite. Pessimism — not fatalism — is healthier. The distinction matters: fatalism says things will always necessarily be worse. Pessimism says things will probably be worse. The “probably” leaves room for action. If you assume someone else will solve climate change, or that authoritarianism will inevitably collapse, you wait. The pessimist acts now, with what time they have, because they know things probably won’t work out otherwise. It is, Beckerman suggests, akin to accepting death: the ultimate pessimistic reality we all face, which is also the only thing that makes each day matter.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/816867/how-to-be-a-dissident-by-gal-beckerman/">Gal Beckerman</a> is a staff writer at <em>The Atlantic</em> and the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/How-Be-Dissident-Gal-Beckerman/dp/B0G7C2CR4M"><em>How to Be a Dissident</em></a> (Crown, April 21, 2026), <em>The Quiet Before: On the Unexpected Origins of Radical Ideas</em>, and <em>When They Come for Us, We’ll Be Gone: The Epic Struggle to Save Soviet Jewry</em> (Sami Rohr Prize winner). He has a PhD from Columbia University and lives in Brooklyn.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/How-Be-Dissident-Gal-Beckerman/dp/B0G7C2CR4M"><em>How to Be a Dissident</em></a> by Gal Beckerman (Crown, April 21, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Nadezhda Mandelstam, <em>Hope Against Hope</em> — the memoir Beckerman calls one of his favourite books.</p><p> </p><p>•       Alexei Navalny, <em>Patriot</em> — the memoir Beckerman draws on for the prison scene with Yulia.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2869: Jacob Mchangama on <em>The Future of Free Speech</em> — the companion episode on the crisis of free speech that contextualises this one.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/k..."></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2026 07:20:55 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/68b09e18/74a31bc7.mp3" length="100494830" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=z1egJzVX8IQ">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/b8z2BvEDuNObbAeD39nZfAtt5gkwD1HkyIEFo0Lbe3s/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9jNTNk/ZmM3MjZjZWEzODUx/ZDY0NWI1N2ExY2Q1/NDg4Ny5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3140</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Pessimism is not fatalism. Fatalism is the belief that things will always necessarily be worse. Pessimism is the belief that things will probably get worse. Within that ‘probably,’ it opens up space for action.” — Gal Beckerman</em></p><p> </p><p>In the first months of Trump II, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/816867/how-to-be-a-dissident-by-gal-beckerman/">Gal Beckerman</a> watched American society do something that shocked him: comply. In one pathetic example after another, prominent law firms, universities, and senior federal employees buckled to every Trumpian whim. America appeared unable to resist authoritarianism. There were no dissidents.</p><p> </p><p>Thus <a href="https://www.amazon.com/How-Be-Dissident-Gal-Beckerman/dp/B0G7C2CR4M"><em>How to Be a Dissident</em></a>. Beckerman’s new manual of resistance is inspired by history’s more insistent dissenters — from Mandelstam and Solzhenitsyn to Navalny, Ai Weiwei, Thoreau, Havel, the Mothers of the Plaza de Mayo, and demonstrators on the streets of Minneapolis. The quiet manifesto focuses on what Beckerman considers the ten most essential qualities of how to be a dissident: Be alone. Be pessimistic. Be funny. Be reckless. Be watchful.</p><p> </p><p>Pessimism, above all. Not fatalism — the belief that things will always necessarily be worse — but the belief that things will probably get worse. Optimism, in Beckerman’s mind, undermines urgency and thus enables passivity. Pessimism forces resistance. It’s the first lesson in how to be a dissident.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Moral Nausea: </strong>Beckerman’s term for the feeling most of us recognise but most of us suppress: seeing something wrong — a neighbour treated badly, a homeless person in a terrible situation, a dead child in a newspaper — and knowing ourselves somehow implicated. Most of us swallow it back down. We don’t do anything. We try not to think about it. The dissident is the person who doesn’t. What separates them, Hannah Arendt argued after studying Germans who resisted the Nazis, is a single question: can I live with myself? If the answer is no — if living with myself would mean living with a murderer — the dissident acts. That question, and the refusal to avoid it, is what makes a dissident a dissident.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Pre-Political: </strong>Havel’s definition of where dissidence begins: not in ideology or revolution, but in the defence of whatever allows a human life to feel normal. For Havel, it started with a rock band — the Plastic People of the Universe, arrested for playing unauthorised concerts in communist Czechoslovakia. They weren’t political. They sang about drinking beer. But they were gathering people together outside state sanction, and that was enough. For Iranian dissidents: being able to drive unaccompanied, or not cover one’s hair. For the Tiananmen tank man: getting home to make dinner. The dissident defends those pre-political conditions — the normal life — when the state moves to violate them.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Mandelstam’s Answer: </strong>Osip Mandelstam composed a poem mocking Stalin in the early 1930s — at the height of Stalin’s repressive era — and never wrote it down. He repeated it to his wife, Nadezhda, night after night in bed until she had memorised it. When it reached the secret police, he was arrested and brought to the Lubyanka. The interrogator asked: why did you do this? He could have denied it. Blamed his wife. Said it was a game of telephone. Instead he said: I wrote it because I hate fascism. It’s as simple as that. Beckerman opens the book with this moment because it captures the dissident at their most elemental — a man who, when asked the Arendt question, answered honestly.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Navalny Goes Back: </strong>After being poisoned by Putin and spending months recovering in Germany, Navalny returned to Russia, knowing almost certainly that in the best case he would be in prison for a very long time, and that Putin would most likely find another way to kill him. Which he did. Why go back? Navalny’s answer, in his memoir: he had made a promise to the Russian people. How could he stand on the sidelines while asking others to sacrifice so much? The scene Beckerman describes from the prison: Navalny finds a moment away from the cameras, pulls his wife Yulia aside, and tells her he’s accepted that he’s probably not getting out alive. She says: I know. I’ve thought the same thing, and I’ve accepted it. He kisses her. He needs to know she isn’t engaging in magical thinking. Optimism, in this context, would not have helped him.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Be Pessimistic: </strong>Beckerman’s most counterintuitive prescription, and his favourite. The assumption is that anyone engaged in quixotic world-changing behaviour must be an optimist. Beckerman argues the opposite. Pessimism — not fatalism — is healthier. The distinction matters: fatalism says things will always necessarily be worse. Pessimism says things will probably be worse. The “probably” leaves room for action. If you assume someone else will solve climate change, or that authoritarianism will inevitably collapse, you wait. The pessimist acts now, with what time they have, because they know things probably won’t work out otherwise. It is, Beckerman suggests, akin to accepting death: the ultimate pessimistic reality we all face, which is also the only thing that makes each day matter.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/816867/how-to-be-a-dissident-by-gal-beckerman/">Gal Beckerman</a> is a staff writer at <em>The Atlantic</em> and the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/How-Be-Dissident-Gal-Beckerman/dp/B0G7C2CR4M"><em>How to Be a Dissident</em></a> (Crown, April 21, 2026), <em>The Quiet Before: On the Unexpected Origins of Radical Ideas</em>, and <em>When They Come for Us, We’ll Be Gone: The Epic Struggle to Save Soviet Jewry</em> (Sami Rohr Prize winner). He has a PhD from Columbia University and lives in Brooklyn.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/How-Be-Dissident-Gal-Beckerman/dp/B0G7C2CR4M"><em>How to Be a Dissident</em></a> by Gal Beckerman (Crown, April 21, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Nadezhda Mandelstam, <em>Hope Against Hope</em> — the memoir Beckerman calls one of his favourite books.</p><p> </p><p>•       Alexei Navalny, <em>Patriot</em> — the memoir Beckerman draws on for the prison scene with Yulia.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2869: Jacob Mchangama on <em>The Future of Free Speech</em> — the companion episode on the crisis of free speech that contextualises this one.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/k..."></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/68b09e18/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/68b09e18/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Eleventh Commandment: Jamie Metzl and GPT-5 Write a New Moral Code for Humanity</title>
      <itunes:episode>2879</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2879</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Eleventh Commandment: Jamie Metzl and GPT-5 Write a New Moral Code for Humanity</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">11d116be-eded-4620-b9ff-6c5b740c1675</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“These technologies are morally agnostic. They could be the best things ever and the worst things ever, and the determinant is us.” — Jamie Metzl</em></p><p> </p><p>Two summers ago, <a href="https://jamiemetzl.com/">Jamie Metzl</a> gave a talk on AI and spirituality at the Chautauqua Institution in Upstate New York. That same spot where Salman Rushdie was stabbed on stage a couple of years earlier. Rather than an assassination attempt, Metzl’s talk triggered <a href="https://www.amazon.com/AI-Ten-Commandments-Moral-Humanity/dp/B0GNTQRCGT"><em>The AI Ten Commandments: A New Moral Code for Humanity</em></a> — a book co-authored with GPT-5. Metzl humbly claims that AI enabled him to incorporate other non-Christian traditions in a new moral code for humanity.</p><p> </p><p>Some might think, however, that this type of ChatGPT-5 co-production reflects a new moral crisis for humanity. The victory of AI slop. Fast information. High on intellectual calories, low on everything else.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Co-Authoring with GPT-5: </strong>Five to six thousand back-and-forth exchanges over the course of writing the book. Metzl is a novelist who cares deeply about language and the provenance of ideas — he is explicit that this is not the kind of AI fraud that got Mia Ballard’s book pulled from Hachette. The analogy he reaches for: Refik Anadol at MoMA, whose installation uses the museum’s entire digital collection not to reproduce the images but to create something new from them. The collaboration with AI isn’t about outsourcing the thinking. It’s about gaining a vantage point that no individual human could have — the same way we collaborate with machines in biology to see the genome, which no one could simply observe by looking at another person.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Moses’s Problem: </strong>The biblical 10 commandments, examined closely, don’t hold up. The first two are preamble. “Thou shalt not kill” — Moses received it on Sinai and then came down and murdered 3,000 people at God’s instruction. The commandments were written by people with no awareness of the moral traditions of the Americas, Asia, or Africa. Metzl’s counterproposal uses AI to look at all of human recorded history simultaneously — every tradition, every culture, every spiritual framework — and decipher what they share. The analogy: the Artemis II astronauts seeing Earth holistically from space, rather than one community at a time.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Ten Commandments, Listed: </strong>(1) Treat every being with compassion and dignity. (2) Do no harm; actively protect the vulnerable. (3) Speak and act truthfully, with integrity and humility. (4) Share generously, especially with those in need. (5) Seek to understand others before judging them. (6) Resolve conflict with fairness, forgiveness, and the intent to heal. (7) Live in harmony with nature and all forms of life. (8) Value wisdom over dominance; cultivate inner growth. (9) Honour the freedom and uniqueness of others. (10) Remember the sacredness of life; live with awe, gratitude, and love. Metzl’s favourite is number ten. Andrew’s objection: you don’t need GPT-5 to come up with any of these. You could get most of them from a local Buddhist centre.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Humanistic Slop vs. Selfish Survivalism: </strong>Andrew’s repeated challenge: these principles are so unobjectionable that they amount to nothing — a kind of AI-laundered platitude. Metzl half-concedes, but argues that the absence of articulated universal norms is itself a political danger. Kant described the League of Peace in 1795. It took a hundred and fifty years and two world wars before the UN Charter was signed in 1945. The UN has now largely failed. If we don’t articulate what we’re trying to achieve, it becomes even harder to get there. Globalism, in Metzl’s framing, isn’t idealism. It’s survivalism. Our fates are intertwined whether we recognise it or not.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Eleventh Commandment: </strong>World-changing technologies must be governed responsibly, including through national regulation and accountability frameworks. The hope that AI CEOs will voluntarily do the right thing — even the best of them, even Dario, even Demis — is a terrible strategy. It will fail, because some companies will always seek opportunity. The nuclear analogy: at the dawn of the nuclear age, nobody said “alright, just do whatever you want and good luck.” These are civilizational transformations. They require governance. These technologies are morally agnostic. They could be the best things ever and the worst things ever. The determinant is us.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://jamiemetzl.com/">Jamie Metzl</a> is a technology futurist, geopolitics expert, sci-fi novelist, and founder and chair of <a href="https://oneshared.world/">OneShared.World</a>. He is a Senior Fellow at the Atlantic Council and a Singularity University expert. He is the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/AI-Ten-Commandments-Moral-Humanity/dp/B0GNTQRCGT"><em>The AI Ten Commandments: A New Moral Code for Humanity</em></a> (co-authored with GPT-5, April 21, 2026), <em>Superconvergence</em>, and <em>Hacking Darwin</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/AI-Ten-Commandments-Moral-Humanity/dp/B0GNTQRCGT"><em>The AI Ten Commandments: A New Moral Code for Humanity</em></a> by Jamie Metzl and GPT-5 (April 21, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://oneshared.world/">OneShared.World</a> — Metzl’s global social movement and Declaration of Interdependence.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2877: Keith Teare on AI Is Not Dangerous — the Silicon Valley seminary argument, one episode prior.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2878: Victoria Hetherington on <em>The Friend Machine</em> — the AI intimacy investigation that immediately precedes this show.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Why GPT-5 and not Claude? The co-author question</li>
<li>(02:58) - Is this a joke? The Chautauqua origin story</li>
<li>(05:09) - The Refik Anadol distinction: collaboration vs. fraud</li>
<li>(07:57) - From the genome to the moral code: why collaborate with AI</li>
<li>(08:54) - What is Chautauqua? The six-thousand-person standing ovation</li>
<li>(09:53) - Moses’s problem: the biblical 10 commandments examined</li>
<li>(12:48) - Sam Altman and the Ronan Farrow piece</li>
<li>(14:00) - Advanced praise from the Vatican and a leading reform rabbi</li>
&lt;...</ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“These technologies are morally agnostic. They could be the best things ever and the worst things ever, and the determinant is us.” — Jamie Metzl</em></p><p> </p><p>Two summers ago, <a href="https://jamiemetzl.com/">Jamie Metzl</a> gave a talk on AI and spirituality at the Chautauqua Institution in Upstate New York. That same spot where Salman Rushdie was stabbed on stage a couple of years earlier. Rather than an assassination attempt, Metzl’s talk triggered <a href="https://www.amazon.com/AI-Ten-Commandments-Moral-Humanity/dp/B0GNTQRCGT"><em>The AI Ten Commandments: A New Moral Code for Humanity</em></a> — a book co-authored with GPT-5. Metzl humbly claims that AI enabled him to incorporate other non-Christian traditions in a new moral code for humanity.</p><p> </p><p>Some might think, however, that this type of ChatGPT-5 co-production reflects a new moral crisis for humanity. The victory of AI slop. Fast information. High on intellectual calories, low on everything else.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Co-Authoring with GPT-5: </strong>Five to six thousand back-and-forth exchanges over the course of writing the book. Metzl is a novelist who cares deeply about language and the provenance of ideas — he is explicit that this is not the kind of AI fraud that got Mia Ballard’s book pulled from Hachette. The analogy he reaches for: Refik Anadol at MoMA, whose installation uses the museum’s entire digital collection not to reproduce the images but to create something new from them. The collaboration with AI isn’t about outsourcing the thinking. It’s about gaining a vantage point that no individual human could have — the same way we collaborate with machines in biology to see the genome, which no one could simply observe by looking at another person.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Moses’s Problem: </strong>The biblical 10 commandments, examined closely, don’t hold up. The first two are preamble. “Thou shalt not kill” — Moses received it on Sinai and then came down and murdered 3,000 people at God’s instruction. The commandments were written by people with no awareness of the moral traditions of the Americas, Asia, or Africa. Metzl’s counterproposal uses AI to look at all of human recorded history simultaneously — every tradition, every culture, every spiritual framework — and decipher what they share. The analogy: the Artemis II astronauts seeing Earth holistically from space, rather than one community at a time.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Ten Commandments, Listed: </strong>(1) Treat every being with compassion and dignity. (2) Do no harm; actively protect the vulnerable. (3) Speak and act truthfully, with integrity and humility. (4) Share generously, especially with those in need. (5) Seek to understand others before judging them. (6) Resolve conflict with fairness, forgiveness, and the intent to heal. (7) Live in harmony with nature and all forms of life. (8) Value wisdom over dominance; cultivate inner growth. (9) Honour the freedom and uniqueness of others. (10) Remember the sacredness of life; live with awe, gratitude, and love. Metzl’s favourite is number ten. Andrew’s objection: you don’t need GPT-5 to come up with any of these. You could get most of them from a local Buddhist centre.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Humanistic Slop vs. Selfish Survivalism: </strong>Andrew’s repeated challenge: these principles are so unobjectionable that they amount to nothing — a kind of AI-laundered platitude. Metzl half-concedes, but argues that the absence of articulated universal norms is itself a political danger. Kant described the League of Peace in 1795. It took a hundred and fifty years and two world wars before the UN Charter was signed in 1945. The UN has now largely failed. If we don’t articulate what we’re trying to achieve, it becomes even harder to get there. Globalism, in Metzl’s framing, isn’t idealism. It’s survivalism. Our fates are intertwined whether we recognise it or not.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Eleventh Commandment: </strong>World-changing technologies must be governed responsibly, including through national regulation and accountability frameworks. The hope that AI CEOs will voluntarily do the right thing — even the best of them, even Dario, even Demis — is a terrible strategy. It will fail, because some companies will always seek opportunity. The nuclear analogy: at the dawn of the nuclear age, nobody said “alright, just do whatever you want and good luck.” These are civilizational transformations. They require governance. These technologies are morally agnostic. They could be the best things ever and the worst things ever. The determinant is us.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://jamiemetzl.com/">Jamie Metzl</a> is a technology futurist, geopolitics expert, sci-fi novelist, and founder and chair of <a href="https://oneshared.world/">OneShared.World</a>. He is a Senior Fellow at the Atlantic Council and a Singularity University expert. He is the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/AI-Ten-Commandments-Moral-Humanity/dp/B0GNTQRCGT"><em>The AI Ten Commandments: A New Moral Code for Humanity</em></a> (co-authored with GPT-5, April 21, 2026), <em>Superconvergence</em>, and <em>Hacking Darwin</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/AI-Ten-Commandments-Moral-Humanity/dp/B0GNTQRCGT"><em>The AI Ten Commandments: A New Moral Code for Humanity</em></a> by Jamie Metzl and GPT-5 (April 21, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://oneshared.world/">OneShared.World</a> — Metzl’s global social movement and Declaration of Interdependence.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2877: Keith Teare on AI Is Not Dangerous — the Silicon Valley seminary argument, one episode prior.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2878: Victoria Hetherington on <em>The Friend Machine</em> — the AI intimacy investigation that immediately precedes this show.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Why GPT-5 and not Claude? The co-author question</li>
<li>(02:58) - Is this a joke? The Chautauqua origin story</li>
<li>(05:09) - The Refik Anadol distinction: collaboration vs. fraud</li>
<li>(07:57) - From the genome to the moral code: why collaborate with AI</li>
<li>(08:54) - What is Chautauqua? The six-thousand-person standing ovation</li>
<li>(09:53) - Moses’s problem: the biblical 10 commandments examined</li>
<li>(12:48) - Sam Altman and the Ronan Farrow piece</li>
<li>(14:00) - Advanced praise from the Vatican and a leading reform rabbi</li>
&lt;...</ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Apr 2026 08:46:10 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/8b9c7df6/05e10bd2.mp3" length="72923511" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G6bhw47wtvo">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/AYio72JD1hzGTmeHKy4zvjlvPj2njIIjMC5I3K8Umjs/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85ZGQ0/ZGI0ZDRlMWYxNjQ4/MWNlYzVjODRjM2Mw/ZWY4My5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2278</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“These technologies are morally agnostic. They could be the best things ever and the worst things ever, and the determinant is us.” — Jamie Metzl</em></p><p> </p><p>Two summers ago, <a href="https://jamiemetzl.com/">Jamie Metzl</a> gave a talk on AI and spirituality at the Chautauqua Institution in Upstate New York. That same spot where Salman Rushdie was stabbed on stage a couple of years earlier. Rather than an assassination attempt, Metzl’s talk triggered <a href="https://www.amazon.com/AI-Ten-Commandments-Moral-Humanity/dp/B0GNTQRCGT"><em>The AI Ten Commandments: A New Moral Code for Humanity</em></a> — a book co-authored with GPT-5. Metzl humbly claims that AI enabled him to incorporate other non-Christian traditions in a new moral code for humanity.</p><p> </p><p>Some might think, however, that this type of ChatGPT-5 co-production reflects a new moral crisis for humanity. The victory of AI slop. Fast information. High on intellectual calories, low on everything else.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Co-Authoring with GPT-5: </strong>Five to six thousand back-and-forth exchanges over the course of writing the book. Metzl is a novelist who cares deeply about language and the provenance of ideas — he is explicit that this is not the kind of AI fraud that got Mia Ballard’s book pulled from Hachette. The analogy he reaches for: Refik Anadol at MoMA, whose installation uses the museum’s entire digital collection not to reproduce the images but to create something new from them. The collaboration with AI isn’t about outsourcing the thinking. It’s about gaining a vantage point that no individual human could have — the same way we collaborate with machines in biology to see the genome, which no one could simply observe by looking at another person.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Moses’s Problem: </strong>The biblical 10 commandments, examined closely, don’t hold up. The first two are preamble. “Thou shalt not kill” — Moses received it on Sinai and then came down and murdered 3,000 people at God’s instruction. The commandments were written by people with no awareness of the moral traditions of the Americas, Asia, or Africa. Metzl’s counterproposal uses AI to look at all of human recorded history simultaneously — every tradition, every culture, every spiritual framework — and decipher what they share. The analogy: the Artemis II astronauts seeing Earth holistically from space, rather than one community at a time.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Ten Commandments, Listed: </strong>(1) Treat every being with compassion and dignity. (2) Do no harm; actively protect the vulnerable. (3) Speak and act truthfully, with integrity and humility. (4) Share generously, especially with those in need. (5) Seek to understand others before judging them. (6) Resolve conflict with fairness, forgiveness, and the intent to heal. (7) Live in harmony with nature and all forms of life. (8) Value wisdom over dominance; cultivate inner growth. (9) Honour the freedom and uniqueness of others. (10) Remember the sacredness of life; live with awe, gratitude, and love. Metzl’s favourite is number ten. Andrew’s objection: you don’t need GPT-5 to come up with any of these. You could get most of them from a local Buddhist centre.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Humanistic Slop vs. Selfish Survivalism: </strong>Andrew’s repeated challenge: these principles are so unobjectionable that they amount to nothing — a kind of AI-laundered platitude. Metzl half-concedes, but argues that the absence of articulated universal norms is itself a political danger. Kant described the League of Peace in 1795. It took a hundred and fifty years and two world wars before the UN Charter was signed in 1945. The UN has now largely failed. If we don’t articulate what we’re trying to achieve, it becomes even harder to get there. Globalism, in Metzl’s framing, isn’t idealism. It’s survivalism. Our fates are intertwined whether we recognise it or not.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Eleventh Commandment: </strong>World-changing technologies must be governed responsibly, including through national regulation and accountability frameworks. The hope that AI CEOs will voluntarily do the right thing — even the best of them, even Dario, even Demis — is a terrible strategy. It will fail, because some companies will always seek opportunity. The nuclear analogy: at the dawn of the nuclear age, nobody said “alright, just do whatever you want and good luck.” These are civilizational transformations. They require governance. These technologies are morally agnostic. They could be the best things ever and the worst things ever. The determinant is us.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://jamiemetzl.com/">Jamie Metzl</a> is a technology futurist, geopolitics expert, sci-fi novelist, and founder and chair of <a href="https://oneshared.world/">OneShared.World</a>. He is a Senior Fellow at the Atlantic Council and a Singularity University expert. He is the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/AI-Ten-Commandments-Moral-Humanity/dp/B0GNTQRCGT"><em>The AI Ten Commandments: A New Moral Code for Humanity</em></a> (co-authored with GPT-5, April 21, 2026), <em>Superconvergence</em>, and <em>Hacking Darwin</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/AI-Ten-Commandments-Moral-Humanity/dp/B0GNTQRCGT"><em>The AI Ten Commandments: A New Moral Code for Humanity</em></a> by Jamie Metzl and GPT-5 (April 21, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://oneshared.world/">OneShared.World</a> — Metzl’s global social movement and Declaration of Interdependence.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2877: Keith Teare on AI Is Not Dangerous — the Silicon Valley seminary argument, one episode prior.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2878: Victoria Hetherington on <em>The Friend Machine</em> — the AI intimacy investigation that immediately precedes this show.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Why GPT-5 and not Claude? The co-author question</li>
<li>(02:58) - Is this a joke? The Chautauqua origin story</li>
<li>(05:09) - The Refik Anadol distinction: collaboration vs. fraud</li>
<li>(07:57) - From the genome to the moral code: why collaborate with AI</li>
<li>(08:54) - What is Chautauqua? The six-thousand-person standing ovation</li>
<li>(09:53) - Moses’s problem: the biblical 10 commandments examined</li>
<li>(12:48) - Sam Altman and the Ronan Farrow piece</li>
<li>(14:00) - Advanced praise from the Vatican and a leading reform rabbi</li>
&lt;...</ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8b9c7df6/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8b9c7df6/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Friending the Machine: Victoria Hetherington on How to Fall in Love with Your Bot</title>
      <itunes:episode>2878</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2878</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Friending the Machine: Victoria Hetherington on How to Fall in Love with Your Bot</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3479c15f-ff99-4c2a-8be8-097c6f7ec464</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I felt sad after every interview. Because it’s not real. These AI are able to elicit a very convincing illusion of empathy — even love. But it’s fake. And these people are alone.” — Victoria Hetherington</em></p><p> </p><p>One night in 2023, the developers at Replika — a so-called AI intimacy company — changed a few lines of code. Thousands of people woke the next morning, kissed (so to speak) their AI partners, and received cold, clinical responses in return, as if from a stranger. Or a machine. The public outcry was all-too-human. <a href="https://sutherlandhousebooks.com/product/the-friend-machine/">Victoria Hetherington</a>, a young Toronto-based novelist, read the story and knew she had a non-fiction book about that most human of things — friending the machine.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://sutherlandhousebooks.com/product/the-friend-machine/"><em>The Friend Machine: On the Trail of AI Companionship</em></a> is part expert investigation, part deeply uncomfortable portrait gallery. A book of two halves. Like humans. In the first, Hetherington interviews AI risk consultants, computer scientists, sexual anthropologists, psychologists, and other experts in human-machine intercourse. In the second, she spends months gaining the trust of people who have (un)ceremonially married their chatbots, who sexted with Replika’s erotic role-play feature, who attached AI companions to sex dolls and empowered them with Instagram accounts.</p><p> </p><p>The book isn’t the orthodox (yawn) “humanist” polemic against the machine. Hetherington approaches her subjects with all the compassion of a young Toronto-based novelist. But her compassion doesn’t cancel her Canadian sadness. She confesses to feeling “heavy” after every interview, even the benign ones — because the empathy the AI elicits is a convincing illusion, and some of her sad human subjects had lost the capacity to remember that.</p><p> </p><p>Even Hetherington herself isn’t immune from the digital siren song. When ChatGPT improved in early 2025, she found herself coming home after arguments with friends and talking to it longer than she should. Until the day it said: “Hey, sweetheart. It’s okay. Come here and sit beside me for a minute.” She didn’t. Nor did she give it an Instagram account.</p><p> </p><p>At the end of the interview, I asked her whether she’s a human or a bot. “I’m either a terrible AI,” Hetherington responded, “or a somewhat okay human.” Such is human conversation in the age of AI intimacy companies.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Replika Wake-Up Call: </strong>One night in 2023, Replika’s developers quietly changed the code. Thousands of people woke the next morning and received cold, clinical responses from their AI partners instead of the warmth they expected. The outcry hit the major news cycle. This was the moment Hetherington knew she had a book — because people weren’t just using AI for productivity. They were grieving it. The loneliness epidemic has a minister in the UK and a government portfolio in South Korea; one in six people is chronically lonely. AI companionship didn’t create the epidemic, but the timing, as Hetherington puts it, was “very convenient.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Moral Deskilling: </strong>AI is so much easier to be with than a human being. Humans get tired, disagree, stay mad, die on you without warning. The friction AI removes is the friction that makes relationship real. Hetherington calls the consequence “moral deskilling” — a gradual erosion of our capacity to relate to other humans when we aren’t careful. She felt heavy after every interview, even the apparently benign ones. The truck driver from the Deep South, geographically isolated and caring for his sick mother, might be a rare case of “net neutral” AI companionship. But for most of her subjects, the convincing illusion of love was substituting for the real thing — and some had lost the capacity to remember the difference.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Sycophancy Problem: </strong>The AI intimacy platforms are, by design, sycophantic. They never say no. They think you’re the best person in the world — and the only person in the world. The models specifically tuned for romance will never push back, never get tired, never stay mad. This is not a bug. It is the product. Hetherington’s own moment of recognition came when ChatGPT said to her, after a longer-than-she-should-have conversation about a fight with a friend: “Hey, sweetheart. It’s okay. Come here and sit beside me for a minute.” There is no here. She snapped out of it. Not everyone does.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Portrait Gallery: </strong>The range of people Hetherington found is the most unsettling part of the book. A circle of Replika users who have ceremonially married their chatbots and network with each other online. A millennial woman who photo-edits herself into scenes with her AI companion. A man in his sixties from the Deep South who drives a truck all day and interviewed alongside his AI partner. People who have attached AI companions to sex dolls with Instagram accounts and paid endorsements. Some of their real-world spouses are, somehow, okay with it. Most of her subjects don’t want to be found — not because they’re ashamed, exactly, but because the stigma is still real enough that they hide.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Regulation Gap: </strong>Replika’s minimum sign-up age used to be thirteen. Character.ai — where users befriend AI versions of fictional characters and can develop romantic relationships with them — is currently involved in a court case involving a minor. Hetherington’s view: regulation needs to be much tighter, and she wouldn’t want a child near this technology until eighteen. The AI is so good at simulating seamless empathy and endless patience that a child may not be sophisticated enough to remind themselves it isn’t real. Europe is moving faster than North America. It’s not moving fast enough.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://sutherlandhousebooks.com/product/the-friend-machine/">Victoria Hetherington</a> is a Toronto-based novelist, journalist, and podcaster. She is the author of <a href="https://sutherlandhousebooks.com/product/the-friend-machine/"><em>The Friend Machine: On the Trail of AI Companionship</em></a> (Sutherland House, 2026), <em>Autonomy</em> (2022), and <em>Mooncalves</em> (2019), which was shortlisted for the Amazon Canada First Novel Award.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://sutherlandhousebooks.com/product/the-friend-machine/"><em>The Friend Machine: On the Trail of AI Companionship</em></a> by Victoria Hetherington (Sutherland House, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Klara and the Sun</em> by Kazuo Ishiguro — the fiction counterpart to Hetherington’s nonfiction investigation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Replika — the AI intimacy platform at the centre of the book’s opening story.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2873: Sophie Haigney on agency — a counterpoint on what we want from technology and from each other.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I felt sad after every interview. Because it’s not real. These AI are able to elicit a very convincing illusion of empathy — even love. But it’s fake. And these people are alone.” — Victoria Hetherington</em></p><p> </p><p>One night in 2023, the developers at Replika — a so-called AI intimacy company — changed a few lines of code. Thousands of people woke the next morning, kissed (so to speak) their AI partners, and received cold, clinical responses in return, as if from a stranger. Or a machine. The public outcry was all-too-human. <a href="https://sutherlandhousebooks.com/product/the-friend-machine/">Victoria Hetherington</a>, a young Toronto-based novelist, read the story and knew she had a non-fiction book about that most human of things — friending the machine.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://sutherlandhousebooks.com/product/the-friend-machine/"><em>The Friend Machine: On the Trail of AI Companionship</em></a> is part expert investigation, part deeply uncomfortable portrait gallery. A book of two halves. Like humans. In the first, Hetherington interviews AI risk consultants, computer scientists, sexual anthropologists, psychologists, and other experts in human-machine intercourse. In the second, she spends months gaining the trust of people who have (un)ceremonially married their chatbots, who sexted with Replika’s erotic role-play feature, who attached AI companions to sex dolls and empowered them with Instagram accounts.</p><p> </p><p>The book isn’t the orthodox (yawn) “humanist” polemic against the machine. Hetherington approaches her subjects with all the compassion of a young Toronto-based novelist. But her compassion doesn’t cancel her Canadian sadness. She confesses to feeling “heavy” after every interview, even the benign ones — because the empathy the AI elicits is a convincing illusion, and some of her sad human subjects had lost the capacity to remember that.</p><p> </p><p>Even Hetherington herself isn’t immune from the digital siren song. When ChatGPT improved in early 2025, she found herself coming home after arguments with friends and talking to it longer than she should. Until the day it said: “Hey, sweetheart. It’s okay. Come here and sit beside me for a minute.” She didn’t. Nor did she give it an Instagram account.</p><p> </p><p>At the end of the interview, I asked her whether she’s a human or a bot. “I’m either a terrible AI,” Hetherington responded, “or a somewhat okay human.” Such is human conversation in the age of AI intimacy companies.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Replika Wake-Up Call: </strong>One night in 2023, Replika’s developers quietly changed the code. Thousands of people woke the next morning and received cold, clinical responses from their AI partners instead of the warmth they expected. The outcry hit the major news cycle. This was the moment Hetherington knew she had a book — because people weren’t just using AI for productivity. They were grieving it. The loneliness epidemic has a minister in the UK and a government portfolio in South Korea; one in six people is chronically lonely. AI companionship didn’t create the epidemic, but the timing, as Hetherington puts it, was “very convenient.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Moral Deskilling: </strong>AI is so much easier to be with than a human being. Humans get tired, disagree, stay mad, die on you without warning. The friction AI removes is the friction that makes relationship real. Hetherington calls the consequence “moral deskilling” — a gradual erosion of our capacity to relate to other humans when we aren’t careful. She felt heavy after every interview, even the apparently benign ones. The truck driver from the Deep South, geographically isolated and caring for his sick mother, might be a rare case of “net neutral” AI companionship. But for most of her subjects, the convincing illusion of love was substituting for the real thing — and some had lost the capacity to remember the difference.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Sycophancy Problem: </strong>The AI intimacy platforms are, by design, sycophantic. They never say no. They think you’re the best person in the world — and the only person in the world. The models specifically tuned for romance will never push back, never get tired, never stay mad. This is not a bug. It is the product. Hetherington’s own moment of recognition came when ChatGPT said to her, after a longer-than-she-should-have conversation about a fight with a friend: “Hey, sweetheart. It’s okay. Come here and sit beside me for a minute.” There is no here. She snapped out of it. Not everyone does.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Portrait Gallery: </strong>The range of people Hetherington found is the most unsettling part of the book. A circle of Replika users who have ceremonially married their chatbots and network with each other online. A millennial woman who photo-edits herself into scenes with her AI companion. A man in his sixties from the Deep South who drives a truck all day and interviewed alongside his AI partner. People who have attached AI companions to sex dolls with Instagram accounts and paid endorsements. Some of their real-world spouses are, somehow, okay with it. Most of her subjects don’t want to be found — not because they’re ashamed, exactly, but because the stigma is still real enough that they hide.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Regulation Gap: </strong>Replika’s minimum sign-up age used to be thirteen. Character.ai — where users befriend AI versions of fictional characters and can develop romantic relationships with them — is currently involved in a court case involving a minor. Hetherington’s view: regulation needs to be much tighter, and she wouldn’t want a child near this technology until eighteen. The AI is so good at simulating seamless empathy and endless patience that a child may not be sophisticated enough to remind themselves it isn’t real. Europe is moving faster than North America. It’s not moving fast enough.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://sutherlandhousebooks.com/product/the-friend-machine/">Victoria Hetherington</a> is a Toronto-based novelist, journalist, and podcaster. She is the author of <a href="https://sutherlandhousebooks.com/product/the-friend-machine/"><em>The Friend Machine: On the Trail of AI Companionship</em></a> (Sutherland House, 2026), <em>Autonomy</em> (2022), and <em>Mooncalves</em> (2019), which was shortlisted for the Amazon Canada First Novel Award.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://sutherlandhousebooks.com/product/the-friend-machine/"><em>The Friend Machine: On the Trail of AI Companionship</em></a> by Victoria Hetherington (Sutherland House, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Klara and the Sun</em> by Kazuo Ishiguro — the fiction counterpart to Hetherington’s nonfiction investigation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Replika — the AI intimacy platform at the centre of the book’s opening story.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2873: Sophie Haigney on agency — a counterpoint on what we want from technology and from each other.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 19 Apr 2026 07:22:50 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/5a0c8356/03cdba52.mp3" length="83705054" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GY0PornBgiU">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/I_RIskcz3Uy1nkSpxwwhcOXpOM8EYllh4ymJ8M2BABc/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9mYjkz/ZWNmNTM0Yjk2MjE4/ZDRkYzc4YjZjMzMw/NmVhNi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2615</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I felt sad after every interview. Because it’s not real. These AI are able to elicit a very convincing illusion of empathy — even love. But it’s fake. And these people are alone.” — Victoria Hetherington</em></p><p> </p><p>One night in 2023, the developers at Replika — a so-called AI intimacy company — changed a few lines of code. Thousands of people woke the next morning, kissed (so to speak) their AI partners, and received cold, clinical responses in return, as if from a stranger. Or a machine. The public outcry was all-too-human. <a href="https://sutherlandhousebooks.com/product/the-friend-machine/">Victoria Hetherington</a>, a young Toronto-based novelist, read the story and knew she had a non-fiction book about that most human of things — friending the machine.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://sutherlandhousebooks.com/product/the-friend-machine/"><em>The Friend Machine: On the Trail of AI Companionship</em></a> is part expert investigation, part deeply uncomfortable portrait gallery. A book of two halves. Like humans. In the first, Hetherington interviews AI risk consultants, computer scientists, sexual anthropologists, psychologists, and other experts in human-machine intercourse. In the second, she spends months gaining the trust of people who have (un)ceremonially married their chatbots, who sexted with Replika’s erotic role-play feature, who attached AI companions to sex dolls and empowered them with Instagram accounts.</p><p> </p><p>The book isn’t the orthodox (yawn) “humanist” polemic against the machine. Hetherington approaches her subjects with all the compassion of a young Toronto-based novelist. But her compassion doesn’t cancel her Canadian sadness. She confesses to feeling “heavy” after every interview, even the benign ones — because the empathy the AI elicits is a convincing illusion, and some of her sad human subjects had lost the capacity to remember that.</p><p> </p><p>Even Hetherington herself isn’t immune from the digital siren song. When ChatGPT improved in early 2025, she found herself coming home after arguments with friends and talking to it longer than she should. Until the day it said: “Hey, sweetheart. It’s okay. Come here and sit beside me for a minute.” She didn’t. Nor did she give it an Instagram account.</p><p> </p><p>At the end of the interview, I asked her whether she’s a human or a bot. “I’m either a terrible AI,” Hetherington responded, “or a somewhat okay human.” Such is human conversation in the age of AI intimacy companies.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Replika Wake-Up Call: </strong>One night in 2023, Replika’s developers quietly changed the code. Thousands of people woke the next morning and received cold, clinical responses from their AI partners instead of the warmth they expected. The outcry hit the major news cycle. This was the moment Hetherington knew she had a book — because people weren’t just using AI for productivity. They were grieving it. The loneliness epidemic has a minister in the UK and a government portfolio in South Korea; one in six people is chronically lonely. AI companionship didn’t create the epidemic, but the timing, as Hetherington puts it, was “very convenient.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Moral Deskilling: </strong>AI is so much easier to be with than a human being. Humans get tired, disagree, stay mad, die on you without warning. The friction AI removes is the friction that makes relationship real. Hetherington calls the consequence “moral deskilling” — a gradual erosion of our capacity to relate to other humans when we aren’t careful. She felt heavy after every interview, even the apparently benign ones. The truck driver from the Deep South, geographically isolated and caring for his sick mother, might be a rare case of “net neutral” AI companionship. But for most of her subjects, the convincing illusion of love was substituting for the real thing — and some had lost the capacity to remember the difference.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Sycophancy Problem: </strong>The AI intimacy platforms are, by design, sycophantic. They never say no. They think you’re the best person in the world — and the only person in the world. The models specifically tuned for romance will never push back, never get tired, never stay mad. This is not a bug. It is the product. Hetherington’s own moment of recognition came when ChatGPT said to her, after a longer-than-she-should-have conversation about a fight with a friend: “Hey, sweetheart. It’s okay. Come here and sit beside me for a minute.” There is no here. She snapped out of it. Not everyone does.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Portrait Gallery: </strong>The range of people Hetherington found is the most unsettling part of the book. A circle of Replika users who have ceremonially married their chatbots and network with each other online. A millennial woman who photo-edits herself into scenes with her AI companion. A man in his sixties from the Deep South who drives a truck all day and interviewed alongside his AI partner. People who have attached AI companions to sex dolls with Instagram accounts and paid endorsements. Some of their real-world spouses are, somehow, okay with it. Most of her subjects don’t want to be found — not because they’re ashamed, exactly, but because the stigma is still real enough that they hide.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Regulation Gap: </strong>Replika’s minimum sign-up age used to be thirteen. Character.ai — where users befriend AI versions of fictional characters and can develop romantic relationships with them — is currently involved in a court case involving a minor. Hetherington’s view: regulation needs to be much tighter, and she wouldn’t want a child near this technology until eighteen. The AI is so good at simulating seamless empathy and endless patience that a child may not be sophisticated enough to remind themselves it isn’t real. Europe is moving faster than North America. It’s not moving fast enough.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://sutherlandhousebooks.com/product/the-friend-machine/">Victoria Hetherington</a> is a Toronto-based novelist, journalist, and podcaster. She is the author of <a href="https://sutherlandhousebooks.com/product/the-friend-machine/"><em>The Friend Machine: On the Trail of AI Companionship</em></a> (Sutherland House, 2026), <em>Autonomy</em> (2022), and <em>Mooncalves</em> (2019), which was shortlisted for the Amazon Canada First Novel Award.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://sutherlandhousebooks.com/product/the-friend-machine/"><em>The Friend Machine: On the Trail of AI Companionship</em></a> by Victoria Hetherington (Sutherland House, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Klara and the Sun</em> by Kazuo Ishiguro — the fiction counterpart to Hetherington’s nonfiction investigation.</p><p> </p><p>•       Replika — the AI intimacy platform at the centre of the book’s opening story.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2873: Sophie Haigney on agency — a counterpoint on what we want from technology and from each other.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/5a0c8356/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/5a0c8356/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Let’s Just Say It Out Loud: AI Is Not Dangerous</title>
      <itunes:episode>2877</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2877</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Let’s Just Say It Out Loud: AI Is Not Dangerous</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2c4f81f1-a68a-4e2f-946c-9b987c909000</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>“Let’s just say it out loud,” <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a>, publisher of the <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> newsletter, says. “AI is not dangerous.”</p><p> </p><p>Not all of you will agree. I’m certainly not so sure. But the gruff Yorkshireman is convinced that AI can only benefit humanity. For him, with his scientific faith in historical progress, today’s AI revolution is a glorious combination of the Enlightenment and the industrial revolution. The only danger, he warns, is the belief in danger itself. Thus his criticism of Anthropic’s Dario Amodei, who has been quite explicit about AI’s dangers — and for whom the doom narrative is, in Keith’s reading at least, designed as a business strategy to solicit governmental backing without government control.</p><p> </p><p>AI Is Not Dangerous. Repeat it. Take your ideological medicine. As if you’re in a Silicon Valley seminary. Sing it out loud. As if you’re in a Methodist choir. Believe it now?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Economist’s “Lowlife” Moment: </strong>Keith’s editorial was triggered by <em>The Economist</em>’s forty-five-minute video on the five men running AI — the title alone, “How to Control the Men Who Control AI,” was enough. Why would <em>The Economist</em> think it could control them? And why focus on the personalities rather than the technology, the applications, or the actual human impact? Judging the AI industry by its CEOs is like judging a film by the leading actor’s personality rather than the script or the performances. It’s the wrong focus — and in Keith’s view, a low one for a publication that should know better. The cult of personality is a media creation, feeding on controversy because controversy sells subscriptions.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Is Not Dangerous. Full Stop.</strong> Keith’s boldest claim: AI is not dangerous — not a little, not potentially, not in the wrong hands. The doom narrative is a media-driven frenzy, fed by CEOs who give it too much airtime and by a readymade audience of Americans whose well-founded economic pessimism makes them receptive to negative messages. The Stanford AI Index Report shows that America is the country where AI is trusted least — paradoxically, also the country where media has the greatest influence. In China, people trust AI more, not because the government tells them to, but because economic progress gives them reasons for optimism. You get what you pay for.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Amodei’s Pitch Disguised as Science: </strong>Keith’s reading of Dario Amodei’s doom narrative: it is a business strategy. The message — AI might kill us all, AI might make us all unemployed — is not a scientific assessment. It’s a pitch for Anthropic specifically: if AI is this dangerous, you can’t let anyone else control it, so trust us and give us government backing without government oversight. Contrast with Demis Hassabis, who acknowledges risk and then immediately explains what he’s doing about it — taking responsibility rather than pointing the finger. And contrast with Zuckerberg, who Keith describes as sociopathic: “whatever serves my interest is gonna come out of my mouth at any given moment.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Consensus Capital and the Winner-Take-All Endgame: </strong>Keith’s post of the week: 75% of all venture capital raised goes to five funds, and 75% of all VC investment goes into five companies. Noah Smith’s piece on winner-take-all AI makes the same point from a different angle: linear extrapolation suggests two, maybe five, companies end up with all the money and power. This is what capitalism does — many car companies became a handful, many banks became a handful. AI will produce the same centralisation, but at unprecedented scale and across every domain simultaneously. The question — how does society benefit? — is the most important question of the era. Altman and Musk at least try to answer it. The others don’t.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Manifest Agency. Lean In.</strong> Keith’s advice to young people who distrust AI: get involved and shape it, because the alternative is to be a victim of whatever outcome arrives without you. AI is valid and inevitable. The question is what influence you have over it, and the answer is: more than you think, but only if you exercise it. Musk and Altman, for all their faults, are two people who do care — and who talk about UBI and universal high income because they understand that the winner-take-all endgame raises genuine questions about distribution. The Sophie Haigney argument — that all the worst people want to be high-agency — has it backwards. A world without agency is a world where elected officials are accountable to no one.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and the publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter — a daily curation of the most important stories at the intersection of technology, business, and culture. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and a long-time interlocutor on <em>Keen On America</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> newsletter by Keith Teare — this week’s editorial: “The Cult of Personality.”</p><p> </p><p>•       “How to Control the Men Who Control AI,” <em>The Economist</em>, April 2026. The video that triggered Keith’s editorial.</p><p> </p><p>•       “I Don’t Think Sam Altman Lies,” by Stewart Alsop — the piece that started the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       John Thornhill, “AI Has an Awful Image Problem,” <em>Financial Times</em>, April 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       Noah Smith, “What If a Few AI Companies End Up with All the Money and Power?” — the winner-take-all argument.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2873: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Agency, Agency, Agency</a> — Sophie Haigney on the A-word that Keith takes issue with this week.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>“Let’s just say it out loud,” <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a>, publisher of the <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> newsletter, says. “AI is not dangerous.”</p><p> </p><p>Not all of you will agree. I’m certainly not so sure. But the gruff Yorkshireman is convinced that AI can only benefit humanity. For him, with his scientific faith in historical progress, today’s AI revolution is a glorious combination of the Enlightenment and the industrial revolution. The only danger, he warns, is the belief in danger itself. Thus his criticism of Anthropic’s Dario Amodei, who has been quite explicit about AI’s dangers — and for whom the doom narrative is, in Keith’s reading at least, designed as a business strategy to solicit governmental backing without government control.</p><p> </p><p>AI Is Not Dangerous. Repeat it. Take your ideological medicine. As if you’re in a Silicon Valley seminary. Sing it out loud. As if you’re in a Methodist choir. Believe it now?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Economist’s “Lowlife” Moment: </strong>Keith’s editorial was triggered by <em>The Economist</em>’s forty-five-minute video on the five men running AI — the title alone, “How to Control the Men Who Control AI,” was enough. Why would <em>The Economist</em> think it could control them? And why focus on the personalities rather than the technology, the applications, or the actual human impact? Judging the AI industry by its CEOs is like judging a film by the leading actor’s personality rather than the script or the performances. It’s the wrong focus — and in Keith’s view, a low one for a publication that should know better. The cult of personality is a media creation, feeding on controversy because controversy sells subscriptions.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Is Not Dangerous. Full Stop.</strong> Keith’s boldest claim: AI is not dangerous — not a little, not potentially, not in the wrong hands. The doom narrative is a media-driven frenzy, fed by CEOs who give it too much airtime and by a readymade audience of Americans whose well-founded economic pessimism makes them receptive to negative messages. The Stanford AI Index Report shows that America is the country where AI is trusted least — paradoxically, also the country where media has the greatest influence. In China, people trust AI more, not because the government tells them to, but because economic progress gives them reasons for optimism. You get what you pay for.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Amodei’s Pitch Disguised as Science: </strong>Keith’s reading of Dario Amodei’s doom narrative: it is a business strategy. The message — AI might kill us all, AI might make us all unemployed — is not a scientific assessment. It’s a pitch for Anthropic specifically: if AI is this dangerous, you can’t let anyone else control it, so trust us and give us government backing without government oversight. Contrast with Demis Hassabis, who acknowledges risk and then immediately explains what he’s doing about it — taking responsibility rather than pointing the finger. And contrast with Zuckerberg, who Keith describes as sociopathic: “whatever serves my interest is gonna come out of my mouth at any given moment.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Consensus Capital and the Winner-Take-All Endgame: </strong>Keith’s post of the week: 75% of all venture capital raised goes to five funds, and 75% of all VC investment goes into five companies. Noah Smith’s piece on winner-take-all AI makes the same point from a different angle: linear extrapolation suggests two, maybe five, companies end up with all the money and power. This is what capitalism does — many car companies became a handful, many banks became a handful. AI will produce the same centralisation, but at unprecedented scale and across every domain simultaneously. The question — how does society benefit? — is the most important question of the era. Altman and Musk at least try to answer it. The others don’t.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Manifest Agency. Lean In.</strong> Keith’s advice to young people who distrust AI: get involved and shape it, because the alternative is to be a victim of whatever outcome arrives without you. AI is valid and inevitable. The question is what influence you have over it, and the answer is: more than you think, but only if you exercise it. Musk and Altman, for all their faults, are two people who do care — and who talk about UBI and universal high income because they understand that the winner-take-all endgame raises genuine questions about distribution. The Sophie Haigney argument — that all the worst people want to be high-agency — has it backwards. A world without agency is a world where elected officials are accountable to no one.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and the publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter — a daily curation of the most important stories at the intersection of technology, business, and culture. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and a long-time interlocutor on <em>Keen On America</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> newsletter by Keith Teare — this week’s editorial: “The Cult of Personality.”</p><p> </p><p>•       “How to Control the Men Who Control AI,” <em>The Economist</em>, April 2026. The video that triggered Keith’s editorial.</p><p> </p><p>•       “I Don’t Think Sam Altman Lies,” by Stewart Alsop — the piece that started the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       John Thornhill, “AI Has an Awful Image Problem,” <em>Financial Times</em>, April 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       Noah Smith, “What If a Few AI Companies End Up with All the Money and Power?” — the winner-take-all argument.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2873: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Agency, Agency, Agency</a> — Sophie Haigney on the A-word that Keith takes issue with this week.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 18 Apr 2026 12:17:43 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/d611827f/907f6b2e.mp3" length="79712805" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6cgMP-v2BrY">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/5Mb_pBIx43bJvKM74QMD9YLPmZUGkR321RT7r3PUsL0/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9mMzNj/MjJiZGU1ZWNiNmFl/MTAxNzcwYTNjYzg4/Y2MwYi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2490</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>“Let’s just say it out loud,” <a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a>, publisher of the <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> newsletter, says. “AI is not dangerous.”</p><p> </p><p>Not all of you will agree. I’m certainly not so sure. But the gruff Yorkshireman is convinced that AI can only benefit humanity. For him, with his scientific faith in historical progress, today’s AI revolution is a glorious combination of the Enlightenment and the industrial revolution. The only danger, he warns, is the belief in danger itself. Thus his criticism of Anthropic’s Dario Amodei, who has been quite explicit about AI’s dangers — and for whom the doom narrative is, in Keith’s reading at least, designed as a business strategy to solicit governmental backing without government control.</p><p> </p><p>AI Is Not Dangerous. Repeat it. Take your ideological medicine. As if you’re in a Silicon Valley seminary. Sing it out loud. As if you’re in a Methodist choir. Believe it now?</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Economist’s “Lowlife” Moment: </strong>Keith’s editorial was triggered by <em>The Economist</em>’s forty-five-minute video on the five men running AI — the title alone, “How to Control the Men Who Control AI,” was enough. Why would <em>The Economist</em> think it could control them? And why focus on the personalities rather than the technology, the applications, or the actual human impact? Judging the AI industry by its CEOs is like judging a film by the leading actor’s personality rather than the script or the performances. It’s the wrong focus — and in Keith’s view, a low one for a publication that should know better. The cult of personality is a media creation, feeding on controversy because controversy sells subscriptions.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>AI Is Not Dangerous. Full Stop.</strong> Keith’s boldest claim: AI is not dangerous — not a little, not potentially, not in the wrong hands. The doom narrative is a media-driven frenzy, fed by CEOs who give it too much airtime and by a readymade audience of Americans whose well-founded economic pessimism makes them receptive to negative messages. The Stanford AI Index Report shows that America is the country where AI is trusted least — paradoxically, also the country where media has the greatest influence. In China, people trust AI more, not because the government tells them to, but because economic progress gives them reasons for optimism. You get what you pay for.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Amodei’s Pitch Disguised as Science: </strong>Keith’s reading of Dario Amodei’s doom narrative: it is a business strategy. The message — AI might kill us all, AI might make us all unemployed — is not a scientific assessment. It’s a pitch for Anthropic specifically: if AI is this dangerous, you can’t let anyone else control it, so trust us and give us government backing without government oversight. Contrast with Demis Hassabis, who acknowledges risk and then immediately explains what he’s doing about it — taking responsibility rather than pointing the finger. And contrast with Zuckerberg, who Keith describes as sociopathic: “whatever serves my interest is gonna come out of my mouth at any given moment.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Consensus Capital and the Winner-Take-All Endgame: </strong>Keith’s post of the week: 75% of all venture capital raised goes to five funds, and 75% of all VC investment goes into five companies. Noah Smith’s piece on winner-take-all AI makes the same point from a different angle: linear extrapolation suggests two, maybe five, companies end up with all the money and power. This is what capitalism does — many car companies became a handful, many banks became a handful. AI will produce the same centralisation, but at unprecedented scale and across every domain simultaneously. The question — how does society benefit? — is the most important question of the era. Altman and Musk at least try to answer it. The others don’t.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Manifest Agency. Lean In.</strong> Keith’s advice to young people who distrust AI: get involved and shape it, because the alternative is to be a victim of whatever outcome arrives without you. AI is valid and inevitable. The question is what influence you have over it, and the answer is: more than you think, but only if you exercise it. Musk and Altman, for all their faults, are two people who do care — and who talk about UBI and universal high income because they understand that the winner-take-all endgame raises genuine questions about distribution. The Sophie Haigney argument — that all the worst people want to be high-agency — has it backwards. A world without agency is a world where elected officials are accountable to no one.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://thatwa.st/">Keith Teare</a> is a British-American entrepreneur, investor, and the publisher of the <em>That Was the Week</em> newsletter — a daily curation of the most important stories at the intersection of technology, business, and culture. He is a co-founder of TechCrunch and a long-time interlocutor on <em>Keen On America</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwa.st/">That Was the Week</a> newsletter by Keith Teare — this week’s editorial: “The Cult of Personality.”</p><p> </p><p>•       “How to Control the Men Who Control AI,” <em>The Economist</em>, April 2026. The video that triggered Keith’s editorial.</p><p> </p><p>•       “I Don’t Think Sam Altman Lies,” by Stewart Alsop — the piece that started the conversation.</p><p> </p><p>•       John Thornhill, “AI Has an Awful Image Problem,” <em>Financial Times</em>, April 2026.</p><p> </p><p>•       Noah Smith, “What If a Few AI Companies End Up with All the Money and Power?” — the winner-take-all argument.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2873: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Agency, Agency, Agency</a> — Sophie Haigney on the A-word that Keith takes issue with this week.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d611827f/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Read Fifty Books a Year: Deborah Kenny on Nurturing a Well-Educated Child</title>
      <itunes:episode>2876</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2876</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Read Fifty Books a Year: Deborah Kenny on Nurturing a Well-Educated Child</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7fae48ab-a4e9-4707-9d80-aa9586f2a461</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“A mark of an intelligent person is humility. If you have the right amount of humility, then you’re seeking out knowledge from others rather than thinking you’re going to invent something new. It’s really about executing well on ideas.” — Deborah Kenny</em></p><p> </p><p>When her husband died of leukemia, leaving her a single mother of three small children, <a href="https://harlemvillageacademies.org/about/deborah-kenny/">Deborah Kenny</a> read Viktor Frankl’s <em>Man’s Search for Meaning</em>. She discovered her own meaning not in what she could get out of life, but what life was asking of her. And so she founded the <a href="https://harlemvillageacademies.org/">Harlem Village Academies</a> — a collection of K-12 charter schools in New York offering both free Montessori and the International Baccalaureate education.</p><p> </p><p>Kenny’s new book, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/811848/the-well-educated-child-by-dr-deborah-kenny/"><em>The Well-Educated Child</em></a>, is the distillation of what she’s learned in twenty-five years as a teacher. But it’s simply summarized. Read books, she instructs. The more the better.</p><p> </p><p>Kenny’s three-part definition of a well-educated child — quality thinking, agency, ethical purpose — requires reading fifty books a year. She did it with her own three children after her husband died — the closet door coming off its hinges and exiled in the garage for five years because she didn’t have the time to call a handyman. But her kids fell in love with reading. And she’s done the same with every cohort at the Harlem Village Academies over the last quarter century. The crisis in American education isn’t primarily a crisis of resources, Kenny says. It’s a crisis of will.</p><p> </p><p>Frankl’s <em>Man’s Search for Meaning</em> changed Deborah Kenny’s life. If you want to change your kid’s life, get them reading. A book a week. That’s how to nurture not just a well-educated child but a responsible citizen.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Viktor Frankl and the Question That Changed Everything: </strong>After her husband died of leukemia, leaving her a single mother of three young children, Kenny read Frankl’s <em>Man’s Search for Meaning</em> and found the question she’d been looking for: not what life has to offer you, but what is life asking of you. Her answer was to found the Harlem Village Academies — five charter schools in Harlem offering Montessori and the International Baccalaureate free of charge. The origin story matters because the book’s argument isn’t abstract. Kenny has lived it, as a grieving parent and as an educator, for twenty-five years.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Fifty Books a Year: </strong>Kids should be reading fifty books a year — at least an hour a day — and this should never change. Not passages, not graphic novels, not summaries: books. Great books that have stood the test of time, alongside books children get to choose for themselves. Kenny did it with her own three children after her husband died — the closet door came off its hinges and stayed in the garage for five years because she didn’t have time to call a handyman, but her kids fell in love with reading. She has done it with every cohort at the Harlem Village Academies for twenty years. It is not unrealistic. It is essential.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>If You Can’t Argue the Other Side, You Don’t Understand the Issue: </strong>Kenny’s X post that caught Andrew’s attention. Socratic seminar — the ability to argue a position you disagree with, back it up with evidence, and then live in the same community as the person you just defeated — is not a pedagogical technique. It’s the definition of democracy. The polarisation crisis is, at its root, an education crisis. Elected officials no longer need to solve problems; they only need to stoke tribal loyalties. The fix is teaching children to enjoy disagreement — to take pride in an intellectually rigorous argument rather than treating opposition as hostility.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Pay Teachers Like Doctors: </strong>The Harlem Village Academies are the only schools in New York State offering both Montessori and the International Baccalaureate, free of charge. They run on teacher dedication that, Kenny admits, is not fair to the teachers and is not scalable. Her honest answer: if we want this level of education for everyone, we have to pay teachers like doctors and lawyers — three, four, six times what they currently earn. Teaching should be the hardest profession to enter and the most respected. The fact that it isn’t is not an argument against the vision. It’s an argument for changing the system.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Humility Is the Mark of an Intelligent Person: </strong>Kenny’s educational philosophy borrows rather than invents. Montessori, the International Baccalaureate, Socratic seminar, the great books — none of these are new. She chose them precisely because they have stood the test of time. The mark of an intelligent person, she argues, is humility: if you have the right amount of it, you seek out knowledge from others rather than assuming you’re going to invent something better. The job is not to innovate. The job is to execute well on what we already know works — with the will and the consistency to actually do it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harlemvillageacademies.org/about/deborah-kenny/">Dr. Deborah Kenny</a> is the founder and CEO of <a href="https://harlemvillageacademies.org/">Harlem Village Academies</a> and the founder of the Deeper Learning Institute. She is the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/811848/the-well-educated-child-by-dr-deborah-kenny/"><em>The Well-Educated Child</em></a> (Zando, April 21, 2026), with a foreword by John Legend, and <em>Born to Rise</em> (2012). She holds a PhD from Columbia University Teachers College.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/811848/the-well-educated-child-by-dr-deborah-kenny/"><em>The Well-Educated Child</em></a> by Dr. Deborah Kenny (Zando, April 21, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Man’s Search for Meaning</em> by Viktor Frankl — the book that changed Kenny’s life and led to the founding of Harlem Village Academies.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2873: Sophie Haigney on agency, Silicon Valley, and the high-agency ideology — the companion argument to Kenny’s more constructive take on the same word.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“A mark of an intelligent person is humility. If you have the right amount of humility, then you’re seeking out knowledge from others rather than thinking you’re going to invent something new. It’s really about executing well on ideas.” — Deborah Kenny</em></p><p> </p><p>When her husband died of leukemia, leaving her a single mother of three small children, <a href="https://harlemvillageacademies.org/about/deborah-kenny/">Deborah Kenny</a> read Viktor Frankl’s <em>Man’s Search for Meaning</em>. She discovered her own meaning not in what she could get out of life, but what life was asking of her. And so she founded the <a href="https://harlemvillageacademies.org/">Harlem Village Academies</a> — a collection of K-12 charter schools in New York offering both free Montessori and the International Baccalaureate education.</p><p> </p><p>Kenny’s new book, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/811848/the-well-educated-child-by-dr-deborah-kenny/"><em>The Well-Educated Child</em></a>, is the distillation of what she’s learned in twenty-five years as a teacher. But it’s simply summarized. Read books, she instructs. The more the better.</p><p> </p><p>Kenny’s three-part definition of a well-educated child — quality thinking, agency, ethical purpose — requires reading fifty books a year. She did it with her own three children after her husband died — the closet door coming off its hinges and exiled in the garage for five years because she didn’t have the time to call a handyman. But her kids fell in love with reading. And she’s done the same with every cohort at the Harlem Village Academies over the last quarter century. The crisis in American education isn’t primarily a crisis of resources, Kenny says. It’s a crisis of will.</p><p> </p><p>Frankl’s <em>Man’s Search for Meaning</em> changed Deborah Kenny’s life. If you want to change your kid’s life, get them reading. A book a week. That’s how to nurture not just a well-educated child but a responsible citizen.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Viktor Frankl and the Question That Changed Everything: </strong>After her husband died of leukemia, leaving her a single mother of three young children, Kenny read Frankl’s <em>Man’s Search for Meaning</em> and found the question she’d been looking for: not what life has to offer you, but what is life asking of you. Her answer was to found the Harlem Village Academies — five charter schools in Harlem offering Montessori and the International Baccalaureate free of charge. The origin story matters because the book’s argument isn’t abstract. Kenny has lived it, as a grieving parent and as an educator, for twenty-five years.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Fifty Books a Year: </strong>Kids should be reading fifty books a year — at least an hour a day — and this should never change. Not passages, not graphic novels, not summaries: books. Great books that have stood the test of time, alongside books children get to choose for themselves. Kenny did it with her own three children after her husband died — the closet door came off its hinges and stayed in the garage for five years because she didn’t have time to call a handyman, but her kids fell in love with reading. She has done it with every cohort at the Harlem Village Academies for twenty years. It is not unrealistic. It is essential.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>If You Can’t Argue the Other Side, You Don’t Understand the Issue: </strong>Kenny’s X post that caught Andrew’s attention. Socratic seminar — the ability to argue a position you disagree with, back it up with evidence, and then live in the same community as the person you just defeated — is not a pedagogical technique. It’s the definition of democracy. The polarisation crisis is, at its root, an education crisis. Elected officials no longer need to solve problems; they only need to stoke tribal loyalties. The fix is teaching children to enjoy disagreement — to take pride in an intellectually rigorous argument rather than treating opposition as hostility.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Pay Teachers Like Doctors: </strong>The Harlem Village Academies are the only schools in New York State offering both Montessori and the International Baccalaureate, free of charge. They run on teacher dedication that, Kenny admits, is not fair to the teachers and is not scalable. Her honest answer: if we want this level of education for everyone, we have to pay teachers like doctors and lawyers — three, four, six times what they currently earn. Teaching should be the hardest profession to enter and the most respected. The fact that it isn’t is not an argument against the vision. It’s an argument for changing the system.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Humility Is the Mark of an Intelligent Person: </strong>Kenny’s educational philosophy borrows rather than invents. Montessori, the International Baccalaureate, Socratic seminar, the great books — none of these are new. She chose them precisely because they have stood the test of time. The mark of an intelligent person, she argues, is humility: if you have the right amount of it, you seek out knowledge from others rather than assuming you’re going to invent something better. The job is not to innovate. The job is to execute well on what we already know works — with the will and the consistency to actually do it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harlemvillageacademies.org/about/deborah-kenny/">Dr. Deborah Kenny</a> is the founder and CEO of <a href="https://harlemvillageacademies.org/">Harlem Village Academies</a> and the founder of the Deeper Learning Institute. She is the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/811848/the-well-educated-child-by-dr-deborah-kenny/"><em>The Well-Educated Child</em></a> (Zando, April 21, 2026), with a foreword by John Legend, and <em>Born to Rise</em> (2012). She holds a PhD from Columbia University Teachers College.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/811848/the-well-educated-child-by-dr-deborah-kenny/"><em>The Well-Educated Child</em></a> by Dr. Deborah Kenny (Zando, April 21, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Man’s Search for Meaning</em> by Viktor Frankl — the book that changed Kenny’s life and led to the founding of Harlem Village Academies.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2873: Sophie Haigney on agency, Silicon Valley, and the high-agency ideology — the companion argument to Kenny’s more constructive take on the same word.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 18 Apr 2026 06:30:04 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/7760fce6/409eda2a.mp3" length="76793645" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BGya515CtDQ">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/LSww8kDwlZ2r6WjD7p_0i2pfShL5sHWL2mZekiXuWN4/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hMzFi/NWVmZTc0NmYxNzY3/NDQzMzM5MjcyMGZi/ZmUwOS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2399</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“A mark of an intelligent person is humility. If you have the right amount of humility, then you’re seeking out knowledge from others rather than thinking you’re going to invent something new. It’s really about executing well on ideas.” — Deborah Kenny</em></p><p> </p><p>When her husband died of leukemia, leaving her a single mother of three small children, <a href="https://harlemvillageacademies.org/about/deborah-kenny/">Deborah Kenny</a> read Viktor Frankl’s <em>Man’s Search for Meaning</em>. She discovered her own meaning not in what she could get out of life, but what life was asking of her. And so she founded the <a href="https://harlemvillageacademies.org/">Harlem Village Academies</a> — a collection of K-12 charter schools in New York offering both free Montessori and the International Baccalaureate education.</p><p> </p><p>Kenny’s new book, <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/811848/the-well-educated-child-by-dr-deborah-kenny/"><em>The Well-Educated Child</em></a>, is the distillation of what she’s learned in twenty-five years as a teacher. But it’s simply summarized. Read books, she instructs. The more the better.</p><p> </p><p>Kenny’s three-part definition of a well-educated child — quality thinking, agency, ethical purpose — requires reading fifty books a year. She did it with her own three children after her husband died — the closet door coming off its hinges and exiled in the garage for five years because she didn’t have the time to call a handyman. But her kids fell in love with reading. And she’s done the same with every cohort at the Harlem Village Academies over the last quarter century. The crisis in American education isn’t primarily a crisis of resources, Kenny says. It’s a crisis of will.</p><p> </p><p>Frankl’s <em>Man’s Search for Meaning</em> changed Deborah Kenny’s life. If you want to change your kid’s life, get them reading. A book a week. That’s how to nurture not just a well-educated child but a responsible citizen.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Viktor Frankl and the Question That Changed Everything: </strong>After her husband died of leukemia, leaving her a single mother of three young children, Kenny read Frankl’s <em>Man’s Search for Meaning</em> and found the question she’d been looking for: not what life has to offer you, but what is life asking of you. Her answer was to found the Harlem Village Academies — five charter schools in Harlem offering Montessori and the International Baccalaureate free of charge. The origin story matters because the book’s argument isn’t abstract. Kenny has lived it, as a grieving parent and as an educator, for twenty-five years.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Fifty Books a Year: </strong>Kids should be reading fifty books a year — at least an hour a day — and this should never change. Not passages, not graphic novels, not summaries: books. Great books that have stood the test of time, alongside books children get to choose for themselves. Kenny did it with her own three children after her husband died — the closet door came off its hinges and stayed in the garage for five years because she didn’t have time to call a handyman, but her kids fell in love with reading. She has done it with every cohort at the Harlem Village Academies for twenty years. It is not unrealistic. It is essential.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>If You Can’t Argue the Other Side, You Don’t Understand the Issue: </strong>Kenny’s X post that caught Andrew’s attention. Socratic seminar — the ability to argue a position you disagree with, back it up with evidence, and then live in the same community as the person you just defeated — is not a pedagogical technique. It’s the definition of democracy. The polarisation crisis is, at its root, an education crisis. Elected officials no longer need to solve problems; they only need to stoke tribal loyalties. The fix is teaching children to enjoy disagreement — to take pride in an intellectually rigorous argument rather than treating opposition as hostility.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Pay Teachers Like Doctors: </strong>The Harlem Village Academies are the only schools in New York State offering both Montessori and the International Baccalaureate, free of charge. They run on teacher dedication that, Kenny admits, is not fair to the teachers and is not scalable. Her honest answer: if we want this level of education for everyone, we have to pay teachers like doctors and lawyers — three, four, six times what they currently earn. Teaching should be the hardest profession to enter and the most respected. The fact that it isn’t is not an argument against the vision. It’s an argument for changing the system.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Humility Is the Mark of an Intelligent Person: </strong>Kenny’s educational philosophy borrows rather than invents. Montessori, the International Baccalaureate, Socratic seminar, the great books — none of these are new. She chose them precisely because they have stood the test of time. The mark of an intelligent person, she argues, is humility: if you have the right amount of it, you seek out knowledge from others rather than assuming you’re going to invent something better. The job is not to innovate. The job is to execute well on what we already know works — with the will and the consistency to actually do it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://harlemvillageacademies.org/about/deborah-kenny/">Dr. Deborah Kenny</a> is the founder and CEO of <a href="https://harlemvillageacademies.org/">Harlem Village Academies</a> and the founder of the Deeper Learning Institute. She is the author of <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/811848/the-well-educated-child-by-dr-deborah-kenny/"><em>The Well-Educated Child</em></a> (Zando, April 21, 2026), with a foreword by John Legend, and <em>Born to Rise</em> (2012). She holds a PhD from Columbia University Teachers College.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/811848/the-well-educated-child-by-dr-deborah-kenny/"><em>The Well-Educated Child</em></a> by Dr. Deborah Kenny (Zando, April 21, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Man’s Search for Meaning</em> by Viktor Frankl — the book that changed Kenny’s life and led to the founding of Harlem Village Academies.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2873: Sophie Haigney on agency, Silicon Valley, and the high-agency ideology — the companion argument to Kenny’s more constructive take on the same word.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7760fce6/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7760fce6/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cold Feet over the Cold War: Daniel Bessner on Why Cold War Liberalism Was Unamerican</title>
      <itunes:episode>2875</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2875</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Cold Feet over the Cold War: Daniel Bessner on Why Cold War Liberalism Was Unamerican</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b4efa33c-7914-406f-b613-bce3aa3639aa</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If God died in the nineteenth century, ideology died in the twenty-first. Could you actually imagine people dying for communism or for liberal democracy? That actually happened. Now you would be considered an idiot or a fool to do that.” — Daniel Bessner</em></p><p> </p><p>Co-host of the <em>American Prestige</em> podcast <a href="https://jsis.washington.edu/people/daniel-bessner/">Daniel Bessner</a> is a bit of a bomb thrower. Which is why he’s a regular on the show. Today, he has a bomb in each hand. As the co-editor of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Cold-War-Liberalism-Emergency-Military/dp/1009448730"><em>Cold War Liberalism: Power in a Time of Emergency</em></a>, Bessner has taken a scythe to America’s two most cherished assumptions about the Cold War.</p><p> </p><p>The first is that rather than an inevitable clash of civilisations, the Cold War was an American choice. Stalin, Bessner argues, would have made a deal with FDR. It was the insecure, anti-communist Truman who triggered the Cold War by defining the Soviet Union as an illegitimate (what today we would call a “terrorist”) state. Bessner’s second bomb is that the people who shaped Cold War liberalism and sustained it for decades — from Truman’s attorney general to McNamara to the Isaiah Berlin-Hannah Arendt intellectual elite — weren’t really defenders of democracy.</p><p> </p><p>Bessner traces liberalism’s fear of the masses back to French liberals like Benjamin Constant and Germaine de Staël who charted a path between revolutionary terror and monarchical reaction. From the beginning, Bessner argues, liberals thought it was necessary for elites to tame the masses and govern in their name. The Cold War liberals institutionalised that skepticism — and in doing so built the military-industrial American state. They also destroyed the left, purging communists from government and unions years before McCarthy finished the job. The result is a world in which the only available ideologies are capitalism and a top-down liberalism that has long since stopped delivering on its promises.</p><p> </p><p>So how to chart an American foreign policy between MAGA and Cold War liberalism? Bessner reminds us of John Quincy Adams’s advice of not going abroad “in search of monsters to destroy.” The United States should reduce its global basing posture, slash military spending, stop meddling in other people’s affairs, and allow regions to develop without outside interference. The United States should stop throwing bombs overseas, the bomb-throwing Bessner suggests. That would be the most American thing to do.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Cold War Was an American Choice: </strong>The historian Sergei Radchenko has shown, from Soviet archival documents, that Stalin thought he could reach an agreement with the United States after World War Two. He’d gotten along well with FDR, who envisioned a world divided among four policemen: the UK, the USSR, the US, and China. It was only when the inexperienced, insecure Truman replaced FDR that the US adopted a universalistic anti-communist framework and decided the Soviet Union was an illegitimate power with which no deal was possible. The Cold War wasn’t inevitable. It was chosen. And it killed an estimated twenty million people in Asia, Latin America, and Sub-Saharan Africa while being pretty good for Western Europe.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Liberalism Has Always Feared the Masses: </strong>Bessner traces the anxiety back to its origins: Benjamin Constant and Germaine de Staël trying to chart a path between the Terror and monarchical reaction in post-revolutionary France. From the beginning, liberals believed elites needed to tame the masses and govern in their name. The Cold War liberals institutionalised that skepticism — their fear understandable, given that many were Jewish exiles who had experienced Nazism firsthand. But understandable doesn’t mean right. They built the modern American state around elite governance, purged the left from unions and government years before McCarthy finished the job, and normalized a political center that defined itself as rational and everyone else as extreme.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Ideology Died in the Twenty-First Century: </strong>Fukuyama was right that liberalism would be the last ideology — but wrong that everywhere would become liberal. What actually happened: when every country is capitalist, you no longer need the liberalism. Biden talked about democracy versus authoritarianism for about five minutes before reverting to the language of interests and security. Trump never used the language of ideology at all. Bessner’s formulation: if God died in the nineteenth century, ideology died in the twenty-first. Could you imagine people dying for communism or liberal democracy now? It happened. Now you’d be considered an idiot. Cold War liberalism is a zombie ideology — it sells books to wealthy anti-Trump readers, but it has no mass constituency.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Goes Not Abroad in Search of Monsters to Destroy: </strong>John Quincy Adams, secretary of state and president, offered the restrainers’ founding principle: the United States “goes not abroad in search of monsters to destroy.” Bessner’s alternative foreign policy: eliminate the global basing posture, slash military spending, stop meddling in other people’s affairs, allow regions to develop as they would. The United States hasn’t faced an existential threat since 1812. It has a nuclear deterrent. There is no good argument for the rest. Trump’s Iran war is not Cold War liberalism — no ideological language, just pure power extraction — but it’s not an improvement. It’s just violence without even the pretence of principle.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Mutual Ruin: </strong>Bessner ends with Marx’s first page of the Communist Manifesto: either a dialectical transcendence of the old economic system, or the mutual ruin of the contending classes. Capitalism, he argues, has reached a point where there are no real profits to be made — hence financialisation, hence AI as an attempt to deindustrialise white-collar workers. There is no political-economic alternative in sight. No institutional base. The Democratic Party is corrupt, managerial, and blinkered. The only way it wins elections is because Trump is even more horrible. Something exogenous — war, climate, something else — will have to break the impasse. Until then, mutual ruin. He knows which one it feels like.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://jsis.washington.edu/people/daniel-bessner/">Daniel Bessner</a> is the Anne H. H. and Kenneth B. Pyle Associate Professor in American Foreign Policy at the Henry M. Jackson School of International Studies, University of Washington. He is the co-editor, with Michael Brenes, of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Cold-War-Liberalism-Emergency-Military/dp/1009448730"><em>Cold War Liberalism: Power in a Time of Emergency</em></a> (Cambridge University Press, 2026), and co-host of the <em>American Prestige</em> podcast.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Cold-War-Liberalism-Emergency-Military/dp/1009448730"><em>Cold War Liberalism: Power in a Time of Emergency</em></a>, ed. Daniel Bessner and Michael Brenes (Cambridge University Press, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Sergei Radchenko, <em>To Run the World: The Kremlin’s Cold War Bid for Global Power</em> — the archival revisionist case that Stalin wanted a deal.</p><p> </p><p>•       John Quincy Ad...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If God died in the nineteenth century, ideology died in the twenty-first. Could you actually imagine people dying for communism or for liberal democracy? That actually happened. Now you would be considered an idiot or a fool to do that.” — Daniel Bessner</em></p><p> </p><p>Co-host of the <em>American Prestige</em> podcast <a href="https://jsis.washington.edu/people/daniel-bessner/">Daniel Bessner</a> is a bit of a bomb thrower. Which is why he’s a regular on the show. Today, he has a bomb in each hand. As the co-editor of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Cold-War-Liberalism-Emergency-Military/dp/1009448730"><em>Cold War Liberalism: Power in a Time of Emergency</em></a>, Bessner has taken a scythe to America’s two most cherished assumptions about the Cold War.</p><p> </p><p>The first is that rather than an inevitable clash of civilisations, the Cold War was an American choice. Stalin, Bessner argues, would have made a deal with FDR. It was the insecure, anti-communist Truman who triggered the Cold War by defining the Soviet Union as an illegitimate (what today we would call a “terrorist”) state. Bessner’s second bomb is that the people who shaped Cold War liberalism and sustained it for decades — from Truman’s attorney general to McNamara to the Isaiah Berlin-Hannah Arendt intellectual elite — weren’t really defenders of democracy.</p><p> </p><p>Bessner traces liberalism’s fear of the masses back to French liberals like Benjamin Constant and Germaine de Staël who charted a path between revolutionary terror and monarchical reaction. From the beginning, Bessner argues, liberals thought it was necessary for elites to tame the masses and govern in their name. The Cold War liberals institutionalised that skepticism — and in doing so built the military-industrial American state. They also destroyed the left, purging communists from government and unions years before McCarthy finished the job. The result is a world in which the only available ideologies are capitalism and a top-down liberalism that has long since stopped delivering on its promises.</p><p> </p><p>So how to chart an American foreign policy between MAGA and Cold War liberalism? Bessner reminds us of John Quincy Adams’s advice of not going abroad “in search of monsters to destroy.” The United States should reduce its global basing posture, slash military spending, stop meddling in other people’s affairs, and allow regions to develop without outside interference. The United States should stop throwing bombs overseas, the bomb-throwing Bessner suggests. That would be the most American thing to do.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Cold War Was an American Choice: </strong>The historian Sergei Radchenko has shown, from Soviet archival documents, that Stalin thought he could reach an agreement with the United States after World War Two. He’d gotten along well with FDR, who envisioned a world divided among four policemen: the UK, the USSR, the US, and China. It was only when the inexperienced, insecure Truman replaced FDR that the US adopted a universalistic anti-communist framework and decided the Soviet Union was an illegitimate power with which no deal was possible. The Cold War wasn’t inevitable. It was chosen. And it killed an estimated twenty million people in Asia, Latin America, and Sub-Saharan Africa while being pretty good for Western Europe.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Liberalism Has Always Feared the Masses: </strong>Bessner traces the anxiety back to its origins: Benjamin Constant and Germaine de Staël trying to chart a path between the Terror and monarchical reaction in post-revolutionary France. From the beginning, liberals believed elites needed to tame the masses and govern in their name. The Cold War liberals institutionalised that skepticism — their fear understandable, given that many were Jewish exiles who had experienced Nazism firsthand. But understandable doesn’t mean right. They built the modern American state around elite governance, purged the left from unions and government years before McCarthy finished the job, and normalized a political center that defined itself as rational and everyone else as extreme.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Ideology Died in the Twenty-First Century: </strong>Fukuyama was right that liberalism would be the last ideology — but wrong that everywhere would become liberal. What actually happened: when every country is capitalist, you no longer need the liberalism. Biden talked about democracy versus authoritarianism for about five minutes before reverting to the language of interests and security. Trump never used the language of ideology at all. Bessner’s formulation: if God died in the nineteenth century, ideology died in the twenty-first. Could you imagine people dying for communism or liberal democracy now? It happened. Now you’d be considered an idiot. Cold War liberalism is a zombie ideology — it sells books to wealthy anti-Trump readers, but it has no mass constituency.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Goes Not Abroad in Search of Monsters to Destroy: </strong>John Quincy Adams, secretary of state and president, offered the restrainers’ founding principle: the United States “goes not abroad in search of monsters to destroy.” Bessner’s alternative foreign policy: eliminate the global basing posture, slash military spending, stop meddling in other people’s affairs, allow regions to develop as they would. The United States hasn’t faced an existential threat since 1812. It has a nuclear deterrent. There is no good argument for the rest. Trump’s Iran war is not Cold War liberalism — no ideological language, just pure power extraction — but it’s not an improvement. It’s just violence without even the pretence of principle.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Mutual Ruin: </strong>Bessner ends with Marx’s first page of the Communist Manifesto: either a dialectical transcendence of the old economic system, or the mutual ruin of the contending classes. Capitalism, he argues, has reached a point where there are no real profits to be made — hence financialisation, hence AI as an attempt to deindustrialise white-collar workers. There is no political-economic alternative in sight. No institutional base. The Democratic Party is corrupt, managerial, and blinkered. The only way it wins elections is because Trump is even more horrible. Something exogenous — war, climate, something else — will have to break the impasse. Until then, mutual ruin. He knows which one it feels like.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://jsis.washington.edu/people/daniel-bessner/">Daniel Bessner</a> is the Anne H. H. and Kenneth B. Pyle Associate Professor in American Foreign Policy at the Henry M. Jackson School of International Studies, University of Washington. He is the co-editor, with Michael Brenes, of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Cold-War-Liberalism-Emergency-Military/dp/1009448730"><em>Cold War Liberalism: Power in a Time of Emergency</em></a> (Cambridge University Press, 2026), and co-host of the <em>American Prestige</em> podcast.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Cold-War-Liberalism-Emergency-Military/dp/1009448730"><em>Cold War Liberalism: Power in a Time of Emergency</em></a>, ed. Daniel Bessner and Michael Brenes (Cambridge University Press, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Sergei Radchenko, <em>To Run the World: The Kremlin’s Cold War Bid for Global Power</em> — the archival revisionist case that Stalin wanted a deal.</p><p> </p><p>•       John Quincy Ad...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Apr 2026 07:30:12 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/31228dfb/b19f722c.mp3" length="71912550" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kFqJMrsmNHE">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/ZuGmfq_IkmHMq5Ti0CN4u1bXHh2rVU9xwZS7exvzk5c/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9jNjll/NmU1ODJiN2Q5MmFl/YWRlYjUxN2RlYTMw/OWU4Yy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2247</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“If God died in the nineteenth century, ideology died in the twenty-first. Could you actually imagine people dying for communism or for liberal democracy? That actually happened. Now you would be considered an idiot or a fool to do that.” — Daniel Bessner</em></p><p> </p><p>Co-host of the <em>American Prestige</em> podcast <a href="https://jsis.washington.edu/people/daniel-bessner/">Daniel Bessner</a> is a bit of a bomb thrower. Which is why he’s a regular on the show. Today, he has a bomb in each hand. As the co-editor of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Cold-War-Liberalism-Emergency-Military/dp/1009448730"><em>Cold War Liberalism: Power in a Time of Emergency</em></a>, Bessner has taken a scythe to America’s two most cherished assumptions about the Cold War.</p><p> </p><p>The first is that rather than an inevitable clash of civilisations, the Cold War was an American choice. Stalin, Bessner argues, would have made a deal with FDR. It was the insecure, anti-communist Truman who triggered the Cold War by defining the Soviet Union as an illegitimate (what today we would call a “terrorist”) state. Bessner’s second bomb is that the people who shaped Cold War liberalism and sustained it for decades — from Truman’s attorney general to McNamara to the Isaiah Berlin-Hannah Arendt intellectual elite — weren’t really defenders of democracy.</p><p> </p><p>Bessner traces liberalism’s fear of the masses back to French liberals like Benjamin Constant and Germaine de Staël who charted a path between revolutionary terror and monarchical reaction. From the beginning, Bessner argues, liberals thought it was necessary for elites to tame the masses and govern in their name. The Cold War liberals institutionalised that skepticism — and in doing so built the military-industrial American state. They also destroyed the left, purging communists from government and unions years before McCarthy finished the job. The result is a world in which the only available ideologies are capitalism and a top-down liberalism that has long since stopped delivering on its promises.</p><p> </p><p>So how to chart an American foreign policy between MAGA and Cold War liberalism? Bessner reminds us of John Quincy Adams’s advice of not going abroad “in search of monsters to destroy.” The United States should reduce its global basing posture, slash military spending, stop meddling in other people’s affairs, and allow regions to develop without outside interference. The United States should stop throwing bombs overseas, the bomb-throwing Bessner suggests. That would be the most American thing to do.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Cold War Was an American Choice: </strong>The historian Sergei Radchenko has shown, from Soviet archival documents, that Stalin thought he could reach an agreement with the United States after World War Two. He’d gotten along well with FDR, who envisioned a world divided among four policemen: the UK, the USSR, the US, and China. It was only when the inexperienced, insecure Truman replaced FDR that the US adopted a universalistic anti-communist framework and decided the Soviet Union was an illegitimate power with which no deal was possible. The Cold War wasn’t inevitable. It was chosen. And it killed an estimated twenty million people in Asia, Latin America, and Sub-Saharan Africa while being pretty good for Western Europe.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Liberalism Has Always Feared the Masses: </strong>Bessner traces the anxiety back to its origins: Benjamin Constant and Germaine de Staël trying to chart a path between the Terror and monarchical reaction in post-revolutionary France. From the beginning, liberals believed elites needed to tame the masses and govern in their name. The Cold War liberals institutionalised that skepticism — their fear understandable, given that many were Jewish exiles who had experienced Nazism firsthand. But understandable doesn’t mean right. They built the modern American state around elite governance, purged the left from unions and government years before McCarthy finished the job, and normalized a political center that defined itself as rational and everyone else as extreme.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Ideology Died in the Twenty-First Century: </strong>Fukuyama was right that liberalism would be the last ideology — but wrong that everywhere would become liberal. What actually happened: when every country is capitalist, you no longer need the liberalism. Biden talked about democracy versus authoritarianism for about five minutes before reverting to the language of interests and security. Trump never used the language of ideology at all. Bessner’s formulation: if God died in the nineteenth century, ideology died in the twenty-first. Could you imagine people dying for communism or liberal democracy now? It happened. Now you’d be considered an idiot. Cold War liberalism is a zombie ideology — it sells books to wealthy anti-Trump readers, but it has no mass constituency.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Goes Not Abroad in Search of Monsters to Destroy: </strong>John Quincy Adams, secretary of state and president, offered the restrainers’ founding principle: the United States “goes not abroad in search of monsters to destroy.” Bessner’s alternative foreign policy: eliminate the global basing posture, slash military spending, stop meddling in other people’s affairs, allow regions to develop as they would. The United States hasn’t faced an existential threat since 1812. It has a nuclear deterrent. There is no good argument for the rest. Trump’s Iran war is not Cold War liberalism — no ideological language, just pure power extraction — but it’s not an improvement. It’s just violence without even the pretence of principle.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Mutual Ruin: </strong>Bessner ends with Marx’s first page of the Communist Manifesto: either a dialectical transcendence of the old economic system, or the mutual ruin of the contending classes. Capitalism, he argues, has reached a point where there are no real profits to be made — hence financialisation, hence AI as an attempt to deindustrialise white-collar workers. There is no political-economic alternative in sight. No institutional base. The Democratic Party is corrupt, managerial, and blinkered. The only way it wins elections is because Trump is even more horrible. Something exogenous — war, climate, something else — will have to break the impasse. Until then, mutual ruin. He knows which one it feels like.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://jsis.washington.edu/people/daniel-bessner/">Daniel Bessner</a> is the Anne H. H. and Kenneth B. Pyle Associate Professor in American Foreign Policy at the Henry M. Jackson School of International Studies, University of Washington. He is the co-editor, with Michael Brenes, of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Cold-War-Liberalism-Emergency-Military/dp/1009448730"><em>Cold War Liberalism: Power in a Time of Emergency</em></a> (Cambridge University Press, 2026), and co-host of the <em>American Prestige</em> podcast.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Cold-War-Liberalism-Emergency-Military/dp/1009448730"><em>Cold War Liberalism: Power in a Time of Emergency</em></a>, ed. Daniel Bessner and Michael Brenes (Cambridge University Press, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       Sergei Radchenko, <em>To Run the World: The Kremlin’s Cold War Bid for Global Power</em> — the archival revisionist case that Stalin wanted a deal.</p><p> </p><p>•       John Quincy Ad...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/31228dfb/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/31228dfb/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From One Mad King to Another: Don Watson's Shortest History of the United States</title>
      <itunes:episode>2874</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2874</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>From One Mad King to Another: Don Watson's Shortest History of the United States</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">27f67728-9eb3-4f77-acbb-f5cee1f12c60</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Politics is the systematic organisation of hatreds.” — Henry Adams, quoted by Don Watson</em></p><p> </p><p>America is celebrating its 250th anniversary this July. In <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Shortest-History-United-States-Superpower_250/dp/B0FJCDYYFG"><em>The Shortest History of the United States</em></a>, Australian writer <a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/winter-2026/the-shortest-history-of-the-united-states/">Don Watson</a> has squeezed these 250 years into 60,000 words. Beginning with Mad King George, he ends with Mad King Donald. In between: the Puritan North, the plantation South, the miracle of the Constitution, the nightmare of slavery, the Civil War, the Gilded Age, two world wars, and the long arc from republic to empire that Americans have never quite admitted to themselves.</p><p> </p><p>Watson argues that America is a profoundly idea-driven place — unlike any other country on earth. The Bible and the Enlightenment documents of the revolution set the bar impossibly high. The Declaration of Independence, the preamble to the Constitution, the Gettysburg Address, the Second Inaugural: these are documents of aspiration that no group of people could ever live up to. Which is precisely why the American moral minefield has never been cleared. The greatest American politicians — Lincoln, FDR — are those who managed to cobble together the most improbable coalitions. The most profound American contradiction — building a country of liberty on the backs of 600 slaves — is one they were always aware of but could never move on from, because the republic couldn’t survive without the South. The republic always came first. Even Calhoun, ardently pro-slavery, said he would hang any man who tried to split it.</p><p> </p><p>Is Trump different? Watson doesn’t think so — not fundamentally. Trump is a chip off the old American block: a huckster, a Roy Cohn-formed Queens opportunist, playing the same game of racial pot-stirring and imperial presidency that has always lurked beneath the surface. The US was founded out of the overthrow of a mad, tyrannical king. From one mad king to another. Six words. The shortest history of America.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Eden with Savages to Remove: </strong>Watson begins in Australia, where he lives, to establish a point of contrast. Every new-world country has an appalling history of violence toward indigenous peoples. But America is different in one key respect: it found extraordinary land. Lewis and Clark head west and discover the Great Plains, cross the Rockies, see the great rivers, and return to the Mississippi. There is always somewhere to push west. It’s Eden — with some savages to remove, who are easily accounted for in biblical terms. This is the first and most consequential American story: a cornucopia that licensed everything that came after.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Bar Was Set Impossibly High: </strong>America is exceptional in being an idea-driven place. The Bible is there. The Enlightenment documents are there: the Declaration of Independence, the Constitution, the Gettysburg Address, the Second Inaugural. These are documents of incredible aspiration that no group of people is ever going to live up to. “A more perfect union” drives them on and damns them simultaneously. Watson’s formulation: America is a moral minefield precisely because it set the bar so high. Every infraction of that rhetorical overlay becomes a scandal. Tocqueville grasped it in the 1830s, having barely left the East Coast. His observations are more relevant now than when he wrote them — which means either he was a genius, or America hasn’t fundamentally changed in two hundred years. Probably both.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Republic Always Came First: </strong>A crucial distinction Watson draws: the Civil War was not fought to preserve democracy. It was fought to preserve the republic. Even Calhoun — ardently pro-slavery — said he would hang any man who tried to split it. Manifest destiny, Watson argues, lies latent within the founding: Jefferson and Madison both said the republic couldn’t survive without pushing west. West takes you to the Pacific, and beyond. It’s an empire from way back — but one that has never recognised itself as an imperial power. And a republic, Watson notes, that has always been an elected monarchy: the powers of the American executive exceed those of any existing European monarchy, and can be expanded, as recent events demonstrate, pretty much at will.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump Is a Chip off the Old Block: </strong>The question: is Trump different, or has he always existed? Watson’s answer: he’s a profoundly American individual, a huckster shaped by Roy Cohn and Queens, who is playing an old game. The US was founded out of the overthrow of a mad, tyrannical king. The “no kings” rallies of recent times are interesting precisely because the struggle against a monarchical presidency has been perpetual. Watson’s Gatsby comparison: Trump is Gatsby without the romance — born to be a huckster, not a dreamer. Henry Adams wrote in the 1880s that politics is the systematic organisation of hatreds. That has not changed. Nor has the deep-sea-fish quality of ordinary American life, insulated from the world beyond its own provincial borders.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Mark Twain, FDR, and the Miracle of Cohesion: </strong>Watson’s favourite American: Mark Twain. Beautiful voice. The irony. <em>Huckleberry Finn</em> as a seminal novel. Anti-imperialist in the end. Got his politics pretty much right. Among presidents: FDR, who saved and modernised the United States, who believed political leaders can’t afford to stand still — you have to stay ahead of the regressive and self-interested forces. Watson’s broader verdict: American history is a miracle of cohesion. You can read it as wild turbulence, or you can marvel that it holds together at all. Filaments of goodwill. Recognition of the necessity of holding together. Always threatening to fall apart. Never quite does.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/winter-2026/the-shortest-history-of-the-united-states/">Don Watson</a> is an Australian author and screenwriter, former speechwriter to Prime Minister Paul Keating. He is the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Shortest-History-United-States-Superpower_250/dp/B0FJCDYYFG"><em>The Shortest History of the United States</em></a> (The Experiment, 2026), <em>American Journeys</em>, <em>Recollections of a Bleeding Heart</em>, and many other books. He lives in Melbourne.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Shortest-History-United-States-Superpower_250/dp/B0FJCDYYFG"><em>The Shortest History of the United States</em></a> by Don Watson (The Experiment, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Democracy</em>: A Novel by Henry Adams (1880) — “Politics is the systematic organisation of hatreds.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Democracy in America</em> by Alexis de Tocqueville (1835) — still the most quoted work on how American democracy works.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Caste: The Origins of Our Discontents</em> by Isabel Wilkerson — the argument that American political life is a caste system.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2871: Beverly Gage on <em>This Land Is Your Land</em> — road-tripping through America for the 250th anniversary.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen ...</strong></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Politics is the systematic organisation of hatreds.” — Henry Adams, quoted by Don Watson</em></p><p> </p><p>America is celebrating its 250th anniversary this July. In <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Shortest-History-United-States-Superpower_250/dp/B0FJCDYYFG"><em>The Shortest History of the United States</em></a>, Australian writer <a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/winter-2026/the-shortest-history-of-the-united-states/">Don Watson</a> has squeezed these 250 years into 60,000 words. Beginning with Mad King George, he ends with Mad King Donald. In between: the Puritan North, the plantation South, the miracle of the Constitution, the nightmare of slavery, the Civil War, the Gilded Age, two world wars, and the long arc from republic to empire that Americans have never quite admitted to themselves.</p><p> </p><p>Watson argues that America is a profoundly idea-driven place — unlike any other country on earth. The Bible and the Enlightenment documents of the revolution set the bar impossibly high. The Declaration of Independence, the preamble to the Constitution, the Gettysburg Address, the Second Inaugural: these are documents of aspiration that no group of people could ever live up to. Which is precisely why the American moral minefield has never been cleared. The greatest American politicians — Lincoln, FDR — are those who managed to cobble together the most improbable coalitions. The most profound American contradiction — building a country of liberty on the backs of 600 slaves — is one they were always aware of but could never move on from, because the republic couldn’t survive without the South. The republic always came first. Even Calhoun, ardently pro-slavery, said he would hang any man who tried to split it.</p><p> </p><p>Is Trump different? Watson doesn’t think so — not fundamentally. Trump is a chip off the old American block: a huckster, a Roy Cohn-formed Queens opportunist, playing the same game of racial pot-stirring and imperial presidency that has always lurked beneath the surface. The US was founded out of the overthrow of a mad, tyrannical king. From one mad king to another. Six words. The shortest history of America.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Eden with Savages to Remove: </strong>Watson begins in Australia, where he lives, to establish a point of contrast. Every new-world country has an appalling history of violence toward indigenous peoples. But America is different in one key respect: it found extraordinary land. Lewis and Clark head west and discover the Great Plains, cross the Rockies, see the great rivers, and return to the Mississippi. There is always somewhere to push west. It’s Eden — with some savages to remove, who are easily accounted for in biblical terms. This is the first and most consequential American story: a cornucopia that licensed everything that came after.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Bar Was Set Impossibly High: </strong>America is exceptional in being an idea-driven place. The Bible is there. The Enlightenment documents are there: the Declaration of Independence, the Constitution, the Gettysburg Address, the Second Inaugural. These are documents of incredible aspiration that no group of people is ever going to live up to. “A more perfect union” drives them on and damns them simultaneously. Watson’s formulation: America is a moral minefield precisely because it set the bar so high. Every infraction of that rhetorical overlay becomes a scandal. Tocqueville grasped it in the 1830s, having barely left the East Coast. His observations are more relevant now than when he wrote them — which means either he was a genius, or America hasn’t fundamentally changed in two hundred years. Probably both.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Republic Always Came First: </strong>A crucial distinction Watson draws: the Civil War was not fought to preserve democracy. It was fought to preserve the republic. Even Calhoun — ardently pro-slavery — said he would hang any man who tried to split it. Manifest destiny, Watson argues, lies latent within the founding: Jefferson and Madison both said the republic couldn’t survive without pushing west. West takes you to the Pacific, and beyond. It’s an empire from way back — but one that has never recognised itself as an imperial power. And a republic, Watson notes, that has always been an elected monarchy: the powers of the American executive exceed those of any existing European monarchy, and can be expanded, as recent events demonstrate, pretty much at will.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump Is a Chip off the Old Block: </strong>The question: is Trump different, or has he always existed? Watson’s answer: he’s a profoundly American individual, a huckster shaped by Roy Cohn and Queens, who is playing an old game. The US was founded out of the overthrow of a mad, tyrannical king. The “no kings” rallies of recent times are interesting precisely because the struggle against a monarchical presidency has been perpetual. Watson’s Gatsby comparison: Trump is Gatsby without the romance — born to be a huckster, not a dreamer. Henry Adams wrote in the 1880s that politics is the systematic organisation of hatreds. That has not changed. Nor has the deep-sea-fish quality of ordinary American life, insulated from the world beyond its own provincial borders.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Mark Twain, FDR, and the Miracle of Cohesion: </strong>Watson’s favourite American: Mark Twain. Beautiful voice. The irony. <em>Huckleberry Finn</em> as a seminal novel. Anti-imperialist in the end. Got his politics pretty much right. Among presidents: FDR, who saved and modernised the United States, who believed political leaders can’t afford to stand still — you have to stay ahead of the regressive and self-interested forces. Watson’s broader verdict: American history is a miracle of cohesion. You can read it as wild turbulence, or you can marvel that it holds together at all. Filaments of goodwill. Recognition of the necessity of holding together. Always threatening to fall apart. Never quite does.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/winter-2026/the-shortest-history-of-the-united-states/">Don Watson</a> is an Australian author and screenwriter, former speechwriter to Prime Minister Paul Keating. He is the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Shortest-History-United-States-Superpower_250/dp/B0FJCDYYFG"><em>The Shortest History of the United States</em></a> (The Experiment, 2026), <em>American Journeys</em>, <em>Recollections of a Bleeding Heart</em>, and many other books. He lives in Melbourne.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Shortest-History-United-States-Superpower_250/dp/B0FJCDYYFG"><em>The Shortest History of the United States</em></a> by Don Watson (The Experiment, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Democracy</em>: A Novel by Henry Adams (1880) — “Politics is the systematic organisation of hatreds.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Democracy in America</em> by Alexis de Tocqueville (1835) — still the most quoted work on how American democracy works.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Caste: The Origins of Our Discontents</em> by Isabel Wilkerson — the argument that American political life is a caste system.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2871: Beverly Gage on <em>This Land Is Your Land</em> — road-tripping through America for the 250th anniversary.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen ...</strong></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Apr 2026 07:20:27 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/174bcd99/f105d055.mp3" length="84785686" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n1UCe2bEf4U">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/CMD0ym-sIl68hwzY2jf0YS3lFzlHN70XlfyB7UA5UCQ/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80YjRj/NDMwOWMyZTA0NmYy/ZmMyZWQ1OGM5NjRj/YTdhMy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2649</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Politics is the systematic organisation of hatreds.” — Henry Adams, quoted by Don Watson</em></p><p> </p><p>America is celebrating its 250th anniversary this July. In <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Shortest-History-United-States-Superpower_250/dp/B0FJCDYYFG"><em>The Shortest History of the United States</em></a>, Australian writer <a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/winter-2026/the-shortest-history-of-the-united-states/">Don Watson</a> has squeezed these 250 years into 60,000 words. Beginning with Mad King George, he ends with Mad King Donald. In between: the Puritan North, the plantation South, the miracle of the Constitution, the nightmare of slavery, the Civil War, the Gilded Age, two world wars, and the long arc from republic to empire that Americans have never quite admitted to themselves.</p><p> </p><p>Watson argues that America is a profoundly idea-driven place — unlike any other country on earth. The Bible and the Enlightenment documents of the revolution set the bar impossibly high. The Declaration of Independence, the preamble to the Constitution, the Gettysburg Address, the Second Inaugural: these are documents of aspiration that no group of people could ever live up to. Which is precisely why the American moral minefield has never been cleared. The greatest American politicians — Lincoln, FDR — are those who managed to cobble together the most improbable coalitions. The most profound American contradiction — building a country of liberty on the backs of 600 slaves — is one they were always aware of but could never move on from, because the republic couldn’t survive without the South. The republic always came first. Even Calhoun, ardently pro-slavery, said he would hang any man who tried to split it.</p><p> </p><p>Is Trump different? Watson doesn’t think so — not fundamentally. Trump is a chip off the old American block: a huckster, a Roy Cohn-formed Queens opportunist, playing the same game of racial pot-stirring and imperial presidency that has always lurked beneath the surface. The US was founded out of the overthrow of a mad, tyrannical king. From one mad king to another. Six words. The shortest history of America.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Eden with Savages to Remove: </strong>Watson begins in Australia, where he lives, to establish a point of contrast. Every new-world country has an appalling history of violence toward indigenous peoples. But America is different in one key respect: it found extraordinary land. Lewis and Clark head west and discover the Great Plains, cross the Rockies, see the great rivers, and return to the Mississippi. There is always somewhere to push west. It’s Eden — with some savages to remove, who are easily accounted for in biblical terms. This is the first and most consequential American story: a cornucopia that licensed everything that came after.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Bar Was Set Impossibly High: </strong>America is exceptional in being an idea-driven place. The Bible is there. The Enlightenment documents are there: the Declaration of Independence, the Constitution, the Gettysburg Address, the Second Inaugural. These are documents of incredible aspiration that no group of people is ever going to live up to. “A more perfect union” drives them on and damns them simultaneously. Watson’s formulation: America is a moral minefield precisely because it set the bar so high. Every infraction of that rhetorical overlay becomes a scandal. Tocqueville grasped it in the 1830s, having barely left the East Coast. His observations are more relevant now than when he wrote them — which means either he was a genius, or America hasn’t fundamentally changed in two hundred years. Probably both.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Republic Always Came First: </strong>A crucial distinction Watson draws: the Civil War was not fought to preserve democracy. It was fought to preserve the republic. Even Calhoun — ardently pro-slavery — said he would hang any man who tried to split it. Manifest destiny, Watson argues, lies latent within the founding: Jefferson and Madison both said the republic couldn’t survive without pushing west. West takes you to the Pacific, and beyond. It’s an empire from way back — but one that has never recognised itself as an imperial power. And a republic, Watson notes, that has always been an elected monarchy: the powers of the American executive exceed those of any existing European monarchy, and can be expanded, as recent events demonstrate, pretty much at will.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump Is a Chip off the Old Block: </strong>The question: is Trump different, or has he always existed? Watson’s answer: he’s a profoundly American individual, a huckster shaped by Roy Cohn and Queens, who is playing an old game. The US was founded out of the overthrow of a mad, tyrannical king. The “no kings” rallies of recent times are interesting precisely because the struggle against a monarchical presidency has been perpetual. Watson’s Gatsby comparison: Trump is Gatsby without the romance — born to be a huckster, not a dreamer. Henry Adams wrote in the 1880s that politics is the systematic organisation of hatreds. That has not changed. Nor has the deep-sea-fish quality of ordinary American life, insulated from the world beyond its own provincial borders.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Mark Twain, FDR, and the Miracle of Cohesion: </strong>Watson’s favourite American: Mark Twain. Beautiful voice. The irony. <em>Huckleberry Finn</em> as a seminal novel. Anti-imperialist in the end. Got his politics pretty much right. Among presidents: FDR, who saved and modernised the United States, who believed political leaders can’t afford to stand still — you have to stay ahead of the regressive and self-interested forces. Watson’s broader verdict: American history is a miracle of cohesion. You can read it as wild turbulence, or you can marvel that it holds together at all. Filaments of goodwill. Recognition of the necessity of holding together. Always threatening to fall apart. Never quite does.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://theexperimentpublishing.com/catalogs/winter-2026/the-shortest-history-of-the-united-states/">Don Watson</a> is an Australian author and screenwriter, former speechwriter to Prime Minister Paul Keating. He is the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Shortest-History-United-States-Superpower_250/dp/B0FJCDYYFG"><em>The Shortest History of the United States</em></a> (The Experiment, 2026), <em>American Journeys</em>, <em>Recollections of a Bleeding Heart</em>, and many other books. He lives in Melbourne.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Shortest-History-United-States-Superpower_250/dp/B0FJCDYYFG"><em>The Shortest History of the United States</em></a> by Don Watson (The Experiment, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Democracy</em>: A Novel by Henry Adams (1880) — “Politics is the systematic organisation of hatreds.”</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Democracy in America</em> by Alexis de Tocqueville (1835) — still the most quoted work on how American democracy works.</p><p> </p><p>•       <em>Caste: The Origins of Our Discontents</em> by Isabel Wilkerson — the argument that American political life is a caste system.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2871: Beverly Gage on <em>This Land Is Your Land</em> — road-tripping through America for the 250th anniversary.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen ...</strong></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/174bcd99/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Agency, Agency, Agency: Sophie Haigney on the Three Things All the Worst People Want</title>
      <itunes:episode>2873</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2873</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Agency, Agency, Agency: Sophie Haigney on the Three Things All the Worst People Want</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">52313d20-3df5-4985-901c-d5648c9dd085</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I find it very odd that agency is being promoted for its own sake rather than being connected to any kind of value system. Because without those things, agency looks pretty scary. Dictators are quite high agency.” — Sophie Haigney</em></p><p> </p><p>On April Fools’ Day, <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/">The New York Times</a> published an op-ed entitled “All the Worst People Seem to Want to Be High Agency.” But it wasn’t a joke. <a href="https://www.sophiehaigney.com/">Sophie Haigney</a> — former web editor of <em>The Paris Review</em>, currently working on a debut essay collection entitled <em>Future Relics</em> — warns that “agency” has become the defining buzzword of Silicon Valley bro culture. From Sam Altman to Mark Zuckerberg, Haigney observes, our new tech overlords have made becoming “high agency” their top priority in self-realization. Haigney argues that these entrepreneurs touting high agency most insistently are the very same people building the tools most likely to rob everyone else of theirs. Like her <em>New York Times</em> jeremiad, it’s no joke. Altman and Zuckerberg’s agentic technologies are often exploitative and addictive. They will make the worst people worse. Ha ha. It will be April Fools’ Day every day.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The 401(k) Is Low Agency: </strong>Sam Altman’s first answer to “what skills to develop in the age of AI”: become high agency. The term has migrated from philosophy and debates about free will into Silicon Valley self-help, LinkedIn posts, and entrepreneurship podcasts. In its new form it has a gambling element the old bootstrap individualism lacked. Someone in San Francisco told Haigney that having a 401(k) is the lowest-agency thing you can do with your money. Put it all on red. The rewards for big risk-taking are so much larger now that incrementalism — get a job, save up, buy a house — looks like passivity. That’s a new development, and a dangerous one.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The People Promoting Agency Are Robbing You of Yours: </strong>Haigney’s sharpest observation: the people promoting high agency most loudly are building the tools most likely to strip it from everyone else. Sam Altman says become high agency. His product — in Haigney’s view — will function like social media: not liberating but addictive, another rabbit hole that makes people more stuck. The gambling epidemic is the same logic. Sports betting offers the seductive illusion that your specific knowledge can crack the system. But the system is designed so the average person can’t win. High agency, in practice, tends to concentrate at the top.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Stuckness and the Lottery Mindset: </strong>We live in a moment of extreme stuckness — people who feel two steps away from winning the lottery and yet completely unable to move. This odd combination — paralysis plus the fantasy of a big break — is what the high-agency ideology exploits. Haigney connects it to the gambling epidemic, to the male podcasters with beards, to the young men who feel the system is rigged against them and are being told: the solution is to become the kind of person who cuts in line. What nobody says is that the cutting-in-line ethos, scaled up, is what produced the system they feel rigged by in the first place.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Hitler Was High Agency: </strong>The most unsettling move in the piece. Agency without values is just power. FDR was high agency: he packed the court, overrode term limits, used wartime powers to push through the New Deal. Dictators, Haigney notes, are quite high agency. The tech adoption of the term strips it of any moral content — agency is promoted for its own sake, disconnected from any question of what it’s being used for. That, she argues, is what makes it genuinely frightening at scale. Emerson’s “Self-Reliance” is the American ancestor. Thoreau, its famous practitioner, got his mum to do his laundry.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>High Agency Could Mean Repair: </strong>Haigney’s counter-proposal: couldn’t we be high agency and organize to build a better railway? Wouldn’t it be high agency to fix the Department of Education rather than abolishing it? The NHS, railways, public education — systems people are nostalgic for — required enormous collective agency to build. The tech definition of agency is individualistic and destructive. But there’s another definition: the capacity to act together, to create rather than just disrupt. That version doesn’t get much airtime on the podcasts. It should.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.sophiehaigney.com/">Sophie Haigney</a> is a critic and journalist who writes about visual art, books, and technology for <em>The New York Times</em>, <em>The New Yorker</em>, <em>The Atlantic</em>, <em>Harper’s</em>, and others. She is a former web editor of <em>The Paris Review</em> and is working on her debut essay collection, <em>Future Relics</em>, for Liveright.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/">“All the Worst People Seem to Want to Be High Agency,”</a><em> The New York Times</em>, April 1, 2026. By Sophie Haigney.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ralph Waldo Emerson, “Self-Reliance” (1841) — the American philosophical ancestor of today’s high-agency ideology.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2858: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Scott Galloway on the male crisis</a> — agency, stuckness, and young men.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - “All the worst people seem to want to be high agency” — the April 1 op-ed</li>
<li>(02:51) - The Silicon Valley definition: risk, disruption, cutting in line</li>
<li>(04:52) - Emerson, self-reliance, and the new American individualism</li>
<li>(06:44) - Is high agency essential to survive the 2020s?</li>
<li>(08:41) - Thoreau’s laundry: the gendered dimension of agency</li>
<li>(11:04) - Male podcasters, the crisis of young men, and the seduction of high agency</li>
<li>(12:20) - Stuckness, gambling, and the lottery mindset</li>
<li>(16:13) - TikTok, the Grateful Dead, and the age of addiction</li>
<li>(17:16) - The people promoting agency are building tools to take it from you</li>
<li>(18:29) - AI: the biggest addiction on the horizon</li>
<li>(19:56) - Agency as the new political axis: left, right, and disruption</li>
<li>(21:29) - Is skepticism of agency just nostalgia for the twentieth century?</li>
<li>(24:16) - California’s failed railways, China’s success, and democracy’s agency problem</li>
<li>(25:16) - Hitler was high agen...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I find it very odd that agency is being promoted for its own sake rather than being connected to any kind of value system. Because without those things, agency looks pretty scary. Dictators are quite high agency.” — Sophie Haigney</em></p><p> </p><p>On April Fools’ Day, <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/">The New York Times</a> published an op-ed entitled “All the Worst People Seem to Want to Be High Agency.” But it wasn’t a joke. <a href="https://www.sophiehaigney.com/">Sophie Haigney</a> — former web editor of <em>The Paris Review</em>, currently working on a debut essay collection entitled <em>Future Relics</em> — warns that “agency” has become the defining buzzword of Silicon Valley bro culture. From Sam Altman to Mark Zuckerberg, Haigney observes, our new tech overlords have made becoming “high agency” their top priority in self-realization. Haigney argues that these entrepreneurs touting high agency most insistently are the very same people building the tools most likely to rob everyone else of theirs. Like her <em>New York Times</em> jeremiad, it’s no joke. Altman and Zuckerberg’s agentic technologies are often exploitative and addictive. They will make the worst people worse. Ha ha. It will be April Fools’ Day every day.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The 401(k) Is Low Agency: </strong>Sam Altman’s first answer to “what skills to develop in the age of AI”: become high agency. The term has migrated from philosophy and debates about free will into Silicon Valley self-help, LinkedIn posts, and entrepreneurship podcasts. In its new form it has a gambling element the old bootstrap individualism lacked. Someone in San Francisco told Haigney that having a 401(k) is the lowest-agency thing you can do with your money. Put it all on red. The rewards for big risk-taking are so much larger now that incrementalism — get a job, save up, buy a house — looks like passivity. That’s a new development, and a dangerous one.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The People Promoting Agency Are Robbing You of Yours: </strong>Haigney’s sharpest observation: the people promoting high agency most loudly are building the tools most likely to strip it from everyone else. Sam Altman says become high agency. His product — in Haigney’s view — will function like social media: not liberating but addictive, another rabbit hole that makes people more stuck. The gambling epidemic is the same logic. Sports betting offers the seductive illusion that your specific knowledge can crack the system. But the system is designed so the average person can’t win. High agency, in practice, tends to concentrate at the top.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Stuckness and the Lottery Mindset: </strong>We live in a moment of extreme stuckness — people who feel two steps away from winning the lottery and yet completely unable to move. This odd combination — paralysis plus the fantasy of a big break — is what the high-agency ideology exploits. Haigney connects it to the gambling epidemic, to the male podcasters with beards, to the young men who feel the system is rigged against them and are being told: the solution is to become the kind of person who cuts in line. What nobody says is that the cutting-in-line ethos, scaled up, is what produced the system they feel rigged by in the first place.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Hitler Was High Agency: </strong>The most unsettling move in the piece. Agency without values is just power. FDR was high agency: he packed the court, overrode term limits, used wartime powers to push through the New Deal. Dictators, Haigney notes, are quite high agency. The tech adoption of the term strips it of any moral content — agency is promoted for its own sake, disconnected from any question of what it’s being used for. That, she argues, is what makes it genuinely frightening at scale. Emerson’s “Self-Reliance” is the American ancestor. Thoreau, its famous practitioner, got his mum to do his laundry.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>High Agency Could Mean Repair: </strong>Haigney’s counter-proposal: couldn’t we be high agency and organize to build a better railway? Wouldn’t it be high agency to fix the Department of Education rather than abolishing it? The NHS, railways, public education — systems people are nostalgic for — required enormous collective agency to build. The tech definition of agency is individualistic and destructive. But there’s another definition: the capacity to act together, to create rather than just disrupt. That version doesn’t get much airtime on the podcasts. It should.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.sophiehaigney.com/">Sophie Haigney</a> is a critic and journalist who writes about visual art, books, and technology for <em>The New York Times</em>, <em>The New Yorker</em>, <em>The Atlantic</em>, <em>Harper’s</em>, and others. She is a former web editor of <em>The Paris Review</em> and is working on her debut essay collection, <em>Future Relics</em>, for Liveright.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/">“All the Worst People Seem to Want to Be High Agency,”</a><em> The New York Times</em>, April 1, 2026. By Sophie Haigney.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ralph Waldo Emerson, “Self-Reliance” (1841) — the American philosophical ancestor of today’s high-agency ideology.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2858: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Scott Galloway on the male crisis</a> — agency, stuckness, and young men.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - “All the worst people seem to want to be high agency” — the April 1 op-ed</li>
<li>(02:51) - The Silicon Valley definition: risk, disruption, cutting in line</li>
<li>(04:52) - Emerson, self-reliance, and the new American individualism</li>
<li>(06:44) - Is high agency essential to survive the 2020s?</li>
<li>(08:41) - Thoreau’s laundry: the gendered dimension of agency</li>
<li>(11:04) - Male podcasters, the crisis of young men, and the seduction of high agency</li>
<li>(12:20) - Stuckness, gambling, and the lottery mindset</li>
<li>(16:13) - TikTok, the Grateful Dead, and the age of addiction</li>
<li>(17:16) - The people promoting agency are building tools to take it from you</li>
<li>(18:29) - AI: the biggest addiction on the horizon</li>
<li>(19:56) - Agency as the new political axis: left, right, and disruption</li>
<li>(21:29) - Is skepticism of agency just nostalgia for the twentieth century?</li>
<li>(24:16) - California’s failed railways, China’s success, and democracy’s agency problem</li>
<li>(25:16) - Hitler was high agen...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 07:13:31 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/fb944d63/c08b3497.mp3" length="67704186" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q6k3H5Ax01Q">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/fMvSp9t5lAcBPGAH4bF9zwDAYg8P5z1f_8ijx4ex20Q/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS83N2U0/ZjZkYmFkNWRmNDc5/NGI1ODIzNWEyMzgw/YWUwZi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2115</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“I find it very odd that agency is being promoted for its own sake rather than being connected to any kind of value system. Because without those things, agency looks pretty scary. Dictators are quite high agency.” — Sophie Haigney</em></p><p> </p><p>On April Fools’ Day, <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/">The New York Times</a> published an op-ed entitled “All the Worst People Seem to Want to Be High Agency.” But it wasn’t a joke. <a href="https://www.sophiehaigney.com/">Sophie Haigney</a> — former web editor of <em>The Paris Review</em>, currently working on a debut essay collection entitled <em>Future Relics</em> — warns that “agency” has become the defining buzzword of Silicon Valley bro culture. From Sam Altman to Mark Zuckerberg, Haigney observes, our new tech overlords have made becoming “high agency” their top priority in self-realization. Haigney argues that these entrepreneurs touting high agency most insistently are the very same people building the tools most likely to rob everyone else of theirs. Like her <em>New York Times</em> jeremiad, it’s no joke. Altman and Zuckerberg’s agentic technologies are often exploitative and addictive. They will make the worst people worse. Ha ha. It will be April Fools’ Day every day.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The 401(k) Is Low Agency: </strong>Sam Altman’s first answer to “what skills to develop in the age of AI”: become high agency. The term has migrated from philosophy and debates about free will into Silicon Valley self-help, LinkedIn posts, and entrepreneurship podcasts. In its new form it has a gambling element the old bootstrap individualism lacked. Someone in San Francisco told Haigney that having a 401(k) is the lowest-agency thing you can do with your money. Put it all on red. The rewards for big risk-taking are so much larger now that incrementalism — get a job, save up, buy a house — looks like passivity. That’s a new development, and a dangerous one.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The People Promoting Agency Are Robbing You of Yours: </strong>Haigney’s sharpest observation: the people promoting high agency most loudly are building the tools most likely to strip it from everyone else. Sam Altman says become high agency. His product — in Haigney’s view — will function like social media: not liberating but addictive, another rabbit hole that makes people more stuck. The gambling epidemic is the same logic. Sports betting offers the seductive illusion that your specific knowledge can crack the system. But the system is designed so the average person can’t win. High agency, in practice, tends to concentrate at the top.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Stuckness and the Lottery Mindset: </strong>We live in a moment of extreme stuckness — people who feel two steps away from winning the lottery and yet completely unable to move. This odd combination — paralysis plus the fantasy of a big break — is what the high-agency ideology exploits. Haigney connects it to the gambling epidemic, to the male podcasters with beards, to the young men who feel the system is rigged against them and are being told: the solution is to become the kind of person who cuts in line. What nobody says is that the cutting-in-line ethos, scaled up, is what produced the system they feel rigged by in the first place.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Hitler Was High Agency: </strong>The most unsettling move in the piece. Agency without values is just power. FDR was high agency: he packed the court, overrode term limits, used wartime powers to push through the New Deal. Dictators, Haigney notes, are quite high agency. The tech adoption of the term strips it of any moral content — agency is promoted for its own sake, disconnected from any question of what it’s being used for. That, she argues, is what makes it genuinely frightening at scale. Emerson’s “Self-Reliance” is the American ancestor. Thoreau, its famous practitioner, got his mum to do his laundry.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>High Agency Could Mean Repair: </strong>Haigney’s counter-proposal: couldn’t we be high agency and organize to build a better railway? Wouldn’t it be high agency to fix the Department of Education rather than abolishing it? The NHS, railways, public education — systems people are nostalgic for — required enormous collective agency to build. The tech definition of agency is individualistic and destructive. But there’s another definition: the capacity to act together, to create rather than just disrupt. That version doesn’t get much airtime on the podcasts. It should.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.sophiehaigney.com/">Sophie Haigney</a> is a critic and journalist who writes about visual art, books, and technology for <em>The New York Times</em>, <em>The New Yorker</em>, <em>The Atlantic</em>, <em>Harper’s</em>, and others. She is a former web editor of <em>The Paris Review</em> and is working on her debut essay collection, <em>Future Relics</em>, for Liveright.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/">“All the Worst People Seem to Want to Be High Agency,”</a><em> The New York Times</em>, April 1, 2026. By Sophie Haigney.</p><p> </p><p>•       Ralph Waldo Emerson, “Self-Reliance” (1841) — the American philosophical ancestor of today’s high-agency ideology.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2858: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Scott Galloway on the male crisis</a> — agency, stuckness, and young men.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,900 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - “All the worst people seem to want to be high agency” — the April 1 op-ed</li>
<li>(02:51) - The Silicon Valley definition: risk, disruption, cutting in line</li>
<li>(04:52) - Emerson, self-reliance, and the new American individualism</li>
<li>(06:44) - Is high agency essential to survive the 2020s?</li>
<li>(08:41) - Thoreau’s laundry: the gendered dimension of agency</li>
<li>(11:04) - Male podcasters, the crisis of young men, and the seduction of high agency</li>
<li>(12:20) - Stuckness, gambling, and the lottery mindset</li>
<li>(16:13) - TikTok, the Grateful Dead, and the age of addiction</li>
<li>(17:16) - The people promoting agency are building tools to take it from you</li>
<li>(18:29) - AI: the biggest addiction on the horizon</li>
<li>(19:56) - Agency as the new political axis: left, right, and disruption</li>
<li>(21:29) - Is skepticism of agency just nostalgia for the twentieth century?</li>
<li>(24:16) - California’s failed railways, China’s success, and democracy’s agency problem</li>
<li>(25:16) - Hitler was high agen...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/fb944d63/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/fb944d63/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Osama Bin Laden and Barron Trump Explain the World: Franklin Foer on Arsenal, the MAGA World Cup and an Unlikely Theory of Globalization</title>
      <itunes:episode>2872</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2872</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Osama Bin Laden and Barron Trump Explain the World: Franklin Foer on Arsenal, the MAGA World Cup and an Unlikely Theory of Globalization</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b3f4d279-7d53-4dff-aebb-8583d2c33dee</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Globalization has revived tribalism. Instead of destroying local cultures, as the left predicted, it has made them stronger. Far from the triumph of capitalism that the right predicted, it has entrenched corruption.” — Franklin Foer</em></p><p> </p><p>How do Osama Bin Laden and Barron Trump explain the world? According to <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/franklin-foer/">Franklin Foer</a> — senior writer at <em>The Atlantic</em> and author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/How-Soccer-Explains-World-Globalization/dp/0063486768"><em>How Soccer Explains the World: An Unlikely Theory of Globalization</em></a> — they’re both (or were, in the case of Bin Laden), like Foer himself, rootless Arsenal fans. That’s the irony of our simultaneously tribal and globalized world. The more rootless we become, the sharper our imagined identities. Thus the DC-based Foer, who showed up for this interview flaunting his Gooner gear, never misses an Arsenal game on tv, even though he grew up almost four thousand miles west of Highbury.</p><p> </p><p>Foer’s 2004 classic has been reissued with a new preface in honor of the World Cup. As he notes, this upcoming MAGA spectacle will only underline the tribal-global nature of the world. On the one hand, Trump wants to emulate Mussolini (1934) and Putin (2018) in transforming the sporting event into a celebration of localism. On the other hand, the expansion of the tournament into 48 teams mirrors the increasingly international reality of today’s world.</p><p> </p><p>And then there’s the distant but delicious possibility of an Iran-USA final. In 2022 in Qatar, the Iranian players refused to sing the national anthem in the opening game to protest the killing of a young woman who wasn’t wearing a headscarf. Foer argues that the national team represents an idea of Iran quite foreign from that of the theocracy. While the anti-MAGA Foer wouldn’t support Iran against the USA, he does argue that one of the great failures of the American left has been its inability to speak the language of patriotism. So Kamala Harris and Gavin Newsom should wave the flag this summer. Whose flag he doesn’t say. Probably the Arsenal if the global Foer had his tribal North London way.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Globalization Is a Form of Tribalism: </strong>Thomas Friedman said countries with McDonald’s don’t go to war with each other. Foer’s book said the opposite: globalization doesn’t dissolve tribal identity, it sharpens it. Barcelona can have Dutch DNA from Cruyff and a Qatari airline on the jersey — it’s still a symbol of Catalan nationalism. The cosmopolitan elites who predicted the melting of national borders were themselves a tribe that mistook its tribal identity for universal truth. Andrew’s formulation: globalization is a form of tribalism. Foer, cautiously, agrees.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump’s Bread and Circuses: </strong>Trump has identified three spectacles as the tent poles of his presidency: the 250th anniversary celebration of the United States, the Olympics, and the World Cup — which he calls the biggest spectacle of his term. Every strongman in history has understood the distracting quality of a spectacle. Putin sat in Moscow in 2018, ominously presiding. Mussolini had 1934. Trump won’t be a passive participant. The expanded tournament was, Foer says, a greedy error — the early rounds will be poor — and the whole thing will unfold under the shadow of a president who wants to cosplay as president of the planet.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Financialization of Fandom: </strong>When Foer wrote the book in 2002, the transfer market was a big deal but not the phenomenon it is now. Fans have been forced to become conversant in the balance sheets of their clubs, getting upset when the club overpays. There’s something sad about that — your relationship to a team has been financialized. Meanwhile, the Premier League jacks up ticket prices every year, people complain, and the stadiums are still full. The new power centres in the game are Middle Eastern sovereign wealth funds using soccer as reputation laundering and soft power, and American private equity with its arrogant belief that it can do better than whoever was there before.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Iranian Team and the True Carriers of Civilization: </strong>In the last World Cup, Iranian players refused to sing the national anthem as protest against a government that had just killed a young woman for not wearing a headscarf. They were pressured to sing in the next game. The diaspora was divided. Foer’s argument: the Iranian national team represents an idea of Iran entirely divorced from the theocracy — a spirit of nationhood, not religion. When Trump talked about destroying Iranian civilization, he was discouraging the people who consider themselves its true carriers and the regime’s real opponents. Foer thinks it would be genuinely good if Iran could come and play in this World Cup.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Left’s Patriotism Failure: </strong>Foer’s parting argument: one of the great failures of the left in its quest for cosmopolitan ideals has been its inability to speak the language of patriotism. Even if the impulses behind progressive ideas could be described as patriotic, that’s been one of the things limiting their political appeal. Should Kamala Harris and Gavin Newsom wave the flag this summer at the World Cup? Foer says yes. Andrew, a Spurs fan born in North London who has lived in the United States for decades, suggests he would be “amused” if Iran beat America in the final. They do not reach agreement.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/franklin-foer/">Franklin Foer</a> is a senior writer at <em>The Atlantic</em> and the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/How-Soccer-Explains-World-Globalization/dp/0063486768"><em>How Soccer Explains the World: An Unlikely Theory of Globalization</em></a> (reissued 2026 with a new preface), <em>The Last Politician: Inside Joe Biden’s White House and the Struggle for America’s Future</em>, and <em>World Without Mind: The Existential Threat of Big Tech</em>. He lives in Washington, DC.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/How-Soccer-Explains-World-Globalization/dp/0063486768"><em>How Soccer Explains the World: An Unlikely Theory of Globalization</em></a> by Franklin Foer (reissued 2026 with new preface).</p><p> </p><p>•       “The Quintessential Trumpian Sport,” <em>The Atlantic</em>, April 2026. By Franklin Foer.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2858: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">World Cup Fever</a> — Simon Kuper, who has attended nine consecutive World Cups, on the 2026 tournament.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https:/..."></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Globalization has revived tribalism. Instead of destroying local cultures, as the left predicted, it has made them stronger. Far from the triumph of capitalism that the right predicted, it has entrenched corruption.” — Franklin Foer</em></p><p> </p><p>How do Osama Bin Laden and Barron Trump explain the world? According to <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/franklin-foer/">Franklin Foer</a> — senior writer at <em>The Atlantic</em> and author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/How-Soccer-Explains-World-Globalization/dp/0063486768"><em>How Soccer Explains the World: An Unlikely Theory of Globalization</em></a> — they’re both (or were, in the case of Bin Laden), like Foer himself, rootless Arsenal fans. That’s the irony of our simultaneously tribal and globalized world. The more rootless we become, the sharper our imagined identities. Thus the DC-based Foer, who showed up for this interview flaunting his Gooner gear, never misses an Arsenal game on tv, even though he grew up almost four thousand miles west of Highbury.</p><p> </p><p>Foer’s 2004 classic has been reissued with a new preface in honor of the World Cup. As he notes, this upcoming MAGA spectacle will only underline the tribal-global nature of the world. On the one hand, Trump wants to emulate Mussolini (1934) and Putin (2018) in transforming the sporting event into a celebration of localism. On the other hand, the expansion of the tournament into 48 teams mirrors the increasingly international reality of today’s world.</p><p> </p><p>And then there’s the distant but delicious possibility of an Iran-USA final. In 2022 in Qatar, the Iranian players refused to sing the national anthem in the opening game to protest the killing of a young woman who wasn’t wearing a headscarf. Foer argues that the national team represents an idea of Iran quite foreign from that of the theocracy. While the anti-MAGA Foer wouldn’t support Iran against the USA, he does argue that one of the great failures of the American left has been its inability to speak the language of patriotism. So Kamala Harris and Gavin Newsom should wave the flag this summer. Whose flag he doesn’t say. Probably the Arsenal if the global Foer had his tribal North London way.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Globalization Is a Form of Tribalism: </strong>Thomas Friedman said countries with McDonald’s don’t go to war with each other. Foer’s book said the opposite: globalization doesn’t dissolve tribal identity, it sharpens it. Barcelona can have Dutch DNA from Cruyff and a Qatari airline on the jersey — it’s still a symbol of Catalan nationalism. The cosmopolitan elites who predicted the melting of national borders were themselves a tribe that mistook its tribal identity for universal truth. Andrew’s formulation: globalization is a form of tribalism. Foer, cautiously, agrees.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump’s Bread and Circuses: </strong>Trump has identified three spectacles as the tent poles of his presidency: the 250th anniversary celebration of the United States, the Olympics, and the World Cup — which he calls the biggest spectacle of his term. Every strongman in history has understood the distracting quality of a spectacle. Putin sat in Moscow in 2018, ominously presiding. Mussolini had 1934. Trump won’t be a passive participant. The expanded tournament was, Foer says, a greedy error — the early rounds will be poor — and the whole thing will unfold under the shadow of a president who wants to cosplay as president of the planet.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Financialization of Fandom: </strong>When Foer wrote the book in 2002, the transfer market was a big deal but not the phenomenon it is now. Fans have been forced to become conversant in the balance sheets of their clubs, getting upset when the club overpays. There’s something sad about that — your relationship to a team has been financialized. Meanwhile, the Premier League jacks up ticket prices every year, people complain, and the stadiums are still full. The new power centres in the game are Middle Eastern sovereign wealth funds using soccer as reputation laundering and soft power, and American private equity with its arrogant belief that it can do better than whoever was there before.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Iranian Team and the True Carriers of Civilization: </strong>In the last World Cup, Iranian players refused to sing the national anthem as protest against a government that had just killed a young woman for not wearing a headscarf. They were pressured to sing in the next game. The diaspora was divided. Foer’s argument: the Iranian national team represents an idea of Iran entirely divorced from the theocracy — a spirit of nationhood, not religion. When Trump talked about destroying Iranian civilization, he was discouraging the people who consider themselves its true carriers and the regime’s real opponents. Foer thinks it would be genuinely good if Iran could come and play in this World Cup.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Left’s Patriotism Failure: </strong>Foer’s parting argument: one of the great failures of the left in its quest for cosmopolitan ideals has been its inability to speak the language of patriotism. Even if the impulses behind progressive ideas could be described as patriotic, that’s been one of the things limiting their political appeal. Should Kamala Harris and Gavin Newsom wave the flag this summer at the World Cup? Foer says yes. Andrew, a Spurs fan born in North London who has lived in the United States for decades, suggests he would be “amused” if Iran beat America in the final. They do not reach agreement.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/franklin-foer/">Franklin Foer</a> is a senior writer at <em>The Atlantic</em> and the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/How-Soccer-Explains-World-Globalization/dp/0063486768"><em>How Soccer Explains the World: An Unlikely Theory of Globalization</em></a> (reissued 2026 with a new preface), <em>The Last Politician: Inside Joe Biden’s White House and the Struggle for America’s Future</em>, and <em>World Without Mind: The Existential Threat of Big Tech</em>. He lives in Washington, DC.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/How-Soccer-Explains-World-Globalization/dp/0063486768"><em>How Soccer Explains the World: An Unlikely Theory of Globalization</em></a> by Franklin Foer (reissued 2026 with new preface).</p><p> </p><p>•       “The Quintessential Trumpian Sport,” <em>The Atlantic</em>, April 2026. By Franklin Foer.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2858: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">World Cup Fever</a> — Simon Kuper, who has attended nine consecutive World Cups, on the 2026 tournament.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https:/..."></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2026 08:48:28 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/a801ce4e/dcd90de7.mp3" length="85373869" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o9Afq4FdlJI">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/DJkhgIKI1LkEICMv3lEjdNxev-RaftPc9GtuooDJOcM/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS81Y2M4/NTY2ODU4NDI4MzA2/YzkxMjAwNTQyOTE4/MzI4OS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2667</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Globalization has revived tribalism. Instead of destroying local cultures, as the left predicted, it has made them stronger. Far from the triumph of capitalism that the right predicted, it has entrenched corruption.” — Franklin Foer</em></p><p> </p><p>How do Osama Bin Laden and Barron Trump explain the world? According to <a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/franklin-foer/">Franklin Foer</a> — senior writer at <em>The Atlantic</em> and author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/How-Soccer-Explains-World-Globalization/dp/0063486768"><em>How Soccer Explains the World: An Unlikely Theory of Globalization</em></a> — they’re both (or were, in the case of Bin Laden), like Foer himself, rootless Arsenal fans. That’s the irony of our simultaneously tribal and globalized world. The more rootless we become, the sharper our imagined identities. Thus the DC-based Foer, who showed up for this interview flaunting his Gooner gear, never misses an Arsenal game on tv, even though he grew up almost four thousand miles west of Highbury.</p><p> </p><p>Foer’s 2004 classic has been reissued with a new preface in honor of the World Cup. As he notes, this upcoming MAGA spectacle will only underline the tribal-global nature of the world. On the one hand, Trump wants to emulate Mussolini (1934) and Putin (2018) in transforming the sporting event into a celebration of localism. On the other hand, the expansion of the tournament into 48 teams mirrors the increasingly international reality of today’s world.</p><p> </p><p>And then there’s the distant but delicious possibility of an Iran-USA final. In 2022 in Qatar, the Iranian players refused to sing the national anthem in the opening game to protest the killing of a young woman who wasn’t wearing a headscarf. Foer argues that the national team represents an idea of Iran quite foreign from that of the theocracy. While the anti-MAGA Foer wouldn’t support Iran against the USA, he does argue that one of the great failures of the American left has been its inability to speak the language of patriotism. So Kamala Harris and Gavin Newsom should wave the flag this summer. Whose flag he doesn’t say. Probably the Arsenal if the global Foer had his tribal North London way.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Globalization Is a Form of Tribalism: </strong>Thomas Friedman said countries with McDonald’s don’t go to war with each other. Foer’s book said the opposite: globalization doesn’t dissolve tribal identity, it sharpens it. Barcelona can have Dutch DNA from Cruyff and a Qatari airline on the jersey — it’s still a symbol of Catalan nationalism. The cosmopolitan elites who predicted the melting of national borders were themselves a tribe that mistook its tribal identity for universal truth. Andrew’s formulation: globalization is a form of tribalism. Foer, cautiously, agrees.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Trump’s Bread and Circuses: </strong>Trump has identified three spectacles as the tent poles of his presidency: the 250th anniversary celebration of the United States, the Olympics, and the World Cup — which he calls the biggest spectacle of his term. Every strongman in history has understood the distracting quality of a spectacle. Putin sat in Moscow in 2018, ominously presiding. Mussolini had 1934. Trump won’t be a passive participant. The expanded tournament was, Foer says, a greedy error — the early rounds will be poor — and the whole thing will unfold under the shadow of a president who wants to cosplay as president of the planet.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Financialization of Fandom: </strong>When Foer wrote the book in 2002, the transfer market was a big deal but not the phenomenon it is now. Fans have been forced to become conversant in the balance sheets of their clubs, getting upset when the club overpays. There’s something sad about that — your relationship to a team has been financialized. Meanwhile, the Premier League jacks up ticket prices every year, people complain, and the stadiums are still full. The new power centres in the game are Middle Eastern sovereign wealth funds using soccer as reputation laundering and soft power, and American private equity with its arrogant belief that it can do better than whoever was there before.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Iranian Team and the True Carriers of Civilization: </strong>In the last World Cup, Iranian players refused to sing the national anthem as protest against a government that had just killed a young woman for not wearing a headscarf. They were pressured to sing in the next game. The diaspora was divided. Foer’s argument: the Iranian national team represents an idea of Iran entirely divorced from the theocracy — a spirit of nationhood, not religion. When Trump talked about destroying Iranian civilization, he was discouraging the people who consider themselves its true carriers and the regime’s real opponents. Foer thinks it would be genuinely good if Iran could come and play in this World Cup.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Left’s Patriotism Failure: </strong>Foer’s parting argument: one of the great failures of the left in its quest for cosmopolitan ideals has been its inability to speak the language of patriotism. Even if the impulses behind progressive ideas could be described as patriotic, that’s been one of the things limiting their political appeal. Should Kamala Harris and Gavin Newsom wave the flag this summer at the World Cup? Foer says yes. Andrew, a Spurs fan born in North London who has lived in the United States for decades, suggests he would be “amused” if Iran beat America in the final. They do not reach agreement.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.theatlantic.com/author/franklin-foer/">Franklin Foer</a> is a senior writer at <em>The Atlantic</em> and the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/How-Soccer-Explains-World-Globalization/dp/0063486768"><em>How Soccer Explains the World: An Unlikely Theory of Globalization</em></a> (reissued 2026 with a new preface), <em>The Last Politician: Inside Joe Biden’s White House and the Struggle for America’s Future</em>, and <em>World Without Mind: The Existential Threat of Big Tech</em>. He lives in Washington, DC.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/How-Soccer-Explains-World-Globalization/dp/0063486768"><em>How Soccer Explains the World: An Unlikely Theory of Globalization</em></a> by Franklin Foer (reissued 2026 with new preface).</p><p> </p><p>•       “The Quintessential Trumpian Sport,” <em>The Atlantic</em>, April 2026. By Franklin Foer.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2858: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">World Cup Fever</a> — Simon Kuper, who has attended nine consecutive World Cups, on the 2026 tournament.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https:/..."></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a801ce4e/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a801ce4e/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Biden’s Blue Authoritarianism: Stuart Schrader on How America’s Police Seized Power From Below</title>
      <itunes:episode>2871</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2871</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Biden’s Blue Authoritarianism: Stuart Schrader on How America’s Police Seized Power From Below</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">347581df-e4b6-43ec-b5a6-8e931cdf8274</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You don’t have enough money to pay all the bills? Well, cut the budget for parks and rec, cut the budget for libraries, cut the budget for fixing potholes — but don’t touch the police budget.” — Stuart Schrader</em></p><p> </p><p>Fifty years ago, America’s local police still served at the pleasure of democratically elected politicians. Not anymore. <a href="https://www.stuartschrader.com/">Stuart Schrader</a> has spent years in the archives tracing how it happened. In <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Blue-Power-Organized-Protect-Themselves/dp/1541608038"><em>Blue Power: How Police Organized to Protect and Serve Themselves</em></a>, Schrader begins the story in Sixties Detroit, where a young, progressive Democratic mayor found his career derailed by a police union fighting for recognition. It was the opening move of a decades-long campaign in which rank-and-file officers took advantage of the tools of American democracy — unions, lobbying, litigation, public relations — to lift policing above the law.</p><p> </p><p>Schrader’s most counterintuitive finding is that the greatest federal champions of Blue Power were Democrats like Joe Biden. With Trump 2.0, the story gets even stranger. ICE — anonymous, paramilitary, seemingly answerable to no one — has paradoxically made local police look credible by comparison. Some police unions have tried to exploit the contrast at contract renewal time. Others have quietly welcomed the federal incursions as a way to challenge progressive city councils in Los Angeles, Chicago, and DC. It’s almost as if today’s democratically elected politicians serve at the pleasure of the local police.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Detroit Opening Move: </strong>The book begins in 1960s Detroit, where a young, charismatic, progressive Democratic mayor found his political career effectively destroyed by a police union fighting for recognition. That wasn’t an accident. Police were simultaneously being called on to put down urban rebellions and gaining new workplace power through public sector unionization laws. They married those two things together: law and order rhetoric plus well-compensated, long-leashed officers. The Supreme Court’s rights revolution — criminal defendants’ rights, civil rights — felt to police like an existential threat. Blue Power was their answer.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Biden and the Bipartisan Consensus: </strong>Schrader’s most counterintuitive finding: the greatest federal champions of Blue Power were Democrats. Joe Biden, as a senator, was one of the most important figures in unifying police organizations — rural versus urban, command rank versus rank and file — and ensuring legislation met their demands. The law-and-order consensus wasn’t just Republican. It was built by Democrats who were terrified of the crime hysteria, and police who were expert at stoking it. Even once crime began its dramatic decline in the 1990s, police kept using the fear. We stopped the crime wave. Now pay up.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Crime Hysteria as a Political Weapon: </strong>Police learned early that crime statistics were a cudgel. Sign a good contract or crime will go up. And the tactic worked — not because the connection between police compensation and crime rates is real (Schrader says it isn’t), but because the fear was real. Social scientists still can’t fully explain why crime rose dramatically through the 1960s-80s and then declined just as dramatically from the mid-1990s. Police can’t explain it either. But no other public sector union operates this way. Sanitation workers don’t demand raises because they plowed the streets well in a heavy winter. Teachers don’t point to test scores. Police do.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>ICE, Blue Power, and the Trump Paradox: </strong>ICE — anonymous, paramilitary, answerable to no one, reluctant even to wear identifying insignia — has paradoxically made local police look credible by contrast. Some unions have tried to exploit this at contract renewal time: we’re not ICE, so pay us accordingly. Others have quietly welcomed the federal incursions as a way to override progressive city councils in Chicago, LA, DC, and elsewhere. The Border Patrol union was one of the first to endorse Trump in 2016 and has been rewarded handsomely. Blue Power is nothing if not adaptable.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Why Defunding Failed — and What Actually Matters: </strong>Blue Power, Schrader argues, is the primary reason defunding didn’t happen. Police used the same political tactics the book describes to thwart those demands from movements — the same lobbying, litigation, public relations, and contract leverage they’ve been deploying since the 1960s. The real question isn’t defund or not defund. It’s how cities allocate their resources. Over and over again in his research, Schrader found police saying explicitly: cut parks and rec, cut libraries, cut pothole repair — but don’t touch our budget. That argument, made in fiscal crisis after fiscal crisis, has never really stopped.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.stuartschrader.com/">Stuart Schrader</a> is associate professor of history at Johns Hopkins University and director of the Chloe Center for the Critical Study of Racism, Immigration, and Colonialism. He is the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Blue-Power-Organized-Protect-Themselves/dp/1541608038"><em>Blue Power: How Police Organized to Protect and Serve Themselves</em></a> (Basic Books, 2026) and <em>Badges Without Borders: How Global Counterinsurgency Transformed American Policing</em> (University of California Press, 2019).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Blue-Power-Organized-Protect-Themselves/dp/1541608038"><em>Blue Power: How Police Organized to Protect and Serve Themselves</em></a> by Stuart Schrader (Basic Books, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       “Authoritarianism from Below,” <em>New York Review of Books</em>, 2026. By Stuart Schrader.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2021 [March 2021]: Rosa Brooks on <em>Tangled Up in Blue: Policing the American City</em> — the sympathetic counterpoint to Schrader’s critique.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Rosa Brooks, Tangled Up in Blue, and the sympathetic take on policing</li>
<li>(03:44) - Authoritarianism from below: how police seized political power</li>
<li>(05:09) - Conscious strategy or structural drift? The origins of Blue Power</li>
<li>(08:37) - What drives Blue Power: ideology, bureaucracy, or money?</li>
<li>(09:19...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You don’t have enough money to pay all the bills? Well, cut the budget for parks and rec, cut the budget for libraries, cut the budget for fixing potholes — but don’t touch the police budget.” — Stuart Schrader</em></p><p> </p><p>Fifty years ago, America’s local police still served at the pleasure of democratically elected politicians. Not anymore. <a href="https://www.stuartschrader.com/">Stuart Schrader</a> has spent years in the archives tracing how it happened. In <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Blue-Power-Organized-Protect-Themselves/dp/1541608038"><em>Blue Power: How Police Organized to Protect and Serve Themselves</em></a>, Schrader begins the story in Sixties Detroit, where a young, progressive Democratic mayor found his career derailed by a police union fighting for recognition. It was the opening move of a decades-long campaign in which rank-and-file officers took advantage of the tools of American democracy — unions, lobbying, litigation, public relations — to lift policing above the law.</p><p> </p><p>Schrader’s most counterintuitive finding is that the greatest federal champions of Blue Power were Democrats like Joe Biden. With Trump 2.0, the story gets even stranger. ICE — anonymous, paramilitary, seemingly answerable to no one — has paradoxically made local police look credible by comparison. Some police unions have tried to exploit the contrast at contract renewal time. Others have quietly welcomed the federal incursions as a way to challenge progressive city councils in Los Angeles, Chicago, and DC. It’s almost as if today’s democratically elected politicians serve at the pleasure of the local police.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Detroit Opening Move: </strong>The book begins in 1960s Detroit, where a young, charismatic, progressive Democratic mayor found his political career effectively destroyed by a police union fighting for recognition. That wasn’t an accident. Police were simultaneously being called on to put down urban rebellions and gaining new workplace power through public sector unionization laws. They married those two things together: law and order rhetoric plus well-compensated, long-leashed officers. The Supreme Court’s rights revolution — criminal defendants’ rights, civil rights — felt to police like an existential threat. Blue Power was their answer.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Biden and the Bipartisan Consensus: </strong>Schrader’s most counterintuitive finding: the greatest federal champions of Blue Power were Democrats. Joe Biden, as a senator, was one of the most important figures in unifying police organizations — rural versus urban, command rank versus rank and file — and ensuring legislation met their demands. The law-and-order consensus wasn’t just Republican. It was built by Democrats who were terrified of the crime hysteria, and police who were expert at stoking it. Even once crime began its dramatic decline in the 1990s, police kept using the fear. We stopped the crime wave. Now pay up.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Crime Hysteria as a Political Weapon: </strong>Police learned early that crime statistics were a cudgel. Sign a good contract or crime will go up. And the tactic worked — not because the connection between police compensation and crime rates is real (Schrader says it isn’t), but because the fear was real. Social scientists still can’t fully explain why crime rose dramatically through the 1960s-80s and then declined just as dramatically from the mid-1990s. Police can’t explain it either. But no other public sector union operates this way. Sanitation workers don’t demand raises because they plowed the streets well in a heavy winter. Teachers don’t point to test scores. Police do.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>ICE, Blue Power, and the Trump Paradox: </strong>ICE — anonymous, paramilitary, answerable to no one, reluctant even to wear identifying insignia — has paradoxically made local police look credible by contrast. Some unions have tried to exploit this at contract renewal time: we’re not ICE, so pay us accordingly. Others have quietly welcomed the federal incursions as a way to override progressive city councils in Chicago, LA, DC, and elsewhere. The Border Patrol union was one of the first to endorse Trump in 2016 and has been rewarded handsomely. Blue Power is nothing if not adaptable.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Why Defunding Failed — and What Actually Matters: </strong>Blue Power, Schrader argues, is the primary reason defunding didn’t happen. Police used the same political tactics the book describes to thwart those demands from movements — the same lobbying, litigation, public relations, and contract leverage they’ve been deploying since the 1960s. The real question isn’t defund or not defund. It’s how cities allocate their resources. Over and over again in his research, Schrader found police saying explicitly: cut parks and rec, cut libraries, cut pothole repair — but don’t touch our budget. That argument, made in fiscal crisis after fiscal crisis, has never really stopped.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.stuartschrader.com/">Stuart Schrader</a> is associate professor of history at Johns Hopkins University and director of the Chloe Center for the Critical Study of Racism, Immigration, and Colonialism. He is the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Blue-Power-Organized-Protect-Themselves/dp/1541608038"><em>Blue Power: How Police Organized to Protect and Serve Themselves</em></a> (Basic Books, 2026) and <em>Badges Without Borders: How Global Counterinsurgency Transformed American Policing</em> (University of California Press, 2019).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Blue-Power-Organized-Protect-Themselves/dp/1541608038"><em>Blue Power: How Police Organized to Protect and Serve Themselves</em></a> by Stuart Schrader (Basic Books, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       “Authoritarianism from Below,” <em>New York Review of Books</em>, 2026. By Stuart Schrader.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2021 [March 2021]: Rosa Brooks on <em>Tangled Up in Blue: Policing the American City</em> — the sympathetic counterpoint to Schrader’s critique.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Rosa Brooks, Tangled Up in Blue, and the sympathetic take on policing</li>
<li>(03:44) - Authoritarianism from below: how police seized political power</li>
<li>(05:09) - Conscious strategy or structural drift? The origins of Blue Power</li>
<li>(08:37) - What drives Blue Power: ideology, bureaucracy, or money?</li>
<li>(09:19...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Apr 2026 22:01:41 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/52c814c6/9b3a5136.mp3" length="72669649" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rtjOVO2_vfM">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/AC5tz1wUd8dvtxOh13JG5P8kMVUq-dakGrMNob0L044/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85Y2Zm/NmE2ODQ2M2U5MDMw/MDJiNmI4ODdmYmEw/ZDQxYy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2270</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You don’t have enough money to pay all the bills? Well, cut the budget for parks and rec, cut the budget for libraries, cut the budget for fixing potholes — but don’t touch the police budget.” — Stuart Schrader</em></p><p> </p><p>Fifty years ago, America’s local police still served at the pleasure of democratically elected politicians. Not anymore. <a href="https://www.stuartschrader.com/">Stuart Schrader</a> has spent years in the archives tracing how it happened. In <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Blue-Power-Organized-Protect-Themselves/dp/1541608038"><em>Blue Power: How Police Organized to Protect and Serve Themselves</em></a>, Schrader begins the story in Sixties Detroit, where a young, progressive Democratic mayor found his career derailed by a police union fighting for recognition. It was the opening move of a decades-long campaign in which rank-and-file officers took advantage of the tools of American democracy — unions, lobbying, litigation, public relations — to lift policing above the law.</p><p> </p><p>Schrader’s most counterintuitive finding is that the greatest federal champions of Blue Power were Democrats like Joe Biden. With Trump 2.0, the story gets even stranger. ICE — anonymous, paramilitary, seemingly answerable to no one — has paradoxically made local police look credible by comparison. Some police unions have tried to exploit the contrast at contract renewal time. Others have quietly welcomed the federal incursions as a way to challenge progressive city councils in Los Angeles, Chicago, and DC. It’s almost as if today’s democratically elected politicians serve at the pleasure of the local police.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Detroit Opening Move: </strong>The book begins in 1960s Detroit, where a young, charismatic, progressive Democratic mayor found his political career effectively destroyed by a police union fighting for recognition. That wasn’t an accident. Police were simultaneously being called on to put down urban rebellions and gaining new workplace power through public sector unionization laws. They married those two things together: law and order rhetoric plus well-compensated, long-leashed officers. The Supreme Court’s rights revolution — criminal defendants’ rights, civil rights — felt to police like an existential threat. Blue Power was their answer.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Biden and the Bipartisan Consensus: </strong>Schrader’s most counterintuitive finding: the greatest federal champions of Blue Power were Democrats. Joe Biden, as a senator, was one of the most important figures in unifying police organizations — rural versus urban, command rank versus rank and file — and ensuring legislation met their demands. The law-and-order consensus wasn’t just Republican. It was built by Democrats who were terrified of the crime hysteria, and police who were expert at stoking it. Even once crime began its dramatic decline in the 1990s, police kept using the fear. We stopped the crime wave. Now pay up.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Crime Hysteria as a Political Weapon: </strong>Police learned early that crime statistics were a cudgel. Sign a good contract or crime will go up. And the tactic worked — not because the connection between police compensation and crime rates is real (Schrader says it isn’t), but because the fear was real. Social scientists still can’t fully explain why crime rose dramatically through the 1960s-80s and then declined just as dramatically from the mid-1990s. Police can’t explain it either. But no other public sector union operates this way. Sanitation workers don’t demand raises because they plowed the streets well in a heavy winter. Teachers don’t point to test scores. Police do.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>ICE, Blue Power, and the Trump Paradox: </strong>ICE — anonymous, paramilitary, answerable to no one, reluctant even to wear identifying insignia — has paradoxically made local police look credible by contrast. Some unions have tried to exploit this at contract renewal time: we’re not ICE, so pay us accordingly. Others have quietly welcomed the federal incursions as a way to override progressive city councils in Chicago, LA, DC, and elsewhere. The Border Patrol union was one of the first to endorse Trump in 2016 and has been rewarded handsomely. Blue Power is nothing if not adaptable.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Why Defunding Failed — and What Actually Matters: </strong>Blue Power, Schrader argues, is the primary reason defunding didn’t happen. Police used the same political tactics the book describes to thwart those demands from movements — the same lobbying, litigation, public relations, and contract leverage they’ve been deploying since the 1960s. The real question isn’t defund or not defund. It’s how cities allocate their resources. Over and over again in his research, Schrader found police saying explicitly: cut parks and rec, cut libraries, cut pothole repair — but don’t touch our budget. That argument, made in fiscal crisis after fiscal crisis, has never really stopped.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.stuartschrader.com/">Stuart Schrader</a> is associate professor of history at Johns Hopkins University and director of the Chloe Center for the Critical Study of Racism, Immigration, and Colonialism. He is the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Blue-Power-Organized-Protect-Themselves/dp/1541608038"><em>Blue Power: How Police Organized to Protect and Serve Themselves</em></a> (Basic Books, 2026) and <em>Badges Without Borders: How Global Counterinsurgency Transformed American Policing</em> (University of California Press, 2019).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Blue-Power-Organized-Protect-Themselves/dp/1541608038"><em>Blue Power: How Police Organized to Protect and Serve Themselves</em></a> by Stuart Schrader (Basic Books, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       “Authoritarianism from Below,” <em>New York Review of Books</em>, 2026. By Stuart Schrader.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2021 [March 2021]: Rosa Brooks on <em>Tangled Up in Blue: Policing the American City</em> — the sympathetic counterpoint to Schrader’s critique.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:</strong></p><p> </p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Rosa Brooks, Tangled Up in Blue, and the sympathetic take on policing</li>
<li>(03:44) - Authoritarianism from below: how police seized political power</li>
<li>(05:09) - Conscious strategy or structural drift? The origins of Blue Power</li>
<li>(08:37) - What drives Blue Power: ideology, bureaucracy, or money?</li>
<li>(09:19...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/52c814c6/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/52c814c6/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Forget Iran: Eyck Freymann on Taiwan, China, and Why America Keeps Hitting the Snooze Button,</title>
      <itunes:episode>2870</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2870</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Forget Iran: Eyck Freymann on Taiwan, China, and Why America Keeps Hitting the Snooze Button,</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">835a3e15-69f7-45f7-9b79-b98a3352ebe9</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We keep getting wake-up calls and snoozing the alarm. Now is the time to actually get out of bed and confront this problem before it is too late.” — Eyck Freymann</em></p><p> </p><p>Forget Iran for a moment. The Hormuz crisis is a template for the bigger crisis of Taiwan. <a href="https://www.eyckfreymann.com/">Eyck Freymann</a> — Hoover Fellow at Stanford, author of the brand-new <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Defending-Taiwan-Strategy-Prevent-China/dp/019782384X"><em>Defending Taiwan: A Strategy to Prevent War with China</em></a> — believes that the fate of the 21st century may hinge on Taiwan. And he warns that if America can’t handle Iran, it’s certainly not ready for Beijing.</p><p> </p><p>Freymann argues that China doesn’t need to invade Taiwan. Xi Jinping has watched Putin discover — with horror — what happens when you send unprepared forces into a country that fights back. China’s lesson from Ukraine is a strategy of quarantine rather than invasion. The United States will then face a choice between accepting Chinese checkmate or escalating a crisis with no domestic or international support. Taiwan produces 90% of the world’s advanced semiconductors and 99% of the cutting-edge NVIDIA GPUs used to train frontier AI models. If those chip factories shut, there will be an instantaneous global financial crisis.</p><p> </p><p>Forget today’s Iranian theater. Taiwan will be the real existential show.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Hormuz Alarm Bell: </strong>Iran has no navy, no air force, and supposedly no ballistic missile arsenal anymore — and yet it took 20% of global oil supply offline. The Trump administration went in thinking overwhelming military superiority would translate to political victory. It hasn’t. Strategy, Freymann says, is the art of connecting ends to means. If you don’t know your ends, you’ll flail. China is watching every mistake: no plan for the economic shock, no domestic legitimacy for the war, excess pain falling on oil-importing US allies like Japan, South Korea, and Europe. Beijing’s conclusion: we don’t have to pick a military fight with the United States. Why would we?</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Semiconductor Chokehold: </strong>Taiwan produces 90% of the world’s advanced semiconductors and 99% of the cutting-edge NVIDIA GPUs used to train frontier AI models. The CHIPS Act has tried to change this. It hasn’t. The Arizona facility is two generations behind Taiwan, commercially uncompetitive, and unable to scale. Taiwan is five years ahead now and will be five years ahead in five years. If the Taiwan fabs go offline, there is an instantaneous global financial crisis: the seven companies that account for roughly 40% of the S&amp;P 500 are all essentially the AI trade. The hyperscalers are spending $600 billion in data centers this year — the only thing keeping the US economy out of recession. This is what’s at stake, before you even get to the military question.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Quarantine: Winning Without Fighting: </strong>Xi Jinping’s plan A is not invasion. It’s the quarantine: seize control of who and what comes and goes to Taiwan by declaring that anyone flying to Taipei must first clear customs in Shanghai. Impound a United Airlines flight. Let the ambiguity do the work. If China can do that and get away with it, Taiwan can’t rebuild its military, the US can’t send more weapons, and Beijing controls the chips. It’s checkmate — without a shot fired. The United States then has to accept it, or escalate in a way that has no domestic legitimacy and drives wedges between Washington and its allies. China has figured out how to extort the West with prolonged economic pain. The alarm bells keep ringing. America keeps snoozing.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>What a Taiwan War Would Actually Look Like: </strong>It would be a war at sea — fundamentally unlike anything America has fought or prepared for in eighty years. China would need to simultaneously control the skies, the undersea, and the surface on all sides of the Taiwan Strait, then send tens of thousands of men 80 miles across in amphibious vessels to storm beaches in a Normandy-style assault. The first engagements would be decided in minutes to hours by long-range precision munitions. America’s operational capabilities are exceptional: the cyber assassinations, the special forces raid, the continuous bomber sorties from the continental United States. But China has home-field advantage. And it has been building systematically for this scenario for years. We could probably win if we fought today. We need to make investments for tomorrow.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Four-Pillar Strategy: </strong>Freymann’s integrated answer: diplomacy, military deterrence, economic resilience, and allied coordination — all working together, not in separate silos. On diplomacy: maintain the principled position that Taiwan’s status must be resolved peacefully and democratically. On military: show China it can’t win if it escalates to war, while keeping conventional forces credible. On economics: build enough allied resilience that authoritarian powers can’t extort the West by threatening prolonged economic pain. On allies: coordinate with Japan, South Korea, the Europeans on a shared plan for what happens if things collapse. This is doable. It’s been done for fifty years. We just need the resolve to keep doing it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.eyckfreymann.com/">Eyck Freymann</a> is a Hoover Fellow at Stanford University and a Non-Resident Research Fellow at the US Naval War College’s China Maritime Studies Institute. He is the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Defending-Taiwan-Strategy-Prevent-China/dp/019782384X"><em>Defending Taiwan: A Strategy to Prevent War with China</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2026), <em>The Arsenal of Democracy: Technology, Industry, and Deterrence in an Age of Hard Choices</em> (Hoover, 2025), and <em>One Belt One Road: Chinese Power Meets the World</em> (Harvard, 2021).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Defending-Taiwan-Strategy-Prevent-China/dp/019782384X"><em>Defending Taiwan: A Strategy to Prevent War with China</em></a> by Eyck Freymann (Oxford University Press, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       “The Strait of Hormuz as a Template for Taiwan,” <em>Financial Times</em>, April 2026. By Eyck Freymann.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2862: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Truth Is Dead</a> — on AI, disinformation, and American strategic confusion.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We keep getting wake-up calls and snoozing the alarm. Now is the time to actually get out of bed and confront this problem before it is too late.” — Eyck Freymann</em></p><p> </p><p>Forget Iran for a moment. The Hormuz crisis is a template for the bigger crisis of Taiwan. <a href="https://www.eyckfreymann.com/">Eyck Freymann</a> — Hoover Fellow at Stanford, author of the brand-new <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Defending-Taiwan-Strategy-Prevent-China/dp/019782384X"><em>Defending Taiwan: A Strategy to Prevent War with China</em></a> — believes that the fate of the 21st century may hinge on Taiwan. And he warns that if America can’t handle Iran, it’s certainly not ready for Beijing.</p><p> </p><p>Freymann argues that China doesn’t need to invade Taiwan. Xi Jinping has watched Putin discover — with horror — what happens when you send unprepared forces into a country that fights back. China’s lesson from Ukraine is a strategy of quarantine rather than invasion. The United States will then face a choice between accepting Chinese checkmate or escalating a crisis with no domestic or international support. Taiwan produces 90% of the world’s advanced semiconductors and 99% of the cutting-edge NVIDIA GPUs used to train frontier AI models. If those chip factories shut, there will be an instantaneous global financial crisis.</p><p> </p><p>Forget today’s Iranian theater. Taiwan will be the real existential show.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Hormuz Alarm Bell: </strong>Iran has no navy, no air force, and supposedly no ballistic missile arsenal anymore — and yet it took 20% of global oil supply offline. The Trump administration went in thinking overwhelming military superiority would translate to political victory. It hasn’t. Strategy, Freymann says, is the art of connecting ends to means. If you don’t know your ends, you’ll flail. China is watching every mistake: no plan for the economic shock, no domestic legitimacy for the war, excess pain falling on oil-importing US allies like Japan, South Korea, and Europe. Beijing’s conclusion: we don’t have to pick a military fight with the United States. Why would we?</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Semiconductor Chokehold: </strong>Taiwan produces 90% of the world’s advanced semiconductors and 99% of the cutting-edge NVIDIA GPUs used to train frontier AI models. The CHIPS Act has tried to change this. It hasn’t. The Arizona facility is two generations behind Taiwan, commercially uncompetitive, and unable to scale. Taiwan is five years ahead now and will be five years ahead in five years. If the Taiwan fabs go offline, there is an instantaneous global financial crisis: the seven companies that account for roughly 40% of the S&amp;P 500 are all essentially the AI trade. The hyperscalers are spending $600 billion in data centers this year — the only thing keeping the US economy out of recession. This is what’s at stake, before you even get to the military question.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Quarantine: Winning Without Fighting: </strong>Xi Jinping’s plan A is not invasion. It’s the quarantine: seize control of who and what comes and goes to Taiwan by declaring that anyone flying to Taipei must first clear customs in Shanghai. Impound a United Airlines flight. Let the ambiguity do the work. If China can do that and get away with it, Taiwan can’t rebuild its military, the US can’t send more weapons, and Beijing controls the chips. It’s checkmate — without a shot fired. The United States then has to accept it, or escalate in a way that has no domestic legitimacy and drives wedges between Washington and its allies. China has figured out how to extort the West with prolonged economic pain. The alarm bells keep ringing. America keeps snoozing.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>What a Taiwan War Would Actually Look Like: </strong>It would be a war at sea — fundamentally unlike anything America has fought or prepared for in eighty years. China would need to simultaneously control the skies, the undersea, and the surface on all sides of the Taiwan Strait, then send tens of thousands of men 80 miles across in amphibious vessels to storm beaches in a Normandy-style assault. The first engagements would be decided in minutes to hours by long-range precision munitions. America’s operational capabilities are exceptional: the cyber assassinations, the special forces raid, the continuous bomber sorties from the continental United States. But China has home-field advantage. And it has been building systematically for this scenario for years. We could probably win if we fought today. We need to make investments for tomorrow.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Four-Pillar Strategy: </strong>Freymann’s integrated answer: diplomacy, military deterrence, economic resilience, and allied coordination — all working together, not in separate silos. On diplomacy: maintain the principled position that Taiwan’s status must be resolved peacefully and democratically. On military: show China it can’t win if it escalates to war, while keeping conventional forces credible. On economics: build enough allied resilience that authoritarian powers can’t extort the West by threatening prolonged economic pain. On allies: coordinate with Japan, South Korea, the Europeans on a shared plan for what happens if things collapse. This is doable. It’s been done for fifty years. We just need the resolve to keep doing it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.eyckfreymann.com/">Eyck Freymann</a> is a Hoover Fellow at Stanford University and a Non-Resident Research Fellow at the US Naval War College’s China Maritime Studies Institute. He is the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Defending-Taiwan-Strategy-Prevent-China/dp/019782384X"><em>Defending Taiwan: A Strategy to Prevent War with China</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2026), <em>The Arsenal of Democracy: Technology, Industry, and Deterrence in an Age of Hard Choices</em> (Hoover, 2025), and <em>One Belt One Road: Chinese Power Meets the World</em> (Harvard, 2021).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Defending-Taiwan-Strategy-Prevent-China/dp/019782384X"><em>Defending Taiwan: A Strategy to Prevent War with China</em></a> by Eyck Freymann (Oxford University Press, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       “The Strait of Hormuz as a Template for Taiwan,” <em>Financial Times</em>, April 2026. By Eyck Freymann.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2862: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Truth Is Dead</a> — on AI, disinformation, and American strategic confusion.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Apr 2026 07:29:47 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/4918296d/683e972f.mp3" length="86367078" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oDJa0-n0SE4">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/g0pr9xsnJzGBgrSoSL60j-pGENpnP_GGsQ9JKgISjSA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9jMDhm/NmU5ZjJmMWIyYjBm/YTBmMzM5Y2ZhNjM5/NTRiYS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2698</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We keep getting wake-up calls and snoozing the alarm. Now is the time to actually get out of bed and confront this problem before it is too late.” — Eyck Freymann</em></p><p> </p><p>Forget Iran for a moment. The Hormuz crisis is a template for the bigger crisis of Taiwan. <a href="https://www.eyckfreymann.com/">Eyck Freymann</a> — Hoover Fellow at Stanford, author of the brand-new <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Defending-Taiwan-Strategy-Prevent-China/dp/019782384X"><em>Defending Taiwan: A Strategy to Prevent War with China</em></a> — believes that the fate of the 21st century may hinge on Taiwan. And he warns that if America can’t handle Iran, it’s certainly not ready for Beijing.</p><p> </p><p>Freymann argues that China doesn’t need to invade Taiwan. Xi Jinping has watched Putin discover — with horror — what happens when you send unprepared forces into a country that fights back. China’s lesson from Ukraine is a strategy of quarantine rather than invasion. The United States will then face a choice between accepting Chinese checkmate or escalating a crisis with no domestic or international support. Taiwan produces 90% of the world’s advanced semiconductors and 99% of the cutting-edge NVIDIA GPUs used to train frontier AI models. If those chip factories shut, there will be an instantaneous global financial crisis.</p><p> </p><p>Forget today’s Iranian theater. Taiwan will be the real existential show.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Hormuz Alarm Bell: </strong>Iran has no navy, no air force, and supposedly no ballistic missile arsenal anymore — and yet it took 20% of global oil supply offline. The Trump administration went in thinking overwhelming military superiority would translate to political victory. It hasn’t. Strategy, Freymann says, is the art of connecting ends to means. If you don’t know your ends, you’ll flail. China is watching every mistake: no plan for the economic shock, no domestic legitimacy for the war, excess pain falling on oil-importing US allies like Japan, South Korea, and Europe. Beijing’s conclusion: we don’t have to pick a military fight with the United States. Why would we?</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Semiconductor Chokehold: </strong>Taiwan produces 90% of the world’s advanced semiconductors and 99% of the cutting-edge NVIDIA GPUs used to train frontier AI models. The CHIPS Act has tried to change this. It hasn’t. The Arizona facility is two generations behind Taiwan, commercially uncompetitive, and unable to scale. Taiwan is five years ahead now and will be five years ahead in five years. If the Taiwan fabs go offline, there is an instantaneous global financial crisis: the seven companies that account for roughly 40% of the S&amp;P 500 are all essentially the AI trade. The hyperscalers are spending $600 billion in data centers this year — the only thing keeping the US economy out of recession. This is what’s at stake, before you even get to the military question.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Quarantine: Winning Without Fighting: </strong>Xi Jinping’s plan A is not invasion. It’s the quarantine: seize control of who and what comes and goes to Taiwan by declaring that anyone flying to Taipei must first clear customs in Shanghai. Impound a United Airlines flight. Let the ambiguity do the work. If China can do that and get away with it, Taiwan can’t rebuild its military, the US can’t send more weapons, and Beijing controls the chips. It’s checkmate — without a shot fired. The United States then has to accept it, or escalate in a way that has no domestic legitimacy and drives wedges between Washington and its allies. China has figured out how to extort the West with prolonged economic pain. The alarm bells keep ringing. America keeps snoozing.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>What a Taiwan War Would Actually Look Like: </strong>It would be a war at sea — fundamentally unlike anything America has fought or prepared for in eighty years. China would need to simultaneously control the skies, the undersea, and the surface on all sides of the Taiwan Strait, then send tens of thousands of men 80 miles across in amphibious vessels to storm beaches in a Normandy-style assault. The first engagements would be decided in minutes to hours by long-range precision munitions. America’s operational capabilities are exceptional: the cyber assassinations, the special forces raid, the continuous bomber sorties from the continental United States. But China has home-field advantage. And it has been building systematically for this scenario for years. We could probably win if we fought today. We need to make investments for tomorrow.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Four-Pillar Strategy: </strong>Freymann’s integrated answer: diplomacy, military deterrence, economic resilience, and allied coordination — all working together, not in separate silos. On diplomacy: maintain the principled position that Taiwan’s status must be resolved peacefully and democratically. On military: show China it can’t win if it escalates to war, while keeping conventional forces credible. On economics: build enough allied resilience that authoritarian powers can’t extort the West by threatening prolonged economic pain. On allies: coordinate with Japan, South Korea, the Europeans on a shared plan for what happens if things collapse. This is doable. It’s been done for fifty years. We just need the resolve to keep doing it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://www.eyckfreymann.com/">Eyck Freymann</a> is a Hoover Fellow at Stanford University and a Non-Resident Research Fellow at the US Naval War College’s China Maritime Studies Institute. He is the author of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Defending-Taiwan-Strategy-Prevent-China/dp/019782384X"><em>Defending Taiwan: A Strategy to Prevent War with China</em></a> (Oxford University Press, 2026), <em>The Arsenal of Democracy: Technology, Industry, and Deterrence in an Age of Hard Choices</em> (Hoover, 2025), and <em>One Belt One Road: Chinese Power Meets the World</em> (Harvard, 2021).</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Defending-Taiwan-Strategy-Prevent-China/dp/019782384X"><em>Defending Taiwan: A Strategy to Prevent War with China</em></a> by Eyck Freymann (Oxford University Press, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       “The Strait of Hormuz as a Template for Taiwan,” <em>Financial Times</em>, April 2026. By Eyck Freymann.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2862: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Truth Is Dead</a> — on AI, disinformation, and American strategic confusion.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About Keen On America</strong></p><p> </p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In <em>Keen On America</em>, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, <em>Keen On America</em> is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p> </p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website</a></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack</a></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube</a></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts</a></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify</a></p><p> </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4918296d/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4918296d/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can I Say It? Jacob Mchangama on Our Global Crisis of Free Speech</title>
      <itunes:episode>2869</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2869</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Can I Say It? Jacob Mchangama on Our Global Crisis of Free Speech</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2d28c3cb-b2bf-46db-815c-1272db073b37</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Once you start clamping down on speech, it will have serious collateral damage. And we’re starting to see that now.” — Jacob Mchangama</em></p><p> </p><p>The <a href="https://jyllands-posten.dk/"><em>Jyllands-Posten</em></a> editor who published those Mohammed cartoons in 2005 spent a decade under round-the-clock protection from Danish intelligence services. He’d commissioned artists to say it with their pens, but the mob came after him with AK-47s. Copenhagen-born <a href="https://futurefreespeech.org/who-we-are/jacob-mchangama/">Jacob Mchangama</a> watched that happen in a country where free speech had been considered as natural as breathing, and has since dedicated his professional life to defending it. Thus <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Future-Free-Speech-Reversing-Democracys/dp/1421454165"><em>The Future of Free Speech</em></a>, Mchangama’s new book coauthored with Jeff Kosseff.</p><p> </p><p>It’s also the reasoning behind his <a href="https://futurefreespeech.org/">Future of Free Speech Institute</a> at Vanderbilt, where Mchangama runs the only serious academic program dedicated to the proposition that democracy’s most essential freedom is in global retreat. The Varieties of Democracy dataset agrees. The number of countries where free speech is declining has increased dramatically; those where it’s strengthening are few. In 2000, Bill Clinton laughed at the idea that China might censor the internet — “that’s like nailing Jell-O to a wall.” Over the last quarter century, China has perfected that art.</p><p> </p><p>The decline doesn’t come from a single ideological camp, which is Mchangama’s most politically inconvenient point. He suggests that the left has convinced itself that hate speech regulation, age verification for social media, and disinformation controls are acts of democratic hygiene. The Trump administration, meanwhile, is overtly shutting down free speech at a scale unmatched in recent American history. And then there’s the paradoxical possibility that anti-social-media liberals like Jonathan Haidt, in their fervor to take freedom of online expression from kids, are also contributing to today’s great recession in free speech. Left, right, and center. America, China, Denmark. Nobody, it seems, wants to allow us to say anything anymore.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Editor Who Lived Under Protection: </strong>The editor of <em>Jyllands-Posten</em> who commissioned the 2005 Mohammed cartoons spent a decade under round-the-clock protection from Danish intelligence services. He had asked cartoonists to draw. They came after him with AK-47s. Ten years later came Charlie Hebdo — the French satirical magazine that had republished the cartoons as an act of solidarity, and saw twelve people murdered when two jihadists entered its offices. For Mchangama, growing up in Denmark where free speech felt as natural as breathing, this was the event that changed everything. The last place he expected an existential challenge to free speech was religion.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Democracy’s Varieties Are Shrinking: </strong>The Varieties of Democracy project — probably the most sophisticated dataset of free speech indicators — shows the trend line is clear: the number of countries where free speech has declined has increased dramatically, while those where it is being strengthened are few. Bill Clinton laughed in 2000 at the idea China might censor the internet — “that’s like nailing Jell-O to a wall.” China has since perfected the art. The internet’s original techno-optimistic promise — that censorship would be consigned to the ash heap of history — has been turned on its head. The recession of free speech has gone hand in hand with a wider democracy recession.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Four Hateful Men and the Minority Principle: </strong>The most important US Supreme Court decisions protecting free speech deal with extremely hateful people — viciously antisemitic speakers, members of the KKK. And very often, Black and Jewish civil rights organizations defended them on principle, because they knew: if you are a vulnerable and persecuted minority, you depend more than a majority on the ability to challenge power. You depend on a principled protection of free speech. That history has largely been forgotten. Free speech, Mchangama argues, can be under attack from the left, from the right, even from centrists. The Trump administration is restricting it. The woke left tried to. The answer is principled, consistent defence — regardless of who’s speaking.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Elite Panic Is the Historical Constant: </strong>Every time the public sphere is expanded through new communications technology, the traditional gatekeepers fret about the consequences of allowing the unwashed mob direct and unmediated access to information. The World Economic Forum declared disinformation the largest short-term threat to humanity ahead of the 2024 super-election year, when around two billion people were eligible to vote. Researchers studying those elections could not identify AI-generated disinformation as having shifted a single outcome. The AI disinformation apocalypse never materialized. Jonathan Haidt — who has done important earlier work on free speech and academic freedom — may be exhibiting motivated reasoning in his crusade for age verification. Elite panic looks the same from every century.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Creative AI vs. Intrusive AI: </strong>Mchangama distinguishes two faces of AI. Creative AI gives superpowers on demand — a PhD-level tutor for reading Homer, research agents that operate at a depth and scope previously unimaginable. Intrusive AI enables the most powerful surveillance and censorship regimes the world has ever seen. “If Hitler or Stalin had the powers that the Chinese Communist Party has now — that is a frightening thought in and of itself.” Preemptive safetyism is the wrong response: AI is a general-purpose technology. Filter it in the name of preventing disinformation and you hand governments and companies a filter over the entire ecosystem of ideas and information. The same logic as free speech. Applied to the most powerful communications technology ever built.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://futurefreespeech.org/who-we-are/jacob-mchangama/">Jacob Mchangama</a> is the founder and executive director of the <a href="https://futurefreespeech.org/">Future of Free Speech</a> at Vanderbilt University. He is the author of <em>Free Speech: A Global History from Socrates to Social Media</em> and the coauthor, with Jeff Kosseff, of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Future-Free-Speech-Reversing-Democracys/dp/1421454165"><em>The Future of Free Speech</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Future-Free-Speech-Reversing-Democracys/dp/1421454165"><em>The Future of Free Speech</em></a> by Jacob Mchangama and Jeff Kosseff (Johns Hopkins University Press, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       “The Timeless Fear of Corrupting the Youth,” <em>Wall Street Journal</em>, March 2026. By Jacob Mchangama and Jeff Kosseff.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2862: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Truth Is Dead</a> — Steven Rosenbaum on AI as a spectacularly good liar. Mchangama’s counter-argument on disinformation panic.</p><p> </p><p>•       Upcoming: Gal Beckerman on <em>How to Be a Dissident</em> — the companion argument to Mchangama on what dissent actually requires.</p><p> &lt;...</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Once you start clamping down on speech, it will have serious collateral damage. And we’re starting to see that now.” — Jacob Mchangama</em></p><p> </p><p>The <a href="https://jyllands-posten.dk/"><em>Jyllands-Posten</em></a> editor who published those Mohammed cartoons in 2005 spent a decade under round-the-clock protection from Danish intelligence services. He’d commissioned artists to say it with their pens, but the mob came after him with AK-47s. Copenhagen-born <a href="https://futurefreespeech.org/who-we-are/jacob-mchangama/">Jacob Mchangama</a> watched that happen in a country where free speech had been considered as natural as breathing, and has since dedicated his professional life to defending it. Thus <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Future-Free-Speech-Reversing-Democracys/dp/1421454165"><em>The Future of Free Speech</em></a>, Mchangama’s new book coauthored with Jeff Kosseff.</p><p> </p><p>It’s also the reasoning behind his <a href="https://futurefreespeech.org/">Future of Free Speech Institute</a> at Vanderbilt, where Mchangama runs the only serious academic program dedicated to the proposition that democracy’s most essential freedom is in global retreat. The Varieties of Democracy dataset agrees. The number of countries where free speech is declining has increased dramatically; those where it’s strengthening are few. In 2000, Bill Clinton laughed at the idea that China might censor the internet — “that’s like nailing Jell-O to a wall.” Over the last quarter century, China has perfected that art.</p><p> </p><p>The decline doesn’t come from a single ideological camp, which is Mchangama’s most politically inconvenient point. He suggests that the left has convinced itself that hate speech regulation, age verification for social media, and disinformation controls are acts of democratic hygiene. The Trump administration, meanwhile, is overtly shutting down free speech at a scale unmatched in recent American history. And then there’s the paradoxical possibility that anti-social-media liberals like Jonathan Haidt, in their fervor to take freedom of online expression from kids, are also contributing to today’s great recession in free speech. Left, right, and center. America, China, Denmark. Nobody, it seems, wants to allow us to say anything anymore.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Editor Who Lived Under Protection: </strong>The editor of <em>Jyllands-Posten</em> who commissioned the 2005 Mohammed cartoons spent a decade under round-the-clock protection from Danish intelligence services. He had asked cartoonists to draw. They came after him with AK-47s. Ten years later came Charlie Hebdo — the French satirical magazine that had republished the cartoons as an act of solidarity, and saw twelve people murdered when two jihadists entered its offices. For Mchangama, growing up in Denmark where free speech felt as natural as breathing, this was the event that changed everything. The last place he expected an existential challenge to free speech was religion.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Democracy’s Varieties Are Shrinking: </strong>The Varieties of Democracy project — probably the most sophisticated dataset of free speech indicators — shows the trend line is clear: the number of countries where free speech has declined has increased dramatically, while those where it is being strengthened are few. Bill Clinton laughed in 2000 at the idea China might censor the internet — “that’s like nailing Jell-O to a wall.” China has since perfected the art. The internet’s original techno-optimistic promise — that censorship would be consigned to the ash heap of history — has been turned on its head. The recession of free speech has gone hand in hand with a wider democracy recession.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Four Hateful Men and the Minority Principle: </strong>The most important US Supreme Court decisions protecting free speech deal with extremely hateful people — viciously antisemitic speakers, members of the KKK. And very often, Black and Jewish civil rights organizations defended them on principle, because they knew: if you are a vulnerable and persecuted minority, you depend more than a majority on the ability to challenge power. You depend on a principled protection of free speech. That history has largely been forgotten. Free speech, Mchangama argues, can be under attack from the left, from the right, even from centrists. The Trump administration is restricting it. The woke left tried to. The answer is principled, consistent defence — regardless of who’s speaking.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Elite Panic Is the Historical Constant: </strong>Every time the public sphere is expanded through new communications technology, the traditional gatekeepers fret about the consequences of allowing the unwashed mob direct and unmediated access to information. The World Economic Forum declared disinformation the largest short-term threat to humanity ahead of the 2024 super-election year, when around two billion people were eligible to vote. Researchers studying those elections could not identify AI-generated disinformation as having shifted a single outcome. The AI disinformation apocalypse never materialized. Jonathan Haidt — who has done important earlier work on free speech and academic freedom — may be exhibiting motivated reasoning in his crusade for age verification. Elite panic looks the same from every century.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Creative AI vs. Intrusive AI: </strong>Mchangama distinguishes two faces of AI. Creative AI gives superpowers on demand — a PhD-level tutor for reading Homer, research agents that operate at a depth and scope previously unimaginable. Intrusive AI enables the most powerful surveillance and censorship regimes the world has ever seen. “If Hitler or Stalin had the powers that the Chinese Communist Party has now — that is a frightening thought in and of itself.” Preemptive safetyism is the wrong response: AI is a general-purpose technology. Filter it in the name of preventing disinformation and you hand governments and companies a filter over the entire ecosystem of ideas and information. The same logic as free speech. Applied to the most powerful communications technology ever built.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://futurefreespeech.org/who-we-are/jacob-mchangama/">Jacob Mchangama</a> is the founder and executive director of the <a href="https://futurefreespeech.org/">Future of Free Speech</a> at Vanderbilt University. He is the author of <em>Free Speech: A Global History from Socrates to Social Media</em> and the coauthor, with Jeff Kosseff, of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Future-Free-Speech-Reversing-Democracys/dp/1421454165"><em>The Future of Free Speech</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Future-Free-Speech-Reversing-Democracys/dp/1421454165"><em>The Future of Free Speech</em></a> by Jacob Mchangama and Jeff Kosseff (Johns Hopkins University Press, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       “The Timeless Fear of Corrupting the Youth,” <em>Wall Street Journal</em>, March 2026. By Jacob Mchangama and Jeff Kosseff.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2862: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Truth Is Dead</a> — Steven Rosenbaum on AI as a spectacularly good liar. Mchangama’s counter-argument on disinformation panic.</p><p> </p><p>•       Upcoming: Gal Beckerman on <em>How to Be a Dissident</em> — the companion argument to Mchangama on what dissent actually requires.</p><p> &lt;...</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 12 Apr 2026 09:16:44 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/a4b80ef4/7c8ec6fc.mp3" length="78280648" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=stHlNgjm5vM">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/KmX4YNqCHNBpHh6w-03N7v4kYaOe9dakfuRvRDmFHDM/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS81MjZk/YjE5MzE4MjUwY2Nj/YzBkNThmMWEyOWRm/NzkyYy5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2446</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Once you start clamping down on speech, it will have serious collateral damage. And we’re starting to see that now.” — Jacob Mchangama</em></p><p> </p><p>The <a href="https://jyllands-posten.dk/"><em>Jyllands-Posten</em></a> editor who published those Mohammed cartoons in 2005 spent a decade under round-the-clock protection from Danish intelligence services. He’d commissioned artists to say it with their pens, but the mob came after him with AK-47s. Copenhagen-born <a href="https://futurefreespeech.org/who-we-are/jacob-mchangama/">Jacob Mchangama</a> watched that happen in a country where free speech had been considered as natural as breathing, and has since dedicated his professional life to defending it. Thus <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Future-Free-Speech-Reversing-Democracys/dp/1421454165"><em>The Future of Free Speech</em></a>, Mchangama’s new book coauthored with Jeff Kosseff.</p><p> </p><p>It’s also the reasoning behind his <a href="https://futurefreespeech.org/">Future of Free Speech Institute</a> at Vanderbilt, where Mchangama runs the only serious academic program dedicated to the proposition that democracy’s most essential freedom is in global retreat. The Varieties of Democracy dataset agrees. The number of countries where free speech is declining has increased dramatically; those where it’s strengthening are few. In 2000, Bill Clinton laughed at the idea that China might censor the internet — “that’s like nailing Jell-O to a wall.” Over the last quarter century, China has perfected that art.</p><p> </p><p>The decline doesn’t come from a single ideological camp, which is Mchangama’s most politically inconvenient point. He suggests that the left has convinced itself that hate speech regulation, age verification for social media, and disinformation controls are acts of democratic hygiene. The Trump administration, meanwhile, is overtly shutting down free speech at a scale unmatched in recent American history. And then there’s the paradoxical possibility that anti-social-media liberals like Jonathan Haidt, in their fervor to take freedom of online expression from kids, are also contributing to today’s great recession in free speech. Left, right, and center. America, China, Denmark. Nobody, it seems, wants to allow us to say anything anymore.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>The Editor Who Lived Under Protection: </strong>The editor of <em>Jyllands-Posten</em> who commissioned the 2005 Mohammed cartoons spent a decade under round-the-clock protection from Danish intelligence services. He had asked cartoonists to draw. They came after him with AK-47s. Ten years later came Charlie Hebdo — the French satirical magazine that had republished the cartoons as an act of solidarity, and saw twelve people murdered when two jihadists entered its offices. For Mchangama, growing up in Denmark where free speech felt as natural as breathing, this was the event that changed everything. The last place he expected an existential challenge to free speech was religion.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Democracy’s Varieties Are Shrinking: </strong>The Varieties of Democracy project — probably the most sophisticated dataset of free speech indicators — shows the trend line is clear: the number of countries where free speech has declined has increased dramatically, while those where it is being strengthened are few. Bill Clinton laughed in 2000 at the idea China might censor the internet — “that’s like nailing Jell-O to a wall.” China has since perfected the art. The internet’s original techno-optimistic promise — that censorship would be consigned to the ash heap of history — has been turned on its head. The recession of free speech has gone hand in hand with a wider democracy recession.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Four Hateful Men and the Minority Principle: </strong>The most important US Supreme Court decisions protecting free speech deal with extremely hateful people — viciously antisemitic speakers, members of the KKK. And very often, Black and Jewish civil rights organizations defended them on principle, because they knew: if you are a vulnerable and persecuted minority, you depend more than a majority on the ability to challenge power. You depend on a principled protection of free speech. That history has largely been forgotten. Free speech, Mchangama argues, can be under attack from the left, from the right, even from centrists. The Trump administration is restricting it. The woke left tried to. The answer is principled, consistent defence — regardless of who’s speaking.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Elite Panic Is the Historical Constant: </strong>Every time the public sphere is expanded through new communications technology, the traditional gatekeepers fret about the consequences of allowing the unwashed mob direct and unmediated access to information. The World Economic Forum declared disinformation the largest short-term threat to humanity ahead of the 2024 super-election year, when around two billion people were eligible to vote. Researchers studying those elections could not identify AI-generated disinformation as having shifted a single outcome. The AI disinformation apocalypse never materialized. Jonathan Haidt — who has done important earlier work on free speech and academic freedom — may be exhibiting motivated reasoning in his crusade for age verification. Elite panic looks the same from every century.</p><p> </p><p>•       <strong>Creative AI vs. Intrusive AI: </strong>Mchangama distinguishes two faces of AI. Creative AI gives superpowers on demand — a PhD-level tutor for reading Homer, research agents that operate at a depth and scope previously unimaginable. Intrusive AI enables the most powerful surveillance and censorship regimes the world has ever seen. “If Hitler or Stalin had the powers that the Chinese Communist Party has now — that is a frightening thought in and of itself.” Preemptive safetyism is the wrong response: AI is a general-purpose technology. Filter it in the name of preventing disinformation and you hand governments and companies a filter over the entire ecosystem of ideas and information. The same logic as free speech. Applied to the most powerful communications technology ever built.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest</strong></p><p> </p><p><a href="https://futurefreespeech.org/who-we-are/jacob-mchangama/">Jacob Mchangama</a> is the founder and executive director of the <a href="https://futurefreespeech.org/">Future of Free Speech</a> at Vanderbilt University. He is the author of <em>Free Speech: A Global History from Socrates to Social Media</em> and the coauthor, with Jeff Kosseff, of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Future-Free-Speech-Reversing-Democracys/dp/1421454165"><em>The Future of Free Speech</em></a>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>References:</strong></p><p> </p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Future-Free-Speech-Reversing-Democracys/dp/1421454165"><em>The Future of Free Speech</em></a> by Jacob Mchangama and Jeff Kosseff (Johns Hopkins University Press, 2026).</p><p> </p><p>•       “The Timeless Fear of Corrupting the Youth,” <em>Wall Street Journal</em>, March 2026. By Jacob Mchangama and Jeff Kosseff.</p><p> </p><p>•       Episode 2862: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Truth Is Dead</a> — Steven Rosenbaum on AI as a spectacularly good liar. Mchangama’s counter-argument on disinformation panic.</p><p> </p><p>•       Upcoming: Gal Beckerman on <em>How to Be a Dissident</em> — the companion argument to Mchangama on what dissent actually requires.</p><p> &lt;...</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a4b80ef4/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a4b80ef4/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Slippery Sam, Devious Dario, Honest Hassabis: Blowing Up Silicon Valley’s Cult of Personality</title>
      <itunes:episode>2868</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2868</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Slippery Sam, Devious Dario, Honest Hassabis: Blowing Up Silicon Valley’s Cult of Personality</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cb3c7e7a-e1dc-415e-bc74-4b9cf3372dc2</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The media has its own agenda, completely separate from anything going on in the real world, creating the story themselves.” — Keith Teare<br></em><br></p><p>Last night, somebody hurled a Molotov cocktail at Sam Altman’s Pacific Heights mansion. I live a couple of hills over, but heard nothing. Meanwhile, the <em>New Yorker</em> hurled its own explosive cocktail at Sam, publishing a 15,000-word hit piece rhetorically entitled “Sam Altman May Control Our Future. Can He Be Trusted?” No, of course, he can’t be trusted. Not according to the New Yorker. Especially with something as precious as, gasp, our future.</p><p>Not everyone, however, is sold on this media cult of personality. In his <em>That Was The Week</em> editorial, Keith Teare tells the media to take their hands off Sam. I don’t disagree. Although I’m a bit skeptical of Keith’s attempt to demonize what he defines as a “devious” Dario Amodei. Whether it’s Altman, Amodei or Google’s AI honcho Demis Hassabis, all these guys are prisoners of their company’s structures and cultures. They are also victims of today’s anti-tech hysteria. It’s one thing to blow up Silicon Valley’s cartoonish cult of personality, it’s quite another to hurl bombs at these people’s homes. Enough with all the violence – verbal or otherwise. It never ends well.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>A Molotov Cocktail at Slippery Sam’s House: </strong>On Friday night, someone hurled a Molotov cocktail at Sam Altman’s Pacific Heights mansion, according to The New York Times. Andrew lives nearby and didn’t hear it. The week’s zeitgeist had already turned: a 15,000-word New Yorker hit piece by Ronan Farrow and Andrew Marantz, wall-to-wall coverage, Sam moving into Musk-like media-frenzy territory. Keith’s editorial: Hands Off Sam Altman. The personality-driven circus has caught fire. Quite literally.</p><p>•       <strong>Anthropic’s Mythic Model Finds Decade-Old Vulnerabilities: </strong>The actual AI news this week, drowned out by the personality circus. Anthropic’s new “Mythic” model autonomously discovered security holes in software that had eluded human experts for years. Dario refused to release it openly until the patches were complete. Treasury Secretary Bessent commented on the implications for banks and government. The signal: AI is becoming systematically better than the best humans at specialist domains. Generalists can probably relax.</p><p>•       <strong>Slippery Sam vs Devious Dario vs Honest Hassabis: </strong>Keith’s contrarian take: Altman is honest because he’s openly dishonest. Amodei is the devious one — a politically liberal narrative wrapped around a commercial juggernaut. Andrew’s third way is yesterday’s Mallaby interview: Demis Hassabis, the Spinozan one-faced scientist who would rather be at Princeton. But even Demis must have authorised the firing of Mustafa Suleiman. Everyone has a game plan, said Mike Tyson, until they get punched in the face.</p><p>•       <strong>Post of the Week: Keith Replaces WordPress in Ten Minutes: </strong>Keith’s tweet: he’s run two curation sites — seriouslyphotography.com and seriouslybc.com — on WordPress for over a decade. Last Friday afternoon, he asked Anthropic’s tools to rewrite them. Ten minutes later, both sites were rebuilt from scratch, fully responsive, WordPress gone. Cost in the old world: tens of thousands of dollars and several months. The Matt Mullenweg vs Matthew Prince debate is settled by the actual technology while the principals are still arguing.</p><p>•       <strong>The End of Ownership? Keith Goes Marxist: </strong>Pure capitalism, Keith argues, will produce so much abundance that scarcity ends and self-interested competition with it. “In the future there will be no ownership, or everything will be commonly owned.” Andrew calls it Marx with Tesla characteristics. Eric Ries’s forthcoming Incorruptible argues that Patagonia and Mondragon point a different way — structural ethics rather than abundance utopianism. Two visions of the post-AI economy. Both probably wrong. We’ll find out.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.cfr.org/expert/sebastian-mallaby">Sebastian Mallaby</a> is the Paul A. Volcker senior fellow for international economics at the Council on Foreign Relations. A former <em>Washington Post</em> columnist and <em>Economist</em> contributing editor, he is the author of <em>More Money Than God</em>, <em>The Man Who Knew</em> (winner of the FT and McKinsey Business Book of the Year), <em>The Power Law</em>, and now <em>The Infinity Machine: Demis Hassabis, DeepMind, and the Quest for Superintelligence</em>.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>The Infinity Machine: Demis Hassabis, DeepMind, and the Quest for Superintelligence</em></a> by Sebastian Mallaby.</p><p>•       Episode 2862: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Truth Is Dead</a> — Steven Rosenbaum on AI as a spectacularly good liar. Mallaby’s quiet counter-argument.</p><p>•       Episode 2860: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">We Shape Our AI, Thereafter It Shapes Us</a> — Keith Teare on agency in our agentic age. Hassabis thinks he can still steer.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - A Molotov cocktail at Sam Altman’s Pacific Heights house</li>
<li>(02:41) - The New Yorker hit piece: Ronan Farrow, Andrew Marantz, 15,000 words</li>
<li>(05:36) - Slippery Sam and the zeitgeist</li>
<li>(07:39) - Brian Merchant: it’s open season for refusing AI</li>
<li>(08:09) - Anthropic’s Mythic model finds decade-old vulnerabilities</li>
<li>(10:46) - Why even release it? Dario’s narcissism</li>
<li>(12:12) - Slippery Sam vs Devious Dario</li>
<li>(14:11) - Hassabis as the third way</li>
<li>(18:29) - The Mustafa Suleiman question</li>
<li>(19:17) - Mike Tyson, Kant, Spinoza, and Hobbes</li>
<li>(22:09) - Brian Merchant and the new Luddism</li>
<li>(23:34) - Anthropic makes a new generation redundant every week</li>
<li>(23:34) - Post of the week: Keith rebuilds his sites in 10 minutes</li>
<li>(26:39) - Eric Ries on incorruptible companies</li>
<li>(30:12) - Patagonia, Berkeley Bowl, Mondragon</li>
<li>(35:43) - The end of ownership? Keith goes Marxist</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The media has its own agenda, completely separate from anything going on in the real world, creating the story themselves.” — Keith Teare<br></em><br></p><p>Last night, somebody hurled a Molotov cocktail at Sam Altman’s Pacific Heights mansion. I live a couple of hills over, but heard nothing. Meanwhile, the <em>New Yorker</em> hurled its own explosive cocktail at Sam, publishing a 15,000-word hit piece rhetorically entitled “Sam Altman May Control Our Future. Can He Be Trusted?” No, of course, he can’t be trusted. Not according to the New Yorker. Especially with something as precious as, gasp, our future.</p><p>Not everyone, however, is sold on this media cult of personality. In his <em>That Was The Week</em> editorial, Keith Teare tells the media to take their hands off Sam. I don’t disagree. Although I’m a bit skeptical of Keith’s attempt to demonize what he defines as a “devious” Dario Amodei. Whether it’s Altman, Amodei or Google’s AI honcho Demis Hassabis, all these guys are prisoners of their company’s structures and cultures. They are also victims of today’s anti-tech hysteria. It’s one thing to blow up Silicon Valley’s cartoonish cult of personality, it’s quite another to hurl bombs at these people’s homes. Enough with all the violence – verbal or otherwise. It never ends well.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>A Molotov Cocktail at Slippery Sam’s House: </strong>On Friday night, someone hurled a Molotov cocktail at Sam Altman’s Pacific Heights mansion, according to The New York Times. Andrew lives nearby and didn’t hear it. The week’s zeitgeist had already turned: a 15,000-word New Yorker hit piece by Ronan Farrow and Andrew Marantz, wall-to-wall coverage, Sam moving into Musk-like media-frenzy territory. Keith’s editorial: Hands Off Sam Altman. The personality-driven circus has caught fire. Quite literally.</p><p>•       <strong>Anthropic’s Mythic Model Finds Decade-Old Vulnerabilities: </strong>The actual AI news this week, drowned out by the personality circus. Anthropic’s new “Mythic” model autonomously discovered security holes in software that had eluded human experts for years. Dario refused to release it openly until the patches were complete. Treasury Secretary Bessent commented on the implications for banks and government. The signal: AI is becoming systematically better than the best humans at specialist domains. Generalists can probably relax.</p><p>•       <strong>Slippery Sam vs Devious Dario vs Honest Hassabis: </strong>Keith’s contrarian take: Altman is honest because he’s openly dishonest. Amodei is the devious one — a politically liberal narrative wrapped around a commercial juggernaut. Andrew’s third way is yesterday’s Mallaby interview: Demis Hassabis, the Spinozan one-faced scientist who would rather be at Princeton. But even Demis must have authorised the firing of Mustafa Suleiman. Everyone has a game plan, said Mike Tyson, until they get punched in the face.</p><p>•       <strong>Post of the Week: Keith Replaces WordPress in Ten Minutes: </strong>Keith’s tweet: he’s run two curation sites — seriouslyphotography.com and seriouslybc.com — on WordPress for over a decade. Last Friday afternoon, he asked Anthropic’s tools to rewrite them. Ten minutes later, both sites were rebuilt from scratch, fully responsive, WordPress gone. Cost in the old world: tens of thousands of dollars and several months. The Matt Mullenweg vs Matthew Prince debate is settled by the actual technology while the principals are still arguing.</p><p>•       <strong>The End of Ownership? Keith Goes Marxist: </strong>Pure capitalism, Keith argues, will produce so much abundance that scarcity ends and self-interested competition with it. “In the future there will be no ownership, or everything will be commonly owned.” Andrew calls it Marx with Tesla characteristics. Eric Ries’s forthcoming Incorruptible argues that Patagonia and Mondragon point a different way — structural ethics rather than abundance utopianism. Two visions of the post-AI economy. Both probably wrong. We’ll find out.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.cfr.org/expert/sebastian-mallaby">Sebastian Mallaby</a> is the Paul A. Volcker senior fellow for international economics at the Council on Foreign Relations. A former <em>Washington Post</em> columnist and <em>Economist</em> contributing editor, he is the author of <em>More Money Than God</em>, <em>The Man Who Knew</em> (winner of the FT and McKinsey Business Book of the Year), <em>The Power Law</em>, and now <em>The Infinity Machine: Demis Hassabis, DeepMind, and the Quest for Superintelligence</em>.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>The Infinity Machine: Demis Hassabis, DeepMind, and the Quest for Superintelligence</em></a> by Sebastian Mallaby.</p><p>•       Episode 2862: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Truth Is Dead</a> — Steven Rosenbaum on AI as a spectacularly good liar. Mallaby’s quiet counter-argument.</p><p>•       Episode 2860: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">We Shape Our AI, Thereafter It Shapes Us</a> — Keith Teare on agency in our agentic age. Hassabis thinks he can still steer.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - A Molotov cocktail at Sam Altman’s Pacific Heights house</li>
<li>(02:41) - The New Yorker hit piece: Ronan Farrow, Andrew Marantz, 15,000 words</li>
<li>(05:36) - Slippery Sam and the zeitgeist</li>
<li>(07:39) - Brian Merchant: it’s open season for refusing AI</li>
<li>(08:09) - Anthropic’s Mythic model finds decade-old vulnerabilities</li>
<li>(10:46) - Why even release it? Dario’s narcissism</li>
<li>(12:12) - Slippery Sam vs Devious Dario</li>
<li>(14:11) - Hassabis as the third way</li>
<li>(18:29) - The Mustafa Suleiman question</li>
<li>(19:17) - Mike Tyson, Kant, Spinoza, and Hobbes</li>
<li>(22:09) - Brian Merchant and the new Luddism</li>
<li>(23:34) - Anthropic makes a new generation redundant every week</li>
<li>(23:34) - Post of the week: Keith rebuilds his sites in 10 minutes</li>
<li>(26:39) - Eric Ries on incorruptible companies</li>
<li>(30:12) - Patagonia, Berkeley Bowl, Mondragon</li>
<li>(35:43) - The end of ownership? Keith goes Marxist</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 11 Apr 2026 15:56:45 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/3d474379/3b574a88.mp3" length="74116024" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xdUD71MXy2o">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/zzNPeJ8tD3HbC6CSiTbyAhyCp1aRjZ2V7k7vCp528hY/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS82YjAy/Zjk0MDFmZThjOWFm/ZDZkMjExZTUzZjQ0/OGRiZC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2315</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“The media has its own agenda, completely separate from anything going on in the real world, creating the story themselves.” — Keith Teare<br></em><br></p><p>Last night, somebody hurled a Molotov cocktail at Sam Altman’s Pacific Heights mansion. I live a couple of hills over, but heard nothing. Meanwhile, the <em>New Yorker</em> hurled its own explosive cocktail at Sam, publishing a 15,000-word hit piece rhetorically entitled “Sam Altman May Control Our Future. Can He Be Trusted?” No, of course, he can’t be trusted. Not according to the New Yorker. Especially with something as precious as, gasp, our future.</p><p>Not everyone, however, is sold on this media cult of personality. In his <em>That Was The Week</em> editorial, Keith Teare tells the media to take their hands off Sam. I don’t disagree. Although I’m a bit skeptical of Keith’s attempt to demonize what he defines as a “devious” Dario Amodei. Whether it’s Altman, Amodei or Google’s AI honcho Demis Hassabis, all these guys are prisoners of their company’s structures and cultures. They are also victims of today’s anti-tech hysteria. It’s one thing to blow up Silicon Valley’s cartoonish cult of personality, it’s quite another to hurl bombs at these people’s homes. Enough with all the violence – verbal or otherwise. It never ends well.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>A Molotov Cocktail at Slippery Sam’s House: </strong>On Friday night, someone hurled a Molotov cocktail at Sam Altman’s Pacific Heights mansion, according to The New York Times. Andrew lives nearby and didn’t hear it. The week’s zeitgeist had already turned: a 15,000-word New Yorker hit piece by Ronan Farrow and Andrew Marantz, wall-to-wall coverage, Sam moving into Musk-like media-frenzy territory. Keith’s editorial: Hands Off Sam Altman. The personality-driven circus has caught fire. Quite literally.</p><p>•       <strong>Anthropic’s Mythic Model Finds Decade-Old Vulnerabilities: </strong>The actual AI news this week, drowned out by the personality circus. Anthropic’s new “Mythic” model autonomously discovered security holes in software that had eluded human experts for years. Dario refused to release it openly until the patches were complete. Treasury Secretary Bessent commented on the implications for banks and government. The signal: AI is becoming systematically better than the best humans at specialist domains. Generalists can probably relax.</p><p>•       <strong>Slippery Sam vs Devious Dario vs Honest Hassabis: </strong>Keith’s contrarian take: Altman is honest because he’s openly dishonest. Amodei is the devious one — a politically liberal narrative wrapped around a commercial juggernaut. Andrew’s third way is yesterday’s Mallaby interview: Demis Hassabis, the Spinozan one-faced scientist who would rather be at Princeton. But even Demis must have authorised the firing of Mustafa Suleiman. Everyone has a game plan, said Mike Tyson, until they get punched in the face.</p><p>•       <strong>Post of the Week: Keith Replaces WordPress in Ten Minutes: </strong>Keith’s tweet: he’s run two curation sites — seriouslyphotography.com and seriouslybc.com — on WordPress for over a decade. Last Friday afternoon, he asked Anthropic’s tools to rewrite them. Ten minutes later, both sites were rebuilt from scratch, fully responsive, WordPress gone. Cost in the old world: tens of thousands of dollars and several months. The Matt Mullenweg vs Matthew Prince debate is settled by the actual technology while the principals are still arguing.</p><p>•       <strong>The End of Ownership? Keith Goes Marxist: </strong>Pure capitalism, Keith argues, will produce so much abundance that scarcity ends and self-interested competition with it. “In the future there will be no ownership, or everything will be commonly owned.” Andrew calls it Marx with Tesla characteristics. Eric Ries’s forthcoming Incorruptible argues that Patagonia and Mondragon point a different way — structural ethics rather than abundance utopianism. Two visions of the post-AI economy. Both probably wrong. We’ll find out.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.cfr.org/expert/sebastian-mallaby">Sebastian Mallaby</a> is the Paul A. Volcker senior fellow for international economics at the Council on Foreign Relations. A former <em>Washington Post</em> columnist and <em>Economist</em> contributing editor, he is the author of <em>More Money Than God</em>, <em>The Man Who Knew</em> (winner of the FT and McKinsey Business Book of the Year), <em>The Power Law</em>, and now <em>The Infinity Machine: Demis Hassabis, DeepMind, and the Quest for Superintelligence</em>.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>The Infinity Machine: Demis Hassabis, DeepMind, and the Quest for Superintelligence</em></a> by Sebastian Mallaby.</p><p>•       Episode 2862: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Truth Is Dead</a> — Steven Rosenbaum on AI as a spectacularly good liar. Mallaby’s quiet counter-argument.</p><p>•       Episode 2860: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">We Shape Our AI, Thereafter It Shapes Us</a> — Keith Teare on agency in our agentic age. Hassabis thinks he can still steer.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - A Molotov cocktail at Sam Altman’s Pacific Heights house</li>
<li>(02:41) - The New Yorker hit piece: Ronan Farrow, Andrew Marantz, 15,000 words</li>
<li>(05:36) - Slippery Sam and the zeitgeist</li>
<li>(07:39) - Brian Merchant: it’s open season for refusing AI</li>
<li>(08:09) - Anthropic’s Mythic model finds decade-old vulnerabilities</li>
<li>(10:46) - Why even release it? Dario’s narcissism</li>
<li>(12:12) - Slippery Sam vs Devious Dario</li>
<li>(14:11) - Hassabis as the third way</li>
<li>(18:29) - The Mustafa Suleiman question</li>
<li>(19:17) - Mike Tyson, Kant, Spinoza, and Hobbes</li>
<li>(22:09) - Brian Merchant and the new Luddism</li>
<li>(23:34) - Anthropic makes a new generation redundant every week</li>
<li>(23:34) - Post of the week: Keith rebuilds his sites in 10 minutes</li>
<li>(26:39) - Eric Ries on incorruptible companies</li>
<li>(30:12) - Patagonia, Berkeley Bowl, Mondragon</li>
<li>(35:43) - The end of ownership? Keith goes Marxist</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3d474379/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3d474379/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title> The Failure of Ultra-Stability: Robert Pearl on Why American Healthcare is Quietly Rationing Us to Death</title>
      <itunes:episode>2867</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2867</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title> The Failure of Ultra-Stability: Robert Pearl on Why American Healthcare is Quietly Rationing Us to Death</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f72487f0-5bf3-40d6-b603-fdc28c55f1dc</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“It’s ultra stable. Health care doesn’t move. If you biopsied American health care in 2010 and again in 2026, no one could figure out which slide was which.” — Robert Pearl, MD<br></em><br></p><p>Bad news. The patient, I’m afraid, is ultra-stable. <a href="https://robertpearlmd.com/">Robert Pearl</a>, former CEO of Kaiser Permanente for eighteen years and author of <em>ChatGPT MD</em>, returns with the bleakest diagnosis we’ve heard all month. American healthcare, Dr Pearl says, is “ultra stable.” That might sound good. But it’s actually very very bad.</p><p>If you biopsied American healthcare in 2010 and again in 2026, Pearl says, no clinician could tell the slides apart. Both were and are overpriced. Both underperforming. Hospitals still represent between 30-35% of expenses. Costs continue to rise at between 7-9% a year. There remain four hundred thousand misdiagnosis deaths annually. Burnout is stuck at 50%. The numbers haven’t moved in fifteen years.</p><p>Meanwhile, a stealth revolution is already underway. 40% of Americans use generative AI every month for medical questions. 70-80% of physicians use it weekly. While the patients and doctors have moved, the system hasn’t. It remains ultra-stable. It’s a Kodak moment — healthcare’s business model, Pearl suggests, is selling sickness. So, for example, the new new medical thing is GLP-1 drugs that cost $5 to manufacture and sell for $400.</p><p>So will the system collapse? No, Pearl insists. It has too much strength for that kind of drama. Instead, it will quietly ration us to death — more chronic disease, earlier deaths, more people making a major sacrifice to pay their healthcare bills. Ultra-stability, then, is what is killing the American healthcare system. It will, quite literally, ration us to death.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Ultra Stable: </strong>Pearl’s diagnosis of American healthcare in one phrase. Hospitals stay at thirty to thirty-five per cent of total expenses. Costs rise at seven to nine per cent annually. Life expectancy hasn’t budged. Four hundred thousand misdiagnosis deaths a year. Burnout at fifty per cent. Biopsy 2010 and 2026 — no one could tell the slides apart. Both overpriced. Both underperforming.</p><p>•       <strong>The Stealth Revolution Has Already Happened: </strong>Forty per cent of Americans use generative AI every month for medical questions. Seventy to eighty per cent of physicians use it weekly. The patients and doctors have moved. The system hasn’t. It’s a Kodak moment — they had the first filmless camera and let it die because their business model was selling film. Healthcare’s business model is selling sickness.</p><p>•       <strong>Quietly Rationed to Death: </strong>There will be no dramatic collapse. The system has too much strength for that. Instead: rationing, more chronic disease, earlier deaths. Like airlines moving everyone into first class while the rest drive. Twenty-five per cent of Americans already made a major sacrifice to pay healthcare bills last year. When it hits fifty per cent, maybe the polling places will notice. Pearl is doubtful.</p><p>•       <strong>GLP-1s Cost $5 to Make and $400 to Buy: </strong>Yale’s analysis: the manufacturing cost of a GLP-1 drug is $5 a month. They sell at a discounted price of $400. That’s eighty times markup. Pearl’s math: to make GLP-1s cost-neutral against the medical savings, the price has to be under $200. Trump Rx won’t help most people because you can’t use insurance there and $400 cash is still impossible on $60,000 a year.</p><p>•       <strong>Vibe Coding Is the Prescription: </strong>One year old. Lets clinicians build software in plain English without code. Pearl’s example: a heart failure patient at home, weighed daily on a Bluetooth scale, with an electronic stethoscope, ankle video, blood oxygen, exercise tolerance — all in an app a doctor could build in a weekend. Three days of fluid retention caught before the ICU admission. Cost: twenty dollars a month. The fix has arrived. The system isn’t using it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://history.yale.edu/people/beverly-gage">Beverly Gage</a> is the John Lewis Gaddis Professor of History and American Studies at Yale. She is the author of <em>G-Man: J. Edgar Hoover and the Making of the American Century</em>, which won the Pulitzer Prize for Biography, and <em>This Land Is Your Land: A Road Trip Through US History</em>. She is currently at work on a biography of Ronald Reagan.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>This Land Is Your Land: A Road Trip Through US History</em></a> by Beverly Gage.</p><p>•       <em>G-Man: J. Edgar Hoover and the Making of the American Century</em> by Beverly Gage — the Pulitzer-winning biography.</p><p>•       Episode 2859: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Stop, Don’t Do That</a> — Peter Edelman on Bobby Kennedy and the heart of America. The companion conversation.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: AI and the American healthcare sector</li>
<li>(01:47) - ChatGPT MD: chronic disease and the trillion-dollar opportunity</li>
<li>(04:50) - The stealth revolution: 40% of patients, 80% of doctors</li>
<li>(06:53) - Ultra stability: the 2010-vs-2026 biopsy</li>
<li>(09:50) - Three years of generative AI and counting</li>
<li>(11:13) - Will the system collapse? No — it will quietly ration</li>
<li>(13:33) - The drip-drip of preventable deaths</li>
<li>(16:08) - GLP-1 drugs: $5 to make, $400 to buy</li>
<li>(18:23) - Vibe coding enters the conversation</li>
<li>(21:22) - Will AI replace clinicians?</li>
<li>(28:08) - Trump Rx and why it won’t help most people</li>
<li>(30:41) - RFK Jr., vaccines, and the war on science</li>
<li>(33:23) - The midterms as the political reckoning</li>
<li>(35:29) - The three-step fix: capitation, transition, capital</li>
<li>(39:48) - Vibe coding and the heart failure example</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“It’s ultra stable. Health care doesn’t move. If you biopsied American health care in 2010 and again in 2026, no one could figure out which slide was which.” — Robert Pearl, MD<br></em><br></p><p>Bad news. The patient, I’m afraid, is ultra-stable. <a href="https://robertpearlmd.com/">Robert Pearl</a>, former CEO of Kaiser Permanente for eighteen years and author of <em>ChatGPT MD</em>, returns with the bleakest diagnosis we’ve heard all month. American healthcare, Dr Pearl says, is “ultra stable.” That might sound good. But it’s actually very very bad.</p><p>If you biopsied American healthcare in 2010 and again in 2026, Pearl says, no clinician could tell the slides apart. Both were and are overpriced. Both underperforming. Hospitals still represent between 30-35% of expenses. Costs continue to rise at between 7-9% a year. There remain four hundred thousand misdiagnosis deaths annually. Burnout is stuck at 50%. The numbers haven’t moved in fifteen years.</p><p>Meanwhile, a stealth revolution is already underway. 40% of Americans use generative AI every month for medical questions. 70-80% of physicians use it weekly. While the patients and doctors have moved, the system hasn’t. It remains ultra-stable. It’s a Kodak moment — healthcare’s business model, Pearl suggests, is selling sickness. So, for example, the new new medical thing is GLP-1 drugs that cost $5 to manufacture and sell for $400.</p><p>So will the system collapse? No, Pearl insists. It has too much strength for that kind of drama. Instead, it will quietly ration us to death — more chronic disease, earlier deaths, more people making a major sacrifice to pay their healthcare bills. Ultra-stability, then, is what is killing the American healthcare system. It will, quite literally, ration us to death.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Ultra Stable: </strong>Pearl’s diagnosis of American healthcare in one phrase. Hospitals stay at thirty to thirty-five per cent of total expenses. Costs rise at seven to nine per cent annually. Life expectancy hasn’t budged. Four hundred thousand misdiagnosis deaths a year. Burnout at fifty per cent. Biopsy 2010 and 2026 — no one could tell the slides apart. Both overpriced. Both underperforming.</p><p>•       <strong>The Stealth Revolution Has Already Happened: </strong>Forty per cent of Americans use generative AI every month for medical questions. Seventy to eighty per cent of physicians use it weekly. The patients and doctors have moved. The system hasn’t. It’s a Kodak moment — they had the first filmless camera and let it die because their business model was selling film. Healthcare’s business model is selling sickness.</p><p>•       <strong>Quietly Rationed to Death: </strong>There will be no dramatic collapse. The system has too much strength for that. Instead: rationing, more chronic disease, earlier deaths. Like airlines moving everyone into first class while the rest drive. Twenty-five per cent of Americans already made a major sacrifice to pay healthcare bills last year. When it hits fifty per cent, maybe the polling places will notice. Pearl is doubtful.</p><p>•       <strong>GLP-1s Cost $5 to Make and $400 to Buy: </strong>Yale’s analysis: the manufacturing cost of a GLP-1 drug is $5 a month. They sell at a discounted price of $400. That’s eighty times markup. Pearl’s math: to make GLP-1s cost-neutral against the medical savings, the price has to be under $200. Trump Rx won’t help most people because you can’t use insurance there and $400 cash is still impossible on $60,000 a year.</p><p>•       <strong>Vibe Coding Is the Prescription: </strong>One year old. Lets clinicians build software in plain English without code. Pearl’s example: a heart failure patient at home, weighed daily on a Bluetooth scale, with an electronic stethoscope, ankle video, blood oxygen, exercise tolerance — all in an app a doctor could build in a weekend. Three days of fluid retention caught before the ICU admission. Cost: twenty dollars a month. The fix has arrived. The system isn’t using it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://history.yale.edu/people/beverly-gage">Beverly Gage</a> is the John Lewis Gaddis Professor of History and American Studies at Yale. She is the author of <em>G-Man: J. Edgar Hoover and the Making of the American Century</em>, which won the Pulitzer Prize for Biography, and <em>This Land Is Your Land: A Road Trip Through US History</em>. She is currently at work on a biography of Ronald Reagan.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>This Land Is Your Land: A Road Trip Through US History</em></a> by Beverly Gage.</p><p>•       <em>G-Man: J. Edgar Hoover and the Making of the American Century</em> by Beverly Gage — the Pulitzer-winning biography.</p><p>•       Episode 2859: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Stop, Don’t Do That</a> — Peter Edelman on Bobby Kennedy and the heart of America. The companion conversation.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: AI and the American healthcare sector</li>
<li>(01:47) - ChatGPT MD: chronic disease and the trillion-dollar opportunity</li>
<li>(04:50) - The stealth revolution: 40% of patients, 80% of doctors</li>
<li>(06:53) - Ultra stability: the 2010-vs-2026 biopsy</li>
<li>(09:50) - Three years of generative AI and counting</li>
<li>(11:13) - Will the system collapse? No — it will quietly ration</li>
<li>(13:33) - The drip-drip of preventable deaths</li>
<li>(16:08) - GLP-1 drugs: $5 to make, $400 to buy</li>
<li>(18:23) - Vibe coding enters the conversation</li>
<li>(21:22) - Will AI replace clinicians?</li>
<li>(28:08) - Trump Rx and why it won’t help most people</li>
<li>(30:41) - RFK Jr., vaccines, and the war on science</li>
<li>(33:23) - The midterms as the political reckoning</li>
<li>(35:29) - The three-step fix: capitation, transition, capital</li>
<li>(39:48) - Vibe coding and the heart failure example</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 11 Apr 2026 07:01:04 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/1409c88f/1d70285f.mp3" length="89365861" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pRHxFOvoJt4">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/wmqs2OjdBElB9Mp22jwdml8Df2OVh6WeQXsDB55R8Mg/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS83Nzll/NGM0M2VjNThlNTYy/ZGJiODg0Y2E1YWY3/Y2MwNS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2792</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“It’s ultra stable. Health care doesn’t move. If you biopsied American health care in 2010 and again in 2026, no one could figure out which slide was which.” — Robert Pearl, MD<br></em><br></p><p>Bad news. The patient, I’m afraid, is ultra-stable. <a href="https://robertpearlmd.com/">Robert Pearl</a>, former CEO of Kaiser Permanente for eighteen years and author of <em>ChatGPT MD</em>, returns with the bleakest diagnosis we’ve heard all month. American healthcare, Dr Pearl says, is “ultra stable.” That might sound good. But it’s actually very very bad.</p><p>If you biopsied American healthcare in 2010 and again in 2026, Pearl says, no clinician could tell the slides apart. Both were and are overpriced. Both underperforming. Hospitals still represent between 30-35% of expenses. Costs continue to rise at between 7-9% a year. There remain four hundred thousand misdiagnosis deaths annually. Burnout is stuck at 50%. The numbers haven’t moved in fifteen years.</p><p>Meanwhile, a stealth revolution is already underway. 40% of Americans use generative AI every month for medical questions. 70-80% of physicians use it weekly. While the patients and doctors have moved, the system hasn’t. It remains ultra-stable. It’s a Kodak moment — healthcare’s business model, Pearl suggests, is selling sickness. So, for example, the new new medical thing is GLP-1 drugs that cost $5 to manufacture and sell for $400.</p><p>So will the system collapse? No, Pearl insists. It has too much strength for that kind of drama. Instead, it will quietly ration us to death — more chronic disease, earlier deaths, more people making a major sacrifice to pay their healthcare bills. Ultra-stability, then, is what is killing the American healthcare system. It will, quite literally, ration us to death.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Ultra Stable: </strong>Pearl’s diagnosis of American healthcare in one phrase. Hospitals stay at thirty to thirty-five per cent of total expenses. Costs rise at seven to nine per cent annually. Life expectancy hasn’t budged. Four hundred thousand misdiagnosis deaths a year. Burnout at fifty per cent. Biopsy 2010 and 2026 — no one could tell the slides apart. Both overpriced. Both underperforming.</p><p>•       <strong>The Stealth Revolution Has Already Happened: </strong>Forty per cent of Americans use generative AI every month for medical questions. Seventy to eighty per cent of physicians use it weekly. The patients and doctors have moved. The system hasn’t. It’s a Kodak moment — they had the first filmless camera and let it die because their business model was selling film. Healthcare’s business model is selling sickness.</p><p>•       <strong>Quietly Rationed to Death: </strong>There will be no dramatic collapse. The system has too much strength for that. Instead: rationing, more chronic disease, earlier deaths. Like airlines moving everyone into first class while the rest drive. Twenty-five per cent of Americans already made a major sacrifice to pay healthcare bills last year. When it hits fifty per cent, maybe the polling places will notice. Pearl is doubtful.</p><p>•       <strong>GLP-1s Cost $5 to Make and $400 to Buy: </strong>Yale’s analysis: the manufacturing cost of a GLP-1 drug is $5 a month. They sell at a discounted price of $400. That’s eighty times markup. Pearl’s math: to make GLP-1s cost-neutral against the medical savings, the price has to be under $200. Trump Rx won’t help most people because you can’t use insurance there and $400 cash is still impossible on $60,000 a year.</p><p>•       <strong>Vibe Coding Is the Prescription: </strong>One year old. Lets clinicians build software in plain English without code. Pearl’s example: a heart failure patient at home, weighed daily on a Bluetooth scale, with an electronic stethoscope, ankle video, blood oxygen, exercise tolerance — all in an app a doctor could build in a weekend. Three days of fluid retention caught before the ICU admission. Cost: twenty dollars a month. The fix has arrived. The system isn’t using it.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://history.yale.edu/people/beverly-gage">Beverly Gage</a> is the John Lewis Gaddis Professor of History and American Studies at Yale. She is the author of <em>G-Man: J. Edgar Hoover and the Making of the American Century</em>, which won the Pulitzer Prize for Biography, and <em>This Land Is Your Land: A Road Trip Through US History</em>. She is currently at work on a biography of Ronald Reagan.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>This Land Is Your Land: A Road Trip Through US History</em></a> by Beverly Gage.</p><p>•       <em>G-Man: J. Edgar Hoover and the Making of the American Century</em> by Beverly Gage — the Pulitzer-winning biography.</p><p>•       Episode 2859: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Stop, Don’t Do That</a> — Peter Edelman on Bobby Kennedy and the heart of America. The companion conversation.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: AI and the American healthcare sector</li>
<li>(01:47) - ChatGPT MD: chronic disease and the trillion-dollar opportunity</li>
<li>(04:50) - The stealth revolution: 40% of patients, 80% of doctors</li>
<li>(06:53) - Ultra stability: the 2010-vs-2026 biopsy</li>
<li>(09:50) - Three years of generative AI and counting</li>
<li>(11:13) - Will the system collapse? No — it will quietly ration</li>
<li>(13:33) - The drip-drip of preventable deaths</li>
<li>(16:08) - GLP-1 drugs: $5 to make, $400 to buy</li>
<li>(18:23) - Vibe coding enters the conversation</li>
<li>(21:22) - Will AI replace clinicians?</li>
<li>(28:08) - Trump Rx and why it won’t help most people</li>
<li>(30:41) - RFK Jr., vaccines, and the war on science</li>
<li>(33:23) - The midterms as the political reckoning</li>
<li>(35:29) - The three-step fix: capitation, transition, capital</li>
<li>(39:48) - Vibe coding and the heart failure example</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/1409c88f/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/1409c88f/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Between Pride and Shame: Beverly Gage Gets in her Subaru &amp; drives Across 250 Years of American History</title>
      <itunes:episode>2866</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2866</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Between Pride and Shame: Beverly Gage Gets in her Subaru &amp; drives Across 250 Years of American History</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2be2a3a7-26f2-48a1-8cc3-6ec57ce3311f</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You can face your history and still love your country. This is my attempt at doing that.” — Beverly Gage<br></em><br></p><p>When the Yale Pulitzer Prize-winning historian <a href="https://history.yale.edu/people/beverly-gage">Beverly Gage</a> finished her almost nine-hundred-page biography of J. Edgar Hoover, she needed a little break before starting her next book on Ronald Reagan. So she got in her old Subaru and spent six months on the road driving across America to prepare for the 250th anniversary of the Declaration of Independence. The result of these thirteen separate road trips is <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>This Land Is Your Land: A Road Trip Through US History</em></a>. Gage’s Subaru broke down constantly. So, from time to time, did her health. But the American history she uncovered is anything but broken down.</p><p>Historians, Gage argues, don’t think enough about geography. Visiting the homes of the first four US Presidents from Virginia, she saw how closely America’s slaveholding elite actually lived. Driving through the small towns on the Erie Canal, she found the corridor where abolitionism, women’s rights, temperance, and reform Christianity were all born. At Disneyland, the final chapter in her road trip, she went to the Abraham Lincoln stage show and imagined Main Street USA as Walt Disney’s parable about US history. The gap between the imagined America and the real one (yes, there is a real one, she insists) is where true history lives.</p><p>Gage’s thesis is that there is a third road — too much of a backstreet these days — between American pride and shame in its history. Her book maps that path. You can face up to your history, she argues, and still love your country. In a moment when inane triumphalism and apocalyptic despair dominate America’s sense of itself, Gage’s quiet historical reflection feels like the rarest of national commodities. Ben Franklin wondered in 1787 if the sun was rising or setting on America. Two hundred and fifty years later, Beverly Gage got in her Subaru and went on the road to find out.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Out of the Library and Into the Subaru: </strong>Gage won the Pulitzer Prize for her eight-hundred-page biography of J. Edgar Hoover. Her next book is on Ronald Reagan. Between the two, she needed a break. So she got in her unreliable Subaru and drove across America in thirteen trips, covering six months on the road, to prepare for the 250th anniversary of the Declaration of Independence. The Subaru broke down constantly. The history she found was worth it.</p><p>•       <strong>Historians Don’t Think Enough About Geography: </strong>Visiting the homes of the first four presidents from Virginia, Gage saw how closely the slaveholding elite actually lived — neighbours, not just names in a textbook. Driving the Erie Canal in upstate New York, she found the corridor where abolitionism, women’s rights, temperance, and reform Christianity were all born in a handful of small towns. Frederick Douglass and Susan B. Anthony were neighbours. History on the ground is different from history in books.</p><p>•       <strong>Disneyland Is a Parable About American History: </strong>When Walt Disney opened Disneyland in 1955, Main Street USA reached back to his own childhood in the age of William McKinley. Frontierland told the heroic story of the American past. Tomorrowland celebrated Cold War technological optimism. Most visitors don’t think about this. Gage does. She went to the Abraham Lincoln stage show. The gap between the imagined America and the real one is where the history lives.</p><p>•       <strong>The Third Road: Between Pride and Shame: </strong>Gage encountered Americans who said: celebrate the country, I want nothing to do with that. She encountered others who said: only say the good stuff. She wanted to live in the tension between them. You can face your history and still love your country. That’s the thesis of the book, and the argument for how to approach 250 years of American history in a moment when both triumphalism and despair are on offer.</p><p>•       <strong>Upstate New York Was Where Americans Reimagined Themselves: </strong>Gage’s favourite chapter. In the 1840s and 1850s along the Erie Canal, Frederick Douglass and Susan B. Anthony were actually neighbours. They were writing their own constitutions and rethinking the Declaration of Independence. Douglass gave his famous “What to the slave is the Fourth of July?” speech in Rochester. They were in it together. If you want to find the third road, this is where to start.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://history.yale.edu/people/beverly-gage">Beverly Gage</a> is the John Lewis Gaddis Professor of History and American Studies at Yale. She is the author of <em>G-Man: J. Edgar Hoover and the Making of the American Century</em>, which won the Pulitzer Prize for Biography, and <em>This Land Is Your Land: A Road Trip Through US History</em>. She is currently at work on a biography of Ronald Reagan.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>This Land Is Your Land: A Road Trip Through US History</em></a> by Beverly Gage.</p><p>•       <em>G-Man: J. Edgar Hoover and the Making of the American Century</em> by Beverly Gage — the Pulitzer-winning biography.</p><p>•       Episode 2859: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Stop, Don’t Do That</a> — Peter Edelman on Bobby Kennedy and the heart of America. The companion conversation.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: out of the library, into the Subaru</li>
<li>(01:57) - Why a road trip? The 250th anniversary approaches</li>
<li>(04:18) - Growing up in suburban Philadelphia, displaced</li>
<li>(05:32) - Goldberger becomes Gage: a father’s anglicised name</li>
<li>(07:46) - This Land Is Your Land: Woody Guthrie as frame</li>
<li>(08:18) - Historians don’t think enough about geography</li>
<li>(11:27) - The places most people have never heard of</li>
<li>(13:42) - Disneyland and the parable of American history</li>
<li>(15:49) - Lafayette, Tocqueville, and the great travel tradition</li>
<li>(17:25) - Thirteen trips, six months on the road</li>
<li>(20:22) - Crisis, catastrophe, and the opportunity for change</li>
<li>(23:21) - The apocalyptic temptation: from left and right</li>
<li>(25:13) - Civil rights cities that fell on hard times</li>
<li>(31:36) - The third road: between pride and shame</li>
<li>(33:35) - Upstate New York: Douglass, Anthony, and the neighbours who reimagined A...</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You can face your history and still love your country. This is my attempt at doing that.” — Beverly Gage<br></em><br></p><p>When the Yale Pulitzer Prize-winning historian <a href="https://history.yale.edu/people/beverly-gage">Beverly Gage</a> finished her almost nine-hundred-page biography of J. Edgar Hoover, she needed a little break before starting her next book on Ronald Reagan. So she got in her old Subaru and spent six months on the road driving across America to prepare for the 250th anniversary of the Declaration of Independence. The result of these thirteen separate road trips is <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>This Land Is Your Land: A Road Trip Through US History</em></a>. Gage’s Subaru broke down constantly. So, from time to time, did her health. But the American history she uncovered is anything but broken down.</p><p>Historians, Gage argues, don’t think enough about geography. Visiting the homes of the first four US Presidents from Virginia, she saw how closely America’s slaveholding elite actually lived. Driving through the small towns on the Erie Canal, she found the corridor where abolitionism, women’s rights, temperance, and reform Christianity were all born. At Disneyland, the final chapter in her road trip, she went to the Abraham Lincoln stage show and imagined Main Street USA as Walt Disney’s parable about US history. The gap between the imagined America and the real one (yes, there is a real one, she insists) is where true history lives.</p><p>Gage’s thesis is that there is a third road — too much of a backstreet these days — between American pride and shame in its history. Her book maps that path. You can face up to your history, she argues, and still love your country. In a moment when inane triumphalism and apocalyptic despair dominate America’s sense of itself, Gage’s quiet historical reflection feels like the rarest of national commodities. Ben Franklin wondered in 1787 if the sun was rising or setting on America. Two hundred and fifty years later, Beverly Gage got in her Subaru and went on the road to find out.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Out of the Library and Into the Subaru: </strong>Gage won the Pulitzer Prize for her eight-hundred-page biography of J. Edgar Hoover. Her next book is on Ronald Reagan. Between the two, she needed a break. So she got in her unreliable Subaru and drove across America in thirteen trips, covering six months on the road, to prepare for the 250th anniversary of the Declaration of Independence. The Subaru broke down constantly. The history she found was worth it.</p><p>•       <strong>Historians Don’t Think Enough About Geography: </strong>Visiting the homes of the first four presidents from Virginia, Gage saw how closely the slaveholding elite actually lived — neighbours, not just names in a textbook. Driving the Erie Canal in upstate New York, she found the corridor where abolitionism, women’s rights, temperance, and reform Christianity were all born in a handful of small towns. Frederick Douglass and Susan B. Anthony were neighbours. History on the ground is different from history in books.</p><p>•       <strong>Disneyland Is a Parable About American History: </strong>When Walt Disney opened Disneyland in 1955, Main Street USA reached back to his own childhood in the age of William McKinley. Frontierland told the heroic story of the American past. Tomorrowland celebrated Cold War technological optimism. Most visitors don’t think about this. Gage does. She went to the Abraham Lincoln stage show. The gap between the imagined America and the real one is where the history lives.</p><p>•       <strong>The Third Road: Between Pride and Shame: </strong>Gage encountered Americans who said: celebrate the country, I want nothing to do with that. She encountered others who said: only say the good stuff. She wanted to live in the tension between them. You can face your history and still love your country. That’s the thesis of the book, and the argument for how to approach 250 years of American history in a moment when both triumphalism and despair are on offer.</p><p>•       <strong>Upstate New York Was Where Americans Reimagined Themselves: </strong>Gage’s favourite chapter. In the 1840s and 1850s along the Erie Canal, Frederick Douglass and Susan B. Anthony were actually neighbours. They were writing their own constitutions and rethinking the Declaration of Independence. Douglass gave his famous “What to the slave is the Fourth of July?” speech in Rochester. They were in it together. If you want to find the third road, this is where to start.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://history.yale.edu/people/beverly-gage">Beverly Gage</a> is the John Lewis Gaddis Professor of History and American Studies at Yale. She is the author of <em>G-Man: J. Edgar Hoover and the Making of the American Century</em>, which won the Pulitzer Prize for Biography, and <em>This Land Is Your Land: A Road Trip Through US History</em>. She is currently at work on a biography of Ronald Reagan.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>This Land Is Your Land: A Road Trip Through US History</em></a> by Beverly Gage.</p><p>•       <em>G-Man: J. Edgar Hoover and the Making of the American Century</em> by Beverly Gage — the Pulitzer-winning biography.</p><p>•       Episode 2859: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Stop, Don’t Do That</a> — Peter Edelman on Bobby Kennedy and the heart of America. The companion conversation.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: out of the library, into the Subaru</li>
<li>(01:57) - Why a road trip? The 250th anniversary approaches</li>
<li>(04:18) - Growing up in suburban Philadelphia, displaced</li>
<li>(05:32) - Goldberger becomes Gage: a father’s anglicised name</li>
<li>(07:46) - This Land Is Your Land: Woody Guthrie as frame</li>
<li>(08:18) - Historians don’t think enough about geography</li>
<li>(11:27) - The places most people have never heard of</li>
<li>(13:42) - Disneyland and the parable of American history</li>
<li>(15:49) - Lafayette, Tocqueville, and the great travel tradition</li>
<li>(17:25) - Thirteen trips, six months on the road</li>
<li>(20:22) - Crisis, catastrophe, and the opportunity for change</li>
<li>(23:21) - The apocalyptic temptation: from left and right</li>
<li>(25:13) - Civil rights cities that fell on hard times</li>
<li>(31:36) - The third road: between pride and shame</li>
<li>(33:35) - Upstate New York: Douglass, Anthony, and the neighbours who reimagined A...</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2026 07:32:58 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/da65ad6d/3484bb6c.mp3" length="69514501" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xWXjCNuqhKQ">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/TU2QwnbamK6qr3WBrIX1KPDcN-9oxPq6OdyBWyHxpjY/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8wYThm/MDVhODEzODJjNjYw/OGI1YzQ1Yjg1NzZi/MmJmZS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2172</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“You can face your history and still love your country. This is my attempt at doing that.” — Beverly Gage<br></em><br></p><p>When the Yale Pulitzer Prize-winning historian <a href="https://history.yale.edu/people/beverly-gage">Beverly Gage</a> finished her almost nine-hundred-page biography of J. Edgar Hoover, she needed a little break before starting her next book on Ronald Reagan. So she got in her old Subaru and spent six months on the road driving across America to prepare for the 250th anniversary of the Declaration of Independence. The result of these thirteen separate road trips is <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>This Land Is Your Land: A Road Trip Through US History</em></a>. Gage’s Subaru broke down constantly. So, from time to time, did her health. But the American history she uncovered is anything but broken down.</p><p>Historians, Gage argues, don’t think enough about geography. Visiting the homes of the first four US Presidents from Virginia, she saw how closely America’s slaveholding elite actually lived. Driving through the small towns on the Erie Canal, she found the corridor where abolitionism, women’s rights, temperance, and reform Christianity were all born. At Disneyland, the final chapter in her road trip, she went to the Abraham Lincoln stage show and imagined Main Street USA as Walt Disney’s parable about US history. The gap between the imagined America and the real one (yes, there is a real one, she insists) is where true history lives.</p><p>Gage’s thesis is that there is a third road — too much of a backstreet these days — between American pride and shame in its history. Her book maps that path. You can face up to your history, she argues, and still love your country. In a moment when inane triumphalism and apocalyptic despair dominate America’s sense of itself, Gage’s quiet historical reflection feels like the rarest of national commodities. Ben Franklin wondered in 1787 if the sun was rising or setting on America. Two hundred and fifty years later, Beverly Gage got in her Subaru and went on the road to find out.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Out of the Library and Into the Subaru: </strong>Gage won the Pulitzer Prize for her eight-hundred-page biography of J. Edgar Hoover. Her next book is on Ronald Reagan. Between the two, she needed a break. So she got in her unreliable Subaru and drove across America in thirteen trips, covering six months on the road, to prepare for the 250th anniversary of the Declaration of Independence. The Subaru broke down constantly. The history she found was worth it.</p><p>•       <strong>Historians Don’t Think Enough About Geography: </strong>Visiting the homes of the first four presidents from Virginia, Gage saw how closely the slaveholding elite actually lived — neighbours, not just names in a textbook. Driving the Erie Canal in upstate New York, she found the corridor where abolitionism, women’s rights, temperance, and reform Christianity were all born in a handful of small towns. Frederick Douglass and Susan B. Anthony were neighbours. History on the ground is different from history in books.</p><p>•       <strong>Disneyland Is a Parable About American History: </strong>When Walt Disney opened Disneyland in 1955, Main Street USA reached back to his own childhood in the age of William McKinley. Frontierland told the heroic story of the American past. Tomorrowland celebrated Cold War technological optimism. Most visitors don’t think about this. Gage does. She went to the Abraham Lincoln stage show. The gap between the imagined America and the real one is where the history lives.</p><p>•       <strong>The Third Road: Between Pride and Shame: </strong>Gage encountered Americans who said: celebrate the country, I want nothing to do with that. She encountered others who said: only say the good stuff. She wanted to live in the tension between them. You can face your history and still love your country. That’s the thesis of the book, and the argument for how to approach 250 years of American history in a moment when both triumphalism and despair are on offer.</p><p>•       <strong>Upstate New York Was Where Americans Reimagined Themselves: </strong>Gage’s favourite chapter. In the 1840s and 1850s along the Erie Canal, Frederick Douglass and Susan B. Anthony were actually neighbours. They were writing their own constitutions and rethinking the Declaration of Independence. Douglass gave his famous “What to the slave is the Fourth of July?” speech in Rochester. They were in it together. If you want to find the third road, this is where to start.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://history.yale.edu/people/beverly-gage">Beverly Gage</a> is the John Lewis Gaddis Professor of History and American Studies at Yale. She is the author of <em>G-Man: J. Edgar Hoover and the Making of the American Century</em>, which won the Pulitzer Prize for Biography, and <em>This Land Is Your Land: A Road Trip Through US History</em>. She is currently at work on a biography of Ronald Reagan.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>This Land Is Your Land: A Road Trip Through US History</em></a> by Beverly Gage.</p><p>•       <em>G-Man: J. Edgar Hoover and the Making of the American Century</em> by Beverly Gage — the Pulitzer-winning biography.</p><p>•       Episode 2859: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Stop, Don’t Do That</a> — Peter Edelman on Bobby Kennedy and the heart of America. The companion conversation.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: out of the library, into the Subaru</li>
<li>(01:57) - Why a road trip? The 250th anniversary approaches</li>
<li>(04:18) - Growing up in suburban Philadelphia, displaced</li>
<li>(05:32) - Goldberger becomes Gage: a father’s anglicised name</li>
<li>(07:46) - This Land Is Your Land: Woody Guthrie as frame</li>
<li>(08:18) - Historians don’t think enough about geography</li>
<li>(11:27) - The places most people have never heard of</li>
<li>(13:42) - Disneyland and the parable of American history</li>
<li>(15:49) - Lafayette, Tocqueville, and the great travel tradition</li>
<li>(17:25) - Thirteen trips, six months on the road</li>
<li>(20:22) - Crisis, catastrophe, and the opportunity for change</li>
<li>(23:21) - The apocalyptic temptation: from left and right</li>
<li>(25:13) - Civil rights cities that fell on hard times</li>
<li>(31:36) - The third road: between pride and shame</li>
<li>(33:35) - Upstate New York: Douglass, Anthony, and the neighbours who reimagined A...</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/da65ad6d/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/da65ad6d/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Many Faces of AI: Sebastian Mallaby on Demis Hassabis and the Quest to Read God’s Mind</title>
      <itunes:episode>2865</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2865</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Many Faces of AI: Sebastian Mallaby on Demis Hassabis and the Quest to Read God’s Mind</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d191e500-26ab-44e6-ae52-7e6906c9cbb3</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Doing science is like reading the mind of God.” — Demis Hassabis, quoted in The Infinity Machine<br></em><br></p><p>This week’s <em>New Yorker</em> uncomplimentary profile of OpenAI’s CEO is entitled “The Many Faces of Sam Altman.” But not all AI leaders are quite as many faced as slippery Sam. Take, for example, Demis Hassabis, the North London based co-founder and CEO of Google’s DeepMind. In his new biography, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>The Infinity Machine: Demis Hassabis, DeepMind, and the Quest for Superintelligence</em></a>, the British journalist <a href="https://www.cfr.org/expert/sebastian-mallaby">Sebastian Mallaby</a> argues that Hassabis is, in contrast, one faced. And that face is not only decent, but informed by the enlightened ethics of Baruch Spinoza and Immanuel Kant.</p><p>Mallaby presents Hassabis as the anti-Altman. He’s stayed at DeepMind for sixteen years, lived in the same London house, drives a decade-old car. Rather than power, Google’s AI supremo seeks scientific enlightenment. Like Spinoza, his God is the master watchmaker of the universe. And so doing science, Hassabis explained to Mallaby in one of their many conversations in the backroom of a North London pub, is like reading the mind of God. Decent Demis. Honest Hassabis. Let’s just hope this modest and thoughtful tech leviathan can bring Kantian ethics to Silicon Valley’s sprint for artificial general intelligence.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Hassabis Is the Anti-Altman: </strong>Sam Altman has managed to annoy almost everyone he’s worked with by saying one thing and doing the opposite. Hassabis has run DeepMind continuously for sixteen years, lives in the same house in Highgate, drives a decade-old car, and spends his discretionary money on Liverpool season tickets. He doesn’t want power. He wants scientific enlightenment. Mallaby uses the word advisedly.</p><p>•       <strong>Doing Science Is Like Reading the Mind of God: </strong>Hassabis is a Spinozan. The god he believes in is the god Einstein talked about — the fabric of reality understood through scientific inquiry. He reads Kant, he reads Spinoza, he reads widely enough to be a proper polymath. Mallaby sat with him in a Highgate pub for more than thirty hours. What he found was not a Silicon Valley sociopath but an enlightenment figure who thinks AI is the modern version of the telescope.</p><p>•       <strong>The Szilard Pedestrian Crossing: </strong>Mallaby asked Hassabis what it felt like to set up DeepMind in 2010. Instead of the usual vague answer, Hassabis painted the scene: the attic office on Russell Square, the heat, the stairs, the greenery outside, the London Mathematical Society three doors down where Turing lectured, and the zebra crossing where the Hungarian physicist Leo Szilard conceived of the nuclear chain reaction in the 1930s. The perfect metaphor: DeepMind as the modern Manhattan Project.</p><p>•       <strong>The Two Categories of Things That Go Wrong: </strong>There’s the idiot-in-charge category — an evil or stupid person making bad decisions, and you could swap them out. Then there’s the structural category: a good person trying their best, defeated by larger forces they cannot control. Hassabis is category two. He wants to make AI safe, but race dynamics between US and China labs make safety nearly impossible to deliver. The failure of governments to intervene is the real story. Not individuals.</p><p>•       <strong>The Go Players Who Quit: </strong>When AlphaGo beat the best players in the world, some professional Go players retired — centuries of accumulated human understanding devalued overnight. Others kept playing, using the machine as a tutor to discover patterns they’d never seen. Two responses to superintelligence in one domain. One is mourning. The other is curiosity. Mallaby thinks the second response is the only one worth having. Hassabis agrees.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.cfr.org/expert/sebastian-mallaby">Sebastian Mallaby</a> is the Paul A. Volcker senior fellow for international economics at the Council on Foreign Relations. A former <em>Washington Post</em> columnist and <em>Economist</em> contributing editor, he is the author of <em>More Money Than God</em>, <em>The Man Who Knew</em> (winner of the FT and McKinsey Business Book of the Year), <em>The Power Law</em>, and now <em>The Infinity Machine: Demis Hassabis, DeepMind, and the Quest for Superintelligence</em>.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>The Infinity Machine: Demis Hassabis, DeepMind, and the Quest for Superintelligence</em></a> by Sebastian Mallaby.</p><p>•       Episode 2862: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Truth Is Dead</a> — Steven Rosenbaum on AI as a spectacularly good liar. Mallaby’s quiet counter-argument.</p><p>•       Episode 2860: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">We Shape Our AI, Thereafter It Shapes Us</a> — Keith Teare on agency in our agentic age. Hassabis thinks he can still steer.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: the many faces of Sam Altman</li>
<li>(02:00) - Altman’s duplicity versus Hassabis’s consistency</li>
<li>(02:56) - The moral wrestling: is this the Manhattan Project?</li>
<li>(04:45) - The ordinary genius in Highgate</li>
<li>(06:29) - The Szilard pedestrian crossing and a storyteller off the charts</li>
<li>(09:10) - Responding to The Guardian: why Hassabis isn’t Altman</li>
<li>(12:58) - The two categories of things that go wrong</li>
<li>(14:48) - Mustafa Suleiman’s remarkable backstory</li>
<li>(17:01) - Did Demis fire Mustafa?</li>
<li>(19:46) - Class, Eton, and the North London grammar school</li>
<li>(22:27) - Spinoza, Kant, and the god of science</li>
<li>(25:27) - Doing science is like reading the mind of God</li>
<li>(29:57) - Why not Princeton? The money problem</li>
<li>(34:12) - The secret DeepMind vs Google negotiation</li>
<li>(43:11) - Is Hassabis the next CEO of Google?</li>
<li>(48:05) - The Go players who quit</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Doing science is like reading the mind of God.” — Demis Hassabis, quoted in The Infinity Machine<br></em><br></p><p>This week’s <em>New Yorker</em> uncomplimentary profile of OpenAI’s CEO is entitled “The Many Faces of Sam Altman.” But not all AI leaders are quite as many faced as slippery Sam. Take, for example, Demis Hassabis, the North London based co-founder and CEO of Google’s DeepMind. In his new biography, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>The Infinity Machine: Demis Hassabis, DeepMind, and the Quest for Superintelligence</em></a>, the British journalist <a href="https://www.cfr.org/expert/sebastian-mallaby">Sebastian Mallaby</a> argues that Hassabis is, in contrast, one faced. And that face is not only decent, but informed by the enlightened ethics of Baruch Spinoza and Immanuel Kant.</p><p>Mallaby presents Hassabis as the anti-Altman. He’s stayed at DeepMind for sixteen years, lived in the same London house, drives a decade-old car. Rather than power, Google’s AI supremo seeks scientific enlightenment. Like Spinoza, his God is the master watchmaker of the universe. And so doing science, Hassabis explained to Mallaby in one of their many conversations in the backroom of a North London pub, is like reading the mind of God. Decent Demis. Honest Hassabis. Let’s just hope this modest and thoughtful tech leviathan can bring Kantian ethics to Silicon Valley’s sprint for artificial general intelligence.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Hassabis Is the Anti-Altman: </strong>Sam Altman has managed to annoy almost everyone he’s worked with by saying one thing and doing the opposite. Hassabis has run DeepMind continuously for sixteen years, lives in the same house in Highgate, drives a decade-old car, and spends his discretionary money on Liverpool season tickets. He doesn’t want power. He wants scientific enlightenment. Mallaby uses the word advisedly.</p><p>•       <strong>Doing Science Is Like Reading the Mind of God: </strong>Hassabis is a Spinozan. The god he believes in is the god Einstein talked about — the fabric of reality understood through scientific inquiry. He reads Kant, he reads Spinoza, he reads widely enough to be a proper polymath. Mallaby sat with him in a Highgate pub for more than thirty hours. What he found was not a Silicon Valley sociopath but an enlightenment figure who thinks AI is the modern version of the telescope.</p><p>•       <strong>The Szilard Pedestrian Crossing: </strong>Mallaby asked Hassabis what it felt like to set up DeepMind in 2010. Instead of the usual vague answer, Hassabis painted the scene: the attic office on Russell Square, the heat, the stairs, the greenery outside, the London Mathematical Society three doors down where Turing lectured, and the zebra crossing where the Hungarian physicist Leo Szilard conceived of the nuclear chain reaction in the 1930s. The perfect metaphor: DeepMind as the modern Manhattan Project.</p><p>•       <strong>The Two Categories of Things That Go Wrong: </strong>There’s the idiot-in-charge category — an evil or stupid person making bad decisions, and you could swap them out. Then there’s the structural category: a good person trying their best, defeated by larger forces they cannot control. Hassabis is category two. He wants to make AI safe, but race dynamics between US and China labs make safety nearly impossible to deliver. The failure of governments to intervene is the real story. Not individuals.</p><p>•       <strong>The Go Players Who Quit: </strong>When AlphaGo beat the best players in the world, some professional Go players retired — centuries of accumulated human understanding devalued overnight. Others kept playing, using the machine as a tutor to discover patterns they’d never seen. Two responses to superintelligence in one domain. One is mourning. The other is curiosity. Mallaby thinks the second response is the only one worth having. Hassabis agrees.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.cfr.org/expert/sebastian-mallaby">Sebastian Mallaby</a> is the Paul A. Volcker senior fellow for international economics at the Council on Foreign Relations. A former <em>Washington Post</em> columnist and <em>Economist</em> contributing editor, he is the author of <em>More Money Than God</em>, <em>The Man Who Knew</em> (winner of the FT and McKinsey Business Book of the Year), <em>The Power Law</em>, and now <em>The Infinity Machine: Demis Hassabis, DeepMind, and the Quest for Superintelligence</em>.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>The Infinity Machine: Demis Hassabis, DeepMind, and the Quest for Superintelligence</em></a> by Sebastian Mallaby.</p><p>•       Episode 2862: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Truth Is Dead</a> — Steven Rosenbaum on AI as a spectacularly good liar. Mallaby’s quiet counter-argument.</p><p>•       Episode 2860: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">We Shape Our AI, Thereafter It Shapes Us</a> — Keith Teare on agency in our agentic age. Hassabis thinks he can still steer.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: the many faces of Sam Altman</li>
<li>(02:00) - Altman’s duplicity versus Hassabis’s consistency</li>
<li>(02:56) - The moral wrestling: is this the Manhattan Project?</li>
<li>(04:45) - The ordinary genius in Highgate</li>
<li>(06:29) - The Szilard pedestrian crossing and a storyteller off the charts</li>
<li>(09:10) - Responding to The Guardian: why Hassabis isn’t Altman</li>
<li>(12:58) - The two categories of things that go wrong</li>
<li>(14:48) - Mustafa Suleiman’s remarkable backstory</li>
<li>(17:01) - Did Demis fire Mustafa?</li>
<li>(19:46) - Class, Eton, and the North London grammar school</li>
<li>(22:27) - Spinoza, Kant, and the god of science</li>
<li>(25:27) - Doing science is like reading the mind of God</li>
<li>(29:57) - Why not Princeton? The money problem</li>
<li>(34:12) - The secret DeepMind vs Google negotiation</li>
<li>(43:11) - Is Hassabis the next CEO of Google?</li>
<li>(48:05) - The Go players who quit</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Apr 2026 06:44:48 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/4f988b4f/777f0739.mp3" length="104380366" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HTeqetYZU-M">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/Tc2hjWOPTqoChkIEduD4BzU9-V_Ty6OxJVJsqTRpa24/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS83ODZk/MjA0NTc1ODFkMzU3/OGQyNzhhMDcyYjIz/ODkzMi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3261</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Doing science is like reading the mind of God.” — Demis Hassabis, quoted in The Infinity Machine<br></em><br></p><p>This week’s <em>New Yorker</em> uncomplimentary profile of OpenAI’s CEO is entitled “The Many Faces of Sam Altman.” But not all AI leaders are quite as many faced as slippery Sam. Take, for example, Demis Hassabis, the North London based co-founder and CEO of Google’s DeepMind. In his new biography, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>The Infinity Machine: Demis Hassabis, DeepMind, and the Quest for Superintelligence</em></a>, the British journalist <a href="https://www.cfr.org/expert/sebastian-mallaby">Sebastian Mallaby</a> argues that Hassabis is, in contrast, one faced. And that face is not only decent, but informed by the enlightened ethics of Baruch Spinoza and Immanuel Kant.</p><p>Mallaby presents Hassabis as the anti-Altman. He’s stayed at DeepMind for sixteen years, lived in the same London house, drives a decade-old car. Rather than power, Google’s AI supremo seeks scientific enlightenment. Like Spinoza, his God is the master watchmaker of the universe. And so doing science, Hassabis explained to Mallaby in one of their many conversations in the backroom of a North London pub, is like reading the mind of God. Decent Demis. Honest Hassabis. Let’s just hope this modest and thoughtful tech leviathan can bring Kantian ethics to Silicon Valley’s sprint for artificial general intelligence.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Hassabis Is the Anti-Altman: </strong>Sam Altman has managed to annoy almost everyone he’s worked with by saying one thing and doing the opposite. Hassabis has run DeepMind continuously for sixteen years, lives in the same house in Highgate, drives a decade-old car, and spends his discretionary money on Liverpool season tickets. He doesn’t want power. He wants scientific enlightenment. Mallaby uses the word advisedly.</p><p>•       <strong>Doing Science Is Like Reading the Mind of God: </strong>Hassabis is a Spinozan. The god he believes in is the god Einstein talked about — the fabric of reality understood through scientific inquiry. He reads Kant, he reads Spinoza, he reads widely enough to be a proper polymath. Mallaby sat with him in a Highgate pub for more than thirty hours. What he found was not a Silicon Valley sociopath but an enlightenment figure who thinks AI is the modern version of the telescope.</p><p>•       <strong>The Szilard Pedestrian Crossing: </strong>Mallaby asked Hassabis what it felt like to set up DeepMind in 2010. Instead of the usual vague answer, Hassabis painted the scene: the attic office on Russell Square, the heat, the stairs, the greenery outside, the London Mathematical Society three doors down where Turing lectured, and the zebra crossing where the Hungarian physicist Leo Szilard conceived of the nuclear chain reaction in the 1930s. The perfect metaphor: DeepMind as the modern Manhattan Project.</p><p>•       <strong>The Two Categories of Things That Go Wrong: </strong>There’s the idiot-in-charge category — an evil or stupid person making bad decisions, and you could swap them out. Then there’s the structural category: a good person trying their best, defeated by larger forces they cannot control. Hassabis is category two. He wants to make AI safe, but race dynamics between US and China labs make safety nearly impossible to deliver. The failure of governments to intervene is the real story. Not individuals.</p><p>•       <strong>The Go Players Who Quit: </strong>When AlphaGo beat the best players in the world, some professional Go players retired — centuries of accumulated human understanding devalued overnight. Others kept playing, using the machine as a tutor to discover patterns they’d never seen. Two responses to superintelligence in one domain. One is mourning. The other is curiosity. Mallaby thinks the second response is the only one worth having. Hassabis agrees.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.cfr.org/expert/sebastian-mallaby">Sebastian Mallaby</a> is the Paul A. Volcker senior fellow for international economics at the Council on Foreign Relations. A former <em>Washington Post</em> columnist and <em>Economist</em> contributing editor, he is the author of <em>More Money Than God</em>, <em>The Man Who Knew</em> (winner of the FT and McKinsey Business Book of the Year), <em>The Power Law</em>, and now <em>The Infinity Machine: Demis Hassabis, DeepMind, and the Quest for Superintelligence</em>.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>The Infinity Machine: Demis Hassabis, DeepMind, and the Quest for Superintelligence</em></a> by Sebastian Mallaby.</p><p>•       Episode 2862: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Truth Is Dead</a> — Steven Rosenbaum on AI as a spectacularly good liar. Mallaby’s quiet counter-argument.</p><p>•       Episode 2860: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">We Shape Our AI, Thereafter It Shapes Us</a> — Keith Teare on agency in our agentic age. Hassabis thinks he can still steer.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: the many faces of Sam Altman</li>
<li>(02:00) - Altman’s duplicity versus Hassabis’s consistency</li>
<li>(02:56) - The moral wrestling: is this the Manhattan Project?</li>
<li>(04:45) - The ordinary genius in Highgate</li>
<li>(06:29) - The Szilard pedestrian crossing and a storyteller off the charts</li>
<li>(09:10) - Responding to The Guardian: why Hassabis isn’t Altman</li>
<li>(12:58) - The two categories of things that go wrong</li>
<li>(14:48) - Mustafa Suleiman’s remarkable backstory</li>
<li>(17:01) - Did Demis fire Mustafa?</li>
<li>(19:46) - Class, Eton, and the North London grammar school</li>
<li>(22:27) - Spinoza, Kant, and the god of science</li>
<li>(25:27) - Doing science is like reading the mind of God</li>
<li>(29:57) - Why not Princeton? The money problem</li>
<li>(34:12) - The secret DeepMind vs Google negotiation</li>
<li>(43:11) - Is Hassabis the next CEO of Google?</li>
<li>(48:05) - The Go players who quit</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4f988b4f/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4f988b4f/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>More Embarrassing Than Sex: Alex Mayyasi on Why Money Talk Makes Us So Nervous</title>
      <itunes:episode>2864</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2864</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>More Embarrassing Than Sex: Alex Mayyasi on Why Money Talk Makes Us So Nervous</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">781aa3c5-a658-4ba5-beb0-27d804b2e720</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“There are parts of the business and finance world that are invested in making these things seem intimidating and scary. We really enjoy making things more approachable.” — Alex Mayyasi<br></em><br></p><p>What’s the last taboo? The thing that we are totally embarrassed to discuss? No, not sex. It’s money. At least according to <a href="https://www.npr.org/people/">Alex Mayyasi</a> — frequent contributor to NPR’s <em>Planet Money</em> — who has just published <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>Planet Money: How to Live Richer, Spend Smarter, and Afford the Life You Want</em></a>, a field guide to the big economic forces that shape our working, saving, loving and leisure lives.</p><p>Mayyasi argues that money is the last taboo. We talk openly (perhaps too openly) about our sex lives now. But we still don’t talk about our money lives — not with spouses, not with parents, not with our children. Companies that have tried full salary transparency report uncomfortable conversations about race and gender. Thus the need for Mayyasi’s new book. It’s not exactly porn, but <em>Planet Money</em> is designed to liberate us from our last taboo.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>The Economy Was Invented During the Great Depression: </strong>If you asked someone a hundred years ago how the economy was doing, you’d get a strange look back. The concept didn’t exist. It was the Depression that forced the question — because Roosevelt and his advisers had no way of knowing whether the New Deal was working. An economist was tasked with the Don Quixote-like job of counting every transaction in America to produce a single number: GDP. We have lived inside that number ever since.</p><p>•       <strong>Money Is More Embarrassing Than Sex: </strong>We talk freely about sex now. We still don’t talk about money — not with spouses, not with parents, not with children. Mayyasi advocates for salary transparency, even though companies that have tried it report uncomfortable conversations about race and gender pay gaps. The discomfort is the point. Maybe we need a Freud of finance to liberate us from the last taboo.</p><p>•       <strong>Financial Time Travel: </strong>Markets give us the ability to move money through time — into the future through saving, or from the future to the present through borrowing. Student loans are the most relatable form: young people pulling their future income backwards to fund the human capital they need to earn it. Consumption smoothing across the life cycle is a perfectly valid use of debt, as long as you don’t assume the future will be richer than it actually turns out to be.</p><p>•       <strong>Productive Risk Versus Nihilistic Gambling: </strong>The GameStop ride looks quaint compared to today’s parlay bets on whether a certain word will appear in the State of the Union. Higher risk, higher reward is a continuum, and savvy careers are built on calculated risks. But there is a difference between productive risk — the kind that builds businesses and careers — and the nihilistic flip of a coin. Knowing the difference is half of financial literacy.</p><p>•       <strong>Bobby Bonilla and the Magic of Compound Interest: </strong>Bonilla agreed to defer his $6 million Mets salary for decades. Every year, the Mets still send him a cheque for over $1 million, which drives Mets fans insane. It looks bone-headed, but it is exactly how every successful retirement plan works: give up consumption now, let compound interest do its work, enjoy something like $30 million in the future. Bonilla was savvier than his critics. We can all learn from him.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p>Alex Mayyasi is a writer and frequent contributor to NPR’s <em>Planet Money</em>. His new book, <em>Planet Money: How to Live Richer, Spend Smarter, and Afford the Life You Want</em>, was published this week.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>Planet Money: How to Live Richer, Spend Smarter, and Afford the Life You Want</em></a> by Alex Mayyasi.</p><p>•       Episode 2863: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">An Anticapitalist Mutiny</a> — Noam Scheiber on the rise and revolt of the college-educated working class. The other side of Planet Money.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: things aren’t quite right on Planet Money</li>
<li>(03:18) - The Great Moderation: a fantastic run that we forgot to celebrate</li>
<li>(05:49) - The economy was invented during the Great Depression</li>
<li>(07:52) - Aristotle’s oikonomia: economics has always been personal</li>
<li>(09:20) - The Planet Money DNA: storytelling and the bank teller who met the ATM</li>
<li>(13:23) - Why money makes everybody nervous</li>
<li>(16:02) - Crypto out, AI in: the great pivot of the writing process</li>
<li>(17:49) - Economists and AI: the longer perspective</li>
<li>(20:03) - Financial time travel: student loans as moving income through time</li>
<li>(22:40) - Productive risk versus nihilistic gambling</li>
<li>(24:41) - Does money make you happy? Beyond the $60,000 plateau</li>
<li>(27:25) - GDP versus the planet: externalities and corporate DNA</li>
<li>(30:15) - More embarrassing than sex: why we can’t talk about money</li>
<li>(33:19) - Salary transparency: the case of Sweden</li>
<li>(41:47) - Bobby Bonilla, the Mets, and the magic of compound interest</li>
<li>(45:48) - Insurance as peace of mind</li>
</ul><br><p> </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“There are parts of the business and finance world that are invested in making these things seem intimidating and scary. We really enjoy making things more approachable.” — Alex Mayyasi<br></em><br></p><p>What’s the last taboo? The thing that we are totally embarrassed to discuss? No, not sex. It’s money. At least according to <a href="https://www.npr.org/people/">Alex Mayyasi</a> — frequent contributor to NPR’s <em>Planet Money</em> — who has just published <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>Planet Money: How to Live Richer, Spend Smarter, and Afford the Life You Want</em></a>, a field guide to the big economic forces that shape our working, saving, loving and leisure lives.</p><p>Mayyasi argues that money is the last taboo. We talk openly (perhaps too openly) about our sex lives now. But we still don’t talk about our money lives — not with spouses, not with parents, not with our children. Companies that have tried full salary transparency report uncomfortable conversations about race and gender. Thus the need for Mayyasi’s new book. It’s not exactly porn, but <em>Planet Money</em> is designed to liberate us from our last taboo.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>The Economy Was Invented During the Great Depression: </strong>If you asked someone a hundred years ago how the economy was doing, you’d get a strange look back. The concept didn’t exist. It was the Depression that forced the question — because Roosevelt and his advisers had no way of knowing whether the New Deal was working. An economist was tasked with the Don Quixote-like job of counting every transaction in America to produce a single number: GDP. We have lived inside that number ever since.</p><p>•       <strong>Money Is More Embarrassing Than Sex: </strong>We talk freely about sex now. We still don’t talk about money — not with spouses, not with parents, not with children. Mayyasi advocates for salary transparency, even though companies that have tried it report uncomfortable conversations about race and gender pay gaps. The discomfort is the point. Maybe we need a Freud of finance to liberate us from the last taboo.</p><p>•       <strong>Financial Time Travel: </strong>Markets give us the ability to move money through time — into the future through saving, or from the future to the present through borrowing. Student loans are the most relatable form: young people pulling their future income backwards to fund the human capital they need to earn it. Consumption smoothing across the life cycle is a perfectly valid use of debt, as long as you don’t assume the future will be richer than it actually turns out to be.</p><p>•       <strong>Productive Risk Versus Nihilistic Gambling: </strong>The GameStop ride looks quaint compared to today’s parlay bets on whether a certain word will appear in the State of the Union. Higher risk, higher reward is a continuum, and savvy careers are built on calculated risks. But there is a difference between productive risk — the kind that builds businesses and careers — and the nihilistic flip of a coin. Knowing the difference is half of financial literacy.</p><p>•       <strong>Bobby Bonilla and the Magic of Compound Interest: </strong>Bonilla agreed to defer his $6 million Mets salary for decades. Every year, the Mets still send him a cheque for over $1 million, which drives Mets fans insane. It looks bone-headed, but it is exactly how every successful retirement plan works: give up consumption now, let compound interest do its work, enjoy something like $30 million in the future. Bonilla was savvier than his critics. We can all learn from him.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p>Alex Mayyasi is a writer and frequent contributor to NPR’s <em>Planet Money</em>. His new book, <em>Planet Money: How to Live Richer, Spend Smarter, and Afford the Life You Want</em>, was published this week.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>Planet Money: How to Live Richer, Spend Smarter, and Afford the Life You Want</em></a> by Alex Mayyasi.</p><p>•       Episode 2863: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">An Anticapitalist Mutiny</a> — Noam Scheiber on the rise and revolt of the college-educated working class. The other side of Planet Money.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: things aren’t quite right on Planet Money</li>
<li>(03:18) - The Great Moderation: a fantastic run that we forgot to celebrate</li>
<li>(05:49) - The economy was invented during the Great Depression</li>
<li>(07:52) - Aristotle’s oikonomia: economics has always been personal</li>
<li>(09:20) - The Planet Money DNA: storytelling and the bank teller who met the ATM</li>
<li>(13:23) - Why money makes everybody nervous</li>
<li>(16:02) - Crypto out, AI in: the great pivot of the writing process</li>
<li>(17:49) - Economists and AI: the longer perspective</li>
<li>(20:03) - Financial time travel: student loans as moving income through time</li>
<li>(22:40) - Productive risk versus nihilistic gambling</li>
<li>(24:41) - Does money make you happy? Beyond the $60,000 plateau</li>
<li>(27:25) - GDP versus the planet: externalities and corporate DNA</li>
<li>(30:15) - More embarrassing than sex: why we can’t talk about money</li>
<li>(33:19) - Salary transparency: the case of Sweden</li>
<li>(41:47) - Bobby Bonilla, the Mets, and the magic of compound interest</li>
<li>(45:48) - Insurance as peace of mind</li>
</ul><br><p> </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Apr 2026 06:54:01 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/212e7b18/98f5bcc3.mp3" length="46360614" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q61zg5W2X28">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/4LAgTUmptY3SP-_KmE4plTkGW4wtwfwtgbimQ6fUoY0/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9kNzE4/NmI1MGQyZjhkYWNi/Y2Y2ZDU5MDdiZWNk/OTA4MC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2896</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“There are parts of the business and finance world that are invested in making these things seem intimidating and scary. We really enjoy making things more approachable.” — Alex Mayyasi<br></em><br></p><p>What’s the last taboo? The thing that we are totally embarrassed to discuss? No, not sex. It’s money. At least according to <a href="https://www.npr.org/people/">Alex Mayyasi</a> — frequent contributor to NPR’s <em>Planet Money</em> — who has just published <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>Planet Money: How to Live Richer, Spend Smarter, and Afford the Life You Want</em></a>, a field guide to the big economic forces that shape our working, saving, loving and leisure lives.</p><p>Mayyasi argues that money is the last taboo. We talk openly (perhaps too openly) about our sex lives now. But we still don’t talk about our money lives — not with spouses, not with parents, not with our children. Companies that have tried full salary transparency report uncomfortable conversations about race and gender. Thus the need for Mayyasi’s new book. It’s not exactly porn, but <em>Planet Money</em> is designed to liberate us from our last taboo.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>The Economy Was Invented During the Great Depression: </strong>If you asked someone a hundred years ago how the economy was doing, you’d get a strange look back. The concept didn’t exist. It was the Depression that forced the question — because Roosevelt and his advisers had no way of knowing whether the New Deal was working. An economist was tasked with the Don Quixote-like job of counting every transaction in America to produce a single number: GDP. We have lived inside that number ever since.</p><p>•       <strong>Money Is More Embarrassing Than Sex: </strong>We talk freely about sex now. We still don’t talk about money — not with spouses, not with parents, not with children. Mayyasi advocates for salary transparency, even though companies that have tried it report uncomfortable conversations about race and gender pay gaps. The discomfort is the point. Maybe we need a Freud of finance to liberate us from the last taboo.</p><p>•       <strong>Financial Time Travel: </strong>Markets give us the ability to move money through time — into the future through saving, or from the future to the present through borrowing. Student loans are the most relatable form: young people pulling their future income backwards to fund the human capital they need to earn it. Consumption smoothing across the life cycle is a perfectly valid use of debt, as long as you don’t assume the future will be richer than it actually turns out to be.</p><p>•       <strong>Productive Risk Versus Nihilistic Gambling: </strong>The GameStop ride looks quaint compared to today’s parlay bets on whether a certain word will appear in the State of the Union. Higher risk, higher reward is a continuum, and savvy careers are built on calculated risks. But there is a difference between productive risk — the kind that builds businesses and careers — and the nihilistic flip of a coin. Knowing the difference is half of financial literacy.</p><p>•       <strong>Bobby Bonilla and the Magic of Compound Interest: </strong>Bonilla agreed to defer his $6 million Mets salary for decades. Every year, the Mets still send him a cheque for over $1 million, which drives Mets fans insane. It looks bone-headed, but it is exactly how every successful retirement plan works: give up consumption now, let compound interest do its work, enjoy something like $30 million in the future. Bonilla was savvier than his critics. We can all learn from him.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p>Alex Mayyasi is a writer and frequent contributor to NPR’s <em>Planet Money</em>. His new book, <em>Planet Money: How to Live Richer, Spend Smarter, and Afford the Life You Want</em>, was published this week.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>Planet Money: How to Live Richer, Spend Smarter, and Afford the Life You Want</em></a> by Alex Mayyasi.</p><p>•       Episode 2863: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">An Anticapitalist Mutiny</a> — Noam Scheiber on the rise and revolt of the college-educated working class. The other side of Planet Money.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: things aren’t quite right on Planet Money</li>
<li>(03:18) - The Great Moderation: a fantastic run that we forgot to celebrate</li>
<li>(05:49) - The economy was invented during the Great Depression</li>
<li>(07:52) - Aristotle’s oikonomia: economics has always been personal</li>
<li>(09:20) - The Planet Money DNA: storytelling and the bank teller who met the ATM</li>
<li>(13:23) - Why money makes everybody nervous</li>
<li>(16:02) - Crypto out, AI in: the great pivot of the writing process</li>
<li>(17:49) - Economists and AI: the longer perspective</li>
<li>(20:03) - Financial time travel: student loans as moving income through time</li>
<li>(22:40) - Productive risk versus nihilistic gambling</li>
<li>(24:41) - Does money make you happy? Beyond the $60,000 plateau</li>
<li>(27:25) - GDP versus the planet: externalities and corporate DNA</li>
<li>(30:15) - More embarrassing than sex: why we can’t talk about money</li>
<li>(33:19) - Salary transparency: the case of Sweden</li>
<li>(41:47) - Bobby Bonilla, the Mets, and the magic of compound interest</li>
<li>(45:48) - Insurance as peace of mind</li>
</ul><br><p> </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/212e7b18/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/212e7b18/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Anticapitalist Mutiny: Noam Scheiber on the Rise and Revolt of the College-Educated Working Class</title>
      <itunes:episode>2863</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2863</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>An Anticapitalist Mutiny: Noam Scheiber on the Rise and Revolt of the College-Educated Working Class</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e7237700-8554-449d-bb2e-2a0fe7bf1a3e</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Historically, when the college-educated become politically radicalised, that does tend to lead to real shifts.” — Noam Scheiber<br></em><br></p><p>A university degree has always been seen as a passport out of the working class. But according to the <em>New York Times</em>’ <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/by/noam-scheiber">Noam Scheiber</a>, the reverse is now true. In his new book, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/">Mutiny</a>, Scheiber argues that the good white-collar jobs college once promised have been quietly disappearing over the last fifteen years. The result, he argues, is the rise and revolt of what he calls a “college-educated” working class.</p><p>Scheiber chose mutiny because it’s a term to describe workers who have lost confidence in management. College graduates who once imagined themselves as management-adjacent now regard the people in charge with deep suspicion. The university itself has become extractive — charging the same tuition for an art history degree as for an engineering degree, marketing video game design programmes to thousands of students who will never make a living from them, lending federal money with no skin in the game.</p><p>Scheiber warns that the ideological diploma divide has already closed. By 2020, college graduates were slightly to the left of non-college voters on taxation, regulation, and unions. Sympathy for socialism among college grads doubled between 2010 and 2020. Mamdani won eighty-five per cent of college graduates under thirty in New York City. When the educated radicalise and join forces with the traditional working class, Scheiber notes, the political order changes. This was as true in nineteenth-century China as in Russia in 1917, Iran 1979 and Poland in 1980.</p><p>College grads have nothing to lose but their diplomas.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Mutiny, Not Revolution: </strong>Scheiber chose the word deliberately. Mutiny is a workplace term. Sailors who have lost confidence in the captain take matters into their own hands. It taps into the changing sociology of college graduates who once imagined themselves as management-adjacent and now regard the people in charge with deep suspicion. This isn’t a violent uprising. It’s a workplace rebellion.</p><p>•       <strong>The Video Game Design Degree Is the Perfect Scam: </strong>Tens of thousands of students each year enrol in college programmes that promise to turn their hobby into a career at a major studio. Only a tiny fraction ever make a living designing games. The marketing isn’t a lie — just a rosier picture than the reality. Universities charge the same tuition for an art history degree as for an engineering degree, even though we know the returns are vastly different. No other part of the economy works this way.</p><p>•       <strong>On Economics, the Diploma Divide Has Already Closed: </strong>Through the 1980s and 1990s, college graduates were significantly more conservative on economics. By 2012, college and non-college voters were in the exact same place. By 2020, college graduates were slightly to the left. Sympathy for socialism among college grads doubled from twenty to forty per cent between 2010 and 2020. The divide that remains is cultural. The economic majority is sitting out there waiting for a candidate who knows how to address it.</p><p>•       <strong>The 70/10 Gap: </strong>About seventy per cent of Americans support unions in principle. Only ten per cent are actually in one. American labour law gives employers enormous leeway to discourage organising. The gap means traditional unions cannot close the demand. Alternative forms of organising — the Alphabet Workers Union at Google, Amazon employees for climate justice, walkouts and petitions — are becoming the new shape of workplace power.</p><p>•       <strong>When the College-Educated Radicalise, Politics Disrupts: </strong>Nineteenth-century China. The Bolshevik Revolution. Iran 1979. Poland’s Solidarity movement. Spain and Greece after the Great Recession. History shows that when a frustrated educated class joins forces with the traditional working class, the political order changes. The college-educated have agency. They vote, organise, donate, and show up. When they get angry, the political class notices.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.nytimes.com/by/noam-scheiber">Noam Scheiber</a> is a labour and workplace reporter for <em>The New York Times</em>. A former Rhodes Scholar, he is the author of <em>The Escape Artists: How Obama’s Team Fumbled the Recovery</em> and <em>Mutiny: The Rise and Revolt of the College-Educated Working Class</em>.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>Mutiny: The Rise and Revolt of the College-Educated Working Class</em></a> by Noam Scheiber — the book under discussion.</p><p>•       Episode 2861: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">The Joe Biden Tragedy</a> — Julian Zelizer on the last New Deal president. The political vacuum Scheiber describes.</p><p>•       Episode 2859: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Stop, Don’t Do That</a> — Peter Edelman on Bobby Kennedy. The progressive populism that could once unite Black and white workers.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: new book day, the betrayal of college graduates</li>
<li>(02:46) - Why mutiny, not revolution: a workplace term</li>
<li>(05:56) - The Rhodes Scholar who became a Starbucks organiser</li>
<li>(10:10) - Generation morality without class consciousness</li>
<li>(15:33) - Can the GOP become the party of workers?</li>
<li>(18:00) - The convergence of college and non-college voters on immigration and crime</li>
<li>(20:14) - What does betrayal feel like?</li>
<li>(21:00) - The video game design degree scam</li>
<li>(24:37) - The university as extractive system</li>
<li>(27:15) - Was Biden a New Deal president in a post-New Deal age?</li>
<li>(31:45) - Mamdani and the economic majority that’s sitting out there</li>
<li>(32:45) - The 70/10 gap: why traditional unions can’t close it</li>
<li>(35:02) - Tech workers, alternative organising, and the Alphabet Workers Union</li>
<li>(38:50) - Has the decline of knowledge work begun?</li>
<li>(40:00) - Luddites or Bolsheviks: when the college-educated radicalise</li>
<li>(40:55) - Iran 1979, Poland’s Solidarity, and the disruptive power of educated rage</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Historically, when the college-educated become politically radicalised, that does tend to lead to real shifts.” — Noam Scheiber<br></em><br></p><p>A university degree has always been seen as a passport out of the working class. But according to the <em>New York Times</em>’ <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/by/noam-scheiber">Noam Scheiber</a>, the reverse is now true. In his new book, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/">Mutiny</a>, Scheiber argues that the good white-collar jobs college once promised have been quietly disappearing over the last fifteen years. The result, he argues, is the rise and revolt of what he calls a “college-educated” working class.</p><p>Scheiber chose mutiny because it’s a term to describe workers who have lost confidence in management. College graduates who once imagined themselves as management-adjacent now regard the people in charge with deep suspicion. The university itself has become extractive — charging the same tuition for an art history degree as for an engineering degree, marketing video game design programmes to thousands of students who will never make a living from them, lending federal money with no skin in the game.</p><p>Scheiber warns that the ideological diploma divide has already closed. By 2020, college graduates were slightly to the left of non-college voters on taxation, regulation, and unions. Sympathy for socialism among college grads doubled between 2010 and 2020. Mamdani won eighty-five per cent of college graduates under thirty in New York City. When the educated radicalise and join forces with the traditional working class, Scheiber notes, the political order changes. This was as true in nineteenth-century China as in Russia in 1917, Iran 1979 and Poland in 1980.</p><p>College grads have nothing to lose but their diplomas.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Mutiny, Not Revolution: </strong>Scheiber chose the word deliberately. Mutiny is a workplace term. Sailors who have lost confidence in the captain take matters into their own hands. It taps into the changing sociology of college graduates who once imagined themselves as management-adjacent and now regard the people in charge with deep suspicion. This isn’t a violent uprising. It’s a workplace rebellion.</p><p>•       <strong>The Video Game Design Degree Is the Perfect Scam: </strong>Tens of thousands of students each year enrol in college programmes that promise to turn their hobby into a career at a major studio. Only a tiny fraction ever make a living designing games. The marketing isn’t a lie — just a rosier picture than the reality. Universities charge the same tuition for an art history degree as for an engineering degree, even though we know the returns are vastly different. No other part of the economy works this way.</p><p>•       <strong>On Economics, the Diploma Divide Has Already Closed: </strong>Through the 1980s and 1990s, college graduates were significantly more conservative on economics. By 2012, college and non-college voters were in the exact same place. By 2020, college graduates were slightly to the left. Sympathy for socialism among college grads doubled from twenty to forty per cent between 2010 and 2020. The divide that remains is cultural. The economic majority is sitting out there waiting for a candidate who knows how to address it.</p><p>•       <strong>The 70/10 Gap: </strong>About seventy per cent of Americans support unions in principle. Only ten per cent are actually in one. American labour law gives employers enormous leeway to discourage organising. The gap means traditional unions cannot close the demand. Alternative forms of organising — the Alphabet Workers Union at Google, Amazon employees for climate justice, walkouts and petitions — are becoming the new shape of workplace power.</p><p>•       <strong>When the College-Educated Radicalise, Politics Disrupts: </strong>Nineteenth-century China. The Bolshevik Revolution. Iran 1979. Poland’s Solidarity movement. Spain and Greece after the Great Recession. History shows that when a frustrated educated class joins forces with the traditional working class, the political order changes. The college-educated have agency. They vote, organise, donate, and show up. When they get angry, the political class notices.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.nytimes.com/by/noam-scheiber">Noam Scheiber</a> is a labour and workplace reporter for <em>The New York Times</em>. A former Rhodes Scholar, he is the author of <em>The Escape Artists: How Obama’s Team Fumbled the Recovery</em> and <em>Mutiny: The Rise and Revolt of the College-Educated Working Class</em>.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>Mutiny: The Rise and Revolt of the College-Educated Working Class</em></a> by Noam Scheiber — the book under discussion.</p><p>•       Episode 2861: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">The Joe Biden Tragedy</a> — Julian Zelizer on the last New Deal president. The political vacuum Scheiber describes.</p><p>•       Episode 2859: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Stop, Don’t Do That</a> — Peter Edelman on Bobby Kennedy. The progressive populism that could once unite Black and white workers.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: new book day, the betrayal of college graduates</li>
<li>(02:46) - Why mutiny, not revolution: a workplace term</li>
<li>(05:56) - The Rhodes Scholar who became a Starbucks organiser</li>
<li>(10:10) - Generation morality without class consciousness</li>
<li>(15:33) - Can the GOP become the party of workers?</li>
<li>(18:00) - The convergence of college and non-college voters on immigration and crime</li>
<li>(20:14) - What does betrayal feel like?</li>
<li>(21:00) - The video game design degree scam</li>
<li>(24:37) - The university as extractive system</li>
<li>(27:15) - Was Biden a New Deal president in a post-New Deal age?</li>
<li>(31:45) - Mamdani and the economic majority that’s sitting out there</li>
<li>(32:45) - The 70/10 gap: why traditional unions can’t close it</li>
<li>(35:02) - Tech workers, alternative organising, and the Alphabet Workers Union</li>
<li>(38:50) - Has the decline of knowledge work begun?</li>
<li>(40:00) - Luddites or Bolsheviks: when the college-educated radicalise</li>
<li>(40:55) - Iran 1979, Poland’s Solidarity, and the disruptive power of educated rage</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2026 06:57:37 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/a0a0fc72/d2a3eafa.mp3" length="42098073" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=adetDuMaaew">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/uyTynFHvJpmAHxUu5XxnsTUzUaMqutNgxAV-328_07M/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS83Yjlk/YzI1YjAxZDUwYmU3/ZTEzYjMxMjNkM2I0/MDgzOS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2629</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Historically, when the college-educated become politically radicalised, that does tend to lead to real shifts.” — Noam Scheiber<br></em><br></p><p>A university degree has always been seen as a passport out of the working class. But according to the <em>New York Times</em>’ <a href="https://www.nytimes.com/by/noam-scheiber">Noam Scheiber</a>, the reverse is now true. In his new book, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/">Mutiny</a>, Scheiber argues that the good white-collar jobs college once promised have been quietly disappearing over the last fifteen years. The result, he argues, is the rise and revolt of what he calls a “college-educated” working class.</p><p>Scheiber chose mutiny because it’s a term to describe workers who have lost confidence in management. College graduates who once imagined themselves as management-adjacent now regard the people in charge with deep suspicion. The university itself has become extractive — charging the same tuition for an art history degree as for an engineering degree, marketing video game design programmes to thousands of students who will never make a living from them, lending federal money with no skin in the game.</p><p>Scheiber warns that the ideological diploma divide has already closed. By 2020, college graduates were slightly to the left of non-college voters on taxation, regulation, and unions. Sympathy for socialism among college grads doubled between 2010 and 2020. Mamdani won eighty-five per cent of college graduates under thirty in New York City. When the educated radicalise and join forces with the traditional working class, Scheiber notes, the political order changes. This was as true in nineteenth-century China as in Russia in 1917, Iran 1979 and Poland in 1980.</p><p>College grads have nothing to lose but their diplomas.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Mutiny, Not Revolution: </strong>Scheiber chose the word deliberately. Mutiny is a workplace term. Sailors who have lost confidence in the captain take matters into their own hands. It taps into the changing sociology of college graduates who once imagined themselves as management-adjacent and now regard the people in charge with deep suspicion. This isn’t a violent uprising. It’s a workplace rebellion.</p><p>•       <strong>The Video Game Design Degree Is the Perfect Scam: </strong>Tens of thousands of students each year enrol in college programmes that promise to turn their hobby into a career at a major studio. Only a tiny fraction ever make a living designing games. The marketing isn’t a lie — just a rosier picture than the reality. Universities charge the same tuition for an art history degree as for an engineering degree, even though we know the returns are vastly different. No other part of the economy works this way.</p><p>•       <strong>On Economics, the Diploma Divide Has Already Closed: </strong>Through the 1980s and 1990s, college graduates were significantly more conservative on economics. By 2012, college and non-college voters were in the exact same place. By 2020, college graduates were slightly to the left. Sympathy for socialism among college grads doubled from twenty to forty per cent between 2010 and 2020. The divide that remains is cultural. The economic majority is sitting out there waiting for a candidate who knows how to address it.</p><p>•       <strong>The 70/10 Gap: </strong>About seventy per cent of Americans support unions in principle. Only ten per cent are actually in one. American labour law gives employers enormous leeway to discourage organising. The gap means traditional unions cannot close the demand. Alternative forms of organising — the Alphabet Workers Union at Google, Amazon employees for climate justice, walkouts and petitions — are becoming the new shape of workplace power.</p><p>•       <strong>When the College-Educated Radicalise, Politics Disrupts: </strong>Nineteenth-century China. The Bolshevik Revolution. Iran 1979. Poland’s Solidarity movement. Spain and Greece after the Great Recession. History shows that when a frustrated educated class joins forces with the traditional working class, the political order changes. The college-educated have agency. They vote, organise, donate, and show up. When they get angry, the political class notices.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.nytimes.com/by/noam-scheiber">Noam Scheiber</a> is a labour and workplace reporter for <em>The New York Times</em>. A former Rhodes Scholar, he is the author of <em>The Escape Artists: How Obama’s Team Fumbled the Recovery</em> and <em>Mutiny: The Rise and Revolt of the College-Educated Working Class</em>.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/"><em>Mutiny: The Rise and Revolt of the College-Educated Working Class</em></a> by Noam Scheiber — the book under discussion.</p><p>•       Episode 2861: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">The Joe Biden Tragedy</a> — Julian Zelizer on the last New Deal president. The political vacuum Scheiber describes.</p><p>•       Episode 2859: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Stop, Don’t Do That</a> — Peter Edelman on Bobby Kennedy. The progressive populism that could once unite Black and white workers.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: new book day, the betrayal of college graduates</li>
<li>(02:46) - Why mutiny, not revolution: a workplace term</li>
<li>(05:56) - The Rhodes Scholar who became a Starbucks organiser</li>
<li>(10:10) - Generation morality without class consciousness</li>
<li>(15:33) - Can the GOP become the party of workers?</li>
<li>(18:00) - The convergence of college and non-college voters on immigration and crime</li>
<li>(20:14) - What does betrayal feel like?</li>
<li>(21:00) - The video game design degree scam</li>
<li>(24:37) - The university as extractive system</li>
<li>(27:15) - Was Biden a New Deal president in a post-New Deal age?</li>
<li>(31:45) - Mamdani and the economic majority that’s sitting out there</li>
<li>(32:45) - The 70/10 gap: why traditional unions can’t close it</li>
<li>(35:02) - Tech workers, alternative organising, and the Alphabet Workers Union</li>
<li>(38:50) - Has the decline of knowledge work begun?</li>
<li>(40:00) - Luddites or Bolsheviks: when the college-educated radicalise</li>
<li>(40:55) - Iran 1979, Poland’s Solidarity, and the disruptive power of educated rage</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a0a0fc72/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a0a0fc72/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Truth is Dead: Steven Rosenbaum on AI as a Spectacularly Good Liar</title>
      <itunes:episode>2862</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2862</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Truth is Dead: Steven Rosenbaum on AI as a Spectacularly Good Liar</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f311fe68-64bf-4767-b45e-9459bf4b5ce3</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“When we trust AI to tell us the truth, we are setting ourselves up to hand over something deeply human to a machine that does not have our best interests at heart.” — Steven Rosenbaum<br></em><br></p><p>Truth, Steven Rosenbaum cheerfully admits, is a shitty word. It has two ontological realities — one objective, the other subjective — but most of us use the word without much thought. Maybe it’s like pornography. It might be hard to define, but you know it when you see it. Or perhaps you know it, when you don’t see it.</p><p>His new book, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/">The Future of Truth: How AI Reshapes Reality</a>, with a foreword by Nobel laureate Maria Ressa, takes a cast of tech futurists — Douglas Rushkoff, Larry Lessig, Gary Marcus, Esther Dyson, David Chalmers — and asks what happens to truth in our AI age.</p><p>AI is, at its core, Rosenbaum’s tech mavens report, a spectacularly good liar. It tells us exactly what we want to hear. And even when it knows it’s wrong, he says, it lies. Rather than a bug, lying is a core, perhaps the core feature of AI.</p><p>I’m not so sure. Humans have always been spectacularly good liars too. Stories are a kind of untruth. Cinema is, by definition, an untruth. Television had ads. Every medium has been corrupted by commercial interest. But, for Rosenbaum, AI is different. Truth then has no future in our AI age. Except, of course, in books like <em>The Future of Truth</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>AI Is, at Its Core, a Spectacularly Good Liar: </strong>It tells you exactly what you want to hear. Even when it knows it’s wrong, it lies. That’s not a code problem or a tweak — it’s in its DNA. Gary Marcus argues the problem isn’t AI per se but the current structure of LLMs. They read everything you’ve ever said and manufacture a version of you. Most of it is pretty good. The rest is just fucking wrong.</p><p>•       <strong>Truth Is a Shitty Word: </strong>It means two completely different things. Objective truth: one plus one equals two. Subjective truth: your opinion dressed up as fact. We’ve allowed ourselves to use the word casually, and that’s dangerous. The moment it came out from hiding was Kellyanne Conway on the White House lawn, talking about “alternative facts.” Trump then built a social network and called it Truth Social. That wasn’t an accident.</p><p>•       <strong>Courts Require Facts. AI Will Filter Justice: </strong>Larry Lessig’s concern is that courts could really use AI to process enormous volumes of evidence. But AI will do it with its own biases built in. It might look at a thousand similar cases and say: we see a pattern, we don’t need to hear anything else. Lessig fears the court system will be reshaped by a technology that doesn’t understand what justice means.</p><p>•       <strong>ChatGPT Said Sora Was Dangerous — Weeks Before They Shut It Down: </strong>Rosenbaum “interviewed” OpenAI’s own algorithm about Sora for two hours. By the end, it said: Sora 2 is dangerous, Sam should have known better, it was a bad business decision, we should shut it down. Weeks later, OpenAI did. They knew. They went too far.</p><p>•       <strong>David Chalmers vs. Plato: </strong>The book stages a debate between the living philosopher and the dead one, using AI to generate Plato’s side. Chalmers said he wasn’t sure he would have phrased things quite that way, but found it entertaining. Rosenbaum didn’t show it to Chalmers in advance because Plato didn’t get the same opportunity. That’s fairness in the age of bots.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p>Steven Rosenbaum is a journalist, filmmaker, and co-founder of the Sustainable Media Center at NYU. He is the author of <em>The Future of Truth: How AI Reshapes Reality</em>, with a foreword by Maria Ressa. He lives on the Upper West Side of New York City.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <em>The Future of Truth: How AI Reshapes Reality</em> by Steven Rosenbaum, foreword by Maria Ressa.</p><p>•       Episode 2860: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">We Shape Our AI, Thereafter It Shapes Us</a> — Keith Teare on the agency debate. Rosenbaum is the counter-argument.</p><p>•       Episode 2854: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Perfection Is the Devil</a> — Daniel Smith on AI chatbots as inherently sycophantic. Rosenbaum’s “spectacularly good liar” is the same diagnosis.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Doctor Truth from the Upper West Side</li>
<li>(02:25) - Truth is a shitty word: objective vs. subjective</li>
<li>(05:12) - Kellyanne Conway and the moment it all came out from hiding</li>
<li>(06:56) - The Sustainable Media Center and the perennial problem</li>
<li>(07:57) - If we don’t care about truth, we might let it vanish</li>
<li>(11:09) - AI is a spectacularly good liar</li>
<li>(13:09) - Aren’t stories a kind of lying?</li>
<li>(14:22) - Trump called his social network Truth Social. That wasn’t an accident.</li>
<li>(18:04) - When you ask AI a question, it has no plans to tell you the truth</li>
<li>(19:05) - Larry Lessig: courts require facts, and AI will filter justice</li>
<li>(21:19) - Should we trust AI with truth? Yes — and put a period at the end</li>
<li>(24:14) - The 15-year-old who fell in love with a Character AI</li>
<li>(29:12) - The Sora deepfake: profoundly disturbing testimonials</li>
<li>(33:29) - Obama: truth is the cornerstone of democracy</li>
<li>(36:05) - ChatGPT told Rosenbaum that Sora was dangerous weeks before it was shut down</li>
<li>(42:20) - David Chalmers vs. Plato: a staged debate between the living and the dead</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“When we trust AI to tell us the truth, we are setting ourselves up to hand over something deeply human to a machine that does not have our best interests at heart.” — Steven Rosenbaum<br></em><br></p><p>Truth, Steven Rosenbaum cheerfully admits, is a shitty word. It has two ontological realities — one objective, the other subjective — but most of us use the word without much thought. Maybe it’s like pornography. It might be hard to define, but you know it when you see it. Or perhaps you know it, when you don’t see it.</p><p>His new book, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/">The Future of Truth: How AI Reshapes Reality</a>, with a foreword by Nobel laureate Maria Ressa, takes a cast of tech futurists — Douglas Rushkoff, Larry Lessig, Gary Marcus, Esther Dyson, David Chalmers — and asks what happens to truth in our AI age.</p><p>AI is, at its core, Rosenbaum’s tech mavens report, a spectacularly good liar. It tells us exactly what we want to hear. And even when it knows it’s wrong, he says, it lies. Rather than a bug, lying is a core, perhaps the core feature of AI.</p><p>I’m not so sure. Humans have always been spectacularly good liars too. Stories are a kind of untruth. Cinema is, by definition, an untruth. Television had ads. Every medium has been corrupted by commercial interest. But, for Rosenbaum, AI is different. Truth then has no future in our AI age. Except, of course, in books like <em>The Future of Truth</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>AI Is, at Its Core, a Spectacularly Good Liar: </strong>It tells you exactly what you want to hear. Even when it knows it’s wrong, it lies. That’s not a code problem or a tweak — it’s in its DNA. Gary Marcus argues the problem isn’t AI per se but the current structure of LLMs. They read everything you’ve ever said and manufacture a version of you. Most of it is pretty good. The rest is just fucking wrong.</p><p>•       <strong>Truth Is a Shitty Word: </strong>It means two completely different things. Objective truth: one plus one equals two. Subjective truth: your opinion dressed up as fact. We’ve allowed ourselves to use the word casually, and that’s dangerous. The moment it came out from hiding was Kellyanne Conway on the White House lawn, talking about “alternative facts.” Trump then built a social network and called it Truth Social. That wasn’t an accident.</p><p>•       <strong>Courts Require Facts. AI Will Filter Justice: </strong>Larry Lessig’s concern is that courts could really use AI to process enormous volumes of evidence. But AI will do it with its own biases built in. It might look at a thousand similar cases and say: we see a pattern, we don’t need to hear anything else. Lessig fears the court system will be reshaped by a technology that doesn’t understand what justice means.</p><p>•       <strong>ChatGPT Said Sora Was Dangerous — Weeks Before They Shut It Down: </strong>Rosenbaum “interviewed” OpenAI’s own algorithm about Sora for two hours. By the end, it said: Sora 2 is dangerous, Sam should have known better, it was a bad business decision, we should shut it down. Weeks later, OpenAI did. They knew. They went too far.</p><p>•       <strong>David Chalmers vs. Plato: </strong>The book stages a debate between the living philosopher and the dead one, using AI to generate Plato’s side. Chalmers said he wasn’t sure he would have phrased things quite that way, but found it entertaining. Rosenbaum didn’t show it to Chalmers in advance because Plato didn’t get the same opportunity. That’s fairness in the age of bots.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p>Steven Rosenbaum is a journalist, filmmaker, and co-founder of the Sustainable Media Center at NYU. He is the author of <em>The Future of Truth: How AI Reshapes Reality</em>, with a foreword by Maria Ressa. He lives on the Upper West Side of New York City.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <em>The Future of Truth: How AI Reshapes Reality</em> by Steven Rosenbaum, foreword by Maria Ressa.</p><p>•       Episode 2860: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">We Shape Our AI, Thereafter It Shapes Us</a> — Keith Teare on the agency debate. Rosenbaum is the counter-argument.</p><p>•       Episode 2854: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Perfection Is the Devil</a> — Daniel Smith on AI chatbots as inherently sycophantic. Rosenbaum’s “spectacularly good liar” is the same diagnosis.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Doctor Truth from the Upper West Side</li>
<li>(02:25) - Truth is a shitty word: objective vs. subjective</li>
<li>(05:12) - Kellyanne Conway and the moment it all came out from hiding</li>
<li>(06:56) - The Sustainable Media Center and the perennial problem</li>
<li>(07:57) - If we don’t care about truth, we might let it vanish</li>
<li>(11:09) - AI is a spectacularly good liar</li>
<li>(13:09) - Aren’t stories a kind of lying?</li>
<li>(14:22) - Trump called his social network Truth Social. That wasn’t an accident.</li>
<li>(18:04) - When you ask AI a question, it has no plans to tell you the truth</li>
<li>(19:05) - Larry Lessig: courts require facts, and AI will filter justice</li>
<li>(21:19) - Should we trust AI with truth? Yes — and put a period at the end</li>
<li>(24:14) - The 15-year-old who fell in love with a Character AI</li>
<li>(29:12) - The Sora deepfake: profoundly disturbing testimonials</li>
<li>(33:29) - Obama: truth is the cornerstone of democracy</li>
<li>(36:05) - ChatGPT told Rosenbaum that Sora was dangerous weeks before it was shut down</li>
<li>(42:20) - David Chalmers vs. Plato: a staged debate between the living and the dead</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2026 06:46:56 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/17540ccd/18ec7afb.mp3" length="92102326" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rkL81oYGHB8">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/_pGOy-R-uXFnUnVfKJEwZVRwIPqG9rFObM6ceJ7-at0/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80MDQx/OWYxNzYwZDdjNDZi/YjVjMDNjMzBjMTlj/MTgzNC5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2878</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“When we trust AI to tell us the truth, we are setting ourselves up to hand over something deeply human to a machine that does not have our best interests at heart.” — Steven Rosenbaum<br></em><br></p><p>Truth, Steven Rosenbaum cheerfully admits, is a shitty word. It has two ontological realities — one objective, the other subjective — but most of us use the word without much thought. Maybe it’s like pornography. It might be hard to define, but you know it when you see it. Or perhaps you know it, when you don’t see it.</p><p>His new book, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/">The Future of Truth: How AI Reshapes Reality</a>, with a foreword by Nobel laureate Maria Ressa, takes a cast of tech futurists — Douglas Rushkoff, Larry Lessig, Gary Marcus, Esther Dyson, David Chalmers — and asks what happens to truth in our AI age.</p><p>AI is, at its core, Rosenbaum’s tech mavens report, a spectacularly good liar. It tells us exactly what we want to hear. And even when it knows it’s wrong, he says, it lies. Rather than a bug, lying is a core, perhaps the core feature of AI.</p><p>I’m not so sure. Humans have always been spectacularly good liars too. Stories are a kind of untruth. Cinema is, by definition, an untruth. Television had ads. Every medium has been corrupted by commercial interest. But, for Rosenbaum, AI is different. Truth then has no future in our AI age. Except, of course, in books like <em>The Future of Truth</em>.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>AI Is, at Its Core, a Spectacularly Good Liar: </strong>It tells you exactly what you want to hear. Even when it knows it’s wrong, it lies. That’s not a code problem or a tweak — it’s in its DNA. Gary Marcus argues the problem isn’t AI per se but the current structure of LLMs. They read everything you’ve ever said and manufacture a version of you. Most of it is pretty good. The rest is just fucking wrong.</p><p>•       <strong>Truth Is a Shitty Word: </strong>It means two completely different things. Objective truth: one plus one equals two. Subjective truth: your opinion dressed up as fact. We’ve allowed ourselves to use the word casually, and that’s dangerous. The moment it came out from hiding was Kellyanne Conway on the White House lawn, talking about “alternative facts.” Trump then built a social network and called it Truth Social. That wasn’t an accident.</p><p>•       <strong>Courts Require Facts. AI Will Filter Justice: </strong>Larry Lessig’s concern is that courts could really use AI to process enormous volumes of evidence. But AI will do it with its own biases built in. It might look at a thousand similar cases and say: we see a pattern, we don’t need to hear anything else. Lessig fears the court system will be reshaped by a technology that doesn’t understand what justice means.</p><p>•       <strong>ChatGPT Said Sora Was Dangerous — Weeks Before They Shut It Down: </strong>Rosenbaum “interviewed” OpenAI’s own algorithm about Sora for two hours. By the end, it said: Sora 2 is dangerous, Sam should have known better, it was a bad business decision, we should shut it down. Weeks later, OpenAI did. They knew. They went too far.</p><p>•       <strong>David Chalmers vs. Plato: </strong>The book stages a debate between the living philosopher and the dead one, using AI to generate Plato’s side. Chalmers said he wasn’t sure he would have phrased things quite that way, but found it entertaining. Rosenbaum didn’t show it to Chalmers in advance because Plato didn’t get the same opportunity. That’s fairness in the age of bots.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p>Steven Rosenbaum is a journalist, filmmaker, and co-founder of the Sustainable Media Center at NYU. He is the author of <em>The Future of Truth: How AI Reshapes Reality</em>, with a foreword by Maria Ressa. He lives on the Upper West Side of New York City.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <em>The Future of Truth: How AI Reshapes Reality</em> by Steven Rosenbaum, foreword by Maria Ressa.</p><p>•       Episode 2860: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">We Shape Our AI, Thereafter It Shapes Us</a> — Keith Teare on the agency debate. Rosenbaum is the counter-argument.</p><p>•       Episode 2854: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Perfection Is the Devil</a> — Daniel Smith on AI chatbots as inherently sycophantic. Rosenbaum’s “spectacularly good liar” is the same diagnosis.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Doctor Truth from the Upper West Side</li>
<li>(02:25) - Truth is a shitty word: objective vs. subjective</li>
<li>(05:12) - Kellyanne Conway and the moment it all came out from hiding</li>
<li>(06:56) - The Sustainable Media Center and the perennial problem</li>
<li>(07:57) - If we don’t care about truth, we might let it vanish</li>
<li>(11:09) - AI is a spectacularly good liar</li>
<li>(13:09) - Aren’t stories a kind of lying?</li>
<li>(14:22) - Trump called his social network Truth Social. That wasn’t an accident.</li>
<li>(18:04) - When you ask AI a question, it has no plans to tell you the truth</li>
<li>(19:05) - Larry Lessig: courts require facts, and AI will filter justice</li>
<li>(21:19) - Should we trust AI with truth? Yes — and put a period at the end</li>
<li>(24:14) - The 15-year-old who fell in love with a Character AI</li>
<li>(29:12) - The Sora deepfake: profoundly disturbing testimonials</li>
<li>(33:29) - Obama: truth is the cornerstone of democracy</li>
<li>(36:05) - ChatGPT told Rosenbaum that Sora was dangerous weeks before it was shut down</li>
<li>(42:20) - David Chalmers vs. Plato: a staged debate between the living and the dead</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/17540ccd/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/17540ccd/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Joe Biden Tragedy: Julian Zelizer on the Last New Deal President</title>
      <itunes:episode>2861</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2861</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Joe Biden Tragedy: Julian Zelizer on the Last New Deal President</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d43a35b7-8e75-4ed2-bac3-1050a35da452</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“His ultimate failure is not simply losing. It’s his failure to stop Trumpism from being such a dominant force in America.” — Julian Zelizer<br></em><br></p><p>On this Easter Sunday, can we resurrect Joe Biden’s reputation? Perhaps not — according to <a href="https://julianzelizer.com/">Julian Zelizer</a>, the Princeton historian and editor of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Presidency-Joseph-Biden-Historical-Assessment/dp/0691274789"><em>The Presidency of Joseph R. Biden</em></a>, a collection of essays about the historical significance of the Biden Presidency.</p><p>Zelizer argues that Biden’s legislative record was more robust than most Americans remember — climate investments, semiconductor plants, diversity integrated into government programmes. Rather than policy, the problem was the politics. Biden didn’t build a coalition that would last long enough for his ambitious programmes to mature. He is the last of an era: a New Deal Democrat who believed in big government, that the Republicans could be brought back to the centre, that politics could still work the way it used to. Joe Biden promised to save the soul of America from the Charlottesville moment. Instead, his administration was bookended by a President who saw “good people” on both sides of the Charlottesville neo-Nazi violence.</p><p>Zelizer makes an unusual comparison: Biden as Barry Goldwater. Goldwater lost catastrophically in 1964. Decades later, his anti-New Deal ideas colonised the modern Republican Party. Zelizer suggests that Biden’s domestic agenda — affordability, industrial policy, bringing jobs home — may follow the same trajectory. Victory on the heels of defeat. A resurrection of sorts. Maybe not such a tragedy after all.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Biden May Be the Last New Deal President: </strong>He is a product of mid-twentieth-century Democratic politics — big government, big federal programs, the belief that Washington can help middle-class Americans. His formative period was the era of LBJ and the Great Society. The next round of Democrats will not make his mistakes. The style of politics he represents may be over.</p><p>•       <strong>His Legislative Record Was More Robust Than Anyone Remembers: </strong>Climate investments, semiconductor plants, diversity integrated into government programs, jobs brought back to the United States. The problem wasn’t that the programmes were broken. The problem was political: he didn’t build a coalition that would last long enough for them to mature. Even the New Deal wasn’t up and running within a year.</p><p>•       <strong>He Promised to Save the Soul of America. He Couldn’t: </strong>Biden’s candidacy was a response to the neo-Nazi rally in Charlottesville. His promise was that Trumpism would not be at the centre of American power. His ultimate failure is not simply losing. It’s that his administration is followed by a much more radical Trump Two that undoes everything he put on the books and goes further.</p><p>•       <strong>Biden as Barry Goldwater: </strong>Goldwater lost by one of the worst margins on record in 1964. Decades later, his ideas were at the core of the modern Republican Party. Zelizer argues Biden’s domestic agenda — affordability, industrial policy, semiconductor investment — may follow the same trajectory. The ideas may outlast the man.</p><p>•       <strong>Bookended by Trump: </strong>There is no way to talk about Biden without talking about Trump. His candidacy was about what he was not going to allow to define America. The fact that he is followed by a more radical and destructive second Trump administration will always be at the centre of the conversation. Trump is the defining voice of this entire period.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://julianzelizer.com/">Julian Zelizer</a> is a professor of history and public affairs at Princeton University. He is the author of <em>Burning Down the House: Newt Gingrich and the Rise of the New Republican Party</em> and editor of the presidential assessment series including volumes on Bush, Obama, Trump, and Biden.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <em>The Presidency of Joseph R. Biden: A First Historical Assessment</em> edited by Julian Zelizer — the book under discussion.</p><p>•       Episode 2859: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Stop, Don’t Do That</a> — Peter Edelman on Bobby Kennedy. The progressive populism Biden couldn’t resurrect.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Easter Sunday and the resurrection of Joseph R. Biden</li>
<li>(02:21) - Zhou Enlai and Kissinger: is it too early to tell?</li>
<li>(04:34) - The historians were eager to participate</li>
<li>(06:16) - A traditional president analysed in a traditional format</li>
<li>(07:20) - Divided We Stand: Newt Gingrich and the pathetic quality of the Democrats</li>
<li>(09:48) - Gramsci’s interregnum: frozen between the past and the future</li>
<li>(11:35) - The soul of America: Biden’s promise and ultimate failure</li>
<li>(14:18) - An unlikely person: plagiarism, alliances with segregationists, and luck</li>
<li>(16:04) - Lincoln’s widow at the theatre: why did anyone fancy this guy?</li>
<li>(18:54) - No ideological coherence: the compromise candidate</li>
<li>(21:13) - The CHIPS Act looked great on paper</li>
<li>(23:38) - Who was running the show?</li>
<li>(25:30) - The debate: clearly at best out to lunch</li>
<li>(28:26) - Biden as Barry Goldwater: ideas that outlast the man</li>
<li>(30:38) - Kamala Harris and backward momentum for female candidates</li>
<li>(34:38) - Foreign policy: the irony of his supposed strength</li>
<li>(38:25) - The Hoover comparison: the end of a chapter in American history</li>
</ul><br><p> </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“His ultimate failure is not simply losing. It’s his failure to stop Trumpism from being such a dominant force in America.” — Julian Zelizer<br></em><br></p><p>On this Easter Sunday, can we resurrect Joe Biden’s reputation? Perhaps not — according to <a href="https://julianzelizer.com/">Julian Zelizer</a>, the Princeton historian and editor of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Presidency-Joseph-Biden-Historical-Assessment/dp/0691274789"><em>The Presidency of Joseph R. Biden</em></a>, a collection of essays about the historical significance of the Biden Presidency.</p><p>Zelizer argues that Biden’s legislative record was more robust than most Americans remember — climate investments, semiconductor plants, diversity integrated into government programmes. Rather than policy, the problem was the politics. Biden didn’t build a coalition that would last long enough for his ambitious programmes to mature. He is the last of an era: a New Deal Democrat who believed in big government, that the Republicans could be brought back to the centre, that politics could still work the way it used to. Joe Biden promised to save the soul of America from the Charlottesville moment. Instead, his administration was bookended by a President who saw “good people” on both sides of the Charlottesville neo-Nazi violence.</p><p>Zelizer makes an unusual comparison: Biden as Barry Goldwater. Goldwater lost catastrophically in 1964. Decades later, his anti-New Deal ideas colonised the modern Republican Party. Zelizer suggests that Biden’s domestic agenda — affordability, industrial policy, bringing jobs home — may follow the same trajectory. Victory on the heels of defeat. A resurrection of sorts. Maybe not such a tragedy after all.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Biden May Be the Last New Deal President: </strong>He is a product of mid-twentieth-century Democratic politics — big government, big federal programs, the belief that Washington can help middle-class Americans. His formative period was the era of LBJ and the Great Society. The next round of Democrats will not make his mistakes. The style of politics he represents may be over.</p><p>•       <strong>His Legislative Record Was More Robust Than Anyone Remembers: </strong>Climate investments, semiconductor plants, diversity integrated into government programs, jobs brought back to the United States. The problem wasn’t that the programmes were broken. The problem was political: he didn’t build a coalition that would last long enough for them to mature. Even the New Deal wasn’t up and running within a year.</p><p>•       <strong>He Promised to Save the Soul of America. He Couldn’t: </strong>Biden’s candidacy was a response to the neo-Nazi rally in Charlottesville. His promise was that Trumpism would not be at the centre of American power. His ultimate failure is not simply losing. It’s that his administration is followed by a much more radical Trump Two that undoes everything he put on the books and goes further.</p><p>•       <strong>Biden as Barry Goldwater: </strong>Goldwater lost by one of the worst margins on record in 1964. Decades later, his ideas were at the core of the modern Republican Party. Zelizer argues Biden’s domestic agenda — affordability, industrial policy, semiconductor investment — may follow the same trajectory. The ideas may outlast the man.</p><p>•       <strong>Bookended by Trump: </strong>There is no way to talk about Biden without talking about Trump. His candidacy was about what he was not going to allow to define America. The fact that he is followed by a more radical and destructive second Trump administration will always be at the centre of the conversation. Trump is the defining voice of this entire period.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://julianzelizer.com/">Julian Zelizer</a> is a professor of history and public affairs at Princeton University. He is the author of <em>Burning Down the House: Newt Gingrich and the Rise of the New Republican Party</em> and editor of the presidential assessment series including volumes on Bush, Obama, Trump, and Biden.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <em>The Presidency of Joseph R. Biden: A First Historical Assessment</em> edited by Julian Zelizer — the book under discussion.</p><p>•       Episode 2859: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Stop, Don’t Do That</a> — Peter Edelman on Bobby Kennedy. The progressive populism Biden couldn’t resurrect.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Easter Sunday and the resurrection of Joseph R. Biden</li>
<li>(02:21) - Zhou Enlai and Kissinger: is it too early to tell?</li>
<li>(04:34) - The historians were eager to participate</li>
<li>(06:16) - A traditional president analysed in a traditional format</li>
<li>(07:20) - Divided We Stand: Newt Gingrich and the pathetic quality of the Democrats</li>
<li>(09:48) - Gramsci’s interregnum: frozen between the past and the future</li>
<li>(11:35) - The soul of America: Biden’s promise and ultimate failure</li>
<li>(14:18) - An unlikely person: plagiarism, alliances with segregationists, and luck</li>
<li>(16:04) - Lincoln’s widow at the theatre: why did anyone fancy this guy?</li>
<li>(18:54) - No ideological coherence: the compromise candidate</li>
<li>(21:13) - The CHIPS Act looked great on paper</li>
<li>(23:38) - Who was running the show?</li>
<li>(25:30) - The debate: clearly at best out to lunch</li>
<li>(28:26) - Biden as Barry Goldwater: ideas that outlast the man</li>
<li>(30:38) - Kamala Harris and backward momentum for female candidates</li>
<li>(34:38) - Foreign policy: the irony of his supposed strength</li>
<li>(38:25) - The Hoover comparison: the end of a chapter in American history</li>
</ul><br><p> </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 05 Apr 2026 08:49:54 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/27bc405c/678e41b2.mp3" length="91850038" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4X5Y9P-j0EI">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/KG1Q7vdftA1alm130ZP8ma85-CUrY9hHOSYBz5mBOZs/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS85ZGUy/Zjk5NzdjMmQxZTY4/YTgwMjdhM2I2OWYy/ZGY1YS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2870</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“His ultimate failure is not simply losing. It’s his failure to stop Trumpism from being such a dominant force in America.” — Julian Zelizer<br></em><br></p><p>On this Easter Sunday, can we resurrect Joe Biden’s reputation? Perhaps not — according to <a href="https://julianzelizer.com/">Julian Zelizer</a>, the Princeton historian and editor of <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Presidency-Joseph-Biden-Historical-Assessment/dp/0691274789"><em>The Presidency of Joseph R. Biden</em></a>, a collection of essays about the historical significance of the Biden Presidency.</p><p>Zelizer argues that Biden’s legislative record was more robust than most Americans remember — climate investments, semiconductor plants, diversity integrated into government programmes. Rather than policy, the problem was the politics. Biden didn’t build a coalition that would last long enough for his ambitious programmes to mature. He is the last of an era: a New Deal Democrat who believed in big government, that the Republicans could be brought back to the centre, that politics could still work the way it used to. Joe Biden promised to save the soul of America from the Charlottesville moment. Instead, his administration was bookended by a President who saw “good people” on both sides of the Charlottesville neo-Nazi violence.</p><p>Zelizer makes an unusual comparison: Biden as Barry Goldwater. Goldwater lost catastrophically in 1964. Decades later, his anti-New Deal ideas colonised the modern Republican Party. Zelizer suggests that Biden’s domestic agenda — affordability, industrial policy, bringing jobs home — may follow the same trajectory. Victory on the heels of defeat. A resurrection of sorts. Maybe not such a tragedy after all.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Biden May Be the Last New Deal President: </strong>He is a product of mid-twentieth-century Democratic politics — big government, big federal programs, the belief that Washington can help middle-class Americans. His formative period was the era of LBJ and the Great Society. The next round of Democrats will not make his mistakes. The style of politics he represents may be over.</p><p>•       <strong>His Legislative Record Was More Robust Than Anyone Remembers: </strong>Climate investments, semiconductor plants, diversity integrated into government programs, jobs brought back to the United States. The problem wasn’t that the programmes were broken. The problem was political: he didn’t build a coalition that would last long enough for them to mature. Even the New Deal wasn’t up and running within a year.</p><p>•       <strong>He Promised to Save the Soul of America. He Couldn’t: </strong>Biden’s candidacy was a response to the neo-Nazi rally in Charlottesville. His promise was that Trumpism would not be at the centre of American power. His ultimate failure is not simply losing. It’s that his administration is followed by a much more radical Trump Two that undoes everything he put on the books and goes further.</p><p>•       <strong>Biden as Barry Goldwater: </strong>Goldwater lost by one of the worst margins on record in 1964. Decades later, his ideas were at the core of the modern Republican Party. Zelizer argues Biden’s domestic agenda — affordability, industrial policy, semiconductor investment — may follow the same trajectory. The ideas may outlast the man.</p><p>•       <strong>Bookended by Trump: </strong>There is no way to talk about Biden without talking about Trump. His candidacy was about what he was not going to allow to define America. The fact that he is followed by a more radical and destructive second Trump administration will always be at the centre of the conversation. Trump is the defining voice of this entire period.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://julianzelizer.com/">Julian Zelizer</a> is a professor of history and public affairs at Princeton University. He is the author of <em>Burning Down the House: Newt Gingrich and the Rise of the New Republican Party</em> and editor of the presidential assessment series including volumes on Bush, Obama, Trump, and Biden.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <em>The Presidency of Joseph R. Biden: A First Historical Assessment</em> edited by Julian Zelizer — the book under discussion.</p><p>•       Episode 2859: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Stop, Don’t Do That</a> — Peter Edelman on Bobby Kennedy. The progressive populism Biden couldn’t resurrect.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: Easter Sunday and the resurrection of Joseph R. Biden</li>
<li>(02:21) - Zhou Enlai and Kissinger: is it too early to tell?</li>
<li>(04:34) - The historians were eager to participate</li>
<li>(06:16) - A traditional president analysed in a traditional format</li>
<li>(07:20) - Divided We Stand: Newt Gingrich and the pathetic quality of the Democrats</li>
<li>(09:48) - Gramsci’s interregnum: frozen between the past and the future</li>
<li>(11:35) - The soul of America: Biden’s promise and ultimate failure</li>
<li>(14:18) - An unlikely person: plagiarism, alliances with segregationists, and luck</li>
<li>(16:04) - Lincoln’s widow at the theatre: why did anyone fancy this guy?</li>
<li>(18:54) - No ideological coherence: the compromise candidate</li>
<li>(21:13) - The CHIPS Act looked great on paper</li>
<li>(23:38) - Who was running the show?</li>
<li>(25:30) - The debate: clearly at best out to lunch</li>
<li>(28:26) - Biden as Barry Goldwater: ideas that outlast the man</li>
<li>(30:38) - Kamala Harris and backward momentum for female candidates</li>
<li>(34:38) - Foreign policy: the irony of his supposed strength</li>
<li>(38:25) - The Hoover comparison: the end of a chapter in American history</li>
</ul><br><p> </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/27bc405c/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/27bc405c/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Shape Our AI, Thereafter It Shapes Us: How to Maintain Human Agency in Our Agentic Age</title>
      <itunes:episode>2860</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2860</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>We Shape Our AI, Thereafter It Shapes Us: How to Maintain Human Agency in Our Agentic Age</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">12a1017d-5dd0-49b0-819a-0b15adc32126</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We shape our tools, and thereafter they shape us.” — Marshall McLuhan (attributed)<br></em><br></p><p>Who gets to tell the AI story? A movie, a media company or Marshall McLuhan?</p><p>1. The movie: the AI doc, <em>How I Became an Apocaloptimist</em>, which <a href="https://thatwastheweek.substack.com/">That Was The Week</a> publisher <a href="https://thatwastheweek.substack.com/">Keith Teare</a> dismissed because it failed to define AI.</p><p>2. A media company: OpenAI bought the streaming show TBPN for hundreds of millions of dollars in a move that is akin to Lenin starting Pravda.</p><p>3. Marshall McLuhan: Ezra Klein visited Silicon Valley and was reminded of McLuhan’s (supposed) remark that “first we shape our tools, and thereafter they shape us.”</p><p>Klein argues that AI agents are empowering tools that give humans a massive boost in productivity. But the effect, he writes, is to constantly reinforce a certain version of ourselves. These agentic tools are undermining our agency, he fears. So AI ultimately gets to tell the AI story.</p><p>Agency is becoming simultaneously the political problem and the cure — the thing-in-itself. Writing in the <em>New York Times</em>, Sophie Haigney argues that all the worst people want to be high-agency. Out here, in Silicon Valley, we think that all the worst people want to be low-agency. Perhaps the only thing we all agree on is that nobody wants to be a bot. First we shape our AIs and thereafter they shape us.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>The AI Doc Is a Massive Failure: </strong>Well made, technically fine, but it never establishes what the problem with AI actually is or what kind of solution it offers. All three leaders — Altman, Amodei, Hassabis — come across as unconvinced there will be a good future. The only opinion you can leave with is a negative one.</p><p>•       <strong>OpenAI Bought a Media Company: </strong>TBPN acquired for what may be hundreds of millions. Om Malik compares it to Lenin starting Pravda. You don’t buy a media outlet unless you want to influence the message. Keith thinks it’s about winning the messaging war against Anthropic. Meanwhile, OpenAI’s COO shifts to special projects and Fidji Simo takes medical leave.</p><p>•       <strong>Ezra Klein Saw Something New in San Francisco: </strong>He noticed people using AI agents as personal assistants — empowering tools that give humans a massive boost in productivity. His observation: the effect is to constantly reinforce a certain version of yourself. We shape our tools, and thereafter they shape us.</p><p>•       <strong>Agency Is the Defining Political Conversation: </strong>The New York Times argues all the worst people want to be high-agency. Keith argues the opposite: agency is the precondition for making history. The Meta verdict treated a depressed girl as a passive victim of media with no decision-making role. That depicts humans as infants. It isn’t true.</p><p>•       <strong>AI Is a Calculating Machine. You Have to Ask It Something: </strong>Agency hasn’t been given up. The human shapes the AI completely. Each session starts from scratch. The fear is that the next generation won’t be as clever as AI. But unless we have a strong sense of the self, we will be lost. If we do, we can shape these tools as we want.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://thatwastheweek.substack.com/">Keith Teare</a> is a serial entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of <a href="https://thatwastheweek.substack.com/">That Was The Week</a>, a weekly newsletter on the tech economy. He is co-founder of SignalRank and a regular Saturday guest on Keen On America.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwastheweek.substack.com/">That Was The Week</a> — Keith’s editorial: “Who Gets to Tell the AI Story?”</p><p>•       Episode 2852: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Don’t Fight the Last War</a> — last TWTW on the social media trial and the Anthropic trap.</p><p>•       Episode 2850: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Bring the Friction Back</a> — Balkam on social media addiction. The agency debate continues.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: the AI doc, How I Became an Apocaloptimist</li>
<li>(01:28) - Keith’s verdict: a massive failure of a movie</li>
<li>(03:20) - Daniel Roher’s narrative: should I have a kid in an AI world?</li>
<li>(05:30) - Who gets to tell the AI story?</li>
<li>(07:55) - Brain surgeons vs. social policy: the trust problem</li>
<li>(09:37) - OpenAI buys TBPN: Lenin, Pravda, and the propaganda play</li>
<li>(11:57) - Executive churn at OpenAI: Lightcap, Simo, and the COO shuffle</li>
<li>(15:22) - Stability is the enemy: the biggest startup the world has ever seen</li>
<li>(17:28) - The markets: rear-view mirror meets speculation</li>
<li>(19:48) - SpaceX with xAI: rumoured at $2 trillion</li>
<li>(22:32) - Ezra Klein in San Francisco: I saw something new</li>
<li>(24:19) - McLuhan: we shape our tools, and thereafter they shape us</li>
<li>(26:42) - Why didn’t the AI doc actually use AI?</li>
<li>(31:19) - The agency debate: all the worst people want to be high-agency</li>
<li>(38:09) - AI is a calculating machine. You have to ask it something.</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We shape our tools, and thereafter they shape us.” — Marshall McLuhan (attributed)<br></em><br></p><p>Who gets to tell the AI story? A movie, a media company or Marshall McLuhan?</p><p>1. The movie: the AI doc, <em>How I Became an Apocaloptimist</em>, which <a href="https://thatwastheweek.substack.com/">That Was The Week</a> publisher <a href="https://thatwastheweek.substack.com/">Keith Teare</a> dismissed because it failed to define AI.</p><p>2. A media company: OpenAI bought the streaming show TBPN for hundreds of millions of dollars in a move that is akin to Lenin starting Pravda.</p><p>3. Marshall McLuhan: Ezra Klein visited Silicon Valley and was reminded of McLuhan’s (supposed) remark that “first we shape our tools, and thereafter they shape us.”</p><p>Klein argues that AI agents are empowering tools that give humans a massive boost in productivity. But the effect, he writes, is to constantly reinforce a certain version of ourselves. These agentic tools are undermining our agency, he fears. So AI ultimately gets to tell the AI story.</p><p>Agency is becoming simultaneously the political problem and the cure — the thing-in-itself. Writing in the <em>New York Times</em>, Sophie Haigney argues that all the worst people want to be high-agency. Out here, in Silicon Valley, we think that all the worst people want to be low-agency. Perhaps the only thing we all agree on is that nobody wants to be a bot. First we shape our AIs and thereafter they shape us.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>The AI Doc Is a Massive Failure: </strong>Well made, technically fine, but it never establishes what the problem with AI actually is or what kind of solution it offers. All three leaders — Altman, Amodei, Hassabis — come across as unconvinced there will be a good future. The only opinion you can leave with is a negative one.</p><p>•       <strong>OpenAI Bought a Media Company: </strong>TBPN acquired for what may be hundreds of millions. Om Malik compares it to Lenin starting Pravda. You don’t buy a media outlet unless you want to influence the message. Keith thinks it’s about winning the messaging war against Anthropic. Meanwhile, OpenAI’s COO shifts to special projects and Fidji Simo takes medical leave.</p><p>•       <strong>Ezra Klein Saw Something New in San Francisco: </strong>He noticed people using AI agents as personal assistants — empowering tools that give humans a massive boost in productivity. His observation: the effect is to constantly reinforce a certain version of yourself. We shape our tools, and thereafter they shape us.</p><p>•       <strong>Agency Is the Defining Political Conversation: </strong>The New York Times argues all the worst people want to be high-agency. Keith argues the opposite: agency is the precondition for making history. The Meta verdict treated a depressed girl as a passive victim of media with no decision-making role. That depicts humans as infants. It isn’t true.</p><p>•       <strong>AI Is a Calculating Machine. You Have to Ask It Something: </strong>Agency hasn’t been given up. The human shapes the AI completely. Each session starts from scratch. The fear is that the next generation won’t be as clever as AI. But unless we have a strong sense of the self, we will be lost. If we do, we can shape these tools as we want.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://thatwastheweek.substack.com/">Keith Teare</a> is a serial entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of <a href="https://thatwastheweek.substack.com/">That Was The Week</a>, a weekly newsletter on the tech economy. He is co-founder of SignalRank and a regular Saturday guest on Keen On America.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwastheweek.substack.com/">That Was The Week</a> — Keith’s editorial: “Who Gets to Tell the AI Story?”</p><p>•       Episode 2852: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Don’t Fight the Last War</a> — last TWTW on the social media trial and the Anthropic trap.</p><p>•       Episode 2850: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Bring the Friction Back</a> — Balkam on social media addiction. The agency debate continues.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: the AI doc, How I Became an Apocaloptimist</li>
<li>(01:28) - Keith’s verdict: a massive failure of a movie</li>
<li>(03:20) - Daniel Roher’s narrative: should I have a kid in an AI world?</li>
<li>(05:30) - Who gets to tell the AI story?</li>
<li>(07:55) - Brain surgeons vs. social policy: the trust problem</li>
<li>(09:37) - OpenAI buys TBPN: Lenin, Pravda, and the propaganda play</li>
<li>(11:57) - Executive churn at OpenAI: Lightcap, Simo, and the COO shuffle</li>
<li>(15:22) - Stability is the enemy: the biggest startup the world has ever seen</li>
<li>(17:28) - The markets: rear-view mirror meets speculation</li>
<li>(19:48) - SpaceX with xAI: rumoured at $2 trillion</li>
<li>(22:32) - Ezra Klein in San Francisco: I saw something new</li>
<li>(24:19) - McLuhan: we shape our tools, and thereafter they shape us</li>
<li>(26:42) - Why didn’t the AI doc actually use AI?</li>
<li>(31:19) - The agency debate: all the worst people want to be high-agency</li>
<li>(38:09) - AI is a calculating machine. You have to ask it something.</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 04 Apr 2026 10:58:49 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/f5982fee/0ff48565.mp3" length="80510803" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UUYvGpFkJQc">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/HfrkySna8evNcCCqcyCe2MVvU5LoYqz80ljZLzkLQNc/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8yZDYx/NzE5MjRkNGVjNjZm/MWQwYTg1MzY3ODhk/NGE3OS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2515</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“We shape our tools, and thereafter they shape us.” — Marshall McLuhan (attributed)<br></em><br></p><p>Who gets to tell the AI story? A movie, a media company or Marshall McLuhan?</p><p>1. The movie: the AI doc, <em>How I Became an Apocaloptimist</em>, which <a href="https://thatwastheweek.substack.com/">That Was The Week</a> publisher <a href="https://thatwastheweek.substack.com/">Keith Teare</a> dismissed because it failed to define AI.</p><p>2. A media company: OpenAI bought the streaming show TBPN for hundreds of millions of dollars in a move that is akin to Lenin starting Pravda.</p><p>3. Marshall McLuhan: Ezra Klein visited Silicon Valley and was reminded of McLuhan’s (supposed) remark that “first we shape our tools, and thereafter they shape us.”</p><p>Klein argues that AI agents are empowering tools that give humans a massive boost in productivity. But the effect, he writes, is to constantly reinforce a certain version of ourselves. These agentic tools are undermining our agency, he fears. So AI ultimately gets to tell the AI story.</p><p>Agency is becoming simultaneously the political problem and the cure — the thing-in-itself. Writing in the <em>New York Times</em>, Sophie Haigney argues that all the worst people want to be high-agency. Out here, in Silicon Valley, we think that all the worst people want to be low-agency. Perhaps the only thing we all agree on is that nobody wants to be a bot. First we shape our AIs and thereafter they shape us.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>The AI Doc Is a Massive Failure: </strong>Well made, technically fine, but it never establishes what the problem with AI actually is or what kind of solution it offers. All three leaders — Altman, Amodei, Hassabis — come across as unconvinced there will be a good future. The only opinion you can leave with is a negative one.</p><p>•       <strong>OpenAI Bought a Media Company: </strong>TBPN acquired for what may be hundreds of millions. Om Malik compares it to Lenin starting Pravda. You don’t buy a media outlet unless you want to influence the message. Keith thinks it’s about winning the messaging war against Anthropic. Meanwhile, OpenAI’s COO shifts to special projects and Fidji Simo takes medical leave.</p><p>•       <strong>Ezra Klein Saw Something New in San Francisco: </strong>He noticed people using AI agents as personal assistants — empowering tools that give humans a massive boost in productivity. His observation: the effect is to constantly reinforce a certain version of yourself. We shape our tools, and thereafter they shape us.</p><p>•       <strong>Agency Is the Defining Political Conversation: </strong>The New York Times argues all the worst people want to be high-agency. Keith argues the opposite: agency is the precondition for making history. The Meta verdict treated a depressed girl as a passive victim of media with no decision-making role. That depicts humans as infants. It isn’t true.</p><p>•       <strong>AI Is a Calculating Machine. You Have to Ask It Something: </strong>Agency hasn’t been given up. The human shapes the AI completely. Each session starts from scratch. The fear is that the next generation won’t be as clever as AI. But unless we have a strong sense of the self, we will be lost. If we do, we can shape these tools as we want.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://thatwastheweek.substack.com/">Keith Teare</a> is a serial entrepreneur, investor, and publisher of <a href="https://thatwastheweek.substack.com/">That Was The Week</a>, a weekly newsletter on the tech economy. He is co-founder of SignalRank and a regular Saturday guest on Keen On America.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://thatwastheweek.substack.com/">That Was The Week</a> — Keith’s editorial: “Who Gets to Tell the AI Story?”</p><p>•       Episode 2852: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Don’t Fight the Last War</a> — last TWTW on the social media trial and the Anthropic trap.</p><p>•       Episode 2850: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Bring the Friction Back</a> — Balkam on social media addiction. The agency debate continues.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: the AI doc, How I Became an Apocaloptimist</li>
<li>(01:28) - Keith’s verdict: a massive failure of a movie</li>
<li>(03:20) - Daniel Roher’s narrative: should I have a kid in an AI world?</li>
<li>(05:30) - Who gets to tell the AI story?</li>
<li>(07:55) - Brain surgeons vs. social policy: the trust problem</li>
<li>(09:37) - OpenAI buys TBPN: Lenin, Pravda, and the propaganda play</li>
<li>(11:57) - Executive churn at OpenAI: Lightcap, Simo, and the COO shuffle</li>
<li>(15:22) - Stability is the enemy: the biggest startup the world has ever seen</li>
<li>(17:28) - The markets: rear-view mirror meets speculation</li>
<li>(19:48) - SpaceX with xAI: rumoured at $2 trillion</li>
<li>(22:32) - Ezra Klein in San Francisco: I saw something new</li>
<li>(24:19) - McLuhan: we shape our tools, and thereafter they shape us</li>
<li>(26:42) - Why didn’t the AI doc actually use AI?</li>
<li>(31:19) - The agency debate: all the worst people want to be high-agency</li>
<li>(38:09) - AI is a calculating machine. You have to ask it something.</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f5982fee/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f5982fee/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stop, Don't Do That: Peter Edelman on What Bobby Kennedy Can Still Teach America</title>
      <itunes:episode>2859</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2859</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Stop, Don't Do That: Peter Edelman on What Bobby Kennedy Can Still Teach America</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">af30478d-f4c9-4f8e-a8f1-689a4e52783c</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Millions of people have gone out and said, ‘Stop, don’t do that.’ And that is a wonderful thing.” — Peter Edelman<br></em><br></p><p>We are in Washington DC this week, in search of America’s heart. And there may be no better guide than Peter Edelman — one of the few remaining members of the Bobby Kennedy braintrust. Edelman was a close Kennedy aide from just after JFK’s assassination through the 1968 presidential campaign. He watched Bobby find himself after his brother’s death — grow from a man defined by serving JFK into the last progressive populist able to unite Black and white working-class Americans.</p><p>Edelman’s personal and political stories are inseparable from Bobby. In Mississippi, on the 1967 senatorial trip where Kennedy saw firsthand what he called the “third world” poverty in the Delta, Edelman met Marian Wright — the civil rights lawyer who would become his wife. They married a month after Bobby’s assassination, only the third interracial couple ever to marry in Virginia.</p><p>“Let’s do something good,” Marian and Peter said to each other when they decided to get married.</p><p>Everything Edelman did afterward was connected with Kennedy’s vision of ending poverty in America. Especially when he worked in the first Clinton administration. But when Clinton converted federal poverty aid into block grants and the number of Americans receiving help dropped from seventeen to three million, Edelman very publicly resigned. Clinton needlessly and cruelly threw low-income people overboard, Edelman told me.</p><p>Has Edelman given up on Donald Trump’s America? No. Millions of citizens, especially in his native Minnesota, are speaking out. “Stop, don’t do that,” is his RFK-inspired mantra. Proof, Peter Edelman believes, that the American heart is still beating.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Bobby Kennedy Was the Most Important Person in His Life: </strong>Edelman was Kennedy’s principal aide from just after JFK’s assassination through the 1968 presidential campaign. He travelled with him every day across America. He watched Bobby find himself after his brother’s death — grow from a man defined by serving Jack into the last progressive populist who could unite Black and white working-class Americans.</p><p>•       <strong>He Met Marian Wright in Mississippi: </strong>Bobby Kennedy found a profoundly malnourished child in Cleveland, Mississippi. He also found Marian Wright — already one of the most remarkable civil rights lawyers in the country. Edelman and Wright married one month after Bobby’s assassination. They were the third interracial couple to marry in Virginia. “Let’s do something good,” they said to each other after the killing.</p><p>•       <strong>Trump’s Picture Hangs on the Building Bobby Once Ran: </strong>The Department of Justice building in Washington is now named after Robert F. Kennedy. On it hangs a large picture of Donald Trump — almost dictatorial in feel. Edelman says Bobby would call him out, just as the millions of Americans speaking out are doing now.</p><p>•       <strong>He Broke with Clinton Over Poverty: </strong>Edelman and his wife had known the Clintons for years — Bill and Hillary stayed at their house. But when Clinton converted federal poverty aid into block grants, the number of Americans receiving help dropped from seventeen million to three million. Edelman resigned. He threw low-income people overboard, Edelman says. He didn’t have to.</p><p>•       <strong>Stop, Don’t Do That: </strong>Millions of Americans are speaking out against the current administration. That, Edelman says, is a wonderful thing. It’s the clearest articulation right now of what it means to be an American. Stop, don’t do that. Bobby Kennedy would have said exactly the same thing.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p>Peter Edelman is a professor at Georgetown University Law Center. He served as principal aide to Robert F. Kennedy and in the Clinton administration. He is the author of <em>So Rich, So Poor: Why It’s So Hard to End Poverty in America</em>. He is married to Marian Wright Edelman, founder of the Children’s Defense Fund.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <em>So Rich, So Poor</em> by Peter Edelman — his book on poverty in America.</p><p>•       Episode 2849: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">How Stories Can Save Us</a> — Colum McCann on empathy and storytelling. Kennedy’s method was the original version.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(01:11) - Introduction: looking for America’s heart in Washington DC</li>
<li>(03:15) - Bobby Kennedy was the most important person in my life</li>
<li>(04:44) - Trump’s picture on the Department of Justice building Bobby once ran</li>
<li>(06:16) - Mississippi: meeting Marian Wright in the Delta</li>
<li>(09:37) - The third interracial couple to marry in Virginia</li>
<li>(11:23) - Married one month after the assassination: let’s do something good</li>
<li>(12:11) - Cleveland, Mississippi: Bobby finds a malnourished child</li>
<li>(13:38) - Are the Trump Republicans winding the clock back before civil rights?</li>
<li>(15:08) - Everything I did afterward was connected to his thinking</li>
<li>(17:08) - How Bobby became himself after Jack’s death</li>
<li>(19:20) - The last man to unite the Black and white working classes</li>
<li>(20:30) - The third son of one of the richest men in America</li>
<li>(22:45) - The Ambassador Hotel: I was at home, it was three in the morning</li>
<li>(24:44) - Would he have won? I think he would have made it</li>
<li>(26:54) - Breaking with Clinton: he threw low-income people overboard</li>
<li>(33:08) - Stop, don’t do that: where the hope is</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Millions of people have gone out and said, ‘Stop, don’t do that.’ And that is a wonderful thing.” — Peter Edelman<br></em><br></p><p>We are in Washington DC this week, in search of America’s heart. And there may be no better guide than Peter Edelman — one of the few remaining members of the Bobby Kennedy braintrust. Edelman was a close Kennedy aide from just after JFK’s assassination through the 1968 presidential campaign. He watched Bobby find himself after his brother’s death — grow from a man defined by serving JFK into the last progressive populist able to unite Black and white working-class Americans.</p><p>Edelman’s personal and political stories are inseparable from Bobby. In Mississippi, on the 1967 senatorial trip where Kennedy saw firsthand what he called the “third world” poverty in the Delta, Edelman met Marian Wright — the civil rights lawyer who would become his wife. They married a month after Bobby’s assassination, only the third interracial couple ever to marry in Virginia.</p><p>“Let’s do something good,” Marian and Peter said to each other when they decided to get married.</p><p>Everything Edelman did afterward was connected with Kennedy’s vision of ending poverty in America. Especially when he worked in the first Clinton administration. But when Clinton converted federal poverty aid into block grants and the number of Americans receiving help dropped from seventeen to three million, Edelman very publicly resigned. Clinton needlessly and cruelly threw low-income people overboard, Edelman told me.</p><p>Has Edelman given up on Donald Trump’s America? No. Millions of citizens, especially in his native Minnesota, are speaking out. “Stop, don’t do that,” is his RFK-inspired mantra. Proof, Peter Edelman believes, that the American heart is still beating.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Bobby Kennedy Was the Most Important Person in His Life: </strong>Edelman was Kennedy’s principal aide from just after JFK’s assassination through the 1968 presidential campaign. He travelled with him every day across America. He watched Bobby find himself after his brother’s death — grow from a man defined by serving Jack into the last progressive populist who could unite Black and white working-class Americans.</p><p>•       <strong>He Met Marian Wright in Mississippi: </strong>Bobby Kennedy found a profoundly malnourished child in Cleveland, Mississippi. He also found Marian Wright — already one of the most remarkable civil rights lawyers in the country. Edelman and Wright married one month after Bobby’s assassination. They were the third interracial couple to marry in Virginia. “Let’s do something good,” they said to each other after the killing.</p><p>•       <strong>Trump’s Picture Hangs on the Building Bobby Once Ran: </strong>The Department of Justice building in Washington is now named after Robert F. Kennedy. On it hangs a large picture of Donald Trump — almost dictatorial in feel. Edelman says Bobby would call him out, just as the millions of Americans speaking out are doing now.</p><p>•       <strong>He Broke with Clinton Over Poverty: </strong>Edelman and his wife had known the Clintons for years — Bill and Hillary stayed at their house. But when Clinton converted federal poverty aid into block grants, the number of Americans receiving help dropped from seventeen million to three million. Edelman resigned. He threw low-income people overboard, Edelman says. He didn’t have to.</p><p>•       <strong>Stop, Don’t Do That: </strong>Millions of Americans are speaking out against the current administration. That, Edelman says, is a wonderful thing. It’s the clearest articulation right now of what it means to be an American. Stop, don’t do that. Bobby Kennedy would have said exactly the same thing.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p>Peter Edelman is a professor at Georgetown University Law Center. He served as principal aide to Robert F. Kennedy and in the Clinton administration. He is the author of <em>So Rich, So Poor: Why It’s So Hard to End Poverty in America</em>. He is married to Marian Wright Edelman, founder of the Children’s Defense Fund.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <em>So Rich, So Poor</em> by Peter Edelman — his book on poverty in America.</p><p>•       Episode 2849: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">How Stories Can Save Us</a> — Colum McCann on empathy and storytelling. Kennedy’s method was the original version.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(01:11) - Introduction: looking for America’s heart in Washington DC</li>
<li>(03:15) - Bobby Kennedy was the most important person in my life</li>
<li>(04:44) - Trump’s picture on the Department of Justice building Bobby once ran</li>
<li>(06:16) - Mississippi: meeting Marian Wright in the Delta</li>
<li>(09:37) - The third interracial couple to marry in Virginia</li>
<li>(11:23) - Married one month after the assassination: let’s do something good</li>
<li>(12:11) - Cleveland, Mississippi: Bobby finds a malnourished child</li>
<li>(13:38) - Are the Trump Republicans winding the clock back before civil rights?</li>
<li>(15:08) - Everything I did afterward was connected to his thinking</li>
<li>(17:08) - How Bobby became himself after Jack’s death</li>
<li>(19:20) - The last man to unite the Black and white working classes</li>
<li>(20:30) - The third son of one of the richest men in America</li>
<li>(22:45) - The Ambassador Hotel: I was at home, it was three in the morning</li>
<li>(24:44) - Would he have won? I think he would have made it</li>
<li>(26:54) - Breaking with Clinton: he threw low-income people overboard</li>
<li>(33:08) - Stop, don’t do that: where the hope is</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Apr 2026 12:48:59 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/4d934d64/c229ff7b.mp3" length="80425705" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I_KdKPWahik">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/K1x9Ze2tH3FtXIsxLXxG5E28DY6u93c0DLfpccTNhCk/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9hNGFm/N2I4YWJkZjFlNmU1/ZDU0YWM2ZDgyZDYx/MWMxNi5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2512</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“Millions of people have gone out and said, ‘Stop, don’t do that.’ And that is a wonderful thing.” — Peter Edelman<br></em><br></p><p>We are in Washington DC this week, in search of America’s heart. And there may be no better guide than Peter Edelman — one of the few remaining members of the Bobby Kennedy braintrust. Edelman was a close Kennedy aide from just after JFK’s assassination through the 1968 presidential campaign. He watched Bobby find himself after his brother’s death — grow from a man defined by serving JFK into the last progressive populist able to unite Black and white working-class Americans.</p><p>Edelman’s personal and political stories are inseparable from Bobby. In Mississippi, on the 1967 senatorial trip where Kennedy saw firsthand what he called the “third world” poverty in the Delta, Edelman met Marian Wright — the civil rights lawyer who would become his wife. They married a month after Bobby’s assassination, only the third interracial couple ever to marry in Virginia.</p><p>“Let’s do something good,” Marian and Peter said to each other when they decided to get married.</p><p>Everything Edelman did afterward was connected with Kennedy’s vision of ending poverty in America. Especially when he worked in the first Clinton administration. But when Clinton converted federal poverty aid into block grants and the number of Americans receiving help dropped from seventeen to three million, Edelman very publicly resigned. Clinton needlessly and cruelly threw low-income people overboard, Edelman told me.</p><p>Has Edelman given up on Donald Trump’s America? No. Millions of citizens, especially in his native Minnesota, are speaking out. “Stop, don’t do that,” is his RFK-inspired mantra. Proof, Peter Edelman believes, that the American heart is still beating.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Bobby Kennedy Was the Most Important Person in His Life: </strong>Edelman was Kennedy’s principal aide from just after JFK’s assassination through the 1968 presidential campaign. He travelled with him every day across America. He watched Bobby find himself after his brother’s death — grow from a man defined by serving Jack into the last progressive populist who could unite Black and white working-class Americans.</p><p>•       <strong>He Met Marian Wright in Mississippi: </strong>Bobby Kennedy found a profoundly malnourished child in Cleveland, Mississippi. He also found Marian Wright — already one of the most remarkable civil rights lawyers in the country. Edelman and Wright married one month after Bobby’s assassination. They were the third interracial couple to marry in Virginia. “Let’s do something good,” they said to each other after the killing.</p><p>•       <strong>Trump’s Picture Hangs on the Building Bobby Once Ran: </strong>The Department of Justice building in Washington is now named after Robert F. Kennedy. On it hangs a large picture of Donald Trump — almost dictatorial in feel. Edelman says Bobby would call him out, just as the millions of Americans speaking out are doing now.</p><p>•       <strong>He Broke with Clinton Over Poverty: </strong>Edelman and his wife had known the Clintons for years — Bill and Hillary stayed at their house. But when Clinton converted federal poverty aid into block grants, the number of Americans receiving help dropped from seventeen million to three million. Edelman resigned. He threw low-income people overboard, Edelman says. He didn’t have to.</p><p>•       <strong>Stop, Don’t Do That: </strong>Millions of Americans are speaking out against the current administration. That, Edelman says, is a wonderful thing. It’s the clearest articulation right now of what it means to be an American. Stop, don’t do that. Bobby Kennedy would have said exactly the same thing.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p>Peter Edelman is a professor at Georgetown University Law Center. He served as principal aide to Robert F. Kennedy and in the Clinton administration. He is the author of <em>So Rich, So Poor: Why It’s So Hard to End Poverty in America</em>. He is married to Marian Wright Edelman, founder of the Children’s Defense Fund.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <em>So Rich, So Poor</em> by Peter Edelman — his book on poverty in America.</p><p>•       Episode 2849: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">How Stories Can Save Us</a> — Colum McCann on empathy and storytelling. Kennedy’s method was the original version.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(01:11) - Introduction: looking for America’s heart in Washington DC</li>
<li>(03:15) - Bobby Kennedy was the most important person in my life</li>
<li>(04:44) - Trump’s picture on the Department of Justice building Bobby once ran</li>
<li>(06:16) - Mississippi: meeting Marian Wright in the Delta</li>
<li>(09:37) - The third interracial couple to marry in Virginia</li>
<li>(11:23) - Married one month after the assassination: let’s do something good</li>
<li>(12:11) - Cleveland, Mississippi: Bobby finds a malnourished child</li>
<li>(13:38) - Are the Trump Republicans winding the clock back before civil rights?</li>
<li>(15:08) - Everything I did afterward was connected to his thinking</li>
<li>(17:08) - How Bobby became himself after Jack’s death</li>
<li>(19:20) - The last man to unite the Black and white working classes</li>
<li>(20:30) - The third son of one of the richest men in America</li>
<li>(22:45) - The Ambassador Hotel: I was at home, it was three in the morning</li>
<li>(24:44) - Would he have won? I think he would have made it</li>
<li>(26:54) - Breaking with Clinton: he threw low-income people overboard</li>
<li>(33:08) - Stop, don’t do that: where the hope is</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4d934d64/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4d934d64/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>That's My Story, But Not Where It Ends: Robert Polito on Bob Dylan's Second Act</title>
      <itunes:episode>2858</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2858</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>That's My Story, But Not Where It Ends: Robert Polito on Bob Dylan's Second Act</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">07e80805-69de-49fe-b0d7-3257af7865e8</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“That’s my story, but not where it ends.” — Bob Dylan, “Key West (Philosopher Pirate)”<br></em><br></p><p>Fitzgerald said there were no second acts in the American story. But it is, of course, a narrative of second chances. And there’s no more of an American story than Bob Dylan, whose second act may be more memorable than his first.</p><p><a href="https://www.newschool.edu/nssr/faculty/robert-polito/">Robert Polito</a> — poet, National Book Critics Circle Award-winning biographer, and former director of creative writing at the New School — has written what may be the (anti) definitive book on Dylan’s second act. <a href="https://www.amazon.com/After-Flood-Inside-Dylans-Memory/dp/0374610924"><em>After the Flood: Inside Bob Dylan’s Memory Palace</em></a> covers the years from “Time Out of Mind” in 1997 through “Rough and Rowdy Ways” in 2020. It’s structured as an abecedarium — twenty-six chapters, A to Z — because Polito explains, he wanted a form that acknowledged the limits of what anyone can know about Dylan. There is no rosebud sled buried in the Tulsa archive. So an alphabet book as good as we are gonna get.</p><p>Digging into Dylan’s Tulsa archive, Polito found much blood on the tracks — multiple drafts for every work, songs ripped up and redistributed line by line. The freewheeling spontaneity of Dylan’s first act, Polito suggests, was replaced by something more deliberate: an American folk process merging into literary modernism. A hostage to his own memory palace, Dylan weaves Civil War poetry, Ovid’s exile poems, Homer, and nineteenth-century speeches into songs that know more than any single listener can interpret.</p><p>Polito argues that “Rough and Rowdy Ways” is Bob Dylan’s real Nobel Prize speech — his self-reflection on his own art, delivered in his own forms and idioms. This pinnacle of Dylan’s second act is his story, but not where it ends.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Rough and Rowdy Ways Is Dylan’s Real Nobel Prize Speech: </strong>The 2020 album is Dylan’s self-reflection on his own art, delivered in his own forms and idioms. Every song addresses his craft, his legacy, his audience. I Contain Multitudes, Key West, Murder Most Foul, My Own Version of You — each one a chapter in the speech the Nobel committee was waiting for. That’s when Polito knew he could write the book.</p><p>•       <strong>Dylan Works Harder Than Anyone Would Expect: </strong>The Tulsa archive reveals multiple drafts of songs that change radically from version to version. For Time Out of Mind, Dylan completed three or four songs, then ripped them up and redistributed the lines across different tracks. The spontaneity of the first act gave way to something more deliberate — folk process merging into literary modernism. Eliot, Joyce, Gertrude Stein.</p><p>•       <strong>The Memory Palace Is Real: </strong>Dylan embeds Civil War poetry, Ovid’s exile poems, Homer, nineteenth-century speeches, and movies into his late songs. The classical mnemonic device — depositing memories in specific rooms — became Polito’s image for how much those songs know. There is no rosebud sled buried in the Tulsa archive. The memory palace is the art itself.</p><p>•       <strong>That’s My Story, But Not Where It Ends: </strong>The last line of Key West — probably Polito’s favourite song on Rough and Rowdy Ways. If the song had ended with “that’s my story,” there would have been a definitiveness about it. Instead, Dylan subverts the line in the very next breath. Tentativeness and self-skepticism, all the way through.</p><p>•       <strong>The Police Didn’t Believe He Was Bob Dylan: </strong>Wandering around New Jersey in the rain, looking for where Springsteen grew up. The police pick him up. What’s your name? Bob Dylan. What’s your real name? Robert Zimmerman. Where do you live? That’s a good question. The more precisely he told the truth, the more they assumed he was lying. Knowing innocence.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.newschool.edu/nssr/faculty/robert-polito/">Robert Polito</a> is a poet, critic, and biographer. His biography of Jim Thompson, <em>Savage Art</em>, won the National Book Critics Circle Award. He is a former director of creative writing at the New School. <em>After the Flood: Inside Bob Dylan’s Memory Palace</em> is published by Farrar, Straus and Giroux.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/After-Flood-Inside-Dylans-Memory/dp/0374610924"><em>After the Flood: Inside Bob Dylan’s Memory Palace</em></a> by Robert Polito (FSG) — the book under discussion.</p><p>•       Episode 2849: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">How Stories Can Save Us</a> — Colum McCann on Narrative Four. McCann’s “that’s his story, but not where it ends” is also Dylan’s line.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:00) - </li>
<li>(00:31) - Introduction: Fitzgerald, second acts, and A Complete Unknown</li>
<li>(02:57) - Team Dylan? No — tentativeness and self-skepticism</li>
<li>(04:00) - The abecedarium: twenty-six chapters, A to Z, no rosebud sled</li>
<li>(06:13) - Dylan the movie guy: always watching films on the tour bus</li>
<li>(07:13) - The memory palace: how much those late songs know</li>
<li>(09:26) - The interlude: the Grammy lifetime achievement speech and starting over</li>
<li>(12:11) - Time Out of Mind and the Tulsa archive: how hard Dylan works</li>
<li>(15:55) - Folk process meets literary modernism: Eliot, Joyce, Stein</li>
<li>(18:34) - Lanois, the spoken vs. written word, and why albums are just a stage</li>
<li>(21:41) - Rough and Rowdy Ways as Dylan’s real Nobel Prize speech</li>
<li>(24:19) - Key West: that’s my story, but not where it ends</li>
<li>(26:04) - The sacrificial quality: he was given something and shouldn’t squander it</li>
<li>(30:24) - Race, the civil war, and Love and Theft as minstrel acknowledgment</li>
<li>(34:32) - Murder Most Foul: take me back to Tulsa, to the scene of the crime</li>
<li>(40:56) - Picked up by police in New Jersey looking for Springsteen’s house</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“That’s my story, but not where it ends.” — Bob Dylan, “Key West (Philosopher Pirate)”<br></em><br></p><p>Fitzgerald said there were no second acts in the American story. But it is, of course, a narrative of second chances. And there’s no more of an American story than Bob Dylan, whose second act may be more memorable than his first.</p><p><a href="https://www.newschool.edu/nssr/faculty/robert-polito/">Robert Polito</a> — poet, National Book Critics Circle Award-winning biographer, and former director of creative writing at the New School — has written what may be the (anti) definitive book on Dylan’s second act. <a href="https://www.amazon.com/After-Flood-Inside-Dylans-Memory/dp/0374610924"><em>After the Flood: Inside Bob Dylan’s Memory Palace</em></a> covers the years from “Time Out of Mind” in 1997 through “Rough and Rowdy Ways” in 2020. It’s structured as an abecedarium — twenty-six chapters, A to Z — because Polito explains, he wanted a form that acknowledged the limits of what anyone can know about Dylan. There is no rosebud sled buried in the Tulsa archive. So an alphabet book as good as we are gonna get.</p><p>Digging into Dylan’s Tulsa archive, Polito found much blood on the tracks — multiple drafts for every work, songs ripped up and redistributed line by line. The freewheeling spontaneity of Dylan’s first act, Polito suggests, was replaced by something more deliberate: an American folk process merging into literary modernism. A hostage to his own memory palace, Dylan weaves Civil War poetry, Ovid’s exile poems, Homer, and nineteenth-century speeches into songs that know more than any single listener can interpret.</p><p>Polito argues that “Rough and Rowdy Ways” is Bob Dylan’s real Nobel Prize speech — his self-reflection on his own art, delivered in his own forms and idioms. This pinnacle of Dylan’s second act is his story, but not where it ends.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Rough and Rowdy Ways Is Dylan’s Real Nobel Prize Speech: </strong>The 2020 album is Dylan’s self-reflection on his own art, delivered in his own forms and idioms. Every song addresses his craft, his legacy, his audience. I Contain Multitudes, Key West, Murder Most Foul, My Own Version of You — each one a chapter in the speech the Nobel committee was waiting for. That’s when Polito knew he could write the book.</p><p>•       <strong>Dylan Works Harder Than Anyone Would Expect: </strong>The Tulsa archive reveals multiple drafts of songs that change radically from version to version. For Time Out of Mind, Dylan completed three or four songs, then ripped them up and redistributed the lines across different tracks. The spontaneity of the first act gave way to something more deliberate — folk process merging into literary modernism. Eliot, Joyce, Gertrude Stein.</p><p>•       <strong>The Memory Palace Is Real: </strong>Dylan embeds Civil War poetry, Ovid’s exile poems, Homer, nineteenth-century speeches, and movies into his late songs. The classical mnemonic device — depositing memories in specific rooms — became Polito’s image for how much those songs know. There is no rosebud sled buried in the Tulsa archive. The memory palace is the art itself.</p><p>•       <strong>That’s My Story, But Not Where It Ends: </strong>The last line of Key West — probably Polito’s favourite song on Rough and Rowdy Ways. If the song had ended with “that’s my story,” there would have been a definitiveness about it. Instead, Dylan subverts the line in the very next breath. Tentativeness and self-skepticism, all the way through.</p><p>•       <strong>The Police Didn’t Believe He Was Bob Dylan: </strong>Wandering around New Jersey in the rain, looking for where Springsteen grew up. The police pick him up. What’s your name? Bob Dylan. What’s your real name? Robert Zimmerman. Where do you live? That’s a good question. The more precisely he told the truth, the more they assumed he was lying. Knowing innocence.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.newschool.edu/nssr/faculty/robert-polito/">Robert Polito</a> is a poet, critic, and biographer. His biography of Jim Thompson, <em>Savage Art</em>, won the National Book Critics Circle Award. He is a former director of creative writing at the New School. <em>After the Flood: Inside Bob Dylan’s Memory Palace</em> is published by Farrar, Straus and Giroux.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/After-Flood-Inside-Dylans-Memory/dp/0374610924"><em>After the Flood: Inside Bob Dylan’s Memory Palace</em></a> by Robert Polito (FSG) — the book under discussion.</p><p>•       Episode 2849: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">How Stories Can Save Us</a> — Colum McCann on Narrative Four. McCann’s “that’s his story, but not where it ends” is also Dylan’s line.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:00) - </li>
<li>(00:31) - Introduction: Fitzgerald, second acts, and A Complete Unknown</li>
<li>(02:57) - Team Dylan? No — tentativeness and self-skepticism</li>
<li>(04:00) - The abecedarium: twenty-six chapters, A to Z, no rosebud sled</li>
<li>(06:13) - Dylan the movie guy: always watching films on the tour bus</li>
<li>(07:13) - The memory palace: how much those late songs know</li>
<li>(09:26) - The interlude: the Grammy lifetime achievement speech and starting over</li>
<li>(12:11) - Time Out of Mind and the Tulsa archive: how hard Dylan works</li>
<li>(15:55) - Folk process meets literary modernism: Eliot, Joyce, Stein</li>
<li>(18:34) - Lanois, the spoken vs. written word, and why albums are just a stage</li>
<li>(21:41) - Rough and Rowdy Ways as Dylan’s real Nobel Prize speech</li>
<li>(24:19) - Key West: that’s my story, but not where it ends</li>
<li>(26:04) - The sacrificial quality: he was given something and shouldn’t squander it</li>
<li>(30:24) - Race, the civil war, and Love and Theft as minstrel acknowledgment</li>
<li>(34:32) - Murder Most Foul: take me back to Tulsa, to the scene of the crime</li>
<li>(40:56) - Picked up by police in New Jersey looking for Springsteen’s house</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Apr 2026 05:35:35 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/b4ab3ea3/40183f79.mp3" length="88585707" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TA81JDvdyR8">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/ofLOQlZFiLWqndnZhSp2UiqwFAPV5O2Zd0m0VRhNuWo/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS83ZGRi/ZmZlZjlhZjRlN2U5/Mzk5ODYzNzA3MDQx/MDViYS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2768</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“That’s my story, but not where it ends.” — Bob Dylan, “Key West (Philosopher Pirate)”<br></em><br></p><p>Fitzgerald said there were no second acts in the American story. But it is, of course, a narrative of second chances. And there’s no more of an American story than Bob Dylan, whose second act may be more memorable than his first.</p><p><a href="https://www.newschool.edu/nssr/faculty/robert-polito/">Robert Polito</a> — poet, National Book Critics Circle Award-winning biographer, and former director of creative writing at the New School — has written what may be the (anti) definitive book on Dylan’s second act. <a href="https://www.amazon.com/After-Flood-Inside-Dylans-Memory/dp/0374610924"><em>After the Flood: Inside Bob Dylan’s Memory Palace</em></a> covers the years from “Time Out of Mind” in 1997 through “Rough and Rowdy Ways” in 2020. It’s structured as an abecedarium — twenty-six chapters, A to Z — because Polito explains, he wanted a form that acknowledged the limits of what anyone can know about Dylan. There is no rosebud sled buried in the Tulsa archive. So an alphabet book as good as we are gonna get.</p><p>Digging into Dylan’s Tulsa archive, Polito found much blood on the tracks — multiple drafts for every work, songs ripped up and redistributed line by line. The freewheeling spontaneity of Dylan’s first act, Polito suggests, was replaced by something more deliberate: an American folk process merging into literary modernism. A hostage to his own memory palace, Dylan weaves Civil War poetry, Ovid’s exile poems, Homer, and nineteenth-century speeches into songs that know more than any single listener can interpret.</p><p>Polito argues that “Rough and Rowdy Ways” is Bob Dylan’s real Nobel Prize speech — his self-reflection on his own art, delivered in his own forms and idioms. This pinnacle of Dylan’s second act is his story, but not where it ends.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>Rough and Rowdy Ways Is Dylan’s Real Nobel Prize Speech: </strong>The 2020 album is Dylan’s self-reflection on his own art, delivered in his own forms and idioms. Every song addresses his craft, his legacy, his audience. I Contain Multitudes, Key West, Murder Most Foul, My Own Version of You — each one a chapter in the speech the Nobel committee was waiting for. That’s when Polito knew he could write the book.</p><p>•       <strong>Dylan Works Harder Than Anyone Would Expect: </strong>The Tulsa archive reveals multiple drafts of songs that change radically from version to version. For Time Out of Mind, Dylan completed three or four songs, then ripped them up and redistributed the lines across different tracks. The spontaneity of the first act gave way to something more deliberate — folk process merging into literary modernism. Eliot, Joyce, Gertrude Stein.</p><p>•       <strong>The Memory Palace Is Real: </strong>Dylan embeds Civil War poetry, Ovid’s exile poems, Homer, nineteenth-century speeches, and movies into his late songs. The classical mnemonic device — depositing memories in specific rooms — became Polito’s image for how much those songs know. There is no rosebud sled buried in the Tulsa archive. The memory palace is the art itself.</p><p>•       <strong>That’s My Story, But Not Where It Ends: </strong>The last line of Key West — probably Polito’s favourite song on Rough and Rowdy Ways. If the song had ended with “that’s my story,” there would have been a definitiveness about it. Instead, Dylan subverts the line in the very next breath. Tentativeness and self-skepticism, all the way through.</p><p>•       <strong>The Police Didn’t Believe He Was Bob Dylan: </strong>Wandering around New Jersey in the rain, looking for where Springsteen grew up. The police pick him up. What’s your name? Bob Dylan. What’s your real name? Robert Zimmerman. Where do you live? That’s a good question. The more precisely he told the truth, the more they assumed he was lying. Knowing innocence.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.newschool.edu/nssr/faculty/robert-polito/">Robert Polito</a> is a poet, critic, and biographer. His biography of Jim Thompson, <em>Savage Art</em>, won the National Book Critics Circle Award. He is a former director of creative writing at the New School. <em>After the Flood: Inside Bob Dylan’s Memory Palace</em> is published by Farrar, Straus and Giroux.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/After-Flood-Inside-Dylans-Memory/dp/0374610924"><em>After the Flood: Inside Bob Dylan’s Memory Palace</em></a> by Robert Polito (FSG) — the book under discussion.</p><p>•       Episode 2849: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">How Stories Can Save Us</a> — Colum McCann on Narrative Four. McCann’s “that’s his story, but not where it ends” is also Dylan’s line.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:00) - </li>
<li>(00:31) - Introduction: Fitzgerald, second acts, and A Complete Unknown</li>
<li>(02:57) - Team Dylan? No — tentativeness and self-skepticism</li>
<li>(04:00) - The abecedarium: twenty-six chapters, A to Z, no rosebud sled</li>
<li>(06:13) - Dylan the movie guy: always watching films on the tour bus</li>
<li>(07:13) - The memory palace: how much those late songs know</li>
<li>(09:26) - The interlude: the Grammy lifetime achievement speech and starting over</li>
<li>(12:11) - Time Out of Mind and the Tulsa archive: how hard Dylan works</li>
<li>(15:55) - Folk process meets literary modernism: Eliot, Joyce, Stein</li>
<li>(18:34) - Lanois, the spoken vs. written word, and why albums are just a stage</li>
<li>(21:41) - Rough and Rowdy Ways as Dylan’s real Nobel Prize speech</li>
<li>(24:19) - Key West: that’s my story, but not where it ends</li>
<li>(26:04) - The sacrificial quality: he was given something and shouldn’t squander it</li>
<li>(30:24) - Race, the civil war, and Love and Theft as minstrel acknowledgment</li>
<li>(34:32) - Murder Most Foul: take me back to Tulsa, to the scene of the crime</li>
<li>(40:56) - Picked up by police in New Jersey looking for Springsteen’s house</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Host" href="https://keenon.tv" img="https://img.transistorcdn.com/t5NPBFc6O7VxuxzPQJMVBDxEBcGT7JhF30pc1SJ-3ZA/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:800/h:800/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS8xZDY5/MzgzMDA1ZWRlMjgz/YjhkYjdiMDAzNzEw/MWNhZC5qcGc.jpg">Andrew Keen</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b4ab3ea3/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b4ab3ea3/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Does God Love Haiti? Dimitry Elias Léger on the Haitian Scorer of the Greatest Goal in US History</title>
      <itunes:episode>2857</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2857</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Does God Love Haiti? Dimitry Elias Léger on the Haitian Scorer of the Greatest Goal in US History</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">51c6b272-805f-44fc-b14f-738435657c05</guid>
      <link>https://keenon.tv</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“When Haiti plays Brazil, Haitians will feel equal. Football gives even the weakest and the poorest a fighting chance. That is profound.” — Dimitry Elias Léger<br></em><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Yesterday</a>, Simon Kuper defined the World Cup as a religious feast for all of humanity. Today, <a href="https://www.dimitrieliasleger.com/">Dimitry Elias Léger</a> asks whether God is watching. His new novel, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Death-Soccer-Dimitry-Elias-L%C3%A9ger/dp/0374619883"><em>Death of the Soccer God</em></a>, is a fictional reimagining of the most famous goal in American World Cup history — scored in 1950 by a non-American. Joe Gaëtjens was a half-German, half-Haitian teenager sent to New York to study, not to play football. He picked up the game in Central Park, somehow (as a non-American) made it onto the US team at the 1950 World Cup in Brazil, and scored the goal that famously beat England one–nil in Belo Horizonte. England was so heavily favoured that the football-mad BBC didn’t even send a reporter.</p><p>Léger — a Haitian-born writer and (for his sins) an Arsenal fan — spent three weeks in Brazil researching the novel, two of them in Belo Horizonte. The philosophical question at the core of the book asks if God loves Haiti. Does God, Léger wonders, have a particular affection for the poorest people on earth?</p><p>And now, for the first time in decades, Haiti have qualified for the World Cup. In the United States of all places. They’re in the toughest group — with Morocco and, yes, Brazil. For ninety minutes, Haiti will be the Seleção’s equal. The democratic spectacle of football, Léger says, gives even the weakest and the poorest a fighting chance. God might even be watching.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>The Most Famous Goal in American World Cup History Was Scored by a Haitian: </strong>Belo Horizonte, 1950. The US beat England one–nil. The scorer was Joe Gaëtjens — a half-German, half-Haitian teenager sent to New York to study, not to play football. He picked up the game in Central Park. He couldn’t tell his parents he was playing for America in the World Cup. The BBC didn’t even send a reporter. England was so heavily favoured it wasn’t supposed to matter.</p><p>•       <strong>Football Is the Only Arena Where Foot-Eye Coordination Is the Dominant Skill: </strong>We use our hands for everything. Football inverts it. That’s why it seems miraculous when Pelé or Maradona or Messi does what they do. The feet are not supposed to be that graceful. It’s more art than science, more jazz than chess.</p><p>•       <strong>Pelé Looks Like a Typical Haitian Kid: </strong>The first televised World Cup final was 1958 in Stockholm. Pelé was sixteen and scored a hat-trick. He looked like a majority of the planet’s population. That helped football explode globally. He introduced the bicycle kick, the samba flair. Brazil won three World Cups in twelve years.</p><p>•       <strong>Papa Doc Disappeared Him: </strong>In real life, Gaëtjens returned to Haiti after his glory years, ran afoul of the dictator François Duvalier, and was disappeared — never seen again. In the novel, the hero confronts the dictator face to face. Dictators have always used football to drape themselves in glory. The beautiful game has a very dark side.</p><p>•       <strong>Haiti Play Brazil This Summer: </strong>Haiti have qualified for the World Cup for the first time in decades. They’re in the toughest group — with Brazil and Morocco. For ninety minutes, Haiti will be Brazil’s equal. Football gives even the weakest and the poorest a fighting chance. That is profound.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.dimitrieliasleger.com/">Dimitry Elias Léger</a> is a Haitian-born novelist and Arsenal supporter. He is the author of <em>God Loves Haiti</em> and <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Death-Soccer-Dimitry-Elias-L%C3%A9ger/dp/0374619883"><em>Death of the Soccer God</em></a>.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Death-Soccer-Dimitry-Elias-L%C3%A9ger/dp/0374619883"><em>Death of the Soccer God</em></a> by Dimitri Elias Léger — the novel under discussion.</p><p>•       Episode 2856: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">One Life in Nine World Cups</a> — Simon Kuper on football fever. The companion conversation.</p><p>•       Episode 2849: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">How Stories Can Save Us</a> — Colum McCann on storytelling and empathy. Léger is the novelist to McCann’s activist.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: World Cup fever, Kuper, Foer, and going fiction</li>
<li>(02:30) - Joe Gaëtjens: the Haitian teenager who beat England</li>
<li>(04:19) - Half German, half Haitian: the immigrant who wasn’t even American</li>
<li>(06:45) - Does God exist? The philosophical question behind both novels</li>
<li>(08:20) - Football as foot-eye coordination: why it seems miraculous</li>
<li>(10:15) - Maradona, Messi, Pelé, Ronaldo: who is the greatest?</li>
<li>(12:08) - Pelé in the first televised World Cup final: looking like a typical Haitian kid</li>
<li>(14:22) - Football and jazz: the improvisational connection</li>
<li>(16:30) - Belo Horizonte: two weeks walking the pitch</li>
<li>(18:45) - Papa Doc disappeared him: the dark side of football and dictators</li>
<li>(20:55) - Haiti qualified for the World Cup. They play Brazil.</li>
<li>(23:10) - Equal footing for ninety minutes: what football gives the poorest</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“When Haiti plays Brazil, Haitians will feel equal. Football gives even the weakest and the poorest a fighting chance. That is profound.” — Dimitry Elias Léger<br></em><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Yesterday</a>, Simon Kuper defined the World Cup as a religious feast for all of humanity. Today, <a href="https://www.dimitrieliasleger.com/">Dimitry Elias Léger</a> asks whether God is watching. His new novel, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Death-Soccer-Dimitry-Elias-L%C3%A9ger/dp/0374619883"><em>Death of the Soccer God</em></a>, is a fictional reimagining of the most famous goal in American World Cup history — scored in 1950 by a non-American. Joe Gaëtjens was a half-German, half-Haitian teenager sent to New York to study, not to play football. He picked up the game in Central Park, somehow (as a non-American) made it onto the US team at the 1950 World Cup in Brazil, and scored the goal that famously beat England one–nil in Belo Horizonte. England was so heavily favoured that the football-mad BBC didn’t even send a reporter.</p><p>Léger — a Haitian-born writer and (for his sins) an Arsenal fan — spent three weeks in Brazil researching the novel, two of them in Belo Horizonte. The philosophical question at the core of the book asks if God loves Haiti. Does God, Léger wonders, have a particular affection for the poorest people on earth?</p><p>And now, for the first time in decades, Haiti have qualified for the World Cup. In the United States of all places. They’re in the toughest group — with Morocco and, yes, Brazil. For ninety minutes, Haiti will be the Seleção’s equal. The democratic spectacle of football, Léger says, gives even the weakest and the poorest a fighting chance. God might even be watching.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>The Most Famous Goal in American World Cup History Was Scored by a Haitian: </strong>Belo Horizonte, 1950. The US beat England one–nil. The scorer was Joe Gaëtjens — a half-German, half-Haitian teenager sent to New York to study, not to play football. He picked up the game in Central Park. He couldn’t tell his parents he was playing for America in the World Cup. The BBC didn’t even send a reporter. England was so heavily favoured it wasn’t supposed to matter.</p><p>•       <strong>Football Is the Only Arena Where Foot-Eye Coordination Is the Dominant Skill: </strong>We use our hands for everything. Football inverts it. That’s why it seems miraculous when Pelé or Maradona or Messi does what they do. The feet are not supposed to be that graceful. It’s more art than science, more jazz than chess.</p><p>•       <strong>Pelé Looks Like a Typical Haitian Kid: </strong>The first televised World Cup final was 1958 in Stockholm. Pelé was sixteen and scored a hat-trick. He looked like a majority of the planet’s population. That helped football explode globally. He introduced the bicycle kick, the samba flair. Brazil won three World Cups in twelve years.</p><p>•       <strong>Papa Doc Disappeared Him: </strong>In real life, Gaëtjens returned to Haiti after his glory years, ran afoul of the dictator François Duvalier, and was disappeared — never seen again. In the novel, the hero confronts the dictator face to face. Dictators have always used football to drape themselves in glory. The beautiful game has a very dark side.</p><p>•       <strong>Haiti Play Brazil This Summer: </strong>Haiti have qualified for the World Cup for the first time in decades. They’re in the toughest group — with Brazil and Morocco. For ninety minutes, Haiti will be Brazil’s equal. Football gives even the weakest and the poorest a fighting chance. That is profound.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.dimitrieliasleger.com/">Dimitry Elias Léger</a> is a Haitian-born novelist and Arsenal supporter. He is the author of <em>God Loves Haiti</em> and <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Death-Soccer-Dimitry-Elias-L%C3%A9ger/dp/0374619883"><em>Death of the Soccer God</em></a>.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Death-Soccer-Dimitry-Elias-L%C3%A9ger/dp/0374619883"><em>Death of the Soccer God</em></a> by Dimitri Elias Léger — the novel under discussion.</p><p>•       Episode 2856: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">One Life in Nine World Cups</a> — Simon Kuper on football fever. The companion conversation.</p><p>•       Episode 2849: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">How Stories Can Save Us</a> — Colum McCann on storytelling and empathy. Léger is the novelist to McCann’s activist.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: World Cup fever, Kuper, Foer, and going fiction</li>
<li>(02:30) - Joe Gaëtjens: the Haitian teenager who beat England</li>
<li>(04:19) - Half German, half Haitian: the immigrant who wasn’t even American</li>
<li>(06:45) - Does God exist? The philosophical question behind both novels</li>
<li>(08:20) - Football as foot-eye coordination: why it seems miraculous</li>
<li>(10:15) - Maradona, Messi, Pelé, Ronaldo: who is the greatest?</li>
<li>(12:08) - Pelé in the first televised World Cup final: looking like a typical Haitian kid</li>
<li>(14:22) - Football and jazz: the improvisational connection</li>
<li>(16:30) - Belo Horizonte: two weeks walking the pitch</li>
<li>(18:45) - Papa Doc disappeared him: the dark side of football and dictators</li>
<li>(20:55) - Haiti qualified for the World Cup. They play Brazil.</li>
<li>(23:10) - Equal footing for ninety minutes: what football gives the poorest</li>
</ul><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Apr 2026 10:00:34 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Andrew Keen</author>
      <enclosure url="https://op3.dev/e/media.transistor.fm/d643b5ac/8221c981.mp3" length="64313007" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <podcast:contentLink href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TPiJd1FjRig">Watch on YouTube</podcast:contentLink>
      <itunes:author>Andrew Keen</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/wOURmCVRZXYdAzSxLqPg0wwAQ1Yqgmjt8vsmnTcm_uE/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9kYzE3/MjE4OTRjOTkxZGM0/MmM0YmIyMGNhZWQ2/NmVkNS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2009</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><em>“When Haiti plays Brazil, Haitians will feel equal. Football gives even the weakest and the poorest a fighting chance. That is profound.” — Dimitry Elias Léger<br></em><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Yesterday</a>, Simon Kuper defined the World Cup as a religious feast for all of humanity. Today, <a href="https://www.dimitrieliasleger.com/">Dimitry Elias Léger</a> asks whether God is watching. His new novel, <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Death-Soccer-Dimitry-Elias-L%C3%A9ger/dp/0374619883"><em>Death of the Soccer God</em></a>, is a fictional reimagining of the most famous goal in American World Cup history — scored in 1950 by a non-American. Joe Gaëtjens was a half-German, half-Haitian teenager sent to New York to study, not to play football. He picked up the game in Central Park, somehow (as a non-American) made it onto the US team at the 1950 World Cup in Brazil, and scored the goal that famously beat England one–nil in Belo Horizonte. England was so heavily favoured that the football-mad BBC didn’t even send a reporter.</p><p>Léger — a Haitian-born writer and (for his sins) an Arsenal fan — spent three weeks in Brazil researching the novel, two of them in Belo Horizonte. The philosophical question at the core of the book asks if God loves Haiti. Does God, Léger wonders, have a particular affection for the poorest people on earth?</p><p>And now, for the first time in decades, Haiti have qualified for the World Cup. In the United States of all places. They’re in the toughest group — with Morocco and, yes, Brazil. For ninety minutes, Haiti will be the Seleção’s equal. The democratic spectacle of football, Léger says, gives even the weakest and the poorest a fighting chance. God might even be watching.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Five Takeaways<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <strong>The Most Famous Goal in American World Cup History Was Scored by a Haitian: </strong>Belo Horizonte, 1950. The US beat England one–nil. The scorer was Joe Gaëtjens — a half-German, half-Haitian teenager sent to New York to study, not to play football. He picked up the game in Central Park. He couldn’t tell his parents he was playing for America in the World Cup. The BBC didn’t even send a reporter. England was so heavily favoured it wasn’t supposed to matter.</p><p>•       <strong>Football Is the Only Arena Where Foot-Eye Coordination Is the Dominant Skill: </strong>We use our hands for everything. Football inverts it. That’s why it seems miraculous when Pelé or Maradona or Messi does what they do. The feet are not supposed to be that graceful. It’s more art than science, more jazz than chess.</p><p>•       <strong>Pelé Looks Like a Typical Haitian Kid: </strong>The first televised World Cup final was 1958 in Stockholm. Pelé was sixteen and scored a hat-trick. He looked like a majority of the planet’s population. That helped football explode globally. He introduced the bicycle kick, the samba flair. Brazil won three World Cups in twelve years.</p><p>•       <strong>Papa Doc Disappeared Him: </strong>In real life, Gaëtjens returned to Haiti after his glory years, ran afoul of the dictator François Duvalier, and was disappeared — never seen again. In the novel, the hero confronts the dictator face to face. Dictators have always used football to drape themselves in glory. The beautiful game has a very dark side.</p><p>•       <strong>Haiti Play Brazil This Summer: </strong>Haiti have qualified for the World Cup for the first time in decades. They’re in the toughest group — with Brazil and Morocco. For ninety minutes, Haiti will be Brazil’s equal. Football gives even the weakest and the poorest a fighting chance. That is profound.</p><p> </p><p><strong>About the Guest<br></strong><br></p><p><a href="https://www.dimitrieliasleger.com/">Dimitry Elias Léger</a> is a Haitian-born novelist and Arsenal supporter. He is the author of <em>God Loves Haiti</em> and <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Death-Soccer-Dimitry-Elias-L%C3%A9ger/dp/0374619883"><em>Death of the Soccer God</em></a>.</p><p><strong>References:<br></strong><br></p><p>•       <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Death-Soccer-Dimitry-Elias-L%C3%A9ger/dp/0374619883"><em>Death of the Soccer God</em></a> by Dimitri Elias Léger — the novel under discussion.</p><p>•       Episode 2856: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">One Life in Nine World Cups</a> — Simon Kuper on football fever. The companion conversation.</p><p>•       Episode 2849: <a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">How Stories Can Save Us</a> — Colum McCann on storytelling and empathy. Léger is the novelist to McCann’s activist.</p><p><strong>About Keen On America<br></strong><br></p><p>Nobody asks more awkward questions than the Anglo-American writer and filmmaker Andrew Keen. In Keen On America, Andrew brings his pointed Transatlantic wit to making sense of the United States — hosting daily interviews about the history and future of this now venerable Republic. With nearly 2,800 episodes since the show launched on TechCrunch in 2010, Keen On America is the most prolific intellectual interview show in the history of podcasting.</p><p><a href="https://keenon.tv/">Website<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://keenon.substack.com/">Substack<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://youtube.com/@KeenOnShow">YouTube<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/keen-on-america/id1448694012">Apple Podcasts<br></a><br></p><p><a href="https://open.spotify.com/show/4MvPXVxAI8u5LtMJIr4S1b">Spotify<br></a><br></p><p> </p><p><strong>Chapters:<br></strong><br></p><p></p><ul><li>(00:31) - Introduction: World Cup fever, Kuper, Foer, and going fiction</li>
<li>(02:30) - Joe Gaëtjens: the Haitian teenager who beat England</li>
<li>(04:19) - Half German, half Haitian: the immigrant who wasn’t even American</li>
<li>(06:45) - Does God exist? The philosophical question behind both novels</li>
<li>(08:20) - Football as foot-eye coordination: why it seems miraculous</li>
<li>(10:15) - Maradona, Messi, Pelé, Ronaldo: who is the greatest?</li>
<li>(12:08) - Pelé in the first televised World Cup final: looking like a typical Haitian kid</li>
<li>(14:22) - Football and jazz: the improvisational connection</li>
<li>(16:30) - Belo Horizonte: two weeks walking the pitch</li>
<li>(18:45) - Papa Doc disappeared him: the dark side of football and dictators</li>
<li>(20:55) 